GONTENTES OF VOLGOME X XX.

No. 1.

THE MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF KASHMIR AND THE ADJACENT

Hirt Provinces. Part VI. (With a plate.) By Col.

Facrs AND HYPOTHESES IN THE PROBLEM OF EVOLUTION.

By 1: Blatter; S.J... PH.D., -F:L:S.

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE Taare Sone es XeL ve

By Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S.. 7 : deve stea act

THREE MONTHS UP THE ree OF THE 'StriEe Recast

(With four plates.) By Lt.-Col. R. W. Burton, 1a.

PISCE UCI) ithe lee eerie Rolie, 0 Seta wutdlag cs bade Sopivte Sabiadeis nas Be aeeu es

BomBAy NATURAL History SOCIETY’S MAMMAL SURVEY OF

INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON. Report No. 38. By Mrs.

Helen M. Lindsay... es state Reet leche

THE IDENTIFICATION OF ara HORDRRTET ES spay 1D.@

(Wrth.a plate.) By Col... W. H. Evans, D:S.0., F.Z:S. 4...

THE RETICULATE PyvTHON. By Col. F. Wall, C.M.G., K.H.S.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF [RAQ. (With three

plates.) “By CC. B. Ticehurst, M.Av; M.B:0.U;, P.R.G.S.......

MAHSEER FISHING IN THE DECCAN LAKES. (With two

plates.) By Major W. B. Trevenen..

On a COLLECTION OF GEOMETRIDA: FROM Paap Busan

MADE By Capt. A. BE. SWANN. (With a plate.) By L. B.

Prout, hsE:S.:. , ee nate

AN ORIENTAL SPHEX | OR ener Wade! poate Th By

MMjorRe W.JG~ Hine stony WMS... 1...20..cseec soe

InpDIAN DRAGONFLIES. Part XXIII. (With a pie and three

text figures.) By Major F. C. Fraser, 1.M.S., F.E.S........

HUNTING STRAIGHT-HORNED MARKHOR. (With vind plates.)

by Major Op El..stockley, D.S.0:, 0:8... MAC... ig

NOTES ON THE SEASONAL OCCURRENCE OF RANGOON Banos

worms. By G. E. Gates.. ce Me

Birps NESTING IN THE RES AND Sunt Ree By

pg vO sinastOms aCe, Tbe cee GROLU Hic. en. c.cuack

REPORT OF THE WORK OF THE BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY

SOCIETY AND OF THE PROGRESS OF THE NATURAL

HISTORY SECTION, PRINCE OF WALES’ MUSEUM............

PAGE

iv CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXX1

PAGE

EPDITORTA Li vcic ss csssceigne wn sang ee ees ban os oe ee eee 207

REVIEWS—THE VEGETATION OF BURMA FROM A ECOLOGICAL

STANDPOINT. By L. Dudly Stamp 22s. 0). 210

INDIAN NATURE: STUDIES FOR CHILDREN. By

CAH Donaldye.Z.S., W080... earn 2a.

A HANDBOOK OF THE BIRDS OF oe Caen

Bo 4. De La Touches «Cimensea eer vos.

MrB:O.U.. (Part 1.) SeuantahNs Be aide end

THE FAMILIES OF home poe By

Jo MutchinsonoF.L.S.. chee oe ee ee 212

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES :—

I. Wild Animals in Central India. By Lt.-Col. R. W.

Burton, Indian, Army. (Retd))..-22e2 21S)

II. About Tigers and Leopards. By eee ea 2 G.

Burton.. sites wuec Scie a viocs Ak'e einai f mai

at, Guaripation: snGHost poe Be Capta ier:

RICE Tae Sicrtadi soe ebesete ct ce ose ee ee eee 219

IV... Jungle Tragedies. By Lt.-Col. R:.W. Burton,..:.7 \ 220

V. On the Colour of the Eye of the Gaur or Indian

Bison... By A.. Ay Dunbar Brander ic. 2.4. 0.ce eco

VI. Malformed Heads of Markhor and Ibex (With a

Dhow.) By Lt,-ColoR.W “Burtonta sere

VII. Weights and Measurements of the Nilghiri Langur

(Pithecus john). By C. Leigh, (s.s.. ie 220

VIII. The Nesting of the Open-Bill Sone ee:

oscitans) in Purulia, Manbhum District. By Satya

Churn Law.. e wadiegcians-oe'e taduee sree saat ee EMS

|X. Occurrence of oa Sugita, (7. adorna tadorna) in ~

Bihar. By John A. Bucknellvi:Z.s- 1cE. 0). see 224

X. Birds Nesting with a Camera. A Correction. By

BB -OSmastoOns DPS ice mutase ae a eee 224

X{[. Notes on Birds uncommon in, or unrecorded

from the Simla Hills. By S. Basil-Edwardes,

MiB SOLU Bec 52 acs De on Get gully cle es hn ce ee 224

XII. Record of a death from the. bite of a Hamadryad

or King Cobra: cle lee, By Ralph C.

MiOnTIS Qi commecl7o7 ).. sis sisieFaueesedey See once ee

XIII. Notes on Snakes. By C. een a ey 224

XIV. A Bull Frog. (ana tigrina) Re. at ulna.

By BN. Autshte sto aie 228

XV. Fishing in the Persian Gulf. By Lt.-Commander

G. -E: ‘Boultbee, RNs. cscs tec see eee ee eee 228

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXXI

XVI. On the Occurrence of the Giant Water-Bug. (elos-

toma indicum) in Simla. By S. Basil-Edwardes,

Tel STOR GAOL ree rr, 7 oR re ye

PROCEEDINGS

eee Fat OOH Se FHHFEHL OH HHH SEOHSEOHESSEHOHHHHHOHS EGO FTO SHH TEE EHH LOS ORE

No. 2.

THE GAME BIRDS OF THE INDIAN EMPIRE. Part I. (Genus

Rallus) (with a coloured plate.) By EH. C. Stuart Baker,

JO Baie 7S Wiese MEBIO Uae CoB TA On sick ek ed etn ay AL

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS FROM THE MAMMAL SwURVEY, No,

XLVI. By Helen M. Lindsay, M.a., B.Sc..

Tur Mason Wasp (Lumenes conica). Par ie (W. ay a er

and text figures.) By Major R. W. G. Hingston, I.M.s...

NOTES ON SOME NEW AND INTERESTING BUTTERFLIES FROM

INDIA AND Burma. Part Il. (Wzth one coloured and one

black and white plate.) By Major-General H.C. Tytler,

CE; CAMRGS CES: DSI, Hens. Fe eae

A Canes TO THE OenimaGe Oe | OF Duteee J part i

(With two ee By the late Mr. 8S. Basil-Edwardes,

M.BLOsU a0 R.ACO.U,« - ee TCre

‘TAKIN Se eaING IN THE CL eine “(With a alate. “By ‘ene

ee DA OVEULNY GSE Laat eas SOs 00 khn creed utlegees lees des

BirDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN INnp1A. Part VI. (With

tourieen pliares = By Capty Re. PP. BateSis...ssiete. -20ces <2

NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF MOTHS OF THE FAMILY

GEHOMETRIDZA: MADE BY Capt. A. E. SWANN. Part II.

(With a plate.) By Louis B. Prout, F.E.s.. ee

THr COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE eee OF ea

Parte, aby. lS Ro Belly Ca.b.er.h.S- (INGtd ns,

THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ RIVER.

Part II. (With two mae By Lt.-Coi. R. W. Burton,

TAS wINCLEI.) 02,

ON THE DOWN hanna OF SOME SEA ry “(With a a

plate). “By C. Bo Ticehurst, M.A:, M-R:.C.§.,° M.B.O.U.,

F.R.G.S.. (Late Capt. R.A.M:C.)...

BomBAay NATURAL HISTORY Soeur Ss one RVEEC OF

INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON. Report Nos. 40, 41 and 42.

By Mrs. Helen M. Lindsay, M.A., B.Sc.

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES. Part XXIV. (With two alates ae

(ie texnt-taoures.), By Major By.C. Kraser, ‘L.M-S.....:.....-

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. Part X.

(With a plate.) By Col. W. H. Evans, D.s.0., F.z.s.,

E.E.S.

iy ae i re ae

eee eereoecceerecsee SOP eee eOBF FFF FF eee+- FF eHeHBtF Bena eeeeF@seeoeree ee Sone eae

248

379

408

vi CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXX1

PAGE

ON SOME INTERESTING FEATURES OF THE FAUNA OF THE

WESTERN GHATS} “By-s. UY Hora, DSClaa 447

RECENT ADDITION TO INDO-CEYLONESE Gacers ae f

WITH NOTES ON KNOWN AND NEW Forms. By T. V.

Ramakrishna shay ats Ae fy) 0 eee ene eee ser 450

A Note onTHE Birps oF Kutu. By H. Whistler rei. s., se)

F.Z.S). eee ~ 458

LADY (Brizabere) ian ean uke C. ae woods M.D., M.B.0.U. 486

SomgE NOTES ON THE SECOND EDITION OF THE green OF

British “INDIA— BirDps.-*Vols. 1 \and ii by C. sb:

Ticehurtst: M.A:; MeRsG.S.; M.B/O;U.,; FIR.G:S., 2.2 ee, 290

REVIEWS :—INDIAN Birp LIFE. By Douglas Dewar......... 500

MANUAL OF THE BIRDS OF CEYLON. By W. E.

Wait.. bee ae, fare , 500

A Han oon OF THE ee OF chee

CHINA. | By-J: Dab. 12a: houches.. 2 ante lee 501

THE AQUARIUM Boox. By E. G. Boulenger.... 502

ACCOUNT OF A PHOTOGRAPHIC EXPEDITION TO

THE SOUTHERN GLACIERS OF KANCHENJUNGA

IN THE Sikkim Himarayas.’ By N. A. ;

DTombazt;..... with be diagenesis 503

LIFE OF PLANTS. By Sit Frederick Keeble... ... 504

A GORRECTION Si Geis asics Seah le 505 —

EDITORIAL... ap As : SE Nt cs a Ss 08 aS DES YG)

OBITUARY: “ye. S, tao Eee ee MRP in SG 508

H. H. Toe MAHARASA OF SDaAR Re mepyes 2s hae 508

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES :—

I. Measurements of Game Animals. By Major C,H.

Stockley 70,G.E., M.C.4.D5S:0%. ee 509

II. Comparative Shape a Meseirement OE the” here

Feet in Tuskers ‘eal Tuskless Elephants. “BY:

J. L. Caimeron.. es BSI mA Te 0).

Ill. A Wonderful Sioht. “By R. C. Marie Lee 516

IV. Tigers and Elephants. By.K. Kk. Anderson.....-.... 514

V. ‘Phe *Sambhur”’ call of Tigers. By R.C. Beadon. 3 oi5

VI. Wild Dogs in Mysore. By Capt. G. E. Windle...... 516.

VIL“ Solitariess.“ By RC, Mionicicute: iyo) wes ence eae ili

VIII. A Solitary Cow Gaur (with a photo). By Salim

Vs, VR «0 6 OLS PT Rr BRE DN STL re MUNG ama a ES A 518

IX. A Cross between an Ibex and a Tame Goat (w7th a

Photo), “ABBY Col VAs! VICI Clee sce o: Senne eater ene ger: ky)

X. The Nilgiri Tahr (Hemiztragus hylocrius) (with a

plate). :.« By -A. P.-Kanloch,--F.Z.S., M.B.0.0...2.2.... 520

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXXI

XI. The ‘ Clicking’ of the Muntjac (47. vaginalis). By

IMUIBISx Se Sh IE SE e / 0e t e era eene eee aR ay hoa

XII. Measurements and Weight of a Malay Tapir. By

Searle aeratenr, 1C: MeZ.s.. : AEE hie a

XIII. The Occurrence of He inte ore suse ie

brachyrhynchus) and the Mallard (Azas boscas) in

Jaipur, Rajputana. By Major W. M. Logan Home.

XIV. On the occurrence of Pallas’ Sand Grouse (Syrr-

haptes paradoxurus) within Indian limits. (Wz7tha

Pidie.) By Se Ele Prater, CMS. 4. ek 6. eek.

XV. The Occurrence of the Giant Heron (Ardea goliath)

in the Khulna District, Bengal. By 8S. H. Prater,

CAI AYA TSG Rao thatecal work Sa astolerent vesste

XV bay, Che eee nee isa ‘Ova in Mareen ares “(With a photo.)

By. Bb. Osimastoo, C1n.. bis. aQetd:) x

XVII. Mating Habits of the Common Kite. (Mlvus

misvans govinda.). by. Salim -A.:All.¢.o...0. 7.

XVIII. Brahminy Kite (Halzastur trdus indus.) Swimming.

dey a elles ly CALCIO MEE O Rar e's eid ad erie Ce

XIX. An Albino Bustard (Lupodotis edwardst.) By Maha-

aja Mimar ohree. Vijayan) |ites.-..cc..sceetcec cies. ees

XX. The Transport of Birds’ Eggs. (With a text-figure.)

By General R. M. Betham, M.B.0.U..

XXI. Earth Snake (Sz/yduva sp.) and Chee Be an Pp.

Kinloch, &.7./S)) 11. B.010 ae Ee Aken

XXII. An Interesting Encounter wit a Gobian By W. 4H.

Theobald.. ee

XAG. The Oceuireace i the snake Cian ore var.

aristoxenus in the Nilghiris. By J. Florence......

XXIV. On Psara pheopteralis as a Pest on Grasses in South

India. (Wath xe, plare.) By MTC. Cherian,

Bape mand: Calle GeOre eG We Act, 20, seus caly oo watiaas com eewsee

PROCEEDINGS

eee ree senecer seer avnseeeess® er eae eee ser eee tte rer ver eae sen tera esoe soe

S22

ALPHABETICAL LIST OF CONTRIB GTS ORS

VOLUME XXxXI

Nos. 1 and 2.

PAGE

AIvAR, T. V. RAMAKRISHNA ;

Recent Additions to the Indo-

Ceylonese Coccid Fauna, with

notes on known and new

forms ee .. 450

ALI, SALIM A. ; A Solitdty Gon

Gaur (wth a photo)... . 016

—; Mating api

of the Common Kite (J/zlvus

migrans govinda) eae ie ed

ANDERSON, R. K. ; Pe and

Elephants ee . ol4

BAKER, E. C. Sruarr, a P..

BAe Es. 9: Ma: Oru,

C, EF, AsO, U.. “fhe sGame

Birds of the Indian Empire,

Part I (wth a coloured plate) of

(Rallus aguaticus indicus) ... 233

BASIL-EDWARDES, The Late S.,

M.B.O.U.; Netes on Birds Un-

common in, or Unrecorded from

the Simla Hills ... ae ast, 224

——-—. ——_——. S., M.B.O.U. ;

On the Occurrence of the Giant

Water-Bug. (Belostoma tndt-

cum) in Simla... ee) |

——___—-_—--—_ S$ ., M. B. 0. U.,

Re A Oger A Cotitribution

to the Ornithology of Delhi,

Part I (wth two plates) na 20

BaTes, Capt. R. 8S. P.; Birds

and Nesting with a Camera in

India, Part VI. (zwzth fourteen

plates) a oo es Bae MoT Te

Brapon, W. R. COLERIDGE

The* Sambhur Caliof Tigers” 515

PAGE

BEGL, “TeRes Oe EeeleanyaS:

(Retd.) ; The Common Butter-

flies of the Plains of India (in-

cluding those met with in the

Hill Stations of the Bombay

Présidency )..- Part XXXVI 43.1823

BETHAM, URS Mi. NM. Bi Oy Uses

The Transport of Birds’ Eggs.

(with atext-figure) .. sii 827

BLATTER.) ob.,, Over ele De

F. L.S.; Facts and Hypotheses

in the Problem of Evolution ... 12

BOMBAY NATURAL’ HISTORY

SocrETy’Ss MAMMAL SURVEY OF

InNp1A. Report No. XL, Gwalior

State. By Helen M. Lindsay. 379

BoULTBFE, Lt.-Com., G.E.,R.N.:

Fishing in the Persian Gulf ... 228

BRANDER, A. A. DUNBAR; Ob

the Colour of the eye of the

Gaur or Indian Bison. (Azbds

PAUSUS) dre. nae oe, Ane 740)

Bio ke

BUCKNELL, JOHN A., F.Z. S

M. B. O. U. ; Occurrence of the

Sheldrake ( Zadorna tadorna) in

Bihar ee . 224

BURTON, Bere oeee ca

R. G.; About Tigers and Leo-

pards Ae see vee auc

BurTON, Lt.-Col., R. W. I. A.

(Retd.) ; Jungie-Dravedies 721.220

— I, A. (Retd.)

Three Months up the Valley ot

the Sutlej River. Part I (wth

four plates). Part II (wth two

plates) i ee ak ASS YoY

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS

PAGE

Burton, Lt.-Cl., R.W.Malformed

heads of Markhor and Ibex

-—————__—_ ————— Wild ani-

mals in Central India

CAMERON, I. L. ; Comparative

shape and measurement of the

Fore-feet in Tuskers and Tusk-

less Elephants wie spa sdae

CHEESMAN, Major R. E.,

Nea Be OnUes hr. Ry G, oe (See

icchursy, Ce B.):

CHERIAN, M.C., B.A., B. Sc.,

Dies *C, -and, George, Ci. J.,

M.A.; On Psara pheopteralis

as a Pest on Grasses in South

India (with a plate) . 529

CORRECTION : Pals]

Cox, SIR PERCY,:G. Cc. M. G..

Goer he, K. Cc. Ss. ie

M.*B, O U.; (See Ticehurst,

C.B.).

Satim, A. ALI; Mating Habits

of the Common Kite (A/lvus

migrvans govinda) a oct

EDITORIAL ... : 207, 506

EVANS, Con. W. Hie D. 5: 0.,

F-Z.S. BF.E.S. > The Identif-

cation of Indian Butterflies.

Part IX (with a plate), Part X

(with a plate) 49, 427

Evans, Cou. W. H.; The occur-

rence of the Butterfly Appzas

indra var. aristoxeius in the

Nilgiris, commenting on the

above ae te e020)

FLORENCE, i, ; The Occurrence |

of the Butterfly Appzas tidra

var. aristoxenus in the Nil-

giris. : ee ayes)

FRASER, Tito R, Cc. Is Si S.,

F. E. S. Indian Bitponties,

Part XXIII (wth a plate and

three text-figures) m

Indian Dragon-

flies, Part XXIV (wth two plates

and five text-figures) ..

FrEI, MAx.; The ‘ Clicking’ of

the Muntjac (J/. vaginalis) ...

GatES, G. E.; Notes on the

Seasonal Occurrence of Ran-

goon Earthworms

Race

» 219

los

. 408

221

. 180

PAGE

HINGSTON, Mayor R. W. G.,

I. M. S.; An Oriental Sphex

or Hunting Wasp, Part II

------— The

Mason Wasp ( /eumenes conica),

Part I (with a plate and two

text-figures)

Home, MaAsor W. M. LeeiNe. é

The Occurrence of the Pink-

footed Goose and the Mallard

in Jaipur, Rajputana

Hopwoop, 8. F.; Tigers and

Elephants .. ‘ Pe

HORA, SUNDER en D. Deis

On Some Interesting Features

of the Fauna of the Western

Ghats ae a oF

Kintocu, A. P., F. Z. S.,

M2B.0.U.; The Nilein, Lahr

(Hemitragus hylocrius) (with a

plate) oss ti ce

= —_— —— ——,; Earth

Snake (Szlyburva sp.) . and

Chicken , mee :

LAW, SATVA Cee The Nest-

ing of the Open-billed Stork

(Anastomus oscitans) in Puru-

lia, Manbhum District

LEIGH, C., S. J.; Weights and

Measurements of the Nilgiri

Lanegur (Pithecus johnit)

: Notes on Snakes...

Linpsav, Mrs. HELEN M. ; Bom-

bay Natural History Society’s

Mammal Survey of India,

Burma and Ceylon. ee

No. 38, Sind

M.A. B. Se. ;

Scientific Results a the

Mammal Survey No. XLVI ...

; See Bombay

Natural History Society’s Mam-

mal Survey of'India.

Miztroyv, A. J. W.; Comparative

Shape and Measurement of the

Fore-feet.in Tuskers and Tusk-

less Elephants

Morr!s, RALPH C., a Revora ofr, a

Death from the Bite of a Hama-

dryad or King Cobra (Waza

hanna) (a correction)

. 147

grouse

. 14

. 447

. 520

sys)

bdaeed

me CeO

Zor

ee)

012

nee oc0

x LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS

PAGE

Morris, Ratpu C.; A Wonder-

ful Sight fold

——-_-——__——-; Solitaries ... 517

OBITUARY :—S. Basil-Edwardes.

——-----———- ; H.H. Sir Udaji Rao

Maharaja of Dhar e

OSMASTON; B. Bi peCil. Bs, TES.

(Retd.) ; Birds Nesting in the

508

. 908

Dras and Suru Valleys... Raelksio

—~--- Se ee ITS

Nesting with a Camera (a

correction) rele

-—— ; The Rock-

Horned Owl in Kashmir (wth

a photo) -

PROCEEDINGS 230,

PRATER, SO: H.,Ci iM. 2. +S

Measurements and Weights of

a Malay Tapir wes A

———; On the Occur-

rence of Pallas’ Sandgrouse

(Syrrhaptes paradoxurus) with-

in Indian limits (77th a plate).

; The Occurrence

of the Giant Heron (Ardea

goliath) in the Khulna District,

Bengal

; Brahminy Kite

(Haltastur indus indus) Swim-

ming oe eee ir =e

Prout, Louis B., FUE .S.} Ona

Collection of Moths of the

Family GEOMETRID from

Upper Burma made by Captain

A. E. Swann (with a plate)

—-—— ; Part II (wztha plate)

REPORTS :—On the work of the

Bombay Natural History

Society and of the Progress of

the Natural History Section,

Prince of Wales’ Museum

Reviews :—‘ The Vegetation of

Burma from an Ecological

Stand-point ’ : .

‘Indian Nature Studies for

Children ’ ry oats

‘A Handbook of the Birds of

Eastern China ’ ; :

‘The Families of Fiowering

Plants ’

psa

Jol

ecole

mee

923

- 026

UA)

307

PACE

REVIEWS :-~‘ Indian Bird Life’...

‘A Handbook of the Birds of

Eastern China’ ,

‘The Aquarium Book’ ae

‘Account of a Photographic

Expedition to the Southern

Glaciers of Kanchenjunga in

the Sikkim Himalayas’

‘ Life of Plants’... vee es

RICH; ACAPDS cH Ga,ole Lomo.

Cannibalism amongst Panthers :

STOCKLEY, Major«C.. Hy Di5.0.,

O.B.E., M.C.; Hunting Straight-

horned Markhor (wth three plates)

~———_——--— ; Mea-

surements of Game Animals ...

THEOBALD, WILLIAM H.; An

Interesting Encounter with a

Cobra oes aA Bre fo) te)

THOMAS, OLDFIELD, F.R.S. ;

Scientific Results of the Mam-

mal Survey, No. XLV.

TICPHURST ©. Bs ZA, SVB:

RUALM.C.).° Cox, oIR: Perey,

G. CAG GC An., KeCror

M.B.O.U., AND CHEESMAN,

MATOR (RB, M.B.0O.U., ORR

G.S. Additional Notes on the

Avifauna of Iraq (wth 3plates),

TICEHURST,” (CoB. 1M -Ag,. MiB

OU PRG tS ates cane

R.A.M.C.) (wth one plate) OGG

; Some Notes on the

Second Edition of the Fauna of

British India-Birds, Vol. Land II

TREVENEN, Major W.B. ; Mah-

seer Fishing in the Deccan

Lakes (with.two plates) SEO

TYTLER, MAJOR-GENERAL, H.C.,

CB. CMG S CAA 2D s20>

F.E.S. ; Notes on Some New

and interesting Butterflies from

India and Burma, Part I (zz7th

one coloured and one black and

white plate) . 248

VIJAVARAJJI, MAHARAJA KUMAR;

An Albino Bustard (4upodotzs

edwardst) ... aioe 020

aie

509

———

490

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS xl

PAGE | PAGE

WALT, Cols hy ©. MG. KE Se; h WEST, (Ho MAxwhEn: Takin

The Reticulate Python (Python _ Shooting in the Spring (with a

veticulatus ) ie BA oe 05) | plate) 7 nt be O74

Warp, Cor. A. E. (Retd.) ; The | WHISTLER, HucH.; A Note on

Mammals and Birds of Kash- the Birds of let bs . 458

mir and the Adjacent Hill WINDLE, Capt. G.E. ; Wild eee

Provinces. Part VI (with a in Mysore ., : faeoLG

plate) ae Ne ee seat 2] WOOD, Cisne a ieee (Eliza.

ee aes a? beth] Gwillim, Artist and Orni-

Cross between an Ibex and a thologist ... . 486

Tame Goat (with a photo) ... 519 | ZUTSHI, B. N.;A Bull. Fro og (Rana

tigvina) swallowing a Rat we 225

LIST OF PLATES

VOLUME XXXi

No. 1

PAGE

The Mammals and Birds of Kashmir and the adjacent Hill Provinces-~

Plate (A) Pallas’s Cat (Felis manul) from the Nutra Valley J

(B) Leopard 7’ 8” from Plains of India... ts

Three Months up the Valley of the Sutlej River—

Plate I—(A) Imposing Edifice at Fort Samarkot 24

(B) A Temple at Soondri 24

Plate II—(A) Two Tibetan Damsels 25

(B) Two of my Baggage-carrying parce and a Lad at

Taranda ; ay 25

Plate III—(A) Panorama from enna Forest ... 34

(B) View from Chini Forest Bungalow 34

Plate IV—(A) View from Snow Storm Camp 35

(B) The Thaman River at Rupa ... 35

Indian Butterflies—

Plate /smenine, Hesperiide, Celeenorhine 49

Avifauna of Irag—

Plate I—(A) Striated Scops Owl (Otus brucei). Baghdad : o/

(B) Nest and Three Eggs of Bifasciated Lark (Alemon

alaudipes cinerea) on Acacia. Aqquar Quf oF

Plate II—(A) Pelican’s Eggs at Khor Milab ee Bi

(B) Nest and Eggs of Slender-billed Gull Uoneer Ran 114

Islands ne

Plate III—(A) Lesser Crested Teens sierne eames aay) BIS)

(B) Colony and Eggs of Lesser Crested Tern (Sterna

! bengalensis bengalensts) 115

Mahseer Fishing in the Deccan Lakes—

Plate I—(A) English Pattern Spoon, mounted with Single Hook

and Triangle 123

(B) Hog-backed Spoon, mbaneed sith Single Hook a

Triangle nan 123

Plate II—(A) 3” Copper Flange Spinner, panied ann veniam

Dainiese a . 124

(B) 23” Aluminium Redex inno 124

Moths of the Family Geometride from Upper Burma—

Platel—Geometrid@ _... se oe re 129, 309

Indian Dragonflies—

Plate—Dorso-lateral views of Davidius, spp. .. 166

Hunting straight-horned Markhor—

Plate I—(A) The Chickalli ‘ Tangi’ ‘ Seta 172

(B) Camp with Markhor Ground behind it ... 172

Plate II—(A) Markhor Ground 173

(B) The Dragon’s Nostrils 173

LIST, OFF PATH S xiii

PAGE

Plate II1I—The Crest of the Main Ridge with Awal Shahand Jalpara. 177

Report on the Work of the Bombay Natural History Society and of the

Progress of the Natural History Section, Prince of Wales’ Museum—

Plate I—Lammergeyer or Bearded Vulture (Gypaétus barbatus)... 198

Plate II—Peacock Pheasant (Polyplectron bicalcaratumy) peeled

Plate III—(A) Indian Bison, Mounted in Society’s Laboratory

being let down from the first floor windows, and... 202

(B) ex route to the Museum 24 202

Plate IV—Desert Country at Golamala, Karachi Pistrict! Siiali a

Portion of the Group exhibited in the Prince of Wales’

Museum ... 203

Plate WV—Nesting group of Mine Henne Uta ren eto

Exhibited in the Bird Gallery, Prince of Wales’

Museuin ... eas tree 1204

Plate Vi—The Estuary Snake ura Wheres Photograph of a

Cast exhibited in the Reptile Gallery cs8 205

Plate VII—Photo of an Enlarged Model (X 40) of the Bed- aoee

(Cimex rotundatus). One of a Series of Insect Models

prepared in the Society’s Laboratory to illustrate the

case on ‘ Insects in Relation to Disease’ ... we) 206

Plate (A) Cormorants and Cattle Egrets. Roosting-site in the

Islands of Saheb Bandh, Purulia be seerh e265

(B) Nesting-site of Open-billed Stork pee is oscitans)

in the Island of Saheb Bandh, Purulia ... iedeeecs

No. 2

The Game Birds of the Indian Empire—

Plate—The Indian Water Rail (Rallus aguaticus indicus) Se eae

The Mason Wasp. (Humenes conica)—

I—Completed Nest with Apertures of exit made by Young Wasps.. 244

II—Cells aaa ees mis .. 244

III—Engaged at Building her Wall a 2s .. 244

IV—Introducing her Eggs - ose . 244

New and Interesting Butterflies from cudia and Burma: Plates 1 and 4. 253, 257

The Ornithology of Delhi—

Plate—(A) Babool Trees along. the Muttra Road; Haunts of

Argya matcolmi, Pheenicurus 0. pheenicuroides ; Pericro-

cotus p. peregrinus ; Lanius vittatus, ete. ... 262

(B) Babool Jungle at Raisina, Delhi; Haunts of a Werle

of Small Birds ee oe ee ne 7489

Plate—(A) The Canal at Okla, Delhi; Haunts of Cevryle e. leuco-

meéelanura, Ardeola grayii, etc.; Clump of Trees in

Background—Haunts of Cuncuma leocorypha wx 203

(B) A Portion of the Ridge at Raisina, Delhi; Haunts of

Argya c. caudata, Franklinia buchanant, Lantus e.

lahtora, Uroloncha malabarica, Cyrtostomus a. astaticus. 263

Takin Shooting in the Spring—

(A) Typical Takin Country is ey .. 2/4

(B) The End of a Perfect Morning ... Bs: see. 244

XIV LEST OP. PRATES

Birds Nesting with a Camera in India—

Plate I—(A) The Brown Rock-chat (Cercomela fusca)

(B) The Large Grey Babbler (Argya malcolnit)

hous hemorrhous )

(D) The Southern Indian Stone- Chat (Saxicota eran

atrata)

Plate —(A) The White- Enotea pane Fly- featone (Caen

pectoralts) ; es

(B) The Southern Red- Riel red Bulbul ‘(OtocomPRe-

emertia fuscicaudata) :

cachinans cachinans)

Plate IlI—(A) The White-eared Bulbul (Molpastes ore

| leucottis )

(B) The Central raion Red- vented Bulbul (Ulotpaste

hemorrhous pallidus)

Plate IV—(A) The Southern Indian Black Bulbul ereocens

psaroides ganeesa) ee

(B) The Southern Red- miisioren Baloul: oipcon bse

emeria fuscicaudata)

Plate V--(A) The Dusky Horned Owl (Ado Nanda)

(B) The Smaller White Scavenger Vulture (eophron

percnopterus ginginianus)...

Plate VI—(A) The Indian Purple Sunbird Wepiocena eee

astatica)

(B) The Malabar Small Ninivet Un orem

matabaricus) se ot

Plate VII—The Southern Jungle Crow (Corvus coronoides

culminatus) Pe :

Plate VIII—The Nilgiri Blackbird (Gunde Sah aim

Plate IX—(A) The Black-throated Weaver-Bird (Ploceus benga-

lensts) he a

(B) The Indian White- Been Evaitane gene

bengalensis)

Plate X—(A) The White-spotted Fantail Rly earcnen vane i

pectoralts)

(B) The Spotted Babbler (Reopen Rutieees ie veers

Plate XI—(A) The Ashy Wren-warbler (Pvinia socialis so-

cialis)

(B) The Ceylon Wren- raeBlen (Pyne Pa ahy, Penionn

Plate XII—(A) and (B) The Ashy Wren-warbler (Przuza socialts

socialts) : ace

Plate XITI—(A) The Ceylon Hoopes (Upupa ye Preis)

(B) The Southern Grey Tit (Parus major mahrattarum)

Plate XIV—The Black and Orange Fly-catcher (Ochromela

nigroruta) ae é

Three Months up the Valley of the Sutlej River—

Plate (A) A Fine Burhel, 263”

(B) In the Tadong Gud—‘ River aac: ane Seinrered Pree

pice

TASTI OL PLATES:

Plate (C) The Timorous Gargaram crossing the Sutlej ...

(D) Three Handsome Men of Charong...

Plate—The Down-plumages of Some Indian Birds

Indian Dragonflies—

Plate I—Lateral views of Burmaghomphius, spp.

Plate II—Lateral views of 1. Davidzotdes martini, @ ; 2. Aaiscconyas

occtpitalis, $; 3. Anisogomphus caudalis, 3; 4. Temnogom-

phus brvittatus, &; 5. Platygomphus dolabratus, 2; 6. Platy-

gomphus tee, 4, 7. Antsogomphus orites, 2

The Identification of Indian Butterflies—

‘Plate XXXI.—Hesperiide :—Celenorrhine, Hesperiine Pamphiline

The Nilghiri Tahr (Hemitragus hylocrius) —

Plate (A) A Good Head in the Society’s Collection, R. == 161”

L = 167”

(B) Young Female Nilgiri wee Pe '

Plate—Psura pheopteralis as a Pest on Grasses in South India

eee

INDE XOTOTLE CST RADTIONS

VOLUME XxXxXI

Nos. I and 2

PAGE PAGE

Alemon alaudipes cinerea, Pl. Burmagomphus laidlawi, P1.i, fig. 5.

fig. B vig oe oe OF Lateral view of ¢ se .-- 410

Amblypodia maymyoica, P\. fig. 19 257 Fig. 7. Genitalia... Ac we 418

———-—— suffusi atarana, Pl. == PY ROW OTE Ss a tio

fig. 13 she 3 ee OT, Wings ya ... 409

Anastomus oscitans, Pl. Oe Mote. 220 Pl.3i; fie. 4. ater view ... 410

Angus Bull, Transverse section Fig. 4. Genitalia... 2s ... 418

of the eye, fig. .. Sees 2 stamensis, Pl. i, fig.

ee ees caudalis, fig. 12. sig | 1: Wateral view of 2... 410

Pl. ii, fig. 3. Lateral view of -—— Stvalikensis, Pl. i,

male a - eae, fig. 4. Lateral view of ¢ ... 410

Fig, 5 dand onchedee of neale Bio. de Genitalias,: ie ap 49

seen from above LS ... 424 | ————_——- vermiculatus, Pl. i

SS — occipitalis, fig. 5. fig. 2. Lateral view of ¢ sed 10)

Genitalia ee a .6 418 -—----—_——. v. flavum, Pl. i, fig.

Fig. 4. Wings of mNalen wee 420 7. ateraliniew Ot 9 eal. ... 410

Pl. it, fic. 2; “vateral view “of Burmese Moths :—-

male... - 422 | Geometride Pl. ... ee 2129

Fig. 5 ¢, d. Anal appendage of Celenorrhine, spp. Pl.xxxi.Wings 430

male seen from side or above 424 | Cercomela fusca, Pl. i, fig.1 ... 278

—— — orites, Pl “ii, fig. 7. Cervus, f. megaceros, fig. Hemoee

Lateral view of female... an 22 Cimex rotundatus, Pl. ... we eCuS

Aguila vindhiana, preplumule, Cleora contozona, Pl. ii, fig. 3 ... 309

Rl hore. ee es Hee a, 309 — cryptogonia, Pl. ii, fig. 7... 309

Arvcyva gmaicoim7, Pl, dene. 2 7.. 275 Corvus coronoides culminatus, Pl.

Bibos gaurus, Pl. ... ae re 202 Vile aes : af ... 284

Boarmia virguncula, Pl. ii, fig. 4 309 G FORCE TOS wetieriee Pl, 1,

Bubo coromandus, Pl. v, fig. 1... 282 fie. 12 ae oat . 309

Bubutlcus coromandus, Pl. fig. A. 223 | Cyclogomphus Ter fig’. Wings 158

Bug, Bed. Photo of an enlarged Davidioides martini, fig. 6. Geni-

model (to illustrate the case on talia Ba a id een fe)

Insects in Relation to Disease, Pl. ii, fic. 1 sateralview a Ye

\ ea De oe a ua .- 206. | P0avtd7uS MaQberxrais ee. Vice.

Burmagomphus cauvericus, Pl. i, Dorso-lateral view ee 23 166

ng. 6. Lateral view of ¢ ... 410 | ——————-—-—— fig. Dorsal

Pigs. Genitalia iia ee AIS view of anal appendages, ¢ ... 165

-~~-——-~--—-— hasimaricus, fig. 2. ——-—— davidi assamensis, Pl.

Genitalia ... me ‘an ... 418 fig. 2, Dorso-lateral view wea LOG

INDE XOTOILEOSTRALIONS

PAGE

Davidius assamensis, fig. Ven-

tral processes seen from the

side, ¢ = 168

Genitalia, : oe

2 by aties Pl,

Dorso-laterai view

——-—— kumaonenstis, Pl.

Dorso-lateral view

——-—— malloryi, Pl.

Dorso-lateral view

ae 168

a 6.

ih eaegy

: ee 206

iO. 9%

42.4656

fic. sDors al

view of anal appendages, ¢ . 168

—_-—-—-—_—_ ———-_ fig. Lateral

view of anal appendages, ¢

fig. Genitalia, ¢

zollorensis délineatus,

—_— ——__—

i LOO

Ome ewe! WA le 16d. |

oe a SS | AS SS

Pl. fig. 4. Dorso-lateral view ...

fig. Dorsal view of anal appen-

dages, 3 . 168

fig. Lateral view of anal appen-

dages, ¢

fig. Genitalia, g ... ie “6

———_—__-—--—— _ zallorensis,

Pl. fig. 3. Dorso-lateral view ..

Delhi :—Babool Trees along the

Muttra road, Pl. fig. 1. 262

Babool Jungle at Raisina, Pl.

Ss 2s, kes . 262

Canal at Okla, Pl. ip. i 263

Portion of ridge at Raisina, Pl.

fig. 2 263

Down ae of some iadien

Birds, Pl. i OOo

Dragon ae Taian Pl, .. 166

_—-_—_—_— ——--—-— Figs. 158, 164,

168

Ectropis ethregenes, Pl. ii. fig. 18 309 ©

~———— chrysoteucta, Pl. ii. fig.

22 Ha OOD. |

———— embolochroma, P. ii. fig. |

& 3.2 309 §

-——-——— Wu1Cd, Pl. ti, fig. 17 . 309

ae LOphomeris, Pi. ii, fig, 21. 309 |

-———-— pulvicopia, Pl. ii, fig. 6. 309

zottca, Pl. ii, fig. 20;

en OUG

XxVil

PAGE

Elaphas,

fOOt. ;

Tapodes consanguineda, PL.

Ao. 210.

Frrebia mant Lamina PLi i, vie 12.

——-—--——lovimeri, Pl.1i, fig. 10.

—— --—-~—-shandura, Pl.i, fig. 9.

figs. Hindfoot, fore-

Eumenes conica, ne

-——— ——-—— Pl.

nest, 2. Cells, 3.

building wall, 4

eggs

Felis manut, Pl. ae A

——- pardus, Pl. fig. B

Gaur, photo of skull

Gypaétus barbatus, Pi.

Hemitragus hylocrius, Pl.

Herons, Night, Nesting groups

of, Exhibited on the Bird

Gallery, Prince of Wales’

Museum ;

Hes periine, spp. Pl. 9, 6a wines:

Heterolocha segregts, Pl. ii, fig. 2.

Hirasa plagtochorda, P\. ii, fig.

Hurria eee Pl.

Ibex, Malformed head of, fig.

—— X tame goat, Photo

Indian Butterflies :—

Plate. Wings [smenine,

Tesperiide, Celenorrhine ...

Indogomphus longtistigma, fig. 10.

Genitalia

1. Completed

engaged at

introducing

WUE ECDIETD, pede. Ot

Genitalia a ties :

Karachi District. Sind desert

country at Golamala. One por-

tion of group exhibited in the

Prince of Wales’ Museuin, Pl....

Krananda orthotmeta, Pl. iii, fig. 1

Larus genez. Nest and eggs, Pl.

Leptocoma astatica astatica, Pl.

aude Tera) eee. .

Loxotephria perileuca, Pl. ihe fe 5

Lycena astorica, Pl. fig. 3

baroghila, Pl. fig. 1

————christophi lesliez, Pl

Deets

———-—florencia, Pl. fie. 4

fig.

--—---_yasina, Pl. i, fig. 11... 2

. 418

203

309

wa dl4

2203

309

Xviil

PAGE

Lycena galathea depreei,P\.i,fig. 5 257

wore 1 LALLICA chitralensts,

Phot, hig 6 a Zeyl

---—.—_—_-——.-—_gtlettica, Pl. i.

fig. 7 Bas ei)

— orbitulus astorica, P\. 1,

fig. 3 OF,

Mahseer Fishing in the Deen

Lakes—

Plate 1, fig. A. English pattern

Spoon :

Hiss iB: Hog: iyecred

spoon : eas)

Tlates2,) oun: copper

hange spinner nee 2!

Fig. B. 23” alumini-

um reflex minnow ... 124

Markhor, Hunting Straight-horned—

Platel, figs.Ay Chickalli

aliZ3

3 A

‘““Tanei? sal

Fig. B. Camp with

markhor ground

behind it le

Plate’ 2; fiecvA, Macc hoe

ground : Boe VA)

Bigsb. The Dizon S

nostrils cm)

Plate 3, Crest of the main

ridge .. 8 wal

Markhor, Malformed ead of fe 222

Medasina lasiochora, P|. ii, fig. 11 309

Micrabraxas anisonoma, Pl.

fic, 9 se

Microscelis nice een Ph.

» 309

iv, fio. Al RCO

Molpastes hemorrhous Lene:

“USS Pl A hoes eh

——__——_—--—-——— pallidus,

Plain, diet 2 vee COU

—-——. geUCOBEHYS Pecos Pi;

1A beau) bre eee ee a0

ies NEGRO RIE? us Poe

WUS;, Plewv oti 2 5, erZoe

Nycticorax ee Pi, . 204

Ochroinela nigrorufa, Pl. xiv ... 307

Ocelophora agana, P|. ii, fig. 16... 309

Orsonoba cethocrypta, Pl. ii, fig.

14 soe U9

Orthomella Pott a Pl ee 20s 257

Otocompsa emeria fuscicaudata,

Pl aes 2 . 279

INDEX TO ILLUSTRATIONS

PAGE

Otocompsa emeria fuscicaudata

Pi avaniote2 ee 281

Otus brucei, Pl. fig. A 97

Owl, Rock Horned, Photo of

3 young in nest

Pamphiline spp., Pl. ¥xxi. ees

Parnassius delphius florencie,

EAU hea shea aes

—.-—--—_--_-_——_ rileyi. Pl. iv;

299

fie Gyaf ... 203

zogilaica, Pl.

iV 12 On see 20S

a — discobolus baroghila,

Pl iy, fio. Wee 253

pe i Calli DA

ive. 2o2o9

gon galaica Pi. iv, fig. 5. 253

_—_-__— jacquemontit shandura,

Pl. iv; figs. 3,4... 253

—____—-simo lovimeri,PI. iv, fig 10

Parus major mahrattarum, Pl. xiil,

fide i Zee UG

Pelecanus onocrotalus, eggs, Pl. fig.

A. issu

Pellorneum ruticeps ruticeps, Pl.

i A BE Zener ae

Pericrocotus pericrocotus malaba-

vicus, Pl. vi, fig. 2 283

Phalacrocorax javanicus, Pl. fig.

A sd

Pheenicopterus ruber antiquorum,

Nests, Pl. fig. C. ... 114

287

223

Platygomphus dolabratus, fig. 2.

wings of male ... 416

enitalia ... 418

se! te

fig. 5. Lateral view of

male ee Bee 240

CUO PP fio .6e

Lateral view of maie ... 422

Ploceus bengalensts, Pl. ix, fig.1... 286

Polyommatus tolas gilgitica, P|. i,

Oe Ge e257

—_————_ sarta rupala, Pl. figs.

Lit i) Goyer PAS Y

Polyplectron bicalcaratum, Pl. ... 199

Prinia tnornata jerdoni, P|. xi,

fig; 29..--290

socials socialis, P\. xi, fig.1 290

ana ‘Pl. xii, 29]

INDEX TO ILLUSTRATIONS

PAGE

Psara pheopteralis,P. Life-history 529

Pseudogyps bengalensis. Pl. ix,

figs 2 4,. 286

Pterocles senegalensis, dorsal view

of downy chick, PI. fig. iii.... 369

Pyrrhulauda grisea, down-plumage

and juvenile feather Pl. fig. A 369

Rallus aquaticus indicus P\. 4/238

kapala rubida, Pl. fig. 18 ge ISN)

kRhipidura pectoralis, P\. ii, fig. 1 279

Pll x, fig. 1 287

Saxicola caprata atrata, Pl. i, fig.4 278

Semiothisa ageta, Pl. ii, fig. 15 ... 309

Snake, Estuary photograph of a

cast, exhibited in the Reptile

-__ eS

Gallery, Pl. . 205

Sterna bengalensis Reaeilens PI.

figs. A, B oe hs

Streptopelia meena, ac Bien:

age and featherbud, Pl. fig. D

Sutlej Valley—

Ply deo ea, SE ceice At fort

Samarkot aa 24

Fig. B.Templeat Soondri 24

Plo 2, ne. A. Two Tibetan

damsels ee co

Fig. B. Two baggage car-

rying damsels and a

lad of Taranda. ... ..25

P]. 3, fig. A. Panarama from

369

Chini Forest ... 34 |

Fig. B. View from Chini

Forest Bungalow 34 |

X1X

PAGE

Pl. 4. fig. A. View from snow

storm camp

. Thaman River at

Rupa

Three inonths wa

Valley of the—

A fine burhel 262%, PI. 1,

In the Tadone Gud, Pla; figs 2

The Timorous Gangaram cross-

ine the Sutley, Piste. le

Three handsome men of Cha-

TONS, Pla, ieee :

Syrrhaptes paradoxurus, Pl. ¢

and 92

Sysstema aulotts, Pl. ib, aes 19

Takin shooting :—next line Typi-

cal Takin country, Pl. ho i)..

End of a perfect morning, PI.

fig. 2

Temnogomphus Bigittataes

Genitalia

Plate ii, fig. 4 acre view of

male oe tee 13%

Fig. 5 (a) Anal appendage of

male seen from above

Trochalopterum cachinans cachi-

HONS | PAG il Ho es

Turdus merula lines Ph vi

Upupa epops ceylonensis, Pl. xiii,

fig. 1

Virachola dhoertyt,

Fie. B

Sutlej, the

ia 8.

| ed WA eet hoot Wee

fore; -:

Sie

. 306

. 257

ERRATA

Volume XXXL, No. ]

Page 112, line 19 for Burhinitus read Burhinus.

9 188 WSs. leucoeprala read leucocephala.

190 ,, 48 ,, Cyanosylota read Cyanosylvia.

,, 192 ,, 43 ,, albttrons read atritrons.

194 ,, 10 ,, latteral vead lateral.

. » 5» 22 ,, bonapartcz read bonapartet.

,, 195 ,, 24 ,, Bulfinch vead Bullfinch.

203.4, .35 4, J.P. Mills yerd L...P. MO Callaghan:

ie,

No. 2

Page 235 line 37 for mounted vead moulted.

, 290 ,, 4 ,, Shandun vead Shandur.

”) ” ee ae ”) B)

re]

OS 9

5, edl ,, 19 ,, mzcerilled read nicevzllez.

» 29 ,, Dicurus read Dicrurus.

, phillipinus philippinus read phillippinus philzp»

pinus.

(@))

(0, sores) er ead par.

- » 9 48 ,, Plynoprogne read Ptyonoprogne.

, 3/1 ,,.20 ,, Rhibhidura read Rhipidura.

, 434 ,, 7 ,, the Tring types vead these particular Tring

types.

5 479 ,, 7 ,, HMieetus read Hieretus.

5 484 ,, 47 ,, zudtcius read zxdicus.

5» 491 ,, 3 ,, Phyrrhrocorax read Pyrrhocorax.

5, Acreuthornis read Arceuthornis.

wi OC2. 4, 14°35 eAvas read Anse.

a 5, 9 LS ,, bvachyrynchus read brachyrhynchis.

ny eae bots

+ », 9», 28 ,, onocrocotalus read onocrotalus.

‘, » 59) 33 5, Paradoxurus read. paradoxus.

Legend on plate—

Page 524 line 15 ,, Osmatson vead Osmaston.

» 026 ,, 44 ,, Hupodtt7s read Eufodotes.

9 ”

”) 3)

BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

OFFICE BEARERS, 1927

Patron.

H.E. The Viceroy of India, G:M.S.1., G.M.1.E., H.R,H,. The Prince of Wales, K.c.

Vice-Patrons.

H.H. The Maharao of Cutch, G.C.S.1., G.C:1.5,

Hab Lhe Maharaja ot Jodiput, K.CS.1., K.¢.v,0.

H.H. The Maharaja of Rewa, K.C.S.1.

H.H. The Maharani of Dhar.

Mr. F. V. Evans, Haymans Green, Liverpool.

President.

H.E. The Right Hon’ ble Lt.-Col. Sir Leslie Wilson, P.c., G.C.I.E., C.M.G., D.S.O.

Vice-Presidents.

iH The Maharao of Cuteh, G.C.S.1.,).G.C.1.8:

ey, Ee Biattery S.1.), Php), F0.S,

ihe Elon’ ble Mr. J. Ee i. Hotson, ¢.S.1., 1.C.s.

Managing Committee.

Mer Rv oD. Bell, ¢a.8. 7 LCcS: = Me bombay.

Mr. H. A. W. Brent

Prof. V. N. Hate, M.A.

Mr. J. G. Ridland ust

Mr. P. M. D. Sanderson, F.Z.S.

Lt.-Col. F. P. Mackie, 1.M.s.

Mr. J. B. Greaves (Honorary Treasurer)

Sir Reginald Spence, K¢. (Honorary Secretary)

rho}

Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher, F.E.s. ae “ope bUSAS

Mix 1. Re Bell) ic. 1:8. 1.F.S; (Retd.) ao as KAtwar:

Col. WH Evans, R.Br, C.l.E. °’<.- tes ww) Ouletta.

et.-Col. F. C. Fraser, 1.M.S. ve tre .. Waltair.

Dr. F. H. Gravely, p.Sc. jas ask ... Madras.

Mr. C. M. Inglis, M.B.0.U., C.M.Z.S. “a 5 Warjccline:

Lt.-Col. C, H. Stockley, p.S.0., M.C., 0.B.E. .. Shanghai.

Major R. B. Seymour-Sewell, ine as v- Calcutta.

LIST OF MEMBERS

LIFE MEMBERS

Aga Khan, H. H. Aga Sir Sultan Mahomed Shaha

(GiC.Si1t 1626.1. Ba)

Aitken, CG. ; ae ae ie ie

Alwar, Lt.-Col. H. H. Sawai Maharaja Sir Jaisingh

Bahadur 4K-C;S.1., G:C...)

Armstrong, Dr. J. 8S. (ie. AMC. es

Bahawalpur, H.H. The Nawab Cape Sir Badia Mohame

mad Khan Abassi (K.Cc.vV.O.)... oe ¥f

Baker, H.9Cz otuare(i.z,.s.)

Balkrishna Vinayek Wassoodeo .

Bansda, Maharaul Shri Indra Sinhji Bage Simin

Raja Saheb of

Baroda, H.H. The Maharaja Sir caval RAG Cana

(G.C.Sil, KC S42) aa

Barton, EK. ip *

Barwani, Capt. H. H. Rana Remaeeeny| Banedir

(K5C3S.1.)

Bikaner, Col. H.H. The Mah ataia Sir Gunes Sine

Bahadur (G.C.S.1.;'G.C.1.8.;°G:C.v..0.) :

Bikaner, Capt. H.H. Maharaj feline Shri Sadul Sine

Bahadur (¢.v.0.) ‘..; ae

Bikaner, Maharaj Shri Bijey Seni Bahadne

Bodenham, Capt. K. L.

Bradshaw, J. P. a

Bridgeman, Lt.-Col. The Hon’ HESIEe G. oO. i F.A.)

Brook, Carlton P. a

Burton, Brig.-Gen. R. G.

Burton, Lt,-Col..R. W.

Bute, The Most Hon’ble The Marcie of a;

Butler, His Excellency Sir Harcourt (G.c.1.8., K.C.S.1.,

TC.) as

Caccia, Manor A. M. ee F.S.) ae

Cambay, H.H. Nawab Hussain Vauernen Jafar Ali-

khan Saheb Bahadur mes ae ee

Carter, Major H. St, M.:(D:S;0.,' R.A.M.C.) "8

Cassamali Jairajbhoy Peerbhoy ..

Christopher, Sydney A. (Bar-at-law)

Clarke 1.70. (1.C.8.)...

Clutterbuck, J. E. (R.E.)

Clutterbuck, Sir Peter H.

Cooch Behar, Maharaj Kumar ane N. Neyer

Coode, John M. = ae

Cowie, Rev, Aci. Gis. as

Cox, Lt.-Genl. Sir Percy (G.C.1.E.,

K,C. 1-H; .Z 5.4. He RAGS.)

K.CiSet.

KiC..G.

Bombay.

Alwar.

New Zealand.

Bahawalpur.

England.

Bombay.

Bansda.

Baroda.

England.

Barwani.

‘Bikaner.

Bikaner.

England.

Bombay.

Birmingham.

England.

Scotland.

Burma.

England.

Cambay.

England.

Bombay.

Rangoon.

England.

Bhurkunda.

England.

Cooch Behar.

Ootacamund.

Rawalpindi.

England.

LIST OF MEMBERS

Craw Elaebhe( ln o)) ea i

Crawford, W. M. (£.E.S., I.C.S.)

Culberton, J. M.S. (A. M. I.C.E.)

Cursetji, Khan Bahadur C. M.

Cutch, H. H. The Maharao Sir Shri ene San

Bahadur (G¢.c.1.., G.c.S.1.) (Vice-Patron and Vice-

President) s

Cutch, Kumar Shri Godji ae

Dp’ Almeidayw. PAR... (Bode, B.Sc. (Flon.)

Davidson, Lt.-Col. J. (D.S.0O., I.M.S.)

Dhar, Her Highness ft eibat Saheb ifants (Vice-

Patroness)

Dharampur, H. H. The Maharana Shree Vinvadevi

Rana, Maharaja Saheb of

Dhrangadhra, H.H. Maharana Shri Sir ‘Ghacse

Sinhgi (K.C.S.1.)

Dhunjibhoy Bomanji, Sir, Az?. ae

Drake-Brockman, Lt.-Col. H. E. (&.Z.S., I.M.S.)

Duxbury, Lt.-Col. C..D.

Elgee, Colonel J. W. L :

Ellison, Bernard C. (C.M.Z.S., F.R.G.S.)

English, E. E.

Erb, E. i ae

vans, bs ve (Vice- Patron)

Fairbank, Rev. H. eat oe

Foulkes, Lt.-Col. T. H. (TaMiSs)

Frei, Max sae

Frere, Major A. G. (1.A4.)

Gammie, Prof. G. 4.

Gauripur, Raja Prabhatchandra Bare

Gharpurey, Lt.-Col, K. G. (I.M.s.)

Gonsalves, A. F. ;

Gregory-Smith, Capt. H. G.

itd es fax ce

Mile Majork. D2 O:

Holkar, H. H. Tukuji Rao

Hopwood, 5. F. (1.F.S.) i

Hotson, Hon’ble Mr. J. E. B. (c,s S.1., 1:C.5.)

Hoyos, Count E.

Husbands, Major H. W.S. (M.C., A.M.I.C.E., S.M.R.E.)

Hyam, Khan Bahadur Judah (G.B.v.c., F.Z.S. )

Ichalkaranji, The Hon’ble Meherban Narayan Govind

alias Babasaheb Ghorpade

Idar, H. H. Maharaja Dhiraj Lt.-Col. Shree Sir Dowiat

Sino {K.C.Sa, )i.<2

Inglis, Chas M. (F.z.S., M.B.O.U.)

Ingoidby, Capt. C. M. (R.A.M.c.)

Evens, Ji. Hi. (Ps w.D.)

Jamkhandi, Shrimant Shankarrao Da eiaratae ee

Appasaheb Patwardhan

Jind, H. H. The Maharaja Sir Ranbir Sich (.-C.S.i

G.C,I.E.)

Kili

Rangoon.

England.

Karachi.

Bombay.

Bhuj-Cutch.

Cutch:

Bandra.

Edinburgh.

Dhar,

Dharamptr.

Dhrangadhra.

Bonibay.

England.

Poona.

England.

Bhopal.

Cairo.

Bombay.

England.

Ahmednagar.

Europe

Switzerland.

Cannanore.

England.

Gauripur.

Sholapur.

Bandra.

HKngland.

Indore.

England

Indore.

England.

Bombay.

Austria.

England.

Poona.

Ichalkaranji.

Himatnagar.

Darjeeling,

England. #*

Hurope.

Jamkhandi.

Jind,

XXiv LIST OF MEMBERS

Jodhpur, Lt.-Col. H. H. The Maharaja Sir Umaid

Sing Bahadur (K.C.S.1, K.C.v.0.) (Vice- Patron) Jodhpur.

Kaiser Shumsher Jung Bahadur Rana, S. M,, Lt.-Gen.... Nepal.

Khairpur, H. H. Mir Ali Nawazkhan Khairpur.

Khilchipur, H. H. Durjansal Singh Khilchipur.

Kirk-Greene, Mrs. ET: England.

Kolhapur, H, i eihe Manaraia Sir Pelee Chane:

pati (G.C.1.E,) Kolhapur.

Kotah,. oH. H.- fhe Manaeajadhives: Lt. Real, Sir Wied

Singhji Saheb Bahadur (G.C.1.F., C.B.E.) Kotah.

Kurundwad Senior State, Pialcnande, Rao Chintaman

alias Anna Saheb Patwardhan Kurundwad.

nee, D..He 4s: Europe.

NongeG, 7k. (.B-s.) wes England.

Lorimer, Major D. L. R. (C.1.z., 1.4.) England.

Lowndes, Capt. D. G. me EHurope.

Ludlow, 2. (UM. A., M-B.0.U., 1.2.5.) England.

Mackenzie, J. M. D. (1.F-.S.) Rangoon.

Manavadar, Khan Shree Fatehdinkhan Manavadar.

Mandlik, Narayen V. Bombay.

Marshall, Arch McL. England.

Marshall, J. McL. Scotland.

Martin, Col. Gerald England.

Maxwell, M. ve Europe.

McConaghy, Lt.-Col. C. B. GMs.) Nepal.

Millard, A. KS a Bombay.

Milliard, W. S. (F.Z.S.) England.

Mills, Major 7 ibe England.

Miraj, Shrimant Gungadhar Ra Ganeen, alias Rapa:

saheb Patwardhan Mira}.

Mitchell, H. H. G. England.

Montagnon, D. J. Bindukuri.

Monteath, G. (I.C.S.) Belgaum,

Morris, Lt.-Col. D. O. England.

Morvi, H. H. The Maharaja Bahai Waghii Morvi.

Mosse, Lt.<Col2A oH. &: (I. A.) Bombay.

Murland, Major H. F. .. Mandalay.

Mysore, H. H. The Maharaja TSHAaie, eodar as

Bahadur (G.C.S.1:) Mysore.

Namijoshi, V. K. Cambay.

Naraenji Dwarkadas ... Bombay.

Narayanlal Bansilal, Raja Bombay.

Narrotum Morarji Goculdas 2 Bombay.

Nawanagar, H.-H Phe Jamsaheb4(G.¢.s-) (7c Bn

Ke Sl) Jamnagar.

Nepal, Supradipta Nemes Cee Met Sie

shere Jung Bahadur Rana (K.C.I1.E.) Nepal.

Noyce, . (1.C.S.) Bombay.

Nurse, Lt.-Col. C. G. (e:8-s.) England.

Oberholser, Harry C. .. Washington D.C.

Ogilvie, G. H. (1.F.s.)

An Myitkyina.

Olivier, Lt.-Col."H: D..(R:E, #Z.S.)

ies .. England,

LIST OF MEMBERS XXV

Age. Oats (Ls @acmin cass ... Rangoon.

Pahtana: Ht the Phakar anes Bahadur. Sinhji ... Palitana.

Parlett, &.. Ms (EC:S.) 3 England.

Patiala, H. H. The Maharaja * Sin pinieed den Sieh

(GLGSHE, CG. C.I.E., G.CsBiba)is. Si ».' Patiala.

Patiala, Capt. Rao Raja Birindra Singhji .. a06) eatialas

Patuck; Ps S$. (1:€.S.) nas he .. England.

Peacock, Wy; H. (B.F,S.) ee aie .. Mawlaik.

Pestonji Jivanji (N.C.S.} ae ses ... Hyderabad, Dn.

Petit, Dhunjibhoy Bomanii ate ae ... Bombay.

Petit, Jehangir Bomanji ie ie .. Bombay.

Phipson, El. MM. (8.Z.s.) ea ah .. England.

Poncins, Viscount Edmund de ... sis ee Ganice.

Pratap Singh Lal Ram (B.A., L.L.B.) .. Dehra Dun.

Radhanpur, H. H. Shri Jalaluddin diesel .. Radhanur.

Rae, Major M. E. (1.A.) re Peshawar.

Rajgarh, H. H. Raja Rawat Sir Birches Singh

(K-C.1.E.) see ‘ .. Rajgarh.

Ravenshaw, Col. C. w. a ie .. England.

Reid, Mrs. D. W. sen . Bombay.

Rewa, H. H. The Maharaja iculnanen Banadar

( Vice- Patron) Jee a Ses a. INGWa.

Ribeiro, J. (L.c.E.) ... age fee ie Santa Cruz,

Ross, Major Tyrell ae .. England.

Roumania, H. R. H. The Crown prnee Carel —. ROUMAanTA,

Sanders, Major C. W. ne Jullundur.

Sangli, Shrimant Ghintamanide Appasated Patwar:

dhan .-.. ie a ar panel,

Savile, L. H. (c.B.) .. ius eas se) One land,

Schmid, W. ae oe ... Bombay.

Seton-Karr, Capt. H. W. sas ‘iss .. England.

Smith, A. Kirke aan mae vay ... Bombay.

Smith, H. C. ae bs wie .. Rangoon.

Spence, Dr. Arthur D. (M.B.ch. B. (Edin.) ) a2) Nanooon,

Spence, Sir Reginald (A7.) a a .. Bombay.

Spoouer, lJ. (C.ms)) .. Aa ... Europe.

Standen sir B.(k.C.1s5.) C.1n.4 0 CS ess io Europe:

Stanton, W. C. ae ee ve .. England.

Stephens, T. R. oss mA 6 .... Bombay

Stewart, C. G. (I.P.S., M.A.) ee Pe fon wamoland

Suket State H. H. Raja Lakshman Sen nah .. suket.

Swaine, J. K. es ok ... Matane.

Swithinbank, Mrs. B. W. Ae ae ... Rangoon.

Tata, Sir Dorabji J. (K7?.) 2 Bombay.

Tehri Garhwal, H. H. Raja Narendra Shah ne

Bahadur bea se a, Lela:

Thomson-Glover, Capt. a Wines s on ae Llano,

milive: TE. - oe sos ... Hurope.

Vaughan, Wm. (F.E.S. . aa «. Burope,

Weanwmio; Coli. EH. W.(C.B.r., D-S.0.)° ~ <4, ... Meerut.

Wenour, Lt.-Col. W.E..(12A.)) ... er ... ‘Europe.

Vernay, A.S: Se oe oe aes .. England,

XXvi LIST OF MEMBERS

Vesugar, Lt. Jamshed...

Waite, H. W.

Wales, H.R. H. Bwana Price of (K.G.,

(Patron)

Walker, Roland ;

Wauchope, Major R. S. (1.4.)

Whistler, Hugh (M.B.0O.U., F.Z.S., F.L.S.)

Wiliiamson, W. J. F. (c.M.G., F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.)

Wilson, Sir Arnold (¢.s.1.,

Wyadham,°P..(G.8. ps I-C:5.)

Yerbury, Col. J. W. {R.a.)

MEMBERS

Adam, J. B. Mercer (1.F.S.)

Addyman, J. (M.L.c.)

Aga Khan,

(G:C.S.1., G.-C. Ry) (Life Wrember }

Ahmadi, Daud I.

paainalignd |:

Aitchison College, The egal :

Aitken, Major A. B., (0.B.E., Woe M.E.I.E.)

Aitken, C. E. (ZLzfe Member)

Aiyar, T. V. Ramkrishna (B.As5'F.Z:S.)

Aldous, A. J. :

Alirey,.J. 4.

Ali, Salim A.

Alipur, Agri.

Secretary

Ali Rajpur, Maharaj etre Cann Batonene

Alington, Capt. N.S.

Allahabad University, The fecal oi the enanement oF

Botany ... at

Allen, Major C. H.P. (1.M.S.)

Allens B. Cuan. ey

Alleyne, Lt. H. Massy..

Alwar, lot.-Col.. a.3bl: tag Niaharaia cn qaicien

Bahadur (K.¢.S.}., G.c.1.E.) (Life Member)

Ambala! Sarabhai

American Museum of Natural Rston The Me ae

Anderson, R. K.

Anderson-Morshead, Capt. R. yo

Andrew, G. P. (I.C.8.)

Andrews, E. A. icf

Angelo, Capt. N. L. (1.4.)

Annesley, F. C.

Anstead, R. D. (M.A.)...

Antram, Chas B. (F.E.S.)

Aging, V.%.2

Armstrong, Dr. J.

Agi jl ID). ies ia

Ashfield, R. C. (I.C.8.)

S. (R.A.M.C.) (Life Member)

C.M.G., D.S.0.,.K,C. 1,2)

ee Ctc;)

Boo. Aca sir Sritan Matronicd Shah.

and Horticultural Society of India, The

Europe.

Phillaur, Punjab.

England.

Bombay.

Secunderabad.

England.

Kenya Colony.

England.

Tavoy.

Bombay.

Bombay

Aurangabad.

Nilgiris.

Lahore.

Mandalay.

Bombay.

Coimbatore.

Bombay.

Alipur.

Ali Rajpur.

England.

Allahabad.

Shillong.

Kirkee, Poona.

Maymyo.

Alwar.

Ahmedabad.

New York, U.S.A.

Thayetmyo.

England.

Cinnamara.

Rangoon.

Bombay.

Madras.

Siliguri.

Bombay.

New Zealand.

Bombay.

England.

LIST OF MEMBERS

Atkinson, 1. J. (r-.S,)

Atkinson, G.

Atkinson, G. R.

Australian Museum, The Secretary

A Wati~ Prot, bain. ((G.Hss. )}

Bacon, A. L.

Bahawalpur, H.H. The NAWAD Capt. Sir Sadiq Moham-

mad Khan Abassi (Lzfe Member)

Bailey, Lt.-Col. F. M. (c.1.£.)

Baini Parshad, Dr. (M.Sc.)

Baird, Col.-Comdt. H. B. D. (CiM.G., C:1.&., D.S8.0:)

Baker, E. C. Stuart (F.z.S.) (Lzfe Member)

Balasinor, Babi Shri Jamiatkhanji Manverkhanji

Bale Sons and Daunieison, Ltd., Messrs. John

Balkrishna Vinayek Wassoodew (Life Meméer)

Ball, ‘G. F. (1.F;S.)

Ball, H. P:

Bally, P. O. 12. ss

Banatvala, Col. Sir H. E. (1.M.s., C.s.1.)

Bang-Haas, Herr Otto

Bansda, Maharaul Shri Indra ‘Sitti Bratap Sint

Raja Saheb of (Life Member)

Banwell, G. E. - :

Baria, H.H. The Maharaja Rani Ginghice.

BaAnKei weet. IN a (bare) ise ce :

Darlees i, Wer (l.C 9.) ac

Barnard, J. 0, Of (C.1.5. )

Baroda Museum, The Curator

Baroda, H.H. The Maharaja Sir Sayaji Rao Gaerwari

(G.C.S.1., K.C.S.1.) (ZLzfe Member)

Barraud, P's lea H.Z.S..: hi So)

Barrett, Capt. M. ib.

Barrington, A. H. M. ...

Barron, W. J.

Barton, Creo.

Barton, E. L. (Life Member)

Barwani, Capt. H.H. Rana Ranjit Srey Baecun

(K.c.S.1.) (Life Member)

Bassett, A. E. a

Bates, Capt. R. S. P. ..

Battye, Lt. B. W. (R.A.)

Baxter, N. B. ie

2ayley d’Castro, Dr. A.

Bazett, H. M.

Beadnell, C. B. Se

Beadon, W. R. C.\(5.c¢.s.)

Beckett, James te

Beesony @.0h.1C. (M.A.) .

Beg, Nawab Nazir Jung Banaadn Migs Nazir

Begbie Iut.-Col, A. S;

BellR. 1; (cris, 1.0.5.)

Boles (¢.0e. )

XXV1i

Dehra Dun.

Bezwada.

Sydney.

Bombay.

Magok.

Bahawalpur.

Gangtok.

England.

Kneland.

England.

Balasinor.

England.

Bombay.

England.

Bombay.

Bandra.

Germany.

Bansda.

Thaton.

Baria.

Rangoon.

Bombay.

Rangoon,

Baroda.

Kasauli.

England.

Rangoon.

Rangoon,

Scotland.

England.

Barwani.

Rampur Hat.

England.

Jubbulpore.

Nasik.

Port Blair.

England.

Vellore.

Rangoon.

Cuddapah.

France.

Hyderabad, Dn.

England.

Bombay.

Karwar.

XXVUi LIST OF MEMBERS

Beli Vi. Gi o..s

Benson, Capt. C. E

Benson, Major R. L. (D.s.0.)

Bernard, J. L.

Berriff, A. H. sine

Betham, Brig.-Genl. R. M. (C.1.E.) ae 5x

Bewsher Lti-Coli;, 2 /C) (8.0.7.0. BB. ws GC. Bess

BIZ, (S35 HRSG. S eee ae ae aes

Beynon, F, CZ : ve Rie

Bharatpur, H.H. Manersie Oe Col. Sawai Kishen

Sinoh k:.c:Si1,

Bharucha, F. iB (L.M.E., M.I.M.E. een

Bhatia, Capt. S. L. (1.M.s.)

Bignell, Major G. N.

Bignell, Major R. G. a G.A.)

Bikaner, Col. H.H. The Maharaja Sir Gimmes Sain

Bahadur. (G.c/Si.,°G.C.L.Es'G.C.vi0n) i776 Wem:

ber)

Bikaner,

Capt. H.H. Maharaj Kumar Shri Sadul

Singhii Bahadur (c.v.o.) (Lzfe Member) ae

Bikaner, Maharaj Shri Bijey Singhji Bahadur (Life

Member) a oe oh

Billimoria, N. M. ;

Binny, Major A. C. M.

Birch, C. Vv. -

Bird sb. ad (LC. es

Bird, Capt. William (R.A.M.C. 1.

Bisgaard, L.

Bissett, Frank

Bissett, J. E. ie

Blackie, Capt. F. Be

Blackwood, Robert C. —

Blair, Capt.-D. Pi(R-A.M.C.)

Sungei Patani,

England.

Delhi

Simla.

England.

Suraband.

Kasauli.

Bharatpur.

Bombay,

England.

Landi Kotal.

Gibraltar.

Bikaner.

Bikaner,

Karachi.

Rawalpindi.

New Zealand.

England.

Simla Hills.

Bangkck,

Peermade.

Meppadi.

Calcutta.

Shillong.

.... Liverpool,

Blandy, Major R. (M.c.)_ a Bombay.

Blanford, H. R. (0.B.E., 1.F:S.) ... Rangoon,

Blatter, Rev. E. (S.J.) Panchgani,

Blunt, H. R. Srinagar,

Boag, G. T. (1.C.8.) . England,

Boalth, V. H. Be , Qahore,

OAS whl. As LS eae nie .»- Kollengode,

Bobrinskoy, Count (F.R.G.S.) oes . Hnoland,

Bodding, Rev, P: 0. Mohulpahari.

Bodenhain, Capt. K. i (Lite Memb) England,

Bolitho, Capt. E. H. W. (R.F.A.) England.

Boller, A. eae ‘ Bombay.

Bor, N. L. (1.F.S.) Kohima,

Botham, A. he (C.1. Ee ig Cz93) Shillong.

Bott, J» R.-E J «et Sunthaik,

Boyd, Major i Be VAR AGMLC. ur Bombay.

Bradley, J. W.. Ei 7 Insein.

Bradshaw, J. P. (Life Member) .. Bombaye

LIST OF MEMBERS EXIX

Braham, N. C. fe: re a .. Lakon Lampang.

Btasseyy Lt.-Col I, Ps (i.M.S.)) ... eo « Jhelum.-: ... +

Brayne, F. L. ({1.C.S.) oi be s Gurgaon,

Brent, H. A. W. ane mee swe ... Bombay.

Bridge, Mil (1.8.S.) %. a England.

Bridgeman, Lt.-Col. The Hon’ ble FG, O. (R.F.A.) at

(Ezte Wember). x. wae bet .. Birmingham....-:..

Bridges, Major Hugh C. a rr Aes, > Caleuttar

Briggs, Revd. Frank S. ae ree ioe. lima. an )

Bristow, C: H. (I.CiS:) sa te ... Ahmedabad.

Britton, Major J. A. H. uae Site =. enoland,

Brodie, N.S. (1,C.S.) a sia .. England.

Brodrick, Capt. W. L. C. ee fee Ho Leeanee nian.

Brook, Carlton P. (Zzfe Member) a ae) EMcland

Brooke, Capt. A. S.: 2, see ve ... bombay. --.

rooke-Purdon, Major W. (D.S.0., M.C., 0.B.E.,

R.A.M.C.) ‘ ee ce us | Banealorer

Broughton, Lt.-Col. .. D. (RoHS GRE.) 3 see Naini aly

TOW yon is Ro (1. Sir) wan mee ‘ya. Pakokku.

Brown, George sles eas ese «. Ratnapura.

Brown, J. S. a fai awe ..« Bombay...

Brown, L. N. (1.C.8.) wed ies Se DUKKUE Ie. -

Browne, Lt.-Col. C. H. eae a ..« Madras.

Browne, E. G. : ste ... Gorakhpur

Bryden, Lt.-Col. R. A. &. AiM,C.,-D.S.0%) .2: .» England.

Burder, John H. ee ses eo ae Caleutta,

Burgess, F. G. (1.F.S.) bad _ .... Maymyo.

Burnett, Prof. K. ae on ve ... Hyderabad, Dn.

Burrows, G. T. te wa England.

Burton, Brig.-General R. Cate Menta Pies Shakes bzhels Vaawre ay

Burton, KR. N. niet Pera Heaths.

Burton, Lt.-Col. R. Ww. WEE Member) a oe England. ..!

Busher, Rev. R. C.° «... Naini Tal..%: .

Bute, The Most Hon’ble The Maras of (Life e Menten Scotland.

Butler, S. G: % . Silchar, -

Butler, His Excellency Gir Fratcoun (G.C.1.E.; K.CsS:1i ar

I.C.S.) (Life Member) ee aa .« Burma.

Buxton, DrePs A. ie ooh vay .- England. -

Caccia, Major A. M. (1.F.S.) (Life Wember) .. England. cep

Calcutta Zoological Gardens, The Honorary Secretary. Calcutta. eth,

Caldecott, C. D’a a aoe as .. England.

Calvocoressi, Stephen... Bombay.

Cambay, H. H. Neen emrecein vaarcien Teer

Alikhan Sahib Bahadur (Lzfe Member) w» Cambay...

Cambridge, University Museum of Zoology, The a.

Superintendent ... ee aoe? .-., Cambridge.

Cameron, Thos. H. (F.Z.S.) a ane ... Devicolam.

Cameron, I. L. re ~~ ee ... Eheliyagoda. |

Campbell, A. S. oes wd a ... Karachi.

Campbell, J.A.-G. ..: uae ae ... Bokakhat.

Campbell, R. G. ont oe ave .. England,

XXX LIST OF MEMBERS

Campbell, S. Ht) ie A ... Saktipur.

Canning, Fred. (1.F.s.) - o. Barielty:

Capito, C. Erik (0.8.E:, M. INST. C.E.) a .«. Bushire.

Cardew, Capt. C. G. (ae:s.) ay oe .... Bombay.

Cardwell, R. Hongkong.

Carter, Major H. St. M. ‘te: S.0., M.D.) (Life Member\ England

Cartland, Murray A. ... 2’ Ghariptr,

Cassamali Jairajbhoy Peerbhoy Wake Memon ... Bombay.

Cassell, R. H. 4 aoe a« | Mofiarah,

Casserly, Lt.-Col. derden Nes — ... France.

Castens, H. E. (1.¥.8.)... ws wa .. Rangoon.

Cater, A. Ni Bi (iine., 1.C.S.) in a ... Jaipdr.

Cave, Capt. F. O. sist ask vet «. Srinagar.

Cave, W. A. oe wk ty ... Atistralia,

Chaldecott, H. D. an nts ... Kollengode.

Chamba State, H. H. Raja Hem Sittieh 4 «. Chamba.

Chambers, Capt. G. H. nae see ... Jubbulpore.

Chamier, Major R. O. oie be ... Shillong.

Champion, F. W. (1.F.s.) wee a ... Lansdowne.

Champion, H. G. ee a eh .. England.

Chapple, E. : Se a2 .» Bangkok.

Chartres, C. B. (M.L.A. ee és ... Calcutta,

Chasen, F. N. ie a .. Singapore.

Cheesman, Major R. E. (Ge AVA eds ee .. England.

Chevenix-Trench, C. G. (I.C.S.) ... a .. Udaipur.

Chislett, E. V. D. an ne ig .» Bombay.

Chitham, C. C. aoe ois .. Nagpur.

Christopher, Sydney A. (paca AT- rane (Life Mem-

ber). i aa sal ... Rangoon.

Chrystall, A. son Fe ask « Salona.

Clarke, A. M. waa ... Bombay

Clarke, L. O. (I.C.S 5.) (Lite Menten) ode .. England.

Clarke, M. H. ae .. Jakhlabandha.

Clifford, Lt.-Col. R. ... wot or .. Eneland.

Clifford, W. Walters ... ee ae soe: aaloaon:

Clive, Capt. J. M’c C. (M.c.) mae ies ... Nowshera.

Clode, C. W. sae BES sis .. Suntikoppa.

Clough, R. J. ie a ae .... Calcutta.

CLUBS—

Ahmednagar Club, The Honorary Secretary ... Ahmednagar.

Bombay Club, The Honorary Secretary ... ... Bombay.

Bombay Gymkhana Club, Ltd., The Secretary .. Bombay.

Byculla Club, The Honorary Secretary... 3. Bombay.

Club of Central India, The Secretary mie ... Mhow.

Club of Western India, The Honorary Secretary ut Poona,

Madras Club, The Secretary... .. Madras:

Mawlaik Gymkhana Club, The Honorary ceerstaky .. Mawlaik.

Mercara Book Club, The Honorary Secretary se | eMercara.

Muktesar Shikar Club, The Honorary Secretary a RetALT.

Naini Tal Club, Ltd., The Secretary Ay coe) Naima Tal

Nerbudda Club, The Secretary... ane .. Jubbalpore.

LIST OF MEMBERS

Pegu Club, The Secretary sas ces

Port Blair Settlement Reading Club, The Principal ..

Punjab Club, The Secretary

Quetta Club, Ltd., The Secretary

Royal Bombay Yacht Club, The Seater?

Sardar Club, The Honorary Secretary

Secunderabad Club Library, The HOROTRT Reoretan:

Sholapur Club, The Honorary Secretary ..

Sind Club, The Honorary Secretary

Srinagar Club, The Secretary ...

United Service Club, The Secretary

United Service Club, Ltd.,

Wellington Gymkhana Club, The ener Seerctan

Clutterbuck, J. E. (R.E.) (Life Member) ... ve

Clutterbuck, Sir Peter H. (Life Member)

Cochrane, R. A. "

Coldstream, J. (1.C.S.)

Cole, Lt.-Col. B. L. a:

COLLEGES AND SCIENTIFIC aes SON

Agricultural College, Burma, The Principal

American College, The Treasurer ae ihe

Government, Collegiate High School, The Head

Master .. ee

Bombay Verinany College The Principal

Burma Forest School, The Director

Carmichael Medical College, The Principal

Central Research Institute, The Director. ...

Agricultural College and Central Research Teen.

The Librarian a = AGO

Kings Institute, The Director

Dow Hill Training College, The rater

BFwing Christian College, The Professor

Forest Research Institute and College, The Barcee

Botanist ?

Forest Research Tactitate and Goleee The iseienylves

Gujrat Cones The Principal

Institute of Plant Industry, The Dace

Punjab Veterinary College, The Principal ae

Madras Forest College, The Principal

Presidency College, The Principal

Mayo College, The Principal ...

Pasteur Institute, The Director

Agricultural College, Punjab, The Pancipal

Rajkumar College, The Principal

Ravenshaw College, The Principal

St. Mary’s High School, The Rector

Royal Institute cf Science, The Principal ...

St. Joseph’s College, The Principal

Victoria College, Palghat, The Principal

Victoria Technical Institute, The Curator...

Wilson College, The Principal... ’

Central College, The Principal aBe

XXRi

Pegu.

Port Blair

Lahore.

Quetta.

Bombay.

Jodhpur.

Secunderabad.

Sholapur.

Karachi.

Srinagar.

Bangalore.

Simla.

Wellington.

Bhurkunda.

England,

Katha.

Lahore.

England.

Mandalay.

Madura.

Bangalore.

Bombay.

Pyiumana.

Calcutta.

Kasauli.

Coimbatore.

Guindy.

Kurseong.

Allahabad.

Dehra Dun.

Ahmedabad.

Indore.

Lahore.

Coimbatore.

Madras.

Ajmer.

Rangoon.

Lyallpur.

Rajkot.

Cuttack.

Bombay.

Teppakulam.

Palghat.

Nagpur.

Bombay.

Bangalore.

XXX1i LIST OF MEMBERS

Collings, T. H.:Q.* ) la Se .. England.

Colombo Museum,~-The. Tiiearian’ aie ... Colombo.

Colthurst, Dr. Ida wear nl stg a wCalcutta.

Colvin, Major E. J..D.(#,a.) ...: : ... Rewa.

Commissioner, The Hon’ble The Chief, “Nowhuwest

Frontier Province : eS aoe eshawar:

Condon, Ey -@Co-E (wan. |. A. M1sG.m, AG) bombay:

Congreve, Caak, Tar, ae aes ... Valparai.

Conley, Andrew sie ae se elicnanla,

Connor, Lt.-Col. Sir Frank Ey con: I.M.S. ) Calcutta.

Cooch Behar, Maharaj Kumar Victor N. Neraen

(Life Member) ... oy aes ..» _Cooch Behar

Coode; John (1-8.s.))... sie ce .. Ootacamund

Coode, J. M. (Life Member) ce i .» England.

Cooke, E. Bernard - sist ae = Poona;

Cooper, G. E. R. eae ve ae .... Maymyo.

Cooper, H. L: coe se ie ... Naini Tal.

Cooper, -Hl. Ri BiSC;,. H-C-S;) ae oe ... Cinnamara.

Corbett, R. H. ; ae eee ne wbapun.

Corbett, Major T. W. (x. Ca) ay aes ow. Bneland:

Cosens, Major F. R. ©... a oe ... Fatehgarh.

Coulton, G. F. Fe ane: ee ... Bombay.

Covernton, S. H. (1.C. S. ) ke s .» Karachi.

Cowie, Rev. A. G. G. (Life Menber) ae ... Rawalpindi

Cox, CE. C..G.ES., F.Z.S.) tee ae .. England.

Cox, Lt.-Genly SirPercy (G.G.1-%., .K.CiSi., K.CM.G.,

KC. .Z.Ss, ER C.S.).. were weber) .. England.

Craw, H. H. (1.C.8S.) (Zzfe Member) ee ... Rangoon.

Crawford, Malcolm M. — me ent .. England.

Crawtord, William G. (I.F:S.) 2 2" oe ... Rangoon.

Crawford, ‘W. M. (¥.E.Ss., I.C.S.). (Life Mem-

ber) Sr ve .. England.

Crerar, Hon’ble Mr. i fe S. 1, aC aL CS.) ... Delhi.

Crofton, RoW .C.5.) Ae et ee Chilkkaldas

Crondace, Capt. C. G. is e ame .. England.

Cruickshank, &:. ©. Bo (UCGiSaea. i sa OItADUT.

Cuffe, Lady C. T. Wheeler Pah a ..._teland:

Culberton, J. M. S. (A.M., LC.8.) (Life Member) .. Karachi.

Cirle EG, : ae aay LI CiniS:

Cumberlege, G. ae Go S.O., M.C. on ae = bombay:

Cumming, Capt. O. S. (R.A. ) Ss ae ae J MASI,

Cunningham, Col. A. H. (R.E.)...— Ate .. England.

Cunningham, Ge LOS. OBE, teenie case ... Peshawar.

Currie, Elliott S. Ray ae ee .. England.

Currie, A. J. “ es se ee OM DAy:

Currie, MoM. (1,.c. Ss: ) a ae .. England.

Cursetji, Khan Bahadur C. M. (Life Member) ... Bombay.

Cutch, H. H. The Maharao Sir Shri Kengurji Sawa

Bahadur (G.Cc.3 E. » G.C.S8.1.) {Life Member and

Vice- Patron) ages ie .. Bhuj-Cutch.

Cutch, Kumar Shri Godji (Life Nene ee 2c) BOMLCH

D’ Almeida. J. F. R. (B.A., B.Sc. (HON.)) (Life Member) Bandra.

LIST OF MEMBERS

Dale, Capt... Cis: (RiA.)

Daly, M. O. Age

Danson, J. W. W. dee

Darby, A. W. (0.B.E.)

Dare, I. C. (M-1.S.E.) ..

Darjeeling, The Chtator; Nat. Hise Mus.

Dart, G. Wesche

Das, A. N. (M.R.A.S. (LOND.) F.Z.S., (LoD. )) aa

Datia, H.H. The Maharaja Lokendra Sir Govind Singh

Bahadur (K.C.S.1.)

Davenport, Alex L.

Daver, Framroze A.

Davey, G. H. sc

Davidson, Lt.-Col. J. (D.S.o.

Davies, R. W. H. (I.C.S.)

Davies, Capt. V. K. N. (1.4.)

Davis, G. (I.C.S.)

Davis, P. W. (1.F.S.)

Davis, Dr. W:'Sté T. oat

Dawes, Lt.-Col. C. D. (1.M.S.) ...

Dawkins, C. G. E. (I.F.S.)

Dawson, Capt. W. G. Me E.S.)

Dean, Edwin és

De Carteret, St. G.

Delacour, Mons. Jean

Delaney, M. F.

Demetriadi, C. C. se

deRhe-Philipe, G. W. V. (F.£. ais

Dhar, Her Highness Laxmibai Saheb Puar (Lite Méinbéy

and Vice- Patroness)

Dharampur, H/H.. The iitatiabarta Sire, Vjavadevt

Rana, Maharaja Saheb of (Lzfe Member) vs

Dhrangadhra, H. H. Maharana Shri Sir Ghanshyam

Sinhji (K.c.s.1.) (Lzfe Member) as

Dhunjibhoy Bomanji, Sir, At. (Life Mewiben)

Dickins, K. F. R. (I.F.s.) es

Dickson, Major H. R. P. (C.1.8.)...

Director of the Deutsches Entemologisches Tastitut aer

Kaiser-Wilhelm-Gesellschaft

Dix I. W.

Dixon, A. F, W. (L.C.S.)

Dobson, F.. ee

Dods, W. K. (cue) .

Docra, H.:Rui(BsSe.) ...

Donald, C. H.

Donaldson, A. E. ee

Donovan, Lt.-Col. C. (1.M.s.)

d’ Orle’, Madamoiselle Francoise M.

Dow, He (1.C.S.)

Drake Brockman, D. L. (I.C.S. Ne

Drake-Brockman, Lt.-Col, H. E, (1.M.S., F.Z. 2.8.) (Lite

Member) oe

,1.M.S.) (Lzfe Member) ...

England.

Jakhlabandha.

Rangoon’)

Katni.

Bombay.

Darjeeling.

Punjab.

Calcutta,

Datia.

England.

Bombay.

Kottayam.

Edinburgh.

Larkana.

Bombay.

Poona.

England.

Dwarbund.

London.

Rangoon.

England.

Peshawar.

England.

France.

Bombay.

Karachi,

London.

Dhar.

Dharampur.

Dhrangadhra.

Bombay.

Chanda.

Bikaner,

Germany.

Mohammerah.

Koraput.

Panposh.

England.

Madanapalle.

Dharamsaia.

Rangoon.

England.

Bombay.

Hyderabad

Jodhpur.

England.

XxXxxlil

&KXIV LIST OF MEMBERS

Drummond, Capt. J. G. P. ae «ee Delhi.

Dubash, J. K. ane ae os ... Bombay.

Duke, A. H. ane see ne .. Bangkok.

Duke, J. A. wes ss ... Bombay.

Dunbar-Brander, A. A. (0.B.E., I.F.S.) wes .. scotland.

Duncan, John E. (P.w.p.) es eae Pall OOn,

Dunlop, Dr. W. ee eee ae .- Baghdad.

Dunn, CoW.(cr pe Cc. 5.) ae ne .. Maymyo.

Dunsterville ;ColskS;(R Aa) ccs Es it. London.

Duxbury, Lt.-Col. C. D. (Life dice we sae Oona:

Dyer, J. C. oe net .. England.

Eates, K. R. mee Bee a «es Karachi.

Ebden, J. W. sols on See cea eli:

Edge, Mrs. R. C. bes aot ave we) England.

Edie; A. Ge, CiB3S5)goy.s a -se) Oona.

Elgee, Col. J. W. L. (Life Member) ee .. England.

Elliot-Lockhart, Lt. Wm. Oy ae ... Peshawar

Elliott, A. (C.1.£.) sas sth ae #. ondon.

Elliott, J. aoe vee a .. England.

Ellis, Cab. UC.5 98... see ane .. Bassein, Burma

Ellis, R: H.(1:C;S:) ... AGE ee ... Madras.

Ellis, S. F. ‘ Poona.

Ellison, Bernard C. on M.Z.S., F.R.G.S.) (nate weber ) Bhopal.

English, E. E. (Life MenGe) eee bes tee) \Caino:

Erb, E. (Life Member) .. Bombay.

Evans, F. V. (Vice Patron and Yate Member) .. England.

Evans, Col. G. H. (C.1.E., F.L.S. , ae ... London.

Evans, U.MM.2(3-P.) 6 22. aes ... Bombay.

Evans, Col. W. H. (R.E., C.1. sh eae ... Peshawar.

Evershed, John ane ees See .. England.

Ezra, Alwyn ane ee wae ... Bombay.

Ezra, David ae. a Calcutta:

Fairbank, Rev. H. (ite ene) RA .. Ahmednagar.

Faith, N. W. ae See at ..- Bombay.

Parley,cl.. es: mee “es ods) .. Balipara.

Barr, . L.-C, rn ae ae wee ACOH.

Farrell, R. C. Me EiSs) ees ee ee .. Hyderabad, Dn.

Farquharson, G. N. ... Ab ace .. Calcutta.

Farquharson, G. le ld ee a See senee Calcutta.

Faunthorpe, Lt.-Col, J.C. ae as .. Lucknow.

Fawcus, L. R. (1.C.8.) ou aes «Jo eUTOpe.

Fenton, Major L. S. (1.A.) ase ie: .-- London.

Ferguson, Ed. T. D. ... Ree Bee al) honk Rad.

Fernandes, B. A. Ses A cee ... Bandra.

Ferrar, M. E. os Rig .- Metali.

Ferrar, Lt.-Col. M. L. ae O. aa ane ... Port Blair.

Field, Capt-4..D..S.(.M.S.)* ..; as ... Bombay.

Field Frank (M.B.0.U.) <. ose ... London.

Field; G. G.i(t.P:s:) ‘ Me .. Moradabad.

Fields-Clarke, V. H. T. (L.F.S. ae ... London.

Finlay, J. D. eas ay .. Clarkabad.

Fitz Gerald Moore, ie N, ut we -ee Bombay.

LIST OF MEMBERS

Fleming, Col. A. M. (1.M.s.)

Fleming, E. W. ee

Fletcher, Thos. Bainbrizge ee E.S. 's.)

Florence, James ose

Flynn, A. A. (C.M.Z.S.)

Fooks, H. A. ao

Forrington, A.

Forsyth, Dr. C. E.

Forsyth, Dr. Wm.

Foster, Major R. T. ...

Foster, Major Rodney (1.4.) ae iss

Foulkes, Lt.-Col. T. H. (1.mM.s.) (Life Meméer)

Foulkes, R. ae ‘ ae

Fountaine, Miss Margaret (F.H.s. )

Fowler, C. C. i

Praser, Capt. C.J. 5.

Fraser, Duncan :

Fraser, Lt.-Col. F. C. (I1.M.S., M.D., Sees)

Mraser, oirotuart (l.C.S., K.C.S.1., C.1.2.)

Fraser, J. S. oe tes

Fraser, Major S. G. G. sas

Frederickson, H. i

_ Frei, Max (Life Member)

French, H. A. L.

Frenchman, D. P. (B.sc.)

Frend, G. V.R. abr

Frere, Major A. G. (1.A4., F.Z.S.) (tite Mensch)

Frohlick, H. eat , we

Fry, Jobn T.

Gairdner, K. G.

Gamlen, R L. ae aoe

Gammie, Prof. G. A. (Life Member)

Garbett; C. C. (1.C.S.) arn

Garnett, Lt. A. M. (R.E.)

Gatherer, Major R. G. T.

Gauripur, Raja Prabhatchandra acne Gate Menon

Gaye, W. C.

Gentle, J. A. R. GE)

Geoghegan, Mrs. O. A.

Gervers, Col. F. R. S. (R.E., es

Gharpurey, Lt.-Col. K. G. (1.m.s.) (Lzfe Mentor;

Ghosh, Prof. Ekendranath (M.Sc., M.D., F.Z.S.,

F.R.M.S.)

Gibbs, A. F. ee

Gibson, E. C. (I.C.S.)...

Gibson, R. E. (c.1.8., I.C.S.)

Gilbert, C. E. L. (1.F.S.)

Gilbert; T. ... abe

Gill, E. H.N. see

Gill, H. ice ee BA

Gillett, B. G. (Gneae a

Gillum, S, J. o ade 2

XXEXV

England.

London.

Pusa.

Kievcote.

Karachi.

Calcutta.

Bombay.

Europe.

Scotland.

England.

Mussoorie.

Europe.

Madura.

London.

Bombay.

Putao.

London.

Waltair.

Bombay.

Madras.

Bombay.

Calcutta.

Switzerland.

Karachi.

Gandamanayakanur.

Balchonnur.

Cannanore.

Bombay.

Lakon-Lampang.

... Hyderabad, Dn.

London.

Bombay.

London,

London.

Gauripur.

England.

Lahore.

Murree.

Sholapur.

Calcutta.

Umaria.

London.

Hyderabad-Sind

Karachi.

Europe.

Ghazipur.

Kalain,

Bombay.

Bombay,

XXXVI LIST OF MEMBERS

Gimlette, Col. G. H. D. (C.1.E., I.M.s.)

Gimson,’C. (1.C:S..) %ce oe

Girsperger, F. aes

Gladstone, Capt..H.S. (F.Z.S.,; F.R.S.E.)

Gladstone-Solomon Capt. W. E. (I.E.S.)

Glascock, L. C. (M.v.O., C.1.E.)

Glass, E. L.

Glazebrook, E. K.

Gleadow, F. (F.R.M.S.)

Glendenning, P. G.

Glennie, Capt. E. A. (D.S.0., R.E. )

Glover, H. M.

Godding, Capt. H. C. fe A.M.C. vi

Godfrey, E. J. (B.Sc.)

Goldie, Dr. E. At.:(M.C., I.M.S.) ..:

Gondal, Kumar Shree Nutversinhji

Gonsalves, A. F. (Life Member) ...

Goodall, Major M. ee

Gordon, F. W. (M.c., M.A. co I.F.S.)

Gordon, Major J. W.

Gordon, R. G. (I.C.S.)

Gore, F. W. -

Goschen, The Viscountess ses

Gothorp, P....

GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS —

The Agricultural Engineer, Burma

Conservator of Forests, N.C. Division, C.P.

Deputy Director of Agriculture, Burma ...

Deputy Director of Agriculture, Myingyan Circle

Deputy Director of Agriculture, East Central Circle ..

Director of Agriculture, Bombay

Director, Bureau of Science

Director of Agriculture, B. & O.

Entomologist, The Burma

Gould, B. J. (c.ue:, C5)

Gow, Cedric J.

Graham, A. A.

Graham, L. (I.C.S.)

Grant, F. A. are

Grant, Lt. R. A.

Gravely, Dr. F. H.

Greaves, J. B.

Green, E. Ernest (F.E,S.) es

Gregory-Smith, Capt. H. G. (Life Mensa

Gregson, T. S.

Griffin, A. M. see ees

Griffiths, D. T. (B.A., I.F.S.) ;

Griffiths, H. M. (P.w.p.) me

Grose, F. S. eee

Grossenbacher, G. aa

Htacenbueh, Ered’ i... a

England.

Assam.

Bombay.

Scotland.

Bombay.

Lyallpur.

Nagpur.

Rangoon.

England.

Moulmein.

Europe.

Lahore.

London.

Bangkok.

Lahoal, Assam.

Jetalsar.

Bandra.

Sadiya.

Rangoon.

Jodhpur.

England.

Madras.

Assam.

Mandalay.

Jubbalpore.

Mandalay.

Meiktila.

Pyinmana.

Poona.

Manila.

Sabour.

Mandalay.

Peshawar.

Madras.

Mussoorie.

London.

Rangoon,

Bombay.

Madras.

Bombay.

England.

London.

Bombay.

Cocanada.

Shwebo.

Lahore.

Taunggyl.

Bombay.

Haigh, P. B. (I.C.S.) «..

Hamber, Capt. L. G. W.

Hamid, A. Ali

LIST OF MEMBERS

Hamid Khan, M, (M.Sc., F.R.M.S. ‘

Hamilton, K. L. B. (I. Cc S.)

Hamilton, A. P. F. (D.S.0.,

Hampson, A.

Hancock, Capt. C. P.

Hanhart, S.

Hare, Lt.-Col. G. A. en

Harper, Lt.-Col. A. Forrest

Elarris, Di G.(@, 1B: ):..

Harris, W. (M.R.C.V.S.)

Harrison, Mrs. H. Z.

Harrison, R. T. (4.M,1.¢.E.)

Hartnoll, E. S. (1.F.s.)

Harty, Major A. H. (I.M.Ss.)

Harvey-Kelly, Major C. H. G.

Harwood, Capt. G. E.

Hasted, Capt. J. 5.

Hastings, J. R. G.

Haswell, Capt. FB. W.

I.F.S.)

Hate, Prof. Vinayakrao N. (B. gc.)

Haughton, Lt.-Col. H. L.

Hauser, E.

Hawes, C. G.

Hawley, Lt.-Col. W. G. Beds

Hay, Dr. Alfred

Hay, Capt. R. (1.M.s.)

Headlam, Capt. E. James (m1, €.SiI.,C.M.G. bso)

Heard, Mrs. Freda

Hearsey, Capt. L. D. W. (M.c., v.D.)

Hector, G. P. (M.A., B.Sc.)

Hemmons, Capt. ay Ji.

Henderson, Major D. ...

Henderson, J. L.

Herbert, Capt. V. A. (1.4.R.)

Heron, A..M..(D.sc;))...

Heron, F. A. T.

Hickie, Major F. C,

Hickie, W. A.

Hickin, S. B.

Hickman, Col. R, St. i (Ce)...

Hide, P. (ZLzfe Member)

Higginbottom, Dr. Sam

Higgins, J. C. (I.C.S.)...

Hiley, A. C. (1.8.S.)

Mill, K. A. L. (LCS) ..

Hill, Major R. D. O. (Lite Member)

Hingston, Major R. W. G. (1.M.S.)

eee

Hislop, Major J. H.. (M.c., I.M.S.)

Hodgson, H. P.

ore

KXXVil

Bombay.

Poona.

Baroda.

Lahore,

Raipur.

Kulu.

Calcutta.

Rajkot.

Bombay.

Kirkee.

Bombay.

Ghazipur.

Gauhati.

Bombay.

Moulmein.

Poona.

Peshawar.

Bombay.

Bassein.

Bombay.

Bombay

London

England.

Seistan.

Bombay.

Lahore.

Kheri,

Dacca.

Bassein.

London.

Quilon,

Naini Tal.

Calcutta,

Europe.

England.

Europe.

Sukkur.

London.

Indore.

Allahabad.

Imphal,

Dharwar.

Europe.

London,

London.

Europe.

London,

XXXVili LIST OF MEMBERS

Hogs, Capt... KG. as. .. England.

Holkar, H. H. Tukuji Rao (Life Wonber\ ... Indore.

Holiand, L. B. (I.F.S.) oe av .. Rawalpindi.

Holmes, H. R. See asi ae .. England.

Homfray, Jeston (I.F.S.) see «. Calcutta:

Hopwood, S. F. (1.F.s.) (Zife Meriter, et «London.

Horner, Capt. B. Stuart aac ... Bushire.

Hotson, Hon’ble Mr. J. E. B. (C.S.15,. 1:C:S3)«) 22re

Member ae vale eee . Bombay.

How, EB. os. ace Sterna.

Howard-White, Lt. Hon ae. C, T. oe ING) fon Sees ... London, W. 14.

Howell-Jones, Lt.-Col. T. H. (C.1.8., D.S.0., R.A.O.C.).... London.

Howeil, Lt.-Col. E. Berkley (c.1.£., I.C.S.) - Dera Ismailkhan,

Hoyos, Count E. (Life Member) ... ae wee, Austria;

Hudson, Col. C; (c.1.8., D:S:0., 1:M‘S;) “ne .. Bombay.

Hudson, Sir Leslie (A7.) site se ... Bombay.

Hugoins, J. R. at Bas aAS .. Waltair.

Hughes, Major J. E. ... Jes ds .«« Bombay.

Humm, Lt; Pos: hs BF - Kasauli.

Humphrys, Lt.-Col. Sir Francis (c. Pete) Yece ... Peshawar.

Hundley, G. a on . Moulmein.

Hunt, Lt.-Col. S. (1.M.s. 8) : .. London.

Hunt, Vice-Admiral Sir Thomas ce N., K.C.B., C.S.I.). London.

Husbands, Major H. W.S. (M.c., A.M.I.C.E., tes)

(Life Member) See ae ne lzondon:.

Hutchinson, Lt.-Col. L. T. Rose ee MCS.) 9 eae ... Bombay.

Hutchinson, Lt.-Col. W. Gordon (1.A4., 0.B.E.) ... London.

Hutchison, L. P. aes be bce .. Azamegarh.

Hutton, C. H. oe af vee .. England.

Hutton, C. 1. Insein.

Hyam, Khan Baader oaaan es BovicCe, 2h ZsS.) (rate:

Member) wise Pe -oo) Poona.

Hyde, H. A. (M.c., P.w. a os ; ... Indore.

Ibbotson, Capt. A. W. (M.c., M.B.E., I.C.S 5 eee Url,

Ichalkaranji, The Hon’ble Nenernan Narayan @ovind

alias, Babasaheb Ghorpade (Life Member) ... Ichalkaranji.

Idar, H. H. Maharaja Dhiraj Lt.-Col. Shree Sir Dowlat

Singhji, K.c.s.1. (Life Member) ae .. Himatnagar.

Imperial Library, The Librarian . ... Calcutta.

Inglis, Chas M. (F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. ‘s Gee Member) .. Darjeeling.

Ingoldby, Capt. C. M. (atte) aes Member) .«. London.

Ingram, J. A. ae . N. Wales.

Irwin, H. E. Lord (P.C., G.M.S.I., G.M.I.E. ) (Patron) .. India.

Irwin, Capt. H. R. as: Cc.) ae We ... Europe.

Isaacs, Miss Mozelle (M.A., M.Sc.) yes ... Dombivli.

Ivens, J. H. (P.w.D.) Lite Member) Se ... Europe.

Jabouille, P. dee ... Annam.

Jackson, Capt. E. H. P. (R.H ees Pena .. ’ Meerut.

Jackson, Dr. T. S. nae aT" ues ... Europe.

Jacob, J. R. as a .«. Bombay.

Jacob, W. R. Le Graud (u BS. iy see eae .. shillong.

James, Major F. H ae ee ace «+ Bombay.

LIST OF MEMBERS

Jamkhandi, Shrimant Shankarrao Parashuramrao,

alias SRRSECD Patwardhan (K.C.1.E.) (Life

Member) ue aP

Jamsetji M. Doctor (ae ZiS:, CM. ZS- i)

Janson, V. T.

Jaora, H. Hi... Col. Sir litikhor Alienat ie (om # a

Jardine, W. E. (c.1.£., I.C.S.)

Jarman, Capt.G.S. ...

Jenkin, R. Trevor (1.F.s.)

Jenkins, J. B.

Jermyn, Lt. R. O.

Jind, H. H. The Maharaja Sir Rennie Sider (E.C.Ss1,;

G.c.L.E.) (Life Member)

Jodhpur, Lt.-Col. H. H. The Maharaja Sir OIG

K.C.v.0.) (Life Member and

Bahadur (K.C.S.1.,

Vice Patron)

Johnson, Lt. A.

Johnson, Kay aus

Johory, Prof. I. W. soe B.D. i

Jones, A. E.

Jones, A. J. ae

Jones, Capt. W. H. on

Jones, Major WE...

Jourdain, Rev. F.C. R.

Jukes; J. B.C. (Ci.5.5 1-C.S.)

Julius, Sydney

Junagadh, His ienness the Nawan of

Kaiser Shumsher Jung Bahadur Rana, S. M. Lt. Gent:

(Life Meméer)

Karachi, Victoria ee The Gurator

Keays, Lt.-Col. R. W. C. (1.A.): ...

Keene, Hugh

Kemp, W.N.R. nee beg

Kennion, Lt.-Col. R. L. (F.z.S., C.1.E.)

Kermode, C. W. D. (I.F.s.)

Kerr, Dr. A. F. G. ae

Kerr, H. E. Sir John (K.C.S.1., K.C.1.E.)

Kershaw, Miss C. G.

Khairpur, H. H. Mir Ali Nawasriad (Life vey

Khareghat, M. P. (I.C.S.) Soh

Kharwa, Rao Saheb Gopal Sinha Rathor

Khan, Sahebzada Sardar Mahomed

Khattau, Dharamsey Mulraj

Khilchipur, H. H. Durjansal se ue Member

Kiddle, J. A. C. ae

Kiernander, Major O. G.

Kindersley, A. F, (I.C.S.)

King, Capt. E. O. (I.4.R.0.)

King, Major J. St. Aubyn

Kinloch, Mrs. A.M. ...

Kirby, Col. A. D. (R A.)

Kirby, R. R. os

XXXIX

Jamkhandi.

Bombay.

Calcutta.

Jaora.

London.

Bombay,

Chikalda.

Ahmedabad.

Jhelum.

Jind.

Jodhpur.

Europe.

Nazira.

Furope.

Simla.

Moulmein.

Europe.

England.

Simla.

Colombo.

~ Junagadh.

Nepal.

Karachi.

London.

Koraput.

Damodarpor.

England.

Rangoon.

Bangkok.

Assam, °

Ceylon.

Khairpur

Bombay.

Kharwa.

Karachi,

Bombay.

Khilchipur.

Papun-Salween ;

Iraq.

Karwar.

London.

Jhelum.

Kotagiri.

London.

Kurseong.

xl LIST OF MEMBERS

Kirk-Greene, Mrs. H. (Life Member)

Kirwan, Noel G. B.

Knight, H. F. (E:G2S.) 06

Knight, L. G.

Knight, Robert

Koechlin, M. C.

Kolhapur, H. H. The Nbanaraya Sir Ravarass Chiiatta.

pati (G.C.1.E.) (Life Member)

Kotah, H. H. The Maharajadhiraj Lt.-Col. Sir Umed

Singhji Saheb Bahadur (G6.C.1.E., C.B.E.) (Life

Member) ne a

Kunhardt, Lt.-Col. J. C. G. trex.s.j ne

Kuppuswamy, V. ho ey ees ae ate ann

Kuroda, Dr. Nagamichi Bi dees he nae

Kurundwad Senior State, Meherban Bhalchandrarao

Chintaman alias Anna Saheb Patwardhan

Kydd, D.

Lahore, Central Mceouens The Germtar

Laidlay, J. C.

Laird-MacGregor, E. G. atl: Ss.)

Lakshminarayanan, C. Be

Lambert, G. B. (I.C.S.)

Lampard, L. A. o's bos ve

Lane, H.S. ais ac Ses ras

Latham, H. D. ee eee

Latif, Sarhan C.

La Touche, J. F. D.

Laud, D. 5S. ane

Laurie, M. V. (1.F-.S.)...

Lawson, D. W. (RN.)

Lawther, B. C. A.

Leach, A. H. L. :

Lee, D. H. (Life Member)

Lee, Major Robert (1.M.S.)

Leitch, Dr. J. Neil (M.B.B.S.

L:R.C.P.)

LeMarchand, A. E. M. ne

LeMarchand, W.M. ... of

Leonard, Lt.-Col. W. H. (1.M. 8.)

Leonard, P. M. R.

Leslie, M.

Lewis, E. S. (P.c.s. ve

Lewis, J. D.

Ley, Hon’ble Mr. A. H. ferent ca LCS.)

Ley, W. E. (I.C.8.) ... cet

LIBRARIES—

Agricultural Library, The Librarian, U.P.

Allahabad Public Library, The Secretary

Arthur Library, The Honorary Secretary ae

Benares, Hindu University Library, The Librarian. ...

(Lond.), M.R.C.1.,

England.

Mangalore.

Bombay.

Kalthuritty.

Kuala Lumpur.

Munnar.

Kolhapur.

Kotah.

London.

Bellary.

Tokyo.

Kurundwad.

Bombay.

Lahore.

Scotland.

Poona.

Madras.

Naini Tal.

Quilon.

Guntakal,

Vellore.

Calcutta.

Rangoon.

Bombay.

Madura.

Mandalay.

Peshawar.

Rangoon.

Europe.

Bombay.

Moran.

Europe.

Calcutta.

Bombay.

Kutkai.

Bombay.

Delhi.

Osaka, Japan.

Delhi.

London.

Nawabgunj.

Allahabad.

Castle Rock.

Benares.

LIST OF MEMBERS

LIBRARIES—continued.

Burma, Bernard Free Library, The ae

Librarian aes :

Hyderabad, The Librarian, State Bibraeys

Lahore, University of Punjab, The Librarian

Librarian, Students Library, St. Xavier’s College

Lucknow, Public Library, The Honorary Librarian

Madras, Connemara. Public aces The Principal

Librarian

Public Library, Maseuine ane ENaGomal cones, ae

Victoria, The Chief Librarian .

Station Library, The Honorary Seca.

United Service Library, The Honorary Secretary

Lightfoot, S. St. C.

Lightfoot, Capt. G. S. (I.P.)

Limbdi, H. H. Maharana Shri Sir Daulatsinhjee

(K.C.I.E.)

Lindley- Hinde, G.

Lindsay, J. H. (1.C.S.)

Lindsay-Smith, Col. J. (1.A.)

Lister, R. S. re

Little, E. :

Lloyd, Col. C. R. (ses, Bren)

Lloyd, J. B. ee ae

Loch, Miss N. F.

Locket; A. «.:

Lodge, G. E.

Logan Home, Major W. M.

Lomas, H. A. (I.C.S.)

Long, G. R. (1.F.s.) (Lzfe nenisey)

Longbottom, Capt. J. L.

Lorimer, Major D. L. R. (C.1.E., oy (Life Member) ...

Lory, E. Bo P.s(uira..) ... Soe

Lowndes, Capt. D. G. (Life Member)

Lowndes, R. C. Pe

Lowsley, C. O.

Lowther, E. H. N.

Lucas, Major J. de. B. T. ae

Lucknow, Provincial Museum, The GuEntor

Ludlow, F. (M.A., M.B.O.U., 1.E.S.) (Life Member)

ake; In tt:

Luke, K. J. A

Lunawada, Maharaj anes Rareieach

Lunham, Lt.-Col. J. L. (1.M.s.)

Lyall, Lt.-Col. R. A. ee

Lynch Blosse, H. R. (I. Cc. a)

Lytton, H. E. The Right Hon’ble icon i Aieeatider

George Earl (P.C., G.C.S.1., G.C.1.E.)

MacBey, W. D. re

MacColl, H. H. (1.F.s.)

Macdonald. A. St. J. ... tee

xli

Rangoon.

Hyderabad Dn.

Lahore.

Bombay.

Lucknow.

Madras.

Melbourne.

Simla.

Poona.

Taungeyi.

Assam.

Limbdi.

Calcutta.

Murree.

Ghooni, Bengal.

‘Kirkee, Poona.

Lahore.

London.

Nakuria, E. Africa.

Numaligarh.

England.

Ajmer.

London.

England.

London.

Poona.

England.

Bombay.

Ahmednagar.

England.

Europe.

Lucknow.

England.

Narayanganj,

Barrackpore.

Lunawada.

Bombay.

S. Africa.

Lahore.

Bengal.

London.

Rangoon.

Dooriah,

xlii LIST OF MEMBERS

MacDonald, A. B. (R.a.)

MacDonald, R.

Macdonell, J. F.

MacDougall, A.

MacGregor, Capt. R. F. D. (ris s. )

MacKenna, Sir James (Cc.1.E., I.C.S.)

Mackenzie, J. M. D. (1.F.s.) (Life Member)

Mackenzie, Major L. H. L. (1.M.s.)

Mackenzie, J. M. a A

Mackenzie, T. J.

Mackenzie, Wim.

Mackereth, J. (1.F.S.) ...

Mackie, A. W. W. (I.C.S.) ce is

Mackinlay, Lt.-Col. Chas

Mackwood, F. E.

Mackwood, F. M.

Mac Lachlan, R. B.

Mac Lachlan, Capt. D.

Macleod, A. (1.C.S.)

Macleod, Sir Norman (Az.)

Macleod, R. D. (I-C.S.)

MacMichael, N. (1-C.S.)

Macnaghten, Sir Henry (Az?.)

Macpherson, J. C.

Macqueen, H. C.

Madan, F. R.

Mahomedbhoy Gardrebhor Ebrahim! Sir, Bart

Main, T. F. (B.sc.)

Malcolm, C. A. (I.F.S.)

Maltby, Major C. M. (1.4., M.C. ie

Manavadar, Khan Shree Patendininan (Lite Member:

Mandlik, Narayan V. (Life Member)

Mann, Dr. H. H. (D.Sc.)

Marjoribanks, N. E. (C.1E., c.s.1., I.C.S.) ... Bg

Marris, H. E. Sir William (K.C.S.1., K.C.1.E.,.I.C.58.) .

Marryatt, N.

Marshall, Arch. McL. ete Member

Marshall, A. W.

Marshall, Col. F. J. {C.B., C.M.G., D.S.0.) ...

Marshall, Mrs. H. A.

Marshall, J. McL. Tae DIEMBEH A

Marshall, Brig.-Genl. T. E. (R.a.)

Martin, Major C. de. C. (I.M.S.) ...

Martin, Col. Gerald (Zzfe Member)

Martin, S. J. oe

Mason, Miss E. D. Sole

Matthews, W. H.

Mawson, Mrs. G. T. ...

Maxwell, R. M. (I1.C.S., eye

Maxwell, M. (Lzfe Member)

Mayes, W. ... oe

Glasgow.

Misa.

Bombay.

London.

Rangoon.

Gilgit.

Calcutta

Indore.

Madras.

Rangoon.

Poona.

Scotland.

Colombo.

London.

Europe.

Bombay.

Peshawar.

England.

Etawah.

Madras. .

London.

Amritsar.

Dehra Dun.

South Mangalore.

Bombay.

Poona.

Nagpur.

India.

Manavadar.

Bombay.

Poona,

Madras.

United Province.

Ajmer.

England.

Scotland.

Engiand.

Travancore.

Scotland.

N. Wales.

Rangoon.

London.

Almora.

Madras.

Pashok.

Malad-Thana.

Kaira.

Europe.

Europe,

LIST OF MEMBERS

Maynard, H. A.V.

McCoard, L. A. of

McConaghy, Lt.-Col. C. B. (1.M. en (Life Member

McGlashan, J. (C.E.) . se

McIntosh, Alex. (C.E. ee

McIntosh, K. H. a

McMahon Museum, The HGR OTE Secr Baty

Mears, C. E. D.

Mehta, Dr. M. V. (F.R.C.P.

and R.C.P.1., L.M.S.)

Meinertzhagen, Lt.-Col. R.

Menezes, J. Hector

Menon, K. G.

Mercer, David

Merrikin, M. S.

Merson, Duncan T.

Metcalfe, Capt. M. R. (1.4.) :

Millard, A. W. P. (Life Member)

Millard, W. S. (¥.z.s.) (Life Member)

Miller, A. C. (0-B.E., M.A.)

Miller, John I. (F.R.G.S., F.Z.S.) ...

Mills, Major J. D. (Life Member)

Naibis. J.P. (.C:S.)

Milner, C. E.

Milroy, A. J. W.

Miraj, Shrimant Sir Gungadhar

(Ireland) L.M.

Miranda, F. X, (F.L.s.) a

Mirchandani, Tolo K. (B.E., A.M.I.E., P.F.S. 3.)

Mitchell, Lt. E. D. Treneer

Mitchell, F. J.

_ Mitchell, H. H. G. (Life een

Mitchell, Capt. R. St. J. (R.E.)

Modi, Dr. Jivanji Jamshetji (B.a., Ph.D., C.1.E., J.P.)...

Montagnon, D. J. (Life Member)

Monte, Dr. D. A. de (L.M. &S.)

Monteath, G. (I.C.S.) (Lzfe Member)

Monteath, J. (I.C.S.) ...

Montgomerie, A. (I.C.S.)

Montmorency, Sir Geoffrey (K.C.vV.0., C.I.E., C.B.E...

E3C39:) xs a

Mooney, H. F. (1.F.S.)

Moore, J. .

Moore, Capt. A. C. ce A.)

Morgan, F. I. ae

Morgan, R. W. D. :

Morgan, Major J.S. H.

Morison, Major J. ase

Morris, Chas. F.

Morris, Lt.-Col. D. O. Crife Weber)

Morris, R. C. si

Miooutds)

Rao Ganesh alzas

Babasaheb Patwardhan (kK.c.1.E.) (Life Member)...

Europe.

Pyinmana.

Nepal.

Calcutta.

England.

Mussoorie.

Quetta.

Indore.

Bombay.

.. London.

Goa.

Trichoor.

.. Scotland.

Rangoon.

Mango Range.

Europe.

Bombay.

England.

Poona.

Calcutta.

England.

Calcutta.

Rangoon.

Gauhati.

Miraj.

Savantwadi.

Dharwar.

Peshawar.

Lahore

London.

Europe.

Bombay.

Bindukuri.

Bandra.

Belgaum,

Bombay.

Satara.

Simla.

Sambalpur.

London.

Mawlaik.

Javali.

Scotland.

Madras.

Bombay.

London.

Attikan,

xliil

xliv LIST OF MEMBERS

Morris, Chas. W: Ge -.; ees a eon Attikan:

Morton, Geo B. ee aCaloutta:

Morvi, H.-H. The Marnetaga Lakhdiriji Ween (Life

Member) .-. Morvi.

Mosse, Lt.-Col. A. H. E. (TA5) (Life Member) ty, eBbombay.

Mudhol, Shrimant Sir Malojirao Raje Ghorpade

(KiC.1.E;) rf ne Mudhol.

Muir, G. B. F. (LC. S.) ie Europe.

Muir, Wm. Angus (M.A., M.C., I.F.S.) Bombay.

M@@ilan, [email protected]., F.Z.Ss, F.L.S.) Bombay.

Muller, Dr. H.C. (D.Sc.) Bombay.

Mulroney, J. T. Kurseong.

Mundy, N.S. Silchar.

Munns, F. A. C. Barhampur.

Munro, F. H. Europe.

Murland, Major H. F. (Lite Member) Mandalay.

Murphy, P. J. ms Paksey.

Murray, Lt.-Col. J. H, (CPE, ee Bombay.

Murray, A. E. mee Moran.

Musgrave-Hanna, Gabe Je aNs Mandalay.

Mysore, The Director of Agriculture Bangalore.

Mysore, Government Museum, The Superintendent Bangalore.

Mysore, H.H. The Maharaja Krishnaraj Woodayar —

Bahadur (G.C.S.1., G.B.E.) (Life Member) Mysore.

Nagpur, Central Museum, The Curator Nagpur.

Namjoshi, V. K. (Zzfe Meméer) .. Cambay.

Napier-Ford, G. 8. Vandiperiyar.

Naraenji Dwarkadas (Life Member) ‘ Bombay.

Narayanlal Bansilal, Raja (Zzfe Member) ©... Bombay. 2

Narrotum Morarji Goculdas (Lzfe eae +; bombay. —

Nash, H. J. is _ Bombay. :

Nawanagar, H.H. The Jam Saheb (G.c.S. ‘© .

K.C.S.1.) (Life Member) — oh ‘Jamnagar, ie

Needham, J. E. (c.B.E.) England.

Needham, F. M. Markong-Seliee.

Nepal, Supradipta Manyaber Cohen Monua Sumshere

Jung Bahadur Rana (K.C.1.E.) (Life Member) ... Nepal.

Nevill, Capt. G. A. (1.4.) ae rs Balipara.

Nevill, Capt. N.C; London.

Newcome, Lionel Somwarpett.

Newland, Major B. E. M. (1.M. aN Bombay.

Newman, Lt.-Col. H. E. M. Waziristan.

Nicholetts, W. A. B. os Rangajan.

Nicholson, Lt.-Col. F. L. (D.S.0., M.c.) England.

Niederer, George Bombay.

Norman, Col. H. H. (R.A.M.C.) England.

Norman, John B. Champaran.

Norris, J. P. # Wiss es

Nougerede, L. J. de ia Sadiya.

Noyce, F. (I.C.S.) (Life eben : Bombay. —

Nurse, Lt.-Col. C. G. (F.x.S.) (Life Nembe) England.

LIST OF MEMBERS xlv

Oberholser, Harry C. (Lzfe ere) a ...’ Washington, D. C.

O’Brien, Lt.-Col. Edward as 560 .. Kolhapur.

©’ Brien, EC: as oh ae hace ... Johannesburg.

O’Callaghan, T. P. M. ba ie woe AGIYA.

O’Donel, H. V. * as mee ... Hasimara.

Ogilvie, G. H. (I.F.S.) WERE Member) Aa .. Myitkyina.

Oliver, A. W. L. a ate ae .. Hankow, China.

Oliver, MajorD.G. ... os a .. Srinagar.

Oliver, L. C. és ae ee: ae? Attikan:

Olivier, Col. H. D. (R.E., F.z.S.) (Lzfe Member) .. Hogland:

Ollenbach, O. C. (F.E.S.) a see .» Dehra Dun.

O’Neill, Major H. J. D. nA 2 .*-London.

Ormiston, W. ses ee «.. Ceylon.

O’Rorke, Major J. M. Ww. Be ASS ... London.

Osborne, A. F. e ae Ree 2. Laticorim.

Osborne, W. H. (1.F. sy: ee Be .. Rangoon,

Osmaston, A. E. (1.F.S.) one a «s Naini Tal.

Osmaston, B. B. (C.1.E., I.F.S.) ... wits .. England.

Osmaston, B. H. ee ne ane ... Haldwani.

O Sullivan, A. God. «3: oes aes «. Godhra.

Oswald Little, Major J. ae sae .. Darjeeling.

Paddison, R. 'H. (P.w.D.) se .. England.

Page, A. J. (1.C.S.) (Lefe Member) i .. Rangoon.

Palanpur, H.H. Sir Nawab Saheb Taley ian otieds

Khan Bahadur (K.C.1.E., K.C.V.O.) . Palanpur.

Palitana, H.H. The Bhator Saheb Baten Sinhji

(Life Member) Ete ar: see .. Palitana.

Palmes, W. T. (I.C.S.) eo Be ¢ - Londen.

Panday, Mrs. J. L.... Shs Beh et .. Bombay.

Parish, N. B. ’. ae ane ote ... Europe.’

Parker, H: (I.C.S.)- ... ies .». Shwebo.

Parlett, Li.’ M.-(I:C:S.) ead Member 333 .. England.

Parry, N.'E. (EC. ‘Ss. sie? ar .. Aijal, Assam.

Paterson, E. A. rN “ Seo “w. ‘Calcutta.

Patiala, H.H. The Maharaja Sir Bidpendac Sipghe

(G.C.S.1., G.C.I.E., G.C.B.E.) (Life Meméer) . Patiala.

Patiala, Capt., Boo Raja_ Birindra Singhji (Ge

Member) ... sis oe ive .. Patiala.

Patterson, A. ae ae ARG .»» London.

Patuck, P. S. (1.C.S.) (Lzfe Member) sss ..«. London.

Pawsey, C. R. (I.C.S.) ae ee .» Mangaldai.

Peacock, E. H. (B.F.S.) (Life Menben on .. Mawlaik.

Pears, Hon’ble Mr.S. E. (c.S.1., c.1.E., I.C.S.) «. -Coorg.

Pearson, Capt. R. Forbes (M.c.) oe ..- Bolarum.

Reck (N2E = (1:C.8.); «22% A ste ..« Calcutta.

Peddie, G. sles A a .. Secunderabad.

Peebles, W. J. M. ae dais ae ... London.

Peppe, Capt. F. H. (R<F.A.) ac bee .». Nowshera.

Percival, A. P. (1.F.s.) ave .» England.

Percival, Hon’ble Mr. P. E. (c.1.E., ii Csi « Karachi.

Perfect, E. a8. es die .. London,

xvi LIST OF MEMBERS

Perry, Major S. (R.A.) _ oes a

Pershouse, Major Stanley

Pestonji Jivanji (N.c.Ss.) (Lzfe Member)

Petit, Dhunjibhoy Bomanji (Life Member) ...

Petit, Jehangir Bomanji (Life Member)

Petley, C. A. : aoe

Petrie, Walter M. ‘

Phatak, Major V. M. ...

Phayre, Major R. B. (M.C.)

Philip, C. L. (I.C.S.)

Phillips, A. A. (I.S.R.)

Phillips, G. C.

Phillips, W. W. A. ie

Phipson, H. M. (F.z.S.) (Life Member)

Phythian-Adams, Major E. G. (1.A.)

Pilditch, D. x a

Pinhey, Capt. L. A. G.

Pipe, T.S. ies

Pitman, Major C.R-S. » se

Pogson, Major F. V. ... bee

Poncins, Viscount Edmund de (Lite Member)

Pope J. A. (1.C.S.)

Pratap Singh Lal Ram (B.A., LL.B. ) (Life Member)

Prendargast, H. V.... iss or

Priestley, E. (D.S.P.)

Pringle, Sir Norman, Bt. .

Procter, Sir Henry (A?., C.B.E.) ..

Procter, Miss Joan B. (F.Z.S.) es

Pudukkottai, State Museum, The Curator ...

Purkis, F. C. (B.F.S.) ... ay

Purkis, H. Vernon .,.

Quarry, F.G.

Quarry, P..S.

Radhanpur, Eo eh Shri Jalaluddin Khan (Life

Member)

Rae, Major M. E. (1.a. ) (Life Member

Rage, H. A. er aad

Raitt, W. Chas.

Rajadhyaksha, G. S. (1.C.S.)

Rajgarh, H.H. Raja Rawat Sir ences SHEL

(K.C.1.E.) (Life Member)

Rajkot, H.H. Sir Lakhajiraj (K.c.1.E.)

Ralston, Lt.-Col. W. H. (D.S.0., 1.4.)

Rane, K. R. (M.M. and S.P.)

Rane, Yeshwantrao K.

Ravenshaw, Col. C. W. (Life Member)

Rayner, A. B. (1.S.E.) Rs

Readymoney, N. J. ree

Rees, R. cae aaa ack

REGIMENTAL OFFICERS’ MESSES—

The Royal Engineers aa Ae

London.

Hyderabad, Dn.

Bombay.

.. Bombay.

Toungoo.

cis) Karachi.

cr Gwalior.

Pachmarhi, C. P.

Sambalpur.

Europe.

Bombay.

Matugama.

‘London.

Nilgiris.

Benares.

Hyderabad, Dn.

Dharwar.

Africa.

Bombay.

France.

Indore.

Dehra Dun.

Cawnpore.

Dharwar.

Prome.

London.

Pudukkottai.

Rangeon. |

Bhadarwa.

Dehra Dun.

Chinsirah.

Radhanpur.

Peshawar.

Munnar.

Kutta.

Satara.

Rajgarh.

Rajkot.

Razani.

Andheri.

London.

Balloki, Punjab.

Bombay.

. Calcutta.

Roorkee.

LIST OF MEMBERS

REGIMENTAL OFFICERS’ MESSES—continued.

Ist Bn. The Worcestershire Regiment

Ist Kings Shropshire

6th D.C.O. Lancers

Royal Deccan Horse

Queen Victoria’s Own Madras Senet andl Miners ...

Ist Bn. 2nd Bombay Pioneers ...

Ist Bn./4th Bombay Grenadiers

4/4th Bombay Grenadiers

1/6th Rajputana Rifles

3/6th Rajputana Rifles eee

Ist Royal Bn. 9th Jat Regt. L.I.

3/10th Baluch Regiment

4/10th Baluch Regiment :

1/12th F.F. Regt. (P.W.O. Sikhs)

4/12th F.F. Regt. (Sikhs)

5/12th Q.V.O. Guides, F.F.

1/13th F.F. Rifles (Cokes)

6/15th Royal F.F. Rifles

3/15th Punjab Regiment

1/16th Punjab Regiment

3/17th Dogra Regiment

2/1st K.G.O. Gurkha Rifles

2nd K.E.O. Gurkhas

1/10th Gurkha Rifles

Reid, E. C. aid 2

Reid, Mrs. D. W. {(Lzfe Member)

Reuben, D. E. (I.C.S.)

Rewa, H.H. The Maharaja Calspanph’ ‘Batadad:

(Life Member and Vice Patron)

Reynolds, Ua .W..(¢.2.5., .1:C.S.) .:.

Ribeiro, J. (L.c.&.) (Life Member)

Richards, B. D. (B.sc.)

Richardson, F. D.S. ...

Richmond, G. N. Mie

Richmond, R. D. (1.F.s.)

Ridland, J. G. -

Rishworth, Dr. H. R. & M.S.)

Ritchie, Sir Adam (AzZ.) 3

Ritchie, Lt.-Col. W. D. (1.M.S.) ...

Roberts, A. A. Lane (I.C.S.)

Roberts, Dr. C. L. Digby one

Roberts, H. V. H. ae ane

Robertson, Lawrence (c.S.1., I.C.S.)

Robinson, A. C.

Robinson, H. C.

Robinson, Capt. J. A....

Robinson, J. B. ee

Robinson, G. C.

Rodger, A. (I.F.S., 0.B.E.)

Rogers, C. G. {1.F.S.) ...

eon

xivii

Meerut

Poona. °

Meerut.

Dera Ismail Khan,

Bangalore.

..... Bombay.

Bombay.

Razani.

Razmak.

Landi Kotal.

Fyzabad.

Lahore.

Quetta.

Jhansi.

Ambala. |

Mardan.

Razmak.

Delhi.

Allahabad.

Jhelum.

Alipore.

Razmak.

Dehra Dun.

Fort Sandeman.

Europe.

Bombay.

Cuttack.

Rewa.

Jodhpur.

Santa Cruz.

England.

Bhamo, Burma.

Ootacamund.

.... Bombay.

Bhusawal.

Rangoon.

Europe.

Gurdaspur.

Mariani, Assam.

Karachi.

England.

Kuala Lumpur.

Miranshah.

Sagrampur.

Mercara.

Dehra Dun.

London,

xlviii LIST OF MEMBERS

Rogers, Rev. K. St. A. (C.M.s.)

Rogerson, A. M.

Rondano, Rev. A. (S.J.)

Roosevelt, Kermit

Roosevelt, Col. Theodore se

Ross, Major Tyrell (Zzfe Member

Ross, Major E. J.

Roumania, H.R. H. The Crow Prince (si Were

Member) jas

Row, Lt.-Col. G. R. (1.4.)

Row, Dr. R. (M.D.)

Rowland, J. W. (1.P.) oe

Rowlands, R. D. 2

Rowlandson, B. C. see

Rowson, C.

Rowson, W.S

Roy, N.

Roy, R. Trevor

Rozalla, A. A.

Ruddle, W. H.

Russell, Lt.-Col. G. H. nee D.S.0.)

Russell, Major J. Bertrand

Ruttledge, Capt. R. F. ee

Ryan, J. G::

Salkeld, Lt. Col R. E..

Sanders, D. F. Es

Sanders, Major C. W. (Life Menten

Sanderson, P. M. D. (F.z.s.)

Sandilands, Dr. J. E. (M.c., M.A., M.D.)

Sangli, Shrimant Chintamanrao Appasaheb Patwardhan

(Life Member)

Sant, Maharana Shri Jarwar Sinhi Raja Saheb of

Sarangarh, Raja Bahadur Jawahir Singh ...

Sarawak Museum, The Curator ...

Satya Churn Law, Dr. (M.A., B.L., Ph.D.,

M.B.O.U.)

Saunders, H. F.

Saunders, L.

Saunders, Lt.-Col. F. W. (R.E. ~

Sausman, V.A.N.

Savautwadi, H. H., The Seieeat

Savile, L. H. (c. B) (Life Member)

Sawyer, H. H. ‘s

Scale, Major J. D. (D.S.0., 0.B. ah

Schmid, W. (Life Member

Schomberg, Lt.-Col. R. C. F. (D.s.0.)

Scott, A. G. on see

Scott, C.-W.. (1.F.S.)

Scott, Major F. B. (1.4.)

Scroope, Capt. C. F.

Searight, Capt. E. E, G. L. (M.c., R.8.)

ceo”

Nairobi.

Rangoon.

Mangalore.

New York.

England.

Dehra Dun.

Roumania.

Shillong.

Bombay.

Satara.

Bombay.

Europe.

Vandiperiyar.

Dacca.

Pegu.

Simla.

Madras.

Ambala.

Saklaspur.

Peshawar.

Cawnpore.

England.

Calcutta.

Jullunder,

Calcutta.

Bombay.

Sangli.

Sant-Rampur.

Sarangarh. .

Kuching.

Calcutta.

Madura.

Koraput.

London.

Vaghai.

Savantwadi.

London.

Bombay.

England.

Bombay.

Nowshera.

Jubbulpore.

Insein.

Bombay.

Roorkee,

LIST OF MEMBERS

Secretary for Agriculture, S. S.and F.M.S.

Seervai, Dr. Rustom F. Lee ae

Seton—Karr, Capt. H. W. (Life Member) ...

Sevastopulo, D. G. (F.E.S.)

Seymour-Sewell, Major R. B. (1.M.8.)

Shah, Capt. B. (I.M.s.)

Shannon, G. C. (1.C.S.)

Shaw, G. E.

Shaw, G. L.

Shaw, John

Shaw, Col. H. D.

Shebbeare, E. O.

Shephard, T. F. G.

Sheppard, S. T.

Sherred, P. R,

Sherriff, Albert

Shevade, Prof. S. V. (B.sc., Dip-in-Agr. (Camb.) F.Z.S.,

PUR. H.S:)

Shipp, W. E.

Shirley, G. S. es

Short, Capt. J. Mc. L.

Shortt, Major H. E. (1.M.s.)

Shortt, W. H. O. wee

Shoveller, H. L. (A.c.A.)

Simmonds, A.

Simmons, R. M.

Simonds, Major M. H.

Simons, H. B.

Simpson, Col. J. C.

Sinclair, R. L. ee

Singh, Capt. Malik aan (M.B., I.M.S.)

Sitwell, Major N. S. H. (R.a.) .

Sitzler, E. A. (1.F.S.) ...

Skinner, Major J. M. (1.M.S.)

Skrine, CaptoP. R.-H.

Sladen, J. M. (1. C.S.) we

Sladen, Dr: Ru J... (eR C!S.) aie

Slater, A. F. (A.M.I.M.E., M.B.E.)

Smith, A. Kirke (Lzfe Wemoer) ...

Smith, Charles J. :

Smith, H. C. (Life Member)

Smith, J. I. (1I.C.S.)

Smith, Dr. Malcolm

Smyth, C..P.

Snelling, Capt. C. G. see

SOCIETIES—

Royal Asiatic Society, Bombay Branch, Honorary

Secretary

New York POOlericalt Sadiety

Souter, C. A. (L:[email protected].).:. os

Spalding, Lt.-Col. W. B. (rR. ye

Kuala Lumpur.

Bombay.

London.

Lyallpore.

Calcutta.

London.

Thana.

Riyang.

Jalpaiguri.

Hsipaw.

Kohat.

Europe.

Ajmer.

Bombay.

Ramgarh.

London.

Baroda.

Ajmer.

Rangoon.

Nowshera.

Bombay.

Mailani.

Bom bay.

Dimakusi.

Bombay.

England.

Ferozepore.

Maymyo.

Bombay.

Taiping.

Paris.

Mawlaik.

Bombay.

Europe.

Poona.

Calcutta.

Aligarh.

Bombay.

Jharia.

Rangoon.

Waltair.

London.

Alipore.

Bombay.

New York, U.S.A.

Waltair.

Cawnpore.

1- LIST OF MEMBERS

Sparrow, Col. R. sts ek .. England.

Spence, Dr. Arthur D. (M.B., CH.B. (EDIN.) (Life

Member) we see eee Rangoon.

Spence, Sir Reginald, (A?.) (Life Member) Bombay.

Spong, Major William A. (R.A.M.C.) England.

Spooner, T. J. (c.r.) (Life Member) Europe.

Spurgin, Capt. AwuwR. ... Bombay.

Stable, Capt. R. H. (D.s.0.) Ali Masjid.

Stables, Major Alex. (R.A.M.C.).. Scotland.

Standen, Sir B. (K.C.1.E., C.I.E., 1. C:S.) Wile Member) Europe.

Stanford, J. K.' (ie. M.A., M.B0.U., I:C.S.) Mawlaik.

Stanton, W. C. (Life Member) London.

Stent, P: J. H (1.€.8.) ane Nagpur.

Stephens, T. R. (Life Member) ... Quetta.

Stevens, Herbert (F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.) . England.

Stevenson, Capt. H. A. (1.4.) 4 : Chaman.

Stewart, C. G. (1.P.S., M.a.) (Lzfe Member, London.

Stewart, Prof. R. R. eno Rawalpindi.

Stileman, D. F. (1.F.s.) Nilambur.

Stirling, J. Hi. = NA Jodhpur.

Stirling, Col. Wm. (C.M.G., D.S.O., R.A.) London.

Stockley, Lt.-Col. C. H. (D.S.0., 0.B.E., M.C.) China.

Stokes, H. G. (¢c.uE., I.C.S.) Chetput.

Stokes, I. W. .. England.

Stoney, R. F. . -Madras.

Storey, J. O. Alleppey.

Stuart, J. D. Rangoon.

Studd, E. sas Calcutta.

Sudan Government ieee The Gas ALOT. cs Khartoum.

Sujan, N. B. (.se;(E.din,)¥.Z.S.) Karachi.

Suket, H. H. Raja Lakshman Sen (Life Merten Suket.

Suter, Dr. M. F. (pD.Sc.) 2 bombay.

Swaine, J. K. (Life Member) Matang.

Swan, E. J. A. Papun,

Swithinbank, Mrs. B. W. GLrre Meniben) Rangoon.

Sylvester, Capt. E. C. (R.F.A.) Vandiperiyar.

Symes, A. W. J. Sabarmati.

Symons, C. T. se aoe AOA .. Colombo.

Symons, Major-General T. H. (1.M.S., 0.B.E.,

GIST.) see Simla.

Tabuteau, Major G. G. ce S:0:} R.A.M.C: e Rawalpindi.

Taleyarkhan, K. M. (Bar-at- ie) Bombay.

Tasker,.T. J. (1.C.S., 0.B.E.) . Mercara.

Tata, Sir Dorabji J. (K?.) (Life sebag Bombay.

Tate, Major J. C. (1.A.) Chhota Udepur.

Taylor, (G..J. 3. “i i S. Rhodesia.

Taylor, Dr: W. &. (MRICS... LAR.C.So) wisi Insein.

Taylor, Lt.-Col. .J. (D.S.0., I.M.S.) ies ... Rangoon.

Tehri Garhwal!l State, H.H. Raja Narendra Shah

Tehri.

Saheb Bahadur (c.S.1.) (Life Wember) ...

Thatcher, iC; Sahuspur.

LIST OF MEMBERS

Theobald, Lt. J. A.

Thom, W.S.

Thomas, F.

Thompson, C. H. (1.F. s.)

Thomson, Major D. B.

Thomson—Glover, Capt. J. W. (Life enter)

Thorns—Roberts, J. W. B.

Thornton, H. A. (1.C:S.)

Thursfield, R. M. C.

Tibbs, Rev. Canon P. G.

Ticehurst, Dr. C. B. (M.A., M.B.O.U., et

Tilden, H. B.(F:c:s.)"...

Tilly, TI... (ZLzre Member)

Tombazi, N. A. (F.R.G.S.)

Tomlinson, A. G. é

Travers; Wel. (C.B:E.)

Traylen, G. D.

Treasuryvala, N. J.

Treuthardt, M. :

Trevenen, Major W. 5

Triggs, Bernard

Trotter, Genl. E. W.

Tuggerse, M.S.

Tunnard, T. E.

Tunstall, Aa C- aes ae

Turkhud Dr. DA. (MUB.C:M., etc.)

Turnbull, D.

Turnbull, Mrs. S.R.

Turner, Sir Montague...

Tyers, G. A. V. aidls

Tyler, HH. Ha. M. (E-C.S.)

Tyrrell, Lt.-Col. J. R. (1.M.s.)

Tyson, John D. (I.C.S.)

Tytler, Major-Genl. Sir Henry (K.B.B., C.I.E., C.M.G.,

D.S.0.)

Ubsdell, Lt. A. R.

University of Amoy, The Head of the Department of

Zoology

Upton, Tf. Bie, :

U. S. Department of Aeriea nites ‘The Tipeardan

Van Ingen, E. M. oe

Vaughan, Wm. (F.E.S.) (Lzfe Member

Venning, Col. F. E. W. (c.B.E., D.S.0.) (Lzfe Mowe

Venour, Lt.-Col. W. E. (1.4.) Gure Member)

Vernay, A. S. (Life Member) ay

Vernon, H. A. B. (1.C.S.)

Vesugar, Jamshed (Life Member)

Victoria Memorial Park, The Honorary Soertery

Vijayarajji, Maharaj Kumar, Shri

Villar, A. R. (1.F.s.)

Natty, C..P.

Volkart, L,

Chakrata.

Paletwa.

Bombay.

Rangoon.

England.

Hanga.

Rangoon.

Maymyo.

Rangoon.

Europe.

Eneland.

London.

Hurope.

France.

England.

Jalpaiguri.

London,

Bombay.

Poona.

Rutlan.

Bangkok.

Honawar.

Ramboda, Ceylon.

Cinnamara.

Kodaikanal.

Tuticorin.

Madras.

London.

Anantapur.

London,

Calcutta.

Maymyo.

Calcutta.

Amoy, China.

Europe.

Washington, D.C.

Mysore.

Europe.

Meerut.

Europe.

London.

Europe.

Rangoon.

Bhaj-Cutch.

Europe.

England.

Switzerland.

Vii LIST OF MEMBERS

Wait, W. E. ss. Colombo. :

Wales, He eR. OE: The Prince: “of (KiG.;" B.C, Wetec.)

(Patron and Life Member) ... em .. England.

Waite, H.W. (Life Member)... hee eo ehilanr, Puna:

Walker, Major E. Clare (R.E.) ... ye .. Maymyo.

Walker, Roland (Life Member) ... bee ... Bombay.

Wall, Col. F. (c.M.G., C.M.Z.S., K.H.S., I.M.S.) i.) BONGons

Walton, S. W. 443 sae ae jee) Om Day.

Wapshare, J. H. is ee ae 2 Guynd. Nilsiris:

Ward, Lt.-Col. A. E. Pe ia es Randrathan,

Kashmir

Waterfield, H. G. ee Ae aos .. Indore. 2

Watson, H.W.A. (1.F.S.) Rangoon.

Watson, Lt.-Col. J. W. (1I.M.S.) ee bom bay.

Wauchope, Major R.S. (1.4.) (Life Member) ... Hurope.

Webb, J. E.N. aoe iat as sed na

Webb, Major Geo. A. (v.D.) ms sae mene! Ca gil ses

Webb Ware, George ... a su, ... Kodaikanal.

Weldon, Dr. R. P. (M.D.) aa aise ... Chittagong.

West, L. C. wee oan re ee awlealiod 0) Gy

Weston, A. T. aie 5 aS ... . Hurope.

Whistler, Hugh (M.B.0.U., F.Z.S., F.L.S.) (Lzfe Wember).. London.

White, L. S. (1.C.S8.) es. BA ... Cawnpore.

Whitehead, Capt. W. A. Bac os ... Nowshera.

Whitehead, John (1.F.S.) dee -_ ‘<a. aN CILOpPe.

Whitman, Dr Vi. ...: ae ot ..» Mohammerah,

Whymper, S. L. tee ee ae ap LONdON.

Wickham, P. F. (c.£.) ae ae ... Rangoon.

Wilkes, J. S. ee ce oe ..s London.

Wilkie, J. S. eee aes Sot ... Peermade.

Wilkins, P. M. = ... somwarpet.

William, Capt. Chas. H. (1.A.8.C. 5 ae .. Quetta.

Williams, Lt.-Col. C. E. (1.M.s.) a2 ... London.

Williams, Capt. G. B. nee ahs ... Bombay.

Williams, Lt. P. (R.a.) oe he sigs grazie:

Williams, J. L. H. tee Bg sat ... Valparai.

Williamson, A. (I.C.S.) oe es .. Rangoon.

Williamson, F. W. (I,C.S.) ne sis .... Gangtok.

Williamson, P. R. C. r ek .... Trichinopoly.

Williamson, W. J. F. (C.M.G., F.Z.S., M.B.0.U.) (Life

Member) ous a he ... London.

Wilson, Sir) Arnold “(CiSii.).. CaMmGy C183 pS .0%,

K.C.1.E.) (Life Member) wes “london:

Wilson, Charles ee a wae . Dehra-Dun.

Wilson, Commdr. George (R.N.) ie ~o1pG.b:.O., Bombay,

Wilson, Major C. H. E. (R.F.aA.) Bae .. Kharaghoda.

Wilson, Mrs. D. W. ... oe wae 2) ppombpay.

Wilson, H.E. The Rt. Hon’ble Lt.-Col. Sir Leslie

(P-Cs,.G.Ca.B. .CM/G.49D.S.0.) es ... Bombay.

Wilson, R. A. (1.C.S.) ae ee Se Nagpur:

Winch, H. J. o99 ote aoe ... London,

LIST OF MEMBERS

Winckworth, Major H. C. (R.A.M.c.)

Withers, D.S. ; a

Withers, F. W. (1.F. s.)

Witt, D. O. (1.F.S.)

Wittwer, Dr. R. (D.Sc.)

Wood, Lt. H. B.

Wood, Noel H.

Wood, W.S.

Woods, D. F.

Wooldridge, C. J. ~

Wordsworth, Major R. G. 5 oe

Worgan, Col. R. B. (C.S.1., C.V.0., D.S.O.)

Workman, W. H. (F.Z.S., M.B.O.U.)

Wrangham— Hardy, G. Hs

Wright, H. Courtnay oe

Wright, J. M. (1.C.S.)

Wright, Capt. D. Moncriff

Wright, Rev. G. A. A.

Wright Neville, Capt. V. R. a

‘Wyndham, P, (C. 8.) 1.€.5.)-(L2fe Member)

Yeolekar, T. G. (M.A., B.Sc.) eh

Yerbury, Col. J. W. ee (Life Member)

Young, Major H. G. (D.s.0., R.F.A.)

Young, R. H.

- Zollinger, A. E. :

Zuberbiihler, H. W. ...

Zurmuhle, E.

Bangalore.

Mariani.

London.

Pachmarhi.

Bombay.

Fort Sandeman.

Bombay.

Tavoy.

Bombay.

Madras.

Bombay.

Delhi.

Ireland.

Darjeeling.

London.

Myaunemya.

Scotland.

England.

Hongkong.

Kericho.

Poona.

London.

England.

Karachi.

Tuticorin.

Bombay.

.. Bombay.

liii

INDEX OF SPECIES

PAGE

Abraximorpha chamunda ... ue 73

— davidii we ane 73

Acacia arabica ... is oo NA aro

Acanthion hodgsoni ... tA ves aD)

ee leucurus eee be ssa @AOOS

Acanthis cannabina fringillirostris ... 94

———-—— flavirostris brevirostris Prranhta: 7 f/4

Acanthopneuste o. occipitalis ... 188, 194

Accipiter nisus he 480

-— nisosimilis She soe eS

—-—~— virgatus s6o haha Mak 226

- ———+—~—— affinis Ae eo OW

Achalarus bifasciatus aborica aa 69

—_——— ——_——_——_ bifasciatus... 69

——— = Casyapa vee 69

a —-——. liliana ... ae 69

—— germanus ... eis ae 69

————-———. nepos es aes eee 69

————— proximus ... Aes ee 69

—— simplex e 69

Acidalia actiosaria eee oma - 140

——-—— eminifera: . 2... is sec: MAS

= INanrcidatiay. git oa: see 7,

— patularia eae ae Pe koh)

Aclerda ischceni ... be sah ww. 4054

— japonica ote aie ww. «= 454

Acomys flavidus ... ‘ See cae SMa O7,

Acridotheres ginginianus had ee poe 48

— tristis tristis. 267, 286, 371, 471

Acrocephalus agricola ... ae 187, 224

——- ——- arundinaceus ... weer LOO

—— babylonicus es wi OO

——__"— ‘concinens concinens. 186;224

————-—— dumetorum ... 264, 470, 496

—————- griseldis ... a sos LOO

— palustris ... fe soe LOT

—_—_—_-- schoenobeenus ... cee eeLO

—_—__- scirpaceus scirpaceus... 101

——— stentoreus Be: .. 496

- zarudnyi bee ooo MLO)

Adhotada vasica ... ate ae : 262

Adelura czeruleocephala shee 467, 493

PAGE :

AX githaliscus concinnus iredalei 370, 461

= eUCOCenys 491

a Dv ecoetlanris 461.

/Egithina nigrolutea a .-. 268

4igypius monachus... sae 108, 477 |

Aimona lena haynei 260

ZEnanthe zenanthe 103;

- argentea 103

——— —— Tostrata 103

——-— alboniser 17%, see 103.

——-— finschii ‘barnesi:' ... 103 |

-_——--— hispanica ast 103°

——— - melanoleuca 103°

-—_—_—-— moesta ane 103°

~- brooksbanki 103

——-— xanthoprymna cummingi... 103

ae xanthoprym- |

na .. lo”

/Eromachus catocyanea catocyanea... 431.

ak eee oe ——_—--—— kali... 431 |

—_—_——_--——— discreta discreta 432

See ee ee ere javanica 432 |

ea bale piceus ... 432

——— ——— inachus chinensis 431

a inachus 431

———_—__——_— stigmata 431

es jhora jhora 432

or pygmzus musca 432

——____—____---——- pygemzeus 432,

Aétheolepis papillosa ... 319

4Ethiopsar fuscus fuscus 4719

Agave americana 262

Agnibesa sanguiniplaga 143.

Agrobates galactotes familiaris. 102, 496

Alzmon alaudipes 373

a cinerea 97

-- pallida a3 97

Alauda arvensis cantarella 96 |

e — guttata ches sey se |

- gulgula guttata fe 188, 373 |

- raytal raytal 273 |

Alcedo atthis

PAGE

Alcippe phzocephala phzocephala... 304 |

\Alectoris greeca chukar 376, 483 |

-— kurdestanicus 118

|—_-__— ereca were ... 118

Aloe vera ... 500 ah 262

Alseonax latirostris pbdrichdis. 469

a --—-—~ rubricaudus .... 463

‘Amandava amandava amandava 269

/Amaurornis fuscus 489

/Amblonax cinerea 394

|/Ammomanes deserti : a7

—— cheesmani 97

= coxi 97

——_——-+--—--- fraterculus 97

-- pheenicuroides.. 288

Ammoperdix griseogularis 118

- - ter-meuleni 118

Ampittia dalailama dalailama 43]

——-—___——_--——- nanus 431

— ———--—--———. dioscorides 430

—n-———- MAGA ... a 43]

—- trimacula fataoides 431

—_———- trimacula 431

——-—— virgata 430

Anaitis affinis ... dee ono

‘Anas acuta 109

i—-- angustirostris 110

'—- boscas 522

|+—- platyrhyncha , 485

j++. peecilorhyncha tae ecm 287, 484

= strepera 109

Anastomus oscitans 223

Anathana pallida 402

Anhinga rufus ot 109

Anisogomphus caudalis 423

= — occipitalis 421

-—— -— orites 422

battisodes absconditaria... 136

—— hyriaria 136

— sp.n. : 136

So coccus crémiastogastri 452

: - hirsutus ... 452

ee rosorex squamipes sos' * SOM

\nser anser ‘ 109, 484

‘= feaohyshynchus. 522

| indicus .. «©4484

\nthoscopus pendulinus: persinnites .. 99

Antiropoides WIEGO!! os. a2

Anticlea cuprearia 310

—— schistacea Bee ae 30S

* cervicapra .., 382, 508

INDEX OF SPECIES

Anthus campestris

griseu

-- cervinus..,

————-- hodgsoni

| ———- leneophrys jerdoni

- pratensis...

- richardi rufulus

- roseatus...

———- rufulus ...

—_er sordidus... i

|| —-———- spinoletta blakestoni ..

OU ees —

- jerdoni

- trivialis trivialis

| Antoniria bambusze

————--- maritenia

Aonidia bullata ...

—--— columnifera

——-- mesochitinosa...

- -- mimusopis

Apithecia viridata

Apodemus speciosus orestes ...

STISCUS ..:

Aporia nabellica ferrari

Apostictopterus fuliginosus

Appias indra shiva

Aquila chrysztus daphanze

clanga

heliaca ee

---heliaca ...

-~——— nipalensis orientalis

rapax -

—- vinahiatia

—_——_p»—

| Argemone mexicana

Arboricola torqueola millardi

Arceuthornis

—— pilaris

—_—.

——— ee,

Archzobalbis sp.

Arctogalidia leucotis

————=- merriam :.:

Arctomys caudatus

Arctonyx collaris

Ardea cinerea

—— = —— CINeCTed a2,

Ardea goliath

manillensis

| Ardeola grayi

—-—--- ralloides fainting

'Argya caudata caudata

| +--+ eclipes ...

...2/2, 284, 474

-——-—. var. aristoxenus...

viscivorus bouapartel...

... 263, 280, 370

PAGE

ths 97

DA eae

474

372, 474

3/2

272

474

ee? NOL

TE A

453

456

144

400

407

252

429

529

478

479

478

«. 108

108, 478

-- 108

375, 479

483

493

494

467

131

189

393

488

ere (0)

110, 523

488

378

lil

262

491

- ————

lyi INDEX OF SPECIES

PAGE PAGE

Argya caudata huttoni... Ate ... 491 | Botaurus stellaris stellaris 111

——— malcolmi... ae bys 263, 280 | Brabira artemidora 321

Arnetta atkinsoni ee ae Be ye oY -- atkinsoni 321

- kala haf ded cee .. 433 | Brachypternus aurantius aurantius ... 284

— verones ... Ae ane ive, , 499 —— delulus 373

——-— vindhiana ot aa ... 432 | Brachypteryx major major... ee!

Artamus fuscus ... Ae Len .. 225 | Branta ruficollis oe cenit Om

Arvicola melanogaster ... ae ... 400 | Bubo bubo bengalensis sue 297, 477

Asellia tridens murraiana ... ae 40 | —— nikolskii 106,

Asio otus ... - sles .. 107 | ———-—— ruthenus 106

Aspidiotus amibalieade 2 cae te OO — turcomanus , AT

————-- calophylli ... uae «. 456 | ——-coromandus abt 297, 375

——_—__——__—_—_——- var. symp- Bubulcus coromandus : .- 37S

locos .. 456 | Budorcas taxicolor ..- 203, 274, 401

————--- longispinus... ers .. 456 | Bungarus ceruleus 228

—————--- perniciosus ... : 456 | Burhinus cedie nemus ; 11g

————--- pinnulifera var. aiereecen 456 -- astutus “id os Li

——_——--- tripinnatus ... aa pce peetOG -- saharee 112

Aspidoproctus cinerea... was --. 451 | Burmagomphus cauvericus 413

Asteriolecanium gutta ... oe we «452 | — hasimaricus 411

—-- lineare as ww. 452 | —— —— insularis “is 408

—_——--- loranthi wae eet et 2. | jacobseni __... oo. 408)

—_——- ---——— minutum ... BO SY ee ea Fey al a aia 412.

a pseudomiliaris ... 452 | ______--___- pyramidalis ... 409

Astictopterus jama henrici... -. 429 | ___-_______ siamensis__ ... 41]

jama < ... 2 sivalikensis ... wo 41g

- olivascens 5 429 | -—__________-. vermiculatus... -. 408%

Astur badius dussumieri ane .- 480 | ————__-—— y-flavum 414

--gentilis ... a sa ... 480 ——-—— williamsoni -- 4165

Athene noctua actin ts --- 107 | Butasturteesa... see 434 375, 479

Ee lilithe*... a .-- 107 | Butea frondosa ... i as oe | 262m

Atherurus assamensis ... sis’ ... 401 | Buteo buteo japonicus ... eal --. 480

Atopophysa indistincta ae ... 322 | ——-- ferox ae see 196, 480.

Aulocera padma grandis aan .. 253 | Cacomantis merulinus ie cee ee 477°

— swaha garuna sist .- 253 | Calandrella amtirostris : 186

a - gilgitica ee we 203 | ——— brachydactyla_... .. 19m

——___ kurrama na - 253. | ——— heinei 97

we swaha uae oa. | 200. | — minor 96 |

Badamia exclamationis re Ri 64 | ——- rufescens 96°

Bandicota nemorivaga os hee oOo le —— minor 96

—-- Spiess mereon yy CU ee persica ... 96

Baracus hampsoni pe “of iA BO a eee —--——. adamsi ... 373

—vittatus septentrionum -. 430 | Callabraxas trigoniplaga ee) |

Se bCitus “te .-- 430 | Callacanthis burtoni ae 194, 472

ess -—— vittatus or .. 430 | Calliana pieridoides HA 65

Barbastella darjelingensis ue ..- 389 | Calliope pectoralis pectoralis .. 192, 466

Belostoma indicum _ ae .» 228 | Callosciurus epomophorus davisonies 47

Berberis aristata nae Apr /4 oy Ce ep doimelnue 47

Bibasis sena sena we ae 63. |: ——_———___—_- hastilis .. 46

Bibos gaurus. ... ese ws 220 | ———__—__--__—-__---——- sullivanus. ~ 47

Botaurus stellaris wee eee 488 | -tabaudius. 47

PAGE

| Callosciurus erythrzeus aquilo 396

—-——- erythreeus 395

——_——_—_——_ —-——-_ erythrogaster. 395

—_-—_———_—_-—- -—— ——_ nagarum 195

— ——-— wellsi 396

Calluga costalis .. 320

Calostigia albigirata 144

Calothysanis sp. fee 136

——_—— correspondens 136

—————— oligoscia ... Sere ole)

Canis indicus ete 393, 402

i ———_—-— kola . 41, 381, 405

—-— lupus laniger 403

_—-— pallipes 403

Cannomys badius 401

Capila jayadeva ... 64

———- mackwoodi 64

———- omeia 64

——-—- translucida 64

———- zennara ... 64

Capella gallinazo inc “E84

—-—-— nemoricola . 484

——-— solitaria ... -484

———- stenura 484

Capparis aphylla 262

—-———-— horrida 262

Capricornis eet trense eaipidue 40]

Caprimulgus zegyptius egyptius 106

asiaticus ... ee aed

—————— europzus Merielonelien 106

—- —-——— unwini 106, 374

—_—----_--—-- zarudnyi 106

a mahrattensis.. 375

—————— sp 476

Caprona againa ... si 78

—_—————-— var. elwesi a8)

———— ransonnettii alida 78

——-—— -—— potiphera 78

—————————— ransonnettii 78

Caranx jarra ee 228, 229

Carcharodus alceze Seiinice! ee 82

————-- altheze dravira 82

—-———— boeticus 82

————— lavatharze 82

Cardiococcus bivalata ... 455

Carduelis caniceps caniceps 189, 194, 472

—-= carduelis niediecki ... 94

spinus ... Mes 94

Carpodacus erythrinus Resets 189, 190,

4 191, 270, 472

———-=--—— rhodochroa. vge 472

INDEX OF SPECIES

ivi

| PAGE

| Carterocephalus abax 428

— argyrostigma argyro-

stigma 428

pide d ia gen ve Ne avanti 428

bei Ne ain Tose EF -—-——— nontana 428

——___———---——— christophi christophi 429

—<——-- 5 micio 429

—___-——__---——- dieckmanni dieck-

manni 428

oi ee dulcis 428

—____——_--—_- flavomaculatus. 428

—_—_- -- ——_-—— niveomaculatus niveomacu

latus 428

Be aR oe ee oe thibetanus,

428

—_—---———— palemon 427

—__—_--——— ~ pulchra 428

—_—- —-- ——-———. silvius houangty 427

ee achoaka 427

= --—-__——_ -- ——. sil vis 427

Catreus wallichi ... 482

Celezenorrhinus ambareesa 65

——-—— asmara asmara - . 68

—————_—_—— - cacus 67

—_—— - consertus 67

—__———_——~. aspersa.. ~~ ee ~~~ -66

———__—___-——. autiviteata Bern -~-69

——_-————— ——--——. cameroni --—-—- - §8

$$ --_— vimana 69

——— ______. badia 69

—___————- consanguinea ... 69

a dhanada affinis 65

Rae eee eR ge — andamanica 68

ee ee ee entetus 68

an 5 ae ats -— dhanada 68

Ss avocinera 66

—___-_—-— inaequalis 69

ee ee Aan 69

—____--——_——— leucocera ratimaputts 66

Peers ——-—— chinensis 66

fs ee ee leucocera ... 66

—_—_——_———— maculicornis 67

maculosa 66

Na a 3 67

— nigriscans balukinus... 67

—_ —__ — ——--—— nigriscans 68

—_—_—_-—+—_-——-— patula ... 68

—___——-— pero: 66

plagifera mess 66

—— — pulomaya ace ate 45

pyrrha ... — &S

He 6 a OI

a a

lviii

PAGE

Celznorrhinus ruficornis area 67

a —_— —-- ruficornis 67

—____— --___—— saturatus 67

——___ --———-— simula 66

——__- -__—-— snelleni sema n. sp. ... 67

——-—__—-— - snelleni 67

——_——_--—-— spilothyrus 67

——_ ———-— sumitra 66

——_—_———— tibetana 68

—— tytleri 66

Ceratodus ... at 503

Cercococcus paradoxa ... tp 452

Cercomela fusca 268, 278

—-- fryeri ... 454

——--—— iceryoides 454

Certhia kh. himalayana ... 188, 463, 508

Cervus f. megaceros

Ceryle lugubris guttulata 476

rudis rudis 106

Cettia celti orientalis 100

Cheetolopha incurvata .. 313

Chaimarrornis leucocephala “188, 371, 465

Chalyboclydon flexilinea 230 weal

Charadrius alexandrinus alexandri-

WIS: vo. ae Mee 11S: 377

—t—-————- Gubius jerdoni 377, 483

— mongolus albifrons 192

ia —— —— atrifrons OG,

Charmion ficulnea 65

Charronia flavigula 393

Chartographa fabislaria piomiphiaea St

Chaulelasmus streperus 485

Cnelidon urbica ... uur ALS

Cheliones hurriane 41, 406

Chettusia gregaria 113

——-—— leucura 113

Chionaspis acuminata var. atricolor.. 455

— — centripetalis 455

————-— elongata 455

gynandropsidis 455

— herbze 455

——_-_——— linearis 455

— longissima ... 455

—_————. megaloba 455

pusa .. 455

—— tenera 455

Chiropodomys gliroides 400

Chlamydotis undulata macqueeni 112

Chlidonias leucoparcia leucoparcia ... 114

——---—— leucoptera

Chloris chloris ... ae wee

UA D222

114

BOS:

INDEX OF SPECIES

—

PAGE

Chloris chloris turkestanica 95

Chloroclystis chlorophilata 319

== consueta! .. 319%

== filieata 319

ee eequata 320

nigroviridata 145)

—— papillosa ... 319

———— rubroviridis 320

Chrysocolaptes guttacristatus dbleeenn 292

Ciconia ciconia ciconia ... 111

Cidaria albigirata 144

--——- albofasciata 309

- aliena 318

“CEIVia,: aen: 308

- cinereata... 312

- inextricata 312)

—————- lipartaria 310

- latifasciaria 310

————- maculata... 304

—_—_——- relata 311

- - seriata 310 |

- subapicaria 312

——-~—- viridata 144

Cidrus gerardiana 34 |

Cimex rotundatus ite Yale 206

Cinclus cinclus cashmeriensis ... .. 464

~ pallasii tenuirostris 188, 464 |

Cannyris a. asiatica in ee 370 |

——---— a, breviostris .., 373 |

Circaetus gallicus bee . 4798

Circus zruginosus eruginosus 108, 480 |

——-- cyanets a 2. 480

Cisticola juncidis ae nae 264, 370, 470

———— ——-——-_ newrotica 102

Clamator glandarius 106

——-—— jacobinus 477

Coelops frithi se 388

Coenotephria mononyssa ws «= 144 |

Coladenia agni - 76

—— agnioides 76

—————— dan dan aes 75

——_—_——- —— dhyana uA sa 75

Se — fatin 75

—__———— indrani atarana n. sp, 75

ee eee indra n. sp. wee. ade

ee indrani 75

—- ——— —___ figsa wee 75

—_—_—_—. uposathra ... ee

| ——____—— laxmi 76:

—— vitrea : ass as 76

. Colias cocandica hindnencica eve 293

PAGE

Colias marcopolo 252

weskotti chrysoptera 252

Collocalia fuciphaga brevirostris 476

Collix flavofasciata 314

——-~ ghosha 313

Columba leuconota a 481

—-—— ——_—_-— leuconota... 192

——-—— livia 481

—-—— —— gaddi aha

—-—— palumbus palumbus qt, 4

—-——. rupestris i

en pinbecranies NISYZ

Comatibis emerita nl

Comibzena cenocraspis 1338

- —— swanni 132}

Comostola virago 135

—Conurus cyanocephalus 373

torquatus 3/3

Copsychus saularis saularis 269, 3/1, “467, 493

Coracias benghalensis benghalensis 106, 273

————. garrula semenow! . 187, 475 |

Corvus collaris 33 se san 93

- corax laurencei... 22 93, 203, 490

—_- ——-—tibetanus 188, 459

- cornix 93

- coronoides 263 |

a ee 370, “459, 490.

- frugilegus — 93

etch il 490

——- monedula ave 459

———__—— ——scemmeren gil 93

——- paradisi .. wee 495

=—=——- splendens 459, 508

ere nnn eesplendens ... 263, 291

-——-——-zugimayeri 490

Bs mostolia subtiliaria.. 0 MB5i

Coturnix coturnix ears 118, 483

Craspedia bispurcata : 137

——-——- 1undulataria pelveross 139

Seen straminea 139

Crateropus altirostri a 102 |

— caudatts huttoni ... 102

Cremnoconchus syhadrensis .... ... 447

Cribrolecanium formicarium ... 454

toe ——— radicicola 454

Crocidura ilensis ... ae 4408

— rubricosa _ 391, 404

Crocopus ... os 375

Crossuira Peariciiotam 64

Cryptoloba aerata 321!

————-e=— cinerea 322)

INDEX OF SPECIES.

481 | -

lix

PAGE

Cryptoloba etaina 322

-—— togulata n. sp. Sed.

Cryptolopha x. xanthoschista ... 187, 371

Cryptostegia grandiflora 262

Ctenochiton cinnamomi 455

-.—— fryeri 455

--—— olivaceum... 455

Ctenoptilum multiguttata 77

“--——— vasava i, oes if

Cuculus canorus ... 187, 373, 476

-- subtelephonus y LOS

—-- telephonus 189, 194

-- poliocephalus poliocephalus.. 187,

477

- saturatus 187

Culicicapa ceylonensis ceylonensis. 268, 469,

494

—_—_ meridionalis... 494

Cursorius coromandelicus 376

—————- cursor cursor 12

——————-- gallicus 12

Cyanops asiatica The)

— flavifrons ‘ ee nS

Cyanosylvia cyanecula ABboti” noes, 4. £09

~-——— suecica 190

wee abbotti oe lfare

= - pallidogularis. 268, 493

- eee -suecica ... 493

Cyclogomphus heterostylus _ 160

— gynostylus 162

——— minusculus 163

——: vesiculosus 161

———— --——— wilkinsi 161

~ _ ypsilon ... : 159

Cynopterus brachyotis angulatus. 411

—- sphinx ‘ies 386

Cyornis superciliaris 371, 468

Cyrtostomus asiaticus nace. 273, 475

Dacnomys wroughtoni n. sp.. 398

Daimio bhagava Sydanvanicae 74

———-—--—-—-- bhagava 74

—w—-—-- Celebica... 75

————-- limax dire 15

———-- phisara ... 74

—-—~—-- sinica indica 74

ner eee narada ... 74

rere SINICA 74

_——-—-- tabrica pinwilli Ths)

oo - tabrica | 79

———-- tethys birmana 74

‘ Darpa hanria aT:

fx INDEX OF SPECIES

PAGE PAGER

Darpa pteria 77 | Dryobates auriceps 373, 475

striata 77 | ————— himalayensis _ 475

Davidioides martini Pe 419 | —— hyperythrus... 475

Davidius aberrans’aberrans ... - 169 | ———-—— medius sancti- -johannis a a LOS

— ——————-- senchalensis subsp. n. 170 | —— syriacus 105

————-- davidi davidi 166 | Dysstroma cinereata fs 312

——————--—_— assamensis ... 167 | ———-—--—citrata dentifera ... eit aude

————-- malloryi n. sp. .» 167 | —————- subapicaria Bete 1117

———-—-—-- zallorensis delineatus 164, 166 | Ecliptopera lativittaria & Soult

oe ——-— zallorensis 165 | ———-——-relata peo ds) (|

Delichon urbica alexandrovi... 105 —- Silaceata ... Berns)! h3|

— ———_-—-—- mer idionalis... .. 105 | Egretta garzetta... cee eyo 70

—— urbica 189, 191 | Elanus ceruleus ceruleus 480

Demiegretta sacra asha 11@ | Electrophaés aliena Be gion

Dendrocitta formosz occidentalis ..... 459 | Elwesia lesliei 5 Pec 4S

——-- pallida 490 | Emballonura moncors oe ee

Re eee ee eraatin 490 | Emberiza calandra calandra ... 95

a —— kinneari 491 | ~ n-ne: —-- cia coe ~~» SSE

———-—_—_——_-—— sclateri 491 | —— —- par 95, 270 ©

aime vagabunda... 263), ee stracheyi =, __ 187, 193, 473

Diaspis amygdali 456 | —-~——-- citrinella eve------- 95

-- antiquorum 455 | ————-_____—___-- ery Hirogenes s. 95

-- bambusz 456 | ——_——— —- stracheyi... 3728

———-- barbatus . .. 456 | ————-- fucata arcuata 473

———-- boisduvali we~-456 | —_———-- hortulana 96 -

———-- calyptroides ww. ~ 456 | ———-—-- leucocephala .. - 4738

———-- grandilobis se. 456 | ————-- melanocephala - “ee 95

« heneratgoda “26> —<.. . 456 ; ————-- schoeniclus pallidior 96

es mihinya 456 | -—-~————-- stewarti - ---- A7e

-_._--=-- orientalis 456 - maculatus iasoulaene | 465

+. phoenicis “- oe .;. 456 '| Hnicurus m, guttatus 2: Perey!

-Dicceum erythrorhynchum ~ .... «.-- 373 | Eoglaucomys fimbriatus 403,405

‘—--_— ignipectum - 475 | Eois rubridentata 5, Tian ee Rone

Dicrurus leucopheus longicaudatus... -- 470 | Eothenomys melanogaster 400

ee StEVENSI.. 187 | Epirrhoe (?) latifasciata -- ~—- 30g

———— longicaudatus longicaudatus ~- 371 | Erebia mani kamriana... 2) 25@

——=—— 1macrocercus 469,496: | ——-—_—_-——- lorimeri.... 257

te ee -— ‘MACrOCErcus ...- 264, —— shandura... 257

. 284, 371 | —— == VASINA< ont Ns lose -- 257

Dindica molleri ... 132 | Eremophila alpestris bilopha...-----..... -97

- Dipodilus indus oe 42 | Eriococcus bambuse 1.000) 0003) oi.) Ae

Dissura episcopus .. 7488 —-— nuere 45a

Doicrava affinis 313. | ————~—-— osbeckiz 452

Drawida longatria — 182 | ————--— paradoxa ... 452 —

——-——-— peguana . 182 | —~——-— rhodompyrti . eer 452 |

eee rangoonensis... 180 Fee tenis 452

aaa 182 | ——--~——--- transversus ...A52}

Dremomys lokriah Lane. .. (394 | Erioides cuneiformis 45Z)

ei a — AE Aa ISH ISE soe | 395. | ————— rimule,.. 452

Dromas ardeola... 113, 377 | Erionota alexandra 440

‘Prymoipus insignis 499 - sybirita 440

.NDEX OF SPECIES

“Axi

. . PAGE PAGE

Erionota thrax acroletica 440 | Felis bengalensis 4, 391, 405

—_——————-- grandis 440 | ——- caracal 74

—_— thrax 449 | ——- chaus 7

Erithacus rubecula 104. | —-— lynx var. capella) 8

Brolia ferruginea 112 | —-— manul 6

——— minuta minuta ... eee .. 112! | —-— marmorata... 3

Erythrospiza githaginea crassirostris.. 269 | —-— nigrescens ... 4

Esacus recurvirostris 376 | —-— nipalensis ... 5

_Eschatarchia lineata .» 143 | —-— ornata 6

Eudynamis scolopaceus Seolon ncetae - 477) | —-— pardus Z

Eumenes amedei 246 | —-— rubiginosa ... 5

conica - 241 | —-— temmincki... a 392

— Fic auipenmis 244 | —-— tigris ae Al

Eumenis lehana clarissima 256 — mongolica ... 1

— -—— droshica 256 | —-— torquata 6

—_—-— gilgitica - 256 | —-— uncia oo

-————- mniszeckii baldira 256 | —-— viverinna 4

-Eupetaurts cinereus 203 | Ferisia virgatus ... 453

Euphyia scortea ... 146 Fiorinia fenestrata 456

Eupithecia acyrtoterma 317 -- kandyensis 456

— albispumata 318 | — -- secreta ... 456

————— anasticta 317 | Francolinus francolinus 376

_————_——-. consueta 319 Be arabica. 118

————-— eupitheciata 319 | ———--—__--—_--—- asi& .. .. 2 483

———_--—— filicata 319 | -—— —- francolinus... 118

———_-~—— hockingii . - 808 | Franklinia buchanani ... 265; 370

e——_—__-_. incurvata-.. ... 3i3 | Fringilla ccelebs coelebs 94

———-—. leucenthesis n. sp.... 318 — montifringilla ste 95

——-——- leucostaxis sp.n. . 318 | Fringillauda brandti hematopyga ... 192

—_——_—-- robiginascens 316 | --——. nemoricola altaica . 188, 189,

—— russecla n. sp. 315 | 193, 194

——-—— sp.n. ee. 316 | Fulica atra atra ... 926

— tricrossan. sp. -- sie .. - -316 |: Fuligula marila ... 204

—————- ustata wwe ee vz- -319 | Funambulus palmarum Bs 403

Eupoditis edwardsi -526 |.- --—— brodiei 239

Eustroma inextricata ©... 312 | ——--—— ———-- favonicus--...--~ 239

Eutyphceus foveatus 182 | —-—--———_—__-—_-—— keelaarti_ - .....-239

-—— pecuanus 182 | -__-——--___- matugamensis 239

-—— rarus 182, |, -——__-_—_—_-_—____-=-== olympius--... - -239

Exeretopus farinosus 454 | ——~-—__-____- palmarum ...--- -239

-Falco-zesalon zsalon ee 0h pennanti ... ose

——-- cherrug iia OT Wile —_—_—_—- argentescens.-41,.405

——-- jugger 375 | Galeopterus peninsule BORA aneee 6)

———-- peregrinus ~ ““ne--—-->.3-—481), |) Galerida cristata chendoola CS AR YE:

a peregrinator. ..... .481 | Gallinago gallinago wo 212

———-- severus indicus ... dee Bae 451 | Gallus g. gallus ... 376

—-- subbuteo subbuteo foe, 481 — sonnerati .. 488

——-- tinnunculus ee 4. 48] | Gangara saguinocculus 439

Faunis arcesilaus 259 -———- thyrsis clothilda 439

+ founuloides wae .. 260 | —————--—— philippensis ... 439

- Felis affinis 41, 381,391, 403; 405 |. ———-+-- -thyrsis ... 439

txii

PAGE

Gangara thyrsis yasodara 439

Garrulax albogularis oe 370

— —__-———__-——-— whistleri 461

Garrulus glandarius ... Be: 93

—— lanceolatus 370, 460

Gazella bennetti .. 407

Gelgeta 437

Gelasma sp. ve a 133

———— chromatocrossa n. sp. 133

— dysgenes 133

—_——-— fuscifimbria 133 |

— thetydaria 133

Geochelidon anglica 116

——_——_-—— nilotica 116

Gennzus hamiltoni ... ses 482

Geocichla citrina cyanotis 296

—-——— wardi ... 467

Geococcus radicum 452

Geometra silaceata oly

Gerbillus gleadowi 406

Glareola lactea 377

— nordmanni : evar elle,

— pratincola pratineoia 112, .377

Glaucidium cuculoides .. 375

a ae Preuloities 477

Glaucion clangula 110

Glyphidrilus papillataus ses ABZ

Golunda ellioti 382, 400

Gomalia elma Sina taseate

Gomphus bivittatus : 425

Gonepteryx rhamni burmensis 292

———___-———_——— gilgitica Zo2

Gram matoptila striata striata... 462

Grandala celicolor eeeiee Eilasti tee

Gunomys bengalensis .. 081, 397, 406

—--—— ‘varius 47

meen Ward .. 406

Gymnaspis affinis 456

-————-—— bullata 456

————-— diospyros 456

—-—-——--— mangifere ... 456

ee producta tas. 3296

Gymnopera rubroviridis 920

Gymnorhis flavicollis wis OD)

———-—— xanthocollis Beanaenge a 95

ee oe — — Xa thocollis.278, 372

Gypzetus barbatus 108

———— ———— — grandis 478

Gyps fulvus 108, 478

one fulvescens 285

«-—-— himalayensis 478

INDEX OF SPECIES |

Halcyon smyrnensis

Gyps tenuirostris

Hadromys humei

Haliaétus albicillus

Haliastur indus indus ...

Halimococcus borassi

Halpe hyrtacus

——— moorei...

| ——— (Thoressa) Pedemete

——— (Thoressa) honorei

Hasora alexis alexis

--—-— badra badra

—-—-— borneensis

- leucospila parnia

- lizetta anura

-- lizetta :

——- moestissima coulteri...

——-—— ~ mus pahanga n. sp.

-———-- myra

——-- padma

— proxissima

— ribbei

- salanga ... : ase

~ schonherri cchaphenn

- simplicissima lioneli ...

~ subccelestis a

--——- taminatus almea

—_—_—_- ——-—— bharara

——- ——--—— malayana ...

—_—_——_- ——-——- taminatus ..

~ thridas

—- vitta

‘Hastina azela stenozona

- gemmifera

Helaretos malayanus

Hemichelidon ferruginea

————-—— fuliginosa

——-.-—--— sibirica gulmargi

Hemichionaspis bauhinizw

——— — — + —- buxi

ramakrishne

Hemilecanium imbricans

Hemithea distinctaria

Hemitragus hylocrius

Herodias alba

ee ee ee eee ee

~Herpestes auropunctatus

--—— pallipes

ee oe ee ee

+ edwardsi

479

is 60

143

394

494

188, 468

455

. 454

134

520

488

11, 405

41, 381

)

INDEX OF SPECIES

Ixiij

PAGE

Hirundo smithi 473

—— —— ——--- filifera 271,. 372

Hodgsonius phcoenicuroides 187, 464

Horisme flavofasciata 314

hyperythra 314

| Horornis albiventris 498

-—— pallidus 187

——-——- ——_—- pallidus 471

Hurria rynchops .. 205

Hyarotis adrastus sdtastte 441

—_—— praba 44]

—————— basiflava 441

———— meluchus 441

——_—— monteithii 442

——-—— pria ay 442

Hydrelia sanguiniplaga 143

Hydrochelidon leucopareia feneepancis 114

ae leucoptera 114

Hyelaphus porcinus 40]

Hylobates hoolock 385

Hypacanthis spinoides .. 472

| Hypenorhynchus erectilineata 313

Hypochroma danielaria conn = Loe

_Hypocolius ampelinus ... 99, 492

Hypothymis azurea styani 495

Iambrix latifascia . ~ 434

———-- salsala luteipalpus se - 433

——_— -- ——-— salsala ... 433

——-- sindu 434-

———-- stellifer ... 433

———-- tytleri 433

—-- unicolor.. 433

Ianthia cyanura pallidiora w. 467

—-— rufilata 188, 194

—- —— pallidiors, ney, OFLL

Ibidorhynchus struthersi . 190, 377, 484

Icerya aegyptiaca 451

jacobsoni 451

purchasi 450

-- seychalarum : 451

var. nardi 451

Ictinaétus malayensis perniger 479

Idea butyrosa 138

—- falcipennis 142

-——- lacernigera 308

—- undulataria 138

‘Inessa ilion 435

Inglisz bivalata 455

Iodis argutaria 135

——- ctila 134

—- lara oa See eo -133

| PAGE |

Herpestes edwardsi ferrugineus 381

——--—— ———— pallens 405

—--—— mungo

ee nepalensis 392

——--— urva : 392

Hesperia alpina apie 81

————- ——— cashmirensis 81

——-—-— alveus ... os 81

——-— antonia gigantea 80

——-—— bieti 82

——-—-— cinaree 81

——-—-— cribrellum 80

——-—— evanidus 79

——-—— galba .. 2 79

——-—— maenintns ramedlatis 82

——-— — —— thibetanus 82

--—-— — malve... 81

—-~-—— oberthuri 81

——-—— phlomidis geron 3 79

——-—— —--—— phlomidis a 79

——-—— poggei... = 80

——-—— proto 80

—— oe sao lugens 80

——--—-— serratulze 81

——-—— side 81

—_-—-—— tessellum 80

—_——-—— zebra 79

-—-—— ZONAL: | shin 82

Heterophleps Bi Oana 321

Hiereetus fasciatus 479

——-—— pennatus 479

Himantopus h. himantopus 113, 377

Hippolais icterina 101

———-—-- obsoleta 497

———-—-- pallida elzeica 101, 497

————-- rama 497

a scita 497

Hipposideros armiger 387

— — — --— —_ — cineraceus 387, 404

J — - fulvus pallidus ... 40, 380, 404

———-——— gentilis gentilis ... 388

—--—-——— leptophyllus 388

Hipposiderus atratus ta.

Hirundinapus caudacuta maine: 476

Hirundo daurica erythropygia.. Z/le oie

———— -———- nepalensis ... 225, 271, 473

———— ——- rufula 105

—_— - striolata Bad

—-—— rustica 105, 473

= - mature 270

Ae en JAVANICA ve wat ee

Lxiv LNDEX: OF SPECIES

4 PAGE | PAGE _

Jodis thetydaria ... ... .. «134 | Karanasa regeli chitralica a ieee ame

Irania gutturalis ... a Lh .. 104 | Kerana armata armata ... vs se 437 |

Isma protoclea_ ... ae oes He AAA SE hc - -— niasana... “ps ves OM |

—-- sewa ws ist mas a. . 443 Sti 51) Cea bb ge ene eet ae «6438

- vulso picclet! ie aie wee 443 =olmamirers |) ane. af .. 4379

——- ——-- purpurascens sees sen ToS = Diehitay. a as . 437%

—- ——- yulso cs eee Soh -. 443 VValjTada cesn nies we 3. 437m

Ismene amara.... ue ee ae 63 | Kerivoula hardwickei ... - we SOR

= anadi . i.: ae te ey 62 | Ketupa zeylonensis Teccrenaaitl .. 106m

-—-etelka.... a ae has 62 - ———_--——- semenowi «. 1OGH

———- formosana ee a oes 62 | Koruthaialos butleri avidha-: ... ss. - 4365)

—-—- gomata gomata... rh ee 63 = biatleri see. ... 4368

phat emilee: - kanara ie ..3 630 |) -————_———_- = harakay se .. - 436mm

st =- harisasharisa . oe a ek 62 | ———-———— . Niasicus .: 4368

a hemixanthius. uae - ae 63 | ——— focula es. ees ws - 436

PES Sie ae ae ps Bis 61 | —— nigerrima sre os LOE

———-- jaina fergusonii nas ane 62 | ————— rubecula ... as we 43 |

—_—_——- ——- jaina ae ay a 62 | ———-——— xanites gopaka ... «. 4368

—-__ - ——- margana ... mer inf 62 | -——--——_ -— javanites we. - 436 |

=| —- vasundhara as a 62. | ————— ——-— kerala... . » 4368

+ - mahintha ae ies tye 6 £0] Ghee ee NACo ian «. - 4369)

- nestor a dk ie; 61 Labioproctus polei eee eel ve 7 4508

———-- oedipodea Se: kai we 61 Laccifer albizzize ade oe! yea > 45

————- ———--———. ataphus ca rte 61 -- ebrachiata ae see ce > 4578

= == — Cedipodea ... ate 61 -— fici abe eee Peeper ad)! |

et Re ee token nts ys 61 --lacca... : ah a> 45am

a edipuse ie Ee 7 62 | Lachnodius Humbolis ay: .. ° 453m

ee pul s a) me 62 | Laiscopus c. whymperi ay ... 372m

-striata ... ae a ae 62 | Lampropteryx opistholasia ... sen! Sia |

- vasutana ae ne ae 63 | Lanius aucheri ... ae ae ... 495m

-zonaras. ... a Pee re 61 - collurio ... oa

Ithagenes cruentus oe es ja 2503 - cristatus ... see wee . 4608)

Itys iadera see age te .. 442 | ———-—-—— cristatus an ... 496m

—-- microstictum 5 anh .. 442 | ———- ——-—— isabellinus ... 266, 496

Ixobrychus minutus minutus ... ee lS eee (CINCH TOI Ges ...99, 4968)

Ixulus flavicollis albicollis wee Hf 462 -erythronotus ... ac we 40M :

Iynx torquilla japonica he .. 194 | ———- excubitor i a re |

Janarda.acuminata +..2 42: zh .. 142 | ——— - ——-—— aucheri As es 99

Jynx torquilla torquilla Se . 105 | ——--- ——- — lahtora ae so: AGE

Karanasa huebneri astorica ... .. 254 |, ——-—isabellinus ... aa cae 99%)

— --—_ —- -——_ bal lti oe eee «6. 20 | ' ——-— lahtora ... ae we .. =©.265m

——-——— ———--——— cadesia... .. 256 | .——-—nigriceps nigriceps ... ... 469)

—_—-— -——_-- —— huebneri ... .. 255 |.——-— nubicus ... eas Ne: ee 99

——___--—— ——--——. leechi an sé. | 25541 | —- = = pallidirostriss vey Ses ws - 408

—_—____- -——. ———---——- modesta ... .. 296 |'——-—schach. ... eh an .. 495m

Lae hares -— pallida... 4... 255 | —_--— ———erythronotus _ ...266, 371, 469 |

—__——-— moorei gilgitica . .., ... 254 | ——-— senator niloticus ap wa? 49m

—____-— -—_- moorei ve 254, 255 -|'—_—-— s. tephronotus ...% 7... >... S7

—__——--— pamirus pupilata... .. 254 | ——-—tephronotus ... ne 49H

—___—--—— ———_--- safeda A .. 254 | ——-—vittatus ... senit COO; ae a 469°

or———-— regelibolonicus -.,. .,.. 254 | Larentia wrata. ... 9.6) 0 use Bare

INDEX OF SPECIES

Larus argentatus vege

——-- cachinnans

—-- gelastes

—--— genei

Larvivora brunnea

_Leachia festiva op

Lecaniodiaspis mimusopis

Lecanium bicruciatum

desolatum

——— —— fusiforme

———— — illuppalame

————— imbricans

ae ee

————— latio peecnlan am

a limbatum

a mancum

——--—— magniferze

———-—— marsupiale ...

————— piperis var. namunakuli ...

a ramakrishne

—_—— tessalatum. ...

——— var. obsotetuii

————— trifasciatum

SSS tripartitum ...

Lecanopsis ceylonica

Lefroyia castenea

Leggada booduga

———-—- jacksonize

———— nagarum

———— pahari

Leggadilla sadhu

Leioptila c. pallida

——-—— p. psaroides

Lepidosaphes albizziz ...

— dilatilobis

———_—_-——_ leucoop]lece

—— punctatissima

—_——_-——- punice

Lepidosiren :

Leptocoma asiatica asiatica

Lepus dayanus

——— ruficaudatus

Lerwa lerwa ‘

Lethe armandii Bead:

—_——_-_—--— fusca

——_——--—_— khasiana

—_——_-—-———_ lacticolora

----——. oberthur

-——. saggitata

Leuconoe ;

Limnocnida Patliea

42,

PAGE

114

114, 377

114

464

45]

455

454

452

moug

Sie)

399

400

382

370

456

456 |

456

503

282

407

382,

483

201) Soke ee eae rani rica

Limosa lapponica lapponica ...

Licpicus mahrattensis ..

Liponycteris kachhensis

Lithotis rupicola

——--— tumida

Lobivanellus indicus indicus ...

Locustella lanceolata

——_——— nevia straiminea ...

Lonicera spinosa

Lophomackia paige

semialba

Lophophanes melanolophus

—_——

lis

| Lophophorus impejanus

| Lotongus avesta

calathus

onara

sarala

schoedia es

Loxia curvirostra himalayana

Lullula arborea pallida

Luscinia luscinia

megarhyncha aoieaua

————- ——-—-— golzii...

—_——-—- suecica magna

Lusciniola melanopogon

eee eee

a a ee

mimica

Lutra lutra nair ... = #e

Lutrogale barang tarayensis ...

| Lygranoa cinerea

Stereos erectilineata

Lyroderma lyra ..

| Macaca adusta

| ——-— assamensis

hus

== itlattay.

| Machetes pugnax

Ixv

PAGE

SE,

—-——- rufonuchalis witoatcha-

461,

188,

104,

... 380, 388,

Machlolophus xanthogenys sarithopenys

Maniola cheena cheena...

chitralica

——-—— pulchra astorica

——--— -——-— baroghila

eeu Ne eee chitralica

——--— ——-— pulchra

Manis pentadactyla

Mareca penelope

| Marmaronetta angustirostris ...

| Marmota himalayana

| Matapa aria PEAT otitis

475

380

447

449

483

497

186

132

460

491

482

446

471

104

493

104

497

100

393

322

313

402

385

113

461

258

257

258

402

485

403

44]

xvi INDEX OF ‘SPECIES

PAGE

Matapacelsina ... ae Ba we «= 441.

——-—druna... are Pe aah soeekel

——-— purpurascens ... Os we 443

—-—-— sasivarna Was oy w= 441

-——-— shalgrama ei sies vee ead

Matapoides smaragdinus Eos .. 440

Megaderma spasina majus)... Reh | BASS

——- spasma medium ... vite 44

Megalzema virens marshallorum pages

Megalornis antiione.... a ne. 378

— -— grus .. wed on Hears 4 LY

————-— leucogeranus a Se} ORO

Megascolex mauritii ... sha Be key

Melanippe artemidora ... sat eg Oo

— latifusata... at wn flee

Melanocorypha calandia calandra ... 96

wee ee hebraica.. <2. 96

———- ———-— ———— psammochroa 96 |

Melia azadarach ... ae ste Soul, Oe

—-— azadirachta at Be ele LOZ

Melogale personata Sed a fiat ae

Melophus melanicterus she ade 473

Menetes berdmorei aos bas ae 47

Mergus albellus ... sida as seca, OHO

—-—— serrator ... Se oa aeons 1)

Merops apiaster ... as wae eee ee Ole

———- javanicus... ote pee eg,

——-—- orientalis... soe ee Fra woke

———- persicus persicus = 106;,373

Metacardia conchiferata re Desh hone

Metallolophia arenaria ... Re Ree ty

Metoponia pusilla A 1895219053192

Microcichla scouleri scouleri ... aed wt LOO.

Microloba bella diacena ae sa), SOA

Micropus affinis ... at isi oe, ALO

--- 4. galilejensis ... sie ys 05)

~- apus pellinensis sa .. 476

——--- melba ... wee eis en a 470

——--- murinus murinus ... ioe 106

—-- pacificus pekinensis yeh a7

Microscelis psaroides ganeesa tee, 299

psaroides seo. a tO2

Microtarsus melanocephalus ... wes 492

Microtus (Hyperacrius) wynnei we 407

—-——— melanogaster ... a .. 400

Millardia meltada ie wwe 382, 406

Milvus lineatus ... at aoe 108, 479

migrans govinda ... 375, 479, 524

migrans oo awe hOS

Mirafra assamica ots ay cy > Aone

- cantillans cantillans ... a PLOT

Muscicapa hypoleuca semitorquata .,,

PAGE ©

73mm

100

Mirafra erythroptera 273

| Molpastes heemorrhous... woe = 492

———--——— ——--———— hemorrhous.... 291

—_--:-—— ———-—_ pallidus 264, 279

-—----——. leucogenys leucogenys 463

ee leucotis ... 279, 492

———--——. leucotis leucotis 464

| Monophlebus phylanthi 450

-- - zeylanicus 2 451m

Monticola cinclorhyncha ans 372, 463 |

——-—— erythrogastra 467

——-—— longirostris 494

——-—— pandoo ai we = 494

| ——-——- saxatilis no tot 103,494

——-—— solitaria i 494

| ———-— ———-— pandoo ... 190, 269, 468

——-—- solitarius 372

——-——— — longirostris 103%

| --——---- transcaspicus 103 _

Montifringilla brandti hematopygia... 473

| ———-— —-- n. adamsi oe 273, 472 —

-____——---— remonicola altaica 472

Mooreana trichoneura pralaya

———--— ——— trichoneura 73

Moschus moschiferus 40]

Motacilla alba at 98

———-— —— alboides ... 474

———— — ——— GUKTHMeNSIS el OS eee

——-—— —— hodgsoni 191

—_-——— —— persica ae ees 98

——--—— —— personata sir 98, 473

—~—--——— cinerea 98

———— ——_-— _ easpiea 98

——-——_ ——--— melanope ... 372, 474

——-—— citreola citreola cane 192, 474

——-—— ———- citreoloides 188

——-— c. calcarata 372

-——-—— feldegg melanogrisea 27i

——-—— flava thunbergi as 98

——-—— maderaspatensis... 271, 474

——--——- melanope 98

Muntiacus vaginalis 401

Murina cyclotis 389

-— tubinaris... 389

Mus dubius 399

—— gerbillus 406

—— gliroides aie tek wee 408

eS IOMOULUS tn Ses ry 382, 407

—— musculus s. cat serena oe he

— urbanus Be A 382, 407

INDEX OF SPECIES

Muscicapa striata neumanni

Mycalesis suaveolens duguidi

sebonga

Mycerobas carnipes

——— —— melanoxanthus

Myiophoneus horsfieldii

ia ——_- temmincki...

———_---. ——_- temmincki ia

pee ee et ftemmincki

Myotis hasselti

——--- muricola...

——--- siligorensis

Naia hanna

Nelumbium speciosum ...

Nemorhzedus goral

Neobalbis elzearia

Neolecanium crustutiforme

Neoleucaspis parallela ..

Neophron percnopterus

Neritina perottetiana

Nesokia indica

Netta rufina

Nettion crecca

Nettopus eeandelands

Nietnera ptindaluoya

Niltava sundara sundara

psonlades marloyi marloyi

pelias

montanus montanus

nigrescens

—— tages ..

Notocrypta cei,

ioe mamenia avattana

paralysos alysia n. sp.

devadatta

————— — paralysos

sidha

et ee ee

—

——

eee ee,

quadrata

renardi

volux niasana

volux

Nucifraga caryocatactes hemispila

hemiispila

Numenius arquata lineatus

Nycticebus coucang

Nycticejus castaneus

ornatus see

Nycticorax nycticorax nycticorax

Nyctocleptes cinereus

ee ae

ee ee >

ee te

ginginianus...

percnopterus.

PAGE |

100, 494

259

471

vg3

125

72 |

468. |

389

226

262 —

203

13h

455

455 |

478

284

108

448

485

484

451

469

83 |

439

438

439

459

438

439

438

460

370

389

Hid, 202.)

PAGE

| Nyroca ferina 485

——-— fuligula ... 485

——-—- rufa 485

Ochotona roylei .. 403

| Octocheetus birmanicus... 1SY

| Ochromela nigrorufa 300

Ochus subvittatus 430

Odina decoratus 73

| ——— hieroglyphica pier Gi 73

Odontoptilum angulata 77

————------ pygela 78

Cinanthe (see AXnanthe.)

———- alboniger 492

———- — deserti .,. 465

——————--— oreophila 493

—————— isabellina 268

—— melanoleuca melanoleuca... 492

—— picata ... 268, 492

— xanthoprymna chrysopygia. 493

Oeneis garhwalica n. sp. 253

Oerane necera 44]

Opuntia diilenii .., wee, 200

Oreicola ferrea ferrea 187, 464

Oreocincla dauma dauma 467

—-- mollissiina 467

Oreocorys sylvanis 474

Organopoda brevipalpis 135

Oriolus luteolus luteolus ren fol

-— oriolus kundoo ... _ 266, 471

————-——--oriolus Sit Sucatoen oe

-— §, kundoo oF are ail

Ortholitha latifusata _144

Orthopeetus lalita Fe 64

a - lidderdali ... - .. 64

—_—_——-—- phanzeus 64

Orthotomus sutorius snare. “264, ‘470, 497

Otis tarda: ; dui2

-—— Coes ; : 12

_ Otocompsa emeria emeria ... eer ey

—_—___——_-- fuscicaudata 290370

Otoconys alpestris elwesi 474

———-——— longirostris 189, 191, 343;

| 474

| Otogyps calvus 375

| Otus brucei 107

| Ovis vignei 174

— —-cycloceros ... 401

| Pachyodes arenaria 132

| Pachyura poreeoy 31

| —__-_——

46, 380, 391, 404

334

| Padraona ool

i xviii

PAGE

Paduka lebadea andamanica 440

— ———- glandulosa 440

- lebadea... 440

—— — subfasciata 440

—- toradja ae eats 240)

Paguma grayi . 10, 392, 403

Paludomus 449

Pandion haliaétus 477

Panicum javanicum 530

Papilio noblei haynei 249

Paradoxurus crossi : 9

— hota coni nie 2,10

niger SJetotop!

—__—_—__-- ———- strictus 10, 392

Pareechinus blanfordi 404

Paranticopsis xenodes prontis... 249

Pararge menava moeroides 253

Parascaptor leucurus 390

Parazoma Gen. n. 314

eee ferax n. sp. 314

————- semifusca 315

Parlatoria blanchardii 457

oe camellize 457

_--—- cingala war: ite pena s 457

——-——- cinnamoma 457

——-—— cristifera 457

— limoniz 457

—————— MeSU&... ; 457

-—_- ——. proteus var. crotonis 457

—-—— rutherfordi 457

- ———e-—— zeylanica oe me 457

Parnassius delphius atkinsoni Zou

ee eee en CHitralied- 250

es florenciz . ~ 251

es rileyi 251

-——_ —__———-— stoliczkana 250

—-——— zogilaica ... 25]

— discobulus 249

—_———_—_— ap dtog Hits 250

——_—__—___—___——-- hunzaica 250

dongalaica 249

——— jacquemontii brandita 250

—— simo lorimeri 252

Parus coeruleus georgicus 99

cinereus x 49]

c. kaschmiriensis 370

kaschmiriensis ... 49]

lugubris 98

—_—_—___——_- an atolix 98

——— ————— —— dubius 98

ree Mahrattarum 49]

INDEX OF SPECIES

PAGE

Parus major blanfordi 98

melanolophus 370

-——— monticola 460

——. m. intermedius -» 499

— m. kashmiriensis 187, 460

— m. mahrattarum 301

——— m. planorum 49]

palustris korejewi 491

Passer domesticus biblicus see 05

——___--—_.__—- indicus . 2/0, 372, 47

———__—__——_~ parkini 190

hispaniolensis transcaspicus ... 95

moabiticus moabiticus 95

pyrrhonotus . 37m

rutilans debilis 188, 472

Pastor roseus 94, 267

Pedestes bononoides 432

masuriensis 432

—- pandita 432°

Pedronia strobilanthis 452 |

Prionodon pardicolor 392.

Pelecanus crispus i SZ

——— — onocrotalus pmacroraite 108, 522 »

Pellorneum ruficeps granti one 2 Ge |

—_—_—_—__—_—--——- ruficeps 294

Perdicula asiatica 376 |

Pericrocotus brevirostris brevirostris. 266,469 |

erythropygius

——_——-——— peregrinus malabaricus.

- peregrinus 266, 496 |

er ee a

- pallidus

—+_—-—— roses roseus

-—_+--—— speciosus ae

Perionyx excavatus cenit eae

- fulvus

' Perizoma albofasciata

- bipartaria

——_————- cerva

- conjuncta

——

Vo ae CLECOnA te, ainarinorat

——- hockingii

- lacer nigra

——_———-- latifasciata

—-—-—- lucifrons

—-————- maculata

-——_—_——- puerilis

fee he SOHIStACeA Wet tee

—__-+_—- seriata

- variabilis

—_—

| Pernis apivorus apivorus

_ Perrisospiza icteroides

180, 182 |

266

284 |

496 :

180, 182.

INDEX OF SPECIES

Petaurista inornatus

— mergulus n. sp.

———.

PAGE

403, 405

—_____-__-_— primrosei, eine n. on 46

oe feguli: subsp..n. 22, 46

——_——--- yunnanensis

Petronia petronia exiguua

Petrophila cinclorhyncha

Phalacrocorax carbo

pygmeus

Phasianus humiz

Phenacoccus ballardi

—_——__-——- glomeratus

——__—_————_ hirsutus

—_—__-—— ornatus

——_———_-—— spinosus ...

Pheretima anomala ...

elongata

-—_—_—_—— houlletti

——___--——- insolita

————— lignicola

——————. peguana

planata

posthuma

-Phibalapteryx eupitheciata

hyperythra

Phoenicopterus ruber antiquorum

Phoenicurus erythrogaster grandis

- frontalis

—— — —.

- ochrurus aheemie ane: ae

394

187

109, 484

109

204

453

182

319

314

110, 522

493

194

_ 104,

188, 192, 268, 371, 465

—— - phoenicurus se. 104

~——- ph. mesoleuca ee «104

- Phoenix sylvestris ve 262

-Photoscotosia miniosata ~ 312

Phyletis similata 135

Phyllorhina leptophyllus 388

Phylloscopus affinis . 192, 371, 470

—— — collybita 189, 498

—_—______—__——_- abietina 100

—-—- - tristis ... 265

——_———— griseolus w» 498

————_ —— humii 194, 497

ee humii 265

—_-__+___-___---- preemium ... 498

———_____—___-—-—- superciliosus 498

— indicus 265

———.—— _ inornatus 498

a - humii 470

— + - maculipennis 470

———= = mandellii wad 498

—— neglectus 498

Lxix

PAGE

Phylloscopus nitidus nitidus 265

—_.-_—- ——-. viridanus 470

—_—_———— occ ipitalis occipitalis .. 470

——— ——— proregulus simlaensis .. 470

—_—————-— pulcher kangre 470

-—_—--———-. sindianus 498

—_-——_———— tristis 498

———_————- trochiloides Beeniloidce! 470

— --»~—— trochilus trochilus 100

—_—_——__—-— tytleri 188, 498

Physetobasis dentifascia oe OLS

Pica pica bactriana - ; 93, 490

Picumnus innominatus nao tue) 475

Picus canus occipitalis ... 475

———- occipitalis Ms 373

- squamatus squamatus 475

Pinnaspis bauhinize 455

——-—— buxi <e, 455

—----— ramakrishnz 455

Pinus longifolia an 1225

Pipistrellus babu ae 380, 388

- coromandra on 45, 388

—_—— -—— kuhli lepidus en gee 40

-——— mimus 41, 380, 388, 404

Pithecus johnii a ie ieee oeco

———— obscurus re wis “ee 43

——_—— pileatus * 386

a saturatus 386

— -—-—— tenebricus ... wx 386

Planesticus maximus wi -- 196

Plastingia aurantiaca ... see ves 444

——--—— callineura burmana 444

| ee oe callineura did

—_———-- perakana 444

—wwe+-——— COrissa corissa 445

a -—— tytleri 445

—--- helena fruhstorferi 444

——_—_—_——__---—— helena 444

——---—— latoia latoia : 444

——---—_+— margherita ... 444

——-+--—— naga 445

——--——. ncemi neemi 445

ee -—— tavoyana 445

——--——— pugnans 445

——--———. sala 445

——--——. submaculata ee 445

—a— —— submaculata. 445

——_----—_ tessellata 445

_——-+ vermiculata ... 444

Platalea leucorodia major ae il]

Platygomphus dolobratus 416

2s feze np ocd es oe 417

Ixx

PAGE

Plecotus wardi 404

Ploceus bengalensis 269

Ploceus manyar peguensis OS

~ ———— flaviceps 269, 372

- - philippinus philippinus 269, 284, 372

Pnoepyga albiventer pallidior 463

Podiceps cristatus cristatus 116

nigricollis nigricollis 116

———— ruficollis capensis 116

——— --—— iraquensis 116

—— -- ruficollis 116

Polea ceylonica ... 452

Polioaétus humilis 479 |

Pollinia ceylonica 452. |

Polyphasia dentifera S128

Polyplectron bicalcaratum 204

Pomatorhinus erythrogenys erythro-

genys : 370, 462

Pontoscolex eareune at us 182

Porzana parva 117

—~ porzana... 116 |

Prinia gracilis 102 |

—__——__--—— jrakensis 2° O02

———----—— lepida 102, 265, 371, 499. |

—__——_---—— palestine - see?

=== InomMata 1INOrmatag : .200,.204, col. of

see jerdoni 29]

socialis stewarti 265.2371

—— sylvatica insignis. _. .. - 499

--—— rufescens .. 499

—~ - - sylvatica ee ee le)

_ Propasser rhodochrous,- -+----..--194,-195,.196

——-—— thura 0 sense. 194,196

. Prosopis spicigera: Re AGy

Protopterus 503

Prunella blanfordi Seon rea

————. collaris : 104, 468

—_—___—___-—— caucasicus 104

——_—— himalayanus ... 468

—-—— modularis : 104

— orientalis ... septeaee OA

——-——— rubeculoides ... 139, 102.072

——— strophiata jerdoni _ 494

. Psara phoeopteralis 20

Pseudantonina bam busz 452

Pseudococcus citriculus 453

— comstocki | 453

—__—_—_-——— corymbatus 452

—_———-—— crotonis 453 ||

—__—_—__-—-— debregeasize 453

—————-~=— detorquens _. ee OB e

INDEX OF SPECIES

Pseudococcus kandyensis

maritimus

| —-_-———_-—— monticola

| ——-———--——— pulverarius

—— bambuse...

———_-——- virgatus

Pseudogyps bengalensis

| Pseudoparlatoria pusilla

Pseudopulvinaria castenea

... 285, 375, 478

PAGE |

453

457 |

452 |

Pseudotantalus leucocephalus 488

| Pseudoterpra elzearia 131 |

| Psittacula cyapocephala ewadooe prin 477 |

---—— cupatria nepalensis... 477 :

schisticeps schisticeps 477 |

Pterocles alchata caudacutus ... 117, 376 |

senegalensis 375 |

senegallus 1p 376 |

Pteromys (Hylopetes) alboniger 394 :

—— inornatus 195.

Pteropus edulis ne 44

——- giganteus 379, 386, 402.

| ——-—— hypomelanus none tae 44

_ —-—— intermedius 44.

——-——— nicobaricus 440

——_——— vampyrus ee 440

—-———_— ——- malaccensis - 440

_ Pteruthius xanthochloris occidentalis 462

| Ptychopoda aeqinsinuata 141

com planata nr 1S

— —-——. quinquestriata . Ia

———-—— muricolor ...00 we =~ ee ~--140

———--——. semilinea ... poe A

——_—--——— semisericea... .. . 140

Ptyonoprogne concolor.. 270, 287°

——_-——-——- obsoleta noe 105°

——-——~— rupestris ... 189, 19%

Pucrasia macrolopha 482

Pudicitia pholus... 440

Pulvinaria cellulosa 455

SS maxima 455

——- polygonata ... 455

Pycnonotus erythropthaliuus ... 492

——_—-——. h. hemorrhous 370

———-——.h. intermedius 370

—_—— -—— ]. leucogenys 370

———-—— leucotis mesopotamize 100

Pyctorhis sinensis — Sl

Pyrrhocorax graculus és 460, 491

—_—-- - pyrrhocorax . 93, 191, 460

| Pyrrhospiza punicea humii_ ... 192, 193, 472

Pyrrhula aurantiaca . 188, 195, 196

‘ INDEX. OF SPECIES

PAGE

Pyrrhula erythrocephela 471

Pyrrhulauda frontalis .. ss ee) 98

Pyrrhulauda grisea grisea tie L/S, Lon) 379

Python curtus 54

--——- molurus ... 84

—-—-— reticulatus 84

-—— -— timorensis Se

Querquedula crecca 110

———-—— querquedula 485

Rallus aquaticus aquaticus 234

—— ——-—— indicus 234

——- ——-—— korejeiwi 234

——— indicus . 234

Rana tigrina as oh fs ne 4s

Rattus alexandrinus 406

—-— berdmorei 47

——-— concolor .., 47

| ——-— fulvescens 398

/——-— listeri ea 398

——-— ——-- garonum... 398

_—-— manipulus 398

=——--— nitidus 398

| ——--— rattus arboreus... coe 6403

——-— ——— rufescens 381, 406

——-— ——--—— sikkimensis 398

_—-— ——— tikos 48

—— -— ——— tiste 399

—-— —— wellsi 399

——-— surifer 48

——--— vicerex 406

——-— vociferans 48

_Ratufa gigantea .. 394

/——-— mel Re eelenone nia 46

Regulus regulus himalayensis... 499

Remiz coronatus ... 49]

Riparia brevicaudata 270

- chinensis oe

Rhinolophus affinis Suc 386

— — himalayanus 386

—————. blythi szechuanus 386

—————_ ferum 387

aa ——_—-— lepidus 387

Minas Peatsoni ... 387

a «~perhiger ;. 387

—_—-——._ yunanensis seer C3907

Rhinopoma hardwickei... ace 380, 404

ar, -aulthocomes n. sp. eer O20

Rhipidura aureola aureola 0 268) 284, 371

a «(#Pectoralis 289

Rhizomys pruinosus 400

Rhodospiza obsoleta 94

Rhodostiophia similata... 135

Ixxi

PAGE

Rhopalocampta benjaminii benjaminii 63

—_ —— -——— crawfurdi. 63

Rhopocichla atriceps atriceps... wa. 2295

Rhyacornis fuliginosus 371, 466

Runeca ferrilineata 136

Rusa unicolor er 402

Saccharum arundinaceum 262

Salpornis spilonota 264

Salvadora persica : 262

Sancus pulligo pullige ... re 437

—— - subfasciatus 437

Sarangesa dasahara albicilia ... 76

--——— dasahara 76

— --- ——--- davidsoni 76

a purendra 76

————— sati hopkinsi 76

— sati re 76

Sarcidiornis melanota ... 284, 287

Sarcogrammus indicus aigneri 113

Satarupa gopala gopala 70

———_————-----— nymphalis 70

——-—— sambara affinis 70

———-_—. dohertyi 70

———_—_-——-_—— formosana 70

—_—___—___———_ javanensis 70

——-——— niphates 70

——_-—____—_——_———- sambara ... 70

a ——— strigata 70

Saxicola caprata ... 492

——_——_-—-—_- atrata 291

————_——_——-—— bicolar .. 268, 371, 464

—_——_———— burmanica ... 492

| ———— rubetra noskce 104

———— torquata wich we. ++ 104

— -—— indica .. 268, 371, 464

Saxicoloides fulicata cambaiensis. 269, 252

467

| Sciurus assamensis oe6 396

——-— blythi 396

——-— domelicus 47

——--- erythreeus 395

lokroides 596

——-— subflaviventris ... 395

pace ees sullivanus 47

Scobura cephala ... 435

— cephaloides 435

———- coniata ... 435

——— pheditia ee s+ 19 435

Scolopax rusticola 112, 377, 484

Scops plumipes .. 477

Scopula bispurcata 137

——-— _brachypus - ” : 139

xxii INDEX OF SPECIES

PAGE PAGE |

Scopula butyrosea Nel ge .. 138 | Sphenocercus sphenurus 486 |

— ——complanata ... ae .. 138 | Sphex flavipennis |) a

——— dentata... rp HY SSS — lobatus : bs 147, 157 |

—————ferrilineata_... oa .. 136 | Spizaétus nipalensis ninaienere . 47m

ae acidemia aes ah ... 137 | Stachyridopsis pyrrkops 370, 462

-————— patularia in ot «. 139 | Stercorarius parasiticus 1i4_

———— quinquestriata oe .. 138 | Sterna albifrons albifrons list

————- segregata nee A .. 136 | ———albigena ... 115 |

——_——-straminea.... + a 139: | ——— aneethetus euligula 116

———undulataria ... Bee .. 138 | ——— a. saundersi ne 379

——-———- unisignata sei nae .. 137 | ——-- bengalensis beneaeasic 115, 37%)

———-sp.n.... a: .. 137 | ——— bervgii velox 115.

Scotomanes ornatus renee ‘te, #900 ||| J=———-— CASPlaycaspia 115, 37% |

Scotophilus castaneus ... 45 | ——— hirundo hirundo 191, 193 |

——- kuhli . 41, 380, 389, “402, 404 | -——— melanogaster «Oe

——-—-— telnet dee soe 45 | --—— minuta 115) |

= wrouchtoni ;.. 380, 389, 402°) ———_ nilotica 379)

Scotosia indistincta Ree ite ears — repressa 115 |

——_—-- lativittaria sat she .. ll | Sterrha actiosaria 140

———-- miniosata ie _ ws “O12 | =———"-—— acuminata 142.

Seicercus burkii whistleri ne a 470 | ———- acquisinuata 141

—- xanthoschistus albosuperciliaris ———- castelli 141

470, 498 | ———- falcipennis 142

Sepa bononia ... hy ane ... 444 | ———-inglorian. sp. ... 140 |

——- cronus Si jes oa .. 443 | -———- lamprotis sp. n. 142

——- dawna n. sp. Ve aa .. 443 | ———- muricolor 140

——~- fenestrata ... as 2c, .. 443 | ———- ocnera sp. n. 142

—- feralia a nh ae .. 443 | -———-rubridentata 142,

——-inarime ... a a ... 444 | ———- semilinea 140 |

= MMOStictac! sa. ale ad .. 443 | ——-— ~ smisericea 140 |

Serinus pusillus ... 9... .... 94, 372, 472 | ———- spp. 140

——-—- syriacus ... Me oe ae 94 | Stoparola albicaudata 298 |

Sesquiptera inaequata ... a Pr 40) -- melanops melanops...268, 371, 469.

Silybura sp. es oes ... 528 | Streptopelia chinensis suratensis 281, 482

Siphia parva Boeri at By UGA | a decaocto decaccto. 117, 281, 482)

——-- parva Fr ae .. 268 | ———--—— orientalis meena... 191, 375, |

- strophiata ae 468 | ———-- senegalensis cam-

Sitta castaneiventris cActaneinentre “264, 370 bayensis welt HEV 2 oie 182

—-frontalis ... ee a .. 491 | ———---——. suratensis 373)

——-'+—-—- corallina ... ei ee, “40! aan turtur arenicolor... 117. |

——- himalayensis ae ay .. 461 | Strix aluco nivicola 477 |

——-- kashmiriensis a re cele - sanctinicolai .. 107 |

——- leucopsis leucopsis a 194, 461 | Struthio camelus syriacus ie)

——- neumayer ... Be Hee a 98 | Sturnopastor contra contra 267, 370)

——- ——-—— dresseri are ade 98 | Sturnus sophiz ... 93 |

—- ——-—— kurrdistanica ... care 98 | ———-- vulgaris .. 93

- rupicola tschitscherini ... a OS) jiemuamcae oe ae nobilior 93

Siva strigula strigula ... eis > 4620) oppenbeimi 94

Soriculus caudatus ae au ... 390) | ——————— poltaratzskit... 267.

——-——- radulus n. sp. ae Sone ols —— purpurascens 94

Spatula clypeata .., vee ass -. 485 | Suada swerga cataleucos 436

Suada swerga swerga

triplex

Suastus everyx everyx ..

scopas ...

——_——— gremius gremius

subgrisea

minuta ..

plana

rama aditus

bipunctus

rama

Succinea arboricola

Suya crinigera crinigera

-—— striatula ...

Sylvia affinis

——-— althea ss

—— atricapilla ercapitla ae

——— communis icterops

——-—- conspicillata conspicillata

——— curruca affinis

— minula ...

— —— hortensis ...

——— crassirostris

——— melanocephala ...

——— mystaica ...

——— nana nana

———— nisoria

——— simplex

— pallida

Synegiodes hyriaria

Syrnium biddulphi

nivicola

Syrrhaptes paradoxus ...

Tachardina decorella

lobata

——_—_———- minuta

————— ——___- Leruata

———-—— thee

Tadorna tadorna

Tagiades atticus atticus

== ee

——-——_- ——— _ helferi

——-—— ——-— khasiana

a — rajaghra

—-——_ calligana

——-——- gana gana bs

— - menanto —

——-—— japetus

——-—— lavata

———_-——- litigiosa heigioea

—_--—_ ——--— vajuna

—-— menaka ace oe

INDEX OF SPECIES

PAGE

435

434

435

434

435

434

447

47]

499

497

191

sso LOL

101, 497

ao LON

265, 497

497

101

Sc = OL

101, 497

101

136

196

B68 We)

204, 522

451

. 451

109, 224

fiat

“1

one 72

ee Ae

Tagiades obscurus alica

—-—— athos

distans

—_——-———_ ———_——- meetana

obscurus

——-—— patimoka

——-——- sangarava

—— -—— sumbawana...

—_--—- toba

Takahashia japonica

Talpa micrura

Tamarindus indica

Tamarix dioica ..

Tamiops macclellandi ...

—— —_—_—_——__ barbei ...

Tapena atilia

——~-— palawana

——-— thwaitesi hampsoni

minuscula ..,.

—-— ——-—— thwaitesi

eee oe ee

Taphozous longimanus

Tarsiger chryszeus whistleri

Tatera indica

——— sherrini

Tchitrea paradisi

Telicota augias

——_——— bambusz

————— mzesoides

—__——— palmarum

Temenuchus pagodarum

Temnogomphus bivittatus

Tephrodornis pondicerianus ...

Terekia cinerea ...

Terpna molleri ...

— vigil n. sp.

waterstradti ...

—e

ixxi

PAGE

455

390

262

397

380

467

381, 406

371

326

325

SPay)

326

; wre 204,

286, 371, 471

425

266

132

131

Terpsiphone paradisi paradisi 268, 469, 495

Tesia castaneocoronata castaneocoro-

nata

Tetraogallus himalayensis

ee I DECAMIIS::

Thalassodes catia

--——— distinctaria

Thalera argutaria

Thamnobia f. cambayensis

Thera cyphoschema n. sp.

Threskiornis zthiopicus

Tichodroma muraria

Timandra correspondens

————-— oligoscia

Tomeutes blythi...

463

376, 483

503

134

135

SEAL

312

big ak

98, 463

136

396

1xxiv

PAGE

Tomeutes bellona 397

aa mearsi 397

—_—-———. stevensi shO17

—___—_—_-—— virgo 397

——--——— lokroides 396

Torgos calvus 285, 478

Totanus stagnatilis 143

————- totanus eurhinus 113

Tragopan melanocephalus 482

--—— satyra... 376

Tragulus ravus lampensis 48

— - meregatus 48

Trappa bispinosa 262

Tribulus terrestris 203 sderl Wg Oe

Tribura major 189, 190, 191, 193

Trichoclada opsinaria ... 139

Trichoplites cuprearia ... 310

—-- latifasciaria Sete LD

Tringa hypoleuca ...187, 188, 484

- ochropus... 192, 484

- totanus ... 484

— Sarre 192

Triphosa consona n. sp. als

Trochalopterum cachinans cachinans 301

-—____—_—--——- erythrocephalum ery-

throcephalum ... 370, 461

—--——— lineatum griseicentior 462

—— lineatum. 195, 370,

462

--——— variegatum simile ... 195

—_—_—__-—_—— variega-

tum ie aia “ee 462

Troglodytes troglodytes 105

———_————_—_—__—_—_-— -—— hyrcanus 105

— — --—__———---———- neglectus 188, 194,

463

—--—— pallidus 105

Troides ferrari 248

Turbinicola saxea ise 449

Tupaia belangeri assamensis ... 390

brunetta 45

a versure 390 |

——:— clarissa se 45

Turdoides griseus griseus 292

—— terricolor terricolor 263

Turdus albocinctus 226, 493

——-— atrogularis 269, 467

——-— boulboul 371

——-— bourdilloni 3: wie 498

——- -—— castaneus ... 188, 226

———-— maximus 4AG ie 493

INDEX OF SPECIES

PAGE —

Turdus merula 493 |

——— — intermedius 102 |

—__—. ——_——._ maximus 188 |

——--—_-—-——- syriaca ... 102 |

——-— obscurus subobscurus 493

——-— philomelos philomelos 102 |

——-— simillimus 493 |

——-— unicolor ... ... - 4678

———~-- bonapartei 194, 371 |

Tylococcus formicarii ... 453 |

—-—- simplicior ... 453 |

‘Tylonycteris meyeri 44

—— -- —— pachypus ... se 44

Typha latifolia 2G

Tyto alba alba 107

——--———- erlangeri 107

Udaspes folus 438

= stellatta 438

Uliocnemis albiradiata .. Sse =

Upupa epops epops 106, 476

——_——-——— ceylonensis 298 ||

— e- nigripennis as Hani e ibe

Urocissa flavirostris cucullata... 224, 459 ©

melanocephala occipitalis. 225, 459 _

Uroloncha malabarica ... .. 209, 284, 372

—— p. punctulata 372, 471

Vandeleuria dumeticola 400

—-—— oleracea 382

Vanellus vanellus 113

| Vesperugo pachypus : 44

Viverra zibetha .. 8, 292m

Viverricula malaccensis... ..- 9, 392m

Vulpes bengalensis | 381, 403 —

Vulpes leucopus 405

Walkeriaria ovilla 451

Watsoniella swinhcei 437

Xantholeema hzeemacephala ingien 281 |

Xanthorhe placida 144 ©

Xenococcus annandalei... 454 |

Xenoclystia nigroviridata 145 —

———-—— phzoloma 146

—- unijuga 145

Zizyphus jujuba 262 —

nummularia s: 262 |

Zographetus orgygia eae 442

———_—_———_~+---——- orgygia 442

—_-—___—— satwa we 442

Zoothera monticola 225, 226%

Zosterops palpebrosa 373

—___— ——_—_ ——. elwesi 273, 475

~—=—-—=— palpebrosa | 300

GEOMETRIDA FROM UPPER BURMA

Explanation of Plate |

To face Plate I on page 129 of this Volume.

jd fe

peed

ROR NOR NO we ON I al oe el

NE OOCAN DMP HN |

Do bo

SoMmnanrswn

Gelasma chromatocrossa,

Nothomiza aegriviridts,

Comtbena swanni,

Pecilasthena burmenstis,

Hydrelia opedogramma,

Thera cyphoschema,

Organopoda brevipalpis,

Sterrha lamprotts,

a castellt,

Fleterosteganta thamina,

Triphosa consona,

Terpna vigil,

Opisthograptis swanntz,

Hypochrosis eurynota,

. Lampropteryx opistholasia,

Swannia marmarea,

Bapta aluta,

Lomographa tenebrimedia,

Cenotephria mononyssa,

Chiasmia levata,

Tasta argozona,

Nothomiza tthyterma,

Aydvelia enisaria,

Rhinoprora xanthocomes,

Prout, Sp. 2.

ergy ee ‘

P ta aa at a

; ; ‘ J f Pes ; Pepa du AS

ir. at rf

Sra | ; : ee ons trae ae :

Mi ty ne " aN f : bt iT

h ‘oye \ L b

Pi re ‘ . F >

eNNe + = .

4 .

3 . : 2% :

Car

i ‘ ‘

* "

‘

u 5 > eke es?

e F ;

‘

- Ke ae

; uy

. wh .

NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF THE SIKKIM HIMALAYAS

Additions and Corrections

Volume XXIX

P. 504, line 20 from the bottom. Additional matter having been inserted in

my MS., this sentence should read ‘ Since the first volume of Oates’s Fauna

was published in 1889, our knowledge has advanced from several bases, except-

ing in regard to Pterylography, i.e., the study of the Pterylosis (the distribution

of the feather-tracts (fferyl@), in opposition to the featherless interspaces

(apteria), which is of importance in nestling birds as an aid to classification, a

branch of Ornithology.’

P. 507, line 10 fromthe bottom. Delete‘ which’ after ‘ Suthoras’ ; and delete

the ‘ semicolon ’ after ‘ and.’ My MS reads: ‘ Crow-Tits and Suthoras are just as

dependent on reed and bamboo-growth, — as Nutcrackers, Crossbills, and are

generally considered as occurring exclusively in the pine forests.’

Pelete the brackets enclosing the name of the describer of the bird in Nos. 1;

2,3, 4,8, 11, 14, 18, 22, 24, 26, 27, 39, 41, 46, 47, 48, 49, 51, 53, 55, 56, 57, 59, 60,

6246/68, 705-71 72, 745.79, 70, 77,01, 83, Sd, GO; od, Jl, 92, 93,96, 131, 133, 143;

as the generic name employed is that in his original description.

P. 515, line 5 from the top. Delete ‘A.’ and read: ‘ Chelura’. Transfer

‘A’ top. 517, line 4 from the top, and read ‘ A flock.’

No. 11. Nucifraga hemispilla is possibly best treated as a distinct species

with its own group of forms; especially as ‘multipunctata’ occupies an

intervening area between ‘carycocatactes’ and ‘heimispila’, and is a good

species.

No. 15. Read ‘ ParuS MontTIcoLus LEPCHARUM, Meinertzhagen.

Bull. B.O.C. vol. xlvi, p. 96, April 1926.’

No. 16. ead ‘ AEGITHALISCUS CONCINNA RUBRICAPILLUS, Ticehurst.

Bull. B.O.C. vol. xlvi, p. 22, October 1925.’

No. 17. In the original description IOUSCHISTOS.

No. 24. Read ‘ AEMODIUS’.

P. 726, line 20 from the bottom. © Delete ‘ 14.6.’

P, 727, line 6 from the bottom. For ‘Second Reference ‘‘ 3,600 feet ’’, read

“3,800: feet. ”?

No. 32. CC@RULATUS.

No. 39. Substitute ‘ Hodgson ’ for ‘ Oates.’

No. 41. Substitute ‘ Blyth’ for ‘ Hodgson.’

No. 50. XIPHIRHYNCHUS should be valid yet not confused with the genus

Xiphorhynchus.

No. 67. Substitute ‘ Blyth’ for ‘ Hodgson.’

P, 735, line 1, SIBIINZ.

‘No. 72.The Hoary Bar-wing. Sudstitute ‘ Gould ’ for ‘ Hodgson.’

No. 82. L&eIOTHRIX LUTEA CALIPYGA.

P. 737, line 1 from the bottom, ‘ Calipyga.’

P. 739, line 16 from the bottom, Jmsert after “ander ’, ‘each’; line 7,

‘ Flower-pecker.’

No. 93. In original description. IGNOTINCA.

No. 104. Srrra CASTANEIVENTRIS CINNAMOVENTRIS, Blyth.

No. 108. MACROCERCUS.

P. 1009, line 7 from the bottom. Delete ‘ many’ and substitute ‘and’.

P. 1010, line 21 from the top. P. rufonuchalis beavani and P. da. dichrous.

No. 125. Read ‘ PNapyGa ALBIVENTER ’ Hodgson, J. A. S. @., February

1837. See Kinnear, Bull. B. O. C., vol. xlv, p. 9.’

No. 126. PNG@PYGA.

No. 127. Read ‘ REGULUS REGULUS SIKKIMENSIS, Meintz.

Bull. B. O. C. vol. xlvi, p. 97, April 1926.’

No. 128. Aeud ‘ CEPHALOPYRUS FLAMMICEPS SATURATUS, Whistler.

Bull. B. O. C. vol. xlv, p. 15, October 1924.

No. 133. ATROGULARIS.

No. 137. AXEDON.

P. 1021, bottom line. Delete ‘ hills’ and imsert, ‘ this.’

P. 1022, line 11 from the top. Delete ‘ Ibis’ and insert, ‘ Ibid.’

P. 1023, line 14 from the bottom. Delete ‘is’ and insert ‘ was’

P. 1026, line 15 from the bottom. Delete ‘ steel hong cae :

P. 1029, line 5 from the top. After ‘Sikkim’ add, ‘ in the National Collec-

tion.’ Line 13, ¢, April 4, 1912.

vol. xxx, page 56, line 6from the top. JDelete‘5,’ Read ‘ ¢ March 30.

1918.’

P. 57, line 3 from the top: Caryota.

No. 182. Most probably best treated as a good species. In Tonkin, both

indicus and tenuirostris occur at similar levels during the breeding season

indicus being confined to the heavily forested region, while tenutrostris occu-

pies the surrounding tracts of a more open character.

Page 60, line 5 from the bottom. Read ‘@ t October 2, 1919.’

Page 61, line 7 from the top.‘ f Four’

No. 203. Read ‘ CyORNIS MELANOLEUCA, Blyth. = Muscicapa collint, Roths

Bul. B. O.€., Vor. slv, pp 89,90.

Page 62. For ‘ C. dblythi’, read ‘ C. melanoleuca.’

Page 65, line 30 from the top. ead ‘ 10,160 feet.’

Page 66, line 10 from the top. TTERPSIPHONE.

No. 222. Read‘ This Chat which ascends the hills of the outer ranges in

Sikkim, to breed at moderate elevations, is provisionally retained under zudica ;

but my two specimens are very diminutive: wing, ¢ 66°5;264 mm. It is

represented in the National Collection by many other similar specimens from

Sikkim.’ |

No. 223, Read ‘The Turkestan Bush-Chat. SaxIcoLA PRZEWALSKII

(Pleske).’ I relegate all specimens of this cold weather migrant to the Plains

of Assam and the outer hills of Sikkim under przewalskit. My specimens are

certainly not steznegerz. Both przewalskiz and slejnegeri breed in the moun-

tains of Tonkin with somewhat similar zonal distributions,.or at all events of a

none too excessive variation, sfeynegeri being confined mainly to lower limits.

For this reason I retain przewalskiz as a good species. I regard the breeding

Chat from Yunnan as nearer to sfejnegerz than indica, wherealso przewalskiz is

certain to breed as the Tonkin specimen with eggs which I obtained was

collected on the Yunnan frontier.

No. 229. IMMACULATUS.

No. 238. Gildenstadt,

Page 355, line 22 from the bottom. To‘ Oriolus trailti’ also add ‘ the male

of lrena puella.’

Nos. 281, 282. LAISCOPUS.

No. 284. Swhstitute ‘ Moore’ for ‘ Hodgson.’

No. 290. I follow Whistler and treat this Grosbeak as a good species. 61d.

vol, xxx, pp. 701-2.

No. 297. Loxta.

Page 372, line 24 from the bottom. Delete ‘ more’ and zusert ‘ were.’

Page 377, line 26 from the top. albozdes.

No. 411. FucipHaGa.

No. 421. SPARVERIOIDES.

No. 459. GyPzTUS.

No. 461. HIERAZTUS.

No. 464. SpmizTUus.

Page 884, line 25 from the bottom. /lerda.

Page 887, line 30 from the bottom. ‘ diminishing’.

Line 26, ‘ depredations ’.

Line 17, ‘ smashed.’

Page 888, line 5 from the top. rocky.’

Line 2 from the bottom : ‘ has,’

No. 520. ead ‘ TETRAOGALLUS TIBETANUS AQUILONIFER, Meintz. Auli.

B. O.C., vol. xlvi, pp. 99, 100, April 1926.’

’

Date of Publication, 15th May, 1926.

eo er Beet

For terms of membership see inside front cover.

Honorary Secretary’ cp Address:

BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

6, Apollo Street, Bombay. ¥ en

WAN T8777

¢ 5 ‘e gh aoe vy, Pp A

pe a) dee SER ie

‘ LONDON AGENTS:

Lie ‘DULAU & : Co., Ltd.,

|) Mesbpotainia: )

a " A Survey of v8) Fase. oe Ansa. Mammals, Birds, Reptiles, ete, made |

id Members of the pees ay Expeditionary Force ‘

BS \ - f .

{ >»

y) : ara Hy

a f | ss Birds. ee shat ett.

ms A Hand List of Genera and Species of Birds of the Tadian Empire by ‘ ee

Dean E.C. STUART Bee O. Bs E., M-B. O. U.P Z.S3;'C. MALOU: Rs.6

: 7 (Price to Members Rs.4-12).

Game Birds of India, Vols Ig (Indian Ducks and their aie 2nd Edition.

Manat! ‘ Na : tt Rs... 63 :

Hyon J ) ve (Price to Morber® Rs. 50). ee taal

as Birds of teats Vol. Il. (Woodcock, Spine) faecal and Sandgrouse)

Ist Edition. ewe ehae Rs. 55

bake : { (Price to Members RS 42) 0 Nae

Set of Game Bird Plates (30), Vol. I. ate OORs. 20 a ; :

Bs sa IS ' Ce ee (Price to Members Bes, 15). : et CS

Set of Game Bird Plates (19), Vol. II. | . (Rs. 13-8

CRS caatintany: “ii (Price to Members Rs. 10). bre.

‘Indian Pigeons and Doves with coloured illustrations Metis _C. Stuart BAKER, ee “4

O.B.E., M.B.O.U., F.Z.S., ete. Rs. 37-12 ae

uf : (Price to Members vee “oh

Snakes: oe

Poonaul Torvesttind Snakes of our British Indian Dominions, 3cd Edition, a as

~~ Cor. F. Watt, C.M.G., I. M. S. Out of print. os being registered for.

new. Edition. : . — . Rs. 3

_ Identification of Poisonous Snakes — ae eT oy es a

ae Hanging Wall Chart, 30” x 40”. eee peri Rs.5

Folding Pocket Chart. : ze ee OE Re DBs

ier, eee Miscellaneous. |

= “Wood-Destroying White ts: of the Bombay Presidency by Bey! J. ASSMUTH, |

S.J. - 3 e. Ke :

AN i Catalogue of the Society’ s Litieady: ne : ‘ ) Re. 1 !

aha ‘List of Indian Butterflies by Lt. “Cor. Ww. H. EVANS, R. BE. Ait, Rs. 2

e ps ‘ ‘ : . j Sete

TERMS OF MEMBERSHIP. —_| ‘ os

Life Members pay an entrance fee of Rs. 20 and a Life Membership fee of Nic

ARS. 350, © - ee

eotun Ordinary Meinbebs pay an entrance fee of Rs. 20° and an annual

_ subscription of Rs. 25.

_ Members elected in Noveeise) and December are , not liable for the

aes Subscription for the year in which they are elected.

‘ f

_- MEMBERS RESIDING OUTSIDE INDIA.

_ The terms are the same for members living outside India. Such members

should pay their subscriptions by means of orders on their Bankers to pay the

amount of the subscription, plus postage—in all Rs. 26-8-0 to the Society in-

_. Bombay on the Ist January in each year. If this cannot be done then the sum —

of £1-15-4 should be paid annually to the Society’s London Bankers—The

: National pape of India, Bishopsgate Serer: London, E.C..

| fs /

mH GOMMENES OR Vol, XXX, No. a

THE MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF KASHMIR AND THE ADJACENT | Hiri

PROVINCES. Pare V1, By Col. A. E. Ward. (With a plate.) Soadty

FACTS AND HyPoTHESES IN THE PROBLEM OF EVOLUTION. By is

MP BlAvcem@ eS ie. Pint den Be LeSi scone ectiecc- cnccksecetet Seo ccleedlir ie

Gays RESULTS OF THE MAMMAL SURVEY No. XLV. By Oldfiela’: |

Thomas, Jen 124 S. eeeococsrs>aveseee CO e cere ees reese Terre eesaseresesresesascrsscoenesseor avers: - y

THRKE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ RIVER. By Lt.-Col.

R.W. Burton, 1.4. (Retd.) (With four plates) eccccccceseeee cae

BomBAY NatuRAL History SocrETY’S MamMMaL SuRVEY OF INDIA,

BURMA AND CEYLON. Report No. 38. By Mrs. Helen M. Lindsay.’ |v

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. Part IX. By Col.

Webi Evans, BtS.0r;7 ZS. BS. (Wha plate). Be siescacieeex tie

THE RETICULATE PYTHON. By Col. F. Wal!, C.M.G., K-H.S. ..ccccccsceeeee

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF IRAQ. By C. B. Ticehurst,

M.A., M.B.O.U., F.R.G.S. ( WROTE PLOTES , Date des Bosse ec! deck cas

MAHSEER FISHING IN THE DrEccaN LAKES. By Major W. B.

Trevenen. (With PO DUTIES uy Waste weal achesanaeeete (alte. SAP sea atin

On 4 COLLECTICN OF GEOMETRIDZ FROM UPPER BURMA MADE BY

CapTaIn A. E. Swann. By L. B. Prout, F.u.s. (With a plate)

AN ORIENTAL SPHEX OR HuNTING Wasp. Part II.. By Major R. W.

PGE M STOR LANES 2G lca sesesrzesyeee ethiae“nscseee nce Iedeesnns.ssuccieues @ladeeetsanees

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES. Part XXIII. By Major F. C. Fraser, 1.M.s.,

Sens. (Werth: a> plate and: three 1EX1-11f UVES.) - oo dccies:devesschevieatccr

HUNTING STRAIGHT-HORNED MARKHOR. By Major C. H. ec

' D.S:0., O:B.E.; M.c.' (With three: plates.).- seccccaccces tence etree Seemaes

120

‘129

147

NOTES ‘ON THE SEASONAL OCCURRENCE OF RANGOON EARTHWORMS.:

Bie Pe CAUCS EAer inti se toss stacsedcasecctseoreant sees ee Sree ey ey oe

BIRDS NESTING IN THE DRAS AND SURU VALLEYS. By B.B. Osmaston,

SSRI Ca > (CUE), Cocskict cet ntcdwatieces si feensucindiionsssnavienreseriiin tacks vadaws

REPORT ON THE WORK OF THE BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

AND OF THE PROGRESS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SECTION,

PRINCE OF WALES’ MUSEUM _.......... Bee Meant PR ARETE EG pen rN Bas

PD TAT OCEAN Moos Sole arc, cin oeictsiece ecw cscseeueweesscseencawes Bee eee eee atte sana peers ¢

Reviews :—THE VEGETATION OF BURMA FROM AN ECOLOGICAL

SPAN DPOENT) wisy la. Dudley Stamp =". .scc.csevessvescnceos

INDIAN NATURE STUDIES FOR CHILDREN. By C. H.

AD Omellils ei 7 -Suy MEO -Ox White wesac tvcsccncs fees ssGsianeGsecaseicecs

A HANDBOOK GF THE BIRDS OF EASTERN CHINA. By J. D.

La Tonche, cC.M.Z.S., C.F.A.0.U., M.B.O.U. Part I.

Tuk FAMILIES OF FLOWERING PLANTS. By J. Hutchin-

son, F.L.S e@svesternaeesteeoeeesterseeeese - P22 eee teeecesres@e2eeeen00 830 @e@eaeaeann

ii CONTENTS OF Vol. XXXI, No. 1

Ae PAGER

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES :—

I.—Wild Animals in Central India. By Lt.-Col. R. W. Burton,

fidian-Agmty (Reta ise eect ee eee cree eect are

Il.—About Tigers and Leopards. By Brig.-Genl. R. G. Burton ...... 216

Il1.—Cannibalism amongst Panthers. By Capt. H. J. Rice, I.M.s. ... 219

IV.--Jungle Tragedies. By Lt.-Col: R. W. Burton 2....0...:....c2.c00se 75220

V.—On the colour of the eye of the Gaur or Indian Bison. By A. A.

Dunbar Brame sc ic2tec terns hoes eee eee eee Lge aba nents 220

Vi.—Malformed Heads of Markhor and lbex. (With a photo.) By

lot? <Cole Re W GBUrtone 25. oa..ee cea noeee eee eee na eee eee 222

VII.—Weights and Measurements of the Nilgiri Langur (/P7thecus

Johiit.): Sey C.Nseioh, Sai) seas tean ea. eee ae ce es oes ae eee ee 223

VIII.—The Nesting of the Open-Bill Stork ( Anastomus oscitans) in

Purulia, Manbhum Distriet. By Satya Churn (law... 25:, 223

[X.—Occurrence of the Sheldrake (Yadorna tadorna) in Bihar. By

Jona, A. Bucknell, FsZ.S5, Me BO ere ers ete 224

X.—Birds Nesting with a Camera. Acorrection. By B. B. Osmaston,

LSE cSi. ws odn cco dseuiedeiteckiu's sasoupswedin -aebe anata aneemeeniwnes eens secumaareteaee 224

XJ.—Notes cn Birds uncommon in, or unrecorded from the Simla

Hills. BY S. Basil-Edwardes, 1 OsUe. 220s cacacues caseece ee 224

XIi.—Record of a death from the bite of a Hamadryad or King Cobra.

(Nava hanna). By Ralph C.oMotrisw@, (ty ae. cesee eee sex AEG

XI1.-—-Notes.on Snakes; By, Cr belo .siisee sas -ccyne asses eo ee ees 227

XIV.—A Bull Frog (Rana tigrina) swallowing a Rat. By B. N. Zutshi. 228

XV.—Fishing in the Persian Gulf. By Lt. Commander G.E. Boult-

DEG REIN 2 sas seiocdc sc dece Rew dowd douse caine won Seeieee noes terete ec coe 228

XV1I.—On the occurrence of the Giant Water-Bug (4elostoma indicum)

in Simla. By S. Basil-Edwardes, M.B.O.U...........cc00 Roisin: 229

PFOCECM OSs scales Sten sotonenns maxswepansaeinassuel ae emi Mer Neues aloe aoa eMttana eacces 230

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soe.

7’ 8” LEOPARD FROM PLAINS OF INDIA

JOURNAL

OF THE

Bombay Natural History Society

May, 1926 VoL. XXXI No. 1

THE MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF KASHMIR AND THE

ADJACENT HILL PROVINCES

BEING

NATURAL History NOTES

Cor. AL. BE. WARD

PART Wel

(With a plate)

Continued trom page 724 of Vol. XXX)

CARNIVORA

Family— Fe/zdae.

THE TiIGER—Feéelzs tigris.

The Tiger has not as far as I can ascertain been met with any-

where near Kashmir for years past.

Habitat.—In most of the large jungles of Hindustan and in Burma,

but not in Ceylon. In many parts of Central Asia, in the extreme

north of Persia and in China. In India it is chiefly confined to

hilly and rocky ground which is difficult of access, and where

locomotion is not easy, or elise, to dense grass-covered swamps. In

Manchuria, the Manchurian variety Felzs tigris mongolica is eagerly

sought after but is rarely. shot. Skin measurements of this race are

not very plentiful, very rarely the pelts get into the market. The

pelt of a tiger which has taken to living in the higher hills of the

Himalaya is almost, if not quite, as handsome a trophy as that of the

Manchurian race.

It is useless to enter into a discussion on the size of tigers in

India. A tiger which measured 9 ft. 10 in. is the finest I have shot

2. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST, SOCIETY, Vol. Xo

—but two tigers of 10 ft. 4in. measured along the curves, one killed

by Col. Gordon, were far heavier and had finer heads.

A tiger which was shot by Mr. Whymper in the' Terai has the

longest measurement I personally know of—the measurement along

the curves was over 10 ft. 54 in.

There are probably tigers which weigh as much as 500 to 600 lbs.,

but I have not the list of weights by me. I remember one of

545 lbs. Sir John Hewett records a tiger which weighed 570 Ibs.,

and a tigress which weighed 347 lbs. A fine C. P. Tiger shot by

Mr. Dunbar Brander and now set up in the Prince of Wales’

Museum, Bombay, weighed 500 lbs. and measured 9 ft. 1] in.

So many authors have described the fine sport to be obtained

after tigers that it is useless to write more.

THE LEOPARD OR PANTHER.—F. pardus.

Vernacular names—Chita, Tendwa, etc.

Habitat.—Throughout India, very rare in really cold hilly country.

The leopard does not mind a moderate amount of snow, but will

not winter in high hills here its place is taken by the Ounce or Snow

Leopard /. uucza. Its crouching, stealthy habits and its capacity for

great speed makes the leopard a bewildering animal to deal with.

When completely non-plussed, it fights fiercely and when wounded

or forced to stand at bay is never to be trusted, by which I mean

that it is impossible to say what it may or may not do under

different circumstances. If ‘treed’ by dogs the leopard tries to

conceal itself, especially in thick foliage or by crouching along a

branch.

Measurements.—These are practically of no use as far as publica-

tion is concerned—except for purposes of compilation by Rowland

Ward & Co., the Bombay Natural History Society, or by parties of

sportsmen who are accustomed to shoot together and who are in a

position to know exactly how the measurements were taken.

Lay a leopard in the grass and measure it, then move to slightly

irregular ground where the surface is uneven and the difference

may be fully an inch—Records are kept to fractions of an inch,

look over any list and you will find that the difference of + in. may

constitute a record. Records which vary so little are useless.

True sport consists in the stalk and the beat, either by coolies or

by elephants. Once the animal is bagged, the real joy is in talking

over the beat at dinner or over the camp fire. The pleasure of

possessing a trophy is not so much in owning it, as in remembering

pals and the jungle and forest.

According to known records, you may be the proud possessor of

the finest head or skin, whereas the real record might be quite

possibly elsewhere. Where is the record black buck head? Very

few know that it is owned by a sportsman too modest to record it!

A full grown male leopard may be from 6’ 9” to 8’, an eight-

foot leopard measured between pegs is very uncommon. A female

may be from 6 ft. 3 in. to about 7 ft. in length or even longer.

In Rowland Ward’s Records of Big Game (8th Edition, page 491)

—a measurement of 8 ft. 3in.—8 ft. is recorded of two specimens at

THE MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF KASHMIR 3

least ; and then we have 7 ft. 6 in.—7, ft. 54 in. ; 7-1-7 ft. recorded over

and over again. I can only say that I do not understand how the

different measurements can be applied to the same animal.

Weights.—Weight of males, full grown, from 120 to 160 lbs.

Weight of females about 65 to 90 Ibs.

A male rarely stands over 3 feet. One standing 2 ft. 10 in. was

avery fine specimen. It may be said that most leopards are

missed by shooting over them.

Skulls (Rowland Ward).—Basal length up to 114 in.

The skull of the next species is not much under 8 in.

In the Society’s Journal (volume xxvii, page 934) there is a

record of a skull which has a basal length of 11°3 in. which is the

largest hitherto recorded in India.

THE OUNCE OR SNOW LEOPARD—/Helis uncia.

Vernacular names—Sharal h’aye in the Sutlej and its tributaries ;

in Tibet ‘ Steaz’ ; in Baltistan ‘ Sak’ ; the ‘ Safed Chita’ in Kashmir

or Suth Chita.

Habitat.—The Highlands of Central Asia, including Kashmir,

Baltistan, Ladak. Tibet and eastwards to China. It is far more

numerous than is generally supposed. |

In winter it has been shot at an elevation of about 6,000’.

Like all animals there is a limit to the amount of snow through

which it can travel: the only limit at high elevations for the Ounce

is where game cannot dwell—that is, where no herbage can grow.

Measurements.—Nearly all measurements are from cured skins.

The following was recorded by me (Journ., Bom. Nat. Hist. Soc.,

vol. xxix, p. 30)—length $ft. 7 in.; body 5 it., tail 3 it. 7 in: “The

largest Ounce I have seen was probably about 7 ft. 3 in. to 7 ft. 6 in.

—the only way I could measure it was by placing a stick outside

the bars of the cage parallel to the animal, it was tame enough but

kept moving in expectancy of a bowl of milk and blood which an

idiotic keeper was holding behind me.

Easily kept in captivity, though very treacherous even when well

fed. The Ounce sleeps very soundly during the day but requires

dense shade for the greater part of the time.

THE MARBLED CAT-—felts marmorata

Habitat.—Sikkim, Eastern Himalayas and the hill ranges of

. Assam, Burma and the Malay countries. It is strange that it is not

recorded from Nepal—I have seen a number of skins which were

said to have been brought through Almora (U. P.), from Nepal.

Blanford describes the colouring as ‘brownish grey to bright

yellowish or rufous brown—(the skins I have seen were by no

means bright yellow). Along the back are angular black patches.

The legs and tail are spotted black on the outside, the chest and

inside the legs are usually spotted, cheek stripes are present.

The stomach is brown.

Measurements.—The measurements are quoted from Blanfoxd.

Body 183 to 23 in.; tail 14 in. to 153 in. Skull—basal length

2°95 in.—zygomatic breadth 2°6 in. In size somewhat larger than

the Leopard Cat. Much smaller than the Golden Cat.

4 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL. HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

THE GOLDEN Cat—Felzs temmtnchkt.

Habitat.—Nepal, Eastern Himalayas and parts of Tibet, Burma

and the Malay Region.

-~Colour.— The Golden Cats whose pelts I have seen were all of the

nigrescens variety. One pelt was deep reddish brown with the chin

and under the tail nearly white, the breast was marked with spots

darker than the other fur, but not very distinctly. The cheek

stripes were buff; ears nearly black or very nearly so with a

brownish tinge. Another skin was a deep brownish black with very

little white, the colour beneath being light brown. The fur in all

the specimens I have seen was brown at the base.

Measurements.—Hodgson’s measurements are :—

Head: and body 31:5 in.; tail‘ 19 in. heteht at shoulder / im...

ear 25 in. Skull, zygomatic width 3°65 in. ; basal length 4°8 in.

Thus the Golden Cat is very much bigger than the Marbled Cat.

It is almost impossible to obtain the skins of any of these wild

cats in a reasonable condition, hence the somewhat meagre

description given.

THE FISHING Cat.—Felis viverinna.

Vernacular names—Bagh— Mach bagral.

Habitat.—-According to Blanford, Bengal, Orissa and the Indo-

Gangetic Plain along the base of the Himalayas. The Fishing Cat

has been obtained in the Kumaon Terai, in Nepal and throughout

Burma, S. China and the Malay Peninsula.

Colour.—Brownish to greyish, generaily brown on the back,

lighter on the stomach, spotted all over the body. When the spots

are quite black this is a very handsome cat.

There are several distinct black lines from the front of the head

to the nape of the neck ; the shoulders have lines on them in addition

to the spots. The last is marked crossways with black above.

This cat is very much of the same size as the Golden Cat: both

are large but the former is shorter in the leg than is the Golden

Cat.

In some parts of India it is called the ‘ Tiger Cat,’ probably

because of its fierceness and size—it is a spotted not a striped cat.

Dimensions. —Head and body over 30 in.; tail with hair about

12 in.; height about 14in. to 15 in., rarely more. Weight of a very

large cat is 18 ibs. Skull upto5in. in basal length, and about

31 in. in zygomatic width.

The Fishing Cat varies very much in size. So much so that

many native shikaris insist on regarding it asa larger variety of

the next species described.

THE LEOPARD Cat—Felis bengalensis.

Vernacular names—Chi7ta b7llt, Chitta btral ; Ban-billa.

Hlabitat.—Practically throughout the Himalayas as far west as

Nepal—in parts of China and Central Asia and in Assam and the

forest regions of India. I have never been able to see a specimen

from Kashmir.

THE MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF KASHMIR 5

Colour.—Taking into consideration the numbers of phases of this

cat it is impossible to adopt any definite form of colouring. The

general colouring varies from reddish or yellowish to greyish with

white on the stomach—all have blackish spots of almost a rectang-

ular shape on the back and sides—the front of the legs spotted

blackish ; the tails cross-barred on the upper surface, the lower

surface of the tail is practically unspotted in all the specimens I

have seen. There is a white line from the eye to the forehead—

In some forms glossy bands of black, showing plainly, extend

from the tip of the forehead and over the head to the shouiders.

The cheek stripes are two in number; when these are deep

black and the bands and spots are the same, the pelt is very

handsome.

The Nepal race formerly described as /. xepalensts, is often a very

different looking cat to the typical -. dengalensis, the skin is more

covered with spots and it is much more a spotted than a banded cat.

Again between these two phases there are others more or less

greyer or of a pale red ground colouring.

In 1923 I spent some hours during which I sorted out large piles

of cat skins in the furriers shops in Srinagar, amongst the pelts I

at last came on the beautiful specimen described on page 32,.

volume xxix, No. 1, Bom. Nat. Hist. Society’s Journal, which I

am convinced never came from Kashmir, this was out and out the

prettiest skin I have ever seen, for the light tawny ground colour—

much in evidence—showed up the deep glossy black of the bands

and spots. I spread it on the table hesitating whether I should

keep it or not, but finally gave it back to the furriers, and by now

it has been probably sold as the skin of anew species of cat, or

perhaps as a young tiger cub’s pelt. This skin was small, probably

that of a young male at its best.

In Kishtwar I got a cat which was undoubtedly a leopard cat, in

that district many curious finds are made, the low ground is warm

enough for most heat loving animals, whilst above rise magnificent

mountains. . :

Measurements. —Any length of head and body from, say 18 to 24 in.

may be met with, any leopard cat over 24 in. is very large—Skulls

vary greatly but all appear to be smaller than that of the marbled

cat.

The leopard cat when kept in a cage generally gets into the

corner, and will spring at the wire netting, with its fore legs

extended and the claws unsheathed.

THE Rusty SPOTTED Cat—Felis rubiginosa.

May be passed over with a few remarks—lIt is never found in

any of the provinces with which we are dealing—a pelt may from

time to time, come to Srinagar.

It is of a tawny or reddish grey colour, spotted sparsely

throughout with broken dark lines along the top of the neck and at

the shoulder. Blanford gives the following measurements: Head

aud: body 16 to..18 in., tail 9:5 in.

This cat is smaller than the leopard cat.

6 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

PALLAS’S Cat—Felis manul.

Habitat.—Pallas’s Cat is found in the eastern part of Ladak extend-

ing into Tibet far across Central Asia. It is sometimes called the

Silver-tipped cat, from the whitish hairs which mingle with the

buff coloured hairs and give a silvery colour to the whole animal.

The muzzle is very broad, giving this cat’s head a rounded

appearance.

Colour.—I have not seen a sufficient number of the pelts to

enable me to give a definite opinion, but I should call the colour

silvery grey to yellowish buff, there is very little yellow to be

seen—The silver tips are mingled with a buffish brown. The ends

of the long hairs have white with black tips, this gives the whole

body an appearance of silvery light black. The tail is circled by

black rings, and has a jet black tip—The top of the head is marked

with spots which in some specimens are very dark coloured.

Dimensions.— Hodgson gives head and body 183 in., tail 84 in.,

height 9in., ear 1 33, in. Weight 6to 74 lbs. This weight also is

small—however it is near enough to stand. Pallas’s cat looks much

larger than it really ‘is—it is a cat that loves to be comfortable.

The live specimen I had became very tame, but disliked being

interviewed, especially by strangers.

THE INDIAN DESERT Cat—Felzs ornata.

Habitat.—Common in the drier regions of Sind, the Punjab and

Rajputana.

Colour.—Generally of a sandy colour. The whole body is

speckled with elongated spots. I have never.seen any round spots

on the pelts. The ends of the hairs are very pale. The fore

legs are marked with irregular black lines; inside the forearm

there are black broadish lines—The cheek stripes are very clearly

marked, but do not show up well as they approximate to the

yeneral colouring of this cat. The tail has about seven black cross

lines which form complete rings towards the tip of the taii.

The ears are very pointed, the tips are not tufted, but have quite

discernible hairs at the tips. The soles of the feet are black.

Felts ornata is very easily recognized by the ears and the black sole

of the paws.

Blanford’s figured specimen is much darker than are the

specimens I have shot, probably because the cats secured by me

were obtained in the hottest parts of Sindh—very likely those

from the C. P. are darker as they are found nearer bush jungle.

Dimenstons.—Head and body 20 to 21 in.—tail 9 in., skull from

3 to 34 in., basal length, zygomatic width 2°65 in.

I know nothing of /& shawtana except that it is found in Turke-

stan and to the eastward. The skins brought from there are

mangled so greatly as to be useless.

THE WAVED Cat—Felis torquata.

Vernacular name—Ch7ta b7zllz.

-Habitat.—Very common in Kashmir extending into Afghanistan.

A cat with rounded ears, as thus readily distinguishable from

F.. ornata in which the ears are pointed.

THE MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF KASHMIR 7

Colour.—Brownish to rufescent, lower parts buff, hair with

whitish tips. The cheeks are marked with many bands. The

markings on the crown and back are generally distinct, some are

much spotted. Tail with indistinct black rings and a black tip.

Paws nearly always brown beneath. One of the commonest cats

in Kashmir.

Measurements.—Head and body 21 in.; tail 11 in. to 12 in. Skull

basal length 2:8 in. ; zygomatic breadth 2°2 in. I cannot understand

how this cat can be mistaken for any other.

Nothing will stop the furriers from selling the pelts of the cats as

that of a young leopard cub, if a higher price can be thus obtained.

The usual auction price of the Waved Cat’s skin is about 12 as.

to Rs. 1-4-O—this alone demonstrates how abundantly it is to be

found—lIt inhabits bush jungle, old buildings or rocks wherever it

can find shelter.

Tae JUNGER CAT—/C/7s- caus.

Vernacular name—In Kashmir often called Vaz-dzl/1.

Habitat.—Very common in Kashmir up to a level of 6,000 ft. and

generally throughout India—Numerous round Srinagar where it

frequently interbreeds with domestic cats so that hybrids are

common. Of 4 shot this year one had a longish tail like the

common semi-domestic cat, but was much more heavily built

throughout.

Colour.—Body grey to sandy-grey or yellowish-grey but

generally grey—the back is decidedly darker. Blanford’s term

‘dusky ’ describes the back of this cat admirably. The legs are

marked transversely with dark greyish. Paws brown or dark grey

beneath : in almost all skins more or less indistinct spots are visible

on the sides. Most of those skins which have no spots are hybrids

being a cross with the grey village cat.

Measurements.—Size, 24 in. to 35 in. at least (head and body), tail

about 10 in. —a large cat is about 18 in. at the shoulder. The

skull is large but varies greatly.

In weight it much exceeds a domestic cat, those lately kilied

vary from 9 Ibs. to 14 Ibs. in weight—One gigantic specimen was

said to weigh 26 lbs. I have weighed jungle cats up to 16 lbs.

Ears with long hairs almost amounting to a tuft hence called by

hutriers * Lynx cat,’

In Kashmir in winter this cat shelters in the reeds surrounding

the swamps and lakes, but as a rule it lives in fairly open bush

jungle or amongst rocks and old buildings. Most old buildings in

Srinagar are inhabited by the cat.

Felis chaus lives on poultry, chukor, and rats, it eats frogs when

driven by hunger. I cannot say when this cat breeds, apparently

at any time except in mid-winter.

THE CARACAL—Fel?¢s caracal.

Vernacular names—In the C. P., Szyah-gush—in Baltistan, ‘ Ech.’

Hlabttat.—Punjab, Sind, North-west and Central India; Bale

met it in China—Higher in the Upper Indus Valley (Baltistan).

8) JOURNAL, BOMBAY NADORAL!) HIST. SOCGIELY Vol XXX

Blanford notes, ‘ Perhaps only tamed specimens,’ but any one who

knows better would probably say that they are very unlikely to

have acquired tame caracals and the question arises how could

they transport the animals there. Blanford notes Mesopotamia

as the habitat of the caracal, this has been confirmed—he also

mentions the highlands of Persia, Arabia and Africa.

Colour.—Rufous in colour with dark tips to the fur as a rule, but

this is not constant—ears outside black, inside white. The

vernacular name ‘ S7yah Gush’ signifies black ear.

Measurements.—Dunbar Brander gives the height of a Caracal as

18 in. for the shoulder measurement of a good specimen.! Rowland

Ward gives the flat skin of a caracal from Africa ? as 46) in. (owner’s

measurements)—A. E. Ward gives the body plus tail of two

specimens as body and tail 362 in. and 38 in. and height as 17 in. and

173 in. This is not much to go upon, but possibly the African

animal is larger than the Indian.

The caracal is as far as I know rare in India. I have only come

on two alive and one cured skin. The caracal is smaller than the

lynx, it has the dentition of the lynx.

THE Lynx—Felis lynx. var. 7sabellina.

Vernacular names—In the Doon ‘ Jungle Ailiz’ , in Baltistan ‘ Ze’.

Habitat.—The Northern Himalayas including Ladak and Tibet

and Central Asia—Common in the Nulra Valley in Ladak. Several

Tibetan lynx have been caught and sent to Europe. In India the

red variety is or was often kept in semi-captivity, but in Kashmir I

have never seen Fe/zs itsabellina let loose. The Tibetan lynx is

more difficult to tame than the Indian lynx.

Colouring.—The Lynx has a long black tuft at the extremity

of its ears. The colouring is very variable, from the red of the

'ndian variety to pale grey with reddish or fawn markings of the

Himalayan animal. Many are spotted nearly black. Ihave never

seen a skin amongst scores I have come across that absolutely

showed white spots. The ears are grey, fringed with black. The

fur of /. zsabellina is soft and thick, good pelts fetch from Rs. 20 to

50 each, and make excellent carriage rugs.

Measurements.—The Lynx (/. lynx tsabellina) is a powerfully

built, heavy cat weighing as much or nearly as much as a small

leopardess, and measuring head and body about 3/10”. Blanford

gives 2’9”, tail 7? in.—-weight about 60 lbs., which is nearly the

same as I gave years ago as the weight of a very large lynx

belonging to Mr. Johnson, Wazir of Ladak.

VIVERIDAE

THE LARGE INDIAN CivET—Vziverra zibetha.

The only vernacular name I know of is Nz/ Biral.

Hlabttat.—This is the only civet I have shot and trapped in

Kashmir. It occurs in Nepal, Sikkim, Bengal, Assam, Burma,

1 Wild Animals of Central India, p. 273.

* Rowland Ward Record of Big Game (8th ed.), p. 497.

THE MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF KASHMIR 3

5. China and Malay countries. It is very rare in Kashmir, but it

occasionally to be found towards Chamba. It extends into China.

Skins said to have come from Tibet are to be found in Srinagar,

these probably come from Bengal.

Colour.—The nose is pointed at the nostrils, a black line extends

upwards from the nose to the ears, and from the ears to the tail

runs a partially erect crest of coarse hair, generally blackish in

colouration. ‘The tailis banded alternately with broad dark and

narrow white rings. The throat is black, the neck black and

white, generally the black on the lower throat is separated from

the shoulders by a white line, the shoulders are marked with a

succession of dark stripes. The general colouring of the body and

sides is a dark dirty looking grey. Narrow stripes exist on the

lower buttocks. The feet are brown.

Measurements.— Head and body up to 30 in. in Kashmir; tail

17 in. Weight of a Kashmir specimen 22 lbs. Blanford gives skull

measurement as 5:25 in. basal length; 2:7 in. zygomatic breadth.

This is far larger than I have seen in the Western Himalayas.

A very destructive animal, practically carnivorous. Breeding

season summer months; the young are hard to find. Habits

nocturnai, often living under thatched roofs.

Genus— VIVERRICULA

The Small Indian Civet—Viverricula malaccensts

Vernacular names—Aagh-niyal and of course Chita Billa.

Hlabitat.—Throughout India, rare in the drier regions. It occurs

in Burma, S. China and the Malay countries. Skins of this civet

brought from China, etc., are often exposed for’ sale at Srinagar.

Colour.—There is no crest on the back, the general colouring of

this civet is greyish brown with a decided tint of yellow—I have no

notes on this civet worth quoting, nor does it much interest the

readers of these notes, because it is rareiy to be found in any of the

countries with which we are dealing.

Measurements. —Head and body 21 in., tail long (without hair)

16in.—weight 6 ibs. These are the measurements of a specimen

from the U. P.

Genus—PARADOXURUS

Palm Civet (Paradoxurus niger (?))

Vernacular names—Jar-ka-kutha ; Bham Bondar.

Habitat.-- Wroughton in his review of the species of Palm Civets

described under the names Paradoxurus niger and hermaphroditus

gives the name zzgerv to the species which occurs in the southern

“portions of the Indian Peninsula and Ceylon, while the northern

civet is described as a distinct species under the name cyvossv.

Since Wroughton’s paper was published examples which have been

identified as P. niger have been obtained through the Society’s

Mammal Survey in the Kangra Valley and it is quite likely, though

10 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

it requires confirmation, that the Palm Civet which occurs on the

outer ranges of Kashmir and occasionally in the side valleys may

also be referable to this species.

Colouring.—Brownish grey. The longer hairs have black tips

giving the animal a black and grey colouring. Some very blackish

pelts are obtained from the Pir Panjal, those I have obtained in

Simla and elsewhere are grey in colour, sometimes with a brownish

tinge.

The general colouring is as noted, but some skins are marked

with indistinct markings. The old full-grown animals are generally

free from spots and lines which are plainly discernible in young

specimens. The legs and tail are blackish. Face dark with

whitish marks under the eye.

Measurements.—A male, head and body 23 in., tail about 20 in.,

skull length 4 in., width 2°25 in. A large male killed at Simla

measured 24 in. (head and body). Females are smaller, rarely

exceeding 19 in. to 20 in.

Habits.—Arboreal, very nocturnal in confinement; if kept in a

dark room this animal will sleep throughout the daylight. It will

eat almost any food that is offered to it. Very useless as a pet

being nearly always asleep.

The Nepal Paim Civet—Faradoxurus strictus

Habitat.—This civet is referable to Paradoxurus hermaphroditus

of Blanford, a name which Wroughton found specifically

indeterminabie. In his revision of the genus (Journ., B.N.H.S.,

vol. xxv, p. 49) he applies the name sfrictus to this civet which

differs from the preceding species in having the ground colour

fulvous instead of grey and spotted. This civet occurs in the

Central Region of Nepal whence it ranges eastward through

Darjeeling, Bhutan, Dooars and Assam.

Colour.—The fur is long and soft, the stripes and spots are

marked in black on a fulvous ground.

The Himalayan Palm Civet— Paguma grayt

Habitat.—Blanford included this civet under the genus Paradoxurus

and placed it in a section by iiself on account of the shape of

the palate; it is for this reason now recognized as a distinct genus.

It occurs in Kashmir, Kumaon and eastward to the Chin Hills.

The species occurring in Kashmir and Simla is presumably

recognized as a separate race and is said to be darker in colour and

to have the head and neck distinctly darker than the rest of the

body.

Colour.—The colouring is grey devoid of markings on the body.

The hairs terminate in greyish white tips which are occasionally

black on the upper parts. There is usually a band under each ear,

and another down the nose and a dark spot under each eye. Many*

animals are more yellowish brown than grey.

Measurements. —A larger animal than zzgev. Bianford gives

the head and body as 24-25 in., tail about the same, weight

9-10 lbs,

THE MAMMALS AND BIRDS OF KASHMIR 1i

Sub-family—HARPESTINAE

Genus—HERPESTES

The Common Indian Mungoose (fferpestes mungo)

Vernacular name—Vyzl.

Habitat.—Common throughout the Indian Peninsula from the

Himalayas to Agra. Various races are recognized.

Colour.—Greyish brown speckled with white or pale grey, some-

times with a ferruginous tinge on the head. The lower parts are

paler.

Measurements.—Head and body measurements in Kashmir 15 in.

or less. :

The Small Indian Mungoose (Herfestes auropunctatus)

Vernacular names—MVayas, Nil and Nyul.

Habitat.—Three races are recognized of which the typical race

FA. auropunctatus auropunctatus occurs in the Lower Himalayas

from Sikkim to Kashmir, Bhutan, Dooars, Bengal and Orissa.

Colour.—Grey brown generally speckled yellow.

Measurements.—Head and body rather iess than 12 in. Weight

about 10 oz. to a little over a Ib.

(Lo be continued)

FACTS AND HYPOTHESES IN THE PROBLEM OF

EVOLUTION

Presidential address delivered betore the Botany Section of the

Indian Science Congress, January 6, 1926.

BE. BLATTER, \S.J.. PhD) F..S,

Botany is an empirical science, the plant its object. What we see

and observe in the plant forms the contents of botany ; but we are

not thinking of our observations as raw material, but as facts to be

connected by the process of thinking and cleared up by scientific

interpretation. This leads up from the raw material to the

crystallization of a small number of well-founded sentences by which

we give expression to facts or present the efficacy of the laws of

nature. A heap of types is not a book; in the same way, the mere

accumulation of facts is not science. The economy of our thinking

forces us to abstract general ideas from the variety of objects, and,

again, to combine those ideas into general statements of narrower

or wider significance, and into laws which may be specific or of a

more general nature. This is the way leading to the knowledge of

the plant.

How far this ideal is removed from reality is known to everybody

who has worked seriously in any branch of botany. The difficulties

which stand in the way of the realization of that ideal are many.

Some come from the object itself, the plant. In many cases where

we are not in a position to formuiate laws, we have to be satisfied

with mere rules which allow of a wider or more restricted

application.

To a great extent the human weakness of the botanist has to be

blamed who is ever ready, when experience fails, to fill in the gaps

in his knowledge with speculation and who, in his desire for

dogmatic finish, is only too often tempted to mix up mere problems

with laws based on experimental facts. In order to justify such

mistakes he applies the word theory to something that does not

even deserve to be called a hypothesis.

A further aberration is caused by the fact that botanists are

frequently guided in their judgment by tradition and school-opinion,

whilst elimination of errors and search for truth should be the

only guiding star. There is no dogma in science to which we

shouid blindly submit.

But we have seen worse things in the botanical world, we have

come across fashions. We admit, it is quite justified to strike out

in a new direction of investigation after the prevailing interest in

botanical research has followed a certain line for some time; but

we cannot see how it works towards progress if the disciples of the

FACTS AND HYPOTHESES IN EVOLUTION 13

new or so-called ‘modern’ school look down with conceit on the

representatives of the old school or, as it is called, the ‘ antiquated ’

school, and vice versa. There are, e.g., investigations in systematic

botany which have been performed with the greatest possible

mental acumen and, on the other hand, we meet physiological

research whose intellectual vaiue does not rise above a _ very

moderate level. Both, however, help in the interpretation of

nature.

But enough of these general considerations. I have put them

before you in order that I may find it easier to make myself

understood when I speak of the ‘Facts and Hypotheses in the

Problem of Evolution.’

We are botanists. We know the flora of the present day fairly

well, we know its distribution, we know its aspects in various

countries, we know a good deal about the migration of its members,

we have classified the plants according to artificial systems and we

have also tried to classify them according to natural systems. But

we want to know more: we want to find out how the present-day

vegetation came into existence, whether it is the product of

evolution or not.

Whatever may be the answer to this last question, I am not going

to discuss the origin of the first piant or plants on this globe.

Observation and experimental science cannot give us a direct

satisfactory solution of this question ; but biologists have established

the axiom : ‘ Ommzs cellula e cellula,’ and we are on firm ground when

we conclude that the first cells cannot have evolved from matter,

but that they must have been created. I take, therefore, the first

plants as given, not determining whether there were few or many,

and whether they belonged to one species or to many. And now

I put the question again: Is the present-day flora a product of

those first plants ?

You all will say: ‘ Yes,’ and I say ‘yes’ with you. But now let

us be absolutely honest, let us forget for a moment that those were

great naturalists who put the idea of evolution into the world, let

us forget that the whole scientific world de/zeves in evolution, (I say

on purpose ‘ believes’), let us forget that evolution has become so

to say a universal law invading every domain of human knowledge,

let us also forget that almost every fact in the organic world is

being studied with a view to ascertain its significance in the great

scheme of evolution: and now let us approach the problem without

prejuidce, without inclination towards the opinion of this or that

school of thought.

1. Fact and Speculation.—There is no branch of botany in which

the differences are more prominent between experience and

speculation, between fact and hypothesis, between knowledge and

belief, between scientific and philosophical treatment of the

problems, than they are in the field of the theory of evolution. At

the same time there is no other field in which, through the mixing

up of actual experience with philosophical speculation, there has

arisen a greater pseudo-scientific confusion. You must not think

that I want to condemn philsophical speculation ; it is justified side

by side with experience ; but it becomes unscientific as soon as we

14 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1/

cease to know exactly where experience stops and where specula-

tion begins, when we ignore how much of the theory of evolution is

scientific fact and how much is mere philosophical conjecture. It

is just here that we should carefully distinguish between the results

of observation and the products of our imagination.

2. Systematic and Historical Treatment.—The chemist and

physicist as well as the botanist are dealing with facts. In physics

and chemistry facts that have been ascertained are classified and

their mutual relations investigated; laws are recognized only in

cases where they have been proved to be constant. In chemistry

the elements are accepted as a given variety, so are the forms of

energy in physics ; we do not inquire into their origin.

But in botany it is the historical consideration that is more

prevalent. We consider the plant as the result of an historical

process, and by this method botany resembles geology. We want

to know, e.g., where the species come from, and we try to find an

answer in the theory of evolution.

3. Lwo Facts and One Hy pothesis.—The answer which may vary

a good deal as regards detail is based on two facts to which

evolutionists have added an hypothesis.

The first fact is the uninterrupted continuity of birth in any

series of descendents. We can accept this fact without hesitation,

as we start from the supposition that the laws of organic formation

were the same in former periods as they are at present. If we

deny this principle we must also deny to cosmogony, astronomy

and geology the right of investigating into the past, because the

laws of nature might have changed in course of time.—The second

fact is the positive knowledge that in former geological periods

our globe was covered with a vegetation which was different from

what we see at present.

These are the two facts: continuity of birth and a different

vegetation in former periods. Now JI ask you, ladies and gentle-

men, what can we conclude from these two facts? Nothing at all.

Are we justified in drawing the conclusion that our present species

are not the product of evolution ? Certainly not. Canwe conclude

that evolution fas taken place? By no means. ‘The mere fact that

the records of paleeobotany show us plants which do not exist in

our days does not prove anything. ‘That fact would prove evolution

if we could show that those fossilized plants were the ancestors of

our modern plants. But this is an almost impossible task. Any-

body who has followed up the attempt of systematic botanists

during the last 40 years will admit the enormous difficulties that

stand in the way of working out a genealogical tree or trees. I

think there was no botanist, after Bentham and Hooker, who had a

better grasp of systematic principles and who tried harder to frame

a natural system on the basis of evolution than Engler. And it was

he who confessed in the last edition of his Syllabus der Ptlanzen-

familien (1924): ‘Though I expect results from phylogenetic

methods in the study of single families, especially with the aid of

plant geography, I cannot help being sceptical with regard to many

attempts to derive farnilies from one another, either from living or

extinct ones.’

FACTS AND HYPOTHESES [N EVOLUTION 15

But I must not cite authorities. As I said before, our investiga-

tion is an independent one.

What then shall we do if the two facts mentioned above do not

lead to any conclusion? We could drop the question altogether ;

but this is not satisfactory to the inquisitive mind of a scientist.

So the question remains: Are the present-day plants a product of

evolution? As only those two facts are at our disposal and as they

revealed themselves to be barren, there is only one solution

possible, viz. to call to our aid a hypothesis. We may formulate it

in this way: Let us suppose a phylogenetic development of the

plants which, on the whole, progresses from single to more

compound forms and which is analogous to ontogeny that begins

with a fertilized cell and develops into a highly organized body.

This is the hypothesis which is the foundation of every investiga-

tion connected with evolution. And it is oly a hypothesis and

nothing more, and the fact that it is called theory of evolution does

not change matters in the least. It is a hypothesis and will remain

a hypothesis till phylogenetic evolution has been proved to be

a fact.

Astronomy and biology have telescopes and microscopes to

reveal a variety of things co-existing in space which to the unarmed

eye remain hidden, but we do not know of any instrument or

method by which we could penetrate or illumine the darkness of the

past. We can, however, link up a modest number of facts by

philosophical speculations and in this way the treatment of the

problem develops into a discussion of possibilities, but never

beyond, unless what our hypothesis contains is no more hypothe-

tical but real. As long as we use our hypothesis as a heuristic

working hypothesis and do not enunciate it as a scientific dogma, it

may bear ample fruit in the tracing of connections between

organisms. Just because it has dorie so up to now, it is of great

value even to the purely empirical science.

But it will do harm to human knowledge as soon as we see in it

more than a mere hypothesis. We have only to think of the

fanciful and wild imagination betrayed by some fanatical defenders

of the theory of evolution.

4. Foundation of Speculatton.—The objective value of every

speculation in natural philosophy grows with the number of clearly

ascertained facts on which it is based. Considered from this point

of view the theory of evolution is not well off.

We gather our facts and observations from two sources: from

the fossilized plant world and from the changes which can be observed

in the living vegetation. There is no other source, if we want facts! —

All the rest is speculation, made up of conclusions from more or less

important indications, of the discussion of possibilities and pro-

babilities, in short, of hypotheses which can neither be proved nor

refuted.

The amount of material accumulated from both fields (fossil and

living vegetation) is great, and still the theory of evolution receives

little light from it. ‘The facts are rarely quite univocal, and it is for

this reason that there are scarcely two botanists whose convictions

as regards the theory of evolution are the same, whilst other

16 JOCRNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY Vol. Xxe7

speculative domains of natural science, e.g. stereochemistry enjoy

the approval and consent of a large number of scientists. This

also explains the strange phenomenon that, from time to time, a

radical agnosticism in questions relating to evolution is gaining the

upper hand. Agnosticism, of course, is the most convenient

attitude towards such problems: it saves us the trouble of thinking.

5. Paleobotany:—a. Cryptogams.—Let us first consider the

results of paleontology. The history of the past teaches us

without doubt that in former geological periods the vegetation was

different from ours. No plants have been preserved in the Pre-

Cambrian and Cambrian rocks. The oldest plants, according to our

present knowledge, have been found in the Silurian rocks—viz.,

ferns which resemble those of the present day. But I must not

anticipate.

Of the Thallophytes (Algze, Fungi and Lichens) only those

species could be preserved which, by the deposition of calcium

carbonate and silica in their cell-walls, formed a skeleton able to be

fossilized, whilst the soft species soon became a victim to putre-

faction. We find, therefore, amongst fossil Algez only Diatoms

and Chalk-Algze. The Diatoms go down right to the carboniferous

age and they are scarcely distinguishable from the living ones. Of

the Chalk-Algze we must separate two types: the simpler Szpho-

nee and the more complicated Corallinacee. The Siphonee occur

already in the Silurian age and amongst them we come across

forms which resemble the modern types. Even a living genus

(Bornetella) seems to occur in the Silurian rocks. Corallinacee, on

the other hand, are known only from the Jurassic, Cretaceous and

Tertiary depcsits.

At the present day every organism which is not preserved by

special circumstances, succumbs to putrefaction brought about by

Bacteria. As we have good reason to assume that the soft parts

of plants putrefied already in the oldest strata, we are allowed to

draw the conclusion that Bacteria existed in those periods. But we

have also direct indications of Bacteria having destroyed wood

during the Carboniferous age. Well preserved fossils of Fungi

have not been observed, but the Tertiary period has preserved a

number of Lichens which agree with existing genera. As the bark

of our trees is usually inhabited by Lichens, it is a striking fact that

no Lichens have been discovered on the bar’: of Carboniferous

strata. It is not unlikely that Lichens did not exist in that period.

Mosses in greater variety date back to the Tertiary period and

they are mostly forms which resemble the Mosses of to-day. Some

incomplete fragments, however, seem to have cOme down to us in

the Cretaceous and Jurassic rocks.

Ferns have already been found in Silurian times, i.e., in the

oldest formation which contains plant fossils at all. It is interest-

ing to note that those ferns had reached the same degree of

organization as ours. Fromthe Silurian rocks upwards we meet

ferns everywhere, but they reach the height of development in the

Carboniferous period, and it is here where we come across types

which are more perfect anatomically than the present ones.

The Fgutsetacee show the optimum of development in the

FACTS AND HYPOTHESES [IN EVOLUTION 17

Carboniferous strata. Similarly, the Lycopdiales attained the

maximum of form and organization during the same _ period.

Lepidodendracee and Sigillariacee become extinct during the

Permian and Triassic ages, which also saw the end of the tree-like

Calamites.

If we compare all the data of paleontology regarding cryptogamic

plants we have to admit that there are no forms which might be

considered as connecting links between Algz and Mosses, or

between Mosses and Ferns. On the other hand we notice that all

the classes of Pteridophytes reach their maximum development

already during the Carboniferous period.

b. Phanerogams.—We come to the Gymnosperms with the

families Conzfere, Cycadacee and Ginkgoacee.

The oldest @vainospermous types are the Cordates. Traces

have been discovered in Devonian rocks; after having attained

their richest development during the Carboniferous age they are

no more found in Permian strata. No other Gymnosperms can,

with certainty, be traced in Carboniferous rocks. The first reliable

fragments of Cycadcaee are Permian.

In the Triassic and Jurassic strata we find extinct genera of

Cycadacee, Ginkgoacee and Conttere. The maximum of their

-development coincides with the Jurassic period, which has seen the

first still existing Coniferous genus Araucaria. Inthe Cretaceous

rocks numerous genera made their appearance which have continued

up to the present day. In the Tertiary strata we find only genera

which stiil exist, and in many cases even species.

No traces of Angiosperms have been discovered in the lower

Cretaceous rocks. In the upper strata, however, we meet ona

sudden numerous Monocotyledons as well as Dicotyledons which

show considerable resemblance to their modern relations. The

Tertiary period discloses representatives of still existing families,

genera, and species.

What are the results of this short evidence of paleobotany ?

No close relationship between the oldest Gymnosperms and

Angiosperms can be established. Both phyla of phanerogams are

as sharply separated in their fossil types as they are in the living

ones. The Angiosperms are very young; we know them only

from Cretaceous rocks. The Gymnosperms may be as old as any

\ plant-remains ; if we do not find them in the Silurian strata it may

be explained by the fact that very few land-plants have come down

to us from that formation. Later on the Gymnosperms as well as

the Angiosperms approach the living types more and more,

especially in the Tertiary period. In spite of this it is impossible

to trace transition series between Tertiary and living species in a

satisfactory way. Wherever such transitions have been construct-

ed they are uncertain and allow of no univocal interpretation.

6. Variation and Experimental Facts. —We have dealt with the

palzeobotanical record, It remains to be seen what observation

and experiment in the living plant can tell us regarding the theory

of evolution.

When we speak of variation we generally mean three groups

of phenomena: (a) Individual differences; (4) single variations;

18 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

question before us is this: What influence have these variations on

the formation of species ?

‘7. Individual Dzitterences.—We call individual differences all

fluctuating inequaliites of an individual and of its organs—e. g. the

hairiness of the leaves of a plant, the percentage of starch

contained in a grain of wheat, and even more important features of

a morphological and physiological nature. These differences,

whether quantitative, meristic or individually quantitative, oscillate

around a certain mean. We are told that useful individual

differences can be increased indefinitely by selection and may

finally become independent of selection.

But how do we know that everything that is ascribed to selection

has come into existence through selection? We know many races

of cultivated plants, but do we know their origin? Besides, many

cuitivated forms owe their origin not to the mere strengthening of

individual characters, but to crossing and segregation of characters.

If we consider only well-attested facts we must arrive at the con-

clusion that selection does not bring about anything mew and that

the maximum amount of quantitative modification is brought about

in a few generations (mostly in three to five) and that only

continued selection can maintain this amount. Stopping selection

means inducing regression. New species, therefore, cannot arise

through selection.

But does not environment influence plants and mould them in

many ways? Quite so, but experiments show that changes of

characteristics and niceties of adaptation go to and fro without

transgressing definite ranges of variation. And how are we going

to explain the discontinuity of species in the presence of a

continuous environment, whether it has acted directly in the

Lamarckian sense, or as a Selective agent as explained by Darwin ?

We would have to call for accidental destruction and isolation of

intermediate forms, in other words: a second hypothesis would

have to give strength to the first.

8. Single Variations.—What is the significance of single vari-

ations for the theory of evolution? When from among a large

number of offspring some particular individual differs from the

rest in one or more characteristics and transmits them to posterity,

we speak of single variations and call the whole process mutation.

If de Vries’s new forms are really new ones, and if future

experience shows that they do not owe their origin to some

unexpected original cross, then, and then only can we say that

single variations are of importance for the solution of the evolu-

tion problem, because they are discontinuous and constant and

would, therefore, be capable of explaining the gaps between extinct

and existing species. But till the possibility of an original cross is

completely excluded, de Vries’s theory can only be used as a

hypothesis in the explanation of evolution. Even when the time

comes, when no doubt attaches to de Vries’s experiments, there

still remains the remarkable fact that the fertility of mutants

decreases considerably, and this fact becomes the more pronounced,

the greater the deviation from the parent, In addition, the newly

FACTS AND HYPOTHESES IN EVOLUTION 19

produced mutants are comparatively weak. These two facts require

careful consideration when we try to determine the value of single

variations for the evolution of species. Finally we must not

overlook the fact that those mutants do not exhibit any progres-

sive development. The new forms have not shown the slightest

progress in organization, not even indications of any kind of

advancement in that direction.

9. Crosses and Mendelian Segregation.—We have now “to pay

a few moments’ attention to crosses and Mendelian segregation.

As regards cross-breeding in nature we can hardly consider it as a

factor in the progressive evolution of species. We know by

experience that forms of different degrees of organization do not

cross, and even if they did, all deviations would soon be equalized

according to the laws of chance and probability.

' Apparently greater importance must be attached to the Mendelian

segregations. You all know Mendel’s rule. A simple analysis

reveals three parts: (a) By fertilization the characters of the parents

are united, but they do not lose their purity and independence ;

(6) In the offspring the characters of both parents may again be

separated from each other ; (c) The character of one of the parents

may completely conceal that of the other. We know, however,

from subsequent investigations that the latter part is not necessarily

connected with tixe rest. I must add that Mendel’s rule also holds

good for the offspring of hybrids, in which several constant

characters are combined. This is a splendid confirmation of the

modern theory of the:cell.

What is the bearing of Mendel’s rule on the theory of evolution ! ?

We cannot deny that it gives support to the idea that gaps in

nature can originate through such segregation. But can the idea

be applied to the formation of species? We cannot answer this

question at present. One thing, however, is certain, segregation

does not bring about any progress in organization or any preety

specific development.

10. What follows tor the Theory of Evolution?—Now that we

have given a short survey of the facts of variation we naturally

wish to draw conclusions. The central idea of modern evolution

theories is progressive specific development. I appreciate the

€normous amount of work that has been done in the way of

elucidating the problems of variation, and we have to be grateful

to the botanists and biologists who have put at our disposal an

immense number of experimental facts, and we cannot help

admiring the acumen and devotion that have been employed in the

co-ordination of new observations and discoveries towards the

construction and consolidation of the theory of evolution. At the

same time I must confess that ail the observations gathered from

the world of organisms as it now exists does not give any confirma-

tion to the theory which wants to explain the evolution of new

species. What we have before us are hundreds of hypotheses; a

few are leading ones, some are subordinate, and others do not

€éven deserve the name of hypothesis. I am not exaggerating

when I say that in must of them the speculative element preponde-

rates over facts, and it would net be difficult to show that many are

20 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXi

the product of mere imagination. If the fact-element were more

prominent in all the treatises that have been written on evolution

by defenders of evolution, botanicai literature would not offer so

many different views and opinions on the same subject, such a

variety of contradictory statements, so many empty terms and

meaningless phrases which can only have been coined in dream-land,

but especially we would not come across so many personal attacks

amongst colleagues which only betray the absence of facts.

11. Concluston.—We have, therefore, not yet a satisfactory

reply to the question: How didthe present flora come into

existence? The greatest difficulty is to explain the origin and

constancy of new characters and the teleology of the process. The

question as to the transmission of acquired characters is not by any

means decided. The doctrine of propagation tells us that only such

characters can be transmitted as are contained in the germ-cells or

which have been either directly or indirectly transmitted to them.

Hence it is clear that all peculiarities acquired by the cells of the

body through the influence of environment, or by use or disuse, or

any other agent, can only be inherited if they are handed over, so to

say, to the germ-cells. But it is useless to discuss the question

before we have sufficient experimental evidence that acquired

characters are at ali inherited.

Darwin’s ‘natural selection’ is only a negative factor when we

want to use it for the explanation of the origin of new characters.

It is quite true that the plasticity of organisms has been proved by

a number of experiments to be considerable. In a _ constant

environment and by single variations changes may be effected

which a systematist would classify as specific or even generic, if it

were not clear from other sources that they are not such; but at

present we are unable to ascertain how far that influence may

extend. Lamarck’s ‘ Inheritance of acquired characters’ is not yet

exactly proved, nor is it evident that really new forms can arise by

mutation.

Ail this does not sound very encouraging. The theory of evolu-

tion is no more than a hypothesis, and it is highly unscientific to

proclaim evolution as a well-established theory or as a fact, whether

this be done in scientific treatises or in popular books. Science does

not gain by exaggeration. It will make progress only by drawing

legitimate conclusions from facts. We shall serve science much

more efficiently by confessing ignorance where there is ignorance,

than by constructing a system made up almost entirely by

hypotheses, views, opinions, indications, probabilities, and possi-

bilities, and only here and there supported by a meagre fact whose

interpretation is only too often ambiguous.

Does this mean that we should give up the theory of evolution?

Far from it! I suppose I am right in assuming that you delzeve in

evolution! and sc do I. I said on purpose ‘ you de/zeve in evolution.’

There cannot be a question of conviction fora scientist where not

every link leading up to his theory is an established fact ora

legitimate conclusion from facts. For us the mere ideaof evolution

has a peculiar charm. We are surrounded by a variety of organisms

which are teaming with problems, whether we find them: in

FACTS AND HYPOTHESES IN EVOLUTION 21

geological strata or on the surface of our globe, or in the air, or in

the water. We want to find an answer to allthe questions which

nature itself puts to us. There is especially one mystery the human

mind wants to solve, viz., the origin of our species. It is a mystery

of absorbing interest, whose solution will throw light into the

remotest periods. Weare still groping in the dark and sometimes

it seems as if the sun would never rise on our mental horizon, as if

the past would for ever remain a sealed book to the inquiries of our

mind. At present we try to find the solution of that mystery in the

theory of evolution. ‘There are many facts and many indications

that point in that direction; we seem to feel that we are on the

right path, though we are not as yet able to furnish convincing

arguments to establish the truth of evolution. It is a gigantic

problem and we may not see its solution.

It is over 100 years since Lamarck offered the world the first

theory of evolution. His period ended with an almost complete

victory for the theory of constancy (1830). Then came Darwin and

gave us his ‘ Origin of Species’ (1859). His theory entered into

every department of the biological sciences and to a great extent

transformed them. After Darwin followed a period of critical

reaction and we belong to that period. Weare not able to say what

changes may befall the problem of evolution during the twentieth

century. One new discovery may bring a solution we never dreamt

of, or it may revolutionize our views and opinions, or it may even

destroy our hopes and aspirations to see the theory of evolution con-

firmed and established. Whatever may happen and whatever the

solution may be, we shall never regret having used the theory of

evolution as a working hypothesis. It has opened out vast fields for

investigation, it has called into life new branches of the biological

science, it has given renewed interest to many departments of botany

which were threatened to become dry archives of names and

descriptions without an intellectual foundation, it has multiplied and

perfected the methods of scientific investigation, and above ali, it

nas given an importance even to the smallest detail of scientific

knowledge, because there is nothing that has not been requisitioned

to serve asa building stone in the construction of the theory of

evolution.

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS OF THE MAMMAL SURVEY No. XLV

TWO NEW FLYING SQUIRRELS FROM THE MERGUI

ARCHIPELAGO

OLDFIELD THOMAS, F.R.S.

Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum

When working out Mr. Primrose’s specimens from the Mergui Archipelago in

1923 I distinguished from Petaurista mergulus two other forms of the same

general type, described them and sent the MS. to India. This however was

never published, and appears to have been lost in the post.4 On the basis of

the named and labelled types however I think it best to publish short diagnoses

of the two Flying Squirrels, though I confess that I have now so far forgotten

the subject that these diagnoses can only represent such characteristics as readily

spring to the eye.

Petaurista mergulus reguli, subsp. n.

Colour throughout quite like typical mergulus of Ross and Tavoy Islands, but

decidedly larger, as evidenced by the skull measurements.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 440 min. ; tail 450 ; hindfoot 72; ear 40.

Skull, greatest length 70°3; condylo incisive length 66; zygomatic breadth

47°7 ; nasals 21°5 X 13°5; upper cheek teeth, exclusive of p°. 16.

Has. King Island, Mergui Archipelago.

Type. Adult female. B.M. No. 23. 1. 6. 50. Original number 49.

Collected September 22, 1921, by Mr. C. Primrose. Presented to the Bombay

Natural History Society.

Petaurista merguius primrosei, subsp. n.

Size slightly larger than in true mergulus, smaller than in rvegulz. General

essential markings as in mergulus, but the whole dorsal surface and especially

the patagium suffused with deep chestnut rufous.

Dimensions of the type :—

~ Head and ‘body 425 mm. ; tail 478; hindfoot 72; ear 38.

Skull, greatest length 68°5; condylo-incisive length 63; zygomatic breadth

47°5; nasals 215 X 12°8; upper cheek teeth, exclusive of p®. 14.

Has. Lampi (otherwise Sullivan) Island, Mergui Archipelago. A specimen

also seen from Sir J. Malcolm Island.

Type. Adult female. B.M. No. 23. 1. 6. 53. Original number: 507.

Collected March 6, 1922, by Mr. C. Primrose, and presented to the Bombay

Natural History Society.

1 The original MS. was lost in the wreck of the P. & O.S.8. Eeypt.

THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ

RIVER

iet-CoL; K, W. BURTON, “TA. (RET).

(With 4 plates)

Afoot and light-hearted I take to the open road,

Healthy, free, the world before me

The long brown path before me leading wherever I choose.

WALT WHITMAN.

~The advent of the hot weather of the year 1920 was heralded, as

usual, by frequent dust storms, increasing heat, and the monotonous,

insistent note of the copper-smith ‘toiling at his green forge’ on

the topmost bough of his favourite tree. These annual annoyan-

ces were, however, somewhat softened by thoughts of the coming

three months in the hills and the joys of the open road.

The 26th April found me travelling by the Punjab Mail, ex route

to Dehra Dun, and it was a good augury, so far as the success

of the longed for holiday was concerned, that this train had been

preferred to the Allahabad-Dehra-Dun Express, which, leaving my

departing station that night at a later hour, ran into a goods train

near Moradabad in the early hours of the morning. Many third

class passengers were killed, some of them suffering the agonizing

fate of being burned to death amidst the splintered woodwork of

overturned and blazing carriages.

The change of climate on arrival at Dehra Dun was very marked,

the fresh feeling in the air being quite different to the close and

oppressive heat of the plains cantonment. Soon after leaving the

suburbs of the city a sign-board ‘ To Arcadia’ attracted theeye. It

is the name of a tea estate, and was doubtless ‘ Arcadia’ to

the people who established themselves there in years gone by.

The roadside hedges were bright with dog-roses; the air was

fragrant with the scent of blossoming siris and neem; while the

leafy avenue of ¢ziz trees afforded pleasing shade to the eyes.

The river Asan, crossed by a substantial bridge at about five

miles from the start, was quite dry ; as also were several unbridged

tributary streams some miles further on. The mighty Jumna,

running clear, and somewhat low in spite of the melting of the

snows, was crossed at about twenty-nine miles. In years of

exceptional rainfall the river comes down in an immense flood and

the substantial iron bridge was swept away in the year 1924. Soon

after leaving the banks of the river begins the gradual ascent by

the well-constructed military road, which, first winding through

tropical forests and later making its serpentine way along. bare

and rocky hill sides, brings the traveller at the end of a journey of

sixty miles to the military cantonment of Chakrata. Only five

years previously (1915) this now comfortable journey by motor car

24 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST, SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1.

was performed in jolting and nerve racking tongas, taking two

full days to accomplish the distance, now covered in five hours.

In spite of the elevation of nearly 7,000 feet the sun was hot at noon,

when the motor arrived at ‘ Kailana Nek’, but at sundown warm

clothing was both welcome and necessary.

The day following was spent in sorting, packing, and making

ready for the early despatch of baggage coolies the next morning.

An excellent white hill pony, which had been arranged for, was

tried and found to be sure-footed and the possessor of sound wind—

both essentials for a hill pony. He was of the sturdy Rampur

breed. The baggage coolies started off at seven o’clock and I

followed them three hours later, riding as far as the Forest

Department ‘ wood-shoot ’—by which timber cut for firewood is

sent hurtling down the mountain side for some hundreds of feet,—

and doing the remainder of the march on foot. The road, a well-

constructed riding path some six feet in width, winds along a high

ridge; and passing sometimes south and sometimes north.

It affords alternate far-reaching views down the steep and wooded

hill sides over the valleys of the Tons and Jumna rivers. All.along

the path were banks of wild violets, and in favourable places a

quantity of many coloured wild flowers could be seen. Banks of

Maidenhair and other ferns were in profusion. Snow was still

lying in sheltered spots; and where the path wound through

forests of fir trees such as morinda, kail, spruce, and deodar, it

was quite cold, and sunny spaces were welcome. The air was crisp

and clear: a change indeed from the dreariness and dust of the

shimmering plains, now dimly visible in the far distance and soon

to be but as an ugly dream !

At about the eighth mile along the ridges, the path passing along

the southern slopes of the Peak of Karamba (10,025’) crosses

over to the north side, and a climb of a few hundred feet above the

road at this point afforded a magnificent view of hundreds of miles

of snowy ranges, ‘the stainless ramps of huge Himala’s wall’,

extending from Nanda Devi and Trisul far away in BHastern

Kumaon, both of which could be seen, to the mountains of Spiti

and Kulu to the north. Far away on the horizon was one massive

snowy mountain which must be a giant of the Himalayas as it was

visible in solitary grandeur after the other peaks had disappeared

from view. The northern slopes of Karamba were covered with

extensive patches of snow, and for the last three miles, all down

hill, to the Forest Department Rest House at Mundali, there were

banks of snow in sheltered places. |

It was close to this Rest House that a famous man-eating tigress

was killed I think in the year 1887, after having terrorized the

country side for some thirteen years. The manner of her death

was an exciting and dramatic episode. The story is related in an

early number of the Journal of the Bombay Natural History

Society.

On the morning of April 30th a start was made by seven o’clock.

The first three miles was a short cut which saved some miles of

travel by the upper contour path. There was then a gradual

ascent of three miles to Kathyan, where is another Forest Rest House

IYGNOOS LV HIdWNAL V LOAAVAVS LAOY LV ADIGIGH ONISOAWT

ie. tena

Sire

i (any (ae poo

MhhiidinlaLyy

“ey

Wiad

fAILAS AHL AO AUTIVA AHL dA SHINO|W AANA]

"20G ‘SIH ‘FN Aequiog “uinor

VANVUV | Ape] ALIUOISSIJA B JO S}UBAIOS :

JO GV] V ANY STASNV( ONIAUAVD AODVOOVA AW AO OMY, “STHSWVQ NVLESI TL OML

YHAIY CHTLNS AHL AO AATIVA AHL dA SHLINOW FAA YL

"D0 *}SIF] “Jey Aequiog “uanor

THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ 25

charmingly situated in a fir wood; and from thence, after some

five or six miles of level] going, the path descends steeply to the

Forest Rest House of Tewni which is situated at an elevation of only

3,000 feet. The whole of this march, after passing Kathyan, is

along a ridge and down the main spur of it. The main bridle path

is a good deal longer and winds down the valley to east of the

ridge. The walk from Mundali was an easy and pleasant one in

spite of the distance being some fourteen miles. I walked most of

the way but was tired, being out of condition, and felt as if I could

never climb a hill or summon up energy to pursue the finest ibex

in Asia!

It was pleasant to be greeted on arrival at Tewni by a Siana

(headman of villages) with a gift of a freshly caught fish and a jar

of honey ; and it was also gratifying to know that the people of

these hills were not unmindful of all the work undertaken in their

interests during the three years this sub-division was in my

charge. The Tons river, a snow-fed torrent, was roaring down

as of old, its waters reflecting the same beautiful play of colours;

dark blue, light blue, dark and light green, topaz in its many

hues, and creamy white; dashing and splashing and roaring

along. It lulled me to sleep while waiting for coolies to arrive and

again after dinner. Until my return some three months later I

was but seldom out of the sound of running water.

Arakot Forest Rest House, situated eight miles from Tewni

and on the right bank of the Pabar river, was reached at one

o’clock next day. The path followed the river all the way. Wild

roses were in abundance, and the lovely crimson petals of a variety

of Erythrina \ent vivid splashes of colour to the scenery. It was

good to see old haunts. The place where H attempted to shoot

an otter; the precipice where he and I jointly encompassed the

death of a fine old tahr ; the various places along the road all the

way from Chakrata, where halts for long past breakfasts had been

made ; the familiar faces of village people—some of them litigants

in revenue and other cases— ; all these were vivid reminders of the

three years so happily passed in these beautiful hills.

An entry in the Arakot Bungalow visitors’ book showed that my

last stay there was on November 5, 1916. Two subsequent

entries afforded amusement. Mr. and Mrs. . . . . and party,

of Bombay, remark under date October 23, 1917, ‘ Lovely spot,

hope to vistt tt again some day.’ The entry following this is by

the Forest Officer, who wrote on November 23, underlining as

above, ‘If so I hope the iron sheet out of the hot case, taken

-away as a souvenir, will be brought back’ !

The next day’s march of about eight miles was also along the

banks of the river, and the going easy. My feet were now less

apparent to my senses and I felt much more like hunting the

wary ibex. Insucha climate, and leading such a life, one soon gets

into condition. The pony—‘ Motee’ was his name—led behind me

all the many hundred miles of this trip, was in consequence some-

what shortwinded on his return to Chakrata. It was, however,

a comforting feeling to know that he was at hand should at any

time the flesh become weaker than the spirit,

2%6 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1.

There is no Rest House at Hatkoti, but, it being Sunday and the

scholars away, accommodation was obtained in the school building.

Hatkoti to Roru is seven miles. The river bed is more level and

the valley wider. About a mile from Hatkoti there are twelve

ancient temples built of large hewn stone slabs surmounted at the

top by a circular stone carved in the form of a lotus plant. ‘ Built

by the Gods,’ the local people reply when questioned regarding

them. They date from about the year A.p. 700 and precisely

similar structures are to be seen in other parts of these hills; also

about Dwarahat in the Kumaon hills north of Ranikhet, and at

Badri in Garhwal.

Along the river bank on this day’s march, where many sweet scent-

ed flowering shrubs! and dog-roses still pleased the eye, I carried

with me a bunch of lovely deep red roses of most beautiful fragrance,

gathered from a gorgeous profusion growing on the walls near the

Hatkoti school. Each of the baggage coolies had a rose stuck in

his cap. A shade of green was appearing on the slopes of the hills

but they were practically bare of trees. Scarcely a tree was to be

seen at Hatkoti. As one gets away from Jaunsar-Bawar and the

influence of the Forest Department the deforestation of the hillsides

is very noticeable.

Roru is in Bashahr, and here is the Tahsil for the southern

portion of that State. The jurisdiction of the Tashil of Chini meets

that of Roru at a place called Wangtu a few miles beyond Nichar.

In the village of Roru is a post office, also several shops whence

all ordinary supplies can be obtained. The Forest Rest House is

well situated, giving a view of the Pabar Valley to the snowy

mountains among which the river has its source.

The distance from Roru to Soongri—a dak bungalow on the

Hindustan-Tibet road—is fourteen miles. Almost every foot of the

way is up hill, the last eight miles being very steep, and the last five

amere stair case. The rise in elevation is over 5,000 feet. I

walked the whole distance and after having tea on arrival felt

quite all right. The coolies started at six o’clock and got in at

four in the afternoon. For the first six miles there was but little

shade, then the path went through alternate deodar plantations and

cultivated land. There was plenty of water and the country was

well wooded. At six miles from Roru the road forks, the main

path leading to Kadrala. ‘This wide spreading valley is a noted

place for black bear in the autumn months; at the head of it is

a dak bungalow on the Simla road.

Four photographs were taken on this march, the first being that

of some shepherds returning with their sheep and goats to the up-

land grazing grounds after having passed the winter months in

the pastures of the lower valleys. The lady of the party would

not at first show her face: but afterwards, quite realizing that her

picture was to be taken, put forefinger on chin and gazed at the

sky !| The dogs with these people were nice and friendly, wagging

their tails and allowing their heads to be patted. So different to

the dogs of the plains of India, as indeed are most hill people also.

On the ruins of an cld Fort called Samerkot, situated a few miles

below Soongri, is a very imposing edifice which afforded a suitable

THREE MONTHS OR GHE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ * 37

subject for a photograph. It was said to be one of the residences

of the Rajah of Bashahr. A group of some villagers of Khanda

and of the houses, to show the style of architecture, were both

satisfactory pictures.

Having now come seventy-two miles, aday’s halt was made. The

Soongri bungalow is at an elevation of 8,750’ and is sixty-six

miles from Simla. The temperature at 10 a.m. on May 5, was 57°

and was not much above 60° at any time during theday. ‘To the

south-east is the massive hump ofa hill called Marrarle (12,258’)

at that time covered with snow to within about two thousand feet,

of the summit. There is a path leading up to it; and going

along this for about six miles, almost all the way through fragrant

forests of fir, I got to within about the same distance of the top of

the hill. All about Soongri violets and flowers of many kinds were

in great profusion, and from now onwards the wild flowers and

flowering creepers were a source of the greatest pleasure, which

would have been much enhanced by a working knowledge of botany

had I possessed it. A copy of that well-known work Flora

Szmlensis should be taken with one, when journeying in those hills.

A section of the Hindustan—Tibet Road will here be of interest to

the reader. The Simla-Soongri branch of it joins the Rampur

branch at Sarahan. The road bifurcates at Narkanda, the fourth

stage from Simla, the Soongri-Dharangati portion being the main

road as originally designed.

ROG)

CHIN)

PANG!

RORUNG

JANG!

LIPS

GAORA

| saRAHaN

Lr) TARAN DA

PAUNDA

; tC

ANAM

ELEVATIONS 3

. nN

9616

946

m) ab = aalo »,0000

el 85 Oelm Me Ror

4 d =~N Onin noagarr

D 2 4 OO AWD DORA

2 t2) 10 12

SECTION OF HINDUSTAN-TIBET ROAD

MILEAGES

From Soongri to Bahli, the next Bungalow on the road, is twelve

miles, but a short cut, very steep and rocky and strewn with pine

needles, takes off some of this. It would bea bad path in wet

weather. Most of the way was through cool forest of kail and

deodar trees. Half-way down the hill the loud barking of a kakur

or Barking Deer attracted attention. The noise came nearer and

nearer down the hill, and soon appeared a wild looking man of

Kunawar who was taking sheep back to their summer grazing

lands. He was the ‘ Aakur’ and his imitation of the cry of the

barking deer was, to my ear, absolutely accurate. I envied him

this accomplishment, which could be put to such effective use in

calling up the wily panther to an imaginary dinner! Vain efforts

were made to acquire the trick of voice uttered with such ease and

accuracy by this happy-looking son of the breezy upland country.

He had acquired the art in order to frighten his sheep and keep

them on the move. When crossing the ravine before commencing

the ascent to gain the main road, the call of the common cuckoo

28 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1.

was heard for the second time on this trip, the first occasion having

been above Tewni on April 30. I have heard the call of this

widely distributed bird during the month of Apriland May in the

jungles of Hyderabad and the Central Provinces and also on the

snowline in Kashmir and Kishtwar at an elevation of 10,000’ and

more.

On arrival at Bahli Bungalow (8,200’) the cloudy sky and

hazy atmosphere denied me the view of the mountains of Kulu and

Spiti which would have otherwise been obtainable. The next day’s

march of eight miles to Taklech Forest Bungalow was shortened

to five or six miles by use of a rocky goat track which descended

steeply, for the most part through fields of terraced cultivation.

The first four miles by the the main road had been through a forest

of fir trees, and afforded pleasing views down the heavily wooded

ravines. The sudden descent to the warm and sunny valley of

Taklech, and the comparatively low elevation of 5,600 feet afforded

a very sudden change in several ways. Up above all had been still

and silent. Very few birds and butterflies had been seen. Below

there was much bird life and the fields and hedgerows were enlivened

by swarms of butterflies of brilliant hues. Gooral were to be found

near the bungalow; but news of tahr some twelve miles up the

Darkari Valley induced me to make a three days’ excursion in that

direction.

An early start on May 8, took me the eight miles to Darkari

village in good time; and, having halted an hour or so for break-

fast and to allow the baggage coolies to come up, the ridge some

1,200’ higher was soon gained. Two shizkaris were supplied

at short notice by the Lambardar, and in the evening we saw three

female tahr on the face of a precipice in the further valley. Having

dined off army ration, stewed figs, and chupattzs, sleep under an

overhanging ledge of rock was not long in coming.

At daybreak next morning the baggage was taken by four

lightly-laden coolies to another camping place from which there

was said to be more likelihood of the animals we were in search

of being found. Nothing was seen, and I soon realized that the

proper tahr ground at this season was much further on, up the

precipitous slopes of Marrarle Hill, and that I could not afford the

time to go in search of them. A heavy thunderstorm came on

but cleared late in the afternoon. Fears of further bad weather

during the night proved well founded. Rain early in the evening

quickly changed to snow and this, with a rapidly falling temperature,

kept up until about four in the morning.

I was lulled to sleep by the ‘ strong hum of forest tree tops’ but

woke during the night very thirsty as the sausages for dinner were

uncommonly salt. Having emptied the water bottle I was glad to

eat some snow off the kit bag which protected my feet. One ofthe

shikaris was under the rock near me and groaned and grunted all

night, poor fellow, in a most distressing manner. ‘The four coolies

were jolly as crickets. They had no bedding, and just stuck it

out round a fire under the wide-spreading branches of a deodar tree.

Whenever I woke up they could be heard Jaughing and cracking

jokes. Indeed these hill men are much to be admired for their

THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ 29

endurance and bright and merry dispositions. It is difficult to

imagine more depressing circumstances than the spending of a

night in a gloomy forest in a snow and rain storm at an elevation

of near 11,000’: yet those gay lads laughed hilariously through-

out the night. One merry fellow told mein the morning, with a

happy smile that they had not slept a wink! A smile in return,

and the present of a rupee to each of them, sent them dancing off

down the hill to Darkari with my kit. A further search for tahr

proving fruitless, a return was made and Taklech reached by the

evening, the last six miles having been somewhat painful owing

to rheumatism in the left knee. I think that shkzkarts Behari

and Kannu of Darkari would probably show good sport in

October.

The road from Taklech to Darangati Forest Bungalow—about

twelve miles—is mostly up hill, the elevation of the latter being

9,55¢’. As one tops the col the bungalow is seen on the east

side of the ridge, and there is a most glorious panorama of snows,

far and near. The heavy storm of the past two nights had brought

the snow line quite low down. ‘Twelve miles up the ridge to the

east are mountains of 17,000’ and more: but the summits of

these were not visible as the sky was stormy in every direction. |

Standing in the verandah of the picturesque bungalow one’s

gaze travels along the thickly wooded hills to the right, up to

the now clouded peaks of the perpetual snows, down the ridge

on the far side of the valley—now under a white mantie but

doubtless bare of all that in a week’s time—and then down and

down to the gloomy gorges of the Sutlej River. Travelling

beyond, the eye lifts to the stupendous snowy peaks of the wholly

mountainous country of Spiti. The prospect terrified my two

Chakrata coolies who had up to now only seen the perpetual snows

at a distance of some fifty miles and more. Temperatures in

the verandah were 45° at sun down and 40° at five in the

morning.

During the mostly downhill walk of fourteen miles to Sarahan

there was slight rain now and again. The road descending to

6,200’ passes over a deep ravine; thence it rises by easy

gradients to the bungalow (P.W.D.) which is situated at an

elevation of 6,918’, on an open hill-side, high up above the bed

of the Sutlej River a bend of which can be seen as a turbid flood

far down in the rocky gorge.

Sarahan is the aiicient capital of Bashahr State and the palace

here—the present summer residence of the Rajah—is far superior

to that at Rampur. It is built of rubble masonry, alternating with

beams of cedar wood, and is of considerable age. The roofs are

slanting and slightly concave like those of the Chinese. Connected

with the palace is an ancient Kali temple at which in former days

human sacrifices were probably offered.

Now that the more frequented portion of the Hindustan-Tibet

Road was reached there was more traffic, and many strange looking

people were to be seen passing along on their return to the higher

country, some of them being bound for the Shipki pass and the

wilds of Tibet. Owing to the traffic on the road and the day being

30 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1.

clear and sunny, the march of fifteen miles to Taranda Bungalow

(P.W.D.) did not seem so long as that of the previous day. Several

photographs were taken, including that of two of my own baggage-

carrying damsels and a lad of Taranda. Such merry happy faces.

Much of the carrying along this road was done by women, young

and old. A lad of about fifteen carried a load of sixty pounds the

whole of this long march and smiled merrily at the end of it!

Wonderful people.

The women were very pleasant to deal with and never grumbled.

The reason for most of the baggage-carrying work being done

by women appears to have been that in those mountain valleys

the cooly caste is not very numerous, and tor this reason those

of good caste had to perform their share of this forced labour.

As the male population consider it humiliating they make the

womenfolk do it, not seeing that by this arrangement they

disgraced themselves the more. The forced system of ‘ begar’

has now been abolished—much to the inconvenience of Europeans

travelling in the hills—and journeying in this and some other parts

of the Himalayas has, in consequence, become difficult; also

exceedingly expensive.

On this day I met the Conservator of Forests and learned

that my shooting pass was on its way to me, the number

of each description of animal being limited to one ibex, one

snow bear, three tahr, three gooral, two serow, and three burhel.

If asnow bear should be notified as a sheep killer then another

might be shot. These numbers were the limit for a month

or a year. I was fated to see only the first and the last of

the list.

Almost at the moment of my meeting with the Forest Depart-

ment party an accident had happened to the cooly entrusted with

the departmental medicine chest. He had sat heavily on the road

parapet, with his back to the steep hillside, and this giving way he

and his load went clattering down the precipitous declivity. He

looked as if he needed some of the few remaining contents of the

much damaged stock of medicines.

There have been casualties to Europeans on this well-known

route during the past sixty years, but not many, considering the

number who must have travelled along it.

Mile 15 Mr. Cockerell killed with his horse, 1873.

3 26, Mrs. Brind, horse, and syce, killed, 1865.

e 95* Sir A. Lawrence killed, riding, 1864.

,, 101, Mrs. Leathes and horse killed, 1890.

,, 117, Miss Rebsch killed when with Mr. Paul.

The bungalow at Taranda is amongst fir trees and faces the

valley, from the depths of which the roar of the river can be faintly

heard. On the far side, rising steeply from the river bed, is a

hill of some 12,000’, snow covered at that time; and towering

beyond isa peak 18,446’ in height. The scenery is grand, and

built by nature on a lavish scale.

* Miles 95 and 101 are between Sarahan and ‘Taranda,

THREE MONTHS OF PAE VAL EEV OFTHE, SOT EES 3]

At the fourth mile on the way to Nichar is the P. W. D. Bungalow

of Paunda where it is customary to change the baggage coolies and

is convenient to stop for breakfast. After passing Paunda the road

winds through some splendid deodars. Below the road, near the

village of Sungri, is a picturesque temple of which, in common no

doubt with many other travellers, an excellent photograph was

secured. It is an ancient wooden Mahesvara temple and a fine

specimen of hill architecture. It has a square ground plan and

three slanting roofs, one above the other, the lower one being the

largest and the top one the smallest of the three. While the two

lower ones are square the top one is round, shaped like a

funnel. The four corner beams of the lowest roof end in wooden

figures of walking lions of almost life-like size. The temple

contains a lingam. On the road from Sungri to Nichar is

seen the first Lamaist Stupa. It is small, only about six feet

high.

It is very pleasant marching along this road: one constantly

passes herds of sheep and goats migrating to the hills after spend-

ing the winter months in the lower valleys. Many baby kids and

lambs frisk along with the slowly moving party. With the flocks are

the shepherds and their families, accompanied by one or more

shaggy dogs of large size and mostly good tempered with

strangers. They are very fierce when guarding the flocks by

night. The children are bright and happy-looking with rosy, if

somewhat grubby, cheeks, the mothers being highly delighted

when notice is taken of them.

At Nichar Post Office a budget of letters and newspapers was

retrieved and the building photographed. The descent to Wanghtu

Bungalow some three miles further on is steep, and a terrific

wind, of the biting and penetrating variety was howling, down

the narrow gorge of the river reminding me of the Tons Valley in

December. The shelter of the bungalow, and comfort of a blazing

wood fire, was very welcome. That day was the last of the great

storm which had swept over the Himalayas for many hundreds of

miles.

Crossing the river by a modern suspension bridge 150 feet in

length, the Tibet road follows the right bank of the river and is

more or less level for the first six or seven miles. Opposite the

bridge is a track which leads into the Bhabeh nullah—said to be

good for snow bear—and then, by a pass at the head of the valley,

into Spiti. This is the route to Hanle and Ladak by way of the

formidable Parang La, a pass 18,300’ high and much dreaded by

all who have to make their way across it. Wangtu is a place so

obviously suitable for a bridge that there has probably been

one here from time immemorial, as is further indicated by ancient

carvings on the rocks. In the rocks are many smoke-begrimed

caves used by travellers, and about the caves and rocks are

numerous Tibetan inscriptions in charcoal and red chalk.

There was a wooden bridge here in 1817 but this was destroyed

by the Gurkhas in 1819 and afterwards replaced by a cope bridge.

This bridge marks the ancient boundary between Bashahr and

Tibet, Even to this day Tibetan influence makes tself felt in the

32 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX].

frequency among the people of personal Tibetan names. From

here onwards the Pahari dialects of the lower Sutlej valley are

replaced by the Kunawari language. The grammar of this

language of Kunawar is said to have close affinity to that of

Mundaie, a language of Chota Nagpur, and to indicate that in very

early times an amalgamation must have taken place between

Munda aboriginal tribes and Tibetans! Should my wanderings

ever take me to Chota Nagpur I will try and observe any

indications of the Mongolian strain.

Five miles short of Urni, the next bungalow to be come to, a

chaprassi from the Chini ‘'ahsil met me with a change of coolies.

He was also the bearer of a note from the Tahsildar to say that a

shtkavit had been arranged for at Pangi on May 17, and that

the chaprassi was attached to my camp for the duration of my stay in

that country. From the river-bed the road winds zig-zag fashion

up the steep hillside. The road in several places overhangs the

precipitous slopes, being supported by means of buttressed planks.

It was along this stretch of road that Miss Rebsch was killed some

years before. From Urni, looking across the river, the village of

Kilba could be seen. Here there is a dispensary, and, I think, a

post office also.

The old temple at Urni, in which worship is no longer

performed, is of the square tower type and has a wooden

verandah running round below the standing gable roof. There is a

new temple, not far from the old one, at which are many wood

carvings of a primitive kind, one of which represents a man

shooting a leopard with a gun. The slanting gable beams of the

temple had representations of walking lions like those at Sungra.

Most of the roofs at Urni village are of the flat Tibetan style.

The country called the ‘dry zone’ had now been entered.

Beyond Wangtu there is but little rain, the several ranges of

mountains holding back the surcharged clouds of the monsoons of

India and causing them to discharge their torrential rain against

the western slopes. Any rains which reach the valley are only in

the shape of English April showers—falling gently and at intervals.

The hillsides were less heavily wooded and it was generally

apparent that climatic conditions were different to those of the

valleys through which we had come. The air was perfumed by the

scent of many aromatic shrubs and grasses.

The following day’s march of fourteen miles to Chini was a fairly

easy one as to gradients. Owing to the recent storms the snow

line was lower than usual and the scenery was magnificent. In

one place the road had slipped into the Sutlej several thousand feet

below. For a considerable distance the road has been blasted out

of the solid rock giving a dizzy prospect as one looks over the

railings into the stupendous gorge of the river. This was between

Rogi and Chini, the former being a P.W.D. Bungalow.

An extract from a letter written by Lord Dalhousie from Chini

on June 30, 1850, will here be of interest as describing this

portion of the ‘road’ as it was at that time. It was on the

initiative of this great Viceroy that the present graded road was

commenced. It has not yet progressed beyond Kanam :—‘ We

LTHREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ 33

‘arrived here yesterday, after a fortnight’s travel. The track, for

‘it hardly could be caled a path, was desperate, and for women

‘terrific. It is simply the native track, neither engineered nor

‘formed. Flights of stairs formed of loose stones are the chief

‘ascents, and sometimes stairs of trunks of trees. In rounding

‘the corners of the precipices I have seen the track not three feet

‘wide, and the Sutlej 3,000’ or so sheer below you! My Lady was

‘carried in a thing they call a dandy, like a hammock slung on a

‘single pole. It is carried on two men’s shoulders, and long

‘ ropetraces are attached by which they pull you up the ascents where

‘the zigzags are long enough to allow it, and lower you down the

‘steep descents on the other side. Near to this place you cross a

‘face of rock several hundred yardslong, andas many high, by

‘continuous flights of those steps, and rude wooden platforms

‘supported on pegs of wood driven into the clefts of the cliffs. The

‘descent is direct to the river, ] should say nearly 5,000’ below!

‘It was very grand but veally funky.’

Leaving the Rogi cliffs the road makes a sharp inward turn,

bringing into view the wide valley of Chini, which had then a

somewhat wintry appearance but was soon to put on summer garb.

The elevation is 9,486’ and the winter severe, but spring and

autumn months provide a perfect climate. On either side of

the valley the mountains rise to a height of over 20,000’,

those on the south being close by and towering above the river

bed.

There was formerly a Moravian mission established here the

work of which was taken over by the Salvation Army. Now there’

is, I believe, no mission at Chini. Captain and Mrs. Mortimer

were most kind and helpful in every way, telling me much of their

life in this out of the way place among the simple hill people, and

of the country and its inhabitants, also of the prospects of shzkar.

The skin of a half-grown snow leopard was shown to me. During

the winter it was killing sheep up the hillside, not far behind the

house, and the owner of the flock was on the look out for it. The

son of the owner, quite a lad, came upon the marauder just after it

had killed a sheep and was intent on its meal. He called his

father and then, while the boy seized the leopard by the tail, the

father blew the brute up with his gun. A splendid Zale!

The town of Chini has a picturesque appearance, lying as it does

on fairly level slopes of the widening valley, and overshadowed by

the perpetual snows of Castle Rock, and other mighty peaks,

towering to some 20,000’ but a few short miles away. The

valley is well wooded, deodar and walnut trees being in abundance;

the latter just then coming into leaf. In the month of August the

whole valley is yellow with ripe apricots and at the same time the

luxuriant vineyards near the river are producing the finest grapes

of some eighteen varieties. The climate is well suited to fruit-

growing and many imported varieties thrive well :—peaches, pears,

plums, apricots, apples are all in abundance, as also all kinds of

garden produce. An instance of this was the one gooseberry bush

found by the Mortimers on arrival six years before. This bush

had become some two hundred and more, the produce of which,

384° JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Wol, SOO,

sold in Simla, paid the wages of a mali for a whole year. The

Tahsildar informed me that cabbages were grown weighing as

much as 30 lbs:!

The building which is now the Tahsil was the residence of Lord

and Lady Dalhousie when they resided at Chini from June to

September in the year 1850. The change to this dry and bracing

climate was urged upon them by their medical advisers and

proved of the greatest benefit to their health.

The Forest Bungalow commands a magnificent panorama of the

perpetual snows just across the valley. An early morning photo-

graph, taken just as the sun was about to rise over the shoulder of

the mountain, was quite successful. Later on, under the guidance

of Captain Mortimer, a visit was made to the village of Koti,

situated about 12,000’ below Chini and half way to the sus-

pension bridge over the Sutlej River. There the difference in

temperature and state of the crops and foliage was very marked.

Walnut trees were in full leaf, while those at Chini were in bud

only, A fine deodar tree was measured and found to be 31 feet in

girth breast high from the ground. At Pangi atree with a larger

girth—32 feet 6 inches,—was seen, but it was not so well grown.

Lord Dalhousie records one which measured 36 feet in circum-

ference. The edible pine—Cidrus gerardiana—was common. The

people have the right to the fruit of all such trees whether they

grow inor out of the forests controlled by the Forest Depart-

ment.

At Koti we found daily worship in progress at the main temple.

Inside the building were two figures in dandies. One was the

goddess and the other her servant. These figures were danced up

and down by men holding the poles and then a priest read out the

oracle for the day. Close by was another building with a small

water cistern inside it. The fish—barbel—ran up to about two

pounds in weight and seemed pleased with the broken biscuit

thrown to them. A woman, energetically occupied in stamping on

and kneading homespun cloth in a stream of water afforded a good

subject for a photograph. Many of the women of this country are

very good looking; others, mostly of lower castes no doubt, are

somewhat ugly and of quite a different type.

While at Chini warm clothing, necessary for my servant and

two Chakrata coolies, was made up by a local tailor from

homespun cloth purchased in a neighbouring village. ‘The cost

was reasonable and the articles suited to the climate. A large

blanket of pure wool, purchased for myself from the Salvation

Army Weaving Establishment for nine rupees, has been in

constant use until now and will be serviceable for a number of

years.

On May 20 a pleasant walk of six miles took me to Pangi. Some

little distance from Chini, below the road, is a house said to have

been that of a European—the first to live in these hills—who had

established himself here very many years ago. I did not know of this

at the time so am unable to describe it. The P.W.D. Bungalow at

Pangi is a large one, situated well above the road, and commanding

a fine view of the valley, with a different aspect of the snows

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ

PANORAMA FROM CHINI FOREST

VIEW FROM CHINI ForEST BUNGALOW

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist Soe.

THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ

VIEW FROM SNOW STORM CAMP

THE THAMAN RIVER AT RUPA

THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ 35

beyond. The bungalow was built about sixty-five years ago. In

the verandah isa large table of deodar wood almost completely

covered with the names of travellers, some of them known to fame,

who have passed that way. The oldest names are those of two

officers of the 4th Hussars—September 1870. Future travellers

will have to carve their illustrious names or initials on the other

similar table which is to be found in the bungalow. Near the

village is a lamaist gateway built across the road. Several others

of the kind were met with further on. They all have a stupa on the

roof and frescoes on the ceilings.

The local shzkarz had been to Chini on the 17th to see me

and been sent out with field glasses to search the Kashang Gad

(nullah) for game. He returned the evening of my arrival to say

that nothing had been seen, and that, owing to the lateness of the

spring there was yet no grass and no game tobe found. This

was unfortunate as this zzl/ah had quite a reputation for snow

bear and burhel. So my hopes of early success were doomed to

disappointment. A day’s halt for the shzkarz to prospect up another

valley near by proved barren of results. There was nothing to be

done but take the road tor Jangi and the Ashang Gad, at entrance

of which is the village of Lipi.

This march of fifteen miles was long and tiring, or a wind

stroke in my back made it feel so. At Rorung a change of coolies

was made. ‘The road was broken in many places. It was a marvel

to see ‘ Motu’ cross like a skipping goat over the most impassible

looking rocks. There were some fine precipices on the way, and

at one place there had been a great disintegration from the heights

above, probably some fifty years previously, as could be seen by

the immense number of huge rocks and bouiders strewn over the

slopes of the hill. The last two miles into Jangi afforded a marked

change of scenery. Fine deodar trees amidst deep mould, and a

broadening valiey. Beyond Jangi could be seen almost bare

hillsides, those facing the west being wholly devoid of trees. Most

ot the trees seen are those known as the Pencil Cedar—a kind

of juniper. Opposite Jangi lies the village of Kinam, with a

fine castle on a rock above the river. It was said to have been built

by the Rajah of Bashahr.

News from the Ashang Gad was not encouraging. Without a

visit, which time did not permit, it was not possible to know if

information was correct or designed to move me further on.

I had now been twenty-six days on the road and no game in

sight, soa letter was despatched to India asking for a month’s

extension of leave. My plans were made to bring me back to Jangi

in time to meet the reply to my letter so that I would be able to act

as seemed best for the days remaining to me.

Leaving Jangi bungalow on May 23, we set out for Rupa, the

highest village in the valley of the Thanim River, my enquiries from

goatherds passing along the road pointing to there being a

certainty of finding game in that direction. The stage to Kanam was

twelve miles and the road became worse and worse. ‘Tibetan Mani

walls were now frequently met with. They were strewn with stone

and slate tablets bearing the words Om Mani Padme Him. There

36 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

was no bungalow at the scattered and very picturesque village of

Kanam. On the hill is to be seen the first monastery of this part

of the country. The Hungarian scientist, Cosma de Ké6rés, the

pioneer in the Study of Tibetan languages, lived here during the

years 1827 to 1830, and was visited by the traveller Dr. Gerard in

1329. |

The mist and cloud effects that day, with visions of the higher

snows in between the rifts, were very fine. It took eight hours to

do the thirteen miles to Shiasu, the Thanim River, a tributary of the

Sutlej, being crossed a mile short of the village by a substantial

iron girder bridge. In many places the track was only fit for goats.

The wonderful pony got over the bad places in an extraordinary way.

A drove of ponies was seen on the hillside near Kanam. One of

them had been attacked in the autumn of the previous year by a

bear. His withers, which had been badly bitten, were still swollen

and running with matter. The descent to the Thanim bridge was

along the face of an immense precipice. Contemplating the bridge

one could well realize the difficulties which had been overcome in

transporting such heavy materials by cooly labour 180 miles from

Simla.

Heavy clouds could be seen banked up behind the mountainous

barrier which holds back the monsoon from this almost rainless

country. The unpleasant weather which must then have prevailed

on the western slopes of the Himalayas could be readily imagined.

Having crossed the iron bridge, the path to Shipki and Tibet winds

up the mountain side to follow the valley of the Sutlej River, now a

daily increasing tumultuous torrent of icy water of a reddish colour.

Qur way led us a mile up the left bank of the Thanim River to the

small village of Shiasu which faces tremendous precipices. Here

direct postal arrangements had to cease as I couid no longer receive

letters from the mail runners. It was possible however to arrange

for post being sent up the valley to my camp as occasion offered.

The ten miles’ journey next day took us to camp at Chamong,

also called Giaban. Just as we left Shiasu tremendous reverbera-

tions were heard and masses: of .the precipice were seen to be

falling into the river-bed. ‘The path was fairly levelallthe way. A

colossal snow bridge, caused by an avalanche from the heights above,

was seen to be blocking the river. After leaving the large village

of Suinam we crossed and recrossed the many shallow streams into

which the river had been diverted on its way through the new level

valley.

Some of the women now met with had a distinctly Mongolian

type of face, indicating the mingling of the inhabitants with the

neighbouring people of Tibet. Many earrings are worn—in one

instance eleven were counted on either side—but attached to the hair

above the ears, and not to the ears themselves, an arrangement

which commended itself to me as eminently sensible. The earrings

are, strung on a piece of plaited wool and this is fastened to the hair.

Scattered about the wide and spreading bed of the river were fields

of. cultivation. There were many deodar and edible pine trees,

all..of crooked and stunted growth, indicating the tremendous

snowfall and long rigorous winter to which they are subjected.

THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ 3

Having now got off the beaten track, the willingness of the

villagers to give information as to game became pleasingly

apparent ; so the next day’s move of seven miles to Rupa was

made in a more hopeful spirit. Shortly after leaving Chamong a

tributary stream was crossed. This afforded a very clear illustration

on a small scale, of how these Himalayan mountain streams and

rivers silt up their beds, become blocked, and cut new channels

for themselves through the masses of rocks and shingle brought

down from above.

In Rupa village deep banks of snow were still to be seen along

the lanes and between the houses. The snowline was about

1,000’ above the bed of the river.

In Rupa was a shtkari, Ramdass by name, rather old and beyond

work. He arranged however to accompany my camp and to

provide two able young men to do the skzkar work. This settled,

he promptly extracted two rupees from me for the village deity.

Having on the way up from Chamiong fired half a dozen practice

shots with the -280 Ross rifle, which had been borrowed from a

friend as a second weapon in case of any accident to my °375

an old and trusted friend—the opportunity to give the men

confidence as to likelihood of animals being slain when seen

seemed a good one. The mark, a small stone some 300 yards

away across the river, was fortunately struck by the bullet

amidst the astonished exclamations of the assembled villagers.

We then proceeded to the camping ground which was in a level field

near the bank of the river about a mile further on.

On May 27, the shzkaris having got outside an enormous

heap of chupattzs to which quite possibly my two rupees had

something to say—an early start was made. A long steady climb

took us by nine o’clock to the top of the side valley in which

it had been said that ibex might perhaps be seen. Tracks in the

snow were observed, but careful search with field glasses and

telescope failed to disclose any animals. The ibex had evidently

moved further up the main valley. Crossing over to the southern

side of the main ridge three lots of female burhel were descried, but

no rams were to be found. These animals were not in the least

shy. Camp was reached at 2 p.m., the thermometer showed the

temperature to be 55°. The day before something had made me

suspect that this excursion up the hill was mainly to discover how

] could get over the ground, a natural enough desire as it is not usual

for these people to see a sportsman with the obivously game leg

with which I am afflicted. My suspicions were confirmed, as old

Ramdass spoke to the two men who were with me in their own

dialect, and quite frankly admitted on my questioning him that they

wanted to find out how much hill climbing I would be able to do.

From the top of the hill we had surmounted, nothing but snow was

to be seen in many directions. The thermometer showed ‘7° at

4.30 a.m.

Bad weather during the night brougit the snow line a thousand

feet lower and, though this soon disappeared, camp could not be

moved because of the danger from falling stones. A flock of about

200 blue rock pigeons, the smaller hill variety, flew about the fields,

38 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1.

evidently driven by the inclement weather to the comparative

shelter of the valley. They were extremely wary and would not

allow me within shot. Dotted about the terraced fields were many

apricot trees just coming into blossom, the lovely pale pink being

very pleasing to the eye. Some tiny pink flowers were struggling

to appéar—heralds of the many beautiful varieties which would soon

be seen. The season was about three weeks late, all the better for

shtkar now I was on the ground, and the ‘ oldest inhabitants’ said,

as they always do, that there had been no such weather within their

recollection. A sheep, weight 50 lbs., was purchased for six rupees.

two fowls at ten annas each, and eggs at twelve annas a dozen.

Between Kanam and Suinam many chukor had been seen, and a

few were now flushed in the fields about the camp.

Next day, the 29th, camp was moved about seven miles up river.

About one and a half miies after the start a number of ibex—thirty

were counted—were seen to be making their way towards the

higher country. All were females and quite small males. They

were, at one time, only some 200 yards distant. The weather

seemed now to have made a definite change and it was much

warmer. The river was rapid, roaring turbulently from under the

several snow bridges which had to be crossed. As we progressed

the snow bridge became almost continuous, but it was not safe to

trust to it and goat paths along the hillside had to be followed. The

ibex came along, more or less level, for a long distance, and then

disappeared from view among the rugged ravines.

On the opposite side of the river, about three hundred yards up

the hill, and near a shale slope some sixty yards in width, a female

ibex was standing, seemingly carved in stone, a vigilant sentry on

behalf of the herd on’ the reverse side of the spur. This shale

slope was pointed out as the place where, a few days before, a

man from Rupa had been found dead. He had gone out alone,

and been killed by a stone hurtling from the heights above.

It was after several days’ search that he was found. Within a

few minutes we were to have realistic demonstration as to how

death had called him. The sun was now well up and old Ramdass

advised no delay. Turning a bend in the river it was seen that

a similar shale slope to that we had just looked upon had to be

crossed. About half our party had got to the other side and I was

some way across, the tiffin cooly with basket on his back a few

paces behind, when a warning shout was heard. Looking up, the

dust was seen flying in half a dozen places not far from the sky line

some two thousand feet above. Then appeared the boulders,

black specs against the blue, bounding down with leaps of hundreds

of yards atatime. Almost immediately they were upon us, big asa

man’s head and whizzing past with dreadful force and velocity.

One could but keep quiet, lying face up hill to afford as small a

mark as possible, but ready to endeavour to shift a bit to one side

or the other. That is what I did, but the cooly remained standing.

The first few stones spared us. Then there was a crash and down

went the cooly, basket and all, hurled fifty feet by the impact of a

rugged rock. I was hastening to him when he picked himself up

and we both went on as fast'as we could, to be again halted by a

THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ 39

further discharge of aerial artillery, but to reach the further side in

safety. The snow was now melting fast and stones came down at

more frequent ititervals. All the baggage coolies, with exception

of one woman, had crossed in safety. She wrung her hands, quite

unnerved, so one of the men volunteering for the job, went

across and brought over the load, receiving on the spot extra

payment for so doing. i |

Camp was soon reached, a site for the tents being selected

under a great overhanging rock opposite where the Pamachang

tributary falls into the main river. The down country servant and

Chakrata coolies were very apprehensive as to the immense rock

balanced above their heads. I think they were not happy in their

minds until we left this camp, overshadowed by the mighty mass

of stone which certainly had the appearance of requiring but little

provocation to descend upon us. The damage to the contents of

the lunch basket was found to be considerable. Precious glass

bottles broken and contents all mixed together. The cooly

had a fortunate escape. His back was half turned towards the hill

and the stone caught the left-hand upper corner of the basket.

At last a shooting camp had been attained and hopes were

bright for the next day. Behind, almost overhanging the camp,

reared up a high, savage range of limestone and granite. In front

of the camp was a roaring torrent fed by the melting snows from

the mountains dividing Kunawar from Spiti; to the north a

precipitous mountain its crests serrated in rising and_ falling

outlines, trimmed with radiating buttresses, spired peaks, and

bands of snow. The scrub covered slopes were dotted with many

rocks and boulders fallen from the heights above. The evening light

glowed in the sky as we settled down for the night, and luminous

banks of burning crimson clouds hung over the summits of the

snow topmost mountains.

(Zo be continued)

BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY’S

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON

REPORT No. 38 SIND

By Mrs. HELEN M. LINDSAY

COLLECTION ee Sty NOMS Os

LOCALITY bie ... Indus Delta, Sind.

DATE Bez wet .-- October to December, 1922.

COLLECTED BY Res .. Cy MeCanny

This collection consists of 120 specimens, representing sixteen genera. It

was made in a small area east of Karachi, lying round the lowest reaches of

the Indus River, considerably south of the tract of country visited by

Mr. Prater in 1915. The genera represented in this area of Lower Sind are

identical with those brought by Mr. Prater from Upper Sind, save in two

instances, viz. Leggadilla and Asellia. No detailed description is therefore

necessary, for Mr. Wroughton has dealt fully with all the specimens from

Upper Sind in vol. xxiv, No. 4 of the Journal of the Natural History Society,

19T6.

The specimens were obtained from

Tatta on the Indus, sixty miles east of Karachi.

(zharo, a flat sandy place.

Mirpur Sakro, fifteen miles south of Gharo, cultivated and marshy.

Gholam.

Bohara.

Ketti.

Bagar.

These are all villages lying south-west of Tatta and more towards the

mouths of the Indus.

NOONE Vi,

(1) ASELLIA TRIDENS MURRAIANA, K. And.

The Sind Trident Leat-nosed Bat.

(Synonymy in No. 32.)

This genus is not represented in the collection from Upper Sind. From

Panjgur, Baluchistan, twenty-two specimens were brought by Col. J.C. B.

Hotson and recorded in Report No. 32 by the late Mr. Wroughton,

but these are all smaller in size and lighter in colour than those from Lower

Sind. The fore arm of the former measures 42 mm. while that of the latter is

54mm. ‘The skulls, however, are identical in formation with those of young

age in the Baluchistan collection. It would be interesting to see more

specimens of this genus from the same locality.

Tatta, ¢ 2.

(2) HIPPOSIDEROS FULVUS PALLIDUS, K. And.

The Sind or Pale Bicoloured Leaf-nosed Bat.

(Synonymy in No. 3.)

Gholam, ¢ 2, 2 12, Gharo, ¢ 1, 21, Tatta 9 1 (in alcohol 1.)

(3) PIPISTRELLUS KUHLI LEPIDUS, Bl.

The Pale White-bordered Bat.

(Synonymy in No. 24.)

Mirpur Sakro, ¢ 1, 9 2,

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON 4)

(4) PIPISTRELLUS MINUS, Wr.

Dwarf Pipistrelle.

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Mirpur Sakro, ¢ 1, 9 3, sex undetermined, 2 ; Gholam @ 1, in alcohol, 1.

(5) ScOTOPHILUS KUHLI, Leach.

The Common Yellow Bat.

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Mirpur Sakro, ¢ 2.

The colour of the specimens is lighter than those from further North,

(6) FELIS AFFINIS, Gray and Hardwicke.

The Jungle Cat.

(Synonymy in No, 1.)

Gholam, @ 1.

(7) HERPESTES AUROPUNCTATUS PALLIPES, Blyth.

The Pale-footed Small Mongoose.

(Synonymy in No. 27.)

Gholam, 2 1, Gharo ¢ 2, 2 1, Bohara 41, Tatta@1, Ketti¢ 1,2 1, Bagan

Indus River ¢ 1, Q 2.

(8) HERPESTES EDWARDSI, Geoff.

The Common Indian Mungoose.

(Synonymy in No. 1, under 4/7. mungo.)

Mattay,<c 1

This specimen is distinctly coloured as this species, and not H. e. ferru-

gineus.

(9) CANIS INDICUS KOLA, Wr.

The Jackal.

(Synonymy in No. 1, under C. aureus.)

Gharo, ¢ 1, Tatta,,.¢ 1.

(10) FUNAMBULUS PENNANTI ARGENTESCENS, Wr.

The Northern Five-striped or Sind Banyan Squirrel.

(Synonymy in No. 24.)

Bohara, 2.1, Tatta ¢1, Mirpur Sakro ¢ 10,99, Gharo ¢ 2, @ 2, Gholam

37,26.

(11) CHELIONES HURRIAN#, Jerd.

The Indian Desert Gerbil.

(Synonymy in No. 3, under Meriones hurriane )

Mirpur Sakro, ¢ 2, 93.

_ The habits of this creature have been described by Mr. Prater in vol. xxiv,

No. 4, p. 756 of the J. B. VN. A. S. (1916).

(12) TATERA SHERRINI, WR.

The Sind Gerbil.

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Gharo,4 2, 2 2; Gholam;¢ 2/2 1) Tatta, ¢ 1, ‘91,

42 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

(13) DreopILLus INDUS, Thos.

The Sind Dipodil.

(Synonymy in No. 10.)

Gharo, @ 2.

This species was definitely established by Mr. Thomas in his paper in the

J.B. N. H. S. of December 1920,

(14) Nesoxia InpicA, Hardwicke.

The Rajputana Mole Rat.

(Synonymy in No. 24.)

Gholam,,2 1, Latta sot.

(15) LEGGADILLA SADHU, Wr.

The Deccan Spiny Mouse.

(Synonymy in No. 3.)

Vatta, 2 2, in alcoho! 4:

(16) LEPUS DAYANUS, Blanf.

The Sind Hare.

(Synonymy in No. 3.)

- Gholam, ¢ 2, 9 4.

REPORT No. 39, MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO

By Mrs, HELEN M. LINDSAY.

COLLECTION oe tea LIN S9}

LOCALITY we ... Mergui Archipelago.

‘DATE ste de ... September, 1921 to May, 1922.

COLLECTED BY ue ... Mr. C. Primrose.

In some measure this collection may be considered as supplementary to

that made by Mr. G. C. Shortridge in 1914 in South Tenasserim, for he also

visited Mergui Township. But Mr. Primrose was occupied mainly with the

islands that form the Mergui Archipelago, whose area lies between 10°N. and

13°30’ N. Latitude and 97°30’ -E. and 98°50’ E. Longitude, extending along

the whole western shore of the Mergui District. It was described in 1838 as

possessing uncommonly fine and picturesque scenery—‘ the ocean on every

side spotted with green islands and islets, all densely wooded and of all sizes

and forms, some low and very level, others with bold rocky shores rising into

mountain ridges’. The Burma Gazetteer of 1912 reports the Archipelago as

consisting of 804 islands, nearly all forest clad, hilly for the most part and

often fringed with mangrove swamps but some with yellow beach of saud or

pebble. In his tour diary Mr. Primrose frequently remarks on the great

difficulty he experienced in penetrating the luxuriant jungle growth. The

climatic conditions too were difficult, heavy rain continually interfering with

the work of collection and preparation of specimens. The average rainfall

given for Mergui Township in the Burma Gazetteer is 162°77 inches.

From north to south the islands visited by Mr. Primrose were :—

(1) Tavoy. This is inhabited, but is covered with dense secondary jungle

full of thorny creepers.

(2) King’s Island, the largest of the group. It has an area of 170 square

miles and is partly cultivated by Burmese and Karens. Mr.

Primrose reports it as having heavy forest almost devoid of

mammals.

3) Elphinstone Island.

4) Ross Island. Both mammals and birds are scarce here.

5) Sir John Hayes Island, very rocky with large boulders of granite,

6) Criddle’s Island—south of Ross Island.

7) Kisseraing. This has a few fishing villages,

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMAH AND CEYLON 43

(8) Malcolm’s Island—it is covered with forest of most luxuriant growth

with much cane.

(9) Lampi or Sullivan’s Island.

(10) Gregory Group of islets—alongside the south-east shore of Lampi

Island

(11) Hastings Island has its hill-sides covered with a tangled mass_ of

creepers. The whole island is rocky.

(12) Barwell Island—east of Hastings Island.

Only (1), (2) and (7) were inhabited.

In addition Mr. Primrose collected also from Mergui Town and from the

Nathay Mine on the mainland opposite Tavoy Isiand near Palauk on the

boundary of the Mergui District.

The collection numbers 585 specimens belonging to twenty-five genera.

Mr. Primrose states that as a whole the Archipelago is not rich in mammalia

and claims that his specimens represent practically all the species any

collector would be likely to get in a six months’ trip. He was told by the

Burmese of the existence on King’s Island of Lutra sp. and Sciuropterus

spadiceus, but was unable to obtain any specimens. Lwtra has been seen on

Elphinstone Island and Sczuropterus spadiceus was seen by Mr. Primrose on

Lampi Island. The Mergui specimens belong almost wholly to the small

mammals, while in the collection from south Tenasserim the almost complete

absence of these (exclusive of bats) was noted. ‘Two species of Pleropus were

found, Pteropus vamp. malaccensis from Mergui Town and Tavoy Island and

Pteropus hyp. geminorum from Sir John Hayes Island, thus supplying the

deficiency noted in the Tenasserim Report.

(1) Macaca apusta, Mill.

The Malay Pig-tatled Monkey.

(Synonymy in No. 17.)

Lampi Island, ¢ 1.

(2) Macaca rus, F. Cuvier.

The Kra or Crab-eating Monkey.

(Synonymy in No. 17.)

It is noted in the report on the Mammals from the Rhio Archipelago by

Mr. Thomas and Mr. Wroughton that ‘ the Peninsular form of this macaque

is very variable, but it is not improbable that the smaller brighter race

inhabiting the more inland districts may be sub-specifically distinct.’ When

more material from the Mergui Archipelago is available, it may be found that

the insular species of the more northerly region is also distinct as a larger

brighter race. Only one specimen was obtained in the present collection.

Its colour is brighter than other specimens from Tenasserim or Malay, its

tail is 495 mm., head and body 520 mm. The skull length is 5°75 eras its

breadth 3°5 inches.

King’s Island, ¢ 1. Vernacular name—Mrouk (Burmese).

(3) PITHECUS OBSCURUS, Reid.

The Dusky Leat Monkey or Dusky Langur.

(Synonymy in No. 17.)

Malcolm Island, 2 1, very young, King’s Island, ¢ 1.

Vernacular name—THA-THO (Karen).

(4) NvycCTICEBUS COUCANG. Bodd.

The Slow Loris.

Vernacular name—MI0UK-MOMA (Burmese), THASAY (Karen).

(Synonymy in No. 17.)

King’s Island, #1,

44. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

(5) PTEROPUS VAMPYRUS MALACCENSIS, And.

The Malay Flying Fox.

1760. Pteropus vampyrus (Linneus.)

1810. Pteropus edulis (Geoffroy, Ann. Mus., xv, p. 90).

Pteropus intermedius. (K. Andersen.)

1903. Pteropus vampyrus. (Bonhote, Fasciculi Malayensis Zool., pt. -i,

p. 14.) |

1908. Pteropus vampyrus malaccensis. (K. Andersen, Ann. and M. N. H.

(8) ii, p. 368.)

Kloss in his paper ‘On some Siamese Mammals’ in 1916, remarks that this

species ‘ has not been recorded with certainty’ further north in the Peninsula

than Patani (8°N. Latitude) though it occurs again in south-east Siam.

Elsewhere in Siam and in Tenasserim its place is taken by a smalier species

known as Pleropus intermedius, Andersen. The specimens in this collection

are certainly P. v. malaccensis and they have come trom Tavoy Island on

13°30’ N. Mr. Primrose notes that these creatures come long distances from

other islands for fruit and this probably accounts for its distribution in a

more northerly direction extending from Kisseraing and adjacent islands on

11°50’N. to Tavoy in this Archipelago.

Mergui Town, ¢ 4,21; Tavoy Island, 9 9; Kisseraing Island, 26;

Gregory group, ¢ 1; Malcolm Island, 21; Barwell Island, 2 2,? 2.

Vernacular name—LIUSWE (Burmese) ; BLAKANA (Karen).

(6) PTEROPUS HYPOMELANUS GEMINORUM, Mill.

The Lesser Burmese Flying Fox.

1860. Pteropus nicobaricus, Fitzinger, Wien Akad., p. 389.

1881. Pteropus nicobaricus, J. Anderson, Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus., pt. I,

p. 103.

1903. Plteropus geminorum, Miller, Smith’s Misc. Coll., xlv, p. 60.

The female specimens are lighter coloured on the shoulder and greyer on

the back than the males.

(7) CYNOPTERUS BRACHYOTIS ANGULATUS, Mill.

The Malay Short-nosed Fruit Bat.

(Synonymy in No. 17.)

Malcolm Island, ¢ 6, 213; Tavoy Island, 2 1, ? 1.

Vernacular name—LUINOoo (Burmese), BLA (Karen).

(8) HIPPOSIDERUS ATRATUS, Kelaart.

The Bicoloured Leaf-nosed Bat.

(Synonymy in No. 3.)

Margui ¢ 5, 2 2.

Vernacular name—LvuINoo (Burmese), BLA (Karen).

(9) MEGADERMA SPASMA MEDIUM, K. And.

The Malay Vampire Bat.

(Synonymy in No. 5) also

1918. Megaderma spasma medium, K. Andersen.

Tavoy Island, 2 2; Ross Island, 292; Mergui, @ 1.

(10) TYLONYCTERIS PACHYPUS, Temin.

The Club-footed Bat.

1835. Vesperugo pachypus, Temminck, Monag. Mamm,, ii, p. 217.

1872. Tylonycteris pachypus et meyeri, Peters, M. B. Akad. Berl., p. 704.

1888. Vesperugo pachypus, Blandford, Mamm. No. 180.

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON 45

The three specimens from Nathé Mine, a little inland and on the slopes of

the hill about 1,000 feet up, are smaller in size than these from Tavoy Island.

The forearm is 22-26 mm. ;

Tavoy Island, ¢ 5, 29; Nathé Mine, Q 3.

(11) PIepISTRELLUS COROMANDRA, Gray.

The Coromandel Piptistrel.

(Synonymy in No. 5.)

Mereui, ¢ 2,92 1.

(12) ScCOTOPHILUS CASTANEUS, Horsf.

The Chestnul Scotophil.

1824. Nycticejus castaneus, Horsf., Cat., pp. 37, 38.

1846. Scotophilus temminckiu, Cantor, J. A. S. &., xv, p. 185.

1900. Scotophilus castaneus, Thomas and Wroughton, J. &. M.S. Mus., iv,

p. 100.

Mergui town, ¢ 1.

(13) Mvyoris MURICOLA, Gray.

The Wall Bat or Moustachioed. Bat.

(Synonymy in No. 17.)

Ross Island, ¢ 2, 2 2.

(14) Myotis (LEUCONG) HASSELTI, Temm.

Van Hasselt’s Bat,

(Synonymy in No. 18.)

The single specimen obtained has forearm 41 mm., tail 42 mm., head and

body 55 mm., ear 17 mm. No skull was sent.

Mergui town, @ 1.

(15) EMBALLONURA MONTICOLA, Temim.

The Malay Sheath-tailed Bat.

(Synonymy in No. 17.)

These specimens mark a more northerly record for the occurrence of this

genus. King’s Island is 2° farther north than Victoria Point where the

specimens described in No. 17 were found. The measurements were forearm

43-45 mm., head and bedy 43-47 mm., tail 11-14 mm., ear 14 mm.

Mr. Primrose notes that these bats fly readily and well in day-light. Ross

Island, 2 2; King’s Island, ¢ 2, 21; Criddle’s Island, 9 1.

(16) TUuPpAIA BELANGERI BRUNETTA, Thos.

The Tenasserim Tree Shrew.

(Synonymy in No. 17) also No. xxxv of vol. xxix of J. B&B. NV. H. S., p. 84.

This species is common on T'avoy Island where it prefers the low secondary

jungle growing on old ‘ Taungya’ clearings to the heavy forest. It varies

considerably in colour. Vernacular name—Sway (Burmese), WHEYSOONA

(Karen).

Tavoy Island, ¢6, 26; Ross Island, ¢ 11, 9 8; King’s Island, 43,925

(17) ‘TUPALA CLARISSA, Thos.

The Malay Tree Shrew.

19 7. Vupaia clarissa, Thomas, J. B. N. H.S., xxv, No. 2 of 1917.

This species was definitely determined by Mr. Thomas in his account of

the Tupaias of South Tenasserim in Journal of Bombay Natural History

Society, vol. xxv, No. 2 of 1917. He notes that it cannot have a very wide distri-

bution, as itis replaced by 7. belangeri at Tenasserim town. It is interesting

that in the Mergui Archipelago the distribution is similar. Thus 7. clarissa is

46 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXt1.

found in the southerly islands and 7. belangeri in the northerly ones.

Mr. Thomas refers to this fact in his papers No. XX XVII in vol. xxix of the

J.-B. IN. A. S588.

Kisseraing Island, ¢ 2; Malcolm Island, ¢ 2, 91.

Sullivan Island. ¢ 1, Q 1; Hastings Island, Q 2.

(18) ey Sp.

The Musk Rat.

Mergui Town, ¢ 1.

(19) GALEOPTERUS PENINSULAE, Thos.

The Malay Flying Shrew.

(Synonymy in No. 17.)

Kisseraing Island, 2 2, both immature.

(20) ARCTOGALIDIA LEUCOTIS, Horsf.

The Small-toothed Palm Civet or Burmese Tree Civet.

(Synonymy in No. 17.)

1897. Arctogalidia merriam, Science, v. p. 302.

King’s Island, ¢ 1.

(21) PETAURISTA MERGULUS, sp. n. Thos.

The Mergui Flying Squirrel

1922. Petaurista mergulus, Thomas, J.B.N.A.S., xxviii, p. 1067.

Tavoy Island, 21; Ross Island, Ged ee Os

(22) PETAURISTA MERGULUS REGULI, Thos. sub sp. n.

The Mergui Flying Squirrel.

1922. Petaurista mergulus regul1, Thomas, J/.B.N.H.S., vol. xxxi, p. 22.

King’s Island, 2 1.

(23) PETAURISTA MERGULUS PRIMROSEI, Thos sub sp. n.

Primrose’s Flying Squirrel.

1922. Petaurista primrose, Thomas, J.B.N.A.S., vol. xxxi, p. 22.

Malcolm’s Island, 21; Sullivan Island, @ 3.

(24) RATUFA MELANOPEPLA CELALNOPEPLA, Mill.

The Burmese Flying Squirrel.

1900. Ratufa melanopepla, Miller, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., ii, p. 71.

1913. Ratufa melanopepla celeenope pla, Miller, Smithson "Misc. Coll, 1si,

No32)5 5. 27:

This species was determined on the examination of three specimens from

Domel Island, Mergui Archipelago, collected by Dr. W. L. Abbot in 1904.

The present specimens are from neighbouring islands.

King’s Island, ¢ 2; Lampi Island, $1; Kisseraing Island, ¢ 5,9 3.

Vernacular name—LiuTHAY (Burmese), THABAKO (Karen).

(25) CALLOSCIURUS EPOMOPHORUS HASTILIS, Thos.

The Hastings Island Epaulet Squirrel.

1922. Callosciurus epbomophorus hastilis sub sp. n. Thomas, J.B.N.A. S.,

xxix, p. 377;

The colour of this squirrel is distinctly greyer than the species named

domelicus or davisont.

Hastings Island, $3, 22,2 2

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON 47

(26) CALLOSCIURUS EPOMOPHORUS TABAUDIUS, Thos. sub sp. n.

The Tavoy [sland Epaulet Squirrel.

1922. Callosciurus epomophorus tabaudius, Thos. J.B.N.H.S., xxxv,

p. 1067.

Tavoy Island, ¢ 3, 2 2.

(27) CALLOSCIURUS EPOMOPHORUS SULLIVANUS, Miller.

The Sullivan Island Epaulet Squirrel.

1903. Sczurus sullivanus, Miller, Smithson. Misc. Coll., Ixv. p. 17.

Sullivan Island, ¢3.

(28) CALLOSCIURUS EPOMOPHORUS DOMELICUS, Miller.

The Domel Island Epaulet Squirrel.

1903. Sciurus domelicus, Miller. Smithson. Misc. Coll., lxv, p. 18.

Kisseraing Island, ¢ 10,23; Malcolm Island, ¢ 2.

(29) CALLOSCIURUS EPOMOPHORUS DAVISONI, Bonh.

The Burmese Epaulet Squirrel.

(Synonymy in No. 17).

Vernacular name—SAE (Burmese), Lipoa (Karen).

Nathé mine, Mergui District, ¢ 8, 911; Saka Chaung, #1.

Merout, o 2,22. King’s Island, ./,.9° 3:

(S30) MENETES BERDMOREI, Blyth.

Berdmore’s Squirrel.

(Synonymy in No. 17).

In addition, see 1914. Thomas, J/.B.N.A.S., xiii, p. 23.

Lampi Island, ¢1, 292; Kisseraing Island, ¢ 4, 2 1.

(31) TAMIOPS MACCLELLANDI BARBEI, Blyth.

The Striped Burmese Squirrel.

(Synonymy in No. 14.)

Vernacular name—Sway (Burmese), LELAV (Karen).

King’s Island, ¢3, 21; Kisseraing Island, ¢ 4, @ 1.

(32) GUNOMYS VARIUS, Thos.

The Malay Mole Rat.

(Synonymy in No. 17; also see reports Nos. 29 and 35).

Mergui town ¢ 3 (2 young), 2 2 (1 young).

(33) RATTUS CONCOLOR, Blyth.

The Little Burmese Rat.

(Synonymy in No. 16; see also reports Nos. 17 and 20).

Tavoy Island, ¢1; Ross Island, 91; King’s Island, @ 2.

(34) RATTUS BERDMORETI, Blyth.

The Burmese Gray Rat.

1851. Rattus berdmorei, Blyth. J.A.S.B., xx, p. 173.

A damaged specimen now handed over to the B.M.

Nathé Mine, Mergui District, 9 1.

48 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

(35) RATTUS SURIFER, Miller,

The Malay Spiny Rat.

(Synonymy in No. 17.)

Mergui town, 21; Tavoy Island, ¢ 13, 916; Ross Island, ¢5, 91.

King’s Island, ¢ 10, 2 20; Sir John Hayes Island, ¢7, 2 12; Kisseraing

Island, ¢ 18,25; Malcolm Island, ¢ 4,95;' Lampi Island, 2 2; Hastings

Island, 7 1.

(36) RaTTUS RATTUS TIKOS, Hint.

The Tenasserim Rat.

1918... Aatius- rattus tzkos, Hinton. J.L.N.77.S., xxvi,.pp. 59; 334.

Tavoy Island, ¢ 6, 293; Ross Island, ¢ 1; King’s Island, ¢7, 21.

_ sir John Hayes Island, ¢ 15, 98; Criddle's Island, ¢ 5, 29 3; Lampi

Island, ¢ 3, 2 4; Malcolm’s Island, ¢ 12,213; Hastings Island, ¢ 4, 294;

Nathé Mine, ¢1.

(37) RATTUS VOCIFERANS, Mill.

The Long-tailed Malay Spiny Rat.

(Synonymy in No. 17.)

Tavoy Island, 2 3; Ross Island,.¢ 2.9 2; Kine’s Island, ¢ 4,03:

Kisseraing Island, ¢ 2, 23; Malcolm Island, 9 1.

Vernacular name—MTHAMAY (Karen).

(38) NYCTOCLEPTES CINEREUS. Mc. Cl.

The Large Burmese Bamboo Rat.

(Synonymy in No. 14.)

Natheé Mine, @ 2.

(39) TRAGULUS RAVUS LAMPENSIS, Mill.

The Little Malay Chevrotain.

1903. Zragulus lampensis, Miller, Proc. Biol. Socy. Wash. xvi, p. 42.

Lampi Island, ¢ 1, 21. ’

(40) TRAGULUS RAVUS MERGATUS, Thos. sub sp. n.

The little Malay Chevrotain.

1922. Tragulus ravus mergatus. Thomas. J.B.N.H.S., xxix, pp .84, 85.

King’s Island, ¢1, 92; Kisseraing Island, Q 3.

Vernacular name—GEELONG (Burmese), THABOSOOBEE (Karen).

TRANSPORT

Mr. Primrose advises any future collector inthis Archipelago to use a. launch.

If a country boat be used and that for longer than three months, it is cheaper

to buy a boat outright and engage a Saléne crew paid at a monthly rate.

Tact is needed in working with Salénes as they are of timid nature, but as

seamen and in morale they are so vastly superio1 to Burmans, it is worthwhile

trying to get and keep them. The Loojee or headman of Nowlay, the dock-

yard of Mergui, can heip with procuring a crew. In 1922 a boat cost from

Rs. 360 to 500. As winds and currents cause much trouble, supplies should be

calculated for double the time supposed to be enough fora journey. The

anchor cable must be at least twenty fathoms length and of good strong rope.

Special thanks must be recorded to Mr. B. B. Jubb, General Agent, Mergui,

and to Mr. T. E. Webster, Assistant Manager of the Burma Para Rubber

Estate, King’s Island,

JourRN. Bompay Nat. Hist. Soc. PraTn XxX

Ismenine. I. Hesperiidae. Celaenorrhine.

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES

By Cot: ‘W.-H: EVANS, D.S.0., F.Z.S., F.E.S.

(Continued from Vol. XXX, page 776. )

PartIX —

(With 1 plate)

I. Hesperiidae. Key to subfamilies and’ genera. ne

la (33a). Body shorter than dorsum H. Larva-on dicotyledons. Egg

dome-shaped, ribbed. . ; re:

lb (7a). Palpi 3rd joint peculiar, long, thin, naked, blunt, porrected in

front of the face and’looking rather like an awl ; emanating from a stout 2nd

joint, which is erect and appressed to the face. Antennal club long, gradual,

curved at the thickest part and tip pointed. F v2 from near base ; v4 nearer

v5, which is nearer 6. H v2 never after v7 ; v5 well marked and usually nearer

6. H produced orangled at vl. H tibiae with 2 pairs of spurs. Wings erect

in repose. = He

Ismeninae. Africa. India and China to Australia.

Ic (5a). H v5 tubular, much nearer v6 ; cell = 4 wing. -

~ Id (4). H v2 about opposite v7. ~

1 (2a). F vl distortedat base. H tibiae fringed. ¢ often with a brand upf

and v2 bent down towards v1.

Hlasora, M. India and China to Australia. (= Parata, M. )

2a(1). F vl sinuous but not distorted.

2 (3). Antennal club very long and gradual = shaft. often with a brand

upf and v2 displaced also the hind tibiz swollen and tufted.

Ismene, Swainson. India and China to New Guinea. (= Pola, Torthrix,

Gecana, Burara, Sartora, Zehala, ve

3 (2). Antennal club less than 4 shaft. H tibiae not swollen or. tuited 5

fringed. .

. Bibasis, M. India to Celebes.. . |

' 4(1d) H v2 well before v7. H tibiae fringed. g no brand. |

Allora, Waterhouse and Lyell. Moluccas to Australia. (doleschalli, Fa. Ne

da (1c). H vo not tubular, midway between vs 4 and 6 ; v2 well before v7.

5(6). Hcell=3wing. ¢ hind tibiae with a long tuft. F cell normal ;.v4

midway between vs 3 and 5.

Rhopalocampta, Wallengren. Africa, India and China to New Guinea.

in Choas pes, M). : a

6 (5). H cell much less than 3 wing. H tibiae fringed. F cell very long

and narrow ; v4 nearer v5. . a. oa

Badamia, M. India and China to Australia. ;

7a (1b). Palpi 3rd joint short, stuut and conical. F v2 from near base: v5

nearer v6. H v5 well marked and nearer v6; v2 before or opposite v7.

Antennal club.shorter ; curved or angled at or before middle of club, or at

thickest part. Wings flat in BEBOSes ¢ never with a brand or tuft of haits on

the wings. ote oe .

Celaenorrhinae. Aqnetioas! Africa. India'and China to Australia.

7b (14a). H v5 tubular ; tornus rounded, Palpi porrect ; 3rd joint short ;

2nd joint yellow below. Antenne = costa : bent in the middle of the club ;

pointed.

’

Capila Group. ; ae ;

ae (10a). -Hind tibiae only with terminal spurs ; cee wee Zot

genitalia single, elongate and, pointed. ity y

7 (8a). Palpi 3rd joint long. Small’size—32 mm; '

Exometoeca, Meyrick. West Australia (Albany). (net 1S, OO

8a (7). Palpi 3rd joint very short. Large—over 40 mm.

50 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL ‘AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX7

Capila Group—(contd.)

8 (9). F v4 mid 3-5; internal cell veinlet forks to bases vs 4 and 5. @ no

costal fold on F. Eyes red.

Phenicops, Watson. Australia. (deata and denitza, Hew).

9 (8). F v4 twice as near v5 as v3; internal cell veinlet forks to just beyond

base v3 and to base vS. ¢ with costal fold F. Eyes brown. (cxritomedia is

aberrant).

Casyapa, Kirby. Moluccas to Australia: (6 species). (=Chaetocneme, Fd.).

10a (7c). Hind tibiae with 2 pairs of spurs; tufted in ¢. Clasp of genitalia

large, trifid.

10 (lla). Palpi 3rd joint very short and inconspicuous. Eyes red. ¢

usually with a costal fold.

Orthopetus, Watson. N. India and Chinato Borneo. (= Pteroxys, Wat),

lla (10). Palpi 3rd joint short, but conspicuous. Eyes golden brown or

black. ¢ no costal fold. | .

“ 11b (13). Wings broad ; F termen equal to or longer than dorsum.

11(12). if with no secondary sexual characters on wings.

Capila, M. N. India and China to Siam and Hainan. (=Pisola, M.)

12 (11). ¢ dorsum H turned over and with a long tuft of hairs at the

tornus.

Crossiurxa, DEN. N India, China and Hainan.

13 (11b). Wings narrow ; F dorsum longer than termen. H termen very,

rounded.

Calliana, M. India, China, Malay States and Borneo.

l4a (7b). H v5 not tubular.

14 (15a). Hind tibiae with single pair of spurs; plain. A jugum at the base

of the wings as in the Heterocera. Wings very long and narrow. ¢ unh a

brown brand along vl. A very aberrant genus.

Euschemon Group.

Euschemon, Db. Australia. (vafflesia, McLeay.) (== Froenati, Mab.)

15a (14). Hind tibiae with two. pairs of spurs.

Celaenorrhinus Group.

15b (20a). F length cell = 2 costa sud as lone as dorsum. Antenne

pointed. Apex F not truncate.

15¢ (17a). Palpi 3rd joint inconspicuous, in continuation of 2nd joint which

is erect or sub-erect.

15 (16). EF v4 much nearer 5 than 3; internal veinlets fork to base v§ and

mid. 3-4, ¢hind tibiae with a tuft of yellow hairs.

Charmion, DeN. Burma to Celebes.

16 (15). F v4 about mid 5 and 3; internal veinlets to bases4 and 5. ¢ bind

tibiae with a tuft of brown hairs.

Celaenorrhinus, Hub. America, Africa, India and China to Celebes.

(= Gehlota, Doh and Hantana, M.).

17a (15c). Palpi porrect.

17 (18a). F v4 further from 3 than from 5 ; lower cell veinlct to mid 3-4; v5

very slightly bent down at origin parallel to v4.

Hewitsonia, nov. type aéenesius, Hew. Papuan area, (4 species.)

18a (17). F v4 mid 3-5; lower cell veinlet to base v4; vS normal. Hind

tibiae fringed.

18 (19). ¢.with a costal fold. Wings rounded ; H tornus toothed at vl,

Achalarus, Scudder, N. America, N. India and China, (= Lobocla, M.)

19 (18). ¢nocostal fold, Apex F and tornus H produced. .

Satarupa, M. N. India and China to Java and Borneo.

20a (15b). F cell markedly shorter than dorsum or 3 costa. Palpi porrect.

20b, (27a). Apex F not truncate; termen even throughout or slightly

excavate in 1.

20c(23a). H tibiae fringed.

20d (22), Antennze bent in the middle of the club.

20.(21). F mv very arched between origins vs 2 and 3. Palpi 2nd joint

smooth, brown tipped and rest white.

Tagiades, Hub. Africa, India and China to Australia.

21 (20). FE mvstraight Palpi yellow below.

Abraximorpha, Elwes. _N. India, N. Burma and China,

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 54

Celaenorrhinus Group— (con/d.)

22 (20d). Antennz aberrant, bent near end, beyond thickest part of club;

apiculus very slender and short. Wings produced. .

Odina, Mab. N. India to Celebes.

23a (20c). Hind tibiae with a tuft in the %.

23 (24a). Mid tibiae with a tuft in the 4, an unique feature.

Mooreana, nov. Type trichoneura. N. India to New Guinea.

24a (23). Mid tibiae plain.

24b (26). H dorsum longer than or = costa.

24 (25). H costa evenly rounded at the apex.

Daimio, Murray. India and China to Celebes.

25 (24). H costa distinctly angled at the apex (end v8).

‘Coladenia, M. Afica, India and China to Philippines.

26 (24b). H costa longer than the dorsum. Antenne chequered, club and

crook very short.

Sarangesa, M. Africa, India to Malay Peninsular.

27a (20b). Apex F distinctly truncate.

27b (29. 30a). Apex F truncate at end v3. H more or less angled at end of v4.

27 (28). Hind tibiae fringed.

Darpa, M. N. E. India to Philippines,

28 (27). Hind tibiae tufted in ¢.

Tapena, M. India to Malay Peninsular.

29 (27b. 30a). Apex F truncate at endv5. 4% with a costal fold F. Hind

tibiae fringed. Palpi 3rd joint unusually long. H angled at end v4.

Netrocoryne, Fd. Australia. (vepanda, Fa). a,

30a (27b. 29). Apex F truncate at end v4. H more or less anpled at énd

vs 4 and 7.

30. (31a). Antenne tip pointed. Hind tibiae with tuft in 2g.

Ctenoptilum, DeN. N. E. India, China and Burma.

3la (30). Antenne tip blunt. i

31 (32). ¢ with a short dense tuft of white hairs on the fore coxae, Hind

tibiae fringed.

Odontoptilum, DeN. India and China to Celebes.

32 (31). ¢ with along pencil of radiating black hairs atieenedl to the fore

-coxae. Hind tibiae plain.

Caprona, Wallengren. Africa, India to Celebes. (= Adaratha, M. and

Gerosis, Mab.).

33a (la). Body as long or longer than dorsum H.

33b (47a). EF v5 rather nearer v6 than v4.

3c (37a). H end cell straight ; v2 well before v7; v5 well marked rather

nearer v4. F v2 mid base and vll; end cell straight. Antefne = 4% costa}

club short, stout and blunt. Palpi long, slender, porrect, tsually hairy ;

3rd joint stout, short but prominent, porrect. (¢ may have a costal] fold upf,

a tuft unf or the hind tibiae tufted. Wings rounded. Wings flat, erect or

semi-erect in repose ; low flying. Larva on dicotyledons. Eggs strongly ribbed.

Hesperiitae.

33 (34a). Antenne club straight. Cilia plain.

Gomalia, M. Africa, India.

34a (33). Antennze club more or less bent.

34b (36). F v4 mid vs3 and 5. Cilia prominently chequered.

34 (35). H termen even. ¢ may have costal fold upf and a tuft on the

hind tibiae.

Hesperia, Fab. N. America, Africa, one to India and China. =

Pyrgus, Hub.; Spialia, Swin.; Powellia, Ob.; Urbanus, Hub.; Erynnis,

Schrank ; Scelothrix, Ramb. ; ’ Spricthus, Bav. - Muschampia, Ob. y

35 (34). H termen crenulate. 2 with costal fold upf and may have tuft unf.

sce adda Hub. N. Africa, Europe to N. W. India. (== Spzlothyrus,

upon)

36 (34b). EF v4 much nearer v3 than v5. ¢ may have costal fold tpf. -

Nisoniades, Hub. N. America, Europe to Chitral and China. (= Thanaos:

Bdv. and Thymele, F.).

37a (33c). H upper apex of cell produced, nearer termen than rower edge } ¢

internal cell veinlet has ‘a fork to the origin of vi; vs 2. and: 7 opposite.

52 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Hesperiinae— (contd. ) *

F .v2 mid base and vll or nearer vll. Antenne Pap stout, onal hooked

and may be pointed. Palpi inconspicuous ; 2nd joint rather flattened, semi-

erect or porrect ; 3rd joint in continuation of 2nd joint, short, stout, conical,

prominent. ¢ may have a brand upf. Body stout. Wings’ erect in’ repose.

Trapezitinae. Confined to Australian Region.

37b (41a). @ no brand.

37 (38a). H tibiae with terminal spurs only. |

Mesodina, Meyrick. Australia. (3 species).

38a (37). H tibiae with 2 pairs of. spurs.

38a (34a) Antenne. sharp pointed.

Trapezites. Hub. Australia to New Guinea. (12 species) (= Putesngta,

Wat.).

39a (38). Antenne blunt.

39 (40). KF termen rather-shorter than dorsum.

Antsynta, Lower. Australia. (6 species).

-40 (39). F termen much shorter than dorsum.

Oreisplanus, Waterhouse and Lyell. Australia. (2 species).

41a (37b). ¢ with a brand upf. H. tibiae with 2 pairs of spurs.

41b (45a). Antenne tip pointed. ere

4] (42a). ¢ with oval brand upf; vl distorted at 3 from base.

- Signeta, Waterhouse and Lyell. Australia. (2 species)

42a (41). .¢ with linear brand.

42 (43. 44). Uph orange or yellow central band.

- Hesperilla, Hew. Australia. (9 species).

43 (42. 44). Uph unmarked. © a

Toxidia, Mabille. Australia to New Guinea (11 species). (= Telesto,

Bdv. and Oxytoxia, Mab.). , =

44 (42. 43). Uph with a pair of hyaline discal spots. ©

: Neohesperilla, Waterhouse and Lyell. Australia. (4 species).

45a (41b). Antenne tip blunt. ie i

45 (46). Antennal club hooked or strongly bent before middle.

Motasingha, Watson. Australia. (4-species).

46 (45). Antennz club evenly and only slightly bent in middle. Tegumen

slender; pointed, quite different to rest.

Dispar, Waterhouse and Lyell. Australia. (compacta, But).

47a (33b). F v5 always nearer to v4 than to v6; the dev vs 6 to 5 always

distorted just before v5. Hind tibiae may be fringed, but never tufted in ¢.

¢ never with a costal fold upf.. Wings erect in repose, or lower wings may- be

depressed and given a rotating motion in a horizontal plane. Larva on

monocotyledons (except Cupitha). em

Pamphilinae. .

47b.(8la). Antenne bent at the middle or thickest part of the club.

Section 1.

47c (75a). Palpi 3rd joint protruding. Eyes never red. H v2 before or:

opposite v7 (except Ge). “ee .

47d (61a). Palpi entirely porrect, 3rd joint prominent, stout. F v5 straight.

Antenne short = costa or less ; apiculus very short or absent. ~

47e (59a). H v2 well before v7 (except where latter is distorted in Bd of

Aeromachus and Amptttia).

47£° (55a).- F v2 before vil.

47g (50a). H v2 from before middle v8 ; v2 from mid base and a co ,or

nearer base. Antenne club stout and blunt. Palpi 2nd joint slender and

clothed with long hairs. Abdomen very long (except C. pulchra).. H much,

produced below costa. F tibiae without ae

Heteropterus Group.

47 (48a). F v3 opposite v9, H tibiae with single pair of spurs (2 in C. aba),

Hyaline white or yellow markings.

Carterocephalus, Led. Europe to China, N. E. India and. N. oe (=

Aubertia, Ob,: and. Pamphila, Auct.: Steropes, Bay)

A8a.(47).. F v3 opposite v10. No hyaline markings. “

ni i i te ae

ys THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 53

Heteropterus Group—(contd.)

48 (49). Hind tibiae with single pair of spurs. Unh no spots.

Leptalina, Mab. Japan to Central China. (#xzcolor, Br and Gr).

49°(48).. “Hind tibiae with 2 pairs of spurs. Unh with prominent spots.

Cilia F chequered.

- Heteropterus, Dumeril. Europe to Japan. (morpheus, Pallas).

50a (47g). H v7 from middle or before middle of v8 and v2 always nearer

end cell than base. H tibiae with 2 pairs spurs and fore tibiae with epiphysis.

Isoteinon Group.

50b (52a). Abdomen longer than dorsum. Antenne with short, pointed

apiculus. F with white spots.

50 (51). F ciliachequered. Tegumen divided. Unh yellow with numerous

large, white spots. F with prominent hyaline spots. ;

_ Lsoteinon Fd. Japan to Tonkin. (lamprospilus, Fd.).

1 (50). F cilia plain. Tegumen undivided. Unh. grey with few whitish

spots. F with obscure senii-nyaline spots.

Elwesia, nov. Chitral. Type desliei, nov.

52a (50b). Abdomer = dorsum. F no discal hyaline spots.

o2 (53a). Antenne club blunt, stout, arcuate. F broad; Unh narrow-

yellow band. are ,

_ Barca, DeN. W. Thibet. (dzcolor, Ob). (= Dejeanta, Ob. ).

53a (52). Antenne club gradual, short, fine pointed apiculus.

_ 53 (54). F vs 11 and 12 separate; v2 from near base. Unmarked. :

Abpostictopterus, Leech. (= Tacupa, Swin.). W. China to N. E. India,

54 (53).. F vs 11 and 12 approximate ; v2 from just before vll. Unmarked

except for small hyaline apical spots F and unh more or less obscure ferrugi-

nous bands.

Astictopterus, Fd. China and N. E. India to Philippines.

.99a (47f). FE v2 sas vll.. No hyaline spots.

Ampittia Group,

55b (57a). F v5 quite straight. ¢ no. brand. Below with prominent

scaling. Antennae club gradual with short, pointed apiculus.

.55 (56). F v6 from well below apex cell ; costa highly arched. Upf no

prominent markings. : :

Ochus, DeN. N. E. India to Tonkin. .

56 (55). F v6 from end cell; costa straight. Upf usually with prominent

discal and apical yellow spots.

Baracus, M. India, N. Burma, Philippines.

87a (5b). F v5 slightly bent down at origin. ~¢ may have a brand upf from

vl to v2 and on H vs 6 and 7 hairpinwise.

S7 (58). Above with prominent yellow markings and unh with yellow ‘scal-

ing. Antennee apiculus absent or very short and gradual. .

Ampittia, M. India and China to Sumatra.

- 58 (57).- Above unmarked or with small white spots ; ; unh olive grey or

black. Antenne apiculus short and gradual or very fine and abrupt.

Aeromachus, DeN. India, China and Japan to Philippines. (= Machacus,

Swin.). =

- 59a (47e). H v2 about opposite v7. F hyaline white spots.

Arnetta Group.

59 (60). F v2 nearer end cell Ee base.

‘Pedestes,, Watson. N. E. India.

60 (59). .F v2 nearer base than end cell. ‘gin two species with a tuft of hairs

unf and bases vs 2 and 3 H swollen.

Arnetia, Watson, India, Burma, Sumatra.

6la (47d). Palpi never conspicuously BOTIECK, 2nd joint semi-erect or e rect.

Antennee apiculus well defined.

61b (71a). F v5. not bent down at origin, sc as to be very much nearer v4

than to v6.

61lc (66a). Palpi 3rd joint long, slender, erect. (except in some

Koruthaialos). Beg eee oe “ ah eacene .

54 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXi

Suastus Group.

61d (64a). F vll not running close to v12. Antenne apiculus short.

6le (63). EF v2 from mid base and vll. x

61 (62). H v2 from well before v7. F v4 nearer to v3 than v5. ¢ may have

alar sex marks,

lambrix, Watson. India and Chinato Java and Borneo. (= Mimambrix,

Riley and /dmon, DeN).

62 (61). H v2 opposite v7. F v3 midvs4 and 5. F usually with hyaline

spots.

Suastus, M. India to Sumatra and Borneo.

63 (6le). F v2 from just beforevll. ¢ upf aseam from mid vl to base v4.

Hyaline spots F and H.

Inessa, DeN. Lombok.

64a (61d). F vll approximate to vl2.

64b (66). Hno tuft of hairs base costa. | |

64 (65). Antenne long, over 3} costa==cell; apiculus long, fine and

hooked. Hyaline spots F and H.

Scobura, Elwes. N. E. India to Sumatra and Borneo. China.

65 (64). Antenne short = 4 costa, not so long as cell; apiculus obtuse,

short. May be hyaline spots F.

Suada, DeN. N. E. India to Philippines.

66 (64b). ¢ H tuft of long thin hairs base costa and unf short oblique scales

overlying a groove under the basal part of the scv. No hyaline spots; usually

a red band upf.

Koruthaialos, Watson. N. E. India to Philippines. (= Arunena, Swin and

Corytheolos, Mab.)

67a (61c). Palpi 3rd joint very short, blunt, conical. No hyaline spots

except in 2 of Ge.

Sancus Group.

67 (68a). F vll touches v12. Antenne =+ costa. @ tnf with a brown

brand under origin of v2. Costa F more arched than usual at base. Above

unmarked.

Sancus, DeN. India to Celebes.

68a (67). F vll close to v12, but not touching it.

68 (69a). Antenne = costa; club stout. F v3 just before end cell. Un-

marked.

Watsoniella. Bery. N.E.Indiato Burma. (= Watsonia, El. and Stimula,

DeN).

69a (68). Antenne = costa. Fv3 well before end cell. H v2 just after

Vis

69 (70). Antennee with a very long fine hooked apiculus. ¢ upf with a

circular patch of recumbent hairs under origin of v2.

Ge, DeN. S. Burma to Java and Borneo.

70 (69). Antennze with an obtuse apiculus. F broad yellow central band..

lima, Swin. (irvina, Plotz). Celebes.

71a (61b). F vS bent down at origin and conspicuously nearer v4 than 6

(except A. fudgur). Palpi 3rd joint short, blunt and conical. .

Udaspes Group.

71b (73a). F v3 not close to v4, opposite v10 or 11. No hyaline spots.

‘Antennae club slender and gradual.

71 (72). Palpi 2nd joint erect. Unmarked ora red band upf.

Kerana, Dist. N.E. India to Philippines. (== Zamela, Swin.).

72 (71). Palpi 2nd joint porrect.

Ancistroides, But. Borneo to Celebes. (othontas, Hew and longtcornts, But.).

73a (71b). F v3 very close to v4 and opposite v9. Large hyaline spots.

Antenne club stout.

73 (74). Antenne =} costa. Palpi porrect. Hyaline spots F and H.

Udaspes, M. Indiaand China to Java.

74 (73). Antenne more than 4 costa. Palpi erect. Hyaline spots only on F.

Notocrypta. DeN. India and China to Australia. (= Pletsoneura, Fd. \

75a (47c). Palpi not protruding, 3rd joint shows as a nipple and the scales

round it are flattened and depressed ; 2nd joint very stout, erect and appressed

to face. Eyes red. Antennz club stout, apiculus obtuse, pointed. ° ;

_THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 55

Erionota Group.

75b (78a), F apex cell rounded ; v5 straight. ;

75 (76a). H v2 well before v7. F large hyaline yellow spots. ¢ upf

glandular streaks along mid vl and basal ¢ of v2: unf thick patch of recumbent

hairs along v1; uph basal 3 of vs 2 and 3 swollen, v2 being shifted to near base.

Gangara, M. India to Philippines.

76a (75). H v7 before v2 unless distorted in ¢ (No. 77).

76 (77). H lower end cell only slightly bent up. F large hyaline spots.

Ertonota, Mab. India to New Guinea, China.

77 (76). H lower end cell much bent up in. ¢ unmarked above ; @ large

yellow hyalinespots F, ¢ upf large patch dense black scales in centre of disc ;

unf tuft and H veins swollen as in No. 75.

Paduka, Dist. India to Celebes.

78a (75b). F upper apex of cell acutely produced.

78 (79a). FvSstraight. H v2 opposite v7, Large hyaline yellow spots F

and H. G¢ upfa brand along vl.

Pudicitia, DeN. N. E. India.

79a (78). F v5 bent down at origin. H v7 well before v2. Above

unmarked.

79 (80). g uph large tuft black hairs attached below v8, Cells very short

Antenne long and slender.

Matapotdes, Druce, Borneo. (smaragdinus, Druce).

80 (79). g upf brand from mid vl to below base v3. Antennae = 4 costa,

club stout.

Matapa, M. India and China to Moluccas.

8la (47b). Antennze bent beyond thickest part of club. (Zaractrocera and

Thymelicus are aberrant).

8l1b (97a). Palpi 2nd joirt stout, never conspicuously flattened at end, erect

or nearly so. Antennz usually very long and apiculus always well developed,

fine, more or less hooked. Usually hyaline spots F.

Pamphilinae, Section I:

Sle (96). Palpi 3rd joint erect.

81d (85a), F v3 opposite v9.

Hyarotis Group

Sle (84). F v4 much nearer v3 than 5. Antenne over $ costa.

81f (83). no alar sex marks.

81 (82). H v7 well before v2. Palpi 3rd joint long, thin and erect.

Oerane, DeN. S. Burma to Philippines.

82 (81). H v7 about opposite v2. Palpi 3rd joint short and stout as in rest

of group. E

Hyarotis, M. (= Quedara, Swin). India to Philippines..

83 (81f). dunf long tuft of hairs on dorsum, partly turned up and partly

turned down,

Itys, DeN. N. E. India to Java.

84 (8le), Fv4midvs3and5. d@upf glandular streak along mid vl and

base v2.

Zographetus, DeN. India to Philippines. |

85a (81d). F v3 opposite v10 or 11. Antenne long, over 3 costa.

85b (88a), F v4 not nearer vS than tov3. (some species of Plastingia,

Pirdana and Lotongus are aberrant). |

Plastingia Group.

85 (86, 87). ¢ upf dark oval brand above basal % of vl; unf a tuft mid

dorsum ; uph a tuft of recumbent hairs in 7 from near origin of v8 and tornal

cilia elongated.

Isma, Dist. (= Lophoides, Watson). Burma to Java and Borneo.

86 (85. 87). 4 upf may be astigma mid v1 to base v4; an oval brand basal

4; of yl; tornal cilia H elongated. F v5 slightly bent down at origin (Straight

in Jsma).

Sepa, DeN. S. Burma to Philippines.

87 (85. 86). ¢noalarsexmarks, F v5 may be straight or acutely bent down

at origin, :

56 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Plastingia Group—(con?d. )

Plastingia, But. India to Celebes. Aru.

88a (85b). EF v4 much nearer v5 than 3.

88b (91a). F apex cell not produced and cell not = dorsum.

Lotongus Group.

88c (90). Abdomen below brown.

88 (89). Eyes brown. ¢ no alar sexmarks.

Lotongus, Dist. N. E. India and-China to Philippines.

89 (88). Eyes red. either a seam ape or a brush uph. Tornal cilia

orange.

Zela, DeN. (= Zampa, DeN): Nz: India to Philippines.

90 (88c). Abdomen below white, also cilia ise ¢ unf in one species a large

area of black modified scales.

-Acerbas, DeN. S. Burma to New Suman

9la (88b). F apex cell acutely produced and cell = dorsum.

Unkana Group. ;

91b (95). Above prominent iayaline se Tornal cilia H not orange.

91 (92a). EF v2 mid base and v3.

Zea, Dist. S. Burma to Borneo.

92a (91). EF v2 much nearer base than v3.

92 (93a). ¢ upf a thin seam from below v2 to base v3; unfa tuft ae

dorsum. Cilia H white.

Eetion, DeN. S. Burma to Borneo.

93a (92). ¢ no alar Sexmarks.

935 (94). F v5 straight.

Unkana, Dist. Burma to Philippines.

94 (95). KF. v5 bent down at origin.

Hidari, Dist. Burma to Borneo and Java.

95 (91b). Above no hyaline spots. Tornal cilia H orange. Below usually

green. :

Pirdana, Dist. (? = Biaka, Joicey and Talbot). N. E. India to New

Guinea.

96 (81c). Palpi 3rd joint very lung, stout, porrect. ¢upf obscure glandular

streak along middle v2 and uph dorsum clothed long dense hairs. ;

Creteus Group.

Creteus, DeN. N.-E. India. Borneo.

Pamphilinae. Section III.

97a (8lb). Palpi 2nd joint more or less flattened atvend. Antenne usually:

short. F v5 bent down at origin. Eggs generally smooth.

97b (102a).. Antenne with gradual, well formed, slender apiculus, usually

hooked. Palpi 2nd joint semi-erect ; 3rd joint short, porrect. ;

Halpe Group. . ; acne

97 (98a). F v2 form near base. Antenne long = 4 costa. F v4 nearer 5 and

apex of cell produced. Upf from origin v2 basal part of v2 and mv swollen.

Gehenna, Watson. S. Burma to Celebes. ‘

98a (97). EF v2 from mid base and end cell, opposite vll or just before it.

Antenne about ¢ costa. eo: 4 Me

98b (101). H v7 before or opposite v2. F i bent down. heat

98 (99a). Antenne apiculus very long= length club. ¢ in one spec

with a brand in 1 upf and vs 1 and 2 distorted : H vs 6 and 7 hairpinwise.

Pithauria, M. N.E.India and China to Borneo and Java. (= Pithauri-°

opsis, W. M.) Beas

99a (98). Antennze apiculus never as long as the club. |

99 (100). 4 upf usually a brand from mid-vl1 to v3 and v1 may be ‘distorted ;

H vs 6 and 7 hairpinwise, when brand is present upf. ;

Halpe, M. India and China to Celebes. (= Thoressa, Swin.).

100 (99). ¢ uph long tuft recumbent black hairs: shale?) from origin V8 ; ante

glandular scaling about lower edge of cell, © °°

Onryza, Wat, Burma and Siam.

\ THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 57

Halpe Group—(coz/?d. )

101 (98b). H v2 well before v7; cell very short and tornus rounded. F v5

straight, ¢ unf a tuft mid dorsum and uph an oval brand in cell.

Sebastonyma, Wat. N. E. India and Burma.

102a (97b), Antennz apiculus short, abrupt, very fine and usually upturned

atend. (TZaractrocera, Thymelicus, Eogenes and Arrhenes are aberrant.)

102b (112a). F cell veinlet has no fork to the origin of v3 or4. Above

dark brown and yellow,

Pamphila Group,

102c (104a). Palpi 3rd joint porrect. F v2 mid base and vll. H v2

before v7.

102 (103). Apex cell produced. Antenna: =} costa; apiculus short and

stout.

Actinor, Wat. N. W. Himalayas.

103 (102). Apex cell rounded, ¢ with a circular pouch in cell uph, whence

wax oozes ; mv distorted ; F dorsum bowed, vl distorted and unf a yellow

tuft near base dorsum over a polished area, Antenne with fine, short

apiculus. Larva on dicotyledons, Generally aberrant.

Cupitha, M. India to Philippines.

104a (102c). Palpi 3rd joint erect. F v2 just before v1l.

104b (1lla). H v7 from much nearer end cell than base and about opposite

or after v2.

104c (108). Palpi 3rd joint long and thin.

104 (105a). H no tuft of long thin hairs at base costa and unf no scales

from basal part of v12 overlying scv. Antenne normal. (no brand.

Nicevillea, nov. type gola. India to Australia,

10$a (104). H witha long tuft of thin hairs at base costa and unf obliquely

placed scales from basal part of v12 overlying scv.

105 (106a). Antennz club aberrant consisting of a hollowed disc;

antennae = 4% costa. ¢@ may have brand upf.

Taractrocera, But. India and China to Australia. (== Bz6la, Mab).

106a (105). Antennz club normal; length rather over $ costa.

106 (107). Antennze apiculus commences well beyond thickest part of

club and is very fine throughout. ¢ may have a brand upf.

Padraona, M. India and China to Australia, (== Ocybadistes, Heron).

107 (106). Antenne apiculus commences near thickest part of club and

tapers to a point, always obtuse; club distinctly flattened. Wings much

squarer. usually with a brand upf.

Arrhenes, Mab. Moluccas to Australia. (5 or more species).

108 (104c). Palpi 3rd joint short, stout and conical. ¢@ may have a brand

upf or a tuft uph.

Telicota, M. India and China to Australia. ( = Corone, Mab and

Cephrenes, Waterhouse and Lyell),

109 a (104b). H.v7 from mid base and end cell, before v2. ¢ usually with

a brand upf from mid vl to base v4.

109 (110. 111). Antennz apiculus = club.

Augiades, Hub. Europe to China. N. India and N. Burma.

110 (109. 111). Antenne apiculus = $ width club.

Pamphila, Fab. Europeto N. Asia. N.W. India. N. America. (Uyr61-

cola, Hub; Arynnis, Auct).

111 (109. 110). Antenne without apiculus, club blunt. |

Thymelicus, Hub. Europe toN. C. and W, Asia. N. Africaand N.

America. (8 species). (= Adopaea, Billberg and Pelion, Kir).

112a (102b). F internal cell veinlet with well marked branch to origin of

v3 or 4. Usually dark brown with hyaline spots. F apex cell produced.

Gegenes Group.

112b (1l4a). Antenne very long = 2 costa. Palpi crect, 3rd joint very

short. F v2 mid base and vll.

112 (113). H with a tuft of long thin hairs, base costa and unf scales from

basal part vl2 obliquely overlying scv. Cilia H white. ¢ upf a small

circular brand above vl or a seam from mid yl to v3.

Sabera, Swin. New Guinea to Australia. (4 species), -

’

58 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXII

Gegenes Group-—(conid.)

113 (112). H no tuft thin long hairs, base costa or unf oblique scales

overlying scv. ¢ with brand upf.

Mimene, Joicey and Talbot. (= Mimas, DeN). Moluccas and New

Guinea area. (9 species including atropatene, Fr. and hasoroides, Elwes).

114a (112b). Antenne == 4 costa more or less.

114b (117). Palpi erect, 3rd joint short. F v2 just before vll. H lower

end cell produced and bent up; v7 before v2.

1l4c (116). Antennz apiculus short, but well developed and pointed.

114 (115). FvSonly slightly bent down at origin; v4 mid vs 3 and 5.

H cilia white. ¢ in one species unf with a tuft of hairs mid dorsum.

Iton, DeN. N. E. India to Celebes.

115 (114). F v5 acutely bent down at origin ; v4 nearer v5. @ may have a

brush uph and a brand upf ; a tuft near base dorsum unf ; a discal stigma upf ;

or no sex marks.

Baoris, M. Africa. Syria. India and China to Australia.

_ (= Parnara and Chapra, M ; Caltoris, Swin; Polytremis, Mab; Milena,

Evans).

116 (114c). Antenne very short and apiculus minute.

Gegenes, Hub. Africa. S. Europe toN. W. and N. India. (= Philoodus,

Ramb).

117 (114b). Palpi 3rd joint porrect. Antenne no apiculus. F v2 nearer

base than end cell; v4 mid 3 and 5. HvS prominent and bent down at

origin.

EKogenes, Mab. Asia Minorto C. Asia and Chitral.

Note.—The arrangement of genera is based upon Watson’s work and any modifications

introduced’ by De Niceville, Mabille, Elwes, Fruhstorfer, Swinhoe and Bell have been

carefully considered. In order to work out the group, I have found it necessary to study the

species occurring from Europe to Australia and I have dissected and examined members of

nearly every known species. Soas to make the key as useful as possible I have included

all the genera occurring in the area dealt with. Except perhaps for Central America the

Hesperiidae attain a maximum development in the Indian Empire as regards numbers of

species and since species new to India are frequently turning up, I.,have included in the keys

species (not races) occurring in Persia, Central Asia, Thibet, S. W. China, Siam,: the

Malay Peninsular and the Malay Islands. The inclusion of non-Indian species no doubt

increases the bulk of these articles somewhat, but renders them useful to a wider class of

readers.

The classification of the Pamphilinae presents peculiar difficulties; 1 have divided the

subfamily into three sections and each section into a number of small groups. Ido not

consider that further sub-division into sub-families is justified at the present time.

| I have to thank the following for assistance or the gift or loan of species :—

Capt. N.D. Riley, who gave me every facility for studying the British Museum collection.

The late Dr. Annandale and Dr. Baini Prasad for giving me the same facilities in respect of

the Indian Museum collection. Major J. C. Moulton and Mr. H. M. Pendlebury for sending

me to study the entire collections.belonging to the Singapore, Sarawak and Federated Malay

States Museums. Lord Rothschild and Mr. Joicey for permitting me to examine their

collections. Mr. G. E. R. Cooper for several species new to Indiafrom S. Burma. Major

F, M. Bailey for specimens from C. Asia, Thibet and the Safed Koh. Herr. D. J. Toxopeus

of Amsterdam for Specimens from Buru and Java. Mr. T. R. Bell for specimens from

N. Kanara. The late Mr. Hannyngton for specimens from Coorg. The late Mr. E. V. Ellis

tor specimens fromthe Shan States and the Pegu Yomain Burma. Mr. M. B. Tennent for

specimens from Siam. Mr. Ormiston for specimens from Ceylon. Mr. F. M. Mackwood for

specimens from Ceylon and Burma. Lt.-Col. M. L. Ferrar for specimens from the Andamans,

Capt. J. G. P. Drummond for specimens from the S. Shan States. Sr Orazio Querci for

specimens from S. Europe. Mr. W. Archbald for specimens from Burma. Col. T. D. Broughton

for specimens from Persia and Mesopotamia. Maj.-Gen. H. C. Tytler for specimens from

Kashmir. Mr. O. C. Ollenbach for numerous specimens from all parts.

For the Hesperiidae of Australia I would refer students to‘ The Butterflies of Australia ’

by Waterhouse and Lyell,1914. Forthe Malay Peninsular there is Distant’s ‘ Rhopalocera

Malayana,’ 1888. For Java there is ‘The Rhopalocera of Java’ by Piepers.and Snellen,

1910, For Sumatra there is ‘The Butterflies of Sumatra’ by De Niceville and Martin, 1895.

There are various old lists of the butterflies of the Philippines, Buru, Ke Islands, etc., but

generally speaking the Hise tlds ofthe area from a) to New Guinea require a great

deal more investigation.

1. Hasora. The Awls (referring to the shape of the Palpi). (Plate 30).

” koe dark brown, usually unmarked in the ¢; 9 usually with pale yellow

hyaline spots F. Below plain, may be purple or green washed and may have

a prominent pale band H.

la (6a). Tegumen with a aes pair of horns at the back. d without

brand upf.

Myra Group.

1b (5). Unh no prominent Pale band,

lc (4). Unh no green wash,

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES: 59

Myra Group—(coz/d.)

Id (3). Unh nodark central band.

1 (2). Tornus H not yellow. Above unmarked ; cilia H fuscous. 92 uph

basal 2 clothed yellow hairs. Unh brown, no prominent pale spot over the

black tornus. Small with rounded wings.

mus pahanga, nov. (45-50). Gunong Tahan, Pahang. Perak. The Plain

Awl. (mus, Elwes, from Borneo has cilia uph yellow and unh a prominent

pale subtormal spot ; paler). R.

2 (1). Uphand unh tornus broadly yellow. @ with large hyaline yellow

spots upf.

myra; Hew. (52). Java and Sumatra. The Yellow Awl.

3 (1d). Below dark brown with a dark discal band, paler beyond band.

Lobe H insignificant.

a. Below with a slatey glaze ; unh small pale yellow spot end cell and a pale

subtornal spot; the tornus is not dark. ¢ upf usually with one or two minute

apical spots. 9 with prominent apical and discal spots.

lizetta anura, DeN. (45-55). Mussoorie to N. Burma. C. and W. China.

N. Siam. The Lobeless Awl. R.

8. Below dark brown with no slatey glaze. Unh no pale ceJl spot and

subtornal patch obscure, but tornus is black. ( upf no apical spots.

lizetta lizetta, Plotz. Probably S. Burma. Malay Peninsular, Sumatra,

Java, Nias and Sumbawa. (=sadria, DeN ; wortha, Swin; tantra and

avajra, Fruh). R.

4 (1c). Unf apex and costa and all unh washed greenish blue, tornus black

and a pale subtornal patch. Q upf small pale yellow hyaline spots in cell, 2

and 3.

salanga, Plotz. (50-55). The Green Awl. Dawnas—Malay Peninsular,

Nicobars, Sumatra, Java and Borneo, (= woolletti, Riley). R.

5 (1b). Unh broad bluish white discal band, outwardly diffuse and

broken above black tornal lobe ; washed bluish inside the band. Unf some

bluish white scaling end cell and an obscure narrow discal band, curved in

atcosta. 9 upf prominent pale yellow discal spots in 2 and 3, which may be

traceable as dots unfin ¢. Very like vztta.

proxissima, Elwes (45-50). The Scarce-banded Awl. Siam. Borneo.

Philippines. VR.

6a (la). Tegumen with 2 pairs of horns at the back.

6b (9a). ¢ no brand.

Badra Group.

6 (7a). Unh no pale discal band; a prominent white spot end cell and a

pale subtornal spot over the black lobe ; lobe well developed. .

a. below dark ochreous, apex F and_ disc H broadly pale ochreous ;

in 2 purple washed. ( upf no apical dots; 2 large yellow spots in cell, 2 and

3 and apical dots 6-8.

bdadra lanka, nov. (50-55). The Common Awl. Ceylon. NR.

B. & below strongly purple washed and unf a black area beyond end cell.

é upf usually with apical dots,

* badra badra, M.S. India, Sikkim to Burma, Andamans. China, Formosa.

Malay Peninsular, Sumatra, Java, Borneo to Lombok. C. (= godama,

Sankarya and madatta, Fruh. In the Philippines, Celebes and Moluccas there

occurs a race with much larger spots unh, guadripunctata, Mab = gnaeus. Pl.

and celebica, Stg.).

7a (6). Unh with a pale discal band.

7(8). gd above unmarked. 2 with large white spots in cell, 2 and 3 and

apical dots ; bases clothed pale hairs, broadly soon H. Unh dark brown with

broad white sharply defined discal band narrowing posteriorly, SOS in ¢

obsolete below v2.

borneensis, Elwes. (60-64). Borneo.

8 (7). Upt always a prominent white apical dot in 6 and rarely also in 7;

prominent discal spots in 2 and 3 in@ and usually adotin 3in ¢.. Unh

obscurely blue washed, a broad bluish white discal band, outwardly diffused

and broken subtornally ; tornus black. Unf some obscure bluish white

scaling at end cell, apex pale and inner edge of pale area straight, not curved

as in proxissima, alexis, taminatus.

60 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Badra Group—(contd.)

vitta, But. (45-55). The Plain Banded Awl. Orissa, Sikkim to Burma,

S.W. China, Andamans, Siam, Malay Peninsular, Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

(=chabrona, Pl. proximata, Stg., appears to be the race from the Philippines

and Celebes).

subcelestis, Roth, New Guinea; wmbrina, Mab=habrod, Swin, Celebes ;

discolor, Fd = mastusia, Fr, Moluccas to Australia, belong to this group;

latifascta, J and T ; splendida, Mab ; simillima, Roth are probably conspecific

with discolor,

9a (6b). & with a brand.

9b (lla). ¢ brand consists of glandular streaks along vs 1, 2 and 2.

Thridas Group.

9(10). Unh plain brown with a more or less well developed pure white

discal band. ¢ upf with pale yellowish white discal spots in 2 and3 and

apical spot in 6.

moestissima coulteri, WM and DeN. (52-60). The Large-banded Awl.

Cachar. VR. (races appear to be palinda, Swin, Java, Nias and probably

Sumatra: minsona = mimosa, Swin, Borneo; pathana, Fruh, Philippines ;

moestissima, Mab, Celebés; ? botsduvali, Fd, Moluccas ; postfasciata, Roth,

New Guinea and Aasdia, Swin, Australia and Dampier).

10 (9). Unh dark brown with a strong violet wash, no white band. ¢

above unmarked ; 9?

lencospila parnia, Fruh. (48-56). The Violet Awl. S. Burma. Malay Penin-

sular. Nicobars, Sumatra, Java, Borneo. VR. (mattsca, Fruh. Philippines ;.

leucospila, Mab, Celebes ; violacea, Elwes, Mouccas).

(thridas, BAV. = ribbei, Pl, apara, Fr, and chalybeata, Joicey and Talbot,

Moluccas, Waigou, Obi, belongs to this ie ouehs

lla (9b). ¢ brand is a continuous seam.

Alexis Group.

11lb (14). Uph no yellow band.

11 (12a). Unh nopale band; dark ochreous brown with a faint purple

wash, centrally darker ; obscure pale spot end cell and over tornal lobe. @

upf large pale yellow hyaline discal spots in cell, 2 and 3 and apical spots.

Very like dadra.

stmplicissima lioneli, Fruh. (44-48). The Simple Awl. Dawnas to S.

Burma. Malay Peninsular, Sumatra, Java and Borneo. R. (=vyanuna,

Fruh. Philippine race mzxta, Mab = prabha and cirta, Fruh and philetas

and certhia, Plotz. fenestrata, Fruh, Celebes. szmplicissima, Mab, Moluc-

cas).

7 (11). Unh with a prominent pale discal band.

12 (13). Unh discal band bluish or purple white, narrow, outwardly

diffused ; wing more or less glossed dull steely blue. 9 upf prominent white

discal spots in 2 and 3 and apical spot in 6 (rarely also in 7).

alexis alexis, Fab. (45-50). The Common-banded Awl. Ceylon, India,

Burma, China and Siam to the Celebes. C. ( = chromus, Cr and ambasa, M ;

inermis, Elwes, Liu Kiu Is. : vairacana, Fruh, Formosa; canostigma, Joicey

and Talbot, Hainan are probably races. The race flying from the Moluccas to

Australia, etc., should probably be called #hoda, Mab = ganapata, Fruh ;

attenuata, Mab; contempta, Plotz; lucescens, Lucas ; dtlunata and -atrox,;

But).

13 (12). Unh discal band sharply defined and pure white.

a. Unh base dull indigo blue and discal band very broad. Unf apex and

unh margin clothed ochreous scales. 9 upf small white spots in 2 and 3.

taminatus taminatus, Hub. (45-50). The White-banded Awl. Ceylon

and S. India. C. (chromus, Auct and batlert, Aurivill).

Bp. As last but no ochreous scaling below and unh discal band narrower.

taminatus bharara, Fruh. Sikkim — N. Burma and W. China. NR.

vy. Unh steely blue from base up to the discal band, which is very

narrow.

taminatus almea, Swin. S. Burma. Siam and Malay Peninsular to

Borneo.

6. Unh brilliant metallic green; discal band natrow. Q spots upf may be

absent or are very small.

“hw

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 61

Alexis Group—(contd.)

* taminatus malayana. Fd. Andamans and Nicobars. C. (Felder gives

Malacca as the type locality, but his figure exactly represents the Andaman

form).

ae Fruh = gadaca, Fruh, Philippines. attenuata, Stg = meala, Swin,

Celebes. amboiensis, Swin =acakra, pramidha and dipama, Fruh, Moluccas

and Waigou).

14(11b). Upha broad yellow central band, cilia yellow. Upf conjoined

yellow hyaline discal spots in 2, 2 and cell, and apical spots 6-8. Below

similar, pale brown basally ; unf more or less purple washed about apex.

* schonherri schonherri, Lat. (40-50). The Yellow-banded Awl. R. Assam

to Burma, Malay Peninsular and islands to Borneo. (=chuza, Hew and

cridatta, Fruh. The Philippine race is gentiana, Fd=saida, Hew, with non-

hyaline spots upf and the yellow band to the base uph).

(In this group are celaenus, Cr=lugubris, Bdv and a@kshita, Fruh, Moluc-

cas to Australia and kuvama, But=vivapama and perplexa, Fruh, burgeri,

Ribbe and dampierensis, Roth, Celebes to Australia).

I. 2. Ismene. The Awlets. Mostly unmarked dark brown above and striped

below. (Plate 30).

la (3a). Unh no striping, veins not pale and no black spot at base 8. Cilia

H orange, lengthened tornally. ¢ with a brand upf and v3 nearer 4 than 2.

Ilusca Group. |

1(2). ¢ brand upf broad, edges zigzag, consisting of long and short

conjoined streaks. Above bases and most of H clothed orange red hairs.

Upf white hyaline spots in 2 and 3 more,prominent in 2, may be absent in ¢.

Unh slate.

* mahintha, M. (40-45). Assam to Burma. The Slate Awlet. NR.

2(1). ¢ brand upf narrow. Above mostly orange yellow. Unh narrow

pale purple white discal band, extending to F.

nestor, Mosch. (45-50). The Banded Awlet. Java, Flores. R. (= firdust,

Pl; zonts, DeN; aitrinotata, Mab; vudbrocincta, Mab; antigone, Rob;

zonaras, Fruh). (Belonging to the group—agquzlina, Spey = janskowskit, Ob

and chrysaeglia, But, Japan and N. China—zlusca, Hew, Celebes).

3a (la). Unh more or less striped and a prominent black spot at base 8.

3b (10a). Unh striping orange or purple. H cilia orange.

Oedipodea Group.

3c (7a). @upf with a brand and v3 bent down to near v2.

3d (6). ¢ brand consists of black modified scales. ¢ upf basal costal

orange streak and unf broadly paler.

3e (5). ¢ brand basal, against mv from vl to v4; large and prominent ; vl

distorted.

3 (4). About 48 mm. expanse.

a. ¢ HvS somewhat distorted and costa white; v6 bowed. Unh more or

less orange striped ; somewhat prominent orange discal patch beyond cell

Fand H. No blue hairs on thorax above.

oedipodea ataphus, Watson. (40-50). The Branded Orange Awlet. Ceylon.

NR.

6. ¢H v8 not distorted and v6 only slightly bowed. Unh dorsum more

orange. Blue hairs on thorax above.

oedipodea aegina, Plotz. Mussoorie to N. Burma. S.W. China. NR. .

Y. & H v6 not distorted and v6 straight. Unf orange discal areas replaced

by greenish. Unh pale purplish edged greenish streaks on a pale greenish

brown ground.

oedipodea tuckeri, Elwes. Tavoy. VR (? unique).

o. ¢ H v8 distorted and apex folded over, v6 acutely bowed towards v4.

Above prominent blue hairs on thorax and in cell uph. Below orange areas

prominent and dorsum H broadly orange.

oedtpodea oedipodea, Swainson. Probably S. Burma. Peninsular Siam,

Malay Peninsular and Islands to Philippines. NR. (= consobrina, P| and

belesis, Mab: athena, Fruh is Tonkin race).

4 (3). Expanse 58-66 mm. No blue hairs on thorax. ¢ H v8 not distorted

and v6 straight ; costa upf brown. Below no orange, pale purple discal

patches and streaks between veins H. :

62 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

Oedipodea Group—(contd.)

oedipus, Elwes. The Large Branded Orange Awlet. Perak (F.M.S. Mus).

Sula Islands. VR.

5 (3e).. ¢ upf brand central from mid vl to base v4; variable and may be

divided into spots; rather obscure and never so dark. Above ¢ plain; @

with bluish hairs at base and thorax.

a. brand restricted to 2 patches on v2 and base v3. Above ¢ prominent

basal costal streak on F. Below narrow orange striping, more intense mid disc

beyond cells.

jaina fergusonit, DeN. (60-70). The Orange Awlet. S. India to N.

Kanara. NR

B. ¢ brand as iniast. ¢ upf basal costal orange streak obscure. unf

prominent white spot in cell and a series of dull purple white spots 4-8;

rather obscure in ¢.

jaina.jaina, M. Mussoorie to Sikkim. NR.

Y. & brand a square patch from just above vltov3. As last, but larger

and darker.

* jaina vasundhara, Fruh. Assam to Karens. NR.

o. ¢ brand more extensive. Below spots on F more obscure. Upf orange

striping more prominent and unh striping purple rather than orange.

jaina margana, Fruh, Dawnas. Siam.

(formosana, Fruh is the Formosa race).

6 (3d). ¢ upf brand replaced by a dense patch of shining recumbent hairs

over lower part of disc from scv to vl. Upf basal costal orange streak

prominent. Below striping and pale patches beyond cells pale purple; unf

obscure spot in cell.

phul, Mab. (60-65). The Plush Awlet. Perak, Borneo, Philippines and

Celebes.”” VR°i>(==7ol0, Pl-andexveciiens , Hope).

7a (Sc)... no brand:

7 (8a). ¢& F v3 bent down close tov2. Palpi below grey and orange at

sides. Below more or less violet washed and H obscurely striped orange. ¢

upf prominent basal orange costal streak.

anadi, DeN. (50-55). The Plain Orange Awlet. Mussoorie to Karens.

Siam. VR.

8a (7). @ F v3 nearer v4 than v2 as in all 29.

8 (9). F v4 much nearer v5:than 3, which is opposite vll. ¢ upf very

obscure basal orange costal streak; 2 broadly blue at bases. Below very

prominent orange striping and’ large orange patches beyond cells and at

base H.

etelka, Hew. (65-75). The Great Orange Awlet. Karens to S. Burma.

Malay Peninsular and Islands (except Java) to Borneo. R.

9(8). EF v4 mid vs 5 and 3, which is opposite.v10. ¢ above rather pale

brown, lighter below v3 F and costal orange streak obscure ; uph costa to v7

white, extending in centre of space 6 to v6. @Q dark brown, bases and thorax

clothed blue hairs. Below evenly orange striped with streaky orange patches

beyond cells.

| harisa harisa, M. (45-55). The Orange-striped Awlet. Sikkim to Burma.

Andamans. C. (Races are—purpurea, Riley and Godfrey, E. Siam—asam-

bha, Fruh, Tonkin.—moncada, Fruh = aistanti, Swin MS, Malay Peninsular.—

crinatha, Fruh, Java, Sumatra and Borneo.—zzasana, Swin, Nias.—zmpertalis

Plotz, Celebes). (To the group belong /ystma, Swin, Ké Is.—dusca, Swin,

Celebes). .

10a (3b). Unh striping green and black, very prominent.

Vasutana Group.

.10b (12a).. H cilia orange. Below green with narrow black stripes between

each vein and veins black.

10(11). ¢ upf prominent separate brands along vs 1, 2, mv and 3; v3

close to v2. Above dark brown, clothed yellow hairs. Unf no spots.

striata, Hew. (55-65). The Branded Green Awlet. R. W. China (= septen-

trionis, Fd).

11 (10)... ¢ no brand and v3 near v4; dark brown, uph clothed orange

hairs.. Q above base and thorax clothed blue hairs. Unf small hyaline or

semi-hyaline white spots in 2 and 3.

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 63

Vasutana Group— (cond. )

vasutana, M. (55-65). The Green Awlet. Kumaon to N. Burma (=rahita,

Fruh). |

12 (100). H cilia whitish grey. Below black, veins green anda green

stripe between each vein.

12 (13). g upf rather obscure brands along vs 1, 2 and 3; v3 near v2.

Above ¢@ prominent orange costal strexk F, more obscure in 2. Below

uniform, stripes bluish green.

amara, M. (45-55). The Small Green Awlet. Sikkim—S. Shan States,

Andamans. (= pindapatra, Fruh). NR.

13 (12). ¢ upf no brand and v3 close to v4. ¢ above rather pale brown

with pale yellowish streaks between veins and uph costa broadly pale as in

harisa. § purple brown, base F and nearly all H green. Below paler, striped

pale green ; unh broad pale streak from base through cell to termen.

G: 6. above pale striping much more developed Q pale diffuse spots upf in

2and 3. Smaller.

gomata kanara, nov. (50-55). The Pale Green Awlet. N. Kanara, S. India.

8. Larger and darker.

* gomata gomata, M. (60-65). Sikkim to Assam. R.

(Races are—lara, Leech, China.—/alita, Fruh, Malay Peninsular, Sumatra,

Borneo.—vajra, Fruh, Java. —lorguini, Mab= mindorana, Fruh, Philippines.

—radiosa, Pl, Celebes).

(hemixanthus, Roth, New Guinea, belongs to this group).

I, 3. Bibasis. The Orange-tail Awl. (Plate 30). fa

Above unmarked. Cilia H and end abdomen orange. Unf large white

central patch above mid dorsum. Unh broad white discal band with diffused

edges.

oe sena, M. (45-50). Ceylon. S. India. Mussoorie to-:Buirmet

Andamans. Siam and Malay Peninsular. NR. (races are—uniformis, E),

Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Bawean and Lombok—sumbawana El, Sumbawa—

palawana, Stg = vaicravana, Fruh, Philippines and doubtfully Celebes).

I. 5. Rhopalocampta. The Awlking. (Plate 30).

~ Above bluish purple brown, more or less overlaid basally with dark greenish

hairs (bluish in 2). Below green with narrow black veins. H tornus and

cilia orange. .

a. Uph tornal end dorsum and cilia orange. Unh tornus black

broadly and irregularly surrounded orange.

* benjaminit, benjaminiz,, Guer (50-55). Ceylon. S. India. Simla _ to

Karens. China. NR. (=-anthropogon, Koll. Allied races are japonica,

Murray, Japan — formosana, Fruh, Formosa. The genitalia of the Ceylon

form are distinct and 3 very distinct types of genitalia are to be found in Assam ;

in Mussoorie and again in Java the larva has been found to be dimorphic).

8B. Lemon yellow at tornus instead of orange and the yellow area uph and

unh much more extensive. |

benjamini crawfurdi, Dist. S. Burma, Malay Peninsular, Sumatra, Nias,

Borneo. (subcaudata, Fd. with the tornal yellow still more extensive is the

race in Java, Bali and Banka. In the Celebes denjaminii is replaced by

platent, Stg = renidens, Man with race adhara, Fruh in the Philippines.

tluensits, Ribbe occurs in the Moluccas with race ornatus, Roth in New

Guinea). :

1. 6. Badamia. The Brown Awl. (Plate 30).

Above dark brown, bases prominently paler. Upf ¢ with whitish hyaline

spots in cell 2 and 3; in @ spots are larger, spot in 2 is -conjoined to cell

spot ard there is a small spot in l against vl. Below pale brown, tornus H

dark brown, crowned by a whitish spot.

*exclamationis. Fab. (50-55). All India and China to Australia. Ceylon;

Andamans and Nicobars. C. (= ericus. F; thymbron, Fd; ladon, Cr;

forulus, Hub).

1. 10. Orthopaetus. The Dawnflies. (Referring to their habit of flying at

dawn). « (Plate 30). Rae ae : Ny eg tae

64 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

J. 10. Orthopaetus— (contd. )

Large ferruginous brown insects. Upf prominent white hyaline spots in cell

2 and 3 and more or less prominent apical spots. Uph a discal row of dark

spots.

1 (2a) Uphdiscal spots large, black, yellow ringed. Above fulvous brown.

é upf with a costal fold,

lidderdali, Elwes, (65). Lidderdale’s Dawnfly. Bhutan. VR (? uni

(Race melli, Hering, Tsha-jiu-san, China). te R (? unique).

2a (1). Uphb discal spots small and a dark spot end cell; in 2 some of the

spots may be hyaline white. Upf apical spots obscure and dark in the ¢;

prominent and hyaline in 9. :

f 2(3). & with costal fold upf. ¢ above fulvous brown; @ dark ferruginous

yrown, . .

*Jalita, Doh, The Fulvous Dawnfly. Lushai, Assam to Burma, Siam, R.

3 (2). @no costal fold. Above rich dark fulvous brown.

phanaeus, Hew, (60-65). The Dark Fulvous Dawnfly. R. Malay Peninsular,

Sumatra, Borneo and very probably S. Burma. |

I. 11. Capila. The Striped Dawnflies. (Plate 30.)

Large dark brown insects, more or less striped in the ¢ and with a white band

upf in Q, usually. :

1 (2a). Upf prominent hyaline white spots in cell, 2 and 3; small spot in 1

just below spot in 2; prominent apical spots in 6-8. Above olive brown. Uph

obscure black veins and spots in 2 and 3. H square, angled at apex and v3.

omeia, Leech. (60). The Olive Dawnfly. W. China. R.

Za (1). Upf at most a single spot in ¢ and 2 with a continuous hyaline

white band ; no apical spots.

2 (3a) ¢& upf single large hyaline white spot end cell ; bases and thorax

fulvous ; apex F produced and outer margin straight. Q upf an irregular

white band from mid costa to tornus, as in zennara, but inner edge of spot, in

2 very irregular and reaches to inner edge of spot in 3; purple basal suffusion.

Antenne longer than usual. —

* mackwosat. Evans (70). Mackwood’s Dawnfly. N, Shan States to

Karens. S.E. Siam. (= darroni, Riley and Godfrey). VR. Oe

3a (2). ¢@ upf no hyaline spot.

3a (5). % above uniform dark brown, with prominent pale stripes

between veins.

3 (4). above uniform, rather pale brown, head, etc., dark brown ; termen

convex. @ upf discal band very irregular ; uph no pale stripes.

zennara, M. (65-80). Sikkim. VR. The Pale Striped Dawnfly, (Race

hainana, Crowley, Hainan). |

4 (3). & above base, head and thorax orange. @ upf central white band

regular with parallel edges; uph dull pale stripes outwardly. @ apex F

produced and margin straight. i

* 7agyadeva, M. (65-75), The Striped Dawnfly. Sikkim to Assam. R,

(Race pussa, Hering, China; only 2 described and is likely to prove to be the

2 of translucida).

5 (3a). ¢ above olive brown, discs broadly pale with black veins; margin

and base broadly dark. ;

translucida, Leech, (68). The Chinese Dawnfly. VR. W, China.

1. 12. Crossiura. The Fringed Dawnfly.

¢@ above very dark brown ; upf shining white hyaline band from scv across

cell to 1 with small spot beyond ; in 2 band is continuous from costa to dorsum

at tornus; 5 small apical spots from 4-8. Uph in @ a discal series of small

dark spots, with diffuse fulvous rings,

pennicillatum, DeN. (60-70). Khasi Hills. VR. (races—Azyzla, Fruh, C,

China—insularis, Joicey and Talbot, Hainan).

I. 13. Calliana. The White Dawnfly. (Plate 30). | |

¢ above white ; upf with broad dark brown apex and dark marginal spots in

2 and 3; uph with one or more black discal spots showing from below. Unf

basal 2 cell and costa dark brown and a similar patch beyond cell; apex as

above but dark brown to tornus ; unh a discal series of large black spots, also a

spot end cell and at bases 1 and 8 quite different; above dark brown

LAE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 65

I. 13. Calliana.—(conzd.)

_ with upf.a very large hyaline white spot end cell, continued as a non-hyaline

spot to the costa, also large hyaline discal spots in 2 and 3; uph with small

black discal spots ; unh black spots as in 7.

* pieridoides, M. (60-70). Assam. Dawnas. W.China. R. (race adamsz,

nov ; larger, more heavily marked and the cell upf black dusted, Borneo—3 ¢

in Adams collection, B.M.—1 ¢@ Selangor Pahang border, ‘The Gap.’

F. M.S. Mus).

J]. 15. Charmion. The Velvet Flat. (Plate 30).

3 above velvet black; 2 browner. Upf broad white hyaline band with

bluish reflections from v2 to scv; at end cell in ¢ band is constricted at upper

end, in 2 even, but nicked at v4. Palpi brown below, orange at sides. Antennge

plain black.

* ficulnea, Hew. (45-50). S. Burma, Malay Peninsular, Siam, Sumatra,

Borneo NR. (= signata, Druce ; leucographa, Pl; queda, Pl. Races are—

niasica, Mab = ovalis, Mab, Nias—tola, Hew = zawz, Pl and plezsoneura, Ste,

Celebes. Not recorded from Java or Philippines).

I. 16. Celaenorrhinus. The Flats. (Plate 30).

Above dark brown. Upf with a hyaline white or yellow discal band from scv

at end cell to at least v2, composed of conjoined or detached spots; also

usually 5 apical spots in 4-8. Uph and unh often with non-hyaline yellow

spots. (¢ of spilothyrus is aberrant, having no discal markings upf).

la (21a). Upf hyaline spots not coalesced spot in 3 not reaching base 3

(except individuals of munda and saturatus). Uphand unh usually with orange

spots and cillia prominently chequered. Upf hyaline spots white, except

saturatus and snellent.

lb (4a). Unf 4 outer spots in 1, the outer two being distinct non-hyaline

white spots. Antenne white banded below club. Uph yellow spots small.

Ambareesa Group.

lc (3). Upf and unf prominent spot in 1 before middle. Cilia F chequered.

1(2). Uphbasal spots and spot end cell obscure and dusky; discal spots

small and usually prominent Upf cell spot continued to costa.

ambareesa, M. (45-55). ‘Che Malabar Flat. S. India—Bengal. NR.

2 (1). Uph spot end cell large and prominent, other spots small. Upf cell

spot not continued to costa.

consanguinea, Leech. (43-47). The Mupin Flat. W. China. R. (race

ratna, Fruh, Formosa).

3 (1c). Upf there may be a minute spot before middle in 1, but it is not

reproduced unf. Uph spot end cell and discal spots prominent.

pyrrha, DeN. (45-55). The double spotted flat. Bhutan and Kumaon to

N. Burma. NR.

4a (1b). Unf only 2 or fewer outer spots in 1, but there may be some white

suffusion between these spots and the margin. Upf cilia not chequered.

4b (9a) Upf and unf a pale spot before the middle in 1. (May be present

in individuals of munda).

Pulomaya Group.

4c (7a). Unh no yellow basal streaks.

4(5a). Antenne shaft white above in the ¢. Cilia H pale yellow,

unchequered. Upf spots small and few.

pero, DeN. (50-60). The Mussoorie Spotted Flat. Mussoorie to N.

Burma. R.

5a (4). Antenne ¢ Qwhite banded below club. Cilia H prominently

chequered. Uph spots large and numerous.

5 (6). Upf central and lower discal spot in 1 small and rounded. Palpi

yellow and brown below. Apex F produced. Apex of tegumen undivided,

but surmounted by 2 long curve spines; clasp undivided.

* pulomaya, M. (45-50). The Multi-spotted Flat. Kangra to Nagas. W.

China. NR. (= fila, Tytler and Jucifera, Leech).

6 (5). Upf central and lower discal spot in 1 large, yellow, irregular, as

rge as the upper discal spot in 1, Palpi yellow below. Apex F rounded,

66 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX.

ies Group— (contd.)

ermen convex. Tegumen divided at apex into 2 broad points, no spines;

clasp ‘divided.

tytleri, nov. (45-50). Tytler’s Multi-spotted Flat. Mussoorie to:Manipur. R.

7a (4c). Unh with basal yellow streaks. Uph spots prominent.

7 (8). Unh double spot mid cell. Antennze white banded below club. Uph

spots prominent.

maculosa, Fd. (45-50). The Streaked Flat. Cand W. China,‘Szechuan. C.

8 (7). Unh single spot mid cell. ¢ Antenne whitish in front. Apex F

produced. Larger.

aspersa, Leech. (60). The Large-streaked Flat. Nagas. Chia-kou-Ho,

Ohina.. VR. (=clitus, ‘DEN.

9a (4b). ‘Upf and unf no spot before the middle of 1 (except individuals of

munda) ; in flavocincta there is a dark spot.

9b (13a).. Uph postdiscal spots large and prominent; ‘spots in 2, 3 and 6

always larger than ‘those in 1, 4and 5.

Sumitra Group.

9 (10a). Above bases ochreous brown .and unh except for the brown margin

entirely orange with large brown spots. Antennze shaft white above in ¢.

tlavocincta, DeN. (70). The Bhutan Flat. Bhutan. VR.

10a (9). Above and below uniform dark brown.

10 (lla). Unf cell spot not produced to costa. Antenne Shaft white above

in ¢. Uph-cilia broad orange, only faintly brown at ends veins. Upf 1 or 2

spots in 1, spot in 3 minute or absent.

* patula, DeN (55-65). The Large-spotted Flat. Bhutan, Sikkim to

Nagas. R.

lla(10). Unf.cell spot te costa. Uph cilia prominently chequered.

11 (12). Uph only a faint spot end cell and postdiscal series of spots; unh

no basal spots. Antenne shaft white above in ¢. Upf single spot in 1.

sumitra, M. (60-65). Moore’s Spotted Flat. Sikkim to Assam. VR.

12 (11). Uph promirent spot and cell end unh with prominent basal spots.

Upf 2 spots in 1. Antennae white banded below club and shaft white

chequered.

plagifera, DeN. (50-60). DeNiceville’s Spotted Flat. Sikkim to Assam

W. China. NR. (= pluscula, Leech).

13a (9b). Uphiorange spots small or absent.

13b (18a). Upf spot in 2 extends well behind origin of v3; its inner edge

well behind centre of cell spot.

Leucocera Group.

13c (15a). Antenna club white above and in ¢ shaft as well; 2 shaft plain,

not chequered. Uph usually at least traces of a spot end cell.

13 (14).. Apex F not produced ; termen not so long as dorsum.

a. Uph cilia chequered pale yellow and brown; postdiscal spots prominent

or absent. Upf spot in 3 quadrate, linear or absent ; 1 or 2 spots in 2; cell spot

may or may not be prolonged to costa. Very variable, but it seems impossible

to define local races.

t leucocera leucocera, Koll. (45-55). The Common Spotted Flat. S. India

o Bengal. Murree to Burma. Peninsular Siam and Malay Peninsular. C.

( = leucocirca, El and putra, M).

8. Uph cilia chequered bright orange and brown; postdiscal spots

prominent bright orange.

leucocera chinensis, Swin. W. China. (This is Leech’s sumitra and is very

like plagifera, but the antennz and genitalia are quite different.

y. Above very black. Cilia H entirely dark brown. Upf apical ‘spots

small and separate, no spots in 4 and 5 or 3, nor does cell spot extend to costa ;

only one spotin 1]. Uphtnmarked. Variable.

leucocera brahmaputra, El.- Sumatra, Java, Bali and Borneo.

14 (13). Apex F produced; termen = dorsum. ¢ upf spots reduced, no

spotin1(2“ 2). Uph cilia unchequered (in @Q faintly chequered) yellow.

Antenne the club only is white in the ¢ ; in 2 also upper half of shaft.

stimula, Hew. (55-60). The Narrow Spotted Flat. Sumatra and Java,

(se angustipennis, El and ‘binotatus, Fruh).

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 67

Leucocera Group—(conid.)

15a (13c). Antenne lower part of club white or yellow, shaft white spotted

inside. Uph unmarked.

15b,(17). Upf spots white. Cilia very prominently chequered pale yellow

and brown.

15 (16). Upf spot in 3 conjoined to spot in 2 and to cell spot, usually filling

base of cell 3, but may leave a tiny brown triangular spot. Upf apical, spots

conjoined, 2 equal spots in 1 conjoined upf. Unh only yellow bar end: cell.

Upf cell spot extends to costa.

munda, M. (45-50). The Himalayan Spotted Flat. Murree to Sikkim.

S. Shan States. NR.

16.(15). Upf and unf spot in 3 detached ; apical spots separate. Unf lower

‘spot in 1 narrow,, vertical, quite separate from lower spot. Unh small - yellow

spots.

maculicornis, E1 (45-50). Elwes’ Spotted Flat. Assam to Manipur. Siam.

( = vttruvius, Fruh ; race formosanus, Fruh, Formosa). R:.

17 (15b). Upt spots deep yellow and spot in 3 conjoined as in munda.

Above clothed dark ochreous hairs. Unh obscure. suffused ochreous spots.

Cilia dark brown.

saturatus, El. (45-50). The Yellow-spotted Flat. Java, Bali, C.

18a (13b). Upf. spot iui, 3 does not extend behind origin. of vein 3, its inner

edge under centre of cell spot ; costal spot above cell spot usually yellow.

Uph usually large obscure dark spots and unh small diffused orange spots.

Unf pale diffused patch in 1 between discal spots and termen.

Spilothyrus. Group.

18 (19a). Uph cilia plain darie brown, Antenne plain, ochreous under

‘club. 2 with normal spotting; upf 2 spotsin 1. abnormal; above velvet

black ; upf unspotted or at most 3 golden apical spots and a small upper.spot

in cell under origin of vll with a spot on:the costa above it and a small

conjoined outer spot below it.

spilothyrus, Fd. (40-50). The Black Flat. Ceylon. (= infernus, Fd.).C.

19a (18). Uph cilia chequered. Upf at most upper spot in 1.

19 (20). Antennz club white and shaft white spotted.

a. Uph obscurelarge black spots ; unh obscure small orange spots.

yuficornis area, Plotz. (45-50). The Tamil Spotted Flat. S. India to

Bengal. NR. (= fusca, Hampson).

8. Much blacker. Uph and unh plain’except for yellow bar end cell unh.

ruficornis ruficornis, Mab. Java. Celebes. (= pzepersi, Fruh.).

20 (19). Antenne base club white above and shaft whitish in ¢, no -white

spotting. Upf spot in 2 large and outwardly more oblique than usual, lower

outer edge midway between termen and inner edge.. Upf markings pale

yellow in g, white in 2. Uph large dark diffused Spore é and unh small diffused

yellow spots. Upf apicai spots in line and coalesced.. "

a. Upf with spots in 4, 5 and upper dot in 1.

snellent sema, noy. (45). Java. R.

B. Upf spots in 4, 5 and 1 absent.

snalleni snellent, Fruh. Celebes. (=? trtmaculata, Roth, Dampier).

2la (1b). Upf discal band compact and confluent, spot in 3 always to base

cell 3: : pthteh Wet ea has AR

21b (25a). Upf discal band white or (¢zbetana) very palesyellow.

Tibetana Group.

21 (22a). Upf discal band does not extend: into 1 a only in 9 to costa ;

rarely a spot in 4 and never in5 Uph obscure large dark spots’ in So Unt

diffused tornal patch. Unh plain. Cilia and antenne plain,'dark. “

@. o unf very narrow costal spot over cell spot; paler. 2 pale brown and

upf cell spot extends to. costa.

asmara. consertus, WeN (35-45). The White-banded Flat.’ “Assam to

Karens. NR.

8. Similar but apex F produced.

asmara.cacus, DeN. Rangoon. NR. Sere

Y. dunt costal spot prolonged, full, width to costa. @ upf cell: spot not

extended to costa. Darker. '

68 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Volt. ¥XX1.

Tibetana Group—(contd.)

* asmara asmara, But. S. Burma, Malay Peninsular, Borneo. NR. (Races

of rather doubtful value are—gofo, Mab, ‘ Japan’ or more probably Liu Kiu

Istands or S. China—aditta, Fruh, Siam—ayata, Fruh Sumatra, —milinda,

*Fruh, Java—palajava, Stg, Philippines).

22a (21). Upf discal band always extending into 1.

22 (23a). Upf discal band not extending to costa above cell; narrow,

reaches v1; apical spots 4, 5, €-8 prominent. H cilia uniform yellow white.

Unf no subtornal pale patch. Unh yellow bar end cell. Antennze white

banded below club.

badia, Hew. (55-60). The Scarce Banded Flat. Sikkim to Assam. VR.

23a (22). Upf discal band extending to costa. Antenne club whitish

below. H. cilia always more or less chequered white and brown, especially

at apex. sie :

23 (24). Upf diseai band pale yellow and extended to v1; usually spots in

4 and 5. Unf no subtornal pale patch. Unh unmarked.

tibetana, Mab. (45-55). The Thibet Flat. W. China. Mishmi Hills. Mt.

Victoria, S. Chin Hills. (Race datifascia, Mab, Yunnan, band much wider). R.

24 (23). Upf discal band white, not reaching vl, only a small upper spot

in 1 against outer edge of spot in 2; lower apical spot in 6 out of line, detached

and nearer termen. Unf prominent subtornal pale patch. Unh obscure small

pale yellow spots.

a. Upf discal band narrow, spot in 3 projects beyond band.

nigricans nigricans, DeN. (40-45). The Small-banded Flat. Sikkim to

S. Burma. Malay Peninsular. W. Siam. NR.

B: Upf discal band very wide, spot in 3 not projecting. H cilia with cnly

traces of white about apex. Darker.

nigricans balukinus, El\..Borneo. (= anoma, Fruh; orbiferus, El, appar-

ently an aberration towards nigricans).

25a (21b). Upf discal band bright yellow or orange. Antenne more or

less ochreous below club.

Dhanada Group.

25 (26a). Upf diseal band less oblique, inner edge directed to dorsum before

tornus ; lower inner edge of spot in 2 immediately under origin v3, which is at

about middle of cell spot. Antenneze always chequered at base. Upf discal

band irregular, from costa to mid 1, costal spot non-hyaline ; spot in 1 triangular,

against outer half of spot in 2; apical spots 6-8 prominent, rarely spots in

4and5. Uph obscure large dark spots. Unf suffused subtornal patch, usually

conjoined to hyaline spot inl. Unh traces of small yellow spots, especially

end ¢el!l and in 1 and 2.

a. Band rather pale golden yellow. Upf nc lower spot in 1. H cilia

prominently chequered.

dhanada dhanada, M. (40-45). The Himalayan Yellow-banded Flat.

Mussorie toc Assam. R.

8. Band rather darker. Upf always lower outer tornal non-hyaline spot in 1,

conjoined to the hyaline spot. Cilia at least more or less chequered at apex H.

dhanada affinis, Elwes. Assam to Burma. NR. (=zea, Swin, an

aberration from Assam with upf the apical spots irregular and the spot in I

against the middle of the spot in 2).

yY. As affinzs, but much smaller 2nd upf no non-hyaline spot in 1.

dhanada andamanica, WM and DeN. (35-40). Andamans. R.

6. Band orange, much wider. Upf there may be a small diffused non-

hyaline lower spot in 1, but not conjoined to the hyaline spot ; the upper spot

in 1 kas_a more or less prominent tooth on its inner lower edge. Cilia dark

brown, not chequered.

n. dhanada dentatus, El. (40-45). Borneo (= datizittus, El.).

.26a (25). Upf discal band more oblique and inner edge directed to tornus ;

lower inner edge of spot in 2 well forward of origin of v3, which is well behind

centre of cell spot. Cilia unchequered. Upf discal band extends to the tornus

..from the costa. Antenne and cilia plain.

26 (27a). Upf portion of band in 1 and at costa non-hyaline.

a. Band golden, non-hyaline portions orange; apical spots prominent ;

inner edge spot in 1 against middie of spot in 2. Uph and unh a more or less

prominent pale spot end cell.

_. THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 69

Dhanada Group— (contd.) :

*qurivittata aurivittata, M. (40-45). The Dark Yellow-banded Flat.

Assam to Mergui. NR.

8. Band orange throughout. Smaller.

aurivittata cameront, Dist. (35-40). S. Mergui, Malay Peninsular.

Sumatra. R.

y. Apical spots minute or absent; inner spots 1 and 2 upf in line. Uph

and unh plain.

aurivittata vimana, Fruh. Borneo.

27a (26). Band hyaline throughout. Uph plain.

27 (28). Upf band very irregular, not extending toend cell, spot in 1

against outer half of spot in 2.

inaegualis, El. (45-50). The unequal banded Flat. Java, Sumatra, Borneo.

(= sumatranus, Mab).

28 (27). Band very broad and regular, extending well beyond end cell ;

inner edge straight, outer edge posteriorly curved. No apical spots.

ladana, But. (45-50). The Broad-banded Flat. Borneo, Perak.

(crona, Hew and béatchianus, El from Batchian in the Moluccas belong to

this group. editus, Plotz=stotharti, Roth, from New Guinea and Aru

constitutes a group byitself. I have been unable to place the following—

mahala, Fruh, loc? — clio, Mab, Formosa—&zku, Hering, China.

I. 18. Achalarus. The Marbled Flats. (Plate 30).

Above dark brown with white or yellow hyaline discal spots upf in 1, 2, 3,

end cell and costa ; apical spots in 4,5, 6-8. Unf apex and all unh grey

powdered in patches, leaving more or less obscure irregular large dark spots.

la (3a). Upf hyaline spot in 3 touching Spot in 2.

1 (2). Palpi black below. Antennz and cilia not chequered. Upf apical

spots 6-8 coalesced.

simplex, Leech. (46). The Black Marbled Flat. W. China. (= gener,

Ob).

2 (1). Palpi grey below.

a. Paler brown. Apex F less produced and termen convex. Spots white.

bifasciatus casyapa, M. (45-55). The Marbled Flat. Kashmir to

Kumaon. A

B. Darker. Upf band much broader and yellowish.

* 6tfasciatus liliana, Atk. Assam to Karens. Yunnan. C.

Y. Still darker. Bands quite yellow; spots in 4 and 5 faint.

btfasciatus aborica. Tyt. Abor Hills. VR.

6. Upf spot in 3 not to base 3 as in Indian races. _

bifasciatus btfasciatus, Br. and Gr. N.C.and W. China. (contractus, Leech

Washan and Wa-asu-kow, spots smaller).

3a (la). Upfspot in 3 quite detached from spot in 2.

3b (5). Upf apical spots 4-8 not conjoined in a curve.

3 (4). Unh black spots prominent and detached. H more rounded than

in rest.

proximus, Leecit. (45). The Grey Marbled Flat. W. China. (= frater,

Ob, Yunnan).

4 (3). Unh black spots obscure and coalesced.

nepos, Ob. (47). The Dusky Marbled Flat. W. China.

5 (3b). Upf apical spots 4-8 conjoined on a curve. Unh black spots more

distinct than usual.

germanus, Ob. (48). The Curved Marbled Flat. W. China.

I. 19. Satarupa. The White Flats. (Plate 30).

Dark brown with hyaline spots on F and uph a broad white discal area

outwardly bordered by black spots.

(12). Palpi below yellow. Upf spot in cell (may be reduced to a small upper

spot) 2spots in 1, large spots in 2 and 3, dots towards margin in 4 and 5 (may

be absent), prominent apical spots in 6-8. Upbk cilia white chequered.

Abdomen white, black tipped.

a. Upf.no whitish scaling at margin near tornus. Uph white area narrow,

% Wing black ; discal spots coalesced to a broad band and only separated from

the broad sub-marginal dark band by a shadowy bluish line. Unh detached

spots in 6 and outer and inner spots in 7.

70 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1.

I. 19. Satarupa—(contd.)

gopala nymphalis, Speyer. (65-70). The Large White Flat. Amur—W.

China.

8B. Upf usually with whitish submarginal scaling most prominent as

a streak on dorsum under spot in 1 and 2spotsin 1, Uph } white, postdiscal

series of detached black spots separated from the submarginal band by. a

bluish band. Unf 2 prominent spots in 1 exterior to the discal spots and

traces of submarginal spots towards the apex. Unh usually an inner spot: in

7, mid 7. Varieties are not infrequent, which show a transition to zymphalis

on uph and unf the submarginal spots may be replaced by a bluish band.

* gopala gopala, M. Sikkim to N. Burma. NR. (gulla and splendens.

Tyt, Nagas are aberrations. Possibly good races are fonkiniana and majasra,

Fruh, Tonkin and Formosa respectively).

2 (1). Palpi white below. Upf no spot in cell; usually single spot in 1 and

a spot in 2 just above it, prominent spots in 4 and 5 directed: to apex, curved

row of apical dots in 5,6, 7 and sometimes a dot above in 8.

a. Abdomen above white with brown tip. Paler. Upf discal spots large

and a broad white streak on dorsum under spot in 1. Uph white area broad, 3

wing, black postdiscal spots prominent, against a narrow submarginal band,

cilia white chequered. Unh inner spot in 7 near base, outer spot in 7 nearer

spot in 6; base bluish. Clasp with single lower. spine, top flat with an

upper spine.

sambara dohertyi, Wat. (40-50). The White Flat. Mussoorie to Kumaon.

NR.

B. Abdomen above inner 3 white, outer? black. Darker. Upf discal

spots smaller and only traces of the dorsal streak. Uph 3 white, black spots

discal and merged with the very broad dark border. Unh base. brownish,

spots prominent, outer spot in 7 mid spot in 6and inner spot in 7. Clasp with

2 lower spines; top pointed and long.

sambara sambara, M. Sikkim to Assam. NR. (=coszma, Pl, and. zmdosinica

Fruh, Tonkin).

Y. Abdomen brown with narrow white rings. Upf as sambara ; uph and

unh as doherty1, but the black post discal spots lie more on the dark’ margin

and base unh is white. Clasp? larger.

sambara strigata, nov. Karens, Dawnas. VR. (fig. in Lep lud as kivmana).

6. Abdomen brown. Dark. Upf spots small, spot in 1 as 2 dots, spots in 3

and 4 more detached from spotin 2. Uph white area = $ wing, black spots on

the dark margin and are postdiscal as in dohertyi and strigata. Unh with

blue basal suffusion and outer spot in 7 nearer spot in 6, Clasp with single

lower spine as in dohertyi, but top is rather different.

sambara affinis, Druce. Malay Peninsular, Borneo, (= kirmana, Plotz

and cognata, Dist. The above description applies to Malayan specimens ;

possibly the Bornean affinzs is a different race).

”. Abdomen brown. Upf spots narrow and linear; apical spot in 8.

Uph as sambara, but white area is broader and pure white. Unh outer spot

in 7 mid spot in 6 and inner spot in 7. Clasp very like sambara.

sambara niphates, Weymer. Sumatra, Nias. :

Abdomen brown. As affinis, but white area broader uph. Clasp

with single lower and elongated upper spine.

sambara javanensis, Fruh, Java.

«. Abdomen brown. Upf spots pale yellow, 2spots in 1 and apical spot

in 8. Uph entirely dark brown, faint traces.of discal spots. Clasp as dohertyt

but lower spine longer.

sambara formosana, Matsum. Formosa.

(This species presents an interesting study in variation and more material is

required to decide whether there is more than one species).

I. 20. Tagiades. The White Flats. (Plate 30).

Normally dark brown with small hyaline spots F; uph plain or more

usually with a white tornal area ; unh mostly white.

la (6a). Upf no hyaline spot in. 11 over cell spot. The development of the

white spots upf is very variable ; the maximum is 2 (or single conjoined); spots

in cell, discal spots in 2 and 3, very irregular apical dots in 4, 5, 6-8; the. spots

rest on a more or less obscure black Y-shaped band, rising from mid v1 and

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 71

I. 20. Tagiades—(contd.)

there is a black spot before the middle in 1. Uph more or less obscure black

spots in 2, 3 (usually absent), double spot in 4-5 and spot in 6 ; unh these spots

are repeated.

Atticus Group.

1 (2a). Uph no trace whatever of white or bluish suffusion on wing or

cilia.

a. Comparatively large. Above rather pale brown, outwardly broadly

paler ; dark markings obscure ; discal spots upf well developed, usually no

cell spots or spotsin 4 and 5. Unf usually with suffused bluish white area at

tornus and asmaller area at apex. Unh suffused bluish white usually over

the whole wing, except costa, but extent variable; discal black spots in 4-5

and 6 present or absent. Wings rather angular, but dorsum F is compara-

tively long.

atticus khastana, M. (35-50). The Common Snow Flat. Central Prov to

Bengal, Dun to Tavoy. Siam C (=epicharmus, Fr).

6B. Smaller, darker, more uniform, dark markings prominent and hyaline

spots on disc F smaller. Unh pale to dark brown, may be no trace of blue

white suffusion or a good deal from base, black spots variable.

atticus atticus, F. ‘Tavoy to Malay Peninsular. Pulocondor, Sumatra,

Nias. C. (=vavi, M; lugens, Mab; uwtanus, Plotz; yotissa, Fruh. ravi was

described from Bengal, but the B. M. typeis marked Penang, whence it

probably came).

Yy. Above as atticus, but discal spots upf better developed. Unh typically

(helfert) pure white except for broad brown costa and narrow termen,

prominent spots in 4-5 and 6; but may be (vavina) plain brown.

atticus helfert, Fd. Andamans and Nicobars. NR. (=vravina, Fr).

6. Large dark form with well-developed markings, below variable as

helferi.

atticus rajaghra, Fruh. Borneo. (=dalana Fr and noctis, El nom nud).

-2a(1). Uph tornus or cilia white or at least some traces of blue white

suffusion.

' 2b (5). Upf no spots in cell and usually no discal spots or spots in 4 and 5.

2 (3a). Unh white area at tornus unmarked on termen. Small. Uph

narrow pure white tornal area.

lavata, But. (40-45). The Scarce Snew Flat. S. Burma to Malay Penin-

sular, Sumatra and Natuna. (albovittata, M, is the Bornean race). VR.

3a (2). Unh termen before tornus always with spots ora broad line.

3 (4). Uph broad pure white tornal area, bearing 2 or more large brown

spots on termen. H distinctly excavated above v4. Apex F and tornus H

produced.

a. Large. Uph white area broader, black spots thereon at end vs 4, 3, 2

(largest) and also in 9 at vl. Upf hyaline spots only at apex in 6-8.

gana gana, M. (50-55). The Large Snow Flat. Sikkim to Karens,

Cambodia. NR.

Bey, Rather smaller. Uph white area narrower and no dark spot at end

of v4.

gana menanto, Plotz. Dawnasto S. Burma and Malay Peninsular, Sumatra,

Nias, Java and Borneo. (=elongata, and niasana, Mab; avala, jainas and

parra, Fruh). NR.

(Races are elegans, Mab = karea, Mab, semperi and paceka, Fr, Philippines;

kowata, Plotz = dubasus, Swin, New Guinea and Waigon).

4 (3). Uph usually with bluish white suffasion at tornus; may be reduced

to a few scales at base of cilia, may be very broad, may be surmounted by a

white band, or a narrow white band may be present and the blue scaling

absent. A very variable species.

a. Uph narrow white band at tornus, prominently surmounted by bluish

scaling, brown dots at ends vs 2,3 and4. Upf prominent discal spots in Q,

often traceable as dots in ¢ (usually absent in other races).

* obscurus distans, M. (45-50). The Suffused Snow Flat. Ceylon. NR.

8. Uph cilia about tornus normally white; blue suffusion obscure or

prominent and may surmount avery narrow white band. Very variable in

the Nilgiris.

obscurus athos, Plotz. S. India—N. Kanara, Sikkim—N. Burma. NR.

72 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1.

Atticus Group— (contd.)

Y. Uph cilia normally brown and blue suffusion much reduced. In

S. Burma transitions occur to the next form.

obscurus meetana, M. Karens to Mergui. Siam and Tonkin. (= patimoka

and sangarava, Fruh). NR.

6. Uph cilia white; white band with very little or no blue suffusion and

brown spots at end vs 3.and 2. Variable and athos forms seem to occur.

obscurus obscurus, Mab. Malay Peninsular. Victoria Point, S. Burma.

Java. Pulo Laut. Borneo. NR. (= perakana, jetavana and mahinda, Fruh).

H. Uph cilia white and with broad blue white suffusion. ¢ apex F

produced. arger than the other races.

obscurus alica, M. Andainans and Nicobars. NR.

5 (2b). Upf always one and more often 2 spots in ‘cell, frequently large

and conjoined. Cilia white.-

japetus, Cr. (45-50). Java. C. (This occurs all the way to Australia and

the variation is very remarkable; some 30 names have been assigned to it.

Time may show that it is conspecific with obscurus).

6a (la). Upf always a hyaline white spot in 11 over the cell spot. (In the

last group the genitalia of all the species are nearly alike ; in this group the

differences are very marked).

Nestus Group.

Upf cell spots never conjoined ; lower cell spot, lower discal spot and

sometimes apical spots in 4 and 5 absent. Uph normally broad pure white

tornal area, not surmounted by blue scaling, prominent marginal spots and

discal spots in 4-5 and 6, usually spot in cell against upper edge and 2 spots

in 7. H always slightly excavated above v4.

6b (12). Unf no discal spots in 1.

6 (7a). Uphtornal white area very narrow, only reaching v3 in ¢ and v4

in@; only 3 along dorsum. In ¢ uph a small spot end v2 and a larger spot

end vl ; in 9 increasing spots ends vs 3, 2and 1. ¢tornus H much produced.

Unh costa dark to v6.

toba, DeN. (35-40). The Small Snow Flat. ? Khasi Hills (Elwes). S. Burma,

Peninsular Siam, Malay Peninsular, Sumatra Nias, Borneo. R. ( = mana,

Elwes).

7a (6). Uph tornal white area at least to v4 and half way along dorsum.

7 (8a). Uph tornal white area not above v4 oronly faintly ; very small

spots at ends vs 4, 3, 2 and large spot end vl. Clasp.

waterstradti, Elwes. (35-45). Waterstradt’s Snow Flat. Peninsular Siam,

Malay Peninsular, N. Borneo and Java. R. (=fudulus, Fr. This is var b

of Distant’s calligana).

8a (7). Uph tornal white area always to v6 or beyond, running behind

discal spot in 4-5.

8 (9a). Uph a dark postdiscal spot on the white area in 1 (may _ be

absent) and in 3 against the discal spot in 4-5; large increasing spots ends

vs 4, 3, 2, 1 and sometimes tornus; may be blue suffusion between these

spots.

menaka, M. (35-45). The Spotted Snow Flat. Kashmir to Karens.

W. China and Tonkin. C. (=vulturna, Plotzand gavina, Fruh).

9a (8). Uph no postdiscal spots in 1] and 3.

9b (11). Uph prominent increasing spots ends vs 4, 3, 2 and 1.

9 (10). Unh spot in 4-5 circular.

a. Uph marginal spots separate, no blue suffusion between them.

litigiosa vajuna, Fruh. (35-45). The Water Snow Flat. Ceylon. S. India.

NR.

B. Uph spots usually more contiguous and sometimes with blue suffusion

in between.

* jitigiosa litigiosa, Mésch. Sikkim to Burma. Andamans. W. China.

Siam. Hainan. (= eson, Bdv nom nud, wmultipunctatus, Crowley and

cohaerens, Mab; atticus, Auct nec Fab). NR.

10 (9). Unh spot in 4-5 small, double, much smaller than the corre-

sponding spot uph.

sumbawana, Elwes. (35-45). The Sumbawa Snow Flat. Sumbawa,

Lombok and Flores. R.

UN \\ FAR IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 73

Nestus Group— (contd. )

11 (9b). Uph only equal spots ends vs 2 and 3; no spot end vl and spot

end v4 completely conjoined to the apical dark area. H tornus more

produced. Clasp

calligana, But. (35-45). The Malayan Water Flat. Malay Peninsular,

Sumatra, Borneo, Nias. NR. (=yapatha, Fruah). (mestus, Fd, fromthe

Moluccas belongs to this group and differs from the other members in having

2 more or less prominent discal spots in 1 unf; there are 22 named forms,

which represent certainly numerous well defined races and very possibly more

than one species).

I. 21. Abraximorpha, The Flats.

1(2). Above slate brown with numerous white markings, presenting a

chequered appearance. Uph white with large slate brown spots. Unh dark

markings restricted, veins white. Palpiorange. Antenne black.

davidii, Mab. (45-55). The Chequered Flat. S. Shan States, W and C

China. R. (Race ermasis, Fruh, Formosa).

2(1). Above and below dark brown, base upf, most of uph and all unh

clothed olive scales. Upf with hyaline white spots as in Cele@norrhinus, large

spot in cell over origin v3 and opaque costal spot above it, large spot in 2

immediately below, detached smaller spot in 3 and in 1 towards tornus from

v1-2, small detached apical dots in 4-8, spot in 6 being midway between spots

in5and 7. H cilia prominently chequered dark brown and white. Unh there

may be a small white spot in cell under origin v6 and a discal spot in 6. Palpi

yellow below. Antenne pale yellow on inside under club.

chamunda, M. (45-55). The Olive Flat. SikkimtoS. Shan States. NR,

Though very dissimilar in appearance, the structure and genitalia of these

two species are nearly alike.

1.22. Odina. The Flats, (Plate 30).

Orange and black, no hyaline spots.

1(2). Above orange with black spots on inner half upf and a broad black

border bearing a very narrow, highly zigzag ochreous line; uph with discal

and marginal black spots.

* decoratus, Hew. (35-40). The Zigzag Flat. Sikkim to Burma, Tonkin,

(= bicolor, Ob). VR.

2(1). Above orange or yellow with irregularly placed black lines enclosing

large patches of the ground colour, the black lines are narrow and the orange

areas predominate ; margin black.

* hieroglyphica ortygia, DeN. (35-40). The Polygon Flat. Dawnas to

S., Burma. VR, (races are—/ieroglyphica, But, Malay Peninsular, Sumatra,

Borneo and Labuan, with broader black lines—cumetformis, Semp, Philippines—

chrysomelaena, Mab, Celebes).

I, 23. Mooreana. The Yellow Flats. (Plate 30).

Above black. Upf with numerous small hyaline white spots including one

on costa over cell spot 2 in 1, discal spots in 2 and 3 narrow and oblique,

2 spots in cell and apical series 4-8. Uph with broad yellow tornal area to v5,

surmounted by large dark discal spots, separated by pale veins.

a. Uph and unh tornal area deep yellow, continued unn by yellow veins te

base.

trichoneura pralaya, M. (35-45). The Yellow Flat. Sikkim to N. Burma

NR. (= pellita, Fruh, Tonkin and Hainan).

8. uph tornal area paler and unh very pale yellow, basal 4 wing being

bluish white.

* trichoneura trichoneura, Fd. Karens to S. Burma, Malay Peninsular,

Sumatra, Nias, Java. NR. (= nivosa and niva, Fruh).

(Races are—/richoneuroides, E1, Borneo).

(Species belonging to the group are—dozsduvali, Mab, Celebes with race

princeps, Semp=bazilanus, Fruh, Philippines. adstrusus, Fruh, Dutch New

Guinea. paradoxus, Fruh, Borneo).

1.24. Daimio. The White Flats. (Plate 30).

Above dark brown. Upf prominent hyaline white spots in 2, 3 and cell,

apical dots in 4-8, usually non-hyaline spot in 1. Uph prominent white or

74. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

1. 24. Daimio—(conid.)

yellow discal area, outwardly bordered by dark discal spots lying on or near a

broad . dark submarginal band and outwardly bordered by an obscure

irregular dusky pale line (No. 7 is aberrant).

la (7). Uph plain brown or with a white or pale yellow central band.

1 (2a). Palpi white below. Cilia prominently white chequered. Upf spot

in cell stretches across cell and a detached spot in 11 above it, spot in

1 detached large and sharply defined, apical spots large, conjoined. Uph with

a prominent white discal area, spot in cell, base bluish. Abdomen narrowly

white ringed.

Tethys Group.

tethys birmana, noy. (35-40). The China Flat. N. Shan States. VR.

(Races are fethys, Men=lineata, Mab, Japan and N. China, with the uph

plain. mooret, Mab=felderi, But, China, differing from birmana in being

larger, the white band uph broader with edges not so parallel and the black

spots not showing so clearly. formosana, Fruh, Formosa).

2a (11). Palpi yellow below. Cilia plain or very faintly chequered. vet no

spot on costa in 11 over cell spot.

Sinica Group. |

2b (4a). Uph and unh always a prominent black spot at lower edge cell

over bases vs 3 and 4 (this spot may be present in szmzca).

_ 2 (3). Upf spot.in cell small= spot in 3, over centre of spot in 2 and against

lower edge cell; apical spots 6-8 irregular, separate dots; obscure small

diffused spot in sk against vl. Uph band yellow and very narrow =} dark

border, cell spot conjoined to dark area. Abdomen brown with very narrow

white rings.

_phisara M. (35-45). The Dusky Yellow-breast Flat. Sikkim to Burma,

Perak. NR. (= expansa, Mab).

3 (2). Upfspot in cell large, reaching across cell and tapering towards SCV,

as large as spot in 2; spot in 1 extends to dorsum. Abdomen onter i

(3 in 9) brown, with narrow white rings, inner part pale yellow (white in Q).

-a Upf spot in 1 usually as broad as the spot in 2 and flanked on either side

by 2 black spots; apical spots conjoined and inner edges in line; cell spot

placed so that its centre is over the inner edge of spct in 2. Uph pale band at

Jeast =dark margin, yellow in ¢, white in 2; spots in cell and 7 detached ;

veins pale to margin. Variable.

* bhagava bhagava, M. (35-45). The Common Yellow-breast Flat. Bombe,

to Central Prov. Sikkim to Burma. NR. (mzllzana, Swin).

8. Much darker and markings narrower. Upf apical spots more irregular ;

inner edge cell spot and spot in 2 in line; spot in 1 against vl. Uph band

white and at most = dark margin. be

bhagava andamanica, W.M. Andamars. NR.

4a (2b). Uph and unh no spot in cell (except individuals of s¢mzca). Upt

traces of a pale submarginal fascia ; spot in cell central over spot in 2 ; apical

spots small.

4 (Sa). Upf pale spot ACTOSS 1 extends to alan spot’ in cell against lower

edge. Abdomen in ¢ outer 3 brown, rest white; in Q brown narrowly white

ringed.

a. Upf cell spot a dot ; spot in 1 usually twice as wide as the spot in 2.

Uph band white, twice as wide as dark margin. .

sinica narada, M. (35—40). The White Yellow-breast Flat. Sikkim. NR.

B. As last, but upf spot in 1 usually =spot in 2. Uph white band = dark

margin, no spots detached, but in © there is very fein a spot in cell and the

spot in 6 is semi-detached.

sinica indica, nov. Assam to Tavoy. NR.

a. Upf cell ‘spot as large as the spot.in 2; spot in l obscure. Uph white

band narrow = + brown margin ; large semi-detached spots in cell and 7.

sinica sinica, Fd. C and W. China. (= diversa, Leech and epitalas, Ob).

‘Sa (4).. Upf white spot. in 1 small, against vl or absent. Uph no spots

detacned, Abdomen brown, white ringed. cae

5 (6). Upf cell spot very small, against upper .edge and = apical.spot, or

there may be a very narrow oblique streak across the cell; 2 narrow white spot

in 1 against vl, extending to dorsum. Above markings all small. Uphd

discal band smoky white,= 3 border and runs from yl to v6; in 2 white and=

border. al whos

. THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 75

I. 24. Daimio—(condd. )

limax dirae, Plotz. (35-40). .The Malay Yellow-breast Flat. R. Tavoy to

S. Burma. Malay Peninsular, Sumatra, Borneo, Nias. (= minima, Swin ;

graya, Steg; fumosa, El - formosa, Swin. Races are limax, Plotz = visana,

_ Fruh, Java—corona, Semp, Philippines).

6 (5). Upf cell spot larger than the spot in 3 and reaches the scv. Uph

black margin extends into cell, pale band yellow and = 3 margin.

. celebica, Fd. (40). Celebes. (= permena, Hew and nivescens, Fr).

7 (la). Uph and unh orange with dark costa and termen ; black postdiscal

spots on the orange area and spot end cell. Above black with ey blue

glaze.

Tabrica Group.

a. Upf5 apical spots ; discal spots in 3, 2 and cell very large and conjoined ;

2 small spots in 1. Uph inner edge dark margin crenulate.

tabrica tabrica, Hew. (50-55). The Orange Flat. Darjiling. VR

(? unique).

8. Upf no apical spots. Uph dark margin even, postdiscal spots conjoined

to dark border apically.

* fabrica pinwilli, But. Assam to Burma, Malay Peninsular, Sumatra,

Borneo. VR. (é0wringi, Joicey and Talbot from Hainan is a very distinct

race).

I. 25. Coladenia. The Pied Flats. (Plate 30).

Above fulvous, dark brown or grey. Upf with large hyaline white or yellow

discal spots. Uph usually with dark spots.

la (6). Uph dark spots.

lb (4a). Upf dark spot in 1 before middle. Uph in addition to discal series

dark spots, there is a spot end cell, base 1 and base 7.

Ic (3). Upf costal spot above cell spot confined to 11.

1 (2). Upfin 1a tawny discal spot followed by a tawny submarginal. spot

and white cilia. Upf hyaline spots—white. Unh with dark spots.

a. Dark with small markings, cilia H dark brown ; upf apical spots small,

separate ; uph dark spots diffused.

indrani tissa; Mk. (35-40). “he Tricolour’ Pied" Flat. ‘Ceylon. “NR;

(= lankae, Plotz).

8. Dark brown with large markings and cilia H prominently chequered

white. Above and below prominent tawny submarginal spots. Unf apical

spots coalesced.

indrant indra, nov. S. India to Bengal. NR.

y. Tawny brown. Uph black spots sharply marked, tawny submarginal

spots faint. | : -

indrani indrant, M. Mussoorie to Sikkim. NR.

6. Above bright ochreous. Upf and below tawny spots very large and

prominent. Unh yellow.

* indrant.uposathra, Fruh. N. Burma to Karens. NR.

. Tawny brown ; brighter thar zzdranz and larger ; upf and below tawny

spots large and prominent, Unh cell and 8 yellow.

_tndrani atarana, nov. Ataran Valley. VR.

e286). (Upt single dark or 1 (or 2) hyaline spot in 1 under the discal spot in

2,;no tawny submarginal spot. -F. hyaline spots white in 92, yellow in ¢.

Above dark tawny or fulvous brown. Uph dark spots large and suffused.

Unk suffused orange and black spots.

a. Dark and dull. F hyaline spot in cell small, double, upper spot smaller

and just joined to the lower spot at its base ; spot in 3 detached.

dan dan, Fab. (30-35). The Fulvous Pied Flat. S.India. C.

p. Larger, brighter. F hyaline spot:in cell large and usually single ; spot

in. 3 usually conjoined to cell spot and to spot in 2, nearly to base of cell 3, :

* dan fatth, Koll. (35-40). Kulu toN. Burma. C.

sy, Small and dark. Upf spot in quite detached and small. Very. variabte

dan dhyana, Fruh. (25-35). Karens to S. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsular. C.

(Races are--dea, Leech, W. China.—sumatrana, Fruh, Sumatra—eacus,

Lat = dichroa, Plotz, Java, Bali—fulvescens, E1, Borneo—lombokiana and

sumbawana, Fruh—igna, Semp=sempert, E1, Philippines—ce/edica, Fruh,

Celebes) .

76 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

Il. 25. Coladenia— (cond. )

3 (lc). Upf costal spot continued to costa. Above grey brown. Upk with

prominent dark spots, rather diffused. @Q paler and spot in 3 fills base 3.

* laxmi, DeN. (40-55). The Grey Pied Flat. Sikkim to Burma. Borneo.

VR. (= buchananti, DeN). (Race sobrina, E1, Sumatra).

(De Niceville commenced by correctly describing a ¢; later he called this a

4a (1b). Upf no spot before the middle in 1. Upk and unh no dark spot

base land 7. Above dark brown ; spots white upf and costal spot above cell

spot confined to 11. Uph black spots sharply defined.

4 (5). Uph cilia in 6 and 7 and at extreme apex upf white. Back of

tegumen simple ; clasp lobes equal.

agni, DeN. (35). The Brown Pied Flat. Sikkim to Burma, Borneo.

5 (4). Upf and uph cilia uniform, Darker. Unf a pale diffused spot in 1

outside the discal spot. Back of tegumen with a dorsal crest ; upper lobe of

clasp small.

agnioides, El (35). Elwes’ Pied Flat.

6 (la). Uph prominent large hyaline spot end cell and e@ discal series.

Above grey. Upf no spot before the middle in 1 and cell spot not to costa.

vitrea, Leech (40). E. Thibet. The Chinese Pied Flat. (= maeniata, Ob)

VR,

i. 26. Sarangesa. The Small Flats. (Plate 30).

Above dark brown, black marbled and with small hyaline spots F ; usually a

double or 2 single cell spots and a spot on costa above, spots in 2 and 3 and

apical 6-8. Unha discal row, spot end cell and bases 1 and 7.

la (3). Unh spots small and white.

1 (2). Cilia H prominently chequered black and white. Upf spots minute

or absent. Small.

a. Cilia F obscurely chequered. Upf with minute spots, including spot in

1 before middle and obscure irregular submarginal row, more prominent unf.

Uph traces of small pale spots. Unh very prominent minute dots.

~ satt sati, DeN. (25-30). The Tiny Flat. Cutch to Central Prov. NR.

p. Cilia F and H prominently chequered. Above inky black, frosted

sparse white scales, no spots. Below traces of spots.

* sati hopkinsi, Evans. Madras, Bangalore. R.

2(1). Cilia very obscurely chequered. Upf single spot across cell, spot in 2

comparatively large und quadrate, 2 dots in 1. Unf obscure irregular

submarginal spots. Unh small white spots. Uph obscure large dark spots.

purendra, M. (30-35). The Spotted Small Flat. N. Kanara, Bombay to

Sind and Central Prov. Kangrato Kumaon. NR.

3 (la). Unh with dark spots which are obscurely traceable uph

a. Unh dorsal 2 including cilia white with sharply defined small spots, 2 in

1, one in each 2 and 3, large spot in 4-5. Upf spots minute, 2 dots in cell and

dot on costa above them. wee

* dasahara albicilia, M. (30-35). The Common Small Flat. Ceylon C,

(==sezendis, Plotz).

8. Unh grey brown with large diffused dark spots. Upf very variable, may

be single spot across cell or 2 dots; discal dots in 2 and 3 present or absent.

Uph cilia white.

dasahara davidsoni, Swin. S. India to Bombay. (= Aampsoni, Swin). NR.

vy. As last, cilia brown, sometimes whitish.

dasahara dasahara, M. Central Prov. Kangra to Burma. Siam, Tonkin. C.

1.27. Darpa. The Angles.

Above black with smal! hyaline spots upf, 1 or 2 in cell, may be 2 in 1,

discal in 2 and 3, apical 4, 5 (may be absent) and 6-8. Uph broad pale tornal

area, surmounted by a row of large black discal spots, separated by pale veins.

Unh mostly pale, small discal dark spots 1-3, large 4-5, 2 spots in 7, spot upper

edge cell. H produced and tornal cilia elongate. Palpi with loose brown and

white or yellow scales.

1 (2a). Termen F and H highly crenulate ; H angled at v3 and v7. .Upf

with bands of white scaling ; cell spot across cell reaching v12 and continued

along my to a small spot near base 2, apical spots 6-8 conjoined and in a

straight line. Uph tornal area pale yellow, extending to vS and bearing small

—

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 1 |

I. 27. Darpa—(conid.)

black spots ends vs 2 and 3; vs6 and 7 pale to margin. H tornal % clothed

long hairs.

hanria, M. (35-40). The Hairy Angle. Mussoorie to Assam. R.

2a(1). Termen F and H comparatively even. H only angled at v4. Upf

spots normal, no spot on costa over cell spot, apical spots 6-8 separate and

irregular. Uph tornal area pure white.

2(3). Uph and unh 2 small spots on white area ends vs 2 and 3. Uph white

area to mid vs 3 and 4. Palpi below brown and white. |

striata, Druce. (35-40). The Striated Angle. Assam to Burma, Malay

Peninsular, Sumatra, Borneo. R. (=dimidiata, Fr.)

3(2). Uph and unh no spots on white tornal area, which extends to v4.

Palpi yellow and brown below.

pteria, Hew. (35-40). The Snowy Angle. S. Burma, Malay Peninsular,

Borneo, Philippines. R. (=dealbata, Dist).

I. 28. Tapena. The Angles. (Plate 31).

1(2). Above nearly black in %, brown in. Uphan upper hyaline spot in

cell between origins vs 6 and 7. Upf dark diffused central Y band, black spot

near base cell, base 1 and near tornus, 2 or 3 hyaline apical dots. Uph narrow

dark discal band and dark spot base 1, mid and base 7. 2 upf dark markings

faint ; separate hyaline spots cell, 2, 3 and dot in 1.

a. Large. Upfonly 2 apical spots.

* thwattest thwaitest, M. (40-45). The Black Angle. Ceylon. R.

B. Small. Upf 3 apical Spots. Paler.

thwaitest hampsont, El. (30-35). S. India. R.

Y. Small and dark. Upf usually with 5 prominent apical spots.

thwaitest minuscula, El. (30-35). Assam to S. Burma, Malay Peninsular.

Sumatra. Borneo VR.

2(1). Above grey brown. Uph no hyaline spot, a central and discal dark

band. Upf hyaline spots as in Coladenia laxm1, but costal spot in 11 not to

costa. Unh black spots as in /axmt.

atilia, Mab. (40). Perak, Borneo, Philippines, Celebes. VR.

(= palawana, Stz. Described by De Niceville as ¢laxrmiin B.N.H.S.

1891).

1, 30. Ctenoptilum. The Tawny Angles. (Plate 31).

Above ochreous brown. Upf and uph with white hyaline spots crowded

together in the middle. Upf large spot across cell and 2 spots on the costa

above it, also bar end cell, 2 spots in 1, large discal spot in 2 under cell spot

and sometimes a dot base 2, small spot in 3, dots in 4 and 5, apical spots 6-8 ;

dark band beyond spots. Uph spots numerous and crowded.

1(2). Upf hyaline spots large at apex, spot in 7 elongated and much longer

than the spots on either side; a spot base 2. Bright ochreous brown.above. ~

*vasava, M. (35-40). The Tawny angle. Mussoorie to Burma. NR.

(chinensis, E1, is tlie larger, brighter race from W. China). oe

2(1). Upf apical hyaline spots 6-8 smaller and of equal size ; no spot base

2. Below prominently frosted white scales.

* multiguttata, DeN. (35-40). The Multispot Angle. Manipur to Burma.

1. 31. Odontoptilum. The Angles. (Plate 31). |

Above chestnut brown. Upf with hyaline white spots, but discal spots small

or absent. Uph with white lines. Unh mostly white with some dark markings

at tornus and costa.

1(2). Upf ne white lines ; inner 3 pale brown outer § bright chestnut ; broad

dark chestnut band before middle between vl and scv and a similar postdiscal

band ; discal white crescentic spot in 2 and dot in 3; prominent apical spots in

7 and 8 and may bea dotin6. Uph pale brown and apex dark chestnut ;

straight narrow white sub-basal white line, similar postdiscal irregular line,

submarginal and marginal lines; clothing of whitish hairs about dorsum and

tornus.

* angulata, Fd. (40-45). The Chestnut Angle. S. India. Kulu to Burma.

S. China, Malay Peninsular, Siam, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Lombok,

Sumbawa, Phiiippines. NR. (= sura, M; sumatrana, mahabina, subangulata

78 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

I. 31. Odontoptilum—(coz?d.)

and hyperides, Fruh; helisa, Semp; hypecides, Doh; kuki, Tyt-Bing MS—is

an aberration. The Celebes race is helias, Fd).

2(1). Upf with white lines; a line extreme base continued on H ; a short

obscure line under origin of v2; a central line from costato dorsum across H

to the white dorsum ; a discal line from v3 to dorsum and continued as a highly

irregular line on H; apical hyaline spots small, may be a hyaline dot in3: H

cilia white. Above dark chestnut. Upf rather obscure submarginal band of

white scaling. Uph termen narrowly white, followed by adusky band and then

a broad irregular white band obscurely crossed by dark veins. Unh white to v7,

faint dark tornal spots.

. * pygela, Hew. (35-40). The Banded Angle. KarenstoS. Burma, Malay

Peninsular, Sumatra, Nias, Java, Banka, Borneo. R. (=vagupta and

javanica, Fruh. Jleptogramma, Hew, replaces this species on the Philippines).

I. 32. Caprona. The Angles. (Plate 31).

Upf with hyaline spots ; across cell (may be divided in 2 and upper part may

be absent) ; large discal spot in 2 and small spot in 3; apical spots 6-8 (also

sometimes in 4 and 5, usually so in @).

1(2). Upf no prominent pale crescentic bar base cell; usually 2 (or one

lower) hyaline discal spot in 1.

a. WSF—Upf dark brown with amoreor less prominent central and

submarginal ochreous area from costa to dorsum ; uph a central golden to

dusky ochreous central band divided by dark veins and outwardly flanked by

conjoined dark spots; a broad dark ashy border from dorsum to v4. Unh

white with basal, discal and submarginal rows of dark spots, cilia dark

brown.

--DSF—Dark brown with numerous dark ochreous spots, exactly as in agama

but not so well defined and discal spots in l are hyaline. unhas WSF, but all

spots very small ; submarginal spots form dusky continuous band. Cilia very

prominently chequered brown and white.

vansonnettit vansonnettit, Fd. (35-45). The Golder Angle. Ceylon. NR

(DSF. VR). DSF figured by Ormiston as szamica).

- B. WSF as last. DSF very variable. Normally bright ochreous above °

upf dark sub-basal band and hyaline spot near base cell (may be a dark spot) ;

broad dark band outside discal spots and separate band outside apical spots;

dusky submarginal band. Uph sub-basal, discal and submarginal row of dark

spots (latter often absent). Below paler ochreous, more or less frosted white

scales. Cilia whitish, faintly chequered. Above may be dark ochreous brown

With the dark markings obscured and below the frosting may completely

obscure the dark markings; there are to be found trnsitional forms to the

Ceylon DSF, toa the WSF and to the race alida.

* vansonneltii potiphera, Hew. S. India to Central Prov., Punjab, Kumdon’ to

Assam. NR. (=saraya, Doh and ¢taylorii, DeN., hamiltoni, DeN, for which

Mabille erected the genus Geros?s, is an aberration from Assam. with the grey

scaling above covering the whole wing, except for a dark central band upf

and dark discal spots uph). |

y. A-single variable form generally resembling the DSF of the preceding

race, but typically much darker brown above, with very obscure dark

markings. Below much whiter, due to intense frosting, but dark diffused

spots unh show clearly.

*vansonnettit alida, DeN. Assam to Dawnas. NR. (stamica, Swin, from

the Siam Shan States, is a large bright agama-like form, very like the

Ceylon DSF = probably mettasuta, Fr. erosula, Fd = pelligera, Fruh, is the

Celebes race).

2 (1). Above dark brown with numerous pale yellow spots in addition to

the hyaline spots ; prominent crescentic pale bar end cell; discal spots in 1

non-hyaline. Upf prominent row of postdiscal and submarginal pale spots ;

central spot in cell, base 2 and in 1 below it ; spot in 11 over hyaline cell spot.

Uph large pale spot. in cell, discal, postdiscal and submarginal rows of pale

spots.. Unh white or pale yellow with prominent black spots as in

vansonnettit. ;

*agama, M. (30-50). The Spotted Angle. S.-India to Mussoorie and

Burma. Siam, Tonkin, Java, Bali. (=syricthus. Fd; pelias, Fruh ; parvo-

punctata, Mab. Moore’s name is usually disregarded since he did not describe

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 79

I. 32. Caprona—(conid.)

the imago, but as he described the larva and pupa, under the international

rules his name has priority).

var. elwesi, Watson. (30-35). Constantly smaller; upf the spot before the

middle in 1 is double and uph the discal row of spots is ificomplete ; only a

spot end cell and mid cell, no inner spot in 7 and 1. The genitalia are as in

agama. Assam to Shan States. R.

I. 33. Gomalia. The African Marbled Skipper. (Plate 31).

Above olive brown with greenish hairs. Upf a narrow black band before

the middle from v1 to scv ; semi-hyaline small spots across cell, discal in 2 and

3 and apical in 6-8. Upha regular central white band from vl to v7 and an

obscure submarginal pale band. Below rather pale brown, white markings

more extensive ; unf dorsum pale ; unh spot near base cell and base 7, discal

band to v8.

* elma albofasciata. M. (25). Ceylon. S. India to Poona. Sind. Baluchistan

I. 34. Hesperia. The Skippers. (Plate 31).

Above dark brown or green with numerous white semi-hyaline spots F and

H. Unh basal, central and submarginal white bands. Upf normal spotting—

spot across cell at or beyond middle (sometimes one or two streaks on ‘costa

above it) ; discal spots in 2 and 3 and may be 1 or 2 spots in 1; apical 6-8 and

usually in 4 and 5; in addition there may be a spot near base cell, a spot or

streak at end cell, spot before the middle in 1 and rarely a spot above it at base

2, also a row of tiny submarginal spots. Unh pattern very variable ; normally

‘a spot base cell and usually a spot on either side at bases 1 and 7 ; continuous

discal row 1-7 running through large spot end cell in 4-5; submarginal row

small irregular spots; the spots from below appear more or less uph.

la (lla). Upf apical spots 4, 5 absent, orif present in continuation of spots

in 6-8 ; more or less prominent row of -small submarginal spots. Antennze

club nearly straight or bent beyond middle. no tuft on hind tibia.

‘1b (6a). Upf spot about mid cell well behind origin of v3 and the discal

spot in 2; spots in 1 consist of a spot under the spot in 2 and a short streak

behind, along vl. Uph never a discal spot in 7. ¢ no costal fold.

Sao Group.

lc (3a). Unh inner spot in 7 placed immediately over the spot base cell and

is continued to costa; outer spot in 7 in line with spot base 6 and end cell,

thus forming a regular basal and central band. Upf prominent spot end cell.

Unh greenish brown.

1(2). Unhsubmarginal spots separate. Upf marginal spots prominent; a

spot base cell, making 3 cell spots. Uph usually a spot base cell.

* galba, F. (25). The Indian Skipper. Ceylon. S. India to Karachi, India

generally to Shan States. (=superna, M). C.

2(1). Unhsubmarginal spots conjoined to a band, making 3 parallel bands.

Upf submarginal spots faint and only show in middle. Upf and uph no spot

base cell. Tegumen divided at tip instead of pointed as in gala.

zebra, But. (25). The Zebra Skipper. N. Punjab. R (=hellas, DeN).

3a (Ic). Unhinner spot in 7 placed midway between spot base cell and end

cell and is continued to costa; outer spot in 7 near margin.

3b (5). Upf prominent spot end cell and usually a spot base cell upf and uph.

3 (4). Upf discal spot in 2 continued full width across 1 to vl and a pale

streak in 1 behind it.

a. Larger. F termen more rounded. Unh greenish brown and spot in 7

nearer spct end cell. Unf apex mostly white, obscuring the submarginal

spots.

phlomidis phlomidis. H. S. (33). The Persian Skipper. Turkey to Persia.

NR. (amenophis, Rev. is the race from near Cairo).

8. Smaller. Upf and unh markings wider. Unh yellow brown.

phlomidis geron, Watson. (30). W. Persia and Baluchistan. R.

4 (3). Upf discal spot in 2 iust entering 1. Above exactly as galéa. Unh

greenish brown. Clasp as sao. ie

evanidus, But. (25). The Sind Skipper. Arabia and Sind. R. ( ?= adenen-

S75; But).

80 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Volt. XXXI

Sao Group— (cond. )

5 (3b). Upf only a faint line end cell and no spots base cell. Darker. Unh

brick red, spots white. Above discal and apical spots prominent ; submargi-

nal spots faint.

sao lugens, Stg. (30). The Brick Skipper. Chitral, Ferghana, NR at

12,000 feet. (sao, Berg, occurs from Europe to the Amur and there are a

number of named races and varieties. orbifer, Hub, is one of the races).

6a (1b). Upf spot about mid cell nearer end cell, over origin of v3 and

usually over the discal spot in 2; usually single spot across cell or double, one

above the other ; only traces of spot base cell upf, but present uph; upf only

faint line end cell. ¢ upf costal fold more or less developed.

Proto Group.

6b (9a). Unh large white spot mid 7 over origin v6 in continuation of spots

end cell and base 6, continued to costa and no spot in 7 interior to this spot,

but there is an outer spot near margin. Above submaryinal spots prominent

and uph with discal spots in 7.

6c (8). Upf 2 spots in 1 between the discal and submarginal spots. Unh

submarginal spots nearer the margin.

6 (7). Unh rather dark green. ¢ H tibiae spinose.

crtbrellum, Evers. (34). The Spinose Skipper. S. Russia to Turkestan and

Amur. (= hybrida, Mab).

7 (6). Unh orange with broad white markings or better described as white

with central and postdiscal black edged, orange bands, H tibiae clothed,

not spinose. Above markings large and prominent.

antonia gigantea, Stg. (40). The Large Orange Skipper. Ferghana, C.

Asia. (antonia, Speyer, flies from Turkestan to the Amur and is rather

smaller),

8 (6a). Upf no spots in 1 between the discal and submarginal spots, Unh

yellow green to dark green, submarginal spots not so near to the margin.

tessellum, Hub (35). The Tesselated Skipper. Russiatothe Amur. (There

are several named races, etc. ; zomas, Led, appears to be conspecific).

9a (6b). Unh spots in 7 smaller and not continued to costa. Above sub-

marginal spots faint.

9 (10). Unh white spot in 7 in continuation of the spots at end cell and base

6 and an inner spot in 7 over spot base cell. Unh red brown to pale brown.

Uph spot in 7 present or absent. Upf spot in 2 more or less under the cell spot.

proto, Esp. (35). The Proto Skipper. Algeria. Spain to Persia and

Turkestan. (There are several named races, etc, The C. Asia race is

staudingeri, Speyer and the Persian plurimacula, Christoph).

10 (9). Unha white spot in 7 on either side of the spot base 6; inner spot

far from spot base cell. Unh greenish brown or yellow green, Upf usually 2

spots in 1 between the discal and submarginal spots,

poggei, Led. (35). The Syrian Skipper. Syria to Baluchistan and C. Asia,

R. (= lutulentus, and fucata, Mab; nobilzs, Ste).

lla (la). Upf always a spot in 5 and usually in 4; these spots are shifted

out well beyond the apical spots in 6-8. Upf submarginal spots usually absent

but may be faint or incomplete. Upf and uph no spot base cell and usually

only a faint streak end cell. with costal fold (except alpina) and a tuft on

the hind tibiae.

1lb (17a). Unh extreme base 7 dark ; always a pale spot in 7 near base and

a spot over the spot end cell ; spots do not reach the costa, but entire costa may

‘be pale. ;

11 (12a). Upf a spot end cell and before the middle in 1, more sharply

defined than the other spots ; spot mid cell well behind the origin of v3; 2 equa!

white streaks one above the other over the cell spot. Unh spot near base 7

small circular, not, or only just, touching the scv; origin v6 nearer outer than

inner spot in 7; upper edge of spot in 5 produced into cell ; submarginal spots

irregular. Uph spots sharply defined and usually a spot in 7 and submarginal

spots. Tegumen with horns near the base and clasp without the vertical spine

characteristic of the szdae group.

Malvae Group.

Unh dark ochreous brown with smal] well defined spots ; dorsum dark brown,

Tegumen bipartite,

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 81

Malvae Group— (con/d.) : oR

malvae, L. (25). The Grizzly Skipper. Europeto Amur. China. (Several

races, ete., have been named; the Chinese race is schansiensis, Reverdin).

(Other species in the group are malvoides, El, S. Haueaee ane melotis, Dupon

= hypoleucus, Led, Syria and Palestine).

as the rest of the spots and often one or both are absent. Unh inner spot in 7

always reaches sev and is never circular.

Sidae Group.

--12b (14a). Unh upper edge of spot in 5 continued into cell more or’ less

markedly ; inner edge spots 4-5, base 6 and mid 7 not in line.

12 (13). ‘Unh spots at bases cell and 7 do not overlap. Unh spots in 1 atid 2

very enlarged and directed to the spot end cell. Upi a double streak on costa

immediately over the cell spot; discal spot in 2 nearer cell spot than the spot

in 3. Abovevery dark with prominent spots. Unh dark ochreous brown or

greenish with very broad white markings.

a. Uph prominent pale markings on disc and about tornus.

*alpina alpina, Ersch. (25-30). The Mountain Skipper. Turkestan,

Chitral to Kashmir, 10,000 feet. NR. (= darwazica, Groum).

8. .Uph often unmarked or markings very reduced.

alpina cashmtirensis, M. Kashmir. 10,000 feet. NR.

(Allied species are—cacali@, Ramb, Mountains or Europe and Altai—

andromedae, Wallgr, Norway and Alps— —centaureae, Ramb, = ? conyzae, Guen,

N. Europe and N. America—frezja, Warren, Circumpolar).

13 (12). Unh the spots base 7 and base cell overlap. Uph the submarginal

spots very regular and on unh lie against a pale submarginal band. Unh with

conspicuous orange or yellow, black edged, bands, recalling anfonta.

stdae, Esp. (30-35). The Orange Skipper. C. and 8S. Europe to Asia Minor

and Turkestan. (The Turkestan race is struweit, Pungeler). (Allied species

are—carthami, Hub, N. and C. Europe to W. Asia—onopordi, Ramb, 8. Europe

and N. Africa).

14a (12b). Unh upper edge of spot in 5 not entering cell; inner edges of

spots end cell, base 6 and mid cell in a straight line.

14 (15a). Upf spot near base 1 large, across 1 and an elongated spot at base

2 above it; discal spots in 2 and 3 overlap. Unh yellow green, spots faint, but

with spots at bases 2 and 3; submarginal spots in 3 and 6 faint ; upper edge

spot in 5 continued along v6 towards termen. phe black.

cinaraé, Ramb. (35). The Eastern Skipper. . Russia to Asia Minor and

Turkestan.

15a (14). Upf at most a small spot before mid 1 and no spot base 2 discal

spots in 2 aud 3 not overlapping. Unh always spots at base 2 and 3.

15 (16). Unh upper edge of spot in 5 continued along v6 towards margin ;

outer edges of spot base cell and 7 in line; submarginal spot in 2 midway

between basal and submarginal spot in 3.

alveus, Hub. (35). The Alveus Skipper. 5S. and C. Europe to Amur and

W. China. (The W. China race is szfanicus, Groum).

(Allied species are—carlinae, Ramb, Mountains of Europe with race speyert,

Stg. from the Amur—armoricanus, Ob, France to Turkey—foulquieri, Ob,

France to Italy).

16 (15). Unh upper edge of spot in 5 not continued along v6; outer edge

spot base cell against middle of spot in 7. |

serratulae, Ramb. (35). The Northern Skipper. Europe to Syria and

oa (The Turkestan race is major, Stg and the Syrian race alveotdes,

(2s :

17a (1lb). Unh extreme base cell 7 white, forming part of a basal white

band. Upf a spot in cell bebind the origin of v3; usually a prominent spot

base 2 and below it in 4.

Maculatus Group.

17b (19a). Unh a Y-shaped basal ferruginous band from vl across cell, the

right stalk to the SONS left to v8, stalks Saared by the subbasal white ‘spot

in i

lS). DT bldele: : Unh central white band, very irregular large spot in 1,

smail spot base 2, none’ base 3, spot in 4-5 large and quadrate, spot base 6

82 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST, SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

Maculatus Group— (conzd.)

absent, spot in 7 large and expanding to the white costa; ferruginous post dis-

band and submarginal spots very irregular, submarginal spot enlarged in

1 and 2.

bieti, Ob. (30). ‘The Chinese Skipper. W. China and E. Thibet.

18 (17). Unh central white band of equal width, except for the spot in 5,

which is expanded inwards and outwards; ferruginous postdiscal band also

regular and followed by a pale brown broad marginal band, with small irregular

spots on its inner edge. Unf overlaid white scales. Apex F produced and

margin straight.

oberthuri, Leech. (25-30). The Thibetan Skipper. Chumbi Valley, E.

Thibet, W. China and Yunnan. R. (= delavayt1, Ob).

19a (17b). Unh a roughly oval-shaped ferruginous band (sub basal),

enclosing a small white spot in 7 (may be absent). Unf black, apex prominent

(may be overlaid white scales). Unh narrow silver white discal band, expanding

to large white patch on the costa.

19 (20). Uph only central white spots (often obscure). Above cilia dark,

only faintly chequered. Upf spots in 4 and 5 very small and separate. Unh

beyond discal band pale brown with dark ferruginous central band. Very

variable.

zona, Mab. (30). The Japan Skipper. Japan to W. China. (= sinicus,

But and aloistriga, Mab).

20 (19). Uph with prominent discal and submarginal spots Above cilia

prominently chequered. Upf spotsin 4 and 5 usually conjoined Uph discal

spots end in a very broad white costal spot.

a. Unh dark and uniform; discal pale band very narrow and beyond

uniform dark.

maculatus maculatus, Br. and Gr. (30). The Maculate Skipper. Japan to

W. China: + (== amurensis, Ste).

8. Unh much paler; sub-basal ferruginous band sharply marked ; beyond

the silver discal band pale ochreous brown and a second silver postdiscal band

thereon. Unf apex may be white scaled.

maculatus thibetanus, Ob. E. Thibet and W. China.

I. 35. Carcharodus. The Marbled Skippers. (Plate 31).

Above greenish brown ; upf paler with a broad dark band before the middle

and a similar postdiscal band ; hyaline white spots in cell, discal in 2 and 3,

apical in 6-8; uph uniformly dark with rather obscure small pale spots in

cell and discal and submarginal rows. Unh marked as in Hesperia; in7 a

pale spot on either side of the discal band ; ground colour yellow brown.

la (3a). ¢ unfa tuft of hairs from near base v1 on dorsum.

1 (2). Uph and Unh spots comparatively large and diffused. Unh dark

area between discal and submarginal pale bands narrower than the discal

band. Below paler, greenish grey.

altheae dravira, M. (35). The tufted Marble Skipper. Baluchistan to

Chitral and Kashmir. R. (altheae, Hub occurs typically in C. and S. Europe

with race orientalis, Reverdin flying from Turkey to W. Asia).

2 (1). Uph and unh spots small and sharply defined; unh dark area

between the pale bands broader than the discal band. Smaller and lighter.

boeticus, Ramb. (35). The Southern Marble Skipper. S. Europe to Syria.

(= marrubi, HS.).

3a (la). ¢unf notuft. Above and below spots smaller. Above browner

with more or less violet reflections.

3 (4). Upf spot in 2 wider than high.

lavatharae. Esp. (30). The European Marble Skipper. S. Europe to Asia

Minor. (= australior, Ver).

4 (3). Upf spot in 2 higher than wide.

* alceae swinhoei, Watson. (30). The Plain Marble Skipper. Baluchistan

to Chitral and Kashmir. C. (alceae, Esp., flies from C. and S. Europe to W.

and C. Asia and there are several named races or varieties).

I. 36. Nisoniades. The Dingy Skippers. (Plate 31).

Above dark brown, marbled on F with ashy bands; no hyaline spots other

than the apical spots in 6-8, which may be absent. Cilia dusky.

la (3), ¢ with acostal fold. Uph with postdiscal and terminal pale spots,

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 83

]. 36. Nisoniades— (conid.)

1(2). Upf no terminal pale spots. Uph spots yellow, comparatively large

and prominent ; a spot end cell. Unf a yellow spot end cell and postdiscal

and terminal spots.

a. Large. Upf yellow postdiscal spots suffused, irregular. Upf ashy

central band broad = width of space 2.

montanus montanus, Br. (40). The Yellow Dingy Skipper. Japan to C.

China. (= rusticanus, But).

B. Small. Unf pale postdiscal spots regular, well defined. Upf ashy

central band narrow = 3 width space 2.

montanus nigrescens, Leech. (35). W. China and E. Thibet (= leechz, E1).

2(1). Upf with small terminal spots. Upk spots small, whitish and

obscure. Unf outwardly paler and spotless. Below pale brown.

tages, L. (30). The Dingy Skipper. Europe to Amur. (= cervantes,

Gras; popoviana, Nord; sinina, Groum; wmnicolor, Frey; clarus, Conrad ;

subclarus, Ver).

3 (la). @nocostal fold. Upf and uph unmarked except for the ashy bands

and apical spots.

a. Inky black, very uniform ; apical spots prominent.

* marloyt marlovi, Bdv. (30). The Inky Skipper. S. E. Europe to Persia,

Turkestan and Chitral. NR. (= sericea, Frey and rustan, Koll).

Bp. Larger, paler, upf with the ashy bands better marked and the apical

spots faint. Unh with traces of postdiscal spots. Cilia greyer.

marloyt pelias, Leech. (35). W. China and E. Thibet. (= erebus,

Groum).

( 7o be continued)

THE RETICULATE PYTHON

PYTHON RETICULATUS (Schneider)

COLONEL F. WALL. CiMiG. Ku Has,

NOMENCLATURE. (a) Sczentific.—The specific name conferred be

Schneider is from the Latin vefzculatus a ‘net-work’, and refers

to the character of the markings on the body, which is very

distinctive, and serves to distinguish it from the Indian ee

(P. molurus).

(6) English.—The name Retictlate Python should be upheld,

as this exactly fits the scientific name. Residents in India

frequently refer toit as the Malayan Python to distinguish it from

its common Indian relative, which is distributed throughout

Political India. The name is not a good one as the Malayan

Sub-region claims at least three species of python, that dealt with

in this paper, P. curtus, and P. timorensts.

aremarkable race for their knowledge of jungle craft, recognize

two pythons which are called ‘Sa-ba-ohn’ (P. molurus), and

‘Sa-ba-jee’ (P. veticulatus). These they distinguish mainly I am

informed by the number of pits in the anterior shields along the

upper lip. This is one of the most reliable means of identification

employed by scientists.

Identification.—The Indian Python (?. molurus) has two pits on

the rostral shield (i.e., the shield on the front of the snout), and a pit

on the Ist and 2nd supralabials (i.e. the shields bordering the

upper lip). The Reticulate Python has in addition a pit on the

3rd and 4th supralabials. Another reliable guide to its identity

lies in the number of shields on the belly (ventrals). In the Indian

Python, these do not exceed 270, whereas in the Reticulate Python

they are not less than 297.

Colouration.—Dorsally brown of various shades, with a series of

large black rhomboidal or ovate marks, connected vertebrally,

vunning down the back from the neck to the vent. A smaller

lateral series of similar marks correspond with, and are confluent

to the median series. At the base of the tail there is a tendency

to a continuation of the above pattern, but the detail is soon lost.

The head has a black median line from the snout tothe nape. A

similar black iine passes from the eye to the gape to be continued

for a short distance down the forebody. The belly is dirty whitish

or yellowish marbled laterally with brown.

Hapsits (a) Haunts—In Burma this python is otk met with in

the densest jungles, places unknown to Europeans with the

exception of a few forest officers, and an occasional sportsman.

In the Malay States and in Siam it is a fairly frequent intruder into

THE. RETIGULATE PVTHON 85

habitations. Captain Stanley Flower who was well acquainted with

the snake says, ‘ This python is very numerous in the city and

suburbs of Bangkok; in almost every compound of which I know

the occupants, either private houses or offices, one or more pythons

have been found within the last few years. Strange to say, it is

notin the quiet jungle-forest that the python seems to prefer to

live, but in the busiest spots along the Menam, where steamers and

junks are loading and unloading, steam-launches whistling, steam-

saws buzzing, rice-mill chimneys filling the air with smoke, and

hundreds of noisy coolies passing to and fro; here he selects some

hole, or crevice in building, timber-stack, or bank to spend the day

in, and at night makes an easy living, devouring fowls, ducks,

cats, dogs, and, it is said, pigs (which, together with countless

pariah-dogs, vultures, kites and crows, are the regular scavengers

off Bangkok). In May.16897, 74 python, 2,820mm.. (or, .9ft: 3in.)

in length, was found in the Wang Luang (King’s Palace).’

Like the Indian python it is frequently found near water, into

which element it will frequently glide when disturbed.

(6) Disposttion.—It is a remarkably lethargic snake, showing

little or no inclination to escape when encountered. Theobald says

that Burmans report it as a very harmless snake of timid disposition.

Some when disturbed have buried their heads beneath their coils,

and made no attempt to injure their assailants. This one can

readily believe for with the strength at its command a large

python could easily overpower a man. Captain A. G. Frere

speaking of a specimen killed in the Pegu Yomas says, ‘ It was

encountered by an officer and his party in the jungle, by the

side of a fallen trunk. It lay coiled there and wouldn’t move

though surrounded by ten to twelve excited and noisy coolies. A

Burman went up to it, and cut it at the base of the skull with his dah

and killed it.” Mr. H. C. Smith and Mr. Pudden, two Forest Officers

working from November 1924 to April 1925, in the dense jungles

of South Tenasserim, obtained six pythons, five of which were

veticulatus. Mr. Pudden tells me that all these specimens behaved in

just the same manner as reported by Captain Frere, except the little

three footer which was encountered by him on the banks of a

stream. This glided off into the water on his approach, and swam

submerged some distance. He shot it when it re-appeared on the

surface. In the vivarium this python awakens little interest. It

lies for hours completely inert, treating contemptuously all efforts

on the part of spectators to provoke a movement.

| (c) Strtking posture.— Animated by the prospect of a meal, the

snake bestirs itself, the quarry is seized, and the snake immediately

encircles it with its coils, constricting the unfortunate victim until

it is a lifeless mass, when it is swallowed. When defending itseif

it sometimes lunges its head forward and butts with great force.

~~ (a) Sloughing.—Young that hatched out in Calcutta shed their

Skins for the first time when they were about a monthold. I know

of no observation on this function in adults.

Foop. Records of its diet in its native haunts show that this is

very varied. ‘The late Dr. Annandale told me that on two occasions

in the Siamese Malay States he found that the little deer Tragulus

86 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

javanicus had been victimized. Cantor says it feeds on quadrupeds

and birds. Captain Stanley Flower already referred to mentions

cats, dogs, pigs, fowls, and ducks. He records one killed in the

Siamese King’s Palace measuring 9 feet 3 inches, which on being

cut open was found to contain one of the Royal cats, with the beli

attached to its neck. In Regent’s Park it has taken dead ducks

offered.

Mr. E. G. Boulenger (The Field 5-4-13) mentions finding in the

cage of a 22-footer caged in Regent’s Park, three hair balls five

inches in diameter, representing the undigested remains of a kid

upon which it had fed ten days earlier. The young hatched out by

Herr Fockelmann at Gross Borstel in 1907 accepted white mice, but

those hatched out in Calcutta in the same year refused milk, eggs,

frogs, small birds, and white mice, and died within three months.

Fastinc. That this python can exist and maintain its health for

very long periods without taking food is exemplified by the remark-

able instance of a captive specimen in Regent’s Park, that refused

food for one year, and eleven months after which it indulged ina

meal and continued to feed normally. During incubation food is

not accepted.

DRINKING. Like other snakes it slakes its thirst by drinking,

swallowing water in gulps, and not lapping.

BREEDING. (a) The Sexes.—I know of no difference in the sexes

except that the claw-like termination of the concealed rudimentary

hind limb, which is visible near the cloacal orifice, is relatively

larger in the male.

(6) Method of Reproduction.—This species like most other

pythons is known to be oviparous. (The African P. vegzus is

viviparous).

In Hagenbeck’s case the dam gathered her eggs together by

encircling them in her coils, in such a manner as to avoid subjecting

them to her weight. During the period of incubation she was

observed at times to release her coils, so that some of the eggs

became visible. After 79 days of unremitting attention, the dam

forsook her eggs when the first hatchling was observed emerging

from its shell.

The dam that deposited eggs in Calcutta in 1907 acted similarly,

beginning to encircle her eggs only when the last had been deposit-

ed, and then completely concealing them from view. This dam left

her eggs at intervals ‘when compelled to do so.’ ‘This suggests

that she was provoked to do so, perhaps with a view to ascertaining

the fate of the eggs.

The late Dr. Annandale told me that while the dam in Calcutta

was encircling her eggs, her treathing was considerably accelerat-

ed. A few hours before the eggs began to hatch she abandoned

them to their fate.

Fockelmann’s dam is reported to have left her eggs at night when

she visited her bath.

The incubation of snakes eggs differs from that of birds, in that

the dam imparts no warmth to them. Experiments prove that the

dam’s body temperature is not raised during this period. It

appears to me that in encircling her eggs the python submits them

THE RETICULATE PYTHON 87

to darkness and protects them from atmospheric conditions likely to

prove detrimental. The fact that in Herr Fockelmann’s case, fifteen

of the eggs that were rejected by the dam ten days after commenc-

ing her maternal devotions, dried up, and when examined proved

to be quite hard, with no signs of internal life, seems to suggest

this explanation, as several of the other eggs not rejected, hatched

out subsequently. I find after very many attempts to incubate

snake’s eggs artificially, that exposure to sunlight rapidly sterilizes

them. Inafew hours the shells harden, becoming dimpled first,

and shrivelled later. I find the most successful results are attained

by submitting them to a process similar to that adopted in the

relaxation of butterflies. A piece of slightly damp blotting paper

is placed at the bottom of a biscuit tin. On this is placed some

cotton wool, and on this the eggs are laid out, and the box lid

closed. If the blotting paper is a shade too damp, the eggs become

mildewed and sterile. The method here described was successful

in hatching out two broods of cobra’s eggs by me in Karachi in

1922, and several other broods at different times.

the eggs were deposited as follows; on April 11, 1909, (Basu’s

dam in Calcutta), the end of August or beginning of September

1907 (Fockelmann’s at Gross-Borstel) and October 28, 1904,

(Hagenbeck’s in Colombo). These dates suggest that breeding

may occur throughout the year.

(a) Period of Gestation.—Not known.

(e) Period of Incubation.—In WHagenbeck’s case the period

occupied was 79 days, and iti Basu’s case from 55 to 60.

(t) The Eggs.—Basu’s dam laid 59 eggs, Fockelmann’s 96, and

Hagenbeck’s about 100.

Fockelmann records that his eggs measured 10 cm. (about 4

inches) in length, that they were of a depressed oval in shape, with

an exceedingly tough shell. The weight of one of Basu’s brood

was 54 ounces.

GrowTH. (a) The Hatchling.—One of Basu’s brood measured

exactly 610 mm. (2 feet) when hatched. Hagenbeck’s brood mea-

sured from 610 to 762 mm. (2 to 24 feet). The weight of Basu’s

measured specimen was 4 ounces 2 drachms.

(6) Early Life.—Bibron’s observations of the growth of young

hatched out in Paris, shows that they increased by about 685 mm.

(24 feet) annually in the first your years of life. A python 33:5 cm.

(11 feet long) in London, grew another 30:5 cm. (10 feet) in 11

years, after which no further growth was observed.

sexually mature.

(d) Maximum Length.—The reticulate python is the largest

snake in the world, attaining to a length of nearly, if not actually.

thirty feet. Wallace (Zvopical Nature, p. 115) records that a

Mr. St. John states that he measured one in Borneo that was 26

feet long. Collingwood (Ramdles of a Naturalist, p. 172) says that

Mr. Low assured him he had seen one killed at Labuan that

measured 26 feet long, and heard on good authority of one 29 feet.

Captain S. S. Flower mentions that a Mr, L. Wray (junr.) measured

88 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATORAL FIST. SOCIETY, Vol, Xe

one killed at Taiping, Malay States, that was 27 feet. When

skinned and stretched it was 33 feet. Hagenbeck’s brooding python

from Borneo was reported about 28 feet. Cantor mentions one

killed at Penang which a gentleman informed him was 30 feet.

WEIGHT. Hagenbeck’s 28-footer turned the scale at 250 pounds,

i.e. two pounds less than 18 stones. | |

PARASITES. FAztozoa.—Pythons harbour many internal parasites.

The late Dr. Annandale told me he had dissected many veticulatus

when in the Malay States, and in some he found extraordinary

numbers of a nematode worm (Ascaris infundtbulicola) in the stomach

and intestines. This appears to bea ditferent worm from Ophidas-

carts filaria mentioned by Baylis and Daubuny as occurring abundant-

ly in the alimentary canal of pythons. They were found on nineteen

occasions in molurus, and the immature worms in the lung of both

molurus and veticulatus. This parasite appears to take up its

habitat while immature in the lung, and to migrate to the intestine

when attaining its final metamorphosis.

LINGUATULIDS. Dr. Annandale discovered linguatulids on two

occasions in the tounges of this species, and one such parasite

was removed from the mouth of a ~veticulatus, that died in

Calcutta;

These curious parasites have been also called tongue worms.

The name is unfortunate since in the pamphlet issued by the

British Museum with instructions to collectors of worms, we are

told that they are not worms. Their affinities are doubtful, but

they are usually considered to belong to the Arachnidae, and

therefore are allied to spiders and mites. It is better therefore to

drop the name tongue worm, and to refer to them by their scientific

name only. Miss Mary Hett, 3B.sc., has contributed a paper on

these parasites which appeared in the Proceedings of the Zoological

Society of London in 1924. From this I extract the following

further information :—

The adult is an internal vermiform parasite with a flattened or

cylindrical annulated body. The rings vary in number throughout

the family but are more or less constant for each species.

The life history usually involves two hosts, an intermediate host

which may be a fish or a mammal, and a final host which is usually

a reptile, but may be a mammal or bird. The adult is found chiefly

in the lungs and air passages of the host, but may occur in the body

cavity or alimentary canal. The eggs pass from the lungs by way

of the mouth to the alimentary canal, and pass out with the faeces,

being scattered over vegetation or into water. The infected

vegetation or water gains access to the alimentary canal of the

intermediate host in its food. It seems possible however that the

whole life cycle may occur in the same host without the agency of

the intermediate host. When the embryos still enclosed in the egg

envelope reach the alimentary canal of the intermediate host, (or

the same host) the outer coverings are dissolved by the digestive

juices, and the embryos are set free. By means of a boring

apparatus and clawed limbs, the embryo pierces the gut wall, and is

carried by the blood or lymph to some organ of the body, usually

the lung, where it becomes encysted. Here it undergoes a series

THE RETICULATE PYTHON 89

of.ecdyses finaily emerging from the cyst when the larval develop-

ment is complete.

The fully developed larva when emerging from the cyst has an

annulated body, no limbs, a head with a mouth, around whici: two

pairs of horny hooks are placed with which the parasite anchors

itself to the tissues, battening by suction of the host’s blood.

Sarcocysts. Dr. Annandale in a letter to me says ‘all

specimens of P. reticulatus that I have examined in autopsy,

whether here (Calcutta) or in Malaya have had immediately under

the skin, numerous little bean-shaped bodies of a livid colour,

and varying considerably in size and hardness. These I have

Ititle doubt are parasites allied to Sarcocystes (Protozoa), out the

Patani Malays call them ‘‘ the strength of the snake’’ and regard

them as centres of its constricting power. They say no python

could be strong without them.’

Lepiposis. The shields on the head of pythons are somewhat

different from those on colubrines. The body shields and scales

are also different in many ways, being more numerous than in

colubrines excepting the Sea Snakes.

Rostral.—As deep as broad; visible above ; with a pair of large

pits. Jnternasals. A pair, nearly as long as the prefrontals.

Pretrontals. A pair, rather shorter than the frontal; separated

from the frontal by a pair of smaller shields. Fyvontal. Usually

entire, sometimes more or less divided mesially ; about three-fifths

the length of the snout. Swzpraoculars. Weli developed, usually

entire; as long as the frontal. Parzetals. Not differentiated.

Nasals. A large shield with the nostril in the upper and posterior

part; a suture running from nostril backwards to anterior loreal.

Loreals. 4to 5. Pre@oculars. 2 or 3, the upper largest. Postoculars.

3 or 4. Zemporals. Not differentiated. Supvralabials. 12 to 14;

first four with pits ; 7th or 8thtouching the eye. Jzfralabials. 19 to

22; the first 2 to 3 pitted, and also 5 or 6 of the posterior.

Sublinguals. Not differentiated; a mental groove between about

seven pairs of scales. Costals. Two heads-lengths behind the head

57 to 62, midbody 69 to 79, two heads-lengths before the vent 38 to

40. Nokeels. No apical pits or facets. Vertebral. At midbody

breadth about two-thirds the length, less than one-third those in the

ultimate row. Ultimate. Breadth, nearly twice their length; two-

fifths that of the ventrals. Ventrals. 297 to 330. About eight

pairs of scales between the first and the mental groove. Anal.

Three, the outer corresponding to the ultimate row. Szdcaudals.

75 to 102 ; mostly divided, some frequently entire.

DENTITION. From two skulls in my collection. Praemaxilla.

four sub-equal teeth. Maxilla. 16 to 17 ; anododont, syncranterian,

strongly scaphiodont. Palatine. 6to 7; anododont, scaphiodont.

Pterygotd. 8 to 10; anododont, feebly scaphiodont. JMJandzbular.

17; anododont, feebly kumatodont, the 3rd tooth longest. The-

teeth in all the jaws are set inwards, and are peculiar in shape,

being compressed, rounded on their anterior convex faces, and

sharply edged and concave posteriorly.

DISTRIBUTION. Within the political limits of the Indian Empire

the reticulate python is confined to Lower Burma, and Tenasserim.

90° JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AYTST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

It has also been recorded from the Nicobar Islands. Though

Theobald says it is pretty common in Pegu, available records make

it appear arare snake in Lower Burma. Captain Frere sent me

some years ago the skin of a specimen killed by an officer of his

party in the Pegu Yomas about 15 miles from Minhla. This,

measured 17 feet 6 inches. The ventrals were 301, and subcaudals.

dubiously 75. The scales at midbody numbered 75, and the first

four supralabials were pitted. This is the only specimen I can

vouch for outside Tenasserim. In this province the snake is not

uncommon, certainly more common than molurus. Mr. Noble for

18 years Superintendent of the Zoological Gardens in Rangoon

told Colonel G. H. Evans in 1908, that he only knew of four

specimens. These were from Tavoy, Mergui, Rangoon (found in

a cargo of cocoanuts on board ship), and dubiously Pegu where he

said Colonel Bingham obtained a specimen. Colonel Bingham

however shortly before his death wrote in answer to my enquiries

that his specimen was from Martaban. Captain Frere sent me the

skin of one from the Amherst District. Mr. Smith, 1. F. s. during

his jungle work in S. Tenasserim 1925 had six pythons brought in

by his coolies. One skin examined by me was a molurus, and one

a reticulatus. The remaining four were reported vretzculatus.

This python has at times been transported in ships from port to

port. One of Noble’s four just alluded to was found in Rangoon

in a cargo ship. One was discovered in the cargo of a ship in

Bombay that had arrived from Moulmein. Another was found in

the hold of a ship in the Albert Docks, London, in 1907, and trans-

ferred alive to Regent’s Park.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF IRAQ

CLaup B. TICEHURST, M.A., M.B.O.U., F.R.G.S.

(LATE CAPT., R.A.M.C.)

ASSISTED BY

Sir’ PERCY ‘Cox, GiC.M.G., G.C.1.E., K.C.S.I., M.B.o.v.

AND

Masor R. E. CHEESMAN, M.B.O.U., F.R.G.S.

(with 3 plates)

INTRODUCTION

The following paper should be read in conjunction with the Birds of

Mesopotamia ? to which it forms an addenda. The contents are founded entirely

on records supplied by Sir Percy Cox and Major R. E. Cheesinan and the

collector employed by Sir Percy Cox, La Personne, and on specimens which were

brought back by them and includes information and specimens supplied to them

from various sources (acknowledged below). The period covered is from the

return of Sir Percy Cox and Major Cheesinan to Iraq in October, 1920, down to

their departure in 1923.

. Much of the information naturally comes from the Baghdad area but both Sir

Perey Cox and Major Cheesman undertook various trips in the plains while the

latter made a special trip to the Pusht-i-Kuh, east of Ali Garbi (Luristan) and

though outside Iraq proper such records, as are noteworthy, are for convenience

added to this paper and are referred ‘to as ‘the hills east of Ali Garbi’. La

Personne was employed to undertake special trips to Dohuk and Mosul! in the,

north, the Euphrates marshes, Fao and the islands at the head of the Gulf. In

all a very considerable collection was got together, the avifauna of additional

areas investigated, many gaps in and knowledge of Iraq birds filled and many of

our former observations confirmed.

In this paper J have only listed those species concerning which any additional

information has come to hand whether it be in status, distribution, nidification

or habits, etc., and in a few cases where former statements need modification.

25 species are now added to the avifauna; of these 14 come from the Mosul-

Dohuk area, 5 from Baghdad area, 3 from Fao area, 2 from Rutbah Wells

district and one is now extinct, in addition one more is extra limital. Five

further races have been described as peculiar to Iraq; of species known to

occur in Irag a further 16 sub-species are listed (plus one extra limital) while

the representative race of 7 others which were in doubt before have been now

satisfactorily determined. One remains yet to be solved—The Finch Lark.

Three races have been removed, viz., Prinia gracilis lepida, Podiceps ruficollis

capensis and Ammo perdix griseogularts ter- meulent. Original references are

only given to species or sub-species which are additional to these given in the

previous paper. (C.B.T.) B.4NV.A7.S., 1921, pp. 197-237, 1922, pp. 269-315 ; 325--

349 ; 371-390.

Description of additional localities—

1. Dohuk. A small town in the Kurdistan foothills, near the ee north

frontier, lying in a valley with a stream and fruit gardens of pomegranates, and

figs; it is shutin on the south by Dohuk Dagh (2,000 ft.) and by the Jebel

Abiad and Tang-i-Dorg on the north while beyond these rise range after range

of the Kurdistan highlands. The lower slopes of Dohuk Dagh are covered with

vineyards and further up is stunted oak.

2. Dara, Boonah and Gabr-an Nakhuda are three islands in the Khor Musa

at the head of the Gulf N. E. of Fao. Dara Is. lies 34 miles S. W. of Boonah

and is haif a mile across and is cut across itself by a creek ; a ridge runs from

end to end and is covered with a ‘ salt bush’ scrub. Boonah Is. is a mile long

and half a mile wide. Gabr-an Nakhuda lies 13 miles N. N. W. of Dara and is

100 yards X 75, it is covered with low scrub. All these islands are more or less

connected at low water. ‘The Khor Musa is a broad estuary holding water at

high tide, much exposed at low ; it runs many miles inland dividing into other

creeks, on ee

* Journ., Bom. Nat. Flist. Soe., vol. xxviii, Nos. 1, 2 and 3.

92. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

3. Bubyan and Warba Islands are practically part of the mainland ; they lie at

the head of the Gulf 2.4.2. of Fao. Bubyan is 26 miles long N. to S. and 12 miles

broad, barren and partly covered at high tide; a large creek the Khor Milah

runs into the island. It is separated from the Koweit mainland and Warba Is.

by a creek—the Khor Sabiyah (4 mile wide) which is partially dry at low water,

and from the Fao mainland by the Khor Abdulla 23-13 miles wide.

4. Warba Is. lies to the north of Bubyan and is separated from the Fao

mainland by the head of the Khor Abdulla (here $ a mile wide) and is 7 miles

long E. N. E.—W.S.W. and 23 miles broad. These two islands were referred

to in the previous paper as the ‘ Abdulla Banks’.

5. The area referred to in this paper as ‘the hills east of Ali Gharbi’

includes the arid foot hills of the Jebel Hamrin ; but beyond the limits of Iraq

it also includes a plain (1,000 ft.) rising gradually to the Pusht-i-Kuh Hills (up

to 3.506 ft.) and a valley running to the east (2,000 ft.). Here there are a few

running streams and the hill tops are covered with oak forest.

The following is a list of those who also assisted in the forming of this collec:

tion in various ways—procuring specimens, helping with transport, bringing

information, etc. All care possible has been taken with the spelling . of

names but as many have been extracted from indistinct labels it is hoped that

errors and omissions will be excused. In addition Mr. E. C. Stuart-Baker

has kindly sent a few notes on such eggs as called for remarks.

P. S.—Just as this manuscript was going to Press there appeared in the /dzs

(Oct. 1924, pp. 601-625) a very valuable paper by Col. R. Meinertzhagen on a

“Collection of Birds made in Iraq’. The author entered Iraq from Palestine to

Ramadi and during 3 months’ stay (Nov-end of January) visited several places

which were little or unknown ornithologically, notably Mosul and the district, up

to the Turko Iraq frontier and S. Kurdistan. For the sake of completeness I have

included in this paper his more important observations which are additional to

information already to hand. Such are initialed (M) or are referred to by

name.

H. M. King Faisal Khan Saheb Soofi

H. H. The Amir Zaid Mr. G. C. Kitching

Capt. Aldworth, D.s.o. Mr. Kinch

Sayid Jafar Ataifa Capt. C. Littledale, M.c.

Haji Adha Major J. More, D.s.o.

Miss G. L. Bell, C.B.E. Dr. Norman

Capt. Buist, R.A.M.C. Capt. Pedder

Mr. Butcher Mr. Nelson Porter

Mr. Barnes Major Pulley

Capt. I. N. Clayton Mr. Penny

Major G. S. Cameron, M.c. Mr. L.. T. Pollard

Dr. Corner Mr. J. Parlby, 0.B.E.

Mr. C. E. Capito Mr St. Ja-B. Philby, 18:

Mr. Cowley . Capt..R. Palmer, RON:

Mr. A. Dutt Lt-Col. R. Prescott, C.1.E.

Major:-H.. R..R. Dickson, C.1.E. Shaikh Rashid al Khalof

Mr. Empson Flight Lieut. Mclaren Reid

Major C. I. Edmonds Flight Lieut. Robb, R.a.¥F.

Major A. D. Fraser, D.S.0., R.A.M.C. Mr. Rooke

Shaikh Fahad Beg Capt. H.M. Stanford, M.c., R.F.A.

Mr. RleFernandez Mr. Swami

Mr. Glenister Sedhid

Lieut.Grand, RE. Shaikh Salem al Khayun

Lieut.-Genl. Sir A. Haldane, G.c.M.G., Dr. Sinderson

K.C.B., D.S.O. Mr. A. G. Tomlinson

Haji Naji Tota Ram

Hassan Segar Mr. Roger Thomas

Capt. Hitchcock, Railways, M E.F. Mr. Thompson

Capt. S. E. Hedgecock Col. J. R. Tainesh, ¢.B.£.

Col. A. E. Hammerton, C:M.G:,.).S.0., ColsimAsd. Wilson, Kcr. hs Canc.

R.A.M.C. D.S:0;

Sayid Husain Afnan Major R. J. Wilkinson

H.H. The Said Sultan of Najd Mr. Webster

Major Jeffries Mr. L. W. White

Lieut.-Col. P. C. Joyce, ¢.B.E., D.S.O.. Major Yetts,.M.c. and others

«< ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF IRAQ 93

Raven. Corvus corax laurencei, Hume.

Occurs north to Mosul and S. Kurdistan at least in winter, one seen at Rutbah

wells end of October (M). :

Heoded Crow. Corvus cornix.

Corvus cornix sardonicus (Orn. Monats., 1903, p. 92, Sardinia). This is the

only. Hooded Crow at Mosul and then only in winter. La Personne noted it at

Mengashi, Dohuk area, by November 18. The Hooded Crow which visits

Iraq in winter has always been called sharpizz but Iam doubtful if this race

occurs there atall. Inthe‘ Birds of Mesopotamia’ I listed two specimens. as

sharpit and I have not been able to re-examine these but five more from

Dohuk, Baghdad Fao (examined by Cheesman and myself and compared

with the type of szarpizz) are too small and too dark. They are the same

colour as Egyptian and Sardinian birds and measure ¢ Q 283-304. The type of

sharpit comes from Mardan in the Punjab ; it isa much larger and paler bird.

Corvus cornix capellanus, Sclater. The early breeding season is fully

confirmed ; anest with 3 eggs at Qarradah, Baghdad, on February 22, another

at Fao on the 21st with four eggs. Late in the breeding season the mantle

becomes nearly white and the wings rusty brown. Noted at Ramadi in

November, Khanikin and Kerkuk in December (M).

Rook. Corvus frugilegus L. ‘ Zarge’.

Flocks were seen crossing the Jebel Abiad, Dohuk area, going south on

December 13. Meinertzhagen saw flock after flock arriving at Mosul from the

N.'E. on Novernber 25, at an elevation of 800 feet ; he estimated a huge roost on

the open plain at Khanikin to number 193,000 birds.

Jackdaw. Corvus monedula soemmeringii. Fisch (=collaris avict.)

Breeds at Mosul. Meinertzhagen found them not very uncommon at various

places north of Baghdad in winter, there usually being some with each flock of

Rooks he also saw pure flocks emigrating at Hadron November 22 and at

Khanikin at the end of December (M).

Magpie. Pica pica bactriana Bp.

Recorded as resident and breeds at Mosul; very common-at Dohuk old

nests being seen everywhere. Resident at Sadiyeii 60 miles north of Baghdad

where there is a belt of palms ; also found at Kirkuk. Noted at Nasiriyeh (M).

Chough. Pyrrhocorax pyrrhocorax (L) Syst. Nat. Ed. x, 1758, p. 118—England.

Common in the hills east of Ali Gharbi near Pir Mahommed and other places

at 2,500 and 3,000 feet in October ; a pair were seen in the foot hills as low as

1,000 feet. Wings 3. 305-311. 293. Common at. Dohuk and Zakho—(M).

Jay. Garrulus glandarius

Garrulus glandarius atricapellus, Geoftr. (Etud, Zool. fasc. 1, 1832-Libanon)

La Personne mét with this Jay on the Tang-i-Dorg (Dohuk area) in October ;

a flock was seen working round the mountain in search of food, and it was

noticed occasionally in gardens at Dohuk. Cheesman met with jays -at

Chasmet Sherin 2,500 ft. and several more at Pir Mahommed, 4,000 ft. in oak

woods on October 11. The last two localities are in the hills east of Ali

Gharbi. W. 177-182.

Starling. Sturnus vulgaris.

l. Sturnus vulgaris vulgaris (=sophie auct). This isthe common winter

starling in Iraq. Whether itis sufficiently distinct to warrant recognition is a

matter of opinion. A fair number of specimens are reccgnized in having a

purer green mantle and scapulars and the flanks more tinged with purple

violet than in typical vulgaris, the spotting on the upper parts too, is often

paler, but none of these characters is by any means constant and quite a

number are not to be picked out from, West European birds. Specimens were

obtained from Dohuk area in the extreme north to Zobeir oasis in the extreme

south ; examples were obtained also migrating over the highlands of Dohuk on

November 1. ;

Sturnus vulgaris nobilior, Hume Out of six birds obtained at Mosul,

three of which were shot in the town itself and probably belong to the

94 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol, XXX1

Starling— (contd.)

resident form, five are not separablefrom nodlior. All have purple heads,

throats and ear coverts as well as under tail coverts and have black, white-edged

under wing coverts; the rump and upper tail coverts vary, some are more

purple than others; the mantle is grass-green. They are indistinguishable

from Kandahar birds. If, as seems likely, this is the breeding race at Moslu

the breeding area of nodzlior will need someextension. I ami still of opinion

that oppenheimz is not a good race and in fact, is according to Drs. Hartert and

Stresemann who have seen the type, nothing but purpurascens (Lbid , 1924, p.

604) as already hinted in our previous paper.

3. Sturnus vulgaris purpurascens, Gould (Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 219, 1868,

Erzeroom).

The sixth starling shot in the country near Mosul on January 13 is a typical

purpurascens. We had no certain record of this race in our area. Obtained

at Basra in February (M).

It seems to me that the Asiatic Starlings still need a lot of working at but

nothing can be done without a larger amount of material in the way of breeding

birds over a wide area. ;

Rosy Pastor. Pastor roseus (L).

Additional record. Two flocks, 20 in each were seen by Sir Percy Cox flying

up the Tigris 10 miles above Baghdad on May 14.

Golden Oriole. Oriolus oriolus oriolus (L).

Arrived in the first days of May confirmed both at Fao and Baghdad, males

coming first. At the Chekkan River (Jebel Hamrin) one was seen to arrive

from a:great height and go to roost in the only tree October 8.

Siskin. Carduelis spinus (L).

Noted at Mosul January 8. Flock arrived at Baghdad January 15, and were

found to be feeding on seeds of Zzn7a. :

Goldfinch. Carduelis carduelis niediecki Reich.

Noted as common at Mosul in winter and flocks were seen on Tang-i-Dorg

(Dchuk) in November. Winter visitor annually at Baghdad. All specimens

belong to this race. An old nest found at Feshkhabur on the Turko-Iraq

frontier (M).

Linnet. Acanthis cannabina fringillirostris Bp. and Schleg.

Common at Dohuk in small flocks in open fields and along streams. Arrived

November 3. Flock noted at Kirkuk in winter.

Red-fronted Serin. Serinus pusillus (Pall.).

Common in the hills at Dohuk at 2,000 feet coming frequently to springs.

Syrian Serin. Serinus syriacus, Bp. Consp. Av., i, p. 523, 1850, ‘ex As. occ.

Bischerra ’.

Appeared at Dohuk at the latter half of December in fairly large numbers

feeding on seeds of reeds and became common. Common at Mosul in

January.

Rose Finch. Rhodospiza obsoteta (Licht.).

A flock noted on March 11, in an isolated garden at Baghdad feeding cn the

buds of the pomegranate. Ancther flock at Hillah on February 1. Scarce

winter visitors.

Chaffinch. Fringilla coelebs celebs (L).

Arrived in the gardens at Dohuk November 2, and became commot.

Common too at Mosul.

I have examined a very large series of Asiatic and West European Chaffinches.

In the Asiatic birds (Asia Minor, Iraq, Persia) the reduction in the brown

mantle in the males is by no means constant nor have they stouter bills. Some

of the females are ‘colder’ less brown on the back but they vary very much.

Therefore I must unite these Iraq birds with the typical race; I have not seen

West-Caucasian birds (solomkot Menzb. and Suschkin) but one would expect

the Iraq birds to be the same and I much doubt whether solomkoz is a good race.

uu, . ADDITIONAL NOTES ON. THE AVIFAUNA OF IRAQ 95:

Chaffinch— (con/d.)

fringilla montifringilla WL. First seen at Dohuk on December 19,

and it became common ; flocks were noted migrating south down the valley,

Common at Mosul in January in Tamarisks and wheat fields. Obtained at

Baghdad on January 21. Three seen at Kirkuk in winter.

Greenfinch. Chloris chloris.

Chloris chloris turkestanica, Zar, (Orn. Monat., 1907, p. 61. N. W.

Turkestan).

Greenfinches were common inthe gardens and in trees on the hills side

at Dohuk on La Personne’s arrival October 17, and remained so. Noted as

couimon at Mosul in January. A good series were obtained, these are of the

same size in wing and bill as the typical race but are brighter and paler,

and in this respect are much asin chlorotica but of course are niuch larger,

od W. 86-90.

Rock Sparrow. Petronia petronia exiguua (Hellm.).

Small flocks seen on the cliffs on the Tang-i-Dorg often associated with Alpine

Accentors. Only two specimens obtained ; these are not zmtermedza, they are

only very slightly paler than French birds. % wing 102°5, 2 94°5, they correspond

well with exzguua.

Yellow-throated Sparrow. Gymnorhis xanthocollis transfuga, Hart.

Breeding at Baghdad May 16, flying young there on June 21, and fresh

eggs (4) on June 30, so that this species must be dcuble brooded. No record

beyond Baghdad.

House Sparrow. Passer domesticus biblicus Hart.

Cheesman noted nests built on branches of trees in a wood near Baghdad.

Nests with six eggs on June 12, and another with four eggs on June 22 are

late. Common at Mosul and specimens thence are rather darker than those from

lower Iraq but this may be due to dirt; they are paler and have longer bills

than the typical race.

Scrub Sparrow. Passer moabiticus moabiticus Trist.

Two colonies visited by Cox and Cheesman had nests with fresh eggs (4 and

5) on May 16; a nest on June 12 held 4 incubated and 2 fresh eggs. A flock was

met with at Hindeyeh Barrage on September 17 feeding on bull-rush seed.

Spanish Sparrow. Passer hispaniolensis transcaspicus, Tchusi.

Cheesman noted flocks migrating over Baghdad on May 16. At Qalet Dasar

(Pusht-i-kuh) flocks were migrating down a ravine on October 8. A colony of

old nests of the species found at Barzia (Pusht-i-Kuk.)

Corn Bunting. Emberiza calandra calandara, L.

Most have left the vicinity of Baghdad by March 11,-but quite a number

remain to breed in cultivation and rank grass. A nest of 3 eggs and 4 young

was found on April 18 and another with 5 eggs at Shergat in April, Exceed-

ingly common at Mosul and Dohuk, at least in winter. Some were met with

the Pusht-i-kuh near Pir Mohammedi 2-3,000 feet. A nest with six eges from

Jift March 19 (Aldworth).

Yellow Bunting. Emberiza citrinelia.

Emberiza citrinella erythrogenys, Brehm (Vogelfang, p. 414, 1855—Sarepta).

Two were obtained at Dohuk, October 13 and December 15; ‘ possibly

numerous’. Paler above and on the edges of the wings than West European

examples.

Meadow Bunting. Emberiza cia.

Emberiza cia par, Hartert (Voge. Pal. Fauna, p. 184—Transcaspia).

One shot from a flock at Dohuk on December 15 ; ‘ possibly numerous ’.

Black-headed Bunting. Emberiza melanocephala, Scop.

Odd males at Baghdad on April 24 and May 15,

96 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

Ortolan Bunting Emberiza hortulana L.

Very large flock at Baghdad on passage on April 25 also noted on passage

April 17 Gabr-un- -Nakoda Is (Fao area) and April 18, 23, on Bubyian Is

(Fao area).

Reed Bunting. Emberiza schceniclus pallidior, Hart.

Obtained at Kirkuk and Zakho in December (M).

Black-crowned Finch Lark. Pyrrhulauda frontalis.

La Personne was sent twiceto the desert west of Basra to get these Finch-

Larks, but unfortunately, though comimon, he only succeeded on the second

trip in June. Three niales, two females (lab. 3) and a juvenile were obtained,

but naturally they are in very bad condition—very worn and moulting. I have

already pointed out how the Iraq males differ from the African and Arabian

races and can now add that the Iraq female and young are greyer above than

frontalis frontalis and paler than f. melanauchen. Both sexes are no longer in

wing and have rather differently shaped bills to synczpzalis. In length. of

wing and in billI cannot distinguish them from the Sind affinzs and as

regards colour I can come to no conclusion as the specimens are so poor.

3 33 W. 84.5-87 ; Bill from base 13 greatest height 7

2 22 W. 78. 82 ’ ” i) 13°5 ” yy 7

Series syncipitalis W. 79-83 > 55, el 5=12:5 25

The Iraq specimens came from the Oasis of Huwaile about 16 miles from

Koweit. I imust leave them as indeterminable.

Calandra Lark. Melanocorypha calandra.

1. Melanocorypha calandra calandra (L).

2. Melanocorypha calandra psammnuochroa, Hart.

Both races occur in the Iraq plain in winter; a Calandra Lark breeds at

Mcsul but we have no breeding specimens to determine which race.

3. Melanocorphya calandra hebraica Meinertz. (Bull. B.O.C., xli, 1920,

p. 21—Palestine).

Meinertzhagen records that he obtained two at Hadr on November 23, which

he considers to be of this case.

Skylark. Alauda arvensis cantarella Bp.

Again in this additional collection there are some skylarks which appeared

darker on the mantle, less grey, than zutermedia (=dulcivox) and I can only

suppose that they are cantarella, the South European bird. I have been

unable to see any certain cantarella, obtained at the same time ofthe year

however.

Wood Lark. Lullula arborea pallida Zar. Small flocks at Dohuk en November 14.

Lesser Short-toed Lark. Calandrella rufescens (=vzzor auct).

1. Calandrella rufescens minor (Cab.). As was suspected (vol. xviii,

p. 225) a short-toed lark breeds in Iraq. Cheesman found a few pairs breeding

near Baghdad and on June 5 discovered a nest in a cup-shaped hollow in the

ground under a branch of dwarf Acacia stephania. The nest was made of fine

grasses interwoven. with-wool and native thread; it contained 3 incubated

eggs; another nest with 4 eggs ina similar situation on June 14. The eggs

are greeny-white with sandy brown spots forming a ring at the larger end and

measure 21 X 16mm. The male soars high when singing; when on the

eround the birds often fly up to take insects on the wing.

The breeding bird obtained is of course very worn but it certainly seems to

belong to this race. This bird was formerly. called C. minor minor but if the

Teneriffe Short-toed Lark is considered to be of the same species then rufescens

must be the specific name.

2. Calandrella rufescens persica Sharpe (Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii, p. 590, 1890

—Persia.) I overlooked the fact, until too late for publication, that there is in the

Tring Museum a juvenile of this race from Fao obtained by Cumming. On the

Jebel Sanam at Zobeir, on June 28, La Personne obtained a juvenile bird in

rather worn dress which must belong to this race. It is certainly one of the

vufescens group, sandy red above and with a large bill; a female. W 85. It is

exactly the same size as the above Tring bird.

t =,

7 4

‘ A

1 y

é i

’ .

_ ’

‘

ee * ,

1h ne

‘DUUOSAIT VT °S ‘(A AQ SOjOYd

‘ec6l ‘oune 4g AAG AvAOGY ‘VIDVOY NO (vasau19

Sagipnvy UoMH]p) HAV] GHLVIOSVAlg AO SOOWY AUN], GNV Lsay

avVadHOvVd ‘(229249 Sn1Q0) IMO

‘206

SdO9S GALVIYLS

‘YIP ‘yeyy Aequiog

“unos

-ADDITIONAL NOTES ON. THE AVIFAUNA OF IRAQ 97

Lesser Short-toed Lark—(conid.)

‘In winter Cheesman obtained both minor and heinez in this locality, while in

the British Museum there are two moulting birds from Fao, August 26, whicn

are also minor. |

Desert Lark. Ammomanes deserti.

1. Ammomanes deserti cheesmani. Meinertz. (Buli., B.O.C., xliii, p. 187,

1923—Shat-al-Adaim). Under the above name Col. Meinertzhagen has named

birds from Shat-al-Adaim, Kasr-i-Sherin and Naft Kaneh, having compared

with fraterculus, a smaller bill (14 mm.) a darker back and head and more

rufous underparts. Having only seen the two birds from Shat-al-Adaim I did

not feel justified in separating a race from that area especially as that area is

almost surrounded by the areas inhabited by fraterculus—a very curious and

local distribution.

“2. Ammomanes desertt coxi, Meinertz. (Bull., B.O.C., xliv, 1923, p. 15—

Syrian Desert, E. of Damascus). One obtained in October 30, in 40 10’E. 33

10’N. (west of Rutbah wells) belongs to this large form (M).

3. Ammomanes deserti fraterculus, Trist. The recent collection contains

specimens from Feluja, Samarra and an area of the foothills east of Ali Garbi ;

up toa height of 2,300 feet in Pusht-i-Kuh. They are indistinguishabie from

fraterculus, W. 94-105. Bill from base 14-8 mm. Iam very doubtful whether

the alleged smallness in bill in cheesmani is a good character; I have seen

Palestine birds (males) with bills varying from 14°5 to 17°5 mm. Occurs 20

miles W. of Ramadi (M).

Bifasciated Lark. Alamon aiaudipes cinerea, Zar. ( = pallida auct)

The Alemon is by no means confined to the desert west of Euphrates.

Cheesman met with it on the plains to the east of Ali Garbi in October, at

Qarradah and at Aqqar Quf near Baghdad and on the east side of the Iskanda-

riyeh canal in the breeding season. On June 5, a nest was found in the top

of a dwarf acacia a foot high at Aqqar Quf ; it was composed of thorny twigs

and lined with cottony heads of desert flowers and contained 3 fresh eggs.

‘The birds were very tame and came up to the nest within 10 feet of me but

ran away when I approached nearer.’ (R.E.C.) Another nest found the same

day had 3 eggs nearly hatching. On June 11 another nest was found in the

same locality containing two young, in this case the nest being built in ascrape

under the shelter of a bush and droppings of the young lined the nest. Another

nest on June 23 contained 2 young and 1 egg.

A pair were evidently breeding on Boonah Island (Fao District) on May 20.

Occurs west to Rutbah Wells and beyond the Amman-Ramadi route (M).

The ground colour of these eggs is practically white, and there are numerous

tiny specks or freckles of purple-black over the whole surface, more numerous

and rather Jarger in a ring round the bigger end. The texture is close and fine,

and there isa faint gloss. The shape is, as usual, long and rather pointed.

They measure 26°0 X 17:2; 24°4 K 17°8; and 24:4 & 17:°9 mm.

Shore Lark. Eremophila alpestris bilopha, Temm.

Common 5 miles west of Ramadi end of October (M).

Tree Pipit. Anthus trivialis trivialis L.

Obtained at Dohuk as late as November Ist.

Meadow Pipit. Anthus pratensis L. :

Cheesman obtained it in the foothills east of Ali Gharbi on October 15.

One at Baghdad December 25 (M).

Red-throated Pipit. Anthus cervinus Pall.

». A flock not noted at Baghdad on May 14.

Tawny Pipit. Anthus campestris.

Anthus campestris griseus Nicoll (Bull., B.O.C., xli, p.25, 1920—Turkestan ).

Two obtained in the foothills east of Ali Garbi on October 6 belong to the

eastern race ; it was not uncommon,

98 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

Grey Wagtail. Motacilla cinerea.

Motacilla cinerea caspica (Gm.) (=melanope auct) (Reise d Russl., 811,

p. 104, 1774—Enzeli.) A male obtained at Baghdad on December 23. Tail

93 mm. (M).

Blue-headed Wagtail Motacilla flava thunbergi, Billb.

A flock at Baghdad as late as May 14 0n passage. Mostly females.

White Wagtail. Motacilla alba

1. Motacilla alba dukhunensis, Sykes. This race is evidently a_ fairly

common winter visitor, Cheesman obtained two in November at Baghdad.

Two at Baghdad and one in S. Kurdistan in December (M).

2. Motacilla alba persica Blan. A female obtained at Basra December 27,

1913 (M).

3. Motacilla alba personata, Gould (B. of Asia, iv, p.163, 1861~—India). Two

males obtained at Basra on February 4, 1914 (M).

Rock Nuthatch. Sitta neumayer.

1. Sitta neumayer dresseri (Zar. and But.) Common in the foothills east of Ali

Gharbi (1,000-2,000 feet) in October. Cheesman found them very wild except

when they were drinking at wells ; their loud bubbling note always attracted

attention. An old nest was found in a circular cavity in a cliff 20 feet from the

ground. It was.a large oval mud patch 13 feet wide, one fuot high, the cavity

one foot broad, the walls 13 inches thick; near the top was the circular

bottle neck opening. 8 ¢¢ W..89-94 once 98. B. exp. 23-25. 5. 622 88-93 B

exp. 22-25 mm.

2. Sitta neumayer kurdistanica, C.B. Ticehurst (Buli., B.O.C., xliv, p.28—

Dohuk, Kurdistan. Common in the cliffs at Dohuk and especially on the

Tang-i-Dorg also noted on the building of the Khasafir monastery. It is said

to have quite a sweet warbling note ; compared with dresseri in same plumage

these birds are a shade darker and have darker rust coloured flanks.

. &W. 91-98 ; B. exp. 24-26. 5. 29 W.90 ; B. exp. 25 mm.

Two obtained and an old nest seen at Naft Khaneh in December, common

at Kasr-i-Sherin (M).

Small Rock Nuthatch. Sitta rupicola tschitscherini, Zar.

La Personne states that this bird inhabits the same places as S.n. kurdistanica

does at Dohuk where it is the less common of the two. He obtained one there

on November 5.

Q W. 77°5 Bill exp. 18°5.

Wall creeper. Tichodroma muraria. (L). (Syst. Nat. Ed., xii, 1766, p. 184,

S. Europe).

Not uncommon on tlie cliff faces at Dohuk from October 25 onwards. Seen

on the ruins of Nineveh near Mosul, January 20.

Great Tit. Parus major blanfordi, Prazak.

Common in gardens and ravines at Dokuk and at the Khasafir monastery.

Noted at Mosul where specimens were obtained in January. 4¢ W. 76-80.

2° 73°5. Two seen at Kirkuk in December.

Sombre Tit. Parus lugubris.

1. Parus lugubris dubius, Hellm. (Journ, f. Ornith. 1901, p. 173—Persia.)

Cheesman met with a pair in scrub near a spring at Fittak (1,000 feet) in

the foothills east of Ali Gharbi on October 2; several pairs in the higher

hills (2-3,000 feet) a few days later. 2¢¢ W. 72°5-74 Extra-limital sub-

speicies.

2. Parus lugubris anatolie@, Hart. (Vog. Pal. F., p. 368—Ahoory Asia

Minor).

Met with, chiefly in vineyards and hedges, in the neighbourhood .of Dohuk,

also at Khasafir monastery ; it avoids gardens and denser scrub. A pair were

obtained ¢ W.71; 269. These match well the type (in Tring Museum) and

one other—all available for comparison, te

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF IRAQ 99

Blue Tit Parus cceruleus georgicus.? (But.) (Nascha Ochota, 1908, Oct., p. 5—

Achalzich Transcaucasia. )

Found at Dohuk, generally in pairs on the hillsides and in the valleys ; first

noted on October 29 and became common later. Obtained at Mosul in J anuary.

Seen at Kirkuk in winter. Seven specimens obtained W. 63-67°5. Material is

unfortunately lacking for the determination of what race we have represented

here. The Dohuk and Mosul birds are the same. I have seen no persicus in

the saine state of dress, but these birds are yellower below and not so grey

above as the persicus I have seen; they are not orientalis (E. Russia) since

they are greyer above than this race ; vaddet again (N. Persia) isa smaller bird

W. 60-64°5 (6 examined) and is greyer and paler on the back and paler below ;

of ‘georgicus (Western Transcaucasia) and of satunint (Lenkoran, Kasvin, etc.)

I have seen no examples (? the same) and so hesitate to describe another new

(?) race. The Blue Tits of this part of the world very badly want working out

but there is no material available to do so. There are three birds in the

British Museum labelled ‘ Asia Minor’ one of which is the same as our Dohuk

birds; the other two are quite different again. Meinertzhagen refers his

Mosul birds to the typical race; his series measures exactly the same as ours,

viz. W. 63-67. The Mosul-Dohuk birds are a greyer green above and a shade

paler below than Scandinavian birds and do not run so large, the latter

measuring up to 70 mm. in wing. .

Penduline Tit. Anthoscopus pendulinus persimilis, Hart. —

Two seen at Gurmat Ali April 19, 1921 and party of 10 at Zorr on the Tigris

November 12, 1922.

Great Grey Shrike. Lanlus excubitor aucheri, Bp.

Two seen at Ramadi on November 2 one at Mosul January 20(M). Both

races evidently over winter.

Masked Shrike. Lanius nubicus. Licht.

Noted as early as April 3 at Baghdad. No further confirmation of sstclOuaes

A late straggler at Baghdad on December 29 (M).

Red-backed Shrike. Lanius collurio, L.

Still common at Baghdad and Fao as late as May 13 and are at Shaiba on

June 4 on passage.

Isabelline Shrike. Lanuis isabellinus. H and E.

In the former paper on Iraq, I stated on Dr. Bahr’s authority, that the

Filaria of this bird had the feather-louse for its intermediate host. I mistook

what Dr. Bahr said ; he only suggested to me that it might be so..

Red-tailed Shrike. Lanius cristatus pheenicuroides, Schal.

One at Babylon on November 8 (M) is somewhat late for this Shrike which

unlike the preceding is a passage migrant in Iraq.

Grey Hypocolius. Hypocolius ampelinus. Bp.

Cox and Cheesman found a nest on May 16 near Baghdad in the centre of a

bush of Lyceum europeum containing 4 eggs. The nest was composed of

tendrils of a creeper with a few bits of wood inside felted with wool and rush

seed neatly interwoven ; diameter of the cup 84 mm. Besides the berries of

Lycaeum mulberries, figs and dates are eaten. A breeding female lacks the

usual black ends to the primaries and therefore presumably this species takes

two years to become adult. Capt. Stanford found an unfinished nest at

Baiji on May 10, an extension of range in Iraq, while Meinertzhagen records a

small party at Mosul from November 23 to 26; a further extension. All

evidence on further specimens tends to show that this species is frugivorous, a

seqtience being afforded by Lyceum, mulberry, fig and date. Four eggs

measure 27'1 X-20°6, 25°6 X 19°4, 26 K 19°9, 24°6 K 19'S. The ground colour

is pale greyish white, the faintly darker grey smears and blotches mee pale and

inconspicuous.

100 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

White-eared Bulbul. Pycnonotus leucotis mesopotamia, Ticehurst.

In a loosely constructed nest found on May 30 two eggs had fallen through

the lining and 4 more eggs had been laid en top. A nest with 2 eggs at

Fao on June 30, probably a second brood. Cheesman met with a few in Date

Groves at Kunjamchem R (1,000 feet) and again at Barg-i-Gez (2,500 feet) in

October, both localities in the foothills east of Ali Gharbi. These were isolated

groves many miles apart. La Personne says that the Bulbul breeds in the reed

beds of the Medina (Euphrates) marshes. Absent from Mosul and Dohuk, as

also is the date palm.

Spotted Flycatcher. Muscicapa striata neumanni, Poche.

eee noted as early as August 13.

Pied Flycatcher. Muscicapa hypoleuca semitorquata, Hom.

Specimens were obtained at Baghdad March 7 to 30 and on August 14 ; at

Fao March 27 and April 13. 4 ¢¢ W. 82-85. 2 92 W.-80. The females

are greyer and 'the males have a more distinct speculum than in the typical

race. A somewhat scarce passage migrant.

Chiffchaff. Phylloscopus collybita abietina. (Nils.).

An increase noted on February 21; males in song. Both races over winter at

Baghdad ; Meinertzhagen records the typical form at Mosul on January 2.

Willow Wren. Phytloscopus trochilus trochilus, LL.

One at Baghdad May 22, a late migrant.

Phylloscopus trochilus eversmanni, Bp. One at Mosul December 1 (M).

Cetti’s Warbler. Cettia cetti orientalis, Trist.

A recognizable race. Paler than the typical form and smaller than the

eastern cettioides. Noted in reed beds at Gurmat on April 19. Cheesman

found odd birds in gardens in the foothills east of Ali Gharbi, October 10-15

probably on passage to the plains.

Moustached Sedge Warbler. Lusciniola melanopogon mimica, Mad.

Several near Baghdad November 5.

Great Reed Warbler. Acrocephalus arundinaceus.

There can be little dcubt I think that Great Reed Warblers breed in Iraq.

At Qarradah near Baghdad on June 1, Cheesman found a bird singing in a fruit

garden, there were no reeds or water in the vicinity, but it had been singing

there for a fortnight previously ; its organs were enlarged to breeding size.

This bird is nearer to 4. arundinaceus than to zarudnyt. Again on May 16 he

found some at Zorr, and several in reed beds near Baghdad on May 7 but in

these two cases evidence was not so suggestive, in fact in the latter case the

birds were not there on June 25. Some of the birds obtained on these dates

are zarudny1; others are rather intermediate between these and the typical

race.

Babylonian Reed Warbler. Acrocephalus griseldis (Hartlaub). (Abh. Nat. Ver.

Bremen, xii, p. 7, 1891— Tanganyika).

After publication of the ‘ Birds of Mesopotamia’ I found that Acrucephalus

babylonicus is the same as Calamoherpe griseldis described from a unique

specimen (in Tring Mus.) I have since seen this type from Nguru and another

from Kilossa both in Tanganyika Territory, East Africa and allowing for the

time of year they are identical with Iraq birds. The Babylonian Reed Warbler

then breeds in a small area in Iraq and winters in a small area in East Africa

so far as is known.

Cheesman found it breeding at Gurmut Ali on May 28, and took fresh eggs -

on June 30, La Personne found most had flown, but got one clutch of two

incubated eggs. It nests freely in the Medina (Euphrates) marshes. The nest

of reeds and grasses woven round two reed stems is 3 to 4 inches in diameter.

Two birds were taken on a boat of Bubyan. (Fao district) on April. 22.

Tomlinson records that a nest of this bird had been appropriated by Cratenaee

altirostris.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF IRAQ 101

Common Reed Warbler. Acrocephalus scirpaceus scirpaceus (Herm.).

- Several seen at Gurmat Ali April 19, one obtained at Babylon May 1. No

evidence of breeding.

Marsh Warbler. Acrocephalus palustris (Beclst).

One shot by Sir Percy Cox in camel thorn scrub in the desert near Aqqar Ouf

on Septemberl. ‘Chisis the first satisfactory record from Iraq.

Sedge Warbler. Arocephalus schenobenus (L.)

One obtained in the foothills east of Ali Gharbi on October 15, and one at

Baghdad May 7, apparently e passage migrant.

Olivaceous Tree Warbler. Hippolais pallida eloeica (Lind.).

Mr. Jourdain has suggested to me that clutches of six eggs for this bird are

erroneous (as recorded xxviii, p.277) it may be so—we have no further notes

on such large .clutches.

Icterine Warbler. Hipolais icterina (Viellot). (Nouv. Dict., p. 194, 1817—France).

One was shot by Sir Percy Cox in the Iron Bridge Garden at pa samt on

May 19, 1922.

Barred Warbler. Sytvia nisoria (Bechst).

Cheesman found the Barred Warbler not uncommon in mulberry trees on

May 8, seen on return passage on August 29.

Orphean Warbler. Sytvia hortensis.

Sylvia hortensts crassirostris, Cretzschm. (Atlas Reise Ruppells, p. 49, P. 133

figa, 1826—Syria). One was obtained on April 3 at Baghdad.

Garden Warbler. Sylvia simplex, Latham.

The late passage of the Garden Warbler is confirmed ; it was noted till May

23. Since writing the ‘ Birds of Mesopotamia’ I have been able to examine

a series of spring birds from Yenesesk in Siberia and these do not differ from

British ones. Some of the Iraq birds are however decidedly greyer on the upper

parts than British ones ; pallida described from Barnaul and Kainsk, 700-800

miles S$. W. of Yenescisk ; some of the Iraq birds are paler than others.

Common Whitethroat. Sylvia communis icterop Menetr.

One at Baghdad on May 24, organs very advanced, it probably breeds in the

higher lands at no great distance : away. One taken on board off Fao April 16.

Blackcap. Sylvia atricapilla atricapilla (L.)

Not uncommon at Dohuk October 17, last seen November 1, noted by

Meinertzhagen at Mosul up to early December.

Desert Warbler. Sylvia nana nana (Hemp. and Ehr.)

One in the British Museum from Fao March 19, 1896.

Menetries’ Warbler. Sylvia mystacea, Menetr,

Noted in the foothills east of Ali Gharbi up to 1,500 feet October 4 to 9.

Seen at Zobeir February 28.

Cheesman found nests with four (June 9) and five eggson June 20 some-

what late and five is an unusual number. Oneon board off the Shat-al-Arab

L.V. on March 29.

Spectacled Warbler. Sylvia conspicillata conspicillata, Temm.

(Man. d’Orn, 2nd ed. i, p. 210, 1820-Sardinia). One obtained in a grass field

at Baghdad by Meinertzhagen on Jannary 11, an addition to the Fauna (M).

Sardinian Warbler. Sylvia melanocephala melanocephala, Gm.

(Syst. Nat. i, 2, p. 970, 1788—Sardinia). Not uncommon at Mosul ; specimens

obtained January 1 and 2h 2a W.57 and 58 .F.62°5. ‘These are.typical

melanocephala and not Momus.

102 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX]

Eastern Rufous Warbler. Agrobates galactotes familiaris (Menetr.)

Cheesman found a nest at Baghdad 6 feet up in a fork of an apricot; he

notes that most nests contain pieces of snake skin which are added loosely after

the nest is finished. It has been suggested to me by Mr. Jourdain that a clutch

of 5 eggs is extremely rare ; I do not think it is as rare as he thinks. As Mr.

W. D. Cumming had paid special attention to the nidification of this species

I asked him to send me any notes he had on it and this he nas kindly done. He

informed me that, though 4 is the usual number, but he personally had seen a

fair number of nests with 5 eggs. He further stated that he had once found a

nest in a hole in a telegraph post, and cnce found a nest used for two broods.

Another nest he found kad been begun by the Hypocolius and abandoned and

then finished off by this Warbler. Both sexes build but only the female

incubates. The young are fed on grasshoppers and caterpillars.

Streaked Wren Warbler. Prinia gracilis.

Prinia gracilis trakensis. Meinertzhagen (Bull, B.O.C., xliii, p. 147—

Baghdad). Described as being near palestince darker upper parts with broader

centres ta the feathers. Subterminal black and white bar on the tail less

distinct. When I first obtained this bird at Basra in 1918, I thought it to be

different to depzda but found the darkness of the upper parts to be largely due

to dirt, others from elsewhere in Iraq did not seem to be very different to lepida

but the series was in very bad order. Pyrinzas were noted at Mosul in January.

A bird from Busnhire is /efida, one from Fao is zrvakensis but another thence

seemed to be nearer lepida. trakensis occurs at Kirkuk (M).

Fan-tailed Warbler. Cisticola juncidis neurotica, Meintz.

(Bull. B.O.C., xli, 1920, p. 25—Sidon.)

Found plentifully in beet-fields near Baghdad by Col. Meintzhagen on January

1. Only one skin received and that is moulting so it is still impossible for me to

say what. race inhabits Iraq. A series from Baghdad do not differ from

Palestine birds (M). |

Mesopotamian Babbler. Crateropus altirostris, Hart.

A nest at Fao on May 3, is described :as composed of coarse reeds and date-

palm leaves on the outside and lined with fine date fibre ; diameter of the cup

% inches ; it contained 4 eggs. Common at Fao; further additional localities—

Busra, Gurmet Ali, Abu Aran, Shafi; like Auftonz it is said to inhabit reed beds

too.

Hutton’s Babbler. Crateropus caudatus huttoni (Blyth).

Found in the foot hillls in brush covered desert east of Ali Gharbi and in

gardens up to 1,400 feet.

Song Thrush. Turdus philomelos philomelos, Brehm.

Common at Dohuk in winter. Meinertzhagen says that Mesopotamian Song-

Thrushes run large W. 119-123 (M). Possibly they average longer in wing but

I find many of the typical race in W. Europe are between these measurements,

though some are smaller.

Blackbird. 1 Turdus merula syriaca? H and E,

2 Turdus merula intermedius. Richm.

The Blackbird is a not very uncommon winter visitor round Baghdad from

the end of November to the end of February. Common in gardens at Dohuk

and Mosul in winter.

The determination of the race or races is very difficult. I have examined a

series of aferrina and syrtacain the Tring Museum and except that the former

seems perhaps to have a slightly shorter tail I can see no difference in measure-

ments. The larger bill of syvzaca is not apparent.

Added to the difficulty i is the fact that these syrzaca are not breeding birds and

so one does not really know that they are the resident._bird at all. As-regards

colour both are dull black in the males and the females are so variable that no

distinctive character stands out.

The Iraq series measure 7¢¢ W. 127-134; T. 106-115; Bill from base 24.

5-29 mm. 429 W. 123-127 T: 107-109 ; Bill from base 25-27 ram.

Meinertzhagen obtained a pair of 7. m. intermedius at Feshkabur (M).

_ ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF [RAQ 103

Rock Thrush. Monticola saxatilis (L).

A few passed through Baghdad on May 4 to 17 ; noted at Fao April 30 and

May 9.

Blue Rock Thrush. Monticola solitarius longirostris, Blyth (= ¢ranscaspicus auct).

Seen at Zobeir on February 28, and in the foothills east of Ali Gharbi (1,200

feet) October 2, fairly common on the hills above Dohuk. On passage at Fao

March 28, to April 22, single birds. Specimens from all these places are, I

think, Zongirostris ¢ W. 120-125. Q W. 119-122.

Common Wheatear. /Enanthe enanthe.

tnanthe enanthe rostrata. (H and E) (Synib Phys., i, fol. 2. a.a., 1832—

Upper Egypt). : ie :

Further examination of Asiatic Wheatears leads ine to think that there is one

recognizable race characterized by the paleness of upper parts and wing-edges

in both sexes and by alonger wing. Many of the Iraq birds stand out at once

by the paleness and such birds I have never seen in Western Europe. The

wing's of the Iraq males measure 97-102 mm. which is an average longer wing

than in West European birds. The length of bill is very variable in both

eastern and western birds, Iraq males vary from 17 to19 mm. The paleness of

the wing-edges is noticeable in autun:n also.. Iam not however convinced that

two Asiatic races’ can be upheld and therefore I use the older name rostrata

instead of argentea.

Black-eared Wheatear. AEnanthe hispanica.

tnanthe hispanica melanolenca. (Gtld) Still plentiful in the foot hills east

‘ of Ali Gharbi on October 16, extreme dates of spring passage at Baghdad

April 3, and May 14, on the latter date a bird had its organs well advanced.

Noted at Fao as early as March 26.

Barnes’ Wheatear. Enanthe finschii barnesi. (Oates).

Meinertzhagen (/6zs, 1924, p. 615) considers that darnesz (Baluchistan) is not

separable from fizschiz (N. E. Africa). At present I prefer to keep these

separate. Baluchistan males are much longer. in wing (up to 96 mm.) whereas

the few Egyptian males I have seen are under 90 mm. Baluchistan females

are on the mantle sandier brown, not so grey, and I have never seen any females

with the black throat thence such as Egyptian birds shew ; also in Egyptian

females the axillaries are black edged with grey instead of dark grey edged

with isabelline as in Baluchistan birds, and have darker ear coverts and

whiter underparts.

All the females I have seen from Iraq have greyish throats but Meinertzhagen

has seen females with black throats. It is possible therefore that both races

occur ; these chats are so far as we know winter visitors to the Iraq plains.

The Iraq birds do not it is true attain quite the large dimensions of some

Baluchistan ones and it is more than likely that they are come from an area

where intergradation of the two races occurs but as they appeared to be nearer

the Baluchistan races than the Egyptian I retain them under the above name.

Red-tailed Wheatear. Enanthe xanthopyrymna.

1. d&unanthe xanthoprymna xanthoprymna. (H and E). One obtained on

Dohuk Dorq on October 19, (2,000 ft.). Red-tailed Wheatears were seen at

Chasmeh Sherin in-the hills east of Ali Gharbi on October 12. Some were

seen W of Ramadi, (41° 45’ E. 33° 15’ N.) on October 31 (M).

2. <inanthe xanthoprymna cummingz. (Whit.). A female was obtained on

Tang-i-Dorq, Dohuk on October 23.

Hume’s Wheatear. Enanthe alboniger. (Hume).

Seen here and there in the foothilis east of Ali Gharbi in October. Specimens

obtained near Kunjam Chem R. (1,100 ft.), October 16. Obtained at Naft

Khaneh on December 20 (M).

Mourning Wheatear. Ananthe meesta.

Etnanthe mesta brooksbanki, Meinertzhagen. (Bull., B.O.C., xliii, 1923,

p. 147—El. Jid, N. Arabia) Occurs at Rutbah Wells within political Iraq,

40° 15’E. 33° 5’N, on the Amman Ramadi route (M),

1044 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY,. Vol. XXXII

Stonechat. Saxicola torquata.

Both wézcola and maura were obtained at Dohuk in October and our records

for both races range from the extreme north to the extreme south in winter.

Winchat. Saxicola rubetra noske (Tsch. )

Five more specimens obtained, from Diala R. in the north to the head of the

Persian Gulf on passage ; all are of this race and I rather doubt the typical

form occurring. Noted as late as May 14 at Baghdad.

Common Redstart. Phcenicurus phenicurus.

1. Ph. ph. phenicurus (LL). A few must winter as already suggested ; one

obtained at Mosul on January 13. :

2. Ph, ph. mesoleuca (H and E). Some arrive very early, one at Zobeir on

February 28 and at Baghdad on March 4. Two females Baghdad May 13 and

Fao June 30 appear to belong to this race being greyer above than the typical

form; another, Fao, March 30 shows white wing edges asin the male. There

is no evidence that it breeds at Fao. One obtained at Dohuk on October J7. .

Black Redstart. Phoenicurus ochruros phenicuroides (Moore).

~ One from Baghdad in December isthe first record in that area. Meinert-

zhagen considered it to be the predominant race there (M).

Nightingale. Luscinia megarhynchos africana (Finsch and Reich).

A summer visitor breeding not uncommonly at Baghdad in gardens, etc.

Nest with 2 eggs on May 22 another with 5 eggs June 1. Nests placed at the

side of young date palims made of and lined with palm fibre. ‘The eggs are

greener than in the typical race end more inclined to spotting.

Thrush Nightingale. Luscinia luscinia (L).

Only noted as spring passage migrant in the last week of April.

Bluethroat. Luscinia suecica magna. (Zar. and Loud.).

This race arrives back regularly in the middle of August and must bea

passage migrant only; all records refer to August and September. March

and April; volg@ is the winter visitor and is not uncommon at Dohuk,

Baghdad. etc.

Robin. Erithacus rubdecula.

A series from Dohuk. Baghdad. Hills east of Ali Gharbi are cauwcasicus ; one

from Dohuk is Ayrcanus.

White-throated Robin. Irania gutturalis (Guerin).

Evidently commoner on passage than supposed ; several at Basra April 13

and Baghdad April 24 to May 9. Common at Amara early in April

(Home). Cheesman saw one on a wire fence ‘ fly catching,’ forsaking its

usual skulking habits. One on August 2 is the first and only autumn record.

Hedge Accentor. Prunella modularis.

Prunella modularis orientalis (Sharpe) (Cat. B. Brit. Mus., vii, p. 652,

1883—Batoum).

The Hedge Accentor is common in vineyards and hedges at Mosul in winter;

common too at Dohuk in December. These agree well with orientalis from

Transcaucasia ; 6/anfordi from Ispahan I have not seen but these do not agree

with the description of it. 7 spec. W. ¢ 71-72 ; 2° 68-70. Second primary

exceeds the seventh by0°5inm. Occurs at Zacho and Feshkabur commonly in

December (M).

Alpine Accentor. Prunella collaris.

Prunella collaris caucasicus (Tsch.) (Orn. Monat., p. 186, 1902—Vladi-

caucasus). The Alpine Accentor was common in Tang-i-Dorg (Dohuk), in

winter in small flocks, sometimes with Fetronia p. exigua These agree

well with caucasicus. W. 92-102.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF [RAQ 105

Wren. Troglodytes troglodytes.

Troglodytes troglodytes hyrcanus Zar. and Loudon (Orn. Monat., p..107,

1905-S. Caspian). The wren was obtained at Baghdad on November 17 and

again at Mosul, January 18; seen at Kirkuk, rare in the plains ; at Kasifir

Monastery it was not uncommon on November 9 and alsc at Mangesh, Dohuk

area. These are not as pale as pallidus and not so warm rufous as the typical

form and more barred above and below. ‘They resemble a series from

Viadicaucasus. Common in winter at Mos] (M).

Common Swallow. Hirundo rustica.

Hftrundo rustica rustica, L. Seen migrating over the mountains at Chasmet

Sherin, going south in flocks on October 12. Arrived back at Baghdad as

early as February 12. |

Red-rumped Swallow. Hirundo daurica.

Hirundo daurica rufula, Temm. Cheesman found what was evidently an

old nest of these birds in a cave in acliff by the Changulac R., east of Ali

Gharbi. It held a rotten egg, white with slight gloss 20°5 X 15 min.

House Martin. Delichon urbica.

Delichon urbica meridionalis. (Hartert) (Vog. Pal. Fauna, p. 809—Algeria.)

A pair were seen at. Aqqar Qaf on February 23 and six noted flying north

at Diala R. over the desert on April 28. A male obtained. W. 104. Like all

eastern birds this has a short wing. Two races of House Martins are described

meridionalis (Algeria) and alexandrovi (Pamir, Turkestan) which only differ

from the typical race in being slightly smaller. It would seem that Iraq,

Persian and N. W. Indian birds are all shorter winged than the typical form

and so until one can see whether Zarudny’s alexandrovi is really distinct. I

leave this race under Hartert’s name ; it appears to have a wide distribution.

Pale Crag-Martin. Ptyonoprogne obsoleta obsoleta, (Cab.).

One from Fao in the Brit. Mus. collected by W. D. Cumming.

Syrian Woodpecker. Dryobates syriacus H and E.

Cheesman found a few pairs in oak forest in the hills east of Ali Gharbi 3,000

ft. (Pir Mahommadi, Fittack, etc). Found here and there at Dohuk where it

was also noted on cliff faces. Had formerly been recorded from Urfa which is

outside Iraq territory. Commonat Mosul, Dohuk and Zaknor in December (M).

Middle-spotted Woodpecker. Dryobates medius.

Dryobates medius sanctt-johannis (Blanford) (Ibis, 1873, p. 6—Shiraz).

This Woodpecker was found here and there at Dohuk. The single specimen

seems to belong to this race.

Wryneck. Jynx torquilla torquilla. L.

A few must remain over winter as two were obtained at Mosul on January

9; not very uncommon on passage.

Cuckoo. Cuculus canorus.

Cuculus canorus subtelephonus. Zarudny. (Mess. Orn., 1914, p 108—

Turkestan.) The Cuckoo was seen at Dohuk as late as October 26. A not

uncommon passage migrant through the Iraq plains in April and September.

When I wrote the Airds of Mesopotamia I had only seen a pair of adults ¢ 232

picked out from a series of European birds by the paleness of the upper parts and

throat. The fine barring of the underparts and small size. W. 190-206. They are

smaller than felephonus and appear to agree well with Zarudny’s description of

subtelephonus ; similar birds I have seen from Bushire and Karman in S. W.

Persia, from Ala Kul, Karakol on the Oxus, Verroi, Tian Shan and Yarkand in

Turkestan, and from Baluchistan obtained in May and July. (¢¢ W. 209-222 ;

4 99 195-206. ‘Two birds from Samarkand however are quite different, large,

dark and coarsely barred and appear to belong to the typicai form, these were

obtained on May 6 and were very likely on passage. It appears to me there-

fore that there is a belt of country through Central Asia from W. Chinese

Turkestan westward which is inhabited by a small pale Cuckoo whose

106 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

Cuckoo—(contd.)

distribution may reach to the highlands of Persia. The typical race occurs

also in Iraq on passage.

Pallid Swift. Micropus murinus murinus (Brehm.).

Apparently very local. Seen at Zobeir on February 28, and at Baghdad

where a few pairs bred in a ruined mosque but not elsewhere in the city. One

of these obtained belongs to this form and the suggestion that pekinensis also

breeds in Baghdad (xxviii, p. 298) is not proved.

Great Spotted Cuckoo. Clamator glandarius (L) (Syst. Nat., Ed. x, p. 111,

1758-Gibraltar)

One was obtained at Baghdad on July 7, 1922. Status unknown, passage

migrant ? ‘The first record in Iraq proper.

Nightjar. Caprimulgus europxus.

Caprimulgus europeus meridionalis Hartert (Ibis, 1896, p. 370-Greece.)

One which I refer to this race was cbtained at Zorr near Baghdad on May

16. Furtherexamples of zarudnyi and wnwint were obtained on passage.

One of the former on Boonah Is. on May 20.

Egyptian Nightjar. Caprimugus egyptius egyptius, Licht. ‘ Milahiyeh AJrayan.’

A nest with two eggs on July 16, is a late date. |

Common Bee-eater. Merops apiaster, L.

Cheesman has seen this Bee-eater settle on the water to drink.

Persian Bee-eater. Merops persicus persicus, Pall.

Seen at Zobeir as early as February 28. Cheesman observes that the male

feeds the sitting female and that in a colony eggs may often be found on the

bare ground laid by birds whose holes are not fully excavated..

Hoopoe. Upupa epops epops, L.

Several at Zobeir by February 28. Breeds in Mosu! and leaves in October.

Pied Kingfisher. Ceryle rudis rudis, L.

. Found in the streams in the hills east of Ali Gharbi.

White-breasted Kingfisher. Halcyon smyrnensis smyrnensis, L.

Hilla and Khanikin are added as winter localities for this species (M).

Indian Roller. Coracias benghalensis benghalensis. (L).

Nest with two eggs at Faoon Junell. Noted up the Euphrates to

Nasiryeh. (M).

Eagle Owl. Bubo bubo ruthenus (But. and Zhitkov.)

The Eagle Owl though loca! is commoner than it was thought to be, and

further specimens were obtained from Abu Ghraib and Aqgar Quf near

Baghdad, Kirkuk and Tybi River in Luristan. In all I have examined six

males, three females and three unsexed; all appear to be the same and

resemble birds from Trebizond. f W. 415-440; 2 W. 440-480. Zarudny’s

small race #zkolskit (Arabistan) is stil] shrouded in mystery but I may remark

that a bird from Bushire is large (W. 440) and resembles the rest of our birds.

A bird from Kirkuk on February 16 was almost in breeding condition.

Cheesman notes that one he disturbed from a canal bank flew out into a

ploughed field and squatted like a hare.

Fish Ow!. Ketupa zeylonensis.

Ketupa zeylonensis semenowt, Zar. (Orn. Jahrb., xvi, p. 141, 1905-

Arahistan). Cheesman obtained a pair out of a cave at Basha Daraz in the

hills east of Ali Gharbi (1,300 ft.) on October 19. It is presumably resident.

I keep these for the present under Zarudny’s name, though they do not seem

very different to the North Indian deschenault; and these two are practically

topo—types of semenovt ; a larger series is needed to settle the point. ¢ W,

425;2 405mm. Extra limital species.

‘ ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF IRAQ 107

Striated Scops Owl. Otus brucei (Hume).

-- Resident and breeds round and in Baghdad and at Hilla, not very

uncommonly, also at Basra. <A pair which bred in the Residency garden had

young on the wing on July6. Another pair in Baghdad tad a nest in a hollow

date palm, the hole being eighteen inches deep ; this pair became very tanie

and used to come down on to the mess table at night and catch moths and

mole crickets attracted by the electric light. Inthe nest were the remains of

House Sparrows. The young in the nest make a sort of wheezing noise ; the

old birds start booming in the first days of March. A nest at Hilla contained

five eggs on Apri! 27 ; this nest toc was in a date palm, twenty feet up. The

eggs measure 31 XK 25 mm.

Long-eared Owl. Asio otus.

Asio otus otus, (L.). One in camel thorn bushes on the desert near Baghdad

on January 14.

Little Owl. Athene noctua bactriana, Hutton.

Palestine and Iraq Little Owls vary considerably. If /zlzth be a good race,

(and the types from Deir-ez-Zor between Dair and Aleppo on the Euphrates

seemed to me to be distinct, although unique), then it must be a local desert

race ; forthe birds from Palestine (Lebanon, Judaea, Tabor, Kutifah N. of

Daur) I cannot separate from Kandahar birds (éaciriana). The recent series

from Iraq vary much in colour according to the time of year and not a little

individually. One from the Jebel Hamrin at Abu Ghraib is nearly as dark as

glaux, birds from Dohuk are nearer dactriana but darker, paler than glaux.

The feathering on the toes varies much ; fresh-moulted birds are always. more

feathered, worn ones more bristly. A fresh-moulted bird from Damascus is

fully feathered on the toes.

Tawny Owl. Strix aluco.

Strix aluco sanctinicolar (Zar.) (Orn. Monat., 1905, p. 49—Bactiara in

W. Persia). Three Tawny Owls were secured at Dohuk in December in large

shady trees in gardens and nullahs. These are paler grey than the greyest

British form, no trace of brown at all in the plumage ; abdomen whiter. They

quite resemble Mr. Witherby’s birds from 8S. W. Persia. Two males measure

W. 266-270 female 255 mm. The fourth primary is just longer than the fifth

which is just longer than the third.. Possibly the sexing is wrong?

Barn Owl. Tyto alba alba (Scop).

A nest with large young ina roofofa house on June 28. A series from

Baghdad and Feluja were obtained. These vary in colour but none is rusty

below, all being white ; three being spotted with black and three not. On the

back the amount of grey varies much, one bird in its greyness above and

spotting below approaches very near to gutfata but the whole series can be

matched with British birds. In the Bull, B. O. C., xliii, p. 24 Mr. P. L.

Sclater names the South Arabian Barn Owl as erlangeri distinguished by its

paleness and by having the tarsi and toes almost bare. He assigns birds from

Babylon to this race; our series however do not bear out this determination

and I cannot differentiate Iraq birds from British ones.

Saker Falcon. Falco cherrug.

These falcons, which are much used for falconry in Iraq, are known by

various names according to the districts in which they are taken—viz., Murr

al Hamar, Hurr al Farst, Hurr al Badree. Hawks of any kind taken

as downy young are Wachere; birds ot the year taken in nets Lafeef,

birds after first moult Holee and after second moult Jernaas. .

Capt. Stanford informs me that a pair of Falcons which he thought were

certainly Peregrines nest in a high cliff at Tekrit, they lived on Rock Pigeons

and could take Sand grouse in full flight ; they were perhaps Sakers which

are said by Arabs to breed in the Jebel Hamrin in the Diala area. Common

round Mosul in winter (M).

Merlin. Falco esalon.

Falco esalon salon, Tunst. (Orn. Brit. i, 1771-England) Meinertzhagen

Says that Merlins are common round Mosul in winter and of the specimens he

108 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

Merlin—(con?d.)

obtained one belongs to the typical form, one is zuszguzs and three are

pallidus. He obtained another pallidus at Babylon (M). We have

insignis from Dohuk and Baghdad.

Imperial Eagle. Aquila heliaca.

Aquila heliaca heliaca, Sav. Frequently seen at Baghdad, Mosul and Erbil

in winter; a male shot at Baghdad had been feeding on a Chukar, the bird

must have flown some distance as there is no chukar ground nearer than

forty miles from Baghdad (M).

Steppe Eagle Aquila nipalensis.

Aquila nipalensis orientalis Cab. (J.F.O., 1854, p. 369—Volga). Apparent-

ly common at Baghdad in winter (M).

Tawny Eagle. Aquila rapax.

Tawny Eagles noted near Ramadi on November | (M).

Marsh Harrier. Circus eruginosus.

Circus @ruginosus eruginosus (l.). Nests were found at Babylon with

one egg on May 1 and at Hindeyah Barrage with one and four eggs on

May 29.

Sparrow Hawk. Accipiter nisus.

Accipiter nisus nisosimilis (Sick). Probably common as a winter visitor,

four specimens obtained. No confirmation has been obtained of any

Sparrowhawk breeding in Iraq.

Black Kite. Milvus migrans.

Milvus migrans migrans, Bodd. Black Kites leave Baghdad between

April 17-24; they are common at Mosul in winter but none is at Dohuk at

that season.

Large Black Kite. Milvus lineatus (Gray).

A female obtained near Baghdad on January 20, W. 513.

Honey Buzzard. Pernis apivorus apivorus (L).

One obtained at Boonah Is on June 10; organs slightly enlarged. It must

have been a straggler on passage.

Griffon Vulture. Gyps fulvus.

A partv of 15 seen near xkamadi on November 1, and some near

Zakho and Dohuk in December (M). |

Cinereous Vulture. Agypius monachus (L). (Syst. Nat. Ed. xii, p. 122, 1766—

Arabia).

Three seen fifteen miles W. of El. Jid on the Amman-Ramadi route of

October 29. (M).

Lammergeier. Gypaetus barbatus.

Three seen in the hills east of Ali Gharbi on October 11 (2,500 ft.) by

Cheesman. Frequent at Zakho and Dohuk in December. (M).

Egyptian Vulture. Neophron percnopterus percnopterus \L) ‘ Khomer’.

The date of nesting (xxviii, p. 315) should be May 20.

White Pelican. Pelecanus onocrotalus. ‘ Naj-al-mai’.

Pelecanus onocrotalus onocrotalus \,. Sir Perey Cox made every endeavour

to clear up the status of Pelicans in Iraq and sent his collector, La Personne,

on several trips to likely breeding grounds. From irformation sent to me by

the late Mr. W. D. Cumming it appears that he found Pelicans breeding

on the creeks between the Khor Musa and the Khor Bunder in 1884. Another

breeding place was between Dohuk and Khor Dhawir.—Bunder has grown in

importance since 1884 owing to the demand for rock and sand for building

purposes and when La Personne visited Mr. Cumming’s localities no signs of

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF IRAQ 109

White Pelican—-(contd.)

any Pelican colonies were to be found. It was probably from one of these

localities that Mr. Cumming obtained the crispus chick referred to (xxviii,

p. 325). La Personne was more fortunate on Bubyan Island. On his visit

there on Apri) 18, 1922, adults were seen also a few young in down; on one

part of the island the carcases of about 100 adults and twenty young in down

were found and it appeared that some epidemic had swept off most of the

colony. On another islet near by more dead adults and young were discovered.

On visiting this islet again on April 1, 1923 it was found that at highwater not

more than six inches of land stood above water and the area therefore was much

reduced ; on this the pelicans were nesting; very slight nests were made.

A good many eggs and young were seen and again anumber of dead birds.

Two adults were obtained for identification with difficulty, owing to their

extreme shyness recourse had to be made to lying up at night for them.

The young in down walk with difficulty but swim with expert ease. When

being fed they reachso far down the parents, gullet that little remains visible

outside the parents’ bill except their legs kicking in the air.

According to Arab testimony Pelicans used to breed on Boonah and Warba

Islands sixteen to twenty years ago. Pelicans were seen with fully grown

young on the Barmanshir River on June 10, 1921 and near Abadan Island

June 27. The adults from Bubyan belong to the typical race as also one from

Fao May 22. ¢& W. 700 mm.; Bill from gape 17 inches.

2 W. 635 and 640 mm. ; Bill from gape 14 inches.

Common Cormorant. Phalacrocorax carbo.

Noted on the Tigris at Mosul and Feshkabur and at Khanikin (M).

Pygmy Cormorant. Phalacrocorax pygmaeus (Pall.).

In the Medina marshes, Euphrates, at Beni Mansur (twenty miles north of

Medina) the Pygmy Cormorant was found breeding in large numbers on July

12. ‘The water here was four to six feet deep and the dense reed beds fourteen

feet high. Here the colonies of Cormorants were nesting on the broken down

reeds in clusters occupying a space of about 200 square yards and, of ali the

water birds nesting there, were only outnumbered by Night Herons. The

nests were about 4 feet above the water and mostly held three to five eggs but

one nest contained four eggs and three young. Similar colonies were found

near Anzha village in the Rotha Marshes (sixteen miles froin: Qurnah on the

Tigris) on July 23. Cormorants were breeding in vast numbers together with

Darters and Ibises. Noted on the Lesser Zeb. R. in winter (Kirkuk area).

Though especially looked for, Cheesman was unable to verify the reported

occurrence of Shags on the Tigris.

African Darter. Anhinga rufus (Lacep).

A few were found nesting at Beni Mansur amongst the colonies of herons

and Pygmy Cormorants on July 12, the nests were placed on broken down

reeds in reed beds fourteen feet high and four to six feet above the water.

The nests contained mostly three eggs. In the Rotha marshes, in the same

place as described above, they were nesting in great numbers.

An examination of two more Irag specimens confirms what I said before—

that the Iraq bird is not separable from the East African.

Red-breasted Goose. Branta ruficollis, Pall. (Spicil. Zool. fasc., vi, 1769, p. 21.

tab iv. N. Siberia).

Pitman’s and Thornhill’s suspicions have been fully confirmed. B.N.A.S. .

Journal, Xxx, p. 228 Major O. G. Kiernander records that a single adult was

obtained at Abu Jisra on February 17, 1924.

Grey Lag Goose. Anser anser (L) ‘ But.’

Meinertzhagen considered this goose to be commoner south cf Baghdad,

al6tfrons the commoner north of that city. (M).

Common Shelduck. Tadorna tadorna (L) ‘ See-nee’.

Gadwall. Anas stepera (LL) ‘Chesham ’.

Pintail. Anas acuta. (L) ‘ Hosha’.

110 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX]

Mallard. Anas platyrhyncha. (L) ‘ Khedary’.

Cheesman saw a pair in a wood near Baghdad on May 16, and he felt

certain that they were breeding there.

Marbled Duck. Anas angustirostris Menetr.

In the same wood Cheesman saw five or six pairs of Marbled Teal. Noted

in winter on the Diala R. but not at Mosul.

Teal. Querquedula crecca (L) ‘ Hadaf.’

Golden Eye. Glaucion clangula (L).

Two at Baiji and Mosul in winter.

Smew. Mergus albellus (L).

Diala, March; Mosul, February.

Merganser. Mergus serrator (L) (Syst. Nat. Ed. x, p. 129, 1758—Sweden).

Sir Percy Cox met with a pair at Gubban and one in the Khor Khanaki at the

head of the Persian Gulf on May 22, 1907.

Flamingo. Phoenicopterus ruber antiquorum, Temm.

On May 21, 1921. Flamingoes were seen on Bubyan [sland and a rotten egg

was picked up. On April 7, 1922, a colony of about 500 pairs was

located on Bubyan up the Khor Milah nesting on a slightly raised stretch

of sand covered with low scrub. The nests, situated on bare dry sand within

a foot of each other and just above high water mark, were either mounds of

sand raised above the level or else the egg was laid on the level sand and the

surrounding sand scooped away leaving the egg on the mound. The nests

measured one foot in diameter and contained one egg, rarely two. When on

the nest the scapulars are raised up in the form of a fan ; the nearest approach

to the sitting birds was 100 yards. Subsequently the colony deserted and by

May 30, had laid again in another part of the Khor but most of the eggs had

been washed away by a big tide. The young in down swims with ease. On

April 1, 1923, no Flamingoes were seen on Bubyan.

Common Heron. Ardea cinerea cinerea L.

On May 21, 1921 and May 30, 1922, the Cominon Heron was found nesting

amongst a colony of De miegretta asha on a ridge covered with salt bush on

Bubyan Island. The nests were either built on the bushes, or on the bare

ground in which case they were considerable structures. On April” 1,.31923;

the birds had just begun to lay, two nests containing single eggs. It was

found breeding on Waxba Island in May 1906 by Sir Percy Cox and several

nests with three or four eggs were found there on May 19, 1921.

Goliath Heron. Ardea goliath, Cretzschm

I have now been able to examine one fully adult female, one sub-adult, no

sex, and one half-grown young one from Iraq; the two grown birds

measure :

Ad. W. 580; bill from angle of forehead feathers 177 ; Ts. 235 mm.

W. 540 ”) 9 ”» 175 oe) 205 +)

They are not distinguishable either. in colour or size from birds from East

Africa, whence came Cretzschmar’s type. In the British Museum there is

only one adult from the west side of Africa, also a female, and this is a notice-

ably smaller bird with a darker chestnut head and neck and underparts and

darker blue on the back, it was obtained in Portuguese Guinea. It measures

W. 510, B. 157, Ts. 190 mm. It will probably be found that this” is a well-

marked race but I do not care to name it on one specimen.

Reei Heron. Demiegretta sacra asha. (Sykes).

On Bubyan Island four colonies were located. The bine and white phase was

noted in each colony and about in tle proportion of three to one. One colony

consisted of about 25 nests built on the salt bushes just above high water mark

i ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF [IRAQ iil

Reef Heron—(conzd. )

and on Apri! 18, 1922, mostly held three eggs in each. On April 1, 1923, build-

ing had commenced. Similar colonies were found by Sir Percy Cox on Warba

Island on May 30, 1906, the biue phase again predominating while other colo-

nies were located up the Kror Khannaka and Khor Musa, May 24, 1907. A

colony up the Khor Bunder consisted of 20-30 pairs of birds mostly of the white

phase. On Gabr-un-nakoda a good many pairs were nesting on May 28, 1923,

nere blue and white phases again were in the same colony and after watching

the nests for 3 days La Personne came to the conclusion that the white did not

in any case pair with the blue (see also Ibis, 1923, p. 270) but one blue one with a

white patch on the wing was mated to a wkolly blue bird. The colony had

fresh eggs, mostly four. The nests are smaller than those of Ardea cinerea.

On Dara Island a small colony was discovered and sume had hatched on

May 26.

Squacco Heron. Ardeola ralloides ralloides (Scopo).

The Squacco Heron certainly breeds in the Iraq marshes. Young birds were

sentfrom Abid north of Qurnah on July 19. In the Medina marches, at Beni

Mansur, it was found to be nesting freely among the colonies of Night Herons,

Darters, etc., preferring isolated clumps of reeds. The nests contained 4to 5

eggs on July 12. A further winter record is furnished from Baghdad on

December 15, while it is recorded from Fao on March 2, so probably some over

winter.

Night Heron. Nycticorax nycticorax nycticorax (L).

Vast numbers breed in the Medina marches at Beni Mansur. The nests were

placed on broken down reeds two feet above the water inside or on the edge of

a cluster of reeds. The nests, compact affairs of reed, had quantities of drop-

plinges scattered all over them giving the appearance of being used year after

year. On July 12, most nests held 4 eggs. The birds were nesting in company

with Squacco Herons and Cormorants. Conimon at Mosul in winter.

Little Bittern. Ixobrychus minutus minutus (L).

A nest with four eggs on June 30, at Gurmat Ali. Common at Mosul in

autumn.

Common Bittern. Botaurus stellaris stellaris (L).

There is considerable suspicion that the Common Bittern is at all events partly

resident as Cox and Cheesman heard it ‘ booming’ in the Hindeyeh marshes

on May 29 and 30. J cannot distinguish any eastern race (ovzentalzs Buturlin)

of this bird.

White Stork. Ciconia ciconia ciconia (L). |

At Beled Cheesman found Storks nesting on telegraph wires; the sticks

were laid on the wires close to the pole and nearly every pole had its nest.

The telegraph service did not seem to suffer in any way. Breeds at Mosul.

Spoonbill. Platalea leucorodia major Tem and Schil. ‘ Mifrid ’.

Eggs were brought in from the Qurnah marshes on June 21, mostly incuba-

ted. A flock seen on Dara Island, May 26. A nest with 3 eggs taken on the

Khor Milah, Bubyan Island June 1, 1922. Spoonbills were breeding on Warba

Island, May 19, 1907. A colony of 8 or 12:;nests was located up the Khor Khan-

haki (Khor Musa) May 24, 1907, and another colony up the Khor Bunder

amongst the Reef Herons.

Red-cheeked Ibis. Comatibis emerita (L).

Seen near Kirkuk January 21, 1923 (Robb).

White Ibis. Threskiornis zthiopicus {Lath.).

The Sacred Ibis was found breeding in the Rotha marshes near Qurnah ; on

July 23, most had young on the wing but four nests with 3 to 4 eggs were

found. They did not appear to breed in separate colonies but were mingled

with the Cormorants, Darters, etc. About 20 pairs were seen altogether. It

also breeds at Abid in the same area, Noted at Baijiin April. (Stanford).

112. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SQCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Common Crane. Megalornis grus (L).

Great numbers arrived in the Mosul district when the rains broke at the end

of November and in early December going N. W. to S.W. at 4,000 feet

altitude (M).

Demoiselle Crane. Anthropoides virgo (1).

At the same time as the Common Crane flocks of these birds were passing

over Mosul (M).

Great Bustard. Otis tarda (L).

Arrives Mosul district in September. Common Kirkuk district, December,

from an aeroplane 180 counted in one day January 21, 1923, between Altus

Kufri and Kirkuk (Robb).

Houbara. Chlamydotis undulata macqueeni (Gray).

One brought into Baghdad on April 18, contained a soft-shelled egg. Mr.

Philby found a nest with 3 eggs on March 31, between Zobeir and Hafar-el-

Batin on the Arabian side. The crops of three birds shot in November

contained 1. Black ants, 2. Black, and white ants, 3. Large Beetles.

Little Bustard. Otis tetrax.

A female shot by Capt. Stanford at Mosul January, 1921.

Stone Curlew. Burhinius cedicnemus.

Unfortunately the collection does not supply any material to determine the

breeding race of Stone Curlew. Cheesman says a pair were evidently breeding

on the Chaldari sand bank at Baghdad on June 26. A flock of 50 were seen

at Anerun in the foothills cn October 4, and one obtained is astutus, as is one

irom Daura near Baghdad on March 6. One from Baghdad on September

12 is, from the more rufescent colour of the upper parts, indistinguishable

from sahare.

Cream-colcured Courser. Cursorius cursor cursor ( = gadlicus).

‘ Abd-ul-Gutta’ (== slave of the Sand-grouse).

A pair at Feluja on April 25 were obviously about to breed. Breeds at

Tekrit and seen June 2 at Mosul.

Common Pratincole. Glareola pratincola pratincoia (L) ‘ Sevwad ’.

Colonies were found at Hindayeh Barrage on May 30 and many nests

were found by following a man’s footprints in the then dried. mud. Another

age exists at Iskandariyeh and several nests still contained eggs on June

OO.

Black-winged Pratincola. Glareola nordmanni, Fischer.

A wounded bird was picked up near Baghdad on November 2.

Woodcock. Scolopax rusticola L.

One at Baghdad on December 6, 1921. One Khanikin in March, one near

Kirkuk, January 6. Quite common at Mosul, Dohuk, Zakho in winter,

one Khanikin, December (M).

Common Snipe Gallinago gallinago (L) ‘ Wis-was’ ‘ Ferar’, ‘ Huwaidi’.

Terek Sandpiper. Terekia cinerea (Guild).

A small flock on Bubyan Island on April 9.

Little Stint. Erolia minuta minuta (Leisler).

Returned to Baghdad by July 23.

Curlew Sandpiper. Erolia ferruginea (Brun).

One at Fao April 23 and one on Boonah Island on June 10, both in

breeding dress,

- ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF IRAQ. 113

Ruff. Machetes pugnax (L)

Noted at Baghdad by August 26, an adult female on September 12 is

in almost full winter dress.

Redshank. Totanus totanus.

Totanus totanus eurhinus. Oberholser (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxii, p: 207,

1900-Ladak).

One at Baghdad on August 26 and three from Fao on March 20 belong

to the eastern race. Meinertzhagen obtained both forms at Dohuk in

December (M).

Spotted Redshank. Totanus stagnatilis, Bechst.

One obtained at Baghdad on January 27. Fairly common in winter

especially at Baghdad (M.)

Wood Sandpiper Tringa glareola L.

Noted at Baghdad on December 1; few winter records.

Bar-tailed Godwit. Limosa lIapponica lapponica (I.).

A flock breeding dress on Bubyan Island on April 27.

Curlew. Numenius arquata.

Numenius arqguata lineatus, Cuv. (Reg. Amm. nouv, ed. i, p.521. 1829 India).

One obtained at Fao on April 15 belongs to this race.

Black-winged Stilt. Himantopus himantopus himantopus (L) ‘ Kursu ’.

Nesting plentifully at Hindia Barrage on May 29. When the nests are on

the dried mud or ‘ bunds’ only a few bits of grass are utilized but where the

ground is swampy a good foundation of grass and sticks is made; one nest

was found in a green tuft of grass. On disturbing the colony the birds fly

round screaming, then swooping down to the ground they stand flapping

their wings to attract attention ; also found breeding at Beled.

Kentish Plover. Charadrius alexandrinus alexandrinus. L. ‘ D’haarig ’.

A nest with two eggs at Iskandaryeh on June 23; at Fao it breeds as early

as April 2 when a nest with 3 eggs was found.

Sociable Lapwing. Chettusia gregaria (Pall.).

Recorded from Feluja, AqquarQuf and Sheik Said; earliest September 25.

White-tailed Lapwing. Chettusia leucura (Licht) ‘ Tagallaga’.

Nesting in numbers by the Iskandariyeh cana! on May 29 in flooded rice and

grass. The birds raise up the height of the nest by bringing mud in their

bills and building up quite a shallow cup-shaped mound of mud to which a

few sticks are added. The juvenile has the upper parts black with broad

rufous brown edges, underparts creamy white.

Red-wattled Lapwing. Sarcogrammus indicus aigneri, Laubm.

Noted at Barzia and Saifee in the hills east of Ali Gharbi (1,000 ft.) early

in October. At Aqqar Quf Cheesman found a nest built up with small

clods of mud brought by the bird; it contained 4 eggs on June 11, the bird

crept away and made no demonstration—an unusual trait.

Common Lapwing. Vanellus vanellus (L).

Flocks crossing the Jebel Abiad going south on December 13. (Dohuk area).

Crab Plover. Dromas ardeola, Paykull.

On Dara Island the north end and part of the east bank is riddled with the

holes of the Crab Plover. The nest tunnel is burrowed obliquely into the sand

to a depth of 13 feet and a length of usually 3 to 4 feet, a slight enlargement

at the end of the tunnel serving as a nest-chamber. No nest is made and a

single egg only is laid. The tunnel is excavated by the birds themselves, using

their feet and probably also their bills, the loose sand being scratched out

behind the working bird at a good rate just as if a minature shovel were at

work. In one tunnel examined there were four bends and the excavation went

114. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST, SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Crab Plover— (conid.)

in 8to9 feet. The birds fly out of their holes at the east sign of danger, one

bird usually being on guard outside, but they soon return to the vicinity of the

nest hole uttering their shrill notes 7chuck-tchuck chuck-chuck-chuck while at

night a continuous Tchuck-tchuck is kept up. Eggs were plentiful on May 26

and young in down were obtained by June 7; the latter are helpless and

cannot run or even walk. They are fed on the flesh of crabs which are broken

up by the parents before being brought to the nest hole. In 1921 it was esti-

mated that there were over 300 pairs and in 1922 about 500 pairs breeding on

Dara. On February 26 not a bird as yet had come to the island.

The Crab Plover also breeds in great quantities on Boonah Island in the

higher sand banks. Inthe hard dry soil the holes only went in 4 feet but

others had been increased up to 10 feet in length, presumably further

excavations of old holes. Here the Arabs had recently collected 600-700 eggs.

It also nests freely on Warba Island. All eggs received are absolutely pure

white without any signs of spots (Stuart Baker).

Herring Gull. Larus argentatus vege. Palmen (Vega-Exp. Vetensk. Arb., v,

p. 370, 1887—Arctic coast, Siberia.)

Two adults obtained at Baghdad on No emnee 28 and December 29.

Correspond best with veg@; they are certainly too dark on the mantle for

cachinnans ; one had the legs and feet greenish and the other yellow, eyelids

of both were coral-red. They are as dark or even darker than a series of

vege from China whence however: come birds also as pale as birds from the

Mediterranean. Like vege too these Iraq birds have coarse streaks on the

back of the neck and head which in cachinnans are usually finer, indeed in

winter birds from Sind the streaking is almost absent. Two Iraq skins from

the old Euphrates expedition are also referrable to vege.

Richardson’s Skua, Stercorarius parasiticus (L.) (Syst. Nat. Ed. x, p. 136,

1758—Scandinavian coast. )

W. D. Cumming informed me that he saw one once near the Khor Musa—

probably early in spring.

Slender-bill Gull. Larus genei Breme (= ge/astes).

Local movements up the Tigris to the breeding grounds were noted between

April 17 and 24. Found breeding at Iskandariyeh on June 15 when a

nest with 3 eggs taken. On Boonah Island a few were seen on May 28, 1921,

but nests with one to three eggs were found on May 21, 1921. On May 30,

1922, great numbers were nesting there, some were already hatched but many

nests had been flooded out by a big tide. On the Pelican islet nests were built

on the carcases of Pelicans. On Warba Island this gull was found breeding

with Caspian Terns on May 30, 1906, a few had then incubated eggs, most had

hatched. Breeding freely there with Gull-billed Terns on the N.E. side on

May 19, 1921, laying had just begun and 3l nests of the two species were

counted in an area of 5 yards square. On April 5, 1921 the birds had just

arrived for breeding purposes. The nests are made of the twigs of a salt bush

(Sueda ?). Further colonies were located on the Bu Saif coast near the Khor

Musa and fresh eggs were found on June 12—probably the first nests had

been flooded out. The Arab name for this gull is ‘ Simachi Harmi’, i.e.,

forbidden by the Quran to be ‘ halaled ’.

Whiskered Tern. Chlidonias (Hydrochelidon) leucopareia leucopareia (Temm.).

‘ Sinaach ’.

Eggs and parent birds were sent from the Ruwayieh marshes on July 14,

the eggs being mostly incubated. A few still had eggs on July 27 when

La Personne visited these marshes near the Iskandariyeh canal.

White-winged Black Tern. Chlidonias (Hydrochelidon) leucoptera. (Temm.).

Found breeding in large colonies with Common Terns in shallow inundation

on the Ruwayeh marshes near Iskandariyeh Canal on July 27. The rests

composed of weed and mud were 6 inches across. Atthis date most have

finished breeding but two nests with one and two eges were found. Attracted

by beetles and locusts disturbed by harvesters cutting corn, a flock of 30 were

seen at Diala beating up and down over the fields.

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soe.

PELICAN’S EGGS aT KHOR MILAB

(2 sometimes 3 in a clutch)

NEST AND Eccs oF SLENDER-BILLED GULL FLAMINGOS NESTS ON THE KHOR MILAB.

(Laurus genei) BUBYAN ISLANDS.

Photos by V. S. LaPersonne,

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

COLONY AND EGGS

OF LESSER CRESTED

TERN

(Sterna bengalensis

bengalensts)

LESSER CRESTED TERNS

(Sterna bengalensis bengalensis)

Photo by V. S. Lafersonne,

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF IRAQ 115

Little Tern. Sterna albifrons albifrons Pall (= sznuta.).

Breeds freely on Abadan, Dara and Boonah Islands. A few still with eggs

on June 27. Fresh eggs found on May 20, two sometimes three. All

specimens obtained at the head of the Gulf belong to this, the typical form.

Large Crested Tern. Sterna bergii velox Cretzschm.

On Boonah Island four pairs were found nesting amongst a colony of

bengalensis and they had fresh single eggs on June 10, 1922.

In colouration these eggs run through the usual known variations, the ground

colour being white to cream, with markings of deep blackish-brown. These

markings consist, in some cases, of big scattered blotches, in others of

numerous small spots, and in others again of long twisted lines, such as have

given rise to the idea among Mahomedans on the Red Sea, that this bird tries

to write verses from the Koran on itseggs. In a few cases the markings are

deep chestnut, and in still fewer a pale reddish-brown. In none of the eggs

taken in this collection is the ground colour of a beautiful deep salmon tint

such as is frequently found in eggs laid both on Astola Island, further south

in the Gulf, and also on many islands inthe Red Sea. The eggs in this

series vary in length from 56°5 by 43:0 to 68°0 by 47°5. This latter egg is also

the broadest in the series, the most narrow being 62 by 40 mim. (Stuart

Baker). :

Lesser Crested Tern. Sterna bengalensis bengalensis (Less).

_ This Tern was found nesting on shingle and sand at the south end of

Boonah Island in colonies of 30-40 pairs. No nest is made and only one egg,

according to La Personne, is laid. The nests are very close packed and 37

were found in a space of & yards square on May 20, 1922. On May 28, 1921,

a hundred pairs were located on the east side nesting on a sand spit just above

highwater mark. In June 1922 the colonies at the south end were flooded out

and on June 10 were just beginning to lay again. Other colonies exist on

Bubyan Island (up the Khor Milah) and on Warba Island (N.E. coast) where

on May 26, 1922, afew had hatched. Of these eggs tie collectors took both

single and two eggs in the clutch, but in no case three, and probably clutches

of this number are very exceptional: In colouration they run through much

the same variation as does Sferna bergit velox, but on the whole they are less

handsome and the ground colour is less often cream orsalmon. In measure-

ments, the series run from 50°0 X 35°8 to 54°5 X 38°5 mm. _ In both instances

the extremes of length and breadth are found in the same egg. (Stuart Baker).

White cheeked Tern. Sterna repressa, Hartert (=aldigena auct).

(Nov. Zool., 1916, p. 288—Persian Gulf).

On Dara Island this Tern nests all along the N. E. and N. beaches a few

feet above high water mark. Slight mounds of sand four inches high are

scratched up on which a few twigs are placed ; on May 26, 1921; the nests held

single eggs. Also found breeding sparingly on the N.E. beaches on Boonah

Island in 1921 and 1922. In 1906 and 1907 it bred on Warba Is., fresh eggs

being found on May 19, but it is unrecorded thence in 1921 and 1922.

A considerable series of these eggs were taken on Dara Island on May 26,

1921, and on Boonah Island on 28th of the same month. A clutch generally

consists of a single egg, but there are a fair number of pairs also in the collec-

tion. The following eggs seem worthy of particular notice :—

(1) A pure white ground with a few faint grey blotches. The shell of this

egg is stout and normal and does not appear to have been laid by a bird ina

more or less exhausted state. (2) Ground colour, a very deep cream red, the

whole surface richly blotched and spotted red-brown and with small secondary

blotches of purple neutral tint. (3) Ground colour, a pale cream with a few

pate reddish and lavender smears and blotches. (4) Ground colour, a light

buff with dark red-brown primary blotches and spots, and with exceptionally

large and dark lavender secondary marks. The extremes of size in the series,

are minima 37'1] X 28°3 ;; maxima 45°3 by 28°3 and 43°4 & 32°4 mm.

(Stuart Baker).

Caspian Tern. Sterna caspia caspia, Pail.

A single pair nested onthe sandy beach at the north end of Dara Tele

where its two eggs were found on May 26. On Boonah Island three pairs

1146 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol: XXX1I

Caspian Tern—(coz?d. )

nested amongst the colony of bdengalensis at the south end in May 1921 and

1922. Two nests with one and two eggs May 20. A few pairs bred on Warba

Island in 1906, where on May 30, most had hatched. None there in 1907, 1921 or

1922. Breeding there April 3, 1878 (Hume’s Nests and Eggs.)

Lesser Sooty Tern. Sterna anzthetus.

Sterna anethetus fuligula, Licht. (Forster’s Desc, Anim, p. 276, 1844—Red

Sea). Breeds freely on Dara Is!and ; the nest is amere depression in the sand

under cover of a sait bush, and at times almost a tunnel leads to the nest. On

May 26, 1921 it was estimated that there were abvut 100 pairs and the next year

on June 5, about 350 pairs ; only a single egg is laid and while the female

incubates the male sits on the top of a neighbouring bush. None on Boonah

Island in 1921 but on May 20, 1922 it was breeding numerousiy there.

Gull-billed Tern. Sterna (Geochelidon) nilotica Gm (=anglica).

On May ?1, 1921, the Gull-billed Tern was found nesting on open flat ground

or slightly raised ridges along the border of a creek north of the Khor Milah,

N.W., coast of Bubyan Island. Another colony was nesting amongst the

Pelican skeletons and on April 18, 1922, some had hatched. On Warba Island

it was breeding with Slender-billed Gulls on the edge of shingle and scrub, and

on May ly, 1921 the nests keld 2 to 3 mostly 2, fresh eggs; a slight nest of

twigs is made. It was known to breed in Warba in 1878. There is alsoa

colony up the Khor Bunder. It must also breed inland as already suspected as

Cheesman obtained a bird in breeding condition on the Iskandariyeh Canal on

June 23.

Great Crested Grebe. Podiceps cristatus cristatus, L. ‘ Zilif’. (= ‘curls’) all

grebes=‘ Biraji ’.

Two eggs were sent in from the Iskandariyeh marshes on July 14 which

evidently were of this species; they measured 2°15 by 1°4. It must be

resident.

Black-necked Grebe. Podiceps nigricollis nigricollis, C.L. Brehm.

With the last, eggs of this species were also sent.

Little Grebe. 1. Podiceps ruficollis iraquensis Ticehurst (Bull., B.O.C., xliv, p. 28—

Iraq).

When I wrote the Azvds of Mesopotamia 1 had seen but few local

specimens of this Grebe and I recorded them as capensis but examination of

further material and the acquisition of breeding birds has convinced me that

the breeding Iraq bird is a separable race. They are smalier than ruficollts

and capensis and the red neck is deeper than in the latter. The white on the

wing feathers is more extensive than in ruficollzs but less than in capensis, i.e.

it extends well on to the primaries but not to the outer four.

6S capensis ca ed and East Africa .. W. 102-107°5

6 i capensis ,, a - ... W.. 97-100

series ruficollis Europe we .. W. 95-104

2Q Iraq breeding a .. W. 89-91

9 ¢ 2 (winter) ok .. W. 83-91'°5 one 94 mm.

One from Palestine (Waters of Me1on), two ‘ Asia Minor’, one Fayoum Egypt

all in breeding dress are apparently 7. ruficollis; one from Enzeli on the Caspian

is capensis as are birds from Kashgar and India. Jvraguensis appears to be a

local resident race. I have not been able to re-examine Pitmian’s two specimens

from the War collection but Buxton’s from Amara is zvaquensts so it is doubtful

whether capensis occurs at all.

2. Podiceps ruficollis ruficollis (Pall) (Vroeg’s Cat. Adum., p. 6, 1764—

Holland). One in the British Museum from the Euphrates expedition I cannot

distinguish from the typical race ; it is in winter dress and probably a migrant ;

it has no white on the primaries and a wing of 97 mm.

Spotted Crake. Porzana porzana (L).

Cheesman met with at least 20 of these birds at Gurmet Ali on April 19,

evidently a recent arrival. The earliest date on passage is March 11 while one

was taken on a boat at the head of the Gulf on May 24,

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF IRAQ | iii

Little Crake. Porzana parva (Scops).

Obtained as early as August 20, near Baghdad. Two young ones obtained

in autumn and another from Babylon have the chin and throat pure white and

are much whiter below, with no buffin the plumage, than any other young

birds in the British Museum though one from Italy and one from Sudan

approach them in this respect ; it is probably an individual variation.

Woodpigeon. Columba patumbus palumbus, L. ‘ Tabaan.’

The Woodpigeon nests at Baghdad in gardens of date palms; the nest is

close to the trunk of the palm and on the top fronds and consists of sticks and

fibres but is more flimsy than English ones. Two young of different ages were

found on August 2; the parent bird apparently starts incubating when the

first egg is laid as no doubt other species do in Iraq to keep the egg cool. Eggs

were laid in one nest when the shade temperature was 122 F.

Some were seen in October near Chasmet Sherin in the hills east of Ali

Gharbi and some must breed at Fao still, at least in some years, as one was

obtained there on June 30, 1921. Seeds of water melons are a favourite food.

Iraq birds seem small, I have measured none over 240 mm. in wing, smallest

221 mm., however nearly all the birds (nine) at my disposal are either moult-

ing or have very worn wings, including two which measured 240 mm. and

therefore I hesitate to separate an Iraq race—Woodpigeons vary much in size

and alarge series of British ones vary from 239 to 262, not a few being not

longer in the wing than 245 mm. Woodpigeons were common at Dohuk in

December (M).

Rock Dove. Columba livia gaddi, Zar and Loud.

Extends to Dohuk (M). According to Meinertzhagen palestine must stand as

a good race as allS. W. Arabian birds have rumps similar in coloration tothe

mantle, like the type which came unfortunately from the Jordan Valley on the

fringe of itsrange ; some Palestine birds as I have already pointed out are not

separable from gaddz.

Turtle Dove. Streptopelia turtur arenicolor (Hart) ‘ Kumree.’

Thirty nests were found in an area of 10 acres of poplar near Baghdad on

June 12. The name ‘ Tabaan’ given (xxviii, p. 380) for this bird belongs

properly to the Wood Pigeon.

Indian Ring Dove. Streptopelia decaocto (Friv).

Noted at Kirkuk in winter. Meinertzhagen records this dove from Mosul

(November and December), Khanikin (December), Ramadi (November), but

not at Dohuk (M).

Little Brown Dove. Streptopelia senegalensis cambayensis (Gm.)

Cheesman has seen this dove in winter at Beled on one occasion.

Spotted Sandgrouse. Pterocles senegallus (L) ‘ Kudree ’.

Sand grouse generally=‘ Gutta’.

Cheesman found a nest at Aqqar Quf on June 11, the female was almost in-

visible on the eggs at 20 feet distance except for its eye; on being disturbed it

flew off and fluttered on the ground. The two incubated eggs measure 43 by 28

and 41 by 27. Cheesman remarks that the difference in colour between the eggs

of this species and those of the Pin-tailed reminds him of the difference between

typical Mistle Thrush’s and Moorhen’s eggs. Senegallus is a late breeder in

Iraq and is only laying when the Pin-tailed have broods out, yet in Sind I have

known it to breed in February. Another clutch of 3 from Aqqar Quf on June

23, measure 40 by 29, 44 by 29 and 38 by 27. A nest with one egg on July 30,

and another with 3 slightly incubated eggs on August 14. Chicks are recorded

from W of Kazimaim on August 18, and from near Feluja on September 20.

The chicks when discovered feign death ; they peck food themselves at an early

date and have a note like that of their parents. This Sandgrouse was common

in the hills E. of Ali Gharbi in October.

Pin-tailed Sandgrouse. Pterocles alchata caudacutus (Gin.) ‘ Iraqi’.

_Anest was found under the lee of a dwarf acacia on June 7, the male was

Incubating and ran off at 20 yards distance. Eggs were still plentiful by July 29,

1i8 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXII

Pin-tailed Sandgrouse— (cond. )

though they may be found very mucb earlier. The underparts of adults

show a mud stain in the breeding season acquired when watering as I have

already ncted in the Coronetted Sand grouse (Ibis, 1923, p. 471). Small seeds

and clover leaves seem to be the chief food. Clieesman found this Sand grouse

common in October in the hills (1,200 ft.) east of Ali Gharbi. The chick has

the bare skin round the eye blue grey, iris brown, toes yellowish. Meinert-

zhagen records that in the dry season there are thousands at Kirkuk which

leave with the rains in November. In the Hilla area he estimated 16,000 in the

air at once (M).

See-see. Ammoperdix see ate (Brandt) (Bull., Class. Physico. Math. Acad.

Imp. St. Petersburg i, p. 365, 1843—Persia).

A re-examination of al the Iraq material with furtler and better specimens

leads me to the conclusion that Zarudny’s race ter-meuleni is not a good one.

See-see vary very much individually, and make of skin and time of year make

differences. But if a freshly moulted series is examined one can find specimens

from Jebel Hamrin which look quite different, one greyer and one more vinous

and sandy and I have seen such specimens obtained in the same area in the

same week, moreover similar diverse specimens occur in other areas—Kalat,

Sind, etc. Four topo-types of fev-smeulent exaniined and a series from Pushti-

Kuh and Dohuk examined. Cheesman noted 50 in a flock at a watering in the

Jebel Hamrin.

Chukar. Alectoris graeca.

1. Alectoris greca were (Zar. and Lard.).

Cheesman found this Chukar not uncommon all along the foothills east of

Ali Gharbi (S. Luristan) in places such as the Chekkan valley (500-1,000 ft.)

and Barz-i-Gez (2,500 ft.). These are topo-typical were and one from Chasmeh

Sherin is the same race. One brought home alive is a much darker bird but in

captivity sometimes it was presented by the Wali of Pusht-i-Kuh, exact locality

known.

* 2. Alectoris greca kurdestanicus. Meinertzhagen (Bull., B.O.C., xliii,

p. 158, 1923—Dohuk).

This race described as darker than szmzaica and were, crown browner than in

the latter race, no grey on the nape; nearest fa/kz but paler; no vinous wash

on breast as in cypriotes and falki, W. 164-173. 160-164. This Chukkar is

common at Dohuk and round Zakho (M).

Black Partridge. Francolinus francolinus francolinus (L) (Syst. Nat. Ed. xii, p. 275,

1766—Cyprus).

Meinertzhagen considers Mosul and S. Kurdistan birds to be of the typical

race (M). I have seen none from this area. It is rather larger and darker than

the next.

Francolinus francolinus arabistanicus (Zar. and Harms.).

Nests are recorded with 4 eggs at Baghdad April 11 and with 12 eggs at

Kazimain on April 27. Cheesman noted this species at 500 ft. in the foothills

east of Ali Gharbi.

_ The young in down has the iris brown, the bill horn, brown along the ridge

of the culmen. The upper parts are creamy buff, from base of bill down centre

of crown a broad chocolate brown line, a short narrow line behind the eyes

and a long narrow one over the eyes, three broad parallel lines on dorsum and

a broken one over the thighs, all brown cream-white ; wings creamy buff

mottled with brown.

Quail. Coturnix coturnix coturnix (L) ‘ Mira’yi ’.

Noted at Mosul as frequent in winter.

Ostrich. Struthio camelus (Bull., B.O.C., xxxiv, p. 83, 1919—Syrian Desert).

Struthio camelus syriacus Rothsch.

For the distribution of the Arabian Ostrich see Ibis, 1922, p. 471, Journal,

Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 1921, Ibis, 1923, p. 208, which brings our knowledge up

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE AVIFAUNA OF [RAQ — $119

Ostrich—(contd.)

to date. Though probably not found within our limits to-day it occurs in the

Syrian desert west of the Euphrates between parallels 30 and 34 at the heads of

the Wadis running to and 100 miles or so distant from that river. In 1789 it

was found but 12 miles west of Hit,

Three eggs brought back measure 148 X 117, 155 x 121; 155 x 116 they are

pale creamy white, smooth polished with faint pittings. Oneegg weighed

929 grammes unblown and addled.

Two birds measure according to Cheesman ;—

Tarsus ... aS aie ee lO. Sein, 18°75 in.

Tail Rita rc aes eee 5° S: in 16 in.

Culmen from gape ve seen AU Oe ite 5) thal

Back from ground.,, we Pe, 41h Tein. 3 ft. 1] in,

MAHSEER FISHING IN THE DECCAN LAKES

Masor W. B. TREVENEN

(With 2 plates.)

At one time or another much has been written with regard to

the pursuit and capture of the Mighty Mahseer in the rivers within

our Indian Empire, and the fascination and skill which this sport

provides and requires. Another branch of sport, very little touched

upon by sporting writers either in the past or at the present day, is

that offered by many of the irrigation lakes and reservoirs such as

may be found in many parts of the Deccan.

At first sight there would appear to be but little scope for any

great amount of skill to be found in sitting still in a boat and

trolling a spoon behind it as compared with the perhaps more

artistic method of fishing employed in rivers, but, on closer

acquaintance, it will be found that there are far more details to be

observed and opportunities for testing his skill awaiting the atten-

tion of the fisherman than may be at first imagined.

Again it has been said that lake-fishing provides very little

exercise aS compared with river-fishing and this is, to a certain

extent, quite true, but let the angler get fast into a good sporting

fish of anything between 15 to 20 lbs., and he will then get all the

exercise and excitement he wants for anything from 15 to 20

minutes. Moreover, the best of the trolling is during the hottest

months of the year, i.e., in March, April and May, so that the fact

that this method of fishing demands less actual physical exertion is

-rather a point in its favour; also, at this time, the rivers are so low

that the angler has there very little chance of any success. The

gun, too, has now been put away until the next season so that the

sportsman, who,is also a fisherman, has much to be thankful for if

he is within reach of one of the lakes wherein he can reasonably

hope to continue his sport through an otherwise ‘dud’ portion of

the year.

So much for an ‘apologia’ for this branch of sport if, indeed,

one is necessary which I, for one, will not admit, and we will now

proceed to consider the question of the necessary equipment.

First and foremost, so far as trolling is concerned, is the question

of a boat. The majority of the Deccan lakes are either under the

control of the P.W.D. or else belong to the Tata Hydro-Electric

Power Co., and in most of these it is possible to obtain a boat of

sorts by previous arrangement. In some cases they are rather on

the heavy side and consequently difficult to manipulate if there is

any wind to speak of. In such cases it would pay the angler to

transport a lighter and more suitable boat if he is in a position to

borrow or hire one, and if he intends spending more than a day or

so at one lake. A few places are fortunate in having a fairly

-MAHSEER FISHING 1N THE DECCAN LAKES 12]

- suitable boat on the spot whilst at one of the best lakes of ali, i.e.,

Lake Fife, at Kharakwasla, which is the Poona water supply, the

Royal Connaught Boat Club, Poona, keeps three or four boats from

October to May. It is, of course, necessary to join this club, either

as a temporary or permanent member in order to make use of them

but there is also a rowing boat belonging tothe P.W.D., permission

to use which could probably be obtained from the Ex. Engineer,

Poona Irrigation, but this boat is rather large and heavy and

requires two men to pull it except on the calmest of days. In a

few lakes where no other boats are available it is possible to make

use of a collapsible boat but although one caz fish from one of these,

it can only be regarded as a ‘ makeshift’ which affords neither

comfort nor space to move one’s limbs, and it is, moreover, very

difficult and even dangerous to net a fish of any size from this type

of boat. In such a case it is better to play him out and tow him to

the shore rather than to attempt to net him in deep water.

Having settled the question of a boat the next thing we have to

decide is the type of rod which we are going to use. It is, in my

opinion, a mistake to use too short a rod for this kind of fishing,

nor should it be too stiff; from 13 to 15 ft. is about the right

length, fairly stiff, but at the same time with plenty of ‘spring’ in

it. Ifa fish, when hooked on a short stiff rod, turns quickly again

towards the boat after his initial rush, as, indeed, often happens,

it is almost impossible to avoid a slack line for a few moments

however quickly one reels up the line, but with the extra length

and spring of the longer rod the fisherman has a much better

chance of keeping a strain on the line. My favourite weapon

for this work is a 15 ft. steel-centred split-cane rod. ‘This is

powerful enough fox a fish of any size that one is likely to meet and

would be rather too heavy for along day’s casting and spinning,

but as, in trolling, the rod is in a rest on the side of the boat most

of the time and is only in the hands actually when playing a fish,

the extra weight is of no disadvantage. My second rod is an

ordinary cheap 13 ft. single-jointed ‘ ringal’ made for me originally

by Mantons, Calcutta, a good many years ago, for tank-fishing,

and this has on the whole answered admirably for trolling and has

landed many a fine fish, but at the same time I am certain that if it

had been a foot or so longer and had had a trifle more spring

several good fish that got off owing to a siack line would have

been added to the bag.

As regards the reel all that is required is a good plain check reel

capable of holding about 50 yards of waterproofed silk line (Grilse

or Bass size, breaking strain about 25 to 30 lbs.) with from 50 to 75

yards of suitable backing spliced on to it. On only one occasion

during eight years regular fishing in the Deccan lakes have I had

more than 100 yards of line oui. The patent casting reels such as

the ‘ Silex ’ or ‘ Malloch’ are not necessary for this kind of fishing.

The former make is always a luxury and is as suitable for this

as for any other type of fishing, but I found that the latter make,

though excellent for the purpose for which it is intended, did not

answer so well for trolling, the jine being apt to come off the barrel

of the reel and foul the guard-ring at the first rush if the rod was

122. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST, SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

placed on its side as has to be done if it is placed in a rest in order

to admit of the line running free when the fish first takes the bait.

When however, the rod was held in the hand in the usual manner

this trouble did not occur.

When choosing a line it should be remembered that the colour is a

very important factor. This is a detail often not recognized and

was brought home to me in the following striking manner a few

years ago. I had just acquired a new rod and line and was anxious

to get a gocd fish on to test it. Trolling with two rods in the

usual manner, one on each side of the boat, on each occasion that I

went out, though being fairly successful on the old rod, I could not

hook a fish on the new rod with the exception of a wretched little

two-pounder. At first, thinking it was due to the pattern of the

spoon I changed these over, putting my favourite spoon on the new

rod, but the result was still the same; an exchange of traces pro-

duced no better result nor did the fact of changing the rods from

one side of the boat to the other have any effect. It then occurred

to me that it might be due to the colour of the line so I made up

a 10 ft. trace instead of the usual 6 ft. length. Even this however,

appeared but a slight improvement, the only result being the small

fish already mentioned. Asa finai resource I then exchanged the

lines, whereupon the position was immediately reversed, all the

fish coming to the new rod even though I had the longer trace on

the other rod. This evidence was sufficiently conclusive, and after

splicing on another 50 yards of line similar to that which was origi-

nally on the old rod on to the unpopular line, I was rewarded by

catching fish equally on both rods. This was a most interesting

lesson, which I might never have learnt under other circumstances.

The line which met with the fishes’ approval was an enameiled sea-

green plaited silk line with a black thread running down it, whilst

the line which was ‘ taboo’ was a yellowish waterproofed silk line,

also with a black thread, and similar to that so often used for trout

or salmon fishing at home. Both lines were practically of the same

thickness.

Now that we are fitted up with rod, reel and line there only

remains the question of leads, traces and spoons or spinning bait,

whatever it may be, so far as equipment is concerned. We will

take them in this order.

The most satisfactory lead for trolling is, I think, the spiral-

grooved spinning lead which can be attached or taken off the line

at any point without interfering with the trace. The best place at

which to attach it is just above the junction of line and trace as it is

then well away from the bait and does not kink the trace as it would

if placed further below. The most useful sizes to lay in stock are

3”, 24”, 2” and 14”, weighing about 14, 3, 4 and 4 ozs. respectively.

As regards traces, except when using a light fly-spoon, I always

have them made of wire. The flexible rust-proof gimp or amalgam

anti-rust steel wire traces are good but expensive. A muchcheapcr

and equally effective plan is to buy a reel of medium ‘ Killin’ wire

from your tackle-maker and make up your own traces, two yards in

length, attaching a 8” or 3” swivel in the middie and at one end,

with a ‘link swivel’ at the other end for attaching tothe spoon. It

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

ENGLISH PATTERN SPOON

MOUNTED WITH SINGLE

HOOK AND TRIANGLE.

Hoc-BaCKED SPOON MOUNTED

WITH SINGLE HOOK AND |

TRIANGLE |

SVT .

MAHSEER FISHING IN THE DECCAN LAKES 123

may be noted that, when making up these traces, the wire will only

twist evenly in one direction. Bend the wire into a loop about four

inches from the end, then thread on the swivel and grip the two

wires with a small pair of pliers as close to the swivel as is possible,

taking care that the two wires lie close together inside the jaws of

the pliers. Then, holding the pliers in the right hand, with the ieft

hand wind the loose end ciosely around the standing part

of the wire, twisting it underneath and towards the body, then

up over and away from the body, z.e. anticlockwise when looking

towards the loop end of the trace. The only disadvantage of

using this single-strand wire for traces is the possibility of a kink

and consequent breakage, and for this reason, I do not care for

this wire for river-fishing where one is constantly casting among

rocks, etc., but in trolling, with moderate care the danger of a kink

is practically nil and I have gone through a whole season frequently

without losing a trace from this cause. When using a flyspoon I

generaily use a ‘stout’ trout gut cast with swivels rather smaller

than those in the wire trace.

We now come to the most important question of ail, z.e. the

type, pattern, size, colour and mounts of the actual spoon or

spinner. Every fisherman has, of course, his own particular fancy

in this respect, but after a good many years’ experience I have

finally come down to two patterns of spoons of varying sizes. For

the larger sizes I prefer that commonly known as the English

Pattern Spoon made of rather stout copper or brass, preferably, I

think, the latter (silver-plated only on the inside) with the outside

left the natural colour of the metal but touched up with fine sand

paper each time before use. Of this pattern I always keep a supply

of 3” and 24 spoons. If you buy these spoons from a tackle-maker

you will generally find them mounted with large head and tail

triangles and a heavy double swivel and lead attached on a short

stout piece of gimp. My advice is to scrap all this mounting and

use a single swivel only with a flying mount consisting of one large

hook with a triangie beneath it. This mount should be made up so

that the large hook lies inside of and, of course, at right angles to

the hollow of the spoon, and the eye of the triangle should be just

inside the end of the spoon when the mount is lying flat. When

purchasing the large single hooks one must be careful to see that

the sides of the eyes lie in the same horizontal piane as the shank

of the hook, otherwise, when the mount is attached, the hook will

lie flat inside the spoon instead of at right anglesto it, For the 3”

spoon [ like a size 6/0 single hook and a No. 1 triangle, whilst for

the 24” spoon the single hook should be size 4/0 with a No. 4

triangle. The above sizes refer to the scales given by Thomas in

The Rod in India.

For the smaller sized spoons I prefer the Hog-backed variety,

silvered inside, with a mixture of gold paint and varnish on the

outside. My two favourite sizes are 2” and 12”, the latter being

either mounted with one large single hook (size 4/0) or else with a

flying-mount of two small triangles, size 6, whilst the former has a

flying-mount of one single hook (size 2/0) and one triangie, size 5.

For this pattern of spoon I like the flying-mounts to be iittle bit

124 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1I

longer, in proportion, than in the other type, the eye of the end

triangle lying just a little outside the end of the spoon.

The only other spoons necessary are a few fly spoons of 1” or

even a little smaller, gilt on the outside and silver inside. In

some of the lakes these have been found quite successful at times

with a light rod and gut trace, but, as a rule, I generally stick to

one of the four larger sizes mentioned above.

The only other spinning baits required are one or two 24”

or 3” silver minnows. The patterns I found to be the most

killing were a 24” aluminium ‘ Reflex’ minnow and a 24” or 3”

‘Flange’ spinner, the latter pattern being mounted with a single

triangle only at the tail. As a rule these siiver baits are of very little

use, but at certain times, as I shall describe later, the fact of

having them at hand will probably make a difference of several

fish in the day’s bag. . |

The fishing season begins as soon as the water clears after the

rains and extends right up to the arrival of the next monsoon when

the high winds and rain cause the water in the bigger lakes, which

have a large catchment with flat and muddy banks, to get too

thick and dirty to be of any use for fishing. In a few of the

smaller lakes situated right up amongst the hills where the catchment

is small and the shore is steep and clean the water remains fairly

clear for sometime even after the rains break and I have heard of

quite good catches being made at this time by wading and casting

with a fly-spoon from the banks, but as the mahseer are then

starting to spawn, it is more sportsmanlike to leave them alone at

this period especially as they put up nothing like the fight that they

do earlier in the season.

The cream of the fishing is undoubtedly in March, April and

May when the water level in most of the tanks has fallen consider-

ably, but there is always a chance of a fish from October onwards,

and December, January and February are very often quite good.

In trolling it is only necessary to go just fast enough to make the

spoon spin, and as a general rule about forty yards of line should be

let out. A knowledge of the depth of water and the nature of the

bottom is of great assistance as this will avoid the loss of many a

spoon if there are many ‘snags’ about. Also at certain times the

fish will be found to lie in shallower places where a bank or spit of

land runs out into the lake and here a lighter sinker will be

required. ‘There is no hard and fast rule but as a general maxim

it is better to fish with a larger spoon and with 14 to 2 ozs. of lead

at the beginning of the season, using a smaller spoon and less lead

as the season advances. Again, on a cloudy day or early in the

morning the fish lie deeper than they do in the hot weather or during

the heat of the day.

Throughout the first month or so after the rains only a few

isolated fish will be seen rising, but as the season advances small

combined ‘ rises’ lasting for a minute or so suddenly appear now

and then when a shoal of mahseer hit upon a collection of small

fry. As the season still further advances these ‘rises’ become

more and more frequent and last for a much longer time until, 1n

March, April, and May, one can sometimes see a patch of water

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

SPINNER

ER FLANGE

Copp

”

PAINTED WITH ALUMINIUM

PAINT

oa}

an!

MINNOW

MAHSEER FISHING IN THE DECCAN LAKES 125

over a hundred yards long absoiutely ‘on the boil’ with mahseer

chasing the small fry which are leaping and skimming the water in

all directions in their efforts to escape.

Whenever these rises appear, if they are within reasonable

distance, every effort should be made to get the boat to the spot as

quickly as possible and if one can arrive there before it stops the

chances are in favour of getting arun. Even if it has stopped for

half-a-minute or so one is often lucky enough to happen on a fish

who is on the look-out for the last one or two of the fry remaining

behind.

It is during these rises that the silver minnow is so successful,

particularly towards the end of the season, but it is a curious fact

that, with this exception, the fish seem to have very little use for

any silver bait, and always prefer a spoon with the copper or brass

colour on the outside. Early in the season when the rises are few

and short it is best to keep the ordinary spoons on both the big rods

and keep a light rod and minnow ready in the boat on the chance of

arriving at a ‘ boil’ before it has ceased, when one can either cast

on one side or the other or else troll the minnow a few yards

behind in between the other two lines. In April and May, however,

when the rises are much more frequent and last longer, I very

often keep a minnow on one of the big rods as well and have the

third rod ready in addition.

On going through a‘ rise’ if there is time I shorten the lines on

both big rods up to twenty yards and have the minnow on the light

rodonly five yards or so behind the boat. When a good ‘rise’ is

really going on the fish seem to have no fear of the boat and only

this last season (1925) my minnow was taken by a 134 lbs. mahseer

when it was within a couple of yards of the stern of the boat. At

such times it is a good plan to have someone else in the boat in

addition to the boatman who can reel up the other two lines when

a fish is hooked as it frequently happens that one gets a run on two

rods almost Simultaneously, when, if there is no one to look after

it, the light rod is apt to go overboard unless one has taken the

precaution to make a line fast to the butt end.

As regards the particular spots over which to troll, information,

more or less reliable, will probably be available from the local

fisherman, or, better still, enquire, if possible, from any brother

angler who has fished the place. If the fish are showing them-

selves one will naturally follow them. As a broad rule I have

generally found that fish are apt to lie a little distance off the shore

not very far from the bund or lower end of a lake but there

probably will be a equally good, if not better, places in most lakes

known to the local fishermen or inhabitants. Even if no fish are

seen rising one need never despair. I once caught six fish

including two of 174 and 124 lbs. respectively on a day on which I

never once saw a fish break water.

_As regards size, generally speaking, anything over 20 lbs. is an

exception. In still waters mahseer do not appear to run to the

same size as they do in rivers. Whether it is scarcity of food or

want of variety in the same, or whether it is the fact that running

water produces more muscular and quicker growing fish it is

126 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

difficult to say but I am inclined to the latter view. A fish caught

in ariver always appears to have a healthier, brighter, and a more

‘clean-run* look about him than one caught inalake. Lake fish

also, differ as a rule, particularly as regards the larger specimens,

in being of a shorter and ‘ stockier’ build than river fish. Instead

of drawing odious comparisons, however, we must be duly

thankful that we have this sport to fall back on at a time when all

river-fishing except that in the largest rivers is at an end.

As to climatic conditions at the time of fishing, a calm day or

one when there is just a light ripple is certainly the best. Moreover

it is then possible to spot any moving fish which it is very difficult

to do if there is much wind. A cloudy day or one when there is

thunder about is rarely satisfactory, but a strong wind in itself does

not appear to put the fish of their feed so long as the water

remains clear. I have caught fish on a day when the wind was so

strong that it was difficult to make any headway against it in the

boat, but it is tiring work for the oarsman and the conditions are

not nearly so pleasant or auspicious as on acalm day. On a windy

day when the water is rough the only way sometimes to spot a

‘rise’ is by watching for the appearance of various water birds

swooping down and feeding on the small fry trying to escape from

the mahseer.

In addition to mahseer most of the Deccan lakes hold Wallago

Attu, commonly known as ‘ The Freshwater Shark’, and this fish

will frequently be taken when troiling for mahseer, more partti-

cularly when fishing deep or at times when the boat is being

turned and consequently the bait sinks lower in the water. I

imagine, however, that very few anglers will fish especially for

them as they give but small sport when hooked, coming in like a

log after their first sho.t rush but, nevertheless, for the table they

are by no means to be despised, having a much better flavour than

their more aristocratic brothers. In some of the Deccan lakes

there are other varieties of carp besides the mahseer, the largest

and most sporting being Barbus dobsont, a carp not altogether

unlike a mahseer, but being considerably deeper-bodied in propor-

tion, and with a very much smaller head and mouth. I have

caught this fish up to ten pounds in weight, and I have seen them

even larger. They will occasionally take a spoon, particularly the

bigger fish, but paste will be found more effective if you can catch

them, on a day when they are on the feed. These carp, however,

have the same characteristics as tench at home, in that one may fish

day after day and meet with but little success until suddenly the

word for a ‘ Bara Khana’ appears to go round, whereupon for a

period of anything from a couple of days to a week really good

sport may be had by fishing with a light rod and a trout gut cast

and small single hook or else a very small triangle using a paste

bait and fishing deep near the outlet of the lake. The Olive Carp

(Barbus chrysopoma) is also another fish found in most of the

lakes, but this variety rarely exceeds a pound in weight and is only

to be taken by bottom, fishing, and, when caught, is not worth

anything from a culinary point of view. This fish has red fins and

in appearance is not unlike the English Roach.

MAHSEER FISHING IN THE DECCAN LAKES 127

When bottom-fishing two other varieties will often come to hand,

i.e., Rohtee ogilviz and Rohtee vigorsit. The former of these

rarely exceeds six inches in length and may be known by the black

bars on his back which are very noticeable when he first caught but

which fade away very quickly. This fish is a regular pest occa-

sionally, taking the bait off the hook before the other fish can get a

chance. &. vigorsiz, also a bottom feeder, grows to a bigger size

but does not often exceed a pound in weight. He may be

distinguished by his larger size and by the fact that he has no black

bars on his back. On rare occasions { have caught them on a small

spoon.

In some of the lakes mahseer can also be taken by fishing with

paste, bread, or other bait either on or near the surface or else at

the bottom. In one place I have frequently seen anglers using

‘bajas’, a sort of confectionery consisting of ground gram, onions,

and atta, fried in sweet oil, obtainable in the local bazaar, but I

never saw a fish caught with these although I have heard reports of

their success.

In conclusion I will now give a few tips which may be of use to

any brother angler whom the above remarks may have persuaded

to try his luck in this particular branch of fishing.

The best time of the day for bottom-fishing is undoubtedly from

sunrise up to about 10 a.m., whilst for trolling, the morning from

9 a.m. up to twelve o’clock or 1 p.m. is perhaps the best, but again

it is often quite good for an hour or so before sunset. The after-

noon from 1] p.m. to 4p.m. rarely appears to give much result.

When there has been a considerable amount of wind for a day or

so the fish will often be found to be lying in the smooth water in

the lee of some hill. |

If a fish is hooked when trolling I always make my boatman go

on slowly rowing until I have recovered a certain amount of line

after the first rush. By so doing the chance of a slack line

resulting from the fish turning towards the boat is, toa certain

extent, avoided. This plan also gives time for the second line to

be reeled up without danger of fouling the other line or the bottom.

A bright spoon is more visible and much more attractive than a

dirty spoon, therefore always carry a small piece of fine sandpaper

for touching up the outside of the spoons. Failing this, a little

fine sand and water will do as a makeshift. A small piece of

‘shammy’ leather is useful for cleaning the silver-plate on the

inside. .

Always find out if your boatman has had previous experience

before trusting him with the landing net. Many a good fish has

been lost by prematurely making a dash at the fish from the front

and getting the hooks caught in the net. Wait, particularly if it is

a big fish, until he is practically ‘done’, and then tell your man to

put the net in the water and bring it up from: behind, getting the

fish’s tail into the net first.

For bottom-fishing with paste for any of the carp family use a

fairly fine trout gut cast with a very small eyed hook (size 1; Eyed

Kirby Hook Scale) or else a very diminutive triangle. If the paste

is rather on the soft side the latter will hold it on best. A friend °

128 JOURNAL BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

and myself once caught several fine fish ranging from 2 lbs. up to

9 Ibs. on these hooks on a day when we could do nothing witha

larger-sized hook and a necessarily bigger bait.

One final word of advice. When you first hook your mahseer do

not worry about ‘ striking ’’ him—he will do that for himself—but hold

him hard, particularly at the start, and never let him have an inch

of slack line if you can possibly avoid it. Far more mahseer are

lost by not keeping sufficient strain on the line than by putting on

too much. Give him half a chance and he will very quickly either

- shake the spoon out of his mouth or else rub it off against a rock

or stone at the bottom if you let him get so far.

JOURN. BomBAY Nat. Hist. Soc. Pruate I,

Geometride from Upper Burma.

ON A COLLECTION OF MOTHS OF THE FAMILY GEHOMETRID‘

FROM UPPER BURMA MADE BY CAPTAIN A. E. SWANN

Louis B. PROUT, F.E.S.

(With a Plate)

The foliowing memoir deals with a small section only of a wonderful col-

lection of Heterocera made by Capt. Arthur E. Swann in the Kachin Hills,

a few miles from the Yunnan Frontier, almost exclusively through the agency

of light. Capt. Swann was stationed for a time (in 1921-23) in an ideal dis-

trict and one which had not previously been worked by the Lepidopterist and

it was at the instigation of our mutual friend the Rev. C.R.N. Burrows

that he took up the collecting of the moths. Unfortunately this was not until

near the end of the 1922 season, but throughout that of 1923 he worked with

great enthusiasm and truly remarkable success, assisted by his equally

enthusiastic wife. :

The major part of the collection has been presented to the British Museum

and, itis to be feared, can only very gradually be made known to Science,

there being no staff of specialists available to work it out ez 6bloc. The

Geometridz, however, have been very generously presented to me, through

the kind offices of Mr. Burrows, to whom, as well as to Capt. Swann, my best

thanks are due. As they constitute by far the most important contribution to

the Geometrid fauna of British India which has been made since the Lepi-

doptora of the Khasis were investigated some 30 years ago, I have felt it a

duty to Science to work out the collection in detail ; the more so because it

represents not a selection but a virtually complete record of the visitors to light

during the period worked. It is this latter consideration which has induced

me to record in all cases the numbers of specimens, together with dates, as also

to include the few which, from one cause or another, have not been

determinable. |

Concerning the head-quarters (Htawgaw Fort) and the other localities in

which he collected, Capt. Swann has furnished me with valuable topo-

graphical notes, which I cannot do better than reproduce zm extenso. I have

arranged the names alphabetically, for convenience of reference.

Blackrock, 26° 2’ N. lat., 98° 35’ E. long., 4,760 ft. In oak and pine jungle

in Ngawchang Valley. Junglenot very dense.

Chui Haw, 25° 57 N., 98° 38’ E., 6,740 ft. A Yawyin village. Topographical

details much resemble those given for Kangfang, but it is not in the Ngaw-

chang Valley butin that of the Chui ho Ta, a tributary.

Fenshuiling Pass, 25° 54’ N., 98° 40’ E., 7,500 ft. A waterlogged, very

thickly jungled tract, abounding in ferns, orchids and rhododendrons and

every tree festooned with dripping moss. A wonderful spot in many ways,

but a most unpleasant one to be in during the rains (i. e. now [July ]), as it is

infested with leeches—both the mud and water varieties underfoot to crawl

into your boots and the green ones above you in the trees to drop upon you

adroitly as you pass underneath. Moths were taken at 8,000 ft. at Capt. Swann’s

camp about 4 miles from the pass.

Hkamkawn, 26° 0’ N., 98° 253’ E., 4,080 ft. A Lashi village in the valley of

Ngawchang Hka River. Moderately dense jungle. Frost in winter.

Hparé, 25° 50’ N., 98° 253 ’E., 5860 ft. In valley of Hkainghing Hka River,

amongst terraces of wet paddy land. Hills, densely jungled, rising to 10,000

and 12,000 ft. on either side. A Lashivillage. Climate similar to Htawgaw.

Hpimaw Fort on slopes of Irrawaddy (Salween Divide), 6 miles from

Yunnan boundary, 26° N., 98° 38’ E., 7850 ft. Precipitous country. Sandy

soil. Grass-covered slopes with trees, but not so densely jungled as other

lower localities.

Htawgaw Fort, Kachin Hill Tracts, 25° 57’ N., 98° 223’ E., 6,025 ft. A

precipitous spur of soft granite rock covered with pine treesand shrubs such

as rhododendrons, wild raspberries, etc, Rainfall 80 inches, Frost and

130,' JOCRNAL, BOMBAY NATCRAL HIST. SOCIZ TY. Vol een

sometimes snow in winter. Extreme hot weather shade temperature 90° F.

The collecting was on the terrace of Capt. Swann’s house by the aid of a 300

Cps.lamip.

Kangfang, 26° 8’ N., 98° 403 ’E., 5,400 ft. A Yawyin village in valley of

Ngawchang Hka, at its junction with the Hpawté Hka. Mostly grassy slopes,

sandy soil and not densely jungled. Similar to Hpimaw.

Langyang, Kachin Hill Tracts, 25° 573’ N., 98° 18’ E., 4,400 ft. On eastern

slopes of ‘Pyepat ridge, in densely jungled, precipitous country. Rainfall

about 100inches. Frost in cold weather. Extreme hot weather shade tempe-

rature about 95° F. Langyang is asmall Lashi hamlet of about 12 bamboo

houses.

Laukhaung, 25° 54’ N., 98° 11’ E., 4,200 ft. A Maru village on western

slopes of Pyepat ridge in very densely jungled country—foot hills between

Htawgaw and the Nmai Hka, 9 miles above the Nmai Chipwi confluence.

Shingaw Hka, 25° 39’ N age 53’ E., 730 ft. At the junction of the Shingaw

River with the Nmai Hka River (the latter is the left upper branch of the

Irrawaddy). Very dense jungle and bamboo. Heavy rainfall,

Wausaung, 25° 223’ N., 97° 36’ E., 550 ft. A Shan village on Namyin Hka

River (tributary of Irrawaddy), 11 miles East of Myitkyina Plains. In very

dense jungle.

The general affinities of the fauna, as would be expected, are with that

of the north-east Himalayas, of which the Kachin Hills are outliers; but

there is also a sprinkling of species which were hitherto only known from the

mountains of Szechuan.

The district must be extremely rich. The collection of 1,075 specimens

of Geometridz embraces about 329 different species. The further fact that

some 175 of these (or appreciably over one-half) are represented by a single

specimen only, suggests that there may be still a large number of species

which have escaped detection altogether. It may also be remarked that a

considerable percentage of those taken in 1922 did not recur in 1923. A

rough comparison with the principal faunistic memoirs of 30 to 40 years

ago will also help to bring out the richness of the present collection, Of its

329 species, 95* forms are new to science—mostly new species, a few

merely sub-species. Mr. Warren’s descriptions of new species in the Elwes

callection (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1893) it is true, reached a total of 176, but

this collection was the’ work of some years and of several collectors, and

embraced all parts of British India. The Atkinson collection, worked out by

Moore in 1888, produced about 158 novelties in the family, the result of many

years’ collecting and not exclusively in one locality. The fine Hocking

collections from Dharmsala (//7. Het., vii, 1889) included about 189 Geome-

tride 44 being described as new and a good many others missed

through being wrongly identified ; but these were the fruits of three years’

collecting. The Nilgiri collections worked out by Hampson (//l. Het., viii,

1891) were the work of three collectors and totalled 207 geometrid species,

64 new. The same -author’s Ceylon Catalogue (//l. Het., ix, 1893)

contained 225, but only 2 new. How many new Khasi species were described

by Warren and Swinhoe in the nineties, I have not been able to reckon ;

the number must have been very large, but it was spread over some

years.

The 329 species comprise 20 Hemitheine, 36 Sterrhine, 98 Larentiine

and 175 Geometride ; the Gnochromine are entirely unrepresented. The

absence of these and the number of the Laventiine are in striking

contrast to the various tropical Indo-Malayan collections at which I have

recently -been working, and suppert previous ideas as to the general

dominance of the last-named in temperate and mountain regions. Perizoma

alone is represented by fourteen species and Hupithecia by twelve. Another

striking feature is the prevalence of the small Boarmiid species ; there are no

less than thirty #ctropis, mostly small, and about one-third of them are new

to science. C/eora makes a good second, with 17 species, 5 or 6 new.

‘As regards the arrangement of the present work, I have followed my own

revisions—complete or incomplete—in the first three sub-families, but have left

1 This figure includes the two which I published in 1923 (Aun. Mag. Nat.

Hist. [9],-xi.), but does not include some half-dozen or more whieh are

referred to in the present memoir, but not named, shee

A COLLECTION OF GEOMETRIDA FROM UPPER BURMA 131

the mixed geometrine assemblage (Soarmiine, auctt.) as nearly as possible

in the order of Hampson’s Fauna of British India, Moths, vol. iii, which,

with all its faults, remains the only systematic work on the subject.

Synonymy is only quoted where there is some special purpose to be served

or some vital correction to be made; absence of a citation is neither to be

taken as evidence of acceptance nor of rejection. Similarly a name which

Hampson had sunk is often resuscitated without comment ; his ‘ lumpings’

were so notoriously inaccurate that it is unnecessary to furnish evidence in

every case of change. The distribution of the species, too, is generally only

given where I have something fresh to add to that which can be found in

Hampson or in vol. iv of Seitz’s Macrolepidoptera of the World, ‘The very

many species which appear to be new for Burma are marked with an asterisk.

_ Finally, a word of praise is due to Capt. and Mrs. Swann for the beautiful

condition of the collection. The occasional mention of ‘ worn,’ ‘rubbed’

or ‘ torn’ specimens is no evidence to the contrary, for they were intentionally

sending all their captures, where recognizable; and condition only needs

comment where it affects the definiteness of a determination.

Subfam. HEMITHEINA,

Ce 1. Archeovbalots sp.

Hpimaw Fort, 9-13 August 1923, 1 2.

Badly torn, especially the hindwings, apparently intermediatein shape, and

evidently so in the underside, between ochretpicta, Swinh. and usneata, Feld.,

possibly a 9-form of the former, as it has similar posterior spots on the

forewing above. The British Museum Collection has as ochreipicta 2. aclosely

similar example from Kulu, with the borders beneath slightly more

ochreipicta-like than in Capt. Swann’s specimen. The Q @ in this genus

seem more rarely to come to light than the ¢ ¢ and are much less well known

at present.

* 2. Neobalbts elaearia (Hmpsn.)

Pseudoterpna elaearia Ampsn. Journ., Bom. Nat. Hist. Society, xiv, 654

(1903) (Darjeeling ; Khasis):;

Htawgaw, August 1923, 1d.

- Arare species, hitherto only known to me—with the exception of the original

Darjeeling ¢ —from a few Khasi specimens. Hampson has chosen his 2

(Khasis) for the type, as is shown by the originals in Coll. Brit. Mus., though

he has neglected to publish any detail.

3. tevpna viet sp. n: (Pls1,.fie. 12).

= $54mm. Head and body light brown, tinged above with olive, the body

with some admixture of black, especially on side of abdomen ; a blackish

mark on side of frons; a black spot on tegula (patagium) of Hampson).

Palpus largely black. Foreleg black, ringed with light brown. Thoracic

and abdominal crests strongly developed (section Dzudicodes Prout). Antetinal

pectinations extremely short (scarcely 1). .

- Forewing light brownish olive, sprinkled (at costa more strigulated) with

black ; a black spot at base ; a small oblong costal spot at 5-6 mm. ; a dot on

M and a thick, rather more distally placed, excurved or horseshoe-shaped

mark from SM to abdominal margin indicating the antemedian line ; a black

cell-spot set in a cloudy orb; postmedian indicated by black vein-dots,

slightly connected anteriorly,, small posteriorly, curved about R?; some

slight subterminal clouding ; terminal dots large; fringe with black dots

opposite veins.—Hinudwing rather less elongate than in crvocina Butl., etc.,

broadly whitish abdominally, then orange ; a large black cell-spot ; an almost

equally large subterminal spot behind M? ;. two smaller ones at abdominal

margin near tornus ; a thick, tapering streak from costa to R?, not quite so

near termen as that of crocina ; terminal dots even larger than on forewing,

accompanied by some irregular irroration ; fringé-dots deep black.

- Forewing beneath predominantly orange, with coarse irforation ; a very

large cell-spot; a large subterminal spot from SC* to beyond R?, almost

confluent on R? with a smaller and weaker inter-radial one distally ; a second

132 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. ¥¥XI

subterminal spot between the medians ; termen and fringe spotted. Hindwing

much as above, the pale part scarcely so white.

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, the type only.

A very fine species, in some measure connecting thesubgenera Dindicodes

and Adsala.

*4. Terpna molleri (Warr.)

Dindica mollert Warr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 349 (1893) (Sikkim).

Hpimaw Fort, 9-13 August, 1923, 1.

Previously known from Sikkim and the Khasis.

5. Metallolophia arenaria (Leech).

Pachyodes arvenaria Leech, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 144, pl. 9, fig. 12

(1889) (Kiukiang).

Hypochroma dantelaria, Oberth., At. Lép., vii, 291, pl. 173, fig. 1697 (1913)

(syn. nov.) (Siao-low).

Htawgaw, early July 1923, 1 9 (large).

Another rarity, though apparently with an extended range in China and

Upper Burma.

*6. Lophomachia albiradiata (Warr.)

Uliocnemtis albtradiata Warr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 356 (1893) (Naga

Hills).

Htawgaw, June, 1 ¢. |

An extremely interesting capture, Warren’s type ¢ (not ‘2’, as published)

having hitherto remained unique. In Wytsman’s ‘Genera Insectorum ’

(Hemith., p. 167) I doubtfully referred it to Wixolophia, but the well-developed

frenulum brings it into my fourth group and by my Key it will fall into

Lophomachia—a fairly satisfactory position.

7. Lophomachia semialba (Walk.)

Thalera semtalba Walk., List Lep. Ins. xxii, 601 (1861) (Sarawak).

Htawgaw, early July 1923, 2¢¢.

Both specimens are large and heavily marked. The species extends

westward to the Khasis and southward to Sumatra and Borneo and there is a

small, greener race in Ceylon (virzdzvur Prout, 1916).

*8. Comtibena swanni sp. n. (Pl. 1, fig. 3)

4%, 24-25 mm. Head green, slightly mixed with white; fillet concolorous.

Palpus moderate, white, the 2nd and 3rd joints brown on outer side (lost

in type). Antennal shaft rather short and broad, the pectinations not very

long, the longer (outer) about 4. Thorax green; abdomen mostly whitish,

anteriorly greener, posteriorly pure white. Legs white; foretibial tuft black-

brown ; mid and hind femur and tibia with black-brown spots at middle and

end ; hindtibial process nearly reaching end of first tarsal joint. Frenulum

very Slender.

Forewing bright green, slightly more yellowish than in the genotype and

slightly irrorated with white; costal edge white; veins extremely finely

whitened ; lines white, firm, rather broad; antemedian well beyond one-

third, slightly bent in front of cell-fold ; postmedian straight, about 2 mm.

from termen ; terminal line white, with microscopic brown dots between the

veins, at least in anterior part; fringe whitish green, with large chocolate-

brown spots opposite the veins except tornally.—A/imdwing concolorous ;

costal margin white ; lines obsolete ; terminal white line almost clear ; fringe-

spots rather weaker than on forewing.

Forewing beneath of a similar green, becoming whiter posteriorly, more

broadly so tornally ; a black-brown cell-dot ; a white line shortly beyond,

less oblique than termen, weakening posteriorly, ending close to the post-

median, which in posterior part shows through faintly from upperside; a

wavy fuscous terminal line, uniting the dots (here well developed) with the

fringe-spots, which are also fuscous ; fringe otherwise white, with indications

of a second, more slender, wavy line close to tips. Hindwing green ; cell-

dot, termen and fringe as on forewing ; postmedian line rather further from

cell-dot, stronger, very gently curved (less so than termen).

A COLLECTION OF GEOMETRID FROM UPPER BURMA 133

Htawgaw, July 1923 (type) and August to September 1923 (paratype).

Near /atilinea Prout (= ¢heodoraria Oberth., At. Lép. xii (2), fig. 3277, syn.

nov.) but without red terminal line and with different underside.

*9. Comtbena cenocraspis sp. n.

f, 25-26mm. Extremely like swannt Prout (supra). Palpus apparently a

trifle shorter. Hindtibial process rudimentary. Face whiter (tinged with

green above). Wings slightly paler green. Forewing with the white lines

slenderer, the antemedian not bent in cell, the postmedian a little less straight

(suggesting the slightest possible inward curve), termen and fringe unspotted,

the latter white. Forewing beneath with no cell-dot, the lines of upperside

reproduced, the postmedian therefore much more distal than the single line

of swannt. Hindwing beneath with no cell-dot, postmedian line nearer to

termen than to cell.

Hparé, September 1923, 7 ¢ J.

Strongly reminiscent of Auchloris chlorophyllaria Hedem., except in the

presence of the frenulum. Unfortunately all the examples are more or less

worn, so that the colour distinctions from swannz must not be unduly stressed ;

but the differences in the lines and in the fringe are manifest at once. More-

over its build appears somewhat less robust than that of its ally.

10. Gelasma thetydaria (Guen.),

lodis thetydaria Guen., Spec. Gén. Lép. ix, 358 (1858) (Central India).

Hpimaw Fort, 9-18 August 1923, 32 9.

Already known from India to West China and from the Philippines.

*11. Gelasma fuscifimbria Prout.

Gelasma fuscifimbria Prout, The Entom., xliv, 28 (1911) (Khasis).

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 1 ¢.

Not quite typical, the fringes being less darkened, etc., but provisionally

referable here.

*12. Gelasma dysgenes Prout.

Gelasma dysgenes Prout, Nov. Zool., xxiii, 13 (1916) (Tibet).

Kangfang, June 1923, 1 ¢.

This determination is likewise far from certain, the example being opaquer

than my original series and in some respects more resembling the preceding.

The group will require closer study when sufficient materiai is available,

13. Gelasma sp.

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 1 ¢.

Smaller and paler than the two preceding, distinctly greener than fusczfim-

bvia but a little rubbed and faded. I have compared it carefully with

glaucaria Walk. and aldistrigata Warr. but cannot make it agree with either,

though a Wa-shan @ placed among aldtstrigata in the British Museum

Collection seems the same. I do not venture to describe it at present.

*14. Gelasma chromatocrossa sp. n. (Pl. 1, fig. 1).

& 2, 31-32 mm. Face bright red. Palpus about 13, little longer in

than in ¢, terminal joint about ¢; red, beneath narrowly whitish. Vertex

white ; occiput green. Antennal shaft white proximally, tinged with pink

distally ; pectinations of ¢ proximally long (6 to 8). Thorax and abdomen

green above, whitish beneath. Legs slightly tinged with pink, the forefemur

and foretibia somewhat darkened above ; hindtibia of ¢ with the hair-pencil

rather slender, no terminal process.

Forewing with apex minutely produced, termen little curved (slightly more

So in the 9); SC? anastomosing with C, R? just stalked (¢ 4) or just

separate (2), M? shortly staiked ; green (less bluish than in the 7halerura

group) with costal edge pink; a deep green cell-dot ; lines more olivaceous

green ; antemedian obsolescent; postmedian denticulate, not distinct,

vaguely pale-edged distally ; a series of dark terminal dashes, well separated

at the veins; fringe pink, with dark spots at vein-ends—A/inudwing fairly

134 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

broad, the tail at R® moderate ; ceil-dot rather strong ;.postmedian with the

usual teeth at R® and M? about equal]; termen and fringe as on forewing.

Underside slightly paler, especially on hindwing; forewing with the pink

costal margin proximally broader, costal edge of hindwing also narrowly

pink ; markings obsolete,-or the cell-dots very feebly indicated ; termen and

fringe as above.

Htawgaw, June to July, 1923, 2 ¢¢; Hpimaw Fort, early July 1923, I Q.

*15. Thalassodes aptifimbria Prout.:

Thalassodes aptifimbria Prout, Nov. Zool., xxiii, 207 (1916) (Darjeeling).

Htawgaw, August 1923, 19.

*16. Hemithea distinctaria (Walk.)

Thalassodes distinctaria Walk., List Lep. Ins., xxxv, 1607 (1866) (N. pede

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 1 ¢.

Perhaps represents a separable race, the costal edge of the forewing being

somewhat redder, the markings of the abdomen slightly restricted.. The

name-typical form is common in Sikkim, while the Khasis produce a race

which I have named Jlaeta, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xx, 173, pl. 7, fig. 18.

B1/. ‘Jodis/cizla ‘Sp. ni.

4%, 29-31 mm. Face dull green, discolouring towards orange. Palpus 13,

2nd joint slightly upcurved, with slight terminal tuft above, 3rd joint

moderate, porrect ; above as face, beneath white proximally. Vertex white ;

occiput pale green. Thorax and,abdomen pale green above, dirty white

beneath. Hindtibia with the terminal spurs short ; hindtarsus rather over 4.

Forewing with SC? just from cell (2 specimens) or about connate (3), closely

approaching or anastomosing C,'R?* rather well stalked, M1? connate or just

separate ; very pale olive-greenish, in some lights opalescent ; ; costal edge pale

ochreous ; cell-dot slightly darkened, quite inconspicuous ; lines fine, white ;

antemedian nearly obsolete except posteriorly, weakly bisinuate ; ; postmedian

obsolescent costally, faintly crenulate and very slightly incurved in anterior

part, still less crenulate (virtually straight) and about parallel with termen in

posterior. — Hindwing rather broad for an /odis, the tail at R® not very long or

acute; M? stalked; nearly as forewing but ‘with the pesiaetint equally

distinct throughout, ‘weakly bent about R°-M?.

Underside opalescent whitish.

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 4¢¢; Htawgaw, 19 received at the same time

(just possibly erroneous in the labelling). Also 2 ¢ ¢, 12 from Hpimaw

Fort 14-18 August, 1923, rather smaller, evidently representing a second

brood; 2 palpus smoother, with terminal joint more elongate (nearly 1).

I refer here further two faded QQ from Turzum Tea Estate, Nagrispur

(O. Lindgren) sent by the Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa.

Near rynia Prout (ov. Zool., xxiv, 301) in coloration, etc., much broader

winged, forewing with SC* not anastomosing with SC?, postmedian line

more proximal, less dentate, hindwing with tail shorter. From delicatula

Warr. the obsolescence of the cell:dots immediately distinguishes it ; also

larger, broader-winged, greener, the postmedian line less crenulate.

*18.. lodis lara sp. n.

¢, 26 mm. Closely allied to the preceding, possibly a form of it, though

the palpus appears (very slightly) shorter and the venation is rather different.

Fate clearer green. Thorax and wings more bluish green than in that species,

the wings perkaps slightly more delicate, more translucent.

Forewing with termen slightly more oblique in ctila; SC* about connate,

anastomosing shortly with C and with SC?, DC* oblique ’ posteriorly, M? well

separate; lines at least as fine as in cf/z/a, cleaner white, the antemedian

distinct almost to costa, oblique in the opposite direction to postmedian ; post-

median almost parallel with termen throughout.—Hindwing with apex

slightly sharper than in ¢¢z/a (termen anteriorly not so fully rounded) ; DC®

strongly oblique, M* just separate ; lines very fine, fairly distinct. ;

Laukhaung, 10, March 1923, .1 ¢ in excellent condition.

In tone and extreme delicacy comparable to delicatula Warr., but ee

the cell-dots, the postmedian less crenulate.

dA COLLECTION OF GEOMETRIDA FROM UPPER BURMA 135

19. Jodts argutaria Walk.

Thalera argutaria Walk., List. Lep. Zns., xxxv, 1614 (1866) (N. India).

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 1g, 9-13 August, 1923, 12. Seems to be

distributed from North India to Formosa.

* 20. Comostola virago sp. n.

‘ Comostola subtiliaria Brem.’ Prout in Seitz MWacrolep. iv, 33 (1913) (excl.

fig:

a 23-24 mm. ; 9 24-28 mm. Face whitish green, with upper third bright

red. Palpus short for the genus (in ¢ 14 in 9 13), with terminal joint propor-

tionally reduced. Antenna pectinate in both sexes, the branches in the @

about 4, in the ¢ scarcely less. Crown green, mixed with white at anterior

edge of fillet. Hindtibia of 2 not dilated.

Forewing broad, apex sharp, termen almost straight ; DC only mederarcly)

characteristic, Sc} connate or just stalked, rarely anastomosing with C, R?

stalked beyond it; bright green, slightly more bluish than in mundata

Warr. ; costal margin whitish buff, not spotted ; pattern normal, cell-spot

moderate, roundish, red mixed with black, with a white pupil and fine white

circumscription ; the lines of white dots rather creamy, obsolete anteriorly,

otherwise rather strong (at least the postmedian), scarcely touched with red at

theiredges ; the postmedian strongly bisinuate as in mzundata ; terminal red

line extremely fine.—A/zudwing with termen rather full, only very weakly bent

in middle ; cell-spot rather larger ; postmedian similar.

Underside much paler, forewing proximally suffused with red-grey,

especially near costa.

I have long had this species in manuscript, having discovered that it is not

Bremer’s Ussuri species (which has longer 3rd joint of palpus and longer ¢

pectinations) and have selected as type a fine 9 from the Khasis, April 1896, in

coll. Tring Mues. Its range extends from Sikkim to West China,

Htawgaw, August 1923, 1 4.

Subfamily. Sterrhinae.

* 21. Rhodostrophia similata (Moore)

_ Phyletis similata Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk., p. 264 (1888) (Khasis).

Laukhaung, 15, March, 1923, 12; Htawgaw, April to May 1923, 19.

* 22. Organopoda brevipalpis sp.n. (Pl. 1, fig: 7.)

3, 29-31 mm. ;%, 33 mm. Face deep red. Palpus shorter than in the

other species, scarcely over 1, with termina! joint3*; red above, more

ochreous beneath. Antennal ciliation rather over 1. Vertex white ; occiput

reddish. Thorax and abdomen concolorous with wings. Hindleg much as in

carnearia Walk., the tibial tuft of the ¢ perhaps less dense.

Forewing with apex slightly sharper than in the other species ; SC? from tell

(only in the left wing of the single 2 about connate with SC °-5) ; coloration

as in carmearia or very slightly darker ; markings the same (the ‘cell-mark,

which Hampson, Faun. Ind. Moths, iii, 451, calls a ‘ dark speck,’ forms in

both species a very diminutive annulus, there being a few whitish scales in the

centre).—H/indwing with the discal annulus smaller than in carnearia ; a

median shade indicated across or just beyond it, always quite weak.

Underside slightly less pale than in carnearia, otherwise similar ; hindwing

with the cell-mark smaller, the median shade indicated, the postmedian line

rather less incurved at the radials than in carnearia.

_ Htawgaw, early July 1923, type ¢ and 5 others ; Hpimaw ‘Fort, June 1923,

19, 14-18 August, 1923, 1 ¢.

According to the palpus this species should ae been in Duscoglypha, but

in that genus, so far as is yet Known, SC? of the forewing is invariably stalked

with SC°, not to mention that the cell- mark is punctiform. In order to obtain

*Icannot understand Dr. Turner’s measurements ‘( Proc. Linn. 906. N.

South Wales, xxxii, 683) for olivescens Warr. $—‘ 14, terminal joint 4 2. an my

series it is fully 13 for the 2, fully 1¢ for the ¢, with terminal joint 2 to 4; in

the hitherto known Indian species, considerably longer still,

136 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

further taxonomic evidence, however, I have submitted the ¢ genitalia to the

Rev. C. R. N. Burrows, who finds it a true Organopoda, though distinct in the

smaller size of the parts and in other details.

23. Synegiodes hyriaria (Walk.)

Anisodes hyriaria Walk., List. Lep. Ins., xxxv, 1617 (1866) (N. India).

Hpimaw Fort, August, 1923,1¢,52°2 ; Hparé, late August, 1923, 29 2 ; also

a 2 handed over by the British Museum merely labelled ‘ Htawgaw.’ Range:

North India to West China.

* 24. Calothysanis correspondens (Hmpsn.)

Timandra correspondens Hmpsn., Faun. Ind. Moths, iii, 459 (1895)

(DharmsaAla).

Laukhaung, April 1923, 19.

A rather weakly marked specimen of this Himalayan species, which further

extends its range eastward to Tonkin.

25. Calothysanis sp.

Laukhaung, July 1923, 1 ¢,1Q.

Near convectaria Walk. (List. Lep. Ins., xxiii, 800) but rather pale, the

fringe almost as pale asin comptaria Walk. (op. cit., xxvi, 1615) ; possibly

a form of one of these species or of the following.

* 26. Calothysants oligoscia (Prout)

Timandra oligoscia. Prout, Nov. Zool., xxv, 79 (1918) (Tibet).

Kangfang, September-October, 1923, 1¢; Hpimaw Fort, 9-13 August,

1925, -16.

The ek! to fit well asa small second-brood example of my oligoscia,

which occurs also on Omei-Shan. The Q, likewise small, is a beautiful

aberration with the pink markings broadly diffused, such as sometimes occurs

in C. amata Linn. and a few other species, and its reference here is somewhat

conjectural.

* 27. Anisodes absconditaria Walk.

Anisodes absconditaria Walk., List. Lep. Ims., xxvi, 1513 (1862) (South

India).

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 1 &.

Rather pale (but worn) and not very long-winged, possibly referable to the

closely allied clandestina Prout (Ann. Mag. Nat. Aist., (9) ii. 414). Both are

widely distributed In India and Malaya and there is probably work waiting to

be done regarding their geographical variation.

28. Antsodes sp. n.

Htawgaw, August, 1 9.

In this genus, where the species are often so similar in pattern and the ¢

structure of such paramount importance, I abstain from describing froma

single Q.

*29. Scopula segregata Prout.

Scopula segregata Prout, dunn. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) iv, 280 (1919) Teng-

yueh-ting).

Htawgaw, early April 1923,2¢¢.

The 2 ¢ ¢ in coll. Joicey, from which I described this very distinct though

unpretentious little species, have hitherto remained unique.

* 30. Scopula ferrilineata (Moore) (??)

Runeca ferrilineata Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk., p. 252, pl. 8, fig. 13 (1888)

(Darjiling).

Hkamkawn, June 1923, 19.

A large form or almost certainly close relative, too rubbed to describe.

Hindwing with termen rather more rounded, median shade of forewing

apparently less oblique, etc,

OASGOLLECTION OF GEOMETRIDAZ FROM UPPER BURMA +137

Scopula ferrilineata is known: from Sikkim\and Assam and I have seen a

race (?) from Tonkin, while rantaizanensis Wilem. (The Entom., x\viii, 82),

from Formosa, is also closely similar.

*31. Scopula bispurcata (Warr.)

Cras pedia bispurcata Warr., Nov. Zool.; v, 239 (1898) (Khasis).

Htawegaw, April, 1 ¢.

The specimen is very slightly larger than the typical Khasi form. , The

species has also occurred in Ceylon.

* 32. Scopula marcidaria (Leech)

Acidalia marcidaria Weech, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) + xx, 799 ~(1897)

,(W. China). ae

‘ _Hpimaw Fort, June, 19.

* 33. Scopula unisignata sp. n.

3, 19 mm. Face white. Palpus blackish on outer side, white beneath.

Vertex and thorax white. (Abdomen partly discoloured, probably all white).

Foreleg with some smoky suffusion. 4

Forewing not broad, apex moderately acute, termen oblique, gently curved

posteriorly ; SC? from apex of areole; white, with a few scattcred black

scales ; proximal markings apparently obsolete ; postmedian line faint, light-

brown, marked with blackish dots on the veins, those at costa and hindmargin

larger ; markedly oblique outward from about five-sevenths costa, sharply

angled on R?, incurved between this and R°%, slightly excurved between R*

and M?, posteriorly slightly more oblique inward than termen ; faint double

brownish subterminal lines; black interneural terminal dots only distinct

‘anteriorly ; fringe white.—A/indwing with termen very faintly waved, a

scarcely noticeable concavity between R* and R*; a large subtriangular black

cell-spot, extending the length of DC *°** and with its apex at R?; a brown

median shade from middle of abdominal margin to base of M?, then

incurved, just proximal to cell-spot, obsolete in front of SC; postmedian

formed much as on forewing, not so oblique anteriorly ; outer area much as

on forewing.

~ Underside white.

Hparé, September 1923, the type only.

_ The forewings may be a little rubbed, but can never have been strongly

marked ; the fringes are rather long. The shape of the postmedian line

recalls that of the Neotropical zmpropriaria Walk. The large cell-dot of

hindwing is characteristic.

34. Scopula sp. n.

Hpimaw Fort, 9-13 August, 1 2.

. Both the forewings are unfortunately too rubbed and torn to allow of a

complete description, but as the specimen is otherwise sound and is well

distinguishable from any other known to meI append a brief description, in

order that the faunistic record may be established whenever the species is met

with again.

. Expanse about 27-28 mm. (both tips lost). Face black. Vertex pale.

Antennal joints scarcely projecting ; the fascicles of cilia long (about 2) ;

shaft with blackish dots. Abdomen dorsally suffused with grey. Hindtibia

rather strongly dilated, the hair-pencil tinged with fuscous ; tarsus about }.

Wings rather broad and not very smooth-scaled, suggesting a transition

between the marginepunctata and nesciaria groups, the hindwing scarcely

appreciably bent at R*; the pale grand-colour suffused with brown, the

blackish irroration moderate ; cell-dots black; lines brown, with blackish

spots on the veins ; antemedian of forewing traceable from cell (not quite

2mm. from cell-dot) to hindmargin, as oblique as termen; postmedian of

forewing rather distally placed, rather deeply incurved at fold; that of

hindwing less curved than termen, incurved between the radials: both with

the black spot on SM? strengthened; terminal dots strong. Underside

weakly marked. | ao

138. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

* 35. Scopula butyrosa (Warr.) (?)

Ldea butyrosa Warr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 362 (1893) (Sikkim).

Laukhaung, July 1923, 1 ¢ (worn). Known from Kulu, Sikkim and Assam.

* 36. Scopula complanata (Warr.)

Ptychopoda complanata Warr., Nov. Zool., iii, 313 (1896) (Khasis).

Htawgaw, early July 1923, 19; Laukhaung, July 1923, 24 2.

Range about as with the preceding species.

* 37. Scopula undulataria (Moore) (?)

ldea undulataria Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk., p. 252 (1888) (Darjiling).

Laukhaung, 10, March, 1913,1 @.

Rather large and heavily marked.

Known from Sikkim and Assam. It is just possible that wnxdulataria and

complanata may prove forms of a single species and that the present example

may be a seasonal or climatic form, hitherto unknown to me.

* 38. Scopula quinguestriata (Warr.) (?)

Ptychopoda quinquestriata Warr. Nov. Zool., iii, 314 (1896) (Khasis).

Htawgaw, July 1923, 19. ;

Worn, appearing whiter than typical guinquestriata and with the cell-dot of

forewing obsolete. I only know the species definitely from the Khasis.

* 39. Scopula detentata sp. n.

3, 26-31 mm. Face black, only whitened at extreme lower edge. Palpus

black, beneath whitish buff. Antennal shaft more or less mixed with black

from near base to beyond middle ; joints scarcely projecting, the fascicles of

cilia well over 1. Collar ochreous brown. Thorax and abdomen concolorous

with wings, the abdomen above with faintly greyer suffusion except at ends.

Legs concolorous, the hindtibia and its pencil whitish ; hindtibia less long

than in patularia and straminea, measuring not quite 4 mm, tarsus 1 mm.

Forewing shaped as in nesciaria Walk. (List. Lep. Inus., xxii, 750) ; areole

rather small, SC? stalked beyond its apex ; whitish brown, with a tinge of buff

*moderately irrorated, with the usual markings of the group (Hampson, Faun.

Ind. Moths, iii, fig. 200) ; antemedian line rather faint ; cell-dot sharp; median

shade moderate (the proximally bent costal end weaker), gently incurved

between M? and SM?; postmedian slightly punctuated with black on the

teeth, markedly incurved between the radials; subterminal weak but generally

continuous; terminal dots small, but better developed than in most straminea

Warr. ; fringe virtually unmarked.—A/indwing with termen slightly bent in

middle; median shade more incurved proximally to cell-dot than in Hamp-

son’s fig. 200 ; postmedian incurved between the radials, not or scarcely

punctuated on the vein-teeth ; distal area as on forewing.

Underside glossier and more whitish, not irrorated ; forewing in proximal

half with fleshy grey suffusion except behind fold, costally at base rather

darker grey ; its median shade, and especially the postmedian line, fairly

strong except at hindmargin ; hindwing with cell-dot and weak postmedian ;

terminal dots on both wings stronger than above, connected by a very fine

and very faint brownish line.

Laukhaung, July 1923, type dg, April-May 1923, 2 go. Also fairly

common in Sikkim and Assam.

I separated this species several years ago in the Tring Museum, but post-

poned publishing it and several others inthis excessively difficult group in the

hope of being able to work at them more exhaustively. In the species which

I determine as attentata Walk. (founded ona 2 from Moulmein, but occurring

very generally in the Indo-Malayan Sub-region) the hindtarsus is 3 tibia, the

* About as in most of the #esciaria group or asin nigropunctata Hufn., etc.

These common copula tints—comprehensiveiy termed ‘ whitish ochreous’

by Meyrick and others—seem entirely omitted from Ridgway’s ‘ Color Stan-

dards and Nomenclature.’ Perhaps his‘ cartridge buff’ is the least unlike

the tone of the present species.

A COLLECTION OF GEOMETRIDAE FROM UPPER BURMA 139

average wing-expanse less than in detentata, the tone a little warmer, the

markings (except cell-dots) rarely strong, the underside less marked, etc.

A larger ¢ taken with the above, anda similar 9 from Htawgaw, April-

May 1923, differ in their partly blackened foreleg and the ¢ seems to have a

rather longer hindleg ; they must, however, await more material.

40. Scopula patularia (Walk.)

Acidalia patularia, Walk., List. Lep. Ins., xxxv, 1633 (1866) (sine loc.)

Trichoclada opsinaria Swinh., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 15 (1892) (Khasis).

Htawgaw, July 1923, 1 ¢; Laukhaung, July 1923, 19.

Both the examples are rather worn, but they seem quite to agree with

patularia in structure and markings.

41. Scopula brachypus sp. n.

3, 36mm. ;2, 34mm. Near the preceding. Antennal teeth and ciliation

in ¢ slightly longer. Hindtarsus of ¢ extremely short (¢). Forewing with

apex minutely produced ; colourand scheme of markings quite asin patularia,

the postmedian line perhaps less slender, not sharply defined, the subterminal

shades fairly well developed, the subterminal itself expanding somewhat at

fold; termen with minute but sharp interneural dots. Hindwing less

quadrate than in patularia, the termen not bent in middle ; cell-dot larger ;

median line proximal to it, not noticeably sinuate in cell ; terminal dots as on

forewing. Underside distinguishable at a glance, the terminal line of both

wings being replaced by sharp, isolated interneural dots; hindwing with the

postmedian obsolete (usuaily well developed in patularia).

Hpimaw Fort, 14-18 August 1923, 1 ¢, 192 (a worn ¢, also August, rather

smaller, likewise belongs here by shape and structure).

In pgatularia I have always reckoned the hindtarsus to measure 4 or rather

over, but the distinction isso small that I should not have insisted upon it

apart from the other differences. The only other species of the group with

minute hindtarsus is the smaller and much paler stvaminea Warr., with

termen of forewing rather straighter, of hindwing very slightly bent, lines

straighter (especially the postmedian of hindwing), terminal dots weak, etc.

Unless these should prove seasonal variations, the validity of drachypus seems

therefore well assured.

* 42, Scopula straminea (Warr.)

Craspedia undulataria ab. straminea Warr. Nov. Zool., iii, 310 (1896)

(Shillong).

Craspedia undulataria ab. pulverosa Warr., Nov. Zool., iii, 311 (1896) (ab.?)

(Khasis).

Beet hui April-May 1923, 2 ¢ ¢; Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 1 ¢.

Hampson (Faun. Ind. Moths., iii. 433) lumped together under the erroneous

name of vemotata Guen. about eight species, all but one (z#va/ida) of the

present genus but not one of them bearing any close relationship to Guenée’s

little species (cf. Prout, At. Mitt., iii. 242, Seztz Macrolep, iv. 59, Oberth.,

Et, Lép., xii. 170, pl. eccxcix. fig. 3407). It is therefore not surprising that he

has sunk still other species in his Supplements (vide Journal, Bombay Natural

History Society, xii. 82). But Ido not understand why Warren, who had a

better eye for species, should have regarded his straminea and pulverosa as

aberrations of the smaller, whiter and in several respects quite dissimilar

undulataria Moore—unless, indeed, he had misidentified the last-named.

Bearing in mind, however, that he understood by ‘ vemotata Guen.’ nesciaria

Walk., attentata Walk. and their closest allies, his particulars (loc, cit. pp.

310, 311) render straminea more than anomen nudum and with the addition

of the note on leg-structure which I have given under drachypus the species,

as I at present know it, will become intelligible. Of the name-typical

(scarcely irrorated) form I know but few examples, though these occur in

Sikkim (Mongpo) and Burmah (Bernardmyo) as well as in Assam. A

commoner form, looking greyer on account of its stronger irroration, can

fairly safely be referred to it as an aberration, agreeing in shape and structure

and presenting in the Khasis some rather intermediate examples ; its range

is about the same and to it belong Capt. Swann’s captures, A third form,

1440 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol: XXX.

rather more doubtfully conspecific, is pulverosa Warr., founded on a peculiar,

slightly pinkish specimen which has remained unique. (‘ab.’ (!) swubcarnea

Warr. Joc. cit.) is a quite different species, with the hindtarsus more than

half as long as the tibia.

* 43. Sterrha semtlinea (Warr.)

Ptychopoda semtlinea Warr., Nov. Zool., iii, 414 (1896) (Khasis).

Htawgaw, April-May 1923,1,19.

* 44. Sterrha muricolor (Wartrr.)

- Ptychopoda muricolor Warr., Nov. Zool., xi, 488 (1904) (Tonkin).

Htawgaw, April-May 1923, 1 Gs dee; early July, ek

Warren founded this species on a single ¢ collected by Fruhstorfer in Ne

mountains of Tonkin: (2,000-3,000 feet), associating with it a much worn @

which clearly does not belong, ‘but looks to me an ordinary actiosaria Walk.

The first Htawgaw pair are paler and less unicolorous than the type but

apparently conspecific, the July ¢ larger and whiter still, with the markings

very weak. I have noted possible records from localities as remote as Borneo.

and Formosa, which may indicate a widely distributed but rare and much-

overlooked Species; but much more material will be needed for its elucidation.

* 45. Sterrha ingloria sp. n.

ani 22- 25 ae Face blackish fuscous. Palpus small; brown, blackish=

mixed on outer side. . Tongue well developed. Antennal joints not appreciably

projecting ; ciliation even, slightly over 1. Crown dirty white. Collar brown.

Thorax and abdomen concolorous with wings ; abdomen rather elongate.

Hindleg somewhat bent, tarsus about 3 tibia ; ‘tibia with long, strong tufts

reaching nearly to end of tarsus.

Forewing with apex moderately sharp, termen oblique, slightly more curved.

posteriorly than anteriorly, SCt stalked well beyond areole ; bone-colour with

a tinge of wood-brown, not very opaquely scaled, with slightly darker

irroration ; lines weakly darker ; antemedian slender, indistinct, about-

midway between base and median, incurved between M and SM?; median-

thicker, just beyond the minute blackish cell-dot, very gently excurved

anteriorly and incurved posteriorly ; postmedian slender, scarcely crenulate,:

nearly parallel with termen (slightly further therefrom anteriorly than

posteriorly), the radial and submedian sinuosities very slight; pale sub-

terminal line very indistinct, irregularly sinuous (much as in actiosaria

Walk.), the shades which bound it very faint ; fringe slightly paler, unmarked,,

or with the faintest possible indication of darker proximal dots. -—Hindwing

with termen smooth, rounded (only slightly less so between the radials) 5,

SC?-R? stalked to about one-half; antemedian wanting; the rest as on

forewing, the median shade curving round proximal side of cell-dot, the

postmedian sinuosities rather more pronounced than on forewing.

Forewing beneath rather strongly suffused as far as the median shade ;

underside otherwise nearly as upper.

Hpimaw Fort, June 1921,7 ¢ ¢. a

Near indeterminata Warr. (Nov. Zool.- viii, 25, Simla), but «darker:

browner, with more strongly marked median shade, more suffused forewing

beneath, etc.

* 46. Sterrha semtsericea (Warr.)

_Ptychopoda semiscricea Warr. Nov. Zool., iv, 60 (1897) (Khasis).

Hkamkawn, June,'1923, 1 @.

J am not certain that this is anything more than a rather pale, glossy, sion

winged form of the following. I have similar examples from Kurseong;

Sikkim.

us 47. Sterrha actiosaria (Walk.)

. Acidalia actiosaria Walk., List. Lep. Ins., xxii. 750 a66y (Ceylon). a

Htawgaw, 4-10, April, 19, April-May 1923, 2. ¢ 36,.8 2Q, early July, 1923

1d, 49 Q, later July, Ig, 19, August 1923, 4 ¢ 4, 5 2 Y, undated, 1:94

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 1 9, early July 1923, 1 2 (very worn), 9-13 August

1923, 2 28, 14-18 August 1923,.1 9; Hparé, end of August 1923, SOS.

A:COLLECTION OF GEOMETRIDA FROM UPPER BURMA (Al

* It has been assumed hitherto'that almost all the Indo-Malayan Sterrha

with the; heavily tufted hindtibia belong to a single, rather variable species

and Iam not yet in a position to say that this may not be the case, although I

have made occasional desultory attempts to unravel the tangle. Its range, in

this sense, would: be a very wide one—Ceyion, India, China, Tonkin, Malay

Peninsula, Borneo, Java, Bali, ? Sambawa, ? Saleyer, ? Celebes, ? Talaut.

The variations in the tone of colour and the strength of the markings, even in

asingle locality, would not be greater than in several other species of the

genus, but the differences in breadth of wing are suspicious ; yet the

occurrence of some intermediates makes sortation very difficult until some

thorough anatomical investigation can be taken in hand. At avery small

contribution to the possible future elucidation of the assemblage, I give a few

notes on Capt. Swann’s captures. The early specimens from Htawgaw (up to

July) vary much in'size, but might be called on an average fairly large ; the

wings are rather elongate, the coloration generally rather warm. The April-

May ¢ ¢ (one especially) show in the hindtibial tufts a considerable admixture

of dark greyish fuscous, which is less manifest in the July specimens. The

August specimens from the same locality are all small and the ¢ ¢ looka

trifle broader winged and have the postmedian line rather sharper—in fact

altogether somewhat suggest the Xenocentris group ; the tibial tufts again

show a little variability in colour... The Hpimaw Fort Specimens are of

medium size, on the whole rather pale and clearly marked, The Hparé, on

the other hand, rather large and dusky. :

48. Sterrha sp. (vix praec. ab. ?)

Htawegaw, April-May, 1923, 1 ¢.

Very small, rather pale antl still more Nenocentris- like than any of the

above, perhaps related to decidua Warr. (Nov. Zool., vii, 107) and denudaria

Prout (Seztz Macrolep., iv, 127.)

49. Sterrha sp.

Htawegaw, April- -May 1923, 12 ; Fenshuiling Pass (4 miles ort early July

19237 1 2.

Perhaps the Indian race or representative of zavalida Butl. (Japan). I have

seen the same form (or nearly so) from Assam.

* 50... Sterrha aequisinuata (Warr.)

Ptychopoda aequisinuata Warr., Nov. Zool., v, 242 (1898) (Khasis).

Htawgaw, April-May 1923, 19. .

. Excepting a very poor specimen from Bhutan (in Cod/. Brit. Afus.), I have

only. seen this species from the Khasis.

Fol, wera casieliz sp. ne. (Pla 1, foe. 9-}

& 2, -21-22 mm: Face black. Palpus’ blackish: Tongue fairly long.

Vertex and base of antenna white ; antenna in @ slightly, in ¢ more strongly

dentate, in-thelatter with fascicles of slender cilia, well over 1. Thorax and

abdomen concolorous with wings, above mixed with black-grey, especially on

wing-tegulae. Hindtibia in ¢ slightly swollen, especially posteriorly (where

it is clothed with a hairtuft much as in protensa Butl.) ; tarsus over 3 ; a long

pencil from femorotibial joint, reaching well beyond middle of tarsus.

Forewing with apex acute, termen almost straight, scarcely noticeably

sinuate inward in anterior part ; areole moderately long, SC? from its apex

or stalked just beyond, R? well before middle of DC ; ochreous, more fleshy or

rufous than in protensa, with minute dark irroration; base and proximal part

of costa darkened ; antemedian line indistinct, oblique ; cell-mark not very

conspicuous ; median shade just beyond, nearly ‘straight ; postmedian sharper,

placed as in protensa : very faint indications of dark subterminal clouding in

the radial and submedian areas ; a thin dark terminal line in the 2 9, less

strong than in’ the nearest allies, in the ¢ partly obsolescent.—AHindwing

with termen slightly sinuous ; median shade continued, just proximal to the

cell-dot ; postmedian fine, more irregular than on forewing, somewhat

angled outward on most of the veins, especially on R?, sinuate. ate between

R*-and R* ; terminal line as on forewing.

142 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. ¥XXt

Underside paler, the forewing suffused with smoky shading in and around

cell ; cell-dots and postmedian line nearly as above, terminal line often almost

obsolete.

Hpimaw Fort, 14-18, August 1923, type ¢ and 3 @ 9, 9-13 August 1 ¢, early

August, 12 (rather broad-winged) ; Hparé, September 1923, 1 2 (worn,

with the vertex appearing less white).

The British Museum possesses a closely similar? from Sikkim, August 1909

(F. Moller), rather more darkly shaded (e. g., costally), rather less rufescent

in toneand with the median shade of the forewing crossing the cell-dot ;

probably conspecific.

* 52. Sterrha acuminata (Moore)

Janarda acuminata Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk., p. 265 (1888) (Darjeeling).

Htawgaw, 4-10, April 1923, 1 9.

Differs from Moore’s type in some minor details, the vertex being slightly

browner, the termen of forewing perhaps scarcely so oblique, the median

shade heavier, especially on hindwing, the postmedian slightly stronger, the

terminal cloud less developed. From casted/z it differs in its rather differently

shaped wings, its coloration and especially the heavily blackened termen.

* 53. Sterrha falcipennis (Warr.)

Idea falcipennis Warr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 362, pl. xxxii, fig. 11

(1893) (Sikkim).

Laukhaung, April-May 1923, 1 Q.

* 54. Sterrha rubridentata (Warr.)

Eots rubridentata Warr., Nov. Zool., iii, 112 (1896) (Khasis).

Htawgaw, April-May 1923, 1 9.

More purple (less rosy) than in the examples from the Khasis—hitherto the

only known locality.

*55. Sterrha lamprotis sp. n. (Pl. 1, fig. 8).

9, 21 mm. Face black. Palpus slender, on outerside black. Vertex,

antennaand thorax pale (as costal part of forewing) ; collar brown. Abdomen

above blackish. Legs pale, the foreleg tinged with fuscovs. Wings rather

broad, shaped much as in Lipomelia subusta Warr., the colours also similar,

but with the ground-colour of the forewing slightly paler and still more

glossy.

Forewing with areole ample ; an ill-defined purplish-fuscous (slightly black-

speckled) hindmarginal cloud as far as the median shade; a brown shade

between this cloud and cell ; lines blackish, the antemedian only showing on

the brown shade; postmedian weak except towards hindmargin, excurved

between R? and M?, strongly inangled iust behind M? ; median shade brown,

just beyond the curved, brown cell-mark, somewhat confluent with it; a

sinuous brown band outside the postmedian ; fringe long, glossed with blue-

whitish ; extremely minute blackish dots at its base. — Hindwing predominantly

purple-fuscous, in proximal half irrorated with black ; cell-mark black, placed

on a slightly paler brown shade and continued as a very fine, slight, sinuous

blackish line to hindmargin ; proximal hereto a blackish median band, which

is slightly angled outward about M? ; terminal area very narrowly pale (like

ground-colour of forewing) ; fringe as on forewing.

Underside less variegated ; pale brown-grey, with cell-marks (on hindwing

concise), vague dark median band and band beyond the postmedian ; forewing

also with the postmedian itself fairly well defined and reaching the costa, and

with some slight proximal suffusion.

Htawgaw, August 1923, the type only.

* 56. Sterrha ocnera sp. ni.

$9, 17-20 mm. Superficially similar to vacillata Walk. (List Lep. lus.

xxvi, 1608, = phoenicozona Hmpsn. (7r. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 313), the

coloration almost identical, only with the body a little darkened, the borders

of the wings duller grey-purple. Palpus slender. Antennal ciliation of the

dé slightly over 1. Hindleg of ¢ short (the tibia++tarsus very little longer

A COLLECTION OF GEOMETRIDA FROM UPPER BURMA _ 143

than the femur), clothed with long hair-like scaling, but without the heavy

tufts of vacillata.

Forewing, as in vacillata, with SC? stalked beyond the areole; costa similarly

spotted ; proximal half of wing with the wavy purple lines variable but

scarcely ever condensing into bands; terminal band not, or only bluntly,

produced proximally on R?, but forking about R*, a proximal line running

direct to the costa, a narrowed band (much as in vacillata) to the apex.—

Hindwing rather less elongate at midtermen than in vaczllata ; the rough

hairy clothing of the ¢ underside wanting ; markings much as in vacillata.

Underside similar, but generally less definitely marked and duller;

forewing proximally with more or less glossy purple-grey suffusion, hindwing

proximally weakly marked.

Htawgaw, July 1923,5 ¢ ¢, 2¢Q@ (including the type ¢), August 1923,

22 2 Hpimaw Foot, early July 1923; 1 2; Hpare, September 1923,.1 2

(rather worn).

Some aberrations—including the Hparé example—have the terminal

borders more or less narrowed, sometimes recalling those of zmpexa Butl. or

paraula Prout.

Subfam. LARENTIINAE.

* 57. Eschatarchia lineata Warr.

Eschatarchia lineata Warr., Nov. Zool., i, 395 (1894) (Japan).

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923,1¢ .

A very interesting capture. Warren’s type was provided with inexact data,

but there can be no question of a false locality, as well authenticated specimens

are known from that country, though I think only from S. Hondo and Kiushiu.

It may now be looked for from the mountainous parts of Southern China.

* 58. Chalyboclydon flexilinea Warr.

Chalyboclydon flexilinea Warr., Nov. Zool., v, 22 (1898) (Khasis)

Htawgaw, 1 ¢ undated.

Hitherto only known to me from two Khasi pairs in the Tring Museum.

* $9. Hastina azela stenozona subsp. n.

6. Differs from a. azela Butl. (dun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), i, 403, Japan

as follows :—

Forewing with the dark posterior cloud of distal area stronger, confluent

with the proximal dark colouring.—H/indwing above with the dark band

narrower and more distally placed, the white area beyond it somewhat

narrowed ; beneath with the proximal area, as faras the median line, dark-

shaded.

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, ¢ type, 14-18 August 1923, 2 allotype.

It is interesting to learn that Hpimaw Fort provide a meeting place for

this species and its nearest known relative gemmuifera Moore, from which it

differs in the less extreme shape of the hindwing, non-stalking of M? of the

forewing and sometimes of the hindwing, clearer apex of forewing, etc.

* 60. Hastina gemmifera (Moore)

Acidalia (?) gemmitera Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 644 (1867) (Sikkim.)

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 1 2.

* 61. <Agnibesa sanguiniplaga (Swinh.)

Hydrelia sanguiniplaga Swinh., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 655 (1902) (Pu-tsu-

fang).

aoe Fort, June 1923, 1 ¢, 9-13 August 1923, 14, 14-18 August, 2 ¢ 4,

2D 9. .

The correct generic position of this lovely little species, hitherto only

known in a few examples from West China, has not yet been made out,

but I assume it to belong in the immediate vicinity of Agnidbesa, or at any rate

among that small group of genera which connects the Sterrhine with the

Larentiine, |

144. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AHIST.SQCIETY, Vol. XXX.

* 62. Xanthorhoé placida Prout. 9 |. ,\

Xanthorhoé placida Prout, Nov. Zool. xxxii, 40 (1925) (Bhutan).

APNE: 14, October 1923, seat ra

63. Ortholitha labiflcdta “(Walk.)

Melanippe latifusata Walk., List. Lep. Ins., xxv, 1298 (1862) (e Hindostan’ ).

Hpimaw. Fort, June 1923, 29 Oe

Both the specimens have vein R? of the hindwing arising very little behind

the cell-fold, whereas in most of the north-west Indian J/atifusata which 1

have examined its position—-though rather variable—is so divergent from that

of propinguata Koll. (=niphonica Hmpsn.) as to have seemed to justify

Hampson’s placing them in different genera (cf. Seitz Macrolep.,.iv. 165).

Perhaps these Burmese specimens represent a new race, but I do not. at

present see anything except the (inconstant) venation on which to found it. O.

latifusata inhabits the North-west Himalayas and the mountains of West

China and may be expected from unexplored Tibet. I have recently (/Vow.

Zool., Xxix, 351-2) referred ignotata Stgr., from North Tibet (Koko Nor),..to

the present species as another race.

64. Calostigia albigirata (Koll.)

Cidarta albigtrata Koll., in Httgel, Kaschmir, iv, 489 (1848) (Masuri).

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 1 ¢; Htawgaw, June 1923, 22.9%

A widely distributed Himalay an species and it even seems doubtful whether

serpentinata Led., from the Altai, differs materially.

65. Apithecia viridata (Moore)

Cidaria viridata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 661 (1867) (Darjiling).

Htawgaw, April-May 1923, Ae est es Sees Hpimaw Port, June 19237727470.

2.90 searly July 1923, 12.

The Hpimaw specimens are rather wasted but seem to belong to this

variable species, though their facies slightly recalls that of divergens Butl.. of

North-West India. One of the Htawgaw ® 9 is still more typical, except that

the hindwing is rather dusky, as inthe unnamed Formosan race. The other

three Htawgaw examples are of a form which is so divergent that I shall not

be surprised if it prove aseparate species. I describe it as: reliquifascia form

n. (? sp. div.).. Smaller (17-20 mm.) Abdomen dorsally less (or scarcely)

dark-clouded. Forewing rather paler green ; boundary of basal patch almost

straight ; median area remaining predominantly of the ground-colour, with

only faint fuscous irroration and fine lines (accompanying the ante- and post-

median) and asmall blackish distal patch between the radials, running out to

an acute postmedian angle at R*®. MHindwing also pale, beneath with the

postmedian line rather more angled than usual.

This new: form also occurs in Sikkim (Ktirseong, May). The species,

apart from North India, West China and Formosa, has also been taken in

the Nilgiris.

* 66. Cenolephria mononyssa sp. n. (Pl. 1, fig. 19),

&&, 24-26 mm. Face without appreciable cone. Palpus 1}, 2nd joint

heavilyscaled above and especially beneath, 3rd joint deflexed, well developed

(especially in the 2), but usually partly concealed by the long scaling of 2nd

joint. Antenna in ¢ with joints very slightly projecting, ciliate, the ciliation

fine, about 1; in 2 minutely pubescent. Metathoracic crest rather strong;

abdominal crests slight. Head and body fuscous, beneath paler ; thorax and

abdomen above (except end of abdomen) much clouded with black. Collar

more ochreous. Dae ee

Forewing with both arecles ample ; R?* stalked, but generally very shortly ;

duli green, banded with dark fuscous, almost exactly as in the less bright

forms of Apithecia viridata or greener divergens Butl. (l/. Het., vii, 118)

which latter is—at least by the characters at present used—a second Apzthecta ;

médian band either almost solid (except for vestiges of green about the cell-

mark) or—in the name-typical form—paler and more green-mixed in its

major part, leaving a characteristic divergens-like proximal band; postmedian

lines and shading, and the fine white line beyond, only well developed-i#

A COLLECTION OF GEOMETRIDA! FROM UPPER BURMA. 145

anterior part, on the other hand with a (generally very conspicuous) thickening

of the white between the radials, recalling ‘ YAsipetles’ tmbrata Guen. (Spec.

Gén. Lép., x. 380), a rather rare species which may prove related but has not

yet. been critically studied.—A/zmdwing with DC and R? rather variable, but

the latter approximately central, arising behind the end of cell-vein ; decidedly

‘tinged with brown (almost as in swbrufaria Warr., Nov. Zool. x, 273, East

Africa), with indications of a pale postmedian band and a tendency toa

darkening of the terminal area, asin the African relatives ; cell-dot minute or

obsolete.

Underside likewise tinged with brown, the forewing for the most part

suffused with dark grey, leaving an ill-defined paler postmedian stripe, the

hindwing slightly paler and more clearly marked than above.

Hpimaw Fort, early August 1923, 6 f ¢, 9-13 August, 14 gg, 2 2 Q,

14-18: August, 18 go, 2 QQ. Also Omei- Shan, 1 ¢ in Coll. Brit. Mus.

detected among series of 4. v7ridata.

Unfortunately, like some of its relatives (notoriously Perzzoma taentata

Steph.), this species seems to remain in retirement until more or less wasted ;

not one of the 42 is in ‘ bred condition,’ while many are badly worn. Regard-

ing the generic reference a few words are necessary. It really belongs to a

group, hitherto uncharted, which I have begun to explore with the aid of my

valued collaborator the Rev. C. R. N. Burrows and which embraces Apithecia,

Xenoclystia, Desmoclystia and the African species which are at present

referred to Coenotephria (cf. Janse, Check-List S. Afr. Lep. Het., p. 101). As

it certainly does not belong strictly to either of the first three and shows

moderately close affinity to C. prasinaria, it seems best for the present to

place it with the assemblage for which I tentatively proposed the name of

Coenotephria (Seitz Macrolep., iv. 238). The genitalia have 7th segment

coremata and no labides (hence are not Ferizoma) and have generally as a

characteristic feature spines recalling those of Lampropteryx and Lyncometra

(cf. Pierce, Genzt. Geom., pp. 62 and 63) but arising, not from the ‘ anellius

lobes’ but from distinct bosses on the central area. In C. prasinaria, as well

as in Xenoclystia and Desmoclystia, the spine is single; in C. mononyssa there

isagroup of three. As Perizoma is scarcely yet definitely differentiated except

by the genitalia, it is probable that some of its Indo-Australian species (at least

P. viridiplana Bastelb., Zzt. Ent. Zett., iv. 342, which is very similar to the

most solid-banded forms of mononyssa, though with shorter antennal ciliation

and narrower band) will prove to belong to the present group.

* 67. Xenoclystia nigroviridata (Watr.)

Chloroclystis nigroviridata Warr., Nov. Zool, iii, 124 (1896).

Htawgaw, early July 1923, 2 ¢ g, 32 9; Chui Haw, early July 1923,

192; ? Htawgaw, April-May 1923, 192;? Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 2 ¢¢.

This species, according to its venation and genitalia, represents in the

Indian sub-region the genera Xenoclystia and Desmoclystia of New Guinea,

does not accurately fit into either, but partakes almost equally of the

characters of each. As I was possibly premature in separating Desmoclystia,

and as nigroviridata has neither the elongate 8th abdominal segment nor the

double origin of SC* * of the forewing on which | principally relied, it appears

preferable to employ the older generic name. ‘The palpus is rather long and

porrect, the ¢ antenna shortly ciliated, SC* of the forewing is not stalked,

anastomoses at a point (rarely more) with SC? and subsequently with SC 3-5

‘’and SC? approaches C, exceptionally even anastomosing ata point. The

specimens recorded with query agree in structure but are paler, especially on

the hindwing, and present a rather different aspect. They may be seasonal

and local modifications, but may well differ specifically. The July examples

quite agree with the four Khasi specimens by which alone I previously knew

the species.

* 68. Xenoclystia unijuga sp. n.

3 2, 20-22 mm. Near nigroviridata Warr. Face paler green, more mixed

with white. Palpus apparently rather rougher, blacker-mixed. Antenna of

* It is perhaps almost superfluous to point out that ‘SC?’ in the original

diagnosis (Nov. Zool., xxx, 204) was a misprint or /aps. cal. for SC?,

146 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

d similarly ciliate (ciliation even, not quite 1). Thorax above pale green,

mixed with black ; the metathoracic crest rather Strong, predominantly black.

Abdomen whitish green, very heavily clouded with black on middle tergites.

Foreleg partly blackened, with ends of joints pale. Mid and hindleg pale.

Forewing slightly broader than in xzgroviridata ; SC* arising nearer to end

of distal areole (i.e. anastomosing more strongly with SC?), its course normal,

not curving forward towards C;much paler than xzzgroviridata (whitish

green) ; markings much simpler ; a very faint sub-basal line, thickening a

little anteriorly ; astrong, slightly curved antemedian band, 1 or ]1}5 mm.

wide at hindmargin, narrowing a little in anterior half, sometimes slightly

interrupted at C ; a weaker and rather narrower postmedian mark from costa

just beyond 3%, rather oblique outward, somewhat thickened behind SC°,

terminating just across R? ; a small costal dash nearer the apex.— Hindwing

white, except at costa with slight grey suffusion ; a darker grey spot on R*

midway between DC and termen.

Forewing beneath rather smoky, with the markings showing through.

Hindwing coloured about as above, marked with a cell-spot and curved

-postmedian line.

Htawgaw, early July 1923, type ¢; Hpimaw -Fort, June 1923,1¢, 24-18

‘August, 12; both somewhat damaged.

* 69. Xenoclystia phaeoloma sp. in.

ze mm. Close to the preceding, of which I at first supposed it another

brood.

Forewing with SC? arising scarcely beyond the dividing wall of areole

curving so as closely to approach C ; antemedian band straighter, edged on

both sides (especially distally) with white ; postmedian costal mark rather

more proximal (at 3), rather broad but much shorter than in wwzjuga, giving

rise to.a sinuous postmedian band consisting of two or three rows of small and

weak vein-dots, which are almost invisible without a lens ; subapical mark

also more distal, more longitudinally extended ; costal margin between the

dark spots white ; fringe grey, dotted and spotted with black—Hindwing

grey, with blackish cell-dot.

Forewing beneath rather dark grey, with the markings rather blacker.

Hindwing whitish, coarsely irrorated throughout with black-grey ; celi-spot

and curved row of postmedian vein-dots deep black; ill-defined black

subterminal spots about the radials and close to tornus. Both wings with a

black subterminal line, broken into dots and dashes; fringes with black

central spots and with their tips mottled.

Htawgaw, August 1923, the type only.

* 70. Huphyia scortea (Swinhk.)

Cidaria scortea Swinh., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 493 (1891) (Khasis).

Laukhaung, March 8 1923, 19.

My long series from the Khasis is entirely f — as is an overwhelming

majority of the material which has come on to the market from that locality,

at any rate in the Geometridae and Noctuidae. The Q seems to be very rare.

The present example is in fine condition, rather grey and well-marked, the

hindwing with the whitish subterminal line so strongly expressed as to recall

some forms of variegata Moore. Without more material it is unwise to opine

whether it may represent a local race. I believe the species has hitherto

occuired only in North India.

(To be continued.)

AN ORIENTAL SPHEX OR HUNTING WASP

Masor R. W. G. HINGSTON, 1.M.S.

(Continued trom page 743 of Volume XXX)

PART II

GENERAL HABITS

Selection of burrow—Forethought in excavation—-Manouvres within

the tunnel—The paralytic thrust—Purpose of paralysis—Manner of

discovering prey—Rhythm of tnstinct—Comparison with Yellow-

winged Sphex.

There are some further points worth consideration with

respect to the habits of this solitary wasp. We have seen how she

makes use of the cricket’s burrow, how she does not, like certain

other species, dig a tunnel for her capture, but on all occasions

carries it back and incarcerates it in its own den. What reason

can we give for this special habit, this refusal to construct a nest

of her own? It is not the usual behaviour of the Sphegzde which

as arule bring their captures to self-constructed holes. But the

deviation in this species is a necessary performance, and essential,

I think, to the fulfilment of her ends. In the first place the

cricket is so massive a burden that, did she, like many allied

species, live in a community and scour the surrounding area for

prey, then she could never transport her enormous load all the way

from its place of capture to her nest. She might have to convey

it half a mile or more, and not only would the weight of the

burden be excessive, but the cricket would certainly have regained

its strength long before she had reached the nest. But why does

she not excavate a tunnel for herself close to where the capture is

made? She is certainly sufficiently skilled in excavation, and

could easily shape a chamber to her liking in which she might in

confidence deposit her egg. But on no occasion does. she attempt

to do so; on the contrary she accepts the rough work of the

cricket as sufficient for her important needs. The reason is that

she is compelled to do so. Were she to fashion a tunnel for itself,

it would be a gallery equal to her own dimensions, excellently fitted

for her own movements, but how could she manage to bring her

burden inside? Her victim is far more bulky than herself; it

measures fully an inch and a. quarter round the girth of its

enormous head. Her girth is no more than three-quarters of an

inch, therefore she could not drag her capture in. It is clear that

She must make use of the cricket’s burrow since she could not

fashion one for herself that would admit so bulky a prey.

1448 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

I once observed an incident that showed her limitations, how

dependent she was on finding the burrow in order to deposit her

load. She happened to have lost her bearings in the excitement

of the chase. In every direction she was searching for the burrow,

often rushing excitediy about, diving into the grass, thrusting

herself into every little rut and furrow in her anxiety to find the

hole. But it was all to no purpose ; her memory was at fault, and

in the end she gave up the search. Conveniently close was a

hollow in the soil; it was merely a rough and irregular fissure, the

remains of a footprint made by some animal when the sand was a

soft mud. Into this she dragged her precious burden. Lodging it

at the bottom, she layed her egg upon it, went through all the

customary formalities of the incarceration, and in the end seemed

satisfied with the nature of the tunnel though it was scarcely three

inches in depth. It was sufficient to demonstrate the one fact in

her instinct. The sphex will never on any occasion dig a tunnel

for herself. In her nature she is essentially a solitary vagrant,

wandeting about in search of victims, uprooting them, paralyzing

them, and burying them again in their own lairs. And if for any

reason their tunnels are not available, she makes the best use of

whatever is at hand, never attempting to shape a cavity for them,

but just stuffing them into the nearest hole.

Another point concerns her skill in excavation. Frequently

a burrow has a double opening, being so constructed that two

separate tunnels lead down to the same retreat. This complication

is obviously a disadvantage to the sphex, for when she is descending

one of the passages, the cricket will make use of the alternate

gateway through which to effect an escape. ‘The wasp is aware of

this possibility and acts in a manner which shows definite fore-

thought in order to circumvent her prey. I have observed her,

while in the act of breaking through one gateway, frequently run

off to the alternative aperture in order to keep a watch on the hole.

With buzzing wings and wild with excitement she hurried back-

wards and forwards between the apertures, at the one digging

with all her energy, at the other just making an examination: in

the vicinity to determine if the cricket: had escaped. It was

obvious that she realized the complication of the earthwork and the

possible exigencies of the chase.

Often after she has broken through the gate of the burrow she

remains in the interior for a somewhat lengthy time. It is not a

case of the wasp rushing in and the cricket immediately bursting

through the gate. What is the purpose of this delay? It is

impossible to see what is taking place beneath the soil, especially

at the bottom of so deep aden. But I imagine that a skirmish for

position is in progress. The antagonists must change their

relative situations. ‘The wasp at her entrance holds the gateway,

but she must work her way round to the rear of her opponent

before she can drive it out. This, I suspect, is: the cause of the

delay, for such a manouvre may involve some difficulty within the

limits of the narrow tube. |

We must also consider another point. Why does not the wasp

overwhelm her adversary while she has it imprisoned in the tube ?

AN ORIENTAL SPHEX OR. HUNTING WASP... >". 149

Why has she recourse to the uncertainty of the chase, to the battle

with a formidable enemy in the open, when she had it cut off in the

bottom of a tunnel and had locked its one line of retreat? In the

first place she might find difficulty in grasping her victim within

the limits of the narrow tube, and we have seen how very secure

must be her hold before she can apply her sting. In the second

place, she must carefully adjust her position, she must arrange

herself accurately around the flank of her victim before she can

insert her spear. Such manouvres would be impossible in the

rush and tumble of the burrow where all is darkness, the space

confined, and the cricket possesses the additional advantage of

fighting on its own ground. Hence the long chase and the

struggle in the open is to give more room to the operations ofthe

wasp. She must manouvre the cricket to her own field of action

before attempting to apply her sting.

I pass to some remarks on the paralytic thrust. The place

chosen is particularly suitable for the stab. There is a broad

hinge on the ventral surface of the neck; the tissues are loose,

the integument is soft, and close beneath lies the nervous substance

which itis the purpose of the sphex to reach. That the wasp

strikes straight into the nervous ganglion must, I think, bea

certain fact. This is evident from the original observations of

Fabre made on species with habits somewhat similar to this, But

it is more convincing to observe the performance of the deed, to

see first the straight determined thrust, then the instant relaxation

of the victim, the struggling, heaving, palpitating body struck into

the image of death; seeing this, we cannot regard it as an ordinary

sting, but a disorganization of the nervous chain. Moreover, its

whole length seems to have been uniformly affected. Antenne,

jaws, forelegs, hind legs, the complete neuro-muscular machinery

of the insect is deadened by a single stroke.

For a space of three minutes the quiescence remains. It is a

coina as deep as overwhelms man at the commencement of the

apoplectic state. Absolute unconsciousness no doubt also exists,

so that the cricket is in a deep sleep. I lay the insect on its back

in order to watch its recovery. The first thing I notice, after the

lapse of three minutes, is a gentle movement of a middle leg.

It is merely a swaying in co-ordinate tremor, yet the first indication

that death has not ensued and that the quiescence is in reality a

trance. After another half a minute both middle legs exert them-

selves. The wall of the abdomen begins to pulsate and vigour

is returning to the unconscious frame. At the fourth minute I see

the muscles of the trunk contract so as to slightly shift the cricket

from its place. In another minute motion has returned to the fore-

legs, and immediately afterwards I see the palpi quiver and the

antenngée commence to vibrate. I now turn the cricket over on its

belly. By the eighth minute it has made a weak attempt to walk ;

the legs work with a natural movement, but their muscular strength

is still so enfeebled that they cannot lift it over the soil. In

another minute its vigour is distinctly improved. I take it in my

hand with the result that it struggles and tries to grip with its

claws. By the tenth minute all its appendages have recovered.

180 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

When annoyed, it can use them with considerable force, neverthe-

less it still appears stupefied and overcome; itis disinclined to

exert itself or make a vigorous movement unless it is irritated by

being touched. The narcosis is, however, rapidly diminishing ; at

the eleventh minute it makes a short run onits own accord, the

co-ordination of the muscles appearing exact since it moves with a

typical gait. By the thirteenth minute recovery is practically

complete. It runs energetically over the sand, is able to advance

in characteristic leaps ; to all appearances it is as active as ever,

consciousness, strength and sensibility are restored, and at the

sixteenth minute I make haste to catch it, for it is burrowing its

way into the sand.

What a marvellous resurrection do we not witness here. An

insect has been struck down into the deepest coma and in sixteen

minutes it has returned to life. Of course, as M. Fabre has so

eloquently shown, nothing but a stroke into the nervous matter

could produce these immediate effects. But the picture here

presented is somewhat different from that which occurred in his

species of sphex. This is a paralysis with a rapid recovery ; the

insects overcome by other kinds of wasps remain for weeks in a

torpid state. The crickets brought in by the yellow-wing sphex

remain in a permanently helpless condition until the growing larva

eats away their life. The caterpillars stored by the mason-wasps

can move and bend to some degree, but they have lost for ever all

power of progression and remain thus paralysed while being slowly

devoured. The Sphex lobatus produces no such lasting effect.

The immediate consequences are equally great, for the coma is

instantaneous and complete ; but the permanent consequences vary

enormously ; in the one a rapid recovery follows, the other remains

paralysed till death.

We cannot but speculate on the nature of the mechanism which

produces so wonderful an effect. It cannot be merely a perforation

of the brain, for the whole working of the nervous system seems

to be devitalized by this single stroke. If I amputate the head of

a healthy cricket, in this way I remove the brain, yet the move-

ments of the hind part of the body continue, the legs exert them-

selves, the abdomen pulsates, none of that complete quiescence

follows such as results from the operation of the sphex. Some

more widespread disturbance must be caused by the wasp beyond

the mere perforation of the brain. The same is indicated by a

somewhat different experiment. I extract the victim from the

wasp’s grip the instant after it has been stung. Itis, of course,

helpless and absolutely immobile, so I treat it in the same way as

I did the healthy cricket and cecapitate it through the neck. After

the normal period for recovery has elapsed, the separate portions

of the divided cricket regain their muscular power; the legs of the

hind part regain their activity in spite of the removal of the head.

We have it on a sufficiently high authority that these wasps make

their strokes into the nervous substance in order to bring about

these paralytic effects. But what is it that occurs within the

nervous chain at the point where it is penetrated by the sting? Is

it a physical disruption of matter, a laceration of the sensitive tissue

AN ORIENTAL SPHEX OR HUNTING WASP i. tol

by the spear, in fact a tearing of the nervous fibres such as happens

when a man falls unconscious with a stroke? This certainly cannot

be the case. A physical destruction means a permanent disable.

ment, or at least a paralysis until such time as the powers of repair

are able to exert themselves and permit of a recovery to a partial

extent. It may serve to explain those other examples, for in them

the enfeeblement is a lasting condition from which they never

emerge. But we cannot accept its interpretation here. Recovery

is far too rapid and complete for any disruption of nervous tissue

to have occurred. There is nothing analogous between the

production of this quiescence and the onset of a paralytic stroke in

man.

Then it may be that the fluid which the wasp ejects has a

chemically devitalizing influence over the nerves. I mean that it

may act like some destructive poison, paralyzing by the pressure

of acute congestion or by its actual corrosive power over the cells.

Again I doubt the probability of such an explanation. If this

delicate tissue of the nervous system was overcome by the violence

of such chemical effects, then restoration of function could not

occur in a few minutes, nor could it be so wonderfully complete.

There seems to be but cne explanation of the facts. The wasp

injects an anzsthetic fluid, a substance which has the power to

paralyze nerve tissue without causing any destructive eftects,

Moreover it is a fluid which is but temporary in its action. As

soon as it has become diffused and has left the part then recovery

begins to take place. I regard it as somewhat similar to the

cerebro-spinal anzesthesia which the modern surgeon so frequently

employs. He injects his fluid into the spinal tube; there follows a

paralysis of the parts controlled, and the surgeon has no doubt that

recovery will follow as soon as the anesthetic has diffused away.

This, I think, is atrue analogy with the operation performed by

this species of sphex. She too performs a kind of cerebro-spinal

anzesthesia, producing, like the surgeon, a paralysis for the time,

merely rendering her subject helpless until she has fulfilled her

ends. But the sphex is even more efficient than the surgeon in the

performance of this subtle act. The surgeon must confine himself

within certain limits. He can with safety paralyze a large portion

of the trunk, but he dare not by such means produce unconsciousness.

This would require an injection at so high a level that he would

interrupt the working of those vital centres on which the continua-

tion of life depends. The sphex has attained a higher efficiency

and is not Jimited by the level of her stroke. She can make it so

as to deaden the whole of the system; anesthesia, paralysis and

complete unconsciousness are her more wonderful results.

One last point with respect to the stinging operation. To what

end is this wonderful instinct directed? What is the purpose

which the wasp has in view when she makes this vital stroke? It

cannot be in order to render the cricket helpless for her larva, since

we have seen how rapidiy its recovery takes place. Nor has she

any intention of destroying her victim, for her larva must have

living flesh. All she desires is that quiescence should Jast for a

time. It is an expedient to serve the purpose of the moment,

162 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATORAL HIST. SQCIETY, Vol. XXX

a means of quelling a powerful capture in order to permit its trans-

portation to the lair. Did she not paralyze it, she would be unable

to move it; she could never control the struggles of the monster

if it resisted every inch of the way. This seems to me the only

outcome of the deed. . Nature is economical in ali her operations.

She has given to the wasp the wonderful power of rendering her

prey completely inert, but there is no prodigality of the precious

poison, since paralysis will only last for a _ sufficient time to

permit the wasp to get her victim to its den. With many other

kinds of wasps the purpose seems different, for they induce a

permanent paralysis probably for the benefit of the developing

grub. Butin this case the resurrection is far too rapid for. any

such explanation to apply.

It may seem fruitless to discuss a more difficult point, namely

her method of finding her prey. The faculty obviously resides

in the antenne, but is it through any intelligible action, or do

these organs possess some special sense which is beyond our

power to understand ? Let us watch her again in her examination

of the soil. The antennz never cease to apply themselves to the

work; we see them now touching, then delicately bending, then

rolling themselves into graceful spirals, continually altering at each

gentle pressure as they carefully test and explore the soil. They,

it is clear, are the organs of perception. Is it possible to tell

anything of the information they supply ? It is often said that the

antennz have the faculty of smell, so it may be that the sphex

scents out her quarry in the same way as a dog discovers its prey.

The Hymenoptera certainly have good olfactory powers. Ants

of all kinds appreciate perfumes, and numerous experiments have

strengthened my belief that they follow one another by scent.

‘The mason wasps recognize the odour of camphor and pass into a

state of wild excitement if they find a fragment of it in their cells.

Consequently the probabilities are all in favour of the sphex being

possessed of an olfactory sense. But there are certain reasons

which make it difficult to believe that she is guided in her dis-

coveries by the faculty of smell. For example, I place a cricket

on the sand a few inches from a wasp when in search of prey. In

her explorations she comes almost on top of the cricket; it lies

motionless crouching in a rut where, no doubt, it hopes to remain

unseen. If it moves inthe slightest the wasp instantly spies it,

raises and oscillates her body in excitement as though preparing

for a forward rush. But while the cricket remains still, she seems

oblivious of its presence. Though it may be little more than an

inch away, yet she passes it as if nothing was there. She would

scarcely behave in this heedless manner if guided by the faculty

of smell. Though quick enough in locating her victim when

buried underneath a thick barrier of earth, yet she is quite unable

to find it on the surface when only an inch away.

Iam inclined to look to a simpler explanation and to believe

that the sphex locates her victim by the ordinary sense of touch.

Let us follow her very carefully in the details of her search, not

merely watching her for a moment at an excavation, nor just

noting how she hurries over the soil. Let us pry persistently into

beste a AV. ORIEN TAL SPHALX OR FHUNTING. WASP... - 1153

her successive actions, pursue her relentlessly from place to place,

-carefully make record of each spot at which she halts, take notice

-of the ground which in no way attracts her and observe the special

points at which she scuffles and digs. If we do this, then I think

we shall gain some inkling as to how she is guided to the cricket

beneath. We will soon see that she frequently digs to no purpose;

she gets her head and shoulders into the sand, roots in the spot

for a minute or two and then is off elsewhere. We will find that

she sometimes breaks down empty burrows which contain no

cricket within, and that, occasionally, she enters some other insect’s

tunnel as though she had happened to make a mistake. In the end

we will assure ourselves that she is often at fault. Moreover we

will observe the important. fact that every loose hillock of sand

attracts her, especially any pyramid of debris which has been

thrown up from below. It is not only the ejections from: the

crickets’ burrows; sand which has been excavated from other

causes seems to interest her equally well.

-. To my mind she distinguishes these ejected hillocks by the

ordinary sense of touch. Her antenne are delicate tactile organs.

They are not performing a very difficult feat when they distinguish

the harder and more compact surface from the loose and crumbling

heaps. Thus, whenever she meets an ejected accumulation, she

‘straightway begins to dig. It is not because she smells or is aware

of the cricket, but merely because the sand is loose. She scuffles so

as to drive her head and shoulders into it. If she meets a hard

resisting stratum, then she knows that she is down upon the compact

ground. _Therefore she transfers herself a little to one side and

again commences to dig. Thus in different spots she repeats the

process until she feels that, while she continues to descend, the soil

remains comparatively loose. Then she knows that she is in the

mouth of the gallery and is advancing along the line of the tube.

It is alla matter of simple feeling, merely a tactile sense. Itisa

capacity to appreciate the difference in sensation between the loose

and the compact soil.

Moze mysterious explanations than this have been offered with

regard to other species of hunting-wasps. But this seems to me the

simplest interpretation. It explains why the sphex digs so

frequently in vain, why she excavates into any loose heap of debris

and not only into what the cricket ejects, why she scuffles repeatedly

‘round about the gateway before striking the line of the shaft, why

she often runs down an empty tunnel or one manufactured by some

other kind of insect, and why she enthusiastically breaks into a

burrow which contains no cricket within. She could not commit all

these peculiar faults if she were guided by the faculty of smell.

Let us also glance at the implements themselves. The antennze

have every appearance of organs possessing a tactile sense. Each

is flexible to ahigh degree. When at rest it naturally turns outward

so as to coil itself into a kind of spiral spring. At the slightest

touch it delicately bends, and it is, no doubt, this flexion which

originates those impulses that supply the sensation of touch. A

tactile sense will thus easily explain what at first seems so wonderful

in the operations of the sphex. I see no reason to look to a faculty

1544 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol, XXX1I

of smell, still less to any mysterious influence which is beyond our

power to understand. Her exploration is all a matter of trial and

error. She digs in every loose pile of debris ; more often than not

she finds herself at fault, but if the sand remains loose while she

persists in her excavation, then she knows that she is on the right

road. ‘Touch and sight; these are the two important senses which

guide her in this murderous deed. By the one she discovers the

whereabouts of her victim; by the other she follows madly in the

chase and struggles for the deadly blow.

Another point refers to the fixity of instinct. A sphex is

hunting over the dusty soil. I have in my possession the object of

her chase, a Brachytrypes oi the desired species which I happen

to rob from another wasp. It is a vigorous half-grown example of

its class, one which I anticipate that the sphex will instantly attack,

and thus give me an opportunity, independent of chance, of witness-

ing the details of the fray. I throw the cricket in front of the wasp.

Here is good fortune such as she has never known. It is

the very type of victim that she seeks ; it now lies before her on the

open soil ; she can have it without the strenuous labour of excavation

and the endless vicissitudes of a doubtful search. It is there on

the sand a few inches from her ; just one rush and she can take it in

her jaws.

It is clear that she detects this valuable quarry. She iifts herself

erect on her forelegs; her antennz tremble with the ardour of

discovery, and she rocks herself from side to side. She makes a

little run at it, follows it up, comes so close as almost to touch it,

and I expect to see the deadiy drama enacted through my own

device. I have chosen a spot which is free from obstructions, a

level sheet of the smoothest sand where each detail of the battle can

be clearly seen.

But no. All does not follow to suit my desires. The sphex

arrives in contact with the cricket, but, strange to say, her

mandibles do not open; for some reason she refuses to seize it

though it rests immediately beneath her jaws. The cricket runs

off; the wasp follows it a little further, but again makes no

attempt to strike it, and the cricket, in the end, well aware of its

adversary, beats a hasty retreat.

I repeat the experiment, hoping against hope that the sphex may

be induced to strike. Again and again I see the same result. The

wasp quickly spies and recognizes her quarry but stubborniy

refuses to attack. I try her at closer and perhaps more favourable

quarters. She is digging with her usual outburst of enthusiasm.

Beneath her is the entrance to a cricket’s burrow, and in all likeli-

hood the inmate is at the bottom of the den. The dust is flying

fragments of earth are being torn from their place, she is head and

shoulders buried in the debris, and her wings are giving forth an

excited buzz as she strives to break through the obstruction at the

gate. The one thought in her mind, the object of her enthusiasm,

is to get at the monster hiding in its lair. This is surely the most

favourable of all opportunities. If I now suppiy her with the

precious object she can immediately satisfy her needs.

I place the cricket an inch behind her. She backs out in order to

AN ORIENTAL SPHEX OR HUNTING WASP 155

shuffle away some of the debris. Instantly the prize coming under

her notice ; she cannot but observe it, for it is on the very spot

where she intends to kick away the sand. She suddenly stops before

this valuable discovery, and at the same moment the cricket makes

off. For a fraction of a second she appears to be furious, chases it

for a yard or so, and [I have hopes of being witness to the fight.

But the same disappointment again follows. She will burst with

enthusiasm over it, glare at it, pursue it a little way, but she will

not apply her sting. Very soon I observe her resume her excava-

tion. She will toil laboriously to reach a victim buried in the soil,

yet she will not take the one that I offer her though it lies at the

cricket’s gate. Vainlessly and hopelessly I continue the attempts.

Her stern attitude of refusal cannot be overcome. ‘There is only

one victim that will satisfy her purpose and that is the one which

lies buried in the soil.

Why this strange and unexpected behaviour? I am saving her

hours of strenuous toil by giving her this valuable prey.

Before her is the gate which she must hew to pieces, beneath are

the dark recesses of the tunnel, the prospect of the skirmish within

the cavern and the fight in the open field. All these and other

uncertainties must face her before she can secure her prey. Why,

therefore, will she not take what is ready to hand, and which she

can ina minute overcome? iI look on it as an example of that

rhythm of instinct, where each act in the drama must follow each

preceding act in a definite and predestined time. Under natural

conditions she never meets her victim until she has first expelled

it from the ground. There is first the exploration, then the

excavation, then the expulsion of the stubborn cricket, then the

overwhelming of the prey. These are the links in the sequence of

her operations, and this is the predestined order of their course.

And this sequence she must follow since instinct moves by an

inexorable law. She cannot make her capture until first it is expell-

ed. To do so would be to reverse what instinct has ordained, and

that is an impossible feat.

_ The sphex of Europe, so we are told by M. Fabre, is subject to a

similar control. He demonstrates it by one of his simple experi-

ments. The wasp is employed at closing her burrow, having

lodged an epihippiger within. ‘The experimenter pushes the sphex

aside, rifles the burrow, extracts the capture together with the

precious egg. The wasp returns, enters the tunnel and inspects the

pillaged cell. But as soon as she emerges she returns to work

and continues her task of sealing the burrow though nothing is

contained inside. She closes it because such is the task of the

moment, for having reached that step in the instinctive sequence, she

must of necessity fulfil its demands.

So it is with this Oriental species. Distance does not seem to

make much difference in the fundamental basis of the psychology

of life. Each species is fixed in its routine of instinct, that marvel-

lous and certain guide. |

Nor let us imagine that instinct is at fault in thus binding

the operation of the sphex. Just consider for a moment the

logical sequence. Think, if the sphex had accepted my crickcet,

i86 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. ¥XXI

would she in reality have made a great gain? Undoubtedly it

might have saved her much immediate labour, for the work of a

moment would have sufficed to kill it, just a rush and a stab since

she is an expert at the art. But, further than this, what advantage

would she reap? Her victim would lie prostrate on the ground

beneath her; she might then commence the work of cartage,. but

where would she store her spoil? Not having evicted the cricket

from its tunnel, she would find herself unprovided with a place of

storage, and just burdened with a useless load. We have seen

that she cannot dig atunnel for herself, first because such is not an

instinct of her nature, and, in the second place, if she had the in-

telligence to do so, the victim would be too bulky to bring in.

Instinct may thus serve her as a better guide than if she had the

capacity to think for herself. But perhaps she might find some

superficial cranny, such as I have told how another wasp employed

when unable to find the den. Such would be a dangerous and un-

satisfactory domicile in which to confide the helpless young. More-

over, itis only a possibility that she would find one, and instinct

does not deal in uncertainties and possibilities, but demands that

its creatures must follow the road that leads to what is certain and

exact. Consequently instinct will not permit an action which might

easily end in loss.

The sphex does not reason these simple arguments. She merely

feels that she must perform something and thinks nothing of means

and ends. Marvellous, infallible instinct guides her and directs her

to do the right.

I will conclude with a contrast between this Oriental species and

the Yellow-winged Sphex, or Sphex flavipennis, whose habits have

been so eloquently described by Fabre. The Yellow-winged Sphex

is modestly clothed ; this Oriental species is a metallic blaze glitter-

ing with all the colours of the light. The Yellow-winged Sphex.

shows some social propensities. <A little group of them congregate

at some selected site where they live and work within view of one

another; it is a community of excavators linked in fellowship by

the slenderest of social bonds. This Indian Sphex displays a

different tendency. She is an absolute vagrant, always found alone,

wanders restlessly over the sand in accordance as she finds the

victims of her chase. The Yellow-winged Sphex constructs her own

tunnel in which to secure the development of her young. It is a

habitation made with some degree of nicety, being divided into

separate cells. The Indian species has no such architectural skill ;

she lives a life of continuous pillage and appropriates for her off-:

spring the crickets’ dens. The Yellow-winged Sphex, since she digs

her own tunnel, has a special habitation in which to spend the night.

The Indian species, on the other hand, must find shelter where she

can and at nightfall roosts like a bird in the trees. The Yellow-

winged Sphex preys on a smaller species of cricket, hence she is

burdened with a lighter load. Consequently she can carry. it a

greater distance, while, in addition, she possesses the incomparable

advantage of being able to lift her burden from the ground.

This opens out to her the widest explorations, permitting her to

range over a large extent of territory and to establish for herself a

AN ORIENTAL SPHEX OR HUNTING WASP 157

settled habitation to which she can carry her victims through the

air. The Indian species has lost these advantages. She burdens

herself with a load almost beyond her strength. It is as much as

she can do to drag it along, and flight is impossible at any account.

Hence she can transport it over no great distance, with the result

that she must keep to a iife of solitude and inter her victim where

her contest takes place. There is another little point that results

from this difference in size. The Yellow-winged Sphex accumulates

a number of victims, storing them all in the same hole. The Indian

Sphex keeps to the undeviating rule of a single cricket in a single

tube.

Each of the species has its own tactics when engaged in the

actual fight. The Yellow-winged Sphex throws the cricket on its

back, then with legs astride it, and belly to belly, seizes the tip of

its abdomen in her jaws. The Indian species takes her victim as it

stands, applies herself so as to curl round one of its flanks, first seizes

it by a hind leg, then by a wing, after which she manipulates the

~ stroke. The Yellow-winged Sphex lays her victim low by the | >

_ insertion of three separate stings. The first enters the neck, the

~second the thorax, the third is driven into the abdomen; each is

believed to enter a ganglion and to have a special para-

lytic effect. The Oriental Sphex employs a somewhat different

strategy. Her first strokes are made towards the thorax and

abdomen ; they are blows of a superficial and auxiliary nature and

do not reach the nervous cord. Her last stab is made into the

tissues of the neck; it alone reaches the nervous ganglion and

produces a paralytic effect. The Yellow-winged Sphex so strikes

her victim that it is paralyzed for the remainder of its life. The

Indian Sphex is satisfied witha staggering blow, for after ten

minutes her victim is able to walk, in fifteen minutes it attempts to

burrow, and on the same day will devour food. One last

difference seems to exist in the fixation of the egg. Both species

lay it across the cricket’s breast, but the Yellow-winged Sphex

attaches it further backward between the first and second pair of

legs, while the Indian Sphex places it exactly beween the first pair

often anchoring it to the base of the leg on one side. Thus we see

how each species has its own individuality and how instinct is so

rigid in all its actions even to the minute peculiarities of each.

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES

Major F. C. Fraser, I.M.S., F.E.S.

Part XXi)

(With 1 plate and 3 text-figures)

(Continued from page 857 of Vol. XXX.)

Genus—CYCLOGOMPHUS Selys

Fig. 1—Wings of Cyclogomphus ypsilon (Selys.). Male

Insects of rather small size but of robust build, breeding in running water or

marshy sources of streams.

Venation. Wings moderately long and broad, base of hind rather deeply

concave ; costa brightly coloured ; pterostigma relatively long, nearly one-third

the length of distance between node and distal end of pterostigma, braced ; an

incomplete basal antenodal nervure in all wings (very rarely absent in one or

more wings) ; arc between the Ist and 2nd antenodal nervures ; sectors of arc

parallel for some distance, not approximated near origin ; 1 cubital nervure in

all wings; l row of postanal cells in forewing 4, occasionally 3 in the hind,

Ist postanal cell in latter entire, extending basal for only slightly more than

one-third the length of subtrigone ; 2 transverse nervures between J/2-272 and

Miv in the forewing, only 1 in the hind ; forking of M/z-z22 and J/zzz symmetri-

cal in all wings ; 1 row of cells between 172 and Wa; 3 rows of discoidal cells

in forewing at level of node ; 2, or more rarely 3 rows of cells posterior to Cutz

in forewing, this nervure convex and inclining to pectination. Trigonein hind-

wing relatively long, its costal side about one-third longer than the basal, entire.

Head less narrow and less widened than in Hfeliogomphus, triangular as

seen from above.

Legs robust, moderately long, the hind femora extending slightly beyond the

base of 2nd segment, armed in both sexes with two rows of moderately widely

spaced, short, fine spines, but more numerous in the male.

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES : 159

Abdomen short and robust, segments 1 and 2 tumid, segments 3 to basal half

of 7 narrower and cylindrical, apical half of 7 and segments 8 and 9 widely

dilated, 10 very small and narrow.

Anal appendages. Superiors apposed, shorter than segment 10, sub-

cylindrical. Inferior deeply bifid, its branches widely divaricate and armed

near the apex with a robust spine. Vesicle of penis enormously swollen,

globular.

Vulvar scale rudimentary, two small triangular processes at the ventro-apical

border of the 8th segment.

Distribution. India, Burma and Ceylon. C. heterostylus Selys, ypsilon

Selys, vesiculosus Selys, verticalis Selys and wilkinst sp. nov. are from

Continenta! India, C. minusculus Selys is from Burma, whilst C. gynostylus sp.

nov. is from Ceylon.

Of these C. vesiculosus appears to be merely asmall specimen of ypszlon,

whilst verticalis is evidently not a Cyclogomphus at all, but more probably a

Microgomphus.

Genotype—Cyclogomphus ypsilon Selys,

Cyclogomphus ypsilon Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg., xx. (2) p. 62 (1864) ; id. Mon.

Gomph. pp. 107, 406 (1857) ; Kirby, Cat. Odon., p. 69 (1890) ; Will. 1c.

p. 297 (1907) ; Laid. l.c. pp. 390-391 (1922). Fras. l.c. p. 475 (1924)

Male. Abdomen 30mm. Hindwing 27mm. (Fig. 1.)

Head. labium yellow, its middle lobe bordered with black ; labrum, ante-

and post-clypeus greenish yellow, the former with very fine bordering and

basal black ; frons above and in front greenish yellow with a fine transverse

black stripe along its lower border in front, and a narrow basal border above,

rather more extensive in the middle iine; vertex black ; occiput pale yellow,

simple ; eyes bottle green, yellow below and behind, glossy black above and

behind.

Prothorax black with a geminate spot on the middorsum of the posterior lobe

and a large yellow spot on each side.

Thorax black aud greenish yellow as follows:—two broad black medio-

dorsal stripes narrowly separated by the finely yellow carinal crest, which

is itself confluent below with a broad yellow complete mesothoracic collar, the

yellow thus forming an inverted ‘Y’, which gives the insect itsname. The

two black bands widely confluent above through the medium of the black alar

sinus and also outwardly with a broad black humeral stripe which crosses the

humeral suture rather obliquely and encloses a small yellow spot above the

upper part, thus being split into two arms and forming an upright ‘Y’.

Laterally a vestigial fine black stripe on the upper part of the first lateral

suture, and a complete black stripe on the second lateral suture.

Legs bright yellow marked with black, the tibiae and tarsi black, but the

hind tibiae with a small spot of yellow on the distal end of the flexor surface ;

hind femora with an inner and outer stripe, broad and confluent distal, rapidly

tapering and ending well before the basal end, middle and anterior femora

entirely black on the outer side.

Wings hyaline or in old specimens evenly enfumed ; pterostigma pale brown,

or in some specimens of the male sex, brown at the centre, pale at either end,

and well-braced, over 3 to 4 cells; nodal index very variable a ae

9-14]12-9 Peak

10-11/11-9 ? 4 postanal cells in hindwings.

Abdomen black marked with greenish yellow as follows :—Segment 1 almost

entirely yellow, a fine basal bordering of black broadening very slightly sub-

dorsally : segment 2, including the large oreillets, yellow with broad longitudinal

subdorsal black stripes which enclose a middorsal bilobed spot, the black

broadening at the level of the transverse suture and almost confluent with that

of the other side; segment 3 similar to 2, the black however confluent at the

apical border of segment and almost so at the level of the transverse suture, thus

cutting the dorsal yellow into asmallish basal spot and a much larger apical

spot ; segments 4 to 6 with the subdorsal black stripe not extending nearly to

base of segments, there being a broadish yellow complete ring here, at the apex

of segments the black broadly confluent over the dorsum, and almost equally

so at the transverse sutures ; segment 7 similar, but the black stripe of even width

at the transverse suture and not nearly confluent, at the apical border only

160 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL BIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

slightly confluent ; segment 8 similar but the black subdorsal stripe broader’and

extending almost to base of segment; 9 similar but the black stripes well

separated throughout their entire length ; 10.almost entirely black with a small

arrowhead-shaped mark on the dorsum and the ventro-lateral borders

narrowly.

Anal appendages, Superiors Libelluline-shaped, almost equal in length to

segment 10. Seen from the side cylindrical in the basal half, broadened in

the apical half, the extreme apex curved up, the stem of the appendage

curved down, the broadened part expanded below into a robust blunt tooth.

Seen from above, the appendages are thickened at the extreme base, then

constricted and again considerably dilated and. finally tapered to an acute

point. These appendages moderately closely apposed, enclosing a small

foramen between their stems, yellow. :

Inferior appendage nearly one-third longer, deeply bifid, the branches

widely divaricate, more slim than the superiors, bluntly acute at the apices,

tapering, presenting a large blunt tooth at the middle third which is directed

down and somewhat inwards, yellow changing to black in the outer half. —

Genitalia prominent: lamina. depressed, liamules very large, projecting

almost perpendicularly from the genital sac, the apices directed slightly

forward, pale yellow; vesicle enormously swollen, pyriform, globular, over-

lapping the basal third of the third abdominal segment, greenish yellow

surmounted by a black penis.

Female similar to male, differing only as follows :—Usually larger, abdomen

32 mm. hindwing 29 mm ; nodal index as variable as in the male :—

779\1-9 9-12(12=10 10- 12)12-9 : :

3-9 19-7’ 9-121 9-9’ 98 18-9” The basal markine on segment 1 brcader,

segments 2 to 3 similar, 4 to 7 with the black broadly confluent over the dorsum,

at the transverse suture and apical border, thus enclosing long oval yellow

spots, segment 10 broadly yellow on dorsum.

Vulvar scale small and rudimentary, two tiny triangular processes in close

apposition at the base of segment 8, followed immediately afterwards bv two

raised folds on the ventral aspect of segment 9 which are widely divaricate,

and the function of which is unknown. 3

Habitat. Central India and the Deccan. Type, a male in the British

Museuin, a paratype in the Selysian collection is labelled ‘Cuna’, but this

is obviously an error for ‘ Guna ’, in the Central Provinces, India.

I found this insect moderately plentiful in the marshland at the head of the

Katraj Lake, near Poona, Deccan. It rests in long grass and has to be put up

by beating. Its flight is short and weak and it falls an easy prey to the collectors

net,

Cyclogomphus heterostylus—Selys (C. heterostyla) Bull. Acad. Belg. xxi (2)

p. 62 (1854), (C. heterostylus) Mon. Gomph. p. 106 (1857); Bull. Acad

Bele, (2) xxxv:, p. 757 (1873) ; Kirby, Cat.-Odon., p.69'(1890) ; Will. 1, ¢:

p, 297°(1907) > Waid‘. p: 39) (1922); Pras, lisc:ips 4741924).

Tnis species is very similar to the last. The differences indicated in the

Selysian description, on examination of a large number of specimens, are found

to break down largely. Thus no dependence can be placed on the nodal index,

which varies widely in this as in yfszlon and wzlkinsi. The bi colourous

character of the pterostigma is also found to be shared by adult specimens of

ypsilon. Size also is a very variable factor and absolutely no reliance can be

placed on it. Other minor differences given by Dr. Hagen are also unimportant.

The only reliable characters which I have been able to find are the following: —

Transverse black stripe on lower part of frons distinctly thicker; labrum

entirely yellow ; the stripe on first lateral suture of thorax cblique and confluent

at an angle with the stripe on the second lateral suture, so as to form a second

black ‘Y’ on the sides. Finally the anal appendages present some

differences :—the superior are more closely apposed and their apices are turned

out as well as down, the inferior are relatively much longer, the branches being

stouter and tapering more gradually, the tooth at the middle third is smaller,

more acute and directed straight up. In spite of these differences, I snhould be

inclined to regard heterostylus as a mere race of ypszlon were it not for the fact

that the two species are found in company at Poona.

Distribution. Katraj Lake Poona, Deccan and Madras, in marshes along the

course of the Coomb River. The type, Saunders’ collection, comes from the

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES 161

Nortk of India, locality not stated. Habits similar to those of ypsilon, and

like it, found on the wing during September and October.

Cyclogomphus vesiculosus—Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xxxvi, p. 300 (1873) ;

rath Cat. Odon., p. 68 (1890) ; Will 1l.c. p. 297 (1907) ; Laid. l.c., p. 390

This species so closely resembles yfsi/on that I am unable to find any

characters serving to separate the two species. The size is said to be smaller

(abdomen 25 mm. hindwing 23 mm.), but this factor is so variable in other

related species, that no weight can be attached to it. The legs are described

as ‘ more lined with yellow’, but this also depends on the age of the specimen.

Unfortunately the type, an imperfect male (the last 5 abdominal segments

missing), which was in. the Moore collection, appears to have been lost, I

therefore prefer to regard it for the time being as an unusually small specimen

of ypsilon.

Distribution. India, locality not given.

Cyclogomphus wilkinsi sp. nov.

Male. Abdomen 34mm. Hindwing 28 mm.

Female. Abdomen 35mm. Hindwing 31 mm.

Head ; labium bright citron yellow, the midlobe somewhat greenish ; labrum

bright citron yellow, its base very narrowly black ; face bright yellow with a

narrow well-defined black stripe separating the frons from the postclypeus ;

frons unmarked save for a very fine black basal line; vertex black, occiput

bright yellow, flat, a little concave.

Prothorax black marked with an arterior collar of yellow and a middorsal

geminate spot and a large lateral spot on each side.

Thorax bright greenish yellow marked vividly with black as follows :—two

broad dorsal stripes which taper to a point below and outwards, but converging

and confluent above, the complete yellow mesothoracic collar sending a fine

carinal prolongation upwards which separates them except near the alar sinus.

A humeral black ‘Y’, the arms of which are of even thickness and of equal

length ; two lateral narrow black stripes on the lateral sutures, parallel, not

extending below the level of the spiracle, finely connected above a bordering

line. Unmarked beneath.

Legs bright citron yellow marked with black, the femora almost entirely

black within, and with a fine longitudinal black stripe on the outer sides, which

in the case of the anterior femora is almost obsolete.

Hind-femora armed with pairs of moderately widely-spaced, fine, short, black

spines. Tibial spines short, tibiae with a black stripe cn both inner and

outer sides.

Wings hyaline, costa bright citron yellow as far as apex of wings, except

where the pterostigma intervenes, the latter brown between black nervures,

braced, over 4 cells ; a basal imcomplete antenodal nervure in all wings ; nodal

ee 10-11}14-9 |

10-10} 9-9’

Abdomen short and tumid, segments 3 to 6 narrower and cylindrical, black

marked with yellow as follows :—segment 1 with the sides and dorsum broadly,

enclosing a subdorsal stripe of black, 2 similar, the subdorsal black stripes

enclosing a trilobed carinal dorsal yellow stripe, 3 very similar but the dorsal

yellow stripe more narrow and nearly divided by the fine transverse black

suture, 4 to 6 with a basal ring of yellow which is prolonged in a narrow

fusiform dorsal stripe to the apical border of segment and laterally for a very

short distance along the ventral border, being separated by a considerable

interval from an oval lateral spot, 7 similar but the basal rine much narrower

and the ventro-lateral oval spot expanding into a broad lateral fascia especially

towards the apex of segment, 8 and 9 with a narrow even dorsal stripe running

from apex to base and the sides along the ventral border broadly yellow.

Segments 8 and 9 and the greater part of 7 laterally expanded as in heferostylus.

Segment 10 with narrow dorsal ventrolateral yellow stripes. The interseg-

mental joints from 1 to 7 fineiy black, the remaining finely yellow.

Anal appendages. Very similar to those of yfsz/on but the branches of the

inferior relatively longer and black from the lateral spine as far as apex.

(Figs. 3, 5 and 6).

1 row of cells between J47z and MWza.

162 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL FIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX

Genitalia rather more tumid, lamina slightly larger, hamules bright yellow,

longer, less recurved (Figs. 3 and 7).

Female. Similar to the male but the black more extensive. The sub-

dorsal black stripes extend basad as far as the extreme base of segments, thus

cutting the basal rings into dorsal and lateral spots. Laterally the ventral oval

spots are much more extensive and may be actually confluent with the basal

yellow or merely separated by a fine prolongation from the transverse suture.

Habitat. Type and allotype of this beautiful dragonfly at present in my own

collection but will eventually be deposited in the B.M. One male and two

females taken by Mr. Wilkins and myself along the banks of a small stream at

Hunse, Mysore, 12-13. x. 1924. All were settled in long grass after the usual

habit of species of the genus. 7

The species is closely allied to both Aeferostylus and ypsilon but differs by its

larger size, by the continuous dorsal carinal stripes on segments 3 to 7 and

more especially by the complete antero-lateral black stripe on sides of thorax

(vestigial in the other species). ‘This latter feature will at once serve to distin-

guish it, as well as other differences in the appendages and genitalia.

In wzilkinsi the humerial black ‘ Y’ is formed by the confluence of two

distinct black stripes, which are invariably finely but distinctly separated by the

yellow ground colour, whereas in other species the humeral black stripe

is converted into a ‘Y’ by the interference of a small upper triangular spot,

the arms of the ‘ Y’ being very bruadly confluent. Lastly the extreme apices of

the superior appendages are turned distinctly inward.

Cyclogomphus gynostylus sp. nov.

Male. (Female unknown.) Abdomen 26mm. Hindwing 23 mm.

Head: lahinm a dirty vellow; labrum bright citron yellow, its base finely

black ; ante- and post-clypeus yellow, as also the frons above but the latter

traversed by a black stripe along its crest, from which a short tongue of black

runs downward ; vertex black; occiput dark ochreous, its border straight,

fringed witii black hairs.

Prothorax black with a geminate spot on the dorsum of posterior lobe and a

large lateral spot.

, Thorax black marked with greenish yellow as follows :--a complete

mesothoracic collar, a small median spot on the dorsal carina, a broad very

oblique antehumeral stripe which runs from the neighbourhood of the alar sinus

downwards, steadily broadening, a small upper humeral spot which bisects the

black dividing the antehumeral stripe from the lateral yellow and converts it

into a black ‘VY? Laterally yellow with a broad black stripe on the postero-

lateral suture which send a short oblique branch forwards at its upper part and

so forms a second black ‘ Y’ on the sides.

Legs short, hind femora not extending beyond the apical border of segment

one, black but the inner sides of the two anterior femora greenish yellow

studded with minute black spines ; hinder femora largely yellow clouded with

black on the outer sides, these armed with two rows of 7-8 short black robust

widely-spaced spines.

Wings hyaline. A single row of postanal cells in the forewing, 4 in the hind ;

sectors of arc parallel from origin ; trigone of hindwing elongate as for genotype ;

2 rows of discoidal cells in forewing almost to level of node; Ist postanal cell in

hindwing entire and not nearly extending inwards as far as proximal angle of

subtrigone ; anal triangle of 3 cells ; base of wing slightly excavate ; pterostigma

yellow, swollen, short, braced, over 2-3 cells; a basal incomplete antenodal

nervure present in ail wings; nodal index a ae

Abdomen short, tumid, black marked with yellow as follows :—the sides of ©

segments 1 and 2 including the large swollen vesicle, a lanceolate middorsal

stripe on segment 2, the sides of 3, but narrowly broken here at the transverse

suture, narrow basal complete rings on 4 to 6, a considerably broader one on 7,

occupying rather more than its basal fifth, and expanded along its ventro-

lateral border as far as its apical border, the sides of segments 8 to, 10, on the

latter also a confluent basal ring. Segments 7 to 9 are rather dilated.

Anal appendages black, highly specialized. Superiors closely cont iguous,

rather longer than segment 1, shaped exactly like the ovipositor of a Calopteryx

seen upside-down, the resemblance being completed by 1 long spine which

springs from each ippendage near its apex and is directed back and out,

“INDIAN DRAGONFLIES Sg tye 189

Viewed from above these spines are a little divaricate. Inferior broadly cleft,

its branches widely divaricate, broad, tapering to a point and presenting an

outer robust spine near the apex. The superiors curve evenly downward

between the divaricate branches of the inferior. Oreillets large, denticulate

behind, yellow.

Genitalia very prominent, lamina small, projecting ; hamules narrow, long,

projecting down, with the apex recurving forward ; vesicle of penis of enormous

size, globular.

The anal appendages will serve lo distinguish it from all other species of the

genus (Figs. 3 and 4).

Habitat. A single male collected by Col. F. Wall, 1.M.S., Kandy Lake,

Ceylon, 2,000 ft. 4. ix. 1924. The specimen is teneral.

Cyclogomphus minusculus Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xlvi. p. 468 (1878) ;

Kirby, Cat. Odon., p. 70 (1890) ; Will. 1. c., pp. 296-298 (1907) ; Laid.

Tcl sp, 390) (1922).

Female. Abdomen 22mm. Hindwirig 21mm. (Male unknown.)

Head. labium yellow ; labrum black ; rest of face black except fer a small

spot on each side of the postclypeus ; frons yellow along its crest but its base

and a prolongation forwards which meets the black on face and front of frons,

black ; occiput simple, straight, black.

Prothorax black, its posterior lobe yellow.

Thorax black in front and on dorsum, yellow at the sides, marked as

follows :—short cblique isolated antehumeral stripes, approximating above,

divaricate below, not confluent with the mesothoracic collar of the same colour ;

laterally a black stripe on the first lateral suture which is confluent at its

middle with a similar stripe on the second lateral suture, both stripes moderately

thick, the anterior one confluent below with the humeral black Stripe.

Wings hyaline, reticulation black, costa finely yellow; pterostigma

moderately long, thick, pale between black nervures, over 3 cells (3 mm.) ;

nodal index 9-12/11-10 to forewings.

Legs short, black, inner sides of femora yellow, armed with very short

spines.

Abdomen equal in length to the wings, black, brownish beneath, marked

and ringed with yellow as follows :—segment 1 yellow with its base narrowly

black and interrupted middorsally, 2nd segment with a middorsal trilobed

stripe enclosed by broad subdorsal black stripes, the ventro-lateral border

yellow marked with a smal! black spot, the basal articulation finely black,

segment 3 black with an interrupted dorsal stripe and a ventro-baso-lateral spot

interrupted by the transverse suture, se~ments 4 to 7 black imarked with

complete basal rings which occupy about one-sixth the length of segments,

remaining segments black, unmarked, 8 and 9 not dilated, 10 very short.

Anal appendages conical, pointed, very small, pale yellow, with a smail

similarly coloured protuberance between them. Vulvar scale very short.

Distributiou. Between Moolai and Moorlut, 4,000-6,000 ft. Tfenasserim. A

single female in Mr. Wood Mason’s collection. Apparently this type wes in

the MacLachlan collection;-as its description was communicated to De Selys by

Mr. MacLachlan, but I have been unable to find it in that collection so presume

that it tias been lost. So long as no details of its venation are known, it will be

impossible to place the species with any accuracy,

_ De Selys gives the following note:—‘ It is the smallest species of the « subgenus

(Genus Cyclogomphus) . It appears to be related to forguatus (Microgomphus)

by the black dorsal carina of the thorax (yellow in all other species). It differs

by, its smaller size, the absence of a yellow humeral stripe, the narrower

mesothoracie collar, which is not prolonged as far as the yellow trochanters of

the anterior legs. So long as we do not know the anal appendages of the males

of forguatus and minusculus, there will remain some doubt as,.to the correct

place of these species.’ (ote.—The male of forguwatus has since been described

by Laidlaw, vide supra). Sa

I think that it is fairly evident that the species is not a Cyclogomphus, and

the diagnosis appears to rest between Wicrogomphus and Group modestus of

genus Onychogomphus. 1 am inclined to favour the latter, inasmuch as the

armature of the hind femora agrees with that group and not with MAChOR OM:

phus, as does also the length of pterostigma.

164 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

Genus— DAvIDIUS Selys

Sou

sWeeesers

a 2ibara.e Oras Wess ee

Fig. 2. Wings of Davidius zollorensis delineatus subsp. nov. ¢

A large genus of small Gomphines about equal in size to an average

Microgomphus. Ground colour black with restricted markings of bright or

greenish yellow or ochreous; wings moderately long and broad, reticulation

close, the base of hindwing in the male very oblique, rounded in the female.

Pterostigma short and swollen, about one-fourth the length of distance

between node and outer end of pterostigma, braced, but poorly so and at an

angle with the oblique inner end of pterostigma; 2 rows of cells in discoidal

field of forewing to slightly proximal of line of node; anal loop absent ;

usually 2 or 3 transverse nervures between (1-222 and Jv in forewing, 1 or

more rarely 2 in the hind ; sectors of arc widely separate at their origin and not

afterwards approximated ; trigone of forewing sub-equilateral, of the hind-

wing with costal side much longer than basal (nearly twice the length), distal

ide distinctly angulated, nearly always traversed by a single nervure which

descends from the costa! side to the distal, the trigone of forewing more

usually entire. Sub-trigones and hypertrigones entire; usually 2 cubital

nervures in the forewing, only 1 in the hind; Cuz and Cuzz divaricate in the

hindwing, usually 4 cells between their marginal ends; Cwz in forewing cnly

slightly convex, not pectinate; basal antenodal nervure absent; MWza often

difficult to define, only 1 row of cells between it and J/7z; 1 row of postanal

cells in the forewing, 3 to 5 in the hind; arc between the 2nd and 3rd

antenodal nervures ; base of trigone very close to are in hindwing.

Head rather large and broad; thorax robust but short ; legs moderately

long, hind femora extending to about the middle of 2nd abdominal segment

and furnished with a row of moderately closely-set spines, the distal ones

slightly more robust and longer ; abdomen relatively short, tumid at base and

anal end, intervening segments thin and cylindrical, segments 7 to 9 not

winged.

Anal appendages simple or highly specialized. When simple, the superiors

divaricate and tapering, the inferior still more divaricate, cleft into two

branches which can be seen from abcve, jutting out on either side from

beneath the superiors. When specialized, the superiors with long curling

basal branches, projecting downward to lie on the inferior appendage. The

inferior cleft to base, its branches closely parallel and projecting from beneath

the superiors, armed with a small medial spine on either side.

In some species, segments 7 to 9 with curious tubercles on the ventral

surface. Genetalia prominent, the anterior hamules with 2 branches, the tips

of which meet to enclose a small foramina, the posteriors much more robust

and ending in more or less curled spines. Lobe of penis very tumid and

funnel-shaped.

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES 165

Distribution and habits. Of the fourteen species at present known, eight

occur within Indian limits, and are confined to the montane areas of Assam,

Bengal and Sikhim. The remaining species are found in Japan, Indo-China,

and China. Of the Indian species, I have been able to examine the type of

D. aberrans aberrans, in Maclachlan collection, D. aberrans senchalensis in my

own collection, the type of D. davidi assamensis in the Indian Museum, the

types of D. matloryt and D. kumaonensis in the Pusa collection, and lastly

many specimens of D. zallorensis delineatus, including the type. I am again

indebted to Messrs. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher and Chas. M. Inglis for generous

gifts and loans of material without which this section could not have been

written.

Genotype :—Davidius zallorensis zallorensts Selys. Regarding this, Selys

was of opinion that aberrans might prove to be the female of zallorensis, but

such has not proved to be the case, otherwise aberrans would have become the

name of the genotype. Kirby gives davzdi davidi Selys, as the genotype,

probably influenced by the fact that the description of zadlorensis was written

by Hagen and copied by Selys.. The species however was given priority by

Selys, that of davidi, a first-hand description by Selys, following after it,

Dr. Ris is therefore correct in giving zallorensis as the genotype.

The genus is especially interesting, as including in its venation a curious

blending of archaic and modern characters. Thus we find an angulate

trigone, and in the hindwing, a very much elongated one, which still finds the

necessity of a cross-nervure to support it.

The level of the arc is far out. On the other hand, the basal antenodal

nervure is absent, and there is a marked reduction in the cross-nervures

between /WZ-222 and Miv, which characters bring it into close touch with series

Gomphus. In habits, the species resemble Burmagomphus, which Indian

genus is probably nearest akin to it, at least within Indian limits.

Davidius zallorensis zallorensis (Hagen) Selys, Quatriémes Additions. au

Syn. des Gomph. App. Bull. Acad. Belg. IL, xlvi, p. 75 (1878) ; Ris,

Sauter’s Formosa Ausbeute, Supplementa Entomologica, No. 5. (1916);

Will. Proc. U.S. Nat. Hist. Mus. xxxili, pp. 286, 287 (1908); Laid.

Rec. Ind. Mus. vol. xxiv, pp. 388, 389, (1922).

Male. Abdomen 31mm. Hindwing 27 mm.

Head. Labium pale yellow ; labrum greenish yellow, its extreme base black ;

face and frons greenish yellow, base of latter above black ; vertex and occiput

black, a pale median yellow spot on former and the hinder part of the latter

the same colour.

Prothorax black, its base and posterior lobe yellow.

Thorax black marked with greenish yellow as follows:-—.a complete meso-

‘thoracic collar confluent with a carinal stripe of the same colour, a narrow

sinuous antehumeral stripe dilated abruptly above, a very fine humeral line and

an upper point. Laterally entirely yellow save for a narrow black line on the

hinder suture.

Legs black, rather long, robust, femora brownish, armed with a row

of short spines.

Wings hyaline, a little enfumed in tenerals at the base as far as outer end of

trigones and along the costa as far as node. Costa black ; pterostigma yellow-

ish in tenerals, dark brown in the adult, 2°5 to3mm. long, over 4 cells, braced

poorly ; trigone of forewings untraversed ; nodal index 8/12—11/10; 3 cells in

anal triangle.

Abdomen black marked with yellow as follows:—segments l and 2 with

a pale yellow middorsal stripe and the sides broadly yellow, segments 3 to 6

with a small baso-lateral and similar apico-lateral spot, borders of 8 and 9

yellowish.

Anal appendages black, the superiors bifid nearly to the base, upper branches

divaricate, shorter than half the length of segment 10, apex rounded ending in

a short point above, inner branch straight, nearly at a right angle to the outer,

inclined abruptly downward, its end curved back slightly towards the base and

resting on the inferior appendage. The latter paler, slightly longer, triangular,

meq above, with a transverse tooth on each side, apex blunt and slightly

ifid.

Genitalia, Hamules robust, the anteriors long curved spines, posteriors

aie rebust and ending in a tooth which curves inwardly towards its

ellow.

166 JOURNAL, BOMBAY. NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol: XXXI

Female unknown. sige igi

Distribution. Selys gives ‘ Colony of Zallore’, Himalayas, but I have been

unable to trace any such place either on ordnance maps or by local inquiries.

Type in the Hagen collection.

Davidius zallorensis delineatus sp. nov.

Male. Abdomen 26mm. Hindwing 25mm. (Fig. 2).

Head. Labium and labrum glossy black; anteclypeus dirty yellow;

mandibles bright citron yellow ; face and lower part of frons glossy black ;

trons broadly yellow above, this colour slightly overlapping the foreborder, its

extreme base above narrowly black; rest of head matt black ; occiput with

sinuous border, fringed with long black hairs.

Prothorax black with a broad anterior collar and a lateral posterior triangular

spot citron yellow. Above just in front of the posterior lobe a tiny geminate ‘spot.

Thorax black marked with yellow as follows :—a complete mesothoracic

collar, long, narrow antehumeral spots not confluent with the collar below, nor

meeting the alar sinus above, oblique and converging above. A small but

prominent upper humeral spot and the sides broadly yellow. The hinder

suture is narrowly mapped out in black and there is a vestigial similar line on

the anterior suture broadly interrupted in its upper part.

Legs black, unmarked, the hinder femora with a row of moderately closely-

set robust spines, the distal ones the larger ; tibial spines short.

Wing's hyaline, the bases bright saffron as far out as halfway from base to

node, Pterostigma palest brown framed in darker brown, short and dilated,

over 3 cells, poorly braced as a rule ; trigones of forewing entire, traversed once

in the hind, very rarely entire in one or the other hindwing; only 1 cubital

nervure in all wings; 4 to 5 rows of postanal cells in hindwing ; usually only

2 nervures between J7/7-722 and M7iv in the forewing, and only 1 in the hind.

“Abdomen black marked with yellow as follows :—segment 1 with the sides

broadly yellow, 2 with the dorsal carina very finely and two large subtriangular

lateral spots nearly confluent with each other, the basal one of which involves

the oreillet ; segment 3 with a large triangular baso-lateral spot narrowing

apicad where it is limited by the jugal suture. Apicad to the jugum is a

narrow elongate subapical spot, segments 4 to 8 with a small baso-lateral and

a similar apico-lateral spot cn each side which become progressively smaller

froin 4 to 8, remaining segments unmarked.

Anal appendages black, highly specialized. Superiors split into two branches

almost as far as base, a superior branch tapering and conical, and about equal |

in length to segment 10, an inferior which springs from beneath the base of the

former and is directed straight down and alittle in, long and spatulate, slightly

curled. Inferior appendage split as far as its base so as to appear as two

separate appendages which are divaricate, tapering and equal in length to the

upper branch of the superiors.

Genitalia similar to that of zallorensts zallorensis. WLamina very depressed,

bulb of penis funnel-shaped, notched at its lip, very prominent.

Female. Abdomen 27mm. Hindwing 27 mm.

Almost exactly similar to the male. The yellow markings of abdomen more

extensive, the yellow on the sides of segment 2 confluent, that on 3 only

narrowly divided by the jugal suture, on segments 4 to 6 an additional spot at

the basal side of the jugal suture and a similar narrow linear spot placed

subapically as on segment 3 of the male.

: 13-13]14-11

- Nodal] index 1128 | 9-10" (

exactly similar to that of male.

Vulvar scale small triangular, about half the length of segment 9, slightly

bifid at apex.

Distribution. A large number of both sexes collected by Mr. Chas, M. Inglis

at Gangtok, Darjeeling District in the month of May.

Distinguished easily from zvallorensis zallorensis by the thoracic markings

and. by the glossy black face. Possibly the face of the latter in fully adult

specimens is darker than as described by Selys. Venation in both species

dentical. Type in B.M.

~ Davidius davidi davidi Selys, l.c.; Will. lc. Ris,.J:c:, Laid. alse? (1923)

(Male unknown.) Female. Abdomen 34mm. Hindwing 32 mm.

es =| 13-12

In the male 5 —s 9 | 8-10 3-10" Venation ) Ofer wise

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

DORSO-LATERAL VIEW OF :—

Davidius aberrans Selys, 3

Davidius davidi assamnests Laid. ¢

Davidius zallorensis zallorensis Selys. rt

Davidius zallorensis delineatus subsp. nov.

Davidius malloryi sp. nov. ¢

Davidius davidi davidi Selys.

Davidius kumaonensis sp. nov.

NO OR wD

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES 167

Head black except the prone which has a broad dark yellow transverse

stripe on its crest ; occiput low, fringed with hair behind.

- Prothorax black, its base and posterior lobe dark yellow.

Thorax black marked with yellow as follows:—a_ short unbroken

mesothoracic collar, the lower part of the middorsal carina which is confluent

with the yellow of the collar, an upper isolated cuneiform humeral spot and

laterally two verv broad yellow stripes separated by a narrow black stripe on

the postero-lateral suture.

Interalar space also yellow.

Legs black, femora armed as in zad/orensis, rather long, 8 mm.

Wings hyaline, slightly saffronated, costa black. Nodal index :—13/15-15/15;

trigone of forewing entire traversed once in the hind; pterostigma blackish

brown, 3 mm. long, stout, over 33 to 4 cells.

Abdomen black, dorsum of segment 1 and its sides, and a dorsal stripe and

the sides of segment 2 yellow; segments 3 to 5 with baso—and apico-lateral

yellow spots, 6 to 7 with basal spots only.

Anal appendages small, the length of segment 10, which is very short. Vulvar

scale slightly notched.

Distribution. Thibet. Two females, one of which is the type, in the Paris

Museum, collected by the Abbot David after whom the species is named.

Davidius davidi assamensis uid. l.c. (1922).

Differs from the last by the total ae of the antehumeral cuneiform spot

on thorax. In the male, the last five segments are unmarked. Segment 7 has

on its ventral aspect, a little apicad to the middle of segment, a small tubercle-

like process on the ventral tergite, coated with tiny backwardly directed spines.

The sides on the 8th segment “have a series of larger spines and the sternite has

also a small] obtuse projection close after the base.

The markings of the body are a rich ochreous rather than greenish or citron

yellow as in other species.

Anal appendages very similar to those of zallorensis. Superiors as long as

segment 10, conical, curled slightly up and bearing a stout hook-like basal

branch beneath. Inferior triangular bifid at apex and furnished with a

medial lateral spine on each side.

Venation corresponding to that of zadlorensis, trigones of hindwings only,

traversed. Wings hyaline, slightly enfumed at the bases.

Distribution. Gopaldhara, Sikhim, 1 male and 2 females in the Indian

Museum, the male the type.

Davidius malloryi, sp. nov.

Male. Abdomen 29mm. Hindwing 21-23 mm.

Head. Labium dirty brown or dirty yellow; labrum and face greenish

yellow, unmarked ; frons greenish yellow, its base above broadly black ; vertex

black ; occiput greenish yellow, notched at the middle, fringed with long black

hairs.

Prothorax black, its posterior lobe and a large subdorsal spot which is

confluent with it, yellow.

Thorax black marked with greenish yellow as follows:—a very narrow

mesothoracic collar confluent with a median dorsal stripe, which narrows

above, and is confluent here with two subdorsal, longitudinally oval spots, the

three markings together shaped like a‘ T’. feo

The extreme upper keeled part of the dorsal carina black, this alone

separating the adjacent dorsal oval spots. A tiny upper ante-humeral point.

Laterally greenish yellow with the postero-lateral suture very finely black, as is

also the antero-lateral below the level of the spiracle. From this a line runs

back to meet the posterior, thus forming a black, inverted ‘ Y ’

Legs black, femora armed as for genus, the distal spine considerably longer.

The femora, underside and dorsum of thorax very hairy.

Wings hy aline, palely enfumed, not saffronated ; pterostigma bright ochreous

between heavy black nervures, braced, but the brace at an angle to the oblique

end of pterostigma, over 3-4 cells, the hind pterostigma slightly the larger,

not nearly as swollen as in other species ; Nodal index = a 8? anal triangle

with 3 cells; 2 cross nervures between JM/z-277 and Miv in forewing. only 1 in

the hind ; - only 1 cubital nervure in all wings ; trigone in forewing alw ays entire,

168 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

in the hindwing more often entire than traversed (entire in all wings in 2

specimens, traversed in one hindwing only in 3 specimens, in both hindwings in

2 specimens, in one hindwing and imperfectly in the other of another

specimen),

SSRs

ARLE ve =” T:.

RSS

SHUG

38 =

See

Explanation of Fig. 3.

1. Dorsal view of anal appendages of Davidius malloryi sp. nov, GC.

2. The same of Davidius aberrans Selys, ¢. 3. The same of Davwidius

zallorensts delineatus subsp. nov, %. 4. Lateral view of anal appendages of

Davidius malloryi, &. 5. The same of Davidius zallorensis delineatus, 2.

6. Terminal segments of abdomen of Davidius davidi assamensis Waid.,

showing ventral processes seen from the side, ¢. 7. Genitalia of Davidius

malloryt &. 8. The same of Davidius zallorensis delineatus 4. 9. The

same of Davidius davidi assamensis, 2.

Abdomen black marked with yellow as follows :—segment 1 with a narrow

middoxsal stripe which is continued over segment 2 nearly to the apical border

of segment 3, the sides of segments 1 to 3 broadly, including the oreillets on

segment 2, after which the yellow is almost interruped by an invasion of black

from above. On segment 3 the lateral yellow broadly interrupted by the black

jugal suture, segments 4 to 7 with small triangular basolateral spots, these

segments also with the middorsal carina finely yellow, but not extending quite

INDIAN. DRAGONFLIES 169

to. apex on 5and/7, the latter segment with the ventral border narrowly

yellow, 8 to 10 with this same border more broadly yellow, segment 10 with a

dorso-apical spot, the intersegmental joints between the last four segments

bright yellow.

Anal appendages black, the inferior yellow within. Superiors divaricate,

conical, pointed, equal in length to segment 10 no basal ventral branch.

Inferior deeply cleft into two branches which are more divaricate than the

superior appendages are from one another, the branches rather tumid at the

end, where each ends in a minute upturned point.

Genitalia. Lamina depressed; anterior hamules fine, long, black spines,

markedly curled so that the points almost meet the stem again to enclosea

fenestration, posteriors very robust, tumid, paler, sloping down and back,

contracting rapidly near the apex into. ashort stout robust recurved spine ;

lobe inflated, funnel-shaped, glossy black.

Female. Abdomen 29mm. Hindwing 24 mm.

Almost entirely similar to the male, abdominal markings rather more

extensive, nodal index a little higher, trigone of hindwings traversed or entire.

Vulvar scate triangular, slightly bifid, apex blunt.

Distribution. Assam. Several specimens, adult males and a single rather

teneral female, collected by Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletclier at Laitlyngkot, Khasia

Hills, Assam, 21, iv. 24. The species is closely allied to aberrans by its

appendages, but is easily distinguished from it, and from all other species by

the remarkably specialized dorsal thoracic markings, unique in the family

Gomphidae, and recalling the bizarre patterns of Coellicia.

The species was found settled flat on rocks and stones in the beds of rivers

and: lay so close that Mr. Fletcher states that he had to ‘ shovel them off with

the rim of hisnet’. These habits closely correspond to those of Aurma-

gomphus, a genus which most closely approaches the genus Davidius, at least

in considering the Asiatic genera, The narrower pterostigma and the simple

form of anal appendages might justify a removal of this species and aberrans

to a separate genus. In their simple appendages they resemble Lurmagomphus

more closely than do other species of the genus.

I have named this interesting species after Mr. Mallory who so nobly laid

down his life in the cause of science on the slopes of Mt. Everest.

Davidius aberrans aberrans Selys, (Hagenius aberrans), Appendix au

Troisieme Add. au Syn. des Gomphines, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) xxxv,

Dp. 62°(1873) 7 Will, 4. c. (1908): Laid; 1.-c. (1922).

Male. Abdomen 27 mm. Hindwing 25 mm.

Head. Labium, labrum and face entirely yellow; frons yellow, its base

above narrowly black ; vertex black ; occiput yellow, sinuous, fringed with

hairs.

- Prothorax black, a large yellow spot on each side and the posterior lobe

bright yellow.

Thorax black marked with bright greenish yellow as follows :—a_ short

uninterrupted mesothoracic collar which is confluent with two almost confluent

dorsal stripes, which lie close to and parallel with the middorsal carina, a

sinuous, moderately narrow antehumeral stripe. Laterally broadly yellow,

with the postero-lateral suture finely lined with black, lastly the remnants of a

similar stripe on the anterior suture extending up as far only as the spiracle.

The dorsal carina has some dark shading on each side.

Legs black, coxae yellow, femora armed as for genus with a row of closely-

set, evenly-spaced spines, the last 3 or 4 slightly larger and less closely-set.

Wings hyaline, palely saffronated, diffusely so and of a deeper tint at the base ;

pterostigma reddish brown, swollen, short, broad, over 3 cells; 5 rows of

postanal cells to hindwing, 3 cells in the anal triangle; trigones in forewing

—10|10-10

entire, traversed once in the hindwings ; nodal index oe 7

Abdomen black marked with yellow as follows:—a middorsal stripe on

segment 1 which is continued over segment 2 to the basal half of 3, the sides of

segments 1 and 2 broadly yellow including the oreillets, segment 3 with a

subtriangular basolateral spot and a narrow linear subapical lateral spot, 4 with

similar but much smaller spots, 5 and 6 with the basal spots only, 7 with.a

basolateral ‘T’ shaped spot, 8 with a linear lateral spot broken at the jugal

suture and extending downwards at either end, 9 with a minute subhasal lateral]

170 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1I

spot and its ventral border narrowly, 10 with a large lateral spot not quite

reaching the base.

Anal appendages yellow, the superiors divaricate simple, equal in length to

segment 10, unbranched, the apices pointed and turning a little inward : inferior

appendage triangular, slightly bifid at the apex, which is blunt.

Genitalia. Lamina depressed, lobe tumid, corrugated but giossy black ;

posterior hamules very robust, ending ina short, stout, slightly upturned

recurved spine which turns in towards its fellow.

Female. Abdomen 29mm. Hindwing 27 mm.

Very similar to the male, differs as follows nodal index slightly higher ;

trigone of forewing traversed or entire; pterostigma slightly larger, over 4 to 5

cells and slightly larger in the hindwing than in the forewing. ‘The vertex with

a small median spot of yellow, occiput low, emarginate and with two

prominences behind. Prothorax with a small geminate spot just in front of the

posterior lobe (this probably present also in most males).

Distribution. Type a female in the Maclachlan collection, collected by Capt.

Lang in North India. Allotype male in the Pusa collection, collected by

Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher at Muktesar, Kuinaon, Assam, 7,000 ft. May 9, 1923.

The species differs from all others, except malloryz, by the simple nature of

the anal appendages, and by its markings from malloryi. The two species are

closely related but, I think, must be considered as distinct species rather than

subspecies.

Davidius aberrans senchalensis subsp. nov.

Female. (Male unknown). Abdomen 28 mm. Hindwing 27 mm,

This species clesely resembles aberrans aberrans, but differs in the following

particulars :— .

: tel 14-12/12-12 : 2

The nodal index is higher {2-101 10-13° the face is black except for a fine

obscure submarginal line of yellow on the labrum, and an obscure yellow line

on the postclypeus. The occiput is indented on either side and is not

emarginate. The humeral stripe is entirely absent. The trigones of the

forewings are entire and the bases of all wings are markedly saffronated. The

pterostigma in all wings is over only 4 cells. ‘The abdominal markings differ

in the following respects :—the dorsal stripe is arrested at the extreme base of

segment 3, segments 3 to 7 have a basal and a subapical spot, on 3 and 4 the

basal spot is elongate and dumbbell shaped, on 5 to 7 this spot is not dilated at

the apical end and on segment 8 appears only a small baso-lateral spect and a

smaller triangular dorsal spot at the base, 9 and 10 are unmarked.

Distribution. A single female from Senchal, Darjeeling district, 8,000 ft. May

19, 1924. The characteristic parallel middorsal thoracic stripes, almost confluent

with the yellow middorsal carina, show a close relationship to aberrans

aberrans, but with so many points of difference I do not think that they can

possibly be conspecific.

Davidius kumaonensis sp. nov.

Female. Abdomen 27 mm. Hindwing 22 mm.

Head. Labium dirty yellow, labrum black, face and frons glossy black,

the upper surface and foreborder of latter greenish yellow, vertex and occiput

black, the latter sinuous, notched at its middle.

Protnorax black, its posterior lobe, a geminate spot just in front of it, and a

largish lateral spot yellow.

Thorax black marked with bright yellow as follows:—a very short but

complete mesothoracic collar, oblique narrow antehumeral stripes not confluent

with the collar, a small upper humeral spot, laterally almost entirely greenish

yellow, the hinder suture finely mapped out in black.

Legs black, unmarked, hind femora with armature common to the genus.

Wings hyaline, slightly saffronated at the bases. Trigones of forewings

: : : : 13-13]15-13 é

entire, traversed usually in the hind ; nodal index -~T]-10|10-1] > Pterostigma

palé yellow, stout and short, over 3 cells, braced indifferently.

-Adomen black ringed with yellow as follows :— the basal half of segment

1 and 2, the latter with a prolongation along the dorsal carina and another

along the ventral border, segments 3 to 8 with rather more than the basal

third yellow but the ring narrowing considerably on segments 7 and 8,

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES 171

segments 9 and 10 unmarked, the sutures between the last four segments

bright yellow.

Anal appendages and the conical process between them yellow, short and

conical. Vulvar scale small, in poor condition owing to the teneral condition

of the specimens.

Distribution. Kumaon, 7,000 ft. in May, collected by Mr. T. Bainbrigge

Fletcher. Two females, one of which is the type in the British Museum, Itis

unfortunate that no male was taken of this interesting species which is

distinguished from all others by the broad rings on the abdomen. The

markings on the thorax resemble closely those of zallorensis delineatus, but

without the evidence of the male, it cannot be said whether they are at all

closely related.

( Zo be continued.)

HUNTING STRAIGHT-HORNED MARKHOR

Mayor. C. H: STOCKLEY, DS.) ©: BeEv, MAC.

(With three plates)

If you take the map of Northern India and follow the course of

the Indus Valley, you will see that below Attock it flows through

a deep gorge as far as Kalabagh, and that it then frees itself from

the bondage of the hills and widens out till, fifty miles further down,

it is seven miles wide in summer. - At Kalabagh there is a ferry

to which a small branch line of the railway runs, ending in the

station of Mari-Kalabagh. There is now a railway on the right

bank of the Indus from Kalabagh to Bannu, but at the time of

which I write, the desolate country of barren hills and bad water

was undisturbed by such an innovation. A dozen miles west of

Kalabagh a range of hills runs parallel to the River Indus whose

tops average 4,500 feet in height, with a maximum of 5,206 feet.

I had heard that these held a few straight-horned markhor, and

chill dawn of a late October day found me getting out of a train at

Mari-Kalabagh after a journey which had been an almost continuous

nightmare of changes at small junctions and progression in every

direction in turn in order to reach my destination. Each change

had been enlivened by the blood-curdling growls of my bull-terrier

Punch, who strongly resented the approach of any native to my

belongings, and was heartily seconded by Sammy the spaniel.

The result was that it was impossible to get coolies to carry my

kit from one train to another unless I took the dogs twenty yards

away and shouted my directions. The two signalled their delight

at being let off the chain by hunting the local pi-dogs till they saw

preparations being made for breakfast, when they came and

squatted on their haunches near my bearer and took a keen interest

in the frying of sausages.

Meanwhile my orderly, having enlisted the aid of one of the

inferior: members of the station staff, went off in search of transport

to convey my belongings to the river bank. This arrived later on

in the shape of half a duzen small bullocks, and a walk of about a

thousand yards over sand and pebbles brought us to the water’s

edge at about 9 am.

Across the river the mud-built town of Kalabagh clustered about

the base of a bare rocky hill, the deep shadows of the open docrs

giving it the semblance of a giant empty wasp-comb.

Much shouting and an hour’s patience brought us two boats from

the far side, and we landed on the right bank below the town, at a

magnificent wide-spread banyan tree which stood on the bank

a hundred yards in front of the small dak bungalow.

A couple of hours searching produced five mules and their three

attendants, and finally we set off about two o’clock for a tiring

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

CAMP WITH MARKHOR GROUND BEHIND IT

THE CHICKALLI ‘ TANGI’

GQNNOUL) AOHMAVIL

PLB IGE SE

"20G *}SIF] “JEN Aequiog “uanor

HUNTING STRAIGHT-HORNED MARKHOR 176

trudge across the bare stony piain, arriving at the fcot of the hills

at sunset. We pitched camp 500 yards from a big village, which

lay close to the mouth of the valley which I had selected on the map

as likely ground for Markhor.

While dinner was preparing I interviewed the village elders and,

having demanded a guard for the night against thieves and

budmashes, made enquiry as to my chances of sport. Only Pushtu

is spoken in that district and I found the broad Afridi dialect very

trying, accustomed as I was to the clearer enunciation of the

Peshawar and Swat valleys. However I managed to elicit the

information that I was on the right line, and that some ten miles up

the valley was a village where a most wonderful shzkarz dwelt and

near which were innumerable Markhor. from all this I concluded

that I had a fair chance of seeing a decent buck, and that there was

a man who knew something of the most likely places to find one.

Next morning we were off a little after sunrise, and a couple of

miles travelling between the cliffs of the rapidly narrowing valley

brought us to a collection of mud-walled buildings containing an

alum factory, whose profits were derived from precipitating the

alum in the local water supply in square tanks, and then digging it

out with a spade. After passing I tried a sip of the water above

the factory and nastier tasting stuff I have never even thought of.

They told me that it was the same all the way up the valley—, a

pleasant prospect.

A mile further the walls of the gorge closed in till we moved

between two hundred foot cliffs of conglomerate not thirty yards

apart. Then we came to the narrowest part of the neck of the

bottle, where two loaded camels could not pass, and the marks of

the old Sikh gates by which they closed the road at this border

post of their domains, were still visible on the walls. Two hundred

tortuous yards and we emerged—lI almost said with a ‘ pop ’—into

a valley a quarter of a mile wide at the bottom, the glare off the

sand and white stones being quite startling after the deep gloom

of the cleft which we had traversed.

Near the base of the left or southern cliff were two circular

cavities about two feet apart and the same in width and depth,

from which trickled some evil-smelling water leaving a thick

deposit of red and green slime on the rocks below. Our leading

muleteer informed me that this was all that remained of a great

dragon, which at some far—distant time had troubled the jand. Its

depredations eventually brought upon it the combined efforts of

seventy mullahs, who gathered together, and all uttering a prayer

in unison, the dragon forthwith died. Thenthey returned to their

homes leaving the carcase, which was so immense that the stench

of its decay bred a pestilence. The mullahs had to be summoned

again to complete the job; this they did by cutting up the carcase,

and, having placed the fragments on their prayer-mats, they once

again prayed loudly in unison; whereupon the prayer-mats were

wafted up to heaven with their smelly burdens, all that remained

being the nostrils turned to rock. From these the blood and slime

of the monster still issued, thereby, as Ahmed Khan the muleteer

pointed out, proving the entire truth of the story.

174. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXi

I was now able to get an idea of the nature of my shooting

ground, and the more I looked at it the more forbidding it appear-

ed. Two ranges of hills ran parallel to each other, and between

them was the valley in which we stood. These hills seemed like

two great lines of breakers, for the slopes on their north sides are

only moderately steep, while on the south they are quite sheer and

the tops of the cliffs overhang a little in parts like the curling crest

of awave. It is on these cliffs that the markhor live, and those

facing me on the north side of the valley looked almost impossible

for anything without wings or suckers to its feet. Whence the wild

goats derived their subsistence I could not imagine, until I dis-

covered, on examination with my glasses, that what had appeared

as a few thin lighter coloured strata were slopes (set at an angle of

about seventy-five degrees) on which grew some withered grass

and stunted bushes. These bands of indifferent vegetation were

separated by anything from 200 to 1,000 feet of vertical rock, mostly

sandstone, and usually ended every two or three hundred yards by

an abrupt fault in the formation. Almost everywhere it seemed

that a stone thrown from the crest line of the hills would easily

reach the valley three thousand feet below.

On the south side of the valley the slopes were much easier, and

there were few sheer faces ; in fact it looked much more of a sheep

than a goat country, and the local man informed me that a few

corial (Ovzs vignez) inhabited these slopes whereas there were

only avery few markhor who lived on the precipices facing the

plain.

After plodding uncomfortably over the pebbles and soft sand of

the nullah we reached our destination at about eleven o’clock, and

discovered that the village consisted of a few mud huts scattered

among some most unfertile looking terraced fields on the lowest of

which we pitched camp. White visitors were scarce in these parts,

and the erection of my tent brought all the inhabitants around to

gaze at it. They seemed very poor and ill clad, and enquiry

brought to light one of the dingiest as the possessor of the name

of Awal Shah, the much-vaunted shzkart.

I soon entered into conversation with him, and was glad to find

that he was young and apparently as keen as mustard. On my

promise of ten rupees dakshish if he would show me a markhor

carrying horns of a length which I measured on my stick, he tested

the measurement with the span of his hand and said he knew of a

buck carrying even bigger horns, and pointed out a mighty sheer-

sided bluff to the north-west of the village as his home. We would

have to sleep at least one night near the top of the hill, as it took

too long to climb the cliffs to give much chance of success in one

day away from camp.

I decided to tackle the problem next day, and asked Awal Shah

to produce a couple of men to carry up my sleeping bag and food,

whereupon he picked two of his relatives, Jalpara, a handsome well-

built youth, and Saikal, a sturdy ruffian, with a bushy black beard.

I showed them what I wanted carried up, namely a sleeping bag,

small methylated stove and saucepan, a 2-lb tin of Army Ration, a

couple of soup squares, cocoa and bread. These were tc be taken

HUNTING STRAIGHT-HORNED MARKHOR 175

straight to where we were to sleep and left there while we spied

- the cliffs.

After lunch I scaled the hills to the south-west with Awal Shah

and Saikal, to stretch my legs and look for oorial. As far as game

was concerned the afternoon was a blank, but I made the better

acquaintance of my two henchmen, and found Awal Shah most

likeable and the possessor of considerable knowledge of the habits

of our quarry, while Saikal, although not so good a hunter, was

equipped with grand eyesight, and a very strong goer.

At 4 a.m. next morning we set forth, and dawn found us

wrestling with the first difficult bit of climbing, an overhanging rock

in a gully with unclimbable sides. Here my length of limb stood us

in good stead, as I was the only one who could reach a decent

handhold, and so pull myself over the edge, afterwards hauling up

the others with my khud stick. I was glad to show myself of use

then, as all three Pathans turned out to be magnificent climbers,

and took me into places where I was often in need of a helping

hand. An hour’s hard work and we parted from Saikal, who

carried on the food and blankets to our bivouac, while we turned

right-handed out of the gully to inspect a likely place. We no

sooner got on the open hill side than I realized a danger I had not

thought of, as a piece of rock nearly a foot thick broke away under

my weight and nearly gave me a bad fali. Throughout this trip

and another later one, this was a constant danger, as much of the

rock was of rotten sandstone, and this fact added to the extreme

steepness of the cliffs made the climbing much more difficult and

trying than the worst tahr and markhor ground I have been over in

my Himalayan trips.

We now got on the one of the lateral bands of grass-covered

slope which I have previously mentioned as having noticed from

below. This, though steep, afforded quite safe walking and Awal

Shah led me to the end of it, where he dropped down and crawled

to the edge; an example which I followed. I found myself over-

looking a small natural amphitheatre of grass and bush-covered

slope, about fifty yards square, and backed by precipices, round the

corner of whose western edge we were looking. It seemed an

ideal feeding ground but was deserted. However I realized

another difficulty. The nearest part of the feed was 300 yards away

and a closer approach would have been impossible, so long shots

seemed probable. We lay there some twenty minutes hoping for

something to show, then Awal Shah sent two large rocks bounding

down without result, and we left to try another spot. This sort of

thing continued all day varied only by a rest of an hour for lunch,

and several rests of lesser duration to pick the spear grass out of

my clothes and skin. This abominable vegetable has barbed and

pointed seeds which lodge in one’s clothes, especially thick tweed

such as I was wearing, and then work inwards rendering life a

misery until they are extracted.

Towards evening we had reached a point of observation near the

top of the main ridge. and lay watching a small patch of broken

ground right under its overhanging crest. Suddenly Awal Shah

gripped my arm and pointed. A horn had appeared against the

176 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

skyline, anda fair-sized markhor buck came into view and stood

surveying the cliffs below. Then followed a buck who carried

trophies such as my heart desired. A grand ash coloured beast,

forty inches at the shoulder covered with long shaggy hair and

flowing beard and ruff. Not quite so large an animal as his cousin

of Kashmir, but every bit as worthy of a sportsman’s best efforts,

from the even greater difficulty of securing his spirally twisted

horns by fair stalking.

The two bucks were fully four hundred yards away ; much too

far for a shot. They walked fifty yards nearer and my hopes rose.

They then lay down. Slowly the light faded, and then we quietly

worked our way back to the gully which was to be our night’s

lodging.

Here there was a small pool of rain water in a hollow at the back

of a wide rock shelf with a fifty-foot drop below it, and precipices

closing it in like a three-sided well. The water was sweet and very

pleasant after the alum-impregnated stuff I had been drinking

down below. There was no danger in lighting a fire as it could

not be seen from any point but the hills some miles away, and if

the wind carried the scent of it to a markhor it would carry ours

too.

At first we were silent over our food, but after I had finished

eating and brewed myself a mug of cocoa, I broke the silence by

telling Awal Shah that he would get fifteen rupees if I bagged that

buck and the others five rupees each. This provoked a chorus

of :—‘ Inshallah, he is already as dead’, and tongues were loosened.

For an hour I listened to tales of this patriarch of markhor, who, it

seemed had been known for twenty years, and of others. Then the

talk veered to tales of the hunting of men and Waziri treachery, for

the country we were inlay right on one of the main raiding routes,

till finally I declared my intention of getting a good night’s rest

to prepare for hard work on the morrow.

After avery cold night we moved off as soon as it was light to

the ground on the east where we had seen the big buck and his

fag, but there was no sign of them. All the morning we crawled

and climbed and spied without result, not daring to move freely

for fear of showing ourselves. At mid-day I sent Saikal down for

a fresh supply of food, and he returned at evening to the bivouac to

find us a bit depressed at having failed to sight our quarry. He

was undoubtedly there, said Awal Shah, probably hidden in some

small cave, and after the evening meal we heartened ourselves with

the discussion of a dozen different possibilities of the morrow.

The light of our third day on the hill side was just strong enough

to define large objects, and I was lifting my cocoa off the methilated

stove, when there came arattle of stones and a pebble hit me on

the shoulder. I looked up and saw, black against the whitening

sky, our two markhor standing statue-like on the very crest of the

western cliff, not 100 yards above us. For full five seconds we stared

at each other, then I dropped the cocoa, spilling half the pot full,

and grabbed the rifle from where it leant against the rock beside

me. But the old buck knew better than to wait. A bound, another

spurt of stones, and they were gone, :

HL AO LISHAO HH],

‘205 "38ST “3eN

Aequiog “unos

HUNTING STRAIGHT-HORNED MARKHOR 177

*That’s a bad business, Awal Shah,’ I said.

*Inshallah we will take his head home with us,’ came the ab

A most encouraging fellow, Awal Shah.

It was another twenty minutes before it was light enough to

move, and at the outset we were faced by a most difficult piece - of

climbing in order to reach the cliffs on the west, to which our

markhor had crossed over our heads. At first it seemed that-we

would have to go eastwards and climb up and-across by the same

way, Which would have entailed nearly two hours’ hard work.

Eventually Awal oe solved the problem.

* Sahib,’ he said, ‘you are very tall. If you stood on my hands

I think you could reach that crack up there,’ pointing to a fissure

some thirteen feet above us. I did not like the look of it, but

there was no other way, so taking off my chaplis, leaving my feet

encased in the soft leather socks only, I prepared for action. Then,

Awal Shah leant face inwards against the rock with his arms above

his head. Making ‘a ladder of Saikal I stepped on to the palms of

Awal Shah’s hands while he kept his wrists pressed hard against

the surface. I reached the indicated fissure, and by a long stretch

to my left got a good foothold on a projecting boss, and thrust my

right foot into a hole just above Awal Shah’s hands, thus anchoring

myself firmly. Then Jalpara came up the human ladder, stepped

on to my right foot, climbed over my shoulders, and reached a good

wide shelf above. After him Saikal reached my foot and was

hauled up by Jalpara. Then I lowered my khud stick with my

right hand and hung on with my left. Awal Shah gripped it,

swarmed up like a cat, grasped my ankles and was over my

shoulders and up to the other two without putting an ounce of

unnecessary strain on me. Finally I was also hauled up. An

excellent bit of combined work, Awal Shah’s effort at the end

showing what a fine climber he was. In another twenty minutes

we found ourselves ona small plateau which formed the top of the

big bluff which Awal Shah had pointed out to me north-west of the

village. This bluff was like an immense flying buttress of the main

range, and was connected to it by a long knife-edged ridge.

Gazing down the valley on the far side of this ridge, I first heard

the rattle of stones, and then made out four ewes feeding in the

shadow of the cliff. As I watched I saw a wonderful performance

on the part of two of them. One ewe walked out on the trunk of

a tree which grew straight out at right angles to the cliff, in order

to feed on a few leaves at the endofit. A second ewe thought she

would also like to sample them, and walked out just as the first

ewe returned. Thetrunk was about four inches thick and disaster

seemed certain ; but in some miraculous manner they passed each

other in safety. How they didit I am unabie to say; a jerk anda

wriggle being all that I could see. Our buck was not with them

however, and some irregular patches far away on the main ridge

catching my eye, I got out the telescope and counted twenty ewes

and two small bucks lying down or feeding. I thought perhaps the

big buck had gone to join them and carefully searched all the

intervening ground to no effect. -All. this time we had been trying

north and west, sonow we moved onto the south edge of the

178 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL. AIST. SOCIETY;, Vol. XXX1

plateau to search the face of the buttress itself. The edge

overhung a good deal, and looking down the concave face was very

trying, the glare off the light coloured rock being most dazzling, so

we took itin turns to spy. Suddenly Awal Shah called me as I

was taking it easy. I came tohis side and he pointed downward.

On. the easternmost of the two spurs which ran out from half-way

down the sheer face of the bluff, stood the smaller of the two bucks.

There was no mistaking him as he had a peculiar blackish patch on

his near hind quarter. Slowly he crossed the face of the cliff to the

other spur, and momentarily we expected the big buck to follow

him. He reached the western spur, stood a moment on its crest

looking round him, and then vanished still alone. What had

happened ? | .

_ There were two obvious alternatives. Either he had gone to

rejoin the big buck or he had just left him. In the first case he

might have been driven away by the big buck on the latter joining

some ewes early in the morning ; or, in the second case, the big

one might have just found some ewes in the broken ground below

the spur which the small buck had just left.

The only thing to do for the present was to ‘ wait and see,’

so another hour was spent fruitlessly scanning the ground

below.

I then decided on fresh tactics. It was now eleven o’clock and the

sun was very hot, so it was fairly certain that our quarry would not

make amove till 4 p.m. at the earliest. I therefore sent Saikal to

work down the west side of the bluff until he should reach the

spur where we had last seen the small buck. He was to spy there

till three o’clock and rejoin us near the head of the other spur which

was to be our objective. Wehad exhausted our pool of water in

the morning, and I had not been able to fill my water bottle so in

any case we had to go down before evening.

We started on our respective journeys, and after two hours’

unavailing toil, my party arrived just below the junction of the last

spur with the main face of the bluff. Here, as we rested awhile,

Saikal appeared above us signalling violently. There was no need

to enquire the cause of his excitement; we started up to meet

him. He told us that, having reached the western spur and seen

the smali buck still moving steadily away, he lay down and spied

round for about half an hour. Suddenly he had caught sight of

two ewes lying down on the face of our spur. After a while he

had made out something in the deep shadow of a rock, and on

climbing a little nearer, saw that it was the-horns of the big buck

sticking out from a recess in which he was lying.

_ Saikaj then pointed to a large rock needle, under the far side of

which he said all three markhor were still resting. The only way

to reach this was to cross the cliff by a narrow band of earth set at

a very steep angle, and with a sheer drop of between 300 and 400

feet below it. We had had no water since early morning, and I

knew the traverse would be very trying, so that I would probabiy

arrive at the firing point with a shaky hand and make a heart

breaking miss, I therefore asked if there was any chance of finding

some, water near by.

LNs

“<< HUNTING STRAIGHT-HORNED MARKHOR >" 179

Jalpara said he knew of a hole in the rock situated in a ravine

some 200 feet beiow us, which might hold a little. I sent him off

to try, and in twenty minutes he was back with my water bottle full

and we ail had a good drink. Feeling a new man | started along

the connecting siope, reached the ridge leading to the rock needle,

crawled along it and clambered slowly up to the sloping top of the

rock. Inch by inch I pushed my head over.

I had got my whole head and shoulders over before I caught

sight of a ewe lying on a ledge almost directly under me. Iczraned

a little further forward and saw a second ewe lying nearer in.

Then my heart stood stiil for a second, for beside her a mighty

horn projected from underneath the rock. But it was an extremely

awkward position all the same, although I was within 80 yards of

them. |

It is no good shooting at a horn, and at any moment some stray

puff of wind might carry the news of our presence to its owner or

one of his attendant ewes. Still there was no other possible

firing-point, so I got my rifle ready, made Jalpara hold my legs to

prevent me slipping over, and waited.

Five minutes of this discomfort was all 1 had to endure. Some:

eddy of wind carried the taint of danger to the ewes, for they

suddenly sprang to their feet and bolted downhill in a whirl of

stones and dust. Their lord and master was not slow to follow,

put a hundred yards below me he stopped to glance back. I fired.

His heels went in the air and he pitched over the edge. Jalpara let

go of my legs so that I nearly dived over head first, and an

avalanche of three yelling Pathans shot downhill in a cloud of

dust, utterly heedless of my agonized cries not to spoil the head

skin by cutting the ‘halal’ too deep, while I scrambled and

clambered clumsily in the rear. Of course when | got there his

throat was cut from ear to ear, but a skilful taxidermist could

repair that, and what did it matter when I had got his horns after

such a three days hunt.

NOTES ON THE SEASONAL OCCURRENCE OF RANGOON

EARTHWORMS. ;

G. E, GATES,

Biology Department, Judson College, Rangoon, Burma.

Casual study several years ago of collections of Rangoon earth worms seemed

to show wide variations in the numbers of species to be found at different

seasons of the year in this city. In order to obtain further information on this

subiect a record was kept of species, date of finding, and Jocality of all worms

brought into the laboratory during the school year of 1923-1924. While these

records confirmed the earlier ideas as to the seasonal occurrence they gave no

information as to the relative rarity of the various species in the seasons in which

they occur. Furthermore the collections were not made systematically so that

the tabulation of the results left much to be desired in the way of completeness.

In order to overcome these defects and to obtain additional information a

slightly different procedure was adopted and put into practice during the last

school year, (1924-1925). In the middle of every month one of the college

mahlis was sent out each morning for several days in succession to dig for

wornis in widely separated regions of the town. The mahlz was provided with

a bicycle to enable him to cover the area in the time allotted and ordered to dig

in as many different kinds of situations as could be found, such as sandy,

loamy, clayey soil; in gardens, ditches, bugs, compost heaps, garbage piles,

rice fields, jungle, etc. The worms brought into the laboratory at the end of

the day’s work were sorted according to species and counted. At the end of the

week the daily totals were added to secure a monthly grand total. These

monthly totals are given below in Table B.

In the rainy months the earth worms were easily secured in almost any soil,

although numerous attempts to obtain these worms from the clayey paddy

fields, either before or after the water was drained off, were without success.

At the close of the rainy season the soil slowly dried, in many places becoming

very hard and cracked. As the season progressed the worms could, of course,

only be found in places that remained wet due to some accident of location. The

search was then confined to ground near tanks, lakes, and wells, to ditches,

swamps, river banks, and soil that received drainage water from bathrooms

and cookhouses, etc.

At first the collecting was directly supervised by the writer but limitations of

time made it impossible to continue this direct supervision every month. It is

therefore impossible to guarantee that all types of localities were visited every

month. The tabulation of the results of the collecting seems to show however

that the work was faithfully done. Thus Perionyx excavatus and P. fulvus,

for instance, are usually not found with other worms but in soil rich in putrefy-

ing matter. The former was obtained every month and the latter in nine

months. ‘To secure these specimens visits must have been paid to the parti-

cular type of situaticn in which the species are usually tound.

The geology of Rangoon.—The soil of Rangoon and immediate vicinity is

mostly river alluvium—sands, clays, etc., with patches of old tertiary sands

which have been partly changed into laterite. The weathered laterite forms

reddish soil richiniron. The altitude is roughly speaking a little above

sea level.

The seasons.—The year may be divided into two seasons in Rangoon accord-

ing to the rainfall ; the rainy reason (May to October) comprising roughly the

months in which there are from ten to thirty rainy days and a fall of five or

more inches of rain per month, and the dry season (November to April) in

which there are usually less than five rainy days and a rainfall of much less

than five inches per month. ‘The dry season may be subdivided according to

temperature. The months of November to February inclusive in which the

mean temperature is usually below 80 are referred to locally as the cold season

or cold weather. Similarly the period including the months of March, April,

and May, in which the mean temperature is usually above 80 is referred to as

the hot season.

In order to show as concisely as possible conditions in this city as to rainfall,

rainy days, temperature and humidity, throughout the year, the results of

meteorological observations made at the Jmperial Observatory in Rangoon town

have been secured from the monthly tables published in the Supplement to

The Burma Gazette. These figures constitute Table A.

18]

SEASONAL OCCURRENCE OF RANGOON EARTHWORMS

‘a[qeUurejqo jou voeUOJUT--"y

| | | | | | :

WB | 98] Les} se2 | 692 | 292 | 918 | 2 | 2 | 908 | 6.6L | Sas | z.g8 | ‘eAUIeduIA; uve | 9

; | | | | |

| |

| | eae | | “Ip

YB | 28} S38) BES) BOL | %O8 | %E8 | %L8 | BEB | %EE | 228 | B68 Gaye home oS sto ea ei

} } ai

| | | | | | | |

| | | ‘sep Aules |

| | | | | | | | |

v ‘V | ae a | eRe G2 a GLa GI Ay Seen Dec, Bic ste st |jo Jaquina ee | €

| | |

| | | | | | |

86-11 | £9-T | 2-0 2-0 | 12.0 | Le.0 | 64-2 | 16-9 | LEST | L8GT | Zh1Z | FOBT | 96-T | UE TreyuyEX JerHION |Z

| | | | | | | |

S6-bI | 69-6 | | “| €@-T | LO-€T | 26-91 | TE-8% | 20-92 | 89-81 | PS-6 | UE Treyurea Tenjoy | T

| | | foes

Bet ane

| | | | |

So ne a = < ee —

Ajnt sung ARI |

Avy | tady jyoep| ‘qoq | ‘ues ‘00q “AON | IO "ydas “sny

Sc6I be6T

V AU TdvVL

HIST. SOCIETY, ‘Vol. XXX1

ig2 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL

’ —=— - ——

"[ludy Ul punoj aq ssayjquop {IM Avy pue Yorey yI0q UI M990 03

punoj useq savy YoIYA saloeds asoy} jseay FY ‘Youve uy se pudy ur snov0 sejoads oures oy} Jey} atqeqoid s10JoI0y} ST 1]

YoIey Ul SB JSIOUL sv SUTeUer ‘*dj9 ‘s[[oa. puNOIe puno1s ay} PUB SUIOJ SuUlyeUIaqIy 9} INO SuTIq Oj [[VUIS 00} st yJUOTH

SIY} UL[]ejulvI Jo junome [euousyy, ‘[dy jo yjuoW UOT}VOvA 94} Ul OUOp UIeq JA SBY SUTST[OD ON «= ‘ape SaOT}D9T[09 ON—"X

‘tadoid eming wolj poyioder Ajsnotaeid jou—' gn

‘BULING Ul alsyA\as[a Wolf poyiodar jnq UooSsueYy woij pelioder A[snotAeid JON—' YN

“payeorput sotoads ay} jo Atquqoid surioj sinjyeuruli— ¢ | ee ‘oulido190d — "gq

i "pernses JOU posy}eoIpul Soldads ay} Jo SMIIOM' * * ['( Z@ ) sayeyy seg] ‘ormapue Ajqeqoid—i q

*poajunoo jou ynq pandas pajeolput satoads ay} Jo sutiom + “O1WApua—*

x G0 |= — pers eh = ae d (UN) ‘sneyerttded snypupiyd4qy | 1Z

wn x eco ecw | cee . coe | F eco | bue nee | a eae oon SnICI ce 6I

dee | s e ee . Z TP ZL 1Z | t | see coe a «ee eee snurvnsed ce ST

GSI ex ; ee cg pS AG O92. | 269s SOR ee i ale f snyeoaoy snooydAngy | 7]

v x L8T OEP 866 OP 62 C9 6 | 86 £ at + | ¥ gee * SHOTUBTIIIG $y}290}30 | OT

a) ae Goes ites re asa € v VES se oak edie Pye (QN) “shaqnj 4 ST

SP x CO Nel. yOSL € Gatparo™) SL: S16 VG lee: Goren aia vc aecines ee “* snjeavoxa == xAUOLIOg | pT

t x EVR ELS tS |. 2S fe etl al ere 8S 8 oP Phelps 1d (UN) ‘vumyysod 2 el

eee 4 { eee | | . | eve | see g . eo | eee a aes eyeurld Z1

RIA a, eo ee | @t@ ) 96T | LZet | PEE | T0Z| 08 Cea | oS vuensed : or

Be Ke : PR aa esc me h(a Ae ge ie Coa “ -ypoorasty 01

xX — P é Sor} 2 | 6PFT Weak fae ges ie. ast BYIOSAI fs 6

Oc Z AS: 2e) AGy d= Sie ol 62g. | aege Blas 7G rag 7: ui Hel[noy - g

= ; : ape 7 ae ae oS ee a (QN) “Bjyecuojo, My it

i x | ab eliogy GeasCz ik ie eOr at lap ee ene nein ee eee ejeuloue = BTU Jaiayd | g

CO oo CGG |. cL Pits) Seo eg ee lag G + a an (UN) ‘Hlinew xajoosesayq | c

see x CEH . eee } ee ° -2e | ees | . eco a eee ove “"* PIPPI oc I

ee x ee oe eee | cee . | . | | | | iets al SISUDUCOSUBI oe ¢

Pp | x | see cee ZI Z L | ¢ i ie PA | is | + a see soe eurnsed 6 Z

rad Kid aS LL! Or ke t 4 | I sefog ft | Giviaes BrayeSuo, > BpLweiq | {

| | | | |

Aen | “dy | "Iv | ‘qoy | ‘ues 2a | “AON | "190 | dag ‘ony | Aqne | oun | AVN ly a

i ee I a re [Neen ines j ! : c

| ; es = 5

S261 F261 vi Br asiinad te tar id

qd ATAVL

SEASONAL OCCURRENCE OF RANGOON EARTHWORMS 183

Discussion.—Study of Table B shows that the worms of Rangoon may be

arranged into three groups according to their seasonal occurrence. In the

first group are those forms which have been found only in the rainy season or

which are practically limited to the rainy months, disappearing as the soil

dries in November and December, not to be found again until the rains are,

under way in the next season: This group contains the following species :=

Pheretima anomala

4 znsolita

i lignicola

aS peguana

me pblanata

Eutypheus foveatus

ie peguanus

- varus.

Of this group of eight species, six are endemic’in Burma, and the other

two although peregrine are limited in their distribution. P. Jlignicola

has not hitherto been reported outside of India and Burma. P. peguana is

apparently confined to a region including Burma, Siam, and the islands to the

south of the Malay Peninsula.

The second group contains those species which occur throughout the year

or which have been found in both the rainy and dry months. The year-round

species are :—

Pheretima posthuma

Perionyx excavatus

” fulvus

Octochaetus birmanicus

Pontoscolex corethrurus.

Records of previous years together with the records for 1924-25 permit ‘the

inclusion of the following species in this section of the group :—

Drawida longatria

Megascolex maurttii

Pheretima houllett.

The second section of this group is composed of the following species which

have been found in both rainy and dry season months although not yet known

to occur in every month of the year :— és

Drawida peguana

Pheretima elongata.

The first of these two species have already been found in nine months of the

year. PP. elongata is very rare and only seventeen specimens have been found

hitherto in Rangoon, eleven in June 1924, four in November 1924, and two in

January 1923.

Of this second group only three species, DV. longatria, D. peguana, and

O. birmanicus are endemic. All the rest of this group with the possible

exception of Pertonyx fulvus are widely distributed.

The third group is composed of the following species which have been

found up to the present time only in the dry season months and not in the

rainy months :—

Drawida rangoonensis

vara.

Gly phidrilus papillatus

It should not be understood to mean that the forms of this group are

considered to he limited in occurrence to the dry season, but only that they

have not yet been found in any other season. The two species of Drawida are

very rare in Rangoon. JD. rangoonensis was found in November 1923, and in

Spite of repeated searches in the same and similar localities has: not been

obtained again. JD. rara was described from six specimens obtained in

November and December 1923. No further specimens have been secured,

G. papillatus was found as the result of a chance search in still slightly moist

soil at the bottom of a depression that had been covered with water for the

previous ten months, during a great deal of which time the water was ‘two

feet or more deep. 1 his species may .be secured in Kalaw in March, April,

and May, in Bhamo in March, in both places in soil that is slightly submerged,

184. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

Possibly in similar situations in Rangoon these worms may be found all the

year round. Collections have been made nearly every month in the ground

near the depression mentioned above but without securing any specimens. It.

is hoped that further studies now in progress will furnish additional information

regarding the occurrence of these three forms.

Variation from normal amount of rainfall-as related to variation in occur=

rence of earthworms.—In the course of this study there have seemed to be

several cases in which marked variations from the normal amount of rainfall

have coincided with variations in the occurrence of certain earthworms. It has

not been possible hitherto to check carefully these cases. The completion of

the first year’s work under the method described in the first paragraph of this

paper has furnished a means for checking such variations. In order to show

one such coincidence the month of May 1925 has been included in both tables

to enable comparison with the same month of 1924. In May 1924 there was

9°54 inches of rainfall. In the same month of 1925 there was a rainfall of

14:95 inches, or nearly three inches more than normal. In May 1924 with.

nearly two and one half inches less than normal the only rainy season worms

obtainable were probably immature specimens of P. peguana. In May 1925

with 541 more inches of rain than in the same month of the previous year

P. peguana, and LE. foveatus, both rainy season forms, were readily obtainable

in numbers in exactly the same situations which had yielded the year before

only year-round species and immature forms.

Apparently, then, a difference of a fairly small number of inches (when

compared to the total amount of rainfall) especially at the beginning of the

season may make quite a difference in the worms to be found at that time.

This is rather strikingly illustrated by a collecting experience at Meiktila.

This town is within the so-called dry belt of Burma and has a yearly average of

52°8 rainy days with only about thirty-three inches of rain. The first collection

was made there on May 20, at which time there had been no rain for months.

The grourid was dry and hard and only a very few specimens were secured,

most of which were found in an irrigated garden. The earth around wells and

tanks, in which there is alinost always a fair number of worms, even in the driest

months, furnished at this place only two or three specimens. The worms

obtained were M/. maurilit and P. posthuma, both peregrine forms. There

were light showers on the next day (May 21) and every day thereafter for

séveral weeks there was more or less rain. On 24th no more worms were to

be obtained than on the first day of collecting. The next few days were spent

in collecting elsewhere. On returning to Meiktila on the 28th castings

were found scattered everywhere and worms belonging to the genus Luty-

phoeus were obtainable in large numbers. These were mostly immature and

probably endemic. :

The earthworms may disappear from a locality as quickly as they appear.

While’ collecting in Insein one day in the middle of October, P. anomala was

found in moist ground underneath a pile of paddy husks at the rear of a small

mill. Returning several days later, not a worm was to be found although to

all appearances ‘the ground under the paddy husks was as damp as at the time

of the first visit.

Seasonal variations.—Specimens of D. longatria and O. birmanicus vary in

size according to the season, being much longer and thicker in the wet season

than in the dry season. In the rainy months O. dirmanicus may be found up

to 117 mm. in length, and 6 mm. in width, while the same species in the winter

movths does not measure more than 65 mm. in length and 4 mm. in

diameter. Similarly D. Jongatria secured the rainy weather may measure up

to 153 mm. in length, and 6 mm. in width, while specimens of the same

species do not measure in the cold months more than 90 mm. in length and

4 mm. in diameter.

Breeding season.—Cocoons have been secured in every month of the year but

always from places where there are several species of worms so that it has been

impossible to tell to which species they belong. When worms were separated

according to species and kept in the laboratory cocoon formation nearly

always ceased. ‘The one exception to this statement was P. corethrurus which

formed cocoons in great numbers; under laboratory conditions from December

to March, inclusive. These worms were found in December forming cocoons

in very dry, hard soil under the shade of a big tree, betwen three to six pete

below the surface.

SEASONAL OCCURRENCE OF RANGOON EARTHWORMS 185

Notes on Distribution.—All worms obtained by digging have been obtained

within a depth of two feet from the surface.

Eutypheus foveatus is found in large numbers crawling over the ground

after a storm. The numbers crawling around seem to be about the same after

a driving rain as milder but longer continued downfall. Only one other

species of the Rangoon worms has been observed to do this, &. peguanus.

Worms secured in this way are not included in Table B, which enumerates

only those obtained by digging.

Perionyx excavatus is tound in large numbers in dung heaps, in soil satura-

ted with water from bathrooms, cookhouses, or the kitchens of native houses,

or soapy water in the dhobie compounds. P. fulvus is often found in associa-

tion with P. excavatus, or in similar situations. In addition to specimens

obtained by digging this worm has been found in a number of other situations

such as; under the bark of fallen trees, in cavities filled with humus and

water in crotches of living trees, under epiphytic ferns, in the sheathing bases .

of plantain leaves, under detritus accumulated on roofs, in dirt filling the

cracks between the floor boards of a second story verandah of a European

house.

P. insolita, D. longatria, and to a lesser extent 47. mauritii and P. anomala

occur in limited localities. ‘These ‘ pockets,’ discovered by accident in some .

cases, were ‘ worked intensively’ to provide material for other investigations.

Due to this the numbers of P. anxomala and P. insolita are unusually high in

August and October. Jn such pockets there is usually one predominant

species. Others may be absent or, if present, in much smaller numbers.

P. insolita and P. anomala generally are found together. P. anomala may be

found without P. zzsolita but the latter has not yet been found in a situation

where there are none of the former.

Where do the rainy season earthworms go during the dry weather? ‘The

only answer to this question would seem to be deeper down into the ground.

Bourne records finding D. grandis in South India in May only at a depth of

nine to ten feet. In hope of obtaining some information on this matter

numerous visits were made to several areas where the Rangoon Development

Trust was at work. Although the excavations were in some cases deeper than

ten feet no information or specimens were secured. In this connection it may

be of interest to report a conversation with an old Burman. He, as well as

others, was interested in the sahib who was collecting worms and stopped to

chat. In conversations whieh have arisen in this way the question above has

frequently been asked, but usually without eliciting amy answer except a

statement that the worms are supposed to go deep into the soil. The old man

just mentioned related that some years previous, in the course of digging a pit,

he came upon, at a depth of about ten feet, a large mass of worms. He

claimed that the worms were coiled up into a ball about six to ten inches in

diameter.

Summary

_ The seasonal occurrence of twenty-one species of earthworms in Rangoon is

recorded. ‘The endemic species, with three exceptions are found only in the

rainy season, The peregrine forms are found all the year round. Certain

species have been found only in the dry season.

Literature

Gates, G. E., 1905. Some Notes on Pheretima anomala, Mich., and a related

Species new to India and Burma. (2) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) 15.

Prashad, B., 1916. The earthworms of Lahore. J., Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soc. (24).

BIRDS NESTING IN THE DRAS AND SURU VALLEYS

B. B. OSMASTON, C.I.E., I.F.S. (Ret.).

The tour I am about to describe was undertaken in the summer of 1925 with

a view to study bird-life in the Dras and Suru Valleys. Dras and Suru are

situated on the north-east side of the Great Himalayan Range and in order to

reach this tract one has to cross the Himalayan barrier.

The Dras and Suru rivers take their rise in the Himalayan Range, draining

the north-east slopes thereof. They unite just below Kargil and eventually

flow into the Indus, half-way between Skardo and Leh.

The climate in these valleys is much drier than that experienced in Kashmir

but less dry than in Ladakh proper. As in the latter, trees and field

crops can only be grown on irrigated land, consequently the hill sides are

generally almost bare of vegetation but even so they are greener than the hills

in Ladakh.

The Dras and Surwu rivers, rising in the snow fields and glaciers of the

Himalaya, bring down huge volumes of snow water during the summer

months, at which season they are quite unfordable. In late autumn the flow is

greatly reduced and in winter they freeze down to about 10,000 ft. altitude and

are then covered with snow. The villagers who inhabit this inhospitable tract

are confined to their houses by snow for about 5 months, and it is necessary

for them to store up fuel, food and fodder for themselves and their flocks and

herds for the whole of this period.

In the summer, the time of my visit, the climate is a perfect one, bright

sunny days, practically no rain, hot in the sun but coolin the shade. Full

use is made of the many little snow-fed streams and an elaborate system of

irrigation channels by means of which the fields get water in turn every few

days, enables the inhabitants to raise magnificent crops of barley, lucerne and

fodder grass, the latter full of lovely alpine flowers.

The only trees are willows—and poplars, planted on irrigated land, and

sometimes wild in the rare places where swamps occur. Elsewhere in the

vicinity of streams, we find wild roses, with deep red flowers, and a small

extremely thorny shrub (Lomzicera spinosa). Bird life in this tract is quite

as conspicuous as in the valley of Kashmir but the number of species is much

less.

I will now proceed to describe my tour in diary form.

June 21. Srinagar to Ganderbal. 13 miles.

My kit went by boat, rather a circuitous ‘route, taking about 10 hours. I

rode a bicycle, doing the distance in about 13 hours. The road is nearly level

_all the way and passes through rice cultivation with a pretty view over the

Anchar and Dal lakes.

The day temperature was fairly warm but the night quite cool. This is due

to the proximity of the Sind river now full of snow water, the temperature of

which at 6 a.m. was found to be 49° Faht.

June 22. Walked about 4 miles from Ganderbal to a piece of swampy

ground near Krahom, which I knew to be a favourite haunt of the Chinese

Paddy Field Warbler (Acrocephalus concinens concinens). This. swamp is

usually partially inundated but this year had been drained to some extent, so

it was only moist under foot. The grass and rushes were about 2 to 3 feet

high. The above warbler was almost the only bird seen in the swamp and

they were fairly numerous. They flit about in the grass in pairs or small

parties, occasionally disappearing into the grass. They are not very shy. The

song of this bird is short but pleasant and with few harsh notes. We searched

systematically through the grass (myself and two Indians) for about 3 hours

and found 13 nests, including 10 with fresh eggs and 3 ready for eggs. 3or4

appears to be the normal full clutch. The nests were woven on to 3 or 4 grass

or rush stems only a few inches above the ground and were not easy to spot,

BIRDS NESTING IN THE DRAS AND SURU VALLEYS 187

They were cup-shaped, fairly compact, and composed of dry grass and rush

leaves and occasionally some moss neatly woven together with animal wool or

vegetable cotton and lined with fine grass, moss fruiting stems, etc.

The eggs are nearly white or very pale greenish, with spots of sepia-brown

and underlying markings of grey and neutral tint.

The average of 30 egys is 17°0 by 12°7 millimetres.

The above species has previously been confounded with Acrocephalus

agricola, and even in the Fauna of British India (Revised Edition) A. concinens

is said to breed in Kashmir in rose bushes far from water, and A. agricola

in swamps. Asamatter of fact, A. concinens breeds in swamps throughout

the valley of Kashmir and never away from water, whereas A. agricola does

not breed or even occur in Kashmir at all.

June 23. Ganderbal (5,200 ft.) to Gaewan (6,400 ft.). 19 miles.

Our path led up the left bank of the river, my kit loaded on 7 ponies, going

by the bridle path along the right bank.

On leaving Ganderba! a king crow’s nest (Dicrurus leucopheus stevenst) was

observed on a low branch of a chenar tree. It was just ready for eggs. On

the march the following birds were noticed:—The Black Himalayan Bulbul

(common), Cryptolopha xanthoschista (a few) the Rufous-tailed Flycatcher

(several) ,Blue-headed Rock-Thrush Petrophila cinclorhyncha (a pair) ,Hodgson’s

Rose Finch, a pair, singing. Also Cuculus canorus, poliocephalus and saturatus.

A nest of the Kashmir Grey Tit, P. m. kashmiriensis was examined in a hole

in a walnut tree, 5 feet from the ground. It contained 5 hard set eggs which

were consequently not taken.

Arrived at camp under walnut trees close to spring. Beautiful view of snows

up valley. .

In evening found nest of Kashmir Roller Coracias g. semenovi in a hole in a

hollow poplar tree, 50 feet from ground. The nest was far down in the

hollow trunk and in-accessible.

Also a nest of the Indian Red-breasted Flycatcher (Szphia parva hyperythra)

in a hole in a small Perrottia tree 5 feet from the ground. It contained only

two partially incubated eggs.

Mosquitos a little troublesome in the forest, but by day time only.

June 24, Arainy, wetday. Searched for nests in forest, which consists here

chiefly of a dense growth of Perrottia, a hazel-like large shrub or small tree,

very valuable as fuel. The Red-breasted Flycatcher is common in this type of

forest. I found two more nests of this bird in holes in Perrottia and Willow,

7 and 12 feet from the ground respectively. They each contained four rather

hard set eggs.

A nest of the Dark-Grey Bush-Chat (Ovezcola f. fervea) was also found on the

ground, at the foot of a wild Indigo bush, containing 4 fresh eggs.

June 25. Gaewan to Gaggangir (7,700 ft.). 12 miles.

The path still follows the Sind river, mostly on the right bank, the scenery

getting finer and wilder and the hill sides more precipitous, as one progresses.

Shortly after leaving camp I saw a likely looking long, narrow, low island in

the middle of the river to give access to which a pole had been thrown across

from the mainland. This I crossed in fear and trembling, and got safely over.

The island was then searched systematically for the common sandpiper (Zringa

hypoleuca) whose eggs I had never taken.

The island was stony and sandy with a good many low bushes of tamarisk,

indigofera, creepers, etc. My best expectations were more than fulfilled, as I

put two sandpipers off their nests, well concealed in the low tamarisk scrub.

The nests were mere hollows in the ground, lined with dead leaves and dry

grass and contained 4 slightly incubated eggsin each. They average 35°5 by

26°0. Furtheron saw a Plumbeous Water Redstart building its nest in a hole

in an old pollard willow, 6 feet above the water. -

At Gaggangir I found Hodgsonius phoenicuroides and Herornis pallidus

both common. The former is rarely found breeding aslow as 8,000 ft. Also

saw greenfinches and the Rufous-tailed Flycatcher Alseonax ruficaudus.

The Eastern Meadow Bunting Amberiza cta stracheyt, is also a common bird

here. Its song is the best of all the buntings 1 know. It bears some resemblance

to that of the Goldfinch, but is less prolonged. . Sec ae :

188 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

June 26. Gaggangir to Sonamarg (9000’.) 7 miles.

The road now ascends more rapidly, between lofty rocky precipices, and thie

river assumes the character of a cascade or mountain torrent.

The Brown Dipper (C. pallasiz tenutrostris) and Himalayan Whistling

Thrush (V/. horsfieldi temmincki) are common here, :the former with fully-

fledged young, the latter with nests against boulders often in midstream.

A nest of the Large Crowned Willow-Warbler (Acanthopneuste o. occipitalis)

was found in a hole in a small tree overhanging the path, 7 ft. from the ground.

It contained 2 pure white fresh eggs.

Sonamarg is one of the most beautiful spots in Kashmir. It consists of open

grassy ‘margs’ or glades surrounded by steep Slopes clothed with Silver Fir,

Blue Pine, Yew and Birch forest, with steep snow-clad slopes and bare rocky

precipices rising to 17,000 ft. on all sides, and with a glacier in the near

distance. |

June 27. Climbed up about 2,000 feet above camp—

Heard Monal pheasants calling. Watched a pair of eee s Willow- Warblers

(Phylloscopus tytlert) but was unable to locate their nest. They build high up

in Fir trees and consequently their nests are very difficult to find.

Found a nest of the Sooty Flycatcher (Hemichelidon sibirica gulmargt) on a

lower branch of a big silver fir. The nest, a neat little mossy cup, compacted

with spider’s web, contained 3 much incubated eggs.

Other birds seen were the Grey-headed Thrush (7urdus c. castaneus), the

Kashmir Wren (TVZvoglodytes t. mneglectus) the Red-flanked Bush Robin

(lanthia rufilata) Large Crowned Willow Warblers, Greenfinches and

Goldfinches, all common.

In the grassy meadows below the forest Skylarks were numerous and

evidently breeding, but no nests were found. A bird shot appears to be

Alauda gulgula guttata, the same as the Ladakh Skylark.

June 28. Sonamarg to Baltal. (9,450 ft.). 9 miles.

-The road still follows the valley, which is here much wider and the stream

more gently flowing.

The nest of a Himalayan Tree Creeper (Certhia h, himalayana) was examined,

under the bark of a fir tree. It contained three young and one addled egg.

Camped at Baltal, beyond the Rest House, in the shade of cherries, maples,

silver fir and birch. Red-flanked Bush robins, Wrens, Tree creepers, Tytler’s,

Hume’s and the Large-Crowned Willow-Warblers all common here. Found a

nest of the latter ina rift ina fallen birch tree, one foot from the ground.

Nest of moss, lined hair. It contained 4 fresh eggs,

June 29. Halt. Baltal. Found wren’s nest in roots of fallen tree,

containing 5 half-fledged young. Also nest of Brooke’s. Nuthatch Sztta

kashmiriensis in a woodpecker’s nest hole in a dead birch tree, 16 feet up.

The hole had been reduced in size by a ring of hard mud masonry. The

nest contained 3 young birds.

My spaniel put up a pair of monal on a steep hillside above my camp. They

were accompanied by 3 or 4 chicks only about as big as quail, but still able to

fly well. A nest of the Kashmir Cinnamon Sparrow (Passer rutilans débtlis) in

a holein arotten Birch tree, 20 feet from the ground (an old woodpecker’s

ne) contained 5 hard set eggs.

Watched a pair of Orange Bulfinches (?. aurantiaca) but they did not appeat

to have a nest.

The White-capped Redstart (Chaimarrornis leucoephala) was common here.

June 30. Baltal to Matayan (10,600 ft.). 15 miles.

The ascent of about 2,000 feet to the Zojila Pass is steep for the first 2 miles,

and then very gradual. Reached the passin 2} hours—There was not much

snow, and the bridle path is good. Saw the Central Asian Blackbird (Turdus

merula maximus) a little below the pass.

On crossing the pass the descent is very gradual and easy. Saw a gocd many

Redstarts (Phoenicurus ochrurus phoenicuroides) Stoliczka’s Mountain Finch

(Fringilauda nemoricola altaica) the Yellow-headed Wagtail (MWotacilla

citreola citreoloides), the Ladakh Skylark (Alauda gulgula guttata) and a

Raven or two (C. corax tibetanus). pene:

“Found a nest of the Skylark, with 4 fresh eggs, at 11,000 ft. Also a Common

Sandpiper’ s (Tringa hypoleuca) nest on an island in the stream at the same

BIRDS NESTING IN THE DRAS AND SURU VALLEYS 189

altitude, with 4 freshly hatched young. Sawa good many Hodgsons’ Rose-

finch (Carpodacus e. roseatus) and the Gold-fronted Finch (Wetoponia pusilla)

near Matayan, but neither of these species is breeding yet.

Found several nests of (the Ladakh Chiffchaff) Phylloscopus collybita in

the Tamarisk scrub by the river. Also several nests of the Yellow-headed

Wagtail.

July 1. Matayan to Dras. (10,200 ft.). 14 miles.

A gentle descent along the broad valley of the Dras river, now a large

unfordable stream, much swolen by snow water. Saw several Bluethroats, and

captured a young bird, in mottled robin-like piumage with a rufous patch

above the tail and no blue or red on the throat. Found several Chiffchafts’

nests with fresh eggs.

Saw Crag Martins (Ptyonoprogne vupestris), and House Martins (Delichon

uvbica subsp. 2?) collecting mud for thei r nests.

‘Camped at Dras in an irrigated ‘Bagh’ under shade of willow trees.

Goldfinches were numerous and singing—evidently about to breed. The

Himalayan Goldfinch (Carduelis c. caniceps) breeds in May in Kashmir at from

5,000 ft. to7,000 ft. and again in August at higher altitudes, about 10,000 to

11,000 ft., in Kashmir and Ladakh.

In evening crossed the river and searched long grass and scrub around

cultivation on hillside. Put up asmall bird at my feet in long grass and low

briar. Searched carefully and discovered a rather deep nest of dry grass well

concealed and almost on the ground in the grass and briar ‘with 3 fresh eggs,

pinkish white spotted all over, but most thickly at the broad end, with pinkish-

claret markings. Secured parent bird after much patient waiting. She

proved to be the Large-billed Bush Warbler (7vibura major). This was the

first nest of this bird I had ever seen.

Subsequently a good many more nests of this species were found in the Suru

Valley, all very well concealed, generally at the base of dense thorns (Lonzcera

spinosa) and buried in grass.

The. call of this bird resembles the syllables chipi...chipi... chipi.

repeated ad lib—about 2 to the second. They are adept skulkers and the hen

bird usually leaves the nest running rapidly through the grass like a rat,

eventually taking flight at some distance from the nest.

The average measurement of 34 eggs is 18°9 by 14°3.

Another Skylark’s nest with 4 fresh eggs was also found in a lucerne field.

July 3. Drasto Labar. (12,400 ft.). 10 miles.

Made a very early start, Cuckoos, Skylarks and Redstarts in full song.

Climbed up a long ascent to the Lamagus La (Pass) at 13,700 ft. Snow at pass,

but nowhere else.

On the ascent found the Long-billed Horned Lark (Ofocorys alpesiris

longivostris) and a Short-toed Lark (Calandrella acutirostris subsp. ?) very

common. Secured specimens of both but found no nests. The Asiatic

Cuckoo (Cuculus c. telephonus) was also quite common ; also Redstarts, but few

other birds were seen.

Labar camp is in a broad flat valley at the junction of two big streams. The

valley is full of a,yellow-flowering onion, and marmots, the Red or long-tailed

variety (Arctomys caudatus) are exceedingly numerous.

Stoliczka’s Mountain Finch (Fringilauda n. altaica) and the Horned Lark

were common here. No fuel available, except dry Yak and horse dung.

July 4. Labar to Umba. (11,000 ft.). 8 miles. :

The temperature on rising at 4.30 a.m. was 31° Faht. and fording the stream

under these circumstances was not pleasant ! !

The only new bird seen on this march was the Robin Accentor (Prunella

rubeculoides) which was common at 13,000 ft. inthe low willow and thorny scrub.

Reached the Umba La (Pass) 14,400 ft. at 8a.m. A glorious view of snowy

mountains all round. From the Pass there is a long and very steep descent to

Umba village at 11,000’. A few Yellow-billed Choughs, Eastern Meadow

Buntings and Horned Larks were seen on the descent.

At Umba a Chiffchaff’s nest in a low briar lined with willow down and black

hair (no feathers) was found, containing 4 fresh eggs. The Bactrian Magpie

was-seen at Umba. |

i90 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Voi. XXX

July 5. Umba to Sanku (9,970 ft.). 8 miles.

The path follows the Umba stream, almost unfordable at this time of the

year. The valley contains a few willow trees, and a good deal of wild briar

as well as the Ladakh Thorn (Lonicera spinosa).

Here the Gold-fronted Finch (Metoponia pusilla) and Hodgson’s Rose-finch

(Carpodacus erythrinus voseatus) were very common. Both red and white

spotted Blue Throats were also seen, in the thorny scrub.

Several Gold-fronted Finch’s nests were found in low briars, 2 or 3 feet from

the ground, containing from 5 to 3 eggs, mostly fresh. The nest is composed of

grass and weed stems, neatly lined with a dense layer of white willow cotton,

and sometimes a little hair.

The Gold-fronted Finch is curiously local in these hills, They breed chiefly at

an elevation of about 11,000 ft., and where they breed a good many nests may

generally be found, but many other similar and apparently suitable places will

be found unoccupied. ‘They are very paitial to the wild rose bushes as nesting

sites, but they occasionally build also in dwarf willows and still more rarely on

the face'of steep rocks.

The eggs are white or skim-milk blue, spotted and scmetimes streaked with

pink or madder brown.

25 eggs average 17°9 by 12°8.

July 6-9, Halt. Sanku.

Sanku is a large village on an extensive flat above the Suru river, with much

cultivation (barley, lucerne and fodder grass) intersected by irrigation

channels, waste land between fields bring occupied by dense patches of the

Ladakh Thorn.

There are also a good many willow trees.

Bird life was found to be exceeding rich in and around Sanku. The Kashmir

Sparrow (Passer domesticus parkint) is by far the commonest bird.

Sky larks, the Eastern Meadow Bunting, Chiffchaffs, White Throats,

Hodgson’s Yellow-headed Wagtail, Blue Throats (chiefly the white-

spotted variety), Hodgson’s Rose Finch, Magpies and Large-billed Bush-

Warblers are all common birds here. The Raven was also seen here, but is rare.

During my stay at Sanku nests of all the above species were found (with the

exception of the raven). ‘These included many nests of the Rose Finch and

Yellow-headed Wagtail, and several nests of Redstarts, Blue Throats, White

Throats and Large-billed Bush-Warblers. Also one nest with four fresh eggs of

the Blue Rock-Thrush (Wonticola solitaria pandoo). The eggs of this species

are pale blue, sometimes spotless, not infrequently spotted with faint pinkish

markings. Blue Throats were fairly common in the Ladakh thorn patches.

The white spotted variety was decidedly the more numerous. A good many

broods of young birds were seen out of the nest but several nests of the white

spotted variety were found with 4 and 3 eggs.

The nests are built on the ground at the base of thorny bushes and are well

concealed. They are if possible more difficult to locate than those of Tribura

major. They are made of dry grass. The eggs area dull, uniform sage green

with or without pale reddish freckling, which sometimes almost obscures the

ground colour.

The two varieties of Blue Throat (Cyanosyloia suecica) the red spotted and the

white spotted, are found breeding together in Ladakh. They have identical

habits and their nests and eggs are indistinguishable. It seems not improbable

that they are only dimorphic forms of one and the same species.

The average measurement of 20 eggs is 19°1 by 14°3. Hume’s Lesser White

Throat which was also found fairly common in the Ladakh thorn scrub was also

breeding. The nest is a flimsy, transparent structure of fine grass stems consoli-

dated with spider’s web or a little wool, and is placed in a briar cr thorny bush 2

or 3 feet from the ground.

The eges, three or four in number, are pale cream or almost white in ground,

spctted with yellowish brown or dark sepia brown and with underlying grey

markings.

They average 18°5 by 13°7.

July 10. Sanku to Hjook (10,550 ft.). 11 miles.

Camped close to river on a big grassy flat, opposite large islands covéred

with thorny scrub, tamarisk, etc. Blue Throats and 7ribuva were common

here and nests of both were found on the Islands. ‘The Ibis-bill (J6zdorhynchus

BIRDS NESTING IN THE DRAS AND SURU VALLEYS 191

strutherst) and the common Tern (Sterna hirundo hirundo) were also observed

breeding here on inaccessible islands.

A Gold Finche’s nest ready for eggs, in a small willow sapling, a Chiffchaff’s

nest and the nest of the Short-toed Lark with 3 fresh eggs were also

found.

The Himalayan Turtle Dove (Stvreptopelia orientalis meena) was also noted.

July 11. Hjook to Suru. (10,600 ft.) 4 miles.

The view of Nunkun Mountain (23,400’) at the head of the valley and about

15 miles distant was most imposing. Found nests of 7ribura, White-spotted

Blue Throat, Chiffchaff and White Throat, all with fresh eggs.

July 12to 16. Halt Suru.

The country round Suru is quite similar to that at Sanku, and the same birds

were found common, with the addition of the Short-toed Lark (Calandrella

brachydactyla) and tlie Long-billed Horned-Lark (Ofocorys a. longtrostris) a

joint breeding colony of which was discovered about 1,000 feet above the camp.

The type of locality which these birds select for breeding purposes is a

gentle mountain slope covered with scattered Artemisia and Trollius plants

at from 11,000 to 13,000 ft. ‘The nests of these two species resemble each other,

being placed in slight depressions in the ground excavated by the parent bird

and lined with a few blades of dry grass and a layer of fine, very soft

vegetable down, partly, if not entirely, from the Artemisia plant. Nests are

placed in the shelter of an often tiny Artemisia or Trollius plant.

Three is the full complement of eggs in both cases and not infrequently 2

only are laid.

The eggs of the Short-toed Lark are putty colour mottled all over with

yellowish brown. They average 20°7 by 14°4.

The eggs of the Long-billed Horned-Lark are whitish, marked all over,

and especially heavily at the broad end, with greyish brown or dark brown.

They average 24°5 by 17°4.

Eggs of the Ladakh Sky Lark, many of which were taken in the Dras and

Suru valleys, resemble those of the Horned-Lark in colour but are decidedly

smaller, averaging 22°9 by 13°3.

The Hobby was also seen at Suru.

Hodgson’s Pied Wagtail (Wotacilla alba hodgsont) was also not uncommon

by the river and two nests on the ground among stones were found.

July 17. Suru to Parkachik (11,500 ft.). 6 miles.

The river between Suru and Parkachik takes a very large bend. By the

river the distance is nearly 14 miles but by a short cut over a pass it is

reduced to 6.

The village Parkachik is perched on rccky prominences 500 feet above the

river. There is, however, much fine cultivated land, with low bush cover

and rocky precipices near by, an ideal place for birds.

Nests of the Crag Martin (Pytnoprogne rupestris) and of the European House

Martin (Delichon u. urbica) the latter with eggs, were found under overhanging

cliffs. Most nests of these birds were inaccessible without a ladder, an article

which is quite unprocurable in a country where trees do not grow.

This (11,000 ft.) was the highest locality where Zrzbura major the Ibis-bill

and the common Sandpiper were found breeding.

The Red-billed Chough (Pyrrhocorax pyrrhocorax) and Raven were both

fairly common at Parkachik, where they doubtless breed on the cliffs in the

early spring.

July 18. Parkachik to Gulma Tongas. (12,700 ft.) 12 miles.

The path, difficult in places, follows the river on the right bank. About half

a mile above Parkachik the great Ganri glacier, taking its origin on the north-

western slopes of Nunkun, terminates in the Suru River, which actually rushes

past the snout of the glacier.

On the march several nests of Hodgson’s Rose Finch (Carpodacus e. roseatus)

and one of the White Throat (Sy/vza althea) were found in a large patch of

wild roses at 12,000 ft. This is about the upper limit for both these species.

The nest of this Rose Finch is made of dry grass, and is lined with fine roots,

cr with hair, or a mixture of both. The eggs area beautiful blue, sometimes

spotless, but more frequently marked at the broad end with spots or streaks

of black or reddish brown. They average 20°8 by 14°9.

192 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Volt. XXXI

The male bird has a short but cheery song of 4 to 7 notes only, repeated at

short intervals.

A Ruby Throat’s nest (Calliope pectoralis pectoralis) was found on the march

at the foot of a dwarf willow, containing a young fledged cuckoo. It was-

discovered by my spaniel and his barking led me to the spot where I found

the young cuckoo defending itself from the dog’ in the way peculiar to young

cuckoos—a regular little spitfire.

Shortly afterwards a Redstart (P. ochrurus phenicuroides) was observed

feeding another young cuckoo, well able to fly. How the cuckoo managed to

deposit its egg in the nest of this redstart is a mystery, for the nest is placed

in a small hole among stones. Many nests of this redstart were found in the™

Suru valley, generally under stones on steep hill sides or in stone walls. The

nests are composed of grass and weed stems lined with hair and with often.a

few feathers. ‘The eggs are generally 4 in number, very pale blue, sometimes:

almost white, mostly unspotted but occasionally faintly pink-spotted eggs are-

found. ‘The eggs measure about 20°0 by 14°5.

At Gulma Tongas a few Green Sandpipers (7ringa ochropus) were seen by a

small stretch of water. This is a very early date for the return of these birds from

their breeding grounds in the far North.

The Western Red-breasted Rosefinch (Pyrrhospiza punicea humit) and

Brandt’s Mountain Finch (fringilauda brandti hematopyga) were both seen.

near Gulma-Tongas. Both are birds of very high altitudes, being found from

12,000’ to 17,000’. Theformer is a large, handsome bird with a good deal of red

on it. The latter is plain coloured, dark about the head with a pink tinge on

the rump feathers.

July 19. Gulma Tongas to Zulido. 13,000’. 11 miles.

This march traverses a considerable area of swampy ground and marsh, with

several species of dwarf willow forming thickets in places. This tract is

known as Rungdum.

The Eastern Redshank ( 7ringa totanus eurhinus) was fairly numerous here,

but from the behaviour of the birds they must have had young. Other birds

common in and near the swamp were the Yellow-headed Wagtail (Jotacilla c.

citreola) Tickell’s Willow-Warbler (Phylloscopus affinis) the Ladakh Chiffchaff,

the Robin Accentor (Prunella rubeculoides) and the Himalayan Ruby Throat

(Calliope d. pectoralis). Nests of all these species were found, with eggs or

young, but systematic searching was difficult and painful owing to the clouds

of mosquitos (a large cu/ex) which attack one in incredible numbers, but only

in the day time, both in and near the swamp area. Both the above species of

Phylloscopus were observed catching mosquitos on the wing.

Common Terns (Sterna h. hirudo, were also seen near the river. As one

approaches Zulido the valley alters in character and the whole expanse across

the valley, which is here about 3 to? mile wide, is a desert of stones and

sand. Here the Lesser Central Asian Plover (Charadrius mongolus albifrons),

was found to be fairly common. The area was exactly the type of locality

which this species selects for breeding. Noeggs were found but young birds

were running about with their parents, some apparently only just hatched.

July 20. Zulido to Gulma Tongas.

On the return march saw many Blue Hill Pigeons (Columba rupestris

turkestanica) and a few Snow Pigeon (C. leuconota leuconota) the former

are common throughout the higher mountains in Ladakh. The latter keep

to the higher slopes of the Himalaya. I fired into a flock of the former

feeding in a field and killed 8 birds at one shot! They afford excellent

eating.

July 21. Gulma Tongas to Parkachik.

Found two Gold-fronted Finchs’ (Metaponia pusilla) nests, with 4 and 5 eggs

respectively, at 12,500 ft. in dwarf willow trees 6 feet from the ground.

July 22. Parkachik to Suru.

Decided to follow the river, a long detour of about 14 miles. The first few

miles was through good bird country, with plenty of rose bushes. Here I

found a Rose Finch’s nest with 5 hard set eggs, a very unusually large number.

Half-way, at the bend of the river, it passes through an extraordinary narrow

gorge, almost a canyon, so narrow in places that one could jump across, with

the river roaring down below. Boulders from the slopes above have fallen

BIRDS NESTING IN THE DRAS AND SURU VALLEYS 193

into this narrow defile and have bridged it in several places and my laden

ponies crossed over without difficulty. Here I saw Whistling Thrushes White.

capped Red-starts and the Kestrel. The path from the gorge onwards traverses

much rich cultivation and pasture land, full of wild flowers, and with the usual

birds previously described.

July 23. Halt Suru.

Found nests of the Large-billed Bush Warbler 7ribura major and Rose

Finches with fresh eggs. Also a nest of the Eastern Meadow Bunting

(Emberiza cia stracheyi). This bird is extremely common in Kashmir between

6,000 ft. and 12,000 ft.—occasionally even higher. They breed throughout their

range in Juneand July. The nest is placed on the ground, concealed in grass or

low herbage, generally on a steep bank ; it is composed of grass and lined

with hair. Three eggs, never more, are laid which are dull white in ground,

beautifully marked with fine chocolate or purplish brown streaks and lines,

especially in a zone at the broad end.

They measure about 21'5 by 15:7.

July 24. Suruto Donara. (12,300’). 10 miles.

The path to Donara follows a tributary of the Suru River which at this time

of the year is unfordable, except near Donara. The first 5 miles one passes

through barren, uninteresting country. In the latter half of the journey more

birds were seen, and on reaching Donara, where the valley opens out and

where there are swamps and plenty of scrub willow, birds were seen in

abundance, e.g.. Kashmir White-breasted Dippers, Chiffchaffs, Tickell’s

Willow-Warblers, Yellow-headed Wagtails, Hodgson’s Rose Finches, Ruby

Throats, Martins, Hodgson’s Pied Wagtail, Hodgson’s Pipits and the Cuckoo—

all breeding and the Cuckoo still calling.

About 1,000 ft. above the camp, at over 15,000 ft. I found the nest of

Stoliczka’s Mountain Finch (Fringilauda nemoricola altaica) a common bird

on the Kashmir hills, but one whose eggs I had never previously found. The

nest was in a hole under a big rock on the barren hill side, and it would not

have been discovered had it not been betrayed by the sudden exit of the mother

bird. A little earth excavation disclosed the nest, about 9 inches below the

rock. It was composed of dry grass and weeds, lined with hair and contained

four beautiful pure white eggs (pinkish before being blown). They measure

(average) 20°9 by 15-4.

Mosquitos at Donara were if possible even worse than at Rungdum, a

veritable plague by day, especially in the mornings and evenings until abort

an hour after sunset, wnen they ail disappeared for the night.

July 25. Donaravza Bhotkhol Pass to camp below glacier 11,500 ft. 10 miles.

Started at dawn and climbed steadily, at first over undulating rocky ground

with dwarf willow in favourable places, and latterly over a glacier of semi-

transparent ice, intersected by endless little parallel rivulets of water from the

ice melting in the hot sun. Several Red-breasted Rose Finches (Pyrrhospiza

punicea) were seen, apparently breeding on the steep rocky slopes, but I was

unable to find any nests. The top of the Pass, 14,400 ft. was reached at 9

o’clock. A steep descent of some 800 feet brought us to a beautiful sunny

spot covered by alpine flowers Edelweis, dwarf forget-me-nots, lark spur,

purple asters, thyme, campanulas, etc. From this point the path fcllows the

course of a great glacier, about 15 miles long which takes its rise on Nunkun

Mountain. Progress was now slow, difficult and somewhat dangerous, owing

to the fact that the surface of the glacier is intersected by cross, parallel

crevasses, some narrow enough to be jumped but many too broad, and all very

deep. In due course, however, they were all circumvented by my pack ponies.

Then the route follows a rocky moraine, very difficult ground for ponies. This

also-was safely negotiated and we were all glad to reach our camp at the foot

of the glacier at 4 o’clock after over 10 hours’ hard going.

July 26. UHalt Kanital (camp below Glacier).

A pleasant camp, with a-spring of fresh water and plenty of fuel. The

river as it leaves the snout of the glacier is a huge volume of dirty water, quite

unfordable. There is a good deal of swampy ground near our camp with

dwarf willow, etc. and plenty of birds but curiously enough, though the

locality is similar in every way to Donara (on the other side of the pass) there

are here absolutely no mosquitos, Birds common round this camp were the

194 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol, XXXI

Wren, Mountain Finches, Hodgson’s Pipit (with young) Yellow-headed

Wagtail, Redstart, Ruby Throat, Robin Accentor, Tickell’s Willow-Warbler,

Gold Finch, Hodgson’ s Pied Wagtail, Snow Pigeon and Griffon Vulture.

At this camp two nests of the Himalayan Rubythroat were found, one

containing two fresh eggs of this bird and one of the Asiatic Cuckoo (Cuculus

canorus telephonus). The Rubythroat’s eggs are greenish blue, faintly

marked at the broad end with rufous. The cuckoo’s’ egy is a rather deep

spotless blue ! :

The other nest contained four fresh eges.

Rubythroat’s nests are made of dry grass and are domed, in a ieree lateral

entrance. ‘They are placed on the ground often under a stone ona 1 steep bank

or hillside, concealed in grass. The bird has a very fine song.

The egos measure, on an average, 21:0 by 15°3. The cuckoo’s egge measures,

25°4' by. 19°5.

July 27. Kanital to Wan kadal. (9,950. ft.) 16 miles.

The path descends the big Wardwan Valley, a very gentle descent over grassy

meadows and stony bed of river. A feature of the first few miles is the very

big springs of water gushing out of the almost vertical limestone cliffs, several

hundreds of feet above the valley, which give rise to picturesque water-falls.

Two almost ice-cold streams had to be forded on the way. The usual birds

were seen On the march, but no Bluethroats, Chiffchaffs, Gold-fronted Finches,

Horned Larks or Short-toed Larks. A Missel Thrush (7urdus v. bonaparict),

and some Jungie crows were seen at about 11,000 ft.

July 28, 29. Halt. Wan kadal.

The bridge over the Suru river having been washed away I was obliged to

halt here, sending down to Suknes for men to rebuiid it.

Climbed up to about 11,000 ft. and found a couple of pairs of the White-browed

Rose Finches (Propasser thura) in the dense juniper scrub. This is a rather

large, handsome bird, with no song but rather a harsh whistle repeated

6G to $ times, not unlike the call of the White-cheeked Nuthatch (Siztfa /.

leucopsis\. This bird is rather scarce;in Kashmir being found sparingly in or near

juniper scrub at from 11,000 to 12,000 ft. They appeared to be breeding but

though I searched carefully here and on two or three subsequent occasions, I

could find no nests. They undoubtedly build in the juniper. The nest of this

bird has never, I believe, been taken. A pair of Himalayan Gold Finches

(Carduelis c. caniceps) were observed building high up in a birch tree, at 11,000

ft. and a pair of Wrynecks (lynx torguilla japonica) were feeding a brood

of full grown young in a hole in another birch close by. This is a very high

altitude for this bird.

Other birds seen near the camp were the Blue-fronted Red start (Phenicurus

frontalis) the Pink-browed Rose-finch (Propasser rhodochrous) Hodgson’s

Short-wing (Hodgsonius p. phoenicuroides) (with young able to fly) the Red-

browed Finch (Callacanthis burtont) the Red-flanked Bush-Robin (lanithia

vutilata) the Kashmir Wren (7voglodytes t. neglectus) Hume’s Willow. Warbler

(Phylloscopus humit) and the Largecrowned Willow-Warbler (Acanthopneuste

0. occipitalts).

July 30. Wan kadalto Suknes. (8,950 ft.) 6 miles.

This was a pouring wet day. Suknes is a big village, the highest in the

Wardwan Valley, with extensive cultivation. Gold Finches were very

common round the village but no rew birds were seen, Tribura major was

heard calling in the field crops.

July 3f, Suknes to Rangmare. (10,500 ft.).13 miles.

Retraced our steps as far as the bridge at Wan kadal and then climbed up a

big side ‘Nala’ and camped near a snow bridge, in an open valley devoid of.

trees, except a few birch.

Stoliczka’s Mountain Finch (Fringilauda n,. altaica) and Skylarks were

exceedingly numerous but nc new birds were seen. A pair of red bears had just

killed 10 sheep out of a flock, in one oe but having no rifle I could take no

steps to avenge their death.

_ August 1. Rangmarg to Zojpal. (11,100 ft.).9 miles.

A very steep ascent, barely practicable for laden ponies, arise of 3,500:

vertical feet in about 5 miles or Jess! The pass between the Wardwan and

BIRDS NESTING: IN THE DRAS AND SURU VALLEYS: 195

Lidar Valleys was reached in about 5 hours. The elevation is 14,000’ and there

was snow lying about. Thence a fairly steep descent brought us down to

Vaojan near the beautiful Shisha Nag lake—elevation 11,600 ft. “This lake, about

a mile in length, is near the source of the Lidar River and about 9 miles below

the sacred cave of Amarnath, to which an annual pilgrimage of thousands of

Hindu ‘Sadhus’ takes place in August. I met the procession of pilgrims,

on their way up. They were very inadequately clothed and the weather being

extremely cold and wet they must have endured great hardships. I

subsequently heard that some had died from exposure.

My camp at Zojpal was 2 or 3 miles below the Lake.

August 2. Halt Zojpal.

Very wet andcold. Fuel scarce and difficult to procure. Searched Juniper

for nests of the White-browed Rose Finch. Saw several birds but no nests.

Hiuews: 5. Loypal to Tanim. (9,250 it..)’ 5 miles.

A short steep march down the Lidar Valley the path being often high above

the river. Tanin is at the junction of two big branches of the Lidar River.

There is much forest on the hills around, consisting of Birch and Silver fir,

Maples, etc.

Here it was considerably warmer, 54° Faht. against 47° at the last camp, and

fuel was available galore. The Himalayan Turtle Dove was numerous and I

shot several for the pot.

August 4-5, Halt Tanin.

Spent these two days searching the silver and birch forest for nests. of the

Orange Bulfinch (Pyrrhula aurantiaca). This is a very handsome Bulfinch

fairly common in Kashmir, breeding in forest at from 9,000 to 11,000.

Several pairs were seen and one nest was found made of. thin Sticks and

lined with fine roots on a horizontal branch of a small silver fir sapling. The

nest was 4 feet from the ground and was sheltered by a second branch above it.

The young had apparently just left the nest.

A nest of the Pink-browed Rese Finches (Propasser rhodochrous) was found

in a similar situation to the Bulfinch’s nest, at 10,000 ft. It was composed of

fine sticks, birch bark paper, and fine weed and grass stems lined with hair and

contained 5 fresh egys, rather deep blue, sparingly spotted at the large end

with black spots.

The eggs measure (average) 18°5 by 14°1 mm.

Aug.6. Tanin to Astanmarg. (11,000 ft.) 6 miles.

A delightful camp in open birch forest under a lofty waterfall. Choughs,

the red-billed variety, very numerous. Also Blue-fronted Redstarts and

Rubythroats, Hodgson’s Rosefinches, and the White and Pink-browed Rose

finches were seen, the latter in the Juniper scrub but no nests were found.

Aug. 7. Halt. Astanmarg.

A further search was made for Rosefinch nests with no success.

Aug.8&. Astanmarg to Phraslun (8,000 ft.) 11 miles.

Camped at a charming spot under Blue pine trees on a grassy flat by the

Lidar River which is here deep and slow-flowing.

Aug. 9. Halt Phraslun.

Searched the surrounding forest for Bulfinches with no success. Found nests

of the Striated Laughing thrush (7rochalopterum lineatum) and Himalayan

Turtle Dove with eggs. Shot a large red Flying Squirrel (Pleromys inornatus).

Birds seen here were the Western Variegated Laughing Thrush ( 7vochalop-

terum variegatum simile) Ibis-bills, Hodgson’s Pied and Grey Wagtails,

the Brown Dipper, the Plumbeous Water Redstart, the Cinnamon Sparrow and

the Himalayan Whistling Thrush.

Aug.10. Phraslun to Pahlgam. (7,300 ft.) 5 miles.

Went down the left side of the river through fine forest of Silver fir, Spruce,

Blue Pine, Yew, Maple, Walnut, Hazel and Perrottia. No new birds seen.

Aug. iI. Pahlgamto Aroo. (8,500 ft.) 7 miles.

A pleasant camp on grassy slope under Blue Pine trees, 500 feet above

village.

196 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HiST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

Aug.i2. Arooto Lidarwat. (9,000ft.) 7 miles.

Heavy rain till 11 o’clock. Then it cleared and we marched with wet tents.

The camp at Lidarwat is in an open grassy glade with lofty silver fir forest on

both sides and the river 100 feet below.

Snow fell down to 11,000 ft. to-day which is extraordinary for the time of year.

Aug. 13to 18. Halt Lidarwat.

Weather was very bad for the first 3 days, heavy rain, swollen streams and

very cold. ~

Spent much time hunting for Bulfinches. Saw a few, including one young

bird just out of the nest. This was in Silver fir forest at 9,000 ft.

Visited two pretty little lakes Tar Sar and Sona Sar at about 13,000ft. One

7 and the other 8 miles from camp. Found nest of the Pink-browed Rosefinch

(P. rhodochrous) in a thicket of dwarf willow at 11,000 ft. It contained 3 young

and 2 eggs about to hatch. Other birdsseen were Buzzards, at 13,000’ (probably

Buteo ferox) the Central Asian Blackbird (Planesticus maximus) Scully’s

Owl (Syrnium biddulphi). This latter is common from 8,000 ft. up to the limit

of tree growth at 11,000 ft. It replaces Syrnium nivicola of the Himalayas

north of Simla and Mussoorie. Its call is quite distinct from that of the latter

species, being a loud HYoo--followed after an interval of about five seconds by

a rolling hoot. Hoo-00-00-00.

Aug. 19. Lidarwat to Srinagar. 64 miles.

Marched down to Pahlgam and theie got a seat in a car to Srinagar where

I arrived at 2 0’clock. It was hotin Srinagar, but the coolness of autumn

cannot now be long delayed.

Thus ended a very pleasant trip through interesting country and grand

scenery. Onthe whole, I was satisfied with results, having taken three kinds

of eggs new to my collection and many others more or less rare.

I was however disappointed in not getting the eggs of either the White-

browed Rosefinch (Propasser i. thurus) or the Orange Bulfinch (Pyrrhula

aurantica)—other ornithologists will doubtless follow and succeed where I have

failed.

REPORT ON THE WORK OF THE BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY

SOCIETY AND OF THE PROGRESS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY

SECTION, PRINCE OF WALES’ MUSEUM

FOR THE PERIOD

APRIL 1, 1924 To DECEMBER 31, 1925

The number of members on our rolls on January 31, 1926, was 1234 as

compared with 1283 on the same date last year indicating a

decrease in membership of 49. A personal appeal was made at

the close of the year to all members to co-operate in increasing the membership

and it is earnestly hoped that all members will respond by making a special

effort during the present year to induce their friends to join.

Previous to the war the total number of members on our rolls was nearly

2,000—the losses occasioned by the war and the subsequent trade depression

brought about a considerable falling off in membership. Throughout the

difficult period the Society has endeavoured to maintain the same high standard

in the publication of its Journal and has even increased its sphere of influence.

It should be 1ecognized that since the withdrawal of the annual grant of

Rs. 5,000 from Government the Society has become more dependent than ever

on the subscription of members for its existence—An increased membership

means increased resources and consequently extended opportunities for

development.

The past year has been a record one in a bad sense since we issued only

three Journals instead of the customary four and only two of these

contained the usual coloured frontispiece. This is possibly one of

the reasons for the falling offin membership during this period. We realize

more than ever that to members residing outside Bombay the main advantage

of membership lies in the regular receipt of the Journal. Our apologies are

therefore due to all members for our inability to produce a fourth Journal

within the requisite period. The cause was due to the change in our printers

and the rather protracted negotiations that this step entailed. Now that the

work is once again regularized we sincerely hope to produce the full comple-

ment of Journals during the current year.

Mr. Stuart Baker’s Serial on the Game Birds of India was brought toa

conclusion in Volume xxx, No. 2. On the representations of the

Committee, Mr. Stuart Baker has very kindly consented to write a

new series on Indian Wading Birds which will include the Storks, Cranes,

Herons, Ploveérs, etc., these articles will be illustrated in colour and the

illustrations are to be the work of Mr. Gronvold whose skill needs no

recommendation from tis—We take this opportunity of thanking Mr. Stuart

Baker who in the midst of his arduous task of rewriting the volumes on birds

in the Fauna of British India Series has found the time and the willingness to

give the readers of the Journal the benefit of his great experience.

Among the serials of popular interest published during the period under

review we would mention Col. A. E. Ward’s interesting articles on the

Game Animals of Kashmir, also Capt. Bates’ charming Camera Studies and

Notes on the Nesting Habits of Indian Birds ; Major Hingston’s Studies of

Insect Life, written in his customary lucid and captivating style; Col. Evans’

profusely illustrated papers on the Identification of Indian Butterflies, which

will be invaluable to collector and student; Major F. C. Fraser’s comprehen-

Sive serial on Indian Dragonflies and last but not least T. R. D.

Bell’s articles on the Common Butterflies of the Plains of India of which parts

XXXlli, xxxiv and xxxv appeared during the year.

The concluding chapters of this serial have now been received from Mr. Beli

and publication will be resumed in our next issue.

Membership

Publications

Serials

198 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

PUBLICATIONS:

The following contributions to Systematic. Biology were

published during the period under review :—

Scientific

Papers

MAMMALS

Report on the Mammals of Nepal. TT. B. Fry,

BIRDS

Birds of the Persian Gulf Islands. C. 8B. Ticehurst, M.A., M.R.C.S., M.B.O.U.

Note on the Birds of :the Sikkim ‘Himalayas. Parts V, Vi andiViL.

H. Stevens, M.B.O.U.

Weavers and Finches of the Punjab. H. Whistler, F.z.S., M.B.O.U.,

C:F.A.0.U.

REPTILES

Hand List of the Snakes of the Indian Empire. Col. F. Wall, I.M.s.

Note on Snakes collected in Burma. ie Ke

Two New Burmese Snakes. 5 As

FISHES

Notes and Descriptions of Indian Fishes. Parts I] and II. H.W. Fowler.

Early Stages in the Development of some Fresh Water Fishes in the Punjab.

M. Hamid Khan, M.Sc., F.R.M.S.

INSECTS

Indian Dragonflies. Parts XX,.XXI and XXII. Major. F. C. Fraser,

L.MiS., B.S:

Acrididae of Central Asia with descriptions of new species and races.

B. P. Uvarov, F.E.S. ;

Heteromerous Coleoptera collected in Mesopotamia. K. G. Blair, B.Sc.,

F.E.S.

New Alpine Grasshoppers of the genus Conophyma. B. P. Uvarov, F.E.S.

Annotated List of the Thysanoptera known from India and Ceylen.

T. V. Ramakrishna Iyer.

Two New Thysanoptera from South India. T. V. Ramakrishna Iyer.

PROTOZOA

Account of some Fresh Water Ciliates of the Puniab. Amar Nath Gulati,

M.S.C. |

BOTANY

Notes cn Charophytes from Gonda, U. P. G. O. Allen, I.C.S.

ECONOMIC BIOLOGY

Notes on the Status of Parasitic Hymenoptera in South-India. T. V. Rama-

krishna Iyer, B.A., F.Z.S. !

An Undescribed Coccinellid Beetle of Economic Importance. T. V.

Ramakrishna Iyer, B.A., F.Z.S. |

ramets An account on the Mammals, Birds and Reptiles hitherto

Birds and. recorded from Nepal was prepared for the Government of Nepal

Reptilesof by Mr. Prater, the Curator—as a consequence of the Society

Neb received a generous donation of Rs. 5,000 from H. H. The

Maharaja to whom we would express our thanks.

EXPLORATION

The vast amount of material obtained during the Societv’s Mammal Survey

of India, Burma and Ceylon which includes nearly 20,000

specimens collected in various portions of the Indian Empire are

now being worked out at the British Museum by Messrs. Martin

Hinton and R. I. Pocock and the results of this work will appear in a new

volume on Mammals in the Fauna of British India Series which has been

sanctioned by the Secretary of State. On the completion of the work the

specimens obtained by the Survey will be available for distribution among

Mammal

Survey

\Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

LAMMERGEYER OR BEARDED VULTURE (Gyfaétus barbatus)

Presented by Mr. H. Whistler, I.p. and exhibited in the

Bird Gallery, Prince of Wales’ Museum.

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soe.

PEACOCK PHEASANT (Polyplectron bicalcaratum)

Presented by Major C. H. Stockley.

peace |

‘WORK OF THE BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCTY. 199

various Museums in India and abroad. Our reference collections of Mammals

will benefit largely by the scheme and the question of the storage of this

material is one that will have to be seriously considered in the near future.

_ The Society’s collector, Mr. V. S. LaPersonne, was employed by Sir Percy

Cox and Major R. E. Cheesman in making a survey of the Birds

Birds of of Iraq and the Islands of the Persian Gulf. The work was

Mesape: completed at the end of 1923—and the results are comprised in

the Persian two papers by Dr. C. B. Ticehurst: ‘The Birds of the Islands of

Gulf the Persian Gulf—which appeared last year and Notes on the

Avifauna of Iraq which appears in the present issue.

Two collecting expeditions were undertaken in 1924 for the purpose of

supplementing the material in our reference collections, and

obtaining material for mounting in the Museum. Mr. LaPersonne

under the direction of Col. R. W. Burton made an eight months’

tour in the Kumaon Hills whereby a large collection of properly prepared skins

of Himalayan Birds were obtained in December 1924. Baptista accompanied

Major C. H, Stockley on a collecting trip in Rajputana. The trip resulted-in

our obtaining a number of Game and Wading Birds for the Museum.

During 1925 the services of Mr. LaPersonne were placed at the disposal of

Col. Meinertzhagen for the purpose of making a collection of Birds in Kashmir

and Tibet and subsequently in Sikkim.

Baptista accompanied the Roosevelt Expedition during their stay in Nepal

and the Central Provinces and his services were greatly appreciated,

Collecting

Expeditions

POPULAR EDUCATION

As far back as October 1920, previous to the transfer cf the Society’s

ae collection to the Prince of Wales’ Museum, the Honorary Secretary

Stidvin submitted for the consideration of the Governor in Council certain

Schools proposals arising from the Report of the Society for the previous

year. Our Committee considered that the Society might with

considerable public advantage procure and have in the Museum the equipment

required to illustrate the lines on which Nature Study should be taught in the

schools and tiliey therefore recommended to Government the appointment of a

Committee to discuss the scope of the work which the Society might do in

propagating information on the subject and the nature of the equipment

requisite for the purpose. In a Resolution No. 254 dated 6th January, 1922,

Government appointed a Nature Study Committee of which the Rev. Fr.

Blatter, the Society’s Representative, was elected Chairman. The Nature

Study Committee completed its report in February 1923. It proposed

that the Victoria and Albert Museum should be placed under the control of.a

Committee which would include representatives of Government and the

Municipal Corporation and that, with the assistance of the Natural History

Society, a collection of specimens suitable for exhibition to schools and the

public should be maintained there.

Unfortunately the proposals put forward were unable to be given effect to

and a more modified scheme was recommended, whereby it was suggested by

the Society’s Curator (who had studied the question of using Museums in

connection with Nature Study during his deputation to Europe) that a room

might be set aside in the Prince of Wales’ Museum where Nature Study classes

could be held under the guidance of a lecturer specially appointed for the

purpose. These proposals were embodied in a covering letter from the Director

of Public Instruction to Government, forwarding the report of the Nature

Study Committee. In a resolution dated 8th December 1924 Government were

pleased to approve of the proposals. The Secretary of the Society accordingly

approached the Trustees as to the feasibility of their providing a room in the

Prince of Wales’ Museum where Nature Study classes for the Jocal schools

might be held and intimated that he had discussed with the Director of Public

Instruction proposals whereby a competent man would be appointed on the

Museum Staff to lecture and demonstrate to parties of children, both from the

Secondary and Primary Schools in Bombay. As regards schools in the Moffusil

it was suggested that students of the Secondary Training College should be

given special instruction in the Museum by the Guide Lecturer, such

instruction to be linked up with the special training they receive in the

Training College—these men would act as a nucleus for introducing the subject

200 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX]

in Secondary Training Schools throughout the Presidency. It was further

recommended that a Permanent Nature Study Committee should be appointed

for the purpose of drawing up a curriculum indicating the lines on which

eae pe should be given at the Museum and the subject matter of the

ectures.

At their meeting on December 22, 1925, the Trustees of the Prince of

Wales’ Museuni sanctioned the use of a part or the whole of the N. W. Mezanine

front verandah gallery for the above purpose. The necessary space having

been made available, a suitable candidate for the post of lecturer was selected,

on the recommendation of Rev. Fr, Blatter, and it was confidently hoped that

the scheme could be given effect to at the beginning of April 1926. The ques-

tion of funds however provided the usual stumbling block. It was estimated

that an initial expenditure of not less than Rs. 1,500 and a recurring annual

expenditure of Rs. 4,000, rising in six years to Rs. 6,000, would be requisite for

giving effect to the scheme. The Department of Public Instruction are unable

in the present year to provide any money towards the cost of the scheme and

there is a danger of the proposals falling through for the present owing to the

want of money, unless a sufficiently public-spirited citizen of Bombay can

be found to contribute a sum of Rs. 5,000 to tide us over the present

difficulty.

One of the drawbacks to the teaching of Nature Study in schools in India is

the lack of suitable literature dealing with animal and plant life

Preparation of this country ; asa step towards supplying this deficiency it is

Cee proposed to prepare a series of Natural History Wall Charts for

the use of schools. Preliminary work is now being undertaken in

the preparation of six charts illustrating the Common Birds of the Indian

Plains, with particular reference to the species occurring in the Bombay

Presidency. It is proposed to illustrate in colour about 150 species of Common

Birds. An introductory chart illustrating the main characters of the various

families of birds will be issued with the set, together with an explanatory

pamphlet to serve as a guide to the teacher. The letter press will be printed

in English and also in Marathi and Gujarati.

A series of Lantern Slides illustrating the common Indian Reptiles were

prepared during the year. The preparation of similar series

pone dealing with various forms of animals and plants, which will

; eventually be available for use in schools, is being undertaken.

It is to be remembered, however, that these slides would be of little use if

exhibited by teachers not possessing a practical knowledge of the subject. lt

would seem that these slides should ordinarily only be sent to schools where

there was a teacher who has received special training in Nature Study during

his term at the Secondary Training College—such training to include special

reference to the subject-matter of the lantern slides.

The policy behind these proposals is that the Natural History Section of

the Prince of Wales’ Museum, with which the Society is so

Co-opera- intimately associated, should take a larger and more active share

ee in the educational life of the City. The Educational work of the

Department Society presents two phases, namely the dissemination of know-

ledge through the pages of its Journal and its other publications

and the general education resulting from the influence of the exhibits in the

Museum galleries through which channel the Society contributes to the educa-

tion of the community and the country—a sphere of influence which might be

infinitely widened by bringing the Museum in. contact with schools and other |

agencies for the introduction of youth. This contact can best be achieved

through the Department of Public Instruction which should form a means of

connecting the Museum with the Educational system of the country. Through

the Education Department the Museum comes in direct contact not only with

elementary and high schools, but also with private schools, colleges and the

Universities, and the proposals put forward in this report, if given effect to,

by establishing a closer co-operation with the Educational Department will

enable the Museum to take a more active share in the Educational life of the

Presidency and will bring the Museum more abreast with the work that is

being done in this respect by kindred institutions abroad and will be entirely

in keeping with the main objective for which our Museum exists.

One of the results of the close contact the Society maintains with the public

and the Press is the number of calls that are made upon us by various

WORK OF THE BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY 201

Government Departments the public and the press for information pertaining

to every phase of Natural History.

Assistance was rendered during the year to schools and colleges by

; the loan of specimens for teaching purposes. Help was given

era toa large number of hospitals and dispensaries by the identifica-

Institutions tion of snakes and harmful parasites. To the Agricultural

Department by supplying information in regard to the identifica-

tion of the rodent pests of crops in Sind—incidently information is now being

obtained as to the possible commercial value to the pelts of some of the larger

species—to the Army Clothing Department by the recommendation of

measures for the protection of stored woollen garments ; to the Forest Depart-

ment, Burma, by the supply of 300 copies of a chart specially issued by the

Society for the identification of the skins and skulls of Wild Dogs presented

for purposes of reward; to the Great Indian Peninsula Railway by the

indentification of Ticks infesting Tezpur Railway Station, which were

responsible for an outbreak of fever, and the recommendation of preventive

measures ; to the Government of India by the supply of information and

advice on the subject of Egret Farming in Sind and the proposed amendment

of the Plumage Bill ; and finally to’ the, Public and the Press by answering

numerous queries through correspondence on Natural History.

A large number of books and Natural History Journals and publications were

added to the Library during the year—received either through

exchange or purchase. We must specially mention the munificent

gift of Mr. F. V. Evans who besides presenting us with 157 volumes dealing

mainly with Western India—many of them rare and of great value; gave a

number of valuable prints of old Bombay which are now on exhibition in the

Prince of Wales’ Museum. He further enriched our Library by presenting us

with a very perfect set of Gould’s Birds of Asia in the original binding.

Library

LECTURES

The following lectures were delivered in the Museum to the members of the

Natural History Society and their friends :—

‘Indian Reptiles, their Habits and their Haunts,’ by S. H. Prater,

C.M.Z S.

‘ Animal Life in the Desert’, by S. H. Prater, c.M.z.s.

‘The Hamadryad or King Cobra’, by Col. F. Wall, I.M.s., ¢.M.G.,

C.M.Z.S. .

‘A Rough and Tumble with an African Buffalo’, by Major C. Rws,

Pitman, M.c.

In addition to the above, the Curator also delivered lectures at the Secondary

Training College, Nature Study Club, the Y.M.C.A. and the Sassoon

Mechanic Institute.

NATURAL HISTORY SECTION, PRINCE OF WALES’ MUSEUM

R The maintenance and operations of the Natural History Section

poner oment for the fiscal year from April 1, 1924 to March 31, 1925, were

provided for from the grant of Rs. 20,500 received from the

Government of Bombay.

The opening balance at the Bank on April 1, 1924, amounted to Rs. 320-2-6.

The income during the year from interest on investments and _ other

Miscellaneous receipts amounted to Rs. 851-2-9.

- In accordance with the terms of agreement existing between the Natural

History Society and the Board of Trustees, Prince of Wales’ Museum, a

contribution of Rs. 5,550 was made by the Society, being half the cost of the

salaries of the Curator and Assistant Curator.

The total income of the Natural History Section for the period

under review, including the donation received from His Highness

the Maharao of Cutch amounted to Rs. 26,351-2-9.

The disbursements may be classed as follows :—Establishment, including

Board’s contribution to the Provident Fund, Rs. 13,091-3-2; Taxidermy

Department Rs. 1,712-8-3; Show cases and equipment, Rs. 1,790;

Miscellaneous charges, Rs. 1,315-5-6; making a total expenditure of

Income and

Expenditure

202 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX

Rs. 17,909-5-11. The closing credit balance on March 3], 1925, amounted to

Rs. 8,761-15-4. The balance will belargely taken up by the expenditure on

ig Show cases which were ordered but had not been paid for at the close of

the year.

As in the previous’ year, the work of the Taxidermy Department represents

a considerable saving in expenditure. Among the animals set up is

a complete bull Bison which was mounted in the Society’s

Laboratories at a cost of Rs. 400. According to estimates received

the cost of setting up the same animal elsewhere would have amounted to

well over Rs. 1,000, exclusive of freight and packing. We publish in this

report a photograph of the Bison being let down from the Ist floor windows

of the Laboratory into the street below. It will indicate some of the difficuities

with which the department has to contend in carrying out its work.

There is no suitable Laboratory attached to the Museum and the work of

the Taxidermist Department is carried on at the Society’s rooms

a venats in 6, Apollo Street. The rooms are quite unsuitable both

Laboratory aS regards lighting and accommodation, while the transport of

large exhibits from this location to the Museum involves consider-

able labour and expenditure. A suitable laboratory in the grounds of the

seed! is urgently needed, but here again the question is purely one of

unds.

A donation of Rs. 5,000 from H.H. The Maharao of Cutch has enabled us

to place orders for the construction of twenty-four desk cases for

the Invertebrate Section, but for H. H.’s gencrosity the provision

of ea cases for this purpose could not, for the present, have been under-

taken.

Show cases for the Reptile and Fish Galleries are still required and the

absence of adequate facilities for the exhibition of material still continues to

impede the development and progress of these sections of the Museum.

As previously indicated the grant hitherto received from Government,

beyond covering the cost of maintenance of the Natural History Section, leaves

very little provision for the purchase of equipment, etc., and the Section

continues to be dependent mainly on extraneous assistance for its develop-

ment,

Taxidermy

Department

Show Cases

MAMMAL GALLERY

The year has been a busy one and very considerable progress has been made

in this section of the Museum.

GROUP CASES

A notable addition to the Gallery is the new group case illustrating Animal

and Plant life in the Indian Desert Region. ‘The case was planned with a view

to illustrating the conditions under which desert animals and plants live and

the manner in which they respond to the influence of their peculiar

environment.

Mr. C. McCann, Assistant Curator, was sent on an expedition to the Sind

Desert in June, 1924, where he made a collection of desert plants and animals

and collected other accessories such as sand, stones, etc. A series of photos of

a particular portion of desert country was also taken and with the material thu

obtained a careful reconstruction of the selected spot was made.

The difficulty of giving a correct impression in a limited space of an

extensive desert landscape with its distant horizon can be easily imagined,

particularly when the effect is to be produced with a horizontal built-up fore

ground and a painted back ground, but with patience and repeated experiment

the technical difficulties were overcome and the correct perspective and con-

tinuity maintained. Our artist. Mr. Savardekar, in his treatment of the back

ground has succeeded in giving a graphic impression of the desert landscape.

The accompanying photograph, gives an idea of the group as it stands.

Arrangements are now in hand for the production of a second group case

illustrating life in rain-sodden forest country. The venue selected is a forest-

covered range in the Anamallai Hills, South India. Mr. Savardekar was

sent in September last year to Palghat where he worked for three months

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

SERS

rea

THE PHOTOGRAPHS SHOW THE INDIAN BISON, MOUNTED IN THE

SOcIETY’S LABORATORY, BEING LET DOWN FROM THE FIRST FLOOR

WINDOWS AND ¢m youle TO THE MUSEUM

Soc.

DESERT COUNTRY AT GOLAMALA, KARACHI DISTRICT, SIND

A portion of the group exhibited in the Prince of Wales’ Museum.

WORK OF THE BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY 203

under the supervision of Mr. A. M. Kinloch. Studies in oil and water

colours were made and a series of photographs taken of forest views. In

addition a large number of plaster moulds were prepared of the foliage

flowers and fruits of the trees and shrubs which wili eventually be reproduced

in wax within the case.—Our thanks are due to Mr. Kinloch for the help he has

given us in this connection.

A further notable acquisition is the complete example of an Indian Bison

which was placed on exhibition in January 1925. The animal

Aeration: was obtained through the Forest Department and was shot in the

~ Kanara Forests in May 1924 by Mr. J. L. Bell. It 1s a splendid

black bull standing five feet eight inches at the shoulder. The animal was

mounted in the Museum Laboratory by Mr. C. McCann and has been very

favourably commented upon by various big game hunters with first-hand

experience of Gaur in the wild state.

Other additions to the Gallery area pair of Punjab Oorial (Ovis vignet

punjabiensis) shot in the Salt Range, Punjab and presented by Major C. H.

Stockley and Col. R. W. Burton. A male and female example of the species

are shown in the group which was completed and placed on exhibition in

May 1924.

In 1925 very perfect examples of the Kashmir Stag and the Swamp

Deer were added to the galleries, both of them presented by Col. R. W.

Burton.

Tabélling Explanatory labels showing in simple language the main charac-

ters of the various orders, families and sub-families of mammals

were prepared and placed in the Gallery during the year.

A series of small maps showing the geographical distribution of the various

exhibits was also added. ‘These maps enable the visitor to tell at a glance the

habitat and range of the animal at which he is looking.

A series of explanatory labels in Marathi were introduced during the year.

These vernacular labels are confined, at present, to a general description of

orders and families—our thanks are due to Professor Hate of Wilson College

for the assistance given us in the preparation of these labels.

A large number of contributions to the coliections were received during the

Pe one eae: Among these are two complete skins of the Mishmi Takin

(Budorcas taxicolor) presented by Messrs. J. P. Mills and H. L.

Cooper. This rare animal is seldom represented in Museum collections and

the complete skins received form a very welcome acquisition. A very handsome

skin of the very rare Wooly Flying Squirrel of Gilgit (Aupetaurus cinereus)

was presented by Lt.-Col. D. C. R. Lorimer. Two very fine trophies were

added to our collection of heads of Indian Big Game. ‘These represent the

record head of the Himalayan Grey Goral (Nemorhaedus goral) with horns

measuring 93 inches presented by Mr. H. Simmonds, who shot the animal some

years ago in the neighbourhood of Mussoorie, and a magnificent head of the

Nilgiri Tahr (A. hylocrius) with horns measuring 163 by 93 inches presented

by Capt. R. H. Irvine.

The vast amount of material obtained during the Mammal Survey of India,

Burma and Ceylon is now being worked out at the British

Peterence Museum where Messrs. M. A. C. Hinton and R. I. Pocock are

engaged in the preparation of a new edition of the Wammalia of

India, On the completion of the work the specimens obtained by the Survey

will be available for distribution among various Museums in India and abroad.

Our reference collection of Mammals will benefit largely by this scheme and the

question of the storage of this material is one which will have to be seriously

considered in the near future.

BIRD GALLERY

Considerable progress has been made in the mounting and preparation

of exhibits for the Gallery—98 specimens were mounted and placed on

exhibition in the Gallery during the year 1925.

Two collecting expeditions were undertaken for the purpose of obtaining

: material for the Gallery. The Society placed at the disposal of.

Ronen, the Museum the services of its collector, Mr. V.S. LaPersonne,

who, under the direction of Col. R. W. Burton, made an eight

months’ tour in the Kumaon Hills whereby a large collection of properly

204. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Voi. XXXI

prepared Himalayan Birds was made available to the Museum—a number of

these specimens have already been mounted and placed on exhibition in the

Gallery.

In December 1924 Mr. N. A. Baptista accompanied Major C. H. Stockley

on a collecting trip in Rajputana. The trip resulted in our obtaining a

number of Game and Wading Birds for the Museum.

The Curator is endeavouring to prepare a series of group cases illustrating

i the nesting habits of Indian Birds. During the year the first of

Gentes this series was completed and illustrates the nesting habits of the

night herons (See plate). Through the kindness of Mr. J. M.

Doctor, tlhe Superintendent of Victcria Gardens, examples of the nests, young in

down plumage, fledglings and adult night herons were obtained for us. The

group as shown is a careful reproduction of the nesting site of these birds.

The young in down plumage are shown in the nest with the parent birds in.

attendance and a fledgling bird is seen in the background. The natural

modelling of the leaves and the grouping of birds makes very pleasing and

attractive exhibit. An illustrated label which contain a series of photos

showing the Life History of these herons is used in ccnnection with the

case.

During the year a number of nests of Indian Birds were obtained for us by

Mr. C. E. D. Mears—this series included very carefully preserved examples

of nests of the Minivet, Flower Pecker, Tailor Bird, Iora and Weaver

Bird.

Mr. M.S. Tuggerse is now endeavouring to obtain for us a nest of the Great

Indian Hornbill, and we hope shortly to commence work on a group illustrat-

ing the nesting habits of this species.

Other notable additions to the Gallery during the year are the Peacock

Se anbenane Pheasant (P. bzcalcaratum), presented by Major C.H. Stockley, and

at the fine example of Mrs. Hume’s Pheasant (P. humiae) presented

by Mr. J. P. Mills. These two additions have helped to complete our exhibit

of Indian Pheasants which now shows the principal species inhabiting the

Indian Empire.

Other notable additions are.a fine example of the Lammergeyer presented by

Mr. H. Whistler, and Sarus Crane and White Stork presented by Major

C. H. Stockley.

Considerable headway remains to be made and a large number of blanks

remain to be filled up in the various families and genera of Birds. These

lacunae prevent our following a strictly systematic order in the arrangement

of the exhibits.

A very large number of donations were received during the year 1925.

Among these contributions one which deserves special mention is

Beers an example of Pallas’ Sandgrouse (Syrrhaptes paradoxurus) which

was shot in Bikanir and presented to the Society by H. H. The

Maharaja of Bikanir—Pallas’ Sandgrouse inhabits the steppes of Southern

Russia and Siberia and large flocks of these birds visit Europe at uncertain

intervals, but this is the first record of their occurrence within Indian limits,

Two other interesting donations were examples of:the Scaup Duck (F. marila)

obtained in Bengal and Manipur and presented by Mr. Monahan, 1.C.S., and

Mr. J. C.. Higgins, 1.C.C., respectively. The Scaup is a bird of extremely

Northern Latitudes and its occurrence in India is rare and occasional.

REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS

The lack of suitable show cases still continues to impede the development

of this department of this Museum. Progress has however been

Show Cases jade with the preparation of casts of specimens for eventual

exhibition in the Gallery.

Eight casts of Common Indian Snakes were prepared during the year 1924.

_ In this connection we must particularly mention the services of

Cas Major K. G. Gharpurey, who at his own expense, employed a col-

lector to obtain live specimens for the Museum. The preparation of casts from

Specimens. which have been preserved in spirit or formalin is unsatisfactory.

The best results are obtainable from fresh material which has also the added

advantage of permitting notes on colouration, characteristic poses, etc., to be

taken previous to casting. . -

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

NESTING GROUP OF NiGHT HERons (Nycticorax nycticorax )

Exhibited in the Bird Gallery, Prince of Wales’ Museum.

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

spesioees eae

THE ESTUARY SNAKE (Hurria rynchops).

A Common snake in creeks and estuaries along the Indian coast.

of a cast exhibited in the Reptile gallery.

Photograph

WORK OF THE BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY. 205

Major Gharpurey’s assistance has been of great value. Attempts are now

being made to obtain live specimens of reptiles from various parts of India

so as to make our exhibit of reptiles as representative as possible.

During 1925, 16 live snakes from Darjeeling were presented by Mr. G. E.

Shaw. Casts have been made from the specimens witich will shortly be

available for exhibition in the Gallery.

The Curator’s pamphlet on the Snakes of Bombay and Salsette, originally

printed in the Journal of the Society was reprinted and placed on

sale in the Museum by order of the Trustees. The first edition

having been sold a second edition is now being printed.

Publication

FISHES

Eight casts of common Bombay fishes were prepared during the year. The

obtaining of material for making casts of the commoner fishes of

our local waters presents no difficulty as specimens are continually

being brought in by local fishermen. Among the specimens purchased in

this manner during the year is a fine example of the Sword Fish which is now

being prepared for exhibition. A shark 18 feet long was also brought to our

doors late one evening, but as its continued presence in our neighbourhood

might have resulted in unpleasantness with our neighbours and the Health

Department the prize was reluctantly refused. But this will indicate that the

acquisition by the Museum of a fine series of casts of our common fish is, in

the main, a question of the time taken in preparing these exhibits—but until

sufficient funds are available for providing suitable show cases for exhibiting

these casts our plans for the development of this section must remain in

abeyance.

The spirit collections of fish was attended to during the period under review

and a large collection of fish, obtained during the recent trawler

operations in Bombay, was forwarded to Mr. H. W, Fowler of the

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia for identification.

These specimens when named and returned will form a valuable asset to the

reference collection.

Casts

Reference

Collection

INVERTEBRATE GALLERY

For want of suitable accommodation the Invertebrate Collections up to the

date of this Annual Meeting continued to be exhibited in the Bird

roe ot Gallery. During 1925 negotiations were entered into with the

modation Chairman of the Board of Trustees, Prince of Wales’ Museum,

whereby it was proposed, pending the sanction of the Trustees,

that the Circular Gallery on the Mezanine Floor now in occupation partly by

the Forest Section and partly by the Archzeological Section should be handed

over to the Natural History Section in exchange for the Verandah Gallery

which is entirely unsuitable for exhibition purposes.

The lighting of the Circular Gallery, particularly during the monsoon, is

very defective but it was suggested that a system of semi-indirect artificial

lighting would go far towards improving matters. Apart from this, the

protected situation of the gallery makes it an ideal one for the display of

insects, etc.

It was proposed to reserve half the space in the new gallery for a Section

of Economic Botany. These proposals were sanctioned by the Trustees at

a meeting held on December 22, 1925 and arrangements are now being made

for taking over the new gallery.

In the meanwhile the work of preparing the exhibits for the Invertebrate

Section was taken in hand and a series of Student’s introductory Cases illustrat-

ing various phases of Insect Life were prepared. Such phases as Struc-

ture, Classification, Metamorphoses and Growth, Means of Defence, Mimicry

and Protective Colouration, ‘ Insects in relation to disease’ areeach separately

illustrated. The method adopted breaks up the monotony of a continuous

series of exhibits. The cases represent compact chapters on Insect life enabling

the visitor to take up the study at any poimt which attracts him most.

Carefully keeping before us the axiom that in order to educate the visitor one

must first attract and interest him, very great attention has been paid to the

method in which these exhibits are presented. Very beautiful and attractive

models illustrating the various stages in the life histories of Insects, particularly

306 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

those noted as carriers of disease, were prepared in the Society’s Laboratories.

The series is further illustrated by carefully mounted specimens and a number

of photographs and drawings. We were very fortunate during the year in

being able to enlist the support of Mr. F. V. Evans, a life member and Vice-

Patron of the Society, who has kindly consented te present the Society with a

set of enlarged models of the House-fly and the Mosquito of the type now

exhibited in the Central Hall at South Kensington. These models cost about

4 70a piece and would have been quite beyond our reach had it not been for

Mr. Evans’ generosity to whom our thanks are due. The Introductory Cases

will be followed by a series of cases displaying the commoner forms of Insect

Life in India and the same system will be adopted in the treatment of the

other classes of the Invertebrate kingdom.

VISITORS

His Excellency Sir, Leslie Wilson, P.c., G..c.1.5., C:M.G., D.S.0., paid

a second visit to the Natural History Section in December 1924. He was

received by the Trustees of the Natural History Section and conducted over

the galleries by the Curator. His Excellency stated that he was very pleased

with the considerable progress that had been made since his last visit to the

Natural History Section and also expressed a desire to visit the Society’s

Laboratories at 6, Apollo Street, where he was able to see work of the

Taxidermist Department in progress.

We are unable to give exact figures to indicate the extent to which the

Museum is being made use of by the general public, except to state that it is

becoming increasingly popular with all classes of visitors.

CURATOR’S VISIT TO AMERICA

In 1922 Mr. S. H. Prater, then Assistant Curator, proceeded on deputation to

é , England to study Taxidermy and Museums in England and on

ealveceat™ the Continent. The use Mr. Prater made of his opportunity has

to America been of great value to the Society and to the Museum and he has

shewn that he is not only able to absorb but to give out to others

what he has absorbed. During a visit paid in 1925 by the Honorary Secretary

to the U.S.A. he discussed with the authorities of the New York Natural

History Museum the possibility of Mr. Prater’s studying at the Museum fora

few weeks, and the suggestion was favourably received. The Museum in New

York is a wonderful one and to us in India unique in that the citizens of New

York vie with each other in eagerness to keep the Museum supplied with all

the funds it requires. In the Museum the Secretary observed the Taxidermists

at work mounting for exhibition the fine collection of Indian Animals obtained

as the result of the Verney-Faunthorpe expedition in 1924. The U.S.A. will

have a finer exhibit of Indian Game Animals than any Museum in India has

and since we cannot hope to obtain the financial resources the New York

Museum has we can only study their methods and copy the ideas and ideals

they have placed before all lovers of nature. At the latter end of 1925 Messrs.

Theodore and Kermit Roosevelt visited India on a collecting trip for the Field

Museum of Natural History, Chicago, and the Society was fortunately able

to be of assistance to them. Both these gentlemen have become members of

the Society and have promised to help Mr. Prater should he visit America.

Proposals will therefore shortly be placed before the Committee of the Society

and the Trustees of the Museum to enable Mr. Prater to proceed to America

for a few months. |

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

BED BUG

igiex rodunmdalus),

Model eniarged 40 (upes, Am aetua.

specimen is shown on the right

a peeAiscisl Seat eae!

Photo of an enlarged model (X 40) of the Bed-bug (Cimex rotundatus).

One of a series of insect models prepared in the Society’s Laboratory to

illustrate the case on ‘ Insects in Relation to Disease.’

‘

tiga art

EDITORIAL

We have great pleasure in announcing that His Excellency Baron Irwin,

G.M.S.I., G.M.I.E., Viceroy and Governor-General of India, has become a

member of the Society in his private capacity, and as Viceroy of India has

consented to be a Patron of the Society. We are therefore in the proud position

of having as our Patrons, His Majesty the King Emperor’s representative in

India and His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales, the Heir- Apparent.

We publish on pages 196 to 206 of this number the Report of the Society for

the year 1925. His Excellency the Governor Sir Leslie Wilson, as President

of the Society, presided at the Annual Meeting of Members held on the 9th

March, 1926, and, as our main editorial, we give part of the address he then

made to the members.

‘T have seen recently in the Press a rather interesting controversy as to

whether our earliest ancestors, the primitive men who dwelt in caves, were

artists before they became cooks, and this view has been supported by the

statement that traces have been found of mural decorations dating back to a

time before the use of fire was known. Whichever view may be correct, I have

no hesitation in saying that the primitive man must have studied the habits of

the animals and birds around him in the most careful manner, from the point

of view of self protection, before he either made pictures of them to adorn the

walls of his cave, or attempted to turn the tables upon them by making use of

them for food. It is clear, to me, that our earliest ancestors must have been

enthusiastic naturalists before they were either artists or cooks, and that the

formation of the first Natural History Society must date back to a period of the

very remotest antiquity.

I have listened with very great interest to the extracts from the annual report

of your Society which have just been read and the first point that occurs to me

is the fact that whereas, before the war, there were about 2,000 members of

your Society, the membership has now dropped to about 1,200. It is very

likely that the hard times through which we have been passing since the war

may have something to do with this, and particularly in Bombay the great

increase in office work, and the consequent decrease in opportunities to study

nature, may be factors contributing to this unfortunate result. I am glad to

learn that a circular letter, addressed to all members at the beginning of this

year, has had some effect, but I would like to remind members of the Society

of what they can do to help it by persuading other new members to join.

One of the most important features of the work undertaken by your Society

is the help which it is able to give to the cause of education by providing faci-

lites for nature study. I am glad to learn that there is full agreement between

Government and your Society as to the measures that should be taken to

encourage nature study in the Schools; but, like so many other excellent

schemes, our proposals are hampered by want of funds. Government has

already declared its approval of the following suggestions made by the Director

of Public Instruction in consultation with your Society, namely, the creation

of an interest in the study of natural history among the teachers under training

in the Secondary Training College, Bombay, by the establishment of a Nature

Study Club closely associated with that College and secondly, the introduction

of special courses in the vernacular training colleges. The proposals for the

appointment of a Lecturer in the Natural History Section of the Prince of

Wales’ Museum, which are referred to in your report, have not yet been sub-

mitted officially to Government, but even if we had received them, it is most

unlikely that they could have found a place in the Budget owing to our difficult

financial position this year. I agree, however, that it is very desirable that

such an appointment should be made, and I would appeal to those well-to-do

citizens of Bombay who are interested in the question of nature study to help

the Natural History Society to carry out their scheme for at least one year.

At the end of that time it will be evident either that the work is of sucha

nature as to deserve assistance from Government, or it will be shown that the

time is not yet ripe for teaching nature study to the youth of this country,

208 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

Personally, I believe that the experiment is likely to prove successful, and I

am anxious to encourage the teaching of nature study in the Schools, especially

as it is of so much interest to the Boy Scouts, who are now forming a very

considerable proportion of our school-going population.

We must all, I think, be very grateful to the Natural History Society for the

assistance. which it has rendered to schools and colleges, to hospitals and

dispensaries, and to other public institutions in the course of the year, and the

Society itself must be particularly grateful to Mr. F. V. Evans for his very

valuable gift of books dealing with Western India, and for the very interesting

pictures of Bombay which are now on exhibition in the Art Section of the

Prince of Wales’ Museum. .

I trust that the proposed deputation of Mr. Prater to America will commend

itself to your Society. I feel sure everyone shares, with me, a very keen

appreciation of Mr. Prater’s work, conducted, as it has been, under

circumstances of considerable difficulty and inconvenience but with an ability

which deserves all praise. Mr. Prater has conclusively proved that he can, to

the benefit of Bombay, take advantage of the opportunities offered to him, and

I am sure that his proposed visit to America will be of the greatest value.

The report shows what a large amount of money is spent in America on the

study of Natural History, and on the upkeep of the Natural History Museum

in New York, and I believe that Mr. Prater will gain very valuable experience

from a study of what is being done there. Should the proposed deputation

take place, I feel sure that Mr. McCann, the Assistant Curator, will seize the

opportunity to show to the Society that the training which they have given him

has not been wasted, and that he is able and willing to undertake the duties of

this important post in the Curator’s absence.

It has been a great pleasure to me to attend, for the first time, your annual

meeting, and I have been much interested, as I always am, in the excellent

exhibits in the Natural History Museum.

I have often spoken to people who have lived in Bombay for many years,

and find, to my great surprise, that many of them have never even been to the ©

Prince of Wales’ Museum, and had no idea of the excellent Natural History

Section we have there. Similarly, visitors from overseas to Bombay do not

visit the Prince of Wales’ Museum in great numbers, and I cannot help

thinking that we want to make the Museum better known. I will not speak,

to-day, of the many objects of art, ancient and modern, or of the excellent

armoury, to be viewed with great interest, but the Natural History exhibits

alone are well worth more than a snort visit to residents and visitors alike. , If

we could only get the public to realize what a great deal has been done during

the last few years for the Natura! Histery Section, I believe the Society would

get a very largely increased measure of support, which it so thoroughly

deserves,’

We look forward with keen anticipation to receiving from public-spirited

citizens of Bombay the funds necessary to start Nature Study courses for

teachers and for students in Secondary Schools.

We have very great pleasure in publishing the following resolution of the

Managing Committee dated February 27, 1926 :—

‘Resolved that in view of his continued interest and support in the work

of the Natural History Society that Mr. F. V. Evans of 7 Haymans Green,

West Derby, Liverpool, be appointed a Vice-Patron of the Natural History

Society with effect from January 1, 1926.’

and as editors would like to express to Mr. F. V. Evans our sincere thanks for

the help he has given us.

We are sorry to lose from the Committee Mr. J. D. Lewis who served as

Treasurer from April 1, 1925 to Febuary 28, 1926, during the absence of

Mr. G. F. J. Cumberlege, p.s.o., M. c. Mr. Lewis has been transferred to

Manilla and we hope he will act as an advertising agent to the Society whilst

there. We echo the vote of thanks passed to him at the general meeting.

Mr. Cumberlege has resumed his old duties as Honorary Treasurer and we

welcome him back.

We learnt with very great regret of the death on Aprii 1, 1926, in the Isle

of Wight of Mr. E. Comber, F.z.s., M.B.O.U., an old member of the Committee,

at one time Secretary of the Bird Section of the Society, a keen Naturalist, an

esteemed contributor to the Journal, and a valued friend to those responsible

for the running of the Society.

EDITORIAL 209

Mr. Comber was an all round sportsman but will perhaps be best remembered,

apart from his work as a naturalist, for his skill as a Yachtsman.

He became a member of the Society in 1894, joining the Committee in 1901.

He was keenly interested in Birds and also in Hymenoptera. In addition to

various notes on the distribution of Indian Birds, the following papers from his

pen were published in the Society’s Journal :—

Some Hints to Beginners on Collecting and Preserving Natural History

Specimens—Mammals, Birds, Reptiles and Amphibians, Fishes. The

Oriental Region and its position in Zoological Geography. The

Collections in the Society’s Museum. Breeding Seasons of Big Game.

The Economic uses of Shells. A List of Marine Mollusca in the Society’s

collection. Catalogue of ‘the Fresh Water and Land'Mollusca in the

Society’s collection. Protective Legislation for Indian Fisheries. ‘The

Birds of Chitral. On Nets used by the Fishermen of North Kanara.

The Classification of Lepidoptera.

He was also responsible for the publication of the first two general indexes of

the Journal.

Men like Comber seem difficult to replace now a days. Twenty-five years

ago it was the rule for one or two local members to drop in daily at the

Society’s rooms and work at collections they were interested in. We had

several good naturalists amongst our local members. Mr. A. Abercrombie,

Mr. E. H. Aitken, Mr. E. Comber, Father F. Dreckmann, Col. K.R. Kirtikar,

1.M.S., Major G. Lamb, 1.M.s., Mr. W. S. Millard, Lt.-Col. A. J. Peile, Mr. H.

M. Phipson and Mr. L.C. H. Young. Their mantles do not seem to have

fallen on any one. If they have the recipients seem to have forgotten to wear

them, either this or they have forgotten the address of the Society and have

overlooked the warm welcome which awaits thein here.

We have also to record with deep regret the serious accident to Col. R. W.

Burton who has been such a help to us for many years. Col. Burton was

shooting in the Central Provinces and early in April fell from his machan and

broke his thigh and wrist.

Col. Burton—though you would not think it from his energy—is not a young

man and we fear will not recover as quickly as he would have thirty years ago

but we sincerely hope his accident will not say fzu7s to his shikar in his beloved

Indian Jungles.

We have also said farewell to our Senior Vice-President Sir Norman Macleod,

who has retired to England on relinquishing his office of Chief Justice of the

High Court of Bombay.

A relative of J. D. Inverarity, Sir Norman, shared with that great lawyer his

love of shtkar and the jungle and few can have had more knowledge than Sir

Norman of Small Game Shooting in the neighbourhood of Bombay. His

presence will be greatly missed at meetings of the Committee.

We should like to close on a note of pleasure and on behalf of the members

of the Society express to our President our joy at the news that Lady Wilson

has been restored to health.

REVIEWS

‘THE VEGETATION OF BURMA FROM AN ECOLOGICAL STANDPOINT.’

By L. Dudley Stamp. Thacker, Spink & Co., Calcutta, 1925

(28 Plates and Numerous Maps.)

The writer states in the Preface that ‘ the present work has grown out of a

paper dealing with the Ecology of part of the Dry Belt of Burma, by Mr. Lord

and himself, which was published in the Journal of Ecology in September,

1923.7 =.

We have always deplored the absence of a comprehensive account of the

vegetation of Burma as awhole. Vegetation maps which have been published

so far in atlases and on wal! maps are very unsatisfactory and often misleading.

We must be grateful to botanists like Dudley Stamp for increasing our

knowledge. by laborious and comprehensive surveys and especially by stimu-

lating other workers to put in the details on the ground mapped out by him in

broad outlines.

After a concise and lucid description of the factors governing the distribution

of vegetation (elevation, climate, geology and soil), the author preceeds to

divide the natural vegetation of Burma into a number of types. Considering

the present state of our knowledge these types are not all of the same value:

some are fairly well defined, others are little known. They number 35 and are

grouped under 3 main-heads : :

I. Mountain Vegetation (above 3,000 feet or the Frost line).

II. Lowland Vegetation (below 3,000 feet).

III, Seral Communities.

In the last chapter, which is entitled ‘ Geology and Ecology’ the author make

some interesting remarks on the practical value of the study of ecology and,

consequently, also of systematic botany, for the advancement of agriculture

and forestry.

We quote the following from page 45: ‘Avery large proportion of the

wealth of Burma comes from its agriculture and forestry. The artificial

vegetation of a country—that is really its agriculture—is controlled by climate

and soil no less thanits natural vegetation. Any successful attempt at the

introduction of new crops into Burnia, as well as the extension of the area

under existing crops must of necessity involve, whether we recognize it under

that name or not, the study of the ecological relationship of the crops concerned.

A study, even a simple study, of ecology of the natural vegetation supplies an

enormous amount of information. The writer’s collaborator in ecological

work in Burma (Mr. L. Lord, 1.4.S.) commenced this interesting and valuable

study but sufficient work has not yet been done to permit of any generali-

zation. Taking just the borders of the Dry Belt, however, there may be noted

in the Thayetmyo District such relationships as these :—

(1) Clearings (taungyas) in Vitex Forest on Peguan Sandstones are

suitable for wagyi cotton.

(2) Clearings in rich type of Sha Dahat Thoron Forest on Red gravels are

also suitable for wagyi.

(3) Clearings in Diospyros Forest seem suitable for groundnuts.

(4) Clearings in Sha Thorn Scrub are suitable for groundnuts or sesamum

when on sands but not when on clays,

(5) Clearings in Sha Thorn Scrub are suitable for levelling, clearing

away of surface soil and irrigation for paddy when on Peguan clays but not

when on sands (i.e. the opposite of groundnuts.)’

This one example taken from one District shows that there is an immense

field for study, not onlyin Burma, but all over India. Itis a study of

theoretical interest as well as of vast economic importance. We can under-

stand that Government is not interested in the theoretical part cf the question,

but it is almost incredible that they should continue shutting their eyes to the

practical side of studies which promise far-reaching consequences to the

economic development of the country.

BK. B,

REVIEWS... re eae

‘ INDIAN NATURE STUDIES FOR CHILDREN.’ By C. H. Donald, F.z.S., M.B.O.U.

(Mufid-i-’an Press, Lahore, and sold by Messrs. R. S. Gulab

Singh & Sons, Lahore: Price 8 annas).

Our member Mr. C. H. Donald, who is well known as a contributor to

various periodicals and as the author of several books on nature studies, has

now published a small book which is intended to inculcate a taste for nature in

the more advanced of the younger scholars of an Indian School. It is often a

matter of complaint that Indian boys take no interest in nature in spite of the

vast field that lies around them ; and, in an age which in the West is tending

more and more to regard nature study as a most important ingredient in the

education of the young, it seems a pity that more active endeavours are not

made to overcome this defect.

Mr. Donald’s little book is well worthy of attention both from pupil and

teacher. The pupil who reads it will find an introduction to various aspects of

nature which by awakening interest in them may lead him to enquire further

for himself and so awaken his powers of observation and investigation. The

teacher may learn very practical methods of teaching his pupils and leading

them to these same ends.

The book is divided into short chapters which are entitled walks ; the author

goes out with a number of small boys teaching them something about the

common objects of the Indian country side; and Mr. Donald has most skil-

fully verified the subject-matter of his walks, so as to avoid monotony,

touching lightly on one subject and another in such a way as to whet the

appetite for further information. And through the interest of it he has also

skilfully woven a lesson, that the gifts of nature are to be conserved for the

benefit of man ; he points out how birds are the friends of the Zamindar in

various ways and how wasteful it is to destroy them ; while another chapter

suggests to the youthful mind the value of the close seasons for fish, which

are enforced by the department of which Mr. Donald is the able warden, and

which is usually regarded as merely another proof of the satanic government’s

- love of interference with the people for interference’s sake.

Simple though the subject-matter of the text may be it has been written

with an easy pleasant style that has a charm of its own; and we can

recommend the book not only to the pupils and teachers for whom it is

intended, but also to the new-comer to India who is desirous of his first

introduction to the wonders of the Indian country side.

H. W.

‘A HANDBOOK OF THE BIRDS OF EASTERN CHINA’ by J. D. La Tonche,

C.M 2s, C.F.A.0.U,, M.570.U., Patt 1, Jtily 1925, Price 7s. 6d. net.

(Taylor & Francis, London).

_. We have received the first part of anew Handbook on the Birds of China

which is to be issued in parts of Messrs. Taylor and Francis. ‘The author is

Mr. J. D. D. La Tonche, well known as a most experienced and hardworking

ornithologist who has made Eastern China his especial province and who has

greatly contributed to our knowledge of that interesting region.

The present work is to embrace the six maritime provinces. Chilili,

Shantung, Kiangsu, Chekiang, Fohkien, and Kwangkung, together with the

two inland provinces of Kiangi and Anhwei. It has been planned on up-to-

date lines, incorporating the latest results of all the study of the last quarter

of a century which has produced such a revolution in Ornithology. The

local geographical races have been carefully worked out and the nomenclature

brought up to date, both as regards the use of correct names and trinomials.

The format is very much the same as that of our well-known ‘ Fauna of

india’ series, except that the text figures illustrative of the principal generic

characters have been replaced by halftone plates illustrating typical views and

features of interest. .

212 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX/

The interest of this book for workers in India is not very direct though many

of the forms treated of are geographical races of familiar Indian and

Himalayan birds; but it is always of value to consider birds with which we

are concerned in the light of what has been recorded of their near relatives in

other lands.

For the Ornithological student in China however the value of the work will be

immense. It brings up to date the varied information which has been collect-

ed in the last 50 years since the publication of the last standard work of

David and Oustalet’s ‘ Otseaux de la Chine’, long out of date and Jong

unobtainable; and it gives him, as Mr. Stuart Baker’s new edition of the

‘Fauna’ is giving us in India, a new starting ground from which to work

and fill in the gaps in our present knowledge. We congratulate the author

on this first instalment of his task.

AW:

THE FAMILIES OF FLOWERING PLrants. By J. Hutchinson, F.L.s.

Macmillan & Co., Ltd., London, 1926

Ever since the days of Linneus botanists have endeavoured to base the

classification of the vegetable kingdom on natural lines and after Darwin

placed the theory of evolution on a firm foundation they have sought for a

phylogenetic system. That evolved by Engler and Prantl received a warm

welcome for that reason but as time passed this first enthusiasm has cooled

down and it has been felt more and more that even their arrangement is not

entirely satisfactory, so that many systematic botanists, at least British ones,

have preferred to adhere to the older method of Benthani and Hocker pending

the appearance of a scheme on more natural lines. Readers of the Kew Bulletin

{1923) are aware that Mr. J. Hutchinson, F.L.s., Assistant at the New Herbarium,

has been engaged for some time on sucha work. He has now published,

through Messrs. Macmillan & Co., a book? embodying his conception of the

Dicotyledons based on probable relationships as seen in the light of modern

knowledge of plants past and present and their distribution. In the author’s

view, and he is supported by a large section of botanists, the evolution of the

flowering plants has not followed a single line but along at Jeast two parallel]

lines of descent, or better ascent. Engler and Prantl assumed that simplicity

in the flower indicated primitiveness and therefore placed the apetalous

families first as the oldest. This idea has had miany critics. It is now

universally accepted that the parts of flowers are modified leaves on a shortened

stem and if that isso then the smaller degree of modification should denote

the older member in the line of evolving plant forms, leaving out of consider-

ation, for the moment, the fact of simplicity by reduction and atrophy. It fol-

lows, as is stressed by Mr. Hutchinson, that catpels formed by single separate

leaves as in apocarpous fruits must be an older form than syncarpous fruits

consisting of more than one carpel, and as many apetalous flowers have

syncarpous ovaries, apetaly cannot be taken as denoting age or primitiveness.

It would seem, therefore, that flowers made up of numerous and separate

parts must have preceded the forms with more united and fewer parts.

Mr. Hutchinson reverts, therefore, partly to the arrangement of Benthem and

Hooker which placed the Ranales (Ranunculaceae, Nymphaeaceae and others)

at the root of the phylogenetic tree. As already stated, however, this lead

along a single line is not followed further, for Mr. Hutchinson produces an

ingenious conception of a division according to tendencies, that is to say,

based on the fact that certain characters are predominant, and at the incep-

tion he segregates out two lines distinguishing those families having the

‘arborescent habit predominant’, as in the Wagnolzales from those with the

‘herbaceous habit predominant’ as in the ARanales. He selects then these

4 The Families of Flowering, Plants /. Dicotyledons by J. Hutchinson,

F.L.S., Macmillan & Co., Ltd., London, 1926, pp. xiv and 328, frontispiece and

264 illustrations and 29 Maps in text. 20 shillings.

REVIEWS 213

two orders as the originators of the two lines of descent, the former culminat -

ing in the Apocynales and the Rubiales and the latter in the Umbelliflorae

Campanales, Gentianales, Geraniales, etc. But this is not all; from both

lines offshoots by degeneration and evolution tend to draw towards each other

and we thus get the Afetalae, some of which, like the Laurales Fagales,

Euphorbiales and part of the Urticales are derived from the arboreous stock

and the others, such as the Piperales, Polygonales, Proteales and the rest

of the Urticales from the herbaceous. Both lines send out culminating shoots

to meet in the Asterales, probably the highest group of the vegetable king-

dom. It would take too much space to go into the matter further here,

indeed, Mr. Hutchinson has framed his thesis so tersely that it would hardly

be possible to set it out more concisely than by quoting his own words in full.

The scheme is made clear by the introduction of a phylogenetic diagram

showing the affinities of all the dicotyledonous orders and families.

The author has based his scheme not only on the anatomical details of the

families but has taken into consideration the plants of past ages and the

geographical distribution of existing plants. ie

In a short introduction the situation is reviewed, the general principles fol-

lowed are laid down and in addition there will be found a table summarizing

the fundamental differences between the three conceptions of Bentham and

Hooker, Engler and Prantl and the one under review. The author has been at

pains to quote necessary references to the pertinent literature. There follows

a conspectus of the principal groups of the living flowering plants. All this

takes up but a small portion of the volume, the rest being devoted to what will

prove a most useful compilation for field workers, especially for beginners in a

new sphere. This part is an artificial key to all the families of Dicotyledons

throughout the world. These comprise further reductions in the size of

families and, therefore, a larger number than is to be found even in Engler

and Prantl or in Engler and Gilg’s Syllabus. Thus the Magnoliaceae are split

up into the families Magnoliaceae, Winteraceae, Schizandraceae, Trochoden-

draceae, Himantandraceae and Cercidiphyllaceae. Few will quarrel with the

author for making the long-overdue division of the Leguminosae into the

separate families of Mimosae, Caesalpinae and Papilionaceae. Thus against

280 families, including the Monocotyledons and Gymnosperms comprised in

Engler and Gilg’s work Mr. Hutchinson has 264 for the Dicotyledons alone.

The key is simple and easy to use and though, of course, it is not any indica-

tion of phylogenetic relationship, it affords a ready means of running down any

plant rapidly to its family.

Following the key, which takes up fifty pages, each order and each family

is briefly described, the chief characters being enumerated and references. are

given to the corresponding number in both the Bentham and Hooker and the

Engler and Prantl systems. The distrivution of the family and some of the

useful products of its members are also mentioned. This descriptive portion

has been very wisely fully illustrated with figures of at least one carefully

selected species for each family that is more or less typical. The 264 figures,

all excellent, are the work of the author himself and of Mr: W. E. Trevithick.

Many are original but many also have been copied from various sources and in

that case the source is acknowledged. A number of outline maps also find

place to indicate the distribution of certain critical families and genera. On

pages 78 and 79 will be found a useful ‘ list of families with certain more or

less constant characters’, e.g., those with ‘ opposite (or verticillate) leaves

constant’, or ‘compound leaves predominant’ or ‘ Glandular leaves.’ This

might well be extended to include milky or coloured sap, thorns, etc. and

perhaps the author will consider this point in a future edition. A glossary and

a full index conclude a work which is a distinct achievement and one on which

the author is to be heartily congratulated.

As stated above, the present volume comprises only the Dicotyledons anc

a further volume is promised dealing with the rest of the floweritig plants. It

remains to say that the book is exceedingly well got up in every way and at the

price of 20 shillings should be in the hands of everysystematic botanist. The

best conclusion to this review is the ultimate paragraph of the foreword written

a the book by Dr. A. W. Hill, F.r.S., Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens,

ew :—

‘Whether Mr. Hutchinson’s new system be fully accepted or not, it will, I

think, be readily conceded that this clear and admirably illustrated exposition

214 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

of his views marks a distinct and noteworthy advance in our conception of the

inter-relationships of the Dicoty!edons, and forms a very vaiuable contribution

to the study of the probable development and evolution of plant life.

‘ Diruit, aedificat, mutat quadrata rotundis ’ (Horace Ep. Bk. i. I).

KEw, CECIL E. C. FISCHER.

February 1, 1926. : ;

NOTICE

Through an oversight the price of Familiar Flowering Trees by Ida Colthurst

which was reviewed in the last number of the Journal was stated to be

Rs. 1-6-0. ‘The cost of the book is Rs. 6.

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES

No, I.—-WILD ANIMALS IN CENTRAL INDIA

Muntjac. ar. Barking Deer.—In Miscellaneous Note III of Volume xxx,

No. 3, Mr. R. C. Morris remarks as to the ‘ clicking’ noise muntjac are often.

heard to make—‘ The noise is only heard when the uuntjac goes off in a clumsy

bounding gallop, and never when it rushes off at full speed.’ That remark

should, I think, refer to the short stoccato cries which signify that the anima]

has made cut—or thinks it has—the cause of the rustling in the leaves, or:

other noise, at w hich it has been ‘ ‘ barking’.

The expression ‘ clicking noise’ is always associated in my mind with the

quiet ‘ clickings ’ made by both sexes of this deer when disturbed and moving

_ quietiy away in doubt as to what is the cause of the disturbance. I have

frequently when stalking got quite close to muntjac, and when myself standing

still heard this ‘clicking’ noise made by the animal which 1 could see

through the undergrowth slowly walking away. This has happened in case of

both sexes.

The ‘clickings’ made when at a walk could perhaps be made by the

cloven hoofs coining together : but Mr. Morris describes it as made in a more

violent manner than would be possible at a walking pace. Has he heard the

noise, he has in mind, made by the animal when moving quietly away at a

walk? The ‘clicking’ sound I have in mind can be likened to that made

by two small bones being lightly knocked together ; but could not be heard

when the animal bounds noisily away, and has not been heard by me under

those circumstances.

I, personally, agree with Mr. Dunbar Brander in taking the ‘ clickings ’ to be

avocai sound. It would be difficult, but not I think impossible, to ascertain

by means of careful stalking and use of field glasses at short range exactly

how the sound is caused. When found in suitable cover the deer can be

caused to ‘click’ without much difficulty, but the nature of such cover

precludes the closer observation required. I will endeavour to make the

necessary observation during the coming cold weather and in any case will

listen for the pause between every third stroke, this not having attracted my

attention on previous occasions.

Use of Electric Light.—It is not possible to be dogmatic as to the use of

electric light as an aid to shooting tigers over kills. Where beating is possible

that method should not be resorted to. Most sportsmen will hold that view.

In many of the jungles of India beating is not possible at any time, and

during the cold weather months it is not feasible in most jungles. In such

cases it is necessary to sit up over kills, and the use of electric Jight should not

then be considered as ‘ overstepping the mark’.

Undoubtedly more tigers are nowadays shot over kills than used to be the

case before electric light came into use. The sportsman was then niostly

dependent upon the few nights of the month during which the moon was

favourable. This—the undue diminution in the number of tigers—will, in the

future, be /he factor to rule the matter : and in those jungles, under the control

of the Imperial Forest Department, where tigers are becoming scarce, the use

of electric light should be prohibited. This would as a general rule be

necessary in the interests of the people (cultivators) as well as of sportsmen.

Since Lord Lonsdale’s remarks and the publication in the Statesman

newspaper (June 10th, 1925) of a letter thereon over the signature of Colonel

Wood, many letters on the subject will probably appear in the Press: and

possibly the Editors of the Journal may be able later on to publish a commen-

tary on the subject which can be accepted by sportsmen in India as a guide to

the ethics of this matter of the use of electric light as an aid to shooting tigers

‘over kills,

QUETTA, LT,-COL. R. W. BURTON,

4th August, 1925, Indian Army (kid.).

216. JOCORNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST, SOCIETY, Vol ced

No. II.—ABOUT TIGERS AND LEOPARDS

Mr. Dunbar Brander, on pages 130 and 131 of his excellent book Wild Animals

in Central India, discusses the length and weight of leopards ; in the course of

his remarks he says :—

‘Amongst others a number of figures are given by Colonel Burton in the

Bombay Natural History Society’s Journal. These measurements and the

proportion of body to tail generally agree with those made by myself, but with-

out calling into question for a moment the accuracy of the weights given, my

weighments make the animal considerably heavier than he does. . . . Some of

Colonel Burton’s animals were killed in the Buldana District.’

_ In this passage the author appears to have confused two sets of figures given

by two different people. I have never weighed a leopard, but on page 1063,

(vol. xxi, Journ. of B.N.H.S.) 1 gave measurements of ten leopards which I shot

in the Buldana District in April 1912, and I have killed about twenty in that

District. On page 186, (vol. xxiv, Journ. of B.N.H.S) my brother Colonel

R. W. Burton gave both weights and measurements of eight leopards ; these

were not killed in Buldana, but in Godavari and Chakrata.

Longevity of Tigers.—It would be interesting to have some information as to

the longevity of tigers and leopards.*_ An old pair of tigers which I shot one

day in the Deccan were said to have been known locally for thirteen years.

They had faded coats and much worn teeth. Mr. Dunbar Brander would

appear to give a very long life to leopards; for on page 130 of his book he

mentions a black leopard he saw in the Melghat Forest in 1913, when it had

already been there some years. In 1923 he writes that ‘some day it will be

killed’, so evidently expects it to live some time longer, although it must then

have been some fifteen years old for it was full-grown, and therefore four or

five years of age in 1913. Perhaps there are some statistics as to the length

of life of these animals in captivity, although these would not be a sure guide

with regard to those in a feral state. I discussed this matter in an article in the

Asian on February 19, 1901, but elicited no information on the subject. I have

-known a domestic cat live nearly eighteen years, and a hyena lived in the

-Royal Menagerie in Exeter Exchange from 1820 to 1846. A complete file of

the defunct sporting newspaper, Aszav, would be most valuable for its natural

history records.

Black Tigers.—With regard to black tigers and leopards, Mr. Dunbar

Brander on page 56 of his book refers to remarks on this subject in my mono-

graph on leopards in the Journal, vol. xxvi, and is sceptical as to the

oft-quoted Chittagong black tiger, the evidence for which I accepted. This

black tiger certainly seems well authenticated. A full account of it, reproduced

from an article in the Azeld by Mr. C. T. Buckland, was given in volume iv of

the Journal in 1889, and seems to me to place its authenticity beyond doubt.

As few members have access to the Journal of thirty-six years ago, the

passage may well be reproduced here, so far as evidence is concerned. The

writer said—

‘ Before I go nence and am ne more seen, I wish to state that I and

several others saw a dead black tiger in Chittagong, and from entries

in my diary, which was pretty regularly kept, I know that it was in

March 1846. The news was brought into the station that a dead black

tiger was lying near the road that leads to Tipperah, distant two

miles from Chittagong. In the early morning we rode out to see¢ it;

but several of the party—Sir. H. Ricketts, Mr. Fulwar Skipwith,

Captain Swatman, and Captain Hore—are no longer alive, and I

cannot produce any eye-witness to attest my statement, although

several friends to whom I have written recollect that they heard some-

thing about it at the time. I remember perfectly well that the body of

the animal was lying in the low bush jungle about twenty yards south

of the road, and we dismounted to go and look at it. It was a full-

1In a paper on the relative viability of Mammals, Birds in captivity by

Dr. Chalmers Mitchell (P.Z.S. London, 1911. p. 425) the Carnivora are shown to

have relatively long lives and high viability.

Bears reached 33 years, Lions and Tigers 17, Sea Lions 17, the smaller

Cats 13, Viverrids 15, Hyaenas 13, Jackals 13, Badgers 12, smaller dogs and

Foxes 10. Mustelines 10. ADS,

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES 217

sized tiger, and the skin was black or very dark brown, so that the

stripes Showed rather a darker black in the sunlight, just as the spots

are visible on the skin of a black leopard. ‘The tiger had been killed

by a poisoned arrow, and had wandered away more than a mile from

the place where it was wounded before it lay downto die. By the

time that we arrived the carcase was swollen, the flies buzzing

about it, and decomposition had set in, so that those of our party

who knew best decided that the skin could not be saved. I was young

and inexperienced, but Captain Swatman, who was in charge of the

Government elephant kheddas, and Captain Hore (afterwards Lord

Ruthven), of the 25th N. I. were well-known sportsmen, and iiad

each of them killed many tigers. No doubt was expressed about the

animal being a black tiger, and I have often mentioned the fact

in conversation from time totime. For several weeks before we saw

the dead body, the natives had reported that there was a black tiger

which infested the hills behind the military cantonment at Chittagong.

. . . Wedid not attach any importance to the native statement that the

tiger was black, as wesupposed that this was merely an exaggeration.

So also when a report came in through the native police that a man

had been killed by a black tiger in a large village about three miles to

the south of the hills behind the cantonment, we supposed that the

epithet black was only a fanciful description of the animal. When,

however, we had seen the black skin of the body of the dead tiger, we

concluded that the native authorities had not drawn on their imagina-

tion when they used the epithet ‘‘ black.’’’

Length of Tigers.—Mr. Dunbar Brander’s remarks on the length of tigers

should set at rest for ever the perennial controversy on this subject. If a

twelve-foot tiger, and there is no more symmetrical animal in nature, were

sketched out on a wall in its proper proportions, the observer would no longer

listen to stories of such ‘dragons of the prime.’ Hunting by scent. ‘The

author mentions that the tiger does not hunt by scent, and ‘has hardly

any sense of smell.’ I dealt with this matter in a paper (volume xix, Journ. of

B.N.H.S.) ray experience entirely agreeing with that expressed in this book.

But, as was pointed out in the paper in question, it is remarkable that that fine

naturalist and sportsman, the late of F. C. Selous, wrote that ‘ nothing can be

more certain than that all carnivorous animals hunt almost entirely by scent.’

This certainly does not apply to the Indian Felidae, although it appears to be

the case with African animals.

Distribution of Tigers.—It is generally considered that the tiger is a

comparatively recent immigrant into India from the north and from Central

Asia, the most conclusive reason being that it is not found in Ceylon, which

would be the case if it had migrated into Southern India before the separation

of that island from the mainland. But I have always understood that by

‘recent ’ was meant ‘ geologically recent.’ a matter perhaps of a few hundred

thousand or half a million years and not almost within historical times, as the

author of Wild beasts in Central India, implies when he quotes Colonel

Stewart in saying that there was in Sanskrit no word for ‘tiger’. Iam no

Sanskrit scholar, but I think this language dates back something like three

thousand years, anda thousand years less as a fixed language. It is uncertain

whether it is Asiatic or European in origin, but if this is accepted as a reason

for supposing that tigers were then unknown in India, then immigration is very

recent indeed.

I ain not satisfied on this point, and there seems to be room for a complete

treatise on the goegraphical distribution of the tiger. I am not enough of a

geologist to have any idea of the period of time that has elapsed since the

separation of Ceylon from the mainland, or, what is still more important in

this connection, the separation of Java and Sumatra, but that of Ceylon must

presumably have occurred before the migration of the tiger to Southern India.

Is there any reason why the tiger should have penetrated to Malacca before it

reached Southern India? I have seen no discussion as to how or when the

tiger came to Sumatra and Java, or whether there is reason to suppose that

those islands were more recently joined to the mainland than was Ceylon.

The straits of Sunda, which separate Java from Sumatra, are seventy miles

wide, so the animals cannot have swum across. The fauna of Ceylon perhaps

more closely approximates to that of the Southern India, although it has many

218 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

special species of :plants, than does the fauna of Java to that ‘of ‘the adjacent

mainland. Certainly the seas north of Java and Sumatra are shallow and

within the 100-fathom line, which points to ‘comparatively recent separation

due to-or indicated by the volcanic system of the islands. But, all things

considered, it can scarcely be believed that the southern migration -of the tiger

is more recent than the introduction of Sanskrit into India.

Another reason given for the immigration being recent is the impatience of

the tiger to thirst and heat, but this is characteristic of most animals ‘in tropical

and sub-tropical regions, and is not peculiar to the tiger, for all ‘seek shade in

‘the heat of'the day. Mr. Dunbar Brander gives as an -additional reason ‘ the

‘woolly nature of the cubs when born’, pointing to an origin in:a:cold climate ;

but this wooliness seems to be a characteristic of the young of ‘most animals.

It would be interesting to know whether the sabre-toothed tiger, or other

extinct species, is found in the Siwalik fossil deposits or elsewhere. It may

be mentioned that the separation of Java was at a period sufficiently remote for

the evolution of new species in that island. The question indicates the

importance of geology in relation to natural history.?

Drinking habits of antelopes, etc.—Referring to the drinking habits of

antelope and gazelle, and the author of this book has observed both these animals

drink, as I.also have done on many occasions. The error that they do not

drink was initiated by Blanford and repeated by Lydekker who, however,

after a kind of controversy on the subject extending over ten or twelve years,

finally admitted the correctness of my observations. I dealt:with this subject

in a paperon The Drinking Habits of Wild Animals (vol. xviii, Journ. of

B.N.H1.S.) in which the case of the Chilka Lake herds of antelope, mentioned

by Mr. Dunbar Brander on page 232 of his book, was fully elucidated.

I have, since writing that paper, seen chinkara trooping down to drink :at

midday in Berar. The question of stib-species of gazelle, which the author

also refers to, was commented on in another paper in the same issue -of

the Journal. There are, in fact, few observations in Mr. Dunbar Brander’s

excellent book, or in any other book on these subjects, on which the Journal of

the Society does not throw ‘some light, evidence of its wide scope. The

Journal‘ts, in fact, a mine of information to naturalists, and those who, like

the present writer, possess a complete series from the first issue of this

‘publication in 1886, are indeed fortunate.

Many other matters of great interest to the sportsman and naturalist ‘are

dealt with by Mr. Dunbar Brander, and the author’s observations are of ‘first-

rate importance because they are generally based:on personal experience, and

not, like so many statements in books, particularly those by ‘ professional ’

naturalists, merely repetitions from other books. Hence it is ‘that the

observations recorded in Wild animals in Central India coincide ‘with ‘the

experience of practical sportsmen and field naturalists. ‘ Science’, said R. L.

Stevenson, ‘ writes of the world as with the cold finger of a starfish’, ‘but a

book of this kind is a live contribution to real science, and as ood as a

romance in other respects.

It is interesting to learn that'the wolf is now:a rare ‘animal in the Central

Provinces. There used to be many in Berar thirty years ago. An account:of a

‘pack of very destructive man-eating wolves in the Hoshangabad District of the

C. P. in 1891 is given in volume vi‘of the Journal. I frequently saw them iin

Berar when i'was shooting black buck and,gazelle, and brought a few ‘to bag.

In 1889 a child was brought into hospital at Ellichpur with its throat torn-open

by a wolf, and in 1898 these animals killed a number of people near Jalna,

where a pack of more than twenty was seen one day on the race course.

Speaking of wild cats, the author says he has known one even'kill a peafowl.

‘| shotione in a beat one day with a large pea-chick in its mouth.? »

E ‘The genus : Wachcerodus hich includes the more typical forms of ‘the

extinct Sabre-tooths occurs in the Pliocene of France and Italy and also'in

‘Greece ; Hungary, Samos, Persia, India (Siwaliks) and China. The Tiger

is, as far as is‘known, exclusively Asiatic in origin. The modern Felidz are

said to be sprung ‘either from the Oligocene genus Amphicles or from ‘the

creodont genus Palzonictis which is regarded as the direct ancestor of ‘the

Macherodonts. EDS.

2 Jerdon writes of a Ce ‘cat walking off with a Be eek UR which he hed

shet. ADS, ;

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES «© 219.

“The Journal (volume, xxx, No. 3) contains some notes on the pangolin.

This creature is not, perhaps, as rare as it seems to be owing to its nocturnal

and’ subterranean habits. It is occasionally found elsewhere than in forest or

jungle districts. I saw: some twenty years ago, one of these animals, and the

skin of another, that had been caught in the cantonment of Bolarum. I

have’seen their tracks in several localities.

(GLOUCESTERSHIRE, R. G. BURTON,

ENGLAND. Brigadier-General..

No. II]l.—CANNIBALISM AMONGST PANTHERS

I am sending you a description of a curious instance of cannibalism, on the

part of a panther, in case it might prove of interest. A female panther had

appeared in the neighbourhood here and was causing considerable destruction

among the goats and dogsin the city. Although she displayed great audacity

in her raids among the surrounding houses, taking dogs off verandahs, etc.,

she always, either devoured the entire kill, or ‘failed to return to it.

A live goat was obtained and. tied up on the edge of a near-by fort, which

she was known to frequent. At about 9 p.m., a panther was heard to rush on

to the goat. I turned on my light and observed a medium—sized panther. It

was sitting on its haunches and holding down the goat with one forepaw. I

fired immediately in an endeavour to prevent any injury to the goat. The

panther dashed off, and the goat arose, appearing most unconcerned in spite

of. its somewhat alarming adventure.. It was useless to search around. in the

dark, so I returned home, intending to come back early in the morning and

remove the goat. I felt sure I had hit the panther well forward, and that I

would find him lying dead near by. Imagine my disappointment, on returning

early next day, when I found the goat killed and devoured. There was no

trace of my having hit the panther. Everything seemed to indicate that I had

missed the panther in the poor light, and that she had, in spite of the shooting,

returned: later and finished off the goat.

The following night, a buffalo was tied up. The panther killed again and

had a large meal off the carcase. Again I sat up, but the panther failed to

put in an appearance. The next day, some local grass-cutters found the body

of a panther, some 300 yards from my machan. Having removed the claws.

and whiskers, they sent me news of their find. The panther proved to bea

young one, though nearly full grown. The track of my bullet could plainly

be seen. as it had raked through the chest and abdomen. The animal had

evidently rushed a short distance after being hit and then fell dead. The

carcase had been lying there three days and was in an advanced stage of

decomposition though still intact. I decided. to let the process of nature

continue, and to remove the skull the next day. To my surprise, on my,

return, I found the fresh tracks of a panther on a path leading towards the

carcase. The latter had been dragged some ten yards, the surrounding dust

showing plainly the tracks of the female panther. The entrails had been

removed and set aside, whilst all the fleshy portion had been eaten. ‘To con-

firm my views as to the devourer, the skin was lying ee) intact, as it. had

been rolled back during the course of the meal.

_Lunderstand that it is rare for a panther to eat carrion, especially if it is at

all decomposed... The incentive of hunger does not appear to have been

strong in this case, as the animal had two. large meals within the previous-

three days, yet she appeared to: prefer to turn cannibal and. eat, possibly her.

own: offspring, to returning to the buffalo carcase,.and risking the unpleasant

consequences, she had evidently experienced earlier in her life at the hands of

some shzkart.

‘Tunfortunately never succeeded in bagging her, though she killed many

times. afterwards, and so cannot say whether she had any old. wound. which

would account for her extremely cautious behaviour.

_ SATARA, H. J. RICE,

30th July, 1925, Capt., [ALS

290 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX]

[Numerous instances of cannibalism in Nature have already been recorded

on the pages of the Journal. These includes records of cannibalism amongst

insects such as dragenflies and the larva of certain genera of butterflies and

moths, cannibalism amongst reptiles and amphibians, amongst predatory

birds and finally amongst mammals.

In volume xvii, p. 54 we published a record of a panther being

attacked and slain on its ‘kill’ by a second panther who appropriated the

‘kill’ and finished by dining onits original possessor. The same writer

records a similar experience with a tigress which, under like circumstances, was

killed and eaten by a tiger. While two instances are on record of tigers

eating their young. ‘ Dog does not eat Dog’ runs the proverb; but in spite

of the popular belief it is certain that cases of cannibalism, more or less

flagrant are quite common in Nature and, not unnaturally, occur still oftener

in captivity. ADS.

No. IV.—JUNGLE TRAGEDIES

Miscellaneous Note II, in volume xxx, No. 3 of the Journal by Mr. R. C.

Morris closes with a suggestion for further instances of jungle tragedies.

The photograph I send is an enlargement of one taken by Captain R.

H. Haslam and sent to me in 1923. Some coolies employed on a tea estate in

Travancore, where he was at the time, brought the tiger in from the forest

near by saying they had seen several tigers fighting in an open space and

that the party broke up when one tiger lay still.

One can imagine the timorous hesitations before the onlookers ventured to

a nearer approach: Capt. Haslam said in his letter that the tiger had

obviously been killed by a bite in the head, one canine-tooth having penetrat-

ed the brain. In the photograph the tooth hole can be seen in the centre of

the skull. The quarrel was no doubt a sexual affair as there was no kill near

the place where the incident happened.

_ QOUETTA, LT:-COL.. R. W. BURTON,

4th August, 1925. Indian Army (Retd.).

[The photo forwarded to us by Col. Burton shows the mark made by the

tiger’s tooth in the head of its victim. Unfortunately it is not sufficiently

distinct for reproduction. ADS.]

No. V.--ON THE COLOUR OF THE EYE OF THE GAUR OR INDIAN

BISON (B/BOS GAURUS).

Some comments have recently appeared in your Journal on the colouration

of the Gaur’s eye. I have no gaur’s eye here for re-examination but there are

in unlimited number of pure bred Aberdeen Angus cattle eyes at my disposal.

To all intents and purposes the eyes of the two animals are identical except that

in the Angus the brown is darker and the blue deeper and more pronounced.

Bearing in mind these two differences the following remarks apply equally to

both species. The examination of the eye in the living animal conveys the

following impressions :—

The first general impression is that it is a large soft eye of great depth.

Detailed examination shows that the general colour of the eye is brown and it is

clear that the pigmentation giving arise to this colour is of varying shades and

is situated at varying depths in the eye itself. In certain lights and at certain

angles the whole eye appears brown. Butin most lights and by arrangement

so as to produce favourable conditions the transparent unpigmented portion of

the eye, called the cornea, transmits a deep blue light. ‘This light is entirely

confined to this portion of the eye but it is obvious even without dissection that

the pigmentation giving rise to the blue colour is deep seated and somewhere

at the back of the eye.

In many individuals, specially in those not bred from the purest stock, the

blue varies in luminosity: there are bright patches or spots of blue. The

above remarks will be explained in detail by the dissection of the eye, com-

mencing at the visible surface.

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES 291

Conjunctiva (Brown),_...—

--Choroid (Black)

Vitreous Body

Sclerotica,___.]

Retina -----2

<-~-Choroid (Blue)

----+Optic Nerve

Transverse section of the eye of one aberdeen angus bull.

The conjunctiva is brown covering all the portion of the eye which in the

human eye, is white. The /v7s is brown, the pupil is a slit. A cross section

behind the cornea admits the removal of the lens with the vitreous body, and

the choroid can be examined. The colour of this is very dark brown, it might

even be called black, except at one place which will be dealt with latter.

So far nothing blue has been encountered only varying degrees of brown and

it will be seen that there are no less than three sources of this colour all situated

at varying depths. It is not to be wondered at therefore that the browns seen

in the eye of the living animal are elusive. Right at the back of the eye in the

region of the optic nerve the choroid is a brilliant irridescent blue or greenish

blue. This pigmentation appears to be confined to the surface of the choroid

as it can be removed disclosing the underlying dark brown or black. The

blue patch is irregular both in shape and colour with spots or patches of lighter

and darker blues and greens.

These colours are opposite the pupil and the blue light apperent in the cornea

is derived from this source having passed through the vitreous body, the lens,

and escaping through the pupil to be diffused by the aqueous humour between

the cornea and theiris. Its source also explains the fact that the blue is not

apparent at all angles.

It will be seen therefore that the eye is a brown eye and that the blue is re-

flected light from the back of the eye. The variation in the intensity of the

blue accounts for the spots seen in the surface eyes of some animals. It is

probable that in the case of the gaur, all of which can be considered to be

absolutely pure bred, the eyes of many hundreds would have to be examined

before finding any irregularity.

The above diagram explains itself and shows what I found when I examined

the Gaur’s eye and again more recently in a number of Aberdeen Angus

cattles’ eyes.

20th August, 1925. A. A. DUNBAR BRANDER.

[In volume iv of the Society’s Journal the late Mr. J. D. Inverarity came to

the same conclusion as Mr. Dunbar Brander and pointed out that the blue

colouring of the Gaut’s eye is due to the tapetum lucidium—the lining to a

greater or less extent of the back part of the choroid membrane of the eye

222 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX

which, in the Gaur, is of a lovely peacock blue colour. It is this membrane

which causes. an animal’s eye to shine in the dark. In the human eye it is

opaque and black. EDS.] aed

No. VI.—MALFORMED HEADS OF MARKHOR AND IBEX

In 1921 I contributed’ to the Journal (vol. xxviii, No. 2, page 544) a photo-

graph of a malformed: ibex horn from Kashmir. In that instance the right

horn had grown in very even concentric circles at right angles to the head.

The accompanying photograph of head of a straight-horned markhor (C. f.

megaceros) shows a similar less perfect malformation: and the ibex head

photographed with it shows a malformation of the same type as both of the

above. ;

‘This malformed ibex horn differs, however, in that the growth is forward!

and not at right angles. It stopsshort at the eye, and the condition observed

at the end of the horn shows that the growth was completed and no further

advance would have taken place. The horn is firmly fixed on the skull. The

inner edge of the end of the horn has impinged upon, and slightly indented,

the bone of the eye:socket. The korn had grown overthe end of the bone core;,

and when the animal was alive the inner corner of the horn must have been

covered by skin of the animal’s head. The animal was shot by a native shikari

who brought the head to the McMahon museum.

It is a matter for curious conjecture as to what was the reason for the horn

to stop growing. Had the growth continued it must have removed: the

unfortunate animal’s eye: but it did not do so. Why?

The photograph was taken by me at the McMahon Museum, Quetta,. by kind

permission of the Curator, Mr. Clinton Bond. ,

Querra, ee “LT.-COL... R. W BURTON,

dth August, 1925. Se dae Indian Army (Retd:).«:

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

CORMORANTS AND CATTLE EGRETS

Roosting site in the islands of Saheb Bandh, Purulia

Lug

Rviihal li

NESTING SITE OF Axnastomus oscitans IN THE

ISLAND OF SAHEB BANDH, PURULJA

eens

vt MISCELLANBOOS (NOTES eS ee '23)

No. VII.—WEIGHTS AND MEASUREMENTS OF THE NILGIRI

LANGUR (PITHECUS JOHNIT)

The following are weights and measurements.of Nilgiri Langurs (Pithecus

johniz) obtained by me at Kodaikanal, South India.

Head & Body. Tail. Weight.

1.- #Hemale. ... ne 23”. a2” 24 Ibs.

2. Male sve aoe 24”) Ae 26 Ibs.

3. Male ae tee 204 28” (damaged) 29 Ibs.

4, Male sas nes 25”... 27” 27 lbs,

5 Male se whe 26”... 35 30 lbs.

No. 1 a gravid female was secured on April 8, 1919. In Kodaikanal the

young are born at the end of May and the beginning of June while in the

Tinnevelly hills two young langurs, a few days old, were brought to me in

Christmas Week, 1924.

Sr. Josepy’s COLLEGE, : C, UPIGH, 6.4.

TRICHINOPOLY, .

July 1925.

No. VIII.—THE NESTING OF THE OPEN—BILL STORK

(ANASTOMUS OSCITANS) IN PURULIA, MANBHUM DISTRICT

The occurrence of Anastomus oscitans in India is more or less confined to

places which abound with large rivers and marshes. But in a district devoid

of such physical features, the artificial lakes and tanks which supply suitable

shelter and food appear in most cases to be frequented by these birds.

Manbhum is one of such districts and my stay here during October and

November 1924 gave me an opportunity of watching their movements. They

are so numerous and well distributed throughout Manbhum that one feels

surprised at the remark of Captain Beavan that he ‘ only met with this species

on one occasion... so that its habitat is probably somewhat restricted ’

(Z6is, New Series iv, p. 398). The fact of their occurrence here tin large

numbers can be explained by reason of the artificial lakes of considerable size

“which have been formed by running dams across small ravines or valleys, so

that the enclosed space is filled by the natural drainage from above. Such

lakes are locally known.as baudhs. The Saheb-bandh at Purulia, the principal

town and head-quarter of the Manbhum District, is one of the largest of such

bandhs and encloses a stretch of about 40 acres of water. It embraces two well-

wooded islands which the game laws of the district have helped to convert into

bird sanctuaries and are therefore of special importance to the ornithologist,

Birdshooting is strictly prohibited in the dandhs, Situated as the islands are

over 50 yds. off from the shore, they afford a complete immunity from:human

intrusion, and the islands being denseley-wooded provide a convenient site

for roosting as well as nesting to many of the birds. It is patent even to

a casual observer that to the Open-billed Storks the place is specially

attractive on account of the fish and fresh-water molluscs which abound in

the lake. For a whole month during my stay at Purulia I watched every

morning parties of duastomus oscitans coming from different directions and

congregating on the islands of .the Saheb-bandh,—usually small parties in

threes and fours .and sometimes single individuals traversing great .distances

across hilly jungly parts.and hurrying towards the lake. Before descent, with

a few -spiral motions they wheeled rapidly round in the sky with -outstretched

wings, gradually sinking lower down till.a sudden sharp plunge launched them

on the tree-tops, whereof they seized the branches with their long and dangling

legs and claws. Herethey revelled in the sun for the greater part of the day.

A powerful field-glass helped me to scan a few young birds in the group, :and

in two instances I noticed large circular nests of sticks built in the fork of two

dead, leafless stumps, and observed their occupants, i.e. the young ones, which

were ‘fledged and somewhat grown up, shaking wings and clamouring for food

before their parents. Subsequently, I watched the latter in the act of feeding

their young. There were some other nests close by, but now deserted. The

‘discovery of the young ones of Anastomas oscitans so late as'the end of October

was ‘a surprise tome, as the normal period of nesting of this bird in Northern

India is July-August ; and in view of the length of time which a young:stork

224 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

may take to grow and become independent of its parents, one can reasonably

expect to find the young in the nest even in the latter half of September. The

monsoon was unduly protracted, there being frequent showers in October.

This might account for the lateness of the breeding season not only of

Anastomus oscitans but also of cattle Egrets (Bubulcus coromandus) and

Night Herons (Nycticorax griseus) which were still engaged in nidificatory

duties in the neighbouring island within the bandh. The congregation of the

Open-bills in these islands lasted till evening when the parties would break up

and disperse for roosting elsewhere in the jungly parts of the Bagmundi range.

But the fledgelings remained in their nest, probably with their parents, as

I used to notice at dusk 3 or 4 birds there, but in the dim light I was unable

to distinguish the young from their parents Thenests of Bubulcus coromandus

contained grown up young, while Mycticorax griseus was constructing its

nursery apparently for a second brood ; for I watched the male heron carrying

sticks for the hen bird which was busy arranging then: in order. I also

observed some nests of Phalacrocorax javanica which were now deserted but

they contained grown up young in the beginning of October.

SATYA CHURN LAW.

24, SUKEAS STREET, CALCUTTA,

7th August, 1925.

No. IX.-OCCURRENCE OF THE SHELDRAKE (7TADORNA

TADORN 4A) IN BIHAR

It may be of sufficient interest to record that I to-day received alive a

Common Sheldrake (immature plumaged) through Colone! H. Button,

I.M.S. It was ‘ netted’ by the professional duck-netters on a jheel near

Shonepur: there was another one with it. It is the first I have seen in these

parts.

PATNA, BIHAR. . JOHN A. BUCKNELL, F.Z.S:; M.B:O0U;

l6th November, 1925.

[The Sheldrake is an uncommon winter visitor to the northern portion of

India. From Afghanistan and Baluchistan, where it is most rare, it extends as

an unfrequent visitor to Sind, the Punjab the N. W. Provinces and Oudh. In

Bengal its occurrence is rare but it has been obtained as far east as Arracan.

EDS-|

No. X.—BIRDS-NESTING WITH A CAMERA

A CORRECTION

In ‘ Birds-nesting with a Camera in India,’ Part iv, by Capt. R. S. P. Bates,

published in No. 3, vol. xxx of this Journal we have a most excellent account

of the birds breeding in the swamps of Kashmir with beautiful photographic

illustrations of their nests and eggs.

One bird whose nest and eggs are described and figured in this article is

however wrongly named. Thisis the Paddy Field Warbler (Acvrocephalus

agricola.)

The bird which has hitherto passed as Acrocephalus agricola, the Paddy

Field Warbler, in Kashmir is not that bird at all, but is really Acrocephalus

concinens concinens, the Chinese Paddy Field Warbler.

This latter breeds plentifully in the Hokra Sar and other swamps in Kashmir

and is the bird described by Captain Bates. Acrocephalus agricola on the

other hand does not breed in Kashmir.

SRINAGAR, B. B. OSMASTON, I.F.S.

KASHMIR.

No. XI.—NOTES ON BIRDS UNCOMMON IN, OR UNRECORDED

FROM THE SIMLA HILLS

The Yellow-billed Blue Magpie (Uvrocissa flavirostris cucullata) :—With

reference to Mr. H. Whistler’s ‘ Note on the Corvide of the Punjab’ it may be

of interest to record that on September 15, ]924, I obtained a specimen

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES © En agg

(juv. Y) of the Yellow-billed Blue Magpie (Uvocissa flavirostris cucullata)

vom a party of about half a dozen birds near Summer Hill Railway Station

(elevation 6,700 feet). I have not seen the Yellow-billed Blue Magpie so close

to Simla before: The Red- billed Blue Magpie (U. m. occipitalis) is, ‘of

course, a very common bird in and about: Simla.

The Ashy-Swallsw Shrike ( Artamus fuscus) ~ The distribution of the shy

Swallow-Shrike (Avtamus fuscus) is given in the new edition of the Fauna of

British India, Birds, vol. ii, p. 349, as follows :—

‘Throughout the Empire from Ceylon to the Himalayas East of a ane

drawn from Godra-in the Panch Mahals to. Nainital in Kumacn;

resident throughout the plains and foot-hills up to 2,000 feet, and

ascending the mountains up to 5,000 feet insummer. It extends through-

a Burma, Shan States, Siam,- Cochin—China, Yunnan and ‘Western

igalee ia

It is therefore worth recording that I was lucky enough to obtain a fine

specimen of this interesting species on the July 5th, 1925, in Sirmur State,

about $8 or 10 miles from Solon Railway Station on the Kalka-Simla Railway

line. Simla is well outside the range of this bird as given by Mr. Stuart Baker

and this appears to be the first record of the occurrence of Artamus -fuscus in

the Punjab.

I was on a two days’ collecting trip in the vicinity of Solon (5,000 feet).

On the first day I undertook a long tramp, because I wanted to cover as much

ground as possible and to collect only such specimens as were worth obtaining.

I had passed through some promising country, near villages and cultivation,

and was skirting the base of a fairly bare, grass-covered hill on the summit of

which grew a few pines (Pinus longifolia) when I saw, high in the air, a bird

which looked like a big grey swallow, but with a short, white-tipped tail.

This bird was along with two or three Hirundo daurica nepalensis. Its

peculiar shape and comparatively large size attracted my attention and I

watched it wheeling about in the air for a short while. Its flight was very

graceful and rather swallow-like, but was characterized by a slower rate of

progress than that of a swallow. After describing several circles the bird

flew right across an open ravine andI lost sight of it ge it crossed to the

opposite hillside.

I sat down and waited for it to return, but as there were no signs of the

bird, I turned and looked up the hill on which I was sitting. I was agreeably

surprised to find another bird fly off from one of the pines high above, circle

round once or twice, and then resume its perch. I lost no time in climbing up.

As I approached closer I saw two birds sitting togetherand a third above on

another branch. A harsh, grating cry was uttered by one or other of these

birds. I was now certain that they were Ashy Swallow-Shrikes. Before I got

close enough to use even my 12 bore shot-gun, the two birds which had been

sitting together separated and I lost a chance of getting them both at the one

shot. However I obtained one, the remainder immediately taking flight and

disappearing out of sight over the crest of the hill before I could possibly shoot

another. I failed to find them again. ‘The bird I obtained proved to be an

adult male, in which the genital organs were enlarged to about the-size of a

BB pellet. Toe

The Large Brown Thrush (Zoothera monticola) , In vol. xxvii, pages 401-402,

of the Journal wiil be found anote of mine on the occurrence of the Large

Brown Thrushin Simla. At the time I wrote that noteI had not actually

obtained Zoothera monticola in Simla, and the only specimen procured here

was a Single female, dated April 21, 1916, in Mr. A. E. Jones’ collection. I.am

now able to add some further information on the subject.

_I did not meet with this interesting thrush again till January 19, 1924.

On this date a friend and I visited a ravine below Summer Hill and I was told

by my companion that he has seen two largish thrush-like birds in the stream-

bed. From his description I guessed that the birds were probably Zoothera

monticola. My surmise was correct, formy friend came across the birds again.

and shot one. Unfortunately he fired from too close a range and the bird was

unfit. to skin—only ‘the head was left intact, the rest of the body having been

blown to pieces.

On January 20, 1924, we made a special excursion after the thrushes.

We found one, apparently one of the two seen on the previous Cay, but it was

very shy. We could not get a shot at it, for it flew off the moment it caught

226 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol, XXXII

sight of us, taking refuge in an oak forest on the hillside above the stream, and

when dislodged from its hiding-place, flying further in among the trees and

refusing to be shifted again. A week later we made another attempt to get

this bird, but although we saw it, we again failed to obtain it,

Some days after, on February 10, 1924, while on a ramble towards the

north of Simla, another Zoothera monticola was met with. This was a stray

bird. which was feeding along with a number of Zurdus castaneus and

albocinctus.

I did not meet with the Large Brown Thrush again til! September 27,

1924. On this date my friend and I explored another part of the ravine where

the birds had been seen in January of that year. My companion was lucky

enough to find two birds in a heavily-wooded part of the ravine and this time

he shot both. I was some distance from him and only caught a hasty glimpse

of the birds as they flew into thick cover. The two specimens obtained proved

to be a male and a female—probably a pair.

The approximate elevation of the place where the birds were seen is about

6,000 feet.

From the information given above as to the dates on which this Thrush

has been jnet with in Simla it is fairly certain that it is a resident species

which probably breeds here, though, so far, the eggs have not been taken in

Simla.

The Besra Sparrow-Hawk (<Accipiter virgatus). On June 28, 1925,

I paid a visit to a favourite ravine (elevation about 6,000 feet) below

Summer Hill and one of the first birds Isaw was what I at first took to bea

smallish Sparrow-Hawk. It appeared suddenly, stooping at a number of

small birds—chiefly House-Sparrows feeding on the ground, two or three Green-

backed Tits and a pair of Flycatcher-Warblers. The Sparrow-Hawk had no

trouble in catching one of these small birds, which it grabbed up and carried

off into a thicket of bushes at the side of the ravine. The cries of the captured

bird were heard clearly but the hawk could not be seen. After a few seconds

it flew out of its hiding-place and perched on a low sapling overhanging the

stream. It was shot easily. I found, however, that instead of obtaining a

common Sparrow-Hawk I had procured a specimen of the Besra, (Accipiter

virgatus) (F. B. I, No. 1248). I made a search for the bird it had captured

(which was still in the hawk’s talons when I shot it) but was unsuccessful. It

was, I think, a Sezcercus. The Besra Sparrow-Hawk was an adult specimen—

a beautiful little male.

This Sparrow-Hawk has not been recorded from Simla before, and Mr. A.

E. Jones does not mention it in his list of Simla birds (J. B. NV. A. S., vol.

xxvt). Mr. Jones has recently acquired a specimen—a juvenile male. Mr. H.

Whistler thinks that he has seen the Besra near Mahasoo on two occasions.

_ SIMLA, S. BASIL-EDWARDES,

Ist September, 1925. M.B.O.U.

No. XIIL—RECORD OF A DEATH FROM THE BITE OF A

HAMADRYAD OR KING COBRA (NAIA HANNA).

A CORRECTION

With reference to the Note (No. xiii) appearing in your Journal (volume

xxx, No. 3,) headed ‘ Record of a death from bite of the Hamadryad or King

Cobra (Vata hanna)’ recording that Mr. Slater of the Mysore Geological

Department was killed by a Hamadryad, I would like to point out that Mr.

Slater was not killed by a Hamadryad, but by a Russell Viper. Mr. Slater

was a collector of snakes, and knowing the sluggish habits of the Russell

Viper he went up to the snake in question, and put his foot on it. The rest of

Mr. Theobald’s Note is substantially correct.

RALPH C. MORRIS,

HONNAMETTI ESTATE,

ATTIKAN P. O.,

26th October, 1925,

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES 257

No. XIII.—NOTES ON SNAKES.

The following are notes on the snakes kept in the Serpentariuin at St. Joséph’s

College, Trichinopoly. :—

1. Pythons. (@) In December 1914 the curator was bitten by a python. He

was putting a nest of rats into the python’s cage, the snake lying coiled up

in the opposite corner apparently asleep. Before the curator knew that any-

thing in particular was going to happen, the python had lunged out, the

curator had instinctively withdrawn his hand, and the python was crawling

back to his corner. The back of the curator’s hand was torn in four lines

from: the wrist to the fingers, corresponding to the four rows of teeth in the

python’s upper jaw. A little dilute carbolic acid was rubbed into the wound

to forestall complications, and no more notice was taken of the matter. ‘The

wound healed rapidly, and thirteen teeth which had been left embedded in the

flesh gradually worked themselves out. ‘The last came out on the eighth day.

(4) It takes about three hours to drown a python.

(d} A python in the Museum workshop laid 13 eggs on May 17, 1925, coiled

itself upon them, and remained incubating them till July 7, when it abandoned

them. ‘They were then hard and discoloured ; three only retained something

of their original parchmenty appearance. On being cut open, these three were

found to contain each a small python, 19 inches long; one-fourth of the egg

matter still remained to be absorbed.

This python remained two and a half months without food; it promptly

killed a rat that was put into the cage, but did not eat it. Another python

remained six months without eating ; it refused all the dainties that an imagi-

native and impecunious curator could think of :—rats both white and grey,

and bandicoots, crows in various stages of activity from the dead to the half

dead, and clamorous owls, etc. Nothing happened to them, and after a

few minutes the bandicoots nestled within the brute’s folds and the crows

perched on its back. Finally it was killed and skinned; from the amount of

fat it still had stored up it could have lived comfortably another six

months without eating. 50 eges from tiny ones 4 inch to bigger ones 14 inch

in diameter, were found in the oviduct.

Some pythons sulk and go on hunger strike ; others eat readily enough. One,

of the latter disposition, readily took a big owl (Dusky Horned Owl), stifled it

in its folds and swallowed it without any difficulty, the wings being forced back

along the body by a slight movement of the coils.

Another, two hours after being deposited in its cage, threw up what seemed

to bea Palm Civet.

in 1923 19

2. Cobras. Received in the Museum: ‘i 1924 25

in 1925 (till June) i,

10f these not one measured 6 ft.

Two measured 5 ft. 8 in.

One measured 5 ft. 10 in.

pays netision is that a 6 ft. cobra isa rarity in these parts, if it exists

at all.

No two cobras are marked alike. The general pattern is modified in every

individual. Two of the specimens received had double spectacles.

It takes about two hours and a half to drown a cobra.

A cobra killed on November 6 had five eggs in the oviduct. ready

almost for laying.

3. Russell’s Viper.

Received in 1923 7

Do. 1924 20

Do. 1925 (till June) 11

1 They were measured lying dead on the table, not stretched.

7A cobra killed in Januar ry this year by Mr. H. A. Boas, Palagapandy Estate

Palghat, S. I. measured 6’ 3”. A specimen which taped 6’ 7” is reeorded in

the ‘Journal (vol, xxi, p. 718), EDS.

228 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

The largest measured. 5 ft. .A 43 ft. specimen is a very good specimen ;

the average specimen is about 4 ft. Here again there is an extraordinary

variety of markings on a same general pattern. .No two specimens are alike.

There are two colour varieties, one being slightly yellowish.

The Russell’s. Viper can squirt its venom. A specimen, with fangs, seized

by the snake-catcher with his right hand, squirted two jets of venom on his

left arm twelve inches. away.

Krait (2. c@ruleus). Having no chloroform I put a Bungarus ceruleus in

a cigar box at the bottom of a bucket of water. ‘Two hours ‘afterw ards it was

alive and apparently none the: worse.

4. Rat-snakes. The curator caught one on the Lower Palnis just under

10 ft. long. A 9 ft. rat-snake is by no means rare. A fine specimen not long

ago fell down from the top of a coconut tree in the College garden, with a

mynah in its mouth.

_5. We once had a live cobra in the Museum. Late one evening a full-grown

rat-snake was brought in, and as we had no spare box the new-comer was

given as co-lodger to the cobra. The cobra ate him during the night.

ST. JOSEPH’S COLLEGE, C. . LEIGH, S.J.

TRICHINOPOLY. Curator.

No. XIV.—A BULL FROG (RANA TIGRINA) SWALLOWING

A RAT

As I know you are a member of the Natural History Society, I feel sure you

will be interested in a smallincident of which I happened to. be an eye-

witness the other day. I have got some dogs of the Maltese spaniel breed

which are good ratters. One of them noticed a big rat, about 43 inches long,

in a room in my house and chased it. The rat got into an adjoining bath room

and from there attempted to escape througha pipe in the bath room for

letting out waste water into a tank outside. As I was interested in the chase,

I. went outside to see what had become of the rat there and, to my great

astonishment, I found that the rat had been swallowed alive by a medium-

sized Bull-frog sitting just at the other end of the pipe where the water falls into

the tank. There was no proof wanting. of the act of gorging as the rat’s tail was

seen by me sticking out of the frog’s mouth, ‘The Frog i is still in the tank and

apparently none the worse for having sw allowed the rat alive.

B. N. ZUTSHI.

RatLaM, .

17th September, 1925.

No. XV.—FISHING IN THE PERSIAN GULF

A RECORD * Prrao.’

I enclose herewith a note ona‘ ‘Pirao’, Caranx jarra caught from this ship

by the two seamén shown.

The fish weighed 693 lbs. and was caught at Henjam in June of this year.

Quite a ‘number of these fish were caught from the ship at anchor in5 fathoms.

3 good size cod hooks lashed together were used as it was found that a single

hook generally straightened out when a big fish was looked. The bait used

was usually the head of a bream of about 2 ibs. and the fish were usually

caught near the bottom and, even on the hand lines used struggled gamely and

required a good deal of strength to land on board.

A number of shark were also caught, usually about 4 feet in length, though

one of 11 feet was hooked. This-fellow -was hauled clear of the water under

the counter but when his full weight came on the hook his struggles straightened

out the hook and ‘he got away before he could be killed.

The hook in this case wsa the regulation shark hook fitted with chain pendant

supplied to all H. M. Ships.

°-Bast Inpres,. - | et) a ose BO UilENpaaas

H. M.'S: Trrap. ; -- £t:, Commander, R. N..

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES 229

[Major W. H. Lane in his interesting articles on ‘Game Fishes of the

Persian Gulf’ (Jour, B. N. H.S., vol. xxiv, p. 726) gives the measurement of

a large Pirao (C. jarra) taken at Jask. The fish weighed 68 lbs. and

measured 43” to tne tip of the tail with a maximum girth of 36 inches— and yet

he weighed only 2 ibs. under 5 stone ! ADS.] )

No. XVI.-ON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE GIANT WATER-BUG

(BELOSTOMA INDICUM) IN SIMLA

It may interest you to know that I caught a fine specimen of what I take to

be the Giant Water-Bug (Belostoma indicum) here on 15th September, 1925. It

was found on the roadside here in the day, at an elevation of about 7,000 feet.

It was rather active when first seen, easily springing on to its feet when

turned over on its back; but it did not live long. It was dead the morning

after it was captured. I remember catching many of these. Water-bugs at

Asansol where they were generally attracted by bright lights: The bite:is

said to be painful and poisonous, but I lave fortunately never been bitten.

Though widely distributed in India I can trace-no record of the occurrence

of the Giant Water-Bug in the.N.W. Himalayas at this--altitude. I find,

however, that Mr. E. A. D’Abreu obtained a specimen .on 9th June, 1910,.at a

height of 6,000 feet in the astern Himalayas. As he had never seen it at that

altitude before and thought the fact worthy of record, I send. you this note as

also being worth recording in the Journal.

Si BASIL-EDWARDES, |

M.BiO.U.

SIMLA,

23rd September, 1925,

PROCEEDINGS

Proceedings of the meeting held on March 9, 1926 |

The Annual General Meeting of the Members of the Bombay Natural

History Society was held in the Board Room of the Prince of Wales’ Museum

on March9 at6p.m. His Excellency the Right Hon’ble Sir Leslie Wilson,

P.C., G.C.LE., C.M.G., D.S.O., the Governor of Bombay, presiding.

It was announced that the following 75 new members had been elected since

the last meeting :—Mr. C. A. Latif, Bombay; Major J. M. W. O’Rorke,

Sialkot; Capt. R. G. Hogg, Quetta; Mr. D. Pilditch, Benares; Mr. G. fF’.

Coulton, England; Mr. A. E. Bassett, Rampur Hat, E.I. Ry.; Mr. I. L.

Cameron, Ceylon; The Honorary Secretary, Wellington Gymkhana Club,

Wellington, Nilgiris ; Mr. T. V. Ramakrishna Aiyar, B.A., F.Z.S., Coimbatore;

H. H. Raja Lakshman Sen, Sundarnagar, Sukhet State, Punjab; Major

H,. J. D. O’Neill, Quetta ; Mr. C. B. Chartres, M.L.A., Calcutta ; Mr. P. O.R.

Bally, Bombay ; Major W. E. Jones, Bombay ; Mr. R. C. Blackwood, Shillong,

Assam ; The Honorary Secretary, Mawlaik Club, Mawlaik, Upper Chindwin,

Burma; Mr. R. M. Cc. Thursfield, Rangoon ; Mr. R. K. Anderson, Thayetmyo,

Burma; The Government Entomologist, Mandalay, Burma ; Mr. D. W. Lawson,

Mandalay, Burma; Rev.'F.S. Briggs, Peshawar; Mr. A. H. L. Leach, Rangoon;

Capt. J. McClive, Nowshera, N. W. F. P.; The Director of the Deutsches

Entomologisches Institute der Kaiser-Wilhelm-Gesellschaft, Berlin-Dahlem,

Gosslerstrasse, 20; Lt.-Col. A. Forest Harper, Bombay; Capt. G. H.

Chambers, Jubbulpore, C. P.; The Chief Librarian, Public Library, Museums

and National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne, Australia; Mr. David Ezra,

Calcutta ; The President, Forest Research Institute and College, Dehra Dun,

U. P.; Mr. H. A. Fooks, Calcutta; Maharaj Shri Bijey Singhji Bahadur of

Bikaner, Rajputana; Mr. C. Lakshminarayanan, Madras; Mr. G. D. Owen,

Mercara, Coorg; Mr. A. Mac Dougall, Bombay; Mr. F. C. B. Cruickshank,

I. C.S., Almora, U. P.; Capt.:A: L.O. Burke, Ambala, Punjab; Mi. Hew:

Treneer-Michell, Peshawar, N. W. F. P.; Mr. Ajit Nath Dass, M.R.A.S.,

F. Z. S., Calcutta ; Capt. J. McL.. Short, Nowshera, N. W..F. P.; Mr. Dss.

I.aud, Byculla, Bombay ; Col. Theodore Roosevelt, New York; Mr. Kermit

Roosevelt, New York, U.S. A. ; Mr. H. D. Chaldecott, Kollengode P. O., via

Palghat; Mr. H. A. Boas, Kollengode P.O., via Palghat; Capt. B. Shah,

I.M:S., Karwar; Mr. P. E:. Percival, Col.E., I:C.S., “Bombay - Capt:

Percival, Bombay ; Mr. G. S. Rajadhyaksha, I.C.S., Satara; H. H. Nawab

Hussain Yavarkhan Jafar Alikhan Sahib Bahadur, Cambay; Mr. A. F. W.

Dixon, Koraput, Vizagapatam Dist. ; Mr. W. Smith Roilo, Mandalay, Burma ;

The Principal, Agricultural College, Mandalay, Burma; Mr. Wm. Angus

Muir, Esq., M. A., M.C., I.F.S., Bombay ; The Honorary Secretary, Mercara

Book Club, Mercara, Coorg ; Mr. Dharamsey Mulraj Khatau, Bombay ; Mons.

Pierre Jabouille, Annam, Indo-China; Dr. J. J. Modi, B. A., Ph. D., C.LE.,

Bombay; Major S. R. Shirley, M.C., Delhi; Major R. N.G. Scott, Delhi;

Mr. J. W. Dix, Mohammerah ; Mr. R. J. Jackson, Bushire, Persian Gulf ; Dr.

V. E. Whitman, Mohammerah, Persian Gulf; Mr. G. Hotz, Agra: Dr. Ekendra

Nath Ghosh, M.Se., M.D., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., Calcutta ; Major J. Morison,

I.M.S., Bombay; The Mess President, Ist Royal Battln., 9th Jat Regt.,

Fyzabad, U.P. ; Mr. John Coode, I.F.S., Ootacamund, Nilgiris ; Mr. A. W. P.

Millard, Bombay; Mr. T.J. Mackenzie, Indore; The Mess President, Ist

BattIn. The Gordon Highlanders, Trimuleherry, Deccan ; Miss Mozelle, M.A.,

B.Se., Dombivli; Capt. W. A. Whitehead, Nowshera; Mr. P. J. Barrand,

F.Z.S., F.E.S., Kasauli; The Mess President, 2/Ist Gurkha Rifles, Razmak ;

The Mess President, 1/16th Punjab Regt., Jhelum.

OFFICERS FOR 1926

The following were unanimously elected members of the Managing Committee

for the ensuing year :—

President.—His Excellency the Right Hon’ble Lt.-Col. Sir Leslie Wilson,

PCyG.C Ub sOM.G Dis, Gis

Vice- Presidents. — The Hon’ble Sir Norman Macleod, Kt.; His Highness

The Maharao of Cutch, G.C.S.1., G.C.1.E.; and Rev. Father E. Blatter, S.J.,

Ph.D., F.L.S.

PROCEEDINGS 231

MEMBERS OF THE COMMITTEE

Bombay.—Mr. R. D. Bell, C.I.E., I.C.S.; Mr. H. A. W. Brent; Prof,

V,.N. Hate, M.A.; Hon'ble Mr. J. E. B. Hotson, C.S.1., I.C.S.; Mr. J. G.

Ridland ; Major J. Morison, I,.M.S.; Mr. G. F. J. Cumberlege, D.S.O., M.C. ;

(Honorary Treasurer), Sir Reginald Spence, Kt. (Honorary Secretary).

Motussil.—-Mr. T. Bainbrigee Fletcher, F.E.S.; Mr..T. RB. Bell, C.LE.,

1.F.S, (Retd.); Col. W. H. Evans, R.E.; Major F. C. Fraser, I1.M.8.; Dr.

F. H, Gravely, D.Sc.; Mr. C. M. Inglis, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U0,; Mr, F. Ludlow,

M.A., M.B.O.U.; Mr. P. M. D. Sanderson ; Major C. H. Stockley, D.S.O.,

O.B.E.; Mr. H. Whistler, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U., F.L.S., C.F.A.0.U,

HONORARY TREASURER’S REPORT ON THE ACCOUNTS FOR 1925

‘ Excluding special donations received from the Nepal Government and Her

Highness the Maharani of Dhar, the total income of .the Society in 1925 was

Rs. 43,377-14-9 whilst the expenditure was Rs. 44,081-14-9 and in addition we

owe Rs. 4,000 on Journal Account and in respect of monies received from the

sale of Mr. Stuart Baker’s Pzgeon Book. Once again therefore we have failed

to make both ends meet.

In 1924 we spent on the Journals issued during that year Rs. 13,984-5-4 and

closed the year with an outstanding of Rs. 4,368-8-0 on the Journal account.

In 1925 we spent on the Journals issued during that year Rs. 12,598-0-0 and

closed with Rs. 3,500-0-0 owing on the Journal account. There has therefore

been a decrease of Rs. 2,254-12-4 in connection with expenditure on the Journal

in 1925. Sales of Journals increased by Rs. 700 over 1924. In 1925 we had to

pay Rs. 3,000-0-0 to the publishers of our Game Books and only received

Rs. 2,000-0-0 and in connection with the Pigeon Book we paid Rs. 1,150-0-0

. representing sales in previous years and similarly Rs. 240-0-0 on account of

Iraq Fauna.

We had to face increased salaries amounting to Rs. 1,590-0-0 and we shal!

have to face still further increases but we have a good staff and a staff which

is devoted to the interests of the Society.

I am glad to say receipts from Taxidermy increased by Rs. 800-0-0, showing

that the work done by the Society is appreciated by members, but it is very

difficult to say what financial profit—if any—is being made at present. We

should make a profit if we had more accommodation and more work.

Part of the contribution received from the Government of Nepal has already

been spent in connection with the work on the Fauna of Nepal produced by

Mr. Prater, and which was the main reason for the donation. The whole of

these special donations will be spent on special objects and the money cannot

be considered as part of the ordinary income of the Society.

During 1924 our membership totalled 1283, 87 having joined and 93 having

died or resigned. During 1925 our membership was only 1,208, a decrease of

75 ; 88 joined while 137 (a particularly large number) died or resigned. These

losses must be made good and it behoves each member to try and rope in at

least one new member, and having caught one, to make him buy a set of the

Game Books.

During the year we sold 21 sets of Game Books, but we still have 457 copies

of vol. i and 398 copies of vol. ii, in addition to about 450 unbound sets. At

the present rate of sales we have sufficient stock to last us about 40 years.

4 840 or about Rs. 11,200-0-0 are still due to the publishers I regret to say. In

the accounts the value of these Game Books has not been taken into

consideration, but a conservative estimate would fix it at 50 percent more than

that still due to the publishers.

I should like to record my thanks to Mr. J, D. Lewis who since last April

has been working for meas Honorary Treasurer.’

Sir Reginald Spence, the Honorary Secretary then read the Report of the

Society for the year ending December 31, 1925, which is published on pages

196-205 of the Number. H. E. The (sovernor then addressed the meeting, a full

account of H.E.’s speech is printed in the Editorial Note of the present

Journal.

The meeting closed with a vote of thanks to His Excellency proposed by

Sir Norman Macleod, Kt., Vice-President of the Society, oo

- : , "SAOJ2PMY ‘SPUDIUNOIIP PIsIz1DY 7D

‘OO ¥ NOSNODAAA “AV

°£402905 AAOJSITY JVANJONT AoQquog

‘AIANSVIAT, AADAOUOLT

‘ADA TAYAAWNNSO ‘f£°H "DOD

“M9y} Y}IM DOULTeQ 9} JOJ ‘UOpUO’] ‘*p}j’] ‘eIpUy Jo Yu [eUOTIEN 9y} WIO1J 9}e913.100

BWos[e ‘cz6l ‘Ig Joquis0eq UO J[eYyaq S,A}aI190G 9} UO P[aYy 919M Sal}IINOSS BAOgE OY}

38Y} JOOWo oY} 0} ‘Aequiog ‘*py’] ‘eIpuy Jo Yuvg [Vuo]j}eN 9} W0TJ 19}}9] V UDES DALY OM

(

10-0 o0g's9 =| reIog,

“10-0 Qootot |" PN Oe "gg /chET UvO'T % S

0 0 000'S |S9JON-O.1 CZ6T UvO'T JUoUIdO[oAeq ABquIog %79

10 @ 000°SE ace spuog jsniy, ‘}duly Aequiog Jo AID % fF

‘10 6 OOOPT © I" spuog (‘p}dan) Isn1 J, 10g Aequiog 4 FP

0 0 000‘OI *"eO/T UOISIOAUOD ai %

10 0 o08°8 = (eu ** SJON-Olg ‘VIPUT JO JUOTUIUIOAOYH %FE

ee = apquecg ‘pry ‘viypuy

eet JO YUDY JWUOVAT 24] YJtM Sd2JlANIaG

z 6 10009 *

$ OT 616°ST. ie eee eT

a ao é bl cceTt °9/T 18 P-61-FFLX ‘UopuoTT ‘vipuy jo yuvg ;

TBOOHEN YUM JUNOoOY jUSIIND Uo souRle :

ue 0: b LSE Seg * - VIS 34} WWM JUnOUY *

a 0 0 OST. eee eee eee coe puey uo yseg o6

oy ¢ § GLP ¢ eee ; eee eee . Avquiog

“ - ~ |*elpuy jo yuvg {eUOHEN YIM souvled “s

2 y 0 8 O0O°OT ~\"" = ~__ AyaTO0S

SUIPVIY, SPUBTIOYJON pue ‘*pyy] ‘elpuy

enn oa jo yuegq [euoljeN yyM s}Isodeq pox ‘

5 PL TSO’ Fe SSS

oor pb ZL 6&2 ‘ee ame Parcel ut plos euneg

bel] JO} pepyse”d jo sowlly, oy, “sissoy ‘'

10 0 OST'T : “peor UL POS Food Seaoqd pue

suossid 104 AQIOUINU A ‘Oa H ‘Ssassay ‘'

MeO Oa O00 Se 22 “ syoog amen

‘Ns ; UNOdIB Uos[elueC PUL SUOS a1¥q “sissey *

A 0.8 ZI : ‘WINIWA1g POUBINSUT 91 ss

: 10 Q @Ssz ea es e227 JIpny **

0: 0 LOL “leew aoe 5 see one aInyUIN Gy as

6 T OFF fear ea hee ah * qunooOYW Aleiqiy *'

J 9 ¢ 6I2’T eee . eee 98bSOg 66

101 2 9ZP 25 : Rictanies pue suljulig

i ‘d ni) P LS2°s¢ eee see eee coe eee 7 yoy oe

; {8 IL-€S9'T aha = oe * soBreqS Telouey **

‘ Me A ENS CAN) Cae a beeen ce a - 1 satiepeg ‘

: “18 £ 1gs8'st Hess Se ae = yunoooy [euInor OF,

a ¥ su ay ss SLNAWAVd

$261 ‘TE saqMir22C] 0% S261 ‘T havnuos modg SINQOIIK AO LNAWALVLS

ALHIODOS AYOLSIH TWYNALVN AVENOF

2 6 100‘09

0 2I 6I

0.0 00'S

0 0 00'S

6 6 L612

OL 2L ZI0°T

0 IL TsZ‘2

b IT ZI6'¢

OL ST $g2°9

0 9 L822

§ OT €29°9

d WV sa

—

“sconipny *SIUDIUNOIIP pasajAvy yD

“OO ® NOSONDOU"A “AV

OL ST Seg’

0 0 00FT

0 0 O0SO'T

0 8 18

0 FT 892°L2

0 0: Sere

0. PI E4s'r2

3091109 puNO}J pu pouiwex|

“0261 ‘22 CAvnNAgay ‘AVAWOG

“TROL

re __ BRIS 24} Wosz peJsao0o0e1 JUHOMLY

ce “eu

jo aries luelreyeN “HH sed

sr JUSMIUISAOY [edaN Woy uoljeu0d

, puny [VUMey WOIJ poalsoo1 JUNOWY

on bo ove no “+ sglapung

sosIvyo 1940

pur pocuicode SUIJUNOUL JO}. $}d1900 RT

so1eld sis

a euney Dei

Spitq jo isI[-pueH s

aes “* $19}} BI poyulIg JoujIO a

ae Syood S9A0q pus UOdSIG ot

evo oo eee syood 1094-29) te

se ae SJIeVYQ BYVUS Jo salves

““sTeUINOL UT JUST} JaApE WOIJ S}d1900y

eae s[euinor jo soles

ee “03 st S90] UO1}B1}S139Y

$]U9UT}SOAUT UO 4S$9I9} 0]

06e “5 a0 “* soo aouviUq

ooe eee

uo]HdlI9sqng jo punjel ssaz7

“* goUBApe U] Borsdisosqng jo WOT}DaTIOD

eee eee aoe IBvoA

judsiino JO} Uol}dil1osqug jo UorjaT[OD

") $1Balie UL UOIdIIOsqng jo HO}}O9I10D

0 ee "Beis 04} Aq onp junowy

'9/L 38 L-AL-RLL¥ ‘uopuoyy ‘erpuy Jo yueg

TeUOHeN iM JUNOOOW Jasin Uo souKleg

ooo eos

rrr eee

Aequiog ‘erpuy jo yuvg

[CUOIJEN U}IM JUNOSOR JUdIING UO SOUR] eg ©

puny [euluIe; UI poliojsuvs Junowy

-—S26I ‘[ AUVONVE NO FAONVIVG ONINGIO AG

SLATH OR

suorinscaus aiysioquisyy ay1T

puvy uo ysee ©

Printed by George Kenneth at the Diocesan Press, Madras, and published by

R. A. Spence for the Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay.

almost

Sportsmen ::

The most comprehensive and interesting _ Zi a ‘

book on the subject yet. published —

CONTENTS.

Bic GAME AND RECORDS

TABLE OF GAME SHOT during the

past fourteen years |

)

GAME HAUNTS AND SEASONS : Chief

centres and routes

PoruLAR SHOOTING Chine

., SHikaR Hints anp NOTES »

' BEATING FOR TIGER

STANDARD METHOD OF MEASURING |

TROPHIES | Ve

Camp ARRANGEMENTS = |

TRAVELLERS’ BUNGALOWS

ELEPHANTS

NILGIRI GAME RULES

<5, - SISHING.,,

Price Rs. 4 scab

‘BIG BORE? |)

7 Crown 8vo. 270 pages with a map

The latest publication on Shikar dealing

exclusively

Mountains. The information given is 2 5

reliable, up to date and invaluable | to.

| SHOOTING — CENTRES Oursipe ‘TH

CROCODILE SHOOTING ON THE We

REPTILES

« THE NILGERIS

with the: Nilgiri

16.88

}

NiEGIRIS. oe cy fe

COAST oe o8

THE iirbortneas 5 OF THE Nixer ’

THE COIMBATORE DISTRICT |

THE WYNAAD, MALaBaR Dist! +

THE -PULNI HILLs |

RULES AND. REGULATIONS FOR “Hu T

ING AND SHOOTING IN i ds

TRAVANCORE STATE ———™

THE SPORTSMAN’S SHIKAR Map F

sin F

igh

VOL.

For terms of membership | see. inside front cover. Ae

| Honorary eaeary ys ; Address :

BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

= Apollo Street, Bombay.

“LONDON AGENTS:

; ‘DULAU & buch Ltd,

- yo TED AT THE DIOCESAN. PRESS,

Pt in

ek Hand List of Gbhere ‘ead Species” of. Birds of ae indian! _Empire ‘b

| E.C. Stuart BAKER, O.B.E., M.B.0.U., F.Z.8., C.F,A.0.U, aN

NOAA ey ara ce eb. Members Rs. 4- 12). ane

f Game Birds of India, Vol. a eps y Ducks and their allies) 2nd Edition. A,

ees nga peo pa, sine is p| ‘Rs. 63

a i tae ea eee as ee oe i (Price to Members Rs. 50) 5. :

"Game Birds of India, Vol. tL, {(Woodeock, Saipe, Bustards, and Sandgrouse)

Vee ist Wdition 20 260) Grey ee oe

VSS rate ited to Members Rs. 42).

‘ ‘Set of Game Bird Plates (30), ae Ui i Rs. 20°

wi de On | (Price to Members Rs. Ub).

Fs “Set of Game Bird Plates (19), Vol. II. Nae aS . an (Rs. 13- 8

ide Honase vie to Members Rs. 10).

“Indian Pigeons and Doves with coloured illustrations by E. Cc. oe uid i

Lae ee B. oe MiB .On0 7) HUZ. on ue (cnt Rs. 37- ie

(Price to Members Rs. 30). bah

Obs

{

Saal

; noe ‘Snakes. Ce le a ‘

ciasnaus Terrestrial Srinlee's ie out British Indian Danmene: 3rd Edition, hee

(Ae OCon OF? WALL, Cy MiG ly M.S - Out of Dana Orders peing registered for

- 4 new Edition. : .), ide : ¢ R: ;

Identification of Poisonous ee %s ger nh ta ea rele A ha eR tt

Hanging Wall Chart, SO OT dy che S38 Hoe eaten | bree Re, 5

Folding Pocket Chart: a Melia CANOE Leia Mie gio Rs. 1-12

Pint

ida

" “Snakes of Bprobay tea and Sa! ‘sette, by S. H. PRATER, es M. Z, 8. Re. .

Riiscellancans.”

i “Wood- Beorinn White isa of the Bombay Presidency by Rev. a; One see ‘i i F

NaN ee ag ts eta po es Re. 1

. : i ’ Catalogue of the Society’ s Libya? yee Ny Nee ee oy Re. va

List of Indian Butterflies by Lr. -Cor. W. H. ae, R. BE. SCRE ccc haa mE ee

_ Wall Chart to distinguish a Wild Dog from a Domestic Dene or r Jackal. Rs. 28

“TERMS. OF MEMBERSHIP.

Life Members pay an entrance fee of Rs. 20 and a Life Membership hee of

MO bdidary Mefbers: ee an entrance fee of Re 20. and an annual

pe ator OP RSA 20.5

+ Members elected in November and. Miicceintent are not. liable. for the

ng _subseription for the year in which des are el acter

So yieeed x

_ MEMBERS RESIDING OUTSIDE INDIA.

Thet terms are the same for members living outside India. ‘Suan members’ ‘

_ should pay their subscriptions by means of orders on their Bankers to pay the .

- amount of the subscription, plus postage—in all Rs. 26-8-0 to the Society in

_ Bombay on the Ist January in each year. If this cannot be done then the sum |

of 4#1-15-4 should be paid annually to the Society’s London Gh emcee

- National Bank‘ of India, Behe eae Street, Tantcee E. Cc. :

CONTENT SOOF Vol. XXXI, No. 3

Tur GAME BiRDS OF THE INDIAN EmpirRE. (With a coloured gis)

By E. C. Stuart Baker, £.Z.S., F.L S., M.B.O.U., C.F.A.0.U.

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS FROM THE MAMMAL SuRvEY No. XLVI. By

Helen M. Lindsay, M.A., B.SC. ..ccocsesecscccecccecsncecccssrerceerscocaeseres

THE Mason Wasp (Zumenes conica). Partl. (Witha plate and text

figures.) By Major R. W. G. Hingston, I.M.S. cessseescesreserse seers:

NOTES ON SOME NEW AND INTERESTING BUTTERFLIES. FROM INDIA AND

Burma. Part I. (With one coloured and one 6 lack and white plate.)

By Major-General H. C. Tytler, C.B., C.M.G., C.I.E., D.S.O., F.E.S.

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE ORNITHOLOGY OF DELHI. Patt I. (With two

plates.) By the late Mr. S. Basil-Edwardes, M.B.O.U., R.A.O.U. ....

TAKIN SHOOTING IN THE SPRING. (With a plate.) By Capt. E.

Mira WCU VCS es mmeeeniene, ss cueiaatit bane ecueaueReccinvdeers cob isincee tack ev e1siesecsemoanes

Brrps NESTING WITH A CAMERA ININDIA. Part VI. (With fourteen

PECTS A MA CADE a, Res dS DALES: 1 cbuk ate senivanes o> nse setaeaseeeeesene sevens

NOTES ON A COLLECTION OK MOTHS OF THE FAMILY GEOMETRIDAE

MADE BY Capt. A. E. Swann. Part ll. (With a plate). By Louis

Me SOMO US UE Sos at aie terccaaten teaser thts ote. sede deve socseds ceesdeesdeas Sesh ieaseasdaes

THE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDIA. Part XXXVI.

Pye Re belly Grr. wi tees. (IREtdi ) cir ccist Sea vese Pada x saqnteasecuiavetan

THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJS RIVER. Part Il.

(With two plates.) By Lt.-Col. R. W. BURTON, I1.A. (Retd.) ......

ON THE DOWN PLUMAGES OF SOME INDIAN BirpDS. (With a plate). By

feeb. Iuicehurst, M,A:, M.B.0.U.. (Late Capt., R.A.M.C.) .c.ce.sescens

B.N.H.S. MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON. Report

Nos. 40, 41 and 42. By Mrs. Helen Mi oindSay, Mo An, BiSG,. / shee

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES. Part XXIV. (With two ilies and tive text

ICLLUES Pe VENA ORee Gc KTASCT) [7 MiS.. cesasiaceessusucthescsestaccueteapae

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES. Part X. (With a plate).

Bye COlm Wien td, ONAN G. DSO. BaZ Se Bel Seu saccucio dee docueee snl tes 10s ache

On SOME INTERESTING FEATURES OF THE FAUNA OF THE WESTERN

HATS 8. yO. Lae AOLAs DSC... 2) coy ccecsesccroce co Gk ates eita sone tetera eae

RECENT ADDITION TO THE INDO-CEYLONESE CoccID FAUNA, WITH

NOTES ON KNOWN AND NEw Forms. By T. V. Ramakrishna Aiyar

A NOTE ON THE BIRDS oF KuLU.. By H. Whistler, F.L.S., F.Z.S. .....08.

LaDy (ELIZABETH) GWILLIM. By C. A..Wood, M.D., M.B.0.U. ..ceuas

SoME NOTES ON: THE SECOND EDITION OF THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA

fa oIRDS. VOLS. LAND Il. ”. By:C..B.; Ticehurst, M.A.,° M.R.C.S.,

TYE TS Os Bly MST CESS. are re aa

REVIEWS :—INDIAN BirpD LIFE. By Douglas Dewar .....cceececsecsseceeses

MANUAL OF THE BIRDS OF CEYLON. By W. E. Wait ......

A HANDBOOK OF THE BIRDS OF Soe eee By

Jew Di weer bouche, Pty El ts. sNews tseaeseoee et

THe AQUARIUM Book. By E.G. Boulenger. ................, a0

ACCOUNT OF A PHOTOGRAPHIC EXPEDITION TO THE

SOUTHERN GLACIERS OF KANCHENJUNGA IN THE

DilGeivMeMiIMmAAVA,. .By ING AW "PORIDAZI saccccedescsenss

| LiFE OF PLANTS. By Sir Frederick Keeble ...................

SNM air Si a ke: exc ac coueadsasve MaseoddSeOokakasatwtsecess

OBITUARY :—Mr. S. see | DD EY Ye 8 DY IS a ee, vn UR dre ea

HH, Hy THe MAHARAJA OF DHAR ....... ee Ectaiis stake epatie

at <eyWiAN slap

927

ii CONTENTS OF Vol. XXX1, No. 2

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES :—

I.—Measurements of Game Animals. By Major C. H. Stockley,

OIC sHy, -M.Cs DESO:

POT OSA H HE OOH OOOOH EEE EH EHMOTHDEES OORT HS OOHOOOTED BERT EOe

II.—Comparative Shape and Measurement of the Fore Feet in

Tuskers and Tuskless Elephants. By I. L. Cameron.

Il,.—A Wonderful Sight. “By R.-C.Morns. 4a: Fuvenicslenice ramenere

IV..—Tigers‘and Hiephants.. By Rk. Anderson easter ees

V.—The ‘Sambhur’ Call of Tigers. By W. R. C. Beadon.

VI.—Wild Dogs in Mysore. By Capt. G. E. Windle.

VIT.=Solitaries. “By Ri.C: - Morris: on ierisieeanances ee een este eee

VIII.—A Solitary Cow Gaur. (With a photo.) By Salim A. Ali.

IX.—A Cross between an Ibex and a Tame Goat. (With «a photo.\

ByiCok AnH Wards 20.) Csengeewecr BE itch Romo dcicdunr Car cacrenGeic

X.—The Nilgiri Thar (Hemitragus hylocrius). (With a plate). By

ASP. Kinloch F.2.S8),, M°B:0.0.

eocteoe

eceecesee

XI.—The ‘ Clicking’ of the Muntijac (J7. vaginalis.) By Max Frei.

XII.—Measurements and Weight of a Malay Tapir. By S.H. Prater,

CiMCZ 2S.

COP mee OCoH ee HHH HOO EEOH TEE SHOHAOHTEH TFS HOTEHSHE OOOH T FSC EOOETH HES BOF ZERO HLA®

XIII.—The Occurrence ef the Pink-footed Goose (Anas brachyrkynchus)

and the Mallard (Aas boscas) in Jaipur, Rajputana. By

Major W. M. Logan Honie.

re ee er ee ey

XIV.—On the Occurrence of the Pallas’ Sandgrouse (Syrrhaptes

paradoxurus) within Indian limits. (With a plate). By

©: Ht Prater, iC-M.2:s.

COC OOO HOF OHHH EH HL. CHEER E OOO EEE SH OOH SF atH Oesene

XV.—The Occurrence of the Giant Heron (Ardea goliath) in the

Khulna District, Bengal. By S..H. Prater, C.M.z.:Seo.csi5.8

XVI.—The Rock Horned Owl in Kashmir. (With a photo). By B. B.

Osmaston,, €.2.8., F.F.S.. (Retd-)

eee ee eee ee ee ee ey

XVII.—Mating Habits of the Common Kite (M/tlvus migrans govinda).

By Salim A. Ali.

XVIII.—Brahminy Kite (Halzastur indus indus) Swimming. EP S.

Prater,. €.M.Z.S.

eee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee oe ey

Bee eeeF Fei G- C4 seo eect + ooo ter eeehOOOGeoeseer BOHOG: eoe0e bee

XIX.—An Albino Bustard (Zupoditis edwardst). By Maharaja Kumar

Shree Vijayarajji.

FOS eee eee roe meet Bere eeseeh ht COSTES POL DOOR TOEER OOOH ES LES OF

XX.—The Transport of Birds’ Eggs. (Withua text figure.) By

General R. M. Betham, M.B.O.U.

TROT HM seer ereeesrereser ere neeseeeen

XXI.—Earth Snake (Szlydura sp.) and Chicken. By A. P. Kinloch,

BiZiSey MiBiOSUS, Fic a caienceweeiaseise occa cme en caeee ee a ee

XXII.—An Interesting Encounter with a Gabi. By W. H. Theobald.

XXIII.—The Occurrence of the Butterfly Appius indra var aristoxenus

in the Niieiris. By J. Florence.

XXIV.—On Psava phosopteralis as a Pest on Grasses in South

India. (With a plate). By M.-C. Cherian, B.sc. and C. J.

George, M.A.

Proceedings

ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 2 ee

POSTE TOTES HHHOE HAH OE STE OCOHOHEH HEHE THF AOR EHH OCOSSCHLEECHTOTHED ETE OT OS OHMbHESHE GORE CHE+e

529

531

JOURN. BOMBAY NAT. HIST. SOC.

THE INDIAN WATER RAIL

Rallus aquaticus indicus

ize

life s

JOURNAL

OF THE

Bombay Naturai History Society

Aucust, 1926 W OL, XXX No. 2

THE GAME BIRDS OF THE INDIAN EMPIRE

oO. TOTUART. DAKER,+.F.Z.S.5 Fel. Ss). MoBtO.U,, 4628. A. O-U.

VoL. V

THE WADERS AND OTHER SEMI-SPORTING BIRDS

Part I

(With a coloured Plate)

I have been asked by the editors of the Bombay Natural History

Society to bring out in their journal a series of articles on the

waders and other semi-sporting birds of India which will eventually

take a place as the final volume of our work on The Game Birds of

the Indian Empire. Hume and Marshall, in their magnificent work

on the game birds, fully realized that every man, when he went out

shooting small game, was constantly killing birds which to him

seemed to be, to all intents and purposes, game birds, although

not coming within the usual acceptance of this term. They accord-

ingly arranged a part volume to include such birds and we propose

to do the same.

Possibly there is no country in the world in which the sportsman

meets such an extraordinary wealth of birds as he does in India

and China coming so near the border line of game birds. Many

of these birds are excellent for food and are amongst the wariest

and hardest of birds to approach or to bring to bag. Thus anyone

who has spent the day after the Demoiselle Crane, whether

successful or not, wil! never grudge this magnificent bird a high

place amongst our Indian game birds. Amongst the vast number

of birds generally known as Snippets or ‘Kuch-nahin’ there are

234 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST.“SOCIETY, Vol. eed

many, such as the Godwit and others, which are almost equally

deserving of such a place, for even if not so difficult to approach,

they afford good shots on the wing and are not to be despised

when on the table. Again, every one who goes Snipe shooting

must have once or more shot birds which as they rose, he imagined

for the moment to have been Quail but which when picked up

proved to be merely one of the small Rails.

Our editors therefore consider that it would be advisable to pro-

duce a volume by which the sportsman may be able to identify the

hundred and one birds which he may by chance or design or even

by mistake, bring to bag in the course of a day’s shooting.

Roughly speaking these birds embrace the Cranes and Storks

and the Rails and Waders, the latter belonging to the big family

Charadriidce which also embrace the really game Plovers, such

as the Golden and the Grey.

The number of birds to be dealt with will of course be very large

and it is accepted that such a volume will be one required more by

the sportsman pure and simple, than by the field naturalist. or

scientist. It is therefore proposed to eliminate from this volume

all synonymy beyond the first reference to the scientific names

quoted. Again, in dealing with each bird, each species will be

treated as a whole and only a brief reference made to those sub-

species or geographical races into which the species may be

divided. As regards field notes and, whenever possible, sporting

yarns, these will be given in full as also will be breeding notes in

so far as these are available.

For illustrations an endeavour will be made to select those species

of birds for delineation which most often come in the way of the

shooter. For the others, the reader will have to rely on the

descriptions given.

RALLUS AQUATICUS

The Water Rail

Three races of the Water Rail have been recorded as occurring

in India. These three are

1. Rallus aguaticus aquaticus. The Water Rail.

Rallus aquaticus Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. 10, p. 153, 1758 (Great

Britain).

2. Rallus aquaticus indicus. The Indian Water Rail.

Rallus indicus Blyth, J. A. S. B., xviii, p. 820, 1840 (Bengal).

3. Rallus aquaticus korejewi. The Turkestan Water Rail.

Rallus aquaticus kovejewi Sarudny, Orn. Monatsb., p. 209, 1905

(E. Turkestan).

RALLUS AQUATICUS INDICUS

The Indian Water Rail

Description: Forehead, crown and nape black with rufescent

olive-brown margins; supercilium from the forehead to above the

earcoverts white above the lores, ashy posteriorly; lores and a

THE GAME BIRDS OF THE INDIAN EMPIRE 235

line through the eye dark ashy-brown; upper plumage, scapulars,

inner secondaries and tail black with broad olive-brown edges;

lesser and median wingcoverts olive-brown, with traces of white

bars and tips; greater and primary coverts olive-brown, sometimes

with faint traces of white bars, sometimes with none at all; quills

brown; cheeks and sides of head ashy-grey; chin and throat nearly

white; foreneck, breast and abdomen ashy marked with brown;

flanks, vent and lower abdomen black or blackish-brown, barred

with white; under tail-coverts black edged with rufescent white.

Colours of soft parts: Iris red-brown to brick-red; bill, upper

mandible dark brown with a stripe on the base bright orange-red

to vermillion; base of lower mandible also red but rather paler,

the terminal third uy to dark horny-brown; legs and feet, fleshy

brown to pink or browny-pink.

Measurements: Wing ¢ 120 to 136 mm.; @ 110 to 126 mm.;

tail 52 to 65 mm.; culmen ¢ about 40 to 43 mm.; Q about 36

to 40 mm.; tarsus about 40 to 45 mm. The Turkestan Water

Rail is the largest of the three forms, the wing being nearly

always over 126 mm., whilst the English Water Rail seldom has

it over 130 mm.

Chick in down. Velvety black ail over.

Young birds have broader pale rufescent edges to the lower

plumage and are much more definitely barred with white on the

wing-coverts.

Distribution: Burma, Assam and Eastern Bengal. Nowhere

else in India.

RALLUS AQUATICUS KOREJEWI is close to R. a. aquaticus but is

lighter above and also a paler grey below.

Distribution: Extends to N. W. India, South Sind and to

Sehore, Central Provinces. A Sind bird in the British Museum

labelled indicus is certainly Rorejewt.

RALLUS AQUATICUS AQuaATICUS differs from our Indian bird in

having the whole of the breast, etc., a much darker, purer grey; the

sides of the head are practically all dark-grey and there are only

faint indications, if any, of the pale supercilium; the chin is almost

as dark a grey as the throat and breast.

Young birds freshly mounted have pale rufescent edges to the

teathers of the breast and lower parts but they are never sufficiently

conspicuous to make these parts like those of the Indian Water

Rail. No specimens have been obtained in India.

In India the true English Water Rail does not occur but we

have two geographical representatives which only differ from it as

shown above in a very small degree. Of these, R. a. korejewi

breeds in the North-West Himalayas from the Afghan territory

throughout Kashmir to the lakes in West and South-West Tibet.

The other is the race R. a. indicus which breeds in North-East

Siberia and Japan but which finds its way in winter to Burma,

Assam and Eastern Bengal but, so far as is known at present,

to no other portion of the Indian Empire.

The inclusion of the Common Water Rail within the limits of

the Indian Empire rests upon two specimens obtained by Dr. King

and Dr. Adams in the Dun, and a single specimen obtained near

236 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

Abbotabad, all of which, however, belong to the slightly paler

form found in Turkestan. Those birds also which have been found

breeding in Kashmir are of the same race and the British Museum

does not possess a single specimen which can really be allocated

to the European race. .

Nidification: The Water Rails breed either in, or very close to,

marshes, occasionally, however, in damp meadows and in ditches

or similar places at a considerable distance from water. The

nests are almost invariably very well concealed, being placed well

in amongst herbages of some kind, such as long rank grass, beds

of weeds, in amongst Jong reeds growing in water, or in amongst,

or indeed often under, masses of debris which have collected on

the sides of ditches or other places. The nest itself is very loosely

put together, a bed of dry rushes, aquatic weeds and grass without

any true lining, though the inner portion may be made with some-

what softer and more pliant material than the outer. Sometimes

nests are a considerable size, measuring as much as a foot across

by about six inches deep. The majority, however, are little more

than half these dimensions with an internal rough cup of about

5 in. x3 in.. deep. The hen bird, which apparently dees mest of .

the sitting, 1s very hard to catch on the nest, as she sneaks off very

quietly on the approach of any person or animal, creeping through

the grass and weeds and not rising until some distance from her

nest, if at all. In Europe the Water Rail breeds principally in

May and early June, and the Japanese bird also breeds principally

in those months. The Kashmir bird, however, is rather later,

not starting to breed until the end of May whilst a few do not

do so until July. The number of eggs laid varies considerably.

In Europe seven or eight eggs forms the usual clutch, though

I have known as many as twelve and have heard of fourteen. In

Eastern Siberia and Japan, seven or eight seems to be the greatest

number ever laid, and Allan Owston informed me that he had

known as few as three or four eggs incubated. Of Indian records

there are. but few. Ward obtained it in Kashmir and also in

Ladakh. Osmaston has succeeded in taking a certain number of

nests in Kashmir and, according to these ornithologists, five to

seven seems to be the normal full clutch.

I do not think that the eggs of the various races can be distin-

guished from one another, but undoubtedly as a whole, eggs laid

by the Japanese race are very much richer in colour than are those

laid by the two other forms, although individual eggs of any one

of these three can be matched with others of the other two.

The ground colour varies from a pale buff to a pale grey-green ;

a very few eggs have a distinct reddish tinge whilst in a few others

it might almost be called a blue-grey. The marking consists

primarily of spots and blotches of dark reddish-brown, a few

almost purple-black in colour and a few rather washed out and

paler reddish in tint. These are sparsely scattered over the whole

egg and are sometimes more numerous at the larger end where

they may form a very indefinite ring or cap. The secondary, or

underlying spots, are rather more numerous and in colour are a

pale neutral tint of orange-grey.

THE GAME BIRDS OF THE INDIAN EMPIRE 237

Witherby gives the average of 90 eggs of the European race

as 39.44’ 25.75 mm.; maxima, 3925.5 mm. and 35 x 27.3 mm. ;

minima, 31.9x25 mm. and 36.8 x 24.1 mm.

Habits: The habits of the Water Rails, to whichever race they

belong, are much the same. They are all inveterate skulkers and

for this reason appear to be a great deal more rare than probably

they really are, and it is possible that if one knew where to look

for them and how to make them show themselves, they might be

found comparatively common in Kashmir, Ladakh and Eastern

Tibet. Without dogs, however, it is extremely difficult to flush

them. They are certainly most often to be found within a very

short distance of some swamp or lake but occasionally they wander

away into grass fields and crops at a considerable distance from

any piece of water. When disturbed they run at a very great

pace, their tail depressed but the head held even lower than the

tail. When, however, they think that they are unobserved they

strut about very much as a Moorhen does, their head held erect

and their tail in the same position. They have a curious little

habit when thus moving about, of constantly flicking their tails

up and down in little singie jerks repeated for two or three minutes.

Considering the size of their wings they are quite good fliers as

one would indeed suppose them to be considering the distance

some of the forms migrate in winter. Thus individuals of the

sub-species R. a. indicus must in many instances make a return

journey from their Northern breeding homes to India and back,

of many thousands of miles, crossing great ranges of mountains

and wide rivers en route. Our Kashmir form R. a. korejewi does

not seem to be nearly so migratory in its habits as the last bird

or as our European bird R. a. aquaticus. It is probable that none

of the migrating birds travel very great distances in consecutive

hours but it has been noticed that both Burmese and Chinese

birds sometimes arrive at their destinations in a state of very

great exhaustion. Indeed, one of the few birds which I have

personally seen in India was so weak that it allowed me to take it

up without making any attempt to escape.

The ordinary call note of this little Rail is a softly repeated

‘Chip-chip-chip,’ but in the breeding season it has a very loud

shrill call which Witherby describes as ‘a loud, piercing and

explosive scream’. It also utters during the breeding season a low

grunting note, whilst both birds, whilst at the nest, emit a sound

which Mrs. Turner calls a soft purring note. They are excellent

swimmers and almost equally good divers but for the most part

their food is obtained in the shaliow waters where diving is not

very necessary. Their tood is very varied and consists of any

small fish which they can catch, crustacea and mollusca, many

insects and larvie, in addition to all of which they are said to

consume a considerable amount of vegetable matter. Seeds of

many plants and oak galls have been found in their crops. They

feed to a great extent on land as well as in water and on the rare

occasion one gets a sight of them, they may be seen feeding

indifferently upon either seed or insects as they come across them.

A very popular article of diet with these little birds are young

238 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

half-grown grasshoppers as well as fully adult ones and I have

seen them hopping up into the air to catch these latter as they take

to flight when disturbed from the grass.

They are not one of the birds which find their way into the

mixed bags so often made in India, especially by those who have

recently landed in the country; nor can they claim any status

among the Game birds either from the difficulty they present for

a shot or on account of their qualities for the table. At the same

time they are birds about which we still have much to learn and

concerning which field records are desiderata.

(To be continued)

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS FROM THE MAMMAL SURVEY NO. XLVI

HELEN M. LINpDsSay, M.A., B.SC.

FURTHER EXAMINATION OF SINGHALESE SPECIES OF Funambulus AND DESCRIPTION

OF THE NEW SUB-SPECIES, F. p. matugamensis,

From Ceylon the Indian Mammal Survey obtained 152 specimens of Funam-

bulus palmarum which were classified by Mr. Wroughton and Miss Ryley.

Later, in 1915 Mr. Thomas and Mr. Wroughton published a paper ‘On

Singhalese species of Funambulus’ J.B.N.H.S., vol. xxiv, No. 1, in which they

give a key to the species and divide Funambulus palmavum into five distinct

sub-species :—

(1) Funambulus palmarum palmaruni

(2) 55 Fe favonicus

(3) ” 95 kelaarti

(4) ” - brodiet

(5) aN . olympius

mainly on considerations of differences in colour and in habitat. They also state

that true Funambulus palmarum does not occur in Ceylon.

Recently three new sets of material have been received from Ceylon and

further investigation has thus been made possible. The Colombo Museum has sent

ninety specimens representing all the nine provinces intc which Ceylon is

divided: Mr. W. W. A. Phillips has presented to the British Museum a set

of twenty-one specimens and has also sent another lot of twenty-eight specimens

from his own estate, making a total of 139. In the British Museum stock

was found an old specimen, presented in 1866 by Viscount Walden and labelled

‘S. tristriatus’, which on detailed examination of its skull and skin must now

be included in the new collections. In characteristics and habitat these 140

specimens on the whole bear out the division made by Mr. Thomas and

Mr. Wroughton, but in addition they also disclose the presence of true

-palmarum, as shown in three specimens obtained on low ground in the east

of the North Central Province.

A NEW SUB-SPECIES CALLED Funambulus palmarum matugamensis.

These collections show too that 18 specimens from Matugama in the West

Province, about 30 miles south-east of Colombo, differ so much in colour and

measurement of skin and character of skull that they must form a new sub-

species to which I have given the name Funambulus palmarum matugamensis.

Of these eighteen, Mr. Phillips has sent twelve, while five came from Colombo

Museum and the old one from the British Museum collections.

This new sub-species comes closest in size to F.% favonicus. Thus the

average measurements of seven adult specimens give

Head and Body: 1447 (143); Tail: 138 (144); Hind foot: 35 (33); Ear:

17 (16). Sxurt:—Greatest length: 38’ 7 (38); nasals: 11 (12); zygomatic

breadth: 21 (22); interorbital breadth: 1i (11). A cleaned skull of this new

sub-species shows :—Greatest length 38 (38); condylobasilar length: 32 (31);

nasals: 11 (12); zygomatic breadth: 21 (22); basilar length: 30 (30); palatilar

length: 16 (16’ 5); interorbital breadth: 11’5 (11’ 5); upper tooth row: 7 (7’5).

The figures in brackets are the measurements of the type of F. p. favonicus.

But in colour there is much less resemblance. These eighteen specimens

are dark as F. p. olympius, the saddle being almost dlaci but the three sub-

equal dorsal stripes are here all the same colour of tawny or tawny ochraceous,

and 3” to 3” in breadth. The under parts are ochraceous buff or woodbrown,

almost isabelline in some specimens. The tail is somewhat bushy and _ is

orange-rufous below, thus resembling that of F. p. brodiei. The neck and

shoulders are olive, while the flanks are woodbrown. The face is as a rule

coloured like the neck but in winter pelage gets a reddish tinge. The feet

are dark as in F. p. olympius,

240 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

The shape of the skull in this sub-species differs from that of the others

in the prominence of the olfactory lobes and the size and shape of the nasals,

also. in the distance between the point of junction of these lobes

and the point of junction of the nasals. In this sub-species the mea-

surement between these two points is 4 mm. while in F. p. favonicus

it is 5 mm.;. in. F. p. ‘olympus 6 mm... and in #:.).Relaariz irom

475 to 5 mm. Examination of the collection as a whole shows that the shape

of the nasals in the different sub-species is fairly constani :—e.g., the posterior

edge of the nasals in F. p. favonicus is deeply and sharply serrate: that of

F. p. kelaarti is also pointed but not so deeply serrate and the nasals terminate

practically in a line with the frontopremaxillary suture, while that of F, p.

olympius is of rounded shape almost oval, and ends well in front of the

suture.

In classifying these 140 specimens reliance has been placed mainly on the

characters of the skull and on the locality whence they were obtained since

the variability of colour of coat and size in any one species is considerable,

depending on the season and nature of the habitat. This new sub-species

comes from a tract of country 100 feet above sea-level in one of the moistest

areas of Ceylon with an average rainfal! of over 150”, Rubber and cocoa palms

are grown there and there is much low scrub and jungle around the estates.

F. p, matugamensis may tbe found therefore to be a localized form of F. p.

palmarum just as F. p. olympius has been confined to the high hills, and

I’, pb. favonicus to the submontane regions.

The classification of these specimens resulted in finding F. p. olympius 48 ;

I. p. favonicus 28; F, p. kelaarts 22; F. p. brodiet 10; F. p. matugamensis 18.

The remaining specimens could not be determined as skull or tabels were

amissing. There were 3 albino juvenile specimens, one of which had a skull

resembling F. p. favonicus but as there was no label it cannot be named,

THE MASON WASP (EUMENES CONICA)

Major R. W. G. Hinecston, 1.M.S.

Part [

ARCHITECTURE

(With a plate and text figures)

This is the narrative of a mason wasp, the common species

Eumenes conica, which J! shall speak of as the cone-shaped

Eumenes.

This wasp enjoys a wide distribution. It is found in all parts

of the Indian Peninsula, crosses over into Ceylon, spreads east

to.the. Burmese plains. From there it extends north to Chinese

territory and south into the regions of Malay.

We are concerned with the female only. She is the architect.

Her mate in comparison is puny and insignificant. He does no

work. His business is to frolic in the tropical sun, to follow the

mere dailiance of life. Certainly he performs the bare functions

of his sex; but everything concerned with the architectural in-

stinct, the skill, the industry, the intelligent toil, are the attributes

of the female alone.

First a note on her appearance. Strong and powerful, a tri-

angular head with incurved jaws, a _ square-shaped thorax,

a thread-like waist, an abdomen swollen into an elongated pear :

these are her most striking points. Dark-red in colour. On the

front of her head is a patch of yellow, a few black bars cross her

abdomen, a delicate purplish gloss tips her golden wings. She

is smooth and clean and shining without a trace of any fur.

NOCTUID LARVA EXTRACTED

FROM A MUD CELL OF Aumanes

FEeumanes Conica conica

' In character bold and intrusive, she enters courageously into

any apartment likely to supply her needs. Associated with this

daring is some suspicion. If aware of any prying interference,

she quickly deserts her home. Her habits are solitary in the

242 JOURNAL, BOMBAVYNATOCRAL AIST, SOCIETY. Vole OO

strictest sense. She is powerfully armed with sting and poison,

not, however, supplied for protection, but in order to paralyze her

prey.

I pass to architectural operations.

She constructs a cell composed of mud, building it in the shape

of a dome. At the summit she leaves a circular aperture. This

serves the purpose of a door. When the cell is built and the door

still open she introduces an egg. Then she goes off to search

for caterpillars. These she paralyses, then carries to the edifice,

then pushes through the door. This is the provender necessary

for her larva. She brings sufficient to fill the compartment, then

closes the aperture with clay. The first cell is now complete; but

no sooner has she finished one than she commences to build the

next. Each cell is placed so as to touch an adjoining cell; conse-

quently there results a cluster of neat little oval domes. She

then covers the whole with mud until it looks like a shapeless

cake. There are thus five architectural stages. First the raising

of the dome, second the laying of the egg, third the introduction

of the provender, fourth the closing of the gate. These four

successive steps enter the construction of each separate ceii. The

fifth stage concerns the cell combination. It is the final cover

which the wasp applies over the whole. |

~’ This is the briefest outline of her operations. I come now to

‘some detailed points.

Work begins in the middle of April, at least in this district of

Fyzabad. A preliminary investigation marks its commencement.

Exploring verandahs, entering rooms, the wasp examines each

shady corner in her efforts to find an acceptable site. Particular

attention is given to woodwork. Every object receives minute

inspection. Only after prolonged and careful investigation will

she content herself with some special place.

She shows definite preference for a wooden foundation, and thus

frequently selects the furniture of a room. I have seen her build

on a flat table, on the vertical sides of wooden boxes, on the leg

of an easy chair. Other materials are not neglected. One wasp

chose an iron hat-box, a second the surface of a glass pane, a

third a leather trunk. She seems quite indifferent to direction ia

space. The nest on the table lay in the horizontal, that on the

glass in the perpendicular direction, the one on the hat-box had

curved foundations to suit the convex base. More attention

is given to conditions of light. If possible she avoids bright sur-

roundings, usually choosing some secluded corner liberally sup-

plied with shade. For this reason, I think, she avoids white

plaster. Her dislike is for the giaring colour of the lime-wash,

not because she thinks the foundations insecure.

The site, being chosen, is minutely examined. It must be pre-

pared for the reception of mud. If an even surface, no attention

is necessary; but if of a rough or fibrous texture, we observe that

she tears away the shreds, diligently employing every effort to

make the area smooth. This is but a preliminary act. Neverthe-

less it has an end in view. This surface will later become the floor

of her cell. Within the chamber ker grub will develop. Its body

' THE MASON WASP (EUMENES CONICA) - 243°

will come in contact with the floor. Hence there must be no

roughness or irregularity, nothing must be left that might injure

the larva which is the obiect of ali her toil.

Attend to her workmanship.

Here she comes. A vibrating hum denotes her arrival. In her

jaws is a pellet of mud. First there is an aimless circle round

the room; then, hesitating as though suspicious, she aligtis at

the chosen spot. An autennary exploration is her next act. Ap-

parently everything is satisfactory for she immediately proceeds

te build. Carefully she lays her pellet on the site, then shapes it

with her jaws into a low ridge abcut half an inch in length. On

one side the ridge is vertical, on the other it shelves into 4

gentle slope towards what will later be the interior of the cell.

This is the first stone in her edifice, a semi-liquid mud which very

quickly dries into a solid brick. It takes her a minute to construct

this riage. When finished, she goes off. There is no delay... :A

second pellet is brought, applied to the first, spread out in the

same manner so as to both lengthen and raise the ridge. More

pellets follow. The ridge is extended, shaped into a curve, then

bent round into an oval wall which becomes the substructure of

the ceil,

Architecture becomes now a systematic business. We watch

her methodically coming and going. There is no haste, no hesi-

tation. She works in an almost mechanical way. Often she flies

direet to her edifice. At other times she alights a little distance

away and from there goes on foot to her work. Watch her

method. -A position is taken on the wall. Her antennae are

thrust into: the oval where they investigate each step in the work.

With hind and middle legs she holds the masonry, then begins to

build. Her head is within, her abdomen curled round outside;

she Jooks as if hanging to the edge of the wall. Her whole body

is acutely bent; her wings, folded, erect and motionless, are kept

well out of harm’s way.

-'Now see the application of mud. With her fore tarsi she sup-

ports the pellet while her cther legs grip the wall. Her mandibles

knead out the mortar. They both spread it sideways into a

layer and rake it up into an edge. Her antennae at the same

time open and close, sensitive fingers measuring the ground and

feeling the pellet being moulded into place. What a display of

reatness and expedition! One or two minutes fixes the brick. <A

wait follows for perhaps a second, just a swift momentary survey.

Then satisfied, she takes to her wings, disappearing with a noisy

buzz. |

She stays away a variable time. Her destination is the clayey

patch where brick after brick is made. If the material is close

at hand she is back in a minute; otherwise she may he absent

more than twice that time. Occasionally she makes a prolonged

mterruption; I do not see her resume architecture until an hour

has elapsed. The clay which she brings is of the finest material.

It has been carefully selected and mixed with her saliva. Every

particle of grit has been removed. Just sufficient moisture has

been added to keep it in the spherical shape. Some species. of

244 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

Euwmenes insert pebbles in their masonry. The object of course

is to strengthen the wall. But not so with the cone-shaped mason.

She will have nothing but clay. Must she not have trouble in

carrying this burden, a spherical globule of sticky mud about the

size of an ordinary pea? Certainly if her jaws had not been

specially adapted. But observe their suitability. They are long

and curved and fit neatly round the pellet so as to enclose it in

a ring.

I never caught her gathering clay. But her method must. be

the same as that of E. dimidiatipennis, an allied species that

makes similar domes. From this latter I learn the necessary

facts. These masons do not use ordinary mud; it is from the

hardest and stoniest of available material that they make their

architectural bricks. They seek it from the well-rolled thorough-

fare, the solid road composed of limestone crushed aad _ firmly

driven in. There she fashions the viscid pellet, no doubt preferring

powdery material because it can be made into more rigid clay.

I see her alight on the open roadway. She digs into tt, breaks

it into dust, excavates a shallow depression into which she thrusts

her head. In this hollow the globule is shaped. Her jaws gather

up the finest dust; they thrust aside every granule except those

of almost impalpable size. Her salivary glands pour out secre-

tion. With this the dust is thoroughly impregnated until brought

to the consistency of paste. Her jaws at the same time make it

spherical; her antennae applied on either side examine and test its

shape. A minute is sufficient for making the pellet. Then bring-

ing forward her fore tarsi to support it, away she goes for the

yest. Often she makes a circle or two around the area. This

is a common habit of solitary wasps, a topographical performance,

a visualization, a fixing of the spot in their memories with the

intention of recognizing it again.

I return to the masonry. Pellet after pellet continues to arrive.

For a quarter of an inch the wall is almost vertical. After this

it begins to incline inward. The dome is coming into shape. She

now builds so that each addition diminishes the oval. The wall

curves in on every side. At length it appears to be complete ex-

cept that it has a central hole. It is in fact a perforated dome.

Now follows an interesting performance. The central perfora-

tion is a true circle, in diameter one-quarter of an inch. Its edge

is even. It is just a plain perforation in a cell.

_ This however will not suit the mason. She is not content wiih

an ordinary hole. The time will come when she must plug this

aperture. She must therefore have some special device in order

to hold the stopper in place. For this purpose she constructs an

everted rim all round the edge of the hole. Her last visit is

devoted to this purpose. Again we observe her usuai skill. Her

tarsi hold her tightly to the turret as she lays this last pellet around

the hole. She rotates upon the cupola, all the while drawing out

her clay and smearing it along the edge. At the same time she

neatly bends it outward so as to form an everted lip. What is

the result? The opening is no longer a plain hole; rather it is

shaped in the form of a funnel owing to the everted edge. What

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

tgp

Ae Y

. A,

}

F Z

}

4 5

‘]

‘

}

|) fe

| :

)

}

i :

i | : is

y z sh

} i

} ee .

i, :

pps SSS

7, 3 4

THE MASON WASP

| 1. Completed nest of Eumenes conica with apertures of exit made by young wasps.

| 2. Cells of Humenes conica.

3. Eumenes engaged at building her wall.

i 4

. Humenes introducing her eggs.

THE MASON WASP (EUMENES CONICA) 245

suitable preparation for a later stage! It will be an easy matter

to close the cell by just thrusting a pellet into the fumnei, certainiy

a simpler mechanical operation than securing a plain hole.

The cell is finished. An inspection follows, the wasp thrusting

her antennae mto the pot. She soon withdraws them, sits for a

little while on the summit, but does not attempt to leave. Per-

Laps she is about to enjoy a rest. She deserves a respite after all

this work.

But no. The next step comes quickly, a fascinating incident.

Suddenly a deep absorption overcomes her. She seems as if

struck into a trance. Slowly she creeps forward to the summit of

lier dome, advances so as to sit across it with legs spread out on

either side. Gently her abdomen goes into the aperture; her legs

clutch the everted rim. Her head bows, her antennae droop, her

graceful wings fall down along her back; there she clings, rigid as

a statue, half without and half within her cell. Way is she thus

mesmerized? What absorbs her? There is only one meaning for

such behaviour. She is fulfilling the purpose of her labour, intro-

ducing an egg into the dome. Not a motion, not a sound accom-

panies the act. Even the antennae, so seldom motionless, now fall

inte a passive state. If we look closely to the base of the abdo-

men we may note a faint convulsive thrill. This is the etlort at

egg-expulsion, her only indication of life. For one cr two minutes

she remains thus fixed, immersed in the glow of that supreme

ecstacy which accompanies the fulfilment of these vital acts.

The egg is layed. We can tell from outside that the act is over.

For restlessness returns after its expulsion. The antennae begin

gently to quiver before she withdraws her abdomen from the cell.

Sometimes her head now enters the aperture. Perhaps she is an-

xious to see her egg. It may not be properly attached. At other

times, however, she shows no curiosity. Her abdomen is wiih-

drawn. Away she goes without a trace of any desire to inspect

this vital object of her toil.

She does not waste a moment. Provisions must be obtained.

quickly. Is not her egg exposed to danger owing to the open

gate? Away she goes amongst the gardens and trees. Untiringly

she pursues her deadly quest. Her motion is a swinging and

hovering in the air with the utterance of a gentle hum. Now

she sways from point to point, now she poises for a moment to

pry into some likely nook, then she sweeps off to some more dist-

ant field or alights to pursue her search upon the ground. The

period of absence will depend on her success. At length she

returns. Suspended beneath her is a large caterpiliar. It 1s

almost as much as she can manage since it has to be carried

through the air. How well she supports it! Her jaws fix it round

the neck; her legs are wrapped about its body, they also gather

ip its tail so that nothing projects behind.

Her next business is to stuff it in the cell. She thrusts its head

first through the gate, then, seizing it further back, pushes :t in

a little more. Eight or ten similar pushes follow until the whole

caterpillar is inside. When the caterpillar’s tail disappears, the

wasp presses it down with her jaws. Then another inspection;

246 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

again the antennae enter the aperture. How often have we had

to describe this action; how clearly do we realize the antennary

function of determining if all is well? The wasp, if dissatished

with the manner of storage, again pushes in her head. Another

round of adjustment follows, more pushing, more pressing, more

testing with the tips of the antennae until the mason is finally

satisfied that her provender is safely and economically housed.

More caterpillars are then brought. If of large size, four or

five, are ‘Sufficient.:,. If small, she may require nime. or imoreyin

order to fill the cell. She is independent of any special number.

Capture after capture is pushed in until the edifice is crammed

to the mouth.

The next business is to close the door. No difficulty is expe-

rienced here. She has already made it conical by constructing a

lip. All that she need do now is to push a plug into the cone.

Sine, therefore, brings a pellet, thrusts it in. As a rule one ‘is

sufficient. If not, she reinforces it by the addition of one or two

more.

Eumenes amedei, as told by M. Fabre, makes use of a pebble

for this purpose. She employs a stronger, a move specialized

ping. Such is not the method of the cone-shaped mason. It is

clearly impossible in this alluvial district. There is not a

pebble for hundreds of miles in the plain of hardened mud.

Animals must adapt themselves to the environment that offers.

A pebble may be a much better kind of stopper, but this mason

must build with what the country gives her. She can use but

a plug of clay.

The work is finished. Let us take a glance at the completed

pot. What a graceful tabernacie, oval in outline, built in’ the

design of a dome! Scarcely an inch in ihe longest diameter; its

width is about five-eighths and its height three-eighths of an inch.

The interior is even. and smooth. This is the surface of chief

importance as against it the body of the larva will rest. Hence

the mason has paid it minute attention. Her antennae have kept

it under examination at all stages in the work. ‘The external sur-

face is comparatively. unimportant; there the ridges and furrows

are apparent which mark the superposition of the layers. The

whole edifice is neatly formed, a charming example of earthen

architecture, a perfect model of the potter’s art. | .

The completion of one cell does not terminate her work. . She

must provide for many ova. Hence as soon as one cell 15 finished

she immediately commences the next. The second is constructed

alongside the first. Others are subsequently added, until about

seven or eight are linked together in a group. The number of

cells is very variable. Sometimes there may be ten in a cluster;

at other times we find only two or three. Occasionally they may

be placed in line. More often they seem to have no definite

arrangement, being piled into an irregular mass.

I come to the last stage in construction, the cover of mud, the

shield with which she envelops the whole. She does not wait

till all chambers are built before commencing the manufacture

of this shield. Frequently a few smears of mud are applied to it

THE MASON WASP (EUMENES CONICA) 247

during the intervals between building cells. It is not made on an

elaborate plan. Thick where needed to fill depressions, thin where

the underlying architecture is raised, its purpose is just to even

off irregularities and cover the surface in a uniform Jayer. Fur-

thermore it adds strength to the edifice, also opposes an additional

barrier against the invasion of parasitic foes. Untortunately it

destroys geometrical symmetry. The oval walls, the dome-shaped

roofs, the varied points in geometrical architecture are all per-

manently concealed from view beneath a formless lump.

What a change! The nest no longer possesses attraction! It

is now a mere flattened cake of mud that might have been just

thoughtlessly thrown against the wall.

(To be continued.)

NOTES ON SOME NEW AND INTERESTING BUTTERFLIES FROM

INDIA AND BURMA

MAJOR-GENERAL H. C. TYTLER, C.B., C.M.G., C.I.E., D.S.O., F.E.S.

Parr I

(With one coloured and one black and white plate)

INTRODUCTION

The butterflies from the extreme North-West of India are but little known ;

Chitral has been worked by several collectors fairly thoroughly, and results

have been published by Capt. (now Colonel) W. H. Evans, but the adjoining

territories of Gilgit, Hunza-Nagar, Astor and Chilas, which are included in the

Gilgit agency, and which are a mass of high and inaccessible mountains, have

been practically untouched and very little is known of the butterflies that

inhabit them.

In 1920 I proceeded on a shooting trip to Astor and availed myseif of the

opportunity to collect what butterflies I could in the short time at niy disposal.

Through the kindness of Lieut.-Col. D. L. Lorimer, c.1:8., late Political

Agent of Gilgit, I have received numerous specimens of butterflies collected by

himself and by the local inhabitants in out of the way and inaccessible places

of the Gilgit Agency, and but for his kindness and the trouble he has taken on

my behalf, the material which has made it possible for me to write much of

these notes would never have been obtained.

In 1924 I was transferred to Burma and did a certain amount of collecting at

Maymyo and the Southern Shan States during the year I was there. Burma

is most interesting entomologically and much work still remains to be done.

Certain rich iocalitics such as Thandaung are well known and have been

worked thoroughly, but speaking generally most places have been but partially

worked and some places on the Chinese and Siam borders are practically

untouched, and other places, such as Putao on the extreme N.-E. of Burma,

are quite unknown entomologically and a rich harvest awaits the first collector

who is able to collect in Putao, the only part of Burma where snow-clad

mountains occur to any extent.

At Maymyo I was fortunate to meet Mr. G. Cooper of the Survey of India

who has done such good pioneer work in collecting in out of the way places

and whose fine collection I was privileged to see. I am also indebted to him

for the gift of many rare and interesting specimens.

In the spring of 1925 I proceeded to England on leave and was able to work

out at the British Museum, South Kensington, the material I had accumulated

and write my conclusions in these notes.

I take this opportunity to thank Capt. Riley of the British Museum for his

invariable courtesy and ever ready help afforded me in working out my

material but for which my task would have been rendered much more

difficult.

W LHOUdes. Tervar7, Deas;

The female differs from all other females of the yellow forms of 7yozdes in the

British Museum in the d7fferent shape of the yellow patch in the cell of the hind

wing which is ova/ and extends from the apex to about 3 the length of the cell

but does not touch and is well clear of the upper-discocellular. The yellow

spot in interspace 6 is very small and narrow and adjoins v. 6 but not v. 7; the

yellow spot in interspace lis as long as spot in cell; the yellow spots in inter-

SOME NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA AND BURMA _ 249

spaces 2, 3, 4 and 5 are less than half the distance from the discocellulars to the

outer margin; these are followed by large black spots entirely filling the

interspaces and by small streaks on either side of the veins. Forewing black

with veins very distinctly edged with grey.

Expanse: 2 174 min.

Three females were caught by Lieut.-Col. Ferrar, c.1.z., Chief Commissioner

of the Andamans, in the Great Nicobar Islands. It appears to be very close

to 7. darsius, 2, from Ceylon but until the male is discovered its affinities

cannot be determined.

The type is in my collection.

2. Papilio noblet haynet, sub-sp. 0.

Binghan: in his description of P. noblez says, ‘ Forewing with or without a

quadrate white spot in the middle of interspaces 1 (a) and 1”, and Frukstorfer

in Seitz’s work only mentions a form of zod/ez which has a white patch on the

hind margin of the forewing and gives the distribution of zoélez from Upper

Burma to Tonkin. Ido not know whether de Nicéville’s type has a white spot

on the forewing as I have not seen his original description and figure but had

his type not had a white spot on the forewing I think Frukstorfer would have

noticed it and given another name for the form with a white spot. Iam

unaware whether specimens with or without the white spot on the forewing

occur together or not but a solitary specimen in the British Museum taken by

Colonel Broughton at Ye’ pank-kan, Southern Shan States, West of Pyinmana

and a series from Torkin in the Adam’s collection all have the white spot on

the forewing upper and underside; one specimen from Central Tonkin in my

own collection in addition to the white spot on the forewing also has three

yellow lunules on the hind wing. A series of P. zoblezt taken by Dr. Hayne

near Myitkyina, North Burma, does not possess the white spot on the forewing

either above or below and it would appear that in North Burma a race has

developed without a white spot on forewing whilst further south a form with

the white spot occurs. I propose calling the form from Myitkyina as above

after Dr. Hayne who very kindly gave me two males from his series.

Expanse.—¢ 102 mm.

The type is in my collection.

3. Paranticopsis xenocles phrontis, deN.

A very curious melanitic ¢ of this species was taken by Mr. E. Ollenbach’s

collector in Sikkim. It is much darker than any @ I have ever seen.

The specimen isin my collection.

4. Parnasstus dongalaica, sp.n. Pl. IV, Fig. 5, 2

A single 2 which may be arace of P. mercurius, Gr-Gr. from Amdo, N.E.

Tibet was taken on the Donga-La, on the road to Mount Everest at 16,000’.

It differs from typical 2 2 of P. mercurius in the British Museum collection

in being much smaller and paler, and in having a well-marked series of white

marginal and sub-marginal spots on both wings; at the base of the hindwing

there is a large crimson spot which is wanting in all the ¢ and @ specimens in

the British Museum.

In appearance it is somewhat like P. epaphus everesti Riley, but the keeled

pouch at once separates it from that form and places it in the Discobulus

—Jacgquemontit Mercurius group.

The type is in my collection.

5. Parnasstus discobulus, Alph :

The dtscobulus—jacquemontii forms occurring in Chitral and Gilgit are

somewhat confusing and I find it difficult to place some of the forms under

their correct names.

In Chitral and Gilgit there are five forms in which the females have keeled

pouches ; two of these fly together on the Shandur Pass; one of these is a large

insect, 78 mm. in expanse with large red discal spots but no red spot at tornus,

which I take to be P. discobulus Alph: or arace of it; and the other a much

smaller and whiter insect, 60-64 mm. in expanse, in which the females have

290 “JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURALCAIST \SOCIEVW Vol Foes

red tornal spots; I take this to be a race of P. jacguemontii. It is not

P. gacquemontit chitralensis which is a different looking insect and flies much

further south—in Shiski Kuh and Jhela Drosh—and has a// the red spots very

bright. I propose naming the Shandun-form of P. jacquemontii, P. 7. shandura

sub-sp. n.

Further North and in the extreme N. E. corner of Chitral on the Baroghil

Pass leading into Wakhan, Afghanistan, another form of P. discobulus occurs

which I propose calling P. d. baroghila sub-sp. n.

In Hunza the most easterly province of the Gilgit agency yet another

discobulus form occurs which I propose calling P. 7. hunzaica, sub-sp. n.

6. P. jacguemontit shandura, sub-sp. nov. Pl. IV, Fig. 3 3, 4Q:

This is the smallest and palest form of P. jacguemontii in the North-West of

India ; the males are very white looking and both sexes either entirely lack or

have very little dusky powdering on the wings. The females have red tornal

spots on both sides of the hind wing.

Expanse: ¢. &, 60-64 mm.

Described from three males in the British Museum and two males and three

females in my collection all from the Shandur Pass, Chitral.

The types are in my collection and para types are in the British Museum.

7. P. dtscobulus baroghila, sub-sp. nov. Pl. IV, Fig. 19

This form is smaller than P. discobulus from the Shandun Pass and not so

dark. The females have no red tornal spots on the hind wing and agree with

P. discobulus from the Shandun Pass in this respect.

Expanse: ¢ 66-70 ; 9 64-70 mm.

A very fine series of this insect was obtained by Lieut.-Col. D. L. Lorimer,

late Political Agent, Gilgit, on the Baroghila Pass at the extreme north-east

corner of Chitral.

The types are in my collection and para types are in the British Museum.

8. Parnasstus discobulus hunzaica, sub-sp. nov. Pl. IV, Fig. 2, 2

This form is very like P. d. baroghila but averages smaller and is much

darker especially in the females which are as dark as the females of P. disco-

dulus from the Shandun Pass. It is very near if not identical to an unnamed

form in the British Museum from the Hindu Kush and which is the rhodius of

other authors, not rkodius of Honrath. The type of P. rhodius Honr, a male

is in the Adam’s collection in the British Museum and is according to Mr. Riley

an epaphus form and therefore the jacguemontiz forms which have been known

by the name of rhodius require a new name and I propose the above for this

form.

Expanse: ¢ ¢ 64, 2 2 64-70.

Numerous specimens of both sexes were received from Misgar in Hunza,

taken in August ; it appears to be very common,

9. Parnassius delphius stoliczkana, Fd.

A female taken south of Leh in Ladak agrees well with the figure of the type

specimen and the figure given by Moore.

There are no specimens of true P. stoliczkana in the British Museum but

there were two specimens over the label of this name which have nothing to do

with this form, one being a specimen of my P. delphius rileyi from the Rupal

Valley in Astor and the other of doubtful locality.

10. Parnassius delphius chitralica, Verity

P. delphius chitralica from Chitral is very similar to P. delphius hunza Gr-Gr.,

the type of which is from the Hindu Kush probably north of Hunza in Eastern

Gilgit but rather smaller and darker.

Two specimens were received from Yasin, Western Gilgit, on the borders of

Chitral which aresimilar to typical chitralica. Three specimens from Misgar,

Hunza are like chitralica but larger and are darker than hunza but approach

the latter in size,

SOME NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA AND BURMA 251i

ll. Parnassius delphius rileyt, sub-sp. nov. Pl. IV, Fig. 6 4,72

Male and female very near to P. mnicevillet from the Burzil Pass, Gurais,

which again is very close to P. atkinsont from the Pir Panjal and from

Haramosh Mountain in Gilgit; it differs from the latter in the smaller marginal

spots of the hind wind; these spots are about the same size in rzleyz as in

nicevillet, the former, i.e., P. rileyz, however differs from P. atkinsont in not

having the red spot in interspace 2 of the hind wing nearly so well developed ;

in both P. zzceville: and in P. atkinsoni this spot is large and bright ; in some

-specimens of P. rileyz this spot is very small and inconspicuous and in one it is

completely absent and is replaced by a very large black spot.

The types are in my collection and came from Rupal Valley, Astor and the

Farsat Pass leading inte Chilas. Paratypes are inthe British Museum. The

Farsat Pass is on a continuation of the Range of Mountains on the south side

of the Rupal Valley.

The insect is not rare and a good series was taken in July and August. I did

not meet with P. nicévillei when crossing the Burzil Pass in July.

12. Parnassius delphius zogilaica, sub-sp. nov. Pl. IV, Fig. 5, @

A single 2 from near the Zogila Pass, N. Kashmir, differs from its allies

P. nicerillet and P. rileyi in being much paler on both wings and the marginal

spots are rather smaller and largely centred with blue ; these spots do not touch

one another and are placed on a white ground with no dusky scales between

them ; in micévillei, rileyt and atkinsoni the ground colour between these spots is

more or less covered with dusky scales.

The specimen obtained agrees well with the description by Avinoff, in the

Transactions of the Entomological Society of London, 1915, p. 354, of a male

sent to him from Zogila.

2 Type isin my own collection.

13. Parnasstus delphius atkinsoni, M.

Type from Pir Panjal, Kashmir.

P. delphius nicévillet Avinoff, the type of which is from the Burzil Pass

between Gurais and Astor in Kashmir, only differs froin P. d. atkinsoni in

having the marginal spots on the hindwing rather smaller.

Major Stockley took four specimens of a form of P. delphius on the slopes of

Haramosh Mountain in Eastern Gilgit which appear to be P. d. atkinsoni and

are indistinguishable from specimens of that form from the Pir Panjal. This

is curious as these localities are widely separated and two forms at least—e.g.

P. d. zogilaica and P. d. nicévillet occur between them.

14. Parnassius delphius florencie, sub-sp. nov., Pl. IV, Fig. 9, ¢:

Many years ago I sent a delphius form to the late Col. Bingham for identifica-

tion and he informed me that it was new and named it P. florencie at my

request. I have been unable to trace the publication of the description of this

specimen and it is possible he never published it at all, so it may be advisable

to describe it again.

Male: Upperside. Rather similar to P. delphius stoliczkana Felder but with

the wings still whiter and with no dusky scaling in interspaces 1, 2 and 3 of

the forewing except a very small and clear dark spot in interspace 1 and with

no dusky scaling on the hind wing ; marginal area of forewing very dark and

broad bearing a row of small and clear white spots not so disjointed in inter-

space 4 as in P.d. stoliczkana. Hind wing marginal area completely dusky

with three complete dark spots bearing bluish centres and two small dark

spots without blue scales; spots in 2,3 and 4 are in aline and not as in P. d.

stoliczkana in which 3 is inwardly thrown out of line; a clear small red spot

on the disc and a very small one at the tornal angle.

Underside : Similar to upperside.

A single male was taken in June 1906 near Phup, Hundes, North of Tehri

Garhwal, at 15,000 feet.

252 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

15. Parnassius simo lorimert, sub-sp. n., Pl. IV, Fig. 10, ¢

Male and female very like P. dboedvomus, f. hohlbeckt Avinoff from the

Alexandra Mts., Central Asia which may bea form or race of P. szmo but which

Avinoff has treated as a distinct species. The sexes are exactly alike and differ

from the form of P. doedromus above mentioned in being somewhat paler, the

dark spots in cell of forewing not so well developed and in the greater develop-

ment of the black spot in interspace 5 of the hindwing which is as well

developed as the spot in interspace 7.

I have much pleasure in naming this butterfly after Lt.-Col. Lorimer, c.1.E.,

late Political Agent, Gilgit, who captured a pair on the Kine-Chish Pass,

south-west of the town of Gilgit, at about 14,000’. It appears to be very rare

and the two specimens captured were the only ones seen; they were flying

about at the extreme suminit of the Pass which leads into Tribal territory.

16. Aporia nabellica ferrari, sub-sp. nov.

The male differs from typical zadbellica from Kashmir in being much paler

than even the females of that form.

The females are very white with black markings and grey powdering on the

disc.

Expanse: ¢°52—60 mm., 2°60—62 mm.

Habitat.— Dalhousie, Dugi Pass and Valossa. Several specimens were taken

by Colonel Ferrar at Dalhousie in the Western Himalayas and there are four

males and four feinales in the British Museum from the Dugi Pass and Valossa

and one ¢ without locality which belong to this race.

17. Gonepteryx rhamni gilgitica, sub-sp. n.

Male: Similar to G. rhamni nepalensts.

Female. Differs from the Q of nepalensis in having the extreme base of the

costa and the apex of the forewing distinctly tinged with ochreons yellow and

the dorsal area and terminal margin of the hindwing as far as v. 4 also tinged

with the same colour.

Habitat : Gilgit ; Astor; Chilas. <A large series of both sexes were received

from the above mentioned places.

The types are in my collection ana para types are in the British Museum.

18. Gonepteryx rhamni burmensis, sub-sp. n.

Male: Upperside very similar to G. rhamni major, Oberthur, from western

China but smaller and orange spots much smaller. The yellow on the forewing

is distinctly darker than the hindwing.

Female: Upperside both wings of the same colour as the hindwing of the

male and similar to the 2 of major named by Verity 2 ab. mascula. 1\n major

the typical 2 is cream colour, a yellow form mascula Verity occurring occasion-

ally ; in dwrmensis the typical 2 form is yellow, I have not seen any cream

coloured females.

Expanse : ¢ 62 mm., 2 66 mm.

Habitat : Southern Shan States.

The types are in my collection and para types are in the British Museum.

19. Colitas wiskotti chrysoptera, Gr.-Gr.

A male and three females were obtained from the Baroghil Pass Chitral,

Yarkhun, Ghizer and Gilgit. The females vary greatly zater se :—

One is orange-yellow.

One lemon-yellow.

One white approaching 2 ad: leachi Gr-Gr., but with the dorsal margin

upper hind wing distinctly tinged with yellow.

20. Colias marcopolo, Grm.-Grsh.

A male taken in the Thui Nala, Yasin Gilgit, in September agrees well with

specimens in the British Museum from Turkestan and the Hindu Kush but the

inner margin to the black border of the forewing is conspicuously indented and

forms a continuous row of luneles.

This species has not previously been recorded from within Indian limits.

JOURN. BomBay Nat. Hist. Soc. PuatE LV.

Some New AnD INTERESTING BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA AND BuRMaA.

SOME NEW AND INTERESTING BUTTERFLIES FROM

INDIA AND BURMA.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig.1. Parnasstus discobolus baroghila, ssp. n., v

Say Ae af hunzatica, ssp. n., &.

es ind - jacquemontit shandura, ssp. n., o.

ene? " i 7 eee eae

reef o dongalaica, ssp. n., Q.

eS) rr delphius rileyt, ssp. n., o.

ae - he a ae

oh - 48 - if zogilatva, ssp. n., &.

Ste ty) rm ms tlorenci@, ssp. n., &.

53 20. - stmo lorimert, ssp. n., Q.

re. rie

ye ; Ny Wat : : i\ ; 7 , PAL Y, ; i af

J Ny 7 ay A avr AL A

¢ uy

ri .

iS é

4 . Bs, Spe ARM Ine ho? = Lae

ee neal a ee: eM La

‘ . S 2 : fen

7% * 1% . Pie ey - ~ ow fe .

XN a re ‘

. we

pes

= MN k

ies 3

Na 5

;

, tee H

7 arts Fi Ps

mr)

y ,

i 1

Bee

- NY aa

ee Fs

out

. .

ve ,

OD oe GMA WEY AMO:

pies a ers

oe Re ES eae eee

PAS Ss

SOME NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA AND BURMA 253

21. Coltas cocandica hindnencica, Verity

Four males and three females of a form hardly distinguishable from speci-

mens of C. hinducucica. Verity from the Hindu Kush Mountains in the British

Museum were received from Misgar, Hunza Gilgit.

‘This species has not previously been recorded from within Indian limits.

22. O8cenets garhwalica, sp. nov. Pl. IV, Fig. 4, 2

Male: Upperside pale yellowish brown, very much the samecolour as

Paroenets pumilus Felder.

Forewing : basal area and cell brownish and a broad brown marginal area ;

a row of dark spots in interspaces 2,3 and 5; hindwing : a broad brown

marginal area as in the forewing ;.dark markings on underside showing through

on both wings.

Underside: Forewing a brown streak across the upper portion of the cell,

another closing it and an irregular brown line just beyond it from costa to the

dorsum ; a broad brown marginal band; Aindwing pale lilac speckled with

brown ; a broad dark band starting at the costa bent at right angles at its

middle and reaching the middle of the dorsum ; a broad marginal band ; veins

pale lilac.

Female : as in male but paler.

Three males and a female were taken at Shiruans, Garhwal, at 13,500’

in July.

The types are in my collection and a para type of the male is in the British

Museum.

23. Pararge menava moeroides, Fd.

A male and two females from Ladak appear to belong to this form; the

male has a distinct small yellow patch on the forewing as in moerula and

schakra but much smaller and not so bright. The females have a large yellow

patch asin smoerula and schakra but brighter.

Moerotdes is usually sunk as a synonym of menzava but it is certainly a very

different looking insect and appears to be a distinct race of that species.

24. Aulocera swaha gilgitica, sub-sp. nov.

Male and female differ from typical swaha on the upperside in having the

bands pure white instead of cream colour on the forewing.

On the underside both wings are very pale grey with the markings on the

termen of the hindwing very obscure ; bands pure white.

Col. Evans described the form of swaha from the Safed Kot at the head of

the Kurram Valley as Kurrama ; this name should also apply to the form from

Chitral from which it is indistinguishable.

Kurrama Ev. appears to be intermediate between typical swaha and gilgitica

nihi.

The types are in my collection and para types in the British Museum.

The correct nomenclature and distribution of Anzlocera swaha appears to

be :—

A. swaha swaha Koll. Outer Himalayas. Murree to Darjeeling.

A. swaha garuna, Finhst. Inner Himalayas, Gurais to hills north of

Simla.

A. swaha gilgitica, Tyt. Astor, Chilas, Gilgit.

A. swaha kurrama, Ev. N. W. Frontier of India, Kurram Valley to

Chitral.

25. Axnlocera padma grandis, sub-sp. nov.

A pair taken in Yasin, Western Gilgit, differs from tne typical form in having

the white discal band on both wings under and the band on the hindwing

curved and not straight.

Underside: the ground colour is lighter and more greyish and the white

spots in interspaces 3 and 4 of the forewing coalesce and are not separate.

Expanse: ¢ 82 mm.; 2 90—98 mm.

Major Stockley obtained several specimens in Eastern Gilgit which agree

with this form in all respects except that the white bandon hindwing is

straight and not curved.

954 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

The types are in my collection. The specimens obtained by Major Stockley

are in the British Museum.

26. <Karanasa regeli chitralica, sub-sp. nov.

There were several specimens of a form of Karanasa from Chitral above the

type and label of K. moorez Evans in the British Museum which are not that

species as they do not agree with the type but appears to be a race of the regelz;

they are rather larger than K. vegeli boloricus but are otherwise the same. I

propose the above name for the Chitral form.

Expanse: ¢ 42 mm.; 2 49 mm.

The types are in the British Museum and a ¢ para type in my collection.

27. Karanasa regeli boloricus Gr-Gr.

A large number of both sexes were received from Misgar in Hunza, Gilgit,

which agree with the male type and with a series of both sexes from the Hindu

Kush in the British Museum.

28. Karanasa mooret gilgitica, sub-sp. nov.

Very similar to K. moorei moorei Ev., but on the upper and undersides of

both sexes the yellow markings are rather washed out and have lighter

coloured patches ; on the underside of the hindwing the light markings are

paler.

Expanse: ¢ 52 mm.; 9 56 mm.

Five males and six females were received from Yasin and Ghizer in Gilgit.

Colonel Evans places his soorez as a race of vegeli but it is quite a different

looking insect and it is better I consider to keep it separate.

29. Karanasa pamirus sateda, sub-sp. nov.

The form of Kavanasa from the Safed Koh, Kurram Valley, sent me by

Colonel Evans agrees closely with specimens of AK. pamirus josephi Stdgr, from

Bokhara. It is better placed for the present as a race of pamirus than as a

race of huebnert.

I made no note as to how this form differs from josephi Stgr. as I was under

the impression that Colonel Evans had described it; but on my return to

India he informs me that he did not describe it and although he had appointed

types he then thought it was not good enough and asked me to describe it

myself. I am unable to do this as] have not the specimens with me. There

is however a specimen in the British Museum presented by Colonel Evans

labelled Safeda Evans and placed as a race of huebneri and I think it better to

leave this form under the name given it by Colone] Evans than to change it.

The male type is in my collection and a male para type in the British

Museum.

30. Karanasa pamirus pupilata, sub-sp. nov.

There was a series of a Karanasa form from Jhila Drosh, Chitral, in the

British Museum and there are also a pair from Chitral in my collection which

are different to other geographical forms of Karanasa huebneri and its allies

and appears to be for the present best placed asarace of K. pamitrus. In

appearance the butterfly is somewhat like K. pamirus safeda mihi, but the

white patch on the inner edge of the upper ocellus on the forewing is not so

well developed and there are no white patches on the inner edge of the

ochreous band on the upperside of the hindwing as in that form; on the

underside the cell in the male is not marked with white as in safeda.

Expanse: ¢ 45 mm.; 2 48 mim.

The types are in my collection and para types are in the British Museum.

21. Karanasa huebneri astorica, sub-sp. nov.

The form of huebneri occurring in Astoris very close to K. h. modesta M.,

which occurs further east in the Deosai Plateau, but in the males the orange of

both wings extends more into the brown basal area and in the females the

orange colour replaces the brown basal area of the forewing as in the form

cadesia M., which however is not a racial form but a casual variety and which

SOME NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA AND BURMA _ 255

occurs in both the races of modesta M. and astorica mihi. The female of

modesta M. has not the orange of the forewing so extended as in the female of

astorica mihi.

Expanse: ¢46 mm.; 2 48 mm.

The types are in my collection and ¢ and @ para types are in the British

Museum.

32. Karanasa huebneri baltt, sub-sp. n. =K. leechit. M. nee Gr-Gr.

Males darker and rather larger than K. #. pallida mihi; some males are very

close to K. #. astorica mihi but the females are very different and are much

paler.

Expanse: ¢ 48 mm.; 2 50 mm.

There is a good series of this form from Skoro La, Baltistan and from

Kardhong in the British Museum.

This insect was given the name of leechiz by Moore but this name must fall

as Karanasa leechiit Gr-Gr. has priority and was given to a very different form

of Karanasa from the Hindu Kush Mountains.

33. Karanasa huebnert pallida, sub-sp. n.

The race of K. huebneri from the Chongking Valley can readily be

distinguished from its allies by the extremely pale colouring of both wings

in both sexes.

It is very close to the typical form from Lahoul but the yellow colour on both

wings enters the brown basal area which it does not do in Felder’s form.

There is a good serioes of this form from the Chongking Valley in the

British Museum.

Expanse :—¢ 42 mm. ; 2 41 mm.

The types are in the British Museum and para types are in my collection.

34. Karanasa huebnert huebneri, Felder

The types of Felder’s KX. huebnert came from Lahoul and the female only

was figured. There are specimens of K. huebneri from Lahoul in the British

Museum and these may be considered typical in the absence of the type.

There has been a good deal of confusion and doubt regarding the various

forms of Karanasa huebneri and allied species inhabiting the Indian Region.

Seitz in his Wacrolepidoptera of the World, vol. 1, p. 127, in treating K. huebneri

Fd. states :—Now follow a whole series of forms of which some intergrade

completely, and then includes the following forms under this species—cadesia

M (=Wilkinsi Erschi.., josephi Stdegr.), leecht Moore, modesta Moore, dissoluta

Ster., zztermedia Gr-Grsh., pamira Stdgr., and again states ‘ all these forms

often completely intergrade ’.

Colonel Evans in his List of Butterflies from the Indian Region lumps all the

Indian forms except one—e.g. moorei Evans, which he places as a race of

K. regeli Alph—under the name of K. Awebneri Fd. and gives no geographical

races.

Without sufficient material it is very difficult to appreciate the differences

amongst the various closely allied forms; but with the large series I was

fortunate in obtaining from Astor and Gilgit together with other forms in my

collection and with the fine series in the British Museum it was found possible

to appreciate the coliective differences of the various species or races when the

individuals were placed in their geographical groups. The forms of huebneri

and allied species appear to be very susceptible to environment and each

distinct locality appears to develop a slightly different race.

The following appears to be a fairly satisfactory nomenclature and distribution

of the various forms :—

Type Other localities

K. regeli chitralica, Tyt. Cutitral

K. regeli boloricus, Gr-Gr. . Hindu Kush. Hunza Gilgit

K. moorei moorei Ev. 2. ohandur Pass:

Chitral.

K. mooret gilgitica, Tyt. .. Yasin, Gilgit.

K. pamirus sateda Ev. ... Safed Koh, Kurram

Valley.

256 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST) SOCIETY, Va ed

Type Other localities

K. pamirus pupilata, Tyt. ... Jhila Drosh, Chitral.

K. huebnert modesta M. ... Deosai Plateau.

ab: cadesia M. ... Deosai Plateau.

K. huebnert astorica, Tyt ... Rupal Valley, Astor.

K. huebnert balti, Tyt. ». OktOMa Pass, —Bal-

tistan.

= leechti M. nee Gr-Gr.

K. huebneri pallida, Tyt. ... Chongking Valley.

K. huebneri huebneri Fa. ... Lahoul.

35. Humenis mniszeckii baldira M.

The forms of #. mnziszeckii can at once be separated from those of &. of lehana

occurring within Indian limits by the presence of two small white centred dark

spots or dark spots without the white centres placed between the two large

black ocelli on the forewing.

Numerous females were received from Yasin, Gilgit, and a male undoubted-

ly of this form from Baluchistan was sent to me by Mr. E. Ollenbach. There

are numerous specimens of both sexes in the British Museum and all have the

dark spots with or without a white centre on the forewing as in typical

£. mniszecki but which are absent in £. lehana.

56. Humenis lehana droshica, sub-sp. n.

A form of Huments occurring in Drosh, South Chitral and in the Shandur

Pass, North-East Chitral appears to be a race of &. lehana but differs from

typical /ehana from Kardong, Ladak in the yellow bands and the basal brown

areas of both wings being darker and in the yellow band of the hind wing in

both sexes being broader and extending to the tornal angle.

The types are in my collection and para types are in the British Museum

37. Huments lehana gilgitica, sab-sp. n.

The form of /ehana occurring in Ghizer, Gilgit, differs from the typical form

from Ladak in having the yellow bands on the forewing narrower and darker

as in &. legana droshica, and the yellow on the hindwing is also darker as in

droshica, but the extent of the yellow is as in typical form and does not reach

the tornal angle as in droshica. A good series of both sexes were taken

by Lieut.-Col. Lorimer, Political Agent, Gilgit at Ghizer, Gilgit, and I possess

specimens from the Shandur Pass where this race apparently meets with

droshica mihi.

38. Fuments lehana clarissima Seitz.

There were specimens in the British Museum of a form of &. lehana from

Skardo Dras, the Chongking Valley and Hunza over the label Aumenzs lehana

clarisstma Seitz and I have received specimens from Misgar Hunza and from

Upshi which agree with these specimens but I am not at all sure that the name

clarissima should apply to them as the type of clarissima is said to come from

West China but this may possibly be a mistake. Those specimens agree with

Seitz’s figures of clarissima and the yellow bands anteriorly are paler.

The form from Skardo and Misgar are very close to typical &. /ehana and

are hardly worth separating.

39. Hrebia mani kamriana, sub-sp. nov. Pl. I, Fig. 12, ¢

Male and Female: Forewing, apex more pointed than in the typical form

and similar to /. mani chitralica Ev. but not so pointed asin &. yaszna mihi

and &. lorimerit, mihi. OUpperside, alarge patch on the forewing as in typical

E&. mani de N., but of a deep ferruginous colour somewhat as in £. Lalinda

chitralica Ev. but brighter; basal half of forewing brown; yellow rings to

ocellus small. Underside : Forewing the red ferruginous patch large reaching

base of v. 1; yellow ring to ocellus as on upperside.

Expanse; ¢ 50mm.; 952 mm.

Several males and females were taken on the Kamri Pass, Gurais and a male

on the Babusar Pass, Chilas, in August.

The types are in my collection and a male para type is in the British Museum

collection,

Journ. BomBay Nar. Hist. Soc. Prat. I

Barbara Hopkins John Bale, Sons & Dameisson.1*4

Some New AND INTERESTING BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA AND BuRMA.

SOME NEW AND INTERESTING BUTTERFLIES FROM

INDIA AND BURMA.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Lycena baroghila, sp. n. &.

christophi lesliet, ssp. n., &%.

3 astlorica, sp. n., ov.

tlorenci@, sp. N., o.

galathea depreet, SSp. n., o.

metallica chitralensts, ssp. n., cv.

a = gilgitica, ssp. n., of.

ee orbitulus astorica, ssp. n., &.

Erebia mani shandura, ssp. n., o.

= », lorimert, SSp. N., oy.

- », Yyastna, SSp. n., o.

- ,, kamriana, ssp. n., o.

Amblypodia suffusa atarana, ssp. n., &.

Polyommatus sarta rupala, ssp. n., &.

_ s x ee 2

Fr zolas gilgitica, SSp. n., oo.

Virachola dohertyz, sp. n., 3.

Rapala rubida, Tytler, 3 (n.n. pro rosacea, Tytler preocc.)

Ambly podia maymyotca, sp. n., o.

Orthomtella putaoica, sp. n., 3.

SOME NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA AND BURMA_ 257

40. Erebia mani shandura, sub-sp. nov. Pl. I, Fig. 9, ¢

The types, a pair from the Shandur Lake, Chitral, in the British Museum

collection are different to any other form of /. manz that I have seen and appear

to be a distinct race.

Male and Female: Forewing rounded as in the typical form.

Male. Upperside: Forewing, the reddish fulvous patch as in the typical form

but darker and also darker than in &. mani lorimeri mihi; but not so dark

as in &. mant kamriana mihi. Underside, the reddish fulvous patch fills the

whole of the forewing almost up to the base; the pale yellow ring to ocellus

broad and distinct.

Female. Upperside: Forewing, fulvous patches asin typical /. #anz female

and much yellower than the male. Hindwing, a small dark ferruginous discal

patch present. Underside as in the typical form.

Expanse: ¢ 46mm. ; 253 mm.

41. Eyrebia mani yasina, sub-sp, n. Pl: 1, Fig.’ ¢, 11

Forewing : apex pointed and not rounded as in typical form.

Male. Uppferside: differs from &. mani shandura mihi, in having the apical

fulvous patch on forewing much reduced in size; underside very similar to

£. mant shandura.

Female. Upperside: very similar to the male but the basal two-thirds of the

forewing reddish yellow and the apical third pale yellow.

Lexpanse: 3 50mm.

A pair were received from Yasin, Gilgit.

The types are in my collection.

42, Erebia mani lorimeri, sub-sp. nov. Pl. I, Fig. 10, ¢

Male and Female: Apex of forewing pointed as in /. manz yasina mihi.

Male. Upperside: on forewing, a large fulvous patch as large asin the

typical form with its inner edge ferruginous ; ocellus without a white centre as

in &. yasina mihi. Underside: the coloured patch on forewing extending into

cellup to V.1, the outer half being yellowish fulvous and the inner half

ferruginous.

Female very similar to the male.

Expanse: ¢50mm.; 9 54 mm.

The types were received from the Haitu Nullah, Ghizer, Gilgit, and are in

my collection.

43. Mantola pulchra chitralica, sub-sp. nov.

This form is nearest to and between V7. pulchra neoza Lang from the Kashmir

Valley and a form of pulchra which occurs in Gilgit up to 9000’. It is smaller

than the former but larger than the latter and the female is rather brighter than

the female of WV. pulchra neoza Lang.

Expanse: ¢41mm.; 944mm.

Habitat : Chitral, up to 9000’.

The form from Gilgit besides being smaller is rather paler and approaches

the next form JV. pulchra baroghila mihi whick occurs at high elevations.

The types are in my collection and para types are in the British Museum.

44. Mantola pulchra baroghila, sub-sp. nov.

The race of pulchra from the extreme north-east corner of Chitral and the

watershed between Chitral and Wakhan, Afghanistan and the adjoining

country on the extreme north-west of Yasin in Gilgit at elevations over 9000’

differs from the typical form in being much smaller, being the smallest of all

the races, and on the upperside rather paler. On the underside of the hindwing

there are small patches of pale yellow in the cell and on the outer edge of the

dark discal irregular line.

Expatse: ¢ 37 mm, ; 2:38 mm,

A fair series was received from the above mentioned localities.

The types are in my collection and para types are in the British Museum

collection.

258 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL FIST. SOCIETY, Kot. XXXT

45. Maniola pulchra astorica, sub-sp. nov. Pl. III, Fig. 5, ©

This race agrees in size with typical pulchra from Lahoul but smaller than

M. pulchra neoza Lang. It differs from the typical and other forms of pulchra

in the female having the disc of the upper forewing entirely yellow as in J/.

pulchella Fd. The female of astorica can however be separated from the same

sex of pulchella by having a pale yellow iris encircling the black apical

ocellus on the forewing which is entirely wanting in pulchella.

Expanse: ¢42mm.; 9 44mm.

Numerous males and females were taken in the Rupal Nullah and at Rama

in Astor and also a few from Ladak in July and August at 11,000’. The form

from the hills surrounding the Kashniir Valley is A7. pulchra neoza Lang and is

the largest of all the races.

46. Mantiola pulchra pulchra, Felder

The type is probably from Lahoul and a male specimen in the British Museum

from that locality agrees with the description of the type and is very yellow on

the forewing, approaching JW. pulchella to which Felder likens it; the hind-

wing upperside has yellowish discal patches. This specimen and probably

Felder’s type are aberrant as all the other male specimens from Laboul, Spiti,

Panji, etc., are like the ordinary males from other localities and have the

forewing covered with dense brown scales and no traces of yellow on the

hindwing.

I possess specimens from Garhwal which probably belong to this race.

47. Mantola cheena chitralica, sub-sp. nov.

The Chitral race of V7. cheena has the yellow iris to the ocellus cn forewing

as well developed as in the typical form, but the insect is much smaller and of

the same size as JW. cheena kashmirica. The types of M7. cheena M. are from

Kunuwar and are in the British Museum. ‘The male has yellow patches below

the apical ocellus on the upperside of the forewing and the female has also the

yellow on the forewing well developed and conspicuous. The male type

appears to be aberrant as other specimens from the same locality have only

traces of the yellow patches below the apical ocellus on the forewing.

The Kashmir race 17. cheena kashmirica is smaller than the typical form from

Kunuwar and the yellow iris to the ocellus on forewing is smaller and not so

conspicuous.

The types are in my collection and para types are in the British Museum.

The following appears to be the nomenclature and distribution of the

various forms of Manzola within Indian limits :—

Type locality Other localities

M. pulchella, Fd. ais ffoadak. Astor, Gilgit, Deosai

Plateau, Dras:

M. pulchra chitralica, Tyt. ... Chitral, below 9,000’ Gilgit below 9000’.

M. pulchra baroghila, 'Tyt. ... Baroghil Pass, N. E. Yasin, N. W. Gilgit,

Chitral, above 9,000’ above 9,000’.

M. pulchra astorica, Tyt. 22 LAStOr. Gi £ ai's;) DF lars,

Ladak.

M. pulchra neoza, Lang. ... Kashmir. Tragbal, Pir Panjal,

Shamshiri, Dugi

Pass.

MM. pulchra pulchra, Fd. «we lahoul..? Lahoul, Dalhousie,

Kokser Ptacsisa

Garhwal.

M. cheena chitralica, Tyt. .. Larban, Nala and

Otzen, Nala Chitral.

M. cheena kashmirica, M. ... Kashmir.

M. cheena cheena on ... Kunuwar.

48. Lethe armandit khasiana, M.

There has been a great deal of confusion about this form and in the Journal

of the Bombay Natural History Society, vol. xxiii p. 2231 attempted to clear up

the matter and showed this kAastana was not a form of dkadra but that it was

an armandiz form and I thought it was true wmandiz but erroneously so. I have

SOME NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM INDIA AND BURMA 259

lately compared the type of £#astana, whicii is a dry season form, with true

armandit from China and find that there is a marked difference in the two

forms and that the former willnow have to stand asa race of armandii.

In the wet season males of khasiana from the Naga Hills all the yellow

markings are brighter and larger than in the wet season form of armandtii

from China and the cell of the forewing has at its apex a yellowish bar; the

females are very similar to the females of typical armandiz with the exception

of the presence of the apical yellow bar to the cell of the forewing, absent in

typical armandit.

In the dry season male type of “hastana the markings on the upperside of

the apical area of forewing are white and not yellow as in the dry season

form of typical armandii and the yellow on the hindwing is darker and tinged

with orange and enters the cell.

A single male of the dry season form from Bernardmyo, Upper Burma, in

the British Museum is intermediate between £haszana from the Khasi and Naga

Hills andarmandi from West China; the forewing agreeing with k/astana

and the hindwing with avmendi in the shade of yellow which however enters

the cell as in £haszana.

The following appears to be the correct nomenclature and distribution of

L. armandit :—

L. armandit armandit oberthur Css. £% West China.

= USC RIA NVES Sig Ms iss

L. armandi khastana M Gee Si at Khasi Hills, Naga

Hills.

= unnamed form We. Sv #. Naga Hills.

LL, aymaendi subsp. «.: eel SCC et: Bernardmyo, North

Burma.

L.. aymandiu lacticolora, Fruhst ... w.s, f, ay

=— soeeriara Willen a... “dss; foe Formosa.

The form from Bernardmyo may form a local race but more material is

required to determine whether the differences above noted are constant or not.

49. Mycalesis suaveolens sebonga, sub-sp. n.

A male and female from the North Chin Hills in the British Museum and a

large series taken by my collectors at Sebong, Manipur, and in the Manipur

Valley and Naga Hills are quite distinct from the typical form of Suwaveolens

from Sikkim and Bhutan and form a well marked race.

Underside: wet season form very similar to the typical form but all the

ocelli very much smaller ; the dry season form in addition to having the ocelli

much smaller has the outer area beyond the discal band on both wings very

conspicuously paler.

The types from Sebong are in my collection and para types from the Chin

Hills are in the British Museum.

50. Mycalesis suaveolens duguidi, sub-sp. n.

Male and female: Upperside very similar to J/. suaveolens sebonga mihi.

Underside differs in being paler brown and the white bands on both wings

tinged with brown ; cilia brown and not white asin ¢he typical form and in

sebonga.

Several males and females were received from Loimwe in the Southern Shan

States caught in May and August at about 5,000’.

The types are in my collection and a male para type is in the British

Museum.

The occurrence of this form in the Southern Shan States considerably

extends the range of the species to the south and east.

I have much pleasure in naming this form after Capt. Duguid who obtained

the specimens and kindly presented them to me.

51. Fauntis arcesilaus F.

A male and female received from Loimwe, Southern Shan States, differs from

the typical form in having the apical third of the forewing on the underside

conspicuously paler than the rest of the wing.

260 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Loimwe is close to the Chinese border in the Southern Shan States and the

butterflies fron: this locality are but little known. It is quite possible that

these specimens represent a race of this species.

52. HKaunis faunuloides deN.

Colonel Evans in his ‘Identification of Indian Butterflies’ states that the

genus /aunis, Hubner has a prominent tuft on the upperside hindwing from

v. 1 below base of cell and that there may be a brand on la of the hindwing

near the tornus covered by atuft; andin his key tothe genus Faumis states

that the male faunuloides on the upper hindwing has a brand on v.1 (a). He

gives a figure of /. faunula from the Malay Peninsula which clearly shows

the brand on v. 1 (a). He also places /. faunuloides de N. as a race of

faunula.

Fruhstorfer in Seitz’s work also mentions that /. fannula has a second tuft

on the hindwing and also places Fannuloides as a race of fannula.

Fruhstorfer states that only five females have so far been secured from the

Chin Hills and presumably he has never seen a male and it is possible that

Colonel Evans also has not seen the male and that the male has hitherto been

unknown.

I have lately received two males and three females from the Chin Hills and

they are exactly the same as the female but for the sex mark.

The males however do not agree with Evan’s key in the following respects :—

(a) On the hindwing the tuft at base of cell is from below the median

nervure and not from v. 1.

(6) There is no brand on v. 1 (a) near the dorsum hindwing.

As regards (2) Evans probably intended to say median vein instead of v. 1;

but as regards (6) he is incorrect in stating that faunuloides has a brand on

v. 1 (a) of the hindwing. If /. fawnula from the Malay States has the brand

on v. 1 (a) near the dorsum of hindwing as Evans and Fruhstorfer state then I

consider that /. faunuloides de N. which has not got this brand cannot be

conspecific and must retain its specific rank.

The specimens received by me were taken by my collector in September ; de

Nicéville and Fruhstorfer record it as having been taken in June. It is there-

fore probably double brooded.

53. Aemona lena haynet, sub-sp. nov. Pl. III, Fig. 9, ¢

Male. Upperside: forewing; yellow with patches of paler colour in the

interspaces beyond the discal brown band; apical area dusted with smoky

brown scales. A/indwing : yellow the area between the double marginal lines

in interspaces 4,5 and6 sometimes but not always paler than the ground

colour. Underside as in the typical form.

Female as in the typical form.

In Aemona lena the sexes are alike; in haynez they are very different the

male being a yellowish insect lacking nearly all the pale markings of the

female.

Habitat : Maymyo, N. Shen States.

A fair number of both sexes were obtained in April and May and again in

September, in dense shade and near water. The insects as arule keep to the

low undergrowth a foot to three feet above the ground and on being disturbed

fly ashort distance and settle down again. On one occasion I saw about

half a dozen males sitting on the stem of atree 20’ up. It is not rare but

appears to be very local.

The types are in my collection and para types are in the British Museum.

I have much pleasure in naming this form after Dr. Hayne who first

discovered it and told me where to look for it.

(To be continued)

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE ORNITHOLOGY

OF DELHI

THE LATE S. BASIL-EDWARDES, M.B.O.U., R.A.0.U.

PART I

(With 2 plates)

During the winter of 1924-25 while I was in Delhi I made a small collection

of birds and accumulated a number of notes. ‘This was done with the dual

object of adding specimens new to my collection and of enabling me to prepare

a list of the birds of Delhi at some future date. As, however, I cannot readily

trace any literature dealing specifically with the birds of this locality, and as

I was fortunate in obtaining some interesting specimens, some useful purpose

may perhaps be served by placing these notes on record now, instead of

waiting indefinitely. Five months is too short a time in which to obtain

anything approaching a complete knowledge of the birds of the district ;

but two or three years’ continuous observation and collecting in all types of

country ought to produce interesting results. I did not obtain, nor even

did I see, any specimens of certain families of birds, e.g., Buntings or

Rails, not because there were none to be had, but because I could not find the

time to work suitable localities. I have included the names of all species

observed in order to make this paper more complete ; but the following notes

ean only be regarded as a nucleus for 1 more comprehensive paper on the

ornithology of the Delhi Province. If and when a suitable opportunity arises,

I hope to add further notes on the birds of Delhi, and by this means place on

record a fuller account of the avifauna of the Province.

My activities were confined to the immediate neighbourhood of the City

itself, chiefly at Raisina, with occasional excursions to places nearby, such as

Okla, Kingsway, etc. Bird-life is abundant in the Delhi Province, and

quite a number of common species visit one’s garden. I found ‘the babool

jungles in and around Raisina very convenient and profitable huntiny-grounds,

as also the Ridge, and the canal near Kingsway. Unless otherwise stated, my

notes refer to the neighbourhood of Raisina. I was not on leave and most of

my leisure hours were occupied in collecting birds only, so that I could

pay little or no attention to birds’ nesting. I have, however, included

a few stray notes on nests found during my stay in Delhi in the winter of

1924-25 and on some eggs collected by mea few years ago. I have also

included particulars of eggs taken by Mr. F.H. Cole, an ardent young

oologist, who was in Delhi during the months of Noveinber 1924 to March

1925. Scattered throughout Vests and Eggs of Indian Birds are a number of

notes by MajorC. H. T. Bingham on the eggs collected by him in Delhi, and

these notes I have culled and incorporated briefly in my paper, as I think

they form a useful and valuable complement. Reference to Bingham’s

oological notes on Delhi birds will be found in square brackets, thus:

‘{Egeges taken by Bingham April-July]’ I have endeavoured wherever

possible to indicate the status of each species recorded below ; it should be

explained, however, that I have in many cases regarded certain species as

resident, basing my conclusion on my own personal observation of such

species throughout the winter, and on Bingham’s oological notes which refer to

the summer months. I think that this is justifiable, and will, in the majority

of instances, be found to be correct. I arrived in Delhi on November 2,

1924, and left for Simla on April 3, 1925, and during this period of five

months I collected almost daily. The total number of specimens obtained

was about 230—a fair result asI had to work unassisted at collecting,

skinning, and writing up my notes. In the case of certain species a small

series of each was obtained.

262 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

As most of my collecting was done in and around Raisina and the outskirts

of Delhi City, with occasional excursions to places near by, such as Kingsway

and Okla, it does not appear necessary to describe the boundaries and extent

of the Delhi Province. Similarly, I shall not enter into any detail about the

flora or climate of the province as a whole. All this may be left for some

future occasion when my ornithological activities in Delhi have been more

extended. For the present, therefore, I shall confine myself to a few remarks

on the kind of country I have actually seen and worked.

For the most part Raisina, or New Delhi as it is also called, is a gently

undulating, open tract—a city and its environs in embryo, which is developing

rapidly. The country round about consists of open spaces, covered either

with short grass or low, scrubby bushes, with the babool (Acacia arabica)

growing freely everywhere. On the outskirts of Raisina, scattered about in

patches of greater or lesser extent, are baboo! jungles. Fields and cultivated

tracts OCCUpy certain portions. Deserted towns and tombs lie in every direc-

tion ; some cared for under Government supervision, some dilapidated and

crumbling-falling to pieces amid desolate and dreary surroundings. Where

there are pools, canals, or borrow-pits, reeds and long grasses fringe the water’s

edge. The banks of the River Jumma are, in winter, bare stretches of sand

on which the tamarix or jhow ( Zamarix dioica) grows in great profusion. At

Okla is situated a weir and sluice-gates where the waters of the Jumna are

controlled and diverted by canals. Some sort of a park and garden exists

here—a pleasing contrast to the bare and rather monotonous aspect of the

banks which stretch out on either side beyond the grounds at Okla. The

historic Ridge of Delhi, which is an extension of the Mewat branch of the

Aravalli Hills, forms a conspicuous and characteristic physical feature. The

vegetation on the Ridge consists, as may be expected, largely of low, thorny

bushes and cactus. At Kingsway there are low-lying fields, subject to

nundation during the rains. The Nuzzargarh Cut Drain also passes through

Kingsway. Off the Karnal road lies the comparatively large ‘ Horse-shoe

Jheel’, so-called on account of its shape.

Leaving out of consideration the babool (Acacia arabica), which is ex:

cessively common, some of the chief trees are Salvadora persica and Butea

frondosa (which predominate in the uncultivated tracts), Zamarindus indica,

Melia azadirachta and azadarach, various kinds of /zcus, etc. The only wild

palm is Phenix sylvestris. Trappa bispinosa, Nelumbium speciosum and al ypha

latifolia are common water-plants ; while Opuntia dillenit, Agave americana

and Ale vera are the commonest succulents. The following wild plants may

be mentioned: Zizyphus jujuba and nummularia, Prosopis spicigera,

Cryptostegia grandiflora, Argemone mexicana and Adhotada UVaASICA. Sac-

charum arundinaceum giows in profusion on embankments, etc. ; Lerberis

avistata, a dense, thorny shrub, grows along the borders of cultivated fields

and in dry, rocky situations; Capparis aphylla and horrida are common

in waste lands and among ruins; and 7yzbulus terrestris is a common

soc only able to write of the winterin Delhi, as I have had no personal

experience of the summer months or the rains. Itis rather pleasant during

the months of October and November, but the weather thereafter becomes

cold. By the middle of February it begins to warm up again, and the latter

half of March is unquestionably hot, though the nights are fairly pleasant

if there is a breeze. In March high winds and dust-storms are of rather

t.occurrence.

ee Daomnarapne have kindly been taken for me by Mr. E. 8S. Keymer,

These illustrate various types of country and serve to indicate the haunts of

certain species of birds, while they also possess a topical interest.

The scientific nomenclature used is that employed in Mr. E. C. Stuart Baker’s

Hana-List of the Birds of the Indian Empire. Modifications have been made

where necessary in the light of the first two volumes of the second edition on

Birds in the Fauna of British India series and of other publications, rae

In conclusion, I wish to express my thanks and gratitude for the kindly

assistance in many ways which has been rendered me by Mr. H. Whistler,

F.Z.S., D1.B10.U., and by MroA. Ee Jones, Mis.0-U- _My thanks are also

due to Dr. C. B. Ticehurst, M.D., M.B.O.U., forthe willing manner in which

he has identified certain skins and for some useful suggestions in regard to

the preparation of this short paper. |

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

BABOOL TREES ALONG THE MUTTRA ROAD

Haunts of Argya malcolmt, Phenicurus 0. pheenicuroides,

Pericrocotus p. peregrinus, Lanius vittatus, ete.

BABOOL JUNGLE AT RAISINA, DELHI

The haunts of a variety of small birds.

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

THE CANAL AT OKLA, DELHI

Haunts of Ceryvle e. leucomelanura, Ardeola grayit, etc.

Clump of trees in background— haunts of Cuncuma leocorypha.

are

OF THE RIDGE AT RAISINA, DELHI

A PORTION

Haunts of Argya c. caudata, Franklinia buchanani, Lanius e.

tahtora, Uroloucha malabarica, Cyrtostomus a. asiaticus, etc.

MECONSRIABDOLION LO FHE ORNITHOLOGY OF DELHI 263

Corvus corax laurencei (Hume). The Punjab Raven.

Hume writes: ‘Even in the Delhi Division of the Punjab they breed spar-

ingly ...’ I did not meet with any Ravens.

Corvus splendens splendens (Vieill.). The Indian House-Crow.

Four winters ago I remember seeing a specimen which had some white in the

wings. This bird would frequent the neighbourhood of Kingsway Camp.

The bones or flesh of this bird, in the eyes of the Hindus of Delhi, appear to

possess some medicinal or magical properties. When out collecting near a

village one day 1 was asked by a Hindu villager tu shoot a Crow which he said

he required for a certain purpose. I was not able to ascertain the exact

purpose, however. Subsequently, Isaw a man hawking round many dozens of

live Crows for sale. These were being carried in flat baskets covered with

string meshing—one basket at either end of a bamboo slung across the shoul-

ders. The baskets were similar to those in which poultry and wild duck are

carried. I have no information as to the method of capture of the Crows.

Corvus coronoides subsp. Jungle-Crow.

Bingham writes: ‘This Crow (sacrorhynchus, Wag.), so common at

Allahabad, is very scarce here at Delhi. In fact, I have only seen one pair.’

I can endorse Bingham’s remarks about the scarcity of Jungle-Crows in

Delhi: they are certainly not common. A pair were seen on December 14,

1924, haunting an old ruin known as the Hauz Khas. The birds were not seen

again when I visited the place on December 28, 1924, and during the rest

of my stay I saw no coronoides Crows though [ was always on the watch for

them.

Dendrocitta rufa vagabunda (Blyth.). The Benga! Tree-pic.

Quite common. A specimen obtained belongs to this race. Wing 165 mm.

Paik 285 nam.

Argya caudata caudata. (Dum.). ‘Lhe Common Babbler.

Generally found among long grass, or on thorny bushes on the Ridge. 1

neglected to collect a sufficient number of this common bird until it was too

late. Only two specimens were procured. A on February 28, 1925 anda

juv. Qon December 5, 1924. These appear to be of the typical race. Wing

of ad. 6 76 mm,

[Eggs taken by Bingham. March-June. |

Argya malcolmi (Sykes). The Large Grey Babbler.

‘This is by far the commonest Babbler in Delhi. Abundant everywhere in

exceedingly noisy parties. Generally nests in babool trees.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. March-August. |

Turdoides terricolor terricolor (Hodg.). The Bengal Babbler.

Common. Appears to prefer shady gardens and groves to babool trees,

which is the typical haunt of Argya malcoimi. This Babbler seems to be

rather a wary bird at times.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. April-July.]

A€githina nigrolutea (Marsh). Marshall’s lora.

I did not find this pretty little bird at all common. Two obtained on Decem-

ber 11, 1924, were haunting baboo! jungle. One of them, apparently the ¢, was

observed to fly up into the air and come spinning down to the tree with his

feathers fluffed out. This habit has been described in the Fauna of British

India. Birds, vol. i, page 342, second edition. An examination of the genital

organs of the birds obtained showed them to be normal, so that this curious

habit is not confined to the breeding season. Another pair of loras were seen

on the Muttra Road, about 8 miles from Delhi, on February 8, 1925, and both

were obtained.

At the time I obtained these Ioras I thought they were “#ezthina tiphia,

tiphia but on examination I found them to be undoubted examples of nigro-

lutea. Hume states (Stray Feathers, vol. vii, page 454) that all the Ioras

collected by Cleveland in the Gurgaon District were, without exception,

nigrolutea. In this connection his ‘Remarks on the Genus /ora’ in Stray

Feathers, vol. v, pp. 420-452, are worth perusal. Of thirty specimens obtained

by Hume, five were from Dellii (Gurgaon ?). According to him mzgrolutea is a

Species with a defined area. Mr. Stuart Baker (Fauna of British [India Birds,

264 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Agithina nigrolutea.—(conzd.)

vol. i, p. 344) states that this species ‘ takes the place of 4. ¢. liphia and

iit. t. humeito the north-west of India’, overlapping the ranye of both in

certain parts of India. Wing of four specimens 62-66 mm.

Molpastes hemorrhous pallidus (Stuart Baker). ‘The Central Indian Red-vented

Bulbul.

Common. Seen along with M7. 2. leucotis. Writing from the neighbour-

hood of Delhi, Mr. F. R. Blewitt says: ‘ This Bulbul breeds from the middle

of May to about the middle of August.’

[Eggs taken by Bingham. April—July.]

The notes in the new edition of the Fauna of British India regarding the

hemorrhous Bulbuls are not quite clear. Two specimens obtained belong to

this pale race. My identification has kindly been confirmed by Mr. Whistler.

Molpastes leucotis leucotis (Gould). The White-eared Bulbul.

Also very common. This species and the last-mentioned are often seen

together. Mr. Jones tells me that this species does not occur in the Amballa

District.

Sitta castaneiventris castaneiventris (Frank.). ‘The Chestnut-bellied Nuthatch.

Collecting as I did chiefly in babool jungle and wasteland, I did not meet

with this Nuthatch whose haunts are shady groves and gardens. Cole tells me

that he saw it on several occasions in the Kudsia Gardens. He obtained a 2

on December 11, 1924, and this specimen I have seen.

Dicurus macrocercus macrocercus (Vieill.). The Black Drongo.

Very common everywhere, and, I think, a resident species.

[Egestaken by Bingham. May to (?) August. ]

This species breeds much earlier, I think, in Delhi, for I remember seeing a

nest towards the end of March (1922).

Salpornis spilonota (Frank.). The Spotted Grey Creeper.

There is an old record of a nest found by Mr. Cleveland at Hattin, in the

Gurgaon District, on April 16.

Acrocephalus dumetorum (Blyth.). Blyth’s Reed-Warbler.

A single specimen of what may have been this species was seen among

babool trees on the Ridge on March 25, 1925. I much regret having missed the

bird, which disappeared among the trees and bushes. As Dr. Ticehurst

remarks, this species is more of a Tree-Warbler than a Reed-Warbler in its

habits (/ézs, July 1922, p..550). In Simla, when this Warbler passes

through in May, it is found among bushes and trees. As I did not get the

bird its exact identity is doubtful. The bird seen may have been AHiippolais

rama: in fact, Mr. Jones thinks this was probably the species. Both look

much alike in the field, and I may have been mistaken.

Orthotomus sutorius sutorius (Forst.). The Indian Tailor-Bird.

Abundant. A very common garden bird.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. April-June. |

Cisticola juncidis cursitans (Frank.). The Rufous Fantail-Warbler.

Bingham writes: ‘I have not yet observed this bird at Delhi.’ He seems to

imply that it is hkely to be found there. I met with this peculiarly marked

Warbler on only one occasion on February 21, 1925, when 1 was out after Sand-

Grouse in the outskirts'of Raisina. Marking down a spot where some Grouse

had settled, I happened to pass through a small patch of grass about two feet

long, when I disturbed a Warbler which was new to me. It flew some little

height above the grass, immediately being lost to view when it dropped down

among the yellowish brown grass. In trying to find this bird I flushed another

which behaved in the same manner. I decided to watch the exact spot where

a bi1d settled, and when one rose again I marked it sitting quietly at the base

of some grass. This specimen I shot; but I was not able to find the second

bird. ‘The way in which the streaked plumage of this species blends with the

grass among which it lives is remarkable.

_4 CONTRIBUTION TO THE ORNITHOLOGY OF DELAI 265

Franklinia buchanani (Blyth.). The Rufous-fronted Warbler.

Another common species, especially among jherberry bushes on the Ridge.

It is also commonly seen among babool trees. This Warbler has rather a

distinctive song, which consists of a trill, followed by a triple note like

strriget-sirriget-sirriget. A % shot on December 12, 1924, was breeding.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. October. ]

Sylvia curruca affinis (Blyth.). The Indian Lesser Whitethroat.

Abundant. Always to be seen among babool trees, though it has also

haunts low bushes. Its harsh note is always to be heard in babool jungle.

Phylloscopus collybita tristis (Blyth.). The Siberian Chiff-Chaff.

When out collecting along the Bela Road at the back of the Fort on March 8,

1925, a specimen (sex?) was procured. Several were seen among the jhow

bushes on alluvial land. Another specimen (a ¢~) was shot ona Neem tree

near the District Jail on the same date. Both specimens were in fat condition

preparatory to migration.

Phylloscopus indicus (Jerd.). The Olivaceous Willow-Warbler.

A specimen (ad. 2) was obtained in babool jungle on March 21, 1925. This

species was also observed passing through on migration. ‘Towards the end of

March: I have no details of dates.

Phylloscopus humii humii (Brooks.) Hume’s Willow-Warbler.

The note of this Willow-Warbler was heard throughout my stay. Un-

fortunately no specimens were obtained, but a specimen shot for me at Okla

proved to be this species.

Phylloscopus nitidus nitidus (Blyth.). The Green Willow-Warbler.

Three or four were seen on March 21, 1925, in babool jungle on the

outskirts of Raisina, and an ad. @ obtained. Noticed during March and

April passing through on migration.

Prinia gracilis lepida (Blyth.). The Streaked Wren-Warbler.

The haunts, par excellence, of this Warbler appear to be long grass. I did

not meet with it anywhere else. On February 7, 1925, numbers were seen,

flitting from one clump of grass to another, at the back of the Old Fort.

There is an interesting account of the nidification of this species in Delhi by

Colonel C. H. T. Marshall in Nests and Eggs, vol. i, p. 288.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. March. j

Prinia socialis stewarti (Blyth.). Stewart’s Ashy Wren-Warbler.

Bingham says: ‘ At Delhi I have not yet found its nest. I once found in

July three nests all attached together in a sort of triangle, but whether built

by separate pairs of birds I cannot say. Only one nest contained eggs.’ This

is a very common species, affecting the same type of country as Prinia 7.

inornata. Like that species it loves to investigate clumps of long grass,

bushes, etc.

Prinia inornata inornata (Sykes.). The Indian Wren-Warbler.

Abundant. A common garden bird. Flits from bush to bush making a

curious snapping noise, In the hills Swya crinigera crinigera indulges in the

same habit.

Lanius excubitor lahtora (Sykes.). The Indian Grey Shrike.

Common all over, but its chief haunts appearing to be the rocky Ridge. In

Nests and Eggs, vol. i, pp. 307-308, there is an interesting note by Mr.

F.R. Blewitt on his experiences of the nidification of this Shrike in Delhi.

Resident.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. March--August.]

Lanius vittatus. (Valenc). The Bay-backed Shrike.

Undoubtedly the commonest Shrike in Delhi. Seen among babool trees

along the roads. This Shrike is a good mimic. Several specimens collected,

including a nicely marked juv. ¢ obtained on December 3, 1924. Blewitt has

a note on this species in ests and Eggs, vol. i, pp. 312-312,

[Eggs taken by Bingham. May-July.]

266 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Lanius schach erythronotus (Vig.). The Rufous-backed Shrike.

Not near as common as either of the two' Shrikes already mentioned. If it

has any particular haunts, these appear to be thin baboo! jungle interspersed

with long grass, and also large gardens. I have seen specimens in the grounds

of Metcalfe House and the Secretariat. As we require more information about

this Shrike, I may mention that I met with it on several occasions during my

stay in Delhi. The first occasion on which I saw it was on November 25, 1924,

on which date a single bird was seen in aclump of bamboo and flowering

shrubs in the grounds of the Secretariat in Old Delhi. On December 4, 1924,

I obtained a fine ¢ in an open patch of ground opposite my residence in New

Delhi, and on the following day I procured a Qin the same place. These two

birds must have been together. On December 19, 1924, another specimen was

seen, and this bird was also found in the same locality. On January 16, 1925,

a 2 was shot forme. A month later, on February 17, 1925, I saw two of these

Shrikes in thin babool jungle at Raisina, and I saw aspecimen in the grounds

of Metcalfe House on March 30, 1925, when I was collecting examples of

Pastor roseus, but I have no record of this in my diary. Bingham found it

breeding in June.

[Eges taken by Bingham. One nest containing two eggs on. June'3, 1p the

Nicholson Gardens. ]

Lanius cristatus isabellinus (H. and E.) The Pale Brown Shrike.

Uncommon. I met with this species as follows :—

(2) A single bird seen on November 10, 1924, was shot at but not obtained.

(6) Juv. 2 obtained on November 26, 1924.

(zq) A-single bird seen on February 17, 1925.

(ec) A single bird seen in open fallow land off the Bela Road near the Jumna

on March 8, 1925. <A friend and I had several long shots at it, but in the end

it eluded us!

Tephrodornis pondicerianus (Gmel.) Wood-Shrike.

Rather common among babool trees, its curious plaintive crescendo notes

attracting attention The north-western Indian bird has been separated by

Ticehurst and called pallidus (vide B. O. C., xii., p. 56). Without a good series

it'would be better to treat the Delhi bird binomially.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. Date not mentioned. |

Pericrocotus brevirostris brevirostris (Vig.). The Indian Short-billed Minivet.

About half adozen birds seen on January 15, 1925, in a thick clump of

babool trees at Raisina. No ad. ¢¢ in the black and- red plumage were

observed however. I was unable to obtain any specimens as my supply of

twenty-two cartridges had run out. Two days later two more 2 Q (or imma-

ture ¢ ¢) were seen in the same place, but the birds managed to elude me by

disappearing among thetrees. On March 14, 1925, three more were observed.

Two specimens were shot, one of which could not be found. It isstrange that

Isaw nored ¢¢.

Pericrocotus peregrinus peregrinus (L.). The Small Minivet.

Rather common. Two ¢ ¢ in first plumage obtained on the road to Okla

on November 22, 1924. Twoad. ¢ ¢on January 1925.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. Earliest nest on March ?1.]

Pericrocotus erythropygius (Jerd.). The White-bellied Minivet.

This elegant little Minivet is not uncommon at Delhi. It is usually seen in

sinall parties of about half a dozen birds, Seen pecking at weeds a foot or two

high. <A party of four or five birds seen on November 25, 1924, and three ¢ ¢

obtained, one of which, however, was too badly damaged for preservation.

Another ¢ obtained on January 25, 1925, and another of the same sex on

February 4, 1925. A solitary ¢ seen near the Jantar Mantar on January 24,

1925. I did not get a Q specimen.

Oriolus oriolus kundoo (Sykes.). The Indian Oriole.

I saw no Orioles in Delhi during my stay there.

[Eges taken by Bingham. April-July.]

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE ORNITHOLOGY OF DELHI 267

Sturnus vulgaris poltaratzskii (Finsch). Finsch’s Starling.

This, I think, is the common race found in Delhi. At the commencement of

winter this Starling is to be found in small parties, in twos and threes or even

singly, but by the middle of February enormous flocks are to be seen settling

in fields and open spaces. A decent series of Starling would probably reveal

the occurrence of one or two other races besides poltaratzskit.

Pastor roseus (L.). The Rosy Pastor.

This beautiful Starling was not seen at all till the end of my stay in Delhi.

They must have arrived during the third week of March, as the first birds I

saw (a couple) were on March 3, 1925, and a friend told me of some he saw

two or three days before. On March 25, 1925, 1 saw flocks of varying size

flying about, and others were seen on peepul trees on the same date. On

March 26, 1925, I went out after them securing three specimens. On March

30, 1925, I obtained three more, in the grounds of Metcalfe House near the

Secretariat. Up to the time I left Delhi flocks were seen daily, flying north in

the mornings and evenings. This species is generally supposed to regulate its

migratory flight with the flowering of the cotton tree, and itis therefore worth

mentioning that I did not once see a single bird on a cotton tree, though this

tree was in bloom at the time that the birds were found in Delhi. Four speci-

mens were shot on trees bearing small green berries (I do not know the name

of the tree). This tree appears to be the favourite resort of Rosy Pastors, the

peepul also being frequented for its fruit, but not to such an extent. The

song of this species consists of ajumble of harsh grating noises, intermingled

with some really tuneful notes. In the field the presence of the birds may be

known at once from the clamour they make. The long black feathers on the

head and throat of a birdin full plumage stand ont prominently when the

bird is calling.

The colours of the soft parts are as follows :—

Fully adult birds in the pink and black plumage.

lrides—very dark brown, almost black.

Bili—fleshy, with the tips and culmen brownish, the base of the lower

mandible blackish-plumbeous. Inside of mouth plumbeous posteriorly, pink

anteriorly.

Legs and feet—brownish-yellow, tinged fleshy.

Claws—blackish-brown, with pale bases.

Birds in immature plumage.

Ivrides—As above.

Bill—pale flesh, with tips and culmen dark horny-brown, and base of

lower mandible dull yellow. Inside of mouth dull yellow tinged plumbeous,

with anterior portion of inside of both mandibles fleshy.

Legs and feet—dark-brown.

Claws—blackish- brown, without pale bases.

Temenuchus pagodarum (Gmel.) ‘The Black-headed Myna.

_ This elegant little Myna was seen in pairs or in small parties in thin babool

jungle and in other suitable localities.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. May-July.]

Acridotheres tristis tristis (L.) The Common House-Myna.

Abundant. Resident.

Acridotheres ginginianus (Lath.) The Bank Myna.

Common. Often seen attending grazing cattle. Numbers of these Mynas are

to be seen at the Delhi railway station and at other stations on the line towards

Ambala. .They seem, in fact, to take the place of A. ¢. tristis at the railway

stations.

Sturnopastor contra contra (L.) The Pied Myna.

This species is found bathing in the evenings along with Acridotheres t.

tristis. It seems by preference to haunt country in the vicinity of water, and

although a common species, is not usually found elsewhere.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. May-July. |

268 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Siphia parva parva (Bechst.), The European Red-breasted Flycatcher.

A g seen on January 11, 1925, in a large peepul tree in the grounds at Okla.

Quite a number seen in babool jungle on March 22, 1925, on which date a ¢ and

two 2 2 were obtained. These were hawking insects among the trees. The

note of this species is a chit-trr and is much like that of Cyornis superciliaris,

but decidedly softer. 2 2 appeared to be far in excess of J ¢. A pair seen on

March 26, 1925 and the @ obtained.

Stoparola melanops melanops (Vig.) The Verditer Flycatcher.

Miss Holmer in her book entitled /ndian Bird-Life states that she kas seen

this Flycatcher in ‘ kikar jungle in New Delhi.’ I did not meet with it.

Culicicapa ceylonensis ceyloneasis (Swains.) The Grey-headed Flycatcher.

The note of this little Flycatcher was heard emanating from a clump of

neem trees on the Okla1oad. No specimens obtained.

Terpsephone paradisi paradisi (L.) ‘The Indian Paradise Flycatcher.

I did not see this species, and it had not arrived before I left Delhi.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. Seven nests on May 27, and June 12.]

Rhipidura aureola aureola (Less.) The White-browed Fantail Flycatcher.

Commonly seen singly or in pairs in babool jungle along roadsides.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. July 8.]

Saxicola caprata bicolor. (Sykes). The Northern Indian Pied Bush-Chat.

Common among bushes and shrubs in waste-land.

I obtained a nest at Kingsway towards the end of March 1922 containing

four eggs.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. May-June. |

Saxicola torquata indica. (Blyth.). The Indian Bush-Chat.

Not quite as common as the species last mentioned, but, of course, haunting

the same kind of ground.

Oenanthe picata (Blyth.). The Pied Chat.

Fairly common. Not infrequently seen on the roofs of houses and on walls.

Far more ¢¢ than 99 seen. Dr. C. B. Ticehurst noticed this same phenomenon

in Lower Sind, but is unable to offer any reason for it. (/ézs, 1922, p. 633).

I did not obtain, or even see, any specimens of the cap/strata form of this spe-

cies, though I kept a very sharp look-out forit. This is probably a distinct

species or subspecies, rather than a dimorphic form of Oe. picata.

Oenantheisabellina (Cretzsch). The Isabelline Chat.

Several pairs of what I took to be this species were seen on fallow land near

the Hauz Khas on December 28, 1924. A stiff breeze was blowing that day and

I tried several shots without success. A single bird seen on February 21, 1925,

in bare, open ground, interspersed with a few thorny bushes and deep dry

drains. This bird was far too wary and I did not get it. Four winters ago I

saw this speciesin fields near Kingsway, but on two occasions when I visited

this locality in 1924-25 I did not meet with a single Chat of this species.

Cercomela fusca (Blyth.). The Brown Rock-Chat.

Very common among piles of stones, and in rocky ground; also a most

domesticated species, coming rightinto the house, and perching in the early

mornings on the tops of windows, etc. This bird is a good mimic. I have

heard itimitate the plaintive notes of Tephrodornis pondicerianus, Tringa

ochropus and one or two other species.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. March-August. |

Phoenicurus ochrurus pheenicuroides. (Moore). The Western-Indian Redstart.

Very common, especially among babool trees on which it perches freely.

Seen throughout my stay in Delhi.

Cyanosylvia suecica pallidogularis (Zarud.) The Eastern Redspotted Bluethroat.

Haunts bushes and scrub-jungle close to water, and clumps of plants in

gardens. Two ¢¢ and a @ belong to this race.

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE ORNITHOLOGY OF DELHI 269

Saxicoloides fulicata cambaiensis (Lath). The Brown-backed Indian Robin.

Abundant everywhere anda very common garden bird. A nest with three

eges found in a hole ina mound at the footona bushon March 22, 1925.

Another nest built (no eggs) in a crevice in an old tomb March 29,1925. Several

pairs were seen towards the end of March carrying food to the young.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. March-June. |

Copsychus saularis saularis. ‘Che Indian Magpie-Robin.

A common bird on the Ridge and in shady grovesand gardens ; but not

very prominent on account of its somewhat retiring habits. A pair used to haunt

the grounds at Okla.

[Eggstaken by Bingham. May-June.]

Turdus atroguiaris. (Temm.). The Black-throated Thrush.

I remember seeing two or three specimens of this s pecies, which 1 know well

from my experience of Simla birds, two or three winters ago in Delhi. Unfortu-

nately no specimens were shot then; but a fine ¢ was obtained on February 14,

1925, in the thick babool clump where I met with Fericrocotus 6. brevirostris

a monthearlier. Not common.

Monticola solitaria pando (Sykes.). The Indian Blue Rock-Thrush.

Not very common. A single bird or a pair may be seen among piles of

stones and bricks. Only one ¢ obtained on November 13, 1924. A pair used to

haunt the new Secretariat buildings at Raisina.

Ploceus phillipinus phillipinus (L.). The Baya.

Old nests seen on babool trees. A flock of about twenty birds seen on

December 6, 1924, and two specimens obtained, an ad ¢ and unsexed bird.

Three or four seen among long grass at the back of the Old Fort on February

7, 1020:

Ploceus bengalensis. (L.). The Black-throated Weaver-Bird.

The British Museum catologue mentions a 2, dated March 25, in the Hume

collection.

Ploceus manyar flaviceps. (Less). The Indian Striated Weaver-Bird.

I did not get any specimens of this Weaver.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. July-September. |

Uroloncha malabarica (L.). The White-throated Munia.

Observed in small parties among long grass and thin babool jungle. This

Munia is also very common among the thorny bushes on the Ridge, and seems

to have a partiality for the kikar in which it builds its large globular nest.

Cole found a nest in a kikar on November 14, 1924, with five slightly hard-set

eggs. A note by Blewitt is quoted in Nests and Eggs. vol. 11, p. 139.

[Eges taken by Bingham. February-September. |

Amandava amandava amandava (L.). The Indian Red Munia.

Seen in small parties among long grass along the canal banks at Kingsway

and in other suitable localities where there is long grass. Three specimens

obtained are all ¢2.

Erythrospiza githaginea crassirostris (Blyth.). The Eastern Desert-Finch.

It is worth nothing that this species has been obtained in the Gurgaon

District near Delhi. Hume records the following note in Stray Feathers, vol.

Vil, ps 454 :

‘Mr. E. W. Cleveland sends me a beautiful specimen of Bucanetes githa-

gimeus, which he shot near Hattin in the Gurgaon District (Punjab) on

December 16, 1877.

‘No doubt the bird occurred here, as Mr. Cleveland remarks, as a mere

straggler, but still its occurrence so far east is most remarkable. When I dis-

covered it years ago in Sindh, this was an enormous extension eastwards of its

range (which westwards stretches to the Canaries).

‘ Again, last year, when I shot it at Jodhpoor, we had a further easternly

extension, and now this new locality extends the range to the 78° E. Long.’

970 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX/

Carpodacus erythrinus roseatus. (Hodgs). Hodgson’s Rose-Finch.

A pair obtained on January 24, 1925, in thin babool jungle near the Jantar

Mantar. The was first noticed perched ona low branch and was shot, I then

made a search for the ¢ which I suspected must be nearby. I soon discovered

him and shot him also. On January 31, 1925, I saw a party of about eight or ten

birds feeding on the ground in apatch of babool trees, and secured another

fine ¢. The only previous record of the occurrence of this species in Delhi

appears to be 9 dated April 2, 1872, in the Hume Collection—vide Mr. H.

Whistler’s ‘ Note on the Weavers and Finches of the Punjab.’ (J.B.N.H.S.,

VOI Xx, f,- 86).

Gymnorhis flavicollis (Frank). Yellow-throated Sparrow.

Observed first in a small party from which a bird was obtained. This was

on November 13, 1924. Later on I got a soiltary ¢ on February 5, 1925, and on

March 7, 1925. I obtained two birds separately. On March 23, 1925, a pait was

seen perched on railing on the roadside. Others were seen from time to time.

This species is not at al! uncommon in Delhi. The presence of this Sparrow

may be detected in the field by the prolonged twittering notes of the bird which

remains perched in one place for quite a long time while it keeps on twitter-

ing. The notes are like those of Passer d. indicus but softer and sweeter in

tone. The colour of the bill in winter is variable: it may be either dark

brown or black. Specimens collected appear to be intermediate between

transfuga, and flavicollis and agree with examples obtained by Mr. A. E.

Jones at Amballa. Please see in this connection Mr. Whistler’s notes on this

species (J.B.N.H.S., vol. xxx, p. 411).

[Eggs taken by Bingham, June.]

Passer domesticus indicus. (Jard and Selby). The Indian House-Sparrow.

Abundant. Resident. :

Emberizine. Buntings.

A small party of birds seen in the evening among the reeds at Okla on

January 11, 1925, and apparently about to roost there, may have been Buntings

of some sort. It was impossible to obtain specimens, however, and the.species

must remain in doubt. Although I watched for Buntings and visited all likely

spots, I was unsuccessful in getting any specimens.

Emberiza cia per. (Hart.) The Transcaspian Meadow-Bunting.

Cole obtained a on February 24, 1925, on the Ridge at Kingsway. This

was the only one seen by him.

Riparia brevicaudata (McClell.) The Indian Sand-Martin.

Found breeding in colonies towards the end of November and in December,

January and February. A pair obtained on November 16, 1924... Several

holes were opened up on December 13, 1924, but held no eggs. Cole obtained

eggs as follows :—

(a) February 2, 1925. Colony of eight nests. Three nests with four eggs

each.

(0) February 6, 1925. Colony of four nests. Two nests held three and

four eggs each.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. January-May and October-December. ]

Ptynoprogne concolor (Sykel.). The Dusky Crag-Martin.

Some Crag-Martins, which, I think, must have been of this species, were

seen flying about near the Old Fort cn February 7, 1925.

Hirundo rustica gutturalis. (Scop.). The Eastern Swallow.

Seen flying over grassy plots along with Caurica Swallows and Riparia

brevicaudata towards the beginning of November. Later on these Swallows

were not seen so prominently. An ad. ¢ and an unsexed juv. were obtained

on November 10 and 11, 1924, respectively. In the field this species is easily

recognized by its pinkish underparts and the dark patch on the throat. The

specimens obtained seem to be intermediate between typical rustica and

gutturalis.

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE ORNITHOLOGY OF DELHI 271

Hirundo daurica erythropygia. (Sykes.). Sykes’s Striated Swallow.

I found a nest with young on March 14, 1925. in asmall ruined tomb in

_ babool jungle at Raisina. In the dome of the same tomb several pairs of

Micropus a. affints were also nesting. A single egg was once brought to me

by a small boy.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. March-June and September. |

Hirundo daurica nepalensis. (Hodg.). Hodgson’s Striated Swallow.

A specimen (unsexed) obtained on March 8, 1925. On which date three or

four were seen perched on telegraph wires along the Bela Road. It is not easy

to differentiate between this sub-species and erythropygia without shooting

specimens.

Hirundo daurica striolata (Temim. and Sch.). The Japanese Striated Swallow

On the morning of November 16, 1924, 1 saw numbers of Swallows of the

daurica type perched on telegraph wires at the back of the Secretariat in Old

Delhi. An ad. ¢ obtained has the striations on the lower parts very coarsely

marked. It is also a large bird. It appears to be a specimen of this

race, though the distribution does not normally extend so far west.

Mr. A. E. Jones has compared this bird with a fair series of the commoner

daurica Swallows in his collection, but cannot match it.

This specimen has very kindly been sent by Mr. Whistler to Dr. Ticehurst

for identification .

Measurements. Wing 122mm. Tail120mm. Depth of fork 68 mm.

Hirundo smithii filifera (Steph.). The Wire-tailed Swallow.

This species builds under culverts and bridges above water. Some winters

ago I saw nests at Kingsway. I was told of some Wire-tailed Swallows seen

on the telegraph wires along the Bela Road, but I visited the place two or

three times without success. No specimens were collected. Some _ birds

were seen on April 3, 1925.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. April-May. ]

Motacillidz. Wagtails.

Wagtails were exceedingly common when I first arrived in Delhi, and

continued to beso till the middle of February. I made the mistake which

seems to be difficult to avoid, viz., omitting to collect a sufficient number of

specimens of acommon species till one realizes it is too late to make up for

lost ground. The result was that I got hardly any Wagtails. The only

species I am able to record with certainty are enumerated below, From about

the middle of March large numbers of Wagtails are to be seen flying over on

migration in the evenings. Hundreds of birds may be watched passing over

in a continuous stream. ‘The direction appeared to be N. W. or W.N. W.

Motacilla alba dukhunesis (Sykes.). The Indian White Wagtail.

This was the commonest species during the winter. It remained behind till

after W7. feldegg melanogrisea had left. Stray birds were seen in grassy plots

and open ground till the very end of my stay in Delhi, though no other species

were observed except in flight on migration. A specimen obtained on March

21, 1925, is in very heavy moult.

Motacilla maderaspatensis (Gmel.). The Large Pied Wagtail.

The classification of this Wagtail in the a/é6a group seems incorrect. I am

inclined to agree with Dr. Ticehurst that, for the reasons given by him

(J.B.N.H.S., vol. xxviii, p. 1090) this species should be kept apart from

the White Wagtails. I did not see this large Wagtail anywhere else except at

Okla and at Kingsway. In the latter place, I found a nest under a low bridge

near Shah Alam’s Tomb, on February 27,1922. Thenest held three fresh eggs

which I took.

Motacilla feldegg melanogrisea (Hom.). The Black-headed Wagtail.

This species was common enough up to the middle of February. Birds were

generally to be seen in open spaces, in fields, near patches of water and in

gardens. In winter most birds are a dingy, brownish colour ; in March some

green begins to show on the upper parts and the lower plumage shows indica-

tions of turning yellow, and by the end of March numbers of birds in full

272 JOURNAL; BOMBAY NATCORAL, AIST SOCIETY Gl:. eed,

Motacilla feldegg melanogrisea—(contd )

breeding plumage are to be seen. This Wagtail perches freely on trees and

telegraph wires. The note is a penetrating gueegik, gqueegik. A 4 specimen

shot on February 6, 1925, is beginning to assume the summer plumage, and

a fine ¢ shot on March 8, 1925, is in full breeding dress.

Anthus trivialis trivialis (L.) The Tree-Pipit.

Common throughout my stay. One greenish specimen appears to be of this

race, not being near as green as typical maculatus with specimens of which it

was compared.

Anthus campestris griseus. (Nicoll). The Eastern Tawny Pipit.

The first specimen was obtained by my brother who shot a ¢ on November

10, 1924. The next day he shot two more. This species is to be found in open

country covered with short grass, on large open mazdans, lawns, etc.

On February 7, 1925, I saw some Pipits which were probably of this species

on the lawns in the Old Fort. The specimen shot on November 1], 1924, is the

palest obtained, while the ¢ shot on the previous day is inclined to be rufous

on the upper parts and tail. The colours of the soft parts are as follows :

Irides—brown.

Bill—Upper mandible brown to brownish-black, lower mandible fleshy.

Legs and feet—fleshy.

Claws—pale horny or fleshy brown.

Anthus richardi rufulus (Vieill). The Indian Pipit.

On March 7, 1925. I obtained’ a Pipit (which could not be satisfactorily

sexed) which has a whitish throat and is of smallish size. This bird I could not

identify. Mr. Whistler has been good enough to examine it carefully and is

satisfied that the bird belongs to this species. In this specimen the wing

measures 85 mm., and the hind-claw 8°5 mn.

Anthus sordidus subsp. (Finsch.) The Brown Rock-Pipit.

This large Pipit first came to my notice on November 29, 1924, on which date

a®@ was shot forme. No more were seen for some little time. On January 6,

1925, I was taken to a place where some more birds had been seen. Although

Anthus hodgsoni was found in numbers, none of the larger species was met

with. On February 14, 1925, I discovered a spot where there were several

birds. This was a fairly open grass-covered stretch, interspersed with thin

babool jungle and jherberry bushes. About half a dozen Pipits were seen, and

a specimen (which could not be sexed) was obtained. On February 17, 1925,

I again visited this place and obtained two more specimens—both ¢ 4. I saw

this Pipit from time to time till the end of my stay. I would not regard this

bird as rare in Delhi. The fact of the matter is that it frequents country of the

kind described and is therefore not usually seen except in such haunts. It is

always found on the ground, rising suddenly from near one’s feet if not noticed ;

but running quickly along the ground, taking cover behind tufts of grass, clods

of earth, etc., if followed up. It frequently perches on large exposed rocks,

and also on bushes and trees, I did not, however, observe it wagging its tail

in the slow manner of Anthus ¢. trivialis. The note is asoft Alzp, plip. The

colours of the soft parts are as follows :—

Irides—dark brown.

Bill—Upper mandible dark horny brown, lower mandible pale yellowish-

white with dusky tip.

Legs and feet—pale brownish-yellow.

Claws— brown.

The 2 shot on November 29, 1924, has more rufous in the lower plumage than

the other specimens, and the unsexed bird obtained on February 14, 1922, has

the dark-brown streaks on the breast most distinct.

Wing 95-99 mm. Tail 84-86 mm. Hind-claw 9-10 mm.

Calandrella. Short-toed Lark.

On three or four occasions I met with flocks of some small birds in bare,

open country, where such species as Plerocles s. erlangert, Cusorius coro-

mandelicus, etc., are found. The birds were exceedingly wary, however, and

I could never get close enough to shoot any with my ‘22 bore or collecting

gun. Flocks were also met with in ploughed fields. The birds seemed rather

A GONTRIBOUTION LO THE ORNITHOLOGY OF DELHI 273

Calandrella— (contd.)

restless, wheeling about and settling on the ground to feed, then suddenly

flying off again and after a few wide circles settling on the ground once more.

These little birds were probably Calandrella larks.

Alauduta raytal raytal (Blyth.). The Ganges Sand-Lark.

Cole obtained a specimen near the riverside on November 26, 1924.

Mirafra erythroptera (Jerd.). The Red-winged Bush-Lark.

This Bush-Lark is found commonly all over Delhi. It is generally seen

singly or in pairs, crouching on the ground near a tuft of grass, a bush or clod

of earth. When disturbed it often flies on to a tree or bush.

[Eges taken by Bingham. One nest found on the Ridge on September 21.]

Galerida cristata chendoola (Frank!.). Franklin’s Crested Lark.

Common in open country, in fields, etc. Has rather a plaintive note.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. ‘Two nests, on March 31 and April 23. ]

Pyrrhulauda grisea grisea (Scop.). The Ashy-Crowned Finch-Lark.

Common in dry, sandy ground. Seen on the footpaths of the more open

roads on the outskirts of Raisina and on bare ground near the new Secretariat.

Three ad. ¢¢ obtairied on March 14, 1925. One of these is curiously

deformed. ‘There is no foot on the left leg, which terminates in a hard, horny

process! This bird did not apparently suffer much on account of its

malformed foot, for it moved about on the ground just as easily as other birds

and it was not until it was shot that the deformity was noticed. Two ad 99°

secured on March 18, 1925, in front of the new Secretariat at Raisina. A juv.

bird was caught alive on March 17, 1925. It lived for a day and I made

it into askin when it died. Mr. 8S. C. Law has given a full description of the

song-flight of this peculiar Lark (/ézs, 1924, pp. 645-647). A low, churring note

is also uttered when the bird is seated on the ground.

Zosterops palpebrosa elwesi' (Baker). ‘The Western White-eye.

Heard throughout my stay. No specimens obtained, but the birds must have

been of this race.

[Eggs taken by Bingham. May-July. |

Cyrtostomus asiaticus asiaticus (Lath.). The Purple Sun-bird.

Abundant. The very first bird collected on the day of my arrival was a ¢

in undress plumage. A series of seven ¢¢ was obtained with the object of

ascertaining whether the purple dress is a seasonal change of plumage

assumed during the breeding period, or whether it is merely the fully adult

garb acquired after some time, and which when once assumed, is not lost again.

A careful examination of the skulls of the specimens I shot showed them to

be adult birds. I also noted carefully that all ¢¢ seen during the months of

November-December and the first few days of January lacked the full purple

plumage ; whereas, several $3 were in purple plumage by the first week of

‘February, and by the middle of that month hardly a specimen was seen in

undress. -The first purple ¢ was seen as early as January 4, 1925; but along

side it, on the same flowering shrub, was another ¢ in undress. This leads

me to think that the purple plumage is seasonal. There is a note on this

subject by Dr. Ticenurst in the /ézs (1923, p. 24). Breeds commonly in

March. Nests usually suspended from the thorns on the fleshy leaves of the

cactus. Of six ¢g measured, three have the bill 19 mm., and three 20 mm.

(Measured from gape).

[Eggs taken by Bingham. March-May. |

( To be continued)

TAKIN SHOOTING IN THE SPRING

: BY

EK. MAaxweELL WEST

(With a plate)

It is four o’clock in the morning and bitterly cold as you force

yourself half out of the blankets to drink your morning tea. That

biting wind, which springs up just before dawn to herald the sun,

is whistling through the thin walls of the bamboo hut and you

wonder why you ever took up big game shooting and resolve, on

your return to civilization, to sell your rifles and go in for poodle-

faking or some less exacting pastime which does not involve living

in the ‘blue’, rising by lamp light and being frozen withal.

Camp is at 11,000 feet, and at this hour, as you tramp up the hill,

the deodar and rhododendron forest with its undergrowth of bam-

boo all festooned with moss and with drifts of snow in every hollow

presents a dismal picture. Presently, however, as the first rays of

the sun strike through the interlacing branches, the scene is trans-

formed, and, incidentally, your former depression vanishes.

From a dark and gloomy vista of greys and blacks you find

yourself, as if by magic, in an enchanted forest. The dawn brings

out the scent of the rhododendrons and magnolias which carpet

the ground with their fallen blossoms in patterns of pink, scarlet

and white. A thousand points of light shine from the dew-drenched

greenery, and the moss, which previously had such a depressing

‘effect, now appears like hangings of jewelled lace.

The wind has now died away and the breathless stillness which

prevails is suddenly broken by the sound of, surely, a flute. As

you halt the notes are repeated and amid a shower of sparkling

dew, a Tragopan drops from his roost in the trees, a vision of grey,

spotted crimson and blue. His upright blue horns and flute like

call remind one irresistibly of Pan and his pipes, but this is a

Temminck’s Tragopan, only to be met with on these far frontier

hills, and were it not for the thought of possible Takin higher up,

sentiment would be dismissed and he would be added to the bag.

The Yawyin guide, however, cannot understand your forbearance

and by his excited gestures urging you to shoot, soon removes any

chance of your doing so by frightening the bird away.

As you reach the higher levels the forest thins out, the rhododen-

dron, magnolia and bamboo being replaced by larch, juniper and

dwarf rhododendron, while blue gentian stars the more exposed

spaces from where the snow has melted. Again you are startled by

a strange call and catch sight of a smallish bird in a livery of apple-

green grey and scarlet, as he runs up the hill. This is the Blood

Pheasant, a beautiful bird, but from the sportsman’s point of view

annoying, as he never rises and has to be shot running.

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

TYPICAL TAKIN COUNTRY

} THE END OF A PERFECT MORNING

oper

™.

per eee in re Sa mea eaters many

Sie ens A

et conn

TAKIN SHOOTING. IN THE, SPRING 275

At last you reach your objective, the open grassy slopes from

which the snow has almost all melted, and where you hope to

find the Takin. Here you stop for a well-earned rest and to search

the hills around with glasses, but before you sit down pull on the

sweater which your guide has carried, for it was hot work climb-

ing that last five hundrd feet, and here, at over 12,000, in spite

of the sun, you will soon be chilled.

It is a wonderful scene. A wide semi-circle of black cliffs picked

out with patches of dazzling snow show up clear cut against the

brilliant blue of the sky, sinking towards the centre to a col, which

is the pass into China. The grassy slopes you are on are relieved

here and there by clumps of deodar and pine in black silhouette on

the unmelted snow, while beneath stretches the dark forest from

which you have just emerged. Far below again, in the green

jungle clearings are a few scattered hamlets of the Yawyins, the

mountaineers of this frontier.

As you sit here in the midst of Nature’s grandeur drinking in

the champagne-like air, you wonder at your heretical thoughts of

two hours ago, and pity the poor misguided fools who spend their

leave in a round of gaiety, long nights and short drinks, at popular

hill stations. his feeling of exaltation of being removed from the

world of dull care and monotonous routine, of being in part with

Nature, is worth living for. You feel that God is near wer

A rattle of stones above you breaks into your reverie. You

slowly turn your head, and behold, the Devil? ... No! at

long last you have found the Takin, or rather he has found you,

for suddenly coming over the ridge above you he sees something

strange and stops to stare. He is not unlike the Devil with his

large Roman nose, sharp black horns and large cloven hoofs.

Not a move now or he will be off. After what seems an age he

turns his head to look for his companions. Now is your chance.

Slowly you bring the rifle forward and get a sight on to the point

of his shoulder, when he again turns to stare at these strange in-

truders. His curiosity is his downfall and as the report of your

rifle is thrown back from the cliffs above, your first Takin lies

kicking on the ground. After firing it is as well to jump to one

side behind a rock if possible, as the Takin is reputed to live up

to his appearance and charge anyone in sight when wounded, his

business like horns, his size and considerable agility making him

an animal not to be despised on a steep hillside.

This time however the bullet has done its work cleanly and well,

and you scramble up the hill to view your trophy, but first take

cover behind that rock and see if there 1s anything the other side

of the ridge. Yes, not far below are three more of these strange

animals, one good buli and two smail ones. They have never

heard a rifle shot before and do not know from which direction

the danger comes, but steady now, and get your breath, for you

may never see a Takin again. Once more the rifle shatters the still-

ness and the big bull drops, the youngsters disappearing at an

amazing pace into the jungle below.

Forgotten are the weeks of fruitlessly toiling up and down tie

hills as often as not in snow and rain, with nothing to gladden

276 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

your eyes but old tracks. Or if remembered for a moment you

dismiss the thought as you look down on your hardly won trophies

and around at the glorious panorama, now rendered doubly beau-

tiful by your success.

And so we will leave you with your measuring tape and camera,

and to enjoy a well-earned breakfast in the finest surroundings for

which man could wish, while your guide drops down to the camp

to bring up men for the final obsequies.

RIRDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN INDIA

Part VI

Capt. R. 8. P. BATES

(Continued from page SOL of Volume XXX)

(Vith 14 plates)

In the plains of India the lot of the ornithologist on most occa-

sions is far from being all that can be desired. From April till

the end of September, the months of greatest activity amongst

the resident feathered population, the discomforts of first the scor-

ching heat of the early summer, next the humid and _ sultry days

of the rains with their attendant and everchanging hordes of noxious

insects, and lastly the final burst of heat before the cool weather

sets in, are at times well nigh unbearable.

By those who have never braved the inside of a small hiding

tent when the shade temperature is in the neighbourhood of 110°,

or have never had occasion to spend hours at a time in a small

open boat on a shadeless expanse of water, the attendant dlis-

comforts cannot be realized. For these reasons and the fact that

I have only been able to devote myself to this work during the all-

too-short and far-between periods of leave obtained during the late

unsettled years, I fear my efforts with regard to the birds of the

plains and the hills of continental India are most incomplete, even

for the comparatively short time I have spent in the country.

However, though my photographic records are somewhat scant,

I have indeed had the fullest value out of my exploits, and on going

through the notes jotted down for the subject matter of this article,

I find that, rather than impressions of the general habits of the

birds dealt with, they are largely records of abnormalities, curious

nesting sites, etc., and experiences at times annoying and un-

pleasant but all the same amusing when one looks back on them.

This chapter therefore might more aptly have been headed ‘Abnor-

malities of Indian Bird-Life’ or ‘The Foolishness of being an

Ardent Ornithologist’.

I first conceived the idea of making bird photography my hohby

when stationed in a native state in Rajputana, with rather more

leisure than one now has in the post-war army. Peafowl were an

absolute nuisance and being sacred one was not allowed to im-

press upon them with a charge of shot that they would be the more

welcome if only seen and not heard, with the result that they were

so tame that they even used to come into the compound, and, if any-

thing disturbed them during the night, one would be rudely awa-

kened by piercing yells from their roosting places in the large trees

around the bungalow.

I discovered one morning that a Peahen had a nest in some long

278 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOGIETY, Vel. ocd

grass just the other side of a privet hedge and not more than 20

yards from the bungalow, so I sallied forth with all my parapher-

nalia to photograph it, and having set up the camera stepped

behind it to start focussing. Unfortunately I put my foot in the

very middle of a bees’ nest, nasty little grey fellows which stuck

to one like leeches. The camera flew in one direction, and I in a

bee-line in the other. It really must have been a hee-line as they

too folowed it, and incidentally me, in most unpleasant numbers.

The remainder of that day I] was somewhat unhappy and only

ventured forth to collect my apparatus after sundown. A couple

of days later | summoned up courage to try again, and approaching

the nest from a different direction was disgusted to find nothing

but some broken egg-shells.

Curiously enough, one of the first nests I found in Bharatpur,

the said native state, was on the roof of the bungalow and was

that of a Brown Rock-chat (Cercomela fusca) whose confiding ways

and sweet subdued little song soon attracted my attention. The

nest was in a curious spot, being built inside an old nest of a

Syke’s Striated Swallow, the tubular entrance to which had some-

what crumbled away. I succeeded in getting quite a pleasant

photograph including the bird standing on the ledge above the

nest. Later on the same pair made two attempts to raise a second

brood: the first of the two quite close to the old site in a crevice

in the wall below a window sill, and the second on a shelf actually

inside the lamp room, a small room at the back of the Bungalow

with a single barred window without glass. When this latter nest

was almost complete, some ass of a servant swept it away. These

confiding little birds were very common in Bharatpur, and as they

have a very misguided preference for human propinquity, almost

every bungalow had its lodgers. The nests, I noticed, were rather

untidily put together, and had little in the way of lining. The

eggs were in no way unusual, being pale blue green with small

reddish spots mostly around the larger end; unspotted eggs I

never came across. I wonder why this chat should ape Robin Red-

breast? Perhaps it is because it rather resembles it in plumage,

much more so, in fact, than do the Indian Robins, and having rea-

lized this fact and seeing that the Robins are far from familiar, it

may think that it is up to it to do its best to fill the gap in the

heart of every new arrival from Home who longs for anything

English.

The Rock-chats were not alone in choosing weird places for their

nests. Stranger than the above was the situation of a Yellow-

throated Sparrow's (Gymnorhis xanthocollis xanthocollis) nest.

This little bird is just what an aristocratic House Sparrow should

be. but is not~-well mannered, quiet, and not too familiar.

It approximates to the female of that species in appearance, but

has a rather Jong and slender bill, the distinctive pale yellow

throat-patch, and for nesting sites largely patronizes holes in trees

and, although found round about habitations, is also addicted to

scrub jungle and fairly open country. Still, one of the strangest

of nesting sites was that chosen by a pair of these birds close

to the house. An iron gate, seldom closed, and situated but some

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

PrATE

THE BROWN ROCK-CHAT THE LARGE GREY BABBLER

(Cercomela fusca) (Argya malcolmt)

THE CEYLON RED-VENTED BULBUL THE SOUTHERN INDIAN STONE-CHAT

—

(Molpastes hemorrhous hemorrhous) (Saxtcola caprata atrata)

(SUDULYIVI SUDULYIDI ULNAI]GZOJVYIOA [. ) (BJVPNVILISNI VIAIMA VSJ1U0I01C) (s¢gp40j90g vanpidiyy )

-HSQUHL ONIHOAVI IMIOTIN FHL TONIINA GHUANSIHM-dHA NAAHINOS AHL YAHOLVI-ATA TIVINVA GHLLOdS-SLIHM AHL

‘T] FLVIg

"20G "}SIET ‘F"NJ Aequiog “uinor

BIRDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN INDIA 279

15 yards or so from my bed-room door, led from the side of the

compound into a field. The gate posts were of stone and through

one of them a hole had been pierced for the bolt. This was cer-

tainly not more than 14 inches in diameter on the outside ard I

very much doubt if it got any bigger inside, and certainly there

did not appear to be room for the birds to turn, as I noticed that

they invariably reappeared from the hole on the opposite side to

that by which they had entered. This may, of course, have been

merely due to habit. Unfortunately I find I have made no entry

in my diary as to whether their efforts were crowned with success

or not, and I cannot now remember what happened.

Only last year I struck another of these nests in nearly as

strange and certainly a more unpleasant situation, namely in the

top of a metal telegraph post on one of the rifle ranges near

Madras. The diameter of the apex of a similar post lying close by,

which also lacked its lid, I judged to be just about 2 inches. There

were evidently hefty youngsters in the nest nearly ready to fly. It

had been constructed some few inches down from the top, and how

both the parents and young stuck it I don’t know. The heat of

the post at 8 a.m. was infernal, so what it must have been like

by the time the sun had been playing on the metal for some hours

I cannot possibly imagine.

However to return to Bharatpur, a further peculiar Yellow-

throated Sparrow’s nest was one in the old nesting hole of an

Indian White-breasted Kingfisher (Halcyon smyrnensis fusca),

an abode some two feet deep. This nest I opened up as it was

only about nine inches down from the top of a sandy bank. There

were four eggs in a small cup in a large and rather loose untidy

collection of grass and feathers, the latter material greatly pre-

dominating. After photographing it, I roofed in the hole again

with small slabs of stone which I discovered near by, covering

these up finally with earth and sand, and had the satisfaction of see-

ing the birds carrying on quite happily. Some days later, however,

the nest was raided and the eggs eaten, either by rats or some

other of the many pests with which Indian birds have to contend.

More confiding than the above were the Bulbuls, two species of

which lived in the compound, namely the Central Indian Red-vented

Bulbul (Molpastes haemorrhous pallidus) and the White-eared Bul-

bul (Molbastes leucogenys leucotis). As the sun used to set behind

the house, in front of which was a small lawn with a nim tree in

its centre, I always had my tea out of doors, and it was not long

before I had collected one or two acquaintances, the first to become

thoroughly tame being a pair of Bulbuls of the former species,

which soon took to descending on to the tea-table to peck at any-

thing and everything which looked eatable. A White-eared Bul-

bul used to hang about the tree, but would not actually join in the

repast except. when. I. left the table and: went’ into the verandah.

Though I did everything I could to gain their complete confidence,

I never succeeded in getting any of them to actually feed out of

my hand, and had to oncole myself by ministering to the wants of

a bold little tree-rat, who used to run up my leg to pinch bits of

cake from off my knee,

280 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX.

These two species of Bulbuls were excessively common, and one

was always coming across their nests in almost every description

of bush or sapling, the small prickly bushes at the back of the

bungalow being especially favoured by the White-eared variety,

which j in Bharatpur very much outnumbered the Red-vented species.

In the construction of their respective nests there was nothing te

choose, both being pretty rottenly made thin-walled cups of bents,

in comparison to which the nests of the Southern Red-whiskered

Bulbuls in the illustrations here are most solid structures. It really

does seem extraordinary that these cheery little birds should be so

common when one thinks of the astonishing number of nests which

are destroyed, many through the bird’s own stupidity I’m sorry

to sav. 1] soon discovered that if | found a particularly interesting

nest, even to put off photographing it till next day was exceedingly

risky, the only safe thing to do being to return for the camera then

and there.

Before long my tea parties were joined by a hand of noisy seven-

sisters—Large Grey Babblers (Argya malcolmi), and their advent

might he termed the beginning of the end, as quarrelling at once

became the order of the day between these people and the tree-rat

family, which resulted in the complete discomfiture of the cheer-

ful little Bulbuls, who evidently disagreed strongly with such un-

seemly behaviour. In the north these Babblers are exceedingly

tame, whereas here in the south, and especially in the hills, these

same birds particularly shun observation. In fact wherever I have

struck them in the peninsula they cannot possibly be described as

anything but rather shy skulking birds, which, though given to

entering gardens and orchards, certainly resent being watched. I

do not consider, however, that they are as shy as Mr. Douglas

Dewar leads one to expect in his ‘Birds of the Indian Hills’.

Besides this Babbler, the Common Babbler (Argya caudata

caudata) used also to frequent the compound, and, in a thick tangle

of creeper-like growth enveloping a piece of the fence bordering

the railway line, I came across a compactly built nest, made chiefly

of the thinner strands of the same material in which it was placed,

and containing three eggs of the usual very glossy texture and

deep spotless blue colouration.

To expound fully on every description of bird which was noted

in the compound would fill a volume, but even a bare list of these

others not yet mentioned, which I noted as of frequent occurrence

during the whole or a large part of the year, is of decided interest,

including as it does such widely divergent forms as Quails and

Partridges (the Black and the Grey), Ibis, Nuktas, Spotted-

billed Ducks, Sandpipers and Stilts, Paddybirds and Night Herons,

during the floods, Paroquets, Hornbills, Tree-pies, Bee-eaters and

Fly-catchers—the Paradise Fly-catcher and the White-browed Fan-

tail—Rosy-backed Starlings and Mynas of various species, Sun-

birds, Barbets and Golden-backed Woodpeckers, Crow-pheasants,

Koels, Crows, Shrikes and King-crows, Munias, Weaver-birds and

Wren-Warblers, Bush-chats, Finch-Larks, Pipits, Hoopoes, Rollers,

Doves and Blue Rock Pigeons, and probably many others which

at the moment I do not recall, and, of course, Kites, Scavenger

(swpizjVg SNOYAAOUDY S31SVGI0}{/) ($2702Na] SAUAGOING] SAJSLGIO[/)

TAGINd GHINHA-GHA NVIGNI IVYINAD FHL TNaTond GHAVA-ALIHM HHL

Ill ALV1d

"20 ‘3SI] ‘WeN Aequiog “usnor

AI SIVIg

(VLU PLU ILIS TL

TInNdINd GAAAASTHM-daAuxA

VLASUWUS US¢ “WtOFU{C))

NYANINOS ARL

\Yvrggouwy DOP LUAW IY YLLIVIUNMTITYT J

TONAINA MOVIA NVIGNI NYHHINOS AHL

"20G53SIHT ‘YN Aequiog “uumor

BIRDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN INDIA 231

Vultures, an occasional White-backed Vulture and, on a couple of

occasions at least, a King Vulture.

I don’t suppose for an instant that this extraordinary variety of

species could have been met with in any other garden in Bharatpur.

It was largely due, of course, both to its constitution and to its

position, as it was something like a mile from the city and con-

siderably farther from any other bungalow, with the exception of

the Moti Jhil, and had scrub jungle in front and to one side, and

on the other side and rear cultivation. One face of the compound

was bounded by a railway embankment, to construct which deep

pits had been dug, and these, besides being full or overhung by

masses of vegetation, connected up into a long stretch of water

during the floods. Babool trees and scrubby bushes were also

scattered about throughout the compound and between its rear

boundary and the main broad-gauge railway line which also ran

pretty close. In some places, too, long grass obtained. Lastly,

the bungalow was situated on the direct line between the Neoladeo

Ghana and large Jhils of like nature at Dig and Kama; hence

waterfowl of all kinds and descriptions were continuaily passing

over.

The remaining birds whose nests I actually took in the compound

were the Indian Ring-Dove, the Brown-backed Indian Robin,

which in true eastern fashion puts the cart before the horse in that

it carries its red patch under its tail instead of on the breast, the

Crimson-breasted Barbet, with whose monotonous call every dweller

ic the plains is only too familiar, and the energetic little Purple

Sunbird.

A pair of Indian Ring-Doves (Streptopelia decaocta decaocta)

started to build their apology of a nest on a rafter in the verandah.

I say started advisedly, as at one point I really despaired of its ever-

reaching completion. It did however get to the egg stage, though

no further. I noticed a most curious fact about this pair of Doves

perhaps only one of them was responsible for the nest construc-

tion; I don’t know, but hope so. I hate to think they were both

equally brainless—and that was that any material which dropped

to the floor was never retrieved, and I am sure I’m correct in say-

ing that those fool birds dropped enough twigs, in trying to balance

them in impossible places, to build at least four of the nest which

was eventually the outcome of their unnecessarily hard labours.

This and the Little Brown Dove (Streptopelia senegalensis cambay-

ensis) were the two species common to Bharatpur, and they were

excessively common too. I don’t think I ever saw the Spotted Dove

(S. chinensis suratensis) there, though it seemed numerous enough

a bit further south in Ketah, and seems to be the commonest Dove

of all the places of South India in which I have been stationed, as

well as of the Hills.

The Indian Crimson-breasted Barbet (Xantholema hamace-

bhala indica) bores a hole about the size of a half-crown in the

trunk or a stoutish branch of any tree up to about a foot in dia-

meter. Near the extremity of a broken branch or of one that has

been sawn off and has commenced to decay is perhaps the most

favoured spot. It is generally on the under side tov, that is if

282: JOURNAL'S BOMBAY NATORALGST. SOCIEILYVAVol aod

the branch slopes at all. On one or two occasions I have noticed

holes on the underside of perfectly horizontal boughs.

In Secunderabad I watched one of these birds excavating its

abode. The spot chosen was only about 10 feet from my bedroom

window, so I was able to lie on my bed and watch it at ease.

When I first noticed it, the hole was only about half an inch deep,

so I could see that the bird worked with the bill slightly open, and

that after every few taps it would jerk the chip or chips thus

gouged out over its left shoulder. It worked most intermittently,

scmetimes only for half a minute or so at a time, and often with

intervals of some hours in between. Nevertheless, in three days

only the latter half of its body remained in sight and it had com.

menced to turn the cavity downwards. The branch, incidentally,

was perfectly healthy and was that of a nim tree. The manner

in which this quaint little bird arrives at its full-blown ‘song’ always

amuses me. It apparently needs to work itself up to the neces-

sary pitch of excitement and usually starts with a very subdued

‘wuk’, which steadily increases in volume, at the same time changing

slightly in tone, till the rounder and not unpleasant even ‘tonk’ is

attained, and thereafter monotonously reiterated.

The nesting of the Brown-backed Indian Robins (Saxicoloides

fulicata cambaiensis) has. nothing of particular interest about it,

excepting perhaps that they have fie same habit of choosing strange

sites as has the English Robin. One nest I found was in an ail

ghurra which had been thrown into the centre of a bush, and

another in a battered kerosine oil-tin lying in a patch of weed.

Those I found in my Bharatpur compound were :—two in cavities in

the railway embankment, one in the roots of a low prickly bush

and a couple more in holes in the back wall of the stables. At

the present moment I have a nest full of youngsters a few feet above

my head in a pipe intended to drain rainwater from off the roof,

but this, of course, is of the Black-backed variety which replaces

the Brown: backed Robin in the southern haif of India.

The Indian Purple Sunbird (Lepltocoma asiatica asiatica) is a

highly interesting» personage’ ‘as -its: nest is ‘such’ a’ ‘well

thought ‘out structure.< "It “is; - of course, known “toy severy

dweller in this country on account of its .great predilec-

tion for flowers and gardens, its unbounded energy, sharp

call notes, and habit of ceaselessly flicking the wings, as it

turns and twists about the flower stalks in its efforts to extract the

honey and insects from the innermost recesses. The male in the

breeding season is also possessed of quite a sweet little song. A

pair suspended their nest from a rafter in the verandah, but for

some reason or other I failed to spot it until the ezes had been

laid and the very day following its discovery it was torn down and

its remains strewn about the floor, probably by a tree-rat in search

of material for its own ball of rubbish stuffed into a corner by a

rafter a few feet distant. In Karachi I took a photograph of a

nest of this species suspended from the telephone wire close to one

of the insulators on the mess wall. Occasionally they are very well

concealed, but whether by intent or accident I do not know.

Nevertheless it is a most noticeable fact that a large proportion of

(SHUDIUNIGULD SNAIJGOUIAIG UOAYGOIN,) (Supuvutvs02 OGNg)

AAVOS ALIHM MNTIVWS AHL ‘IMO GHNYOH AMSAd AHL

HYOLINA wHo>d

‘20G ‘3SIE] ‘JEN ABquiog “uanor

(SHITAVGDILUL SNUIADIAIG SNJOIOANAIT ) (VI1]DISV DIUVISD LI090]927T )

LHAININ T1IVWS UYVAVIVW AHL GUIANAS ATdyod NVIGNI ABL

IA FLVIg

"20G ‘}sIp{ ‘JEN Aecuiog “usjnor

BIRDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN INDIA 283

the nests to be found in and around Secunderabad are constructed

within large closely woven untidy webs, which abound in the camel-

thorns. The result is that, failing the presence of the bird, most

ef them are extraordinarily liable to escape detection. The usual

impression conveyed by most descriptions I have read of the nest-

ing of this bird is that a grass nest is first constructed and on to

this all manner of decorations in the form of spiders’ wcbs, chips,

bark, scraps of paper, etc., are then stuck with an idea of either

making it pleasing to the eye or more probably to camouilage it.

Incidentally I once remember seeing a nest outside a regimental

office door plastered with many scraps of white paper. I don’t for

a moment wish to assert that this is incorrect. To do so on the

strength of observations on a single nest would be absurd, and |

have only once witnessed the construction of a nest from its very

commencement. However, this was so diametricaily opposed to

the above conception that it is certainly worthy of notice.

On the 24th of July I was sauntering round the compound of my

bungalow on the outskirts of Madras when my attention was sud-

denly attracted to a Purple Sunbird, a female, which flew down to

a very low date-palm and seemed to have become greatly interested

in a point a few inches from the extremity of a drooping frond.

-On looking at the spot, but some 3 feet from the ground as the

palm grew at the foot of a bank, I at first noticed nothing at all

unusual, but on going closer I discovered a minute piece of web

had been wound round the stem with a loose end perhaps half an

inch in ‘ength left hanging down. Five days later the nest had

progressed to the extent of being in shape not unlike the upper

half of a crinkled paper-bag suspended from the branch, or a small

edition of an unfinished Weaver-bird’s nest without the cross bar,

but of grass there was no sign. It was but a scant collection of

the usual materials found on the outside of these nests. On the

4th of August the outer shell was completed and reminded one of

nothing so much as of a deflated penny balloon, the entrance hole

appearing like a rent in its side. The next step appeared to be the

construction of the porch and by the 8th this and the outer shell

were completed even to the ragged little bits which can be seen

hanging down in the photograph, but of inner grass nest there was

still no sign. In the making of the porch, short lengths of.grass

had been employed and from this time on grass was the main item

brought by the builder. During the next week the balloon was

quickly inflated, the bottom even on the afternoon of the 9th pre-

senting a more or less rounded appearance, and, on looking into

the nest on the 16th, I found two eggs had been: laid..: I do not

know for certain on what days these eggs were deposited as for

three or four days previously I unfortunately omitted to look inside.

At any rate, the building undoubtedly took a full three weeks. I

find in my diary for the 30th a remark to the effect that the Sun-

bird’s eggs appeared to have been hatched about two days, and

later, that they left. the nest. either on the: afternoon of the 15th

September or early morning of the 16th, as they were there after

lunch on the former date, but had left it when I again visited the

nest after breakfast the following day. The whole operation

284 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

therefore took 54 days, made up approximately as follows :—nest

building 22 days, incubation 14, and rearing 18. On the Ilth

September my bearer brought to me a half-naked young Sunbird

of apparently the same species, which he had found lying plumb in

the centre of the main road. I suppose it had been dropped by a

crow or something, but nevertheless it showed no signs of injury.

Taking pity on its sorry plight, I popped it into my Surnbird’s nest

where it was at once adopted, and, though very much younger than

its foster brothers or sisters, it thrived, and was comfortably ens-

conced in sole possession on the 16th. How long it remained there

I do not know, as I did not go near the place again for some days.

In strong contrast to the tedious nest-building of these Sunbirds

were the efforts of a pair of Malabar Small Minivets (Pericrocotus

peregrinus malabaricus), which started building in the same com-

pound on the 19th of July.. So quick were they that by the 29th

the full clutch of 3 eggs which the nest then contained showed

distinct signs of incubation. The nest was certainly completed by

the 25th, as the female was on that morning observed to be seated

on it for en unbroken period of at least 3 hours, 1.e., from / a.m.

till I left the house at 10 a.m.

Previous to this the first hours of daylight had been spent in

energetic nest-building, both birds flying to and from the site at

very short intervals. Operations seemed to get graduaily slower

as they went on and appeared to cease entirely about 4 p.m.

each afternoon. From where I slept on the verandah I could look

straight across to the nim tree, some 40 or 50 yards distant, on

one of the lower and smaller branches of which the nest was con-

structed at about 12 feet from the ground, and I had therefore

ample opportunities of watching their early morning antics at the

nest. From below and even from slightly to one side the nest was

absolutely invisible, being but a tiny shallow cup of a small quan-

tity of fine grass cemented together with webs and lichen and deco-

rated with bits of dead leaves and bark-scraps, the whole barely

the thickness of the nearly horizontal branch on which it rested

and with the colouration of which it blended perfectly. To be

exact its extreme diameter was just under 2+ inches, and I should

think the whole affair could have been squashed up into a little

ball the size of a small walnut, so it is hardly surprising that the

Minivets somewhat outclassed the Sunbirds in the matter of speed

of house construction.

From amongst the other birds mentioned in the list a few pages

back, I took in close proximity to the bungalow the nesis of the

following :—The Smaller White Scavenger Vulture (Neophron

percnopterus ginginianus), Nukhta (Sarcidiornis melanota) White-

browed Fantail Flycatcher (Rhipidura aureola aureola), Northern

Golden-backed Woodpecker (Brachypternus aurantius aurantius),

Bay-backed Shrike (Lanius vitiatus), and Biack Drongo (Dicru-

yus macrocercus macrocercus) White-throated Munia (Uroloncha

malabarica) Baya (Ploceus philippinus philippinus) Indian Wren-

Warbler (Prinia inornata imornata), the Ashy Crowned Finch-Lark

(Pyrrhulauda grisea grisea) and Indian Pipit (Anthus richardt

vufulus).

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

PLATE VII

THE SOUTHERN JUNGLE-CROW

(Corvus coronotdes culminatus)

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

PLATE VIII

THE NILGIRI BLACKBIRD

(Zurdus merula stmillimus)

BIRDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN INDIA 285

Besides Pharaoh’s Chicken, the Common Vultures of Bharat-

pur were the Indian White-backed Vulture (Pseudogyps benga-

lensis) which outnumbered any of the other species by at least thirty

to one, the Black Vulture (Torgos calvus), and the Indian Griffon

Vulture (Gyps fulvus fulvescens). Whenever I shot a Black-buck

or Chinkara, after having first removed the head and skin and

any portions we required for the larder, I used generally to sit down

more or less under cover about 40 or 50 yards away from the car-

case just to see what birds and beasts of prey would turn up. The

speed with which Vultures made their appearance from almost

every quarter of the Heavens was most amazing, though occa-

sionally I have watched near a carcase right in the open for the

best part of an hour without any sign from bird or beast to show

that the carcase had been spotted although distant specks high up

proclaimed that Vultures were on the lookout. Generally the sky

would appear altogether untenanted, but within a very few minutes

there would be a heaving, hissing and gibbering mass of ungainly

birds, fighting one another for places at the revolting feast. They

have, of course, more or less parcelled off the upper air amongst

themselves, and one bird seeing its next door neighbour, probably

a mile or two away, dropping to a dead or dying animai in its

own area, at once sets off on a colossal glide towards the spot for

which its neighbour is obviously heading. Number 3, perhaps

another mile or more farther on, spots No. 2 commencing its vol-

plane and of course follows suit, and this sort of thing is repeated

until all the Vultures for many miles around the spot to which the

first bird dropped have been apprised of the fact that a meal awaits

those who can arrive in time to participate in the torn flesh of the

departed. Numbers I fear arrive only to envy their gorged brethren

flopping heavily and sleepily around a useless mass of scattered

bones, only of use to the slinking cowardly Hyena, who will not

dare to put in an appearance till dusk in spite of the fact that he

possesses colossally formidable jaws, which enable him to crush up

the largest bones as if they were those of a chicken, and with which

he could lay out almost any adversary with which he is likely

to- meet.

The rush of air through the semi-closed wing's of half a dozen

Vultures dropping at a steep angle at terrific speed, makes a noise

so loud and so strongly resembling that produced by a gust of

wind in the tree-tops, that I have been completely taken in by it on

more than one occasion, and not until the falling birds have actually

come within my line of vision have I realised my mistake.

Such greed do these brutes possess, that, in spite of an enormous

wing-spread, which enables them to drift literally on mctionless

pinions from one horizon to the other in practically still air,

at the end of their disgusting repast they can hardly raise them-

selves from the ground, and so lethargic do they then become that

one can walk right in amongst them and with a reflex, which |

unfortunately did not possess in Bharatpur days, their photography

becomes almost too easy to be worth while.

Not alone did Vultures appear on these occasions but crows,

kites, an occasional Tawny Eagle and almost always a couple or

286 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

so of skulking jackals, which, running hither and thithe: with

much snarling and snapping of jaws and with tails for ever between

their legs, would endeavour, not invariably with success, to chase

off the birds. On one occasion and one I shall never forget, as

my rifle was completely out of action owing to the fired case

having separated during extraction, a pair of wolves trotted up to

within about 40 yards, and then having spotted me seated by a

bush about an equai distance on the other side of the kill, calmly

sat down on their haunches and derisively watched me teverishly

trying to clear the chamber of my weapon. That, incidentally,

was the only occasion on which I have ever had a possible chance

of getting one of these animals, as in most parts of India they are

now somewhat scarce.

The: White-backed Vulturés .used to breed. very ‘freely im the

larger pipal trees, one tree frequently having two nests in it and

occasionally three. I never once saw a nest that was not difficult

of access, so never troubled to investigate any of them. The other

true Vultures likewise seemed always to choose situations difficult

to reach, and only the filthy Scavenger Vulture was unparticular

as to where its abode was placed. The roof of a tumbled down

building, the mainfork of a tree but a few feet from the ground or

yet a ledge ‘ona’ church or ‘temple, tower, anywhere didttogat:

In Secunderabad a short time ago I was watching one of these

birds building in the top of a very tall toddy-palm, when an intruder

of the same species alighted on the ground near by. The owner

of the nest at once took objection to this and set off to chase it

from its area, but, as I expected, a fight did not ensue. The two

birds merely stood motionless and glared at one another, till at

last the intruder thinking discretion to be the better part of valour,

made off. All wild things appear to me ‘to be imbued with this

instinct which tells. them: never to fight unless “forced to..))\Vhe

reason of course is obvious. A bird or animal injured in any way

stands far less chance than its whole brethren in the appalling

struggle for existence which takes place in nature, and which is

apt to result solely in the survival of the physically fit.

Where a little brute force would, I think, have been of great

assistance, was in the absurd farce I saw enacted between a couple

of pairs of Common and Black-Headed Mynas (Acridotheres tristis

tristis and Temenuchus pagodarum), which both chose for their

nests the same recess between a beam and the verandah roof of

my Secunderabad bungalow. I first saw the latter pair at the hole

towards the end of April. I was away at the beginning of May.

and returning on the 11th at once noticed a pair of Common Mynas

hanging around. During the next few days they did nothing but

pull their weaker cousins’ building material out of the hole as fast

as it was put in, and after about a week of this appeared to have

won the unequal contest and to have started building on their

own account. The Black-headed Mynas, however, did not admit

defeat, but surreptitiously added material to the Common Mynas’

new pile during their absence with the result that the collection of

rubbish soon reached colossal proportions. This sort of thing

continued till June 4th, when the situation again became critical,

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

PLATE IX.

THE INDIAN WHITE-BACKED VULTURE

THE BLACK-THROATED WEAVER-BIRD

(Pseudogyps bengalensts)

(Ploceus bengalensts)

(sfaItJnsA SGIILJNA MLNIUAO]]Aqf )

MATAdvVa GHLLOdS AHL

(s7gn4ojoa¢ venpidayay)

YHHOLVO-ATH TIVINVA GHLLOdS-HLIHM AHL

XY BLiVIg

"50 ‘}SIPF] ‘Ye Aequiog “uanor

BIRDS: NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN. INDIA 287

as both birds appeared to wish to make the egg cavity in some-

what different spots. I don’t quite remember what happened after

this, and the only other note I find I have made is dated June 18th

and is to the effect that ‘The Common Mynas win’.

I regret I did not do much in the bird-line during my few months

in Secunderabad, but amongst other things IT took a number of

nests of the Dusky Crag-Martin (Ptynoprogne concolor) and a

couple of the Singing Bushlark (Mirafra cantillans cantillans).

A mystery, worthy of solution by the great Sherlock Holmes

numself, surrounds the one and only Nukta’s nest I have ever

found. It was placed in a hollow in the trunk of a fairly large nim

tree about ten feet from the ground. When the site was originally

chosen the tree would be near water, as floods early in July in-

undated a great part of the State, the main road, within 50 yards

of which this tree stood, being under some four feet of water for

many days. However when I found this nest on the 25th October,

a rather late date by the way, the water had receded and the

nearest wet spot’ was some marshy ground with a few reed-

covered stagnant pools roughly quarter of a mile away. On this

date the nest contained five eggs and two newly hatched ducklings.

And here is where the mystery comes in—-one of the chicks was

minus its head, which important piece of its anatomy was no-

where to be seen. I am sure it had not been hatched long, and the

duck was on the nest and only flew out on my tapping the tree

with a stick. I thought this was rather queer and removed the

corpse, but next day my mystification was increased still further

by finding but three eggs and two dead ducklings, both treated

in exactly the same manner. The heads had completely dis-

appeared, apparently having been quite neatly bitten off. The

anguished mother was again in evidence and flew two or three

times round the tree while I was scratching my head over this

extraordinary occurrence. I did not get an opportunity of visiting

the nest again for some days, when I found it obviously deserted,

smelling foully, and containing two bad eggs and the decaying

body of one headless youngster. A civet cat strikes one as being

the most likely murderer, but why take away the heads, and wouid

not a civet cat, mongoose or any other animal have laid out all

the ducklings and sucked all the eggs straight away, and do

mongooses climb trees, by the way? Perhaps the parents had

themselves turned cannibal. Surely rats could not have been res-

ponsible? One would expect a Nukta to be able to protect its

hearth and home against such lesser vermin.

The Indian Spotbill (Anas peecilorhyncha peecilorhyncha), another

resident Indian Duck, I also saw not far from my bungalow in

Bharatpur, but I never had the good fortune to find a nese there.

In fact, the only eggs of this species I have ever seen were a clutch

of eleven, which were collected by an old shikari from 1 nest in

a patch of reeds at the edge of a tank outside Beliary in the Madras

Presidency. I was walking round the tank in the hopes of getting

a snipe or two and met the old man as he emerged with his

spoils. This pair of birds was also breeding somewhat late as the

date was the 2nd of November,

288 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

The Ashy-Crowned Finch-Lark’s nest shown here was actu-

ally taken in December, so I hardly know whether - one

would call it an exceptionally late* effort or a very early

one, as the breeding season is usually from about February

to August or September. Some of the older books I have, call

this bird the Black-bellied Finch-Lark, which strikes me as a most

appropriate name, as it helps immensely in its identification. The

Finch-Larks are close sitters, and I saw an extraordinary case of

devotion to dutv a couple of months back, in March to be exact.

I was putting a number of recruits through a rapid practice on

the rifle range, when I noticed a couple of Ashy-Crowned Finch-

Larks about twenty yards in front of the firing point. They were

gradually working their way closer and closer up in short little

runs. The female eventually took up a position on a small stone,

perhaps twelve or fifteen yards away, where she remained for the

rest of the practice. The male, however, easily distinguishec from

his consort as she lacks the deep black underparts, continued his

advance to a tiny prickly apology for a bush, where he stood for

a few moments close to a nest which was plainly discernable now

that its position had been given away. Having inspected the

contents and after walking round it once or twice, he settled down

on the single egg it contained and ceased to take any further

interest in the fiendish noise which was going on within some

20 feet of him; even though I could see the muzzle blast per-

ceptibly shaking the little bush at each discharge of the rifles

opposite to him. <A few days later, when I was again at the same

firing point, the egg had been hatched, and this time both birds

brought food to the infant on two or three occasions and the female

covered it once for about ten to fifteen minutes. This infant, by

the way, was clothed in reddy-buff-coloured down which matched

to perfection the sandy surroundings. The nest was a very very

scant affair of grass, a mere lining to a small cavity scratched

out in the bare ground, but more than half the rim was composed

of a strip of dirty grey cloth about four inches long. I have also

included here a photograph of a nest of the Desert Pinch-Lark

(Ammomanes deserti phcenicuroides) belonging to another genus

which inhabits the more barren tracts of the extreme north of

India. I took this in Waziristan at Palosina, the scene of some. of

the hardest fighting during the Mahsud campaign of 1919 and

1920. The chief interest in the photograph, however, lies in the

fact that it shows very well the peculiar habit these birds have of

incorporating a ring of pebbles in the nest’s perimeter, a habit

originally acquired, I should think, to prevent the nest becoming

silted up by the flying particles of sand blown by the strong winds

which so often occur.

Munias and Common Weaver-birds’ nests were numerous every-

where, the latter seeming to have a great predilection for babool

trees close to wells or overhanging borrow-pits along the two

railway lines. Everyone is familiar with the retort-shaped nests of

the Baya and the quarrelsome activity of these little finches so

soon as the rains start, but perhaps not with those of the

Striated Weaver-Bird (Ploceus manyar peguensis). The latter’s nest

BIRDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN INDIA 289

shown here was just within the edge of a patch of elephant-grass

and quite alone. I noticed it while photographing a colony of

Common Weaver-Birds in a babool tree nearby. This Weaver-

Bird always makes its nest in the manner shown, bending over

the tops of the reeds to form a sort of scaffolding from which to

suspend it.

Though a distinctly catching tuneful whistle from the corner of

the compound by the railway embankment, close to the Common

Babblers’ nesting site, continually proclaimed the presence of a

pair of White-browed Fantail Fly-Catchers, the beautiful little cone-

shaped structure created by this species was not to be found

within my garden’s limits, and it was not until the breeding season

was nearly over that I discovered two nests in the scrub jungle

some 200 yards across the railway. One was a used one at the

extremity of a branch of a prick <ly babool tree at about 5 feet from

the ground ; the other was in process of construction across a twig

springing from the lowest branch of a nim tree, and about ten or

twelve feet up. Unfortunately it was torn down a few days after

I found it.

I had an amusing experience with a very close relative of this

species in the Nilgiris, i.e., the White-Spotted Fantail Fly-Catcher

(Rhipidura pectoralis), which is the common variety of the hills of

the southern half of India, and which, unfortunately, though it

does possess quite a pleasing whistle, lacks the tunefulness of

the song of the White-browed Fantail. This species seems as a

rule to confine its choice of building site to positions very low

down, at times nests being scarcely 18 inches from the ground,

though the usual elevation is generally between 3 and 5 feet.

Around Kotagiri I have taken many nests in apple and pear trees

and also in creeper, a favourite spot in the latter being on a more

or less horizontal strand crossing the hollow space formed by the

creeper drooping over the sides of a bush. These birds seem to

suffer setbacks in their domestic life almost as much as do the

Bulbuls. In Kotagiri last year 1 had three nests under observation

at the same time and was merely waiting for the completion of nest-

building in the one case and the laying of the complete clutch of

three eggs in that of the other two. The first was among'st the

lowest branches of a coffee-shrub, and close to the ground; another

in a bunch of creeper and the third at the extremity of a thin twig

of an apple tree, both the latter at an elevation of perhaps 24 or

onteet.. These last came to grief after the laying of the second egg.

The:eggs of the one in the creeper were in all probability sucked

by a lizard or a mouse, as all I could find was a small perfectly

dry piece of shell directly beneath an undamaged nest. The apple

tree nest probably had its eggs bounced out of it by a thieving

crow, which I am sure learnt of the nest by the absurd action of

the fussy little Fly-Catchers who swooped and swore at every crow

or other intruder which alighted anywhere near. The weight of

a crow, attempting to pitch on the frail branch supporting the

nest, would have been fatal to its contents, and when I came

along after witnessing the mobbing of the said crow, beneath the

nest were two broken eggs, their contents still soaking into the

290 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXII

grass. This pair commenced another edifice a couple of days

later in an isolated apple tree some 50 yards from the scene of

their recent bereavement, but this had its centre all pulled out

just when it looked about complete, incidentally only eight days

after their first loss. However, it is the nest in the coffee-shrub

which chiefly concerns us here. The coffee patch was but a small

one, some 50 yards long and varying from only 10 to about 30

yards wide. So, hearing a pair of these highly energetic Fantails

making the unmistakeable fuss, consisting of harsh squeaks inter-

posed with occasional little whistles, which augured the presence

of a nest, I went down and hunted through the plantation from end

to end, the search resulting in the discovery of three, the first of

which was under construction, the other two obviously being: earlier

efforts. The state of this nest gave one a very fair idea of the

method. of construction. A rupee placed on top would have more

than covered it, nevertheless it was a perfect replica of the finished

article and its symmetry was faultless. I imagined it was a finished

but abnormally small one, but on both of the two occasions I visited

it during the next five days it had grown very perceptibly in size

but showed no difference in other respects. On the 10th. day I

took along with me the half-plate camera and the hide and was re-

lieved to find that two eggs had at last been laid. The place was

gloomy, as coffee is always grown in the shade of larger trees, and

these bushes were very closely planted with the result that their usual

umbrella shape rendered the gloom around the nest doubly intense.

On this account it was evident that time exposures would be

required. I therefore wished to allay the fears of the nest-owners

as much as possible, hence | erected the tent and started to camou-

flage it with great care. My wife was amusing herself covering

the top and sides with her usual success, so I crawled. round to

the. front. to, tie. the flap. round the lens of. the: camera, andi to

complete matters generally. I had to look out what I. was doing

with my nether appendages, as a kneeling position in front of the

tent brought my feet very close to the nest indeed. Having fixed

the lens to my satisfaction, I glanced over my shoulder to make

certain that the camera was pointing in approximately. the correct

direction. Imagine my surprise to behold the Fly-Catcher reposing

quite calmly on its nest, eyeing without the least concern the soles

of my shoes at a range of scarcely a foot. I can hardly see my-

self reclining at ease directly behind the recumbent form of a

dinosaur which is the best analogy I can think of. However, with-

out further delay I got inside the tent, and having waited a little

to let her settle down, I loosed off five plates one after the other.

I may be quite wrong, incidentally, in saying her, as. half-way

through the proceedings the two of them changed places, showing

that both birds take part in incubation. Unfortunately there were

factors I had not taken into account. Time exposures appeared to

be out of the question. Firstly, because the bird would not conde-

scend to keep its head still; secondly, because the wind was gently

swaying the nest almost continuously. However, by a series of

short exposures on each plate I succeeded in attaining my object.

But, low be it spoken, I had made the one mistake about which: I.

(2u0pAsal VIVUAOUL P1UIAY) (S270290S $170190S VIUIAT)

YATAUVM-NAHAM NOTARD AHL MHTAUVM-NAUM AHSV FHL

TX Sivig

Seat SSE

YUATHAVM-NAMM

UY: y

Upyyer

Vy,

WX ALVTd

‘20 "IsIPY ‘yey Aequiog “uinoge

BIRDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN INDIA 291

have already issued a word of warning. I was too close, with the

result that the abnormally large and interesting tail of the sitting

bird is out of focus. Of course in this case it was a mistake difficult

to avoid, as to get away to a decent distance and yet retain a

sufficiently clear view of the nest was almost impossible, especially

as I did not wish to damage the coffee in any way.

The only Wren-Warbler I identified in Bharatpur was the Indian

Wren-Warbler (Prinia inornata inornata) and I took a number of their

nests at different times, most of which were of the long purse-shaped

variety. In fact, when I come to think of it, I only found one of

the small domed nests and this was in a sort of prickly weed on

‘Chink Hill’ and was only about six inches off the ground. ‘Chink

Hill’, incidentally, being a low elongated feature about one and

a half miles behind the bungalow, and so christened as it was @

most excellent hunting ground for that beautiful little gazelle, the

Chinkara. The photograph here of the Ceylon sub-species (Prinia

inornata jerdoni) was taken on the summit of the Nilgiris where

this bird and the Ashy Wren-Warbler are exceedingly numerous;

in fact round the southern and eastern edges of the plateau the

latter is, I consider, possibly barring the Southern Indian Stonechat

(Saxicola caprata atruta) and the Southern Red-Whiskered Bulbul

(Otocompsa emeria fuscicaudata), perhaps the commonest bird.

While on the subject I might make mention of the fact that a bird

which a very few years ago was unknown on the top of the Nilgiris

can now be reckoned among the common birds, of the edge of the

plateau at any rate. This is our old friend the Common Indian

House Crow (Corvus splendens splendens), which in such places as

Coonoor and Kotagiri is now almost as numerous as the Jungle

Crow. Another bird, which is not usually counted among the

Common Nilgiri birds but which I find very numerous in both the

above places, especially so all around Kotagiri and overlooking the

Mysore Ditch, is the Ceylon Red-Vented Bulbul (Molpastes

hemorrhous hoemorrhous). It is however absent, | believe, from

the vicinity of Ootacamund and the Kundahs. Whether the House

Crow has penetrated to Ooty I do not know, but if not, I am

certain it will not be long before it does so. However I was talking

primarily of the Wren-Warblers. The last time I was up in

Kotagiri was in April and in this month large numbers of both the

above mentioned Warblers were breeding. The majority, however,

were in the early stages, and even towards the end of the

month, in one patch of tall weeds which Ii searched pretty

thoroughly, out of three nests of the Ashy Wren-Warbler and four

of the other, only one of each contained eggs. One of the Ceylon

Wren-Warblers’ nests was in a wild gooseberry bush and was

domed, while those in the straight stemmed weeds were all purse

Shaped. The Ashy Wren-Warblers’ nests were of the type which is

constructed by cemented together scraps of grass fibre, vegetable

down, etc. The other two types of nest which are described in

the new Fauna (Second Edition) as being built by this species I also

took in the Nilgiris. The loosely-woven grass nests often seem to

be constructed in thick weed or grass, and, where the nest is

built in a Jarge-leafed plant, the Tailor-bird type of nest is made.

292 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

In fact I have always been inclined towards the opinion that there

are in reality but two types of nest, these two being the roughly

woven affair, somewhat resembling that put together by the

Common Wren-Warbler, and what might be termed the scrap nest,

but, where these nests are constructed in large leafed plants, the

leaves are conveniently incorporated in the structure and at times

render a great saving in other materials possible. If the nest

happens to be built in a spot where there are even small leaves,

those leaves contiguous to the nest will always be found sewn to

its sides, making a structure which is, practically speaking, midway

between the leaf-nest and the other. In other words they largely

depend on what they are built in, and probably mainly differ only

on this account. It would be interesting to see if each pair sticks

exclusively to one type of nest. Personally I do not think this

will be found to be the case. I am of opinion that a bird can and

will vary its type of nest to accord with the situation chosen, and

will not necessarily stick to one kind of site in order that it may

always build the same sort of nest. Unfortunately I have never

had a chance of elucidating these points, and all the above is, |

fear, mere conjecuune.

To return to the plate of the Ceylon Wren-Warbler, here this

bird evidently disliked the look of the lens, and, though it visited

the nest a goodly number of times during the morning, I was only

able to get off three exposures on it. It had not really settled down

to incubation, the third egg having been deposited only that

morning, so it was content with an occasional glimpse of its

possessions just to see that all was well, and these glimpses it

usually contrived to obtain by working its way up to the nest

from directly behind, sneaking through the weeds till it got right

up without ever having come out into the full view of the lens.

It would then cling to the back of the nest and peer through the

thin wall at the eggs within.

Northern Golden-backed Woodpeckers were fairly numerous in

Eastern Rajputana and gave one plenty of opportunity for ob-

serving their ways, but I find in my all too scanty Bharatpur notes

that | made no mention of a habit which I noticed in the Southern

race in Madras, namely that they feed almost as much on the

ground as they do on trees. Often have I noticed a pair revelling

in the treasures of an ant-heap, and occasionally as many as three

at once distributed over the surface of the compound, moving about

in ungainly hops in company with Mynas or White-headed Babbliers

(Turdoides griseus griseus). Round about Madras they seemed very

common indeed, but of course their loud high pitched trilling

call at once draws attention to them and probably causes one to

imagine them more numerous than in reality they are. In the

hills of South India they are replaced by Malherbe’s Golden-backed

Woodpecker (Chrysocolaptes guttacristatus delesserti) which though

a bit larger is practically indistinguishable except on close examina-

tion, but may easily be recognized in the field by the very feeble

imitation of the former’s cry. It is also a higher pitched effort and

decidedly tinny.

At Mercara in Coorg. we were ‘once making “our way

BIRDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN INDIA 993

along the side of a pretty narrow ravine when the rapid tapping

of a Woodpecker, probably this species, was wafted up from below,

and on looking down the nullah | spotted a lonesome dead tree the

best part of half a mile away, the only likely-looking thing in the

neighbourhood. The jungle was very thick and from down below

the tree was difficult to locate, but once found there remained not

the least doubt that this was whence the noise had emanated, for

every single branch was so riddled with the holes of both Wood-

peckers and Barbets, that it was literally but a tottering mass of

pulp, and if it has not yet collapsed I shall be very surprised. In

one large branch, which was almost in two owing to the wood

having decayed round some adjacent borings, I counted on one

side of it alone fifteen holes and on walking round discovered

that about an equal number had been drilled into it from the far

side too.

This same little valley was also the hunting ground of

many Black-headed Babblers (Rhopocichla atriceps atriceps), happy

little creatures true to the family in their way of going about in

bands continually talking to each other in subdued cheeps. I feel

almost inclined to accuse these birds of nesting in colonies. Of

course I have only met with them in Mercara, so cannot really

judge, but there I don’t think I ever came across less than two

nests together and on two occasions I struck seven within a few

yards of one another. Both of these batches were in deep wide

ditches practically concealed by undergrowth and creeper and

running through coffee plantations. Once in the ditch one could

walk down its centre quite comfortably. The nests were loose

spheres of coarse grass leaves or bamboo leaves, with occasionally

a little moss or other material intermixed, and faced into the

middle of the ditch, being anchored as a rule in hanging strands

of creeper at about six feet from the ground. They were in a

row at an almost even interval of about six or seven yards. The

breeding season appeared to me to be over, though I see that they

are said to breed from December to August, and this was but

the end of April. However, two only of the nests were still being

used as sleeping apartments by their respective families, one of

which I found to consist of two parents and two children, the

normal thing I believe. These ditches were rather secluded, but

a love of seclusion for breeding purposes is not one of this bird’s

traits though shy itself, as I also found nests overhanging paths

and close to roads. In nearly every case the nest was constructed

in hanging creeper or brambles.

In this valley too were many nests suspended over the pretty

little stream which tumbled down its centre. It was here also

that I made the discovery that the extraordinary notes, which

someone unsuccessfully attempted to make me believe were those

of the Malabar Whistling Thrush (Myiophoneus horsfieldii), were

in fact produced by the Travancore Spotted Babbler (Pellorneum

vuficeps granti). I consider the Spotted Babblers very interesting

birds, but, being of a retiring disposition, they are somewhat

difficult of observation. Thick cover with a sufficient carpet of

fallen leaves is most to their liking. Hence forest with considerable

294 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

undergrowth is perhaps their favourite haunt; where they can hop,

or perhaps I should say waddle, unobserved, turning over the leaves

in their search for insects, occasionally darting in prodigious leaps

to catch a bug fleeter than usual. I have seen them in parties

of three to five, but more often perhaps in pairs and alone, and,

when hunting about the ground, they move with a peculiar some-

what dove-like gait with the body and head close to the ground

and the tail bent downwards; a position very much resembling

the characteristic poise of the Tree-Creepers. This is their general

mode of progression, but, when wishing to move quickly, they

are capable of covering a considerable distance in a single hop.

They do not confine their activities altogether to the immediate

neighbourhood of terra firma, but are fairly often to be noticed in

low trees and hopping about thick bushes, every now and then

leaving off chattering with their neighbours to give vent to their

most attractive whistle, a clear far-reaching and very pleasantly

toned effort. The song of the Western Spotted Babbler (Pellorneum

vruficeps jonesi) was lately described in this Journal and is

apparently somewhat similar to that which J heard in

Coorg. The full iay of the Tranvancore Spotted Babbler,

however, struck me as consisting of thirteen notes, and I append

here my “attempt at ‘récordine “it “in a “playable “form..* n=

fortunately it is more than a year since I heard it, and though

I memorised it pretty thoroughly at the time, by whistling it after

every bird I heard singing, it is quite probable that in the course

of the year I have introduced slight variations, which in the aggre-

gate may amount to my version being considerably at fault.

J) gi arf =o nape oleerstteerny (eo eo) ee

a= SE poser oes eae pase ta ==]

——— eee a eee — ho. - a ae re oe eA we oe es ee em

The full song is not always indulged in by the way. The songster

often starts off quite merrily and then for no apparent reason

suddenly breaks off; it may be towards the end of its effort or

almost at its very start. Just like someone who has conimenced

to whistle the latest popular ditty and in the very centre of a bar

has suddenly recalled an immanent appointment with a particularly

cruel dentist. Last April I came down the Kotagiri Ghaut from the

Nilgiris by rickshaw and when passing through the thick jungle near

the bottom, that is, when I was certainly not more than a thousand

feet above the piain, I suddenly heard the whistle of a Spotted

Babbler quite close. Unfortunately I could not see the minstrel

and had not time to stay to listen. Anyhow, the song consisted

of the same few notes uttered repeatedly, and, as far as I could

make out, was absolutely similar to that recorded for jonesi. This

I presume would almost certainly be Pellorneum ruficeps ruficeps

(the Common Spotted Babbler), altogether it produced three bursts

for my benefit. In Coorg I was not lucky enough to come across

any nests, but at Mahableshwar three years ago I remember finding

two nests of the latter species. Though shy birds one of them

had very unwisely built its nest in a leaf-filled hollow just within

BIRDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN INDIA 295

the fringe of trees which encloses one of the tees on the golf links.

It soon became known to the caddies, one of whom pointed it out

to me. The bird stuck the publicity till the full clutch of three

eggs had been laid, but the frequent disturbing of its attempts to

incubate soon caused it to desert. The nest was absolutely un-

concealed, its back alone resting against the stem of a small and

scraggy prickly stalk, which I suppose called itself a bush. Never-

theless the untidy domed nest, surrounded and half-submerged by

the dead leaves, of numbers of which it was itself composed, with

the dome a fairly bulky but loosely built affair of fresh grasses,

was exceedingly difficult to spot, and only the fact of the bird

invariably leaving when one was some fifteen or twenty yards

off, gave it away; especially as she always flew straight off the

nest into the upper foliage of the surrounding trees.

The second nest was also in forest and close to, but not actually

in, a patch of thick undergrowth. Like the other one it was amongst

a crackling mass of dead leaves, but its back was let into a little

depression in a bank at the foot of a tree. On close examination

there turned out to be no real foundation to this nest at all. A

hollow had apparently been scraped in the leaves and in this a

loose hemispherical roof of thin dry seed grass had been con-

structed, its diameter being about six inches. The entrance was

rather large and somewhat untidy, and the three eggs which it

contained rested merely on the fallen debris. I put up the hiding

tent and settled down within to wait for the birds to appear, but

after spending the whole morning in a most cramped position with-

out result, I discovered to my extreme annoyance, on making a

closer inspection of the eggs, that they were all bad and the nest

obviously a deserted one. The yolks of all three were thickly

clotted. In fact it took me some days to thoroughly clean one

of them, so it must have been given up some days before. My

misspent morning was not altogether wasted, however, as I had

spotted through a spy-hole a Northern Indian Stonechat (Saxicola

caprata bicolor) visiting its mate on a nest in a bank a few yards

higher up the slope.

On this occasion I spent the first ten days of May in Maha-

bleshwar, and besides the above my discoveries included many

nests of the Southern Red-whiskered Bulbul, a couple of Southern

Black Bulbuls’ (Microscelis psaroides ganeesa), a couple of Indian

Pipits’, a Ceylon Red-vented Bulbul’s, and a Bombay Green

Barbet’s, a White-Spotted Fantail Fly-Catcher’s, and an amazing

series of three nests of the Malabar Whistling Thrush. The latter

were empty but one and all surprisingly fresh looking and were

all clustered together round the face of a small boulder in an almost

dry stream, the interval between each nest being at most two feet.

I cannot now think why on earth i never photographed them, as,

though empty, the photograph would have been of considerable

interest. They were, of course, in all probability successive nests

built by one pair of birds.

Of the Black Bulbuls’ nests, one was in a decidedly unusual

position being barely five feet from the ground in a thickish bush

close to a forest ride. The other was in a more usual situation,

296 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

resting, as it was, in a fork at the end of a slender horizontal

branch of a small forest tree in a clump at the edge of the race

course. Even this was considerably lower than the normal as it

was certainly not more than 15 feet up. As the tree did not look

as if it could bear much weight, I sent up a small and light

chokra to see what was in the nest, and before I could stop him,

the young imp had stepped on to the very branch holding the

nest. Down it bent to a fearful angle, and fearing it was going to

break, he hurriedly relieved it of his weight with the natural result

that he gave to us below a very creditable demonstration of the

working of the old Roman ballista. Up shot two eggs about four

feet into the air, one of them to flatten itself against a branch

higher up the other spreading its greasy remains over my hand,

as I made a valiant but unsuccessful attempt to retrieve it intact.

The owner of the jerry-built Southern Red-Whiskered Bulbul’s

nest in the accompanying illustration provided me with considerable

entertainment. The nest, as one can see, was built with the usual

disregard of durability, concealment and want of forethought dis-

played by many species of Bulbuls. All the supports being on one

side only, the increasing weight of the fast growing youngsters

was causing it to heal over to an increasingly perilous angle each

day. I was not there to witness the rude awakening of the

infants to the realization of the lack of common sense of their

revered parents, but I hope the structure withstood the forces acting

on it until they were old enough to look after themselves. The

bravery of the bird I took to be the female was really most amazing.

On my discovery of her treasures she retreated but to a twig

within a few inches of the nest and danced there in a perfect fury

with beak agape and wings vibrating half-open, swearing and

spitting like an infuriated lynx, and when I presumed to put

my fingers into the nest and to snap off one or two twigs which

were in the way, it really looked as if she were about to attack

my hand. Seeing her attitude, I at once rigged up the camera,

but the moment the fearsome lens was attached her extraordinary

courage evaporated, and not until I had brought the hiding tent

into use would she venture to the nest again.

In my wanderings in Mahableshwar through a number of patches

of rather stunted and fairly open forest growth I came across a

great many old nests of what I suppose must have been the White-

Throated Ground Thrush (Geocichla citrina cyanotis). They were

placed on an average about 5 or 6 feet from the ground in the

fork of a tree or fairly open bush, and moss and mud figured largely

in their construction. I saw a pretty fair number of these birds

about and besides possessing an energetic and very pleasant song,

which they proclaim most vigorously in the evenings, they have

a, peculiar note, 1f note it can’ be termed, extremely like the noise

of a screeching slate-pencil.

However, let us hark back yet once more to Bharatpur, as I

cannot finish this chapter without some reference to the bird

noises of the night. Around the bungalow these were many and

varied, but the most frequently heard and easily distinguished

were the chuckling of the nightjars and the grunting hoots of the

BIRDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN INDIA 297

Owls. The Common Indian Nightjar (Caprimulgus asiaticus) was

excessively common and once, when making my way across a

little hollow close to the railway embankment, I found myself on

the point of stepping right amongst a bunch of five. One does

not often spot a motionless Nightjar, when on the ground at any

rate, but it was the black shining eyes of one of the five which

just caught my attention. The call of this bird has indeed been very

rightly likened to the noise which is produced by a stone skimming

over ice.

Chief among the owls were the Dusky Horned Owl (Bubo cora-

mandus) and secondly his near relative the Indian Great Horned Owl

(Bubo bubo bengalensis), at least one pair of which lived at Chink

Hill. These birds used to stray as far as my compound and conse-

quently I often heard their grunting calls. The distinctive voice of

the Dusky Horned Owl was to be heard from all sides, but chiefly

from the grounds of the Moti Jhil, a bungalow just across the

railway with a superabundance of large pipal and other leafy trees

around it. This bird is very common in Bharatpur and every

single grove and garden appeared to have its tenants, as well as

the large patches of jungle such as the Chota Ghana and. those

around the Keoladeo Ghana. During the rains and the cold

weather this owl is most noisy and not only at night. In the

monsoon months, especially, their voices are often to be heard in

the very middle of the day. True, dusk is the time when they are

most vociferous and are more generally met with, but in habits

they are very diurnal. Nor do they shun mankind, but on the

other hand, like the noisy little Spotted Owlets, are commonly

to be discovered in groves and gardens in and around villages.

The most curiously placed nest of this species, which I have ever

come across, was placed in a dead and leafless pipal on a low

horizontal branch which barely cleared the roof of a kutcha building

in the very centre of one of the largest villages in the State. The

nest was large, probably the appropriated nest of a Kite, and was

a conspicuous object from all over the village, as was also our

friend the owl sitting on it. A number of naked children playing

around the base of the tree in no way disturbed her Majesty, nor

did she appear in the least put out by the unwonted sight of

shining topis and white faces. Another rather curious situation

was in the main fork of a very lonesome tree standing in some

flooded fields, also close to a village. It was certainly not more

than 7 feet from the ground.

This fine bird breeds from the end of the rains onwards to about

December, and, besides appropriating the disused nests of other

birds, is said to build for itself a fairly large stick affair. The

nests, which I suspect to be of the bird’s own manufacture, are

rather shallow but nevertheless pretty compact and about eighteen

inches or so across and are generally placed fairly high up amongst

the lesser and leafy branches of large trees, and consequently are

fairly well concealed. The appropriated nest on the other hand

may apparently be anywhere, so long as it takes the fancy of the

bird and appears to be a large and strong enough structure for its

nursery. :

298 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL FIST, SOCIETY VolxeeaT

In 1918 I noticed a White-backed Vulture on its nest half way

up, and close to the trunk of, a perfectly tremendous but climbable

pipal tree. Wondering if by any chance they ever make use of a nest

twice .over, I revisited the spot again in’ December: 19197 Over

the, rim*.of the nest: there: peerediat me, not, the iely, headwoted

Vulture, but the catlike visage of a Dusky-horned Owl. This is

the nest which appears in the accompanying plate, and over the

getting of it I thought my last moments had come. Unfortunately

I am small of stature but I possessed an orderly of considerable

length, and with his aid I managed to triumph over the long

stretches between the branches and eventually reached my destina-

tion, let down a cord and drew up the camera and its appendages

and obtained a number of photographs. But as is so often the

case, the descent was very much more difficult than the ascent

had been. When I had been unable to reach a branch the orderly

had gone up first and then pulled me up, and we ought to have

adopted a like method of going down, instead of which he went

right down first and I followed. Having lowered myself over a

particularly thick branch, at what felt to me some 40 feet from .

terra firma, I suddenly found that my feet were dangling in mid-

air,,and:-that I was unable to reach the branch below. That from

which I had come was so fat that my hands began to slip, nor

was the main trunk any use to me as it was about 4 feet thick.

Well to cut matters short I continued to slip inch by inch expecting

every moment to feel my toes in contact with the longed-for foot-

hold, .but I had no luck and perforce had to drop. No,:I am

sorry to have to disappoint you and end up so tamely, but my

flattened remains were not peeled from off mother earth and carried

home on a stretcher. Instead I hit the branch plumb in its centre

and did the only decent balancing feat I’ve ever done in my life.

Nevertheless, as below me there was an unbroken drop to the

ground, I must admit that on the way home my nerves felt somewhat

shattered.

In a previous article | have made mention of the conclusions |

have been forced to draw from numerous observations of the attitude

of birds towards suspicious sounds where ‘the evidence of sight is

lacking, and lately I had occasion to test my theories on the

subject somewhat severely. Firstly in the case of a Fly-Catcher

which is common to the Nilgiris, and inhabits practically every

sholah in the place, no matter how small it may be. This is the

Nilgiri Blue Fly-Catcher (Stoparola albicaudata). The second case

was that of a Ceylon Hoopoe (Upupa epops ceylonensis), whose mate

I had observed incubating a clutch of five eggs in the base of

a stone wall. Both these birds, one must admit, are well used

to human beings, the latter especially so, and are likely in

consequence to recognize the human voice.

At Kotagiri the Longwood Sholah especially swarms with the

former, and immediately on entering the wood their sweet and

penetrating song attracts one’s attention. Normally they appear

to hold cavities in the sides of banks in great esteem as positions

for nesting sites. Thus the banks along the inner side of the paths

intersecting the sholah are most favourable spots to search and

BIRDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN INDIA 299

yielded three nests containing eggs, all in convenient positions

for photography. April, by the way, is an excellent month in

which to look for fresh eggs. The first of these nests had close

to it some small roots projecting from the bank-side, and I counted

on the bird alighting on one of these before hopping into the nest,

which was almost completely out of sight in a pretty deep and

hence dark cavity well protected by a number of thin hanging roots.

To photograph successtully the bird on the nest would have been im-

possible without completely removing and altering the whole sur-

roundings, which would also probably have caused desertion. | there-

fore put up the tent on the opposite side of the path, and focussed the

camera on the exposed roots. Fortunately my wife had come out

with me and after shutting me up had retired round an adjacent

corner to write letters. Within five minutes I heard the Fly-

catchers singing lustily within a few feet of the rear of the tent

and next moment a whir of wings over the top proclaimed the

fact that one of them was coming to the nest, and to my extreme

annoyance, come to the nest it did, my roots being given a complete

_go-by, as she—it turned out to be the female—flew without stopping

outside straight into the cavity and settled down on the eggs.

The male after singing for a little longer close by, flew off, evi-

dently quite satisfied that all was in order. Now what was to

be done? If I shooed her off it might make her too frightened to

come back again, and even if she did reappear she would in all

probability go straight in again. I therefore started talking; first

in a subdued voice, and then loudly, until I felt that a sudden

shout would not startle her too much. She sat on quite conten-

tedly under this treatment and did not even depart when I yelled

as hard as I could to my wife to come to the rescue. I had with

me a pretty small watch of the folding travelling variety about

24 inches square and this my wife laid over the egg cavity and

again took her departure. Within a very few minutes the female

was back, flying straight in as before. For a moment she stood

still on the edge of the nest, then she began to peck at the watch

all round, and finally started trying to scratch it off and to force

her way underneath it. With such frenzy did she persevere that

I became alarmed for the safety of the eggs. After a bit, how-

ever, she quietened down and I expected her to fly out and at last

make use of the roots as a resting place while she thought matters

out. But not a bit of it; instead, she sat down on the top of

the watch and remained there until my patience gave out. A

fact worthy of record, by the way, and one which provides much

food for thought, is that the whole time she was frenziedly scratch-

ing away she was singing as hard as she could. Again I had

to appeal to my wife and this time the whole cavity was stuffed

with bracken, but this too turned out no good, as the mother

hovered about outside it like a humming bird, eventually worming

her way into a bit of a hole in the bracken and sitting only half

in sight of the lens. A third time I was obliged to call to my long-

suffering memsaheb, and success was at last achieved by pushing

in a little stick just by the side of the bracken, and on this the

female had the decency to alight repeatedly with the result that

300 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

a number of plates were soon exposed. After the fifth exposure,

however, I inadvertantly bumped the camera while she was on

the perch, causing the lens to shift a trifle. Immediately away

she flew and it was some twenty minutes before she dared return.

Noise she could put up with, but the moment something moved as

well, suspicion of the hide invaded her. Unfortunately Longwood

Sholah is a pretty gloomy place at any time, and the negatives

obtained on this occasion were all under-exposed. <A few days later

I tried my luck on one of the other nests and, profiting by the

experience gained in the above episode, I blocked up the entrance

to the nest before ensconcing myself within the hide. To provide

a perch was unnecessary, I am glad to say, as I do not like intro-

ducing anything extraneous into the picture, but always endeavour

to depict both birds and their nests as they are naturally. This

time I had no difficulty except with the light, as, although I gave

as long exposures as the bird would permit, these negatives too

show distinct signs of underexposure, mainly traceable to the fact

that my ultra-rapid plates had come to an end and [| had had to

revert to ones of slower speed. I also tried to photograph a

Rufous-bellied Short-wing (Brachypteryx major major) in this same

wood, but once more the gloom proved too much for me. Hence

illustrations of the nest and eggs of this bird and of those of the

Black and Orange Fly-Catcher (Ochromela nigrorufa) and the Indian

White-Eye (Zosterops palpebrosa palpebrosa), two more denizens

of these Nilgiri Sholahs, are all I can run to.

The Hoopoe episode was as follows:—The _ strong-smelling

scattered collection of rubbish which they presumed to call a nest

was, as I have said, in a stone wall some fifty yards above a road.

After I had used up four plates on the male bird who was engaged

in bringing food to its mate, whom I discovered was not only

sitting on eggs but also on two newly hatched babies, my wife

called up to me that she was going home as she was unable to

discover a shady spot in which to sit. Although at that moment

the female was within and the male actually on the ground but

a few feet from the tent, I shouted down to my wife telling her

what my intentions were so soon as I had finished with the

Hoopoes, and the illustration here was actually taken in the midst

of the conversation, as our friend took not the slightest notice of

my voice but paddled up as usual to the nest-hole, inviting his

spouse the while to come and take the fat grub he held for her in

the tip of his bill. The male Hoopoe is a good husband, and cer-

tainly works hard for his living, as his lady seldom leaves the nest

once she has started laying, until the young have been hatched

some time. As this one came flying to the nest he always uttered

a series of not unsnipe-like ‘penches’, and when at the hole in-

‘variably talked to his wife in a subdued rapidly-repeated sort

of coo.

The Hoopoe is, of course, far from being a man-fearing creature,

but even so I am perfectly certain that no Hoopoe would enter its

nest with a man sitting but 5 or 6 feet away, without, at any

rate, an enormous amount of tuition first. I am all the more

convinced, therefore, that as a general rule birds cannot and will

BIRDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN INDIA 301

not believe that real danger is to be apprehended when they can

only hear, but cannot see, anything of which to be afraid. They

seem, in fact, to lack all powers of deduction. A few of the

smaller birds, and with a decrease in size a corresponding increase

in foolhardiness appears to be the rule, can be got with but little

expenditure of patience used to the idea of coming to the nest

with one close by. In my school-days I remember being busy

photographing the abode of a Spotted Fly-Catcher. The pair con-

cerned had nested in the ivy on the wall near my study window for

some years and were quite at home with the genus school-boy.

While I was focussing with my head under the cloth, one of the

birds landed on the top of the camera and flew thence straight on to

the nest, where it sat quite unperturbed during the remaining

operations.

The photograph of the Southern Grey Tit (Parus major mahrai-

tarum) here depicted was taken about 30 yards from a garage in

front of which a car was being washed, but here too I made use

of the hiding tent though without troubling greatly about its con-

cealment, as even a cheeky little Tit is apt to differentiate between

5 or 6 and 100 feet, though, why—goodness only knows, as it is

just as easy for it to be spotted entering its nest at the longer

distance as it is at the shorter.

Laughing Thrushes are as a rule put down as shy customers.

Yet one of the only two cases I know of, where a bird has realiy

not seemed to mind a tinker’s curse about my presence was in that

of a Nilgiri Laughing Thrush (Trochalopterum cachinans cachinans).

This bird was only building, yet it came to the nest while I was

erecting the tent late in the evening with the intention of photo-

graphing it the following morning, my idea being that it would

be advisable to give the birds a chance of getting used to the

hide during the night as otherwise they might fear the structure

and refuse to come near for hours of valuable daylight, as birds

often do not appear greatly attached to their homes until after the

eggs have been deposited. As, however, it was then too late for

photography, I went on with the erection of the hide, while the

bird remained on its half-finished collection of moss, although |

was working in full view and within 8 or 9 feet of it most of the

time.

The next morning there were no signs of either of the birds

until I had been in the tent for upwards of half an hour. Then,

however, one of them arrived, incidentally without any fresh

material, sat in the still untidy nest and commenced to shape the

egg cavity with its breast, by turning round and round as it sat.

It was in the midst of this process when I took the photograph

opposite. After a time it suddenly gave forth a few piercing yells

in answer to its mate, and then settled down for a bit of a snooze.

Perhaps to talk of this bird’s call as a ‘Crow’ rather than a ‘Yell’

would be the more accurate, as, in order to produce the noise it

raised its head high in the air, puffed out its chest and opened

wide its bill, assuming thereby a very cock-like stance. Unfortu-

nately I was unable to photograph it in this attitude, as it was

in such a position that one of the supporting branches of the nest

302 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1I

was directly between it and the lens. After I had taken a number

of photos, I pulled aside the front flap of the tent, and lo and

behold the bird still sat on, and it was only when I emerged

completely that it. took it-into its; head’ to quit: | pltsis;of, colrse,

altogether fallacious to conclude that because one bird is feariess,

any other of the same species will be equally so. This is emphati-

cally not the case, and I had sat in front of another Nilgiri

Laughing Thrush’s nest but a few days previously for a couple of

hours before the female, who had been sitting for some days on

two eggs, picked up enough courage to return, and 1 am cenvinced

that she would not have faced the camera at all, had it not been

for the advent of a heavy rain-storm. She obviously objected to

her treasures getting wet. The resultant photos of this bird are

in consequence somewhat peculiar, as the light is strongly reflected

from the many rain-drops which cover her back and tail.

The hiding tent, to which I have at times been ailuding, is not

the one which I mentioned as ordered from Cawnpore, as the

makers thereof evidently considered that they knew more about my

requirements than I did myself, and sent a thing altogether un-

suited to the work in hand. I therefore drew up the plans for

another in Secunderabad, whither I was transferred early in 1922,

and having enlisted the services of a local durzi and later of a

carpenter, we evolved between us the contraption which has since

proved so useful and quite up to everything so far required of

it. It is made of good quality khaki drill, double along all seams

and edges, and consists of a centre piece 3 ft. by 24 ft., which forms

the roof, on to which are stitched end pieces 34 ft. deep which widen

to 4 ft. along their bottom edge, and two side pieces 3 ft. long

at the top to fit the roof and 34 ft. deep to correspond with the

ends. These widen to 5 ft. along the bottom edge. When

spread out flat the tent therefore looks something like a Maltese

cross. The reason why I made the walls in the above manner is

that it allows one a certain amount of latitude in the ultimate

shape of the erected tent. Along each of the sides of these four

flaps or walls are four eyelets so that all or any pair of the edges

may be laced up as required. Horizontally on the outer surface

of each flap are stretched three khaki ropes caught at intervals to

the drill so that loops are formed, and across the top ropes are

likewise sewn. Into these loops, grass, branches, ferns, etc., can

very quickly be rammed; thus the tent takes but a short time to

camouflage. The frame to hold this up is of wood, and consists

of but four separate pieces as follows; two plain end-pieces, in

iength the width of the roof, and two side-pieces corresponding

in length to the roof, and on which the four legs are hinged in

such a manner that when folded each pair lies close together and

along its respective side-piece. Unfolded they are kept in position

by hooks, the sort of thing one uses to keep windows and shutters

open in this country, and also by four 5-inch pins which are

inserted in turn through eyelets in the four corners of the drill

roof, then through corresponding holes in the wooden side-pieces

and end-pieces of the frame and finally down the centre of the legs

themselves. These pins therefore not only help to fix the legs, but

BIRDS NESTING WITH A.CAMERA IN INDIA 303

also clamp the separate pieces of the frame together, and keep

the roof tight and in position.

It will be seen, therefore, that the whole affair can be erected

in a few moments. This frame is made of teak but any other strong

wood will of course do, as teak is certainly rather heavy. Still

the complete tent only weighs 15 lbs., and rolls up into a cylindrical

bundle some 3 ft. long and about 7 in. thick. It could probably be

made to weigh less as both the side and end-pieces are considerably

stouter than is absolutely necessary, being 1# in. wide and | in.

thick. I prefer to have it really strong, however, as one does not

want to risk breakage at a critical moment, and often, owing

to the slope or unevenness of the ground, considerable strain

is imposed upon it. For spy-holes one can either squint through the

corners or else cut slits where required in the drill. After a few

tears have been made, one will find that the practice of apparently

ruining the tent may be stopped, as only a limited number are

required in any one wall. For the lens, slits are likewise cut, just

big enough to stretch over the lens seating, over which is pushed

a rubber ring to prevent the flap slipping back and covering the

lens up again.

When at work in the tent, it will be seen that one is seated in an

oblong box 3 ft. high, 3 ft. long and 24 ft. wide. This may

not appear altogether palatial, but it is ample for me with a half-

plate camera, a 5 by 4 reflex and their necessary impedimenta and

since starting to use it, 1 have never had occasion to endure the

agonies one reads of through sitting in a cramped position for

hours on end, for the simple reason that I have found movement

quite easy in this amount of space. The middle of the last sentence

is rather suggestive of an advertisement for a quack medicine.

However, to continue; the only improvements {I can think of at

present are that the legs might be lengthened by about 6 inches.

However the actual details of size rest with the person who is to

use the tent, and he will of course adapt it to his own bulk.

Another possible improvement is that it might be made sunproof.

Now, it certainly is not, and one has often to endure a topi in

consequence, and as topis are bulky this is a nuisance, since one

is liable with such an ungainly thing on one’s head to bump it into

the sides or roof of the tent, and so upset the equilibrium of the bird

one is attempting to photograph.

As I have described the hide, it would not be out of place to

describe the cameras I use in it. Undoubtedly where one’s means

limit one to a single camera, a half-plate field camera is indis-

pensible. For all round genera! work both in and out of the hide

this type and size is without doubt the best, and is what I think

most bird-photographers use. My half-plate is an Ensign Triple

Victo with a battery of Zeiss and Ross lenses of different focal

lengths, which I have picked up at odd times and which give me

a choice of varying the size of the picture without necessarily

having to find a new position for the camera, an undertaking which

is often impossible or nearly so in a restricted place or in trees.

The lenses in question are a 4 inch Ross wide-angle, a Ross-Zeiss

convertible anastigmat with focal lengths of 74 inches for the com-

304 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1.

bination and 114 inches and 14 inches for the separate components,

and also a Zeiss Protar giving focal lengths of 17 and 29 centimetres.

I have in addition a Zeiss telephoto attachment for use with the

Protar, but so far it has proved itself quite an unnecessary posses-

sion. Still, if it comes in useful even once, I shall consider it

has justified its existence. Actually only one good anastigmatic

lens, preferably of the convertible type, is necessary, though to

possess two is more convenient, namely one of long focus for use

in the hide, as this enables one to get a decent sized image without

having to work uncomfortably close up; and the other of fairly

short focus say 6 inches or 7 inches at the outside, for photograph-

ing nests and eggs, etc. The long focus lens should work at a very

large aperture, so that short exposures may, where necessary, be

given in a bad light. Only lately I expended 14 plates on a bird

standing near its nest in a mud bank in a pretty thick forest, yet

with a lens working at f 5.4 and using exposures of one-third second,

one and all were underexposed, even though the sun was shining

brightly directly overhead, and within a few feet of the nest was

a large glaring patch of sunlight. A couple of attempts at short

time exposures of about one second were even on the underexposed

side, and these latter negatives were of no use as the image of the

bird was in both cases blurred through movement. The ordinary

photographer, used to taking landscapes, etc., will be surprised

at the comparatively long exposures required to avoid underexpo-

sure in the photography of birds and their nests. Hence the

necessity for the lens with a very wide stop.

With a bird seated on its nest the stop and eyposure problem is

not so acute, as many sitting birds remain pretty still, and I have

at times used exposures of the best part of a minute. A Nilgiri

Quaker Babbler (Alcippe potoicephala poioicephala) obligingly sat

still for such a period, when I was once obliged to stop down the

lens, a Ross telecentric, as far as it would go to get the necessary

depth of focus, as the only possible position for camera and tent

was so close that the limited extension of the reflex I was using

was insufficient to bring even the furthest portion of the bird into

sharp focus. However, by slightly unscrewing the front combina-

tion of the lens and stopping down as I have said, I succeeded in

getting a quite passable negative. The nest was in a particularly

dense patch of forest, and as it turned out, double this exposure

would have produced a better result. Very often the click of the

shutter has the most convenient effect of making the bird sit as

still as a rock, while it listens with strained attention for further

repetitions of the unknown sound. I have found this to be parti-

cularly the case with the Thrushes. Everyone knows the look of

annoyance and the outraged demeanour assumed by the common

Song Thrush at home when one presumes to approach it when

seated on its nest. However, I have found that even with a

nervous bird, which is continuously shifting its head or which

jumps up seemingly the moment one presses the release, exposures

of up to about half a second don’t so very often show movement,

the bird apparently not being able to get on the move, after being

startled by the opening of the shutter, until after the exposure is

BIRDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN [NDIA 305

finished. Of course one needs to judge the correct moment to take

the photograph so as to get the bird during a period of stillness,

and this is largely a matter of practice.

Another necessary adjunct in the lens is a surplus of covering

power, and sharpness to the very edges of the surface it does cover,

that is to say that in a half-plate camera, a lens which covers a

whole plate without showing any loss of definition round the edges

should at least be used. Especially does this necessity arise in

taking photographs to show off the contents of nests, as with the

ordinary tripod the camera cannot usually be depressed as a whole

at a sufficiently deep angle, and the lens has therefore to be still

further tilted, with the result that its axis no longer passes through

the centre of the plate. To tilt the nest instead of the camera is

very bad policy indeed and only results in an unnatural-looking

photograph. Besides, one wants one’s reproductions to show the

subject exactly as it was constructed and used by the owners.

Most field cameras have a tilting back but unfortunately not all

of them tilt backwards sufficiently far, that is, well beyond an

angle of 90° with the camera base. However, this defect can very

easily be remedied as a rule by removing the locking devices and

rescrewing them on to the camera body a little lower down. To

be able to swing the back of the camera in this manner comes in

especially in photographing nests on open patches of ground, such

as beds of shingle or on the sea-shore, open commons, in heather,

etc., in fact anywhere where it is an advantage to get the foreground

and distance both in focus in order to give one a fuller impression

of the bird’s habitat without having to stop down greatly and so

unnecessarily increase the exposure. The near foreground of the

picture to be in focus requires a longer extension than does the

distance, and as the image cast on the plate by the lens is, of

course, inverted, this state of affairs is consequently arrived at

when the back is tilted beyond the vertical, as the top of the plate

is then further from the lens than is the bottom of it.

Lately I have been using a 5 by 4 reflex in the hide with most

excellent results, but, before I go any further, let me say that

though a great convenience a reflex is not an absolute necessity,

whereas a field camera, and preferably a half-plate one, most

certainly is. The reflex does, however, save one from making the

mistake of photographing the bird when it is out of focus, and also

of course one has a chance of putting a bird rapidly in focus and

getting its photo, where the time wasted and the noise made

with an ordinary camera in removing the plate, refocussing and

replacing the plate, renders such a course out of the question, and

all one can do is to wait for it to condescend to alight on the

exact spot on which one has previously focussed. The lens I

am using in this reflex is an 11 inch Ross Telecentric working at

f. 5.4 and the main reason why I invested in the 5 by 4 size is that

it naturally racks out further than does a quarter plate of the

same make.

The obvious course when buying a reflex is to choose one with

a long extension, but I bought mine in India when reflexes were

both hard to get and infernally expensive, so took the first |

306 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL: ‘AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1I

could get. There are now many good cameras of this type on the

market, and some of them are probably more suitable for bird-work

than mine, which incidentally is an Auto-Graflex, with the per-

formances of which, however, I am perfectly satisfied, and I see

from the current Kodak list that there are many improvements in

their present Graflex cameras, which put mine clean out of date.

The low-powered telephoto lenses seem also to have been much

improved of late.

When using the reflex in the hide, I always remove the focussing

hood for convenience, as the restricted height of the tent makes it

very awkward to work with it on, and the tent itself is quite dark

enough to render the image on the screen easily visible. It is

quite safe to do this, and even when using the mirror as the shutter

with the focal plane shutter open, I have never had a plate spoiled

by extraneous light entering through the screen and passing round

the edges of the mirror. Using the mirror in this way gives one

a pretty silent and comparatively long instantaneous exposure,

probably of about half or one-third of a second. If the shutter is

put out of action and at open, and one regulates the raising and

lowering of the mirror with the right hand, while holding down the

release with the left, one obtains a means of giving an absolutely

silent time-exposure of any duration and this is of considerable use

at times when working on a sitting bird, which shows signs of

sleepiness or is naturally still.

When taking small birds, I invariably use quarter plates in

wooden carriers in the plate holders of both these cameras, since,

as the image is small and generally only a comparatively small

area is required from which the finished enlargement will be made,

it is only a needless expense to use the larger plate. I have already

mentioned why it is better to get a small image all of which will

be in focus, so it is unnecessary to go further into that point.

As regards the best plates for use in bird-photography I will

not say much, as most photographers have their own particular

fads about them, but I must say the ordinary special rapid type by

any of the well known makers take a lot of beating in this country.

Of course orthocromatic plates give a better impression of the

true grading of the colours of the subject. Recently I have taken

to the Ilford Iso-Zenith plate wherever I have anticipated the

necessity of high speed, and have found it most excellent. Its

H & D speed number is 700, so one can naturally cut down ex-

posure considerably. The Hoopoe photo was taken at 1/40 second

at f. 8 on one of these plates, when the sun was not shining directly

either on the bird or its immediate surroundings. The Southern

Grey Tit is also an effort on one of these plates and was taken at

1/20 at f. 8 on quite a dull day. The only rub is that they do not

keep for very long, and once the tin in which they are sealed has

been opened, it is advisable to use them up pretty quickly.

An enlarger, by the way, is a most useful possession, and one

which I consider the bird-photographer cannot well do without.

I for one, know that many of my earlier photographs would be

infinitely better enlarged than they are at normal size, but one is

very chary of sending hard earned negatives through the post,

TIX LV 1d

(HAD ]JVAYVUL AOLDUL SNAVDGY )

LIL-AHAD NYAHLINOS AHL

(SzsuauojAa2 sdoda vdndgy )

HOd00H NOTAH) AHL

$°20¢ ‘3SI}T ‘FEN Aequicg

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

PLATE XIV

oie

THE BLACK AND ORANGE FLY-CATCHER

(Ochromela nigrorut a)

BIRDS NESTING WITH A CAMERA IN INDIA 397

especially the Indian one, let alone the feeling one has that other

people do not always treat one’s negatives with the care with which

one would like them to be treated. It is somewhat annoying, to say

the least of it, for a negative to come back with a large scratch

right across it, far more annoying in fact than if one had smashed

it altogether oneself. To do one’s own enlarging will eventually

turn out an economy, too, and the initial expense need not be great.

The half-plate camera, with the lens with which the negatives

were originally taken, again comes in, and can be used with day-

light as the illuminant by having a hole cut in the dark-room

window or door with a reflector behind it. Over the hole the

camera is closely fitted so that no light can enter the room other

than that which passes through the negative and lens, and the

bromide paper on which the enlargement is to be made is pinned on

to an easel placed in front of the lens on a table or other convenient

support,

(The End)

ON A COLLECTION OF MOTHS OF THE FAMILY GEOMETRIDAE

FROM UPPER BURMA MADE BY CAPTAIN A. E. SWANN

Louis B. PROUT, F.E.S.

PART LE

(With a plate.)

(Continued from page 146 of this Volume)

*71. Perizoma schistacea (Moore)

Anticlea schistacea Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk., p. 273 (1888) (Darjiling).

Htawgaw, April-May, 1923, 1 ¢; Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 3 gg, 19.

A small and rather aberrant form, perhaps worthy of a name. Typical

schistacea belongs almost exclusively to Sikkim and Assam, though it has also

been recorded from Dalhousie.

*72. Perizoma cerva (Hmpsn.)

Cidaria cerva Hmpsn., Journ. Bombay Nat. His. Soc., xiv, 515 (1902)

(Sikkim).

Htawgaw, September-October 1923, 1 9.

Only two specimens hitherto known to me, the second being a ¢ ex Coll.

Elwes, presumably also from Sikkim, labelled by him ‘unnamed in Coll.

Atkinson ’.

* 73. Perizoma lacernigera (Butl.)

Idaea lacernigera Butl., Ill. Het., vii, 109, Pl. cxxxvi, Fig. 15 (1889)

(Dharmsala).

Htawgaw, April-May 1923, 1 ¢;12; Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 1 ¢.

Also known from Sikkim. |

*74. Perizoma hockingit (Butl.)

Eupithecia hockingii Butl., Ill. Het., vii, 115, Pl. cxxxvii, Fig. 12 (1889)

(Dharmsala).

Htawgaw, April-May 1923, 1 2, September-October 1923, 1 9.

Both this and dacernigera may prove racially differentiable from the North-

west Indian forms, but Sikkim examples of both seem fairly typical.

*75. Perizoma puerilis sp. n.

Perizoma puertlis Warr. MS. in Coll. Tring Mus.

¢, 20mm. Face whitish (partly abraded). Palpus longish, 2nd joint with

rather long loose scaling directed forward, 3rd joint moderate; pale, with

some blackish admixture above. Vertex white. Antennal ciliation minute.

Body slender, pale, above mixed with fuscous.

Forewing with apex acute, termen oblique, slightly sinuous ; areoles large,

R? from middle of the outer, SC5 from its apex; whitish, suffused with cream-

buff; markings fuscous: basal patch small, obsolete posteriorly ; cell-mark

black, slightly elongate ; median band narrow (circ. 1‘5 mm.), not intense,

darkest at edges, slightly constricted about cell-mark (which is on its proximal

edge) slightly outbent in middle ; subterminal consisting of rather large white

spots, that in cellule 4 elongate proximally (tapering); some weak dark

irroration bordering the subterminal, developing a fairly strong proximal spot

close to costa and a larger, somewhat elongate one in cellule 5, just crossing

into cellule 4; a slight oblique apical dash.—Hindwing rather narrow, termen

slightly prominent at R* and very slightly at M’, faintly sinuate inward

between R* and R? ; DC strongly oblique, rather weakly biangulate ; white.

JOURN. BomBay Nat, Hist. Soc,

Geometride from Upper Burma.

Puate II.

GEOMETRIDA: FROM UPPER BURMA.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Fleterolocha segregts

Cleora contozona

Boarmia virguncula

Loxotephria perileuca

Lctropis pulvicopia

Cleora cryptogonia

Eictropis embolochroma

Micrabraxas anitsonoma

xe) E:nantiodes consanguinea

», Ll. Medastna lasiochora

» 12. Ctenognophos methoria

5 13. Htrasa plagtiochorda

» 14. Orsonoba ethocrypta

» 15. Semtothisa ageta

5, 16. Ocelophora agana

» Lv. etropis htulca

me Os A aethregenes

» 19. Sysstema aulotts

» 20. Fctropis zotica

ee" re lophomertis

wreees ws chrysoteucta

SOMIYRDME WH

Krananda orthotmeta, Prout sp. n.

”)

NOTES ON MOTHS OF THE FAMILY GEOMETRIDA: 309

Forewing beneath more coarsely irrorated, except distally ; the pattern of

the upper side faintly showing through. Hindwing rather less white than

above ; a sinuous postmedian line, scarcely beyond middle, strongest posteri-

orly; traces of white subterminal spots, with some fuscous proximal

irroration.

Htawgaw, June 1923, 1 ¢ (type) ; ‘ West China’, 19 in Coll. Tring Mus.

Curiously like some South American Psaliodes, e.g. olivaria Warr.

Probably nearest to ochreotincta Wilem. (The FEntom., x\viii, 60) which is

rather smaller, less Psalzodes-like, with SC°*® of forewing arising proximally to

apex of areole, DC of hindwing rather more angled, ete.

*76. Perizoma decorata quadrinotata Warr.

Perizoma quadrinotata Warr., Nov. Zool., iii, 122 (1896) (Khasis). .

Laukhaung, April-May 1923,1 ¢; Htawgaw, April-May 1923, 2 gg, 1,

June 1923, 1 ¢; Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 5 gg.

Probably Hanipson (Journ., Bombay Nat. His. Soc., xii, 77)—who, however,

commonly ignored geographical variation—was justified in regarding guadri-

notata as a synonym of decorata Moore from Sikkim; but as it has been

provided with a name and is generally smaller and more sharply marked than

the Sikkim specimens I have conserved it provisionally. The Laukhaung and

Htawgaw examples are nearly like the Khasi, the Hpimaw (though also

small) rather variable and on the whole paler-banded.

*77. Perizoma conjuncta Warr.

Perizoma conjuncta Warr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 381 (1893) (Karen

Hills).

Htawgaw, July 1923, 1 ¢.

The specimen is small and pale, but a little worn and may be either ad. or a

Yocal modification, rather reminiscent of albofasciata Moore. ‘The species has

been taken in numbers in the Khasis but is probably very local. As the

abdomen is crested throughout, the subfamily Keys of Meyrick and Turner

would throw it out of Perizoma. +

*78. Perizoma latifasciata (Warr.)

Epirrhoé (?) latifasciata Warr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 375 (1893)

(Sikkim).

Hpimaw Fort, 9th to 13th August, 1923, 2 99, 14th to 18th August 1923,

te, dQ:

*79. Perizoma maculata (Moore)

Cidaria maculata Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk., p. 277 (1888) (Darjiling).

Htawegaw, April-May 1923, 1 9 (large).

Known from Sikkim, Bhutan and Assam.

*80. Perizoma albofasciata (Moore)

Cidaria albofasciata Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk., p. 277 (1888) (Darjiling),

Htawgaw, April-May 1923, 1 ¢ ; Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 3 ¢¢.

Perhaps a new race, but only the Htawgaw specimen is in good condition.

All are small, especially two of the Hpimaw.

*81. Perizoma lucitrons sp. n.

3, 25mm. Like varzabilis Warr., except as follows :—

Head and palpus pale (or whitish) ochreous-brown. Abdomen dorsally

with a transverse white line at base (often reduced to a spot but always

conspicuous), followed on tergite 2 by a bright, somewhat tawny line or

narrow band ; anal tuft less mixed with ochreous-brown. Forewing relatively

slightly broader ; scarcely so strongly glossy. Hindwing slightly less glisten-

ing, in some lights rather less white (more tinged with grey) ; apex faintly

darker-clouded. Hindwing beneath a little more powdery (white, with fine

but copious dark irroration).

_ Htawgaw, March 1923, 1 g, 4th to 10th April 1923, type and another ¢;

Sikkim, August 1909 (F. Moller) 8 small ¢¢ in Coll. Brit. Mus., 3 92 undated

(O. Moller and J. F. Pilcher) in Coll. Tring Mus.

310 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

There has been a good deal of confusion over the species named variabilis by

Warren and it is perhaps less variable than was supposed. ‘True variabilis (as

Elwes notes, loc. cit.) is a high altitude form (10,000-13,000 feet) and it is con-

ceivable that /ucifrons may come to be regarded as a race from more moderate

elevations, though I consider it unlikely. Warren himself mixed with it other

near allies and indeed his allotype 9 as labelled by himself (but not a legitimate

one, as the recorded series was ‘4 ¢¢, 4292 from Tonglo ’) is Méller’s 9 lucifrons

registered above. Others (Hampson, aun. Ind. Moths. iii. 373, and, I regret

to add, myself in preparing vol. iv. of ‘ Seitz’) allowed the ‘lumping’ to

stand and judged the species from material in the British Museum instead of

from Warren’s originals. My differentiation of medzangularis Prout (loc. cit.

259 = mediangularia in err. Pl. 12 ¢) isin part vitiated by this confusion, but

it is at the least another very distinct race, larger and relatively longer winged.

In any case the V-shaped midsubterminal mark cannot be used differentially

in any of the three; it is developed in Warren’s four Tonglo ¢¢ and a @ from

Jongri but not in Tonglo 92, developed is mediangularis allotype 2, but weak

in the type 3, obsolete in type ducifrons, but strongly developed in Capt.

Swann’s other examples, its posterior arm thick and tinged with buff. As to

the further errors regarding ab. aldimacula Prout, see infra.

* 82. Perizoma variabilis Warr. (?)

Perizoma vartabilis Warr., Proc. Zod. Soc. Lond. p. 377 (1893) (Sikkim).

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 1 ¢:

This specimen is not quite fresh, but appears to be evidently a further

development of the form described by me (Seztz MZacrolep. iv. 259) as variabilis

ab. albimacula, by Warren as ‘a third varietal form’ (and chosen for figuring,

Pl, xxx. Fig. 18, wrongly cited on pp. 377 and 434 and by Hampson as ‘Fig. 17’),

by' Hampson as the principal form, relegating the type, together with whatever

else he lumped therewith, to a brief supplementary paragraph, The Hpimaw

example has the large white subtermina! spot continued posteriorly, though

more narrowly, almost to the hind margin. ! am. still inclined to allow

albimacula to rank as an aberration of wariabtilis; and I do not think the

present specimen can be a parallel variation of lucifrons.

* 83. Perizoma seriata (Moore)

Cidaria seriata Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 278 (1888) (Darjiling).

- Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 2 ¢¢.

This species is known from North India and Formosa.

* 84. Perizoma bipartaria (Leech)

Cidaria bipartaria Leech, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. 650 (1897) (Pu-tsu-

fang, W. China). :

Fenshuiling Pass (4 miles from), early July, 1923, 1 9: ho,

On the hitherto unique type (also a) see further Seztz Macrolep. iv. 259,

Plea ace

* 85. Trichoplites latifasciaria (Leech)

_ Cidaria latifasciaria Leech, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix, 644 (1897) (Wa-

Shan, W. China).

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 2 gd.

Both are darker, especially in median area, than Leech’s unique type, which

is a female. The discovery of the male proves that it belongs to Swinhoe’s

genus 7richoplites, though the discocellulars of the hind wing are not, asin

the type species, biangulate.

* 86. Trichoplites cuprearia (Moore)

Anticlea cuprearia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 656 (1867) (nom.

praeoce. ?) (N. India).

Hpimaw Fort, 24 September, 1922, 1 ¢.

Worn, but according to the structure, etc., belonging here as a darker form,

apparently not unlike an also worn specimen from the Nagas in the Tring

Museum. Westward the species reaches Sikkim, eastward, I believe, West

China, but it seems nowhere common.

NOTES ON MOTHS OF THE FAMILY GEOMETRIDAE Sit

* 87, Lampropteryx opistholasia sp. n. (Pl. 1, Fig. 15)

3, 39 mm. Face broad, slightly prominent. Palpus little over 1; somewhat

blackened. Antenna! ciliation short (less than 1). Abdomen rather elongate,

the lateral pencils not developed. Head and body light fuscous.

Forewing with cell less than 4; glossy dark fuscous, the distal area paler ;

band between basal patch and median band as dark as they, separated from the

former by a curved whitish line, from the latter by two slender, approximated

whitish lines, the outer the sharper, bluntly angled at both folds; cell-spot

elongate, black ; median band traversed, as in the allies, by faint lunulate

lines, its breadth at costa7 mm., at hind-margin 4 mm., the fine white line

which bounds it gently excurved between costa and R?, bluntly bilobed

between R? and M?, acutely indented at M?; sub-terminal formed of small

detached !unules (posteriorly spots), the accompanying dark proximal marks

anteriorly cuneiform ; an oblique white line from apex.—//ind wing relatively

rather small, abdominal area beneath folded, containing a pencil of brown

hair, a clothing of lighter hair also occupying a great part of this wing beneath,

strongest about M and proximal half of M*? and M?; glossy pale greyish

fuscous, almost uniform.

Forewing beneath with weak cell-dot and traces of postmnedian line and sub-

terminal dots, both obsolete towards hind margin. Hind wing with elongate

blackish cell-mark, indistinct dentate postmedian line (incurved between the

radials) and traces of whitish subterminal dots.

Hpimaw Fort, early July 1923, the type only.

Very near rotundaria Leech (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. 659), of which

it might even be the hitherto unknown ¢ but that the discocellulars of the

hindwing are not biangulate. Forewing less hoary between postmedian and

subterminal, apical dash stronger, antemedian less angled behind middle,

postmedian more angled at M?, cell-mark large. Unique in the genus in the

transference of the sexual hair to the hindwing.

88. Llectrophaés aliena (Butl.)

Cidaria aliena Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vi. 230 (1880) (Bhutan).

Htawgaw, June 1923,.1 ¢ (ab.), September-October 1923, 1 2.

~The June specimen is a pretty aberration, rather small and. bright, the

hindwing above less white than in the great majority of specimens of this

species, beneath with the postmedian line more sinuate. One Darjiling ¢ in

coll. Tring Mus. resembles it in size and coloration. The other Htawgaw

specimen is typical. This form inhabits North India and I believe fsermosaria

Oberth. from West China and an unnamed lectrophaés from North Tibet to

be races of it:

* 89. Ecliptopera lativittaria (Moore)

Scotosia lativittaria Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 657 (1867) (Sikkim).

Kangfang, June 1923, 1 9.

This fine species is scarcely an Ecliptopera, but I donot at present see where

better to refer it.

90. Leliptopera silaceata (Schiff.) (?)

Geometra silaceata [Schiff.] Schmett. Wien., p. 113 (1775) (Austria).

Htawgaw, early July 1923, 1 9.

Most of the Asiatic forms referred by Hampson (Faun. Ind. Moths, iii. 357)

to this widely distributed species have proved distinct, though closely allied ;

but there remains a residuum which would seem to be really races of it and to

these belongs perhaps the present specimen, which has both wings darkened,

the central band of the forewing rather solid, the markings of the distal area

somewhat reduced and the postmedian line of the hindwing rather distally

placed. More likely, however, it is a distinct, but at present unnamed species,

as has proved to be the case with a somewhat similar ¢ from Omei-Shan of

which I have had the genitalia examined by Mr. Burrows.

*91. “cliptopera relata (Butl.)

Cidavria, relate’ Butl., Ann: «Mag: \ Nat. Hist. (5) vi. 229: (1880):(N. E.

Himalayas).

Htawegaw, June 1923, 1,

312 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

92. Hustroma inextricata (Walk.)

Cidaria inextricata Walk., List Lep. Ins. xxxv. 1691 (1866) (Northern India).

Hpimaw Fort, August 1923, 2 29. .

This species ranges from Sikkim to West China, presumably in suitable

places in South China and certainly on Formosa and is represented in Japan

by a race or very close ally, aerosa Butl.

93. Photoscotosia miniosata (Walk.)-

Scotosia miniosata Walk, List Lep. Ins. xxv. 1354 (1862) (Sylhet).

Hpimaw Fort, 24th September, 1922, 1 ¢, June 1923, 3 ¢¢; Htawgaw, August

$0238, 2 Oo

Range: N. India to W. China, Formosa. An unnamed race on Luzon.

*94. Chartographa fabiolaria trigoniplaga (Hmpsn.)

Callabraxas trigoniflaga Hmpsn., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 312 (1895)

(Nepal).

Hparé, end of August 1923, 1 ¢.

From the slender material accessible to me, I judge that fabzolaria Oberth.

(China) and ¢rigonijlaga Hmpsn. (North West and Northern India and

Tibet) are races, both variable, of a single species ; the present specimen is an

aberration—or perhaps slight local modification—of the latter.

95. Dysstroma cinereata (Moore)

Cidaria cinereata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 662 (1867) (Sikkim).

Htawgaw, 4-10 April 1923, 1 ¢, April-May 1923, 14, early July 1923, 12,

August 1923, 1 ¢; Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 2 ¢¢.

Distributed froin Sikkim to West China.

* 96. Dysstroma subapicaria (Moore)

Cidaria subapicaria Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 663 (1867) (Sikkim).

Htawgaw, June 1923, 1 $¢; Hpimaw Fort, June 1923,1¢,12

Perhaps a race, the hindwing rather pale, inclined to develop a darker

border. Typical swbapicaria is known from Sikkim and Bhutan.

*97. Dysstroma citrata dentitera (Watr.)

Polyphasia dentitera Warr., Nov. Zool. iii. 387 (1896) (Darjiling).

Lankhaung, 7th March, 1923, 14; Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 1 ¢.

This race is distributed in North India and Tibet. The species has an

enormous range in the Palaearctic Region and even in North America.

*98. Thera cyphoschema sp. n. (Pl. 1, Fig 6)

& 2, 24-27 mm. Head reddish brown. Palpus about 2; pale at base,

darkened on outer side. Antenna in ¢ with rudimentary pectinations (scarcely

1), surmounted by short ciliation. Thorax reddish brown, paler beneath.

Abdomen rather pale, especially beneath. Legs partly blackened, with white

irroration and extremities of joints.

Forewing reddish brown, about as in average British ode/zscata Hb. (less

glossy than in cogvata Thnb.) ; basal patch subobsolete, indicated by two faint

lines (the proximal sometimes hardly traceable, the distal weakly outbent on

both folds) and in the most sharply marked specimens by some slight band-like

shading between them; cell-mark elongate, oblique, black; antemedian

equally oblique, generally absorbing the cell-mark, sometimes just proximal,

blackish anteriorly, right-angled at M, very faint posteriorly ; postmedian from

costa 3 or 4 mm. beyond antemedian, gently incurved at first but mainly

oblique outward to a projection at R?, thence very feeble, lunulate-dentate ;

veins in median area blackened, generally strongly ; some further dark shading

usually present, commonly becoming blackish in the radial lobe; subterminal

line indicated, at least in anterior half, where it is accompanied proximally by

some dark shading, an elongate mark in cellule 6 commonly conspicuous ; the

characteristic apical dash of 7#era rarely noticeable.—Hindwing whitish grey,

with very faint traces of strongly excurved postmedian line,

NOTES ON MOTHS OF THE FAMILY GEOMETRIDZE 313

Both wings beneath glossy greyish, the forewing a little suffused ; both with

weak cell-dot and traces of curved postmedian line ; forewing with pale costal

spot just outside postmedian.

Htawgaw, March 1923, 2 ¢¢, 12 (1 ¢ dated 20. iii), April-May 1923, 7 ¢,

529, June 1923, 1 3, early July 1923, 3 ¢$; Blackrock, eatly July 1923, 1 ¢.

The June-July specimens are on an average smaller, probably a second

generation.

The genus 7zera is Holarctic, straggling into the Himalayas.

* 99. Tripbhosa consona sp. n. (Pl. 1, Fig. 11)

2, 49 mm. Coloration and general distribution of the markings almost

exactly as in well coloured examples of dudifata Linn., though with slightly

more dark admixture, at least in the paler parts. Palpus blackish, with third

joint rather longer than in duézfata. Head and body a good deal clouded with

black-grey.

Forewing with the central band rather less noticeably divided into two than

in most dubztata, the vinous shades well distributed in it ; antemedian lines

more deeply excurved anteriorly than in duvédzfata and in addition with an acute

outward projection at fold; the lines between this and basal patch likewise

exangled at fold; postmedian rather straight from costa to SC®*, the double

projection at R? rather weak and even; the band beyond distinctly tinged with

olive ; subterminal expanded into a larger white subtornal spot than in dudztata;

the vinous band proximal to it rather strongly bisected.—A/indwing with

termen appreciably less deeply dentate than in dubitata ; the lines and vein-

dashes stronger ; some vinous suffusion in abdominal region.

Underside rather darker than in dudbztata, otherwise similar.

Htawgaw, April-May 1923, the type only.

From the Indian species of the rudbrodotata group also the angular

antemedian and the vinous preesubterminal band will readily distinguish it.

100. Axnaitis affinis (Warr.)

Docirava affinis Warr., Nov. Zool. i. 398 (1894) (Central China).

Htawgaw, early July 1923, 19.

Previously known from Sikkim and West and Central China. The specimens

quoted by Warren from ‘ Japan’ were certainly—like a good number of Chinese

specimens in the early days of the Tring Museum—erroneously labelled.

* 101. Chetolopha incurvata (Moore)

Eupithecta tncurvata Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk., p. 268 (1888) (Khasis).

Htawgaw, August-September 1923, 1 ¢, 1 Q.

The taxonomic position of this very distinct species is problematical, but in

any case it is certainly no wufithecia. Its nearest relative is probably

rubicunda Swinh. (Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 647), from Perak, Sumatra

and Borneo, which can also be provisionally included in Chetolopha.

* 102. Hypenorhynchus erectilineata (Moore)

Lygranoa erectineata Moore, Wep. Coll. Atk., p. 272 (1688) (Khasis).

Htawgaw, July 1923, 1¢, 399, August 1923, 12; Laukhaung, July 1923, 19.

103. Collix ghosha Walk. (form ?)

Collix ghosha Walk., List Lep. Ins., xxiv. 1249 (1862) (Ceylon).

Langyang, 14th September 1922, 1 2.

A worn specimen, but almost certainly referable to a Collizx which at

present stands as a possible form of ghosha, considerably larger and with the

maculation of the underside slightly less heavy, but will probably demand

separating asa species. C. ghosha is spread over the greater part of the Indo-

Australian Region, the large form (or ally) perhaps restricted to Assam,

Burma, the Malay Peninsula and Formosa (vide Ant. Mitt. iii. 248, No. 77);

314 . JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY AVOUT

104. Collix sp.

Htawgaw, September-October 1923, 1 9.

Likewise worn, but apparently nearest to hypospilata Guen, though larger

and with the subterminal spots beneath less sharp. Probably a species

unknown to me, scarcely possibly a remarkable ab. (still larger) of the

preceding.

*105. Horisme flavofasciata (Moore)

Collix flavofasctata Moore, Dep. Coll. Atk., p. 270 (1888) (Darjiling).

Htawgaw, 4-10 April 1923, 1 J, 14 October, 1923, 1 9.

A very fine pair of this apparently rare species, hitherto known only from

Sikkim and Assam. Both are large, perhaps racially.

*106. Horisme hyperythra (Hmpsn.)

Phibalapteryx hyperythra Ampsn., Faun. Ind. Moths iii. 347 (1895)

(Nilgiris).

Htawgaw, July, 1 Q.

A fairly common species in India and Ceylon and reappearing in Japan, the

Liu Kiu Islands and Formosa.

Parazoma gen. n.

Face without cone, Palpus rather long, second joint with long projecting

hair-scales beneath, third joint well developed, somewhat drooping.

Antenna in @ minutely ciliated. Metathorax with metallic-mixed crest.

Pectus scarcely hairy. Femora glabrous. Hind tibia with all spurs. Abdo-

minal crests scarcely developed ; terminal segments in ¢ well developed, valve

broad, uncus pointed, labides long, their lower arms perhaps embracing the

juxta, which appears to be tripartite, apparently no coremata. Forewing with

much the shape, scaling and pattern of a Perizoma; areole very large, un-

divided, its anterior margin approaching C, SC5® well stalked with SC? *, R?

from areole. Hindwing moderately ample, not continuing pattern of forewing ;

termen very little waved; DC oblique and (in the type species) generally

angled (partly through the incurving of DC?), C anastomosing to near end

of cell, SC? stalked, R? about central or very slightly behind.

Type of the genus: FParazoma ferax sp. n.

Probably related to Aupzthecia but quite different in habitus, in details of

venation, in lacking the ‘ body-plate’ of the 8th sternite of the 4 abdomen,

etc. From ferzzoma it differs in the single areole, labides with heads not

united, etc.

* 107. “Parazoma fevax sp: a.

3 @, 19-24 mm. Head and body fuscous, more or less sprinkled with black

and white. Foreleg above blackish, marked with white at ends of joints.

Forewing rather glossy, coloured about as in dark examples of FPerizoma

bifaciata Haw. oras P. variabilis Warr., etc.; a bright orange-brown sub-

costal line (conspicuous with the lens) almost from base to postmedian ; basal

patch brown, irrorated with black, limited by a very slightiy curved pale line ;

intermediate band brown ; median band black, about 3 mm.in width (rather

variable), not broadening anteriorly, its proximal edge more or less curved, its

distal with small subcostal and (double) central projections ; cell-spot deeper

black, but quite inconspicuous ; fine pale lines bounding this band, the distal

one white, at costa double; distal area brown, clearest just beyond median

band ; then more or less irrorated and clouded with black (variable) ; a pale

mid-subterminal spot, asin many Perzzoma and equally variable both in size

and colour—pure white or light brown ; terminal line interrupted by the veins,

which are here tinged with brown; fringe mottled.—A/iudwing glossy dark

grey, almost without markings ; a small cell-dot sometimes distinct.

Forewing beneeth much more blurred, the median band more dissolved into

lines. Hindwing beneath variable, but always with alternating pale and

black-grey lines, the postmedian generally the strongest.

Hpimaw Fort, August 1923, 5 ¢¢, 5992 (including the type ¢) ; Htawgaw,

August-September 1923, 2 ¢¢; Hparé, September 1923, 799.

Also known to me from Darjiling, July-August 1886 (H. J. Elwes), 3 gd,

1 ¢ (determined by Hampson—presumably without examining the forewing

NOTES ON MOTHS OF THE FAMILY GEOMETRIDZE © 315

venation—as ‘ Larentia? bicolor Warr. var.’), August 1904, 12 in coll.

IL.B. Prout ; ‘ Sikkim,’ 7,000 feet, 5 ¢¢, August 1895 and September 1909, and

12 in Coll. Brit. Mus.; and? Khasis, August 1894, 1 ¢ in Coll. Tring Mus.

with DC of hindwing not biangulate.

*108. Parazoma semifusca (Warr.)

Peritzoma semifusca Warr., Nov. Zool. iii. 123 (1896) (Khasis).

Htawgaw, March 1923, 3 ¢¢.

All .three are aberrant in the obsolescence of the dark border of hindwing.

This may prove racial, but I have seen at least one Khasi ¢ of nearly the

same form.

Except for the non-biangulate disScocellulars of the hindwing and some very

secondary differences in the genitalia, this species fits well into Parazoma.

It is not a Hupithecia, as Hampson (Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., xii. 80)

made it, lacking the body-plate of the 8th sternite, as wel! as differing in

shape and facies.

109. Physetobasts dentifascia Hmpsn.

Physetobasis dentifascia WAUmpsn. Faun.’ Ind. ‘Moths., iii. 386 (1895)

(Dharmsala).

Htawgaw, July 1923, 17.

Small and dark, perhaps a subspecies. The West Chinese race (?),

mandarinaria Leech, is, however, larger and more rufescent or (a Yunnan ¢

in coll. Joicey) smallish and rufescent. Slightly different forms, again, occur

in Lower Burma and Central China. A Simla specimen in coll Brit. Mus.

agrees with the type. More material is badly needed for working out the

variation.

*110.:: Aupithecia russeola sp. 0.

Q, 21mm. Frontal cone sharp. Palpus moderate, second joint heavily

scaled above. Antennal ciliation very short (well under 3). Head and body

brownish fuscous, paler beneath.

Forewing with costa scarcely arched, apex rather sharp, termen moderately

long, rather strongly oblique, straightish from apex about to R?, thence very

gently curved to SM?, straighter again to tornus ; areole undivided ; hazel to

russet, more reddish tinged than rajata Guen., darker than aldispbumata Warr.

and without the white admixture ; costal margin more fuscous, cut by still

darker marks, denoting the commencement of the lines; cell-dot scarcely

raised, rather smal! though slightly elongate, black, with a few whitish scales

at its edges ; lines in proximal area weak, in central area scarcely noticeable,

all nearly as oblique as the postmedian ; postmedian rather thick and fairly

conspicuous from its anterior angle almost to hindmargin, straightish, parailel

with termen, its anterior angle acute, but scarcely noticeable, the costal

(inwardly oblique) arm being obsolescent. while the costal spot of the

subterminal looks almost like a resumption of the postmedian ; the usual pale

band outside the postmedian scarcely at all developed, its bisecting line fine

and not strong; subterminal line slight, even near the tornus only develop-

ing a small and fine white spot ; terminal line weak, interrupted ; fringe paler,

especially in distal half, the proximal half feebly chequered.—H/indwing with

costa slightly longer and straighter than is vajata, apex moderately rounded,

termen straightish between R* and M?’; pale grey to whitish grey basally and

costally, nearly concolorous with forewing distally and posteriorly, the

abdominal margin also mostly darkened with broad fuscous shading ; cell-dot

minute ; postmedian markings (the line itself, narrow pale band beyond, with

very fine limiting line or vein-teeth) indicated except at costa; terminal line

rather more conspicuous than on forewing ; fringe as on forewing.

Forewing beneath rather paler, less reddish, much as in rvajata ; cell-mark

strong ; costal margin slightly darkened; four costal spots present, the

antemedian the weakest ; postmedian line and some faint lines in outer area

indicated. Hindwing a little paler: cell-dot stronger than above ; the curved

postmedian line complete, fairly distinct ; lines of outer area well indicated.

Hparé, September 1923, 1¢ (type) ; Kangfang, September-October 1923, 1¢.

The Kangfang specimen is slightly paler and (especially on hindwing)

more distinctly marked than the type. Another Hparé 3, of the same date

316 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

as the type, may be a greyer aberration, but seems to have the antennal

ciliation slightly less short, the postmedian line of forewing slightly more

proximal, with the pale band beyond it more noticeable and associated with

a pale oblique streak from apex. More probably a separate species, but not

very fresh.

lll. Aupzthecia sp. n.

Htawgaw, September—October 1923, 1 2 (torn).

Larger and paler than the preceding, rather narrower, cell-spot of forewing

rounder, central area narrower, its boundary lines more regularly developed.

An extremely worn 2 (Htawgaw, September 1922) may possibly connect it

with the greyer relative of russeola (supra).

112. Hupithecta sp. un.

Hpare; September 1923, .0°4.

Smaller and rather more’ glossy than russeola, in shape and markings

nearer to No. 110.

113. Hupithecta robiginascens Prout

Eupithecia vobiginascens Prout Nov. Zool. xxxiii. 9 (1926) (Bhutan).

Hpimaw Fort, 14-18 August, 1923, 1 9.

Not very fresh, but apparently referable to this species, which inhabits

N. India.

*114.:: Hupithecia tricrossa sp. n.

¢ 2, 17-19mm. Palpus moderate, second joint triangularly scaled above,

third joint short, pointed. Antenna in ¢ minutely ciliated. Head grey.

Body above glossy blackish, with a slight admixture of metallic bluish,

beneath very pale.grey. Foreleg above darkened, spotted with white at ends

of joints.

Forewing with apex not acute, termen gently curved, not exceptionally

long; areole undivided ; glossy white-grey, the markings dark grey tinged

with brown (or, under a strong lens, grey-brown with minute longitudinal

blackish irroration) ; some metallic bluish scales at base; a large black cell-

spot of raised scales; basal patch and antemedian band sometimes fused

together, the latter touching the cell-spot, about as oblique as termen; a

postmedian band about 1°5 or 2 mim. beyond cell-spot, angled outward just

before R?, then almost parallel with termen, very slightly sinuous; fine

parallel lines proximally and distally hereto ; subterminal line of the ground-

colour, fine, slightly crenulate anteriorly, interrupted between the medians ;

three dark patches proximally to it, costal, radial and tornal, the middle one

tapering anteriorly to accommodate an oblique pale streak directed towards

apex, the posterior one about reaching M? ; the narrow dark distal shade only

interrupted at the veins; fringe weakly clouded.—Hindwing with apex

rounded, termen rounded-prominent at SC? and M7’, straightish or almost

concave between; light grey, slightly darkened at abdominal margin and

base of M; a blackish cell-dot ; a dark grey, slightly curved postmedian line

(band); a slight dark shade at tornus; terminal line and fringe as on

forewing.

Underside less glossy ; white-grey, the forewing proximally and anteriorly

more suffused, darkest on proximal part of costal margin; cell-dots and

postmedians distinct; proximal subterminal shade of forewing indicated,

strongest anteriorly ; hindwing sometimes with anterior indications of a similar

subterminal shade.

Hpimaw Fort. 9-13 August, 1923, type ¢ and 19, August 1923, allotype @.

Also oceurs in Sikkim (Darjiling, Nagrispur and Kurseong) and Bhutan

(Buxa), but—like very many Indian Awpithecia—seems never to have been

named. Hampson confused it with atristgnzs Butl, from North-West India,

which is browner, less strongly glossy, less variegated, but with the veins

in middle of forewing reddened, the cell-spot generally less large, less

oblique, the median area broad, antemedian line strongly curved and less

oblique than termen, the oblique band-like shading obsolete, the postmedian

more angled, the subterminal shade not distinctly tripartite.

NOTES ON MOTHS OF THE FAMILY GEOMETRIDZ 317

*115. Eupithecia acyrtoterma sp. n.

¢, 23 mm. Face without distinct cone below ; dark grey. Palpus 13, second

joint heavily scaled above and especially beneath, third joint distinct ; pale,

with blackish irroration. Vertex pale grey. Antenna evenly ciliated, the

ciliation fuily 1. Body grey, apparently black-mixed on side (discoloured),

paler beneath. Foreleg blackened, the joints with pale tips.

Forewing moderately elongate, costa straightish except at base and near

apex, termen long, very oblique, very gently curved ; areole undivided ; pale

grey ; slightly (less than in wvzrgaureata H. Dbld.) tinged with brown; dark

irroration ; cell-dot black, fairly large (about as in wirgaureata) ; costa with

indications of dark antemedian, median and postmedian spots and of dark

dashes between ; lines indistinct, excepting the double postmedian (which is

angled near costa, much as in wirgaureata or scarcely so strongly) and the

pale subterminal (with some incomplete dark shading proximally) ; subterminal

only very slightly expanded near tornus, here rather markedly dark-bordered

proximally ; terminal line black, interrupted at the veins ; fringe with large hut

weak spots opposite the veins.—Hindwing rather narrow, the termen from

SC?-M? almost straight (only very faintly oblique outward to R*, incurved

between the radials and excurved between R®*® and M?); rather paler than

the forewing, except in abdominal region and at extreme terinen ; markings

obsolescent anteriorly, nowhere strong ; cell-dot small ; subterminal spot near

tornus rather large, but very little paler than its surroundings ; terminal line

and fringe as on forewing.

Both wings beneath paler; forewing with fairly large cell-dot, weak costal

spots, faint postmedian and rather faint proximal-subterminal band; hind-

wing with smaller cell-dot, shadowy sub-basal and median bands (the latter

just outside the cell-dot, interrupted in middle) and fainter subterminal ; both

with the terminal line indistinct.

Hpimaw Fort, 14-15 August 1923, the type only.

Perhaps near wirgaureata. The shape of the wings, though foreshadowed

in several Indian species, is characteristic and I think only rivalled by

guadripunctata Warr. (1888, N. W. India), which is a large, browner

species, with rather more elongate forewing, larger cell-spot, the other

markings weaker, etc.

*116. Hupithecia anasticta sp. n.

9,23 mm. Face and palpus dark fuscous; frontal tuft rather thin but

sharp ; palpus with second joint heavily scaled above and beneath, third joint

rather strong. Occiput and collar paler. Antenna minutely ciliated. Thorax

and abdomen fuscons, the thorax above rather darker ; abdomen robust, with

the first tergite paler. Foreleg blackened, with pale rings at ends of joints.

Forewing moderately broad, apex not acute, termen gently curved, oblique

(normal), a little straighter between M? and SM?; areole elongate, double

(Hucymatoge in sensu Mey.) ; glossy dark fuscous (not quite as dark as

lucigera Butl., Zil. Het. vii. 115, Pl. exxxvii, Fig. 11, more like average vulgata

atropicta Dietze) ; the dark irroration very fine and even, not conspicuous ;

cell-mark rather elongate, not intense; lines almost entirely obsolete; post-

median just discernible, a little less angled anteriorly than in vazata Guen.,

accompanied distally at costa bya small whitish spot and at the radials by

almost invisibly minute dots; subterminal faintly indicated, developing two

very conspicuous white spots—a small one in cellule 3 and a large one behind

M*.—Hindwing concolorous in posterior half, paler in anterior; a small cell-

mark, followed about middle of wing by a rather broad but very weak

postmedian line ; whitish and dark marks near abdominal margin indicating

beginnings of other (obsolete) lines ; two white subterminal spots as on fore-

wing, but rather more equal in size ; fringe very weakly spotted.

Both wings beneath very slightly paler than hindwing above, the posterior

part of forewing a little paler still ; marked with cell-spot, rather broad but

rather weak postmedian line, fine and weak subterminal, with a faint band-

like dark shade proximally, and very faint indications of a bisected pale band

between the latter and the postmedian.

Hpimaw Fort, 9-13 August 1923, the type only.

I have pointed out on other occasions (The Autom, x1. 169; Seztz Macrolep.

iv, 274) that the splitting up of this genus on the single character of divided or

318 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

undivided areole gives unnatural results. The character in question is a crux

of geometrid classification and must be nsed with great caution. After many

years’ work at the family I canonly agree with Pearsall (Canad. Ent. xxxvi.

210) that as ‘ Nature follows no hard and fast lines’ we must submit to the

anomaly of using a character as generic in one case while rejecting it in

another. Every intermediate stage is found in /Vyctobia (proximal areole

minute or dividing wall very weak, etc.), insistence on the character divides

species which in all other respects appear to be closely and truly related (e.g.

Eupithecia pini Retz. and dzlunulata Zett., etc)., the Palaearetic group

associated by Meyrick (Zr. Hint. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 68) as Hucymatoge has no

character of homogeneity as a whole (as compared with Aupithecia) and

precisely the same variation of structure occurs in other allied genera

(Lobophora and Jysticoptera, Dasyuris and Dasysternica, Cartaletis and

Aletis, Cyllopoda and Flavinia, etc.). Of course much the same may be said

of other artificially accepted characters—structure of. ¢ antenna, number of

hindtibial spurs, etc.—but as Meyrick (Zr. WV. Z. Inst. xlix. 249-50) has laid

impossible weight on the above arguments in connection with a generally more

fundamental one (cf. Forbes, Journ., N. Y. Hut. Soc., xxv. 45) it seems

necessary torefer to them here. For an able discussion of the subject see

Turner, (Zr. R. Soc. S. Austral., xlvi. 226-8). As regards the Indian species

of Hupithecia, Hampson was evidently so satisfied as to their homogeneity

that he neglected to examine the areole, for it is divided in three species which

he refers here—eupitheciata Walk., rigida Swinh. and acutangula Hmpsn.

(Faun, Ind. Moths iii. 398-400.)

"117. Eupithecia albispumata ( Warr.)

Eupithecia albispumata Warr., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 384, Pl. xxxi,

fig. 23 (1893) (Khasis).

Htawgaw, Septem ber-—October 1923, 1 g, 19.

Both are rubbed, but they seem to agree with Warren’s species.

*118. Hupithecta leucenthests sp. n.

32. 18-20 mm. Face fuscous. Palpus shortish (about 13), rather browner,

Vertex whitish. Antennal ciliation in ¢ rather short (about 3), in 2 rudi-

mentary. Body very pale brown, the wing-tegulae almost white.

Forewing rather narrow, apex rather sharp, termen long, slightly bowed,

strongly oblique; cinnamon to orange-cinnamon, the costal margin feebly

spotted with fuscous ; an ill-defined whitish longitudinal streak, filling the cell

aod somewhat diffused behind it (notably in proximal area), distally mingling

with the ground-colour but traceable at the base of the radials and obliquely

forward to apex; cell-dot minute, blackish ; lines very feeble, traceable in

fuscous shading especially at M, where they tend to form: vein-spots or dashes ;

postmedian sharply angled at R*, thence parallel with termen, accompanied

distally by indications of the usual pale band with fine thread-line; sub-

terminal faint, accompanied proximally by a band of a very slightly darker

shade than the ground-colour ; terminal spots not very strong; fringe weakly

mottled.—A/indwing rather narrower, costa rather long, apex rounded, termen

straightish to R* or M* at M* very bluntly bent; whitish proximally and

anteriorly, then nearly concolorous with forewing; traces of waved fuscous

lines ; abdominal margin darker spotted.

Underside with small cell-dots and (at least on hindwing, which is a little

paler than forewing) traces of waved lines.

Hparé, September 1923, 1 g, 2 9.

None of the specimens is perfectly fresh, but they are well recognizable ;

asema Hmpsn. (ll. Het., viii, 107, Pl. CLII, fig. 23), known from the Nilgiris

and Palnis only, is very similar, but more whitish, the forewing rather acuter,

etc , and has the antennal ciliation fully 1.

*119. Hupithecia leucostaxis sp. n.

©, 22-23 mm. Head white, tinged with ochreous; face nearly smooth,

terminating in a minute ochreous cone below. Palpus rather more ochreous ;

moderate, second joint rough-scaled above and beneath, third joint small, not

distinct. Thorax above whitish, mottled with ochreous ; abdomen belted with

ochreous; both whiter beneath. Fore and midlegs more or less darkened,

except at the extremities of the joints.

NOTES ON MOTHS OF THE FAMILY GEOMETRIDZ 319

Wings fairly broad, in shape perhaps comparable with subnotata Haw., the

termen of forewing scarcely even so oblique as in that species ; white, irrorated

and copiously marked with ochreous, much as in ochracea Warr. (Proc. Zool.

Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 321)* but rather brighter ; cell-dot minute or obsolescent ;

a number of fine waved lines, somewhat as in subnotata; boundary lines of

median area slightly stronger and with slightly stronger white lines outside

them ; antemedian and the correlated lines bisinuate ; postmedian right-angled

at R?, thence slightly wavy; a very characteristic row of interneural white

subterminal spots, slightly dark-edged proximally ; no terminal line; fringe

rather paler.—AH/indwing moderately ample, termen almost regular ; slightly

whiter than fore wing, at least proximally to the postmedian the lines in this

area being almost obsolete except at abdominal margin ,; postmedian and sub-

terminal more as on forewing, but weakening near costa.

Forewing beneath more suffused, but with hindmargin white; an elongate

but weak cell-mark; the white line beyond the postmedian indicated ;

subterminal spots moderately developed. Hindwing with small cell-dot,

alternations of lines (not very sharp) in proximal part, curved whitish

postmedian band and weak, more or less macular subterminal.

Hpimaw Fort, 9th to 13th August, 1922 (type) August 1923 (paratype). Also

known to me from Yatung (Indian Tibet), Nainital, etc.

Hitherto confused with ochracea Warr. ; larger, more Laciniodes-like, with

narrower white areas, more macular subterminal, etc.

*120. FEupithecia ustata Moore

Eupithecta ustata Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk., p. 268 (1888) (Darjiling).

Htawgaw, April-May 1923, 1 4.

Differs chiefly from a figure in the British Musuem (evidently crude) of

Moore’s type in having a proximal projection of the brown distal coloration

into the median area (at base of M* and M? and entering the cell). Might

conceivably be a race of the Japanese sophia Butl. (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5)

i, 444).

121. Hupithecta eupitheciata (Walk.)

Phibalapteryx eupitheciata Walk., List Lep. Ins., xxvi, 1720 (1862) (Aus-

tralia).

Htaweaw, July 1923, 19.

One of the most widely distributed Indo-Australian species, perhaps a

migrant. I can add to the localities given by Hampson (Faun. Ind. Moths,

iii, 398) Java, Sangir, Celebes, Dutch and British New Guinea.

* 122. Chloroclystis consueta (Butl.) (?)

Eupithecia consueta Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. 449 (1879) (Japan).

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 1 ¢.

The specimen is worn, but seems to agree with my series of consueta from

Yachiaolin, Central China, which in its turn may perhaps be a race of

rectangulata Linn.

* 123. Chloroclystis filicata (Swinh.)

Euptithecta filicata Swinh., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 1 (1892) (Khasis).

Htawegaw, June 1923, 1 ¢.

* 124. Chloroclystis chlorophilata (Walk. )

Eupithecia chlorophilata Walk., List. Lep. Ins., xxvi. 1768 (1862) (Bhutan).

Htawegaw, early July 1923, 1¢.

* 125. Chloroclystis papillosa (Warr.)

Aétheolepis papillosa Warr., Nov. Zool., iii. 124 (1896) (Khasis).

Htawgaw, July 1923; 1 ¢; Laukhaung, April-May 1923, 19.

* Unaccountably referred by Warren and Hampson to Asthena and Hydrelia

respectively, really a Eupithecia pure and simple,

320. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SCCIETY, Vol XXXL

* 126. Chloroclystis inaequata (Wartr.)

Sesquiptera inaeguata Warr., Nov. Zool., iii. 126'(1896) (Khasis).

Htawgaw, April-May, 1923, 12; Hpimaw Fort, 14-18 August 1923, 1 9.

These seem to agree perfectly with a Khasi 9 in the British Museum which I

believe to be correctly mated with a ¢ from the same source. The QQ in this

group are, however, confusingly alike, keeping pretty closely to the facies of

the genotype, coronata Hb., while the $¢ vary so remarkably in the secondary

sexual modifications of the hindwing that Warren has founded upon them a

number of genera.

* 127. Chloroclystis rubroviridis (Warr.)

Gymnopera rubroviridis Warr., Nov. Zool. iii. 127 (1896) (Khasis).

Htawgaw, June 1923, 2 99.

Known also from Sikkim and Indian Tibet and I believe from Borneo.

* 128. Rhinoprora xanthocomes sp. n. (Pl. 1, Fig. 24)

32, 17-19 mm. Face pale green; frontal cone small. Palpus 2% to 23,

second joint heavily scaled, third joint less than 3 second ; pale green, marked

beneath with black. Vertex, thorax and abdomen green, fading to yellowish,

beneath whiter ; abdomen above variably sprinkled with black, in the strongly

marked aberrations with a large black band which in repose probably meets

that of the forewing. Fore and midleg partly darkened, leaving pale spots at

ends of joints.

Forewing pale green, slightly bluish when fresh, but easily discolouring to

dirty yellowish or whitish; basal patch scarcely darkened, but bounded by a

straightish black line which is thickened at costa, weakened in middle, distinct

at hindmargin; median area moderately broad, bounded proximally by a

rather oblique, anteriorly gently curved blackish line, which is distinct

throughout or strengthened at the veins, distally by a weaker line, which is

very slightly angled on R* and R°, thence oblique inward but almost obsolete ;

a second line in the median area, parallel with the antemedian, often distinct,

sometimes obscured by a more orless broad, band-like, brown and black shade

which occupies the proximal part (in its narrower posterior half nearly the whole

breadth) of this area ; other median lines and shades only developed costally ;

subterminal line obsolete, its position indicated by small proximal spots

between the radials, a larger, rather nore proximal, costal spot and some very

slight dark scaling in posterior half; terminal line black, interrupted at the

veins ; fringe dark-spotted opposite the veins and faintly bisected between.—

Hindwing rather small, termen slightly prominent at R?*, then slightly

concave to R*; in@ greyish, with traces of darker lines, in ¢ whiter, narrowed,

the abdominal margin with some long ochreous hair distally, at tornus becom-

ing somewhat distorted, an oval ochreous androconial patch near the end of

M2 and some less well-defined ochreous scaling before.

Both wings beneath pale, weakly marked excepting the costal area of

forewings ; sometimes with indications of a dark subterminal band on one wing

or both.

Htawgaw, June, July and August 1923, 8 ¢¢, 299, also a large, discoloured,

rather aberrant 2 September-October; Sikkim, a in Coll. Brit. Mus.

misidentified by Hampson as trichophora Hmpsn.; Khasis, a few in Coll. Tring.

Mus. apparently mixed by Warren with xigroviridata Warr. (?);? Hpimaw

Fort, 9-13 August 1923, a rather dark 2, more regularly marked across the

forewing and with the median area scarcely narrowing behind.

earest FR. trichophora Hmpsn. (Faun. Ind. Moths, iii. 393) but with the

structure and colouring of the ¢ sexual modifications of the hindwing quite

different.

129. Calluga costalis Moore.

Calluga costalis Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iii. 480, Pl. 206, fig. 1 (1887) (Ceylon).

Laukhaung, April-May 1923, 1 J, 10 9°, July 1923, 19.

Probably the July specimen represents a second brood; only one of the early

generation is as small.

The species is widely distributed and I am not sure that cZssocosma Turn

(Proc. Roy. Soe, Vict, xvi. 232, Queensland) is more than a form of it,

NOTES ON MOTHS OF THE FAMILY GEOMETRIDZ 31

130. Svrabira artemidora (Oberth. )

Melanippe artemidora Oberth., Et. Ent. x., 33, Pl. 1, Fig. 6 (1884) (Askold).

Htawgaw, March 1923, 1 9.

Distributed from Japan and Formosa to Northern India. Should the Indian

form prove racially tenable, the name of pallida Moore will be available for it.

* 131. Bxabira atkinsoni Moore.

Brabira atkinsont Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk., p. 271 (1888) (Darjiling).

Hpimaw Fort, 9-13 August 1923, 1 4, 14-18 August 1923, 2 eo.

All are weakly marked. The species (Sikkim, Assam) seems very variable,

or perhaps embraces two or three close allies, as yet not differentiated.

* 132. icroloba bella diacena, subsp. 0. .

dQ. Distinguishable from J/. 6. della, Butl. (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i.

448, Japan) by the entire, or almost entire, suppression of the dark markings

of the central area of both wings, leaving only the costal markings of the

forewing, cell-spots and terminal patches of both wings and sub-basa! mark of

hindwing. Even on the underside the postmedian line and its band-like

proximal shading are much less strongly developed than in the Japanese race,

though the hindwing generally shows rather strong costal spots.

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, type ¢, 14-18 August 1923, allotype2. Also known

from the Khasis and West China, its racial distinctness hitherto overlooked.

The name-typical form inhabits Japan, Corea and East Siberia and, so far

as I have yet discovered, the Formosan form is not separable. I have not yet

Seen examples from Central China where more or less intermediate forms

might be looked for.

* 133. Heterophleps clityogramma, sp. 0.

J, 37 mni.; 9, 35mm. Closely similar to stuuosaria Leech (Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) xix. 548; Prout in Seztz Macrolep, iv. 188, Pl. 11 c, Ta-chien-lu)—

Forewing slightly less warm brown, yet withcut the violet-grey tone of the

allied grzsearta Leech ; cell-mark and the dark spot which precedes it on costa

enlarged ; antemedian line much more oblique, more swollen into spcts at

its two outward angles. That on M not quite 4 mm. from base, that on SM? 5-6

min. from base.—/f/indwing paler than in simwosaria, at least anteriorly.—

Forewing beneath with the cell-mark elongate.

Vali, Haut Yunnan, type 7, Hpimaw Fort, 9-13 August, 1923, allotype 9.

The ¢ was sent me several years ago by my late friend Thierry-Mieg as

‘ grisearta Leech’ and no doubt others from the same source will be found in

his collection, now in the Paris Museum. Both my examples are somewhat

rubbed, but their agreement with one another and distinctness from sznuosaria

are abundantly manifest.

* 134. Cryptoloba aerata (Moore)

Larentia aerata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 654 (1867) (Bengal).

Hpimaw Fort, 9-13 August, 1923, 1 Q.

* 135. Cryploloba togulata sp. n.

©, 23mm. Face dark fuscous. Palpus about 2, terminal joint concealed ;

brown, mixed at tip with whitish. Antennal pectinations rather long and lax,

vertex and thorax fuscous, mixed with brighter brown ; abdomen and under-

side paler and greyer.

Forewing with costa arched, apex acute, termen straightish or very faintly

sinuate anteriorly, rounded about R*, thence more oblique ; areole very large,

undivided ; pale indefinite buff, with slight dark irroration (small strigulation) ;

rather large blackish spots beyond 4 and beyond 3 costa, the former giving

birth to a straightish, band-like shade which limits a distinctly darkened

proximal area, the latter marking the commencement of slighter and more ill-

defined terminal shading, which is narrower posteriorly than anteriorly and has

its proximal boundary curved ; a much smaller and weaker dark spot on costa

near apex ; a moderate terminal spot behind SC° and faint indications of others

at midtermen and near tornus; cell-spot faintly indicated near proximal side

322 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1I

of pale median area.—H/indwing narrower than in aerata Moore, rather

approaching that of the czmerea group, the angles rounded (especially tornus),

the termen straightish or very slightly sinuate between SC? and R*; DC

’ strongly oblique posteriorly, SC?-R? well stalked, R? central (or slightly before

middle), M* about connate, SM? wanting ; median area at least as pale as on

forewing, proximal area little darkened, with a large dark cell-dot at its outer

edge, terminal dark shade rather broad but, not solid, only its proximal line

(narrow band) and apical part well developed.

Underside similar, but with the forewing more blarred.

Hparé, September 1923, the type only.

Possibly related to olivescens Hmpsn (Journ., Bombay:Nat. Hist. Soc.

xiv, 511) but very distinct. In spite of differences in size, shape, colour and

hindwing venation it is just possible that it will prove to be the 9 of ¢trvznotata

Warr. (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1893, p. 344, Sikkim), of which the ¢ type

remains unique.

* 136. Cryptoloba cinerea (Butl.)

Lygranoa cinerea Butl., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vi, 228 (1880) (Darjiling).

Htawgaw, 22 August, 1922, 1 g, April-May 1923, 2 6,1, June 1923,1¢;

Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 3 ¢ 4, 14-18 August, 1923, 1 9.

Capt. Swann’s examples do not appear to differ racially from the Sikkim

form. On the other hand Hampson (Faun. Ind. Moths, iii, 337) differentiates

a very inarked ‘form ’ (race) from the North-West Himalayas.

137. Cryptoloba etaina Swinh.

Cryptoloba etaina Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. 310 (1900) (Khasis).

Hkamkawn, June 1923,192; Hpimaw Fort, June 1923, 19.

Perhaps a race, or even a new but very closely related species. The ground-

colour of the forewing sightly more recalls that of olivaria Swinh. (Ann

Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. 165) and the postmedian line has both the central

curves slightly strengthened, the fine black line (the true postmedian) which

accompanies the brown shade rather more interrupted than in Swinhoe’s type of

etaina and the few other examples (likewise ¢) which I can compare. The

unicolorous forewing beneath, with the postmedian line costally indicated in

black, the different fringes,'etc., remove it from olzvaria.

138. Atopophysa indistincta (Butl.)

Scotosta indistincta Butl., Ill. Het., vii, 118, Pl. cxxxvii, Fig. 19 (1889)

(Dharmsala).

Hpimaw Fort, June, 1923, 1 ¢.

Widely distributed in the Himalayas and across China to Ningpo. A race or

close relative is described as A. 7. opulens Prout (Aut. Mitt, iii, 247, Formosa).

(To be continued)

THE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDIA

(INCLUDING THOSE MET WITH IN THE HILL STATIONS

OF THE BOMBAY PRESIDENCY)

Ph Bau, Cl iS, (Ret }

ParT XXXVI

(Continued from page 837 of Volume XXX)

Sub-family (7)—ERYNNINA.

Imago.—Fast flying insects with the exception of Baracus and all keeping

generally to the trees, flying high: again with the same exception. Medium-

sized insects too, but there are some that are well on the small side such as

Telicota me@soides and Padraona gola. and Baracus again—although this last

is larger than either of the other two mentioned. This last is in colour and

markings like Taractrocera nicévillet: uppersides brown with small subapical

subdiscal spots. TYelicota, Padraona and Cupitha are black or blackish-brown

banded transversely with yellow, either orange or paler. Halpe are nearly

all dark-brown above with subapical and disca! semihyaline white spots at

end of cell, in interspaces 2 and 8 and 6, 7, and 8. On the undersides of

the hind wings Halpe and Baracus are brown or yellow with some _ spotty

variegation ; Telicota, Padraona are yellow with bands as on upperside; Cupitha

is a pure yellow with large black spaces.

Antenne.—Generally with the club having the apiculus bent at right angles

and short, sharp; in Baracus bent slightly in a curve and in Cupitha not

quite at a right angle.

Palpi.—With the second joint half-laxly scaled; the third joint rather minute

and hidden in Cupitha; somewhat prominent in the others except in Baracus

where it is most prominent; in all it is porrect or erectly-porrect.

Hind tibie.—Fringed in nearly all, but sometimes only slightly (seemingly

naked in some species of Halpe); with two pairs of spurs.

Fore wing.—Vein 12 reaches costa before end of cell; cell less than two-

thirds the length of costa; 3 from close to lower end of cell; 2 very variable.

Hind wing.—Vein 7 emitted a little before upper end of cell; 5 obsolete;

disco-cellulars faint; 5 absent or very faint; 3, 2 from close to lower end.

Egg.—The egg of this division or sub-family is generally a dome-shaped

structure, much higher as a rule than half the breadth; without any basal

band or foundation; generally without meridional ribs, quite smooth to the

eye, often somewhat reticulate or rough under the microscope; generally

whitish in colour but never purely white, always slightly soiled-white, some-

times with a pinkish shade of a very pale intensity. The egg of Baracus is

meridonally ribbed with some 17 very fine ribs; that of Cupitha is of the

same description as those of the Plastingiine and does not really fit in here

at all—it is very strongly ribbed and is red in colour; all the rest being

whitish, either plain or with red blotches (Baracus) or tiny red dots.

Larva.—The shape very ordinary, thickest in middle, fining to anal end

which is broadly rounded; and to the neck which is narrow compared to

the head; the head however really rather small, round or semi-elliptical,

hardly bilobed with the surface rough and covered with appressed, fine, minute

hairs not in any way obscuring the sculpture or the colour. Surface covered

with very minute, erect, light hairs, longest round dorsoventral margin and,

especially on anal segment; this anal segment is nearly all roughened on

dorsum with little tubercles, each bearing a_ hair. Spivacles of segment 2

particularly large. Colour some shade of green, the skin thin and the tracheal

tubes showing through; generally without longtitudinal lines except in Padraona

gola and Halpe honorei-—this last has a broad, longitudinal, red, lateral band ;

always a collar to segment 2,

324 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Pupa.—With the front broad, somewhat rounded; a slight boss between the

eyes on frons; thorax slightly humped; cremaster generally with two points

behind between which is a line of longish shafts with hooked ends. Surface

covered up with tiny hairs, sometimes bristle-like and longer on eyes; cremaster

with the sides hollowed out, the extensor ridges dorsally and ventrally strong,

the dorsum between these concave. Spiracles of segment 2 with very large,

funnel-shaped, generally brown or red-brown expansions. Colour generally that

of an old bone, sometimes with a green shade, sometimes strongly brown ;

covered with a cereous, white powder as a rule.

Habits.—Eggs laid on under surface of leaves. Larva make cells by joining

the edges of the leaf or blade at the point. The cell eventually cut free and

falls to the ground; always lined inside with silk and, generally, white cereous

powder from the pupa dusts the sides. Larva eats bamboos and grasses and,

exceptionally, only in the case of Cupitha, deciduous trees which is altogether

abnormal. But, any way, Cupitha makes a bad fit in the sub-family what-

ever way it is looked at. The only thing that can be said is that the genus

fits better into it than into any other.

Genus 25.—TELIcoTA.

There are three species of this genus in British India according to Watson:

bambuse (M.); augias (L.) and palmarum (M.). Swinhoe reverts to Mabille’s

Corone for palmarum owing to the position of veins 2, 3 of the fore wing;

and he gives twelve other species (of Corone) as existing in the Malayan sub-

region. There are four Telicota from the same area. The three Indian species

are all dark-brown or blackish insects with golden-yellow or orange, transverse

bands of contiguous spots on the fore and hind wings on the upperside and

with the undersides suffused with yellow in the males, the bands showing

through it more or less; the females having narrower bands in two of them

while the female of palmarum is all brown with the markings duller, not

yellow at all. They are all medium-sized insects of powerful flight, very quick

on the wing; they rest on the tops of leaves, taking short flights, returning

constantly to the same place.

Imago.—As above.

Antenne.—More than half the length of the costa of fore wing; club stout,

with a short, pointed, terminal crook.

Palpi.—Upturned, the second joint somewhat laxly scaled; third joint sub-

erect, somewhat prominent, bluntly conical.

Hind tibie.—Fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

Fore wing.—Vein 12 ends on costa some distance before end of cell; upper

discocellular miaute, middie and lower in an inwardly-oblique line, the middle the

longer; vein 5 from their junction rather close to lower end of cell, vein 3

nearer to the end of cell, quite close to it, in the female, further from it in

the male (in Corone closer still to end in both sexes); vein 2 a little beyond

the middle in the male, rather nearer the end in the female for Telicota,

before the middle in Corone; costa very slightly arched before its middle; cell

rather long, very little less than two-thirds the length of costa; apex sub-

acute; outer margin convex, somewhat shorter than the hinder margin; wing

narrow, the oblique outer margin giving the outer portion of the wing a narrow,

triangular shape.

Hind wing.—Vein 7 from well before upper end of cell, the cell-margin

bent down from base to cell-end; discocelluars outwardly-oblique, faint; 5

absent; 3 from close to lower end of cell, 2 from twice the same distance from

margin of 3 in Telicota, close together in Corone. All male Telicota have a

linear discal stigma on the upper side of fore wing, extending, in bambuse

augias and palmarum, from the lower end of cell to the middle of the sub-

median vein with veins 2, 3 passing across it, dividing it often into three

sections; this stigma bluish-greyish in colour, running through the black band

between the basal and discal orange markings. In maesoides, the male has

a short, glandular, black streak along the sub-median vein across the black

between the same markings.

Egg.—High dome-shaped. The surface unsculptured. Colour whitish with

a slight pink tint.

Larva.—Of ordinary shape, broadly rounded at anal end, the dorsum of

anal segment roughened; the neck small, compared to the head which is

round and yellow or black with a rugose surface covered with tiny, appressed

THE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDIA 325

hairs that obscure neither sculpture nor colour. Surface of body ccvered with

minute, erect hairs, longer round the dorsoventral and anal margins; the skin

thin showing tracheal tubes underneath. Spiracles of segment 2 very large;

of segment 12 smaller; the rest smallest. Colour green; unmarked.

Pupa.—-Broad in front, with a well-developed cremaster; of ordinary shape;

the cremaster with strong extensor-ridges and ending in a truncated extremity

with a small tooth at each corner and with a fringe of longish shafts, either

hooked or not, at ends; head with a slight convexity between eyes; proboscis

slightly produced free beyond ends of wings. Surface of pupa covered with

short, erect hairs, denser and stronger on eyes. Sphiracles of segment 2 with

very conspicuous, large, strainer-shaped expansions. Colour brownish and

covered with a cereous, white excretion.

Habits.—Egg laid on underside of leaf. Larva makes a cylindrical cell at

point of leaf by joining edges; small at first; new cells as required; eventually,

when about to pupate, cuts it free upon which the cell falls to the ground.

Butterfly is a powerful flier, keeping to the higher parts of trees.

215. Telicota bambuse, (M.).—(Pl. M, figs. 754, 75aQ ).—Male. Upperside.

Fore wing with the ground colour black or very dark-brown that is nearly black ;

but every interspace “between the veins from base outwards to stigma, continued

along costa above stigma and along inner margin below filled in with light

golden orange leaving a band of ground colour all along the outer margin

through which the ends of the veins that come through the orange are slightly

orange-bordered at where they leave it; the vein forming the bottom of cell

and vein 1 and often, also, the vein forming top of cell are black through

the orange from base and all veins from the stigma outwards through the

orange (but not inside stigma) are thinly black, including 8 to 11 on the costa;

the black band containing the stigma is slightly broader than the stigma itself

and is continued beyond it outside the cell to vein 6, embracing the inner halves

of interspaces 4, 5. Hind wing. Ground colour black; the markings also

golden-orange—a large spot towards end of cell disconnected from much

larger, quadrate—elongated spots forming a transverse band in interspaces 2,

3, 4, slightly extending upwards into interspace 5 and confluent across inter-

space 1 by a broadish neck with a yellow streak that borders the outer edge

of vein 1b from base to outer margin—the transverse band about 2.5 mm. in

width. On the fore wing, under the median vein there is a slight covering

of decumbent, orange hairs from base outwards to vein 2 and a_ similar

covering over the whole of the orange mark along inner margin under vein 1

but there is no fringe, or very little, along the inner margin. On the hind

wing there are quite a lot of longish, orange hairs in the cell, underneath it

in interspace 1b right out to outside edge of the transverse orange band and

in interspace la still longer, denser hairs, not quite so decumbent, right out

to outer margin. Underside. Fore wing golden-orange but the posterior spots

of the discal spot-band much paler, showing through; the base of the wing

in the cell to about one-third its length and below it right out to the inside

edge of the discal band including the whole of interspace below vein 1 along

inner margin and outside discal band upwards to vein 2, all black; the bases

of interspaces 4 and 5 are very slightly blackish up to half way out, the costa

is thinly black, the marginal black band of upperside shows through also

slightly blackish and there are blacker small spots, one in each interspace 2

to 8 limiting the blackish outer border from the orange discal band. Hind

wing orange, the discal band showing through golden-orange, little blackish

border-spots in each interspace limiting the discal band outside and _ inside.

Cilia above yellow with basal third brown, the actual border of the wing finely

black, showing very distinctly on the undersides; below the very bases of

cilia are vellow and the middle rather broadly tinged brown.—Female. Upper-

side not so black; the orange markings reduced a good deal in size. Fore

wing with the base of cell black extending outwards along bottom of cell to

middle of it which is again black; the black band that bears the stigma in

male extends right in to the base in interspace 1 leaving only a streak of

orange above vein 1 and touching it; the edge of costa black right down to

base whereas, in the male, it is black only in the outer half. Hind wing as in

male. Underside like the ile but the black more extensive, following the

upperside in the fore wing; in the hind wing the colour is more dull-yellow

than in the male, the tect band perhaps rather more conspicuous. Antenna

black above, orange beneath except a narrow black band at edges of joints,

326 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY Vol. XXXI1

the club with the end half, including point dull-red below; palpi, head, thorax

and abdomen above concolorous with the orange of wings, the long hairs of

thorax mixed with brown ones imparting a greenish shade, the abdomen

banded blacik, below uniform bright-ochreous, the tibia and tarsi orange.

Expanse 35 mm., the male rather less.

Egg.—The shape is that of a high dome with a very short, cylindrical base of

0.05 mm. in height above which is the broadest part; top somewhat flattened

and 0.44 mm. in diameter, a circular area. Surface only slightly shining with

some minute, irreruglarly-disposed and irregularly-shaped rugosities; the micro-

pyle small, apical, nearly smooth, darker than the rest. Colour white with a

delicate. pink shade: B: 1.05 mm.; Hi: 0.85, mm.

Larva.—The shape is that of Telicota, Halpe, etc.: body cylindrical but with

the ventrum rather flattened as the legs and prolegs are short and the cater-

pillar lies rather closely applied to the resting-surface; the anal end broadly

and semicircularly rounded, the anal segment rather large, somewhat flattened

on dorsum, very slightly bordered tumidly round the free edge and considerably

roughened dorsally on the whole surface, with the usual six comparatively long

hairs from the free edge all round as well as others much shorter (which cover

the whole body); segment 13 about one-third the length of segment 12 but

quite well-distinguished and rather waved as to hinder margin; segment 12

about equal to segment 14 in length, perhaps even shorter; segment 11

coequal with 12. Head nearly round with a distinct, triangular sinus on

vertex, the face not very convex; the true clypous just about one-third the

height of head, an isosceies triangle, acute at apex; the false clypeus outside it

with straight margins quite parallel to those of the true clypeus all the way to

base, reaching about two-thirds the height of face, acute-apexed; surface of

face very rugged seen under the lens, covered with more or less decumbent,

very short, fine and lightish hairs, with some slightly longer about mouth-

opening ; the labrum transverse, reddish-shining ; the ligula white, black-bordered,

not very large with a frontal, triangular sinus; the antennae more or less

colourless in both joints; the mandibles dark-brown with reddish bases when

exposed; the eyes brown; the general colour of the head is soiled whitish

obscured, however, by a dark red-brown band along the hinder border though

not quite reaching it, this band widening out below to include the whole of

the eye-area and joining on to a broad, similarly colcured band down ‘the

middle of face (dorsal) that splits down the false clypous, including it but

not the true clypous which remains the ground-colour except for a somewhat

bold dorsal line from apex to base; thus all that remains of the white ground-

colour is a large oval space on each lobe from vertex to base and the true

clypeus, Surface of body covered with extremely minute, erect, light, fine

hairs all over amongst which the subdorsal one and a spiracular one, arising

each from a small, dark tubercle, only are seemingly twice as long; the usual

transverse fine impressed lines towards hinder margin of each segment; cther-

wise surface dull and smooth. Sphiracles somewhat small, light ‘yellow or

yellow; those of segment 2 very large, outlined very thinly dark; those of

segment 12 smaller than those considerably but larger than the rest; all flush

or nearly so and rather broad. Colour grass-green of a medium shade with

segment 2 rather whitish, segment 14 somewhat soiled; the ventrum and legs,

both true and prolegs, lighter. The skin is translucent and shows all the

trachee through as well as the pulsating, paired, yellow bodies dorsaily on

segment 10 (in the male?). L: 24 mm.; B:.4 mm.

Pupa.—In shape the body is cylindrical, slightly broadest at shoulders whence

the decrease in diameter is extremely gradual to the anal end, segments 11-14

decreasing cone-wise, the apex of the cone, segment 14, being composed of a

very short, transverse, annular piece, (i.e., very much shorter than broad) with

a large, trapeze-shaped, flattened piece proceeding from its end _ horizontally

backwards, broadening to end, the dorsum of this trapeze with a strong ridge

on each side (sub-dorsal or dorsolateral), these two ridges diverging backwards

and each ending in a flat deltoid tooth—or it would be more correct to say

that the trapeze-shaped piece bears two ridges, diverging, losing themselves

towards the extremity of the piece or pupa and not quite forming the lateral

margins of it; the square or straight end of the piece is fringed with .a close

row of stiff, hooked bristles which are reddish in colour and nearly one-third

as long as the whole trapeze; segment 13 a very short, transverse piece; very

much shorter than 12; 12 a little shorter than 11; head with the vertex parallel

¢o the axis of body, half as long again as segment 2 which, with the front

THE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDIA 323

slope of thorax and head-vertex lies in a plane inclined to the longitudinal axis

of the pupa at an angle of about 30°; the frons of the head in a plane at right

angles to the longitudinal axis, rather broad and little convex forming the

front of the pupa; the eyes prominent; the margins of head and segment 2

quite straight; thorax hardly humped at all, nearly parallel to axis of pupa

in its hinder two-thirds with the rest of the dorsal line of abdomen; the hinder

margin of thorax a quarter-circle curve meeting the wing-lines in a not very

broadly rounded angle of nearly 90°; segment 4 slightly longer in dorsal line

than 5 which, again, is only half the length of 6; proboscis produced free

beyond wings to not quite the middle of the succeeding segment 9. Surface

of pupa distantly shallow-punctate and _ fine-aciculate-lined transversely; the

bevelled edges of segments 8-11 non-existent in front (segments 9-11) and longly-

sloping, smooth behind (segments 8-10), the sloping surfaces over-hung by a

single row of reddish bristle-like hairs projecting from their anterior limits

backwards over them and about as long-as the surfaces. Spiracles of segment

2 indicated by a thick, raised half-funnel (semicircular) occupying the front

margin of segment 3 and as broad as half length of segment 2, as long as the

same segment (twice as long as broad that is) and the same colour as pupa with

a plush-like bloom on it in certain lights; the rest of the spiracles small, oval,

nearly flush, slightly lighter in colour than the rest of the pupa. Surface,

besides, covered with short, erect, reddish hairs all over, the eyes fringed

before and behind, the hairs all extremely short, longer on anal segment and

eyes. Colour burnt-sienna brown, reddish all over, the cremaster darker, the

thorax duller, the wings like the thorax, L: 18 mm.: B: 4.5 mm. nearly.

The head is slightly bowed and little less in transverse diameter than the

shoulders which are the broadest part of the pupa; the apex of thorax is

the highest point.

Habits.—The egg is laid always single, near the point or at the

very point of the leaf on the upperside. The little larva makes a

cell by lying on the midrib at the point and drawing the edges of

the leaf together over it; and at each stage, the larva makes a

similar cell, each time to suit it in size, lining the inside with silk.

The pupa is formed in a cell of two or three leaves drawn together

to make a cylindrical house which fits closely to the pupa, and is

dusted with a cereous excretion from the larval body that makes

its appearance first between the first pairs of prolegs and before

the first. The pupa is of course covered with this and is attached

by the tail inside lightly to a thicker pad at the closed end of the

cell—one end remains, though closed outwardly, unfastened by

silks through which the emerging butterfly can easily force its

way. The different stages and states of the larva and egg, larva

and pupa are normal in duration at all times as far as one has been

able to observe.

This is mostly an inhabitant of regions of fairly heavy rainfall;

it is common wherever there is bamboo-growth which is practically

confined to places where the monsoon is strong. It thus comes

about that it does not exist in the absolutely open country and

mostly is found in hills and jungles. Swinhoe, in his Lepidoptera

Indica, vol. x, p. 249, gives the habitat as India, Burma, Ceylon,

Andamans and the Malay Peninsula; says that the types are from

Calcutta and that it is a very common species all over India up

to the Himalayas and has been recorded from many localities,

adding, ‘‘our figures of the larva and pupa are from Davidson’s

original drawings not previously published’’. These together with

the butterflies, are contained in the book on Pl. 813, fig. 3, the

male, 3a the female and 3b the underside, with 3c the larva and

pupa, these last two very bad and sausage-like reproductions of

the originals.

398 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

The figures in coloured Plate M accompanying these papers of the

male, 75 and the female, 75a are good enough in the shape and

accuracy of the markings, but the female is too pale as compared

to the other; the cilia are too pink in places, or red; the underside

of the male hind wing is too grey-—it should be yellow; the spots

too red and the body is altogether too dark.

216. Telicota augias, (L.).—Male, female. Like those sexes of Telicota bam-

buse except that they are paler all round and, perhaps, a trifle larger. The

main difference appears to be that the golden-orange of bambuse@ is here golden-

yellow, extending from the outer edge of the discal band along upper sides of

the veins to practically the outer margin on the fore wings.

Swinhoe states in Lepidoptera Indica, vol. x, p. 249, that, in

bambuse@, there ‘‘is a blackish streak near the anal angle on the

underside of the hind wing in each of the two anal interspaces.”’

That is certainly not present in a large series bred in the Kanara

District. The two species are so extraordinarily alike that anybody

might be excused for mistaking them for one and the same if it

were not for the difference in genital armature discovered by Elwes

and Edwards (Trans. Zool. Society of the year 1897, p. 251, Pl.

25, Figs. 62, 62a and 63) confirmed lately by Mr. W. Ormiston,

F.E.5. im a’ paper entitled “Genitalia ‘of “some” Ceylonese

Hesperiade’’ published in the Report of the Proceedings of the

Third Entomological Meeting held at Pusa, February 3, 1919, vol.

iii, p. 1024, Pl. 171, Figs. 25 and 26. “All-that: appears #to ibe

known of the earlier stages of augias are the remark that ‘‘the

larva feeds commonly on cane-leaves and is also said to feed on

bamboos and rice rarely, but is scarcely a pest’’ contained in the

same Report, vol. I, p. 116 im the second paper read, entitled

Annotated List of Indian Crop-Pests by the Imperial Entomologist,

Mr. T. Bambrigge Fletcher, R-N:, FsL-S!, F.E/S:, EZ 1S... Dae mcanc,

is sugar-cane, a grass; not Calamus, the cane that is of the

Palmacee.

Swinhoe gives the habitat as Sikkim, Assam, Central and Southern

India, Burma, Siam, Andamans, Ceylon, Hongkong, Formosa,

Malay Peninsula, Malay Archipelago and says ‘‘A common species

in most of the above-mentioned localities; we took many specimens

in Mhow, Poona and Bombay; Elwes records it also from E. Pegu

and the Naga Hills; Manders from the Shan States; Druce from

Siam; Watson from the Chin Hills; Aitken from Nasik and Betham

from the Central Provinces.’’ It is common above the Western

Ghats in the Dharwar District also, but it is not to be found

in the N. Kanara District either below the Ghats or where there

is very heavy rainfall—the rainfall varies from 400 inches on the

crest of the Ghats to 100 and over on the sea coast, and 30 inches

or even less on the eastern limits. It is probably altogether confined

to the open country where rainfall is light.

217. Telicota (=Corone, Mabille) palmarum, (M.).—Male. Upperside. Fore

wing—golden-ochreous, colour very similar to that of augias, the costa and

all the veins and a line through the middle of the cell blackish-brown ;

outer-marginal border blackish-brown, broadest at the apex and hinder angle,

its inner margin sinuous and curving inwards opposite the cell, then gradually

widening hindwards; a blackish-brown streak from the base running immediately

below the median vein and expanding gradually outwards, narrowing at

mere

THE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDIA 329

the cell-end and expands into a patch outside the cell which reaches

the costa, being somewhat constricted in its middle: the submedian vein

heavily blackish-brown. Hind wing blackish-brown, some golden-ochreous

hairs at the base and along the abdominal area; a somewhat large, golden-

ochreous, oval spot at end of cell and a somewhat broad, short, discal band

of the same colour, divided by the blackish-brown veins, from a little above

vein 6 to near the internal vein; with a thin, golden-ochreous streak running

from this end to the margin. Cilia of fore wing blackish-brown; of the hind-

wing golden-ochreous. Underside orange-ochreous. Fore wing with the basal

half of the cell and all the basal space below it dark blackish-brown; this

colour running narrowly to the cell-end and along the hinder margin leaving

a costal streak, the outer half of the cell and a discal band from the costa

orange-ochreous curving well outwards, then inwardly-oblique to near the hinder

margin, divided by the veins into elongate, subquadrate spots which increase

in size hindwards; costa and outer-marginal lines finely blackish-brown. Hind

wing uniformly orange-ochreous, darker than the fore wing, the discal band

as on the upperside, divided by the veins and finely edged on both sides with

blackish-brown. Antennz black, the upper half of shaft with minute, ochreous

dots on its underside and a smear of the same colour on the lower half of the

club; palpi ochreous and blackish-brown; head dull-ochreous with a transverse

brown band in front and another behind; thorax with ochreous setz; abdomen

with indistinctly similar-coloured bands; on the underside: palpi, body and legs

are of the colour of the hind wing.—Female. Upperside chocolate-brown, the

markings dull brownish ochreous. Fore wing with a large spot at end of

cell and a narrow band divided into spots by the veins, commencing very

narrowly on the costa ‘by the apex, angled almost acutely outwards, then

oblique and almost straight to near the middle of the hinder margin, gradually

broadening hindwards. Hind wing with indications of the small cell-spot

and with a discal band, much narrower than the discal band of the male.

Cilia of fore wing brown, of hind wing ochreous-white. Underside paler and

duller in colour; markings similar. Expanse: male 40-42 mm.; female

45-50 mm.

Larva.—Feeds on date and cocoanut palms (Indian Museum Notes, V, No. 3,

p. 126, Pl. 9, larva)‘ . . . there is no picture of the larva in that plate, only

the male and female butterfly are shown.

Habitat.—Sikkim, Assam, Bengal, Burma, Nikobars.

Distribution.—The types come from Calcutta; it is a widely spread but rare

speceies; our description and figures are from a male in our collection from

the Khasia Hills and two females from Maulmein in the Hankook Museum,

Newcastle, taken by Adamson in January 1879; Elwes records it from the

Karen Hills, Margharita, in Upper Assam and from Perak; de Nicéville from

Sikkim and Cachar; Watson from Beeling in Burma and the Nikobars.’

In the Indian Museum Notes under the reference noted above,

it is definitely stated that this insect was bred in Calcutta in

December 1900. Hence it may well be found in the Plains

somewhere else.

218. Telicota mesoides (Kollav)—Male. Upperside. Fore wing with the

cell ochreous-orange, rather lighter than the golden-orange of bambuse, the

costa above it similar as far as the basal half of interspace 9, the rest of that

interspace blackish-brown, the upper and lower borders of cell also brown

at base of wing; interspace 1 below the cell from base sprinkled rather thickly

with ochreous-orange scales out as far as to and below the junction of vein 2;

interspace along the inner margin below vein 1 pale-yellow at base becoming

ochreous-orange outwards and finishing about three-quarters the way to tornal

angle; a postmedial band of ochreous-orange spots filling the interspaces 1

to 8 from vein to vein, the lowest spot longest, triangular, its outer border

very slightly excavated and more or less in a line with the end of the yellow

streak along the inner margin of wing, its apex on vein 1 and reaching to

about 1.5 mm. of the basal, ochreous-orange powdering of scales; interspace 2

with the spot quadrate, about the middle of interspace, outer side slightly

excavated, inner slightly triangular, about 1.5 mm. broad; the one in inter-

space 3. rather more than half the width of last and about as long as last

but very slightly dislocated outwards, square on inside edge, slightly excavated

aI,

330 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1.

on outer; in interspaces 4, 5 narrower, shorter, their inner edges in a straight

line and dislocated outwards about two-thirds the length of the spot beneath

(in 3), their outer edges also in a straight line and also very slightly excavated ;

above this, in 6 and 7 the spots fill the basal halves of interspaces so that

their broad outer edges only reach slightly beyond the inner edges of those

in 4, 5, their pointed inner ends not quite reaching end of cell; above again

in interspace 8 there is a shorter, quadrate spot filling more than the middle

third of the space; all this leaves the ground colour showing as a broad,

brown outer border and a thinner discal band broadest below, narrowing in

base of interspace 2 and still more in base of 3 to widen out considerably

in 4 and 5 which is connected by a very narrow neck at upper, outer angle

of cell with a small triangular brown portion on costa composed of the base

of interspace 8 and the outer half of 10 with a little of the outer end of 11;

there are a few ochreous-orange, decumbent hairs under the bottom of the

cell inside the junction of vein 2 but there is hardly any fringe of hair along

inner margin. Hind wing: similar in colour to fore wing with the markings

of a similar colour :—a more or less blurred, smallish spot in base of inter-

space 7 and another slightly larger half way out; a larger clear one in end

of cell but not touching discocellulars or upper or under margin; a broad,

discal band, also clear consisting of a spot in each interspace 2, 3 not quite

reaching their bases and stretching out to nearly two-thirds their length, these

the largest with, above, another quadrate, smaller, dislocated well outwards in

interspace 4 and a bit of 5 and, in interspace 1b, another about half the length of

the largest, placed about the middle of the lower side of the largest and

connected with a similar one in interspace la; finally a streak below vein

la a good deal longer than the last spot; in the cell there is a tuft of ochreous-

crange hairs in the base and some more, decumbent, in the rest of cell;

also some sparsely distributed over the surface below the cell and outwards

and a ridge of longer hairs below vein 1b from base to the end or outside of

the discal band. Underside. Fore wing similar to upperside but duller, the

whole base of cell, the whole of interspace 1 and the whole of that below

vein 1 along inner margin blackish-brown except the lowest spot of the discal

band which shows through; this brownish-black continued upwards to occupy

the base in interspace 2 inside the discal band-spot and further up still into

the base of interspace 3 to be continued as a mere line along the discocellulars

to upper end of cell; outside this, further, there are slight brown borders

limiting or indicating the inside and outside limits of the band-spots in the

interspaces 2 to 8, the whole of the blackish-brown intervals of

the upperside being here covered with duller orange scales right out

to termen and right up to costa except in interspace 2 where the outside

limit of the band-spot is a triangular continuation of the black of inner margin

and end of interspace 1; the termen of the wing is finely black. Hind wing.

Ochreous-orange but the discal band as well as the cell-spot and spots in

interspace 7 paler than on the upperside but just as large, all the rest of the

wing powdered thickly with orange scales, each inside and outside border of

all spots rather less thickly than the remainder of surface producing a mottled-

spotted appearance; but the two anal interspaces beyond the discal band

immaculate blackish-brown in a patch not reaching termen nor reaching ab-

dominal margin and the termen is finely black from costa to vein 2. Cilia of

fore wing above brown with tips of those in the vein-interspaces orange

becoming more orange towards tornal angle; of hind wing nearly completely

orange, except the extreme base and at ends of veins 2, 3 which are brown;

underside of hind wing orange without brown bases but ends of 2, 3 very

slightly brown; forewing with the cilia orange in interspace 1 and at angle, the

rest with the basal half yellow, the outer half brown except extreme tips which

are alternately brown and yellow. Antennz black, banded broadly yellow

below on shaft and having the whole of club yellow below except the extreme

crook which is dull-reddish; palpi yellow below, the third joint and top of the

second brown; head and thorax above mixed orange and yellow with some

brown hairs; abdomen brown mixed with some orange hairs; beneath: yellow

with a slight green shade, end segment of abdomen and legs more orange.—

Female. Upperside. Both wings exactly like the male but with the blackish-

brown more extensive, the spots therefore rather smaller, the cell of fore wing

with upper border more prominently brown and with a brown line from base

half way towards its end through the middle. All the rest as in male. Expanse

25 mm. for female; the male a little less. ;

THE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDIA 331

Larva.—The body is of the shape of that of Telicota bambusw except that

the anal segment is rather longer-semicircular and overhangs the anal claspers

behind, is about the same length as segment 12, is roughened on the dorsal

surface though not tuberculate and is covered with minute, erect, soft, light

hairs and there are eight much longer hairs (about as long as segment 13)

round the free margin with a few shcrter ones between them, all these marginal

hairs pointing straight out at right angles to the margin; segment 13 is

a parallel-sided, transverse piece between half and one-third the length of

segment 12; the body is thickest in the middle but is rather slight throughout ;

there is a distinct neck and the head is, as usual, large in comparison to it;

the body reminds one of the larva of Parnara kumara because the colour is

whtish light-green and there are seven parallel lines across each segment

starting at hinder margin and ending at about three-quarters the length

forwards: these lines all parallel to the segment margins—transverse to the

length of the body as usual; head triangular in shape—another difference to

Telicota—and thick, the surface shallowly rugose but not honeycombed; the

true clypeus reaching less than half the way towards vertex of head, longly

triangular, the false clypeus reaching slightly more than half way up, also

triangular, both with the apices acute, the strip formed by the latter nearly

as broad as the true clypeus; the labrum narrow, short, red-brown; the ligula

nearly circular with a triangular indentation in front margin and depressed

from point of this sinus backwards, colour soiled, watery white; antennal,

basal joint like the second joint: colourless tinged with red-brown; mandibles

red-brown margined black, the cutting edges straight; eyes: four very close

together in a curve, the 6th in continuation ot 3, 4 but spaced twice as far

from 4 as 4 is from 3; 5 forming an equilateral triangle with 4 and 6,

behind them, glass-like ; colour of head whitish or very light yellow, the hinder

border narrowly black, a black cheek-stripe from each eye-curve up to vertex

(this often coalescing with marginal black), another black stripe running down

from vertex on each side of dorsal line (often coalescing with each other) to

apex of false clypeus and splitting down its sides, the false clypeus itself

often all black separated by a thin, light line from the last stripes and from

the true clypeus, a dorsal, brown line on true clypeus. Surface of larva

covered with extremely minute, black, pointed tubercles, each surmounted by

a tiny colourless hair, except anal segment and segment 2; transverse, thin,

impressed, parallel lines as already mentioned to each segment; segment 2

with a thin, black, chitinized, transverse collar. Spiracles oval, very light

yellow, slightly raised, small; those of segments 12 and 2 twice the size.

Colour glaucous whitish-green allowing the dorsal vessel (appearing darker

green), the thin, white tracheze and (in the male) the orange paired bodies

near hinder margin of segment 10 to be seen through it; the anal segment

not coloured in any way, segment 2 white; there are a few (2-4) minute disc-

like tubercles of a light brown colour dorsally in the middle of segments 12

and 18—in a transverse row. L: 25 mm.; B: 3 mm.

Pupa.—More or less of the shape and facies of Telicota bambus@; the colour

is also similar but the main difference that strikes an observer is that, here,

the cremaster is always directed slightly upwards; the head is square in front

though slightly convex (frons) between the eyes which are prominent, the

frons is in a plane at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the pupa, the

vertex is inclined thereto at an angle of 30°; segment 2 is parallel-sided, in

the same plane as vertex of head and half its length; the thorax is only

slightly humped, stout, evenly convex, highest a short way behind the front

margin with evenly rounded shoulders which have a small, slightly roughened,

low tubercular spot on their points, the front third of thorax sloping up at

the same angle as segment 2 then gradually changing to the long hinder slope

at a smaller angle in the opposite direction to the hinder margin which is a

somewhat long, parabolic curve meeting the wings in a rounded, deep, rather

broad angle of about 45°, this hinder margin flush with segment 4; segment 4

equal in length to segment 5, its hinder margin strongly curved backwards,

that of segment 5 much less strongly curved; segment 6 one-third longer than

5; segments 11, 10, 9 telescoped into segments 10, 9, 8 respectively ; segment 13

the same length as segment i2 which is half 11; segment 14 about the same

length as 11 but falling away ventrally, the dorsal portion square bounded on

each side by a strong, thin extensor-ridge ending in a point or short tooth-

like spine at each hinder corner, the space between these ridges (dorsal area)

rather deeply concave, the whole segment turned up at an angle of about 35°

332 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

to longitudinal axis of pupa; greatest breadth of pupa at shoulders; transverse

section circular; proboscis produced free to end of segment 9 though pressed

against surface; antennz reaching two-thirds of the way towards ends of

wings. Surface of pupa very nearly smooth, very shallowly and distantly

pitted, covered sparsely with semi-decumbent, short, reddish, stiff hairs from,

each, a minute, darker spot or dot; the cremaster fringed along the hinder

margin and outside each tooth on each lateral margin by a dense fringe of

reddish, porrect hairs as long as segment 11; a sparse tuft of hairs in front

of each eye as well as on the back of each eye and a similarly thin tuft on

convexity of frons—these hairs rather shorter than the cremastral ones.

‘

Spiracles of segment 2 nave a very slightly raised, large semi-circular ‘ex-

pansion’ behind each, lying on the surface of thorax and shelving very

gently forwards towards the angle made by the hinder margin of segment 2

and the antenna where the perforation of the spiracle is situated, this expansion

being as broad as segment 2 is long; other spiracles small, oval, raised, light

red-brown. Colour of pupa dull, light orange, darker on thorax and head;

the cremaster shining red-brown. L: 16 mm.; B: 3.75 mm.

In the male of this Kanara species, above described and named

moesoides by Swinhoe (see Lepidoptera Indica, vol. x, p. 258),

there is a short bar of whitish-grey, glandular hairs, all directed

outwards along the vein, just above, or partly even on, vein |

of the fore wing filling the interval between the basal yellow

marking and the edge of the discal band-spot in interspace 1. This

male mark was evidently overlooked in the original description

of m@soides by Butler and, subsequently by everybody else who

examined the species—if it is that species at all. Certainly Swinhoe

overlooked it, as there is no doubt at all that this and no other

was examined by him. Both Watson and de Nicéville pronounced

it long ago to be dara but did not even then notice the male-mark.

The above is a very careful description of both sexes of the imago

in case it should happen to be something new. In the meantime,

on Swinhoe’s authority above quoted, notwithstanding the presence

of the male glandular mark, it will be called me@soides and this,

notwithstanding also, that it is not very exactly the same as the

figures of that species in Lepidoptera Indica, vol. x, Pl. 815,

Figs. 2, 2a, 2b. The larva and pupa there depicted, figure 2c,

are those of the Kanara insect as far as they go, but as usual,

they are bad reproductions of the originals.

Habits.—The egg is laid above or beiow the leaf of bamboo;

the little larva eats the shell, gets to the tip of the leaf and makes

a cell by joining the edges, often, at first, for quite a skort

distance, thus manufacturing a more or less cylindrical (long-

conical) house; later on it eats the leaf above the cell, leaving only

the midrib by which the cells hang; at the end, pupating inside this;

often, though not always, it eats through the midrib so that the

cell falls to the ground and pupation takes place there. This cell

is strongly closed and thickly clothed or carpeted with silk inside;

covered more or less by a white, cereous powdery excretion from

the larva as is also the pupa which is not fastened by the tail

inside. The cell fits closely to the pupa; its mouth is closed by

silks spun across and across with a plentiful supply of white powder.

The butterfly is plentiful in the Kanara District both above and

below the Ghats, at actual sea level as well as in dense jungle

on the hills. It is a very strong, fast flier, likes the shade with sun-

light filtering through in patches; plays about for short periods

ZHE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDIA 333

with others, always returning to a chosen seat on the top of a

leaf, often near the ground, where it sits with its wings closed

over the back. It is hardly ever met with in the open and is not

an insect of the Plains. It goes to flowers sparingly but may be

seen at bird-drcppings, on leaves and, occasionally, at damp spots

in the beds of: nalias. It basks with the wings slightly opened.

The food-plant of the larva is Bamboo of any sort: Bambusa

Oxytenanthera, Dendrocalamus, Teinostachyum. Swinhoe gives

the habitat as India, Burma, Andamans, Ceylon, Hongkong, Malay

Peninsula. Under the distribution he says ‘A common species

throughout India. We have it also from Ceylon and _ the

Andamans; Elwes records it from the Naga Hills, Sikkim and

Perak; Watson from the Chin Hills; Doherty from Kumaon;

de Rhé Philipe from Misuri and Fergusson from Travancore;

J. J. Walker from Hongkong and Moore from Mergui.’ He then

adds a note stating that Doherty distinguished it from dara chiefly

by ‘the rich, dark, tawny-ochreous colour of the underside, dara

being greenish-yellow set with dark scales. The markings are

almost exactly alike. The prehensores are singularly different ;

seen from above, the uncus of dara is gradually acuminate while

that of this is abruptly truncate and slightly bilobed.

In these later days Mr. Ormiston has apparently discovered by

renewed study of genitalia that ma@soides and pseudomeésa are

different species—see his paper in the Report of the Proceedings

of the Third Entomological Meeting held at Pusa, vol. 1, p. 1022.

Until now pseudoma«sa was considered to be synonymous with

mesoides. Up to 1898 dara inciuded them both.

Swinhoe has treated the above species as a Padraona. The

genus being distinguished from Telicota by very little as shown

below, it is here treated as a Telicota because the larva is

different from that of Padraona gola and the pupa is naked, the

cell being open; the pupa is rather more like that of Udaspes,

Notocrypta than like anything known to occur in the Erynnine.

It is curious that Swinhoe states that the hind tibie in both

Telicota and Padraona are naked. They are not, for they have

fringes of hair. The palpi are likewise stated to be laxly scaled

on the second joints while the scaling is actually rather dense.

These conclusions being, in the present case, based upon an exa-

mination of Telicota augias, bambuse@, moesoides and Padraona

gola. Other species may _ possibly conform to Swinhoe’s

specifications.

Genus 26.—PADRAONA.

Imago.—These are all butterflies of the colouring and facies of Telicota.

Also with similar habits; although, judging by P. gola, somewhat weaker

in flight and more confined to the ground-vegetation in the hills. None are,

probably, insects of the Plains. There are eight species occurring in British

India (inclusive of dara and mesoides following Swinhoe); these are dara

(Kollar); satra,, Swinhoe; mesoides (Butler); rectifascia (El. and Edw.) ; con-

cinna (El. and Edw.); gola (M.); otala, Swinhoe and nala (Plots). The last

two are from Burma and the N.W. Himalayas respectively; concinn1, satra

respectively from S. India and Ceylon; rectifascia from Sikkim, Burma ;

the habitat of gola is given below; of dara is the N.W. Himalayas, Silkkim,

Assam and N. Burma and of me@soides as stated above. Besides these there

334 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY: Volo 3XGd

are 24 species enumerated by Swinhoe as occurring in the Indo-Malayan and

Chinese countries.

Antenne.—As in Telicota but with the club moderate, not nearly so stout

as in that genus, the terminal crook short, pointed.

Palpi.—As in Telicota.

Hind tibie.—As in Telicota.

Fore wing.—As in Telicota for vein 12 with the cell shorter, but not much;

middle discocellular not so long in proportion to lower; vein 5 from their

junction being much less curved from base; vein 3 closer to end of cell,

2 from the middle in both sexes; wing shorter, not nearly so produced apically ;

costa more arched, outer margin more convex, less obliquie.

Hind wing.—Vein 7 a little before end of cell, less than in Telicota, the

upper margin of celi not curving down at end; vein 2 emitted from close

before base of 3.

Egg.—See below under gola.

Larva.—See below under gola.

Pupa.—See below under gola.

Habits.—See below. It is unfortunate that nothing appears to be known

of the earlier stages of any species except gola.

219. Padraona gola (J/.).—Male.—Upperside: very dark-brown with a sligh

purplish tint in certain lights; markings dark orange-ochreous, much

darker than any of the dara group. Fore wing with a streak on basal hali

close to the costal line, filling interspace 12 completely but leaving bases of

vein 12 and upper border of .cell unmarked, orange-ochreous with the follow-

ing orange-ochreous lines and spots :—a thick streak in cell along upper and

bottom marginal veins developing into a spot at their ends, these spots how-

ever not actually coalescing, the streaks also not reaching base of wing, the

lower streak rather undeveloped in the middle allowing the brown ground

colour in middle of cell more or less to coalesce with that in base of inter-

space 2 and so with that in interspace 1; a discal broad, somewhat irregular

band from middle of vein 1 to costa joined by a line from base along the

upperside of 1 another line or band filling interspace between vein 1 and

inner margin, the vein, however, remaining brown; the discal band consists

of spots in each interspace 1 to 8; that in 1 occupying the middle third

(really less than a third of the length of the whole interspace) with its outer

edge excavated, its inner edge only very slightly so; the spot in interspace 2

somewhat longer, situated with its middle at junction of 2 with bottom of

cell, its inner edge just before inner end of interspace, its outer end extending

slightly further out than outer end of the one under it, also excavated; the

spot in 3 occupies the base of the interspace and reaches just to its middle,

slightly further than the outer edge of the next lower spot; that in 4 similar

but slightly longer outwards, leaving the discocellular of cell brown and

connected at its very outer, top corner by a thin chevron-mark with its

angle outwards across interspace 5 with the lowest of the three subapical

spots, striking it at its. lower, outer corner; these three apical spots are

quadrate, each excavated triangularly on outer edge, the lowest occupying

the middle of interspace 6 and about haif as long as the spot in 4; that in

7 dislocated inwards very slightly, about the same length, that in 8 dislocated

outwards again and shorter; all this leaves the apex and a broad outer marginal

area with the costal interspaces 9 and 10 connected with interspace 5 (except

for the orange chevron-mark) all brown as well as a long base in interspace

1 and a short one in 2, the discocellulars and the veins crossing the discal

band narrowly. Hind wing with a streak inside cell along the median vein

covered by longish, decumbent hairs of the same orange colour; a_ broad,

discal band consisting of quadrate spots in interspaces 1 to 4 and a small,

triangular continuation into 5 from the inner, upper end of the uppermost,

each spot quadrate, excavated on both sides, the band about as broad as the

one on the fore wing and joined to a line along the lower side of vein 1

also covered with longish hairs. Underside. Nearly as dark as upperside,

saturated richly (the expression is Swinhoe’s) with orange-ochreous. Fore

wing with the whole base of the wing including the bottom half of cell

and everything inside the discal band below and including base of interspace 2,

right out to outer margin below the band and beyond it in interspace 1 and

the area beneath it and for half the distance to outer margin from the band

in 2 and a slight continuation into 3 all black, together with a prominent

mark along the discocellulars, the costa from vein 11—end to apex narrowly

THE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDIA 335

and some blurred spots marking the outer borders of the spots of the band

in interspaces 6 and 7 and still more slightly in 4. Hind wing is all orange

except the whole of interspace la and the lower half of the next above, 1b,

outside the discal band and even this is sprinkled with orange scales on

the blackish ground; only the discocellular spot is pure-black, an elongated

small lunule in the middle of the end of cell; the outer marginal area outside

the discal band is marked with round biackish spots in interspaces 2 to 7

blurred owing to the plentiful sprinkling of orange scales; and each spot of

the discal band is bordered inside obscurely but brownish; the band _ itself

completely covered evenly with scales and, therefore, lighter and brighter

than rest. Cilia on upperside of fore wing brown above vein 1 to apex,

orange below it; of hind wing all crange; underneath, the fore wing ochreous

brown above vein 1, but as on upperside below that vein; on hind wing

orange. There are some brown, decumbent, longish hairs on upperside of

hind wing in the upper half of cell besides the orange ones in lower half.—

Female. Very likely the male in everything except that all the orange markings

are smaller. Fore wing upperside with the base altogether unmarked except for

the spots in the end of the cell—-the ends of the streaks; the basal streaks and

the costal one are only just indicated by a very sparse sprinkling of orange

scales. The hind wing is absolutely like that of the male with the band

narrower. Underside identical with that of the male except that the bands

showing through are narrower beneath in the male and with the underside of

club ‘orange, both those being very pale-yellow in the female; palpi brown

above, orange beneath in male. Antenne black above, the shaft banded orange

very pale in female; head and thorax above orange and brown mixed in

male paler in female; abdomen above black with orange hairs in the male,

but hardly any in female; below the colour of chest and abdomen is very

pale in the male, nearly white in female; the legs with orange tibiz and

tarsi in male, very pale in the female. Expanse 28 mm. or slightly more

occasionally in the female, less for the male.

The above description of the butterflies is from bred specimens

in the N. Kanara District of Bombay.

Larva.—The shape of the body is circular in transverse section with the

ventrum somewhat flattened, thickest in the middle from segment 5 back,

thinning to the neck and much more gradually back to the anal segment ;

the neck with a shining, somewhat swollen collar behind it to the short

segment 2; the anal segment longly semicircular, convex transversely, some-

what sloping in dorsal line, overreaching the claspers in a thin flange and

fringed all round with very fine, light hairs about 0.15 mm. in length—it is

about half the width of the middle of the body; the head is slightly longer

than a semicircle in shape, the vertex hardly emarginate in dorsal line, the

face convex; the surface shining and rather coarsely reticulate-rugose, covered

with extremely minute, light, erect, fine, 0.025 mm.—long hairs, these hairs

over 0.05 mm. about the mouth-opening; the true clypeus longer than broad,

about half the length of face or head, somewhat depressed in dorsal line, the

apex very acute; the false clypeus a broad piece outside it of similar shape,

reaching more than half way up the face, both plain green and smooth,

shining like the head generally; the labrum is transverse, so thin as to be

hardly perceptible, longer laterally than in the middle; the ligula also extremely

transparent, about the same length as labrum or longer, triangularly emarginate

in dorsal line of front margin which is whitish, otherwise colourless; the

antennal, basal joint shining green, the 2nd somewhat rusty-soiled ; the mandi-

bles very large with the cutting edge entire, yellow with a terminal, dark

red-brown edge; the eyes black, numbers 1-4 and 6 forming a_ semicircular

curve, 1 and 2 very close together, 3 and 4 slightly further apart and 6 more

than twice as far from 4 as 2 is from 3, number 5 far behind the curve

forming a triangle with 4 and 6; the colour of the head is light grass-green

with the dorsal line from the hinder margin over vertex to apex of false

clypeus somewhat narrowly black, the line splitting there down each side of

the false clypeus and forming a black, horse-shoe shaped curve on middle of

face, the ends of legs reaching only half way to base of clypeus, also a

broader, black band through eyes and up each side of head to meet on the

vertex; segment 13 only about one-third the length of segment 12, decreasing

in the length laterally on each side; prolegs short, green; true legs shining

336 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

green. Surface of the body dull, covered all over by minute, erect, verv

fine, white, 0.025 mm. long hairs which are about 0.075 mm. apart; each

segment transversely folded with six or seven parallel folds from hinder

margin forward for more than half its length; the segments quite distinctly

marked. Spiracles very small, longly oval, nearly flush, white in colour,

those of segments 2 and 12 very much ltarger. Colour is light glaucous-green.,

sprinkled plentifully with dark-green dots, especially in the spiracular region.

the transverse folds often yellowish; a broad, more whitely-glaucous subdorsal

band and a lateral, white line the whole length of the body, the actual dorsal

line appearing dark-green (the dark-green dots, however, still darker green on it),

a dark-green, interrupted line along the bases of prolegs; ventrum darkish-green.

L: 16 mm.; B: 3.5 mm.

Pupa.—The type is that of the genera Parnara, Udaspes, formed naked on

the underside of a leaf or blade of grass, the head more or less gently rounded

in front outline, the eyes prominent, the frons inclined ventrally, the vertex

produced out into a short, upturned, long, conical snout which is as long as

the vertex-surface behind it which is again rather large, the hinder margin

straight; segment 2 shorter than the head-vertex (without the snout), with

both margins straight the dorsal line inclined to the longitudinal axis of

pupa at an angle of somewhat over 30° and in the same plane as ‘thead-vertex

and front slope of thorax; thorax only slightly humped, reaching its highest

point just before hinder margin, this being also the highest part of pupa,

the hinder margin a semicircular curve with a tendency to the triangular,

meeting the wing-line in an open, rounded angle of about 60°, the dorsal

line of pupa from thorax-apex backwards gradually sloping to end, the end

generally slightly turned up in a light curve from segment 9 or 10; the lateral

outline of pupa constricted very slightly at segment 2, the shoulders evenly

rounded, the sides parallel from shoulders to segment 8, then gradually con-

verging to the extremity of cremaster; segment 4 of equal length to segment 5,

the hinder margin of former curved convexly backwards, that of 5 Jess so;

segment 6 double the length of 5, the hinder margin straight, segments 7,

8 successively very slightly longer, segment 9 shorter again and coequal in

length with segments 10, 11, 12; segment 13 a narrow, transverse ring, about

one-third the length of segment 12; segment 14 rather longer than 12, deep

at base, a thin plate behind, triangular in shape, the end rather broadly

rounded, the lateral edges thickened and recurved dorsally leaving the dorsal

centre hollowed out longitudinally; the proboscis reaching only just beyond

the wings as a short point; the antennz reaching only half way, pointed, the

legs rather shorter, the coxal pieces large, nothing visible between the leg-limits.

Surface somewhat shining, smooth, without hairs of any sort, segments well-

marked. Spiracles of segment 2 oval, small, very slightly raised, hardly

perceptible, the colour of the pupa; the rest similar, smaller, nearly the

colour of the pupa. Colour grass-green with indistinct subdorsal and lateral,

longitudinal lines the whole length of the body, an interrupted spiracular

thread—the trachez seen through the integument; the head is lighter, the

wings slightly also, the cremaster is whitish. T.: 16 mm. over cremaster and

snout, 14 mm. otherwise; B: 3.5 mm.

Habits.—The egg is laid on the tip of a grass-blade as a rule, and

always single. The little larva makes a cell at the extreme point

immediately on emergence, joining the edges of the blade with

cross-silks. As it grows it increases the length of this; after

reaching the third or fourth stages it lives on the undersides of

the blades and just draws the edges loosely together, lying, thus,

half exposed as often as not. The pupa is formed.on the underside

of a blade in such a cell generally formed expressly for the purpose.

The larve are sluggish creatures but are rarely parasitized, and

generally sit with segments 2-4 hunched up, the head lying back.

The pupa is attached by the tail and a body-band, and rolls round

and round when disturbed. The butterfly inhabits the undergrowth,

and its habits are those of the genus Telicota for it is a strong

flier. It does not, however, ever fly at any height from the ground;

THE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDIA 331

the males bask on the uppersides of leaves with the wings half

open, the lower wing more depressed than the upper as often as

not; when completely at rest they close the wings completely

over the back. The insects frequent flowers, generally such as

grown low amongst grasses on the ground. The food-plants of

the larva are grasses of various sorts, the softer ones being chosen

for preference. Swinhoe gives as the habitat ‘Sikkim Assam,

S. India, Ceylon, Burma, Andamans, Malay Peninsula and Archi-

pelago’. It is a common species in the Kanara District, both in

rice-fields and in the jungles but, in that district, the rice-fields are

never any distance from the jungles; indeed, they are generaily

surrounded by them. it is probably reaily an insect of jungles and

heavy rainfall.

Genus 27.—HALPE.

Imago.—Insects of medium size, brown above and below, the fore wing

with three small, subapical, semihyaline spots, generally two more at the

end of the cell on the discocellulars, sometimes only one; and a discal series

in interspaces 2, 3 and 1, the last occasionally wanting. The upperside of

hind wing is immaculate in nearly all species. On the underside the hind

wing may have a white or whitish or yellow band with or without darlkish

spots; or may have a row of darkish or even white (rarely) spots or in a few

cases may be washed with yellow with or without dark spots; in these

yellow-washed species there is some yellow on the upperside of hind wing

too and, occasionally, on the upperside of fore wing. Halpe is a large genus,

containing twenty-four species in British India and twenty-six more Indo-

Malayan, Japanese and Chinese representatives. Swinhoe has divided the

genus into two, according as to whether there is a sex-mark in the male or

not; calling those that have none Thoressa and retaining Halpe for the

remainder. There are three species of Thoressa in British India and one

Indo-Malayan. The former are named astigmata (Swinhoe); masoni (M.)

and honorei, de Nicéville. The first and last occur in S.India, the other is

only found in Burma and Tonkin. In the genus Halpe proper two species

moorei, Watson and hyrtacus, de Nicéville are found in the Bombay Presi-

dency and their transformations are given below together with those of

astigmata and honorei, also occurring there. The names of others of the

genus in British India are ceylonica, M., from S. India, Ceylon, Mergui;

homolea (Hewits.) from Sikkim through Burma to Java and Sumatra; sikkima,

M., from Sikkim to Burma; gupta, de Nicéville from N.W. Himalayas to

Assam and China; burmana, Swinh., from Burma; knyvetti, El. and Edw.,

from Sikkim; sema (Hewits.) occurring in Sikkim to Burma and in Borneo;

cerata (Hewits.) in Sikkim, Assam, Burma; debilis, El. and Edw., in the

Khasia Hills; fusca, Elwes in Upper Burma; decorata, M., in Ceylon; sitala,

de Nicéville in the Nilgiris, Anamalais, Ceylon; brunnea, M., in Ceylon ;

kumara, de Nicéville in Sikkim, Bhutan; aina, de Nicéville in N.W. Himalayas,

Sikkim, Assam; hyrie, de Nicéville in the Naga Hills, Sikkim, Assam;

evershedi, ‘Evans in S. India; albipectus, de Nicéville in Burma.

Antenne.—A little more than half the length of the costa of fore wing;

club moderate, long with a sharp crook, its tip short, pointed.

Palpi.—Porrect ; second joint laxly scaled; third joint minute, obtusely

conical.

Hind tibie.—Slightly fringed and with two pairs of spurs.

Fore wing.—The male in all except the Thoressa section with a linear,

discal stigma on the disc running obliquely from the lower enc of cell to

below vein 1 before its middle; see also below for the hind wing. Vein 12 reaches

costa before upper end of cell which (cell) is about two-thirds the length of

costa; 6 from upper end of cell, so close that there is no upper discocellular

vein; 5 nearer 4 than to 6 because the middle discocellular is . nearly

twice the length of the lower; the discocellulars in an inwardly-oblique,

straight line; 3 from about one-sixth before lower end of cell in the male, in

the female its base a little nearer end; 2 beyond the middle; costa arched; apex

subacute; outer margin evenly convex, shorter than hinder margin. Hind

wing in all except Thoressa with a tuft of hair on upperside attached along

338. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX}

costal vein; vein 7 from weil before upper end of cell, bent upwards at its

base in male with the upper margin of cell bent inwards and downwards to

cell-end; in female 7 and upper margin of cell are both nearly in a straight

line; discocellulars faint; 5 absent; 3 from quite close to lower end; 2 from

about an eighth to one-fifth before end; costa and outer margin evenly curved.

Larva.—More or less of ordinary shape with the anal end rather broadly

rounded, sloping to end; the head rather small for larva but of course much

broader, higher than the neck, generally yellow but sometimes much suffused

with black, rugose as to surface, nearly quite round. Surface dullish, the

skin thin showing the tracheal tubes through; covered with minute, erect hairs,

those round the dorsoventral margin longer; those on anal segment besides,

from small, prominent tubercles. Colour generally watery green; no _ longi-

tudinal lines except in Yhoressa honorei where there is lateral, longitudinal

band above which the dorsum is yellowish and underneath which the colour

is white, the anal segment being biack.

Pupa.—More or less of the same shape as that of Telicota bambuse with

a slightly convex frons to head and a well-developed, strong cremaster with

very distinct extensor-ridges, the suspensory shafts hooked in some species,

simple in others, resembling hairs; the spiracle of segment 2 with a very

large, ear-shaped or funnel-like expansion behind it. Surface covered with

fine hairs, not easily visible however except under a lens, those on eyes generally

longest—the pupa of Thoressa honorvei has the hairs so minute as to be difficult

to see even with a lens.

Habits.—The butterflies are strong fliers, settling to feed upon

flowers but only for a short time, very quick in settling and rising ;

resting with the wings closed over the pack, the front ones rather

much drawn down between the hinder; they are fond of shade but

fly mostly round the tops of high trees and may occasionally be

seen suckling at bird-droppings on leaf-surfaces. They are all

perhaps confined to jungle country. The eggs are laid on the

underside of leaves as a rule; the larve make a cell by joining the

edges of the leaf at the point at first and generally through their

lives but sometimes double a leaf transversely; they finally close

it strongly at both ends as well and cut it free so that it falls to

the ground. All the pupze have a covering of cereous, white

powder which is excreted by the larva and gets ali over the inside

of the cell. _Most of the larvee occasionally lie over in: the icell for

several months in the dry season; then pupate and the butterfly

comes out in the normal ten days or so. The food plant of all the

caterpillars known is Bamboo of any kind.

220. Halpe moorei, Wutson.—Maic. Upperside: blackish-brown when iresh

with a purplish zloss or bloom in certain lights; fading paler. Fore wing with

seven hyaline-white spots: three small, subapical in interspaces 6, 7, 8, the

first two near the bases of the interspaces, the uppermost about the middle;

two spots in the cell, one above the other in a line with the sex-mark; two

larger, sub-quadrate in interspaces 2, 3, the lower the larger slightly, the

upper with its inner edge in a line with outer edge of the other, both a bit

outwards from bases of their interspaces; the costal space up to half way

out, interspace 1 from base to the stigma and the inner-marginal interspace

half way out covered with golden-yellowish, decumbent hairs; the stigma

itself black, swollen. Hind wing unmarked eacept for an obscure paleness

about the inner half of the interspaces 4 and 5 which may spread downwards

into interspaces 2 and 3 slightly ard upwards into 6; the lower half of cell

and this paleness with decumbent, longish, pale-yellow hairs; the upper. half

of cell with a tuft of blackish hairs producing a distinct blackish appearance ;

a ridge of longer, only semidecumbent hairs along vein 1b from base to outer

margin. Underside paler; brown. Fore wing with the semihyaline spots

showing through; a sprinkling of pale-yellow scales along the costa above

vein 12 and to apex and thence somewhat narrowly down to vein 2 along

THE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDIA 339

outer margin with small, blurred-whitish submarginal spots in interspaces 2

to 7, one in the middle of each. Hind wing with a conspicuous white band

along and including vein 1b expanding generally downwards at end more than

half way to anal angle and from this arises, just about half way towards

the outer margin, a broad, conspicuous, white band that runs across the

whole wing to the outer margin just below the end of vein 8; this band

being made up of a large, quadrate, white spot in interspace 1b about 1.5 mm.

long, the inner edge straight and immediately below junction of vein 2 with

the cell, its outer edge slightly emarginate; followed by a much narrower

one in the base of interspace 2, its outer edge in a line with outer edge of the

other; a third nearly filling the whole of the basal half of interspaces 4, 5;

a fourth above, more or less oval, little more than half the size of the third

(which is the largest of all), its inner edge in a line with outer edge of third

in. interspace 6 and, finally, a small, blurred one in interspace 8 situated just

about over the middle of the fourth; every spot divided from the others by

the brown veins—the very extreme base of interspace 3 may also have a few

white scales in it; the base, costa and along outer margin have a sprinkling

of pale-yellow scales and there is just an indication of a small, white spot,

submarignaliy in interspaces 2, 3 and 4 with, always, a larger one amounting

toa little patch in interspace 1b that may be joined by a line with the end of

the white streak along vein 1b; a few light-yellow, decumbent, long hairs in

the cell. Cilia of fore wing above and below brown with tiny white intervals

in middle of each interspace, the interspace 1 pure white; hind wing with

them checkered white and brown equally and with the bases brown. There

is very little sign of a fringe of hair along inner margin of fore wing. Antenne

black, the shaft with the edges of joints thinly white below and the club white

below from very base to half way towards tip and up along the sides of the

dull-orange upper half; palpi brown on top, pale ochreous below and set with

black, short, bristle-like hairs, the third joint all brown surrounded completely

at base by pale-ochreous; head brown mixed with grey; thorax brown with

yellow and greyish hairs and a greenish sheen; abdomen brown with grey

segmental bands at edges of segments; beneath, the chest pale-ochreous with

great jet-black patches on the coxae, the tibiae and tarsi light-orange; abdomen

below also brown but the segmental bands very broadly whitish-ochreous.—

Female like the male but with an extra white spot of small size in the middle

of and just above vein 1 of fore wing; the outer edges of the large discal

pair of spots always excavated. Expanse 30-35 mm.

Larva.—The body is of the shape of that of Telicota bambuse@ or any of the

genus Halpe; the head about as broad as segment 3; segment 13 convex

backwards, becoming shorter towards the sides, not quite half as long as

segment 12 and rather higher at its posterior margin than the front surface

of anal segment; this latter about as long as segment 12, rounded at end

broadly—an elongated semicircle in shape; a distinct neck, the prolegs and

legs short; the body flattest in the middle but very much the same breadth

really from’ segment 3 to segment 12; the head rather higher than broad,

otherwise rounded, thick, the surface finely honeycombed—roughened with a

clothing of extremely short, fine, jight, erect hairs, longer about the mouth-

opening and eye-regions; the clypeus about one-third the height of the face,

longly triangular, the apex acute: the false clypeus outside it forming a

narrow band all round, also triangular, about half the height of face or less,

a slight raised dorsal ridge up the middle or the former; the labrum transverse,

narrow, parallel-sided, brown-red in colour; the ligula pear-shaped the narrow

side forming the base or stalk, also red-brown, shining as is the labrum;

the antennal, basal as well as second joints light red-brown, shining; the

mandibles also rusty with narrow black: borders and without teeth; the eyes,

four in a very gentle curve, equally spaced, the fifth well behind forming an

equilateral triangle with sixth and fourth, also red-brownish. The surface

dull, covered with extremely minute, erect, fine, light hairs which are much

longer subspiracularly and still longer again on the anal margin and dorsum

of the anal segment where each hair rises from a prominent, though. still

small (prominent under a strong glass), conical, rusty tubercle—the dorsum

of 14 covered with these tubercles; the hinder margins of segments have the

front margins of the succeeding segments telescoped into them and the surface

of the segment just before the hinder margin is crossed by transverse, depressed

lines forming four folds or interspaces parallel to each other and to the

340 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

hinder and front margins; some folding in spiracular region; Spiracles small,

convex, broadly oval, very light yellow-brown or brownish-yellow, those of

segment 2 much larger, those of segment 12 nearly twice as large but smaller

than those of segment 2. Colour greenish with a slight rusty tinge especially

dorsally; the male organs on dorsum of segment 10 very conspicuous, orange ;

the tracheze slightly visible subcutaneously; the colour of the head is soiled

very light orange with a broad, dorsal, dark shade from hinder margin over

vertex to apex of clypeus, this shade being sometimes a broad, brown-red

band which splits thinly down each side of the clypeus; the eyes are dark,

the four in a curve placed on a light red-brown patch that is not extensive.

L: 25°>mm.; B: 3.5 mm. (not quite full-fed).

Pupa.—The pupa, too, is much the same shape as that of Telicota bambuse

in every way: it has the same sort of spiracular expansions to segment 2;

the colour is also the same; the body is widest at the thorax; there is a slight,

light lateral constriction at segment 2 behind the rather prominent eyes, the

vertex of head is long and inclined at an angle of somewhere near 45° to the

longitudinal axis of the pupa, the frons is perpendicular to that axis, rounded,

short and prominent though only lightly so, convex; segment 2 is in the same

plane as the vertex of head, short, only about one-third the length of the

vertex of head and the margins are parallel, straight and quite flush with

dorsal surface; the front slope of thorax is between 45° and 60° to the

longitudinal axis of the pupa, short, the general surface of thorax even, lowly

convex, the dorsal portion after the short frontal slope gradually ascending

to the hinder margin, the whole dorsal line of pupa from about the front

third of thorax to segment 9 being parallel to the longitudinal axis; the

hinder margin of thorax is more or less a low, broad triangle, the apex of

which, however, is narrowly rounded and it meets the wing-line on each side

in an angle of between 60° and 9C€° which angle is rounded, broad and

shallow, segment 2 is about one-fourth as long as thorax, the hinder margin

curved convexly backwards and is equal in length to segment 5 whose hinder

margin is also curved backwards but the curve is not nearly so convex (back-

wards); segment 6 is a good deal longer than 5 and equal. to the suc-

ceeding segments up to 12; segment 13 iis very short and the dorsal

slope, with that- of segments 11 and part of 10 and segment 14, is

inclined at at angle of about 30° or less to the longitudinal axis

of pupa; segment 14 is abour equal in length to segment 12 but is, of

course, narrower at the front margin, still narrower at the hinder margin

--it is trapeze-shaped—thinning from the deep base at segment 13. back-

wards to a thin edge at extremity where the corners are produced out

sideways into short, conical teeth, one to each, the edge between these teeth

being concave forwards, the dorsal surface also has a fairly deep, gradual

depression in the dorsal line and there is no sign of extensor ridges either

dorsally or ventrally; the transverse section of the body is more or less circular

from thorax to segment 13; the proboscis is not produced in any way beyond

the wings and the antennze reach to about two-thirds the length of wings

froin their bases. Surface of pupa is slightly shining and nearly smooth though

somewhat granulated-looking, the segment margins are all distinct, those of

segments 8-12 verv slightly raised (the hinder margins), all of them have a

narrow, quite smooth band along hinder margin; the whole surface covered

with comparatively long, soft, decumbent, light hairs; longer, erect, golden

-reddish hairs which cover, in a tufty way, the sides of eyes and the frontal

boss and the softer hairs are rather longer than usual and more erect on the

front slope of thorax dorsally; the cremastral edge is set with the longest,

golden-reddish hairs of any, sticking out backwards, straight along the sides

as well as between the teeth and the hairs generally on segment 14 are longer

than elsewhere. Spiracles of segment 2 are distinguished by large expansions

which are semicircular, only very slightly raised from the general surface of

segment 3 upon which they lie, straight edge being along the common margin

of segments 2 and 3, the length slightly longer (the Jength being taken in the

sense transverse to pupal length in this case) than segment 2 in dorsal line,

the surface of the semicircle sloping down from the raised edges forwards to

a deep slightly excentric depression or hole placed nearer the outside (next

the antenna) edge of the semicircle than to the inside; this depression or hole

is transparent-looking, light yellowish-green while the expansion semicircle

containing it is dark red-brown so that it is very conspicuous and, being placed

THE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDIA 341

up against the front margin of segment 3, that is against the diameter of the

semi-circle, produces the appearance of a low or short horse-shoe of which the

upper leg (the one nearest dorsal line of pupa) is thicker than the lower, the

curve of the horse-shoe being thinnest as the hole. is comparatively rather

large; the two ends of the horse-shoe where they impinge on the segment

margin are somewhat thickened also; the other spiracles are small, oval,

slightly raised, rather light red-brown or yellowish; above each spiracle or in

a corresponding position, dorsolateral therefore, is, on each segment, much

nearer the hinder margin than the front margin, a small, oval, flat, shining

tubercle which is red-brown in colour also. Ceclour of pupa that of a fresh

bone, the wings, thorax, segment 2 and head somewhat translucent or watery

looking; the cremaster shining, bright brown-reddish, at least at the extre-

mity; later on these parts become darker; there is always a greenish, dorsal,

subcutaneous line. LL: 17 mm.; B: 4mm.

Habits.—The young egg larva makes a cell at the point of a

leaf by joining the edges, and this method is continued up to the

end by joining longer lengths of edges, a new leaf being chosen

whenever necessary; it feeds at first upon the leaf just in front

of the cell entrance—which is of course always towards the base

of the leaf—-but later on, when grown larger, from the second

stage onwards, perhaps, goes out to feed on other leaves close by.

The cell is always fairly tight for the body of the larva, but is

invariably of much greater length and circular in section; it is

invariably lined inside thickly with silk, sometimes evenly, some-

times in steps. When about to pupate, the larva makes the cell

some way away from the tip of the leaf—that is, the tip is not

included—by eating a line from edge inwards on one side to midrib

and another about 30 mm. further away, towards the leaf-base,

also in from the edge to mid-rib and turns over the piece thus

freed at both ends on to the opposite upper surface of leaf, fastens

the edge down and, after shaping the two ends irregularly, also

fastens them down; clothes the inside densely or thickly with silk,

evenly and in steps, settles down and, after two or three days,

changes into a pupa; this pupa is often lightly covered with a

cereous excretion which is visible between the two front pairs

(sometimes between all) of prolegs on the sides of the larva prior

to settling down. The butterfly is a very strong flier and rises

often high into the air; is not much seen except at the tops of

hills where the trees are low and accessible (their crowns). There

males come and bask on the tops of leaves, sitting with their

wings closed over the back, motionless, the antenne directed

well out forwards, apparently in an attitude of expectancy. They

dart at anything of their own species that comes along, and x0

off into the air in pursuit. They, however, nearly invariably

return to the same perch time after time. Here at the hill-tops,

they make their appearance about 9 a.m. and stay until about 11

when they apparently go somewhere else, may be to feed. They

do not go much to flowers but may be seen sucking at bird-drop-

pings on leaves occasionally. Their visits to hill-tops must be

made in quest of females; out of a couple of dozen butterflies caught

in some successive days, not a single one was female. The latter

sex apparently does not bask and is not easily got. In breeding

however as many males as females emerge so there is no real dis-

crepancy in numbers, The little egg-larva emerges through the top

342° JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1.

of the egg, leaving a round lid and sometimes eats the shell but

sometimes does ‘not; the egg §is~ laid ‘on (the (underside ot

a leaf;. the. little Jarva.’ is honé@¥-coloured; -veny jzpale) and

has a round, quite black: head: he final, cell, usccut: freeyirom

the plant or rest of the leaf (when the leaves are too large to be

wholly employed as in Ochlandra talboti, Brandis) and falls to

the ground where pupation takes place within it. The butterfly

is an insect of jungles and, probably, fairly heavy to very heavy

rainfall, and is plentiful in the Kanara District from the sea-shore

up to 3,000 feet, the highest point of the Ghats within those limits.

In one description of the pupa made, it is noticed that there is

‘a small, flat, shining, oval disc-like tubercle laterally on segments

2 to 12 as well as three under spiracles of segments 10, 12, two

on 8, 9, 11, dark-brown in colour’ and further that the cremaster

is ‘trapeze-shaped, short, broader than long, about as long as 13,

its distal extremity the shorter, the lateral sides shortest with a

dorsolateral tooth or short point directed out and upwards at end

of each or immediately before the end; the dorsal extensor-ridges

very short, the ventral ones nearly wanting altogether’. The

head is sometimes much more suffused and. often, has a crescent-

shaped blackish mark in the middle of face of each lobe, sometimes

connected to the dorsal band at apex of clypeus.

Swinhoe gives the habitat of Halpe moorei as India, Burma,

Ceylon, Hongkong. Under ‘Distribution’ he says, ‘Watson

records it from the Chin Hills, Rangoon, Berhampur and the

Andamans; de Rhé-Philipe from Misuri; J. J. Walker from Hong-

kong; de Nicéville from Sikkim; Elwes from Trichinopoly in

Ceylon and Tavoy in Burma; Moore from Calcutta; we have

received many examples from the Khasia Hills and have it from

Port Blair in the Andamans, Calcutta, Ranikhot, Karwar in N.

Kanara; Davidson, Bell and Aitken bred it at Karwar; our figures

of the larva and pupa are from Davidson’s original drawing not

previuosly published. Adamson. says it is a common species in

Burma.’

The figures above referred to are contained on Plate 817 of

Lepidoptera Indica, Fig. lc. The butterflies are also figured, 1

being the male upperside, la the female and 1b the underside—

the stigma on the male is not indicated at all and the colour is

not nearly black enough. Neither the representations of the

butterfly or the larva and pupa are good.

221. Haipe hyrtacus, de Nicéville.—-Male. Upperside dark-brown, the area

above vein 12 of fore wing along costa sparsely sprinkled with yellow scales

and the basal half of cell sparsely set with golden, decumbent hairs; there

are a few scales towards apex on the costa. Fore wing with six very small,

white, semihyaline spots, or seven; two in the cell, the upper against the

upper margin at the origin of vein 9, the larger as a rule, the other in the

very outer, lower corner, much smaller and often absent; three subapical,

occasionally very tiny dots in interspaces 6, 7, 8, that in 6 near the base of

the interspace, that in 7 moved very slightly inwards, that in 8 about the

middle of its interspace and the uppermost may be absent in some specimens;

a spot, the largest—but still small—in the very base of interspace 2 with

another, very slightly smaller and a bit further out in 3. The brand on the

disc dark, consisting of three parts, the uppermost circular in the very base

of interspace 2, the other two crescent-shaped, the hollow inwards, the two

THE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDIA 343

in a line filling the interval between veins 1 and 2 from the end of cell to the

middle of vein 1 or slightly further out; this brand with each section tumid,

the crescent-shaped parts naked and shining. There is a very slight hair-

fringe along inner margin. Hind wing quite immaculate with darker, short

hair occupying top half of cell, longer, decumbent, yellowish hairs in the

bottom half stretching outwards to about three-quarters the way to outer

margin below vein 3 followed by brown hair in interspace 1b and dense, long,

brown hairs in a thick ridge all along 1b to anal angle. Underside: much

paler than upper side. Fore wing with the spots as on upperside and the

whole base below the cell and out to a line joining the upper end of the

stigma (therefore lower, outer end of cell) to the tornal angle pure-white or

nearly so; pale, blurred, whitish spots in interspaces 4, 5, 6 and 7 submarginal

with obscure darkish lunules bordering their outer edges. Hind wing with

the whole base except above vein 8 and base of interspace 7 white out to the

middle, extending a little more outwards in interspace la and the lower halt

of 1b, white with a spot of ground colour under the junction of vein 2 with

cell, another at the junction of 6 with cell and a third under the middle of

vein 8; some yellow scales on the brown, costal area above vein 8; some

few white scales making obscure spots, postdiscal, in interspaces 3, 4, 5;

there are some white, decumbent hairs in the cell from base to its end.—Female

like the male in everything except that the semi hyaline spots are always

larger, the stigma is absent on the fore wing upperside; and the whole

colour is paler. Cilia dark-brown at base and very little paler beyond.

Antennz with the top bent sharply at right angles and rather long, longer than

the width of club; black above with the tip of club grey; beneath, the upper

part of shaft and club are yellow, the apiculus dark brown-red. Palpi above

black and yellow mixed, the third joint brown and somewhat porrect, not

hidden by the hairs; below light-ochreous. Head, thorax and abdomen more

or less concolourous with wings above; below, the pectus pale-ochreous in

middle, whitish at sides, the abdomen grey with last segment brown; legs

slightly ferruginous. Expanse 40 mm.; the female slightly larger than the male.

Larva.—Is of a more or less ordinary skipper shape: more or less cylindrical,

the ventrum of course, however, depressed or flattened; the prolegs and true

legs short; the anal segment sloping at about 60° to the longitudinal axis

of the body, semicircular in shape, convex transversely as well as very slightly

longitudinally, the whole surface of anal segment except the extreme anterior

margin covered with small, star-shaped, black or deep red-brown tubercles from

vach of which rises a soft, short, light greyish hair: the ground-colour on which

these tubercles are situated is greyish, different from the rest of the larva;

the neck is slightly tumid owing to the presence of a somewhat thickened,

light-yellowish collar from spiracle to spiracle; the head is large, scmewhat

oval in shape, higher than broad, the medial (dorsal) line very slightly

depressed on vertex, continued down as far as apex of clypeus, the lower

face, from just about the level of the true clypeus down, being slightly

flattened and inclined at an angle to the upper part; the true clypeus reaches

about one-third or slightly more up the face; the false clypeus about half way

and both are triangular in shape with the apex acute, the surface somewhat

lugose; the labrum is small and membranous; the ligula rather large, deeply

emarginate and trapeze-shaped, the outer or emarginate side being the longest ;

the whole shining red-brown; the mandibles are large, shining, dark red-

brown; the eyes are black, four in a short curve, the other two difficult to see;

the surface is rugose-cellular, rather strongly so, and is covered with a

clothing of erect, fine, soft, greyish hairs that are best seen against the light

sideways: they are not short,—needless to say the head is much broader and

higher than segment 2; the colour is dark brown or nearly black, somewhat

shining, this black being confined to the whole of the hinder part of the

head, thence over vertex in a broad dorsal band down to include the clypeus

and the lower parts of face leaving the middle of each lobe-face soiled lightish

yellow with a triangular point of brownish—a sort of flush from the black—

coming up into its basal part parallel to the dorsal line for a short distance ;

there is a similar point coming out from the broad, dorsal line about half way

between apex of clypeus and vertex which is directed diagonally out and

upwards. Surface of larva dull, more or less smooth except for some very

short, erect, minute, light hairs which are sparsely disposed over the dorsal

parts above the spiracular line; there are some much longer hairs in the

344 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

dorso-ventral region and along anal posterior margin as well as ventrally,

these longer hairs like those on the head: soft, light, more or less erect; each

segment has a series of depressed, thin lines, parallel to hinder margin and

nearer to it than to front margin: there are five of these, the first two much

further apart than the others; then there are the small, hair-bearing tubercles

on segment 14 mentioned above; segment 13 is very short. Spiracles not

very small, light yellowish, rather longly oval, nearly flush; those of segment 2

very much larger, those of segment 12 not so large as those of segment 2

but considerably larger than rest. Colour of the larva is a very soiled-looking

somewhat watery olive-green, with the ventrum: green and the anal segment

dorsally greyish; segment 2 yellowish. L: over 25 mm.; B: 3.56 mm. when

not quite full-fed.

Pupa.—A stout pupa of the shape of Telicota bambuse; thorax stout and

the head transverse, bowed, the frons high, in a plane at right angles to

longitudinal axis of the pupa, slightly convex, the vertex at an angle of 45°

or more, broad between the bases of antennz, the hinder margin straight,

the eyes large, the outline in front of head square, slightly convexly rounded,

the labrum a small, trapezoidal piece between the bases of proboscis, the

ligula a small, very acute drop-shaped piece contiguous to it in front: this

labrum and ligula ventral of course; segment 2 a short piece in the same

dorsal plane as vertex of head, its hinder margin straight, laterally cut away

to receive the spiracles and there very thinly raised. over the opening of

spiracle; thorax at apex the highest part of pupa, the front slope for half

its length in the same plane as segment 2 and head-vertex, then curving round

gradually to become more or less parallel to the longitudinal axis of pupa,

then slightly inclined towards segment 4 which rises towards it and forms

its even hinder slope-end, the hinder margin a parabolic curve rather narrowed

in the pole, that meets the wings in a widely open, rounded, rather deep angle

of 45°; segment 4 is as long as segment 5 in the dorsal line; segment 6 is

one-third longer than either; segment 12 is shorter than 11; segment 13 is

just represented as a base to the cremastral segment, very short; bevilled

margins of segments 8-11 hardly noticeably developed; cremasteral segment

longly triangular though truncated at extremity, the dorsal extensor ridges thin,

distinctly raised, the area between them nearly flat, the sides of cremaster

(lateral faces) also triangular with a large, oval, shallow hollow bordered by

a raised line or thin ridge at the ventral base under segment 13 or on the

outer face of the anal claspers (represented ventrally by the scars) and this

large hollow or oval is characteristic, the ventral extremity of cremaster

hollowed out considerably, the suspensory hooklets small, bunched at the

very extremity and slightly dorsally; the proboscis is not produced at all

beyond wings; the body is of equal width from the evenly rounded shoulders

to segment 6, the pupa is constricted slightly just behind eyes, the head

nearly as broad. as shoulders, the body from segment 6 thinning to cremaster

gradually, the dorsal line thence to cremaster slightly convex, the ventral line

straight. Surface of pupa moderately dull, transversely finely rayed with

minutely waved, raised lines, the segment margins well enough marked, the

extreme hinder margins of each segment narrowly smooth on segments 8 to

10; the whole pupa covered with a soft, more or less decumbent, short, light

down which is longer and more erected in the spiracular regions and much

longer and nearly erect on the head-frons, the front and posterior surfaces of

eyes and along the sides of the cremaster; there is, besides, a very small,

flattened, red-brown, chitinized disc subdorsally near the hinder margin of

each segment and a subdorsal, depressed point on segment 2. Spiracles of

segment 2 with an ear-shaped, deep-brown, rugose expansion on segment 3

front margin consisting of a slightly raised semicircular boundary behind,

the whole surface sloping downwards from that boundary to the front margin

of the segment and ending in a hole in its spiracular region under the thinly

raised hinder margin of segment 2 alluded to above: this dark brown, rugose

surface quite 2 mm. in breadth by over 1 mm. in length (dimensions corres-

ponding with length and breadth of pupa); other spiracles rather small,

narrowly oblong, raised, yellowish. Colour of the pupa that of a_ soiled

fresh bone, the wings greenish, the cremastral extensor ridges and borders of

the hollow red-brown; boss of head or frons and dorsal portion of thorax

sullied with brown, the latter having it disposed in subdorsal bands; abdominal

segment with two, parallel, transverse rows of brown dots reaching down to

LAE COMMON BOTTLE RILIES OF THE’ PLAINS OF INDA 345

lateral line and a postspiracular and some subspiracular ones. L: 20 mm.;

Bis ;o.om;

Habits.—This species was first caught amongst the hills in big

jungle at a place in the N. Kanara District of the Bombay Presi-

dency called Tarimallapur, an uninhabited village-site up the

Kalinaddi river, forty miles from the coast. Shortly afterwards a

larva was obtained at the same place, in the year 1895, on the

large-leafed bamboo, Ochlandra talboti, Brandis, that grows in

damp, even swampy places by nallas in the valleys. Many years

afterwards specimens were sent to de Nicéville in Calcutta who

said that he had just named it from two ragged specimens received

from Tranvancore. Subsequently to the first discovery, a few

years afterwards, more larve were obtained at another place on

the crest of the Western Ghats in the same district, called Anshi;

and on the same species of bamboo; and, since then too, it

has been occasionally found at this last place when looking for

caterpillars of Halpe astigmata; at least it would be more correct

to say that, when looking for caterpillars of hyrtacus, those of

astigmata were found and collected thinking they were the other.

It is a rare species and, like astigmata, is hardly ever seen in

the perfect state, flying. The butterfly has been seen thrice and

astigmata once. Many caterpillars have occasionally been obtained

when a violent effort was made; but the habit they have of lying

over for months during the cold weather has prevented breeding

any number of perfect insects. The best time for collecting is

during the very heavy rains in August when it is difficult to get

about. No carts can be had, the river is in flood, roads are

impassable because unbridged; the bungalows are very damp

and uncomfortable. Besides which the place where the larve have

to be sought ts swarming with leeches. The habits of the larva

are those of Telicota bambuse as far as the cell-making is con-

cerned; it is just as sluggish or even more so in its movements.

It does not appear to excrete any cereous, white powder in the

cell but probably cuts the cell away from the leaf when about to

pupate. The pupa is firmly attached by the tail inside. The

habitat is the Western Ghats from Kanara to Travancore.

Another note about the larva is to the effect that the ‘anal

segment is covered with minute, star-shaped, low tubercles of a

red-brown colour from each of which springs a short, erect hair’.

222. Halpe (Thoressa) astigmata (Swinh.):—-Male. Upperside blackish-

brown. Fore wing with the basal portion as far out as to half the length of

cell and the whole of the inner-marginal space below vein 1 to outer margin

set with golden-yellow hairs, sparsely except along the inner margin; and

with six semihyaline spots, two subapical towards the bases of interspaces

6, 7, the lower slightly the larger and two discal, the upper towards the base

of interspace 3, somewhat larger still, the fourth underneath, further in, just

before the junction of vein 3 with end of cell, in interspace 2 largest, oblong

but only slightly longer than broad, its edges straight, just 1 mm. broad;

and two in the cell, coalescing in a point on the middle line of cell and

situate so that the lower border of the lower one takes up a length of the

bottom vein of cell extending from close to. the outer, lower corner of cell

as far in as the base of vein 2 where it joins the bottom vein, both these cell-

spots about equal in size, smaller than the discal one in interspace 2 but larger

than any of the others. There is only a slight fringe of hairs along the inner

346 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

margin. Hind wing: the lower half of cell extending outwards thence half

way to outer margin covered sparsely with golden-yellow, decumbent, longish

hairs; much denser, brown, longer hairs all along vein 1b from base to

outer margin; but without markings. Underside paler than above because it

is sprinkled all over sparcely by small, yellow scales all over the hind wing

and along costa and the apex down to tornal angle in a narrowing band. Fore

wing with spots as above and a very indistinct series of pale submarginal

spots in interspaces 3 to 7; interspaces 4, 5 often pale at base and 1 and

inner-marginal space pale at outer ends. Hind wing with a pure-white spot

of scales in the middle of interspace 7 and at its base, the latter the larger

(but rather small at that) and one beyond the middle of interspace 6 followed

by very small ones in 5, 4, 3 somewhat further out and in a straight line

with finally one in the very middle of 2; a pale streak along the upperside of

vein 1b from base to half way out with a pale patch in interspace 1b before

the margin. There are some shortish, yellow, decumbent hairs in cell and

outwards below it and extending a bit beyond its end. Antennz black above,

the shaft black below too; the club with just the end ochreous as well as the

whole of the underside, the apiculus brownish-red and this colour extending

some way down the underside of club. Palpi brown above with some ochreous

hairs, dull ochreous below because of a mixture of black hairs. Head brown;

the brown with a greenish sheen; abdomen dark-brown with some yellow

scales. Below, the pectus ochreous, the legs ferruginous, all pale; abdomen

dark but with broad, pale-ochreous segmental hands.—Female like the male

but somewhat paler; the spots no larger. Cilia on fore wing ashy-brown

slightly paler at apex and more extensively above tornal angle; on hind wing

all very pale throughout. Expanse 35 mm. for female; the male a bit smaller.

Larva.—Is of the ordinary shape, fattest in the middle, fining gently to

both ends; the anal end rather longly semicircular, dorsally sloping in seg-

ment 14 art about 20°, the extremity slightly overreaching the: anal claspers ;

segment 13 rather less than half 12 in length; 14 about as long as 12, segment

11 somewhat longer than 12; legs short; head rather small, broadly elliptical

with the vertex broadly rounded and very slightly indented in dorsal line and

depressed as far as the top of clypeus, the bottom of depression angular; the

surface cellular-rough, the roughness somewhat accentuated and prominent on

vertex, clothed besides with semi-decumbent, short, somewhat sparse, light

hairs all over, these hairs somewhat longer about base of lobes and mouth-

opening; true clypeus triangular, much longer than broad, apex very acute,

reaching about two-fifths the way up face, with irregular ridges down its

surface; the false clypeus reaching about half-way up face, narrow beyond

the true clypeus, the strip on each side increasing in width from base to

apex but fairly narrow even at apex, triangular with the apex acute; the

labrum dark-brown like the head, transverse, rather short; the antennal

joints both shining, whitish-soiled; the mandibles large and strong with the

cutting edge toothless, quite even, the colour of head; the ligula the same

colour too, rather large, circular fringed with sparse, fine, reddish hairs, with

a rather large, rounded sinus in dorsal line on the front margin; eyes dark,

the topmost much smaller than the next three lower, the colour very dark

red-brown with a light, broad, subdorsal area on face; the fifth and sixth

also very small; Spiracles of moderate size, those of segments 2 and 12 rather

larger, all flush and yellowish or extremely light-brown, broadly oval. Surface

dull, the segments quite distinct, covered all over with minute, erect, very

light-coloured, numerous hairs which are very much longer round the anal

margin where, also, they are reddish on the dorsal part. Colour light-green

with a dorsal, darker, pulsating line. L: 25 mm.; B: 4.5.

Pupa.—lIs more or less cylindrical in shape from the smoothly and evenly

rounded shoulders to segment 9 after which it gradually fines down, the

transverse section always a circle, until it reaches the hinder margin of

segment 12; segment 13 is not apparent at all dorsally but is as a short band

ventrally, the three segments 13-14 forming a conical piece, mostly slightly

longer than broad at the base, ending, viewed dorsally, in a moderately broadly

truncated extremity, this extremity being the cremastral portion, most of

segment 14, flattened on top with fairly strong dorsal extensor-ridges limiting

it laterally leaving the middle part sunken, the very extremity hollowed out

ventrally and slightly bent down, each corner produced into a strong, chitinized,

sharp, conical, short point about half as long as the distance separating

THE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDA 34i

their bases, this distance slightly concave backwards, the edges of the whole

piece as far back as segment 13 and between the points fringed densely with hairs

which are twice or three times as long as the little teeth and stick out horizon-

tally all round; segment 13 half as long as cremaster or segment 12 which are

coequal (by the cremaster is meant the hard, flattened, chitinized end piece

of chrysalis); segment 12 slightly shorter than 11; the thorax is twice as

long as segment 8 including the bevilled margins of this latter segment, its

dorsal line is mostly parallel to the longitudinal axis of pupa, ascending towards

it from the straight front margin, descending from it to segment 4 in the

posterior part, the hinder margin is a broad quarter-circle curve meeting the

wings in a moderately deep, broadly rounded angle of about 70° ; segments 4

and 5 are coequal, about half segment 6 in length, segment 6 and segment 7

are again coequal; segment 8 is slightly longer; the head has the clypeus

nearly ventral, rounded upwards and narrowed towards the base next the

proboscis, the frons is in a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the

pupa, much swollen convexly between the eyes, the vertex is inclined at an

angle of 30° to the axis and is dorsal and broad—the whole head is broadly

square in front of the shoulders—with a straight hinder margin; segment 2

is a transverse strip with parallel margins about the length of segment 5 and

is hardly narrowed towards the spiracles; the proboscis reaches the ends

of the wings but the antennz only reach about two-thirds or three-quarters the

way down, the midlegs ending between these two—the proboscis is not in any

way free beyond the wings. Surface of pupa hardly shining, covered with a

fine, short, reddish down which is decumbent and not nearly dense enough to

constitute a pile; the abdomen being extremely minutely punctate rather closely,

the thorax, segments 2 and head extremely finely aciculated transversely and

irregularly. Spiracles of segment 2 are little perforations situated at the

common margin of segments 2 and 3 and form the somewhat laterally ex-

centric centre of a very shallow half-funnel formed by a slightly raised, red-

brown semicircular surface lying on segment 3, a large semicircle with its

height equal in length to the length of segment 2 and its breadth along the

common margin twice that; the other spiracles are rather large, prominent,

oval, with depressed, central slits, light brownish-yellow in colour. By the

way, above and beneath each spiracle, slightly in front of it there is a small,

oval, shining spot, very slightly raised from the surface and_ the

abdomen is finely transversely shallowly aciculate as well as _ punctate,

Colour is a soiled bone-colour with the cremastral portion red-brown and

shining. ~L:)22,mm.; B: 6 mm.

Habits.—Vhe habits of the larva consist in forming, at first,

a cell by sewing together the edges at the tip of the leaf or blade;

indeed this habit is continued right up to the end except that, at

the end, when the larva is fully grown, it eats a great deal more

of course and, always eating the blade on which the cell is formed,

it finishes up by having the portion it lives. in towards the tip

hanging to the basal portion by just the midrib; it changes blades

as required during this last stage. finally, to pupate, it proceeds

to turn the leaf over at right angles to the midrib, bringing the

tip down towards the base, then eating both lamine through to

the midrib about a couple of inches from where it is doubled; it

fastens the edges of the oblong piece thus formed together with

web, rounding off the open end and, finally cuts through the

midrib also so that the cell falls to the ground—much in the

manner of Halpe moorei or Plastingia submaculata. It generally

has been found close to the beds of nallas in the monsoon months

and, sometimes, the cell falls into water; it mostly, indeed, gets

washed down the hill-sides and gets swamped away down stream

until caught up between stones at the side or it gets caught up

before reaching the stream. The larve often make two or three

attempts at a cell before finishing off a final one. This cell is

348 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

lined inside with silk and especially at the open end there is a

dense covering or lax closure of feathery, cereous matter mixed

in with the silks which makes a very effective bar to any water

getting in. The pupa is not attached inside the cell and is

generally—always—placed with its head away from the open end.

The imago is rarely seen and is an insect of the damp, heavy rain-

fall ghat portions of the Western Ghats in Kanara. It flies fast,

is fond of sitting on the ends of leaves high up, basking, and is

very difficult: to catch:. The foodplant -is Ochlandra ‘talbott;

Brandis. 7

Swinhoe pictures the species on Plate 822 in Lepidoptera Indica

Figures 4 male and 4a female, 4b the underside, and says that it

has been obtained in the Nilgiris, the type being in the B.M. from

there. It was, it is believed, collected by Sir George Hampson;

he says that he has it in his collection from the same locality and

that Davidson, Beli and Aitken record it from Karwar. N. Kanara

would be more correct because the insect was never seen im

Karwar itself on the very sea shore. It came from Anshi on the

crest of the Western Ghats at about 1,500 feet in the evergreen

areas where the rainfall must be at least 200 inches in the year

if not more. The first specimen seen was caught there with a net

in the year 1895 and it has not been seen flying again. It was

caught in the same nalla in which afterwards the larva was ob-

tained, curiously enough. It is of course an insect of powerful

flight but little or nothing is known otherwise of its habits.

223. Halpe (Thoressa) honorci, de Nicéville—Male. Upperside: brown with

an ochreous tint; spots dark orange-ochreous. Fore wing with the basal

half covered with short, ochreous hairs in the interspaces and the following

semihyaline markings :--2 mm. long spot in the cell with its outer edge

just at middle of wing and filling the cell up to and down to its borders,

quadrate or constricted into a neck of varying thickness in the middle along

the fold in cell; a discal one in interspace 2, its inner edge below outer edge

of cell-spot, about twice the length or somewhat less with another above it

in interspace 3 that is half the length of it (equal to length of cell-spot), out-

reaching the one below by half its length; with three subapical spots in inter-

spaces 6, 7, 8, .one above the other, the topmost a mere _ dot,

the bottom one only slightly smaller than the one interspace 3, the

middle one between the uppermost and lowest and the inner edge

of the three in a perfectly straight line; besides an orange, not semihyaline

mark in interspace 1 that is chevron shaped, the sharp end innermost, the top

are linear and slanting obliquely from lower, outer corner of spot in interspace

2 to above the middie of vein in the middle of interspace, the lower arm

much wider, thicker, slanting outwards to vein 1 at about three-quarters its

length from base of wing; the yellow scaling leaves a bare space of ground-

colour, oval in shape, bordering each spot in interspaces 6, 7, 8 and 2, 3

outwards. Hind wing. Extraordinarily variable as to the extent of the

orange-ochreous patch. One specimen caught in the very wettest month of

the monsoon has the whole of the interspace 4 including some of 5 above of

that colour extending from the discocellulars (end of cell) outwards to three-

quarters its length just to embrace a small longitudinally-oval spot of ground

colour in its extremity: and also interspace 3 (the brown vein separating the

two narrowly) for the same distance out embracing another, similar spot

of ground colour: and, further, the basal half of interspace 2 with the spot

just beyond its extremity—these coincide with the postdiscal, curved series

of brown spots sometimes present on the underside; these spots covered with

long, concolorous-ochreous decumbent hairs while the rest of the cell has

them. black and there is a line of similarly—long, not quite so decumbent, |

orange-ochreous hairs all along vein 1b to close to outer margin. In another

THE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDIA 349

specimen also caught in the rains the cell underneath the (here) concolorous,

long and decumbent hairs (none are black) is all orange-ochreous as well as

the whole of interspaces 4 and 5 to near outer margin extending upwards

slightly to top of interspace 6 beyond middie and downwards through inter-

space 3 to completely fill 2 to close to outer margin, the whole of the interval

separating vein 2 from 1b with its fringe of hairs being covered with orange

hairs also. In still another specimen caught in January the patch is as

extensive as in this second one but has no sign of any brown spots. Under-

side. ‘Fore wing with the costa increasingly, the apex broadly, the outer

margin decreasingly dull, dark ochreous; all the rest of the wing blackish,

the spots as on the upperside, the discal series with the ehevron mark much

paler, diffused, larger. Hind wing dark, dull ochreous; a thin, black bar

closing the cell, a complete, discal, curved series of long-oval, blackish spots,

one in each interspace commencing with one above middle of cell towards the

base of interspace 7 and one beyond its middle, the last in the middle of inter-

space 1b; all veins blackish the abdominal margin and a streak in the basal

two-thirds of the submedian interspace black.’ (Swinhoe, Lepidoptera Indica,

vol. x, p. 287.) Here, again, the marking is variable. In some specimens it

is absolutely uniform dark-ochreous without a sign of any marking; in others

Swinhoe’s cell-bar and postdiscal spots are all there, only the black streak

in the submedian interspace and on the veins is wanting; in others the sub-

median interspace is certainly darkish as is also the costal area above vein 8

and there is a submarginal series between the veins of dull-brown spots that

may be quite obscure. And, which is peculiar, these variations are not depend-

ent upon dry and wet seasons, nor upon sex. Antennz with the shaft black

but a yellow, thin streak on the underside towards top in some; in others

slight indications of yellow on the undersides at base of each joint, the under-

side of club at base extending down along the shaft yellow, the apiculus dull

red extending much further down on to the club above than below. Palpi

brown above with some ochreous hairs, below pale-ochreous at base shading

up to orange at end in some fresh specimens. Head and thorax orange above

or ochreous-orange with a plentiful admixture of brown. Abdomen brown

with very plentiful admixture of orange-ochreous scales on distal half. Legs

orange-ochreous or pale-ochreous according to specimens. The fringe of hairs

along inner margin of fore wing slight. Cilia of fore wing brown with darker

base, the portion below vein 1 often ochreous; of hind wing ochreous with

brown bases, altogether slightly brown in interspaces 2, 3 both above and

below. Expanse 40 mm. or rather less for female; the maie often as much.

The crook of the antennz is bent back at right angles and short and the

hind tibia are quite naked or with a very slight fringe of hairs.

Swinhoe says in his book: ‘Female. Upperside coloured like the male.

Fore wing with the spots similar, but there is only one spot below the two

discal spots. Hind wing with the patch usually restricted to a conspicuous

streak in interspace 4 and inconspicuous, thin streaks in 3 and 2. Underside

paler than in male; all the markings similar but indistinct.’

Larva.—This caterpiller is, in shape, very like that of Halpe moorei but

is altogether sui generis amongst this type of skipper larva as it is not

concolourous; it is longitudinally marked with a dorsolateral, broad, rose-

coloured band from segment 2 to segment 13, the dorsal area above it being

more or less yellow, the spiracular area below it, white. The 13th segment

is a narrow, transverse, parallel-margined piece, shorter than half the length

of segment 12 and with a very slight dorsal slope backwards towards the anal

segment; that segment, i.e., the anal one (segment 14) is semicircular in

outline has a slightly greater slope than 13 and is about the same length

as segment 12; the legs and prolegs are short; segment 2 is whitish and

has a thin, transverse, black collar across its middle which is very slightly

interrupted in the dorsal line ; the body is thickest at middle and decreases

slightly towards both ends; there is a distinct neck before the comparatively

large (higher and broader than segment 2, equal about in diameter to seg-

ment 3), nearly round, thick head which is only very slightly indented in

dorsal line on vertex between the lobes; the surface of head is shallowly and

minutely honeycombed-rugose with a somewhat sparse covering of very minute,

appressed, short, light hairs with some longer, erect, stronger ones on the

edges of the ligula and around the mouth-opening; the clypeus is rather

less than half the height of the head, a good deal higher than broad at base,

380 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

triangular with an acute apex, the false clypeus outside it reaching slightly

further up than half the height of the head, the strip formed by it outside the

true clypeus rather broad, broadening from base upwards to nearly three-

quarters its own height in a gentle curve, then the sides converging to an

acute apex in dorsal line; the labrum nearly white, shining, transverse, not

short (really the same colour as clypeus and head generally), the ligula also

the same colour, longer than broad, semicircularly rounded with a rather

deep, triangular sinus occupying the centre of the front margin; the antennal,

basal joint light, the second rather dark red-brown; the mandibles red-brown

also with much darker edges, this cutting edge straight, not toothed; the

eyes: 2, 3, 4 in a straight line pointing to 6 under the lower curve of head,

1 behind and above 2 at an obtuse angle, all the first four equally spaced,

6 twice the distance from 4 that 3 is from 4, the 5th behind 4 and 6 and

forming an equilateral triangle with them, all dark. Surface of larva covered

with extremely minute, erect, soft, light hairs, hardly visible under the lens ;

otherwise smooth, the skin thin with the trachea showing through; the anal

segment largely chitinized on dorsum and very irregularly wrinkled-rugcse,

black; the thin, black collar across segment 2 also chitinized. Spiracles of

ordinary size, nearly circular and yellow; those of segments 2 and 12 larger

than the others. The colour of the body is peculiar for one of the genus:

there is a spiracular white band above which is a dorsolateral, rose-coloured band

of about the same width with a shade of green in it, above this a subdorsal,

slightly narrower, yellow band and a dorsal, greenish line; all longitudinal

reaching from segment 2 at the hinder margin to the front margin of segment

14; the head is light brownish-yellow with, generally, a round, black or blackish

or brown, single, rather small spot near the top of the face on each lube.

te 29,mm.s) BS amin:

Pupa.—The pupa is also, in shape, like that of Halpe mooret except for

differences that will be evident below; it is, however, very peculiar in the

excrescences of the head and in the formation of the cremaster; the body is

thickest and stoutest generally about the middle though the diiference between

the stoutness there and at the thorax and shoulders is very small; the shoulders

are evenly rounded, the eyes prominent, the front squarely blunt, the thorax

slightly and evenly convex-humped, the abdomen decreasing in width back-

wards more quickly after segment 7 to the narrowly square-ended cremaster ;

segment 13 is more or less intimately soldered to 14 and is about half its

length (slightly more) and also half the length of segment 12; segments 11-13

with a gentle dorsal slope, segment 14 much more strongly inclined downwards ;

the hinder margin of thorax is a short parabolic curve about equal to a semi-

circle and meets the wing-line on each side in a broadly rounded angle of

about 90°, segment 4 is about equal in length in dorsal line to segment 5,

segment 6 is not quite twice as long, thorax is four times as long as 4, seg-

ment 2 is only slightly shorter than 4; the head is very peculiarly sculptured

the whole frontal surface, inclined at an angle of about 80° to the longitudinal,

axis of the pupa, is flattened between the eyes and raised very considerably above

the pupal surface into a heart-shaped shield which is broader than long and

has the heart-sinus posterior; this surface is very prominently and irregularly

wrinkled-rugose and is separated from the head-vertex by a deep, linear

depression of triangular section: the vertex behind this is also similarly

raised and roughened in two pear-shaped pieces, one on each side of the

dorsal line, the thin end of these pears touch the dorsal line and the broad

ends reach down to the eyes, the breadth (in sense of length of pupa) is

only half the length of the vertex, the rest of the vertex-surface being flush

with the general pupal surface but roughened like the raised front pear-like

portions; this flush vertex-portion is again divided into a dorsal, triangular

part bordered in front by the pear-like, raised pieces with the base posteriorly

formed by a fine line formed by the front borders of two longly oval, marginal

pieces, one on each side of dorsal line and lying along the hinder margin of

head; segment 2 is normal, not roughened, parallel-sided and in same plane

as the head-vertex; the eyes are roughened in front; the cremaster is peculiar :

it is composed of two pieces, the anterior nearly square, as broad as segment

13 (less than segment 12) and has its dorsal surface gently concave, its lateral

edges raised considerably though somewhat thinly into sharp, low ridges

leaning outwards with three or four backwards-directed, short, sharp, conical

teeth; the posterior portion rather less than half the length and, at its

THE COMMON BUTTERFLIES OF THE PLAINS OF INDIA 35]

extremity which is quite square (the extremity of the pupa) rather less than

half the breadth of the basal portion; this end piece has its sides gradually

diverging forwards to bend suddenly out to the hinder corners of the anterior,

square piece; this pupal end is furnished with a somewhat diffuse bunch of

stiff, golden-brown, suspensory shafts which are somewhat ventral and hooked

at the ends; ventrally the cremaster has nothing noteworthy; the antennx

reach half way down the wings, the proboscis reaches the ends but is not

prolonged. The surface is moderately shining, the abdomen finely granulate-

rugose, the thorax more or less regularly, transversely acicularly rugose in

parallel lines, the wings irregularly acicularly lined transversely; besides the

rugosities on head and eyes noticed above; the segment margins distinct,

narrowly satiny-rugose along hinder borders, the margins of segments 8, 9,

10 more broadly satiny. Spiracles of segment 2 are guarded behind by

a very prominent, 0.75 mm. long, more or less oval surface or protuberance

which faces forwards and has another, oblong, similar, raised surface in

front of it, separated from it by a depressed line, this anterior, raised body

black, the posterior one red-brown; the other spiracles are very light yellow,

moderately broad ovals, flush, rather small. The colour of the pupa is waxy-

white all over with a green shade, the rugosities of head, and eyes are all

nearly black (very dark red-brown); the ridges of cremaster and teeth are

rather golden red-brown; besides which the greater part of the lateral region

of segment 2, a short, subdorsal streak (longitudinal) from front margin of

thorax backwards and a similar dorsolateral streak on segment 1 (head-vertex)

are black. ib< Zo; mm.:. 8 5 mm,

Habits.—The larva is very shy, eating in the evening. Pupa

in a longitudinally joined bamboo-leaf and fixed by tail; coating

of fairly thick silk inside of cell, sometimes steps of silk also;

whole cell very tightly closed. The larva generally lives amongst

the dead, yellow leaves and makes its cell of several joined

together. Is found both above and below the ghats, at Siddal-

gundi and Karwar. Four or five were obtained in March 1919;

the first came from Siddalgundi on March 15, 1893; another from

Udamakki on August 1, 1893; all in the N. Kanara, District of

the Bombay Presidency. The butterfly is a powerful flier, fre-

quenting the jungles where bamboo grows; keeping much to the

higher stories of the trees where it goes freely to flowers for the

sake of the nectar in the mornings up to eleven o’clock if there

be shade, not so late if the sun is too bright. It was much

attracted to the flowers of the Dividivi or Cesalpinia coriaria,

Willd., the American Sumach, a cultivated tree with extremely

sweet smelling flowers that come out in October and June. The

insect is not often seen; neither are the caterpillars easy to come by.

Swinhoe gives the habitat as South India and Ceylon and says

‘The types in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, came from the Palni

Hills; Hampson records it from ihe Nilgiris; Elwes from Trichi-

nopoli; Davidson, Bell and Aitken who bred it in Karwar, did not

figure the larva and pupa.’ The larva and pupa have, as a matter

of fact, been painted but never published.

(To be continued)

THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ

RIVER

0:Com KR, W. Burton, A. (Rep)

Part I]

(With 2 plates)

Continued trom page 39 of this Volume

It]

‘ To sit on rocks, to muse o’er flood and fell,

To slowly trace the forests’ shady Scene,

Where things that own not man’s dominion uel. ;

—BYRON.

At 4am. on May 30, the first day’s shikar was commenced

by an expedition up the main valley in search of ibex. Some

climbing over precipitous rocks, with many a precarious hold

above the raging stream below, opened out to better ground

along the right bank of the river. About two miles from

camp eight ibex were sighted. Ail had horns of upwards of

thirty inches, and one buck appeared: to be the owner of a fairly

good head. Going further on more ibex were seen, eleven females

and one small male. The party of eight came along and joined

these. We followed the herd, they up the hillside we along the

river, until there came a precipice which would force the animals

lower down and so nearer to us. The best head appeared to be

about thirty-eight inches, so I decided to take the chance that was

offered. The distance was about 300 yards and I was that day,

for the first and last time, using the -280 Ross Rifle. No dust flew

to the shot. The animal galloped a few yards and disappeared

behind some rocks. The remainder of the herd were carefully

counted across an open stone shoot which lay in their way. The

big one was not amorg them, therefore he must be hit, and was

possibly dead. Ramdass staying with me, the twomen were sent

up the valley to cross by the first available snow bridge and make

their way back along the opposite side. Watching them I envied

the ease and speed with which they moved.

They found the stricken beast lying down where he had disappear-

ed. He galloped across the stone shoot and stood among rocks ;

but the distance was now greater than before: quite 400 yards.

The last of four shots brought him rolling down the hill to come to

anchor against some bushes. The men got the carcass down to the

edge of the river and, after several attempts, I passed across a rope

THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ 353

which, fastened round the neck, enabled us to haul the body

through the rushing torrent of the icy stream. This saved much

trouble: but he was very nearly lost, the weight of the body being

almost more than old Ramdass and I could manage. The animal

had been hit four times. Three shots were through the body—one

of these through the shoulder—and the last had smashed the base of

the skull. Having killed him I wished I had stayed my hand as the

horns measured only thirty-six inches. He was in splendid winter

coat. After this experience of the ‘280 rifle I decided never to

use itagain. The°375 would have killed the animal at the first shot.

On the way back to camp tracks of a snow leopard were seen along

the river bank. There was acurious yellow halo round the sun.

The men said that it portended continuous fine weather.

The last day of May was spent in camp, seeing to the ibex skin,

doing oddjobs of mending, and making preparations for a four

days’ bivouac further up the river.

The dawn of the first of June disclosed a cloudy sky and snow

falling on the higher hills, so on this occasion the halo was at fault.

We made anearly start, the party consisting of the three shzkarts

and Panchram, one of the Chakrata coolies. We went far up the

valley and, turning up a side ravine to within the snowline, the men

settled themselves down in the ruins of a last year’s shepherds’ hut.

My bedding was laid out at an angle between two low stone walls

which kept off the wind, and a green waterproof sheet rigged up

overhead furnished sufficient shelter for ordinary weather. On the

whole the camp was quite a good one: fortunately there was

neither mist nor snow. The hills round about were very rugged

and precipitous but had no terrors for me. Wearing the woven

grass shoes brought from Chakrata I could go over any sort of

ground in safety.

The first day’s excursion, still further up the main valley, was

made over difficult country, steps having to be cut in several places

across the steep slopes of frozen snow. The junction of the Spiti

nala with the Thamin river—now reduced to but a miniature of

itself—was reached, and it was made certain that no ibex had yet

gone beyond that point. There were no tracks in the snow and no

grass had yet appeared. Several lots of ibex were seen on the

way up, but no head worth having. On the hillside opposite camp

was the herd of eight ibex which had been reduced to seven. Our

quest being now for bear and not ibex, to remain further at this

bivouac was useless, and areturn to the main camp was made the

following day. Some wild onion was found, also two kinds of

rhubarb, the variety with the smooth leaves being less bitter than

the crinkled Jeaf kind which is mostly found at a higher elevation.

Both of these, with plenty of sugar, formed an acceptable addition

to camp fare.

‘The camp on the right bank of the river was a very pleasant one,

well sheltered from the wind, which, coming as it did from regions

of perpetual ice and snow, was bitterly cold. The sun gave us its

grateful rays during sufficient hours of the day, and there was plenty

of fuel. As is the case with all snow-fed streams, the river rose

considerably each afternoon and became turbid with silt. The roar

354 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

of the waters and deep rumble of heavy stones being slowly ground

to fragments by the rushing torrent was most soothing and conducive

to sleep after a tiring day.

On June 4th the shikavz coolies went to find a way across

to the country east of the Pamachang stream and returned in the

evening with news of fresh tracks of snow bear. A long round of

some five miles brought us next day to bivouac on the opposite side

of the river and but a stone’s throw from the camp we had just left.

On the way tracks of a snow leopard were again seen, as well as

those of a small snow bear. Both of these animals had passed

along the further side of the river, but a short sixty yards from my

tent, during the previous night. The tracks of the bear led over

our bivouac ground and away up the hill.

In the evening, following up these tracks, we came across the

remains of an ibex, killed some five or six days previously by a

snow leopard, as could be seen by the marks in the skin of the

throat. It had been eaten by him, anda large red bear had also

been at the carcass. The leopard had bagged a better head than

1! The horns measured 42” by 104” in girth. Ramdass said that

heads better than this are not to be found in that country, and he

was probably correct. The night’s tracks of the big bear were found

higher up the hill, after we had tracked him to his lair of the previous

day among some thick bushes, but no view of him did we get

although we waited until it was nearly dark. Search next day

showed that he had not again been about the hill so it was decided

to move to a camp higher above Rupa. Had time permitted a few

days’ further stay would probably have enabled this fine bear to be

bagged. That is the worst of not concentrating on one description

of animal where animals of any kind are so few. Burhel were also

wanted.

At dawn next morning it was found that the big bear had again

been all over the hill. Every possible cover was searched but he

was not to be found. Skzkarz men said he had smelt my footsteps

and so decided that it was safer to sleep elsewhere during the day.

Some ram-chukor were seen, and the tracks of the small bear

followed the high-level path, leading towards Rupa for several

miles. About twelve o’clock three burhel rams were sighted ina

wide valley. Almost as we saw them the cries and song of a cattle

herd far below caused them to begin to travel up hill. The leading

ram had fair horns, the second one a small head, and the last of the

three carried a good head: probably 26 inches. At first it was

doubtful which way they intended to go, and how far. The leading

ram was pretty to see as he pugnaciously rose on his hind legs

and butted at the second one. He did this several times, on one

occasion making a leap of about fifteen feet which the other fellow

wisely let pass without attempting to meet the downward assault.

After five minutes’ watching it became evident that the animals

intended to cross over, high up on the same spur as we were on,

so no time was to be lost in going up our side of it. The elevation

was some 12,000 feet, and progress, on my part, somewhat slow.

The impatient shkzkarz cooly had to wait many times for me, and

the burhel were a long three hundred yards’ distant when lI

IBAREE MONTHS CP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLES 355

pantingly gained the shelter of a bush at the hump of the spur.

That five minutes’ delay, watching the animals, had been fatal, and

lost me the big ram. With these few minutes in hand, we would

have been under cover waiting for the rams to file quietly past at

short range. Having waited for the burhel to disappear over a

ridge half a mile or more away, time was given to them fully to

disappear; for sometimes a ram will return to the crest and re-sur-

vey the country just passed over. We followed as fast as possible.

The shikarz, leading this time by a couple of hundred yards, gained

the crest and at once frantically beckoned to me—poor breathless

and winded me—to hurry up! Doing my best I arrived much

pumped, to see two of the burhel disappear round the next spur,

probably for good, as the next sight of them would be at long range.

The biggest ram was standing in the little valley below us, only a

hundred yards distant, gazing up at the ridge. The shzkarz cooly

had evidently been incautious as to how he looked over on his first

getting there. Old Ramdass would not have committed such a

fault. It had been necessary to let the cooly push on in order to

keep the animals in sight. No time was to be lost: but I was in

no condition to shoot straight. ‘The wobbling °375 sent a bullet

just under his chest. There was now time to gain breath, judge

distance, and make ready in lying down position for the long shot

which it would be necessary to attempt ; and which was justified by

the circumstances. Animals were difficult to find, and remaining

days for shzkar were becoming alarmingly few. Two of the rams

soon appeared, making their way up the rocky spur which we knew

must be their way of retreat. They were the small and the big

ram. My rifle is oversighted, as are almost all rifles of the

H. V. class. With the 200 yards leaf, good enough in that rarefied

air for any distance up to 400 yards I nearly got the big ram:

missed him by inches only, just under his body. This gave me the

exact range, but the ram disappeared among the rocks. ‘Then the

third ram, the former leaping leader of this smail party of gentle-

men, came into view. The first shoot went just over him. He stood,

fortunately, and the second, taking him in the near hip, broke both

his thighs. The distance was over 350 yards. He lay where

hit, then slithered down a small shale slope until checked by a large

stone. Lying there, his colour blending with the shale, he was

invisible to the naked eye, an object lesson of how marvellously

wild animals can at times suit their environment.

The two other rams again came into view among the tumbled

rocks. The big fellow bore a charmed life. The two bullets

went exceedingly close; one, the first, must have been not two

inches over his back. I saw the spurt of snow dust. This was with

the 300 yds. leaf. He madea standing leap of at least fifteen feet,

obviously untouched, and again stood at gaze. On being missed a

second time he quickly disappeared amidst the snow covered rocks

behind which his young companion had already been lost to view.

His agility was astounding and equal to that of an ibex.

To get to the fallen ram took me some time, there being much

bad and difficult ground to be negotiated. He was in thin

ROnCition ; .hortis 23” by 12” in girth. Having securéd-a

398 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST SOCIETY Vi, VOL wae

photograph of the prize we made our way downwards, meeting the

remainder of the party eagerly climbing towards us to find out the

resuit of so many shots. We got to camp above Rupa ~by five

o’clock in the evening, having been twelve hours on the go and

much of the time over vile ground. After a stay of one day in

camp a move was made to a bivouac at a much higher elevation,

about 13,000 feet, the climb being fairly steep. On the way up five

burhel ewes were seen. The sight of three more in a valley

beyond the bivouac raised hopes that perhaps more game would

oe found on the morrow.

The sky was now quite clear. Onall sides nothing but snow

was to be seen. The mountains extended in ali directions, range

after range, peak after peak. To the north, some two miles from

camp, was the snow covered range dividing the valley of the Thamin

from that of the Spiti river. To the north-east could be seen the

Hangrang pass leading to Hango. The pathto it, which started from

the village of Stinam, could be seen now and again as it wound

upwards over the rounded spurs of the mountains, until it disappeared

from sight above a stupendous precipice of reddish sandstone,

streaked with strata of many hues. The glories of the near and

distant mountains were spread out before me—high ragged ranges

shooting up into the sky in all directions, the vision lost in a sea

of peaks. No wind, not even a distant sound, disturbed the

silence.

The next morning an early start was made, as it was intended to

cover all possible ground in the search for burhel. Quite close to

camp a lovely yellow fox was seen. He had a white tip to his tail,

and stared unalarmed as we made our way along the hillside through

the stunted gorse-like juniper. Valley after valley was searched

without success and the shzkarzs confessed themselves unable to say

where the burhel rams could be found. During the day two more

yellow foxes were seen. They were along way off, and the men

insisted they were a small kind of panther and were the cause of our

being unable to find burhei! My telescope showed very plainly

what animals they were, but the men remained wilfuily unconvinced.

One of the foxes was playing very prettily in the snow after the

manner of a happy dog.

It had now to be decided whether to remain in this valley and

make an effort to bag a snow bear, or to retrace our steps to Pangi.

and try for burheiin the neighbourhood of Charong. A man was

sent down the hill for baggage coolies ; a decision could be arrived

at in the morning when camp was struck and the loads packed: and

so passed a second night under the glorious canopy of the starlit

heavens.

‘The 11th June, and Charong itis!’ The coolies arrived at seven

o’clock, so, starting down the hill py eight, Rupa was passed and

Suinam reached by two in the afternoon. The shkzkavz men were

quite pieased with ten rupees each as pay, and two rupees eight

annas each as Jdbakshish for animals jshot. Twenty rupeesva

month is good pay for shikaries in those parts. They asked me

to come again, and were eager to take me further afield, so

perhaps I overpaid them, ‘They said that March would be the best

THREIOMONEHS OP THE VALLEY OF THE SOTLEJ 357

month as all animals would then be at low elevations and snow

leopards would not be difficult to get.

At Rupa I took a photograph of the village, ascending to the

roof of the younger shzkavz man’s house for the purpose.

The names of the men were Charung Tanjan and Tikaram, the

latter being a very intelligent youth. I took a great fancy to him

and would gladly have him with me again. The temple at Rupa

is of the usual type for this part of the world. A very gaudy gilt

covered image of Buddh was the principal feature of it. All

round the walls were paintings of Lamas and devils executed by

an artist from Spiti. A man ofthe village had lately died at

Pangi on his way up from Rampur anda number of red clad

Lamas were holding a memorial service, so I gathered. At Chamong

‘Motee’ was taken over in fair condition and four rupees disbursed

as his keep for sixteen days. On this day the last of the burhel

mutton was consumed ; and glad I was, as the muscles of my jaws

were getting enormous from the heavy exercise. Never was there

tougher meat. When the animals are shot in autumn, after

months of splendid grazing, the flesh is excellent; but in the

spring, after a winter’s diet of hardy shrubs and such like fare,

the reverse is the case.

The return journey down the valley showed how much the

aspect of the country had changed during the past fortnight. The

poplar trees were now in leaf; snow bridges fast disappearing ;

hillsides green; and people busy in the fields. Near Suinam

village a number of children from four to ten years of age were

being made to weed the fields. hey began early in life to learn

to cultivate ; to carry loads; and to tend the village stock. A

small baby was brought to me to have its foot doctored. There

had been a severe burn but the wound had sufficiently healed.

After application of some ointment it was bandaged up, and the

mother went away highly pleased with my safe assurance that all

would be well with the little one’s foot in a few day’s time.

It was hot, toiling up the hill from the iron bridge to the

Benang Pass. Nothing had yet been done to the ‘road’.

That portion of this road between Shiasu bridge and Poo—the

mission station below the Shipki Pass—was said to be so bad as

to be dangerous; it being not uncommon for laden animals to fall

and be killed, with total loss of goods to the trader. This state

of affairs struck one as somewhat strange in view of this being

one ofthe trade routes between India and Tibet; and the faci

that a British Trade Agency was established at Gartok so far back

as the year 1904.

On arrival at Jangi on June 15, the unwelcome news was

received that no extension of leave could be given as circumstances

necessitated my transfer to another cantonment: so next day

I set out for Charong, crossing the Sutlej by the ‘Jhula’ below

Akpa village and proceeding to camp at the picturesque village of

Rispa. The ‘ Jhula’, or swing bridge, was a substantial affair of

galvanized rope wire, the means of crossing being by a wooden

seat hung on the main rope and pulled backwards and forwards

from either side, The cooly Gangaram, a man of timorous nature,

3588 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL. AIST. SOCIETY, Voi. XXX]

was unashamedly terrified at having to be swung in mid-air over the

roaring river! I had him tied in as a matter of wise precaution.

Some of the baggage damsels who came from Rispa to take on

the Icads were very nice looking, and more extremely pretty

women were seen up this valley; also many men, and women,

who were the reverse of good looking.

The day’s journey of June 17th took us from Rispa to Lamber

via Tangi, the first mile or so being along the left bank of the

Sutlej. Leaving the main river the path turned up the Tadoong

aad, to cross it a short distance up by a ford, and then wind up

the hill sides, mainly through fir woods, to the village of Tangi,

which occupies a fine commanding position on an open spur of

the mountain. Looking backwards there were very fine views of

the Kashang and Ashang Valleys and the snow covered mountains

encircling them. After fangi the path descended again to the bed

of the nullah, and from there the remaining two miles to Lamber

was mostly a scramble over the boulders of the bed of the stream.

At Lamber the people told methat the rest of the ‘path’ to

Charong was of the same description and so I found it, being fully

satisfied by evening with the exercise afforded by this tiresome

march of thirteen to fourteen miies.

There was an earthquake near Lamber in April of that year, and

a large piece of the hill side tumbled into the river. The cccur-

rence took place at night and gave the villagers a great fright.

Three men of Charong were on their way home and, bribed by a

box of matches, sat for their photograph, which turned out to be

avery good one. Three uglier countenances never faced a camera.

The gorge of the Tadoong stream from Lamber to the junction

with the Kuno nullah is a most imposing one. Many of the

mountains thereabouts are quite inaccessible, the precipices being

immensely grand. Within six miles on either side the mountain

tidge is over 20,000 feet, some of the peaks being as much as

21,800 feet in height; so it can be imagined how precipitous are

the mountains, rising as they do from the river bed (10,000 feet or

so) to those great elevations. At one spot there was a glorious

waterfall, many hundreds of feet in height, thundering down the

perpendicular cliffs. There was a large volume of water, all

melted snow, rushing downthe rocky stream: but it was merely

a trickle compared to what it would become as the summer months

progressed.

Coolies were changed near Kuno: the path from this place to

Charong being quite good, camp was pitched by three in the

afternoon. Late in the evening,. standine at the: tent,doorl

sighted two burhel ewes on the opposite side of the river valley.

To climb the trackless mountain all unseen

With the wild flock that never needs a fold!

—BVYRON.

The local Shtkari_—Durjan by name—was about to start off to

Tibet on a trading expedition, but was induced to remain for three

-.- THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ 359

days. Camp: was moved on the morning of. June 19th to about

seven miles up stream from the village of Charong. On the way a

good many burhel were seen, but none carried horns of much over

20 inches. At daybreak on the 20th, accompanied by Durjan and

two coolies, I went some miles further up the bed of the river.

Three lots of burhel were found—twenty-four animals in all—but

there were no good heads among them. A lofty hill was climbed

much of it being very steep, and a view of the entire opposite hill-

side obtained. There were many burhel scattered aboui, and it

was interesting to watch them. At about 9.30, they all began to

move upwards among the snow to he up for the. day. . The

younger rams were very playful, sportively butting at one

another, and it was a pretty sight to watch their gambols.

Higher and higher we climbed to attain a ridge weil within the

snow line. From there a splendid view of the magnificent scenery

was obtained. Nothing is more fascinating than to roam along the

crest of the higher ranges in mighty mountains. You feel that the

whole country below is yours: in it you are supreme. Also you

feel what a very very insignificant creature you are!. In..the

vast sea of mountains and valleys unfolded around you, you feel a

wild, unfettered freedom; you follow the sheep trail, always a

good .path, leading you securely round the pinnacles: with

strained excitement you walk slowly along, every step bringing

new pictures in view: you look on avast bewildering landscape

of lofty ranges rich in colour, abounding in sculptured crags, deep

ravines, and green basins—the desolation relieved by the shrill

call of the ram chukor and the majestic sailing of the lammergeyer

in the brilliant blue of the sky.

In this way we carefully wound our way along the slopes of the

mountains for several miles, thoroughly searching four large

valleys and, gradually descending, to finally arrive at a magnificent

grazing ground of wide undulating grass downs. A few ewes

were all we saw. We then made our way by downward sheep paths

to the main nullah, and so to camp—a long dreary trudge over the

slippery boulders of the stream. At one place the snow bridge,

by which a crossing was imperative, was broken down, leaving a

wide and gaping fissure over the torrent below. This had to be

jumped and it was a relief to be safely across. Further on the

snout of a small glacier was passed, the twenty foot thickness of

ice showing a deep emerald green where it was sharp cut and

overhanging the bank of the stream. Camp was gained just as

the last rose tints of the setting sun faded from the fleecy clouds

surmounting the perpetual snows. ‘The elevation attained during

this day, the most exhausting with exception of one strenuous day

in Kashmir in 1923, which I. have ever experienced, was well over

15,000 feet.

Perseverance 1s often rewarded. The alarm clock was set

for an early start the following morning, the intention being to

again look up the many animals seen the previous day, with the

forlorn hope of finding a shootable head. Standing at the door ot

the tent just after day-break Durjan drew my attention to some

animal far up the hillside above the camp. The field glasses

360 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. X¥XXi

showed three rams of which one possessed a good head. ‘The fine

sweep of his horns was silhouetted against the sky as he stood

on the brow of the hill. In afew minutes the animals disappeared

from sight, and we at once started in pursuit.

_ The climb was not very steep and the distance about 1,200 yards.

Arrived at the top all likely ground was searched in vain, so the

shikari started back to pick up the tracks and find which way the

animals had gone. I sat down near a bush with rifle and field

glasses ready. Having proceeded only some sixty yards up the

slope the shzkarz whistled and pointed. Two burhel were just

topping a ridge about 120 yards distant. They were among rocks,

and difficult to define. Quickly putting up the field glasses one of

them was seen to be the big ram. He was gazing in my direction,

and only his chest and part of one shoulder was visible. The shot,

quickly taken, was fortunately a good one, the bullet striking the

point of the shoulder and making its exit behind the shoulder on

the opposite side. ‘The ram fell dead in his tracks and his smaller

companion fled clattering down the hill. I was delighted to find the

horns taped 26 inches. A very handsome trophy indeed. The

cooly with us carried the animal on his back up a steep slope on

which I had to go, in places, on all fours! He was helped, certainly,

by the shzkarz, who steadied him by holding on to a horn, but the

performance was pretty good as the animal weighed 140 lbs. He

carried him with ease downto the camp.

The bagging of this burhel was a great stroke of luck which I

felt was deserved, and steps could now be retraced in hope of.a

snow leopard, said to be killing sheep near Kuno, and perhaps a

snow bear up the Kashang Gad from Pangi. The shzkarz assured

me that this 26 inch burhel was the biggest asto horns that he

had ever seen shot. That the burhel of these parts do grow larger

horns was certain, as one—a very old and much weather-worn

head—which I saw at Ramrikcha temple near Charong measured

28 inches, and must have originally been quite an inch longer than

that. The people told me the many horns at the temple were those

of animals killed by snow avalanches, but I suspected that a

number of anitnals were killed by being driven in the snow during

the winter months.

The poojarz at Kamrikcha temple had some scars on his face, the

result of an attack by a snow leopard. It seemed that a few years

previously a snow leopard got into a hut near the temple, where

sheep were kept at night, and killed twenty-one of them. The next

evening he was around the place again. The /Aoojarz saw that the

murderer was after some goats so went out to put. them into a hut.

The leopard apparently resented this as he went for the priest and

clawed his face! That same night .the leopard visited Charong

village, a mile away, and attacked and clawed a woman there.

The villagers decided that the animal must be killed, so tracked

it to where it was lying up among some bushes about half a

mile off and, surrounding the piace, slew it with stones and

sticks without damage to themselves. A plains panther would

not have died under those circumstances without leaving his

mark on a few ofhis assailants. At Chakrata a panther—a small

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

IN THE TADONG GUD

‘ River, Ravine and Splintered Precipice ’

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

THE TIMOROUS

THREE HANDSOME MEN OF CHARONG

TAREE MONTES "CP Ti VALLEY OR THE SUTLES 361

female—was brought to me for the Government reward, having

been killed by a villager with a blow from a hatchet. The skull

was cleft to the brain. It had attacked the man after being

wounded by a companion with a gun.

On June 22nd camp was moved to Kuno, the shzkarvz coming with

me as he was eager to catch up the people with whom he wasto go

to Tibet. His way was up the Kuno nullah at head of which is the

Sholarang pass,—six marches—all the way being over the rough

bed of the stream. I did not envy him his journey. The snow

fall at Charong is heavy and the people cannot leave the village

during the winter. A few of the men go to the lower hills with

goats and sheep, but most of them, and all the women and children,

remain in the village. A great store of firewood has to be

collected, and all grain has to be ground by hand as the frozen

water mills cannot be worked. The principal occupation all those

weary winter months is weaving cloth and knitting.

On leaving camp for the march to Kuno I went up the hill where

the burhel was shot and was rewarded by the magnificent view in

the clear morning air, also a photograph of Charong Peak 19,000

feet—which had been under cloud on the previous day. ‘Towards

evening it was evident that bad weather was coming on as it began

to rain; mists were stealing along the higher slopes, while all the

mountain tops were hidden in clouds.

At Kuno there was no further news of the snow leopard. Days

were precious, so it was decided to make for Pangi without delay.

There was rain during the night and a village dog seized the

occasion to steal half a pound of butter, also the burhel head which

was, fortunately, retrieved undamaged. A group of the women

and children of Kuno was taken, as also a photograph of a ‘zho’

the half cow, half yak, of those parts. Camp was struck about nine

o’clock, after the tents had dried, and the march to Lamber

accomplished by the evening. Consequent on the recent rain and

more rapid melting of the snows, the river was now more noisy and

turbulent and had greatly increased in volume. The water was of

a light coffee colour instead of the lovely green and blue hues seen

on the upward journey.

During the early part of the next day light rain was falling for

some miles of the way, everything getting thoroughly wet. All

were glad to find sunshine and dry weather in the lower reaches of

the valley. Many people from all parts of the country were met

journeying to the Ramrikcha temple, a twhich an annual fair was to be

held during the next few days. From Rispa to Rorung the journey

was uneventful. Gangaram was once again in a great funk at

having to cross the Sutlej, now far more formidable in appearance

than on the sixteenth of the month. He tied himself in like a piece

of luggage, and, seeing the state of his nerves, the merry damsel at

the winch kept him dangling in mid-air over the raging flood.

Shouting with glee she pulled him backwards and forwards in tantaliz-

ing fashion before winding him in to the safety of the landing

platform. One cannot imagine a woman of the plains doing that !

The walk to Rorung was a very pleasant one through terraced

fields, much of the way being under the welcome shade of walnut

362 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL. AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

and apricot trees. Extensive vineyards with prospect of many

luscious bunches of grapes were seen near the village of Akpa. The

view from Rorung was very fine, almost as grand as that from

Pangi where we arrived on June 26th.

Six days could be spared for shzkar, so on the following morning

I went up the Kashang Gad, seeing splendid scenery on the way,

and camped near the snow line at a place called ‘ Poki’. Simple

names they have in this part of the world. Poki: Jangi: Pangi:

Tangi! My shtkart was acuanning looking fellow and I did not

anticipate much sport. Next morning the previous nights tracks of

a medium sized snow bear were found half a mile above camp.

The tracks led over into the Ashang Gad, the animal being no

doubt in search of food as wild carrots were not yet above ground

in this valley. Week old tracks of a few burhel, and of a snow

leopard, were also seen: but a prolonged reconnaissance made it

fairly certain that, except perhaps for a stray bear, there was small

hope of any shikar. The night was very cold, and the skies

again quite clear. A second day’s weary search for game proved

it useless to remain any longer in this much talked of valley.

On June 30, a return was madeto Pangi. The transport was

somewhat varied, being made up of one bullock, two donkeys, two

girls, one woman and one man. The man had the largest pair of

hands I have ever seen on a human being.

At daybreak on July 1, I went up the valley north of Pangi

to abivouac at a camping place the people called Ting Ting.

The elevation was about 13,000 feet. Three coolies, one of them

a female lama—a nun I should call her—carried my kit. In the

afternoon a walk to the snow line level enabled a large extent of

country to be examined. Three burhel ewes were seen. The

country was ideal for wild sheep, and the shzkarisaid they were

plentiful three years ago; but could not say why there were now so

few. Doubtless he had himself been pretty busy reducing their

numbers.

The hillsides were now becoming carpeted with flowers of many

varieties. Purple iris, buttercups, daisies, pimpernels, forget-me-

nots, and many kinds of small flowers of varied hues were all

around me wherever I went. The clover was already ankle deep.

I was sad at the thought of having to leave all this loveliness and

wend my way back to the drab heat of the plains.

The vast panorama of mountains was very beautiful. Below,

and on either side, lush grass land sloped down to the fir forests,

which were parted by the silver streak of the rivulet hastening to

add its waters to the mighty river far down the valley. The lofty

range behind camp stood out boldly, its high turreted rocks and

rough peaks forming fantastic shapes against thesky line. The

camp fire burned brightly. Beyond the cavernous depths of the

Sutlej cafyon uprose the mighty masses of many snow-capped

giants. The sunset on the snows was magnificent, and just as the

last lingering rose tint faded out of the sky, the great round orb of

the full moon appeared over the edge of the mountain and flooded

the scene with its soft luminance. The stars at that altitude

appeared twice as large and brilliant as at lower elevations. All

THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ 363

was peaceful; and the glamour of the wondrous scenery was upon

me as my eyes closed in the dreamless slumber of a night in that

perfect air. The memory of that evening of the first of July will

not easily fade from my mind.

The dew that night was very heavy, so much so that blankets

had to be dried in the sun until near eight o’clock. When we

started down the hill the coolies gathered flowers and placed them

in their hats, and the lady lama very prettily presented me with a

flower for my own headgear! I ascertained from her that any man,

or woman, who wishes may become a lama. A married woman may

also take the vow, but has to pay for the privilege. The nuns

wear no ornaments, and their hair is cut short like a man’s—not

like a man of Kunawur—he wears his long! Some of the nuns

wear pyjama trousers but this one had the usual blanket dress.

They are not exempt from ‘ begar’, and among the lamas only the

well-to-do men are excused this work. But now that the ‘ begar’

system has been abolished perhaps the custom has been changed.

That same evening we got to Chini and found a great change

in the appearance of the piace. There was much vegetation:

many flowers: wonderful biue and purple iris: huge white and

yellow flowers, like daisies but three inches in diameter: splendid

roses of pink and yellow in many shades; nature was indeed

busy putting forth her powers afier the long winter sieep. The

fruit was not yet ripe but cherries, gooseberries, asparagus, and

several kinds of vegetables were brought to me from the Salvation

Army garden and formed a very welcome change of diet.

Some remarks as to the country and its mhabitants may be

here suitably inserted. Kunawar is the name of that portion of

the State of Bashahr which lies beyond Wangtu. It is recorded

that the people of Kunawar, alone among the neighbouring States,

successfully resisted the Gurkha invasion of these hills. I saw

nothing to enable me to suppose that the men of Kunawar were

of such a warlike disposition. After passing Chini the influence of

Buddhism becomes more and more marked: and Hinduism fades

off gradually into the Buddhism of Tibet. Lamas in red and in

yellow robes are to be seen, and the main walls and lamaist gateways

are commonly met with.

The men of Kunawar wear caps of two kinds: a round one of

wooi, like a tam-o-shanter without bob on the top; or a round cap,

pork-pie shape, with edge turned up for about three parts of the

way round. These are sometimes trimmed, as to the turned up part,

with red cloth. Puggries are not worn. Shoes are mostly of

woven wool with soles of rough leather. The goat’s hair and grass

Shoes of the lower country are not seen. Clothes are of the

excellent all-wool homespun materia’. It is made in lengths of

about ten yards with a width of 2l inches. Sucha piece, to a

casual purchaser, was about Rs. 16. After weaving, the cloth is put

into water and then well stamped on and kneaded by the women.

They can be seen at this work practically every day at every village.

The dress of the women is a blanket, worn as a coat and skirt, the

spare stuff being foided behind and falling from the waist. ‘This

one piece costume is held up by a rope of goat’s hair passed round

364 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST.-SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

the waist. In some cases a woolien coat is also worn as a bodice.

This style of dress has the appearance of a coat and skit, and. is

well suited to the climate. ‘The men’s coats are very loosely made,

with large sleeves, and are long, as arule down to or below, the

knees. ‘Trousers are cf inferior, and more coarse, material than the

coats. Ali the people carry a blanket. and a goat’s hair rope at all

times. When not in use the blanketis rolled up round the waist.

Much of the pcpulation emigrate in the winter to the lower valleys,

taking the sheep and goats with them. The custom of the country

is that the inferior when meeting with a superior always takes the

downhill side of the path; and a iow caste man, when speaking to

a superior, has to cover his mouth with his hand to prevent his

breath reaching the face of the man of higher status than himself !

The weather was now much more warm, so the fourteen miles

to Urni on July 5th seemed long and tiring. ‘Motee’ was

requisitioned to carry me some miles of ithe way—the first time he

had been ridden since the march from Darangati to Sarahan—there

being now no need to keep in training for the strenuous mountain

work. When passing Rogi news was brought of a villager having

that morning fallen off the ‘ jhula’ by which the crossing of the Sutlej

was effected. He was instantly swept away in the roaring flood,

and can have lived but a few trief moments in those icy waters.

Gangaram’s reception of the news seemec to indicate that he felt he

had not been quite so foolish as was thought at the time of his

timorous crossing on the way to and from Rispa.

The vailey opposite Rogi, access to which can be had either by

way of Kilba or by this ‘jhula’ beiow Rogi, is said to provide

lovely scenery, superior even to that of the Chini Valley. It is

possible to travel by this route and so gain the valley of the Tons

River: but it is a journey concerning which enquiry should be

made. The pass to be crossed at the head of the valley would

have an elevation of about 15,000 feet.

At Urni the house flies were very bad. They nearly ate me and

my tea, and even after dark did not let me have dinner in peace.

Flies are always a great plague at staging bungalow and near

villages in the hills during the summer months. When crossing

the river at Wangtu the increase in the volume of water was very

marked. ‘The noise of the rushing torrent was tremendous, 1t being

difficult to make oneself heard. The valley was much changed in

appearance, ali being now green and luxuriant where formerly it was

bare and rocky. Fortunately the day was cloudy or it would have

been exceedingly hot in that narrow gorge. Many flowers were

seen, among them a large white flower growing ona creeper. It

had a most delicate, exotic, perfume.

The Forest Bungalow at Nichar was very shady and cool. It is

beautifully situated, being enclosed by stately deodar trees, with

an unhampered view of the rugged DE TENE hills on the far side

of the Valley.

The views on the way to Taranda ie Sarahan were just

wonderful beyond description. Everything was clear and fresh.

Wild flowers, ferns, and bracken were in luxuriant profusion.

Jewelled butterflies flitted in sun and shade and the distant

THREE MONTHS UP THE VALLEY OF THE SUTLEJ 365

hill sides were shrouded in a lovely blue and purple haze. ‘The

road was now thronged by mules, ponies, and bullocks taking

food supplies to the many hundreds of sawmen and wood cutters

working in the forest. All the forests of Bashahr and Kunawar

are under long lease to the Imperial Forest Department. A wise

arrangement. Many of the animals met with were bleeding at the

nostrils owing to the leeches which infest the lower hills at this

season of the year. For the most part the beasts Jooked fat and

well fed. The men with them were Bunjaras, but not recogniz-

able as being of the same race as the much finer looking gipsies of

the Deccan: those nomadic people whose buliocks formed the bulk

of the transport for the armies of the campaigns of the Duke

of Wellington.

Mules conveying grain carry two maunds and payment was

made at Rs. 4-8-0 a maund, whereas the payment for the slower

travelling bullocks, carrying the same weight, the same distance,

was Rs. 3-10-0 a maund. A number of sheep and goats was also

met with, each animal carrying his little sack of grain: some of

them were going to Rupa and other villages of the Thamin

Valley. There is a very busy grain trade to the higher valleys

of this country, and the Hindustan-Tibet road, so far as it goes,

must be of inestimable benefit to the people. The herds which

take grains to Tibet return with wool and other produce of far-off

Tibetan villages.

The sloping roofs of houses of Sarahan, Taranda and other

villages are of wooden planks; those of Gaora and the lower

country are mostly of stone slabs. Cultivation is now more.

extensive and the valley broadens out, showing that one is leaving

the higher mountains. Gaora Bungalow is at an elevation of 6,025

feet and commands a fine extensive view. The roar of the Sutlej

could be but faintly heard. The descent from the comparatively

cool temperature at Gaora to the heat of the valley at Rampur

(3,280 feet) was somewhat unpleasant—even at that date, July 10.

The icy flood of the Sutlej however made an appreciable difference

when one was on its banks.

The P.W.D. Rest House is about three-quarters of a mile east

of the town and is onthe bank of the river, which runs at that

point between perpendicular rocks of marble like formation.

Passing through the wide clean streets of the town a number of

public buildings are seen; all well built and of pleasing design.

The Guest House where I stayed is some little distance down

stream from the town, and not far from the river bank, the rush

of the waters being pleasant to the ear.

Rampur is the first place up the valley of the Sutlej where

Lamaist buildings are to be seen. That at Rampur is a quite recent

structure. It contains modern frescoes and a huge prayer wheel.

In one of the Raja’s garden houses are some lamaist frescoes.

One fresco represents the treaty between Tibet and Bashahr

concluded about a.p. 1650, when Bashahr was supported by the

Moghul Emperor. In the middle of the picture is a figure

apparently meant to represent the Moghul Emperor surrounded

by his soldiers. A party of Bashahr people, distinguished by their

366 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

round black hats, are placed in front of the Moghul, while the

embassy from ‘Tibet is on the right side of the painting. The

Tibetans were beaten by the Moghul Army and had to cede the

Sutlej Valley down to the Wangtu bridge to the Bashahr State.

I was very glad to leave the steamy heat of the Rampur Vailey

and get to Bahli. An early start was made on account of the heat,

and the three or four miles along the river accomplished before

the rays of the sun got tothe valley. The transport consisted

of five mules and four coolies. One of the mules fell down the hill

side but the damage to the load was fortunately not great, and the

mule was unhurt. The gradient of the path was good, so the

rise of 4,800 feet in seven miles was not felt. It was cloudy most

of the day but the view of the snows over towards Bhabah nullah

was very fine.

The Soongri and Bahli villagers were just then visited by a

severe influenza epidemic so there was some difficulty in obtaining

coolies for the march to Roru. Enhanced cooly rates had just

been promulgated so the last two marches in Bashahr were

slightly more expensive. The valley below Soongri was looking

exquisite in its green summer garb. Each range of hills seen on

the return journey at these lower elevations had a different shade

of colour. As range after range recedes in the distance the colour

changes from the bright green of the nearest to the dark purple

ofthe distant hills. Those wonderful landscapes! The inhabitants

of those beautiful hills should indeed be happy: doubtless they

are, their faces show that, but their life is a hard one in many ways

and counterbalances to some extent their climatic advantages.

Nearing Roru there was heavy rain, but the baggage did not

get wet. I rode ‘ Motee’ to keep the saddle dry. The Pabar River

was in heavy flood; and stranded against a rock in mid-stream

was the carcase of a huge buffalo, his very large horns conspicuous

against the flood. Two king vultures were busy picking the bones

of the unfortunate beast which had most probably fallen accidentally

into the torrent and been swept away.

Between Arakot and Tewni the people complained to me of the

damage done by sambur to their crops along the valley. There

are many sambur in those forests. Tewni was hot: how hot

I cannot say, as my thermometer had been left at Rampur. I

managed to catch a few labeo and rohu, up to three pounds in

weight, but no mahseer. The Tons is at all seasons an unsatis-

factory mahseer river.

On July 19 we got to Kathyan—‘ Motee’ and I! In former

days I had always hoped for a panther at this place but had no

luck. Anentry inthe visitors book under date October 22, 1918,

recorded that an official on tour had shot a panther—7 feet 3 inches

in length-from the west bedroom window; so perhaps ‘ Judy’ and

two other dogs taken by panthers close to the bungalow in June

1914, were avenged. It was near here, in the village of -Chajjar,

that I took a photograph of a dog which had been three times

grabbed by a panther and survived the adventures. This was due

to his heavy spiked collar. I now learnt that he had recently

died a natural death. Between Kathyan and Mundali the Sianas

TAREE MONTES: OP TAH VALLEY OR THE: SCLTLES — 367

arranged two beats for bear, without result. This valley always

holds bear in September when the crops are ripening.

That night at Mandali there was a heavy thunderstorm. The

clouds grew black, lightning flashed along the crest of the hills,

peals of thunder reverberated among the woods, small rivulets

soon became rushing torrents. Inthe morning it was fine, but

there was a thick mist almost all the way along the ridge. I got

to Chakrata on the afternoon of July 21 in time to avoid a

wetting. The coolies with the kit got caught in the evening

storm: all the baggage was thoroughly soaked, and this the last

march and the only occasion on which the baggage had got wet !

A few remarks as to supplies and arrangements may be welcomed.

All usual supplies of the country, including Kerosine Oil, can be

obtained at Roru, Sarahan, Nichar, Chini, and Rampur. At

Chakrata al/ stores for the trip can be purchased; so nothing need

be taken from the plains the same, of course, being the case if

Simia is the place of departure.

A few tinned stores can be got from the Bungalow khansamah

at Sarahan, which is the only place beyond Fagu, so far as I know,

where there is a khansamah. Nearly all the Bungalows mentioned

have cooking utensils and table kit which can be utilized by the

traveller. The Divisional Forest Officer (Kotgarh P. O., Bashahr

State) should be written to for permission to occupy the Rest

Houses of the Forest Department, and the Executive Engineer,

Hindustan-Tibet Road, Simla, should be addressed as to all other

Bungalows on the road. ‘Begar’—the obligatory carriage of

baggage by the people of the country—has, I believe, been now

abolished ; but no doubt the necessary transport can be obtained.

Pack mules could travel the whole distance, and could be hired at

Chakrata or Simla. The Superintendent Simla Hill States should

be written to as regards the proposed journey. The services of a

State Tahsil chaprassi, if obtained, would smooth away many of

the difficulties of travel.

And now comes the parting of the ways. Those among our

readers who may be induced, by what I have so inadequately

attempted to describe, to take a similar holiday amidst the grand

scenery of the mighty Himalayas, will ever carry with them the

memory of what they have seen: and, by the many photographs

which they wili doubtiess secure will have sucha record as will

enabie them, whenever they wish, to again ‘ take to the open road’

and travel in vivid memory with the everchanging and magnificent

scenery which was before them.

ON THE DOWN PLUMAGES OF SOME INDIAN BIRDS

Cuaup B. TICEHURST, M.A., M.B.0.U. (Late Capt. R,A.M.C.)

(With a plate)

INTRODUCTION

In 1908 I described (British Birds’ Magazine) the down plumages of some of

the commoner British nidicolous birds, a study which up to that time had

not been touched. During my stay in India I collected a fair number of notes

on the down plumages of Indian birds, and these supplemented by notes and

specimens sent me by Mr. H. Whistler, Mr. A. E. Jones, Col. Kinloch,

Mr. Browne and others, form the subject of this paper. It is hoped that as

the result of this preliminary paper and the appeal I have made through this

Journal that much more material will be sent, so that a further instalment

can be written on this neglected subject.

The young of birds when first hatched are either clothed with down and

leave the nest almost at once (Nidifugous), or the down is comparatively scanty,

until they can fly (Nidicolous). If nidifugous chicks have hitherto received

but scant attention, nidicolous chicks have been entirely neglected by all

naturalists.

Of how much value an exact knowledge of down plumages may be, cannot

be at present said until we know these plumages in a good many genera and

species, but it may be pointed out that the positions of some genera are so

obscure that anything which mav throw light on this subject would be weicome,

and it is just at this age in a bird’s life-history when lost affinities might be

to well developed rami and close-set radii. So too the hair-like tips to down,

revealed. Take for instance the Crateropodide—the ornithological ‘waste paper

basket’ into which most genera that lacked an obvious niche were relegated—

with its six sub-families and seventy-six genera (F.B,I. Ed. I, vol. i). Since

the ‘Fauna’ was written, several genera have been removed entirely from

this family on one ground or another, and I think it quite possible if one

could but examine chicks of each of these seventy-six genera, one would find

that some were in the wrong sub-family, or even did not belong to this

family at all.

CHARACTER OF DOWN

In the newly hatched chick, down may be of two kinds :—

(1) Prepenne, i.e., preceding and replaced by true feathers.

(2) Preplumule, i.e., preceding and replaced by adult ‘under down’.

The two kinds are so similar in appearance that they can only be differen-

tiated by examination of what is replacing them. (Fig. i a and b). Passerin-

and many other orders have only prepennz; Cormcrants have only pre-

plumule ; Hawks have both, the latter making up the bulk of the down.

Though the down of various birds varies so much in appearance, (compare

a Pigeon and a Wader), it is only a matter of degree of development of the

constituent elements. These consist of (1) calamus, very short, (2) rachis, ill-

defined or absent, (3) rami long, slender, variable in number, (4) radii, on each

ramus, well developed to practically absent (Fig. ic). Thus the hair like

down of Pigeons is due to few rami without radii, (Fig. id) and the softness

and ‘fluffiness’ of the down of waders and compactness in sandgrouse is due

to well developed ramz and close-set radii. So too the hair-like tips to down,

as in Herons, etc., is due to lack of radii at the extremities of the rami.

The weak loose-looking down of Passeres is due to the sparseness of the down

tufts composed of rather long slender rami with comparative short radii which

do not reach to the tips of the rami,

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

ay ; val Sy)

R) ee le

pple

feline wm Semoun Down aco Faathis. bad, [Mesut hel”)

A. S breple pola meena. C.

(39

Fig "

Down Tracks f a Passerine

1. Superceleary, S. Spina? .

2,.Supraobibal. 6. dlnar

3. Occipital, . Femoral ‘

&. en a Crusal, Dow wy Chuck (Devs A ¥ ee E

. PR. ec scene palens

q: Uro pygtel. (Seraidiag yamalte )

(Ventrot not thewn)

Shouearg patton oF Jeo

ON THE DOWN PLUMAGES OF SOME INDIAN BIRDS 369

DISTRIBUTION OF DOWN

In Passeres, when down is present, it is always distributed in definite tracks,

which of course, correspond to subsequent feather tracks, though each feather

track is not necessarily preceded by down. In British Birds’ Mag., vol. ii,

pp. 186-8, I named these tracks according to their anatomical positions, and

this nomenclature, I see no reason to alter (Fig. ii).

1. Outer-supraorbital or superciliary. 6. Ulnar.

2. Inner supraorbital or supraorbital. 7. Femoral.

3. Occipital. 8. Ventral.

4, Humeral, 9. Crural.

5. Spinal. (10. Uropygial.)

In many Nidifugous birds, down appears to cover the whole body; in certain

other birds (Herons, Hawks, Pigeons) down does not cover the entire body,

but the tracks are not so simple as in Passeres, and their positions are not

yet worked out.

It is noteworthy that, of these tracks, No. 1 is usually absent, and that

2, 3, 4, 5 usually present, 6 and 7 fairly often, 8 and 9 less often, and No. 10

only in one species.

Tongue Spots.—The meaning of tongue spots in newlv hatched chicks is

not clear; usually they consist of two oval spots at the base of the tongue,

one on each side, and scmetimes also at the tip. They appear to be well

marked in Warblers and Larks only, and a trace in a few other species. They

disappear as soon as the young are fledged.

REMARKS

1-3. Corvide. It is curious to find that there is no down in the Jungle

Crow, British members of the genus Corvus, viz., corax, corone, frugilegus,

monedula, have down present in varying amount; in Garrulus glandarius it is

absent as also in Pica pica.

4-¢. Paridz. The distribution of down in Parus major is the same as in these

two Indian species. As in Atg, concinna so in Atg. caudata down is absent.

8-14. Turdoine. It will be noted that the distribution in the two Trochalop-

terum is the same and in Garrulax, and Pomatorhinus is only slightly different.

The total absence in Argya, Pyctorhis and Stachyridopsis is noteworthy—but

specimens from more species and more genera are required before one can

begin to generalize.

15. The sole Brachypterygine representative resembles Trochalopterum in

down distribution, but here again more genera and species are required.

16-20. Brachypodine. Down seems to be absent in this group but one would

like to see examples of more genera and species.

21-27. Phylloscopus and Seicercus in many ways are rather closely allied and

also this is born out by the presence of, though reduced, down tracts. In

species of Sylvia, Acrocephalus, Hippolais, Cisticola, Prinia. Fanklinia I have

examined down is entirely Absent. It is well marked however in Locustella

nevia.

28-30. Down is absent also in the European L. collurio and senator.

32-34. Evidently quite a sturnine character are the large flanges of the gape.

Much the same distribution of down also is seen in these genera. The crural

and ventral tracks when only slightly marked as in Acridotheres tristis may

be the subject of variation either individual or accidental; thus in other

specimens of this species I have found no ventral or crural tracks but these

were a nestful of chicks of varying ages and I think probably in this case

loss of down tracks was accidental.

37-41.—The Fly-Catchers are split by some authors into many genera and

jumped by others in a few genera; it is highly desirable therefore for more

species of all the Indian genera to be examined to see if the down plumages

can throw any light on how the Fly-Catchers should be grouped.

42-43. The similarity in the two Saxicola will be noted and the down distri-

bution is the same in the English Stonechat and Whinchat,

370 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

*A[UO Sd¥I} JUICJ v4

{

XXXXXX

eee

TUDUDYING VIULYUVALT

SUDJISANI *L DJOI14SIF

‘DIDPNVIIISN J *9 VDSFUMO0IOIE)

*““sduasoInay “7 SNJOUOUI FT

SNIPIMAIJUL'Y SNJOUOUIAT

“SHOYAAOMDY *Y SNIOUOUIA TF

ANH HINGN SD

juesqy eee saprosvsd ‘¢ «6

< x XixXx1xXiIx& “" -MTMOIg-AdIS O[¥d | “d'aA | OT | Dpizjyg *9 vj1gGo01aT

IIN as ** soyAaah¢ Sisgopratyonjgs

x | JuesqY ie SISUIUIS STYACIIA T

"JYUSIeIIs pue | “shuas

yous Tq “WSIS .| G4 OO Se an Avis YP | d'A | VIA | -04Y7449 +a SnutysozvMoy

as | | uSSq YW = DIVPNDI *7 DAGABT

"MmnqwY gaz

| "Wnty

- x XK | X* | x | X ie Aais xed | ‘dA Fs “DIUIT “7 UNAIZGOJRYIOAT,

at ae « > ane 4 eee sum | “Ta | Stanjnsogyy xvjns195D

"ATWO jn} euC |} | | x es AaIXy) OSA | “US | STAJUIQIAUDISVI °F VIJIS

x juEsqV "““ZAJVPIAL *I SNISIPY JIG ap

“6 | x1 x1 x 1 x oer fais yreq| “ se ogy SNYGOJOUDIGML SHADT

&< | x | xc ILS Aai8 oeq |“ ‘f° SISUPTAIMMLYISDY “9 SHADJ

os al ee | OS | OG SS Oe ee suyM | “oS UG stares DILGS2UMIY VEDAJIINAT

7 cog su SNJDJOIIUD] SNINAAVDL)

IIN | Juesqy | SNIpaltAazUt °9 SNALOZ

: < pat = i PB

fe} =

5 - ert ae | hes = >

me SelelaiPlelsials eee

SYTVUOY 6 vanes 8 E Ble Ble iol mojog e ie ae

se (eee Peale ela a ae ee,

Sa | |B |< |

AjIej="q'y ! Ayuvos= "og * AyuWeos Aiea = OS°A ‘cue A

"jUesoid Yoel] = ‘XX { [njIUeTd Ajoa = ‘g'A { NFWQUeId = -g : [nj1QueTd

I9A = "TA

‘ Su0

T=" ‘ suo] Apej= "yy fog = "yS—‘sNOILVIARUaAY

j 371

ON THE DOWN PLUMAGES OF SOME INDIAN BIRDS

“SHU

-ANIS Ul SB

asIBl odes

jo sosuvl yy

yuasoid

, sped [90H

) 6

~—

| *9081}

Jay SiS).

XX XxX

XXXXKXXXXKX KR KKXXKX

XX XX

XXXXXXKXKXK KX KKK

XXXKXKXKXKXKXK KX KKXKX

XXXXKXKXXKXK K KXKKXK

XX XX

KKK

UMOIG Pol s[Vq

USBI

Tlaqes: [ed

ayours d[¥q

oe le

Asis y1eq

UMOIG Yivq

Aais AJOOS

Asis yled

AIS o[eq

Aoi3-yng

Asis-Ynq Ie

Aoi8 yng |

sul [oqes]

yoR[q-uMorg | *

UMOIG-yIVC |

S}IYAM-ASI) |

Aaly

cé¢

ouUM

Aois yIed

Avis [eq

lie

1a] ADGDUOG °2 SRPAN J

120G]N0Q SPAT,

SIADINDS *S SNYIASZOD

‘SISUBAADGQULDI "J VIQOUMPY T[,

AO1pizIvg “4 DIYJUVDT

"** -29709qgD °S DIAIASOUDAD

""* SNSOULGITN StUAOIDAYY

"8 §27DJUOAJ SHANIWMDYY

‘Sap

-2Z0ANILUDY YF *O SHANILUDYT

‘pppyg

-990INA] = SLUAOYAADULLVDY)

SJDIING “Ut SNANIUGY

sas DILPUL *f VJIOPIXVS:

4010919 °2 DJOPIKDS

DJOIAND DANPLY GLY Y

USIpvAVDG DIAILYIT

"* sesuauoog "7 KvUOCIS]

"* sdounjaut “ut DjIOADYGOJS

St4D1PIIAIGNS SIUAOAD

“SNJVPRVILGUO] *] SNANAIICT

"*SUIAAIOAIDUL “Ub SHANAILT

“8 §29SIA] ° 7 SAAAYJOPLAIP

"* M4AIUOD *2 AOISVGOUANTS

ULNADPOS DE SNYINUIUAULAT

on oopuny °O SiJOLAC

on SN10]J12 SHIUDT

ies SUJOUOAY FI] “S SNIUDT

**° §$NJOUOAY [hAd *S SNHLUDT

a DIDUAOUL “1 VIUIAY

ee ajsvmajs “8 DIUIAT

es vpigda] °6 viulsAd

ae sruipjo sngorsopptyd

‘DISLYIS

“x py gojojgtag

~OYUJUDX

ABBREVIATIONS. —Sh. =Short; F.L.=fairly long; L.=long; V.L.=very long; V.Sc. very seanty ; Sc. =scanty ;

plentiful ; P. = plentiful ; V.P. = very plentiful ; X. = track present. ‘ ‘

————— a ee a

| | Palseatea | ae al

a | 8 SISIZIElalelti zglelé|

oe | 8 Colour SISlSl Sl eierere| ele

8 g G1 e Sl SsI/BISI es) ele) és

iS < 5 s/o | a 2 | &ilP]O) eg

AN Res | a

2 alo ace | eae | B :

1. Corvus c. intermedius Absent | Nil

2. Garrulus lanceolatus | p- 5. | |

3. Nucitraga hemispila «| Sh Sc. | White x(X 1x1 x} x ix | ”

4. Parus ¢. kaschmiriensis ...| 4, », | Pale grey xIxXI XIX | | ”

5. Parus melanolophus 5 | ,, | Dark grey Lx [Ue |S] | ”

6. Aegithaliscus c. iredalet.. Absent | sa

7, Sitta c. castaneiventris . | V.Se./ Grey lx | | | 1

8. Garrulax albogularis F.L.| ,, | White x | xX x | exe i

9. Lrouleaiap tarsare l. linea- ; F.P. | Dark grey XIXIX] xX |X =

um. | | | ] ”

10. YVrochalopterume.erythro-| ,, | ,, | Buff grey xIxIxXIX x | |

cephalum. | | ”

ll. Argyac. caudata or Absent | | |

12. Pomatorhinus e. erythro-| V.L.| F.P. | Dark grey xIxX)xXIl|x i lx | } og

genys. | | | | ”

13. Pyctarhis sinensis res Absent | x

14. Stachyridopsis pyrrhops ... ae | | Nil

1S. Leioptilac. pallida 5 L, | F.P.| Pale grey-brown SUP SCAIESCAI SA x |

16, ” pb. psaroides ... Absent | m0

17. Pycnonotus h. hemorrhous. | = { | x?

18. Pycnonotus h.intermedius | 4 | x

19. Pycnonotus l. leucogenys... a: | xX

20. Otocompsa e. fuscicaudata. ‘ x

21. Cisticola 7. cursitans oa fe

22. Franklinia buchanani ... | ee x

—— —— eee

P i f ae = A nee ees x | Nil

schista. = F | | | x 2!

24. Phylloscopus attinis fa », |Dark grey | x | ‘ | al

25. Prinia g. lepida Absent | <

26. Prinia s. stewarti ook ” x

27. Prinia i. inornata on Ml

28. Lanius s. erythronotus ” |

29. Lanius s. tephronotus ” ”

30. Lanius vittatus a ”

31. Oriolus 0. kundoo ...| Sh. | F.P. | White ES es Wes |leceS Ifreas x. xX | ”

32. Temenenuchus pagodarum i Sc. *9 HT SG) | SIS 70

33. Sturnopastor c. contra L. | F.P. | Grey SSN OSS eS ices Mess || ee x x* ”

34, Mieriaetheves t. tristis F.L.| ,, |Grey-white SEN SSS Il MOS |] eS: |] CxSell ease) 05

385. Dicrurus m. macrocercus... Absent oF)

36. Dicrurus 1. longicaudatus. | f

37. Cyornis superciliaris FL Se. | Dark-brown x |x |x| Xx eo <e Nil

38. Stoparola m. melanops 1 F.P. | Brown-black xX |X| x1 xX ”

39. Alseonax 1. poonensis ...| Sh. | Sc. | Isabelline x|xX|xX|X1x|x!]x sell

40. Tchitrea paradist be F.P. | Buff grey | DUE XG S| GTI i

41. Rhiphidura aureola F.L. », | Pale buff-grey KO XG OG es Ay

42. Saxicola c. bicolor i », | Buff-grey > || DS les thes ee

43. Saxicola t. indica L. P. | Pale grey x |x| x]x

44. Enicurus m. guttatus » | F.P. | Dark grey SSS eS es [les ”

45. Chaimarrhornis leucoce-| V.1..| Se. | Sooty grey xX|xX|xX1x ”

hala.

46. Passions 0. phenicuroi-| L. | P. | Dark brown x 1K | KK XK a

des.

47. Phenicurus trontalis V.L. | F.P. | Dark grey 2s || o< IPes || 288 ”

48. Rhyacornis fuliginosus ...| L. ,, |Pale red brown XSI ”

49. Cyanosylvia s. abbotti FL. ,, | Black SSX EX eX feed

50. Janthia r. pallidior 5a Se. | Pale smoke SE OR |X #

51. Thamnobia f. cambayensis. Wil

52. Copsychus s. saularis

53. Turdus boulboul Sh. | F.P. | Pale isabell SG liees Wesetlees leas ”

54. Turdus v. bonapartei F.L », | Whitish a SHSM es I ew | 2S ’

F.P. = fairly

Remarks

One tuft only.

* Slight.

and straight.

Bill short

+A faint trace only,

* Slight (i Heel pads’

present

trace. Flanges of

” gape large

ea as in Stur-

nus.

* Slight.

SdVII NFIGNI FWOS JO SHOFWATdA NMOG AHL NO

IXXK “104A ‘ALAIIOS “LSIH TRHALEN AFIWOG ‘TENANOS OLE

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1I

™

el et | EEL Cah Re Selon Cole aos A018 BIeq| ‘d ey SHINJNA SHYJUPT “QL

VO Os nl gO OX | OK 3 Ke A Cae Pe Aais aed) ‘d ae juopsal *s snyuURy “QL

TiN Oe IPP aly ED Gia EO es SyTyM MOPSA | “d'H | Ta DIVAVI[VI “FD DIILIDIOLY = SL

ool LT PG ar eel e-em a ouyM AWG) ‘d nat aGouvjaue ‘2 vIILIBIOFYY "HL

lee 6 > lle Gage Cs AoIs yIeq | *o¢ fe DAIJIJLJ "S OPUNALFT EL

Be 4 DS uh Cl DOG OS UMOIQ Bed! ‘“d UGE vI1UvADL “A OPUNALET “ZL

a x > i > Sale <*> ate A918 BJ@q | “9S mf D1 Bg oaypbsa ‘popunsify ‘TL

- Fy ale callige-af>< = sym! ‘ as SISUIULYD DIADGIYT “OL

fe ois | eae pee ere ct te Cle 5G ae Asis y1eq ‘d'A ie 1MIYIDAIS "I DZLAIQULT —_6Y

‘WSUS y | ie ies ale ayyM-AdIty "OS | Ta | esuppy'u vpypisurssijuoyy * gg

ot l | | SNJOUOYAALG AISSDJ ‘LY

se SNILPUL "Pp AISSVY °9Q

ms | 5771020 The "X SIYAOUMALD SG

“JUSITS « | TIN ee) Sa | OX Asis eq ‘d'| ‘ SN]ISNY SNULAAY “FY

x | SCA yc 4 a ot eo GS on “"pypjnjIung *¢ VYIUOIOAQR “SY

>< | x< “| OS*Al “US |°' vaLAvgnzviU DYIUCI0AQ) ‘ZY

. Re IE, NOR Bl OR LOS a coi a - SZIMMW]F “Ut SNIIOJT ‘19

"TEN Pe HS HO eX | OX SHUM | “jt saurdgyiyg *g¢ snav0jq “09

< > Gi | ca ral | a> ame [ina SA >< wa UMOIq-Aaln) “ 3 * — SOplOJNIAQNA VIJAUNAT 6S

‘OUIYM Sasuvy | |

20 UE LO aon

yqnow ‘yuld yy sug ;

ld ‘plo touzyer‘oodg| x x) at | <a ba UL oy Pvt dA | “Ta bag Uhyaz ‘2 SNGOPSIWT °85

Ee NE SCL Kx | al SX PS? SUMOIG-Ao ts saeign.«S “TA | teyoutmiuay Snauoygotpy "1S

eer > 4a) a> <a > dy a ore ynq-snojny ‘d pe “"DYIUAYAOJIUII VIOIIZUOHT ‘9S

TEN Me | le KO ae Aois Ye | ‘d'd | "Ia |° SUIADITIOS DJOIUJUOPT §=*SS

2 | ee

3 >) < Pe 2 fart = | | 4 7

eee Bei ae eee 2 | 8

SYIVULIY Gal faa Nays best ee eupas ap a. Ino[ag ° 79 ——

re eel Ba |e ee Wiel e | oe Bale

S| 1 fg |

7a) —_—

373

ON THE DOWN PLUMAGES OF SOME INDIAN BIRDS

esped [904 , oN

‘

‘yuosoid , sped

[9ey , IepnNoreqnu y,

. sped yesy , oN

‘pershdoin

wo osje UMOG

‘juesoid , sped

[fey , Iefnoreqnyy,

, sped Jaay , ON

A Ie[no1equ J,

‘juosoid , sped

Jeeq, IVjno1equ L,

‘suaouttoads {

plo 4oqjey

"AJUBIS ,

‘urntsAdoin

jo oseq 0] UMOG x

Ko. o-

XXXX KXxX

XXXX XXX

xxXxxX XXX

‘juosqy

“juesqy

‘joasqy

XXXX XXX

XXX

XXX XK

XXXX KXKXX

see

SUM

oUU

syYM-yng

png

USIT AA

USHIGM

uMOIq puv yng

. UIvald

SyTYUM-Ng

——n4

‘d

es --o- ot EF

‘Qa

Kala

oN | eee

es SHAOUDI SHININT

°** $9JBYGIIOUDAI SHANUOD

ec SHJVNBAO] SHANUOD

“*s2suataq1jos °“D SNGOAILTT

SINUAgIASIU ‘2 DgNgEA|

a SUISUPUAAIMS UOAIIO ET

ed sna1Uuvavl Sfosayy

ba SnIISAIg SPZOAAHT

SISUAJDBUIQ SDIIVAOD

SUOA{LADIZ SGOUDAD

ees VIIVISVY SGOUDATD

“* §2NJAP SNUAIIGAYIVAT

: SPIIIAND SAIDQOAACT

cae $1]D]1G1IIO SHIT

| MNYIUAYAOAY JAAP MNDIVT

DILVISD *V SIAAUULD

| ***S2ZAISOALZIAG "VD SIAAUULT

' psosgagpvg S¢OAISOF

yee VISIAG VPNVINYAANY

hoe VDILMDSSD VDAJDAL]{T

(°° ISUMDPY "A VDTJIAPUVIDI

DIOOPUIYI "7 DPI1sIJVL)

DIVIJNG *3 VPNVIP

"'SILISOALGUO] 'D SALO0I0IC

ae Sagipnvjv UCU] B

>i a | | aa

r=] a €/S5/8/3 =z | | a

a BB Be mel ieteae il Seal ea a]

=i 3 Sea sehen Ceara tape eerste cegintieTeat cl heel le cegeal st

8 a | Colour | 5 & = a =f & | FI s 5 2 Remarks

Le Pee ye |e Pye | eo lg

= = ou [pars < Baines | a

55. Monticola solitarius F.L. | F.P. bee rey ON SIX | |

56. Monticola cinclorhyncha... ih P: | Rufous-bytt Ix |x|x ¥ | ae

57. Myophoneus temminckii ...| VL. i | Dark grey-brown HM | [RS OS DE Hh

i whympert e : | 33

58. Laiscopus c. whymperi ...| F.L.| F.P.| Black | PENG PSS Ll PEN de Spec. rather old. Bill

| | | bright pink, mouth

| bright orange,

59. Prunella rubeculoides ry », | Grey-brown | | | flanges white.

60. Ploceus p. philippinus Hi Ao White . ¥ S x x . x Mi

61. Ploceus m. flaviceps ey ee nell eos eI AS | KR || KOS ES j

62. Uroloncha malabarica Sh. |V.Se 1 | |x | | | | x

a Ueploncne bd. punctulata... a3 Se. | is baal Masa | x

. erinus pustllus eae Pr F.P. | Pale grey | ak pel eer

65. Gymnorhis x. xanthocollis ee CSA NE ee Sl Se zs Nil.) * Slight.

66. Passer d. indicus | | | if

af Passer pyrvhonotus , | | | re

8. Montifringilla n. adamsi..| F.L.| Se. | Grey-white < * | " leh

69 LEmberiza c. stracheyi », | F.P.| Dark grey x x x x x Sai cal havea le ery

70. Liparia chinensis On sy », | White PE |KO ‘ i?

71. Hirundo d. erythropygia... a Sc. | Pale grey PS tee Gaal Li Sal (ea | x Ne

72. Hirundo Yr, javanica Sh P. | Pale brown X|xX |X |x x lees

73. Hirundo s. filifera a Sc. | Dark grey | OX [XIX 8

74. Motacilla c. melanope L. | P. | Dirty white ea liealll eos scales Tree

De. Malaria c. calcarata F.L.| F.P. | Yellow white ail <a oS XG exX | Nil

. Anthus s. jerdoni L. P. | Pale gr ‘

78. Anthus rufulus = IDs Pale grey KIXIXIX XX |x isis p A

Eee

79, Alemon alaudipes - | V.L | V.P. | Buff-white x x1 xX |x |x | xX] | ?

80. Otocorys a. longirostris...| Sh. | F.P.| Cream xX|X|X |x| xK |] x | x

81. Alauda g. guttata Fo ee » | Buff and brown a Kall Xl S| DSS x

| | | uropygium.

83. Calandrella r. adamsi 4, | .,) | Whitish <a xa | Xe Xa OG exe Xx |*Scanty.

84. MWirafra assamica F.L », | Buff x x | x aalLogal Salt is xX es old

85 Pyrrhulauda grisea »> | 4, | Buff-white Xa OE Xe Xa ls ? 2 specimens.

86. Zosterops palpebrosa | Sh. | Se. | White x | | x

87. Cinnyrts a. brevirostris... | Nil.

88, Cinnyrts a. asiatica | Absent ”

89. Diceum erythrorhynchum | yy

90. Picus occipitalis \ a0 abereus “heel ,

pads’ present.

91. Dryobates auriceps aS | ” ” ” on

92. Brachypternus delutus ... | | ” on ” ”

93. Cyanops asiatica 5 || | Absent », | Spiny fi 5)

94. Cyanops flavifrons ; ” ” ” ”

95. Coracias bengalensis », | Tubercular Bo

96. Merops persicus ” No ‘ heel pads

97. Merops javanicus ” ”

98. Halcyon smyrnensis > leas nee

J pads ’ present.

99. Upupa e. nigripennis | V.L.| P. | White X<a|<a| e<aliex x X | ,, | Down also on

uropygial. y

No ‘ heel pads.’

100. Micropus a. galilejensis.. ” DD i)

101, Conurus torquatus ‘ - eer teD : heel i

t bsent. pads’ present.

102. Conurus cyanocephalus ... ” Ay Sos an

103. Cuculus canorus on », |No ‘heel pads.

pal

{LHIIOS “LSIH TPYALEN AFIWOT ‘TPNYNOL

“

IXXX -104

el6 SCYII NFIGNI AWOS AO STOR WATA NMOM FHL NO

374 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

45-50. The uniformity of down distribution in this group is interesting; the

presence or absence of the superciliary track is a feature on which not too

much stress can be laid as I know in some species it varies in individuals.

Ph. phenicurus has the same distribution as that of phenicuroides and

Evithacus rubecula is the same as in Cyanosylvia suecica—a near ally. The

colour of most passerine down is ‘neutral’—a grey, brown, black or white—a

distinct red-brown as in Rhyacornis is a most unusual colour.

51-52. Is it certain that Thamnobia and Copsychus are Ruticilline or even

belong to the Turdide? If so they are most aberrant. They are the only

species examined among this family which lack down; their juvenile plumage

has not the well marked spotted appearance of Redstarts or Thrushes. They

are most remarkable in having when hatched a black skin, a condition I have

not seen in any other of the Turdide; moreover, Copsychus at all events, has

a complete post-juvenile moult which none of the Turdide, so far as I know,

have.

53-54. T. merula, philomelos, pilaris and viscivorus all have the same down

distribution as these two Thrushes. The absence of the ulnar track ia

Monticola may be a characteristic as opposed to Turdus.

58-59. The down in P. modularis is the same as in these. The mouth

colours in L. collaris is remarkable.

60-63. The great reduction in tracks in Uroloncha (Viduine) is noteworthy

as compared with the Ploceine; as also are the mouth colours of Uroloncha.

The palate and floor of the mouth is yellow (malabarica) whitish (punctulata)

outlined with black, and the base and tip of the tongue is also black. Similar

mouths are found in African Viduine (Cf. Ibis 1916, p. 275).

65-67. The total absence of down in Passer and Gymnorhis is curious as

other finches are well supplied with down. The Sparrows might well stand

as a sub-family Passerine since they have also other peculiarities.

69. Buntings would seem always to have ‘full’ track; the same distribution

is found in E. scheinclus and citrinella.

74-75. In the Wagtails the superciliary, femoral and crural tracks appear

to be variable in the different species and in individuals; thus. M. yarrelli

has these tracks present in addition to the others, In a nest-full of chicks of

M. flava thunbergi (Norway) which I examined, the superciliary was absent

and the femoral and crural were present, though scanty, in some but not

in others, the distribution otherwise was as in calcarata.

76-78. The distribution in Anthus is remarkably uniform; the English Anthus

trivialis, pratensis and obscurus have also the same tracks present.

79-85. Here again in the Alaudide there is a remarkable uniformity; it is

interesting to note that Alemon, which in many ways has diverged from the

‘typical’ Lark, retains the typical Alaudine down distribution, which surely

suggests that this character is an archaic one and should be of walue; the long

legs and bill and aberrant nesting habits are adaptations. The down in

Alemon is remarkably long and plentiful, and the chicks are said to leave

the nest and run before they can fly, the only instance I can recall of a nidi-

colous bird tending to become nidifugous. It would be interesting to know on

what day the young do leave the nest.

The down in Alauda gulgula (and in arvensis) is grizzled, that is, of two

colours ; in all the other species of genera examined it is unicolorous.

90-103. Heelpads, tubercuiated or spiny pads under the tarso-metatarsal joint,

must I think be associated with ‘hole-breeding’, and help to balance the body

on the metatarsus and feet; yet it is absent in Merops and Upupa. These

pads disappear after the young are fledged. Note the presence of slight pads

in Temenuchus pagodarum which frequently nests in old Wood-pecker holes,

and the absence in the other Mynahs examined.

(For further notes on ‘heelpads’, see Chasen.)

104. Caprimulgus e. unwini. General colour pale isabelline, paler than in

europeus; dark spots on head, wings and thighs black not brown as in

eurvopeus. Almost completely clothed with down.

ON THE DOWN PLUMAGES OF SOME INDIAN BIRDS 375

105. Caprimulgus mahrattensis. General colour whitish-isabelline and so

rather paler than unwini; dark marks Jess pronounced, but in the same posi-

tions, than in unwini.

106. Glaucidium cuculoides. Clothed with short white down all over when

first hatched.

107. Bubo coromandus. No tracks. Almost entirely covered with short,

pure white down when first hatched.

108. Otogyps calvus. Crown from level of eyes and nape clothed with short,

close grey-white down, centre of chin and throat sparsely tufted same; crop

with thicker buff tinged down; sides of breast and flanks longer pale buff

down; rest of upper parts, grey-white. Bare skin of face and upper parts of

head and cere pale bluish-lead colour in contrast to skin of throat, chin and neck,

which is pinkish-lead. A bare ring 1% in. wide round neck from nape bare

with longitudinal flaps of loose skin, a prominent one on each side being

probably the origin of the adult wattles. (H. Whistler).

109. Pseudogyps bengalensis. Down covers whole body except a track from

base of neck broadening to vent. Down of head and neck shorter than the

rest. Mouse-grey in colour except darker patches to the uropygium and

along ulnar border. Cere and base patch round eye blue-lead.

110. Milvus m. govinda. Plentiful. Long. No tongue spots; cere and

gape livid grey; general colour whitish, tinged with buff; eyelids, dark mark

in front of and behind eye, along radius of wing and down both sides of spine

coalescing in the middle, sooty brown.

111. Falco jugger. Fairly long, dull white. Whole body covered except in

definite places (=Apterion). Whole head covered, and down continuous thence

down hind neck to spinal track, which spreads out over back of thighs and

is continuous with lateral ventral tracks. Between the spinal and humeral

tracks, an apterion with sparse short tufts of down, From the chin run two

ventral neck tracks, separated by apteria from the dorsal neck track and

from each other, which at the top of the sternum, divide into lateral and

median sternal tracks, the apteria between them having scanty, short tufts;

apterion in centre of abdomen, rest covered with sparse down continuous

with dorsal track laterally. Upper surface of wing except manus, clothed

with long down, under surface, four rows of short down. Thumb with

distinct claw.

112. Butastur teesa. Prepennz and preplumulz both present.

Prepenne, fairly long and plentiful over the whole body; white above, tinged

with isabelline at tips; white below. 7

Preplumule ; short, tufted, white.

Bill bluish, black at tip; cere and legs yellow, claws slate; iris dark

brown.

113. Aqila rapax vindhiana. Prepennze and_preplumulz present—white,

sparse on cere and round orbit otherwise completely covering body. Preplu-

mula makes up the bulk of down.

Bill, dull black, cere gape and legs yellow. Iris bluish-brown.

114. Crocopus. Long, plentiful, hair-like. Whitish.

115. Streptopelia o. meena. Long, plentiful, hair-like, yellowish-white.

Whole body covered except sides of head, centre of abdomen and breast, chin

and upper throat. Distribution and character is as in Columbe.

116. Streptopelia suratensis. Long, plentiful, hair-like, rather darker than

in meena.

117. Pterocles senegalensis. General colour above golden brown with black

tips, and creamy-white. A more definite pattern than in alchata. A whitish

line from base of bill passes over the head as a coronal streak (broken on

forehead) to hind neck and then to middle of the back where it divides, making

the top of a ‘figure of eight’. From base of bill another white streak passes

in front of eyes, and is lost in the ear coverts. Well marked ‘figure of eight’

on lower back outlined by black and enclosing brown down. Rest of crown

pale ginger brown dotted with biack; underparts buffish white, darkest on the

pectoral region; bili and bare space round eyes, lead-blue; iris hazel; feet

dusky-flesh, nails white. (See Fig. iii),

376 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AST. SOGKETY, (Vol, X07

118. Pterocles senegallus. General colour above very pale sandy yellow,

much paler than in senegalensis or alchata, with black tips to the down tufts,

which on the head are not well marked except above the eyes; area round

eyes pale ginger-brown. Underparts very pale isabelline; down pattern less

variegated than in senegalensis and alchata.

119. Pterocles alchatus caudacutus. General colour abeve mottled very pale

buffy-white, pale-ginger with black tips. No definite pattern, but supercilia

and coronal streak whitish. The brown down here and there has long black,

hair-like tips, while on the thighs, the whitish down has similar white hairs,

Underparts, whitish to buffish-white.

120. Gallus g. gallus. From base of bill through eyes and down sides of

neck, a black line; over this a broad line of pale buffish-brown; from base

of comb down crown, neck, and dorsum to tail, a broad black line outlined on

dorsum by a creamy streak on each side; wings chestnut; breast and thighs

pale buffish-brown; rest of underparts creamy-white.

121. Tragopan satyra. Side of head and supercilium dirty buffish-white, dark

tipped on ear-coverts; crown from bill ferruginous; upper parts ferruginous-

brown with darker tips and paler bases, but no distinct pattern; tail ferrugi-

nous; chin and throat buffish-white; rest of underparts same, with faint dark

tips and tinged with rust on sides and on thighs.

122. Perdicula asiatica. From base of bill over crown, down centre of back

to tail, a broad chestnut band edged on each side with dark brown; outside

this from base of bill a broad ochraceous supra-orbital stripe reaching nape

and surmounting a narrow dark brown superciliary stripe; ear-coverts and

short moustachial streak dark brown. Rest of upper parts dappled rusty

brown and light; underparts ochraceous-grey.

123. Francolinus francolinus. Upper parts pale creamy-buff, from base of

bill down centre of crown a broad chocolate-brown line, a short narrow line

behind eyes, and a long, narrow one over the eyes and one from base of bill

below the eyes, brown; three broad parallel brown lines on dorsum, and a

broken one over thighs; underparts cream white; wings creamy-buff, mottled

with brown.

N.B.—The description is taken from a chick of arabistanicus, the markings

on the hill race (melanonotus) are similar, but the whole coloration is so much

darker that one would hardly suppose the two to belong to the same species.

It would be very interesting to see what the chick of the Plain bird (asi)

is like; likewise the chicks of the various races of pfondicerianus.

124. Alectoris graca chukar. A broad band from bill over crown to nape

chestnut outlined in dark brown; from base of bill, a broad creamy white super-

ciliary streak surmounting a narrow dark brown one; on the dorsum a broad

median chestnut band and on each side of it a narrow creamy white streak ;

wings and back of thighs girgled brown and cream; underparts creamy grey,

a short dark brown moustachial streak from base of bill.

125. Tetraogallus himalayensis. Upper parts stone-grey richly variegated,

with black tips and subterminal pale-buff markings, making no definite pattern,

Head, very pale creamy buff, tipped with black, and having four black lines

from base of bill (1) along the side of the crown, (2) over the eye, (3) beneath

the eye and (4) as moustachial streak, all more or less blending behind the eye

and ear coverts. Underparts white, greyish-white on breast and flanks. Feet

and legs, horny-yellow, bill black, iris olive-brown.

126. Esacus recurvirostris. Covered with close ‘furry’ down.

Narrow frontal band and line to eye, under eye and thence to occiput black;

broken black lines on each side of spine, meeting at level of thighs and

sending transverse bar to base of. wings, black; short black line over thighs ;

rest of upper parts ‘pepper and_ salt’ colour, finely dotted with black.

Underparts white.

127. Cursorius coromandelicus. Whole head, wings and upper-parts mottled

ginger, creamy-white and black with no definite pattern, Underparts, creamy-

white, pectoral region ginger; legs greyish.

ON THE DOWN PLUMAGES OF SOME INDIAN BIRDS — 377

128. Glareola p. pratincola. Head, wings and back grizzled dark brown and

pale buff with median dark line down crown; underparts pale buff.

129. Glareola lactea. Whole of upper parts finely mottled greyish-white,

dusky, and pale buff, narrow black line behind eyes; underparts white.

130. Charadrius a. alexandrinus. Forehead and carpus white; black line

on forearm and behind each eye; white hind-collar; crown and rest of upper-

parts mottled black and buffish-white; underparts white.

131. Charadrius dubius jerdoni. Forehead, carpus, edge of ulnar and collar

of hind neck white; circle round crown from eye to eye and above white

collar, black; lines on thighs and forearm, tail, black; rest of upperparts

grizzled black, white and ginger points.

132. Charadrius mongolus atrifrons. Upper parts deeper buff than in

alexandrinus, mottled with black on crown; wings and whole of back, tips of

wings and collar of neck grey-buff; narrow, short black lines on lores, behind

eyes and on the ear coverts. Underparts white, grey-bluff at the sides; legs

and feet plumbeous.

133. Himantopus himantopus. Head and upper parts mottled pale buff and

black ; black spinal line; black line from base of bill to eye, and on ulnar.

Round eye and whole of underparts pale buff.

134. Dromas ardeola. Entirely covered with long, very pale smoke-grey

down, darker on forehead and round eyes. Legs slate-grey.

(N.B.—The character oi the down is more Larine than Limicoline, and

lacks the mottling and lines which the latter nearly always shew.)

135. Ibidorhynchus struthersi. Upper parts mottled white, buff and black,

underparts white. Bill straight. (N.B.—This is such a very poor specimen

that details of pattern, etc., cannot be made out.)

136. Lobivanellus indicus. Upper parts grey brown mottled with black;

behind eyes and round occiput a broad black collar, under this from below

eyes, a broad white collar. Pectoral band black; chin and rest of underparts

white, tinged with buff on belly and flanks.

137. Scolopax rusticola. From base of bill to eye, over and behind it, a

narrow, dark brown line, from centre of base of bill to centre of crown, a

dark brown line; between the two lines, creamy-yellow; rest of crown pale

chestnut; side of head variegated, chestnut and creamy-yellow, as are the

wings and rest of upper parts, shewing a broken spinal brown streak; under-

parts creamy-yellow tinged with ferruginous on throat and thighs.

138. Larus gelastes. Head, sides of head, upper parts, wings and thighs,

evenly mottled with about equal areas of black and white alternating; under-

parts more white but black spots across lower throat and on sides of breast

and flanks.

139. Sterna caspia. Like nilotica, but much fewer spots on crown and

dorsum, and none behind the eyes.

140. Sterna nilotica. Upper parts dirty grey-buff with black spots on crown,

behind eyes and on the dorsum where they tend to form stripes; carpus white,

throat dusky to blackish, rest of underparts, nearly white.

141. Sterna b. bengalensis. Upper parts almost white with black spots on

crown and ulnar, and tending to run into lines on the back. Underparts

pure white.

142. Sterna albifrons saundersi. General colour more buffish than melano-

gaster, and more mottled with black; warmer buff than a. albifrons; under-

parts nearly white. Legs flesh.

143. Sterna melanogaster. Upper parts cream; broken line of black from

base of bill on each side of crown and down dorsum; rest of upper parts

spotted with black except wings; underparts cream-coloured.

144. Egretta garzetta. Long, plentiful, nearly white.

378 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Val. XXX1

145. Bubulcus coromandus. Whole crown white, down 20 mm. long; short

white down on ear-coverts and sides of neck; dorsum grey-white, underparts

white. The down is distributed in definite tracks, but further specimens are

required to make out the details. Down longer in some tracks than others.

Iris, pale straw, facial skin, yellowish-green.

146. Ardeola grayi. Less long than in garzetta, nape and dorsum ruddy-

buff, crown white or buffish-white, rest white.

147. Megalornis antigone. Entirely covered. Head, neck and throat pale

isabelline; lower neck sides of breast and belly, vent and thighs darker

isabelline ; centre of breast and belly white from base of hind neck two broad

lines of dark brown, enclosing a paler brown median stripe, run to tail; large

buffish-white spot opposite base of both wings; wings cinnamon-brown, tip

buffish-white.

148. Megalornis leucogeranus. [Entirely covered. Underparts dirty buff,

belly white. Head and neck dark isabelline; creamy streak on each scapular,

rest of upper parts pale chestnut, darker on mid-dorsum (captivity bred).

In a former number of the journal I made an appeal to members to

supply me ‘with material and I again appeal to them. My opportunities of

getting such myself are nil,—I must rely on those still in India. I hope I

have shewn that, apart from the fact that the down plumages of many Indian

birds are still quite unknown, there may be learnt from them some information

of important character and taxonomic value.

In order to help in this research members need not be skilled ornithologists ;

all that is required is that a chick fairly recently hatched (or even an egg

on hatching point) shall be labelled with the name of the species, wrapt in

linen, and put into spirit or weak formalin; at the end of the nesting season

the bottle or tin may be sent to The Honorary Secretary, Bombay Natural

History Society, 6 Apollo Street, Bombay, who has kindly offered to see to the

despatching to England.

BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY’S

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON

REPORT No. 40

By Mrs. HELEN M. LINDSAY

(With Field Notes by the Collectors)

COLLECTION eee ws NO. 40:

LOCALITY ue ... Gwalior State.

DATE ae ... June—-December 1922.

COLLECTED BY Bhs ... Messrs. C. Primrose and J.R. O’Brien.

This collection is the continuation of that commenced in July 1914 by

Major HE. W. Mayor to represent the fauna of the Gwalior State in Centra!

India. This was interrupted by the outbreak of war, but the few specimens

then obtained were described in Report No. 21.

Report No, 7, also deals with specimens from Central India and describes in

detail the nature of the country in that area. Gwalior State in the main shows

the same features as those described for the districts of Damoh and Saugor in

that report.

Gwalior State extends from 22° 10’-27° N. Latitude and from 74° 38’-79° 8’

Longitude. It forms three natural divisions :—

1. PLAIN represented in this collection by the localities Sheopur, Sabal-

garh and Morar visited by Mr. Primrose and Guna visited by Mr. O’Brien.

Its rainfall is 40 inches. The hot season is oppressive and the cold in winter

severe.

2. PLATEAU represented by Agar Malwa whence at 1,500’ specimens were

obtained by Mr. O’Brien. Its rainfall is 30 inches. The climate is com-

paratively equable, being free from extremes,

3. HiLzts. This area is in the extreme south-west of the State but does

not seem to have been visited by the collectors. Anjhera Zilla is its centre.

It is covered with thick jungle.

The geological formation of Gwalior State resembles that described for

Damoh and Saugor districts in Report No. 7.

Gwalior proper is largely occupied by the Vindhyan series with four princi-

pal ranges capped by massive beds of standstone which form the chief mineral

product of the State.

In the south sections the formation is also sandstone, but with fossil beds

in a series of calcareous strata along with extensive outcrops of gneissose

rocks. ‘The rest of the area is Deccan trap. The best soil is found in the

Malwa part of the State, but the part round Bhind is covered with alluvial soil

of fair fertility. Guna is the chief centre for the sale of grain. The principal

crop of the State is Jowar (Great Millet).

In the north the vegetation in waste tracts consists iargely of deciduous

trees and shrubs, many of which flower when leafless during the hot season.

Further south the low hills are covered with jungle, and Bamboos abound in

places. The typical forest of the Central Indian Highlands is found in the

extreme south.

As noted in Report No. 7, the fauna is of the same general type as that of

Nimar and the Berars. But in the Gwalior collection there are no deer,

monkeys or otters and only one species of Hare and one Antelope were

obtained. Again the absence of Tree Shrews (Anathana) is to be recorded.

The present collection numbers 898 specimens belonging to 27 genera.

(1) PYTEROPUS GIGANTEUS, Bruenn

The Common Flying Fox

(Synonymy in No. 2.)

Morar, ¢ 2; Bhind, ¢ 2; Sabalgarh, ¢ 8,294; Sheopore, #1, 21; Guna,

1,564", ¢:'1, 24; Chachora, 1,681’, ¢°7; Agar Malwa, 3:2, ¢ 1,

380 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL FST, SOCIETY, Voli Kecd

(2) HIPPOSIDEROS FULVUS PALLIDUS, K. And.

The Bicoloured Leat-nosed Bat

(Synonymy in No, 2.)

Sheopore, 61,21.

(3) LyRODERMA LyRA, Geoff.

The Indian Vampire Bat

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Bhind, ¢ 6,9 6; Sheopore, 21; Chachora Fort, 1,681’, ¢ 30, 9 16; Agar

Malwa, ¢ 3, ¥ 6 ie

(4) PIPISTRELLUS MIMUS, Wroug.

The Southern Dwart Pipistrelle

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Guna, 1,564’, ¢1.

(5) PIPISTRELLUS BABU, Thos.

The Babu Pipistrelle

(Synonymy in No. 26.)

Sabalgarh, 9 1.

(6) ScoTOPHILUS KUHLI, Leach.

The Common Yellow Bat

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Guna, 1,564’. ¢ 9,22; Agar Malwa, ¢ 3.

(7) SCOTOPHILUS WROUGHTONI, Thos,

Wroughton’s Bat

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Sabalgarh, @ 1.

(8) TAPHOZOUS LONGIMANUS, Hardw.

The Long-armed Sheath-tailed Bat

(Synonymy in No. 26.)

Binaganj, 1376’, 2 1.

This is a very large specimen H.B. 104 mm., T. 26, F.A. 61.

(9) LIPONYCTERIS KACHHENSIS, Dobs.

The Cutch Sheath-tailed Bat

(Synonymy in No. 3.)

Morar, ¢ 8; Sabalgarh, 2 1.

(10) RHINOPOMA HARDWICKEI, Gray.

The Lesser Indian Mouse-tailed Bat

(Synonymy in No. 3.)

Morar, ¢ 1, @ 2.

(11) RHINOPOMA KINNEARI, Wroug.

The Greater Indian Mouse-tailed Rat

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Morar, 61, 24.

(12) PACHYURA, sp.

Shrews

Morar, 9, 25; Bhind, ¢ 3; Guna, 35, 2 29; Rothiai, $6, 21; Bina-

ganj, 39, $4

Awaiting further study.

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND. CEYLON 381

(13) FELIS AFFINIS, Gray and Hardw.

The Jungle Cat

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Morar, 21; Binaganj, 91; Rothiai, ¢, 1; Agar Malwa, @ 2.

(14) PARADOXURUS NIGER, Desm.

The Indian Toddy Cat

(Synonymy in No. 5.)

Guna, J 1, 21; Binaganj, f 1, 93; Chachora Fort, 9 1; Agar Malwa, 9 1.

(15) HERPESTES EDWARDSI FERRUGINEUS, Blanf.

Blanford’s Indian Mongoose.

(Synonymy in No. 24.)

Morar, 1; Sabalgarh, 21; Sheopore, 9 1.

(16) HERPESTES EDWARDSI, Geoff.

The Common Bengal Mongoose

(Synonymy in No. 1, under M. Mungo.)

Morar, 21; Guna, ¢1, 22; Chachora Fort, 91; Agar Malwa, ¢ 4, 2 3.

(17) CANIS INDICUS KOLA, Wrough.

The Common Jackal

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

(18) VULPES BENGALENSIS, Shaw.

The Indian Fox

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Morar, 1; Binaganj, (2,21; Agar Malwa, ¢ 2,21.

(19) FUNAMBULUS PENNATI, Wrough.

The Common Five-striped Squirrel

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Morar, 4 32; (l4juv); 2:13; Bhind,¢ 10, 92; Guna, ¢ 3, 24; Rothiai, 33, 9

3; Khatia, 62,23; Binaganj, $7,295; Agar Malwa, J 13, 2 4.

(20) TateRaA InpIcA, Hardw.

The Indian Gerbil

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Morareg 19) 2 265 Bhind, 46,22; Guna, 3 3,9 15 (ojav..) Rothiai, 2 1;

Khatia, 5, juv. 23; Binaganj, ¢ 4,296; Agar Malwa, ¢ 38, 2 20.

(21) GUNOMYS BENGALENSIS, Gray and Hardw.

The Bengal Mole-Rat

(Synonymy in No. 15.)

Morar, ¢ 2, 2 2; Guna, ¢ 2, 2 4 (2 juv.) ; Rothiai, 97 (4 juv.); Agar Malwa,

36; Binaganj, 36, (4 juv.), 91 juv.

(22) RATTUS RATTUS RUFESCENS, Gray.

The Common Indian Rat.

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Some of the specimens are coloured like #. rufescens ; Others like R. alexan-

drinus, but all are parasitic.

Morar, | Sol; Bhind, g4, 9 .2;-sabalgarma; 2 2; Guna, ¢ 3, 276%

Binaganj, J 9, 26 (2 juv.) ; Agar Malwa, ¢ 16, 2 2,

382 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY Vole Pee?

(23) MILLARDIA MELTADA, Gray.

The Sott-furred Field Rat

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Morar, ig; Bhind, 3-2; Guna,’ fi 02 15; Khatia;- O11" Rothiay aa

Binaganj, ¢ 3, 2 2 - Agar’ Malwa, 6.10; Q 4.

(24) LEGGADILLA SaDHU, Wrough.

The Ashy Spinpy Mouse

(Synonymy in No. 3.)

Bhind, ¢4, 24; Inal.6; Agar Malwa, ¢ 3, 2 2.

(25) Mus Homourus, Hodge.

The Himalayan House Mouse

(Synonymy in No. 15.)

Guna; 63,908; Rothioi.¢ 3,23; Binagan;; d 3, ee

The colour of the belly is whitish.

(26) Mus URBANUS, Hodgs.

The Nepal House Mouse

(Synonymy in No. 15)

Binaganj, ¢ 30, 9 133) Bkind, 2 1, lmjal. 24; Sabalearh: 42.

Sheopore, 91; Agar Malwa, ¢ 18, 910: Chachora Fort, (9 21.

Belly without sharp change of colour.

(27) LEGGADA BOODUGA, Gray.

The Southern Field Mouse

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Morar, ¢ 8, 25; Bhind, Invalkt 3>-Agar Malwa; io.

(28) VANDELEURIA OLERACEA, Benn.

The Deccan Tree Mouse

(Synonymy in No. 2.)

Mofar, ¢ 1; 2:1 (Guna, 2-4; Rothiai: 61,901 | Khatia, 2 oo:

Binaganj, ¢ 3; Agar Malwa, J 11, 23.

(29) GOLUNDA ELLIOTI, Gray.

The Indian Bush Rat

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Morar, ¢ 2,23; Binaganj, 5,294; Agar Malwa, ¢ 26, 2 26.

(30) LEPUS RUFICAUDATUS, Geoff.

The Common Bengal Hare

(Synonymy in No. 15.)

Morar, ¢3,91; Guna, 21]; Binaganj, ¢ 1, and‘5 juv.

(31) ANTILOPE CERVICAPRA, L.

The Black Buck

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Guna, 75564", 2 1.

(32) ACANTHION LEUCURUS, Sykes.

The Common Indian Porcupine

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Agar Malwa, ¢ 2, 2 2

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON _ 383

Report No. 41, ASSAM AND MISHMI HILLS

By Martin A. C. HINTON AND HELEN M. LINDSAY

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum

COLLECTION sai .. No. 4].

LOCALITY see ... Assam and Mishmi Hills.

JDP ES tas an ... October 1919-July 1920.

COLLECTED (BY (."%::. cant Mig ES Wc Wells,

The collection made by Mr. Wells in Assam and the Mishmi Hills aids .

considerably in the completion of the survey of the mammals of N. E. India,

filling, as it does, the gap between the collections described in Reports Nos.

23, 26, 27, 28, 37, dealing with Sikkim, Darjeeling, Bhutan, Duars, Kalimpong

and Nepal respectively on the west side, and Report No. 38 describing

collection of specimens from the Naga Hills on the east.

The area visited by Mr. Wells lies between 25°N. and 29°N. and 90°E. and

97°E, thus practically embracing the whole province of Assam—53,000 sq.

miles—excluding the small part comprising Manipur and the Lushai Hills—

8,500 sq. miles. According to the Gazetteer, from which much of the informa-

tion about the country has been taken, Assam falls into three natural

divisions :—-

(1) SurMA VALLEY.—A flat plain about 125 miles long by 60 miles wide

shut in on three sides by ranges of hills. The western end of the valley is

very low, only about 22°7 ft. above sea-level, and in the rains the West Sylhet

part is completely under water. Cachar and East Sylhet are higher. Here

‘blue hills bound the view on almost every side, the villages are buried in

‘groves of slender palms, feathery bamboos and broad-leaved plantains, and

‘even in the dry season the country looks fresh and green.’ Little or no forest

exists in Sylhet, but there are extensive Reserves in the South and East Cachar

District.

(2) BRAHMAPUTRA VALLEY.—An alluvial plain about 450 miles in length

with an average breadth of about 50 miles, this is also shut in by hills on

every side except the west. As a whole, it isa plain of fairly uniform breadth

except in the centre where the Mikir Hills project from the main mass of the

Assam Range. Outcrops of gneissic rock above the alluvium between Tezpur

and Dhubri, and ranges of low hills in the central part of Goalpara District

break the even level of the plain. On either side, the Brahmaputra is edged

by stretches of marsh land, beyond which comes a belt of rice fields and fruit

trees. Beyond that belt near the hills, grassy plains and forests are interspersed

with prosperous tea gardens. here are still large areas not cultivated, consist-

ing of huge wastes where heavy forest alternates with Savannah land, covered

with a dense growth of reeds and elephant grass, 14’-16’ high. In these wastes

are found butfalo, rhinoceros, and swamp and hog deer.

(3) THE Assam RAaNGE.—Mountains separating these two valleys and

projecting at right angles from ihe Burmese system. It lies almost due east

and west. At its western end it attains a height of more than 4,600 ft. in the

peak of Nokrek, above the station of Tura, the head-quarters of the Garo Hills

District. Here the hills are broken up into sharply serrated ridges and deep

valleys, all alike covered with forest. Near Shillong in the Khasi Hiils, 6,450

ft. is the highest peak in a tableland about 6,000 tt. high with wide stretches

of oak and pine. The highest point in the province of Assam proper is Japvo,

9,890 ft. in the Naga Hills, where the hills are all of the serrated type, the

sides clothed with forest or fallowing jhums.

The Misumi HILLs shutting in the eastern end of the Brahmaputra Valley

seem to be a continuation of the Burmese axials. ‘there are some peaks of

1,500 ft. but little is known about this tract of the country.

The basis of the whole Assam Range is a gneissic rock. Sandstones and

conglomerates of the Cretaceous System are superimposed upon the gneiss, and

are themselves in turn overlaid by limestone and sandstone of the Nummulitic

age, especially at the western end of the range. Thus the late Mrs. Jackson

in her note on the Garo Hills speaks of the fossil beds and the limestone caves

to be found there. It appears, to quote the Gazetteer, little is known of the

eastern extremity of the Assam Range. Apparently Upper Tertiary sandstones

384 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI1

‘are succeeded by a series of hard sandstones, slates and shales with

quartzose beds, while still further east serpentine dykes, indentical in

composition with those of Burma, run north and south.’ The hills containing

the coal meisures of Sibsagar and Lakhimpur consist of an enormous thickness

of sandstones, the upper series of which are topped with conglomerates and

clay.

The climate of Assam is characterized by coolness and extreme humidity. In

the Rains especially, it does not stimulate to prolonged physical exertion. Mr. A.

Primrose in his note on Assam states that except for four months of the year the

climate is decidedly bearable to Europeans, but these must be of naturally

strong constitution and thoroughly acclimatized, for all the year round malaria

is prevalent. There are two distinct seasons:—cold from November to

February ; rains from Marchto October. Rainfall is always abundant, so that

floods rather than droughts occur, the average amount annually precipitated

varying from 85” at Sibsagar, 115” at Goalpara and 124” at Silchar to 458” at

Cherrapunji. It has been noted that since the earthquake of 1897 the floods in

Lower Assam are of greater intensity and duration. Earthquakes are very

frequent all over the province.

As the Gazetteer points out, the character of the surface and the climate of

Assam are ideal for forest growth and the area of wooded country is very

extensive. But the method of cultivation employed by most of the hill tribes

does not help in the growth of really great forest. This method is called the

JHUM system and is thus described in the Gazetteer :—

‘ A patch of land is cleared with axe and fire, the soil is hoed up and the

‘seeds of hill rice, chillies, cotton, millets, gourds and other vegetables are

‘ dibbled in among the ashes. The same plot is seldom cropped for more than

‘2 or 3 years in succession. After this time the weeds spring up in great

‘luxuriance and further cultivation would destroy the roots of Ikra or Bamboo

‘jungle, upon which the land depends for its fertility. JHUMS are left fallow

fOr as long a time as possible, four years at the very least. This system of

‘ cultivation and forest fires have denuded the interior of the hills where the

‘ people chiefly live.’

For a Field Collector Assam presents many difficulties.

On the one hand, in the hill areas of the frontier, such as Mishmi Hills, the

Abor, or Aka country, the aboriginal tribes resent interference and intrusion,

and, as Mr. A. Primrose says in his Note, the greatest tact, patience, and

firmness are required in any dealings withthem. But he has found that though

they deeply feel harshness or what they consider injustice, they do respond to

kindly treatment, and, away from outside jnfluence, are a ‘very cheerful,

simple, honest and likeable lot.” On the other hand the habits of the imported

coolies in the cultivated areas and tea districts have practically exterminated all

the mammalia around them. The Mundas, Oraons, and especially the

Santhals eat any sort of animal, and employ fires, traps and poison as well as

bows and arrows in their pursuit of creatures for food. Mr. Primrose remarks

on the fact that few animals are ever met with in the forests, in which the

silence is intense, just as in the forest of the Sunderbans area. He found better

results to be got on the outskirts of the forests or along the streams running

into them.

The question of transport is another difficulty. Mr. Wells found roads were

for the most part bad, when they did exist at all, bullock carts were hard to

obtain, while boat hire was excessive, and heavy mists caused much delay.

But for a collector, the climate is the biggest drawback. In his diary, Mr.

Wells frequently mentions the loss of his traps by heavy rain washing them

away or by debris brought down by the storm covering them up, also the loss

of time caused by inundation of the jungle paths. The climate not only affects

one’s health and working capacity, but it also causes endless trouble in the

preparation of specimens. Even with a fire it was found impossible to get the

skins of his specimens dry enough to ensure their preservation, and many of

these were lost owing to the excessive humidity.

In his diaries Mr. Wells records his thanks for kind assistance to the

following :—Mr. Bishop of Godagari; Mr. Brown of Hokenguri; Mr. Garrett,

the Forest Officer; Mr. Milroy, whom he accompanied on keddah; Mr.

Middleton of Sonepur; Mr. Hinde of Rangiya; Dr. Grant of Margherita ; Mr.

James, the missionary at Cherrapunji; The late Mrs. Jackson gave invaluable

help to Mr. Wells in the Garo Hills area.

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON — 385

The areas visited between October 1919 and July 1921 may best be divided

into the following centres :—

1. MARGHERITA—Ledo, Namlang River, Powai, Doom Dooma, Digboi,

Bara Hapjan, Kharjan.

2. SADIvA—Dibong River, Lohit Valley.

3. GOLAGHAT—Mikir Hills, Kaziranga Reserve, Kumta.

4. Garo Hirrs—Tura, Rangapari, Dura Bandar, Duragiri.

5. SHILLONG AND Kuast Hitts—Mowphlong, Cherrapunji, Laitkynsao,

Laiterai, Nongprieng, Nongpoh.

6. JAINTIA HiLt“ts—Jowai, Jarain, Syndai, Shanpung, Konshnong, Hot-

springs.

7. S. Kamrup—Kulsi, Rajapara.

8. CACHAR—Lamsakhang, Langting, Dirangmukh, Hathikhali, Lanka.

9. N. KamMRup—Angarakhata, Matanga River.

10. Misumt Hiris—Dening, Tiki, Dreyi, Tejir.

The collection numbers 2097 Sse in 98 species belonging to 70 genera.

It includes three new species, viz.

Soriculus radulus, Leggada hres Leggada nagarum; also ten new

sub-species, viz. :— Pithecus pileatus saturatus, Pithecus pileatus tenebricus,

Scotamanes ornatus imbrensis, Tupaia belangeri assamensis, Tupaia belangert

versuvr@é, Dacuomys wroughtoni, Rattus listert garorum, Callosciurus

erythreus wellst, Dremonys lokriah garorum, Kattus rattus wellst. In

character it closely resembles that from Nepal described in No. 37, but here

there are no bears, no Tatera, no Funambulus represented. Part of the

material collected was examined by the late Mr. Wroughton, and his notes,

which are in each case acknowledged, have been incorporated in this Report as

well as those from the diaries of the Field Collector, Mr. Wells.

(1) HyLoBaTEs HOOLOCK, Harl.

The Hoolock

(Synonymy in No. 14)

Naga Hills—Margherita, (1,200’) ¢1 (juv.), 2 1.

Lakhimpur—Bara Hapjan (300’) ¢1,21; Golaghat eine

Mishmi Hills—Chikorpani, ¢ 1 skeleton.

These creatures are fairly common, but keep mainly to the hills, occasionally

coming down to the low country probably in passing from one range to another.

The range of this gibbon in the Mishmi Hills seems rather obscure. It has been

reputed to range for 100 miles north of Sadiya but the Mishmis do not know of

it beyond the Digaun River. ‘The Mishmis say there are only three parties of

these gibbons, each about 10 or 12 in number, in the Dening District.

Vernacular name—HUELENG (Khasi)

(2) Macaca ASSAMENSIS, Mc Cl.

The Assam Macaque

(For synonymy see Hinton and Wroughton, J.B.N.H.S., xxvii,, p. 668.)

Mishmi Hills—Tecang River (2,000’), ¢ 2.

Vernacular name—7TA’ MIM (Mishi).

(3) MACACA MULATTA, Zimm.

The Rhesus

(For synonymy see Hinton and Wroughton, J.B.N.H.S., p xxxii, p. 668.)

Naga Hills—Margherita (200’), 4 1 (juv.)

Khasi Hills—Nongpoh (1,200’), Q 1 (juv.)

Jaintia Hills—Hot Springs (2,400’), Q 1.

S. Kamrup—Rajapara (600’) ¢ 2; Kulsi (750’), 2 2 juv.

Cachar Hills—Lamsakhang (200’),

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,243’), 9 3.

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ¢1.

These are very common near Margherita and Rajapara.

Vernacular name—SHIRIT (Khasi)

386 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol) XXXI

(4) PITHECUS PILEATUS, Blyth.

The Capped Langur

(Synonymy in No. 20)

Garo Hills—Tura:(1,400’), ¢1, flat skins3, noskulls.

Khasi Hills—Laitkynsao (2,000’), ¢ 1 juv.

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), ¢ 1 juv., Q 2 (1 juv.).

Sibsagar—Golaghat (400’), 9 2; Raheng, 9 1

This species is very common round Tura.

Vernacular name—INGaw (Khasi)

Mr. Wells notes that these monkeys are generally found in parties of 5-8,

anid the cry is a sharp chak-chak repeated at short intervals. The female I shot

weighed 18°6 Ibs. and measured H. and B. 5607" T. 930," 7, Hae 175°;

Kar 30’’ ’. The young one is much lighter in colour with the tuft at the end

of the tail a brownish white and distinctly waved hair.

(5) PITHECUS PILEATUS SATURATUS, Hint. subsp. nov. ’

The Capped Langur

(1921 Pithecus pileatus sdturaius, Hinton, J.B: Ni H.S., xxix, p. 81)

Lakhimpur—Bara Hapjan (200’), ¢ 3.

Sibsagar—Golaghat (400’), ¢ 3.

This sub-species is met with in the low ground, but does not reach the. cool

jungles at high altitudes inhabited by Pithecus pileatus pileatus.

(6) PITHECUS PILEATUS TENEBRICUS, Hint, subsp. nov.

The Capped Langur

(1921 Pithecus pileatus tenebricus Hinton, J. B. N: H.S., xxix, p. 82)

North Kamrup—Angarakhata (300’), ¢ 3, 2 2.

The geographical variation and distribution of the species are fully discussed

in the paper cited above.

(7) PTEROPUS GIGANTEUS, Brtinn.

The Common Flying Fox

(Synonymy in No. 2)

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ¢ 3,21; Doom Dooma, ¢ 4.

(8) CYNOPTERUS SPHINX, Vahl.

The Short-nosed Fruit Bat

(Synonymy in No. 4)

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ¢ 1.

Naga Hills—Margherita (400’), ¢1

(9) RHINOLOPHUS AFFINIS HIMALAVANUS K. And.

The Himalayan Horseshoe Bat

1897, Rhinolophus affinis. Blanford Mamm. No. 150 (partim).

1905, Ahinolophus atfinis himalayanus. K. Anderson, P.Z.S., p. 103.

Khasi Hills—Cherrapunji (5,500’), ¢ 2,28; Laitkynsao (4,000’), ¢ 8, 915.

Jaintia Hills—Shangpung (4,000’), ¢ 8, 915; Syndai (2,500’), ¢ 1 Konshnong

(3,000°),. 6 122.

The caves at Laiterai, 5 miles from Cherrapunji, where these bats live, were,

200’ up-the sheer face of a cliffand without a rope could not be got at from

any point, The Khasis say that in the months of February, March and April

the bats issue every evening from the caves in myriads. From May onwards

they are said to hibernate.

(10) RHINOLOPHUS BLYTHI SZECHUANDS, K. And.

Lhe Szechuan Horseshoe Bat

1918, Rhinolophus blythi szechuanus K. Anderson, ANE Wiles Dali c We -p. 376,

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ? J. ures ae tees

._ MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON _ 387

(11) RHINOLOPHUS FERUM—EQUINUM TRAGATUS Hodgs.

Hodgson’s Horseshoe Bat

(Synonymy in No. 23, also No. 36).

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’), ¢ 1.

Vernacular name,—KaA’PWINA (Mishmi).

(12) RHINOLOPHUS LEPIDUS Blyth

The Litile' Indian Horseshoe Bat

(Synonymy in No. 6)

Jaintia Hills—Syndai (2,500’), ¢ 1; Konshnong (3,000’), 1, 91, Shangpung

(E0009 eS 1 di

“ (13) RHINOLOPHUS PEARSONI, Horsf.

Pearson’s Horseshoe Bat

(Synonymy in No. 15)

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), ¢ 8, @ 7.

Khasi Hills—Cherrapunji (4,500’), 2

(14) RHINOLOPHUS PERNIGER, Hodgs.

The Himalayan Horseshoe Bat

(Synonymy in No. 14)

Jaintia Hills—Konsinong (3,000’), ¢ 3, 2.1.

(15) RHINOLOPHUS YUNANENSIS, Dobs.

The Yunan Horseshoe Bat

1872. Rhinolophus yunanensis Dobson, J. A. S. B., xli, pt. 2, p. 336.

1897. Rhinolophus pearsont Blanford, No. 149 partim.

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’), ¢ 1.

It is preferable to refer this specimen definitely to ywmanensis, since the

measurements are distinctly greater than for pearsont. Mr. Wells noted it had

a very strong smell.

(16) HIPPOSIDEROS ARMIGER Hodgs.

The Great Himalayan Leat-nosed Bat

(Synonymy in No. 14)

Khasi Hills—Laitkynsao (2,000’), ¢ 2, Oe uF

Garo Hills—Dura Bandar (1,500’ a Cte

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), ¢ 15, 9 10,

Shangpung (4,000’), #4, 23.

S: Kamrup— —Rajapur (600’), ¢ 3, e ae

Only the ¢s have the strong smell, and are very tat at this time of the year—

August, 1920. H.W.W.

(17) HIPPOSIDEROS CINERACEUS, Blyth.

Llyth’s Leat-nosed Bat

(Synonymy in No. 37)

Khasi Hills—Cherrapunji (4,800’), ¢ 2, 21.

Jaintia Hills—Shanpung (4,000’), ¢ 1

Lakhimpur—Golaghat (300’) in al. 1.

Naga Hills—Margherita (200’) in al. 1.

Mishmi Hills—Tiki (1,440’), ¢ 1

388° JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL GIST. SOCIETY, Va WKad.

(18) HIPPOSIDEROS GENTILIS GENTILIS K. And.

The Bi-colourved Leaf-nosed Bat.

1918. Aipposideros gentilis gentilis. K. Andersen, A.M.N.H , 9, 11, p. 380.

Naga Hills—Margherita (200’), ¢ 1, in al. 2.

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), in al. 2.

Garo Hills—Dura Bandar (1,500’), ¢3

Khasi Hills—-Cherrapunji (5,300’), ¢ 10, 99, in al. 8.

a Laitkynsao (2,000’), 3 6, 2 6.

Kamrup—Gauhati, 91; Rajapur, ¢1.

Mishmi Hills—Tiki (1,440’), ¢ 2; Drevi (6000’), $1.

‘ Dr. Anderson was at work on the Rhinolophide but most unfortunately was

prevented from finishing the classification beyond a fragmentary paper from

which | have taken this name which only a short time ago we should have listed

as fulvus.’—R.C.W. ,

(19) HIPPOSIDEROS LEPTOPHYLLUS, Dobs.

The Khasi Leaf-nosed Bat

1874. Phyllorhina leptophylla. Dobson, J.A.S.B., p. 234.

1891. Hipposideros leptophyllus. Blandford, Mamm. No. 160.

Khasi Hills—Laitkynsao (2,000), ¢ 20, 93, in al. 3.

Nongpoh (1200’), 9° 2.

>: Kamrup— Rajapur (600’), 2 1.

(20) COELOPS FRITHI, Blyth.

The Tailless Leaf-nosed Bat

1848. <Coelops frith, BlythJeA:S-B. xvi, pe Zol.

1891. Cvelops frithi, Blanford, Mamm. No. 168.

Khasi Hills—Cherrapunji (4,500’), ¢1.

(21) MEGADERMA SPASMA MAJUS, K. And.

The Chindwin Megaderm

1891. Megaderm spasma, Blanford, Mamm. No. 170.

1918. Megedarma spasma majus, K. Andersen, A.M.N.H., 9, 11, p. 383.

Kamrup—Kulsi (150’), 9 1; Rajapur (600’), $2, 9 3.

This sub-species sie originally reported under the name of V7. s. trifolium

which in 1918 was sub-divided by Dr.K. Andersen into ¢vifolium, majus, medium

and minus.

(22) LYRODERMA LYRA, Geoff.

The Indian Vampire Bat

(Synonymy in No. i)

S. Kamrup—Polasbari, (600’), 9 1.

N. Kamrup— Angarakhata (S00F eg aly 22:

(23) BARBASTELLA DARJELINGENSIS, Hodgs.

The Eastern Barbastel

(Synonymy in No. 26)

Jaintia Hills—Shangpung (4,000’), #1.

(24) PIPISTRELLUS BABU, THOS.

The Babu Pipistrel

(Synonymy in No. 26)

S. Kamrup—Rajapura (600’), ¢ 3, 29.

(25) PIPISTRELLUS COROMANDRA Gray.

The Coromandel Pipistrel

(Synonymy in No. 5)

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), ¢ 1,2 2.

Lakhimpur—Sadiya (600’), 42, 96.

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON — 389

(26) PIPISTRELLUS MIMUS, Wroughton.

The Southern Dwart Pipistrel

4 (Synonymy in No. 1)

Sibsagar—Golaghat (350’), 29 6, inal ¢ 3.

Khasi Hills—Laitkynsao (2,500’), ¢1, in al 1.

N. Kamrup—Angarakhata (300’), ¢ 2.

S. Kamrup—.Rajapura (600’), 44, 2 1.

‘I named this Bat from the seacoast near Bombay, yet almost every Survey

Collection from India proper, i.e., excluding Burma has obtained it.’

(27) SCOTOPHILUS KUHLI, Leach.

The Common Yellow Bat

(Synonymy in No. 1)

Naga Hills—Margherita (200’), ¢ 1.

S. Kamrup—Rajapura (600’), ¢ 5, 9 2.

Four specimens caught at Rajapura on November 14, 1920, were apparently

hibernating. Colour is variable in both sexes, bright chestnut in three

specimens, yellowish brown in the fourth. These bats had a heavy coating

of fat and were very strong smelling.

(28) SCOTOPHILUS WROUGHTONI, Thos.

Wroughton’s Bat

(Synonymy in No. 1)

Garo Hillsk— 1 in al.

(29) SCOTOMANES ORNATUS IMBRENSIS, Thos. subsp. nov.

The Assam Harlequin Scotophil

1891. Mycticejus ornatus. Blanford Mamm. No. 197.

1922. Scotomanes ornatus tmbrensts. ‘Thomas, J.B.N.H.S., xxvii, p. 772.

Garo Hills—Duragiri (3,500’), 9 1, in al 1.

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), ¢ 1; Jowad (4,500’) ? 1.

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’), $1, 93.

Mr. Wells in his Diary for June, 1921, says that ‘this species was fairly

‘common over open ground. These bats have only just come out of hiberna-

‘tion as there were none about when we were last at Dening (March, 1921).’

Vernacular name for Bats—MaAutTrRA or ToBok (Garo Hills), LyMBIT

(Khasi)

(30) Mvyoris SILIGORENSIS,: Tomes.

The Darjeeling Bat

(Synonymy in No. 37)

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), ¢1, 21.

(31) LEUCONOE sp.

Jaintia Hillsk—Konshnong (3,000’ ).

‘ The specimen is too young for identification.’ A.C.W.

(52) MuRINA CYCLOTIS, Dobs.

The round-eared Tube-nosed Bat

(Synonymy in No. 23)

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), #1, 21.

(33) MURINA TUBINARIS, Scully.

Scully's Tube-nosed Bat

(Synonymy in No. 25)

Jaintia Hills—Shangpung (4,000’), 2 1.

Mishmi Hills--Dening (2,240’), g 2, 27.

‘hese bats apparently breed in April and May as all five females taken at

Dening in May 1921 were pregnant—three containing each one, and two with

each two young.

390 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

(34) KERIVOULA HARDWICKEI, Horsf.

Hardwicke’s Bat

(Synonymy in No, 26)

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’}, ¢ 6, 24.

Shangpung (4,000’), ¢ 6, 9 4.

S. Kamrup—Rajapura (600’), 2 1 unsexed 1.

(35):. TUPAIA, BELANGERI-ASSAMENSIS, Wrought, subsp. nov.

The Assam Tree Shrew

1921. Tupaza belangeri assamensis. Wroughton, J.B.N.H.S., xxvii, p. 599

Lohit Valley (800’), ¢ 2.

Garo Hills—Tura ¢ 4,9 2; Dura Bandar, 21; Duragiri, 9 2.

Khasi Hills—Laitkynsao (2,000’), Q 2.

‘The forms chinensis and siccata are both of a pale grizzle of which the

modifying component is yellow and gives the general effect of ‘ olive green’,

while in ywnalis and assamensts the modifying colour of the grizzle is red and

there is no green tinge, general effect! being dark brown.’—&A.C. W.

Vernacular name—Map (Garo) ; Kmup (Khasi)

(36) ‘TUPAIA BELANGERI, VERSUR#, Thos., subsp. nov.

The Mishmt Tree Shrew

1922. Tupaia'belangeri versure. ‘Thomas, J.B.N.H.S., xxviii, p. 428.

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’), ¢ 8, 293; Dreyi (6,000’), 1,21.

Mr. Wells notes ‘I understand this Tupaia breeds during May and June and

‘makes its nest in holes, under roots of trees, etc. Three to five young are

‘ born naked and blind.’

Vernactlar name—A’ Cuusua (Mishmi)

(37) TALPA MICRURA, Hodgs.

The Short-tatled Mole

(Synonymy in No. 23)

Mikir Hills (1,400’), 21; Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’), 9 2.

One specimen taken at Dening was of a blue gray colour with a short tail

(10 mm.) black, with numerous hairs at the end. ‘The snout is flesh coloured

with a small white streak on the face above.

(38) PARASCAPTOR LEUCURUS, Blyth.

The White-tailed Mole

(Synonymy in No. 36)

Khasi Hills—Cherrapunji (4,500’), ¢ 2, 2 2.

Jaintia Hills—Shangpung (4,500’), ¢1, 292; Jowai (4,500’), 9 2.

These moles frequent gardens and potato patches. They throw out an

offensive smell when handled or confined in a box.

Vernacular name—Kvynpat (Khasi)

(39) SORICULUS CAUDATUS, Horsf.

Hodgson’s Brown-toothed Shrew

(Synonmy in No. 15)

Mishmi Hills—Dreyi (6,000’), ¢ 1, 2 3, in al. 2.

(40) SoORICULUS RADULUS, Thos., sp. nov.

The Mishmi Brown-toothed Shrew

1922. - Soriculus radulus. Thomas, J.B.N.H.S., xxviii, p. 429,

Mishmi Hills—Dreyi (6,000’), 2 1.

MAMMAL SURVEY.OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON — 391

(41) CROCIDURA RUBRICOSA, And.

Anderson’s Assam Shrew

(Synonmy in No. 25)

Naga Hills—Margherita (200’), #1, 9 2.

. Lakhimpur—Sadiya ow Cres cal

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ¢2, 2

Garo Hills—Tura, (1,400’), #1, in al. 1

Khasi Hills—Laitkynsao (2,000’), ¢ 1.

Jaintia Hills—Jowai (4,400’), #1, 9 1; Konshnong (3,000’), ¢ 1 Syndai in al

1; Shangpung (4,000’), ¢1.

N. Kamrup—Angarakhata (300’ i eles

)

S. Kamriup—Rajapura (600’),

N. Cachar—Lanka (409’), ¢ 2,2 ‘i

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2° 340" Wo a Ly Dreyi.(6,000°) 7 ¢ 1, Oo 3.

Vernacular name—CHUCHU (N. Kamrup) ‘TA’ PEKING (Mishmi) for

all shrews.

(42) PACHYURA, sp.

The Musk Rat

Naga Hills--Margherita (200’), ¢ 1, S| Ds

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ¢ 5, a

Garo Hills—Tura (1,440’), ¢ 2

(3;0007) 2 2.

235 Dura, Bandar (1,200’), 9 2, Duragiri

Khasi Hills—Nangpoh (1,200 Aes Qu

)

Jaintia Hills—Shangpung (4,0 ; ) 4,

N. Kamrup—Angarakhata 00" J 26, 2 14

S. Kamrup—Rajapura ee Caer

N. Cachar—Lanka (300’), ¢ ee

Mishmi Hills—Tiki (1440’), ¢ 2

At Golaghat Mr. Wells noted that these shrews have large burrows Breily

recognized by the wide mouth as though the earth had fallen in for a few

inches before the actual hole commences. The species was not found at

Dening though he got it at Tiki, 1,000’ lower, under similar conditions.

Vernacular name—CHUCHANDRA (N. Kamrup.)

(43) PACHYURA HODGSONI, Blyth.

The Himalayan Pigmy Shrew

(Synonymy in No. 15)

Jaintia Hills—Shangpung (4,000’), ¢ 2, @ 1.

(44) ANOUROSOREX SQUAMIPES, A.M. Edw.

The Assam Short-tailed Shrew

(Synonymy in No, 25)

Garo Hills—Tura, 2 1.

Jaintia Hills—Jowai (4,500’), ¢ 8, 9 4; Shangpung (4,200’), #8, 211;

Konshnong (3,000’), ¢ 1.

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’), ¢ 19,28; Dreyi (6,000’), ¢ 10, 2 8.

(45) FELIS AFFINIS, Gray.

The Jungle Cat

(Synonymy in No. 1)

N. Kamrup—Angarakhata (300’), 71.

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’), ¢1:

Vernacular name—A’CHAGUN (Mishmi.)

(45) FELIS BENGALENSIS, Kerr.

_ The Leopard Cat .

(Synonymy in No. 11)

Garo HillsTura (1,450°), 1." 3 |

Khasi Hilis—Shillong (5,200"), oT:

Jonas Hills—Jowai (4,300’), Q1 juv.

Vernacular. sete (Khasi) for all wild cats,

392, JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI.

(47) FELIS TEMMINCKI, Vigors and Horsf.

The Golden Cat.

(Synonymy in No. 14)

Mishmi Hills—Teju (3,000’), ¢ 1.

The Mishmis say that this cat breeds in hollow trees and has two young,

also that it kills fawns and other small animals.

(48) PEIONDON PARDICOLOR (Hodgs.)

The Indian Tiger Civet

(Synonymy in No. 23)

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’), 9 1.

- (49) VIVERRA ZIBETHA, L.

The Large Indian Civet.

(Synonymy in No. 14, also see No. 17)

Lakhimpur—Sadiya (800’), ¢1.

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ¢ 2, 2 3, juv.1, unsexed 1.

Garo Hills—Tura ¢ 1; Duragiri (3,000’), 91; Dura Bandar ?1.

Jaintia Hills—Shangpung (4,000’), 2 1; Konshnong (3,000’), #1, 91.

S. Ramrup—Rajapura (600’), ¢ 2, 22.

Vernacular name—MATNI (Garo.)

(50) VIVERRICULA MALACCENSIS, Gmel.

The Small Indian Civet

(Synonymy in No. 3)

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ¢1,? 1.

N. Kamrup—Angarakhata (300’), ¢ 3.

Mr. Wells notes that this civet can with ease climb a vertical tree trunk,

Vernacular name ;—MarTJor (Garo) : BSHaAD (Khasi).

(51) PARADOXURUS STRICTUS, Hodgs.

The Stkkim Palm Civet

(Synonymy in No. 16, under hermaphorditus)

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ¢ 1, flat skin 1, juv. 1

Garo Hills—Dura Bandar (1,300’) ? 1.

N. Kamrup—Darranga River (400’), ¢ 1.

(52) PaGuMaA GRAYI, Benn.

The Himalayan Palm Civet

(Synonymy in No. 15)

Garo Hills—Duragiri (300’), ¢ 1.

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’) 1 dried skin.

(53) HERPESTES NEPALENSIS, Gray.

The Nepal Mongoose

(Synonymy in No. 19)

Lakhimpur—Kazirunga (250’), 2 4.

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), 9 1.

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), ¢ 1 juv.

N. Kamrup—Angarakhata (300’), ¢ 2,925.

The survey took this monguose in Midnapur, Bengal.

‘ Gray gave the type locality as ‘‘ North India see Report No. 27.’’’—R&.C.W.

Vernacular name:—ANGREBU (Garo) ; KSAR (Khasi) :

(54) HERPESTES URVA, Hodgs.

The Crab-eating Mongoose.

(Synonymy in No. 23)

Garo Hills—Tura unsexed 1.

S. Kamrup— Rajapura (600’), 2 1 weighing 3 Ibs,

MAMMALASORVIY OL INDIA LEORMAAND, CEYLON. 393

(55) CANIS INDICUS, Hodgs.

The Jackal

(Synonymy in No. 1, under C. aureus)

Jaintia Hills— Shangpung (4,000’), flat skin 1.

Jowai (4,500’), juv. 2.

Naga Hills—Margherita, ¢ 1.

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ¢ 1.

S. Kamrup—Rajapura (600’), 9 1.

Mr. Wells made some interesting notes on the ‘calling’ of these animals.

‘ At Lanka in October 1920, he wrote, ‘I heard the Jackals calling for the first

‘time since the beginning of the hot weather. ‘The local natives confirm the

‘fact that one hears them only in the cold weather.’

(56) CHARRONIA FLAVIGULA, Bodd.

The Northern Indian Marten

(Synonymy in No. 15)

Garo Hills—Tura (1,400’), ¢ 1.

This is a very sly and wary creature, who turns hives over and eats the

noney. ;

Vernacular name—Mapra (Garo Bsong) (Khasi).

(57) MELOGALE PERSONATA, Geoff.

The Burmese Ferret Badger

(Synonymy in No. 16 under Helictis personata)

Khasi Hills—Laitkynsao (2,500’), ¢ 1.

Mr. Thomas has recently revived the genericname Melogale. This animal

is not common anywhere in these hills, so the Khasis say. A shikari told

Mr. Wells that there is a belief amongst the Khasis that when a ‘ Shrong ’

or village Tomeat grows very large it runs away to the jungle and turns into a

K’SA, as this Melogale is called by the people of Shella, a small hill state.

Vernacular name—WAKSAGEL (Garo) : B’SHAD (Khasi) meaning

a kind of civet.

(58) ARCTONYX COLLARIS, F. Cuv.

The Hog Badger

(Synonymy in No. 25)

Jaintia Hills—Hotsprings (2,400’), 9 1.

(59) LUTRA LUTRA NAIR, F. Cuv.

The Common Otter

(Synonymy in No. 11)

Lakhimpur—Sadiya (500’), ¢ 1; Kaziranga (250’), 2 1 flat skin.

S. Kamrup—Rajapura ¢ 1.

Jaintia Hillsk—Shangpung (4,000’), 1 flat skin.

Jowai (4,500’) juv. 2.

These otters are becoming a trouble to the Assamese fishermen clearing their

lines every evening, leaving only the heads of the fish. At Rajapura a small 2

otter, immature (weight 3’5 lbs.) was brought in from a ‘ bhil,’ which had a

most pathetic cry when handled, something like a kitten.

Vernacular name—Ksiu (Khasi).

At Shillong Mr, C. H. Holder showed Mr. Wells some skins of the smooth

Indian otter (Lutrogale barang tarayensis\}, which he had caught in the

neighbourhood. He told Mr. Wells that the otters made their appearance in

the district only when he started breeding trout and he has killed quite a

number lately. There must be some special reason to account for their

coming, ‘as the only water anywhere near is the mountain stream and no

otter could live in that as there is less depth than 6’’,’

394 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXAXI

(60) AMBLONYX CINEREA, Lllig.

The Clawless Otter

(Synonymy in No. 11 under Aonyx cinerea)

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), #1, 21.

Garo Gills—Tura unsexed 1.

Jaintia Hills—Hot springs (2,400’), juv. 2; Jowai (4,500’), Q 1.

(61) HELARCTOS MALAVANUS, Raff.

The Malay Bear

(Synonymy in No. 14)

Garo Hills—Duragiri (3,000’), 29 1 juv.

These bears are frequently seen on the very high trees, seeking berries.

Note.—Melursus ursinus. While in the Lohit Valley Mr. Wells wrote,

‘Although I have not seen any, the Sloth Bear.is evidently common as I

‘have often come across large holes dug, by these animals (so the natives tell

‘me) in their search for ants’ and bees’ nests, etc. To-day I saw four such

‘holes within 20 yds.—one nearly 3 ft.6 in. diameter and about 5 ft. deep.’

(62) PETAURISTA YUNNANENSIS, And.

Anderson’s Flying Squirrel

(Synonymy in No. 36)

Mishmi Hills—Tiki (1,440’), ¢ 2; Dreyi (4,000’), #1.

At Dreyi both this and the following species occurred fairly commonly but it

was difficult to capture specimens. These animals have a peculiar ‘ miawing’

cry when in flight, generaliy uttered just before they alight on their objective.

It would appear that they live in small colonies, probably 2 ¢s and some Qs.

Vernacular name :—K’matr (Mishmi).

(63) PTEROMYS (HYLOPETES) ALBONIGER, Hodgs.

The Particoloured Flying Squirrel

(Synonymy in No. 20)

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), g 14, 2 14.

Khasi Hills—Laiterai (2,400’ ) unsexed 1.

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’), ¢ 2, 22.

For their home these squirrels usually seem to choose a tree with a trunk

clear to 40 or 50 ft. up. They are used for food.

Vernacular name—HaGrar (Mishmi).

(64) RATUFA GIGANTEA, McCL.

The Assam Giant Squirrel

(Synonymy in No. 14.)

Lakhimpur—Sadiya (500’), 9 1.

Garo Hills—Tura (1,300’), 6 1, 91; Duragiri (1,600’), #1.

S. Kamrup—Rajapura (600’), 3 1p

Cachar Hills—Hatikhali (1,600’), ¢1; neces (15500) gf, Oa:

N. Kamrup—Matanga River (2,500’), Be

Mishmi Hills—Tiki (1,440’), ¢ 2, 92.

Dening (2,240’), $1, 292; Dreyi (6, OOUL ) eds iz

This squirrel is common at Tura where the natives call it the Palm Marten.

Vernacular name—Ta’RAI (Mishmi.)

(65) DREMOMYS LOKRIAH GARONUM Thos. subsp. nov.

The Orange-bellied Garo Hill Squirrel

1922. Dremomys lokriah garonum, Thomas, J.B.N.H.S., xxviti, p. 430.

Garo Hills—Tura (1,200’), ¢ 1; Duragiri (3,000’), 2 1.

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3000’), ¢1, 2 2.

Jowai (4,500’), 91.

Khasi Hills—Laitkynsao (2,500’), 2 2 juv,

S, Kamrup—Rajapura (600’), ¢ 1,

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON — 395

(66) DREMOMYS LOKRIAH SUBFLAVIVENTRIS, Horsf.

The Orange-bellied Mishmi Hills Squirrel

1843. Scturus subflaventris McClelland, Gray. List., M.B.M.

1922. Dremomys lokriah subflavivenirtis, Thomas, J.B.

p. 429.

Mishmi Hills—Dreyi (6,000’), g 14, 9 18.

‘The cry of this squirrel is quite distinct from any other, being a sharp

‘squeaky chatter, continually repeated.’

The fur of one shot at Dreyi in June, 1921, was ‘stained with the juice of a

calladium fruit on which most squirrels and rats are at present feeding.’ While

Callosciurus erythreus seems to prefer the higher creeper-clad trees,

Dremomys lokriah appears to be mostly a ground feeder, more frequently

below than above the 15 ft. level from the ground, making free use of the

creeper when moving about. Of the two, Dremomys lokriah seems to be the

more active, though both can move with remarkable rapidity when occasion

demands, e.g., whilst courting.—H.W.W.

, p. 144.

NoH.S.., eXxvil,

(67) CALLOSCIURUS ERYTHRZUS ERYTHRZAUS, Pallas.

Pallas’ Squirrel

1778. Sciurus erythreus. Pallas, Glires, p. 377.

1891. Sciurus erythreus. Blanford, Mamm. No. 245 (partim).

Garo Hills—Tura (1,300’), ¢ 11, 29 2; Duragiri (3,000’), 9 1.

Khasi Hills—Tharia (1,100’),; 3 1; : Nangpoh ( (i 2000)F 2 1

S. Kamrup—Rajapura (600’), 3 7 94; Kulsi (1507 yee.

Note by Mr. Wroughton—‘ This species established so long ago has in

‘recent years been regarded with some doubt as to its exact identity. This fine

‘series quite confirms Blyth’s identification of the Garo Hills as the type

‘locality and may now be confidently accepted as erythr@us, Pallas.’ Mr.

Wells found the species fairly common at Tura in June, but very scarce every-

where in April. The Khasis snare them with a bamboo and gut trap, using

jackfruit as a bait. Several caught at Sadiya in December. 1920, had their

tails bitten off.

Vernacular name—RISANG (Khasi) ; KELKUTA (Garo).

(68) CALLOSCIURUS ERYTHRAZUS ERYTHROGASTER, Blyth.

The Manipur Squirrel

1842. Scturus erythrogaster, Blyth, J.A.S.B., xi, p. 970.

1891. Sciuwrus erythreus. Blanford, Mamm. No. 245 (partim).

Jaintia Hills—Syndai (2,500’), ¢ 5, 9.1.

Khasi Hills—Moostah (2,000’), ¢ 1, juv. 1.

‘I place this series under this name with some hesitation. On the whole

‘they conform fairly well with the series representing erythrogaster in the

‘Museum collection from S. Manipur. It is however, somewhat startling to

‘ find them living immediately close to the true erythreus type. ‘Three of the

‘six specimens have red ears, indication of their relationship to erythreus

‘ proper.’—A#.C.W.

The two specimens from Moostah were added after the foregoing was

written. They have redtipped tails but are otherwise similar to those from

Syndai.

(69) CALLOSCIURUS ERYTHRAUS NAGARUM, Thos. and Wrought.

The Naga Squirrel

(Synonymy in No. 20)

Naga Hills—Margherita (400’), 2 1; Powai (400’), #1.

Lakhimpur—Digboi (500’), ¢1, & 3: Mikir Hills (600’,, #1, 91.

N. Lakhimpur (1,500’), ¢ 1.

Cachar Hills—Langting (1,500’), 2 1.

These squirrels are most easily got at sunset as they then make for the tops

of ‘ nahora’ trees, on whose berries they feed,

396 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

(70) CALLOSCIURUS ERYTHRZUS AQUILO, Wroughton.

The North-Eastern Squirrel

1921. Callosciurus castaneoventris aguilo. Wroughton, J.B.H.N.S., xxvii,

No.3; p.60L :

1921. Callosciurus eryithreus aguilo. Wroughton, J.B. N.H.S., xxvii;

No. 4) p92 7/5:

Lakhimpur—Dibone River (00 Wesel

Mishmi Hills—Tiki (1,440’), #2, 9 2; Deni ag Yo, 240’), % 30, 2 24.

Dreyi (6,000’), ¢ 10, 2 9.

Mr. Wroughton finally placed this squirrel as a subspecies of erythreus.

Mr. Wells notes in May at Dening ‘several busy in a simul trees, carrying

‘ off mouthfuls of the cotton in various directions, some to holes in trees, and

‘returning for more. They are very partial to a fruit similar in shape and

‘size to an elephant apple but with a smooth skin and sweet pulp. Aylobates

‘and Ratufa also eat this fruit.’

Vernacular name—TwaJa (Mishmi).

(71) CALLOSCIURUS ERYTHRZUS WELLSI, Wrought.

Well’s Squirrel

1921. Callosciurus erythreus wellst.. Wrought, J.B.N.H.S., xxvii, p. 775.

Jaintia Hills—Jowai (4,500’), 21; Shangpung (4,000’), ¢3, 9 4.

Konshnong (3,000’), 2 3.

‘In view of the kaleidoscopic character of the patterns in this genus in

‘Assam it seems to me every opportunity ought to be taken to give names

‘to the local races wherever possible. In the present case the whitish tail

‘tag, though only a minor character is so constantly present I have not

‘ hesitated to name this form as a definite local race.’

(72) TOMEUTES BLYTHI, Tytler

Blyth’s Squirrel

1843. Sciurus assamensis, Gray. List Mamm., B.M., p. 143.

1854. Sciurus blythi, Tytler. A.M.N.H., 2, xiv, p. 172.

1891. Sciurus lokroides, Blanford. Mamm. No. 251 (partim).

1915. Tomeutes lokrotdes, Sane A,M.N.H., xv, p..385.

Naga Hills—Margherita (1,200") dec hal Oconee Namdang ( (200%), Oelaay.

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ¢ 2 wo 4; ‘Raziran ga Oe

Garo Hills—Rangapani (400° ya 3, Ze Pura choos) ie 4 O-2:

Duragiri (3,000’), ¢ 2 ;

Khasi Hills—Laitkynsao (2,500’), 3 1, 21; Nongpohk (1;200’), 2.1

Jaintia Hills—Syndai (2,500’), @ 1 juv

Cachar Hills—Lanka (400’), e TOL: Tejnari (1,500 ex ade

Doiangmukh (600’), 2 2; Pe River (1,600° 7.94:

Lamsakhang (450-800’), ¢ 1, 21.

Hatikhali (1,500’), ¢ 2.

S. Kamrup—Rajapura (600’), 2 2. |

N. Kamrup—Matanga River (2, 500’ )s 63, 2-25 Boganadi (2;000/).\31, Oe

Angarakhata, J 1, 2 2.

Note on the genus Tomeutes by Mr. Thomas :—

The study of these specimens has enabled me to clear up a point of nomen-

clature which affects all the 7omeutes of the mearsz type. In 1843 Gray used

in his List the name of Sczwrus assamensis but without a description, the name

being therefore a momen nudum. In 1854 Tytler described the squirrel of

Dacca as Sciurus blythi, the typical specimens of which are now in the British

Museum. In 1855 Blyth, writing of these squirrels used the name Sczurus

assamensis with a secondary name or synonymy SS. dlythi, ignoring the fact

that at that date assamensis was a nomen nudum, and added a description

which has been accepted as giving validity to assamensis. But as his species

assemensis is also blythi, the latter name, being earlier in date, must have

preference. Both names have hitherto been provisionally put as synonyms of

Tomeutes lokroides, Hodgs. But the present series includes some SK eig the

thigh-patch whitish as in mearst, instead of red as in lokroides.

Consequently if, as in Wroughton’ Ss synopsis, all the forms of the lokrozdes

group with whitish or buffy patches are considered as one species with several

—

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON 397

sub-species, the name of the species must be changed to dlythi and thus the

three Burmese species would be

Tomeutes blythi virgo,

at 13, Oellona,

>, mearst.

Whether this typical T. Slytht of Dacca and other parts of Assam is quite

the same as the nearest sub-species 7. dlytht virgo is a question which it will

be better to leave for decision until specim:ens from the intervening countries

are available. The two are undoubtedly very close to one another, but, dlythz

seems on the average to be of a paler buffy above than vzrgo, while the front

aspect of its thighs is of a bluey greyish, which is replaced in virgo by buffy.

Provisionally therefore I should call all four forms sub-species of Yomeutes

blytht.

(73) TOMEUTES STEVENSI, Thos.

Steven’s Squirrel

(Synonymy in No. 20)

Naga Hills—Ledo (200’), ¢ 1.

‘Tidentify this specimen as stevensz with very considerable hesitation. A

‘very young specimen, provisionally identified as this species, taken by the

‘Survey in July, North of Hkamti on the Chindwin River, shows in a slight

‘ degree the dark bluish head and feet and the ochraceous hip patch. On the

‘ other hand, the type taken in the Abor Miri country and two other speci-

‘mens collected in the same area in February-March show no smallest sign

‘of either of these characteristics. Here the matter must rest until! more

‘material is available for examination.’ R.C.W.

(74) ‘TAMIOPS MACCLELLANDI, Horsf.

The Himalayan Striped Squirrel

(Synonymy in No. 20 )

Lakhimpur—Sadiya (240’-600’), 3.6, 2 3.

Garo Hills—Tura (4,000’), ¢ 1.

Cachar Hills— Langting (1,500’), 9 1.

Mishmi Hills—Tetsam (700’), ¢1; Tiki (1,440’), 9 2.

Dening (2,240’), ¢8, ef 7.5 beje: (3,0007 ) yy 1:

Dreyi (6, 300’) ae. 3; 23.

These little squirrels usually frequent the large open trunks af the nahor and

stmul trees. Very seldom are they found in trees of dense growth. The

Mishmis say that this species does a fair amount of damage to their Indian corn

when ripening, and only a well-aimed stone can dislodge them. They say that

C. erythr@us also feeds on Indian corn but not to the same extent as it is more

easily driven away. This Zamzops is very fond of a tree, Dicellostyles jujubt-

folia, some of these trees holding 3 or 4 of the squirrels ata time. A female

killed June 21 at Dreyi contained two foetuses.

(75) BaNDICOTA MEMORIVAGA, Hodgs.

The Smaller Bandicoot Rat

(Synonymy in No, 29)

N. Kamrup—Angarakhata (300’), ¢ 1.

Mr. Thomas kas recently decided that &. elliotina and nemorivaega are

identical and thus the former name should now be dropped.

(76) GUNOMYS BENGALENSIS, Gray and Hardwicke

The Bengal Mole Rat

(Synonymy in No. 19)

Sibsagar— Golaghat (300’), #9, 2 5 juv.

N. Kamrup—Angarakhata (300’), ¢ 38, 2 48.

Specimens of this Mole rat were collected in Kumaon and show in Report

No. 1S as G. tarayensis, but later were included under G. dengalensts.

398 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

(77) DACNOMYS WROUGHTONI, Thos., subsp. nov.

The Mishmi Hilis Giant Rat

1922. Dacnomys wroughtont, Thomas, J.B.N.H.S., xxviii, p. 430.

Mishmi Hills-——Dening (2 240’), ¢ 1; Dereyi (6, 006’ ye 3 4,91.

Mr. Thomas has dealt with this rat under ‘ Results in above paper.

(78) RATTUS FULVESCENS, Gray.

The Chestnut Rat

(Synonymy in No. 15)

Naga Hills—Margherita (200’), 9 1.

Lakhimpur—Sadiya (500’), 1,21; Kharjan (400’), ¢ 6, 2 2.

Digboi (200’), ¢ a0 4

Jaintia Hills—Jowai (4,500’), ¢1, 2 5: Konshnong (3,000’), g Ze

Shangpung (4, 000’ Ng a 1; Jarain (3,000’), 9 1

Khasi Hills—Shillong (3,800’), 21; Cherrapunji (455007 52:

Nongpoh (1,200’), 21; Laitkynsac (2,500’), ¢ 2,925.

Mou Phlong (5,500’), 2 2.

S. Kamrup—Rajapura (600’), #1, @2 1.

Mishmi Hills~Dening (2,240’), ¢ 27, 2 22; Dreyi (6,000’), ¢ 6, 27.

(79) * RATTUSPLISTERT, “Thos:

The Sikkim Giant Rat

(Synonymy in Nop. 26)

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’), ¢ 2; Dreyi (6,000’), ¢ 3, 9 2.

Vernacular name—KN’ZUNG (Mishmi).

(80) RATTUS LISTERI GARONUM, Thos., subsp. nov.

The Garo Hills Giant Rat

1921. Rattus listert garonum. 'Thomas., J.B.N.H.S,, xxviii, p. 27.

Garo Hills—Tura (1,400’), ¢ 3, 92; Duragiri (3,000’), #1.

Jaintia Hills—Syndai (2,500’), 91; Nongpoh (1,200’), ¢ 1.

(81) RATTUS MANIPULUS, Thos.

The Manipur Rat

(Synonymy in No. 25)

Sibsagar—Golaghat (400’), ¢2, 92

Jaintia Hils—Shangpung (4, 000’ Ms, Q 1; Jowai (4,500’), @ 1.

(82) RatTTUS NITIDUS, Hodgs.

The Nepal Shiny Rat

(Synonymy in No. 15)

Sibsagar—Golaghat (400’), 21.

Garo Hills—Tura (4,000’), 2 1; Duragiri (3,000’), 2 2 juv.

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3, 000’ Nase: Hennes (22,3007), 4 1,5 9°3 4uv:

Shangpung (4, 000°); ¢ 2, 22 juv.4:

Jowai (4,500’), Q 1 juv. 6.

Mishmi Hills—Denning (2,240’), ¢ 10, 9 14.

(83) RATTUS RATTUS SIKKIMENSIS, Hint,

The Darjiting Tree Rat

1918. Rattus rattus stkkimensis, Hinton, J.B. N. H.S., xxvi, p. 61.

Naga Hills—Margherita (200’), 4 ‘op

Lakhimpur—Digboi | (250’), ¢ 3, 91; Lohit Valley (700’), ¢1.

Kaziraneu(250%). Go; 125. Kharjan (400’ )tgeels

Dibong River (500’), eile

Garo Hills—Tura (1,440’—4,0007) ,g..5, 9°55, Duragim ((3,000")) "9 2) 4uv.2s

Rangapani (400’), 2 2.

Khasi Hills—Cherrapunji (4,650’), ¢ 1..Q 1; Nongpoh (1,200’), $1, 9 4;

Nongprieng (2,400’), @ 2.

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), 33, 25, juv. 2; Shangpung (4,000’ ” oar

Jowai (4,500’), 62, 21; Hoes (2, 400’), 1; Jarain (3,000’),

Mishmi Hills—Tiki GE, 440’ )S 1,2 4; Dening (2,240’), 3 TS 5 ’ Dreyi

6,000); tava meio:

MAMMALESORVEY OL ANDIANBURMA AND CEYLON... .399

(84) RATTUS RATTUS TISTZ, Hint.

The Himalayan Tree Rat

1918. Rattus ratius tisie@, Winton, J.B.N:H.S., xxvi, p. 61.

Naga Hills—Margherita (200’), ¢ 12 (2 juv.), Q 2.

sara ee a neaees (500’), ¢ 1; Digboi (250’), ¢ 1 juv. Kharjan (400’), ¢1;

Kaziranga (250’), 92; Dibong River ore ), 63; Lohit Valley (700’), ¢ 4.

Sibsagar—Golaghat “(250’ Vetere: Gok

Garo Hills—Tura (1,300’), ¢ 2; Duragiri (3,000’), ¢1.

Khasi Hills—Cherrapunji (4, 500’ nee 1: Nongpoh (1,200’)

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), ¢ 1, 9 1; Jowai (4,500’

(2;500°),, 2 1 3 Jarain:(3;0007), + A

S. Kamrup—Rajapura (690’), ¢ 2, 2 10.

N. Kamrup—Angarakhata (300’ ), Co le CAs:

Cacnar Hills—Denning (2,240’), ¢ 24, Q 32. (2 Juv.)

(85) RATTUS RATTUS WELLSI, Thos.

Well’s Rat

1921. Ratius wellst, Thomas, J.B.N.H.S., xxviii, p. 27.

Khasi Hills—Mou Phlong (5,500’), 92 1.

(86) Mus muscuLus, L.

The Common House Mouse

(Synonymy in No. 1)

Jaintia Hills—Shangpung (4,000’), 3, 2 9.

S. Kamrup—Rajapura (600’), g1, 29.

oe 1 ei ; Syndai

(87) Mus pugsius, Hodgs

The Nepal House Mouse

(Synonymy in No. 15)

Naga Hills—Margherita (1,500’), ¢ 1.

N. Cachar—Lanka (400’), ¢ 2, 2.1.

S. Kamrup—Rajapura (600’), #1, 9 2.

N. Kamrup—Angarakhata (300’), ¢ 14, 9 24.

This mouse has in some instances been classed as WZ. manez, in others as

M.urbanus, but it now seems preferable to apply the 1 name dubius to it until

the whole group can be properly worked out.

(88) LkGGADA BOODUGA, Gray

The Southern Field Mouse

(Synonymy in No. 1.)

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ¢ 9, 10, (4 juv.), in al. 4.

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’ } 306,211; Shangpung (4,000’), 76, 28.

S. Kamrup—Rajapura (600’), 33 ,28.

N. Kamrup—Angarakhata (300’), 2 33, 2 34.

(89) LEGGADA JACKSONIZ, Thos., sp. nov.

Mrs. Jackson’s Jungle Mouse

1921. Leggada Jacksonie, Tnomas., J.B.N.H.S., xxvii, p. 596.

Garo Hills—Tura (3,000’), #2, Q1.

Khasi Hills—Laitkynsao (2,000’), #1

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), #1, 2 2.

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’), J 16,29; Dreyi (6,000), 2,95.

‘This species is named in honour of Mrs. Jackson of Tura, to whose kindness

‘and help Mr. Wells owes much of the success which attended his work in the

‘Garo Hills.’—THOMaAS.

(90) LEGGADA NAGARUM, Thos. sp. nov.

The Naga Jungle Mouse

1921. Leggada nagarum, ee JB NUH Si; <XXxvil op, 596.

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’),

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3, 000°} ), 63,24; Shangpung (4,000’), ¢ 3, 2 2.

Khasi Hills—Laitkynsao (2,000’), 91; Cherrapunji (4,500’), 2.1

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’), ¢ 18, 28; Dreyi (6,000’), 2 1.

400. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AISTASOCHE LY ols Gd

(91) LeGGADA PAHARI, Thos.

The Sikkim Hill Mouse

(Synonymy in No. 23)

Lakhimpur—Sadiya (600’), ¢ 1.

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ¢1.

(92) VANDELEURIA DUMETICOLA, Hodgs.

Hlodgson’s Tree Mouse

(Synonymy in No. 16)

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), 2 1, juv. 1.

Shangpung (4,000’), 2 4.

North Kamrup—Angarakhata (300’), ¢9, 2 6, in al. 1.

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’), 9 1.

(93) HapRoMys HUMEI, Thos.

The Manipur Bush Mouse

1911. Hfadromys Humei. Thomas, J. B. N,'H.S., 4; xx, p. 999.

North Kamrup—Angarakhata (300’), 21.

(94) GOLUNDA ELLIOTI, Gray.

The Indian Bush Rat

(Synonymy in No. 1)

North Kamrup—Angarakhata (600’), 2 1.

(95) CHIROPODOMYS GLIROIDES, Blyth.

The Climbing Mouse

1855. Mus glivoides, Blyth,’ J. A..'S-B;, xxiv, ps721.

-1891. Chiropodomys gliroides, Blanford, Mamm. No. 270

Jauibia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), @ 1.

‘ The type specimen of this species, a young animal with half its tail missing,

‘has been lost. These specimens from practically the same locality may

‘ confidently be accepted as topotypes, Comparison with Tenasserim specimens,

‘which we have hitherto labelled as Jeguensis, shows that there is no character

‘ which they are separable, so that glivoides as the older name must be used

‘for both.’—R.C.W.

(96) APODEMUS SPECIOUS ORESTES, Thos.

The Szechuan Long-tailed Field Mouse

1911. Apodemus speciosus orestes, Thomas, Abster. P. Z. S., p. 49.

Mishmi Hills—Dening (2,240’), 21; Dreyi (6,000’), ¢ 6, 2 2.

(97) EOTHENOMYS MELANOGASTER Libonotus, Hinton, subsp. n.

Pere Davide Vole.

“is7A. Arvicola melanogaster. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus.

Wil, Bulls p23:

1891. MWicrotus melanogaster. Blanford. Mamm. No. 307.

1923. Hothenonuys melanogaster libonotus, Hinton, Aun. Mag. Nat.

Fist. 4(9) xa. -p. i Su:

MishimrtHilis—Dreyt. (6,000%), 473, 22) unsexed:t:

When revising the members, of the genus Hothenosmys this, the most south-

western representative of that genus, was found to be worthy of recognition.

The species is widely distributed in Southern China and Yunman.

(98) RHIZOMYS PRUINOSUS, Blyth.

The Assam Bamboo Rat

ane in No. 36)

Khasi’ Hills—Cherrapunji (4,500’) 2,2 6, juve 24cm) 13;

Laitkynsao (2,000’ , 3 ay or. ‘unsexed 1,

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON 401

(99) CANNOMYS BADIUS, Hodgs.

The Bay Bamboo Rat

(Synonymy in No. 20)

Jaintia Hills—Konshnong (3,000’), ¢ 15, 2 16.

Hotsprings (2,240’), ¢7, 2 2.

South Kamrup—Rajapura (600’), 415, 2 7.

(100) ACANTHION HODGSONI Gray.

The Crestless Himalayan Porcupine

(Synonymy in No. 27, also Report No. 37)

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), Q 2.

Garo Hills—Tura (1,440’), ¢ 1 juv.

(101) ATHERURUS ASSAMENSIS, Thos

The Assam Brush-tailed Porcupine

1921. Atherurus assamensis, Thomas. J. B. N. H.S., xxvii, p. 598.

Khasi Hills—Cherrapunji (4,500’), ¢ 1.

Mishmi Hills—Dreyi (6,000’), ¢ 1.

Vernacular name— DvNnkKHuiatT (Khasi).

(102) LEPUS RUFICAUDATUS, Geoff.

The Common Indian Hare.

(Synonymy in No. 15)

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ¢ 2 juv.

North Kamrup —Angarakhata (300’), ¢ 2, 2 6 (3 juv.)

The two immature specimens from Golaghat are here included, but are

really too young for identification.

(103) CAPRICORNIS SUMATRENSIS RUBIDUS, Blyth.

The Aracan Serow

(Synonymy in No. 36)

Khasi Hills—Moosmai (4,000’), 1 horn only,

Mishmi Hills—Dreyi (6,000’), 2 1.

Vernacular names—RAMSAGEL (Garo) ; KHIAT (KHASI).

(104) BubDORCAS TAXICOLOR, Hodgs.

The Takin.

1850. Budorcas taxicolor. Wodgson, J. A. S.B., xix, p, 65, pl. p. 1-3.

1891. Budorcas taxicolor. Blanford. Mamm., p. 515.

Mishmi Hills—Dreyi (6,000’) ? 1 and 1 horn only.

See also a note on the Mishmi Takin in J. B. N. H.S., xxix, p. 550.

Vernacular name—TARKHAN (Mishmi).

(105) MoSCHUS MOSCHIFERUS. L.

The Indian Musk Deer

(Synonymy in No. 23)

Mishmi Hills—Dreyi (9,500) ? 1, skull in.

(106) MUNTIACUS VAGINALIS, Bodd.

The Barking Deer c)

(Synonymy in No.2)

N. Kamrup—Bogranadi (2,000’), ¢ 1; Matanga River (2,500’), ¢1

Mishmi Hills—Dening, B 1 (juv.), 92.1.

Vernacular names :—CHOTA HARIN (Garo), SKEI (Khasi).

(107) HYELAPHUS PORCINUS, Zimm.

The Hog Deer

(Synonymy in No. 37)

Lakhimpur—Dibong River (500’), 2 2.

N. Kamrup—Angarakhata (300’) ,Q 2.

402 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

(108) Rusa UNICcOLOR, Bechs.

The Sambhar

(Synonymy in No. 5)

Assam, 2 1.

Note by Mr. Wells :—‘ I have been asked by a number of people in Assam

why it is that Sambhur always have a sore place on the neck. It has been

noticed on all Assamese species, but I cannot find out whether this is peculiar

to other parts of India also.’

(109) MANIS PENTADACTYLA, L.

The Eastern Pangolin

(Synonymy in No. 37)

Sibsagar—Golaghat (300’), ? 1 flat skin.

‘The Survey has taken this species from Mount Popa and Pegu, but it was

‘listed as aurita.’—R. C. W.

SUPPLEMENT TO REPORT No. 41 :—

A small collection of mammals from the Chilka Lake, Orissa, made by

Mr. H. W. Weils.

These specimens were sent along with those from Assam and the Mishmi

Hills hence their description may be conveniently tacked on to the Report on

those areas.

Chilka Lake is a pear-shaped expanse of water 44 miles long, of area

344 sq. miles in the dry season and 450 sq. miles in the rains, in the district

of Puri, Bihar and Orissa. It lies between 19° 28’ and 19° 56’ N. and 85° 6’

and &5° 86’ E., and is separated from the Bay of Bengal by only a long sandy

ridge about 200 yds. wide. The water in the rains is mainly fresh, but in the

dry season is saline.

The collection numbers 17 specimens which belong to 8 genera in 9 species.

(1) PTEROPUS GIGANTEUS, Bruenn.

The Common Flying Fox

(Synonymy in No, 2)

Chilka Lake, $1, 2 2.

(2) SCOTOPHILUS WROUGHTONI, Thos.

Wroughton’s Bat

(Synonymy in No. 2 )

Chilka Lake, 2 1.

(3) ScoToPHIOUS KUHLI, Leach.

The Common Yellow Bat

(Synonymy in No. 1)

Chilka Lake, 9 1.

(4) LYyRODERMA LYRA, Geoff.

The Indian Vampire Bat

(Synonymy in No. 1)

Chilka Lake, ¢ 1, 27.

(5) ANATHANA PALLIDA, Lyon.

The Orissa Tree Shrew

1913. Axnathana pallida, M. W. Lyon, Proc. U.S.N.M., Ixv, p..124.

Chilka Lake, ¢1, 21.

(6) CANIS INDICUS, Hodgs.

The Jackal

(Synonymy in No. 1 under C. aureus)

Chilka Lake, @ ].

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON 403

(7) FUNAMBULUS PALMARUM, I.

The Palm Squirrel

(Synonymy in No. 2)

Chilka Lake, g.3, 2 2 (1 juv.). ;

(8) BANDICOTA Sp.

Chilka Lake, ¢ 1.

More specimens from this area must be obtained before the species can be

definitely determined. It is probably a sub-species of &. malabaricus.

(9) RATTUS RATTUS ARBOREUS, Buch-Hamilton.

The Bengal Tree Rat

(Synonymy in No. 47)

Chilka Lake, ¢ 1.

SUPPLEMENT II. COLLECTION MADE BY Mr. H. WHISTLER IN

KANGRA.

Petaurista tnornatus from Upper Dharmsala 1 June 1, 1923.

Eoglaucomys fimbriatus & from Upper Dharmsala ... 5s

Ochotona roylez 2° from Kareri Lake, Kangra ig ho 2ae

Felis affinis 8 and 2 from Dharmsala 201923;

Vulpes bengalensis 2 from Kangra Valley.

Paguma gray? juv. 2 from Dharmsala _... as, sane zl, 19235.

Marmota himalayana 6 2 juv. from $.Issoo, Lahul... July 13, 1923.

Felis attinis 2 from Dhelu, Mandi State .. ca dgul@2o.

Canis pallipes from Lahul (10, 500’ ).

Mr. Pocock has kindly given the followiny note on this wolf :—

Canis pallipes. This wolf is of great interest. The jaws and teeth,

retained in the skin, show that the animal was about the same size as the

common Indian wolf, C. pallipes, but the coat, in accordance with the high

altitude at which the wolf was shot, is extremely thick and woolly, exactly

as in the larger Himalayan wolf, C. lupus laniger. It entirely contradicts

Blanford’s statement that C. pallipes may be distinguished from C. /wpus by

the coat being shorter and with little or no under fur. Though shot in July,

the animal retained most of its winter coat. More specimens from this area

would be most desirable.

REPORT No. 42, KASHMIR AND PUNJAB AREAS

MARTIN HINTON AND OLDFIELD THOMAS, F.R.S.

(By permission of the Trustees of the British Museum)

COLLECTION ... ie NOL a2 |

LOCALITY — ... Kashmir and Punjab.

DATE oe ... July, August, 1921,and October, Novem-

ber, 1923.

COLLECTED. BY 4. ... Major Stockley, D.S.0., O.B.E., M.C.

The specimens in this collection were obtained from four distinct areas :—

(1) SRINAGAR (5,600’)—with Tral (5,800’), Arapul Valley (6,300’),

Sardallu (8,700’).

Major Stockley says in his notes that the specimens here all come from the

‘edge of the cultivation in the Kashmir Valley. The Sardallu specimens were

‘taken in a heavily forested nullah, the trees being mainly walnut, chestnut,

‘birch, maples in the ravines, with a main forest growth of pine, and a strong

nndergrowth of skinimia.’ The rats and mice were taken at two ‘guzar’

huts on the edge of the open grass at 9,000’.

(2) RAWALPINDI-—with Campbellpore, Chakdulla (2,000’), Chak Lala

(1,100’). Here collections were made on the N. E. portion of the Kala Chitta

Range, mainly gravel and limestone with a considerable amount of thorn

scrub, chiefly babul and ber, with tussocks of speargrass interspersed, Oleander

404 JOURNAL, - BOMBAY NATURAL AIST; SOCIETY, Vol: XXXT

and pampas grass grow in the nullahs. The heat in summer is intense and

water is scarce, being, confined in winter to only a few pools.

(3) Buattu Hissar (600’)—This is on the N. E. edge of the Bikanir

desert, a country of sand dunes with canal irrigation. In this district Major

Stockley noted a large increase inthe number of Gerbils, probably due to

improved conditions brought by the irrigation. But this increase has also

caused increase in the number of foxes and birds of prey.

(4) KoHISTAN (Sind)—with Kotri (300’) at the S. end of the Khirthar

Range and the Barun Valley, a barren country of rocks and sand dunes.

The 249 specimens obtained belong to 28 genera in 38 species as follows :—

(1) HIPPOSIDEROS CINERACEUS, Blyth.

The Little Leaf-nosed Bat

(Synonymy in No 37)

Bhattu Hissar—@ 1.

(2) HIPPOSIDEROS FULVUS PALLIDUS, K. And.

The Bicoloured Leaft-nosed Bat

(Synonymy in No. 3, under A. fulvus)

Chak Lala (Rawalpindi), 5, 26.

(3) PLECOTUS WARDI. .Thomas.

The Kashmir Long-eared Bat

1911. Flecotus wardi, Thomas, A. M.-N. H. -(8), vii, p. 209.

Tral (Kashmir)—¢ 2.

The type locality of this species is Ladak.

Major Stockley says that these two specimens ‘ entered the Tral shooting hut

together, and I caught them in a butterfly net.’

(4) PIPISTRELLUS MIMUS, Wroughton.

The Common Dwarf Pipistrel

(Synonymy in No. 1)

Chak Lala—1; Bhattu Hissar, 38, 9 5.

(5) ScoTOPHILUS KUHLI, Leach.

The Common Yellow Bat

(Synonymy in No. 1)

Rawalpindi—Chak Lala, ¢ 3,21; Toupi, 9 3.

Bhattu Hissar—¢ 5, Q 2.

(6) RHINOPOMA KINNEARI, Wroughton.

The Greater Indian Mouse-tailed Bat

(Synonymy in No. 3)

Ara (Rawalpindi)— 3, 9 S.

(7) RHINOPOMA HARDWICKEI, Gray.

The Lesser Indian Mousé-tailed Bat

(Synonymy in No. 3)

Ara (Rawalpindi) — 4, @ 2.

(8) PARAECHINUS BLANDFORDI, And.

Anderson’s Hedgehog

(Synonymy in No. 24.)

Rawalpindi—Toupi, ¢1; Karung, #1.

(9) PacHYURA, sp,

Arapul Valley (Kashmir)—3.1; Bhattu Hissar— 1.

(10) CrocrpuRA RUBRICOSA, And,

Anderson’s Assam Shrew

(Synonymy in No, 25)

Saradallu (Kashmir)— 2, 2 1,

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON 405

(11) _CROCIDURA ILENSIS, Miller.

The Llli River Shrew

1901. Cvocidura tlensis, Miller, Proc. Bio. Soc. Washington, xiv, p. 157,

Bhattu Hissar—J 1, 2 1.

The two specimens in ‘this collection bear such a strong Pee ibinnes: to

Crocidura ilensis that the name may be provisionally applied to them. But

the type specimens of this species come from Turkestan, a long way from the

Punjab, and the other side of the Himalayas. Thus when more material is

available for thorough examination, it may be necessary to reconsider the

matter.

(12) FELIS AFFINIS, Gray.

The Jungle Cat

(Synonymy No. 1)

Kashmir—Tral, ¢1; Arapul Valley, 91.

Rawalpindi—Toupi, @ 1.

(13) FELIS BENGALENSIS, Kerr.

The Leopard Cat

1792. Felis bengalensis,'Kerr. Animal Kingdom, p. 151.

Saradallu (Kashmir), @ 1.

(14) HERPESTES E. PALLENS, Ryley.

The Pale Grey Mongoose

(Synonmy in No. 12)

Chak Lala—-? 2.

(15) HERPESTES AUROPUNCTATUS, Hodgs.

The Small Indian Mongoose

: (Synonymy in No. 27)

Tral (Kashmir)— 1.

(16) CANIS I. KoLA, Wroughton.

The Dekkan Jackal |

(Synonmy in No, 1 under O. aureus)

Rawalpindi—Chak Lala, 2 1, Rawal, 91, Toupi, ¢ 1, @ 2.

(17) VuLprres LEucopus, Blyth.

The Indian Desert Fox

(Synonymy in No, 3)

Ara ein al g 1; Chakdalla (Campbellpore)—¢ 1,21, Bhattu

Hissar—¢ 2,21

(18) PETAURISTA INORNATUS, Geoff.

The Large Red Flying Squirrel

1844, Pteromys inornatus. Geoffroy. Voyage iv. Mamm., p. 62.

Sardallu (Kashmir)—¢ 1, 2.1

(19) EoOGLAUCOMYS FIMBRIATUS, Gray.

| The Smaller Kashmir Flying Squtrrel.

1837. Sciuropterus fimbriatus. Gray, Charlesworth, Mag. N.H.,; i,.p.°584.

1889. Blandford, Mamm. No. 233.

Saradallu (Kashmir) —¢ 4, sual AG

(20) FUNAMBULUS PENNANTI ARGENTISCENS, Wr.

The Northern Five-striped.Squirrel

(Synonmy in No. 24)

Sissel Malang 2.2 2 Rawal, coe? 2; Loup; 01, arin ar

4066 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST..SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

(21) GERBILLUS GLEADOWI, Murray.

The Little Hairy-footed Gerbil

(Synonymy in No. 12)

Bhattu Hissar— 1.

(22) CHELIONES HURRIANAE, Jerd,

The Indian Desert Gerbil

(Synonymy in No. 3)

Bhattu Hissar 2—1; Kohistan (Sind)—® 4.

(23) TATERA INDICA, Hardw.

The Indian Gerbil

(Synonymy in No. 1)

Chak Lala, $ 2,92; Rawal, #2. Jhalar ere ait ae 2.1

Bhattu Hissar— 2 oe : Kohistan (Sitid) sng, 2 ae

(24) GUNOMYS BENGALENSIS, Gray and Hardw.

The Bengal Mole Rat

(Synonymy in No. 19)

Chak Lala, #8, 25

(25) GUNOMYS WARDI, Thos.

The Kashmir Mole Rat

1908. Gunomys wardi, Thomas. J.B.N.H.S., xviii, 4, p. 745.

Srinagar (Kashmir), ¢ 2.

(26) RATTUS ALEXANDRINUS, Geoff.

The Egyptian House Rat

1812. Mus alexandrinus, Geoff. Desc. de 1’Egypte Hist. Nat., ii, p. 733.

1881. ie Thomas; P22. 4. p.905;

Chakdalla, ail.

(27) RATTUS RATTUS RUFESCENS, Gray.

The Common Indian Rat

(Synonymy in No. 1)

Chak Lala, ¢ 6, 2 10.

(28) RATTUS VICEREX, Borh.

The North Asian Rat

eigen tes! in No. 15)

Se eG 800’), ¢ 2, 91.

Kashmir—Tral, » @ ed Arapul Valley, ¢ 2,94; Saradallu, ¢ 3,21;

Chasma Shahi, Pie ry (ju v.)

Chakdalla, 3 f fo) 1:

(29) MILLARDIA MELTADA, Gray.

The Sott-furred Field Rat

(Synonymy in No. 1)

‘Bhattu Hissar, ¢ 2,91.

(30) Mus GERBILLINUS, Wroughton.

The Sind Wild Mouse

(Synonymy in No. 24)

Cam pbellpore— Chakdalla, g 1; Jhalar, 2 1,

_Bhattu Hissar, ¢ 2,

MAMMAL SURVEY OF INDIA, BURMA AND CEYLON

(31) Mus HomourRus, Hodgs.

FHlimalayan House Mouse

(Synonymy in No. 15)

Kashmir—Srinagar, ¢ 2; Sardallu, ¢ 2.

Bhattu Hissar, ¢ l.

(32) Mus URBANUS, Hodgs.

The Nepal House Mouse

(Synonymy in No. 15)

Bhattu Hissar, {1,2 1.

(33) APODEMUS S. GRISEUS, True.

The Kumaon Long-tailed Field Mouse

(Synonymy in No. 15)

Kashmir—Saradallu, $10, 297; Sutor, 9 1.

(34) AcomMys FLAVIDUS, Thos.

The Indian Spring Mouse

1917. Acomys flavidus, Thomas. J.B.N.H.S., xxv, p. 205.

Kohistan (Sind), 9 1.

(38) Microtus (HYPERACRIUS) WYNNEI, Bland.

The Murvee Vole

1880. Arvicola wynnei, Blandford, J.A.S.B., xlix, pt. 2, p. 244.

1889. Microtuswynnez, ,, ., Mamm. No. 303.

Saradallu (Kashmir), $1, 9 5.

(36) LkPUS DAVYANUS, Blandf.

The Sind Hare

(Synonymy in No. 3)

Rawalpindi—Chak Lala, 1,21; Toupi, ¢ 4, 2 2.

(37) OVIS VIGNEI CYCLOCEROS, Hutton.

The Afghan Urial

(Synonymy in No. 32)

Taliala, (1,800’), Rawalpindi, #1, 21.

Nilo, N. of Jielum, ¢ 2:

(38) GAZELLA BENNETTI, Sykes.

The Indian Gazelle

(Synonymy in No. 1)

Rawal, ¢1.

407

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES 2 eed ey aes

Major F. C. FRASER, I.M.S., F.E.S.

Part XXIV |

With 2 plates and 5 text figures

(Gy fon have 171 of Vole XXM)

Genus— BURMAGOMPHUS Williamson.

Burmagomphus—Wii!., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxiii, pp. 298-301, 1908.

Laid., Ree, Ind: Mus. vol,.xxxiv,. p. 399, 1022.

A genus of medium-sized Gomphine dragonflies, coloured black, vividly

marked with citron yellow or greenish yellow. Species studied :—

B. pyramidalis Laid., B. sivalikensis Laid.; B. siamensis sp. nov., B.

laidlawi, Fras., B. cauvericus Sp. Doves 2h. hasimaricus sp. nov., and B. ve

flavum sp. nov. In addition to these, I have the able descriptions of

B. williamsoni { Will.) nom. nov., &. insularis Laid., B. zacobsent Ris, and the

somewhat brief description of the geno-type, B. vermiculatus (Mart.), to assist

me in a study of the genus as a whole.

Of the eleven species quoted above, seven are found within Indian limits,

whitst szamensts comes from Siam, as the name implies, vermiculatus from

Tonkin, zzsularis from Borneo and j7acoéseni from Java. :

B. stamensis and V-flavum are known only aoa females, most of the

remainder from both sexes.

The thoracic markings denote a cleavage into two. groups, which is further

supported by the character of the genitalia. The first of these groups,—

vermiculatus, is well-defined, and especially characterized by the fusion of

the upper half of the antehumeral thoracic stripe with the lower end of

the humeral, so as to forma single vermiform stripe, or one with a bayonet-

twist at its middle. ° The lower half of the antehumeral stripe is absent, whilst

the upper half of the humeral is represented by a small isolated spot.

In the second group, the thoracic markings are by no meansso uniform and

vary widely in the species; the hamules are built on the same plan. as in the

first group, although differing more widely than is found to be the case in that

group.

Possibly some of the forms in group vermiculatus are mere races of that

species, but as we do not know the shape of the genitalia of the geno-type, I

prefer to give all specific rank. Iam justified in this by the example afforded

by hastmaricus, which is almost identical in its markings to Pyramidalis, which

again is almost identical in its markings to wermiculatus, and yet.the genitalia

of hasimaricus is widely different to that of pyramidalis. J had actually

classed the former as a race of the latter, until I discovered this important

difference.

All species, so far as known, are jungle habitants, frequenting mountain

streams in ravines, in montane or submontane areas of the tropics of Southern

Asia. Males are found resting on stones in midstream or on rocks or foliage

beside these waters. Females rest high in trees, descending only for purposes of

ovipositing. Larvze are of the torpedo-shape, resembling rather closely those

of Onychogomphus ; all breed in running water.

Wings: reticulation rather open; nervures between Mz-222 and J/iv in

forewing 2, only 1 in the hind; pterostigma braced, rather swollen, about

one-fourth the length of distance between node and distal end of pterostigma,

rather longer and narrower in the hind wing; trigones, hypertrigones and

subtrigones all entire, trigone in forewing with costal side shortest, basal and

distal sides nearly equal, the latter usually slightly angulate at its middle ;

trigone in hind wing rather elongate, its basal side shortest, costal and distal

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES 409

Fig. 1. Wings of hurmagomphus pyramidalis Laid. ¢

sides subequal ; discoidal field in forewing 2-celled to beyond level of node;

Mitt and Miv distinctly sinuous in forewing ; Cuz and Cuzz in hindwing

parallel nearly to border of wing, dilated in the fore; Cuzz in forewing

subpectinate, 3 rows of cells between it and border of wing; lto 2 rows of

postanal cells in forewing, 3-4 in the hind, where the first postanal cell is entire

and extends basad to middle of subtrigone ; only 2 rows of cells between Jz

and Mia; only 1 cubital nervure in all wings; arc at the 2nd antenodal

nervure ; sectors of arc parallel or slightly divergent from origin ; the lst and

4th the primary antenodals; no basal incomplete antenodal nervure; anal

triangle 3-celled ; base of wing slightly excavate ; tornus angulate.

Head moderately large, face sloping, frons rounded, occiput variable,

notched, rounded or spined at centre.

Legs moderately long, hind femora extending to slightly beyond the apical

border of 2nd abdominal segment, armed with closely set, small, evenly-sized

spines.

Abdomen tumid at base, thin and cylindrical as far as apical half of segment

7 from where it dilates considerably as far as 9, but without lateral wings,

segments 7 to 10 diminishing gradually in length, 10 very small. Oreillets

moderately large:

Anal appendages resembling those of Gomphus, of equal length and

almost equally divaricate, both superior and inferior black.

Genitalia. Lamina depressed, arched or notched ; anterior hamules short

stillettes ; posterior hamules broad, flattened or curled plates with an anterior

robust spine, and often with 1 or more accessory marginal spines ; lobe promi-

nent, globular or funnel-shaped.

Geno-type.—B#. vermiculatus (Mart.).

Group I. vermiculatus.

Burmagomphus pyramidalis Laid., Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxiv, pp. 400 and

401, 1922; Fras., Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxvi, p. 476, 1924.

Male: Abdomen 30mm. Hindwing 23-24 mm.

Head: labium yellow, margined with black ; labrum greenish-yellow with

its anterior border narrowly, and base, more broadly black, and a short medial

prolongation of black running from the base line; bases of mandibles black,

the genz, anteclypeus and postclypeus black, the latter marked with a median

spot and a latera! triangular larger spot greenish-yellow ; frons greenish-

yellow, its base above black ; vertex and occiput black, the latter slightly

concave.

Gis

410 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Prothorax black marked with a greenish-yellow spot on each side.

Thorax black marked with greenish-yellow as follows :—a complete mesotho-

racic collar, a small spot in the alar sinus above, a sinuous dorsal stripe running

from near the alar sinus above, down and out to the second pair of legs. This

stripe is formed by a union of an antehumeral with a humeral stripe, the upper

antehumeral portion is very narrow and broadens abruptly at its middle where

it takes a bayonet turn outwards to fuse with the humeral portion. A small

upper humeral spot representing the upper part of an obsolete humeral stripe ;

the sides broadly. The latter marked with a narrow, complete stripe on the

postero-lateral suture and an incomplete one on the lower half of the anterior

suture.

Legs black, coxeze yellow, as also the inner surface of the anterior pair of

femora ; armed as for genus.

Wines hyaline often slightly tinted with saffron at the bases. Nodal index

eos 10-14]12-11

10-9 | 9-9’ 11-9 ! 9-10’

of postanal cells in hindwing.

Abdomen black marked with yellow as follows :—segment 1 with a triangular

mark on dorsum at apex and abroad baso-lateral spot, 2 with a lanceolate

dorsal stripe not quite reaching the apical border, and a very broad spot on the

sides, 3 to 8 with narrow basal rings, rather broader on 7 and very narrow on 8

where however it is produced laterally as an elongated spot on the basal half of

segment, segment 3 has also a large baso-lateral triangular spot confluent with

the dorsal ring, segment 8 often with an additional apico-lateral spot, 9 has

nearly its apical half yellow, but laterally this mark much narrower and

confluent with a ventral bordering of yellow; at its apex, at the middorsum a

very robust spine, also yellow. (This spine has been mentioned by Martinin his

short description of vermiculatus, but has escaped the notice of Laidlaw and of

Williamson ; it appears to bea group character of vermiculatus.) Segment 10

entirely black.

Anal appendages black, superiors as long as segment 10, divaricate, tapering

to a point, to the outer side of which is a stunted spine which gives a bifid

appearance to the apices when viewed a little to one side. Inferior deeply cleft

into two widely divaricate branches, which are rather longer than the superiors,

and taper to a fine point, the apex of which curls rather abruptly upward.

Genitalia. Lamina depressed, broadly arched; anterior hamules_ short,

stillette-shaped with an inconspicuous backwardly-turned point; posterior

hamules very robust, broad, projecting markedly, pyriform, with a robust

forwardly directed spine at apex; lobe tumid, rounded, shallowly grooved in

front.

Female. Abdomen 33mm. Hindwing 27 mm.

Similar to the male, differs as follows :—The basal ring on segment 2 more

regular and the yellow on its sides more extensive ; on the sides of segment 3 an

elongate yellow spot, not confluent with the basal triangular spot ; segment 9

with only its apical fourth yellow and 10 with a pair of small dorso-apical

spots.

Anal appendages small, conical, black, the protuberance between them

yellow. Nodal index usually slightly higher. Wulvar scale glossy back, its

apical third broadly bifid, the whole scale broadly triangular.

Distribution. Confined to Western India from south-west of the Deccan to

Malabar, Coorg, Nilgiris, Kanara and Poona. Specimens from the iatter place

have the ground colour bright citron yellow, whilst from the moister zones of

Malabar and Coorg, specimens have the ground colour more grass-green. The

measurements given are of those from Poona, from where the type comes,

those from the Western Ghats are from 3 to4mm. larger. They emerge from

May to July in the latter parts, and from August to September at Poona. At

the latter place I took most specimens settled fairly high up on evergreens

near the river-side, whilst in the Western Ghats they are rarely seen except

settled on rocks in mid-stream, and then only during bursts of sun shine. It is

a shy, jungly creature, but not uncommon. Type in the Indian Museum.

pterostigma yellow between black nervures ; 4 rows

Burmagomphus williamson! Will. nom. nov. Burmagomphus vermiculatus

Willi, ics) pp.o0l, 303, Pics 42 /6e28-and) 29 aos.

Male: Abdomen 28 mm. Hindwing 23 mm.

Closely resembles pyramidalis Laid., and vermiculatus Mart., for the latter

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

Lateral views of :—l.

Burmagomphus siamensis sp. nov. 2)

gomphus vermiculatus (Mart). ¢ 3.

6. . Burmagomphus V-flavum sp.

nov. &

Burma

Burmagomphus pyramidalis Laid. rei

Burmagomphus sivalikensis Laid. 2 5. Burmagomphus laidlawi. Fras.¢

Burmagomphus cauvericus sp.nov. 4 7

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES 411

of which Willamson mistook this species. Differs from the former as follows :—

Nodel index ae ae ; labium not bordered with black ; labrum black with two

large transversely elongate greenish spots at base ; mesothoracic collar slightly

interrupted ; segment 2 with a long trilobed dorsal stripe ; narrow middorsal

lines on segment 3 to 5 confluent basad with the basal rings ; segment 6 with

a fine triangular dorsal spot at base; genitalia specialized, posterior hamules

broader, the spine more forward and smaller, and in addition two smaller

spines on the outer border, lobe more prominent and more deeply notched.

Distribution. Burma. Described by Williamson from 3 males collected by

Mr. R. A. Earnshaw. Type in Williamson collection. Female unknown.

Burmagomphus hasimaricus'sp. nov.

Male: Abdomen 32mm. Hindwing 27 mm.

Closely similar to B. pyramidalis Laid., but differs markedly by its genitalia.

I note also the following differences :—midlobe of labium entirely black, labrum

black with two elongate basal spots as in wzlliamsoni, a mere vestige of the

central spot on epistome and the large lateral spots against the eyes on the

same structure entirely absent; occiput and vertex entirely black, the large

yellow spot here entirely absent, the borders of the occiput flat, not curled up

as in pyramidalis ; the mesothoracic collar very finely divided ; the mid-lateral

black stripe longer and nearly confluent with the short oblique stripe which

runs towards the hinder stripe above; pterostigma darker, pale brown; a

trilobed dorsal stripe on segment 2 and a fine middorsal line on 3 and 4,

segment 8 entirely black; anal superior appendages longer and finer, and

without the outer spine, the outer side bevelled for its apical two-thirds,

inferior appendage with the apices of branches scarcely upturned. Posterior

hamules very bulky, the base a little constricted, the apical portion produced

squarely back with distinct angles, its anterior spine more robust and directed

more forward.

The female differs less in some respects and more in others than does the

male from pyramidalis. The labrum is similar to Ayramidalis and the large

triangular lateral spots of epistome are present. The median spot on this

organ is present as two fine transversely linear spots. The occiput is entirely

black. The thorax is much less broadly black than in the male and approxi-

mates to pyramidalts, the lateral stripes being very fine and the median short

and not nearly reaching to the upper segmental stripe.

The dorsal surface of segment 2 is entirely without the middorsal stripe and

has only a basal ring and the sides broadly yellow, segments 3 to 6 have the

basal rings produced slightly apicad, and in addition to the lateral elongate

spot on segment 2, there is a similar, but smaller one on 3. Segment 8 is

unmarked asinthe male. The protuberance between the anal appendages is

black. Lastly the vulvar scale is longer and is cleft very deeply, ending in

two long fine spine-like processes, very different to what is seen in pyramzdalts.

Distribution. One male and two females from Mr. H. V. O’Donel, from

Hasimara, Duars, Bengal. Mr. O’Donel in sending me these specimens

remarks that the species is very close to pyramidalts, but differs by having a

dorsal stripe on the abdomen. The differences in the genitalia of both sexes

are however sufficient to constitute a good species. Type at present in the

Fraser collection.

Burmagomphus siamensis sp. nov.

Female: Abdomen 27mm. Hindwing 24 mm.

It is convenient to describe this new species here, as it forms a connecting

link between wzlliamsont and the genotype vermiculatus, and because, on

account of its proximity to Lower Burma, it may possibly extend to Burma, like

many other Siamese species.

It resembles w#/liamsonz closely, but differs as follows :—Nodal index

Pioi2=

— a ; labrum greenish-yellow, its base and anterior border bordered with

black and its centre traversed by a narrow black line cutting the yellow into

two very large spots ; mid-spot and lateral spots on epistome small and widely

separated by the black ; occiput yellow, raised into a long prominent median

spine at its hinder border and with a smaller black spine at either end against

the eyes but not quite on the free border. Thoracic markings similar but the

412 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

mesothoracic collar complete. Abdomen with a fine middorsal stripe on

segment 2 continued as avery fine line on 3 and 4; a complete lateral broad

stripe on 3 finely divided by the jugal suture, a simllar on segment 4, but

broadly broken at the level of the jugal suture and incomplete at the apical

end, the basal rings on 5, 6 and 7 produced laterally for a short distance, and

on 5 a medial lateral linear spot, 8 with two basal dorsal lunules narrowly

connected over the dorsum, 9 with its apical border finely yellow. Vulvar

scale broadly triangular, cleft to its base into two triangular processes.

Distribution. Bangkok, Siam. A single female in the Fraser collection.

This specimen may of course be the female of w7zl/iamsoni but the yellow

occiput and the restricted markings on the face seem: to separate it from that

species. The genotype vermiculatus differs from it by its laiger size, abdomen

30-33 mm., hindwing 24 mm.; the nodal index is higher, 14 to 15 antenodal

nervures in forewings, and 9 to 11 postnodals ; 10 antenodalsin hindwing and

9 to 11 postnodals. The lateral spots on the epistome are absent as in

hastmaricus. The mesothoracic collar is interrupted ; the first lateral black

stripe is said to be forked above, but I think that thisis an error, the second

being meant, asin all other species. Lastly there are no lateral markings on

any of the segments after 2. B. vermiculatus comes from ‘Tonkin.

Group lazdlawt.

In this group I place all those species in which the antehumeral and humeral

stripes are not combined to form an oblique sinuous stripe and in which the

male does not bear a dorsal spine at the apex of segment 9.

Burmagomphus faidtawi Fras. Gomphus sp. Fras., Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. xxiv,

p. 419, 1922; *td.ib:, ‘vol. xxvi, pp. 475,°476, 1924.

Male: Abdomen 33 mm. Hindwing 27 mm.

Head : labium with midlobe black, lateral lobes greenish white; labrum

black marked with two transversely oval yellow spots; bases of mandibles

yellow ; ante—and post-clypeus black with a small linear spot, variably present,

at lower border of latter; frons bright greenish yellow, rest of head black.

Occiput slightly raised at the middle, fringed with long black hairs. Eyes

bottle green.

Prothorax black with a large lateral spot and an anterior collar of yellow.

Thorax marked with greenish yellow or greenish white as follows :—a

complete mesothoracic collar, oblique antehumeral stripes extending from

alar sinus but not meeting the mesothoracic collar, a minute upper humeral

point and the vestiges of alower humeral stripe, the alar sinus and the whcle

of the sides, which latter are marked with two narrow black stripes on the

sutures. These two stripes occasionally confluent above and below, thus

enclosing an elongate yellow spot, but usually only the upper part of stripes

are confluent. In one specimen from South Kanara, the stripes are so confluent

as to almost obliterate the included yellow, and the labial spots are also

absent in the same specimen.

Wings hyaline, slightly tinted with yellow at the base; 4 rows of postanal

cells in hindwing; pterostigma dark brown, over 4 to 5 cells; nodal

13-16/15-12 °10-14 12-10

11-10|10-12 ’ 10-9 |10-11°

Legs black, anterior femora yellow internally, hind femora armed as for

genus.

Abdomen black marked with yellow as follows :—segment 1 with a dorsal spot

extending from base to apex, and its sides broadly, 2 with a bilobed middorsal

stripe extending from base to apex, and the sides broadly, the subdorsal black

descending as a vertical stripe behind the oreillets, segment 3 with the

middorsal carina finely yellow, but usually only at the base, and a large baso-

lateral spot, segments 4 to 6 with basal dorsal triangular spots and baso-lateral

lunules confluent with the former, 7 with a broad basalring occupying about

one-fourth the length of segment, 8 unmarked or with a minute basal dorsal

triangular spot, and in some with a still smaller apical spot, 9 with its

apical half yellow, this colour sometimes extending irregularly along the dorsal

crest, 19 unmarked.

Anal appendages black, both superiors and branches of inferior markedly

divaricate, the inferior more so than the superiors. The apices of superiors

index

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES 413

long and thin and twisting in and alittle down. Branches of inferior curling

upward. Slightly shorter than segment 10. .

Genitalia: lamina very narrow, very depressed; anterior hamules short

stillettes with an inconspicuous hook at apex; posterior hamules very robust,

projecting, squared and with a robust spine on the anterior corner projecting

forward, a smaller one on the hinder angle projecting vertically. In some

specimens there are 2 or 3 such posterior spines, but usually only one ; lobe very

tumid and prominent, rounded, deeply cleft.

Female: Abdomen 32mm. Hindwing 29 mm.

Very similar to ‘the male, markings better defined. The humeral spot

larger and continued as a broken line below, or similar to the male. Often

a small spot on each side of the postclypeus. A very prominent horn on

each side of head just behind the lateral ocelli; occiput simple, nearly

straight. The baso-lateral spot on sides of segment 3 continued after a

slight interval, by a broad lateral stripe which extends nearly to apex of

segment ; 8 with a very fine basal yellow ring, the yellow on 9 more restricted,

10 with its apical border lined with yellow. The superior anal appendages

small, conical, pointed, black with a yellow spot above. Vulvar scale very

broad, of even width, slightly notched at its middle, glossy black. (The Kallar

female has segment 10 unmarked, and the horns on vertex are poorly developed).

Wings in all adult females are enfumed pale brown, tenerals are rather deeply

saffronated at the base.

Distribution. Western Ghats of India only. The original pair were taken

in cop, flying along the bed of the Kallar river, Nilgiris, 2,000 ft., August 13,

1922. A female was taken at Gudalur, Nilgiri-Wynaad, 3,500 ft., and several

males in Coorg and South Kanara during September 23. Its habits are similar

to pyramidalis, with which it is occasionally found in company. Type in the

British Museum.

Burmagomphus cauvericus sp. nov.

Male: Abdomen 35 mm. Hindwing 28 mm.

Very similar to /atdlaw7, differs as follows:—Midlobe of labium greenish,

narrowly bordered with black ; a small triangular spot of greenish yellow on

each side of postclypeus ; the upper humeral spot usually entirely absent, or if

present, then a mere point; lateral markings on thorax. similar to those of

pyramidalis, the stripe on the first suture is incomplete above, but runs up

higher than it does in pyramidalzs, and is almost confluent with a short oblique

stripe which runs back from below forewing to join the upper part of the

stripe on the second suture, enclosing a small spot above. In some specimens

this short stripe is so broadly confluent, that the stripe on the second suture

appears to be expanded above, and marked with a tiny point of citron yellow.

The -hinder border of metepimeron bordered above narrowly with black.

Segment 2 with a dorsal lanceolate spot extending to about the middle of

segment 10 with a fine vestigial line along its middorsal ridge. Genitalia ;

posterior hamules less broad than in dazdlawi, the anterior spine smaller and

two smaller spines situated close together at hinder angle. Lobe smaller, less

deeply notched.

Female: Abdomen 35 mm. Hind wing 31 mm.

Very similar to the male, differs as follows :—The black markings on sides

of thorax more restricted, so that the enclosed spot above the front of second

lateral suture is very large and the black stripe on the suture at this level is

reduced to a fine line, the basal ring on segment 3 produced laterally asa

broad triangular spot, followed by a large elongate lateral isolated spot,

segment 4 with a similar lateral but smaller spot. Rest asfor male. Segment

8 in both sexes unmarked. Vulvar scale more broadly notched so that its

border exhibits two broad triangular processes. Anal appendages entirely

black.

Distribution. Coorg only, along the banks and tributaries of the river

Cauvery. This handsome species may be immediately recognized by the

combination of the anterior thoracic markings of /azdlawz with the lateral

thoracic markings of Ayramtdalis. The occiput of the female is notched in the

middle and rounded oneither side of the notch. ‘The horns on the vertex are

shorter and with a broader base and are situated a little to the outer side of

the hinder ocelli, instead of directly behind them. Type in the British

Museum,

4144 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Burmagomphus sivalikensis Laid. 1. c., pp. 401, 402, 1922.

Male. Abdomen 34mm. Hindwing 25 mm.

Head: labium pale greenish white, the midlobe narrowly bordered with

black ; labrumi black marked with two very large transversely elongate greeny-

white spots ; bases of mandibles coloured similarly ; anteclypeus black with a

median linear spot of palest green and a large spot on each side the same colour ;

frons black in front, greenish above, its base narrowly black, this colour

prolonged forwards at the middle as a very short triangle ; vertex black ; occiput

greenish white, slightly notched at its middle and convex on either side, fringed

with pale hairs.

Prothorax black with an anterior collar, a large lateral spot and a small

median dorsal spot citron yellow.

Thorax black marked with greenish-yellow as follows:—a mesothoracic

collar finely divided by the dorsal black carina, very oblique long antehumeral

spots well separated from the collar below and the alar sinus above, a long

irregular humeral stripe constricted just below its upper part and continued

below on to the base of the middle pair of legs. Laterally two narrow black

lines on tne lateral sutures, rather narrower than the black stripe separating the

humeral stripe from the yellow stripe following it. The first lateral stripe is

sinuous above and the second constricted above and angulated backwards

below. Lastly there is a fine black line on the upper and back part of

metepimeron.

Legs black, the inner surface of the anterior pair of femora yellow, armature

of hind femora as for genus.

Wings hyaline ; pterostigma pale yellowy brown between thick black nervures,

: 7-12/13-8

j . Se anal | eR

over 3 to 4 cells ; nodal index 6-9 | 927°

Abdomen black marked with pale citron yellow as follows :—segrnent 1 with

a triangular spot on dorsum, its base against the apical border of segment,

segment 2 with a lanceolate middorsal stripe extending from base to apex, sides

of these two segments broadly, the second segment with an extension of black

behind the oreillet and a narrow black apical ring, segments 3 to 7 witha

narrow basal ring, rather broader on 3 and, on all, constricted at the middorsum

by invasion of black, 3 has also an elongate lateral spot each side, segment 8

unmarked, 9 with a very large triangular spot on its apical three-fourths, more

extensive on dorsum than on sides, 10 unmarked.

Aual appendages black, as long as segment 10, superiors nearly parallel,

pointed at apex and with a stout stunted spine near the apex on outer side as in

pyramidalis, which gives a bevelled appearance to this part of appendage.

Inferior deeply cleft into two very widely divaricate branches with upturned

apices.

‘Genitalia. lamina slightly raised, hood-like, deeply cleft ; anterior hamules

short stillette-shaped organs ; posterior broad and robust, longer and narrower

than in other species and tapering outwardly toa blunt point, from the apex of

which springs a long fine spine; lobe projecting, shaped like the spout of a

milk-jug.

Female unknown.

Distribution. Dehra Dun and Hasimara, Duars, Bengal. The above

description differs in several respects from that of Dr. Laidlaw’s, which was

made from an old broken and faded specimen. ‘The present description has

been made from a fresh specimen sent me by Mr. H. V. O’Donel, who took it

at Hasimara; its ground colours are a beautiful greenish-yellow, in strong

contrast to the dirty orange yellow of the type from Dehra Dun. ‘The latter in

the British Museum.

The character of the genitalia, as well as its markings, will easily distinguish

this species from others of the genus.

Burmagomphus V-flavum sp. nov.

Female: Abdomen 3] mm. Hindwing 30mm.

Head: labium pale greenish white; labrum black marked with two large

basal transversely oval citron yellow spots; bases of mandibles yellow ;

anteclypeus black ; postclypeus glossy black, narrowly bordered below with

citron yellow and with a large spot of the same colour on each side against the

eyes; frons black with a broad citron yellow stripe above which is cut by a

median black line into two large oval spots; vertex black ; occiput yellow

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES 415

encircled with black, the hinder border narrowly black, behind broadly yellow,

slightly concave.

Prothorax black broadly marked with citron yellow as follows :—the whole

of the posterior lobe, a small geminate spot in front of it, a very large lateral

spot nearly confluent with the yellow on the posterior lobe, lastly a broad

anterior coilar.

Thorax black marked with citron yellow as follows :—a complete mesothoracic

collar slightly notched behind at its centre, antehumeral and humeral oblique

stripes which converge and become broadly confluent below so as to forma

large yellow V-shaped spot on each side of dorsum of thorax. A small spot

in the front angle of the alar sinus. Laterally broadly yellow with an incom-

plete lateral black stripe on the first suture extending up as far as the spiracle

and a narrow complete black line on the second suture.

Legs black, the inner sides of anterior pair of femora greenish-yellow ; hind

femora with a row of 9 to 10 short robust spines gradually lengthening distad,

and numerous smaller spines at the proximal third ; overlapping the base of

segment 2 when apposed.

Wings: hyaline; pterostigma pale yellow between black nervures, rather

large, more than one-fourth the length of distance between node and distal

11-14{13-11 : aD

TT SbPSEe Cuz and Cuz

rather divergent in hindwing from a little more than half-way to wing border ;

no basal incomplete antenodal nervures.

Abdomen black marked with citron yellow as follows :—segment 1 with a

small subdorsal apical black spot, otherwise entirely yellow, 2 with a broad

middorsal trilobed stripe and the sides very broadly, 3 with a basal ring

confluent with a fine dorsal stripe which extends to apex of segment, and

laterally with a very broad stripe nearly interrupted at the jugal suture and

not extending to apex of segment, 4 to 7 somewhat similar but the sides

broadly black, only segments 4 to 5 having a small oval lateral yellow spot, 8

with a small triangle of yellow on its dorsum at the base, 9 with its apical half

bright citron yellow, 10 with its apex narrowly bordered with three triangular

spots of yellow.

Anal appendages short, conical, black. Vulvar scale very short and broad,

less than one-fourth the length of segment 9, very shallowly notched at apex.

Distribution. Maymyo, N. Shan States, Upper Burma, June 15, 1924, two

females collected by Col. F. Wall, I.M.S. This new species is not quite

typical of genus Burmagomphus, as the pterostigma is too large and the legs

too short and the armature of the hind femora differs a little. The large swollen

pterostigma recalls that of Cyclogomphus but there is no incomplete basal

antenodal nervure present in any of the wings of the two specimens. The

formation of yellow Vs on the dorsum of thorax, by the fusion of the humeral

and antehumeral stripes below, is sufficiently characteristic to distinguish this

species from any other Indian species.

end of pterostigma, over 4 to 5cells ; nodal index

Genus: Platygomphus Selys. .

Rather large sized Gomphine dragonflies characterized by the anal border of

hind wing barely excavated and the anal angle subrounded, colours bright

yellow narrowly marked with black. Only two species are known, both from

within Indian limits and both very similar in appearance. ‘They are found in

the plains, in cultivated areas. Mr. T. B. Fletcher states that at Pusa, they are

often seen settled, sunning themselves on the broad green leaves of cainas, in

gardens.

Platygomphus martini a species described by myself in the Pusa Memoirs,

turns out to be an /udogomphus. The type was returned to Pusa and a year

later I received other specimens from the Duars, and failing to recognize my

own species redescribed it again as Burmagomphus duarensis in the Records

of the Indian Museum. By the great length and armature of its hind femora

and curious proportion of its end abdominal segments, it is clearly an

Indogomphus.

As Dr. Laidlaw remarks, Burmagomphus appears to shade off into Gomphus

on the one hand and into Platygomphus on the other; this species appears to

share characters of both these genera but more especially those of /udogomphus.

(In Part XX of Indian Dragonflies this Journal, it is to be noted that in the

explanation of the plate accompanying that part, ‘ Jndogomphus duarensts’

416 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST, SOCIETY, Vol. XXXII

has been put instead of ‘/ndogomphus martini,’ although it is correctly

designated in the text. I trust that this long chain of errors for which I have

been responsible has now come ta an end,

Fie. 2. Wings of Platygomphus dolabratus Selys., Male.

Wings: reticulation close, 2 nervures between J/7-7277 and Miv in forewings,

only lin the hind; pterostigma braced, that of hindwing rather more elongate

than the fore, equal in length to about one-fourth the distance between the node

and distal end of pterostigma; trigone in forewing with costal and basal sides

equal, the distal side slightly longer; in the hind trigone, the distal side

considerably longer than the other two and a little sinuous, the basal shorter

than costal side; all trigones, hypertrigones and subtrigones entire ; discoidal

field 2-celled nearly as far as node, then considerably dilated as far as termen ;

Miz and Miv distinctly sinuous in the forewing; Cuz and Cw in both

wings parallel to border of wing ; Czzz not pectinate, 3 rows of cells between it

and border of wing; 3 to 4 rows of postanal cells in hindwing, only lin the

fore ; first postanal cell entire, extending basad only to middle of subtrigone:;

only 2 rows of cells between Ji and J/ia at and near origin; only 1 cubital

nervure in all wings; arc at the 2nd antenodal nervure ; sectors of arc parallel ;

the Ist and 5th the primary antenodals; no basal incomplete antenodal

nervure; anal triangle very narrow, l-celled; base of wing barely excavate ;

tornus slightly rounded.

Head rather small, narrow, face sloping, frons rather rounded, occiput flat,

straight.

Legs moderately long, hind femora extending to slightly beyond apex of

segment 1 and armed with small, closely-set and numerous spines of even size.

Abdomen tumid at base, then thin and cylindrical as far as base of segment

7, then greatly dilated as far as segment 9, but not definitely winged as in

Ictinus ; segments 7 to 10 diminishing gradually in length.

Anal appendages resembling those of genus Gomphus, of almost equal

length and almost equally divaricate.

Genitalia; lamina depressed, notched ; posterior hamules elongate narrow

and subcylindrical, projecting perpendicularly from body, apex with a sharply

curled spine ; lobe very tumid, large and projecting ; oreillets moderately large.

Genotype, —Platygomphus dolabratus Selys.

Platygomphus dolabratus Selys, Bull. And. Belg. xxi. (2) p. 44, (1854) ; id.

Mon. :Gomph, Mp: 113. (1857); Wills dic.) ps. 30301900) said... les pp:

$98.and 399i (1977).

Male: Abdomen 41mm. Hindwing 30 mm.

Head: labium, labrum and face bright yellow, the labum with a small brown

median stripe projecting down from base, the postclypeus with a broad

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES 417

transverse black stripe, the upper border of which is slightly convex and

encroaches on the anterior surface of frons, the lower produced into two

quadrate projections one on each side near the middle line ; frons entirely

yellow above and for greater part of front; vertex black with a large round

spot of yellow behind theocelli ; occiput bright yellow, its border very silghtly

convex at the middle. Eyes bottle green.

Prothorax yellow at the sides, black on the dorsum except fora pair of twin

spots at the middle of hinder lobe and the whole of the prominent anterior

collar.

Thorax yellow marked with black as follows: the dorsum, where the black

encloses a complete bright yellow mesothoracic collar and two broad triangular

antehumeral spcts of duller yellow. Behind these a moderately broad and

even, humeral, bright yellow stripe which turns in a little at its upper part.

On the sides a short fine vestige of a black line on the first lateral suture and a

complete very fine black line on the second suture.

Wings hyaline, a little tinted with yellow occasionally; pterostigma

yellow between black nervures, braced strongly, over 3 cells; nodal index

9-13/14-9

9-10}10-10°

Legs yellow marked with black, a narrow distal streak on the outer side of

the hind femora and the whole of the outer sides of the other two pairs, all the

tibiee black. Hind femora with a row of short robust spines.

Abdomen yellow marked with black as follows :—segment | with a small

subdorsal spot and a fine black line running obliquely back and outward from

it, segment 2 with a broad subdorsal stripe extending the whole length of

segment and enclosing an acorn-shaped spot the stalk of which is directed

towards the base of segment, segments 3 to 7 black on dorsum ; in adults this

black encloses a lanceclate middorsal spot, broader at base and pointed

towards the apical border; basad the spot is confluent with a basal ring in

semi-adult specimens. (In all the specimens from Pusa, the black is present as

an apical ring with a subdorsal branch running towards the base of segment

on either side, enclosing a prolongation of the ground colour which runs from

a basal ring). Segments 8 and 9 are dark brown above changing to yellow on

the sides, 8 has a fine middorsal line at the base, segment 10 paler brownish

yellow.

Anal appendages yellow or yellowish-brown, bordered with biack, as long

as segment 10; the superiors flat, divaricate, inner sides straight, outer right-

angled with prominent outer point, apex pointed as seen from above, slightly

bifid as seen in profile. Inferior deeply forked, its branches rather more

divaricate than the superiors, their apices turned up a little.

Genitalia: lamina slightly raised, rounded, broadly arched; posterior

hamules very long, projecting almost perpendicularly from abdomen,

subcylindrical, the apex strongly curled and ending in a hooked spine ; lobe

very bulky, subrounded, deeply cleft, its border somewhat sinuous as seen in

profile.

Female: Abdoinen 40mm. Hindwing 33.

Coloured and marked similarly to the male. The end segments of abdomen

less dilated, more broadly yellow along the sides, segment 10 yellow. Vulvar

scale very short, notched. Occiput low, its free border a little tumid, a little

rounded at the middle.

Distribution: Bihar ana Bengal. ‘Type in the Selysian collection, paratype

females in the British Museum, and paratypes of both sexes in the Pusa and

Fraser collections.

Piatygomphus feae'Selys, Odonates de Lirmanie, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov., XXX.

(1890) ; Will. 1. c., pp. 303 and 304 (1908) ; Laid. 1. c. p. 398 (1922).

Male. Abdomen 35-37 mm. Hindwing 30-31 mm.

Head : labium, labrum, face and frons dull yellow, unmarked except for

some brownish suffusion of face and a basal black line on frons which extends

forwards as far as the crest at the middle; vertex black; occiput yellow

fringed with greyish hairs, black behind, straight.

Prothorax yellow, black at middle ef dorsum.

Thorax yellow marked with black as follows :—the dorsum similar to dola-

“bvatus, the black enclosing a broad antehumeral oval or subtriangular spot on

each side and a moderately narrow humeral yellow stripe. Laterally a single

4is JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST SOCIETY, Vol. ew

black narrow stripe on the second lateral suture which divides above to form a

‘Y’, the anterior arm of which runs towards the base of forewing.

Legs black, inner surfaces of femora pale yellow, armed as for genus, short.

Wings hyaline; pterostigma brown between thick black nervures, over 3

; : 6-13]12-8 |

cells ; nodal index 1029 110-9 °

costal border brownish.

Fig. 3. Genitalia of :—l. Burmagomphus sivalikensis Laid, 2. Burma-

gomphus hasimaricus sp. nov. 3. Burmagomphus cauvericus sp. Nov.,

4. Burmagomphus pyramidalis Laid, 5. Antsogomphus occipiialts (Selys),

6. Davidioides martini Fras, 7. Burmagomphus laidlawi Fras., 8. Temno-

gomphus bivittatus (Selys), 9. Ludogomphus martini (Fras.) 10. Jndo-

gomphus longistigma (Fras.), 11. Platygomphus dolabratus Selys, 12, Aniso-

gomphus caudalis sp. nov.

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES 419

Abdomen black marked with yellow as follows :—segment 1 with a middorsal

stripe and the sides broadly, 2 with a lanceolate stripe on middorsum

extending from base to apex, and the sides very broadly, 3 to 6 with a narrow

basal ring prolonged along the sides below, and on 3 and 4 a small median

dorsal oval spot, 7 with its basal half yellow, 8 to 10 coloured as in dolabratus.

Anal appendages black, equal in length to the 10th abdominal segment.

Superiors markedly flattened, the outer border strongly angulate but the point

situated much nearer apex than in dolabratus. Apex shortly acuminate so that

seen in profile it appears to be bifid. Inferior appendage strongly forked, with

the apices of its branches blunt and turned slightly up.

Female unknown.

Distribution: Bhamo Burma, in July and August. Type in the Selys

collection. Distinguished from dolabratus by the face unmarked, the vertex

without a spot of yellow, the abdomen more broadly marked with black, the

anal appendages and legs black. ‘The forking of the hinder stripe on sides of

thorax and segments 5 and 6 without a dorsal spot. Lastly by the shape of the

superior anal appendages, which appear more bifid in profile than those of

dolabratus.

Genus—DAVIDIOIDES Fras.

A monotypic genus closely allied to hurmagomphus, colours black marked

rather broadly with bright yellow. The single species known is characterized

by its close venation, by its elongate trigone of hind wing traversed by a nervure

and by its characteristic genitalia. The position of the genus is difficult to

locate; it belongs to Gomphus, and its venation, apart from the traversed

trigones and its close character, closely resembles that of Aurmagomphus and

Platygomphus ; the genitalia is however wideiy different so that it cannot be

placed in either of these two genera. The anal appendages resemble those of

genus Gomphus, the superiors being vellow and the inferior black.

Wings: reticulation very close; 2 nervures between M7-2z22 and Miu in

forewing, only lin the hind; pterostigma braced, short, less than one-fourth

the leneth of distance between node and distal end of pterostigma ; trigone of

forewing entire, with costal and basal sides subequal, the distal rather longer ;

trigone of hindwing traversed by a nervure running from the costal to distal

side, very elongate, costal and distal side subequal, the basal much shorter ;

hypertrigones and subtrigones entire ; discoidal field in forewing 2-celled as

far as level of node; A/zzz and J/iv distinctly sinuous in the forewings; Cuz

and Cuzz parallel in the hindwing, divaricate near the border of wing in the

fore ; Cuzz not pectinate, 3 rows of cells between it and border of wing in

forewing; 1-2 rows of postanal cellsin forewing, 4in the hind, the first cell

here entire, extendine basad to a little beyond the middle of subtrigone ; two

rows of cells between A477 and Aza at origin; only 1 cubital nervure in all

wings; arc at or near the second antenodal nervure ; sectors of arc parallel at

origin; the first and sixth the primary antenodals; no basal incomplete

antenodai nervure; anal triangle 4-celled; base of hindwing markedly

excavate ; tornus very acute.

Head moderately large, face oblique, frons slightly rounded, occiput a little

concave.

Legs moderately long, hind femora extending on to segment 2 and armed

with short, closely-set, evenly-sized spines.

Abdomen tumid at base, thin, loug and cylindrical as far as sezment 8 which

with 9 is rather dilated laterally, 10 very small.

Anal appendages resembling those of genus Gomphus, of about equal length

and almost equally divaricate, superiors yellow, inferior black,

Genitalia: lamina slightly raised; anterior hamules very long, thin and

flattened, nearly as long as the posterior hamules, which are very robust, broad

at base, sinuous, tapering to a fine point, projecting markedly ; lobe bulbous

with a markedly prominent, trowel-like lip.

Distribution. Western Ghats of India. Habits similar to those of Murma-

gomphus but found at lower levels.

Davidioides martini Fras., 1. c., pp. 472 and 473 (1924).

Male: Abdomen 38mm. Hindwing 33 mm.

Head: labium dirty yellow; labrum black with a large basal spot on each

side, widely separated, yellow ; bases of mandibles yellow ; anteclypeus vellow,

420 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX

postclypeus black; frons black on lower part of front, yellow on upper part

and above, its base above broadly black especially at the middle; vertex and

occiput black, the latter simple, slightly concave.

Prothorax black marked with yellow as follows :—a minute spot on centre of

posterior lobe, a large lateral spot on each side of middle lobe, a twin spot on

the middorsum and an anterior collar.

Thorax black on dorsum, yellow on the sides, a slightly interrupted yellow

mesothoracic collar, slightly oblique antehumeral stripes separated widely from

the collar below and not quite reaching the alar sinus above, a minute upper

humeral spot. Laterally two narrow parallel black stripes on the sutures

enclosing an equally narrow yellow line, lastly a narrow black posterior border

to the metepimeron confluent above and below with the posterior black stripe.

Yellow beneath.

Legs black, anterior and middle pairs of femora yellow within, armed witha

row of very closely-set, short, even spines.

Wings hyaline; pterostigma blackish brown, braced, over 3 to 4 cells;

12-14] 16-12

12-10'10-13°

Abdomen black marked with yellow as follows :—segment 1 with a large

spot on dorsum and the sides broadly, 2 with a middorsal fusiform spot not

extending to base or apex, the ventral and lower part of apical borders

narrowly, 3to 7 with basalrings, narrow on 3 to 6, occupying the basal half

7, where also there is a small apico-lateral spot on each side, 8 to10 unmarked.

Anal appendages. Superiors as long as seginent 10, bright yellow, narrowly

black at base, widely divaricate, conical, tapering to a point, with 5 or 6

minute black spines on the ventral surface. Inferior deeply cleft, its branches

widely divaricate and equally so as superiors but shorter, curled slightly up at

apex, black.

Genitalia described under generic characters.

Distribution. Western Ghats of India. Type in the Fraser collection from

Kunnoth, N. Malabar, May 18, 1923.

nodal index

—

|_|

ig, DERE A Le ee

BE ne

eens

Ona

Fig. 4—-Wings of Anisogomphus occipitalis (Selys.) Male

Genus—ANISOGOMPHUS Selys

A genus of moderately large Gomphine dragonflies coloured black vividly

marked with greenish or citron yellow. The genus was founded by Selys

to include two species,—occipitalis and ébivittatus. The latter species has been

removed to a new genus by Dr. Laidlaw on venational grounds. An examina-

tion of its genitalia, which differs from all other known species of the family,

shows that this was fully justified. A second species,—orites has been

described by the same author and a third new species is described below,—

caudalis, All three species are found in North-East India at the foot of the

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES” 421

Himalayas, in montane and submontane tracts, frequenting and breeding

in mountain streams. But little is known of their habits but these seem to be

similar to those of Burmagomphus.

Wings: reticulation close; pterostigma braced, a little swollen, short, less

than one-fourth the distance between node and distal end of pterostigma, of

nearly.equal size in the two wings; 3 to 4 nervures between M/7-272 and J/iv in

the forewing, 1 or 2 in the hind; all trigones, hypertrigones and subtrigones

entire ; trigone in forewing with costal side slightly shorter than proximal, and

the proximal considerably shorter than the distal; in the hind the costal con-

siderably shorter than the basal and but little shorter than the distal side;

discoidal field in forewing 2-celled to level of node; Mz7z and JAfzv slightly

sinuous in forewing; Cuz and Cuzz in both wings parallel to nearly as far as

wing border; Cuzz in forewing pectinate, 2 rows of cells between it and border

of wing ; 2 rows of postanal cells in forewing, 4 in the hind, where the first

cell is entire, or divided, and extends proximad nearly as far as proximal end

of subtrigone ; 2 rows of cells between A7z and J/7a ; 1 or 2 cubital nervures in

forewing, 1 inthe hind; arc at or a little distad of the 2nd antenodal nervure ;

sectors of arc parallel for a very short distance from origin, then divaricate ; the

Ist and 7th the primary antenodals ; no basal incomplete antenodal nervtre ;

anal triangle 3-celled; base of wing markedly excavate; tornus nearly

right-angled.

Head: face oblique, frons slightly rounded but prominent, occiput flat,

simple.

Lees moderately long, hind femora extending to apex of segment 1, armed

with 4 to 6 robust long spines, the longest of which are near the middle of

limb ; at the base numerous short spines.

Abdomen tumid at base, thin and cylindrical to as far as segment 7; 8 to 10

slightly dilated, the end of abdomen soinewhat squared ; segments gradually

decreasing in length from 7 to 10.

Anal appendages. Superiors short, pale coloured, directed straight back,

parallel, armed beneath with a basal robust spinal process. Inferior black,

deeply cleft into two widely divaricate branches which project laterally from

beneath the superiors.

Genitalia: lamina slightly raised, arched ; anterior hamules small, stillette-

shaped; posterior hamules very robust, bulky, sinuous, S-shaped,

ending in a very short spine, surface minutely spined ; lobe tongue-shaped,

curling back, tapering, coated with long hairs ; oreillets moderately large.

Genotype—Auntsogomphus occipitalis Selys.

Anisogomphus occipitalis Selys.

Male: Abdomen 52 mm. Hindwing 30 mm.

Head. Labium yellow, midlobe blackish brown; labrum glossy black with

two small, basal, greenish-yellow spots ; bases of mandibles citron yellow, rest

of face glossy black ; frons broadly greenish-yellow ; vertex and occiput black ;

eyes bottle green.

Prothorax black with a large lateral spot and a median twin, smaller spot on

midlobe, citron yellow.

Thorax black marked with citron yellow or greenish-yellow as follows :—a

slightly interrupted niesothoracic collar, slightly oblique antehumeral stripes

which are confluent below with the middle of each half of the mesothoracic collar,

an upper triangular spot and the vestiges of a humeral stripe well below this.

Laterally two narrow stripes of black on the sutures, the first of which curls

forward above and sends a short prolongation back below at the level of the

thoracic spiracle, the stripe on the second suture sends a short prolongation

forwards and downwards below the level of spiracie.

Wings usually hyaline or more or less enfumed brown according to the age

of specimens ; pterostigma dark reddish brown, over 3 to 4 cells, lying between

thick black nervures; 2 cubital nervures in the forewing, only 1 in the hind ;

10-15)16-12 12-18]16-13

12-12/12-10’ = 12-11/13-11-

Legs black, inner sides of anterior femora yellow, arined as for genus.

Abdomen black marked with yellow as follows :—segment 1 with a large

triangular dorsal spot tapering basad, and its sides very broadiy, 2 witha

trilobed middorsal stripe extending the whole length of segment, the middle

lobe of the stripe globular, and on the sides, the oreillets and a very large

membrane almost obsolete, greyish ; nodal index

422 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURALIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

apical spot which is prolonged along the ventral border towards the base of

segment, 3 with a baso-lateral triangular spot and its dorsal carina finely but

more broadly at the base, 4 to 6 finely yellow along the middorsal carina, 7

similar but more broadly so. 8 with a mere basal vestige of this stripe,

9 and 10 unmarked. The 10th segment globular, compressed dorsally

at the apex.

Anal appendages. Superiors closely apposed at the base, slightly divaricate

thereafter, equal to about half the length of segment 10, pale greenish

white at’ base, reddish thereafter, conical, pointed.. Seen from the:side, a

stout, long, blackish brown process with blunt nose is seen springing from

beneath near the base of each appendage and closely apposed to each other.

The whole appendage bears a striking resemblance to a fox’s head, the

superior parts being the ears, the apposed lower parts the face muzzle.

Inferior appendage black, deeply cleft into two widely divaricate branches.

So widely divaricate are these, that their inner borders are almost in a straight

line. Each branch very robust, bluntly pointed and projecting widely from

beneath the superiors.

Genitalia: lamina depressed, broadly, arched; anterior hamules_ short

broad at base, tapering to a fine point which is curled back ; posterior hamules

very robust, thick, sinuously curved, S-shaped, apex shortly pointed and

directed slightly forwards, the surface coated with minute spines and hairs,

the latter especially thick near the apex ; lobe-shaped like the spout of a jug,

long and tapering, coated with long hairs.

Female: Abdomen 33mm. Hindwing 32 mm.

Very similar to the male, differs as follows :—labium very occasionally

unmarked (this character sometime shared by the male) ; thoracic stripe more

evident (sometimes confluent with the upper spot, especially in tenerals of

both sexes) ; abdominal markings more extensive, thus the dorsal stripe on

segment 2 is broader and the lateral yellow on the same segment is uninterrupt-

ed, segment 3 has a broad lateral stripe extending the whole length of segment,

and tapering towards the apex, segments 4 to 7 have similar stripes but not

reaching the apical border of segments and broadly interrupted at the level of

the transverse suture, segment 8 has a vestige of this stripe only. The

femoral spines are more numerous, more robust and more widely-spaced (6 to

14-19)19-14 |

13-14)13-13 ”

antenodals ; occiput more deeply notched than in the male. Vulvar scale of

great length, as long nearly as segment 9, very narrow, tapering to a blunt

point, split nearly to its base into two closely apposed scales, which closely

resemble those of Onychogomphus M-flavum.

Distribution: Northern Bengal and Assam, from June to August. Type

in the Selysian collection. Paratypes in the British Museum, Pusa and Indian

Museums, and in the'Laidlaw and Fraser collections. The shape of the anal

appendages of the male, the shape of the vulvar scale of the female, and the

presence of 2 cubital nervures in the forewing will distinguish this species

from the others.

7 in number); nodal index the Ist and 8th are the primary

Anisogomphus orites Laid., 1. c., pp. 393 and 394 (1922).

Male: Abdomen 31 mm. Hindwing 30 mm.

Head : labium with midlobe black, the lateral citron yellow ; labrum black

marked with two small transversely oval basal greenish-yellow spots ; bases

of mandibles broadly citron yellow; rest of head black save frons which is

broadly citron yellow.

Prothorax black marked with citron yellow as follows :—an anterior collar, a

large spot on each side, a median spot on the posterior lobe and a small

ceminate spot just in front of it.

Thorax black marked with bright citron yellow as follows :—a_ broadly

interrupted mesothoracic collar, oblique antehumeral narrow stripes confluent

below with the outer part of the collar, a small triangular upper humeral spot,

its long axis across the dorsum of thorax and its apex confluent or almost

confluent with upper part of the antehumeral stripe, a vestigial fine humeral

line situated well below the humeral spot. Laterally two narrow black stripes

on the lateral sutures, the hinder of which is continued back for. some

distance along the ventral border.

Legs black, the first pair of femora yellow internally.

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

PEATE.

Lateral views of :—1. Davidiotdes martini Fras. ¢ 2. Antsogomphus occi-

pitalis Selys $ 3. Anisogomphus caudalis sp. nov. g 4. Temnogomphus

bivittatus (Selys.) ¢ 5. Platygomphus dolabratus Selys @ 6. Platygomphui

feae Selys @ 7. <Antsogomphus orites Laid. 8

ef 3 ay 7

wt tat teh ted a ola oc eS

Pe hy Aon eee Sy MN

toda ee a SR Ce ed! Eee 2 ee < -

hare We ae ed Se wee a

’ Rot

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES 423

Wings hyaline, sometimes palely enfumed in adults ; pterostigma dark brown

14-20]17-13 .

VS=13) 12-12

trigones, entire, but in one specimen, those of the hindwings are traversed by a

nervure which runs from the basal to the outer side; only one cubital nervure

in all wings.

Abdomen black marked with citron yellow as follows :—segment 1 with a

iniddorsal spot and the sides broadly, 2 with a trilobed middorsal stripe

extending the whole length of segment, 3 to 7 with the middorsal carina finely

yellow, more conspicuous on the latter segment. Segment 2 laterally,

including the oreillets, and a basolateral spot on segment 3. Segments 8 to

10 unmarked.

Analappendages. Superiors short, greenish white, conical, pointed, each

bearing a ventro-basal process somewhat like that seen in occzpztalis but

narrow at base broadening triangularly below and ending in a point behind.

Inferior black, cleft into two very widely divaricate branches resembling those

of occtpitalis, but curled up a little at apices.

(senitalia unknown, not described by the author.

Female: Abdomen 34mm. Hindwing 32 mm.

Very similar to the male. The antehumeral stripe nearly always confluent

with the humeral spot, sometimes broadly so. Segment 2 more broadly yellow

laterally and segments 3 to 5 with lateral stripes as in occzpitalis, segments 6 and

/ with only a basal spot left of this stripe, and 7 with a rather large basal dorsal

spot formed by an expansion of the middorsal carinal stripe. Anal appendages

small, greenish yellow. Vulvar scale very different to that of occipitalis, very

short and broad, especially at the base, its apex about half the breadth of base

and very shallowly concave, not split. Hind femora with a row of 6 long,

robust, widely-spaced spines, this limb extending to middle of the 2nd

segment.

Distribution. Northern Bengal, Assam and Sikkim. Distinguished from

occipitalis by having only a single cubital nervure to all wings in both sexes.

The female is at once distinguished by its short broad vulvar scale contrasting

strengly with the long, narrow cleft scale of occipitalis. For the rest, the

distinctive dorsal thoracic markings will separate it from the other two species.

I have had no opportunity of examining the genitalia of the male.

The type comes from Shillong, Assam, 6,000 ft. and was taken by

Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher and is now in the Indian Museum. Paratype

females, including the one with traversed trigones in my own collection.

This feature is so regular in the two opposite wings that it can hardly be

regarded as an abnormality ; more material will be necessary to settle this point.

Frequents and breeds in mountain streams, its habits apparently similar to

those of Burmagomphus. The female taken by Mr. Fletcher was captured

flying along a hedge some distance from any stream.

between thick black nervures, over 5 to 6 cells; nodal index

Anisogomphus caudalis sp. nov.

Male: Abdomen 36mm. Hindwing 30 mm.

Head: labium with lateral lobes greenish-white, midlobe black ; labrum

black with narrow linear basal streak greenish-white, nearly divided at its

middle ; bases of mandibles pale greenish-white ; ante- and post-clypeus glossy

black with a small greeny-white spot at the sides of latter against the eyes ;

frons black in front, broadly greenish-yellow above ; vertex and occiput black

the latter nearly straight.

Prothorax black marked with a large transversely oval spot of yellow on

each side. .

Thorax black marked with greenish-yellow as follows :—a broadly interrupt-

ed mesothoracic collar, narrow, nearly parallel antehumeral stripes forming

inverted 7s. by confluence with the outer ends of the mesothoracic collar below,

an upper triangular spot and a lower vestigial stripe representing a broken

humeral stripe.

Laterally two narrow black stripes on the sutures, the hinder of which fuses

with an elongate triangular spot beneath thorax. The ground colour at the

sides greenish-yellow.

Legs black, unmarked, hind femora with a field of tiny spines on the ventral

surface of the proximal three-fifths and an inner and outer row of 5 robust

spines on the distal two-fifths.

494. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Val. XXXI

Wing hyaline; pterostigma black, short; 2 to 3 cubital nervures in fore-

wing, only 1 in the hind; 4 to 5 rows of postanal cells in hindwing, the first

12-17/16-12

13-13)12-13°

Abdomen black marked with citron yellow as follows :—segment 1 with a

dorsal triangular spot tapering basad, and its sides very broadly, 2 with a

trilobed middorsal stripe extending the whole length of segment, the oreillets

and the lower part of its apical border and apical two-thirds of its ventral

border broadly, 3 with its middorsal carina finely and a large baso-lateral

triangular spot, 4 to 6 similar but the lateral spots very small, 7 with the basal

half of dorsum narrowly, the end of this spot square, segment 8 with a small

triangular spot on its dorsum at the base. Lastly 7 and 8 each with a small

round apico-lateral spot, rather larger on segment 7; 9 and 10 unmarked.

Anal appendages: Superiors short, about half the length of segment 10,

greenish-yellow above on dorsum, black below and at sides, tapering to a

fine point and closely apposed as seen from above, broadly triangular as seen

from the side, this due to the fusion of a broad triangular plate into the

underside of the appendage, beginning as a short spine near the underside

of apex and sloping back towards the abdomen. This plate is not free as

in the process seen in the other two species. Inferior appendage deeply cleft

into two widely divaricate branches, the apices of which are markedly curled

upward and rather sharply pointed.

Genitalia: lobe hood-shaped, rather depressed ; anterior hamuies exactly

similar to those of occipitalis ; posterior also shaped similarly but much

smaller and not spined on surface ; lobe similar to that of occzpztalts.

Distribution: Assam. Type from Shillong, 6,000 feet, taken by Mr. T.

Bainbrigge Fletcher, June 18, 1924, now in the British Museum collection.

This species closely resembles orzfes but differs in the following points :—

Lateral spots on postclypeus ; humeral spots further removed from the upper

ends of antehumeral stripes ; lateral spots on segments 4 to 6, the basal half

of 7 yellow on dorsum, apico-lateral spots on segments 7 and 8; lastly the

formation of the superior anal appendages. It agrees by the extra cubital

nervures in the forewings and the thoracic markings are very similar, The

nodal index is almost the same, especially that of the hindwings. The

abdominal markings appear to be the best guide for separating the two

species.

entire ; nodal index

Genus—TEMNOGOMPHUS Laid.

Anisogomphus Selys pars. Mon. Gomph., p. 120, (1857) ; Laid, l.c., p. 394

(192

Fic. 5.—(a) Anal appendages of Temnogomphus bivittatus (Selys), male,

seen from above. (6) The same of Anisogomphus caudalis, sp. nov.,

male, seen from above and slightly from one side. (c) The same of

Anisogomphus occipitalis Selys, male, seen from the side. (d) The

same seen from above.

A monotypic genus, containing a single rather large Gomphine dragonfly

coloured black vividly marked with bright yellow. In general facies and

INDIAN DRAGONFLIES 425

size, closely resembling species of Anzsogomphus, but distinguished by the

presence of an incomplete antenodal nervure in- al] wings and by very

different genitalia. Habits and distribution similar to that genus.

Wings: reticulation close; 2to3 nervures between Mz-772 and Mv in the

forewing, only 1 in the hind; pterostigma braced, a little swollen, short,

less than one-fourth the length of distance between node and distal end of

pterostigma, equal in size in both wings; all trigones, hypertrigones and

subtrigones entire; trigone in forewings with costal and proximal sides

approximately equal, the distal considerably longer; trigone in hindwing

with costal side considerably longer than proximal and only slightly shorter

than the distal; discoidal field 2-celled, nearly to level of node, divaricate

thereafter ; Jizz and Miv markedly sinuous in forewings; Cuz and Cuzz

parallel in both wings nearly as far as border of wings ; Cuzz not pectinate

in forewing, 2 to 3 rows of cells between it and border of wing; 2 rows of

postanal cells in forewing, 4in the hind; the first postanal cell in hindwing

entire, extending nearly to proximal end of subtrigone ; only a single row

of cells between Mz and Ja; only 1 cubital nervure in all wings; arc

between the Ist and 2nd antenodal nervures ; sectors of arc divergent shortly

after origin; the Ist and 6th or 7th the primary antenodals; a dasal

incomplete antenodal nervure present in ali wings; anal triangle 3-celled ;

base of hindwing oblique ; tornus angulate, but slightly obtuse.

Head moderately large; face slightly oblique, frons prominent, occiput

slightly concave.

Legs long, hind femora extending as far as the oreillets on 2nd segment,

armed with 4or5long, robust spines, the longest near the middle of the

limb, a field of minute spines on the proximal half.

Abdomen tumid at base, thin and cylindrical as far as middle of segment 7,

dilated thereafter as far as middle of segment 9, the segments diminishing

gradually in length from 7 to 10, latter very small.

Anal appendages black or dark brown, stperiors short, parallel, directed

straight back. Inferior deeply cleft into widely divaricate branches.

Genitalia: lamina slightly raised, arched; anterior hamules_ short,

triangular, tapering to a long fine point; posterior hamules enormously

enlarged, pale coloured, with a broad rounded lobe projecting back and a

very large robust spine projecting forward ; lobe tumid, rounded, prominent.

Genotype.— Temnogomphus bivittatus (Selys.).

Temnogomphus bivittatus (Selys) (Gomphus bivittatus), Bull. Acad. Belg.,

xxx. (2), p. 46 (1854); id. Mon. Gomph. p. 168 (1857); Will. 1.c.,

Pi 298 (1908) ; Laid. l.c., pp. 394 and 395 (Zemnogomphus bivittatus)

1922).

Male: Abdomen 36mm. Hindwing 33 mm.

Head: labium greenish-yellow, border of middle lobe black; labrum

greenish-yellow as also bases of mandibles; anteclypeus glossy black ;

postclypeus greenish-yellow bordered with black above; frons greenish-

yellow, its lower part in front black, this black confluent with the black of

upper border of postclypeus. The face is thus crossed by a succession of

alternating greenish-yellow and black stripes. Vertex black; occiput

markedly convex, yellow fringed with black hairs.

Prothorax black marked with a moderately large subdorsal spot on each

side of the posterior lobe and a large geminate spot at its middle above.

Thorax black marked with bright greenish-yellow as follows :—An inter-

rupted mesothoracic collar confluent with very oblique antehumeral stripes

on each side which form with it inverted figures 7, long sinuous humeral

stripes slightly expanded at the upper end and continuous with the yellow at

base of middle pair of legs below. Laterally bright greeenish-yellow marked

with two fine sinuous black lines on the lateral sutures. The yellow space

between the humeral black and the line on the first suture, sends a hook-like

extension above into the humeral black, this curious marking being invariably

present. The wavy black stripes on the yellow ground colour of the sides

give a curiously tigrine effect to this insect.

Legs black, the hind femcra with a linear yellow stripe running the whole

length of the outer side, the middle femora with a distal stripe at the inner

sides, and the anterior femora entirely yellow on the inner sides. Hind femora

armed as for genus,

426 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Wings hyaline, costa greenish yellow in subadults; pterostigma light brown

between black nervures, over 3 to 4 cells; nodal index :— a —

11-16/15~11

9-11}11- 9

Abdomen black marked with citron yellow as follows :—a middorsal stripe

running from segment | to 7, broad and triangular on 1, broad and trilobed on

segment 2, narrow and fine from thence to the end of 7, and interrupted only

narrowly at the apical border of each segment. The sides of segments 1 and

2 broadly, including the oreillets. Segment 3 with a broad lateral stripe taper-

ing apicad, and interrupted slightly at the jugal suture, 4 to 7 with a small

triangular baso-lateral spot, and 7 with an additional midventrolateral spot,

segment 8 with a very large baso-lateral spot which runs narrowly along the

ventral border nearly to apical border and ascends some way up the dorsum,

segments 9 and 10 unmarked. (In one male that I have examined, there is a

much larger spot on the side of segment 8, extending as far as apex of segment,

and a similar spot on the side of 9, segment 10 has a much smaller lateral spot.

In all other respects it resembles the type. )

Anal appendages: Superiors black at base, dark reddish brown as far as

apex, conical, subcylindrical, with a small ventral spine beneath at about their

middles, directed straight back, parallel, a little separated. Inferior black or

very dark brown, deeply cleft into two widely divaricate branches which pro-

ject back and outward from beneath the superiors, apices pointed and a little

curled up at extreme apex.

Genitalia as for genus, described above. The posterior hamules are of

unique shape, black, or bright yellow in some, cylindrical at base, and

broadened at end so as to be roughly T-shaped, the hinder limb long and

rounded at end, the anterior end bearing a sharp robust spine tipped with

black. The whole process is shaped like a horse’s head, the hinder part the

muzzle, the spine representing its ears.

Female : Abdomen 38 mm. Hindwing 33 mm.

Coloured and marked exactly the same as male, except that there is a

continuation of the lateral stripe on segments 4, 5 and 6, and that 8 and 9 are

marked as described above for an aberrant male. Segment 10 is broadly

yellow laterally and the anal appendages are also reddish yellow, very short

and conical.

The vulvar scale highly specialized. There is first an elliptical ridge at the

ventro-apical border of segment 8, followed by a flatter ridge, from the border

of which springs the vulvar scale proper, this is narrow, about half the length

of segment 9, very slightly bifid at its apex which is squared and nearly as

broad as its base, the surface is raised on either side into two long ridges which

taper to apoint which projects slightly beyond the apex of scale. These two

ridges appear to be the usual bilateral scales united by a chitinous web across

the mid line.

The femora are armed with longer, more widely-spaced and more numerous

spines (about 8 or 9 long ones, and some shorter near the base). Nodal index

13-17|15-10 . ;

(2-10 /11cit ° pterostigma longer, over 4 to 5cells; 5 rows of postanal cells in

hindwing.

Distribution : Northern Bengal and Sikkim. Darjeeling, May 26, 1924 (at

Pashok, August 31, 1920 (at Mangpu, 2,400 ft.) Assam, Kumaon, May 1911.

I have no information as to the habits of this insect. It may be at once re-

cognized by the alternating three black stripes and three bright yellow ones on

the face, by the dilated terminal segments of abdomen combined with the

character of anal appendages resembling those of an—Anisogomphus, as seen

from above, and lastly by the incomplete antenodal nervure in all wings,

which is never found in Anzsogomphus.

(Zo be continued.)

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES

Cor. W:. H: EVANS, D.S,0.,-F.Z.S., F.B.S:

(Continued from page 83 of this Volume.)

Part X

(With a plate)

{. Hesperiidae. — (cozid. )

1. 47. Carterocephalus. The Mountain Hoppers. (Plate 31.) Above with pro-

minent white or yellow spots on both wings (or yellow with black spots).

Unh prominent yellow or silver markings.

la (4a). Unh with yellow spots; no spot in 8. Upf and Uph black with

large yellow spots or yellow with black spots. Cilia ochreous.

Palemon Group.

lb (3). Uphalways with a yellow submarginal spot in 6 in addition the

large yellow spots in and end cell and discalin 2 and 1.

1 (2). Upf veins black on the yellow area. Upf dark brown with large

yellow spots, 2 in cell, base 2, discal in 1-4, small detached spots 4 and 5, con-

joined apical in 6-8, complete marginal series. Unf miostly yellow, black

veins at margin. Unh ochreous, spots black edged, veins black at margin ;

additional large spot in 7.

palemon, Pallas (30). The European Hopper. Europe to Amur and N.

America. (= paniscus, F.; brontes, Schiff).

2 (1). Upf and margins below veins not black (slightly so in some races of

stlvius).

a. & upf yellow with black spots, mid cell, end cell, near base 2 and a dash

mid 1 also a submarginal row. Unh as palemon, but ground colour is

brown ; uph all spots show but except for the dorsum the wing is overlaid

yellow, obscuring all but the submarginal spots and spotsin land 7. @2 dark

brown with snots as palemon, but larger: discal series forms a continuous

band confluent with the spots in 4 and 5 and the apical spots; submarginal

spots small. Uph with a spot in 8.

silvius silvius, Knoch, (30). The Northern Hopper. N. Europe to Amur.

8. 4 upf much redder ochreous, black spots larger, inner edge spot end

cell continued to costa ; submarginal spots much enlarged (except 4 and 5) and

reach termen. Uph spots less rounded. @ as szlvius, but spots reduced, discal

spots not joined to the spots in 4 and 5; submarginal spots F absent, on H

absent or incomplete. Unh ¢Q appearing very different, yellow spots square

and conjoined, wing appearing entirely yellow with small brown spots.

silvius houangty, Ob. W. China.

Y. dg upf reddish ochreous, black spots very large ; spot mid cell conjoined

to inner edge of spot in 2, which reaches dorsum ; submarginal spots large,

conjoined and merged to the dark termen, except for a single spot at the

apex ; dorsum narrowly dark. Uph dark brown with yellow spots as in the Q,

but with traces of submarginal spots and aspotin 7. Qupf spots still more

reduced, sub-basal yellow band mid cell to v1, discal band vl-v4 meeting outer

edge of large spot before end cell, small detached streaks in 4 and 5, apical

conjoined spots 6-8; uph no submarginal spots or spot in 7, only discal in

land 2, large discal spots in cell, 2,4-5 and submarginal spot in 6. Unh

overlaid greenish ochreous with usual black spotting.

3 (1b). szlvius shoaka, Evans. S.E. Thibet. Bhutan at 10,000 feet. R.

Uph no yellow submarginal spot in 6 ; 3 large spots, mid cell, 2 and 4-5, small

498 ~ JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST SOCIETY, Vol ood

i. 47. Carterocephalus.—(co7id. )

spot in 1. Upf orange costal streak from base, large spot from base 2 to vl,

discal in 1-3, before end cell to costa, in 4-5 near margin, apical in 6-8. Unh

shining greenish ashy, spots as above and a spot mid 7.

abax, Ob. (30). The Yellow Thibet Hopper. W. China and E. Thibet.

4a (la). Unh spots silver. Cilia ashy grey or white.

Argyrostigma Group.

4 (5a).. Unh ochreous, outwardly with ferruginous patches, no pale spot in

7; silver streak from near base cell to near termen in 5, large spot mid 1, small

spot in 2, submarginal band 1-5 and large submarginal spot in 6. Above

dark brown with pale yellow spots arranged as in TVaractrocera maevius ;

spot at base 2 to v1, discal row 1-5, apical 6-8, spot before end cell and streak

on costa above it. Uph discal spots in 2 and 4-5, submarginal row 1-4 and

large submarginal spot in 6.

pulchra, Leech (25). The Beautiful Mountain Hopper. W. China and

N. E. Thibet. (== os, Groum).

Sa (4). Unh always a silver spot mid 7, continued'by a pale or silver spot to

costa (in avanti spot is small and costa pale).

5 (6a). Upf dark brown with large yellow spots, yellow areas = dark

areas ; spot near base cell continued to base 2 and vl, spot before mid cell

continued to costa; discal band 1-3, subapical band 4-8, streak at apex. Unh

ferruginous.

a. Upf with basal costal yellow streak discal band not joined to apical or

cell spots. Uph yellow spot mid cell, discal band 1-6, large submarginal

spots in 3and 6, small in 2,5 and 7. Unh silver spots arranged as the yellow

spots above, but an additional large spot mid 7, continued to costa bya

yellow spot.

argyrostigma argyrostigma, Evers. (25-30). The Orange and _ Silver

Hopper. Amur, Altai, Mongolia; Tatung Mts. and Amdo, E. Thibet.

8. Upf spots yellow white ; a spot base costa, discal band of 4 conjoined

spots, double apical spot. Uph large central yellow spot and two beyond.

Unh as last.

argyrostigma montana, South. Litang, 14,000 feet.

Yy. Upf spots orange and very large; as argyrostigma, but no costal streak,

discal band conjoined to subapical and to spot near end cell. Uph single very

large orange spot and a submarginal dash in 5. Unh silver spots as the yellow

ones above, but no sibmarginal spots and with a small spot mid 7 and cell.

argyrostigma avanit, DeN. Chumbi Valley and Kumaon, 12,000 ft. VR.

6a (5). Above palespots small, dark areas predominate. Uph at most 2

discal spots, no submarginal spots. Spots usually white.

6 (7a). Upf white spot in 2 far from spot in cell, midway between it and

termen ; usually 2small spots in 1, under spot in 2 and a small spot in 3;

conjoined spots 4-5 and 6-8; apex white. Unf white bar end cell, marginal

spots at apex in 6 and 7. Unh dark ferruginous; silver spot mid cell, silver

central band 1-8 and submarginal band 2-7 (spots in 3 and 6 enlarged), may

be discontinuous. a. Unh inner edge discal band regular.

* dieckmanni dieckmannt, Graeser. (25-30). The Silver Mountain Hopper.

W. China, E. Thibet. Upper Burma (Fort White). VR. (= gemmata, Leech

and demea, Ob).

8. Unh inner edge discal band irregular.

dieckmannt dulcis Ob. Amdo and Kokonor.

7a (6). Upf spots in 2 and 1immediately under and in line with spot end

cell. Unb submarginal band discontinuous, at most dots in 4 and 5, usually

preceded by a pale streak ; inner edge of discal band irregular.

7 (8a). Above spots yellow. Uph spot end cell and in 2 separate, latter

shifted in. Unh overlaid sparse yellow scales and the spot mid costa in 8 is

yellow. (@ figured by Elwes as ¢ niveomaculata) spots upf large.

tlavomaculatus, Ob. (20-35). The Silver and Yellow Hopper. W. China,

E. Thibet, Kokonor. (= postnigra, South from Batang).

8a (7). Above markings white and unh the pale spot mid costa is silvery.

8 (9). Unh discal band posteriorly macular, spots in 2 and3 rounded and

detached, placed behind spots in 4 and 5.

a. Upfno basal markings, spots end cell and in 2 very large, much larger

than the apical spots.

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 429

I. 47. Carterocephalus.—(contd.)

niveomaculatus niveomaculatus, Ob. (30). The Snow Mountain Hopper.

W. China and EB. Thibet.

8. Upf spots base cell and costa present though faint ; discal markings

narrow, no wider than the apical spots.

niveomaculatus thibetanus, South. S. E. Thibet.

9 (8). Unh discal band continuous and ina straight line.

-@. Upf discal spots large, prominent spot base costa and cell, dot in 3.

Unh discal band broad.

christophi christophi, Groum. (30). Christoph’s Mountain Hopper. Thibet

Sinin Mts., Amdo and Kokonor.

B. Above markings very narrow. Unh discal band nearly linear.

christophi micio, Ob. Tsekou, E. Thibet.

(I have been unable to place the following—demeaplutus and flavostigma,

Ob.)

I. 52. Elwesia. Leslie’s Hopper.

Above dull dark brown ; cilia whitish. Upf non-hyaline small whitish

spots, discalin 2and 3 (often absentin ¢) apical in 6, 7 and sometimes in 8.

Uph plain. Unf brown broadly overlaid whitish scales along costa and apex.

Unh brown, entirely frosted whitish scales, giving a dull frosted appearance.

In the 2 the spots on F are larger and unh there is a white spot mid 5. Anten-

nee prominently chequered brown and white. Very like Hogenes alcides.

lesliet, nov. (30-35). Chitral at low elevations in May toJuly. NR. (lesliez

is Elwes’ label name in the British Museum.)

I. 53. Apostictopterus. The Giant Hopper. (Plate 31.)

Above and below dark chocolate brown, unmarked. Cilia dark brown. Wings

very elongate.

*fuliginosus, Leech. (65). Manipur and Naga Hills. W. China. VR.

(=curtosa, Swin.)

I. 54. Astictopterus. The Forest Hoppers. (Plate 31.)

Above dark velvet brown, usually becoming paler towards the termen F ;

Cilia brown. Upf rarely a small discal white hyaline spot in 3 ; from none to 3

apical spots 5-8, which may be small and separate, prominent and conjoined or

only visible unf, always more prominent in QQ and DSF. Unf dark brown,

dorsum pale dull brown ; WSF (jama) apical of termen broadly paler ; DSF

(Aenrict) costa and apex broadly dark to light ferruginous and termen broadly

overlaid whitish scales. Unh WSF dark brown usually some whitish scaling

about dorsum, lower part of disc and termen also the dark bands etc., present in

the DSF may be more or less apparent ; DSF pale ferruginous brown, more or

less whitish scaled, prominent broad dark terruginous discal band 1-6, large

spot in cell, spot on either side in 7 and base 1, sometimes the spots forming

the discal band are centred white scales. ,

a. Small form. DSF and WSF occur. DSF darker than the Indian form

and with smailer apical spots F.

jama henrict, Holland (28-40). The Forest Hopper. S. and W. China, Hong

Kong, Hainan. (=chinensis. Leech and nxudilus, Mab.)

B. WSF large and usually with apical spots F, DSF with prominent con-

joined apical spots and very prominent bands below.

jama olivascens, M. (30-40). S. India (Swin). Kumaon to Tavoy, Anda-

mans, Siam, Tonkin. NR. (=kada, Swin ; unicolor, Mab ; tonkinianus and

permagnus, Fruh.)

Y. Smaller, darker form, usually with no apical spots and no DSF.

jama jama, Fd. (28-35). Mergui, Malay Peninsular and islands. (a pair

DSF in British Museum from Philippines), (=smelania, Plotz ; guadripunctata,

Swin ; fulzgo, Mab.)

I. 55. Ochus. The Tiger Hopper. (Plate 31.)

Above dark velvet brown. Cilia brown, chequered yellowish at apex F and

H. Upf sub-apical non-hyaline yellow band 5-8, may be reduced or absent.

Unf black, costa narrowly yellow and veins at apex yellow ; sub-apical yellow

430 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XVXT

I. 55. Ochus.—(conid.)

band more extensive. Unh ochreous yellow with numerous sharply defined

black streaks and spots.

* subvittatus. M. (22-27). Kumaon to Dawnas. Tonkin. (=subradiatus,

M. and zutricatus, Fruh.)

i. 56. Baracus. The Hedge Hoppers. (Plate 31.)

Above dark brown ; upf usually with non-hyaline discal spots in | to 3, irre-_

gularly placed and decreasing apical spots in 6-8 (rarely outer conjoined dot in

5); uph plain and cilia dusky brown. Below costa and apex F and all H

overlaid ochreous scales ; rest of F black.

1 (2). Unh not brown spotted; a more or less prominent whitish or pale

ochreous streak from base cell to mid termen.

a. ¢ above lower discal portion F up to discal markings and all H, except

for costa and termen very pale greyish ochreous ; in 9 dark brown, with the

pale markings whitish. Unh dark ochreous brown, pale central streak promi-

nent, whitish, and with pale streaks between veins at termen.

vittatus vittatus, Fd. (30-34). The Hedge Hopper. Ceylon. NR.

8. Above uniform dark brown ; upf markings faint. Unh central streak

prominent, whitish, also a pale streak along vl ; ground colour below brown-

ish ochreous.

* vittatus subditus, M. Nilgiris and Palni Hills. NR.

Above ochreous spots more prominent, especially in 9. Unh bright

ochreous, pale central streak pale ochreous and inconspicuous also broad obs-

cure streaks between veins.

vittatus septentrionum, NM and DeN. Assam to Dawnas, NR.

2 (1). Unf bright ochreous, profusely spotted dark ochreous brown ; gene-

ral appearance of alternating series of large ochreous and brown spots. Upt

ochreous spots prominent, traces cf a spot in the cell and some yellow scales on

the costa. Unf ochreous area brown streaked between the veins.

hampsoni, E1. (26-32). Hampson’s Hedge Hopper. Coorg and N. Kanara,

NR. (May be alow elevation race of vztfatus, subditus appears to be confined to

the plateaux and sampsoni to the low country. Alumbeola, Fd is a small pale

dull blue species from the Philippines).

1. 57. Ampittia. The Bush Hoppers. (Plate 31.)

Above dark brown with non-hyaline markings F and H, yellow. Upf usu-

ally discal spots in 2 and 3, apical 6-8 and aspot in cell. Unh yellow with

small black spots or dark brown with yellow spots.

la (5). Unh yellow, more orless prominently black spotted. Uph nevera

yellow spot in the cell.

lb (4). _Upf yellow spot in 1 absent or placed centrally under spot in 2.

1 (2a). Upf always a prominent spotin 1 against vl. Antennal club without

apiculus. g upf yellow markings very wide ; entire cell and costa yellow to be-

yond middle, extending into bases of 1 and 2 ; spot in 1 usually large ; discal

spotsin 2 and 3 conjoined to a large patch ; apical spots also form large patch

and may be conjoined to the ;costal yellow area ; narrow submarginal yellow

fascia below the apex ; uph with a broad yellow discal area, divided by dark

veins and extending from 1 to 5 or 6, may be detached submarginal spots in 5

and 6. 9 very variable ; normally dark brown with small yellow spots, on upf

end cell, in 1, 2 and 5 and conjoined apical in 6-8, on uph discal in 2 and 3 and —

submarginal in 5, but specimens occur with markings as wide as inthe ¢.

Unh yellow with ill-defined black spotting. ¢ brand upf prominent.

* dioscorvides, F. (22-28). The Bush hopper. Ceylon, India, Burma, Siam,

Shanghai, Tonkin, Malay Peninsular, Sumatra, Bali. C. (=maro, F, camertes,

‘Hew and palemonides, Snell).

2a (1). Upf no spot in 1 against v] (may be very faint in vzvgata). Antennal

club with weil-defined apiculus. Unh black spotting sharply defined.

2 (3). Upf ¢ brand very prominent and extends below v1 nearly to the ter-

men. ¢ upf yellow markings narrow ; discal spots separate, apical conjoined ;

narrow basal streak along costa and often streaks between veins behind apical

spots ; lower edge cell spot continued along mv. towards base; yellow suffusion

on basal 4 of 1. Uph suffused discal spots in 2-3 and 4-5.

virgata, Leech, (30). The Chinese Bush Hopper, C. China. R,

JournN. Bompay Nat. Hist. Soc. Puate XXXI.

I. Hesperiide. Celenorrhine (Part).

Hesperiine. Pamphiline (Part).

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 431

1. 57. Ampittia.—(con/d.)

3(2). Upf ¢ brand absent or small, circular, obscure.

a. Upf conjoined discal spots in 2-3, conjoined apical 6-8, elongated spots

one above the other mid cell and a streak on costa over the outer end of the

upper spot. Uph prominent discal spot in 4-5 at the end cell and suffused

spot in 2-3 below. Nod brand.

trimacula trimacula, Leech, (22-25). The Trimaculate Bush Hopper,

W. China.

8. Upf markings broad as in dzoscorides ; cell and costa entirely yellow,

but not extending at base below cell and not joining the apical patch along

the costa. Uph large suffused discal patch 2-5, Cilia H entirely yellow, 2

with obscure brand.

trimacula maroides, DeN. Assam to Dawnas. R.

4 (1b). Upf always a small spot in l against vl, but this spot is placed well

beliind the discal spots in 2-3, which are small and separate; double spot in

cell, lower part longer ; separate apical spots 6-8. Uph small spots in 2 and 3

or only in 3. Unh entirely yellow, black spotting absent or very sparse,

Cilia H pale yellow. No brand.

maga, Leech. (30). The Plain Bush Hopper. C. China. Malay Penin-

sular (Arizan, Ozaki, 22 F.M.S. Coll). (= ? wmyakei and arisana, Matsum

and formosana, Fruh, Formosa).

5 (la). Unh dark brown with prominent yellow spots in cell and bases

1 and 7, discal and submarginal series.

a. Small. Above spots obscure or absent on If and absent on H. Below

dark and the spots small.

dalailama nanus, Leech. (22). The Dark Bush Hopper. China, Ichang

and Ningpo.

8. Larger. Upf prominent triangular spot before end cell, discal spots in

2 and 3 close together and apical 6-8. Uph discal row 2-5.

dalailama dalailama, Mab. (30). W. China, Thibet. (=/yde, Leech).

I]. 58. Aeromachus. The Scrub Hoppers. (Plate 31.)

Above dark brown. Below with a discal and submarginal row of small

pale spots of which the discal row may show upf.

la (5). Antennal club with a small apiculus.

1 (2a). Below the pale spots purple. Above unmarked. Unh dark brown

overlaid with a few ochreous scales.

a. ¢ brand upf mid 1 to base 3. Below the spots prominent.

catocyanea catocyanea, Mab. (25-30). The Blue spotted Scrub Hopper.

E. Thibet. VR.

8. & brand a small fold mid vl. Below spots not prominent. Apex F

produced in 2.

catocyanea kali, DeN. Sikkim to N. Shan States. R.

2a (1). Below the pale spots yellowish white.

2 (3a). Unh beyond cell and unf at apex the veins white, at least near

termen H ; often a prominent dark spot at end cell. Upf plain or with the

discal spots showing. ¢ brand upf from mid 1 to base 3.

a. Wings rounded. Unf discal band sharply angled at v5. Unh clothed

ochreous olive scales, but leaving very prominent postdiscal dark spots in 1-7

between the discal and submarginal pale spots; an inner dark spot in 7

flanked by white spots and a spot end cell, the upper half of which is white.

¢ brand usually present, but vs 6 and 7 H not hair-pinned.

inachus inachus, Men. (24-32). The Veined Scrub Hopper. Japan,

Amur. (=propinguans, Alph.).

B. Unhaszuachus. Above and unf as stzgmata.

inachus chinensis, El. W. China.

y. Apex Fin ¢ produced. Unf discal band evenly curved. Unh sparsely

clothed olive scales, the dark markings not so prominent and sometimes not

apparent, discal band not nearly so curved, the inner black spot in/7, if

present, near base. @ with brand and vs 6 and 7 H hair-pinned.

*inachus stigmata, M. (22-30). Murreeto Burma. NR.

3a (2). Below veins not pale. @ brand absent (except pzceus) or just a

fold mid 1,

432 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST: SOCIETY, Voli XXXT

J]. 58. Aeromachus.—(contd.)

3 (4). Below discal pale spots not conspicuously larger than the sub-

marginal. Unh clothed olive ochreous scales.

Y. & with a brand.

discreta piceus, Leech (22-28). The Gray Scrub Hopper. E. Thibet.

6B. no brand.

discreta discreta, Plotz. Assam to Burma, Tonkin, Malay Peninsular,

Sumatra. NR.

y. Unf markings very obscure. ? no brand.

discreta gavanicus, El. Java.

4 (3). Below discal band of pale spots conspicuously wider than the sub-

marginal series.

y. Below dark ; unh overlaid ochreous scales, spots prominent.

jhora dubius, El. (22-28). Dingy Scrub Hopper. Palnis, Travancore, C.

8. Below brighter; unh overlaid ochreous scales and spots prominent.

jhora jhora, DeN. Sikkim. ? toN. Burma. R. (I have not seen hora

from outside Sikkim nor discreta from W. of Assam ; it is possible that they

are conspecific since the genitalia are alike).

5 (la). Antennal club without apiculus. Wings rounded, small. Below

markings obscure ; unh overlaid olive grey scales.

Y. dno brand.

pygmaeus pygmeus, Fab. (20-22). The Pigmy Scrub Hopper. S. India.

Assam to Burma, Malay Peninsular, Sumatra. NR. (= ndistincla and

obsoleta, M).

6. ¢ with brand.

pygmeus musta, Mab. Luzon.

1, 59. Pedestes. The Bush Bobs. (Plate 31.)

Above with hyaline spots on F only.

Ia (3). Upf with spot across cell, discal spot in 3 and a larger one in 2

running below the above two ; 3 apical spots in 6-8.

1 (2). Above blue-black, central hyaline spots large and white, spot in 3

to base 3. Below costa and apex F and all H overlaid olive ochreous scales.

Unh small white discal spots in 2 and 3.

*masuriensis, M. (30-32). The Mussoorie Bush Bob. Mussoorie to Assam.

NR.

2 (1}. Above dark brown, hyaline spots pale yellow, smaller, spot in 3 not

to base 3. Below costa and apex F and all H overlaid ochreous scales. Unh

unmarked, but faint traces of discal spots are sometimes visible. Ina not

infrequent variety the discal spots in 2 and 3 upf are widely separated from the

cellsspot.

* pandita, DeN. (25-30). The brown Bush Bob. Sikkim to N. Burma.

NR. (=? Zalz, Swin, Haut Yunnan and parnaca, Fruh, Tonkin).

3 (la). Upf with 2 spots end cell, 3 discal, 3 apical. Unh dull red brown,

several basal and a curved discal row of indistinct black spots.

bononotdes, Druce. (34). Sarawak. (Not examined by me; placed by

Druce in Pedestes, but position doubtful).

1. 60. Arnetta. The Bobs. (Plate 31.)

Ja (3a). Above dark brown with smal! hyaline white spots upf, upper edge

cell (may be absent in wimdhiana), discalin 2 and 3 close together, apical 6-8

minute. Unh with more or less complete set of small white spots, discal row

1-7, base 7, mid cell, base 1 (double).

1(2). @ unf no tuft. Unh ochreous brown to greenish ochreous, spots

obscure.

* vindhiana. M. (25-32). The Vindhyan Bob. S toC. India. NR. (=uzz/-

giriana, and modesta, M).

2(1). ¢ unf with a tuft of black hairs mid dorsum and vl distorted in

middle. WSF unh dark brown, clothed dark ochreous scales with spots very

prominent. DSF pale to dark brick red more or less clothed whitish scales,

spots small and sometimes incomplete.

* atkinsont, M. (25-32). Atkinson’s Bob. Sikkim to Tavoy. NR. (=

subtestaceus and khasianus, M.)

3a (la). Unmarked above and unh,

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 433

1. 60. Arnetta.—(contd.)

3 (4). Unf unmarked except for dorsum being paler. Above and unh dark

rich brown. ¢ with black tuft unf and vl. distorted as in atkinsont.

kala nov. (30). Sumatra. (Described from 1% of which the antenne and

palpi are missing, but the genitalia are very similar to atkinsoni ; in general

appearance the insect resembles /tys zadera and lambrix unicolor).

4 (3). Unf with a conspicuous triangular apical orange yellow patch from

6-8. Unf costa and apex and unh very sparsely overlaid with conspicuous

ochreous scales.

verones, Hew. (31). Sumatra. Kuala Tahan, Pahang (Singapore Museum).

(Usually considered as a variety of Koruthatalos rubecula, but is structurally

quite different; the palpi antennze and venation show a close alliance with

atkinsoni and the genitalia though peculiar, are allied).

1. 61 Iambrix. The Bobs. (Plate 31.)

Normally without hyaline spots except sometimes in the 2 of salsala on upf

and in ¢ytlerz.

la (4a), Unh with small silver spots. ¢no brand.

1 (2a). Upf with prominent pale yellow hyaline spots, large spot towards

end cell, tapering towards scv., larger spot in 2 with its inner edge in line with

the inner edge of the cell spot, may be a dot in 3, apical spots 6-8, non-hyaline

spot in | against vl. Below costa and apex F and all H overlaid bright

ferruginous ochreous’ scales ; unf the spots white and the dorsuni pale; unh

prominent small silver spots in 2, 3, 5, 7 and cell, more or less black edged

and some black streaks towards the margin.

tytleri, Evans. (28). ‘Tytler’s Bob. Naga Hills, Siam, Borneo. VR.

(= woolletiz, Riley).

2a (11). Upf no prominent hyaline spots (except @ salsala which never

has a spot in the cell).

2 (3). Unh black edged silver spots in 1,5 and 7, that in 5 most promi-

nent; rarely a faint spot in cell, but never so prominent as the spot in 5;

spots in 1 and 7 often faint or absent. Above dark brown with some dark

ochreous scaling on F, which in ¢ forms a more or less apparent series of

discal spots; in @ these spots are more or less replaced by a non-hyaline

spot in 1 and a series of hyaline spots in 1-8, bent in at v6. Unf costa and apex

and all unh densely clothed ferruginous ochreous scales; unf in @ a more

or less prominent silver spot end cell against upper edge and two small

discal spots in 4 and 5

a. Smaller. Upf ¢ only ochreous spots in 1 and 2.

salsala luteipalpus, Plotz. (26-30). The Chestnut Bob. Ceylon. South

India. C.

B. Larger. Upf very variable, but usually discal spots in 1 and 2 are

obscure, those in 3-6 being more conspicuous,

* salsala salsala, M. Sikkim to Burma, China, Siam, Malay Peninsular

and Islands. C. (= vasuba, Fruh, Tonkin).

3 (2). Unh normally with small silver spots in 1 (double), 2, 5 and mid

cell, the spot in cell as prominent as the spot in 5. Above much darker

velyet brown, very little ochreous scaling about apex F and no formed spots.

Unf costa and apex and all unh overlaid dark ochreous : unf silver cell spot

present, spots in 4 and 5 usually absent.

stellifer, But. (24-28). The Malay Chestnut Bob. Karens to South Burma.

Annam, Malay Peninsularand Islands. Philippines. NR. (= masicus, Fruh).

4a (1a). Unh unmarked. ¢ upf a glandular streak along 2nd quarter of

vl from base, the vein being slightly deflected.

4 (5a). Above unmarked dark velvet brown, paler in 9. Below as above ;

unf lower discal area to dorsum paler.

unicolor, DeN. (31). Perak, Pahang, Malacca, Sarawak. R.

5a (4). Upf with red discal band. Below costa and apex F and all H

overlaid dark ochreous scales. ¢@ unf a thin tuft of hairs mid dorsum

overlying a black and white brand in 1; tuph scales above cell to costa

modified.

4 (5). Upf red band dull, narrow, appears composed of densely packed

dark ochreous scales, does not extend into | and is not wider than the

dark termen.

434. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vole XXXI

I. 61. lambrix.—(conid.)

sindu, Fa. (25-28). The Small Red Bob. South Mergui VR. Malay

Peninsular and Islands. NR. (= odliqguans, Mab. and yamanta, Fruh. Felder’s

types of siudu at Tring are ¢ Koruthaialos rubecula and Q kophene; he

describes szudu as near Astictopterus jama, but smaller; Felder’s type of

jama at Tring is Koruthaialos xanites, but his description refers to an insect

without any markings ; the conclusion is that the Tring types are unreliable).

5 (4). Upf red band much broader, clearer and brighter, much broader

than the dark terminal area and extends into 1; in @ it extends into cell,

the end of which is marked by a dark line.

latifascia, El. (27-30). Borneo. Sumatra (Fruh). Pahang (F.M.S.

Museum).

1. 62. Suastus. The Palm Bobs. (Plate 31.)

Above dark brown, with or without hyaline spots F. Unh usually with

dark spots.

1 (2a). Unh grey (brown, overlaid greyish ochreous scales) with a vari-

able number of sharply defined black spots; spot against upper outer edge

of cell always present and as large as any other spot; discal series 1, 2, 3,

5 (usually absent) and 6. Upf hyaline white spots usually prominent, but

may be small or absent ; spot across cell beyond middle (lower part often

absent), spot in 3 and large spot in 2 with its inner edge under the centre

of the cell spot and its outer edge under the inner edge of the spot in 3;

apical spots 6-8; usually non-hyaline lower spot in 1 and sometimes an

upper dot. Unf apex and costa grey and there may be some black spotting

at apex. Cilia grey. Size very variable.

a. Much darker above and below dark grey.

gremius subgrisea, M. (32-42). The Indian Palm Bob. Ceylon. C.

8. Generally paler.

* svemius gremius, F. India, Burma, South China (= divodasa, M ; rodso-

211, DeN ; nigroguttata, Matsum, Formosa).

2a. (1). Unh with obscure ill defined, suffused black spots in a decreasing

row from 1-3, 6 and upper edge of cell; spot in 1 always present and

larger than the rest.

2b. (4) Uph no white about the tornus.

2 (3). Above black, unmarked. Cila F brown; H white, chequered

brown. Unf a white patch mid 1; unh white to v6 and scv., some obscure

brown marginal spots.

minuta, M. (28-32). The Ceylon Paim Bob. Ceylon. NR. (= siuhalus,

Plotz).

3 (2). Above dark brown with hyaline spots F.

a. Upf small hyaline spots in 2 and 3, rarely a dot in 6. Cilia brown.

below with more or less purple sheen; apex and costa F and all H over-

laid sparse grey white scales, general appearance dark grey brown. Unf

obscure discal white area in 1.

rama bipunctus, Swin. (26-34). The Small Palm Bob. Nilgiris. R.

8. Upf always hyaline spots in 2 and 5 and usually a double (or single

lower) spot in cell and a spot in 6; the discal spots much closer together

than in gremius. inner edges of spot in 2 and cell spot in line; traces of

spot in 1 against vl, which unf shows as a broad white patch extending

across 1. Cilia narrowly white becoming brown at apex F. Below white

scaling much denser, general appearance pale grey.

rama rama, Mab. Bengal, Sikkim to Tavoy R. (=sala Auct nec. Hew;

true sala is a Plastingia).

a. Above spots prominent. Cilia H grey, brown at apex H and on F.

Below apex and costa F and all H overlaid pale ochreous scales; unf white

area mid |] more extensive, reaching dorsum.

* vama aditus, M. Andaman and Coco Islands. R.

4 (2a). Wph with white tornal area. Above black, no spots upf (may be

faint in race scopas). Cilia white to apex H. Below as minuta.

a. Uph white area narrow and irregular, most extensive along vs la and 1,

not reaching dorsum.

everyx everyx, Mab. (26-34). The Malay Palm Bob. Tavoy, VR. Malay

Peninsular, Sumatra, Pulo Laut, Borneo, (=tripura, DeN).

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 435

1. 62. Suastus.—(contd.)

8. Uph white tornal area regular and sharp defined, extending 4 along

termen and dorsum.

everyx scopas, Stg. Java, Bali and Philippines. (=albescens, Mab. ; migreus,

Semp. ; chilon, Doh, Sumba).

(plana, Swin, New Guinea, is described as belonging to this genus).

I. 63. Inessa. DeNicéville’s Bob.

Above dark brown with a conspicuous purple gloss. Upf double spot in

cell, lower portion prolonged nearly to base; small non-hyaline spot in 1

against vl, spots in 2 and 3 and dots nearer margin in 4 and 5, apical in 6-8.

Uph small spot mid cell; continuous discal band 1-5, separated by veins and

spots composing it elongate and irregular. Below as above but no purple

sheen.

tlion, DeN. (32). Lombok. VR.

I. 64. Scobura. The Forest Bobs. (Plate 31.)

Above dark brown with hyaline spots F and H; upf always non-hyaline

spot in 1 against vl, large spot in 2, double spot in cell, of which the upper

part is smaller and may be absent, apical spots 6-8 (may be incomplete).

la (3a). Upf no spot in 3 (rarely a dot in cephala) and the cell spot is

immediately over the spot in 2. Uph large double hyaline spot in 4-5 and

smaller one in 2 (may be absent). Cilia grey on H.

1 (2). Upf usually a small spot in 4. Unf costa and apex and all H

greenish yellow. Unh there may be 3 small white spotsin 1, 3 and 6 against

the larger spots in 2, 4-5 and the spots are usually chestnut edged ; in 2 the

chestnut colour is very pronounced and usually occupies the whole area from

the spots to the termen and on the apex upf.

*cephala, Hew. (27-36). The Forest Bob. Sikkim to Burma, Malay

Peninsular, Sumatra and Borneo. NR. (=7sota, Swins.).

2 (1). Upf never a spotin 4. Uph spot in 4-5 always large and spot in 2

obscure or absent. Unf apex and costa and all H overlaid greyish green. Unh

spots black edged and often a discal row of black spots and 2 spots in the cell,

also black.

phiditia, Hew. (32) The Malay Forest Bob. Manipur to Burma. Malay

Peninsular and Sumatra. Borneo. R. (= martini, El).

3a (1a). Upf prominent spot in 3.

3 (4). Upf no spots in 4 and 5, spot in 2 shifted out. Uph small equal

hyaline spots in 2, 3 and sometimes 5, spot in 3 much nearer margin. Below

basal half costa F and basal half H bright yellow; apex F and outer half H

bright chestnut ; unh small dark ringed white spots in 1, 2, 3, 5,6 and dark

spot base 7 (may be absent).

cephaloides, DeN. (36-40). The Large ForestiBob. Sikkim to Burma.

Tonkin and Hainan. R.

4 (3). Upf figure of 8 spot in the cell, large spot base 2, small spots 1, 3, 4,

5 and 6-8. Upha spot in 2 and a double spot in 4-5. Unh and apex unf veins

ale.

: coniata, Hering. China. (?=abiof cephala).

I. 65. Suada. The Grass Bobs. (Plate 31.)

Above brown with hyaline white spots F, typically prominent lower spot in

cell, large spots in 2 immediately below it, dot base 3, apical spots 6-8 and an

elongate non-hyaline spot along mid vl. Unh unmarked.

a. F spots prominent; uph rather paler mid disc. Unf apex broadly and

all H clothed dense olive ochreous scales.

* swerga swerga, DeN. (32-36). Sikkim to Burma, Malay Peninsular.

Sumatra. NR. (=moelleri, M).

8. F spots prominent. Larger. Uph much paler mid disc in ¢ and in 2

whitish, costa broadly and termen narrowly brown. Unf apex brown above

v6 and then decreasingly white to tornus; unh all white to narrow brown

costa.

swerga triplex, Pl. Java. (Plotz gives no locality and I prefer to use his

name for the Javan race rather than invent a new name.)

436 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Voi. XXX

1. 65. Suada—(conid.)

Y. F spots on disc small, separate and may be absent. Uph tornus broadly

pure white extending half-way along dorsum and termen. Unf and unh as

triplex.

swerga cataleucos, Stg. Borneo, Pulo Laut, Philippines. (= albinus Semp).

i. 66. Koruthaialos. The Veivet Bobs. (Plate 31.)

Above and below dark brown, no spots but usually with a prominent red

discal band upf and unf; urh no scaling.

la (3a). Palpi third joint long and thin.

1 (2). Upf discal red band sharply defined, 3 mm. wide, clear red and

extending from upper edge of cell (or just beyond) to v2 (or just beyond).

Upf band rather more extensive at either end, sides straight and parallel or

convergent posteriorly. A fairly constant form.

vubecula, Plotz. (32-37). The Narrow-banded Velvet Bob: Assam to

Burma. Malay Peninsular and Islands, Philippines, Luzon, Natuna and

Celebes. C. (=Aector, Wat and mamata, Fruh. I have verified true

rubecula from Assam to Malay Peninsular and Stmatra, but the other

localities require check).

2 (1). Upf discal band absent, just indicated or sullied.

a. Upf unmarked; unf usually some faint red suffusion at upper end of

cell and in Qa dusky suffused band.

butlert butlert, WM. (32-37). The Dark Velvet Bob. Sikkim to N. Burma.

R. (I have verified the type specimen in the Indian Museum.)

B. Upf discal band sullied, dull, 2mm. wide, from upper end cell to v3 or

2, dev. prominently black. Unf variable, may be a trace of red only at end

cell or a dusky red band from costa to below vl.

butlert avidha, Fruh. S. Burma. S. Annam. NR. :

y. Upf unmarked or with traces of a red spot at end cell. Unf a large

dusky red area about upper edge of cell and a detached smaller area about

base 3 (may be absent).

butlert niasicus, Fruh. Sumatra, Nias.

6. Larger, otherwise as last.

butlert haraka, Fruh. Java.

3a (la). Palpi third joint short, stouter, just protruding.

3b (5). Upf always a red band,

3 (4). Unf discal red band divided by dark veins, discontinuous at vl and

the red area is extensive in 1. Upf band dusky red, divided by dark veins

and the dev. black, extends from costa to tornus, 2mm. wide in ¢, 5mm. in

Q. Large. ne

focula, Plotz. (46-52). The Large Velvet Bob. Sumatra, Java. R.

(= kophene, DeN).

4 (3). Unf discal red band not divided by black veins, extends from costa

to dorsum and is more or less equally wide throughout, broad and clear red,

inner edge below cell always concave.

a. Upf band orange red, from costa to tornus, usually wide (5 min., but

may be as narrow as 3 mm. and stop at v3; .on unf in narrow banded

specimens the inner edge of the band is irregular, but always concave). Q

unh ochreous brown.

* vanites gopaka, Fruh. (54-40). The Bright Red Velvet Bob. Assam to

Burma. Tonkin. NR.

8. Larger. Upf band deeper red and always broad.

xanites xanites, But. (37-41). S. Burma. Malay Peninsular. Borneo and

Philippines. NR. (=7etitia, Plotz; palawites, Steg. ; luzonensis, Fruh).

y. As last but larger still.

sxanites kerala, DeN. (49). Sumatra.

6. Upf discal band very dark red and reduced, may consist of only of a ate

end cell. Unh band as broad as usual.

xanites javanites, Stg. (36-39). Java, Bali, Batu.

5 (36). Above and below dark brown with a purple plum suffusion, no

traces of a red band ; Unf dorsum broadly pale pinkish brown. F v1l not ‘so

close to vl2.

nigervima, Swin. (36-42). The Plain Velvet Bob. Assam to S. Shan

States. R. (I have verified the type.)

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 437

I. 67. Sancus. The Coon. (Plate 31.)

Above dark shining brown, unmarked. Below dark brown, dorsum F pale ;

on apex F a narrow oblique purple white patch, small whitish post-discal spots

in 4 and 5 and subapical in 6-9. Unh dorsum broadly pale brown, a purple

grey area about end cell, separated froin a similar broad marginal area by

discal spots in a straight line from 2-5, spots in 6, 7 and in middle of upper

edge of cell.

a. The markings below prominent.

* pulligo subfasctatus, M. (36-46). South India, Cachar to Burma, Siam,

Annam. Malay Peninsular. C.

. Larger. Below the purple grey areas absent, the spots dull yellow.

pulligo pulligo, Mab. Sumatra, Java, Borneo and Bali. (= fovrensts,

Plotz. kethra, Plotz = ulunda, Stg. is the Philippine race and fuscula Snellen

= cellundo, Stg., the race from the Celebes),

I. 68. Watsoniella. Watson’s Demon.

Above dark brown unmarked, becoming outwardly paler on F, in 2 broadly

and very markedly so. Below similar, but paler and unf dorsum to v2 very

pale brown. Very like Kerana diocles.

swinhoet, Elwes. (48-50). Sikkim to Burma. R.

I. 69. Ge. The Circular Tufted Demon.

3 above uniform dark brown, cilia grey; 2 with pale yellow discal spots in

2 and 3 and apical in 6-8, conspicuously paler beyond the spots; uphin ¢

centrally paler. Below dark brown, dorsum ! pale brown ; in 2 the outer half

of the wing is conspicuously very pale brownish yellow.

geta, DeN. (35-37). S.Mergui. Malay Peninsular Sumatra, Batu, Java

and Borneo. VR.

I. 71. Kerana. The Demons. (Plate 31.)

Above dark brown with or without a red band F.

1 (2a). Above dark brown unmarked, cilia brown; ¢ no brand. Below

dark brown, termen F and H broadly paler ; on H the basal area is also paler,

leaving a dark chocolate costa and discal band to v1; costa and apex F and all

H clothed inconspicuous ochreous scales. F v5 bent at origin.

*nigrvita, God. (48-60). The Chocolate Demon. Bengal, Kumaon to

Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula and Islands, Philippines. C. & Individuals from

the Malay Islands have a more or less prominent whitish curved sub-apical

fascia unf.

(= diocles, M; maura, Snell; fumatus, Mab.; evatra, sumata, prabha,

Fruh). |

2a (1). Upf broad red discal band (may be absent in mzasana).

b (5). F v5 bent down at origin. Body dark brown.

2 (3a). Below no spots. ~~ unf towards base a large black velvet patch

from vl to mid cell; uph a similar patch filling the cell.

a. Upfa very broad orange red discal band from mid costa to tornus at v1 ;

narrower at costa and indented at the origin of v5.

armata armata, Druce. (49-60). The Red Demon. S. Mergui, VR. Malay

Peninsula, Sumatra and Borneo.

B. Upf, band absent, obscure or broken into spots.

armata niasana, nov. Nias.

3a (2). Below with curious glistening pale purple spots only visible in a side

light ; unf in cell just before the red band, sub-apical in 5,6 and 7, unh discal

in 2, 3, 5 and 6. Upf and unfa broad orange red band from mid costa to vl

at tornus.

3 (4). Upf the red band narrows towards costa.

gemmiter, But. (35=38). The Gem Demon. Tavoy to S. Burma, Malay

Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Natuna, Philippines. R. (= domoya, Fruh).

4 (3). Upf discal band broadens towards costa.

vatjrada, Fiuh. (36). Fruhstorfer’s Demon. Borneo. VR.

5 (2b). F v5 only slightly bent down at origin. 4 upf avery broad orange

yellow band from mid costa below the scv. to mid dorsum ; at v2 it is curved in

and nearly reaches the base. Thorax and base H clothed orange yellow hairs,

438 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

I. 71. Kerana.— (coxtd.)

Abdomen with narrow white rings. Unf discal band to costa. In Q upf the red

band is not continued towards the base posteriorly and the yellow hairs on the

thorax and at base H are absent, very like ranzfes.

fulgur, Den. (37). The Yellow Demon. Malay Peninsular, Sumatra and |

Borneo. VR. (I am not satisfied with the position of this species but have

only been able to examine damaged specimens, )

I. 73. Udaspes. The Grass Demon. (Plate 31.)

1 (2). Above dark brown with large hyaline white spots ; upf a spot across

cell, conjoined to a bent spot in 1-2, small detached spot in 3, conjoined spots

in 4 and 5, conjoined sub-apical spots in 6-8; uph a large central hyaline area

in 1-6. Cilia chequered brown and white. Antenne white banded below

club. Below dark brown, apex F, dorsum and termen H_ overlaid pale

whitish scales, which on H leave a large dark spot mid 1 to base 2. Con-

siderable seasonal variation in the colouring below.

* folus, Cr. (40-48). Ceylon, India, Kangra to Burma, Siam, China,

Malay Peninsular and Islands C. (= cicero, Fab.)

2 (1). Uph a prominent white spot in 4-5 and a small spot base 3. Unh

striated.

stellatta, ob. (40-45). The Thibetan Grass Demon. Maenia, E. Thibet.

VR.

I. 74. Notocrypta. The Banded Demons. (Plate 31.)

Above black ; upf a broad curved hyaline white discal band consisting of

large conjoined spots in 1, 2 and cell. Below dark brown usually with some

whitish scaling on the paler areas at the apical part of the termen F and the

dorsal portion H also on H from inid end cell to mid vl; often some ochreous

scaling between band and apex on F and on basal half of H. Antenne white

banded below beginning of a club or only white streaked below.

la (4a). F no traces of sub-apical spots in 6-8; never a well-defined spot in

base 3 (only in venardz). Unf a yellow costal patch at end of the band.

1 (2a). F discal band very wide, width = basal black area and placed

nearer base than apex, more compact and straighter than usual; unspotted

except very rarely a faint dot mid 4 unf. F much squarer than usual, termen

at right angles to dorsum. Below with more or less white scaling.

guadrata, Elwes. (40-45). The Broad banded Demon. Malay Peninsular,

Borneo. R.

2a (1). F discal band narrower and placed rather nearer apex than base.

F dorsum at an angle of 120 to 150 to termen.

2 (3). F unmarked except for the discal band. Apex F produced. Below

white scaling only traceable at apex F, but margins broadly paler brown, also

centre of disc H, thus resembling Kerana nigrita.

a. F discal band broad and compact.

volux volux, Mab. (39-42). The Dark banded Demon. Karens to

S. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsular and Islands, Philippines. NR. (This

is a common species in S. Burma and passes as albifascia, which isa Hyarotts ;

figured in Lep. Ind. as alézfascia ; the correct name and synonymy in this and

other species in this genus is doubtful.)

B. FE discal band narrow, tending to be macular and the spot in 1 may be

absent.

volux niasana, nov. Nias.

32 eae almost invariably a prominent spot mid 4, if not visible upf may

show unf; very rarely a dot mid 5 and there may be a dot mid 3 against v3.

Wings rounded and band more curved than usual.

a. Below white scaling usually prominent. Unhno silver spots.

paralysos alysia, nov. (33-40). The Common Banded Demon. Ceylon,

S. India, Mussoorie to Karens. C.

B. Below white scaling faint and usually obsolete.

paralysos devadatta, Fruh. Dawnas to S. Burma, Malay Peninsular,

Sumatra, Niasf-1C,

y. Darker, larger, wings rather more pointed. Below very little or no

white scaling.

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 439

I. 74. Notocrypta.—(contd).

paralysos sidha, Fruh. Java. ( =asanga, Fruh. and su#kavata, Fruh.

Sum bawa).

8. Unh aprominent silver spot mid cell and smal! spots in 2 and 5. Larger,

band broader; below white scaling faint.

paralysos paralysos, WM. Andamans. NR.

(The race from the Philippines and Celebes is clavata, Stg.=chunda and

yaya, Fruh.).

4a (la). F always with 2 or 3sub-apical spots, which are at least traceable

unf ; usually small spots mid 3, 4and 5.

4(5). Unf the discal band continued to costa by a more or less well

developed yellowish white patch. The white spotting and scaling below is very

variable ; local races are very difficult to define.

a Small. Spotting and scaling variable.

* feisthamelii alysos, M. (38-50). The Spotted Demon. Murree to Burma.

W. China, Siam, Malay Peninsular, Sumatra and Borneo. C. (=vectifasciata,

Leech).

B. Larger. White spotting and scaling below prominent.

fetsthamelit avattana, Fruh. Java, Lombok and Sumbawa. (=samyutta

and dharana, Fruh. The Philippine race is alinkara, Fruh and the Celebes

race celebensis, Stg. Race fetsthameliz, Bdv., flies from the Moluccas to

Queensland and =varians and chimacra, Plotz.; padhana, samana and

saiva, Eriths: ? £0ssi7, Roth);

5 (4). Unf discal band not continued above scv. Above spotting and below

white scaling prominent. Apical spots conjoined.

curvifascia, Fd. (38-50). ‘The Restricted Demon. Ceylon, S. India,

Sikkim to Burma, China, Andamans, Siam, Malay Peninsular, Sumatra.

? Java, Borneo and Philippines. C. (= vestricta, M.).

(An allied species, venardi, Oz., with many named forms and_ possibly

comprising more than one species flies from the Moluccas to Australia ; it

differs principally in having a well defined spot at base 3 and the spot in 1

tends to be detached).

I. 75. Gangara. The Giant Redeye. (Plate 31.)

Above brown with large discal hyaline yellow spots on F, across cell, in 2

and 3. Below some blue white scaling at apex F and bands composed of

similar scales on H.

1 (2). F with apical spots in 6—8, spot in 6 out of line, nearer margin ; spot

in 3 against mid v4. Cilia H grey at apex.

a. Normally with a small non-hyaline spot in 1 against vl under the

spot in 2.

thyrsis clothilda, H5. (70-76). The Giant Redeye. Ceylon. NR.

Bp. No spot in 1,

* thyrsis thyrsis, F. India. Sikkim to Burma, Siam, Tonkin, Malay

Peninsular and Islands. NR. (=fandia, Fruh).

'¥. F spot in 2 not to base of v3; in other races spot in 2 is larger and

reaches to middle of cell spot.

thyrsis yasodara, Fruh. Andamans.

6. Upf only 2 apical spots in ¢.

thyrsis philippensis. Fruh. Philippines.

2 (1). F no apical spots ; discal spots differently placed, spot in 3 reaches

to behind origin of v4 and nearly to origin of v3; spot in 2 against mid v3

and not near cell spot. Unh a white spot near base 7. ¢ upf the glandular

streak absent ; unf yellow tuft present.

saguinocculus, Martin. (65-70). Martin’s Redeye. Malay Peninsular,

Sumatra, Borneo. R.

I. 76. Erionota. The Palm Redeye. (Plate 31.)

Above brown with large hyaline yellow discal spots on F,in cell, 2 and3;

spot in 3 against mid v4.

1 (2). Upf nohyaline spots (very rarely faint) ; spot in 2 reaches to middle

(or further) of spot in cell. Unh pale to dark brown with an irregular, often

obscure, paler discal area,

440 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol; XXXI

I. 76. Erionota.—(contd.)

a. Upf hyaline spots and apex white.

thrax grandis, Leech. (70-76). The Palm Redeye. W. China. VR.

B. Upf hyaline spots yellow.

* thrax thrax, L. S. India. Dun to Burma. Siam, Malay Peninsular and

Islands, Philippines. NR.

Y. Smaller. Apex F above more or less white; antenne below club

much whiter and cilia above whitish. Unf a white apical patch.

thrax acroleuca, WM. and DeN. (52-55). Andamans and Nicobars. NR.

Occurs as a scarce variety of fhrax in Assam to Burma, Malay Peninsular

and Borneo. (= hiraca, M and lara, Swin).

(alexandra, Semp, is a race or perhaps species from Luzon. sak7ta, Ribbe

is the Celebes race and the Moluccan is hasdrubal, Fruh).

2 (1). Upf with a hyaline spot in 6-8, spot in 6 pushed out (not so much

as in ¢hyrsis) ; spot in 2 does not reach to the middle of the cell spot ; apex

may be more or less white tipped. Unf sub-apical pale area. Unh dark

brown with a more or less purple gloss, margin broadly paler, conjoined.

irregular violet white spots about end cell and from 1-7, also a spot at

extreme base cell and sometimes a spot near termen in 1.

sybirita, Hew. (60-70). The Sybarite Redeye. S. Mergui, VR. Malay

Peninsular, Borneo and New Guinea.

]. 77. Paduka. The Banded Redeye, (Plate 31.)

¢ above dark brown, unmarked. 9 with large hyaline yellow discal spots in

cell, 2 and 3, spot in 2 with its inner edge against middle of cel! spot and its

outer edge against inner edge of spot in 3, which is against mid v4 ; smal] non-

hyaline spot in 1 against spot in 2. Unf pale sub-apical area, overlaid sparse

white scales and a more or less prominent spot on 7; dorsum whitish. Unh

a broad prominent transverse band of violet white scales from vl below cell to

apex and expanding towards apex. Cilia above pale yellow.

a. Unh transverse band well defined throughout, violet white.

* Jebadea subfasciata, M. (62-68). Ceylon. R.

Bp. Unhas last; no trace of the spot in 7 unf,

lebadea glandulosa, Dist. Sikkim to Burma, Tonkin, Malay Peninsular,

Sumatra and Java. VR.

Unh transverse band silvery white, dense from vl to end cell and thence

sparse, extending to middle of disc. Unf scaling to apex. @ spots whiter,

smaller and more separated, spot in 1 larger.

lebadea andamanica, WM. Andamans. R.

&. Upf % brand more distinct. 92 no spot in 1 upf.

lebadea lebadea, Hew. Borneo, Pulo Laut. R.

(toradja, Fruh. is apparently a distinct species from the Celebes, aah 3

large white spots upf and some grey scaling unh, not forming bands).

I. 78. Pudicitia. ‘The Spotted Redeye. (Plate 34.)

Above brown with large yellow hyaline spots F and H. Upf 2 spots in cell

(lower nearer base and behind origin of v3) large spot in 2 immediately below,

spot in 3, $ along v4; apical spots €-8 in line ; semi-hyaline spot above middle

of vl replaced by a yellow patch unf.. Uph 3 hyaline yellow discal spots in 2, 3

and 4-5. Below as above.

* pholus, Den. (58-64). The Spotted Redeye. Bhutan to Naga Hills.

VR.

1. 79. Matapoides. ‘The Tufted Redeye.

Above dark brown ; upf a green streak in certain lights below v2 ; otherwise

unmarked ; cilia orange at tornus H. Below rich dark brown, unmarked ; unf

¢ a brand on the nacreous area mid 1. H lobed.

smaragdinus, Druce. (60). Borneo. VR.

1. 80. Matapa. The Branded Redeye. (Plate 31).

Unmarked dark brown. ;

1 (2a). H. cilia grey or very pale yellow, Unh warm ferruginous brown,

¢@ brand black, obscure, -

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 441

|. 80. Matapa.—(contd.)

arta, M. (40-45). The Common Redeye. Ceylon, S. India to Dun to

Burma, Andamans, China, Hainan, Siam, Tonkin, Malay Peninsular and

Islands to Philippines. C. (= pudlla, Plotz and neglecta, Mab.).

2a (1). H cilia and tip of abdomen bright orange.

2b (4b). ¢& brand black, obscure.

2 (3). Above purple glossed, especially at apex F. 9 body and base wings

clothed metallic bluish hairs. ¢ below dark brown, apex and dorsum F

paler ; 2 uniform pale brown.

purpurascens, El. (48-54). The Purple Redeye. Sikkim to Karens.

Tonkin, Sumatra, Borneo, R.

3 (2). Above no purple gloss, apex F grey. Below ochreous brown ; apex

and mid dorsum F and base H very pale brown.

druna. M. (48-54). The Dark-brand Redeye. Sikkim to Burma. Anda-

mans, Malay Peninsular and Islands. NR.

4a (2b). ¢ brand grey and prominent.

4 (5). Below dull dark brown, veins conspicuously black.

sastvarna, M. (40-47). The Black-veined Redeye. Sikkim to Burma,

Malay Peninsular, Sumatra, Pulo Laut. NR.

5 (4). Below ¢ dark ferruginous brown; @ pale yellow brown. Upf and

unf apex rather paler.

* shalgrama, M. (46-52). The Grey-brand Redeye. Sikkim to Burma,

Andamans, Tonkin, Java, Bali, Pulo Laut. NR.

(celsina, Fd. with a tear-shaped brand occurs in the Philippines, Celebes

and Moluccas. It=fAyrmiza, Hew: assur, Mab and ractaya, Fruh).

1. 81. Oerane. The Demon Flitter. (Plate 31.)

Above black ; upf compact broad white central band from upper edge cell

to mid v2 and a small conjoined spot base 3; no apicals pots or spot in 1 or on

H. Below dark brown, dorsum F paler; apex F and all H very sparsely

overlaid greenish ochreous scales ; unf discal band is continued in ¢ to v12 by

greenish ochreous scales and in 2 by white scales. Q paler and with wider

band.

*neaera, DeN. (28-34). Dawnas to S. Burma. Malay Peninsular and

Islands. R. (= pusilla, Fruh. drymo, Mab. is a variety with the spot in 3

missing. mzcrothyrus, Mab. is the race from the Philippines. In Rhop Java

the Q is figured as unmarked).

1. 82. Hyarotis. The Flitters. (Plate 31.)

1 (2a). Cilia broadly chequered white and brown ; antennze white banded

before apiculus. Above dark brown; upf with white hyaline spots, across

cell, in 1 (non-hyaline) against vl, discal in 2 and 3, apical 6-8. Below dark

brown, outer half dark ochreous, bearing centrally a broad diffused dark

brown band ; unf cell spot continued to costa and spotin1 diffused: unh an

irregular broken central white band from vl across end cell to v8.

a. Upf spots small, those in cell and in 2 do not overlap.

adrastus adrastus. Cr. (38-48). The Tree Flitter. Ceylon, S. India. NR.

(= phoenicis, Hew).

8. Upf spots larger, those in 2 and 3 overlapping.

*adrastus praba. M. Kangra to Burma, Andamans, Siam, Hong

Kong. NR.

(meluchus, Fruh is the race from the Malay Peninsular, Pulo Condor,

Sumatra, Borneo and Java. mindaneusis and palawensis, Fr., the Philippine

races).

2a (1). Cilia uniform dark brown ; antenne plain brown. (White under

club in 99 and 4 pria).

2 (3a). Unh base dark golden yellow. Upf and unf large hyaline white

spot across cell, joined to a still larger spot in 2. Otherwise unmarked.

basiflava, DeN. (38-48). The Golden Flitter. S. India. R.

3a (2). Unh unmarked.

3 (4). gd upf with a hyaline white discal band consisting of a large spot

across cell conjoined to an equally large spot in 2, which extends (non-hyaline)

more or less into the upper part of 1,

442. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

I. 82. Hyarotis.— (conzd.)

pria, Druce. (35-45). The Banded Flitter. Dawnas toS. Burma. Siam,

Tonkin, Malay Peninsuiar and Islands. VR.

(= albifascia, M; asawa. Fruh; znzornata, El; sengularis, Mab. This

seems to be an extremely rare species and I have not seena 9, unless a Q

specimen from Selangor is the true 9; it has no spot in 1, a completely

detached dot in 3 and apical dots in 6 and 8).

4 (3). @ unmarked dark brown above and below; 2 witha hyaline white

discal band consisting of large conjoined spot in 2 and cell, usually a conjoin-

ed or semi-conjoined spot base 3 and sometimes a conjoined non-hyaline spot

in the upper part of 1.

* monteithiz, WM. (35-40). The Dubious Flitter. Cachar, Dawnas, Malay

Peninsular and Islands. Philippines. ? Moluccas (Holland). VR. (= ~zocizs,

Stg. : comoploea, Swin. ; dissimilis, Snell. ; perfusca, Mab.).

1. 83. Itys. The Brush Flitters. (Plate 31.)

1 (2). Upf with small pale yellow hyaline spots, narrow spot across cell

constricted in middle or divided in two, quadrate to nearly vertical linear spot

in 2, small spot in 3 and apical! in 6-7 or 8. Unf dorsum pale, diffused white

discal spot in 1; apex F and all H dark purple washed in fresh specimens ;

unh bearing a very obscure dark central and postdiscal broad band, small

yellow spots in 2, 3, 4 and end cell, one or more of which may be absent.

* microstictum, WM. (34-39). The Brush Flitter. Cachar, Dawnas, Malay

Peninsular (Pulo Ubin). Luzon, Mindoro. VR. (=dbinghami, Swin and

biseriata, Elwes).

2 (1). Above unmarked dark brown with a faint purple tinge, more

prominent below. Uph costa and unh dorsum paler. 2 paler and larger.

tadera, DeN. (32-36). The Dark Brush Flitter. Penang, Sumatra, Java

and Borneo. VR. (=ciliata, Elwes).

1. 84. Zographetus. The Flitters. (Plate 31.)

Above dark brown with hyaline white spots on F; 2 cell spots (upper small

and often absent), quadrate spot in 2 immediately under the cell spot, small

spot in 3, apical 6 and sometimes 7, small non-hyaline spot in lin Gand ¢ of

satwa against vl. Cilia greyish.

1 (2). Below basal half costa F and basal 2 H bright yellow, outer 2 H and

apex F purple brown, paling outwardly. Unh small dark spot mid cell and

mid 7.

* satwa, DeN. (30-36). The purple and Gold Flitter. Kumaon to Burma,

Siam, Malay Peninsular, Sumatra and Java. NR. (durga, Plotz from

Mindanao and Sumbawa is a raceor allied species; it has a purple gloss,

antennee. white below club and no glandular streaks in ).

2 (1). Unf costa and apex and all unh ferruginous to ochreous (paler in 9),

bearing tunh a more or less prominent discal row of purple brown spots in 1-7,

a spot mid 7 and mid cell. Antennze white banded before apiculus in Q.

a. Extremely variable in size, colour of underside, and spots unh, which

are usually large and diffused, but may be separate and sharply defined, often

upper discal spots absent.

* ogygia ogygia, Hew. (30-32). The Purple spotted Flitter. S. India.

Sikkim to Burma, Malay Peninsular and Islands. R (= flavipennis, DeN. ;

flavalum, DeN ; ogygioides, Elwes).

68. Unh dark yellow of a peculiar shade; lower discal spots coalesced to a

very broad dark band, connected by dark veins to a broad dark marginal

area.

ogygia andamana, nov. Andamans. R.

I. 85. Isma. The Tufted Flitters. (Plate 31.)

Above dark brown with pale yellow detached spots upf; 2 spots in cell

lower elongate, spot in 2 outwardly concave, small spot in 3, may be dot in 4

and apical in 6 and sometimes 7 ; 2 may have a non-hyaline spot in 1 against

vl. Unf dorsum white. Unh amore or less obscure discal row of dark spots

in 1-6 anda spot end cell. Cilia dark brown at tornus H in ¢ and at apex F,

elsewhere the long hairs grey or pale yellow,

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 443

85. Isma.—(coztd.)

1(2). Comparatively small. Below dull dark brown, apex and costa F and

all H more or less sparsely overlaid ochreous green scales.

protoclea, HS. (30-34). The Plain Tufted Lancer. Karens to S. Burma,

Malay Peninsular, Java, Borneo, Banguey, Borneo, Pulo Laut. R. (=dzafzis,

DeN. and odéscura, Dist.).

2(1). Comparatively large. Below purple brown.

a. Below purple brown, the outer 4 F and lower ? H greyish white, all H

with a conspicuous purple gloss,

* uulso bicolor, nov. (38-40). The Purple Tufted Lancer. Karens and

Dawnas, Malay Peninsular. R.

8. Below purple brown, overlaid ochreous scales, no purple wash, the dark

spots unh in 2 and 3 may be white centred. Upf hyaline spot in 2 more

quadrate.

vulso vulso, Mab. Sumatra, Java and Bali. R.

Y. Below with a feeble purple gloss on basal half H, otherwise rather as

protoclea. ‘The clasp of the genitalia is serrate on the upper edge, not plain as

in rest.

vulso purpurascens, El. Borneo, Pulo Laut. (=dznotatus, E1.).

(sewa, Plotz from the Celebes probably belongs to this genus).

I. 86. Sepa. The Lancers.

la (4a. 6a). OG with only a discal brand from mid vl upf to base 3.

1 (2a). @ cilia at tornus H elongated asin /sma; brand upf angled at v2.

¢ upf no spot in 1 or in cell ; a very narrow obligue linear pale yellow spot in

2, small spot in 3, may be a dot in 4, small spot in 6 and sometimes in 7.

Below paler, but not overlaid ochreous scales, outer half of 1 pale; unh a

small pale spot in 2 and indications of a spot in 4 end cell. @ paler, spots on

F wider, may be 2 spots in cell; unf space 1 all dark. Cilia in ¢ dark

ochreous, brown at tornus, dark brown in Q.

cronus, DeN. (42-44). The Branded and Tufted Lancer. Malay Peninsular

(Perak and Gunong Ijan), Sumatra and Borneo. VR.

2a (1). Jciliaat tornus not prolonged. ¢ brand upf not angled. ¢ upf

nearly always a spot in 1, rhomboidal spot in 2, decreasing spotsin 3 and 4,

small spots in 6 and 7 and may bea dot in 8, 2 elongate spots in cell, lower

linear ; all spots white or very pale yellow. Uph cuneate hyaline spots in 2, 3

and 4. Below overlaid ochreous scales. Cilia ashy ochreous,

2(3). g@ upf spot in 1 rounded, not reaching v2. Below darker, spots

equal, no spot in cellorin 1 and 5. @ spots in cell reduced or absent; uph

spots small, round, spot in 4 may be absent.

feralia, Hew. (40-44). The Cicatrose Lancer. Peninsular Siam, Malay

Peninsular, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Pulo Laut. VR. (= cicatrosa and

umbrosa, Kl. ; indistincta, Druce. ‘The synonymy is doubtful ; all the species

in the genus are very rare and it is very difficult to link the sexes).

3 (2). Q@ upf spot in 1 narrow, vertical, reaching vl and may be divided by

a black line. Below more ochreous ; unh spots larger may be a spot in cell

and often small spots adjoining the spots in 2 and 4 may show above. @

spots reduced.

fenestrata, El. (36-39). The Fenestrate Lancer. S. Mergui, Malay

Peninsular, Sumatra, Borneo, Pulo Laut. (=concinna, E1.). VR.

4a (la. 6a). Q@ with curved linear stigma behind the:spot in 2 upf and an

oval patch above basal 4 of vl.

4(5). Upf spots white, large, arranged as in feralia, cell spots often

conjoined. Uph ¢ very small discal spots in a curve in 2, 3 and usually 4; 2

unmarked.

dawna, nov. (38). The Dawna Lancer. DawnastoS. Burma. VR.

5 (4). Upf spots yellow, arranged much as fevalia, but very variable F and

H. stigma may be absent.

mtosticta, DeN. (42-44). The Cinnamon Lancer. Malay Peninsular, Java,

Borneo. VR. (= guttulifera and cinnamonea, E1.).

6a (la. 4a). dS upf no seam, but with an oval patch above basal 4 of v1;

spot in 2 is differently placed due to the absence of the seam, its inner edge in

line with the inner edges of the cell spots; spots yellow. Unh obscure series

of black discal spots in 1-5. @ spots reduced and cell spots usually absent,

444 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol.. XXXII

1. 86. Sepa.—(contd.)

6 (7). Uphspots in 2-4 cuneate, prominent, those in 2 and 3 inwardly pointed

and reaching bases 2 and 3; may be spot in cell and unh in 5.

inavime, DeN. (36-38). The Cuneate Lancer. Mergui, Malay Peninsula,

Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Pulo Laut, Phillippines. R. (= zefus, Mab. ; matanga,

Druce ; bzpunctata, 121).

7 (6). Uph spots in 2, 3 and 4 small rounded, latter often absent. Smaller.

bononta, Hew. (25-32). The Baby Lancer. Karens to S. Burma, Malay

Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Pulo Laut. R. (=zdyalizs, DeN).

I. 87. Plastingia. The Lancers. (Plate 32.)

Above with prominent yellow or white spots (hyaline) upf; more or less

developed pale basal and costal streak F and discal area H, ochreous or

greenish.

la (6a). F v2 origin much nearer base than the origin of vll; v5 bent

down at origin. Upf always a hyaline spot in 4. Above markings and cilia

bright yellow.

Callineura Group.

1b (5). Unh with purple white spots.

Ic (4). Antenne at least with the entire club yellow.

1 (2a). Uphtornus broadly yellow.

vermiculata, Hew. (40). The Vermiculate Lancer. Sumatra. VR.

2a (1). Uph tornus dark brown.

2 (3). Unf no purple white streak in 5.

a. Unh veins red. Upf cell spots one above the other, lower hardly

produced towards base. Antenne shaft yellow in 4, club only in Q.

callineura burmana, noy. (39-42). The Red-Vein Lancer. Cachar to

S. Burma. R.

8. Unh veins yellow. Upf lower cell spot prolonged towards base and

conjoined to spot in 2. Antenne as last.

callineura perakana, nov. Malay Peninsular (Perak, Negri Sembilan,

Pahang). OR.

y. Unh and apex unf with red veins. Upf cell spot as in last. Antennz

in ¢ and @2 with the club only yellow.

callineura callineura, Fd. Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

3(2). Unf with a purple white streak in 5. Unh veins yellow. Antenne

shaft yellow.

a. Upf cell spots conjoined or nearly so.

latota margherita, Doh. (36-40). The Yellow-vein Lancer. Upper Assam

(Doh). Tenasserim (lf B.M.) VR.

8B. Upf cell spots separate, lower nearer base.

* latoia latoia, Hew. Dawnas to S. Burma. Siam, Malay Peninsula,

Sumatra, Java, Borneo and Labuan, Philippines. R.

4 (lc). Antennee with only the apiculus yellow. Above like datfoia, but

smaller. Unh mostly yellow. Very variable.

a. Upf basal yellow area restricted.

helena fruhstorfert, Mab. (32). The Small Yellow-vein Lancer. S. Mergui,

Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Batoe Is. R. (= zasana, Fruh.).

B. Above basal yellow area upf much more extensive.

helena helena, But. Borneo, Labuan, Pulo Laut. R. (= natuna, Fruh.

flavia, Stg. is the race from the Philippines and ? Celebes).

5 (1b). Unh no purple white spots. Upf the yellow spot in 2 reaches base 2

all the discal spots form a broad continuous band. Unh orange with small

black spots.

auvantiaca, El (35~39). The Orange Lancer. Sumatra, Borneo, Pulo Laut.

R. (Species allied to the above are ¢elesinus, Mab. = laenas, Mab. Philippines

with unh yellow green bearing feeble pale spots. /zburnia, Hew, Philippines

and Luzon, unh dark brown with prominent yellow spots).

6a (la). F v2 from mid base and origin vl.

6b (lla). F v5 straight or nearly so. Upf no spot in 4. Unh with

‘markings.

Sala Group.

6c (9a). Unh with a semi-circular row of small black discal spots, a round

spot end cell and spots at base 2 and 7. Unf some dark spotting at the apex,

THE IDENTIFICATION OF INDIAN BUTTERFLIES 445

I. 87. Plastingia.—(contd.)

6d (8). Uph no prominent yellow area. Upf a rather obscure dark

ochreous streak from base to middle over vl. Antennz white ringed mid

club.

6 (7). Antenne shaft only chequered at extreme base. Upf lower cell spot

larger than the upper spot ; apical spots in 6 or 6 and 7; hyaline spots pale

yellow. Uph in #a recumbent tuft of shining dark brown hairs from base

overlying cell. Below apex and costa F and all H dark grey brown with a

strong purple wash. Tegumen with ears at the side.

* sala, Hew. (32-36). The Purple Lancer. Cachar to S. Burma... Malay

Peninsular, Pulo Laut. R. (= fuscicornis, El.).

7 (6). Antenne shaft chequered throughout. Upf lower cell spot no larger |

than the upper one and may be absent; no apical spots; spots white. Uph ¢

no tuft. Tegumen with spines at the side.

a. Below apex and costa F and all H pale yellow brown with a faint purple

wash.

submaculata kanara, nov. (32-36). The Maculate Lancer. N. Kanara. R.

B. Unh, ete. shining greenish grey.

submaculata maculicornis, E\1. Ataran Valley, Burma, Siam, Pulo Laut. VR.

Y. Below yellow green.

submaculata submaculata, Stg. Palawan.

8 (6d). Uph .with a prominent yellow discal patch and upf with prominent

yellow basal streaks. Unh yellow. Uph tornal area brown. Upf cell spots

equal.

a. Uph yellow discal area divided by dark veins. Unh spots complete and

diffused.

* noemt noent, DeN. (35-40). The Spotted Yellow Lancer. Sikkim to

Assam. VR.

B. Uph yellow discal area not divided by black veins. Unh markings

mostly consist of narrow rings and may be incomplete.

noemt tavoyana, nov. Karens (Doh). Tavoy, Mergui. VR.

(Species allied to xoemz are similis, El., Borneo, Pulo Laut, much smaller.

flavescens, Fd. = atala and samanga, Fruh, Celebes, with the tornal area uph

broadly yellow, vzsurnia, Semp, Philippines, with unh prominently black

veined).

9a (6c). Unh chequered all over with large black and yellow or white pale

spots.

9 (10). Below pale spcts white in ¢ and Q. Above yellow markings obscure ;

upf lower cell spot small or absent.

* naga, DeN. (33-38). The Silver Spotted Lancer. Assam to Burma,

Malay Peninsular, Sumatra, Java, Borneo,? Philippines. (=valenia, Fruh.).

10 (9). Below spots pale yellow. Above yellow markings prominent ; upf

lower cell spot well developed.

tessellata, Hew. (33-40). The Straw spotted Lancer. Malay Peninsular,

Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Philippines, Celebes. R. (= eulepis, Fd; palawata,

Stg.; pellonia and mangolina, Fruh.).

lla (6b). F v5 bent down at origin. Unh unmarked.

Corissa Group.

11 (12). Upf no spot in 4. Uph discal yellow area small or absent cilia

yellow. Below apex F and all H yellow, veins paler.

a. Above unmarked.

corissa tytleri, Evans. (30). The Plain Yellow Lancer. Nagas. VR.

8. Upf prominent discal yellow spots in 2, 3, apical in 6-7 and 2 cell spots,

non-hyaline spot in 1.

* corissa corissa, Hew. (30-45). Dawnas to S. Burma, Malay Peninsular,

Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Pulo Laut. R. (= indrasana. El.; drancus, Plotz. ;

latonta, Stg.; patmapana, Fruh.).

12 (11). Upf with a spot in 4, over the spct in 3, no spot in 1 and basal

streak obscure ; spots yellow. Uph plain. Below apex F and all H overlaid

dark ochreous scales, unmarked.

pugnans, DeN. (34-36). The Pugnacious Lancer. Dawnas to S. Burma,

Malay Peninsular and Islands. R.

(extrusus, Fd, Aru is a peculiar species, mimicking A/lora doleschalli) ,

446 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

1. 88. Lotongus. ThePalmers. (Plate 32.)

Above with prominent hyaline spots on F.

la (3a). Unhno yellow band. Upf spots white.

Calathus Group.

1(2). Upf hyaline spots large and conjoined, spot in 3 to base 3, non-hyaline

yellow spot in 1 against vl, apical spots 6-8 present or absent. Uph costa and

apex to v7 whitish yellow. Unf discal spots continued to costa and broadly to

dorsum. Unh termen white from apex to mid 3.

* calathus, Hew. (44-46). The White Tipped Palmer. ‘Tavoyto S. Burma,

Malay Peninsular, Sumatra, Java, Borneo. Palawan. R. (= zalates, Mab.

and aliena, Stg.).

2(1). Upf hyaline white spots smaller and completely separated. ¢ double

(2 single) spot in cell; ¢ quadrate (2 oblique) spot mid 2, small spot in 3, no

apical spots and only obscure spot in 1 in 2; spots may be even more reduced.

Unf discal band continued to costa and a large white spot in 1; unh apex may

be yellowish white.

schedia, Hew. (42-45). The Plain Palmer. Malay Peninsular, Sumatra,

Nias and Borneo. R. (= parthenope, Weymer ; traviata, Plotz ; surus, Mab.

and maculatus, Dist).

(taprobanus, Plotz. = mythecoides, DeN. is an allied species from the Celebes

with a prominent white band unh).

3a (la). Unh with a conspicuous yellow band.

Avesta Group.

3 (4a). Uphtornus and dorsum yellow joining a broad central yellow area ;

unh central yellow band very broad, from v1 to costa, parallel to termen. Upf

double white spot in cell, spot mid 2 and a spot in 3 against its outer edge,

apical spots in 6-8. Unf apex paler, cell spot joined to costa by a yellow area.

Antenne club white below. Resembles Hasora schonherrt.

onara, But. (42-44). The Yellow Palmer. Sumatra, Borneo, Palawan.

VR. (= excellens, Stg. and adorabéilis, Fruh.).

4a (3). Uph dorsum dark brown. Below chocolate brown, dorsum F much

paler ; unf cell spot continued to costa by a yellow spot; unh a narrow yellow

band, from basal 3 dorsum to mid costa, interrupted at vla. Upf no apical

spots.

4 (5). Upf 2 spots in cell, conjoined to a single spot in 2; large spot in 2,

prolonged in 9 under cell spot, prominent spot in 3, non-hyaline spot in 1.

Uph tornal cilia yellow and central area from v1l-7. Unh band rather broader

and expanding to costa, slightly curved. H excavated at vl and lobed.

Below purple washed and veins pale. Hyaline spots white.

sarvala, DeN. (45-50). The Yellowband Palmer. Assam to Bhamo, Tonkin,

W. China. VR.

5 (4). Upf only rounded pale yellow spots in 2 and 3. Uph unmarked and

cilia uniform dark brown. Unf an upper spot in cell. Unh band narrow

and straight, nearer base. Below chocolate brown, no purple wash and veins

not pale. H termen even.

avesta, Hew. (44-48). The Malay Yellowband Palmer. Dawnas to S.

Burma, Borneo, Pulo Laut. VR. (= éamtata, Steg. guinguepuncta, Joicey

and Talbot is a well marked race from Hainan).

(To be continued)

ON SOME INTERESTING FEATURES OF THE FAUNA

OF THE WESTERN GHATS

SUNDER LAL Hora, D.SC.,

Officiating Superintendent, Zoological Survey of India.

[Read at the thirteenth annual meeting of the Indian Science Congress at

Bombay and communicated with the permission of the Director, Zoological

Survey of India.]

The nearness of the Western Ghats to the place of our meeting

this year and the charming peculiarities of its fauna have induced

me to write this short note. It is written chiefly with the object of

exciting some interest in the study of Natural History among the

advanced students of zoology of the Bombay University. There

are two striking peculiarities of the fauna of the Western Ghats,

firstly the presence of a marine element in the fauna, and secondly

the wonderful adaptations exhibited by several animals to the

extremely wet and dry weather conditions that prevail at different

times of the year in the Ghats. I shall illustrate my point by

referring to four definite instances, which of late have attracted

great attention and about which more information is badly needed.

I want to refer to Succinea arboricola Rao, Cremnoconchus

syhadrensis Blanford, Lithotis rupicola Blanford and Limnocnida

indica Annandale. Besides these I shall have occasion to refer to

several other interesting forms found in this area.

A very interesting mollusc, Succinea arboricola Rao, was

recently discovered by me aestivating on the bark of mango trees

at Lonavla. <A short note # on its habits was read at the last

meeting of the Congress and has since then been published in

the Records of the Indian Museum.? Several of the specimens

collected during August and September, 1924, are still with me

aestivating on the bark, and I have not been able to find out at

what time of the year they become active. In the midst of heavy

rains I found S. arboricola in deep slumber, and in the last week

_ of December last year I found them in a similar comatose condition.

The only changes that have been observed are that the number of

individuals found in December is much less and that the mollusc,

instead of being found on the bark, was found aestivating on

scars left by the falling of leaves from small twigs. This obser-

vation leads to the conclusion that the animals had been leading

an active life for some time during the months intervening between

September and December. It would be extremely interesting to

make fortnightly observations on these molluscs with a view to

1 Rao, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxvii. pp. 394-400 (1925).

2 Hora, Proc. Twelfth Ind. Sct. Cong., p. 148 (1925).

5 Hora, Rec. Ind, Mus., xxvii, pp. 401-403 (1925),

448 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

studying their behaviour under natural conditions from season to

season, and to work out their entire life-history.

Cremnoconchus syhadrensis Blanford! is another peculiar mollusc

of an essentially marine family—Littorinide@—found on rocks below

the falls at Khandhalla. The species seems to possess a very

localised distribution, for last year when I was specially looking

for them, I did not find a single specimen anywhere between

Bombay and Mahabaleshwar except below the two big falls near

Khandhalla. During the rains the falls are not quite accessible,

but at other times of the year it takes from twenty to thirty minutes

to reach them from the station with a suitable guide. Towards the

end of December, after a very careful and long search, only two

individuals of Cremnoconchus syhadrensis were found by me on

the rocks kept moist by spray of water from the fall. They were,

however, quite plentiful on big rocks projecting out of the water

at the edge of the pool in the neighbourhood of the fall. They

were found aestivating in small pits well protected from the mid-

day sun. Drs. Annandale* and Prashad 3 have already referred

to the peculiar mode of life of this species.

In the Nilgiris there is another mollusc of the family Neritidae

which possesses more or less similar habits to those of Cremnocon-

chus. Neritina perolt etiana Recluz* is found on rocks kept moist

by spray from a fall or on the edges of streamlets where they

are occasionally washed by the current of water. The Nilgiris,

unlike the portion of the Western Ghats in the immediate neigh-

bourhood of Bombay, are never extremely dry, because they get

heavy rainfalls during both the monsoons. In accordance with

the climatic conditions prevailing in the Nilgiris Neritina perotte-

tiana is probably not called upon to hibernate in the dry season

as does Cremnoconchus syhadrensis, and it was found that the

animals of the former species died a few hours after they were

removed from their natural habitat, while those of the latter are

capable of surviving Jong periods of dessication.

Lithotis rupicola Blanford® is another highly peculiar mollusc

of a very limited range. It was first described by Blanford from

the edge of the waterfall at Khandhalla in 1863, but since then

it has remained in obscurity. Very little was hitherto known

regarding its habits and anatomy. From the material collected

by me in 1924, Dr. H.-S: Rao*® has been able to confirm ‘its

distinct position in the family Succineidae. Lithotis rupicola was

found in great abundance along with Cremnoconchus during rains,

but we know very little about its mode of life after the rainy

season. The late Dr. Annandale,” who visited the locality in

March and April, records the entire absence of this mollusc from

the cliffs below the Khandhalla falls. In December last year I

1 Blanford, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), xii, p. 184, Pl. IV. (1863).

2 Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus., xvi, pp. 119, 148 (1919).

3 Prashad, Proc. Twelfth Ind. Sci. Cong., pp. 138, 139 (1925).

* Recluz, Rev. Zool. Cuv., p. 333 (1841).

5 Blanford, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) XII, p. 186, Pl. IV, figs. 8-10: (1863).

6 Rao, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxvii, pp. 387-394 (1925).

7 Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus., xvi, p. 119 (1919).

FEATURES OF THE FAUNA OF THE WESTERN GHATS 449

made a thorough search for it but with no success. Not even a

single dry shell of the species was seen on the spot. The Succineid

molluscs are known to hibernate on rocks, trees, etc., during the

unfavourable season, but the exact conditions under which Lithotis .

rupicola passes the dry season still remains to be investigated.

Another species of Lithotis, L. tumida Blanford,' known from

Poona and the adjoining country, has not been found again since

its discovery in 1870, and we know very iittle either about the

structure of its animal or its habits.

I should also like to mention here a small species of Paludomus?

and a highly modified, air-breathing Ampullarid—-Turbinicola saxea

Reeve®’—which are abundant during the rainy season all over the

Ghats from Khandhalla to Mahabaleshwar. Very few specimens

were seen of the latter species in December, and to work out

the entire life history of these two fairly common molluscs will

be a nice piece of work.

In the Ghats in 1911, Prof. Agharkar discovered a widely dis-

tributed freshwater medusa, and realising the significance of such

a discovery, Annandale sent a short note to Nature and to the

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.* Next year when

he examined better preserved material, he® christened the medusa

Limnocnida indica. In the same year a note on its habits and

distribution was published by Gravely and Agharkar.® In 1913

Agharkar’ published a further note on the species. The medusae

have so far been collected from the Krishna river at Dhom, Yenna

river at Medha, and the Koyna river at Tambi. I was informed

by an old fisherman at Wai that these ‘flowers’ were also to be

found in a big tank adjoining the bridge near Wai, and there is

no apparent reason why these medusae should not be found all

over the valleys of these rivers in suitable places. Several attempts

have been made to find the asexual phase of this medusa or the

hydroid stage, but so far without any success. The medusae appear

in March and April and disappear suddenly with the first showers

of the monsoon rains. The best way to find its hydroid stage is

to pay occasional visits to these places from February to May

and to look carefully for the growth on the rocks, or to try to

breed the medusae under more or less natural conditions.

Besides the peculiarly modified individuals mentioned above, there

is a great variety of interesting animals found in the Ghats and

the report published by the late Dr. N. Annandale on the fauna

of certain small streams in the Bombay Presidency, shows the

wealth of material that is to be found in this area and the

fascinating characters of its fauna.

+ Blanford, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xxxix, p. 23, Pl. 3, Fig. 24 (1870).

= Annandale, RCI. MUS. 31, Do 147 (1919).

° Prashad, Mem. Ind. Mus. viii, pp. 87, 88 (1925).

4 Annandale, Prot. As. Soc: Bengal, for May, 1911, also Annandale, Nature,

Xxxili, p. 144 (1911).

- Annandale, kec. Ind. Mus., vii, pp. 253-256 (1912).

S Gravely and Agharkar, Rec. Ind. Mus., vii, pp. 399-403 (1912).

7 Agharkar, Rec. Ind. Mus., ix, pp. 247-249 (1913).

RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE INDO-CEYLONESE COCCID FAUNA,

WITH NOTES ON KNOWN AND NEW FORMS

T. V. RAMAKRISHNA AIVYAR

In 1921 the writer prepared a check list of the Indo-Ceylonese Coccidz then

known and the same was published in the Report of the Proceedings of the

Fourth Entomological Meeting at Pusa the same year. Since then, a few

additional papers* have appeared containing new records and further data

on known forrns. Of these the most important is Green’s fifth volume on

Ceylon Coccide. This extremely valuable addition to the literature on

Asiatic Coccidz from one of the foremost authorities on the group not only

contains new records from Ceylon but includes a wealth of information on the

whole family, especially with regard to the taxonomy and nomenclature of

the various sub groups and species. With the idea of making the writer’s

list of 1921 more complete and up-to-date for purposes of reference, this

paper is prepared as a supplement to the same. Al] new forms recorded

from the region since the publication of the list of 1921 and a few that

were omitted from that list by oversight are included here with such notes

on known forms which appeared to the writer to be worth recording. In

addition, the more important changes in taxonomy and nomenclature, especial-

ly those pointed out by Mr. Green, are also indicated. It is believed that

the original list with this supplenent may be of some use to Indian workers

on this group until such time when a complete annotated catalogue of the

family with all up-to-date data can be prepared.

NOTE.— Those forms with an asterisck in the following list are species which

have been referred to in the previous list ; others are new records noted

since then. All new forms with manuscript names were collected by the

writer, and were very kindly identified by Mr. Green. This supplementary

list was also perused by Mr. Green and the necessary amendments made.

and the writer hereby expresses his thanks for the continued help he has been

getting in this manner.

Sub-Family.—MONOPHLEBINZ.

Monophlebus, Burm.

MM. phyllanthi, Green. p. 169. A. M. N. H. xii. 1923. This new species was

confused with JV. contrahens Wik. and was identified as such by Green in his

recently published fifth part of Ceylon Coccide. He has Since found out the

mistake and described it as phyllanthi in the above reference. Material of

phyllanthi has been collected by the writer from Malabar and Godavari on

Cleistanthus and Croton ? respectively.

Lcerya, Sign.

I. purchasi, Maskell. This pest which appears to be a recent introduction

into Ceylon was omitted in the 1921 list; not noted in India as yet; p. 221,

N. Z. Trans., xi, 1878 and p, 436, Green, C. of C. V. 1922. Found in Ceylon on

Acacia, sp. Casuarina, Citrus.

. Green, ‘ Coccide of Ceylon’ Pt. v, 1922.. Dulau & Co., London.

. Green ‘ Supplementary notes on the Coccidz of Ceylon’, Bombay

Natural History Journal, vol. xxviii. 1922, pp. 1007-1037.

. Ramakrishna Aiyar, ‘A Further Contribution to our Knowledge of

South Indian Coccide,’ Report of the 5th Ent. Meeting, Pusa, 1923,

pp. 339-344.

4. Misra, ‘A List of Coccidz in the Pusa Collection ’ 5th Ent. Meeting, Pusa

pp. 345-350, 1923.

5. Green, On Monophlebus Contrahens W, and anewsp p, 168, A,M.N H.,

ii. 1928: |

2 Referred as J/7, tamarindus in previous list, .

oO MNHr

ADDITIONS TO THE INDO-CEYLONESE COCCID FAUNA 451

/. aegyptiaca, Douglas.* (1890) =I. Tangalla, Green (1896) vzde Green,

pe 409, 0t- Cor CH Ve 1922.

I. seychellarum, West.* (1855) =I. Cvrocea, Green (1896) wzde Green, p.

440. C. of C. V., 1922.

I. seychellarum, var nardi Green. p. 441, C. of C. V., 1922 on Andropogon

nardus. Diyatalawa (Ceylon).

Leachia festiva, Kief. Kieffer records this species on mango-Bengal on

p. 163... Marcellia.: xii.: 1908:

I. jacobsoni, Green. p. 316. Tijdschrift V., Ent. lv. 1912 on Shorea

Bangolore. (M. Hassan Coll.)

Walkeriana, Sign.

W. ovilla, Green. p. 448, C. of C. V., 1922, on Hugenta subavenis and

Michelia nilagirica, Hekgala, Ceylon.

Aspidoproctus, Newstead.

Walkeriana cinerea,* Green (a) and W. euphorbie, Green.* (a) are

brought under the genus Aspidoproctus. Green, pp. 450 and 453, C. of

Cw Ww, 1922.

Labtoproctus, Green.

Walkeriana polet, Green. 1896, is brought by Green under this newly

erected genus Labioproctus. p. 453, C. of. C. V., 1922.

Nietnera, Green.

N. bundaluoya, Green 455 C. of C. V. 1922; on Litsea, on cinnamomum,

etc., different places in Ceylon.

Sub-Family.—MARGARODINE

5 Kuwania Ckll.

Monophlebus zeylanicus, Green* (1896) is brought under the above genus,

Green, p. 425: C; of (C..V,, 1922:

The Species is thought to be nearer the Margarodine.

Sub-Family—TacHARDINZ

Chamberlin has recently revised the taxonomy of this group. He erects it

into a family called Lacciferide. According to him the Indo-Ceylonese species

are arranged as under, vzde Bulletin. Ent. Res. xvi. 1925. »

a, Lacciter, Oken

j eae Gace p. 340, Ramakrishna Aiyar. Check list of Coccide,

SP CIGUN areen

1921.

. lacea, Kerr 1

. ebvachiata, Chamberlin. On Ficus, Bangalore. Vide above reference.

SSA

Metacardia, Chamberlin

conchiferata, Green, p. 407. Coccide of Ceylon, vel. v, 1922. On

Mimosa, Anona, croton—Kandy, Jaffna Matale, Ceylon.

Tachardina, Chamberlin

. decorella, Maskell

thee. Green p. 340, Ramakrishna Ayyar’s list of 192].

. dobata, Green, p. 414, C. of C.V., 1922 and p. 340 of Ramakrishna Ayyar’s

list of 1921. On Flacourtia and Fluggea in Ceylon and on Thespesea and

Pongamia in S. India. See also p. 208. Bull. Ent. Res. xiv. 1923.

T. ternata, Chamberlin. Included as doubtful species are Mahdihassan’s,

silvestrtii, pagoliensts, sindica mysorents, communis, and chinensis.

T. minuta, Mor, does not occur in India.

Seehee

Sub-Family—ERIococcus

Er1ococcine

The genus Kermes Boit is brought under the above sub-family by Grecn

p 345, C. of C.Y., 1922,

452 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Voi. XXXi

Eriococcus, Tare.

nuere, Green, p. 349, C. of C.V., 1922. On unknown tree, Nuwara Eliya.

. dbambuse, Green, p. 350, C. of C.V., 1922. On bamboo, Udagamia.

. transversus, Green, p. 351, C. of C.V., 1922. On Arundinaria, Maskeliya.

. tenius, Green, p:.351,/C. of C.V., 1922.) 2On Grass) “Pundalueya.

. rhodomyrti, Green, p. 352. C. of C.V., 1922. On Rhodomyrtus, Nuwara

Eliya.

. osbeckie, Green, p. 353,C. of C.V., 1922. On osbeckia, Namunakuli.

Pseudopulvinaria, Atk.

Lefroyia castenea, Green (1908) * = Pseudopulvinaria sikkimensis, Atk,

(1889) * and is brought under Ayviococcine, Green, p. 345, C. of C.V.,

1922.

my ttt

Sub-Family—ASTEROLECANIINZ

Asterlolecanium, Tare.

A. minutum, Green (J/s.) On bamboo, Dhony, Malabar.

A. gutta, Green, p. 1035, B.J., xxviii. 1922. On Calophyllum walkeri.

Pattipola, Ceylon.

A. loranthi, Green, p. 1036. Do. do. On Loranthus. Hakgala,

Ceylon.

A. pseudomiliaris, Green, p. 1036, B.J., xxviii. 1922. On Bamboo. Pera-

deniya, Ceylon.

A. lineare, Green, is renamed A. lanceolatum by Green p. 461, C. of C.V.,

1922 as the former name appears to be preoccupied.

Polea, Green

This new genus is erected for Green’s Pollinia ceylonica * (1909), p. 461, C.

of G.V:, 1922.

Cerococcus, Comst.

Eviococcus paradoxa, Msk., var indica Green = Cerococcus indicus, Green,

these two are inserted separtely in the previous list by mistake.

Anomalococcus, Green.

A. hirsutus, Green: (Ms.) On awild tree. Sengleteri, Tinnevelly.

A. cremastogastri, Green. This is given in the Pusa list * as from Coim-

batore. This identification appears doubtful as our species is not cremastogastri

but zadicus Green. ({JVs.)

Sub-Fainily—Dactylopiine

Halimococcus, Ckll.

H. borassi Green, p. 360. C. of C. V., 1922. On palmyra’ fronds,

Peradeniya.

Geococcus, Green.

G. vadicum, Green, p. 262. E.M.M., vol. 38. 1902 also p. 361, Chor ORV,

1922, on grass roots. Pundaluoya.

Pseudantonina, Green.

P. bambuse, Green, p. 363, C. of C. V., 1922. On bamboo. Nuwara Eliya.

Pedronia, Green

P. strobilanthis, Green, p. 364, C. of C. V., 1922. On Strobilanthus. Nuwara

Eliya.

Erioides, Green.

E. cuneiformis, Green, p. 365, C. of C. V., 1922. On Hugenia oligantha and

Calophyllum, Nuwara Eliya.

E. rimule, Green, 366, do. deo. Phyllanthus bark and

Eugnymus sp.; Nuwara Eliya

1p, 346. Rpt. of 5 Ent. Meeting, Pusa, 1923.

ADDITIONS TO THE INDO-CEYLONESE COCCID FAUNA 453

Tylococcus, Newstead.

1. tormicari, Greens p= 368, C. of Cu. V.,. 1922. From nests of Cvremasto-

gaster on Grewta. Maha Illuppalama, Ceylon. ;

7 Simpiicior, Green; p. 509, C. of C. .V., 1922, on unknown plants with the

ant Gicophylla, Maha Uluppalama, Ceylon.

[ Notr :—Both the above species are now referred to the genus Harinococcus

of Morrison}.

Pseudococcus, West.

P. kandyensis, Green, p. 373, C. of C. V., 1922. Ongrass. Kandy.

P. pulverarius, Newst, p. 373. Dox do. do. Pundaluoya.

P. pulverarius, subsp. bambuse@, Green, p. 374, C. of C. V., 1922. On bamboo.

Pundaluoya.

Pe cliricuius, Green, p37 /,*C or C.V, 1922. “On leaves ol Czivus."

Peradeniya.

P. monticola, Green, p. 378. Do. do. On elephant grass,

Maskeliya.

P. corymbatus, Green, (Ms.) ana P. nipe, Green, on Casuarina, potato, etc.

are = P. filamentosus, Ckll. var corymbatus, Green, vide p. 3/9,,C. of

CAN 75; 1922. .

crotonis, Green,* = P. lilacinus, Ckll, Green, p. 380, C. of C..V.,.1922,

. maritimus, Erhorn, p. 315, Canad. Ent., 1900, and Green, p, 384, om xr Na;

1922. On Passiflora and Tomato. Pundaluoya.

. comstocki, Kuwana, p. 52. Proc. of Cal. Ac. Sc., iii, 1902. ,Green, p. 386.

Criot.C: V:, 1922, on Loranthus, Pundaluoya.

debvegeasic, Green, p. 388, C. of C. V., 1922. On Debregeasia,

Pundaluoya. )

. detorguens, Green ({Z/s.) On bamboo, shoots, Walayar, Malabar.

ae aes Rose vale is) A

Ferista, Fullaway.

Pseudococcus virgatus, Ckll. is brought under this new genus by Fullaway,

poh Proc. Haw. Ent..Soc., v-1923-

Phenacoccus, Cll.

P. glomeratus, Gréen, p. 389, C. of C. V.,.1922.: On A/ibisuus esculentus atid

Thespesia. Peradeniya.

P. ornatus,” Green, ‘p. 392, C. of C. V., 1922. On Jasminum ‘sp. Ceylon.

Also recorded by the writer on Jasm:} ne from. itidia.

P. spinosus, Robinson, p. 145, Philip. Jour. Sc. xii, 1918 and p. 394. Green,

Cot Ce Vs, 1922, on Ficus, Peradeniya. |

P. hirsutus, Green. Has been recently noted in S. India on Ficus sp. and in

shoots of teak ; rather badly on the latter—Walayar.

P. ballardi, Newst.=P. mangiferae, Green.

Antonina, Sign.

A. maritima,® Green, p. 396, C. of C. V., 1922. On Cyperus, Colombo.

A. bambuse, Msk., p. 237, .N. Z. Tr.,. xxv, 1892 and-Green, ip. 3973.6..0£-€, Vi,

1922. On Bamboo. Peradeniya, also foundin S. India. Nilgiris. (KE. E

Green Coll.) .

Lachnodius, Msk.

L. humboldtie, Green, p. 400. C. of C. V., 1922. on Humboldtia, Yatiyantota,

Ceylon. This species is to come under Lathnodiella, Hemp, according to

Morrison. |

1p. 46, Proc. M. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 60, 1922.

2 pp. 41 and 45. A contribution to our knowledge of S. Indian Coccide by

T. V. Ramakrishna Ayyar, published as Bull. No. 87 of the Pusa Agrl. Res.

Inst., 1919.

° pp. 41 and 45. A contribution to knowledge of S. Indian Coccide by

T. V. Ramakrishna Ayyar, published as. Bull, No. 87 of the Pusa Agrl. mane

Jnst.;) 1919.

454

Xx.

bu NN NNW

SS See SSS

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol.. XXX1

Xenococcus, Silvestri.

annandalei, Silvestri, p. 311, Rec. Ind. Mus., xxvi, 1924; in nest of ant

(Acropyga acutiventris) in roots of Ficus, sp., Madras.

Su b-Family—LECANIINE

Aclerda, Sign.

. japonica, Newst. This has recently been noted on sugarcane in Salem:

S. India.

. ischemi, Green, (Ms.) On Ischemum hirsutum, Sengleteri, S. India.

Cribrolecanium, Green.

. formicartum, Green, p. 639, A. M. N. H., viii, 1921. On Stereospermum

branches with ant. Cremastogaster sp. Ceylon.

. vadicicola, Green, p. 642, A.M.N.H., viii, 1921. On roots of Acacia

auriculiformis, Coimbatore. The food plant given as Cassia was the

writer’s mistake.

Lecanium, Burn.

. mangifere, Green.* On mango, Coimbatore. The first record for Conti-

nental India.

. bicruciatum, Green.* On mango, Tinnevelly. First record for Continental

India.

. desolatum, Green, p. 1020, B.J., xxviii, 1922. On Ficus gibbosa. Pera-

deniya.

. fusiforme, Green, do. do. On unknown plant. Amba-

langoda.

. Uluppalame, Greén, p. 1021, B.J., xxvin, 1922. On: unknown «plant:

Mahaiillupalama.

ixore, Green, p. 1022, do. do. On JLxora Coccine.

Henaratgoda.

. latioperculatum, Green, p. 1022, do. do. On a cwild: (shrub.

Peradeniya. Recently noted by the writer on mango in Coimbatore,

S. India.

. limbatum, Green, p. 1023, B.J., xxviii, 1922. On /vora coccinea, Baticaloa,

Ceylon.

. mancum, Green, p 1023. On Calophyllum. Badulla, Ceylon.

. piperis var namunakul1, Green, p. 1024, B.J., xxviii 1922. On piperis. Sp.

Badulla, Ceylon,

. tesselatum var obsoletum, Green, p. 1024. On Myrtus. Matale.

. tessalatum,* noted on palm in hot house. Nilgiris. |

. trifasciatum, Green, p. 1024, B.J., XXVill, 1922. On Hemicyclea. Bati-

caloa.

. tripartitum, Green, p. 1025, do. * do, On Calophylium Badul-

. ramakvishne, Green, (Ms.) noted on pear. Kulu, N. India, vide Pusa

— list.

NOON

marsupiale, Green,* noted pretty bad on Ficus indicus, Kollegal. S.

India. .

. imbricans and Hemilecanium imbricans,* Green, are same and not differ-

ent as would appear from Pusa list.

Lecan opsis, Tare.

. ceylonica, Green, p. 1026, B.J., xxviii, 1922. Pattipola. Ceylon.

Exaeretopus, Newst.

. farinosus, Green, p. 1027, B.J., xxviii, 1922. On Psychotria bisulcata,

Badulla.

Ceronema, Msk.

. fryeri, Green, p. 1028, B.J., xxviii, 1922. On unknown plant, Maha Illup-

palama.

. zceryoides, Green, p. 1029, do. do. do. Puttalam,

ADDITIONS TO THE INDO-CEYLONESE COCCID FAUNA 455

Ctenochiton, Msk.

C, cinnamoni, Green, p. 1030, B.J., xxviii, 1922. On Cinnamomum. Colombo.

C. fryeri, Green, p.: 1031, do, do, On unknown tree. Vavuniya,

Ceylon.

C. olivaceum, Green p. 1032, do. do. On Pterospermum subert-

folium. Matale, Ceylon.

Cardiococcus, Ckll.

Inglisia bivalata, Green and J. castilloa, Green, are brought under this genus,

vide Green, p. 1034, B.J., xxviii, 1922 ; the former was recently found badly ,

infesting Pongamia glabra shoots in Coimbatore, S. India.

Lecantodiaspis, Tare.

L. mimusopis, Green, p. 1034, B.J., xxviii, 1922. On bark of Mimusops

hexandra. Hambantota, Ceylon.

Pulvinaria, Tare.

. polygonata, Ckll. Pusa list, p. 347, Rept. 5th Ent. Meetg. On mang. Pusa.

. cellulosa, Green, do do. do. do.

. maxima, Green, a memoir on—Ramakrishna Aiyar: Pusa. Ent. Mem.

1925 ; Vol. viii (12) pp. 127-155.

‘yy

Takahashia, Ck.

T. japonica, Ckll. Pusa list, p. 347, Rept. Sth Ent. Meetg. On Mulberry.

Bhimtal, N. India.

Neolecanium, Parr.

N. crustuliforme, Green. This is referred to the genus Platysaissetia by

Cockerell, zide p. 461, Green, C. of C. V. 1922.

Sub-Family—DIASPINzZ

Chionas pis, Sign.

C. gynandropsidis, Green, p. 1017, B.J., xxviii, 1922. On Gynandropsis.

Peradeniya.

C. acuminata var atricolor Green, p. 1017, B.J.,. xxviii, 1922. On carvissa.

Maha Hiuppalama.

C. linearis, Green, p. 1018, B.J., xxviii, 1922. On bamboo leaves. Pera-

deniya.

C. tenera, Green, p. 1019, do. do. On unknown shrub. Maha-

luppalama.

C. pusa, Green, (/Vs.) Pusalist. p. 348, Rept. of the 5th Ent. Meetg. On orange

leaves, Pusa.

C. centripetalts, (Ms. ) Green, do. do. do. On apple

leaves. Kashmir.

C. spp. megaloba, Green, and Hedyotidis, Green, are recorded from N. India

(Pusa list) from Pusa and Kangra respectively.

C. longissima, Green (JW7s.) recently noted on bamboo. Dhony, Malabar.

C. elongata, Green,* recently recorded on bamboo. Dhony, Malabar ; first

record for India.

C. herbe, Green.* On grass. (Coonoor, S. India.) Do.

record for India.

Hemuichionas pis, Ckll.=Pinnaspis, Ckll (an earlier name).

. 6uxi, Bouche. In Pusa list on Dracewrna leaves. Bombay.

. vamakrishnae, Green. (Ms.) on Hugenta Calophyllifolia. Coonoor,

S. India.

P. bauhinia, Green (Ms.) On Bauhinia racemosa Papanasam, Tinnevelly.

alas

Neoleucaspis, Nov. gen. Green (J/s.)

NV. parallela, Green. (Ms.) recently found by the writer on bamboo, Dhony,

Malabar, pO ag

456 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol XXX1,

Sb SoS Sb bs b b&b: bb

> eRe

mM ® BA BA A

mM od A

ales tes elt il,

Diaspis, Costa.

. barbatus, Green, (M/s.) on Lschemum hirsutum. Sengleteri, Tirnevelly..

. boisduvali, Sign, p. 342. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., ix, 1869. Green, p. 464, C.

ot’ C. NF. 1922 on ears Maskeliya noted in S. India also on Orchid.

Ootacamund.

. antiquorum, Green, p. 1011, B. J., xxviii, 1922, on Huphorbia antiquorum

with Parlatoria mangiterc. Green, Elephant Pass, Ceylon.

. bambuse, Green, p. 1012, B. J., xxviii, 1922. On bambo. Yatiantota,

Ceylon.

. heneratgoda, Green, p. 1012 do. On unknown tree. Heneratgoda.

. orientalis, Green, p. 1013 do. On Sapindus. Sigiriana. Ceylon ;

recently noted by the writer on Hemigyrosa. Tinnevelly, S. India.

phenicis, Green, p. 1014, B.J., xxviii, 1922. On Phenix zeylanica.

Mahailluppalma.

. mihiriya, Green, p. 1014 do. On Dichopsis. Bogawantalawa.

. grandilobis, Green, p. 1015 do. On Diospyros. Peradeniya.

amygdal1, Tryon,=D. pentagona, Targ. (Prior name) vzde p. 460, Green,

C. of C. V., 1922. Noted on cherry stem, Assam v7de, Pusa list.

. calyptroides, Costa and D. echinocacti, Bouche are synonyms, though

they are put down as separate in the Pusa list, and Bouche’s name has the

priority.

Fiorinia, Tare.

. fenestrata, Green (M/s.) On Elewocarpus. Nilgiris.

. kandyensis, Green, p. 1016, B. J., xxviii, 1922. On unknown shrub. Kandy.

. secreta, Green. Leonardi brings this under his new genus Adiscofiorinia,

vide p. 52 Genera of Diaspine Fiorinie, 1906.

Aspidiotus, Bouche.

. ambalangoda, Green, p. 1007, 3B. J., xxviii, 1922. On unknown plant.

Ambalangoda, Ceylon.

. calophylli, Green, p. 1008. do. On Calophyllum, Badulla.

. calophyllt, Green, var. symplocos. Green, (J7s.) Symplocos \eaves

Nilgiris.

. tripinnatus, Green (J/s.) On Callistemon leaves, Coonoor.

. longispinus, Green.* Recently noted on Bauhinia racemosa. 'Tinnevelly,

>. andias

. pinnulifera, Msk. Var diversicolor, Green. On Orchid Cymbidium, Nil-

giris.

. pernictosus, Comst., p. 304, U.S. Agrl. Report, 1880. Ou pear, Punjab,

vide Pusa list.

Aonidia, Tare.

. columnitera, -Green,:: p.: 1008,. B. J., xxviii, (1922. * On’ Zurpzna. leaves

Hakegala.

. mesochitinosa, Green, p. 1009 do. do. On Canthium mon-

fanun. Hakgala.

. mimusopts, Green, p. 1009 do. do. On Mimusops hex-

andra. 'Trincomalai.

Gymnas pis, Newstead.

diospyros, Green (J7s.) On Dispyros embryopteris. Mundanthorai. S. India.

producta, Green (J7/s.) do. do. do. S. India.

affinis, Grecn (Ms.) On Ficus bengalensis, Sivalapperi, S. India.

mangitere, Green (J/s. .) On mango leaves do. do

onidia bullata, Green,* is Gymnaspis bullata, Green, vide Green, p. 460, C.

OF Craving 1922.

Lepidosaphes, Schimer.

. albizzi@, Green (Ws.) On stem of Albizzia lebbeck. Coimbatore.

. leucooplee, Green (J/s.) On stem of Accaia leucophlea. Coimbatore.

. punctatissima, Green (47s.) On Albizzia lebbeck. Coimbatore.

. punice, Green (Ms.) On Pomegranate. Coimbatore.

. dilatilobis, Green, p. 1010, B. J., xxviii, 1922. On unknown shrub,

Sigiriya, Ceylon,

ADDITIONS TO THE INDO-CEVLONESE COCCID FAUNA 457

Pseudoparlatoria, Cockerell.

P. pusilla, Green, p. 1010, B. J., xxviii, 1922. On cacao. Peradeniya.

Parlatoria, Tare.

P. camellia, Comst. Recently recorded from South and N. India on Melza

and Aegle, respectively.

P. cristifera, Green (Ms.) On Citrus leaves. Maddur, Mysore.

P. limoniea, Green (J7s.) On Limonia alata. 'Tinnevelly.

P. mesu@, Rth., p. 266, Bull. Ent. Res., v., 1914. On Wesua ferrea. Peradeniya.

P. zeylanica, Rth., p. 113, Bom. Journ., xxiv, 1915. On bamboo, Peradeniya.

P. zeylanica, Rth., p. 114 do. do. On Cinnamomum Pera-

deniya.

For tnis latter species a new name P. rutherfordi is proposed by Green, as

Rutherford has given same namie to two species, vzde p. 1020, B. J. xxviii,

1922.

P. cinnamoma, Rth., p. 114, B.J., xxiv, 1915. On Cinnamomum. Peradeniya.

P. blanchardit, Targ., vide Pusa list. On date. Lyallpur.

P. proteus vat crotonis, Dougl., vide Pusa list. On croton. Pusa.

P. cingala var namunakult, Green, p. 1019, B. J., xxviii, 1922. On unknown

plant. Badulla.

A NOTE ON THE BIRDS OF KULU

HucGu WHISTLER, F.L.S., F.z.S.,

Indian Police.

From the administrative point of view Kulu is the Head-quarters Tehsil of

the Kulu Sub-Division of the Kangra District of the Punjab. This Sub-

Division includes four main areas, namely, Kulu, Saraj, Spiti and Lahul.

From the point of view of Natural Geography we may consider Kulu as the

Upper basin of the River Beas.*

The Beas rises on the Rhotang Rangeof the Central Himalaya at about

13,000’ and its main tributaries are the Parbati, the Sainj, and the Tirthan

which all enter it before the river passes from Kulu territory into that of Mandi

State.

The whole basin is enclosed by very high ranges with a mean elevation of

18,000’ which separate it from the Spiti, Chenab and Ravi Valleys ; spurs from

these ranges extend down to the Banks of the Beas; a lower range which in

its ramifications largely makes up the Saraj Tehsil, separates the Beas basin

from the Valley of the Sutlej.

The net result is a mountain area of the wildest character and most beautiful

scenery. The lowest altitude is about 3,000’ at the Larji Gorge where the Beas

enters Mandi State : from there the main valley rises slowly to Manali 6,000’,

the fertile cultivation and level spaces of the lower parts about Bajaura

vradually contracting until the Beas has become a rushing mountain river

fringed with beautiful Alder beds and frowned upon by rocky precipices.

Cultivation occupies a very small extent of the area ; the greater part of the

country is clothed with magnificent forests, while the upper portions of the

higher ranges are bare and desolate, wreathed in places with perpetual snow.

The avifauna is purely Himalayan in character with the exception of a small

patch cf cultivated country about Bajaura 3,600’. Here there are small

numbers of species which are typical of the plains of India such as Corvus

splendens, Cutsticola juncidis and Anthus rufulus, which have somehow

colonized this remote area amongst the mountains.

My acquaintance with Kulu is of long standing, having commenced in the

year 1910. It has never been my privilege to live in the place but I have

altogether been there six times, twice in early winter (November-December)

and four times in summer (May-August). This of course is in no way

sufficient to allow me to write a proper account of the local avifauna but I have

ventured to place my notes on record, so that they may be available asa guide

to the casual visitor, or a starting point to any one luckier than myself, who

may live in Kulu and prepare a full and detailed account of the birds of a most

interesting area. A considerable number of local specimens of birds and eggs

are in my collection.

In the main these notes refer to Kulu proper but any observations available

regarding Saraj have also been included. I have already published in the

pages of the /ézs my notes on the avifauna of Lahul and Spiti, the other

cantons of the Kulu Sub-Division.

M. Babault who was collecting in India and Ceylon on behalf of the Paris

Museum in 1914 visited the valleys of the Beas and Parbatti on his way to

Ladakh. His observations have been published in the résultats scientifiques

du Mission Babault and the pertinent portions have been included. here for

the benefit of English readers.

_ + The Normal Rainfall in the Kulu Sub-division ts as follows :—

Annual. Jan. Feb. Mar. Ap. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

Banjar...41°54 3°06 2°89 3°22 2°34 2:27 3°64 9:03.48°99,3'58,,0°81 07sb eS

Kulu .s..39°19'4°31..4°18 4°50, 3°07 (2°97 2:34. (5°93967253733 0°9870;62 (1546

Nagar ...49°11)9°47_ 9°38 6°18 3°70 2°55 2°80: 97-8247-735 74-06. 1-08 10286031

A.NOTE GN THE BIRDS OF KULU 459

A few notes by other observers have also been incorporated into this account,

including a list of specics furnished by Mr. C. H. Donald to the local

Gazetteer.

Corvus corax tibetanus Hodgs. The Tibetan Raven.

M. Babault includes the Tibetan Raven amongst the list of birds that he

met with at Tchari Djony between May 27 and June 2, that is to say about

the border between Spiti and Kulu. It is of course fairly common in Spiti

and Lahul. According to Stoliczka ‘ only very few come down in winter to

Kulu.’

Corvus coronoides intermedius Adams. The Jungle Crow.

The Jungle Crow is a common and resident species throughout Kulu,

occurring alike in village, forest and alpine pasture. I have seen it following

caravans to the summit of the Rhotang Pass 13,000 ft. and it may be said to

go wherever man goes, occupying in this mountain area the position of the

parasite on man that Corvus splendens is in the plains. Nests with young were

observed in May and June.

Corvus splendens Vieill. The House Crow.

It is curious that there is an isolated colony of this Crow in the Kulu Valley

about Bhuin and Bajaura : here the species is common for a stretch of about

10 miles, and I have seen a single individual (August 6, 1923) by the Beas a

mile above Sultanpur. These birds are resident and ‘have eggs about the

middle of June. In the surrounding parts of Kuiu they appear to be unknown

and I have seen none in Mandi or in the Kangra Valley with the exception of a

few birds at Dhelu 4,000 ft. (November 23, 1923).

M. Babault obtained 2 males at Bajaura and attributes them to the race

C.s. zugmayert, but these Kulu birds appear to me rather to belong to the

typical race. The valley about Bajaura is the habitat of several other familiar

birds of the plains, it is interesting to note, such as Dicrurus macrocercus,

Anthus rufulus, and Cisticola juncidis.

Corvus monedula (L.). The Jackdaw.

Hume states (N. and E. 2nd ed. I. 12) of the Jackdaw ‘I have seen it in the

hills in summer as far east as the Valley of the Beas.’ Itis a pity that he

never amplified this record as it has been the basis of a good deal of error

regarding the breeding range of this bird, which | have already discussed in the -

Journal (xxix. 161). In any case the occurrence must have been exceptional as

in the course of six visits to Kulu, both summer and winter, I have never met

with a single Jackdaw.

Urocissa melanocephala occipitalis (Blyth). The Red-billed Blue Magpie.

M. Babault seems to have met with this Magpie fairly commonly in May and

June, about the Dulchi Pass, Bajaura, Tchong, and Naggar, and he preserved

4specimens. This is a slight extension of the known range which was hitherto

considered to be bounded on the west by the Sutlej Valley. Although on the

look out for the species I have personally failed to meet with it in Kulu.

Urocissa flavirostris cuculiata Gould. The Yellow-billed Blue Magpie.

Gould’s type of this race was obtained in the Kulu Valley and is now in the

British Museum. This Magpie is one of the most common and noticeable

birds in Kulu, with its beautiful colour, long graceful tail, and remarkable

range of notes. It is found everywhere up to about 7,000 ft. and is particularly

common in the Alder groves along the Beas. I have never found the nest

but have seen fledged young on June 25.

Dendrocitta formosce occidentalis Ticehurst. The Himalayan Tree Pie.

I have observed this sobre looking Treepie in Kulu as follows :—A party at

ramghar (5,000 feet) and one at Dhobi on November 30, 1922: a party includ-

ing young of the year at Aramghar on July 9, 1923; a couple at 5,000 feet in the

Parbatti Valley above Jhari on November 10, 1923.

It is common along the Mandi Valley from "Mandi to Dhelu,

460 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

Garrulus lanceolatus Vigors. The Black-throated Jay.

M. Babault obtained a male at Jhari and a pair on the Dulci ; Pass in May or

June. I have observed it as follows :—One on the road at Jaggatsukh on June

18, 1921; one by the Beas road at Largi on June 29, 1921; one near Katrain on

December 6, 1922. It appears to be less common in Kulu than along the outer

ranges of the Western Himalayas.

Nucifraga caryocatactes hemispila Vigors. The Himalayan Nutcracker.

Hume says (N. and E. 2nd ed. I. 30) ‘my people have taken the nest with

young in April below the Jalauri Pass.’ M. Babault obtained specimens at

Manikaran, Tcho-ti and Pulgain May and June, full feathered young of the

year being shot on May 19, at Pulga.

The Nutcracker is a common bird in the Pine Forests of Kulu from 5,000 to

9,000 feet according to the late General Osborn (Journal, B.N.H.S. xv., 712) who

says ‘in fact it follows the region of the Pinus excelsa, the seeds of which

furnish it to a great extent with food. The volume of the Journal cited above,

contains several notes on a controversy whether the Nutcracker or the Flying

squirrel was responsible for damage done to walnuts, which ended in the

blame being laid at the rodent’s door.

I have observed the Nutcracker in:many localities in Kulu. In summer it

may always be heard in the Silver Fir Forest about 7,000-9,000 feet on the

Bhubhu Pass. I have heard it in June at 9,000 feet in the Nullah below the

northern face of the Jalouri Pass. In July at 7,000 feet on the Dulchi Pass, in

August above Manali on the Kothiroad at 7,000 feet, and in July at 9,500 feet at

the entrance to the Hampta Nullah. In November 1923 I saw many pairs from

Manikaran to Pulga, 5,000-9,000 feet. In December I tiave heard it from 6,500

to 8,000 feet behind Katrain and Baragraon.

Pyrrhocorax pyrrhocorax (L.). The Common Chough.

M. Babault observed this species at Tchari-Djony at the end of May, in great

numbers at Kothi on June 28, and on the Rhotang on June 29.

During the summer months the Chough may be observed commonly in pairs

or in flocks on the alpine pastures from the Beas tunnel at Kothi (8,000 ft.) to

the summit of the Rhotang Pass, 13,000 ft. Herel believe they breed here as on

May 25, a couple of birds emerged from stick nests in the face ofa cliff by

Rahla Rest House, which however proved to be quite inaccessible.

They are doubtless common on similar elevations throughout Kulu though I

have only the following records :—June 8, 1919, Malasu Nullah a few over the

snow ; June 16, 1922, a small party flying high over the Jalori Pass ; September

15, 1923, some at Serahan ; October 3], 1923, 3 on road at summit of Bhubhu

Pass. Presumably during the winter they move down to the bottom of the

valleys though there is no record on the point.

Pyrrhocorax graculus (L.). The Alpine Chough.

M. Babault obtained a male at Tchari-Djony at the end of May.

According to Stoliczka this chough (which is so familiar in Lahul and Spiti)

is in the cold weather specially common in Kulu.

Parus major kaschmiriensis Hart. ‘The Kashmir Grey Tit.

This Tit isacommon and resident species along the valleys at altitudes of

from 3,000 to 6,00) feet from Manali to Larji along the Beas and in the side valleys

at similar elevations. I found a nest with young in the trunk of an alder tree at

Raisan on June 19.

Parus monticola Vigors. ‘The Green-backed Tit.

The Green-backed Tit is common in Kulu ina slightly higher zone than the

ate

last species, starting in summer at about 5,000 feet. I found a nest with

feathered young in a stump at Manali on May 22.

Lophophanes melanolophus. (Vig.). The Crested Black-Tit.

This cherry little Tit is common in summer in the highest forests from about

6,000 to 10,000 feet ; during the winter it descends to a lower zone and then is one

of the most prominent members of the hunting parties that are such a feature

of Himalayan bird life. I found a nest with naked young on May 25, in a large

A NOTE ON THE BIRDS OF KULU 461

hole high in the trunk of an oak tree by Rahla Rest House, and another nest with

5 moderately incubated eggs on June 16, in the trunk of a Yew-tree by Shoja

Rest House.

There is little to note on this bird’s behaviour; he is always busy in the

search for food high in some moss-grown giant of the forest, and the soft gold-

crest-like note ‘chee chee’ will be heard long before the tiny bird is seen in

the branches above one: sometimes he is alone, at other times two or three

wander about in loose companionship, and in winter flocks of up to 50 in number,

collect and join the hunting parties. In spring they rest occasionally from the

incessant hunt for food, and from the top of some lofty twig utter the loud clear

call note ‘ want you need you want you need you’ or deed you ‘ deed you deed

you’.

Lophophanes rufonuchalis rufonuchalis. (Blyth). ‘The Simla Black-Tit.

M. Babault records obtaining a male from Pine forest in the Valley of Kuiu

in May without giving more exact data.

I came across a party at 10,000 ft. on the northern slope of the Jalouri Pass

on June 17, 1922.

It of course breeds commonly in the Junipir forests of Lahul and is probably

more numerous in Kulu than the above records indicate.

Machlolophus xanthogenys xanthogenys (Vigs.). The Yellow-clieeked Tit.

M. Babault obtained a male on the Dulchi Pass on April 29. I have not met

with the species in Kulu.

Agithaliscus niveogularis (Moore). The White-throated Tit.

On June 17, 1922, I secured 4 specimens, 2 adults 2 juveniles, from a family

party in a patch of sallow scrub; the young had clearly been hatched in the

neighbourhood. This was at 9,800 ft. on the Kulu side of the Jalouri Pass not

far from the summit.

On November 16, 1923, I almost certainly saw one of these tits in some

bushes at 4,800’ by Banjar but a dog disturbed it before ! could verify the

identification beyond doubt.

Agithaliscus concinnus iredalei Stuart Baker. ‘The Red-headed Tit.

The Red-headed Tit is fairly common in Kulu and I have met it in summer

from 5,500° up to 7,500’. In winter it descends as low as river level though I

have also seen it as high as 6,500’ at that season. In all probability there is

little seasonal altitudinal movement in this species.

Sitta himalayensis Jard. and Selby. ‘The White-tailed Nuthatch.

I procured a male on June 17, 1922, at 6,500’ near Jhibbi.

Sitta leucopsis leucopsis Gould. The White-cheeked Nuthatch.

M. Babault procured a pair at Pulga in May and June and remarks that it

was more common at Tcho-ti than in the former place. In early November

at Pulga I heard a Nuthatch very commonly in the pine forests from 7,000 to

9,000’ and believe that it was this species.

On June 17, 1922, I saw one in company with a party of Parus rufonuchalis at

10,000’ on the Kulu side of the Jalouri Pass.

Garrulax albogularis whistleri Stuart Baker. ‘The White-throated Laughing

Thrush.

M. Babault obtained two males and a female in the neighbourhood of

Bajaura and the Dulchi Pass at the end of April, and he also found a nest

containing 2 young birds with feathers commencing to sprout.

Trochalopterum erythrocephalum erythrocephalum Vigors. The Red-headed

Laughing Thrush.

Hume says of this Laughing Thrush (N. and Eggs. 2nd edn. vol. i, 55)

apparently including Kulu :—‘ From Kumaon westwards, at any rate as far as

the Valley of the Beas, next to 7. dineatum the most common species of the

genus’. I have however only seen a single individual in Kulu and that at

Kasol on November 6, 1925.

452 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1.

Trochalopterum variegatum variegatum (Vigors). The Eastern Variegated

Laughing Thrush.

This Laughing Thrush appears to be a common bird in Kulu, breeding on

the higher ridges from 8,000 to 10,000 ft. and moving down in winter to a lower

zone, but I have no very detailed information about it. In Lahul the western

form 7. v. simile occurs and the Rhotang Range is therefore probably one of

the boundaries between the two races. It would be interesting to verify which

bird is found in the Solang nullah and the forests settee along the southern

iace of the Rhotang.

Trochalopterum lineatum tineatum * (Vigors). The Nepalese Streaked Laughing

Thrush.

The Streaked Laughing Thrush is one of the commonest birds of Kulu from

Larji upwards to a height of at least 8,500 ft. in all the valleys. During summer

it is scarce along the bottom of the valley from Sultanpur to Larji though

some may always be found in the swamp between Bhuin and Bajaura, and in

Kulu, as elsewhere, the bird is doubtless subject to a good deal of altitudinal

movement according to season. It keeps much more to the ground than the

other species of Laughing Thrush, and shuffles along in tangles of grass, bracken

and other low herbage, flirting its wings and jerking the long tail, the

members of a flock keeping up an incessant conversational squeaking in low

querulous notes. It seldom ascends into trees and when disturbed from the

undergrowth it merely flies a short distance down hill and pitches into the

nearest cover into which it quickly threads its way out of sight.

Grammatoptila striata striata. (Vig.). The Striated Laughing Thrush.

M. Babault met with this large Laughing Thrush at Kothi on June 28.

There appears to be no other Kulu record though as it is common at Kotegnar

in winter Stolickza may have been right in his conjecture that these birds bred

in the higher forests of Kulu.

Pomatorhinus erythrogenys erythrogenys Vigors. The Rusty-cheeked Scimitar-

Babbler.

Hume includes the valley of the cae in his account of the distribution of this

species (N. and E. 2nd ed. vol. i, 87) but I have not met with the bird

actually in Kulu. It is common in Mandi State and Kangra at elevations from

2,000 to 6,000 ft.

Stachyridopsis pyrrhops (Blyth). Red-billed Babbler.

The Red-billed Babbler is resident and apparently not uncommon in Kulu. I

have met with it in June about 5,000 to 5,500’ in the main valley from Sultan-

pur to Naggar, and in November at Sultanpur 4,000’ and in the Parbatti Valley

about Jari 5,000’.

Siva strigula strigula Hodgs. The Stripe-throated Siva.

I met a party of these Sivas on June 17, 1922, insome thick scrub at 9500 to

10,000’ on the Kulu side of the Jalouri Pass: they doubtless breed here and in

similar situations on other ranges. In winter they move lower down and |

found a flock at 5,000’ on the Kraon road on November 27, 1922.

Ixulus flavicoilis albicollis Ticehurst and Whistler. The Yellow headed Ixulus.

There is a patch of Chestnut Forest at 5,500’ on the road below Kraon where

I have met with a party of the Ixulus in the same trees in May, July, August,

and November. Otherwise I have only procured it in Kulu on December 5,

1922, from 7,000’ in the hill-side jungle behind Katraian.

Pteruthius xanthochloris occidentalis Harington. ‘The Green Shrike-Tit. .

Stoliczka says ‘Only 3 specimens were shot, in February 1867. in the

southern part of Kulu.’ There is no other record.

Microscelis psaroides psaroides (Vigors). The Himalayan Black-Bulbul.

In summer this Bulbul breeds throughout Kulu from Larji 3,000’ up to 6,000’

and doubtless higher in all the valleys and on the hill-sides. I have observed a

few in November and early December at about 4,000’ to 6,000’ but tie moa

probably leave to winter in the outer ranges.

* oviscicentior of Hartert.

A NOTE ON THE BIRDS OF KULU 463

Moipastes leucogenys leucogenys, (Gray). The White-cheeked Bulbul.

A common and resident species in Kulu and Saraj from the bottom of the

valleys up to a height of about 7,000 ft., I have found nests in June.

Certhia himalayana Vigors. The Himalayan Tree-Creeper.

A fairly common species throughout the Sub-division, usually seen with the

mixed hunting parties except in the breeding season. It is a resident but

moves altitudinally according to season.

Tichodroma muraria. (L.). The Wall-Creeper.

A common winter visitor to the sub-division where I have seen it in

November and December along the valleys from 3,000’ to 5,000’. A few

perhaps breed at high altitudes along the Rhotang chain, but of this there is as

yet no record.

The Wall-Creeper attracts the attention of the least observant in Kulu by its

habit of feeding about the cuttings and retaining walls of the roads, climbing

over their surfaces with a jerky mode of progression and a continual down-

ward flick of the outer primaries. It takes to flight with reluctance before the

passerby launching out into the air with a hovering undecided flight resembling

that of the Hoopoe, a resemblance heightened by the long bill and broad

round spotted wings, only to settle again a short distance ahead. It is also

very partial to the large boulders that line the sides of the river beds, and it

may often be found feeding on the stones close to the edge of the water. I have

only once seen it climbing on atree trunk. It occasionally flies up and

endeavours to take an insect on the wing. Nowhere else have I seen this

species so common as in Kulu.

Troglodytes troglodytes neglectus Brooks. The Wren.

In Kulu proper J have met with it in small numbers in November and December

at heights from 5,000’ to 8,000’, and it is doubtless a resident in the sub-

division breeding in a higher zone about the edge of forest growth.

This is one of the Himalayan birds that is most reminiscent to the exile from

England, being, as it is, one of the few birds that is a race of an actual British

species. It recalls the home bird in its demeanour and ways. Attention is drawn

to it by the harsh and rather scolding metallic note ‘ chit chit chittrr’, as it

flies from some tangle of herbage at the foot of a stunted bush to the litter

of boulders that mark some forgotten landslide ; it threads its way amongst the

stones, now for a space disappearing into the hollows and crevices below them,

then emerging on to some stone. There it waits fora moment, the tail cocked

upwards and the head stiffly held back, often so far that the beak points almost

directly upwards. It is intensely restless, a mass of nerves, incessantly bobbing

and bowing, and turning first to one side and then tothe other. Usually it is

averse to taking flight but progresses amongst stone and hollow in little jerks and

starts, with short flights of merely a foot ortwo; but once convinced that

danger threatens it leaves for distant cover with a flight that is straight and

strong and fairly fast. The song is loud and cheerful, as in the English bird, and

is freely uttered in the bleakest of surroundings where drifts of snow coil

amongst the debris of a rockbound nullah.

Pncepyga albiventer pallidior Kinnear. The Scaly-breasted Wren.

In November and December I found this quaint little ball of a bird fairly

common in the valleys cf Kulu and Inner Saraj between 3,600’ and 6,500’. It is

a most arrant skulker keeping to thick bracken and evergreen undergrowth,

preferably in the alder groves, in the dampest and most secluded situations. I

have even found it in the water-logged tussocks of the Bhuin marsh. It creeps

about close to the ground like a mouse and hardly ever takes to wing, and

specimens may be secured only with the greatest difficulty. The callisa loud

single note, quite unlike that of 7voglodytes, but more warbler-like in character.

Tesia castanéocoronata castaneocoronata (Burton). The Chestnut-headed Wren.

The western limit of this beautiful wren is given in the Faunaas Garhwal

bat in November and December I found that it was not uncommon in the Kulu

Valley about Sultanpur, and it was also reported to me from the Parbatti Valley.

It was found in similar situations as Pnoepyga a. pallidior and has similar habits.

The call note is a loud slightly double squeak, rather reminiscent of the note of

Phylloscopus humazz.

404 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL GIST. SOGIETY, Vol. XXX.

Cinclus cinclus cashmeriensis Gould. The Kashmir Dipper.

M. Babault met with this species about Pulga and Garampani between

May 17 and June 4. I have not met with it in Kulu though it occurs at the

Chandra Lake 14,000’ and in Spiti at 13,000’ across the border.

Cinclus pallasii tenuirostris Pallas. The Brown Dipper.

The Brown Dipper is one of the most characteristic of the birds of Kulu and

Saraj, where it is found throughout the year on the Beas and its various

tributary streams : during the summer it is found up to 9,000’ and 10,000’ : but

in the winter the birds become distinctly more common in the main valley and

its probable that they then leave the highest zone of their summer habitat. I

have not been able to find the egys but birds in the spotted juvenile plumage

are to be seen about in May and it is probably an early breeder.

The Dipper is a most active bird, never still and always busy. The harsh

call ‘ dzchit dzchit ’ is a familiar sound along every stream, shrill enough to be

heard easily above the roar of the waters; it heraldsthe approach of the small

plump brown bird that flies swiftly along a foot or two above the surface of the

water, swaying from side to side amongst the boulders and only making a

detour over land to avoid some intruder at the water’s edge ; the wings appear

rather small for the stout body and to make up for this they are vibrated very

quickly in flight in sustained beats followed by a pause.

Settling on a stone the bird bows and jerks from side to side; or immediately

starts feeding, keeping its foot-hold easily on slippery stones and disappearing

under water either diving or walking. It swims freely on the broader pools,

looking like a miniature moorhen, now and again diving and disappearing for

a space.

On one occasion I was watching a Dipper standing on arock and preening

its plumage when thematearrived. The first bird immediately stretched itself

high on its legs, with the tail pointing straight downwards, and the head and

neck extended to their full length with the beak pointing to the sky; it stood

thus for some time with the wings whirring rapidly, the whole doubtless forming

2 courting display.

Larvivora brunnea (Hodgs.). The Indian Blue Chat.

M. Babault obtained a male at Pulga in May or June. I believe that I heard

the song near Diwal village above Manal’s at 7,000’ on July 11, 1923.

Hodgsonius phoenicuroides (Hodgs.). Hodgson’s Short-wing.

M. Babault obtained 2 females at Tchari-Djony and noted the species about

Pulga and Garampani at the end of May or beginning of June.

Mr. Wells kindly presented me with a male which he had shot from a nest

containing 3 young (hatched on July 8, 1922) near Chikka 10,000’ in the

Jaggatsookh Nala. The nest was a cup of coarse grass lined with hair, placed

about a foot from the ground in a low bush amongst some large boulders.

A second nest was also found.

Saxicola caprata bicolor Sykes. The Pied Bush-Chat.

The Pied Bush-Chat is a summer visitor to the lower parts of the Kulu Valley

and breeds in abundance up to a height of about 4,000’, from Larji to

Suitanpur and Manglaur.

Saxicola torquata indica Blyth, The Indian Stone-Chat.

Hume states (N. and ‘E. 2nd ed. ii. 48) that he has found numbers of

the nests in the valley of the Beas below Bajaura, but he presumably means

at higher elevations on the hillsides; for in my experience the Stone-Chat

does not breed in the same areaas S.c. d1color but occupies a higher zone

from 4,000’ upwards, commencing in the valley only about Sultanpur and

becoming common about 6.000’ as at Manali and Banjar. M. Babault

procured specimens at the foot of the Rhotang and in the Parbatti Valley.

During the winter the species is fairly common along the valley from

Katrain to Bajaura.

Oreicola ferrea ferrea (Gray.). The Western Dark-grey Bush-Chat.

Hume says (Nand §.° 2nd ed. ii.) 51), have found, many nests) in

Kulu .. . one near Sultanpur.’ This Bush Chat breeds commonly through-

A NOTE ON THE BIRDS: OF KULU 465

out Kuli and Inner Saraj at elevations from 5,500 to 8,000’. The majority

probably leave the Sub-division in winter but in November and December

I met with a few along the valley from Sultanpur to Bhuin.

CEnanthe deserti (Temm.). The Desert Wheatear.

According to Stoliczka the Desert Wheatcar occasionally winters in Kulu ;

if so it would be of interest to discover which race .is represented by these

birds.

Enicurus maculatus maculatus Vigors. The Western Spotted Forktail.

The Forktail is a familiar species on the streams of the Kulu Sub-division

being found at all elevation up to about 8,000’. It is a resident bird and

probably not subject to any particular altitudinal movements according to

season. It attracts the attention of even the least observant by the conspicuous

black and white plumage, with the distinguishing white cross of St. Andrew

across the back, and the long-forked tail which is swayed upwards and down-

wards vertically, slowly and with infinite grace, as the bird moves about the

stones and banks of the streams that it frequents. The Forktail is not shy

and continues to feed even in the near presence of an observer, sidling and

turning on the stones, now facing one way, then turning round to the other.

The call is loud and distinctive, and in the woodbound streams of the side

nullah, is cften the only indication of the bird’s presence as it flies up or down

the stream through the undergrowth disturbed by the approach of an intruder.

Babault found naked young in a nest on June 7.

Microcichla scouleri scouleri (Vigors). The Little Forktail.

The Little Forktail appears to be not uncommon in Kulu and Saraj for

I have met with at least 2 pairs at Banjar 4,500’ in June, a pair below Manali

at 6,000’ one at Rahla 8,800’ and one at Jhikka 10,000’ (Hampta Nala) all

in July. In November and December I have found it in the Beas Valley at

Sultanpur 4,000’, and inthe Parbatti Valley at Jari, Kasol, and Manikaran

4,000-6,000’ .

Pheenicurus frontalis (Vigors). The Blue-fronted Redstart.

This handsome Redstart breeds at 13,000’ amongst the rocky ledges of the

summit of the Rhotang Pass, where I have observed it in June. In the same

month it also breeds in the scrub on the northern face of the Jalouri Pass at

10,500’. Babault collected a pair in May or June at Ghary and says that he

often surprised them in the bushes on the bank of the Parbatti, which seems

curiously low for this species in summer. It doubtless breeds along the

summit of all the high ranges in the Sub-division.

In November and December I have observed the species on the hillside

behind Katraian and at Pulga 7,000’.

Pheenicurus ochrurus pheenicuroides (Moore). The Black Redstart.

On July 27, 1922, I observed a few Black Redstarts below the summit of the

Hampta Pass at 13,000’ and they probably breed here as they do in Spiti and

Lahul, where they are amongst the most characteristic birds of those high

valleys. Babault collected a pair at Manikaran and a male on the Rhotang,

but he gives no details to show whether the Manikaran birds were breeding

oron passage. ‘T’here are no winter records for Kulu so perhaps the Sub-

division, like the Simla and Dharmsala ranges, lies outside the winter range

and regular migration routes of this common and wide-spread 'species.

Chaimarrhornis leucocephalus (Vigors). ‘The White-capped Redstart.

During the breeding season the White-capped Redstart is common and

breeds on the Beas from 7,000 ft., above Manali, to its source on the Rhotang

Pass 13,000 ft., and doubtless at similar elevations on all the larger streams.

I have found fresh eggs at Rahla on July 11, and on the same day another

half-built nest, so it appears to be somewhat of a Jater breeder than most birds.

At this season it is distinctly a bird of high elevations and may be found up to

16,000 ft., in Lahul and elsewhere. During the winter months the species

moves down to a lower zone and the birds are then extremely common

throughout the valleys of Kulu, and even lower down into the foot-hills of the

Himalayas.

466 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

Like the Plumbeous Redstart, the White-capped Redstart is most strictly

a water bird but it differs from the former in its wider interpretation of what the

term ‘water’ includes: for in addition to the rivers, streams and rills, it is

found about wet mossy cliffs, precipitous marshy banks and similar situations

in which the Plumbeous Redstart does not occur. Like it, however, it is

pre-eminently a bird of boulders amongst rushing water, and here the two

species are found together, fly-catching with little erratic flights from stone to

stone. As with most Redstarts, the tail is an expressive organ. Continuously

the bird beats the tail up and down, from well above the line of the back

almost to touch the stone on which it is sitting, frequently accompanying the

action with a deep bow ; and this is done with the tail either closed or partly

spread. As it starts to fly or settles the tail is fanned open, a glorious glimpse

of chestnut and black. The ordinary call note is a loud plaintive squeak

“teeee ’ audible some way off.

Rhyacornis fuliginosus (Vigors). The Plumbeous Redstart.

The Plumbeous Redstart is one of the commonest and most characteristic

birds of Kulu and Saraj. It is never found away from the rivers and larger

streams, and with that reservation, may be looked for anywhere between

4,000 ft. and 10,000 ft., in summer. It does not, however, care for the broader

and hotter stretches of the Beas between Sultanpur and Larji. During the

winter it leaves the higher zone of its range, and while at that season great

numbers pass down to the waters of the foothills, it remains sufficiently common

in Kulu up to at least 6,000 ft. It breeds throughout its range in May, June

and July. The nests are built on ledges of rocks, in holes under earthern

banks, in crevices between boulders and stones, in hollows in the trunks of

Alder trees, in ivy on tree trunks and any similar situation, always provided

that it is within a few yards of the water’s edge.

The nest is a neat cup made of moss mixed with a few roots and leaves, and

is lined with fine roots and fibres and occasionally wool and hair. The eggs

are pale greenish in colour speckled and blotched fairly heavily with markings

of reddish brown. ‘They are usually four in number.

These graceful little birds strike the notice of even the least observant. No

patch of stream is without its pair which spend all their time on the boulders

in the middle of the rushing water, with occasional excursions to the bank or

the bough of some handy tree. They flit from stone to stone and continuously

make erratic little fluttering darts into the air after some passing insect ; and

as they settle the conspicuously coloured tail, chestnut in the cock, black and

white in the hen, is slightly fanned and wagged up and down, the movement

being repeated at intervals until the next little dart into the air. They are as

quarrelsome as restless, and appear to have sharply defined territories, for the

male with a provocative little snatch of song is alway launching attacks at the

intruder from some other pair, dashing at it and chasing it back to its own

borders, regardless of sex. The short song is rather sweet and jingling and

the hen also shares it; it may be heard occasionally in winter as well as in the

breeding season. It is uttered either from some boulder in midstream or in

the air as the little bird slowly flies with even movement but rapidly vibrating

wings in a short parabola from one rock to another.

Cyanosylvia cyanecula abbotti Richmond. ‘The Bluethroat.

A fine adult male Bluethroat was seen at Manalion May 23, 1921, at 6,000 ft.

but I could not obtain it. From the bright colour of the breast I attributed it

to this form.

Grandala celicolor Hodgs. Hodgson’s Grandala.

This rare and beautiful bird must breed at high elevations at the head of the

Parbatti Valley, as Babault procured a male and female with the organs

developed at Tchari-Djony between May 27, and June 2, 1914. It may be

noted also that Stewart obtained some specimens from the collection of a

Mr. Procknow, a missionary at Koteghar, which the latter said were ‘ strictly

mountaineers and only got several marches in near the snow’ (Zoologist)

1886, 439).

Calliope pectoralis pectoralis Gould. The Himalayan Rubythroat,

Babau!t obtained a male. at Ghary on May 13,

A NOTE ON THE BIRDS OF KULU 467

Rubythroats breed on the ascent to the Rhotang Pass at about 12,000 ft.

amongst boulders on the open hillside, a locality in which I have observed

them in June, July and early August.

Tarsiger chrysaeus whistleri Ticehurst. The Golden Bush-Robin.

I saw a male at Jari 5,000 ft. on November 6, 1923.

lanthia cyanura pallidiora Stuart Baker. ‘The Red-flanked Bush-Robin.

In the middle of June I have found this species common and breeding from

Shoja to the summit of the Jalouri Pass in the forest zone hetween 9,000 tt. and

10,000 ft., and it doubtless breeds on similar ridges throughout the Sub-division.

One was seen at 6,500 ft. behind Katraian on December 3, 1922.

Adelura ceruleocephala (Vigors). The Blue-headed Robin.

In Nests and Eggs 2nd ed. vol. ii, 69, Hume records the taking of an egg of

this species in the Humpta Nala at about 11,000 ft. He admits to the possi.

bility of error, and the description certainly does not agree with eggs that I have

taken in Lahul.

In winter this bird appears in the valleys of Kulu and Saraj and I have seen

it in November and December from 4,000 ft. to 7,000 ft. both at Banjar and

along the Beas Valley.

Saxicoloides fulicata cambaiensis (Lath.). The Brown-backed Indian Robin.

Stoliczka states that this familiar species is common in Kulu but I have not

met with it ; its existence there seems unlikely.

Copsychus saularis saularis (L.). The Magpie-Robin.

Observed in fair numbers at Sultanpur 4,000 ft. in May, June, and July, nests

with feathered young being found on June 23 and July 29. A pair were seen

at Manglaur Rest House, Inner Saraj 3,800 ft. on June 19, 1922. It isa summer

visitor only and apparently leaves in August.

Turdus atrogularis Temm. The Black-throated Thrush.

A common winter visitor observed in the valleys in November and

December,

Turdus unicolor Tickell. Tickell’s Ouzel.

Only observed at about 6,000 ft. towards Manali, where I have seen one or

two in May, June and July.

Geocichla wardi (Jerdon). ‘The Pied Ground-Thrush.

_ 1 found a small flock of 5 or 6 individuals at 6,000’ near Manali on May 24 and

25, 1921. They were feeding in brush-wood in a small wooded nullah by

cultivation and flew up into the trees when disturbed.

On july 5, 1923, I met with a pair with newly fledged young in a similar spot

by Kraun Rest House 6,000’.

Arceuthornis viscivorus bonapartei (Verr.). The Missel Thrush.

Babault met with the Missel Thrush on the Dulchi Pass between April 29,

and May 1. Hume obtained the nest above Juggutsukh. On June 16, 1922,

! saw 2 or 3 at 10,000’ along the crest of the Jalouri ridge in the forests of

Kharshu Oaks, whence they came to feed on the open summit of the ridge.

On December 8, 1922, 2 were seen in the Birch forest above Baragraon

near Katraian.

Oreocincla mollissima (Blyth). The Plain-backed Mountain-Thrush.

Babault obtained a male at Tcho-Ti in May or June.

Oreocincla dauma dauma (Lath.). The Small-billed Mountain-Thrush.

“I saw what was probably one of these Thrushes on the road below Manali

6,000’ on May 22, 1921.

Monticola erythrogastra' (Vigors). The Chestnut-bellied Rock-'Chrush.

On November 30, 1922, I saw 2 males flying together about the tops of some

Alder trees inthe Aramghar marsh near Raisan 4,500’. Babault found the

species at Ghary and Tchong in the breeding season,

468 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

Monticola cinclorhyncha (Vigors). The Blue-headed Rock-Thrush.

A common summer visitor noted in May, June, July and August from 5,000’

to 6,000’.

Monticola solitaria pandoo (Sykes). The Blue Rock-Thrush.

On June 23, 1922, I found a nest with 4 partly feathered young in a rocky

bank above cultivationin the valley below Sultanpur at 4,000’. A few birds

noted about this area in June and July and a male seen at 6,000’ above Manali

on June 17, 1921, complete my Kulu records for the species. Babault however

procured several specimens in May or June at Ghary, Manikaran, Pulga and

Tcho-ti.

Myiophoneus temminckii temminckii (Vigors). The Himalayan Whistling-Thrush.

The Whistling Thrush with its deep blue black plumage and yellow bill must

often be mistaken in Kulu by tourists and sportsmen for the English blackbird.

It can indeed escape the notice of few as it is excessively common throughout

the valleys up to 11,000’ in sumimer and to aslightly lower elevation about 8,000’

in winter, while its large size, bold demeanour and noisy calls invariably draws

attention to it. Primarily it is a bird of the rivers and mountain streams, but

its strong flight enables it to wander freely about the precipitous crags and

heavy woods that line every valley, and there is scarcely any piece of Kulu

scenery that the traveller will stop to regard withcut sooner or later seeing one

of these birds dash across the picture, and without hearing the melodious

whistle or the harsh loud song mingling with the roar of the waters and easily

rising above it; there is a peculiarly eerie squealing character in the song

which truly matches it with its surroundings.

There is something very tight-trussed about the appearance of the Whistling

Thrush as he hops and flies from boulder to ledge, from the ground to the

broad branches of the alders and chestnuts ; his hard shiny feathers are pressed

close to the body and as the long tail sways slowly upwards above the long legs

he has all the appearance of balancing on tip-toe, like asmart recruit awaiting

his sergeants’ word of command.

The nest is easily found, for it is a large massive cup of the usual Blackbird

type and the bird depends for its protection, not on concealment but on the

inaccessibility of its site, placing it on some rocky ledge or in a hollow on the

face of a mighty boulder overhanging a rushing stream. Eges may be found

from April to July ; they -are very fragile and in appearance resemble large

and very faded specimens of Blackbird’s eggs.

Prunella collaris (Scop.), The Alpine Accentor.

One was seen on the road just above Manikaran at 6,500’ on November 10,

1923, but the specimen was not obtained for racial identification.

'. Prunella himalayanus (Blyth). The Altai Accentor.

On December 8, 1922, 1 found this Accentor common in parties on the

Kharshu Tharch, behind Baragrown, about 9,000’. Some parties of birds seen

in similar ground above Pulga on November 9, 1923, were also apparently of

this species.

Hemicheledon sibirica gulmergi Stuart Baker. The Kashmir Sooty Fly catcher.

Breeds commonly throughout Kulu in the forests above 5,000’ up at least to

8,500’ and is a summer visitor only ; an occupied but in accessible nest, 40 feet

from the ground on a side bough of asilver fir, was seen on June 15 and fledged

young were seen on July 1.

Siphia strophiata Hodgs. The Orange-gorgetted Flycatcher.

Breeding birds were observed at 9,000-10,000’ on the Shoja side of the Jalouri

Pass on June 17, 1922.

Cyornis superciliaris (Jerd.). The White-browed Blue Flycatcher.

A commer summer visitor to the forests throughout Kulu breeding from

6,000’ to 10,000’. I found a nest containing newly-hatched young on May 24,

placed in a hollow of the bark of an alder.

A NOTE ON THE BIRDS OF KULU 469

Stoparola melanops melanops (Vigors). The Verditer Flycatcher.

A summer visitor observed from the bottom of the valley up to 8,000’ but not

so common as in the outer Himalayan ranges.

Alseonax latirostris poonensis (Sykes.). The Brown Flycatcher.

Breeds fairly commonly along the Beas Valley from Sultanpur 4,000’ to Larji

3,200’ and in the Tirthan Valley to Manglaur 3,800’ ; a summer visitor only.

Lays in May and June.

Alseonax rubricaudus (Swains.) The Red-tailed Flycatcher.

M. Babault obtained two males and two females at Pulga at the end of May

and judged from their organs that they were breeding.

Culicicapa ceyionensis ceylonensis (Swains.). The Grey-headed Flycatcher.

A common summer visitor to Kulpu breeding in the Zone from 5,000’ to 7,000’.

Niltava sundara sundara Hodgs. ‘The Rufous-bellied Niltava.

I procured a female in the undergrowth at 7,000’ on the ascent to the Bhubhu

Pass on August 9, 1923. According to Hume (N. and BE. 2nd ed. it. 20) the

species breeds in the valley of the Beas.

Tersiphone paradisi (L.). The Paradise Flycatcher.

The lovely adult male Paradise Flycatcher with his black-crested head,

snowy plumage, and ribbon-like tail feathers is a familiar sight to the traveller

along the roads of the valley. It is common from Larji up all the valleys to a

height of about 5,600’ but of course only as a summer visitor.

Lanius vittatus Valenc. The Bay-backed Shrike.

A common summer visitor to the Beas Valley between Larji and Bajaura

breeding early in June.

Lanius nigriceps nigriceps (Frank.). The Black-headed Shrike.

M. Babault obtained a male at Pulga anda female at Bajaura in May or

June.

Lanius schach erythronotus (Vigors). The Rufous-backed Shrike.

This fine shrike breeds very commonly in June along the valley of the Beas

and ‘lirthan from Larji 3,200’ to Banjar 5,000’ and Sultanpur 4,000’ ; a few

pairs extend up to Manali 6,000’. Odd shrikes may be observed in the valleys

in winter but they may belong eitnerto this form or to Lanzus tephronotus

which is the breeding shrike of Lahul! (as a summer visitor only).

Lanius cristatus subsp. ? The Rufous-tailed Shrike.

Hume’s remarks.[(N.-and-E.' 2nd ed. i. 327) imply that some form of: this

shrike appeers in the valley of the Beas in the late autumn, on migration

from Yarkand, but I] have no more definite information on the point].

Pericrocotus brevirostris brevirostris (Vigors). ‘The Short-billed Minivet.

The scarlet and black minivets with their grey and yellow mates attract the

attention sooner or later of most travellers in Kulu from their conspicuous colour-

ation and their pleasant calls. They breed throughout the forests of Kulu from

about 5,000’ to 8,000’ and probably higher and in the spring and autumn may

be seen anywhere in parties. The majority leave Kulu in winter but I have

seen a few about Sultanpur, Kasol and Bhuin, in November. |

Pericrocotus speciosus (Lath.). The Scarlet Minivet.

M. Babault obtained a female at Garampani, and a pair at Pulga in May.

Pericrocotus roseus roseus (Vieill.). The Rosy Minivet.

M. Babault obtained a pair at Bajura in May or June.

Dicrurus macrocercus Vieill. The King-Crow or Black Drongo.

The king crow is a summer visitor to the valley of the Beas and the Tirthan

at elevations of 3,000-3,500’ from below Sultanpur to Larji and Manglaur. Eggs

may be found at the end of May and throughout June.

470 =JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Dicrurus leucophceus longicaudatus Hay. The Ashy Drongo.

The Ashy Drongo is a common summer visitor to Kulu and Saraj from 3,000’

up to 8,000’ and probably even higher. The majority of eggs are laid in

dane:

Acrocephaius dumetorum Blyth. Blyths’ Reed Warbler.

While marching through Kulu from May 17 to 25, 1921, I met with this species

in some numbers from Kraun 6,000’ to Sultanpur 4,000’ and along the Beas up

to Manali 6,000’ along the road. It was then on the spring passage, and had for

a month previously been similarly common in the Kangra Valley and at Dharm-

sala. It was not however observed in Lahul which was obviously out of its

line of passage, and by my return from Lahul to Kulu on June 15, it had

vanished.

Orthotomus sutorius sutorius (Forst.). The Tailor-bird.

One was heard by the Sultanpur Dak Bungalow 4,000’ on June 21, 1921.

Cisticola juncidis cursitans (Frankl.). The Fantail Warbler.

Observed in small numbers about the marshy ground below Bajaura, 3,500’ in

June 1921 and 1922 ; it must breed in this locality.

Phylloscopus affinis (Tick.). Tickell’s Willow-Wren.

M. Babault obtained 2 males and 2 females at Tchari-Djony and Ghary in

May and June.

Phylloscopus pulcher kangree ‘Ticehurst. The Orange-barred Willow-Wren.

This willow-wren breeds fairly commonly in June about 9,000-10,000’in the

scrub and forest about the summit of the Jalauri Pass and doubtless on the

other similar ranges. I procured fledged young at Rahla 8,800’ on July 11, 1923.

Phylloscopus proregulus simlaensis ‘Ticehurst. Pallas’ Willow-wren.

A common species in November and December along the valleys up to at

least 5,000’.

Piytloscopus maculipennis (Blyth). The Grey-faced Willow-wren.

A single specimen was obtained on November 15, 1923, at 4,500’ by the river

at Banjar.

Phylloscopus inornatus humii (Brooks). Hume’s Willow-wren.

One was seen carrying food in scrub and oak jungle at 10,000’ on the summit’

of the Jalauri Pass on June 17.

Observed in the valley at Sultanpur and Bajaura in November.

Phylloscopus nitidus viridanus (Blyth). The Greenish Willow-wren.

One or two were observed by the river at Manali 6,000’ on May 22, 1921, and

a specimen was procured. Willow-wrens apparently of this type were seen at

10,000’ on the Jalauri ridge on July 16, 1922.

Phylloscopus occipitalis occipitalis (Blyth). The Large-crowned Willow-wren.

This is the common breeding species throughout Kulu at elevations from 5,000

to 8,000’ ; probably a summer visitor and passage migrant only.

Phylioscopus trochiloides trochiloides (Sundev.). Blyths’ Crowned Willow-

wren.

' Procured by M. Babault at Ghary and Pulga in May.

Seicercus burkii whistleri Ticehurst. The Black-browed Flycatcher-Warbler.

Breeds fairly commonly in the deep scrub at 9,500-10,000’ about the summit

of Jalauri Pass in June, and doubtless on all the similar ranges of Kulu. Single

specimens were seen in the Bhuin marsh 3,600’ on December 10, 1922 and

below Kraon at 5,000’ on November 1, 1923.

Seicercus xanthoschistos albosuperciliaris (Jerd.). The Grey-headed Flycatcher-

Warbler.

A very common species in Kulu breeding throughout the valleys froni 3,000’

apparently up to 8,000’, and probably remaining at much the same elevations

throughout the winter.

A NOTE ON THE BIRDS OF KULU 471

Horornis pallidus pallidus (Brooks). The Pale Bush-warbler.

This bird appears to breed commonly about 6,000’-8,500’ in the nullahs above

Manali where I have heard it in song in July andon August 1. In November

and December I have procured specimens in the bottom of the valley about

Katrain 5,000’ and Sultanpur 4,000’.

Suya crinigera crinigera Hodgs. ‘The Brown Hill-warbler.

A common and resident species found from 3,000’ up to 5,500’ and probably

higher in all the valleys.

Oriolus oriolus kundoo Sykes. ‘The Golden Oriole.

A common and general summer visitor to the valleys occurring up to 6,000’ ;

most numerous along the Beas Valley from Sultanpur to below Bajaura.

Breeds in the latter half of May and in June.

Oriolus luteolus luteolus (LL). The Black-headed Oriole.

According to Stoliczka this oriole is ‘ occasionally seen in the Kulu Valley

between 4,000’ and 5,000’.’

Temenuchus pagodarum (Gmel.). The Brahminy Mynah.

An abundant summer visitor to the Beas Valley from Sultanpur 4,000’ to Larii

3,000’, and Banjar 5,000’ along the Tirthan Valley. One was seen towards

Nagegar at 4,500’ on August 6, 1923. Breeds in June and July.

Acridotheres tristis tristis (L.). The Common Mynah.

An abundant resident throughout the valleys up to about 7,000’. Breeds in

May and June.

AEthiopsar fuscus fuscus (Wagl.). The Jungle Mynah.

Observed in June and July only along the Beas Valley from below Bajaura

3,500’ to Manali 6,000’ but not very common.

Uroloncha punctulata (L..). The Spotted Munia.

A pair were seen at 6,000’ above Kraun at the foot of the Bhubhu Pass on

July 2, 1921, and a pair by Banjar Rest House 5,000’ on November 16, 1923.

Perrisospiza icteroides (Vigors). The Black-and-Yellow Grosbeak.

A male shot at Naggar on January 1, 1904, was sent to the Bombay N. H.

Society by General Osborn who stated that it was a winter visitant only

(J. B. N. H.S.,; xv. 716). This however is incorrect. The species is a fairly

common resident in Kulu and Saraj occurring at all elevations (I have seen a

pair in an oak wood at 3,000’ on the bank of the Beas just above Larji on

June 10) but most numerous in heavy pine forest from 7,000’ to 10,000’.

Mycerobas carnipes (Hodgs.). The White-winged Grosbeak.

On November 9, 1923, I saw 2 or 3 in Silver-fir forest at 9,000’ above

Pulga.

Mycerobas melanoxanthus (Hodgs.). Spotted-winged Grosbeak.

M. Babault cbserved this species at Palga and'obtained a pair at Ghary on

June 6, with the organs in breeding condition.

Pyrrhula erythrocephala (Vigors). The Red-headed Bullfinch.

M. Babault obtained specimens at Ghary and Pulga in May or June. I

found a pair on June 16, 1922, at 10,000’ on the northern slope of the Jalauri

Pass where they were evidently breeding. 1n winter I observed a couple near

Kasol on November 6, and several about 6,500’ behind Katrain in the first

week of December. According to Stoliczka numbers appear in Kulu in winter,

but this must really refer to a concentration in the valleys of the birds which

breed in summer along all the higher ranges.

Loxia curvirostra himalayana Blyth. The Himalayan Cross-Bill.

M. Babault states that he has procured a pair at Pulga (May or June) and

also seen it at Manali (June),

472 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Pyrrhospiza punicea humii Sharpe. The Red-breasted Rose Finch.

On July 27, 1922, I shot a male at 13,000’ in the Humpta Nala where it was

feeding on rocky ground amongst patches of snow.

Carpodacus rhodochroa (Vigors). The Pink-browed Rose Finch.

This Rose Finch breeds at high elevations, probably 9,000’ to 11,000’, on the

ranges in Kulu and Saraj. M. Babault saw fledged young somewhere near

Ghary as early as May 11.

In winter it moves down the hillsides and may be found as low as 4,500’ along

the valleys. It is not uncommon.

Carpodacus erythrinus roseatus (Hodgs.). *The Common Rose Finch.

M. Babault met with this finch at Bajaura in May, and at Ghary and Tchong.

These birds were probably late migrants as I doubt whether the species breeds

to the south of the Rhotang Range. It of course breeds commonly in Lahul

and Spiti.

Carduelis caniceps caniceps (Vigors). The Himalayan Gold Finch.

A few gold finches were oberved at Bajaura 3,600’ on June 22-23, 1921, and

of these two were birds in juvenile plumage, In November and December

flocks were met with in the Alders along the Beas from Katraian to below

Bayaura,

Callacanthis burtoni (Gould). The Red-browed Finch.

Two males with the organs developed were obtained by M. Bo ay at

Tchari-Djoni (Tcho-Ti) at the end of May or beginning of June.

Acanthis flavirostris brevirostris (Moore). Eastern Twite.

According to Stoliczka this Twite visits Kulu in winter.

Serinus pusillus (Pall.). The Gold-fronted Finch.

I observed some flocks about the hillsides at 6,000’-6,500’ behind Katraian in

the first week cf December 1922,

Hypacanthis spinoides (Vigors). The Himalayan Green Finch.

M. Babault obtained a male (with the organs undeveloped) at Kothi 8,000’ at

the foot of the Rhotang Pass on June 28. In summer it appears to be common

anywhere in Kulu up to a height of at least 9,000’, but I only once met with it

in winter, below Jari on November 5. ‘The movements of this finch in the

Western Himalayas are difficult to understand and detailed records regarding

it are badly needed.

Passer domesticus indicus Lard and Selby. The House Sparrow.

The House Sparrow breeds abundantly in Kulu and Saraj up to a height of

7,000’, laying chiefly in May. In winter it probably deserts the higher part of

this range but is certainly common along the valley of the Beas at that season.

Passer rutilans debilis Hart. The Cinnamcn Sparrow.

The Cinnamon Sparrow is common in May and June in the Alder groves of the

Beas from Katraian to Kothi 5,000’-8,000’, and at similar elevations i in the other

valleys ; down to 4,000’ it is less common. A certain number were observed

about 4,000-5,000’ in November, but many probably move to the outer ranges

in winter.

Montifringilla nivalis adamsi Adams. Adam’s Snow Finch.

A specimen from ‘ Kulu’ is in the Gould collection in the British Museum,

and Stoliczka states that this bird visits Kulu in winter. In summer it breeds

abundantly in Spiti but not in Lahul.

Montifringilla nemoricola altaica (Evers.). Stoliczka’s Mountain Finch.

I have observed this Mountain Finch from May to August about 13,000’ on

the summit of the Rhotang Pass, feeding round the patches of melting snow on

the bare hillsides. In winter it moves Hoan into Kulu (S. F. i. 42) and there is

a specimen from ‘Kulu’ in the Gould collection, but I have little definite

information on the point. I observed some on the Kharshu Tharch above birch

behind Baragraon on December 8, 1922, and on the Tharches about 9,500’ at

Pulga on November 8, 1923. It probably i is abundant at some seasons in winter

as large numbers visit the outer ranges about Simla and Dharmsala.

A. NOTE‘ON THE BIRDS OF KULU 473

Montifringilla brandti hoematopygia Gould. Brandt’s Mountain Finch,

Stoliczka states that this finch visits Kulu in winter.

Emberiza fucata arcuata Sharpe. The Grey-headed Bunting.

Observed at Manali 6,000’ on May 23, near Kraun 5,500’ on July 1, and above

Jaggatsukh at 9,000’ at the entrance to the Humphta Nalaon July 28. It is

not uncommon and in the last locality the males were in song sitting on the

herbage in some open patches, which were waist deep in balsam, wild parsley,

nettles and the like. The song is only a moderate performance.

Emberiza leucocephala (Gmel.). The Pine Bunting.

A common winter visitor to the valley, observed in November and December

at 3,500’-5,500’ at Katraian, Bhuin, and Bajaura.

Emberiza stewarti Blyth. The White-capped Bunting.

This Bunting breeds from May to July in some numbers in the cultivation of

the Beas Valley just below Sultanpur 4,000’, and a'so apparently along the

Kraun Road upto 5,000’. The formeris probably the locality from which

Hume obtained eggs (N. and E. 2nd ed. vol. ii, 167). The song is of the

typical bunting type. but short and hard. The alarm note isa sharp ‘tit’

like that of Hlorettes brunnettrons.

I observed a flock on November 30, and December 9, in some thorn bushes

on the road between Sultanpur and Raisan.

Emberiza cia stracheyi Moore. The Eastern Meadow Bunting.

Breeds commonly from about 7,000’ to 10,000’ and in smaller numbers down

to 5,000’. Eggs may be found from May to August. In winter it is common

from about 6,500’ downwards.

Melophus melanicterus (Gmel.). The Crested Bunting.

Occurs in small numbers in June about Banjar 5,000’ and Bajaura 3,600’,

evidently as a breeding summer visitor.

Chelidon urbica Subsp.? The House Martin.

Stoliczka states that a House Martin which he calls caschmtrenstis is common

in the Kulu Valley. On August 5, 1923, Isaw a large migrant flight of Martins

on the road near Naggar. No specimens were obtained but the birds

appeared to belong to the typical form and not caschmirensis. Probably both

occur on migration and one or other form may breed in the highest nalas.

Ptyonoprogne rupestris (Scop.). The Crag Martin.

In 1922 I saw a few about Katraian on December 1-5, and a large flock near

Bandrole on December 9. In 19231 saw a large flock below Jari on Novem-

bers.

Hirundo rustica lL. The Swallow.

Hume states (N. and E. Znd ed. vol. ii, i84) that he found the swallow

‘ breeding at one or two bungalows between Sultanpur in Kulu and Simla. I

have no more definite record for Kulu.’

Hirundo smithii Leacn. The Wire-tailed Swallow

M. Babault obtained a male at Sultanpur. One ortwo pairs breed near

Bajaura where I saw fledged young on June 29. A summer visitor only.

Hirunda daurica nepalensis Hodgs. Hodgson’s Striated Swallow.

This form of Striated Swallow is acommon summer visitor to the valleys

from 3,000’ up to about 5,000’, building its nest under rocks on steep hill sides,

Eggs are laid in June. Observed from May to August. |

Motacilla alba dukhunensis Sykes. Eastern White Wagtail.

A few were observed at Sultanpur 4,000’ in November and December.

Motacilla alba personata Gould. The Masked Wagtail.

I found a nest with 5 young in quill and 2 addled eggs on a Shingle bank of

the Beas near Raisan 4,500’ on May 21, 1921. A full account of this nest has

appeared im the Journal, B. Ns Ht. S., xxix 282.

A few were observed near Sultanpur 4,000’ and Bajaura 3,600’ in November

1922 and 1923. .

474 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATOGRAL ALST) SOCTAT YY, Voly 2d

Motacilla alba alboides Hodgs. Hodgson’s Wagtail.

M. Babault obtained a female at Bajaurain May or June. I saw several on

the Beas at Bajaura 3,600’ on November 12, 1923.

Motacilla maderaspatensis Gmel. The Large Pied Wagtail.

A resident in small numbers along the Beas from Larji 3,000’ to Katraian

5,000’.

Motacilla cinerea melanope Pall. The Grey Wagtail.

The Grey Wagtail breeds commonly in May and June along the rivers and

larger streams of Kulu from 4,000’ upwards to at least 10,000’.

The majority leave the Sub-division in winter but in November and December

I have observed a few about up to 5,000’ in the Beas Valley.

Motacilla citreola citreola Pall. The Yellow-headed Wagtail.

Two were seen by the Beas above Manali 6,000’ on May 25, 1921.

Anthus hodgsoni Richmond. The Indian Tree Pipit.

Hume long ago described a single egg of this Pipit taken in Upper Kulu on

the snowy range bounding Spiti, about 11,000’ (N. and E. 2nd ed., ii. 209). ;

M. Babault obtained females at Pulga on May 19, and Tchari-Tjony on June

1, the latter was by the snow line with the organs in breeding condition.

It probably breeds about the summits of all the higher ranges of Kulu as on

June 16, 1922. I found several nests with eggs in all stages of incubation on the

Jalouri ridge at 9,500-10,500’. These have been described elsewhere.

In November parties appear in the valleys about 4,000-5,000’.

Anthus leucophrys jerdoni (Finsch). The Brown Rock Pipit.

Common in June and July along the valley roads from Bajaura to Larii and

Banjar.

Anthus richardi rufulus Vieill. The Indian Pipit.

This plains’ Pipit breeds in small numbeyvs in June about the marshy ground

of the Beas Valley below Bajaura at 3,500’. It is doubtless a summer visitor

only.

Anthus roseatus Hodgs. Hodgson’s Rosy Pipit.

In May and June this lovely Pipit breeds commonly about 12,000’-13,000’

along the alpine pastures of the Rhotang Range, and M. Babault found it on

similar ground about forest limit above Pulga ; it doubtless breeds along the

whole of the highest ranges in northern Kulu. It is one of those birds that are

particularly partial to the sodden ground on the edge of melting snow. In

winter it is common along the Beas Valley about Sultanpur and Bajaura and

there as elsewhere in its winter range is largely a marsh pipit.

Anthus spinoletta blakistoni Swinh. The Altai Water Pipit.

I obtained a specimen from a party in a patch of marshy ground by the

Tirthan River below Manglaur 4,000’ on November 17, 1923,

Oreocorys sylvanus (Hodgs.). The Upland Pipit.

Common, at least from May to July, from 3,000’ to 5,500’ in the valley of the

Beas and along the Tirthan to Baniar. Hume personally took eggs of this

bird m Kulu (N. and 2nd ed; ain 21):

Otocorys alpestris longirostris Moore. The Long-billed Horned Lark.

Kulu is the type locality for this form of Horned Lark and there are 6

specimens from ‘ Kulu’ (without more definite data) in the Gould collection

in the British Museum. It is found in summer breeding at 13,000’ on the

summit of the Rhotang Pass and as M. Babault procured it also at the end

of May at Tchari-Djony one may assume that it breeds along the whole of the

Rhotang chain.

Otocorys alpestris elwesi Blanf. Elwes’ Horned Lark.

A female labelled ‘ Kulu’ and collected by Hay is in the Gould collection

in the British Museum,

A NOTE ON THE BIRDS OF KULU 475

Alauda arvensis guttata Brooks. The Kashmir Skylark.

Flocks of this Lark (which breeds in Lahul but not so far as 1 know in Kulu

unless Hume’s eggs belonged to this form) are to be found in November and

December in the fields of the Beas Valley from Bajaura 3,600’ to Katraian

5,000’. Stoliczka speaks of a Lark which he calls Alaudula raytal as a

common, winter visitor to Kulu and often caged by the people, but Iam not

sure what species is indicated.

Zosterops palpebrosa eiwesi Stuart Baker. The White-eye.

The White-eye breeds but is not very common in Kulu and Saraj up toa

height of about 5,000’ and I have observed it from May until August. It is

probably a summer visitor only.

Cyrtostomus asiati¢tus (Lath.). The Purple Sun-bird.

In June 1922 I saw a few of these Sun-birds in the valley of the Beas between

Bajaura and Larji about 3,000-3,500’.

Diceum ignipectum (Hodgs.). The Fire-breasted Flower Pecker.

Stoliczka states that this beautiful little bird si ‘ pretty common in Kulu’. [|

saw a male at some Mistletoe in the garden of Katraian Rest House on

December 1 and 2, 1922, and believe that I saw another on November 13, 1923, in

the Ban oak forest by the Beas a mile or two above the Outbridge.

Picus squamatus squamatus Vigors. The Scaly-breasted Green Woodpecker.

A common resident in the Kulu and Saraj occurring at least from the bottom

of the valleys up to 7,000’ in winter and probably higher in summer. At

Manikaran I saw one of these Woodpeckers perch on the side face of a great

boulder, but near enough to the top to catch the edge with two front claws.

Picus canus occipitalis Vigors. The Black-naped Green Woodpecker.

On June 26, 1922 I saw three of these woodpeckers together on the bank of

the Beas below Manali 6,000’.

Dryobates hyperythrus (Vigs.). The Rufous-bellied Pied Woodpecker.

I saw an adult male on May 17, 1921, at 8,000’ on the northern face of the

Bhubht Pass.

Dryobates himalayensis (Jard. and Selby). The Himalayan Pied Woodpecker.

A common and resident species, but not observed below 6,500’.

Dryobates auriceps (Vigors). The Brown-fronted Pied Woodpecker.

A common and resident species throughout the valleys from Larji 3,000’ up to

about 6,000’ and possibly higher.

Liopicus mahrattensis (Lath.). The Yellow-fronted Pied Woodpecker.

M. Babault obtained a female at Ghary in May although this is not a bird

which might have been expected to occur in Kulu.

Picumaus innominatus innominatus Burton. Tlie Speckled Piculet.

A pair bred probably annually in the rest house compound at Sultanpur 4,000’,

and I saw a single bird below Jari at 5,000’ on November 5, 1923.

Megalaema virens marshallorum Swinhoe. The Great Himalayan Barbet.

In summer this fine Barbet is conimon in the great forests of Kulu fron: about

6,000’ upwards ; in November and December I have observed it also at 6,000’

but it doubtless occupies a lower zone during the winter months.

Coracias garrula semenowi Loud. and Tschusi. The Kashmir Roller.

On May 21, 1921, I saw a Roller by the road side just below Raisan 4,800’ on

the Beas.

Merops orientalis Lath. The Little Green Bee-eater.

Stoliczka states that this Bee-eater is not uncommon in Southern Kulu from

March till the end of October. I have only met withit once, when two were

seen in cultivation below Bhuin 4,000’ on November 4, 1923,

476 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Ceryle lugubris guttulata Steg. The Himalayan Pied Kingfisher.

This fine Kingfisher is generally distributed and resident throughout Kulu and

Saraj from 3,000’ at Larji up to about 6,000’ on all the rivers and streams. Its

large size and handsome black and white plumage and the loud call note

‘ ping’ (similar to one of the calls of the Red-wattled Lapwing) readily attract

attention as the bird flies along above the surface of the troubled waters or

perches on the trees and boulders that affcrd handy fishing stations. It occasionally

plunges into the water from the wing like the smaller Pied Kingfisher of the

plains.

Alcedo atthis (Hasselg.) The Common Kingfisher.

I have observed a few of these Kingfishers along the Beas and Tirthan Rivers

up to 6,000’ in May and June ; they doubtless breed here as M. Babault procured

a specimen on May 3, with the organs greatly developed.

Halcyon smyrnensis smyrnensis (L.) The White-breasted Kingfisher.

A resident in small numbers along the valley of the Beas nearly up to Manali

6,000’.

Upupa epops epops L. The Hoopoe.

In summer the Hoopoe breeds commonly along the valleys from Larji up to

a height of about 8,000’, wherever there is open ground in the vicinity of houses

and cultivation. I took c/4 fresh eggs at Sultanpuron May 20 and found

several nests with young in June and July, all under the roofs of houses. These

birds are summer visitors only, and though an occasional Hoopvoe may be seen

about the Beas Valley in winter, such birds are probably winter visitors from

further north.

Micropus melba (L.). The Alpine Swift.

I have observed this Swift feeding in the Beas Valley about Sultanpur and

Katraian in May and June, so it perhaps breeds in some of the ranges.

Micropus apus pekinensis (Swinh.). The Eastern Swift.

On May 21-22, 1921, these Swifts were common along the Beas Valley about

Raisan and Katraian. They breed commonly in Lahul.

Micropus pacificus leuconyx (Blyth). Blyth’s White-rumped Swift.

On May 21, 1921, I saw these Swifts in company with W/. a. pekinensis in the

Beas Valley about Katraian. Two were seen at Banjar on June 25, 1921. They

doubtless breed in the precipices throughout Kulu.

Micropus affinis (Gray). The Common Indian House Swift.

On July 1, 1921, I saw a flight about 5,000’ on the road below Kraon.

Hirundinapus caudacuta nudipes (Hodgs.). The White-necked Spinetail.

On June 16, 1922 with great difficulty [ secured a specimen of this Spinetail

from a flock which were flying about the crest of the Jalouri Ridge 11,000’ to the

east of the Pass. The flight was exceedingly swift and their wings made a very

musical sound in the air different to the usual tearing sound made by the wings

of fast flying birds.

Collocalia fusciphaga brevirostris (McClell.). The Himalayan Swiftlet.

Flocks of this swiftlet may be seen feeding about the valleys and lesser ranges

anywhere in Kulu and Sara} though I have not observed them over 6,000’. My

records refer to May, June, July, August, November and December so thie

species may well be resident.

Caprimulgus sp ? Nightjar.

I have heard Nightjars in the Nagni Nala May 18 and below Shoja on

June 15; the call was a rapid chuck chuck chuck with the hollow sound of a’stone

on ice, but I hesitate to identify the species from this alone,

Cuculus canorus L. The Cuckoo.

The Cuckoo is a common summer visitor to Kulu and Saraj occurring from

3,000’ at Larji up to 8,000’ and probably higher. <A specimen obtained clearly

belongs to the race C. ¢. ¢telephonus Heine but the majority appear to belong to

the typical form.

A NOTE ON THE BIRDS OF KULU 477

Cuculus poliocephalus poliocephalus Lath. The Small Cuckoo.

I have met with this little Cuckoo in the Beas Valley on two occasions, namely

a pair in an alder grove above Manali 6,200’ on May 25, 1921 and below Sultanpur

4,000’ on July 7, 1923. M. Babault however obtained 4 specimens in May and

June at Pulga Manikaran and Tchari-Djony.

Cacomantis merulinus passerinus (Vahl.) The Indian Plaintive Cuckoo.

On June 24, 1922, I heard this Cuckoo calling for a long time near Sultanpur

Rest House 4,000’, and believe that I also heard ‘t at Banjar 5,000’ on June 12.

Clamator jacobinus (Bodd.), The Pied-crested Cuckoo.

M. Babault obtained a male on 28th June with the crgans in breeding

condition at the upper edge of the forests at 12,500’ at Rahla by the Rhotang

Pass. In June and July this Cuckoo is not uncommon in the lower Beas

Valley round about Bajaura and I have also heard it at Banjar 5,500’.

Eudynamis scolopaceus scolopaceus (L.). The Koel.

On June, 22, 1921, I heard a Koel calling in the swamp between Bajaura and

Bhuin at 3,800’.

Psittacula eupatria nepalensis (Hodgs.). The Large Indian Paroquet.

M. Babault records that he observed this species in the valley of Kulu in

April and May and also obtained a juvenile on the Dulchi Pass.

Psittacula cyanocephala cyanocephata (L.). The Blossom-headed Paroquet.

According to Stoliczka this bird ‘ may occasionally be seen in the southern

portions of the Kulu Valley’.

Psittacula schisticeps schisticeps (Hodgs.). The Slaty-headed Paroquet.

This is the common Paroquet of Kulu and Saraj where it may be feund in

summer in every valley and on the ridges up to 8,000’ and perhaps higher. It

is apparently a resident species.

Strix aluco nivicola Blyth. The Himalayan Wood-owl.

This owl breeds fairly commonly in Kulu from 6,000’ probably up to about

10,000’ and is doubtless a resident species.

Bubo bubo turcomanus (Eversm.). The Great Eagle Owl.

An Eagle Owl was obtained about 12,000’ in Kulu in the summer of 1872

while it was eating a snow partridge on the ground. ‘This bird was recorded

by Hume in S. F. I. 315 and named &. hemachalana but that is merely a

synonym of Eversman’s earlier name.

Bubo bubo bengalensis Frankl. The Rock Horned Owl.

Large Owls seen by me in cliffs at Katraian Rest House 5,000’ on June 19,

1921, and on the Kraun Road near Sultanpur 4,000’ on August 7, 1923 were

I believe of this species.

Scops plumipes. Scops Owl.

Under this name M. Babault records a male Scops Owl in breeding

condition that he obtained at Pulga on May IS.

Glaucidium cucuioides cuculoides (Vigors). The Large Barred Owlet.

This very diurnal species of owl is a common resident in Kulu occurring

from the bottom of the valleys to at least 7,500’. On one occasion when

marching along the valley road below Manali I came upon an Owlet and a

crow fighting desperately in broad daylight on the road for the possession of a

disreputable tattered object, which on my nearer approach proved to be a half-

grown nestling owlet.

Pandion haliaetus (L.). The Osprey.

In Mr. Donald’s list with the remark ‘Not common; probably a migrant;

may breed’. I doubt the last clause.

AAgypius monachus (L.). The Cinereous Vulture.

Included in Mr. Donald’s list of birds of Prey in the Gazetteer with the remark

‘ Probably breeds in Kulu; not very common’, In my opinion it is in the

478 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL ‘AIST:SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

highest degree unlikely that it has ever bred in Kulu which is too far east of

its known breeding range.

Torgos calvus (Scop.). The King Vulture.

In Mr. Donald’s list with the remark ‘ Chiefly found among the Lower hilis ;

nowhere very common’. Isaw one on the marsh some 2 miles below Bajaura

on June 10, 1922.

Gyps fulvus (Gmel.). The Griffon Vulture.

In Mr. Donald’s list with the remark ‘ Seen near Larji’.

Gyps himalayensis Hume. The Himalayan Vulture.

Fairly common and generally distributed throughout Kulu and Saraj where

it breeds in suitabie localities.

Gyps tenuirostris Hume. The Himalayan Long-billed Vulture.

In Mr. Donald’s list with the remark ‘ Lower hills, seen near Zakat Khana ’.

Pseudogyps bengalensis (Gmel.). The White-backed Vulture.

I saw 3 of these vultures together .by the roadside, some 2 miles below

Baijaura on November 13, 1923.

Neophron percnopterus (L.) The Egyptian Vulture.

I have observed a few Egyptian Vultures in June at Katraian, Bajaura, Larji

and Banjar but they are probably summer visitors only for I saw none in

Noveinber or Deceinber. M. Babault collected a male at Bajaura and a female

on the Dulchi Pass and states that they breed in June thereabouts, nesting on

cliffs, though in his specimens the organs were not developed. These specimens

he identifies as belonging to the race gingintanus with the yellow beak,

though I should have expected the typical race in Kulu.

Gypaetus barbatus grandis Storr. The Lammergaier.

Stoliczka has recorded the following note (Jour. A.S.B. xxxvii. 1868) :—:* The

natives of Kulu, about Plash and the Eastern districts prize the meat very

highly, which is not only eaten by the low class, the Kolis, but rather more by

the higher class, the Kanaits. They generally tie a Chukor on a short string,

and stick 4 or 5 sharpened spears in the ground crossing each other, so as

partially at least to cover the bird, and at the same time to radiate with their

points in different directions. The Eagle is watched from some distance and

as soon as it throws itself with its usual great force and velocity upon the prey,

it is overpowered with large clubs before it can extricate the spears from its

body.’

The Lammergaier is common and resident throughout Kulu and Saraj, and

the sight of one or more of these grand birds sweeping round the contours of

the hills is a feature of every march. I once saw 4 adults together but it is

unusual to see more than a single pair at any time. On one occasion above

Manikaran I saw a bird in the dark immature plumage perched on a side

bough of a lofty dead tree at the edge of a ravine, but otherwise I have only

seen it settle on the ground or on crags and cliffs.

Aquila chrysaetus daphane Hodgs. The Golden Eagle.

Mr. Donald’s list contains the following statement :—‘ Resident; lives on

crows, foxes, pine martins. Takes Monal and Snow-cock occasionally, but

crows are his chief food. Therefore a valuable game preserver.’

The Golden Eagle probably breeds amongst the crags of all the higher ranges

in Kulu, but the nest has never been takenin Kulu by any European. I have

myself observed the Species on the wing by the Bhubhu Pass (9,000’) on

Oetober 31, at over 10,000’ at Pulga on November 9, and as below as

6,000’ just below Manikaran on November 10. M. Babault observed -it at

Tchari- Djoni (end cf May) and on the Rhotang Pass on June 29.

Aquila heliaca Savigny. ‘The Imperial Eagle.

In Mr. Donald’s list with the remark ‘ Winter migrant ; lives on rats, lizards,

carrion.’ M. Babault killed a specimen on June 29 on the Rhotang Pass.

Aquila nipalensis’ nipalensis (Hodg.). ‘Che Steppe Eagle. .

In Mr. Donald’s list with the same remarks as under the last species,

A NOTE ON THE BIRDS OF KEL. 479

Aquila rapax vindhiana (Frankl.). The Indian Tawny Eagle.

In Mr. Donald’s list with the remark ‘ Not common. Seen in lower valleys.

May breed there.’

Aquila clanga Pall. The Large Spotted Eagle.

In Mr. Donald’s list with the remark ‘Seen near Katraian. Food chiefly

frogs and lizards.’

Hieaetus fasciatus (Vieill.). Bonelli’s Eagle.

In early November 1923 when in company with Mr. Donald I saw a pair of

Bonelli’s Eagle frequenting a small cliff two or three miles above Sultanpur

on the Kraon road at about 4,500-5,000’. They evidently had an eyrie in

this cliff or were intending to nest there. One bird was in the beautiful adult

plumage, the other was in a curious phase, pale below uniform brownish

above, which at first led us to mistake it for some other species.

Hieraetus pennatus (Gmel.). The Booted Eagle,

‘Fairly common probably breeds in the valley. Lives on rats, etc., some-

times takes Chukor. Not very destructive to game.’ (Donald).

Ictinaetus malayensis perniger (Hodgs.). The Black Eagle.

Mr. Donald remarks of this species:—‘ Very rare if known at all in the

valley. Mr. Howell’s inclusion of this species doubtful.’ Butin N. and E.

2nd ed., vol. iii. 145, Hume records obtaining a single egg from Kulu with

the parent bird taken on January 7.

Spizaetus nipalensis nipalensis (Hodgs.). Hodgson’s Hawk-Eagle.

In Mr. Donald’s list with the remark ‘ Resident and probably breeds near

Nagear. Very distructive to game.’ On December 8, 1922, I saw what was

apparently a pair of these Hawk-Eagles chasing a Falcon with booty at a great

height across the valley above Katraian.

Circaetus gallicus (Gmel.). The Short-toed Eagle.

In Mr. Donald’s list with the remark ‘Seen in Saraj near Sutlej river.

Food rats, lizards, snakes, etc.’

Butastur teesa (Frank.). The White-eyed Buzzard-Eagle.

In Mr. Donald’s list with the remark ‘Seen near Bajaura. Probably a

wanderer but may be resident. Food, rats, mice, worms, lizards.’ in1921 I

saw one above Bajaura on June 22, and 2 or 3 about the marshy ground some

2 miles below Bajaura later on June 23 and 29. M. Babault obtained the

young in May or June from a nest at Bajaura.

Haliaetus albicilla (L.). The White-tailed Sea Eagle.

Down as ‘a migrant’ in Mr. Donald’s list. He records (J.B.N.H.S.

1071) a supposed example that he saw on the Beas in April 1916.

XXVI1.

Polioaetus humilis (Jerd.). The Himalayan Fishing Eagle.

In Mr. Donald’s list with the remark ‘ Resident and probably breeds.

Destructive to fish.’ Hestates (J.B.N.H.S., xxvi. 1019) that it is fairly common

all over the Kulu Valley. I have seen an occasional eagle in June and July

along the Beas from Sultanpur to Manali which were probably of this species

but nospecimens were procured.

Haliastur indus indus (Bodd.). The Brahminy Kite.

‘Not common in the lower valleys near rice fields’ (Donald).

I saw a pair opposite to Katraian over the rice fields across the river on

July 29, 1922. It is doubtless only a rains visitor as in the Kangra Valley.

Milvus migrans govinda Sykes. The Commen Pariah Kite.

The Pariah Kite is not uncommon and probably resident along the Beas

Valley from Manali to Larji and up the Tirthan Valley to Banjar, up to a

height of about 6,000’.

Milvus lineatus (Gray). The Large Kite.

Hume states in Nests and Eggs 2nd ed., vol. iii. p.176, that he has obtained

the eggs of the Larger Kite from Kulu. This species is often difficult to

480 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX.

distinguish in the field from the Common Pariah Kite but I possess three

specimens collected in Kulu a breeding male from Kraun 5,000’ July 1,

1921, a nestling from a nest at Bajaura 3,600’ June 8, 1922, and an immature

male from Katraian 5,000’ December 9, 1922, and believe that I have seen

others occasionally along the valley from Nagegar to Bajaura in the summer

morths. A Kite seen at 12,000 feet on the Rhotang Pass on May 26, 1921,

was most probably of this species.

Elanus ceruleus ceruleus (Desf.) The Black-winged Kite.

In Mr. Donald’s list with the remark ‘A migrant. Lives on insects.’

Circus cyaneus (L.). The Hen-Harrier.

‘A migrant ; fairly common in autumn and spring’ (Donald).

M. Babauit obtained a female in May at Bajaura with the organs developed

but he was I think wrong in drawing the conclusion that this bird was on its

breeding ground.

(I saw some species of Harrier in the ring-tail plumage at Pulga 7,000’ on

November 8, 1923, quartering the fields in front of the Rest House.)

Circus zruginosus (L.). The Marsh-Harrier.

‘A migrant ; fairly common in autumn and spring’ (Donald). us

M. Babault obtained 2 males at Bajaura on June 13, with the organs

developed.

Buteo buteo japonicus (T.&S.). The Himalayan Buzzard.

In November and December I have met what I believe to be the Upland

Buzzard occasionally along the bottom of the Parbatti and Beas Valleys but it

is not found there during the summer months, and is then probably breeding in

the higher ranges. The whole question of the forms of Buzzard that occur in

Kulu and their status requires careful examination.

Buteo ferox (S.G. Gmel.). The Long-legged Buzzard.

Buzzards, probably both of this species and the last, are common in the

valleys in winter, and some of them appear to breed on the ranges. Hume

states (N. & B. 2nd ed., iii. 125) that typical feryox breeds in Kulu and that he

possessed an egg with the skin of the parent obtained on January 10.

The race B. f. hemilasius Temm. & Sch., also occurs in Kulu as a skin

obtained by Hume and made the type of his Archibuteo leucoptera (S.F.1. 318)

is in the British Museum.

Astur gentilis (Linneus). The Goshawk.

There is very little definite information on record about the Goshawk which

probably breeds in the higher forests of Kulu. Certain it is that several are

netted annually on the ranges of the Parbatti Valley and Saraj and taken down

into India for sale to Falconers.

On December 10, 1922, at Bhuin I met a man with an adult male and two

immature females tied to a pole, hooded and with the tails sewn up in cloth

according to custom, and he stated that they had been caught in Saraj a week

or two earlier.

A bird seen by me in the distance about 10,000 ft. above Pulga, on November 9,

1923 was perhaps an adult Goshawk.

Astur badius dussumieri (Temm.). The Shikra.

‘Common : resident and breeds’ (Donald).

I shot a fine male in an alder grove (4,000 ft.) just above Sultanpur on

May 21, 1921.

Accipiter nisus (L.). The Sparrow-hawk.

‘Common ; resident and breeds ’ (Donald).

I have seen an occasional Accipiter in Kulu but usually under circumstances

that did not allow me to be sure of the exact species: the majority were

probably this bird. M. Babault obtained a pair at Tchari-Djony at the end of

May and states that he found nests in the forests in this locality.

Accipiter virgatus affinis (J. E. Gray). The Besra Hawk.

‘ Probably resident and breeds, Nowhere common’ (Donald).

re)

wth

pty

A NOTE ON THE BIRDS OF KULU 48)

Stoliczka on the other hand (J. A. S. B. xxxvii) states that the Besra is far

more common than the Sparrow-hawk in the Kulu Valley. I obtained a female

at Manali (6,000’) on August 4, 1923.

Falco peregrinus L. ‘The Peregrine Falcon,

‘A winter migrant’ is the remark in Mr. Donald’s list,

Falco peregrinus peregrinator Sund. The Shahin.

‘ Resident and probably breeds. Destructive to small game such as partrid-

ges, chukor, etc,’ (Donald). I have seen single Falcons above Manali (6,200’ )

on June 17, 1921 and above Katraian (6,000’) on December 8, 1922, which were

probably of this species. J also have seen an undoubted pair of Shahins at

Larji (3,000’) on November 18, 1923, when they were bullying an Eagle on

the hillside in front of the Rest House.

Hume records (N. and E. 2nd ed., iii. 186) that he possessed an egg taken

near Deet in Kulu on February 6, and two eggs taken near Nitta in Kulu

on February 3.

Falco severus indicus (Meyer & Wiglls.). The Indian Hobby.

Donald states that it is ‘ Resident and probably breeds’, while Stoliczka says

(J. A. S. B. xxxvii) that is not common in Kulu. These statements appear to

me to require verification, as I am of opinion that this Hobby has not such

a wide range as is usually attributed to it.

Falco subbuteo subbuteo (LL.). The Hobby.

I shot a fine adult male Hobby on July 28, 1922, at 9,000’ at the mouth of

the Humpta Nala, and another adult male on the summit of the Rhotang Pass

13,000’ on July 12, 1923. A Falcon seen at 7,000’ in the pine forest above

Manali on the Kothi Rcad on August 4, 1923, was almost certainly also of this

species. M. Babault obtained a pair in breeding condition at Pulga on May 19.

Falco tinnunculus interstinctus Mc C!. The Kestrel.

During the summer the Kestrel is exceedingly common throughout Kulu from

the bottom of the valley up to heights of 10,000 and 12,000’. A pair seem to

breed in every rocky cliff of importance and many pairs also breed in the con-

glomerate cliffs of earth and boulders which represent the remains of the old

bed of the valley. During the winter the species is distinctly less comrnon and

at this season many birds doubtless Jeave Kulu and winter in the plains. These

little Falcons are very quarrelsome and the approach of any larger bird of

pair to their eyries is the signal for a great display of temper, the intruder being

mobbed with an incessant petulant screaming note.

M. Babault found 4 feathered young in a nest at Rahla on June 24.

The typical race niay be expected as a winter visitor and passage migrant

through Kulu.

Sphenocercus sphenurus (Vigors). The Kokla Green Pigeon.

The Kokla Green Pigeon is a very conimon summer visitor to Kulu and Saraj

occurring in all the valleys up to at least 6,000’ and doubtless higher. Stoliczka

notes that it is very fond of Mulberry fruit and it is distinctly partial to elms

and alder trees.

Columba livia subsp ? The Blue Rock-Pigeon.

The Blue Rock Pigecn breeds very commonly in the rocky gorges and preci-

pices throughout Kulu and Saraj up to a height of at least 10,000’. It isa

resident species but some of the flocks which feed in cultivation in the valleys

during the winter months may be immigrants.

Columba rupestris Pallas. The Hill Blue Rock-Pigeon.

M. Babault met with this species at Tchari-Djony. It is of course common

in Spiti.

Columba leuconota (Vigors). The Snow Pigeon,

M. Babault met with the Snow Pigeon at Tchari-Djony. In May and June I

have met with a few on the southern slopes of the Rhotang Pass, usually over

10,000’ though I have seen it as low as 8,500’ below Rahla. There is a specimen

from Kulu dated February in the Gould collection,

482 JOURNAL,. BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Streptopelia orientalis meena (Sykes). The Indian Rufous Turtle Dove.

The Turtle Dove is a common summer visitor to Kulu and Saraj occurring at

all heights during the passage but probably not breeding below 6,000’.

Streptopelia chinenses suratensis (Ginel.). The Spotted Dove.

The Spotted Dove breeds commonly in the valleys of Kulu and Saraj up to

about 6,000’ at Juggatsukh. On June 20, I found a nest placed on the rafters

of the rest house verandah at Bajaura. It is probably a sunimer visitor only.

Streptopetia senegalensis cambayensis (Gmel.). The Little Brown Dove.

M. Babault obtained two females at Ghary on May 8, and a male at Bajaura.

Streptopella decaocto decaocto (Friv.). The Indian Ring Dove.

A common Summer visitor to the valley of the Beas from Larji 3,000’ to

Manali 6,000’, but less numerous above Sultanpur.

Catreus wallichii (Hardw.). The Cheer Pheasant.

Hume records taking a nest with 4 eggs early in May a few miles from Jaggat

sukh (N. and E. 2nd ed., vol. iii, 413). My own collection contains 5 eggs

which were brought in fresh to me from the neighbourhood of Katraian in May.

The egys of this pheasant however continue to be sufficiently rare in collections.

The Cheer Pheasant is apparently found throughout Kulu and Saraj at

moderate elevations above 5,000’ but as elsewhere in its range it is sparsely

distributed and very local. According to Tyacke (Manual Rev. ed. 1907) the

best locality for it in Kula from the sportsman’s point of view is the Dobi Nala.

M. Babault collected specimens on the Dulchi Pass. Personally I only met

with it in Kulu in the Parbatti Valley at Kasol on open dry grassy slopes

amongst scattered cheel trees. It has no seasonal altitudinal inovement.

Pucrasia macrolopha (Less.). The Koklas Pheasant.

The Koklas Pheasant is’ common in Kulu and Saraj in the middle zone

of forests from about 7,000 to 9,500’.

Gennzus hamiltoni (Griff.). The White-crested Kalij Pheasant.

This is the common pheasant of Kulu and Saraj and it is very generally

distributed at all heights from 4,500’ up to 8,000’, being especially partial to

heavy undergrowth in the neighbourhood of water.

Lophophorus impejanus (Lath.). The Monal.

The numbers of the Monal Pheasant are periodically reduced by netting and

snaring in those areas where the slackness or venality of the local subordinate

offictals encourages the poaching instincts of the Kulu villager ; for this pheasant

besides affording a welcome dish is considered peculiarly appropriate to form a

‘Dali’; while the plumage of the male—and more especially the long crest

feathers, has a certain monetary value. When poaching is reduced to the

minimum the Monal is comnion in all the forests of the higher ranges from 8,000

to 12,000’; with the descent cf the snowline in winter the birds collect in the

lower portion of their range and then excellent sport may be obtained by

the sportsinan who is sound enough in wind and limb to undergo the necessary

climbing. I know no finer sport ; unrivalled air and scenery, the magnificence

of the quarry, the difficulty of the climbing and shooting and the immense

satisfaction as each bird is gathered in to the bag, all combine to afford a day’s

sport which is seldoiz equalled and never surpassed in the annals of the shot

gun. But the bag is invariably small. Personally I have never killed more

than six Monal in one day though other pheasants may also be obtained to

swell the bag.

Tragopan melanocephalus (Gray). ‘The Western Tragopan.

The Tragopan is the rarest of the pheasants of Kulu but it may be found in

stall numbers here and there on the high ranges at the same elevations as the

Monal and also slightly lower in winter. It is more of a skulker and is usually

found in thick undergrowth, Rhue or light Ringal Bamboo growth. ‘The eggs

are very rare in collections but I obtained 4 rather incubated eggs from Saraj in

May 1928 through a village headman,

A NOTE ON THE BIRDS ON KULU dg'3

Coturnix coturnix coturnix (L.). The Quail:

Stoliczka states that the Quail may occasionally be obtained in the Kulu

Valley between 4,000’ and 5,000’ ; Kulu is however outside the main migration

route of the species.

Arboricola torqueola miilardi S&. The Simla Hill Partridge.

I have heard the call of this partridge not infrequently about the summit

of the Dulchi Pass and Tyacke states (Manual Rev. ed. 43) that this is the

only spot in the Kulu Valley where it is to be found.

Alectoris graeca chukar (Gray). The Chukor.

This splendid game bird may be found throughout Kulu and Saraj wherever

the absence of forests provides the necessary open ground, though the stonier

and more barren the slopes the greater the likelihood of obtaining sport. At

one time good bags were procured, the best that I have heard of being over

40 brace, but of late their numbers have been reduced by poaching. The

Chukor is a favourite cage bird in Kulu and numbers are taken thence into the

outer hills.

Francolinus francolinus asic Bonap. ‘The Black Partridge.

The Black Partridge is found in smal) numbers in the valley of the Beas from

Raisan to Larji, in the Kraun Valley, and up the Tirthan to Banjar at heights

up to 6,000’. It is however fairly common only in the open cultivated valley

about Bhuin and Bajaura.

Tetraogalius himalayensis (Gray). The Snow Cock

There are several specimens from Kulu in the Hume Collection but the only

definite locality specified is the Jalouri Range (January-February). Stoliczka

states that it is found in Northern Kulu. I have no personal knowledge of the

bird in Kulu or Saraj but M. Babault met with it at Tchari-Djony. It is

probably common enough on some of the highest ranges.

Lerwa lerwa (Hodgs.). The Snow Partridge.

Stoliczka states that the Snow Partridge ‘is numerous in the north-western

parts of Kulu during the winter, when it descends from the snowy ranges

somewhat lower down’. In the Hume collection there are 8 specimens

collected in January and February on the Jalouri range, and two from Nunda

in February. M. Babault met with it at Tchari-Djony at the end of May.

I received a specimen in the flesh which had been obtained somewhere in Saraj

and Mr. Shuttleworth, I.C.S. (once Sub-Divisiona! Officer of Kulu) informed me

that he shot a single bird from a covey in February, 1919 on the hump cf the

Rhotang Pass above Rahla at about 9,500-10,000’. More definite information

about this bird is greatly to be desired, as its numbers appear to be diminishing

throughout the Western Himalayas.

Amaurornis fuscus (L.). ‘The Ruddy Crake.

M. Babault found it in small parties in the Bajaura marsh on June 13 and

secured a male. I obtained a male (with the organs partly developed) on

June 30, 1921, at Sultanpur 4,000’ in the alder:grove between the town and

the Tehsil.

Lobivanellus indicus indicus (Bodd.). The Red-wattled Lapwing.

The Red-wattled Lapwing is fairly conimon in summer along the valley of the

Beas from Manali 6,000’ to Larji 3,000’. I fancy the majority of these birds are

only summer visitors as with the exception of a party of 4seen at Bajaura on

November 12, 1923. I have seen none in winter.

Charadrius dubius jerdeni (Legge). The Little Ringed Plover.

On June 8 and 9, 1922, I found a couple of pairs of Ring Plover which

were clearly nesting on the shingle banks of the Beas at Bajaura 3,600’

M. Babault obtained a pair in June in the same locality and also notes that

the species was in parties, probably I suppose family parties.

484 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1.

Ibidoryhynchus struthersii Vigors. The Ibis-Bill.

One or two pairs of this beautiful and interesting bird are resident in the

valley of the Beas and breed on the shingle beds of the river but I think it

desirable to suppress the exact locality.

Tringa hypoleuca (L.). The Comiion Sandpiper.

The Conimon Sandpiper may be found here and there on the rivers of Kulu

any time in the year, though but rarely in summer. I have no evidence that

it ever breeds in the country, and it is hardly likely to do so as in Lahul I did

not find it breeding anywhere nearer than Jispar.

Tringa ochropus (L.). The Green Sandpiper.

Not unconimon as a winter visitor and non-breeding individuals are also

to be met with in summer, along the valley of the Beas.

Tringa totanus (L.). The Redshank.

On June 8, 1922, I saw a Redshank on the shingle of the R. Beas at

Bajaura 3,600’.

Scolopax rusticola (L.). The Woodcock.

The Woodcock must breed fairly commonly in all the larger valleys of Kulu

about 8,000’ to 10,000’. In winter the birds descend to lower levels and after

snow has fallen on the ranges they are found in the ‘ mahals’, the alder groves

mixed with swamp and bush undergrowth, along the Beas and presumably

the Parbatti and other valleys. Unfortunately there is practically nothing on

record about the wocdcock in this, one of its most noted habitats in India, and

details are most desirable as regards the elevations and nullahs in whick the

bird has been met in the breeding season, its seasonal altitudinal movements,

and the sport that it has afforded in winter.

Capella nemoricola (Hodgs.). The Wood-Snipe.

M. Babault obtained two males with the organs developed at Tcho-ti on the

River Tcho at the end of May so it doubtless breeds in the vicinity. Details

about the bird are sadly wanting.

Capella soiitaria (Hodgs.). ‘The Solitary Snipe.

On November 9, i923, I flushed a solitary snipe form a small half-frozen

stream at 9,000’, above Pulga; this was at the edge of asmall open ‘ Tharch’

in Silver Fir forest. A few days later on November 17, I shot one fron: the

boulder strewn nala by the Manglaur bridge 4,000’.

Capella stenura (Kuhl.). The Pintail Snipe.

There is a specimen from Kulu collected by Major Hay in the Gould collection

in the British Museum.

Capella gallinago (IL.). The Fantail Snipe.

Stoliczka says that the snipe has been obtained in Southern Kulu in winter,

Phalacrocorax carbo (L.). The Common Cormorant.

A cormorant, presumably of this species, occurs in Kulu though it apparently

does not breed in the country. I have seen a few onthe Beas from Bhuin to

Larji in June and November, and one in November on the Tirthan below

Manglaur.

Anser anser (L.). The Grey Lag Goose.

Occurs in the list of Game birds given in the Gazetteer.

Anser indicius (Lath.). The Bar-headed Goose.

Occurs in the list of Game birds given in the Gazetteer.

Nettopus coromandelianus (Gm.) ‘The Cotton Teal.

Occurs in the Gazetteer list.

Anas peecilorhyncha peecilorhyncha Forst. The Spot-bill Duck.

Occurs in the Gazetteer list.

A NOTE ON THE BIRDS ON KULU 485

Anas platyrhyncha (L.). The Mallard.

A few were observed in the first half of November on the Beas about Bhuin

and Bajaura and on the Tirthan at Manglaur.

A few pairs are said to breed at the little marsh at Dalogi 7,000 feet in the

Sainj Valley but the statement has not been verified.

Nettion crecca (L.). The Common Teal.

A very big flock of Teal was observed feeding on water-logged cultivation at

Bhuin on November 4.

Querquedula querquedula (L.). The Garganey.

Occurs in the Gazetteer list.

Mareca penelope (I..). The Wigeon.

A small party were observed on the Beas at Bajaura on November 12.

Chaulelasmus streperus (L.). ‘he Gadwall.

A few parties were seen on the Beas froin Bajaura to Larji during the first

half of November.

Spatula clypeata (L.). The Shoveller.

Two or three were seen at Bajaura and Oot on November 12 and 16.

Marmaronetta angustirostris (Mén.). The Marbled Duck.

Netta rufina (Pali.). The Red-crested Pochard.

Nyroca ferina (L..). The Pochard.

Nyroca rufa (L.). The White-eyed Pochard.

Nyroca fuliguia (L.). The Tufted Duck.

The names of these 5 ducks all occur in the list in the Gazetteer.

LADY [ELIZABETH] GWILLIM,

Artist and Ornithologist

CasEy A. Woop, M.D., M.B.O.U.

[Reprinted from the Ibis, July 1925. |

For several years past I have been buying books, manuscripts,

paintings, and other items for the Blacker Library of Zoology

and for the E.S.W. Library of Ornithology, McGill University,

Montreal, Canada. This search for literary material in zoology

has finally narrowed itself to rare desiderata, the ordinary require-

ments of these special collections having long been satisfied;

consequently, the quest has led me into out-of-the-way localities

and into shops and other marts of trade not generally regarded

as harbouring works of zoological interest. While following this

plan last year I, at a venture, enquired of a smiall but select

London dealer in objects d’art whether he had any drawings or

paintings of birds or other animals. After a search in his cellar

among much half-forgotten stock, he brought out a parcel con-

taining about thirty small (10x14 in.) mounted and coloured

drawings of Indian Fishes. Each mat bore an auctioneer’s (or

cealer’s) printed number; a few were signed ‘E.G.,’ and upon

still more were written legends (that Sir Henry Drake-Brockman

later translated for me as Urdu) of the native names of the sub-

jects portrayed. With the contents of this package I was shown

a portfolio containing paintings in colour of a few Indian flowers,

inscribed with both their English and systematic names. Pasted

on one of the front pages of this portfolio was a leaf on which

was written ‘Elizabeth Gwillim, Madras, 1800-1806.’ While I

Was examining these drawings and asking for more, a salesman

happened along and said to the proprietor, ‘I think that before I went

to France in 1914 I saw a collection of bird paintings downstairs.’

Shortly afterwards this clerk appeared bearing an immense, dust-

laden, but extremely well made portfolio about five feet broad

and four high. I noticed that it was brass-bound, provided with

a safety lock and had a wide wooden back. It must have weighed

thirty pounds. On it were painted barely decipherable initials and

a date—‘E.C.K. 1800.’ The contents amazed and delighted me.

I do not claim to be an art expert, but I realized at once that the

paintings of Indian birds in the pockets of that giant container

were by the hand of no mean draughtsman.

We are all well acquainted with the productions of brush and

pencil wielded by ‘ladies of quality’ during the Georgian and

early Victorian periods, and I fully expected to find these

amateurish efforts displayed in the bird drawings, despite the

rather favourable impressions made on me by the fishes and

LADY (ELIZABETH) GWILLIM — 487

flowers. But I was agreeably mistaken; not only were the birds—

so far as I then knew them—faithfully depicted as to plumage and

posture, but the backgrounds were painted in a fashion worthy

of Keulemans or Grénvold. They were in water colour, carefully

finished and on fine paper. Some of them. were mounted, and all

were numbered in the handwriting of the artist. Many bore (on

the backs mostly) descriptive notes—measurements, colour-indica-

tions, and other data. Generally the systematic title, sometimes

only the English or vernacular name, was appended. On some

pictures there was no legend; on others only the genus was given.

In addition to the completed drawings there was a small collection

of unfinished sketches, evidently the usual ‘studies’ of the artist.

Some of the paintings bore faint, but elaborate, pencilled descrip-

tions of the bird-subject, references to its habitat, life-history,

nesting-habits, oology, food, sexual differences, etc., showing that

the artist was, for her day and generation, a_ well-informed

zoologist.

In every instance an appropriate background—Indian landscape,

trees, shrubs, on which the particular bird was accustomed to

roost, flowers, fruit or animal food on which it fed—was provided.

In addition to notations by the hand of the artist herself, the

reverse of each portrait showed, as in the case of the drawings

of the Indian fishes, a trade number, as if the collection had been

prepared for public sale or auction.

After I had acquired this rather remarkable ‘find,’ I naturally

tried to trace the paintings to their original source, but in vain.

All the dealers could tell me was that they were purchased by them

‘at a sale in the country’ many years before, but exactly when

and where they could not remember, and were unable to discover,

as no record of the sale had been preserved. From time to time

the portfolio had been resurrected and an occasional picture sold,

mostly for framing but sometimes for decorating fire- and other

screens! It was impossible to say who bought these odd lots.

I carefully cleaned the Gwillim pictures of their century of dust

and other accumulations, and was much pleased to find that,

chiefly owing to the fine quality of the drawing paper, there was

very little ‘foxing’ visible, and that the well-constructed portfolio

had further preserved them. The colours (including the iridescence

of certain plumage) were barely altered; many a brilliant hackle,

mantle, wing, and tail seem as freshly depicted as when they were

painted more than a hundred years ago.

In all there were 121 drawings, and as the highest of Lady

Gwillim’s numbers was 201 (corresponding to 180 of the supposed

dealer) it mav be assumed that she had at one time and another

painted at least the former number of bird-portraits, which before

they fell into the hands of the former dealer had probably been

reduced by sale or otherwise to 180.

The 121 pictures give one a fair idea of the avifauna—indigenous

and migrant—of southern India. Comparing them with Jerdon’s

list and with the fuller catalogues of Blanford and Oates, there

are, of course, many gaps—many genera are not represented at

all; but, considering the ercunietanec’! one can easily believe that

488 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST, SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

if the artist had lived a few years longer she would have made a

gallery of Indian bird-pictures of the greatest scientific value,

worthy to rank with the major collections of the world. Her sudden

and early death, however, prevented the completion of the task,

and probably consigned many of her best efforts to oblivion,

The importance of the collection may warrant a few remarks

about individual pictures, as well as about the artist herself.

In the first place, almost all the drawings are life-size. If one

reflects for a moment that Indian birds include many of the largest

of the Old World avifauna, the reason for the immense portfolio

I have described is manifest. For example, the painting of Ardea

cinerea measures, exclusive of the mount, 333 in. x 24 in. ; of

Dissura episcopus, 254 in. x 24 in.; Herodias alba, 264 in. x 20 in. ;

Ardea manillensis, 264 in. x 19% in.; Botaurus stellaris, 30 in. x

241 in.; Pseudotantalus leucocephalus, 25 in. x 214 in.; Gallus

sonnerati, 334 in.

The Accipitres are well represented and proportionately figured ;

even the largest Vultures are painted life-size.

It has been the proud belief of Americans—myself included—

that it was our Audubon who first produced full-length portraits of

the largest birds, and certainly the pictures of the male and female

Wild Turkey, of Washington’s Eagle, etc., and their exact repro-

duction in the elephant folio bear out that claim. However, so far

as originals are concerned, we must now concede the palm to

Lady Gwillim, who, so far as I know, is the first artist-ornithologist

to paint full-sized and exact pictures of any considerable number

of birds whose length exceeds, say, 35 inches.

I asked a number of trained ornithologists to examine and give

me their opinion of the scientific and artistic value of the collec-

tions, among them Mr. Stuart Baker and Mr. Kirke Swann. The

latter carefully revised the systematic names of the Birds of Prey,

and expressed his complete satisfaction with the manner in which

they had been depicted by the artist. Mr. W. L. Sclater also

kindly looked over the portfolio and agreed that its contents would

be of distinct value to students and would form a desirable addition

to a research library. He pointed out that in the evident faithful

delineation of living subjects the pictures formed a striking contrast

to those common but really valueless drawings supplied by native

artists of Indian birds. Moreover, they were likely to be free of

those errors (discoloured and faded wattles, legs, ceres, mandibles,

etc.) sometimes made by even our best artists who were obliged

to make their drawings from bird-skins in which decided colour-

changes had occurred after death. Lady Gwillim, having been in

a position to command live birds or recently killed specimens, had

been able to avoid such mistakes.

Having settled the status of her pictures, it remained to find out

something about the artist. I have consulted all the ordinary and

most of the extraordinary sources of information that would occur

to one interested in the matter, but with meagre results. Many

authorities—among them Sir Henry Drake-Brockman (I.C.S.), Sir

William Foster of the India Office, Canon Bannister, the well-

known genealogist of Hereford, whence Lady Gwillim’s husband

LADY (ELIZABETH) GWILLIM 489

came to Madras, the Librarian of the Inner Temple, and several

others, who seemed likely to furnish some account of her life and

career as the wife of a distinguished Indian judge—very kindly

assisted me in this quest. In addition, I have carefully searched

all the biographies, both British and Indian, at my command and

have diligently explored, while in that city, all the Madras public

libraries, including the files of the Madras Government Gazette

and the records in the Connemara Library at Madras. Through

the courtesy of the Garrison Chaplain, the Rev. C.' E. De la Bere,

I was permitted to examine the Parish registers of St. Mary’s

Church and to copy the inscription on Lady Gwillim’s tomb. I

regret to say that the information thus acquired is small in amount

and of disappointing character. The Government Gazette, the

only newspaper published in the Presidency at the time, gives only

the usual formal notice of the lady’s death, omitting her maiden

name, and birth-place. As Sir W. Foster remarks, obituaries of

women of title: were not fashionable at the beginning of the

nineteenth century.

Briefly, all vital data I have been able to secure up to the present

time is as follows :—Elizabeth (maiden name unknown) Gwillim

was born (about) April 21, 1763, and came to Madras in the year

1800 with her husband, Sir Henry Gwillim (just made K.C.M.G.)

of Hereford, one of His Majesty’s Puisne Justices of the newly-

formed Supreme Court of Judicature. She died Dec. 21, 1807,*

at the early age of 44, and was buried in St. Mary’s Church,

Fort St. George, Madras. Cut in the pavemeri of this historic

church, near the front entrance, is this inscription :—

ELIZABETHA

PIA CONIUX

HENRICI GWILLIM EQ. AUR.

VIXIT ANN. XLIV. MENSES VIII

Flea Ss

MDCCCVII.

If any of my readers can add to the life-dates or personal history

of this half-forgotten artist, the information will be gladly welcomed

by the present writer.

*In both Mrs. F. Penny’s Fort St. George, Madras and C. S. Cotton’s

Monuments of Madras this date is incorrectly given as August 7, 1807.

SOME NOTES ON THE SECOND EDITION OF THE FAUNA

OF BRITISH INDIA—BIRDS, VOLS. I AND II

CLAUD B. TICEHURST, M.A., M.R.C.S., M.B.O.U., F.R.G.S.

Vout

Excellent as was the Fauna of Oates and Blanford—and few will deny the

great help it has been to those of usin India who were ‘ ornithologically in-

clined’, a new edition in light of the extended knowledge of the last 30 years

was urgently required. To write such an Avifauna within the limits prescribed

covering the whole of India (in the widest political sense) and dealing with

every aspect of each species fully, isan Herculean—nay almost impossible—

task for any one man. Only those who have studied the subject at all deeply

can realize what an immense amount of work in the museum and library such

a work entails. It will follow therefore of necessity that those who have

specialized at allin any one department or region will find in the new edition

of the Fauna statements which are not strictly accurate when applied to their

speciality, and here and there they will find errors or slips have unaccountably

crept in. Mindful of these facts and of Mr. Baker’s request (vol. xxx, 207-9)

for helpful criticisms, I venture to put on paper these few notes which I have

jotted down chiefly concerning N.W. Indian birds on reading through the

Fauna—not that they pretend to be exhaustive—avoiding as far as possible

any matters of opinion or subsequent publication. For convenience of

reference I have copied the nomenclature used in the Fauna.

p. 21. Raven (Corvus corax laurencet). J cannot confirm the statement

that the Brown-necked Raven replaces this birdin N.E. Sind. There are very

few certain records of r#fzcollis in Sind.

p. 34. Sind House Crow (Corvus splendens zugmayert). The distribution

given of this bird is too wide to the west. In Beluchistan it is practically con-

fined to Las Belas and Sibi plains. Zarudny did not meet with it in Persian

Beluchistan nor has any one else met with it there or in the Mekran, so far as

Iam aware. Nor does it enter the hills to any extent. If it occurs at Fao in

Iraq at all, it must have been introduced there ; there is no recent record. On

the other hand it is the form cf House Crow over the greater part of the western

Punjab plain, but to Afghanistan it must indeed be astraggler or occur in

places just on the border. It must be remembered that old records of

‘ Afghanistan’ (such as Griffiths’) did not refer to Afghanistan of to-day

necessarily but often to Beluchistan (Sibi) or even Upper Sind.

p. 31. Rook (Corvus frugilegus tschusit). The Rook does more than

occasionally wander to the Punjab plains. It is a regular winter visitor to the

plain north of the Salt Range and occurs at Gujranwala, Ludhiana and near

Lahore—as recorded by Whistler and Currie. Punjab specimens which I have

examined cannot be picked out in any way from the typical race.

p. 29. Himalayan Jungle Crow (Corvus corvonoides intermedius). It is

difficult to see how small birds at Murree can be wanderers from the plains

after breeding. No Jungle Crow breeds in the Western Punjab plains and the

species is practically absent from Sind. The distribution of levazllanti

therefore also needs emendation.

p. 38. Kashmir Magpie (Pca pica bactriana). It must surely bea straggler

to the Simla Hills; at all events no one has met with it there of recent years.

p. 48. Indian Tree Pie (Dendrocitta rufa). I have already gone so fully

(Ibis. 1922, p. 537) into the races of this bird that I will only say that if any races

are to be recognized at all it is surely inconsistent to unite the largest and

paler north-western bird (fal/zda) (W 152-170), with the smallest and darker

NOTES ON THE SECOND EDITION OF THE FAUNA 491

South Indian bird rufa (W 135-152). Sclateri and kinneari do not appear to

me to be very distinct forms.

p. 70. Yellow-billed Chough (Pyrrhrocorax graculus). The Himalayan bird

of which Whistler has obtained a splendid series run much larger than Europe-

anones 6 W 275-298, bill from base 35-38. 2 W 262-266, bill 34-35. It should,

at any rate for the time being, stand as forsytht.

pp. 73-77. Grey Tits (Parus cinereus, etc.). The Great Tit of Southern

Persia PP. major blanfordi belongs most distinctly to the major and not the

cinereus group. Iam unaware of any of the cimereus group in N. Arabia.

P. m. intermedius, The measurements given are.too small for Baluchi

birds, males of which measure W 73-78 T. 63-72. It is a large-winged bird

with tail in proportion ; some of! mine have not fully grown tails so that 63

mm, is probably on the small side.

P. m,. planorum. ‘This supposed race wants further examination. I have

examined the type, it is an unsexed winter bird with no original label, said to

have come from ‘South Punjab’! The wing measures 70mm. It and another

apparently from the same source (W 68) I cannot distinguish from kaschmirensts.

No Grey Tit breeds in the plains of the Punjab, except perhaps on the Delhi

side, nor in Sind.

A useful distinction in the various races of Grey Tit is the white wedge on

the penultimate tail feather’s inner web. This varies in depth in birds from

the type localities pretty constantly.

In cinereus 10-20 mm. up from tip ; outer web black.

In mahrattarum 20-28 ,, ae aS with a black line.

In kaschmiriensis 30-40 ,, - ss no black line.

In intermedius 37-490 _,, a iS

Me) ,9

p. 82. Turkestan Marsh Tit. (Parus palustris korejyewt). 1 can find no

record of this bird in Beluchistan, I think that it would have been more

helpful if, in all cases of very rare stragglers, the records had been given

in full.

p. 85. Simla Black-Tit. (Lophophanes rufonuchalis rufonuchalis). The

English name of this bird only has priority to recommend it, it being given by

Jerdon. Butit must be very confusing to the inexpert. This Tit does not

occur actually in Simla, nor is the type locality Simla. Blyth says ‘ Tyne

range beyond Simla presented by Capt. Hutton.’ Stewart (Zool. 1886

p. 443) says he gave Hutton this bird and he procured it at Nagteeba two long

marches beyond Landour though the date he gives (1861) must have been a

slip. In the description it is said that there is a broad band down the ab-

domen ‘ black,’ and the upper plumage is olive green ; both these statements

are copied from the Fauna ed.; and are misleading ; if there is a broad black

band as stated it must be rare as none of our large series have it, and olive

green must have been a slip for olive grey.

p. 98. White-Cheeked Tit. (<&githaliscus leucogenys). A reference is

made to Whitehead obtaining this bird as low as 1,800 feet at Safed Koh on

July 20. This zs as recorded by Whitehead, but it is an obvious misprint or

slip for 8,000 ft., and as such is nothing noteworthy. The Safed Koh being one

of the highest mountains on the Frontier, no part of it of course is anything

like so low as 1,800 ft.

p. 100. Penduline Tit. (kemzz coronatus). I know of no record in British

Beluchistan of this species; Whitehead and Magrath obtained it in Kohat

District, N.W.F.P.

p. 133. Velvet-fronted Nuthatch (Szfta frontalts). The distribution ig

given as the whole of India west of Bombay, Gwalior and Kumaon; it should

of course be east of this line. The Himalayan bird is smaller than the Ceylon

bird in wing and bill, and should stand as Sztla frontalts corallina Hodgson

(J.A.S.B.V., p. 779. 1836 Nepal), Ceylon birds measure W 75-84. Nepal and

Sikkim, W 71°5-77.

p. 199. Afghan Babbler (Argya caudata huttont). The ‘ Jay River Hills ’

in Sind is the Gaj Nai, a hill water course in the Khirthar N.W. of the Munchar

Lake. 1 too made the mistake (Ibis, 1922, p. 540) of uniting eclipes with Argya

492 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

caudata caudata; it is perfectly distinct and aninteresting form. It is rather

larger than cauvdata and much darker on the upper parts with larger streak-

ings. Since I wrote (oc. cit) 1 have seen a good series from Rawalpindi,

Peshawar (type) Attock and Kashmir foothills (Punch-Gingri road). It is the

race inhabiting the lower hills in the N.W. corner of India. Hume’s original

description is good. ‘The status of this race seems to be on a par with that of

Molpastes leucogenys humit.

p. 357. Grey Hypocolius (AHypocolius ampelinus). The distribution of

this bird is still not completely known. It certainly is a summer visitor

to Iraq, but Mr. Baker appears to suggest that it is resident in Persia moving

south in spring ; I know of no support for this.

pp. 383-389. Red-vented Bulbuls. (d/olpastes hemorrhous). The measure-

ments given for the various races will need revision, and it may be noted that

Bulbuls vary in size according to sex and so it would have been better to have

given the measurements for each sex. The wing measurement of pallidus

is given as 87-97 ; I measure a large series—J 96-101, 9 89-94'5. It is not clear

from the distribution given that this bird occurs in $. E. Sind and in the plains

of the Western Punjab. The measurements of dengalensis is given as 103-111 ;

the few 1 have from Bengal measure 3 ¢ ¢, 101°5-104°5, 499 93-99. Jnter-

medius is given as ‘92-105, very few reach 100.’ I measure 8 ¢ 4. (100°5)

102°5-106, 7 2 2 (92), 98-102! In passing it may be noted that the description

of MW. h. nigropileus has been omitted.

p. 390. White-eared Bulbul (Molpastes leucogenys leucotis). The tpye

locality cannot be restricted to the Punjab as it has already (J. B. N. H.S.,

xxviii, p. 271, March 1922) been restricted to Karachi in Sind. The measure-

ments given (W 86-93) surely include the Perso-Iraq form mesopotamieé ; not

one out of our 17 specimens (Sind and Punjab) exceeds 88. ¢ 81°S-88.

p. 394. Bengal Red-whiskered Bulbul! (Otocompsa emeria emeria). This

must be very rareat Simla; no one appears to have recently come across it

though Simla is given in the first edition of the Fauna as within its range.

p. 422. Sinall Olive Bulbul (Pycnonotus erythropthalmus). The distri-

bution is omitted.

p. 423. Black-headed Bulbul (MWicrotarsus melanocephalus). The type

locality given as ‘Sandwich in mares australis’ appears to need an explana-

tory note.

VoL. Il

p. 23. It may be noted that the type of the genus Saxzcola was designated

by Selby in 1825 according to statement (p. 23) but on p. 38 it is accredited to

Swainson 1827. The latter seezns correct.

p. 24. (Saxicola caprata). It seems a pity and confusing to twist round the

English names of the Chats. The caprata group were weil known as Bush-

chats and are well named so, conversely the forguata group are well known as

Stonechats (though Oates called them all Bush-chats) and the English race is

actually referred to on p. 27 as the English Stone-chat. Moreover on p. 25

S. caprata burnianica is referred to as the Pied Chat while we have another

Pied Chat (CZ. picata) on p. 42 and yet another (@. leucomela) on p. 45!

p. 41. Hume’s Chat (CGnanthe alboniger). I cannot make out the tail

measurements given as 55-71. My Sind birds measure ¢'71-75, 2 66-69 from

base of tail.

p. 43. Pied Chat (Cauanthe picata.) Lest there be any doubt about my

statement quoted on p. 43 that this bird is the breeding bird of Eastern Persia,

I may say 1 have examined over 30 specimens, breeding or juveniles, from

East Persia, from Serakhsin N. Khorasan to Kohi Taftan in the south. More-

over Blanford also found it breeding in the Kerman and Niriz districts.

p. 47. Barnes’ Chat (Q¢nanthe melanoleuca melanoleuca). One despairs

of the fixity of the Latin name of this bird. Melanoleuca had been long used

for the eastern form of the; Black-eared Wheatear till changed by Hartert to

apply to Barnes’ bird (Vog. Pal. F., p. 690}. It was changed back again in the

B. O. U. list Addenda (Ibis. 1921, p. 314) to apply to the Black-eared Wheatear

NOTES ON THE SECOND EDITION OF THE FAUNA 493

but now Mr. Baker changes it back again to Barnes’ chat. So the nomenclatural

pendulum swings! and ‘fixity’ seems no nearer.

The wing measurements given (85-92) for this bird are too small, as regards

Beluchi specimens at all events, as 8 males I have measured vary from 92-96.

p. 53. Tibetan Desert Chat. (Cnanthe desertt oreophila). Is it certain

that this bird zwznters in Sikkim (whence Stevens does not list it) or anywhere

else within Indian territory proper ? From my investigations it appears to be a

summer visitor to its breeding haunts with a well defined but comparatively

narrow winter range which extends from 8S. Afghanistan, Seistan, Eastern

Persia and the MekrantoS. Arabia and Sokotra. It appears to miss the

piains of N. W. India altogether.

p. 54. Red-tailed Chat (Ainanthe xanthoprymna chrysopygia.) So far asIam

aware this chat does not breed in British Beluchistan. i can find no record of it.

p. 79. Guldenstadt’s Redstart (Phenicurus erythrogaster grandis). The

distribution given of this bird does not seem quite clear. The term ‘N. E,

Frontier’ is vague and is used in various places with varied meanings. Here

perhaps it means the N.E. Frontier of Kashmir? ; on p. 124 it apparently

means the N.W. Frontier Province. ‘This bird must be a mere straggler to the

blains of the Punjab.

p. 84. Western Red-spotted Bluethroat (Cyanosylvia suecica suecica). This

race may of course occur in the plainsof N.W. India, but I think it cannot be

common ; ofa large series in Whistler’s and my collection from Punjab and

Sind not one is referrable to this race.

p. 85. Eastern Redspotted Bluethroat. (C. s. pallidogularis). Isit quite

certain that this Bluethroat breeds in Ladak ? I examined Ludlow’s specimens

and considered that they were abdotiz.

pp. 87-88. Turkistan Nightingale (Luscinta megarhyncha golzii). On p. 87

this bird is referred to as the Persian Nightingaie though named correctly in

the heading. The measurement for the tail of the European hird ‘ about 65 ’ is

toosmall. It runs upto72mm. ‘The length of the first primary varies much in

European birds and is of itself no guide ; sometimes it is equal to, sometimes

it islonger than, the primary coverts. ZL. m. africana is referred to as a

larger bird than golzzz where as it is smaller.

p. 105. Blue-headed Robin (Adelura ceruleocephala). I can find no record

for this bird in Beluchistan.

p. 113. Indian Magpie Robin (Copsychus saularts saularis). ‘ The whole of

India ’ is fartoo sweeping for the distribution of this bird. There are enor-

mous areas in N.W. India where it is quite unknown or very local and rare.

p. 123. Blackbird (Zurdus merula). It may bea matter of opinion but it

seems tome hardly necessary to consider all these six birds as races of the

European Blackbird, and the explanation of their origin is somewhat fanciful.

Though maximus and albocinctus approach on the limits of their distribution,

there is no intergradation between the two, which suggests tomy mind that

they are two distinct species. Again szmzllimus and dourdillont botk breed in

Palni Hills and so can hardly both beraces of merula.

p. 143. Salvadori’s Thrush (7urdus obscurus subobscurus). The wing

measurement should surely be 133 not 153 ( =5°25 inches).

p. 153. (Arceuthornis). The splitting of genera is a question no two peo-

ple agree on and so, long as this is so uniformity in nomenclature is unattain-

able. Whether one splits off these three Thrushes from the genus 7wrdus may

be purely a matter of opinion ; at the same time I think the Fauna is the only

modern work in the English language which would put, say, the Black-throat- .

ed Thrush and the Fieldfare into separate genera, and I fancy few will be

disposed to follow this lead. The division between the two genera—sexes alike

and sexes not alike—seems too artificial and in some cases a question of degree.

Thus on colour the sexes of the Fieidfare are almost? precisely alike but in most

cases the sexes cam be differentiated ;on the other hand some males of the

494 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol XXXI

Black-throated Thrush cannot on colour be differentiated from the females ;

moreover, in winter habits this bird is very ‘ Fieldfare-like.’ Ishould be

rather puzzled to know which genus to place the Ring Ouzel in!

p. 156. Fieldfare. Acreuthornis pilaris. The distribution given includes

this bird as breeding in the Faroes. If it has ever bred there it must be very

exceptional. Miiller did not record it as a breeding species, nor Knud

Andersen in many years reports on the avifauna of Farée.

p. 173. Blue Rock-Thrush (Woxticola solitaria). As I have already pointed

out the oldest name for the Transcaspian bird is Blyth’ s longtrosiris. Mr.

Baker makes this race and Jandoo almost the same size in wing measurement

From a large series of males of both races, I make the measurements to be

longirostris, § 121-127, pandoo, g 117-123. (Ibis. 1922, p. 641). It is of interest

to note that Mr. Baker ‘considers the Transcaspian bird to breed on the Beluchi

frontier and Kurram Hill's whereas Col. Meinertzhagen has identified Beluchi

breeding birds as pandoo. One would have expected the same race in

both areas.

p. 177. Rock-Thrush (Monticola saxatilis). Does this bird winter in

N. W. India, if so it must be excessively rare? There were no records in the

‘First Edition’. Mr. Whistler, never found it wintering in the Punjab and in

Sindit isa double passage migrant, as itisin Mekran, almost certainly ex route

to and from Arabia and Africa. Whitehead too only met with it on passage in

Ne W.E. 2.

p. 187. (Prunelling). Because the generic name Accentor cannot be used

there is no reason why the English name should be thrown aside; e.g. we still

use the English name ‘ Ibis’ though the Latin generic name /ézs has been

discarded for Threskiornis. Moreover the two groups have for long and widely

been known as Alpine Accentors and Hedge Accentors. To call the Alpine

birds Hedge-Sparrows certainly is zot technically correct.

p. 197. Prunella strophiata jerdont. This bird may of course breed in

Beluchistan though I know of no record. It breeds as near as S. Waziristan.

pp. 201-3. Eastern Spotted Flycatcher (Muscicapa striata neumanni). The

statements that this bird is ‘to some extent migratory’ and is a very rare

straggler to India in winter hardly describes its Indian status. It is zzter alia a

summer visitor to N. E. Beluchistan and occurs not uncommonly on autumn

passage in the plains of N. W. India. I know of no record of it wintering; it

appears like several other species to winter out of India altogether. The

Persian birds which I have examined certainly belong to this form.

pp. 203-6. Hemichelidon. Mr. Baker is certainly wrong in discarding Hodg-

son’s names for the Sooty Flycatchers. Hodgson instituted the genus Hfemi-

chelidon for their reception and described the birds as Hlemichelidon fuliginosa

and Hemichelidon ferruginea. If the genus Hemichelidon is kept separate

from the genus Muscicapa, which Mr. Baker does, then Hodgson’s names must

be used and are not invalidated by Muscicapa fuliginosa and Muscicapa

ferruginea of prior date. If on the other hand Hemichelidon is merged into the

genus Juscicapa, as Dr. Hartert does, these names of Hodgson cannot be used

as the combination is preoccupied. This is yet another example, which occurs at

least two other times among the Indian Flycatchers alone (viz. Szphia

hyperythra and Cyornis melancleucus), of the impossibility of uniformity in

nomexclature so long as authors are divided on the limitations of genera.

pp. 255-6. Grey-headed Flycatcher. Cudlicicapa ceylonensis. The young in

nestling plumage is a slightly duller and paler replica of the adult. No barring

and no spotting! So it apparently is not a Flycatcher! The birds from

N. India are easily separable from Ceylon birds by their paler yellow

underparts, paler grey head and throat and paler mantle. Itis not quite

correct to say that this bird does not occur in the Punjab; it is common of

course inthe Himalayan Punjab but it also straggles down into the plains in

winter and is recorded from Jhang, Ambalia, Lahore and Gujranwala.

I am very doubtful if the name C. c¢. meridionalis can stand for the Malay

Peninsula bird. There is no doubt that it is distinct (as pointed out) from the

Ceylon bird but three races have already been described from islets off Sumatra,

viz. percnocera (Pulo Si Maloc Is.), amphiala (N. Pageh Is.) pellonota

——

NOTES ON THE SECOND EDITION OF THE FAUNA 495

(Samasura Nias Is). It seems questionable from the descriptions whether they

are different to the Malay and Sumatra bird and if not one of these names will

have priority over meridionalits.

p. 264. Indian Paradise Flycatcher. TJerpsiphone paradist paradist. ‘The

original reference of this bird should be Corvus paradisi (Linn. S. N. ed. x,

p. 107) (1758). Linneus’ first reference is to Ray. (Av. 195. t 2. f 13) where the

bird is described and figured from Fort Saint George, Madras, so that there

was no need for Mr. Baker to have restricted it (p. 266) to Madras.

p. 271. North Indian Black-naped Flycatcher Aypothymis azurea styant.

The distribution given for this bird ‘ All India north of sykesz’ is far too

sweeping. Although I obtained an unaccountable waif in Sind it does not

occur so far as is known in the greater part of N. W. India at all.

p. 277. No. 700 is called the White-browed Fantail warbler instead of Fly-

catcher. The same niuddle is made on ov. 281, last para.

p. 283. Laniide. It is not quite correct to say the shrikes have an autumn

moult only, i.e., do not moult in spring. Lantus minor, L. nubicus, L.

tsabellinus all certainly have a spring body moult and probably L. vitiatus.

p. 285. Grey shrikes (Lanius excubitor). 1 can see no constant difference

in the amount of white on the inner webs of the secondaries and so the key for

auchert and pallidirostris will fail. The tail length for adults of /ahtora given

as 100-115 is too small. On a good series I measure it as 117-129.

pallidirostris is said to have occurred only once in India; besides this

- Punjab specimen, I consider it to have been found at least once in Sind ; but if

Beluchistan is included in India as it seems to be (as the sole occurrence of the

woodchat rests on a Quetta specimen) then it should be included as the breed-

ing race in and a not uncommon summer visitor to the hills of N.E,

Beluchistan. ‘The nest was described in the Ibis., 1920, p. 150.

pp. 294-7. Rufous-backed Shrikes (Lanzus schach).

p. 294. The characters relied on for retaining L. fephronotus as a species are

not constant. That erythronotus never lacks the white speculum and has the

central tail black and that tephronotus always lacks the white speculum and has

the central tail brown, no doubt, is true for the majority of the specimens. I

have seen erythronotus with the white speculum absent (specimens Jhang,

Jhelum, Pindi, Quetta, Srinagar) and birds which otherwise are typical fephro-

notus with a white speculum or a trace of it; in some states of plumage ery-

thronotus has the central tail brown not infrequently, while in fephronotus

I have seen the central tail neariy black or the terminal half black. Then

again at lower elevations in the N.W. Himalayas one finds typical ery'thronotus

but in Lahul 10,000 feet typical tephronotus (Whistler) but in the intermediate

elevations birds are intermediate between the two and a series can be formed

intergrading from one extreme to the other. It is not a question of two species

interbreeding as typical birds of the two forms do not occur together. I

certainly should consider tephronotus to be the high elevation race of schach.

‘Races of schach from Europe’ ; I have never heard of this bird in Europe.

p. 295. The tail measurements of erythronotus are too small; a large series

measured as 108-120.

p. 297. The nestling of fephronotus is easily distinguishable from that of

erythronotus ; the upper parts are many shades darker grey.

Tephronotus would appear to be very rare in winter in the Punjab plains.

The type localities given for these two birds are not correct. Vigors described

both birds from the ‘ Himalayas’, good reason for showing that these birds

came from thé area Simla-Almora has been given in the Ibis (1924, pp. 468-473).

Moreover Lucknow certainly is not in the Himalayas nor should I consider

Gyantse to be either. !

p. 300. Woodchat Shrike (Lanuzs senator niloticus).

‘The statement that this bird inhabits the more barren and stony hill sides in

Mesopotamia and is not found except as a winter visitor in the open plains is

hardly correct ; nor have I found any evidence of it breeding in Mesopotamia.

496 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

So far as we know it does not winter in Mesopotamia at all but is a through

migrant when it usually inhabits much the same sort of country as woodchats

do elsewhere (J. B. N. H.S., 1921, p. 235).

p. 301. Brown Shrike (Lanzus cristatus cristatus). A good distinction between

this bird and zsabellinus and phanicuroides lies in the comparative shortness

of the outer tail feather. From the tip of this feather to the tip of the central

tail feathers in crzstatus measures 19-24 mm. ; in the other two birds 10-16 mm.

p. 302. Pale Brown Shrike (Lantus cristatus isabellinus.) 'The type locality

given as ‘ Kampada’ is hardly recognizable ; Gonfoda or Kunfuda seem to be

the more usual variants in spelling. A tail measuring 64mm. surely cannot

be fully grown ? in 12 specimens measured the length is 80-86 mm.

p. 303. Rufous Shrike (Lanuzs cristatus pheenicuroides).

This bird probably zs commoner in India than is recognized at present, but

I question whether it will be found to be so in wimter. In Sind, Punjab,

Mekran, as in Iraq, it is a decided passage migrant and it winters as far south

as Abyssinia and the Sudan.

p. 329. Small Minivet (Pericrocotus peregrinus peregrinus) .

I have already (Ibis., 1922, pp. 613-614) gone so fully into the question of plac-

ing the type locality at Amballa that for the benefit of those who have not seen

this work I will only repeat that when Linnaens described this bird in 1766 it was

very unlikely that he described a Punjab bird at all; and Amballa birds are

intermediate between peregrinus and pallidus; therefore Amballa is a very

unfortunate choice.

pp. 356-7. Black Drongo. (Dicrurus macrocercus). J am doubtful whether

the Himalayan race is sufficiently distinct. No reliance can be placed on

average measurements when sex is disregarded oris unknown, as obviously one

group might contain more males or more females than the other. The maxi-

mal wing length and the minimal tail length inthe two supposed races are

precisely the same and I cannot find on my own measurements any difference

in bill length between the two.

pp. 385-7. Grey-backed Warbler (Agrobates galactodes familiaris).

In the generic description, p. 385, it issaid that the only representative of the

genus in India isa ‘somewhat rare winter visitor’ but on p. 387 it is said to

‘ probably breed practically wherever it is found.’ ‘The two statements hardly

tally. It is very curious and interesting that this bird should breed not uncom-

monly at Multan; no one else has met with it breeding either in Sind or the

Punjab, though Mr. Baker suggests that it may be resident. Doig, Butler,

Murray and myself all failed to meet with it in the breeding season in Sind nor

has Mr. Whistler discovered its nest inthe Punjab. Outside Major Lindsay

Smith’s records it is only known in the plains as a passage migrant and in two

years I only came across it, and then not uncommonly, between September 3

and 24. Mr. Baker does not quite do me justice when he says I have not

stated from where to where these migrants were going. I stated my opinion

twice! (Ibis., 1920, pp. 531 and 547.) The description of this bird’s breeding

haunts given as ‘in low stunted bushes that do not average 20 feet high’ makes

one wonder what the veally fine bushes at Multan are like! I saw none there

to merit this somewhat ‘ Americanized ’ comparison !

pp. 389-90. Indian Great Reed Warbler (Acrocephalus stentoreus).

As Mr. Baker says—more breeding specimens are required to elucidate the

two forms. I think it is very doubtful if the Sind breeding birds will be found

to be amye@ ; a large series which I collected in Sind are without doubt drunnes-

cens though none are breeding birds ; yet if amy@e is resident there one might

expect that one or two out of a winter series to belong to this race. Gonda in

the U. P. is included in the breeding range of amy@ but a March bird thence in

Mr. Whistler’s collection is as pale as Kasnmir breeding birds and no smaller

than some; a worn breeding bird is too worn to say much about.

p. 393. Blyth’s Reed Warbler (Acrocephalus dumetorum).

It is stated that the second primary is equal to the eighth or is a little shorter.

In a large series I find the second primary is just shorter than the 5th or than

the 6th, The type locality (omitted) should be ‘ India,’

NOTES ON THE SECOND EDITION OF THE FAUNA 493

p. 401. Streaked Grasshopper-Warbler (Locustella lanceolata) .

The type locality is given as ‘ Mainz, Irtum.’ The latter word does not

appear to bea locality at all but a German word (mis-spelt!) meaning an

error! The correct type locality should be ‘ Russia.’

p. 402. Eastern Grasshopper-Warbler (Locustella nevia straminea).

This bird may occur more commonly in N. W. India than records indicate

but to say that it occurs ‘ in great numbers’ gives rather an erroneous impres-

sion. In three winters I saw a few at one spot only, a certain reed-bed on the

Munchar Lake and nowhere else in Sind while in the Punjab Mr. Whistler has

only met with it at one place.

p. 411. Indian Tailor-Bird (Orthotomus sutorius sutorius).

Tail length, 28-112 mm. (summer) is surely a mistake? Ihave not seen a

tail in the breeding season as short as this.

p. 417. (Lusciniola). ‘Though some ornithologists unite Tribura with Lusei-

niola | do not think anyone nowadays puts L. melanopogon into any other

genus than Luwsciniola ; indeed it is the type of the genus.

p. 427. Assam Wren-Warbler. The original reference gives the sub-specific

name as assamensts instead of austent.

pp. 442-5. The Tree-Warblers (Aizppolats).

The tail length of AH. rama, given as 47-52, is too small and is much the same

as that given for //. sczfa, consequently the comparative shortness of the tail in

the latter species is not emphasized though I have found it to be a useful

character. I measure rama, T. 52-57, scita T. 45-52.

As I have already pointed out the evidence for the inclusion of Azppolais

pallida el@ica in India is very flimsy and rests on Dresser’s statement that he

had seen a bird from Sind. Soine error is possible since no one else has ever

obtained it in India. Thetwo birds referred to as being in Col. Meinertz-

hagen’s collection are wof in his collection but in the Quetta Museum and

neither of them is p. el@ica.

Hippolais obsoleta is a bird of mystery but zf it has a tarsus of 30 mm. it

must be a good species!; but an alleged specimen from Sind identified by

Seebohm is rather scanty evidence for admission to the Indian list. If this

species zsa good one the distribution given—Fao, Turkestan and Sind—is a

very extraordinary one for a bird described from JVoscuw !

p. 447. Indian Whitethroat (Sylvia communts icterops).

Does this bird wznter in India as stated? Oates only knew of September

specimens and Mr. Whistler and myself have only met with it in September

and October on passage.

p. 449. Desert Warbler (Sylora HANA HANA).

The reference given as ‘ Sylvia affinis Blanf. and oe Dp. 396. 1S Of

course a slip. A ‘third hand’ clutch of eggs without the ene and without

precise data seems somewhat siender evidence for inclusion as a breeder

within Indian limits.

p. 457. Indian Lesser Whitethroat (Syluza curruca affinis). 1 am_ very

doubtful whether this bird breeds at Quetta, Gen. Betham informed me that

he may have been mistaken, though he thought he sent breeding birds to

Bombay Museum. Enquiries there however have not brought any to light.

p. 452. Small Whitethroat (Sylvia currucaminula). 'This too is stated to

breed in Beluchistan ; I know of no good record of it. /f both these White-

throats do breed in Beluchistan they cannot both be races very well of

curruca.

p. 453. Genus Prylloscopus. These birds are of course w7zter visitors to

the plains, not summer as stated.

The key in the first edition of the Fauna failed because it tried to separate

-birds into one group which have dark heads and coronal bands from those

which have not, and into the first group was put Phylloscopus humit. The

same fault has been repeated in this edition. The majority of specimens of

humit have the coronal band and the dark part of the crown so ill defined that

they are easily put into the wrong division of the key. The keyin the second

edition I think would work better if for the group with ‘no coronal bands’

498 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

were substituted ‘no wing bars’ and for those ‘with coronal bands’,

‘wing bars or a trace of bars present.” But even with this modification a

beginner would get mixed up with szzdzanus and neglectus.

p. 456. Tytler’s Willow Warbler (Phylloscopus tvtleri). The winter distribu-

tion as regards Western India needs modification ; this bird is not found in

Sind nor canI find any record of it in the Punjab plain. Like some other

species it perhaps reaches the Himalayas via the Siwaliks as suggested by Mr.

Whistler in other species.

pp. 456-8. (Phylloscopus collybita). Mr. Whistler has never been in Ladak

and therefore he could not have obtained Phylloscopus sindianus breeding

there! Specimens which he obtained breeding in Lahul I certainly think are

tvistis as they still retain a trace of the greenish tinge on the wings. When all

green tinge has worn off the plumage of breeding birds it is practically

impossible to differentiate the two races. In the field the alarm note might be

a good guide as Brooks pointed out a very distinct difference.

In winter szudianus, so far from ‘ keeping to semi-desert and poorly

wooded tracts,’ in Sind is found in the best wooded parts of the province—

thick babool jungle in the Indus and canal areas. In anything approaching

desert 1 never saw it as I have already pointed out in the ‘ Birds of Sind.’

p. 460. Olivaceous Willow-Warbler (Phylloscopus griseolus).

By a slip this is called the Olivaceous 7vee Warbler. Far from being

‘ doubtless a common winter visitor to the Punjab ’ I think it will be found that

like Phylloscopus tytiert it does not normally winter in these plains at all; at

any rate that is in accordance with such evidence as we have as, though

Mr. Whistler has found it on migration in the Punjab plain, he has never

found it wintering there.

p.469. Hume’s Willow-Warbler (Phylloscopus humit humit).

This Willow Warbler does not breed or even occur in Beluchistan so far as is

known.

p. 470. Crowned Willow-Warbler (Phylloscopus humit premium).

In view of the other Crowned Willow-Warblers it seems a pity not to have

altered this name to the name accepted in England, viz., the Yellow-browed

Willow-Warbler.

In the foot-note Mr. Baker says that Phylloscopus inornatus of Blyth cannot

be used for this bird as Blyth stated subsequently that it does not apply to this

species. I do not know where he stated this but how does it alter the facts. ?P

Blyth in his ‘Catalogue’ places zuornatus as a synonym of muodestus

(= broregulus) which, from the description of zzornatus, could not be correct.

He evidently realized this as in a copy of his Catalogue, Blyth altered this in

his own handwriting, putting znornatus as a synonym of superciliosus.

Because an author thinks he has made a mistake and says that a bird

described by him, he thinks, is in reality another species, the name is not

invalidated if the description holds good. For instance Blyth thought errone-

ously that his 7urdus dissimilis was only the male of 7urdus unicolor but that

does not invalidate Blyth’s name (cf. F. B. I, ed. ii, vol. ii, p. 141). So

too Hume renounced his Pellorneum minus and said it was only P. echraceum,

this was afterwards proved to be wrong and P. minus stands.

Mr. Baker cannot separate Phylloscopus mandellii from this bird ; if that zs

so then premium is the same bird as mandelliz, and the latter name has

thirty-six years priority over premium! To add to the muddle on p. 47 he

calls the bird P. hk. superciliosus.

p. 490. Kashmir Grey-headed Warbler (Seicercus xanthoschistus albosuper-

ciliaris). Mr. Baker may possibly have some source of information not

available to me concerning Beluchistan, but like several other species men-

tioned in the Fauna, I can find no record of this species within the Agency.

Most of Beluchistan is quite unsuited to it.

p. 507. White-bellied Bush-Warbler -(Horornis albiventris). The type

locality is given by a slip as Kashmir ; it should of course be Hengmai, Manipur

Valley, as stated under ‘ Distribution ’

NOTES ON THE SECOND EDITION OF THE FAUNA 499

p. 520. Sind Hill-Warbler (Swya crinigera striatula). This bird certainly

does zot inhabit the plains. It may wander down in winter to almost plains-

level, but it does not leave the hills.

p. 526. Indian Streaked Wren-Warbler (Prinia gracilis lepida). ‘The distri-

bution of this bird extends at least to the United Provinces whence I have a

breeding bird from Futtehgurh.

p. 533. Aboo Jungle Wren-Warbler ( Prinia sylvatica rufescens). The name

Prinia rufescens cannot be used for this bird as it is preoccupied by Blyth’s

Prinia rufescens (= Franklinia rutescens) see p. 427. Hume described this

Wren-Wrabler from Mt. Aboo, Garhwal, Satara District and Etawah (Ibis., 1870,

p- 111) and he described it again as Drymotpus insignis (S.F., i, p. 10) from

Mt. Aboo and Centra! Provinces. Hume was certainly confused (and little

wonder !), by the seasonal and age plumages of this Warbler and described twice

over the Mt. Aboo bird and mixing up with both, Prinza sylvatica sylvatica.

It is perhaps questionable whether Hume’s names can stand, but as he

indicates a greyer tone of plumage in zwsignis and cites Mt. Aboo as a locality,

I think perhaps the name Pyrinzit sylvatica insignis may stand for this bird

which I think is by no means restricted to Mt. Aboo, but to which place I now

restrict the type locality.

p. 539. Himalayan Goldcrest (Regulus regulus himalayensis).

There is no need to restrict the type locality to Srinagar as Mr. Baker has

done, as the correct type locality, even if not well known, can easily be found

out. Jerdon described this bird from Blyth’s MS. In the Ibis, 1870, p. 168,

Blyth says he had only seen one specimen which he believes was procured near

Simla. In the Zoologist, 1886, p. 443 there is the account of obtaining this

specimen by Surg.-Gen. Stewart near Kotegurh and this must be the type

locality.

LOWESTOFT, July 1925,

REVIEWS

‘INDIAN BIRD LIFE’ BY DOUGLAS DEWAR. (John Lane, 7s. 6d. net.)

We have again to chronicle the appearance of a new book on Indian Birds

by that prolific writer Mr. Douglas Dewar, and have no hesitation in pro-

nouncing this youngest of his literary offsprings as one of the most interesting

and valuable.

Its theme is succinctly described by the sub-title ‘The Struggle for Existence

of Birds in India’. Mr. Dewar has set himseif to analyse the various causes

that work to prevent the indefinite increase of birds by the rapid mathematical

progression of reproduction. He takes us chapter by chapter through the

natural causes that work to destroy birds, their eggs and their offspring; and

as he goes he cites chapter and verse for his assertions, drawing his examples

from his own observations and from the published observations of the various

field naturalists that have worked in India.

The purpose of the book is to fill a supposed gap in the writings of Darwin.

Darwin enunciated the fact that a struggle for existence must invariably be

the corollary of the high rate at which all organisms tend to increase; at the

same time he admitted our general ignorance of the nature of the struggle

and the exact checks that operate in any particular instance.

Mr. Dewar has set hirnself to collect some of the evidence that bears on these

points in India; and India should surely be one of the best fields for this

enquiry with its prolific fauna and its prodigal waste of life.

The chapters before us show how a bird is at the mercy of destructive forces

in every stage of life. The adult bird itself suffers from predatory birds and

animals, from the greed or the sport of man, from disease and accident .and

from the forces of Nature acting on the bird direct or through its food-

supply. The accidents that befall nest and eggs and young are each in their

turn discussed at length.

This tragic recital occupies the main body of the book and is followed by a

chapter which endeavours to appreciate the factors contributing to the success

or failure in the struggle for existence of certain species like the Mynah or

the Pink-headed duck.

In the final chapter Mr. Dewar arrives triumphantly at his conclusion that

the checks on the multiplication of a species are purely fortuitous in their

application to individuals; and that being fortuitous they must therefore have

little or no effect on the colour or anatomy or physical characteristics of the

species on which they operate, though he admits to a certain effect on features

connected with breeding, migration or character.

The book then is in the nature of an attack on the theory of Natural

Selection. It is however a reasoned and legitimate attack far removed from the

irritating side attacks and pin-pricks on the Darwinian theories that disfigure

most of Mr. Dewar’s writings. Opinions may differ as to the value of the

evidence cited by Mr. Dewar and it is evident that the book has been written

hastily without sufficient study or material. The conclusions reached are not

necessarily correct. But there can be no doubt that Mr. Dewar has written an

interesting book which he might well use as the ground work for a more

careful and more important study.

H.W.

‘MANUAL: OF THE BIRDS OF. CEYEON? BY W.E.. WAIT, McA Ti7Z.7 5),

M.B.O.U., Ceylon Civil Service. (Ceylon Journal of Science, Rs. 10.)

Those of our members who are resident in Ceylon or interested in the

Ornithology of that country will have every reason to welcome this Manual of

the Birds of Ceylon which Mr. Wait, our member, has prepared on the sugges-

tion of the Director of the Colombo Museum. For some time past there has

been need of an up-to-date text book to convey in handy form the advances in

method and knowledge since Legge’s magnificent but expensive work was

published. That work has long since been out of print and is now difficult

REVIEWS 501

to procure, and it was written before Mr. Stuart Baker and other writers

introduced the trinomial system to workers in the East; and though information

regarding the birds of Ceylon is available in the excellent volumes of the

Fauna of India series it is a cumbersome and unsatisfactory arrangement that

workers in Ceylon should have to satisfy their needs by delving in a work

which applies to so large and diverse an area as that treated of in the Fauna.

Now in Mr. Wait’s book they have an excellent and compact hand-book to

the birds of Ceylon, with the further merit that its price is such as to bring

it within the reach of every student. The usual stumbling block experienced

in a work of this nature that the cost of reproduction prohibits a liberal series

of illustrations has been partly avoided by securing the services of the staffs of

the Museum and the Survey Department to produce a series of plates which

illustrate some of the most typical representatives of the various orders and

families found in Ceylon. Although the drawings are stiff and conventional

they undoubtediy serve their purpose, and it would therefore be unfair to

overstress the fact that they share the decline in the standard of illustration

which has been rather a marked feature in post-war ornithological publications.

An excellent Survey Department map has been included.

For the text of the book we have nothing but admiration. Mr. Wait’s

introductions to the book, to birds and their classification, and to the various

orders and families, are each admirable in their way imparting scientific facts

in language which combines scientific accuracy with plain intelligibility to the

unscientific student; while his descriptions of each individual species are well

framed to supply exactly the information required by the beginner and by the

ordinary student. The advanced specialist will not find here or elsewhere in

the book all that he requires, but for this minority the book has not been written.

The account of each species commences with the correct names _ scientific

and English, and the local vernacular names when such exist. Those are

followed by the first reference to the name now used and by the references to

the species in Legge’s Birds of Ceylon and in the first edition of the Fauna of

British India, so that where changes of nomenclature have occurred old friends

may be recognized under their new names.

Next the bird is described in simple but clear terms, the differences between

the sexes being clearly indicated and some idea being also given where neces-

sary of the immature plumage and any marked seasonal changes. The colour

of the soft parts and the average measurements in inches are also given.

The paragraph on distribution then describes very briefly the general distri-

bution of the species and so far as is known its status and distribution in

Ceylon and where relevant its connection with Southern Indian forms; and

we are glad to see that more care has been taken than is usual in a work of

this nature to indicate the times of arrival and departure of the migratory

species. [It is an interesting fact that al! migratory birds in Ceylon are winter

visitors, as the island lies at the terminus of the routes which run through India

from the north, so that there are no passage migrants to the island and no

summer visitors; a fact that must greatly simplify all ornithological observation

in the island. Apparently also owing to the absence of any well marked

procession of the seasons the hill birds do not indulge in any altitudinal move-

ment, but this point Mr. Wait does not seem to have made clear. The Ornitho-

logist in Ceylon has to confine his speculations chiefly to the effects on

distribution of the rain belts.

The account of each species then finishes with a short paragraph on the

habits and nidification written in clear and homely language. There are the

usual keys and a helpful chart of the external parts of a bird and_ short

glossary; and the various lists and indices are fuller and more satisfactory

than in the usual run of popular books.

Altogether a satisfactory piece of worl on which we heartily congratulate

Mr. Wait.

‘A, HANDBOOK .OF- THE BIRDS OF EASTERN: -CHINA’ -BY .J, D.° D.

LA TOUCHE, C.M.Z.S., Etc. (Taylor and Francis.) Part II. December 1925.

(Tse Gdee net.)

Students of the Avifauna of the Far East will welcome the appearance of

the second part of Mr. J. D. D. La Touche’s work on the birds of Eastern

502 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

China, the first part of which was reviewed at p. 211, vol. xxxi of the Journal.

This new part deals with the families of the Cinclide, Turdida, Muscicapidee

and Laniide and is illustrated with four plates, which have been well repro-

duced from photographs. There is an interesting photo of captive Ruby-throats

tethered on perches along a wall, and a picture of the nest of a Paradise Fly-

catcher im situ. The remaining photographs show typical views of Chinese

scenery,

The text of course follows the same lines briefly indicated in our review of

the first part, though the accounts of some species are slightly fuller and more

interesting than in that part. Many of the species and races dealt with are

familiar to ornithologists in India. If Mr. La Touche is right in his identifi-

cations, some of our Himalayan species such as Monticola erythrogastra and

Chaimarrhornis leucocephala are found from the Western Himalayas to China

without even subspecific variation; though this seems curious in view of the

fact that most Himalayan species have developed eastern and western races

with their junction about Nepal.

We must however take serious objection to the inclusion of the Indian Grey

Shrike, Lanius ex. lahtora in Mr. La Touche’s list. It is included there as a

fairly regular passage migrant and winter visitor purely on the authority of

Pére David. His record is supported by the statement ‘This bird winters in

India and, according to David and Oustalet, proceeds in summer to Central

Asia’. Mr. La Touche is apparently troubled by this record for he cites

Hartert, Dresser and the Fauna of British India in their perfectly correct rendering

of the distribution of this race of the Grey Shrike, Now it is well known that

our Indian bird is absolutely sedentary, and the difficulty in identification of the

races of Grey Shrike is equally well known. This record, apparently unsup-

ported by skins, should therefore have been refused by Mr. La Touche whose

authority is sufficiently well known to entitle him to suppress older and obviously

erroneous records. ‘There are other signs in the work that the author should

be more drastic in his treatment of previously recorded observations. It is the

part of an experienced authority to sift the materials that have come down

to him.

This second instalment of the book however supports our previous opinion

that Mr. La Touche is conferring a great benefit on all students of Chinese

Ornithology.

‘THE AQUARIUM BOOR’, BY E. G. BOULENGER. (Duckworth, 3 Hen-

rietta Street, London, W.C.).

This book by the Director of the New Aquarium at the London Zoological

Gardens should appeal to the scientist and sportsman as well as to the amateur

aquarist and man-in-the-street for whom it was primarily written.

In an introductory chapter, for the most part historical and descriptive, the

author gives an interesting account of the elaborate mechanism behind the show

tanks at the Zoo’s Aquarium, the perfect design of which is the result of much

patient investigation into the various methods adopted at the other large

Aquaria of the world.

The book itself is divided into two parts, one dealing with Salt water, the

other with Fresh water organisms. The author does not confine himself to fishes

but includes chapters on salt and fresh water Invertebrates, and Aquatic Rep-

tiles, Batrachians and Mammals. Of the vast number of backbone-less creatures

which are common to all the waters of the earth, only a comparatively small

proportion can be kept alive in an Aquarium. These, however, include many

well-known species, and Mr. Boulenger recounts some very interesting observa-

tions which he has been able to make on some of the more lowly forms in his

tanks.

His remarks upon the fighting habits of the Common Lobster and the des-

cription of the moult which takes place from time to time in these and other

Crustaceans, show that he has taken full advantage of the unequalled opportunity

for the study of the habits and bionomics of his charges. Another astonishing

fact about the lobster which he tells us is that ‘by stroking it in a certain

direction a coma is produced, so that it remains perfectly still, when it can

be made to rest tail upwards, standing on its beak and outstretched claws !’

REVIEWS 502

There are many little occurrences of interest which take place in the daily

round of the Aquarium; there now flourishes. in the filter beds an _ ever-

increasing colony of shrimps and prawns which have escaped down the overflow

pipes of the show tanks and are being used as food for some of the other

inhabitants of the Aquarium.

It is interesting to learn that the Common Cockle can leap in the water and

in fact does so with great energy when its deadliest foe, the Starfish, is

introduced into the tank. The leap is produced by a sudden opening and

shutting of the valves of the shell.

Practically all fish become tame after a very short time in captivity. This

is mainiy attributable to regular feeding. There is one six-foot-long Conger

at Regent’s Park which can be lifted bodily out of the water after he has

been fed and many of the smaller fish wil! come to the surface and nestie

in the hand.

The chapter which deals with the Lung fishes and their transport to England

in bricks of mud during the period of torpidity is intensely interesting. At

present the Zoo is fortunate in having examples of Ceratodus from Australia,

Protopterus from Africa and Lepidosiren from South America, all of which

have been sent home in the dry state.

Mr. Boulenger has so many other fish stories to tell—all true—and all so

equally enthralling that it is impossible to enumerate them here.

Suffice it to say that his book teems with interesting facts from cover to

cover. Jt will appeal especially to those who have already made the pilgrimage

to that ‘Aladdin’s Cave of Treasures’ which lies beneath the Mappin Terraces

at the London Zoo and will be a source of much enjoyment and instruction to

those who have not yet had the opportunity to do so.

The illustrations alone make the volume worthy of a place on the bookshelf.

Some are photographs taken in the Aquarium, by no means an easy feat, and

there are many beautiful line and wash drawings done from nature by Mr. L. R.

Brightwell.

‘ACCOUNT OF A PHOTOGRAPHIC EXPEDITION TO THE SOUTHERN

GLACIERS OF KANCHENJUNGA IN THE SIKKIM HIMALAYA’, BY

N. A. TOMBAZI, F.R.G.S. (Maxwell Press, Bombay).

The author has given a delightful account of a tour in an out of the way

part of Sikkim in which he succeeded in reaching the pass between the Talung

and Zemu valleys which Mr. Douglas Freshfield called the Zemu Gap. This

was a notable achievement and has, we believe, never been accomplished before.

The author is clearly an enthusiast in mountain scenery and travel, and among

his descriptions he has interspread many useful hints on travel: which will be

of great assistance to those who follow him. Mountaineering in the Eastern

Himalayas must always be difficult on account of the peculiar local conditions ;

except in winter, when extreme cold makes travel at great heights almost

impossible, the rains greatly add to the hardships and discomforts of travel, and

clouds detract from the enjoyment.

The author suffered severely from bad weather but his enthusiasm enabled

him to catch the short but magic period just after dawn when the snows are

clear, as his photographs bear witness.

We take liberty to doubt whether the birds seen by him below Jongri were

Snow-cock (Tetraogalius tibetanus). These birds were seen in juniper forest

somewhere below 11,000 feet, whereas the Snow-cock according to the Fauna

of British india—Birds, t rarely, if ever, descends below 15,000 feet. The writer

once saw a brood of chicks in dwarf rhododendron at an altitude of about

14,000 feet, but it is doubtful if they descend below this altitude. It is more

probable that the birds were Blood Pheasants (Ithagenes cruentus); their

tameness also points to this probability.

The author actually saw at a distance of 300 yards what the coolies described

as a ‘Kenchenjunga demon’ and what was apparently the foundation for the

stories of ‘wild men’ in these mountains. He writes, ‘unquestionably, the figure

in outline was exactly like a human being, walking upright and stopping oc-

casionally to uproot or pull at some dwarf rhododend: ‘on bushes’. It wore no

clothes as far as he could see. The footprints ‘were very similar in shape to

those of a man, but only six to seven inches long by four inches wide at the

broadest part of the foot. The marks of five distinct toes and of the instep

kod JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

were perfectly clear; but the trace of the heel was indistinct and the little that

could be seen of it appeared to narrow down to a point. I counted fifteen

such footprints at regular intervals ranging ftom one and a half to two feet.

The prints were undoubtedly of a biped, the order of the spoor having no

characteristic whatever of any imaginable quadruped’. It is unfortunate that

something more could not have been done to solve this mystery.

The book is beautifully got up and illustrated with a wonderful series of

views, the actual contact prints being pasted in the book. In many cases the

view-point from which the photos were taken is not given. This and an

absence of dates in the narrative are two points which might, we think, be

considered. should the author contemplate a large edition or a future account

of this kind. It seems a pity that a book of such merit should be limited

to an edition of only 150 copies. The tables at the end of the book will prove

useful but the map is rather indistinct.

F. M.B.

‘LIFE OF PLANTS’; BY SIR‘ FREDERICK KEEBLE (Clarendon Science

Series) xii+256 pages. Oxford, at the Clarendon Press, 1926.

‘The growth of Science,’ says the author in his preface, ‘is like that of a

tree. From seed-growing to harvest the time is long and tedious to those

who look for fruits. But during that time there go on obscurely and below

as well as above ground unending successions of very wonderful developments.

Not until they have been accomplished are blossom and fruit produced, and

then profusion and beauty are apparent for all to see. Yet to those who tend

them the science and the tree are beautiful always, alike in their obscure

beginnings and in their brilliant fulfilment. ‘To show this has been my object:

to suggest that science is more than a body of doctrine—an_ illumination

Of lite.’

Keeble, with the modesty of a true scientist, is afraid that he has not

succeeded, for he thinks that the task has proved beyond his powers. 1

cannot agree with him. His book is certainly a successful attempt to impart

understanding of the method and to convey impressions of the beauty of

Science. I do not want to imply that Keeble has spoken the final word on

the subject. He must realize himself, much better than I do, that we are

still far removed from the time when we shall be able to give an adequate picture

of the life of plants. And even when science will have succeeded in listing

all the manifestations of life, it does not follow that by doing so, we have

also established the internal connections between, and causes of, those

manifestations.

Linnaeus says. somewhere in his Philosophia botanica: ‘Principium erit

mirari omnia, etiam tritissima. Medium est calamo committere visa et

utilia. Finis erit naturam accuratius delineare quam alius.’ Keeble seems

to have followed these words, if not in the composition of his book, at least

in preparing its substance. The volume scarcely contains anything that you

could: not find in many other publications. It deals with the ordinary facts

rediant energy by the green leaf, the mobilization of food-materials for

construction and power-production, the environment of the land plant, varia-

tion, heredity, evolution, etc. And still, this book differs in many ways from

others of a similar size and aim. Every page offers a wealth of well-defined

information; the reader feels that it has been written by a hand that has

felt the pulse of the living plant for many years; he knows that the author

could tell him much more than he does and that what he offers you is only

a condensed abstract of a vast accumulation of facts. You are not drowned

in a sea of ili-digested and badly arranged details. The author is always

conscious of what he wants his book to be—an ‘illumination of life’. There

are botanists in India who write on the same subject and with the same aim,

viz., to shed light on the mysteries of plant-life. But they have been induced

to dispel the darkness by exaggerating the actual state of our knowledge of

certain problems, and by not distinguishing critically between facts and products

of imagination. Keeble\is mot ‘of this ‘type... To‘jhim ‘a’ fact’ is -a tact, a

‘hypothesis is a hypothesis, an attempt to explain a certain process remains

an attempt, and no plausible explanation, if it is not supported by solid

REVIEWS 505

data, will induce him to call that attempt a scientific explanation. To give

only one example. There is that much-discussed problem of the ascent of

sap. Some say they have solved it, and they have found the key to solution

in a very simple experiment, and we cannot help wondering why none of the

workers before them made use of the same magical wand. Keeble is more

modest, and he is modest because he is a true scientist. The problem of the

ascent of sap, he says, ‘has not even now received an answer which completely

satisfies every one who has investigated it.’ And after three pages of tentative

explanations he is not ashamed to confess that ‘the study of transpiration leads

from the clear domain of the certain to the dimly uncertain, and beyond to the

unknown, the darkness of which only future research may enlighten.’

Keeble’s Life of Plants is a book that every educated man will read with

interest and profit, It is a sober, reliable, and honest account, stimulating at

the same time and apt to widen the intellectual horizon without causing

mental indigestion.

E. B.

CORRECTION

The note on a ‘ Panther with Abnormal Feet’

which appeared on page 909 of Volume XXX of the

Society’s Journal was the contribution of His Highness

Maharao: Khengarji of Kutch, G.C.S.1., G.C.1.E., and

not of Maharaj Kumar Shree Vijayarajji as published.

Editors.

EDITORIAL

Our President—His Excellency Sir Leslie Wilson—referred at some length in

his speech at the Annual Meeting to the work the Society proposed to do in

training teachers in Government Schools to become in their Schools efficient

teachers of Nature Study or, as we prefer to call it, Natural History.

He expressed his regret that the knife of retrenchment prevented Government

budgeting this year for any financial grant to the Society for the purpose, but

gave vent to the hope that some public-spirited citizen of Bombay would help

the Society by subscribing funds sufficient for the first year, during which the

Education Department would study the work done, and, if it were considered

likely to succeed, then there would be strong probabilites of Government

budgeting in the future for the expense of maintaining the scheme.

‘There are many public-spirited men still living in Bombay but so far as the

needs of the Naturai History Society are concerned the vast majority seem to

be suffering from an inability to find their way to the pocket in their trousers

where their purse is kept. No doubt, like the small boy when first put into

knickers, they have put their hands so often into their pockets that, to protect

themselves from perhaps having no pockets in the future, they have had their

pockets sewn up. There is one public-spirited gentleman in Bombay who has

determined that so far as help in educational matters is concerned his purse

pocket should never be closed. We refer to Sir Sassoon David, Bart., who has

established a Trust and a Committee of Trustees to deal with that Trust,

whereby the interest on a largesum of money shall be available for educational

needs of proved utility.

Having a good cause we approached the Trustees and we have now the

pleasant duty of expressing our thanks to the Trustees for their right apprecia-

tion of the situation and to Sir Sassoon David our gratitude for his princely

generosity. We have received from the Trustees a cheque for Rs. 6,000 and

have informed the Director of Public Instruction that weare prepared to

depute our Assistant Curator, Mr. Salim A. Ali, to be Guide, Philosopher and

Friend to all those at the Government Training College, etc., who wish to learn

how to make the wonders of Nature legible and intelligible to children of all

races in our schools in the Bombay Presidency.

We owe our thanks too not merely to the munificence and foresight of the

living but also to the munificence and foresight of those who have passed away

but whose name liveth for ever, and surely the name of N. M. Wadia, whose

magnificent charity has benefited so many and been on such a Catholic scale,

will never be forgotten in Bombay. The Trustees of the Wadia Charities

recognizing that besides the lecturer and his salary, apparatus, etc., would be

necessary, have given us Rs. 750 and we are very grateful tothem. This is

not the first time they have helped us. In April 1913 they gave us Rs. 500, in

September 1923 Rs. 500, and in 1921 Rs. 1,000 for the Mammal Survey of India,

Burma and Ceylon.

We are confident that members of the Society will cordially approve this

fresh activity of the Society. Wedo not exist purely for our own benefit, but to

spread the knowledge of the Fauna and Flora of India and so benefit others.

For ourselves, we are more than glad to see again in the Journal an article by

Mr. Stuart Baker on the Game Birds of India and to welcome as frontispiece

a coloured illustration by Mr. Gronvéld. These illustrations are expensive but

we do not think they are luxuries. They are appreciated by members and are

therefore of benefit to the Society. They are appreciated by non-members and

so are an advertisement to the Society.

We say they are appreciated by members and we know they are, but we wish

members would show their appreciation in a practical manner.

There are to be five volumes of the Game Bird series. Two have already

been published both in the Journal and in book form. Two have

been published in this Journal—‘ Pheasants’ (vol. xxiii to vol. xxvii) and

‘Partridges and Quails’ (vol. xxvii to vol. xxx) andthe fifth and last volume.

‘ The Waders and other Semi-Sporting Birds’ is now being published in the

Journal but the publication of this volume in book form and the issue in

book form of the preceding volumes iii and iv depends entirely on the

appreciation members show of the two volumes now available in bock form.

We published 1,500 copies of the second edition of volume i and 1,500 ‘copies

of the first edition of volume ii. 1,000 copies of No. 1 and 1,100 copies of

No, 2 have been bound. We have on the lowest estimate 1,400 members. Yet

BDITORIAL 507

in five years we have only sold a total of 512 copies of volume 1 and 671 copies of

volume ii. Members have not supported the Society by subscribing for the

volumes as they should have done, yet members can obtain the volumes at

special reduced rates and no member who has bought the volumes has considered

that Rs. 52 for volumei and Rs. 44 for volume ii is anything but a very cheap

price. Even where a member is not interested in smal! Game Shooting, he

must be extraordinarily unfortunate if he has not got a friend who is and who

appreciates a good gift. The gift of these volumes does indeed bless both him

who gives as well as him who receives. Every book purchased releases for the

needs of the Society a much wanted sum of money. ‘The reserve fund of the

Society is invested in these volumes and until they are soid that reserve is of

no help to us. We wish for a moment that the Society was run on the lines of

a trade union and that we could use peaceful picketing against every member,

every Officers’ Mess and every Club in India which does not possess the

volumes. Will members make a special effort and order ? Let them remember

their sisters and their cousins and their aunts, their nephews or some other

youngster who would enjoy life in India better if he had a good knowledge of

the Game Birds of this country and Burma, and, reinembering, fill up the order

form which he will find loose in this Journal.

We said farewell on the lst June to the Curator, Mr.S. H. Prater, who left

Bombay on deputation to America. Mr. Prater intended to spend a few days

in Central Europe visiting Museums and, after a brief stay in England, will

reach New York about 15th July. He will return to Bombay at the end of

December 1926 and we look forward with interest to the reforms and innova-

tions which will result—his return will however not be an unmixed. blessing to

the Honorary Secretary. Will he have learnt in the land of the Almighty

Dollar to make bricks without straw or will it be a duet of ‘ They do it like this

in America and we must do the same.’ ‘ It can’t be done, Prater, there is no

money.’ Will there ever be an occasional chorus ‘ Well the Maharaja of

—————— became a Vice-Patron this morning, you can mount your group of

Elephants’. It’s the occasional chorus we want and with His Excellency the

Viceroy and His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales as Patrons surely some of

India’s Princes who are members of the Society might become Vice-Patrons

and give us Rs. 5,000 to commemorate their name in the Prince of Wales’

Museum.

Since writing the above we have received, through the kindness of H. H. the

Maharaja of Rewah, the skin of a white tiger. Unfortunately it was shot at the

hottest time of the year and in adistant jungle and its condition causes great

anxiety to our Taxidermists. Even should they be unable to preserve the skin

so as to mourt the trophy in our Museum—and what a splendid trophy wouid it

not be !—yet the possession of the skin of a white tiger in our research collections

is something to be very grateful for, and we are sure all members of our Society

will join in our expression of thanks to His Highness.

Major Colvin writes us in connection with the shooting of the trophy as

follows. ‘It was shot at the hottest time of the year in a distant jungle on the

borders of Rewah and the Korea State. ‘Two other white tigresses were seen in

beats by His Highness in the same vicinity, but were spared. In ail three white

tigers have been shot by His Highness, two others (tigresses) have been seen

recently and one (a tiger) died in captivity here in 1925 during the hot weather.’

He adds, ‘ If you mount the head, the eyes should be very pale, almost ‘‘ wall-

eyed’’ colour. There is no pink about them at all.’

For further particulars about white tigers in Rewah State and for a photograph

of one in captivity (evidently the one which died in 1925) we would reter

members to an article on the subject written by the Editors and published on

page 932 of volume xxvii of this Journal.

As regards the occurrence of a Black Tiger we would refer members to

Mr. T. A. Hauxwell’s note on the ‘ Possible occurrence of a Black Tiger’

which appeared on page 788, vol. xxii, Major Stewart Capper’s note ‘ Black

Tigers’, page 343, vol. xxiii, and to General R. G. Burton’s note on page 216 of

this volume.

We have much pleasure in announcing that Miss Comber has presented to

the Society the valuable collection of Hymenoptera made by her father, the late

Edward Comber, when in India. We also congratulate Col. R. W. Burton on

his recovery from the severe injuries he received from the fall from his Machan.

We look forward to his return to India and shikar in November 1927.

OBITUARY

Mr. S. BAsIL—EDWARDES

We regret to announce the death on the 2nd December, 1925, of Mr. S. Basis

Edwardes, a rising young Naturalist.

Mr. Basil-Edwardes was a member of the British Ornithologists’ Union

and joined this Society on the 8th February, 1918, ever since which time he has

been a fairly regular contributor to our Journal.

He was a keen observer of Nature and we have a number of extremely well

written notes from his pen in our Journal.

Mr. Basil-Edwardes forte, however, was Ornithology, for which branch of

Natural History he displayed great aptitude and still greater promise.

Some of his contributions are :

On the Homing Flight of the Common House Crow (Corvus splendens),

vol. XXViii.

The Nidification of the Himalayan Tree- Creeper (Certhia himalayana),

vol. xxix.

‘Notes on Birds uncommon in or unrecorded from the Simla Hills’.

VOLS Xxxa: :

The first part of his latest paper ‘A Contribution to the Ornithology of

Delhi,’ appears elsewhere in this number.

We, who have recently had the pleasure of handling a collection of birds

made by Mr. Basil-Edwardes, and others who were acquainted with his work,

realize to the full the loss that Indian Ornithology has sustained through his

untimely death,

H. H. Str UpAasJI Rao MAHARAJA OF DHAR

The Society has sustained another loss in the death on 30th July after a

prolonged illness of His Highness Sir Udaji Rao Puar Sahib Bahadur, Maharaja

of Dhak: K-CiS 49. C.V.0.), KBs.

His Highness was an enthusiastic member of the Society which he joined in

1904. He was an ardent Sportsman and took a very intelligent interest in

Natural History. He paid a great deal of attention to the problem of bird

migration and lately the Society had the privilege of supplying him with a large

number of identification rings such as are in use at a number of Bird observa-

tion stations in Europe and America. Should any member ever happen to

shoot a ringed duck or other Game Bird bearing the inscription ‘ Inform

Maharaja Dhar’ he may at once put it down to the naturalistic zeal of this

enlightened ruler.

The following articles written by H. H. Sir Udaji Rao Puar have appeared in

our Journal :—

‘Comments on the colour change of the Black Buck Antelope cervicapra ’,

VO. xxix;

‘Records with Snipe ’, vol. xxx.

To Her Highness the Maharani of Dhar, who is one of our esteemed Vice-

Patrons, the Society tenders its respectful condolences.

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES

No. I.—MEASUREMENTS OF GAME ANIMALS

In the course of many visits to museums, and after inspecting hundreds of

mounted heads of game animals, it has been evident that there are certain

faults in mounting animals which seem to be common to most taxidermisis.

1. Bopy. The sternum is not carried far enough back, so that the animal

appears to have a very thin and elongated waist. ‘The buttocks are usually

made globular, no indication of the two very distinct muscles being made.

2. Leas. The hind legs are often badly ‘cow-hocked’ while both fore and

hind legs are not far enough apart.

3. Neck. This is usually much too slender. Animals with large horns have

thick necks to carry them.

4. Muzzie. The nostrils are not carried back at a slant but are square with

the mouth. This is due to the fact that in skinning out, the cartilage of the

nose is divided to remove the smali muscles between the nostrils, and the taxi-

dermist does not join it up again. The upper lip should project beyond the

lower lip, and the sides of the upper lips slightly overlap the lower lips. Many

taxidermists seem to forget that a lot of smail muscles and cartilage are skinned

out, and they place the skin of the lips direct on to the bones, thus shortening

down the muzzle and making it too small for the rest of the face, giving it a

sort of pug-shaped appcarance.

It will be seen from 1, 2 and 3 thai there is a general tendency to make an

animal too thin; with, [ suppose, the object of giving it a graceful, traditional

‘gazelle-like’ appearance. Ibex and markhor are heavy, bulky animals, while

even black-buck and chinkara have sturdy necks and bodies.

I append a list of measurements of specimens of big game of sixteen species.

The girths of shoulder and thigh were taken at the junction with the body.

Heights at shoulder were taken by straightening the fore legs with the heels

together and taking the measurement from the top of the shoulder to the

bottom of the heels. The waist measurement was only taken when normal:

I have deliberately omitted several measurements taken when the animal was

distended with grass at the end of a morning feed. I may say that such

increase of girth may amount to 5 inches in the case of quite a small animal

like an oorial.

From this list, measurements of the following animals seem worthy of

special note :—

1. Kashmir Stag and Sambhar.—Although the height at the shoulder of the

sambhar is slightly greater, it will be noticed what a very much bulkier animal

is the Kashmir Stag. ! have shot several specimens of both and had expected

to find that the Kashmir stag (undoubtedly I thought the bigger beast) would

be a couple of inches more at the shoulder. The length of tail in the sambhar

is noticeable.

2. The Female Serow (No. 12) is quite abnormal. As is seen she was bigger

than the big male which carried the record horns for Kashmir.

3. The Astor Markhor (No. 14) and the Straight-horned Markhor (No. 16).

The measurements of the Haramosh specimen are measurements of a male

perhaps slightly above the average, those of the Straight-horned are of an

adult male of normal size, but not quite as big as one of the three I have

shot in previous years.

The measurements indicate a very different type of beast to the Haramosh

specimen, and I think the Straight-horned Markhor of this area should rank

as a separate species. The horns are very distinct from those of the Sufed Koh

and Baluchistan, and | have never seen any variation from type, while the geo-

graphical distribution is limited and distinct.

The Sind Ibex (No. 20).--The measurements are much smaller than those

usually given in books. The buck is about the same size as an oorial ram,

though thicker legged and more cobby in build. The height of three other

bucks averaged the same.

510 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1.

3 : on GIRTHS

BIS ren

=n|9 £3| 9 AY

no ay Fete |e o1B) S)

Pee Sees Se) als le)

| Bo Ol ere yeee!| (00) tet CRI tee al ees

Ke Hie io |S |e |al|ola | ela

ee |

1. Kashmir Stag ¢ 50/88) 43 34 | 42 | 673 |

pon Me, ae SI 187), wad cy | a.) eect pie eee

5 UNO 42 | 753| 43! 583] 193| 20 | 27 | 57 | 643) 53 | 153

4. Sambhar ¢ “1, (eS TBI P86. A212 lec OR NCLO ANY Salle Sapo ats

5. Musk deer ¢ wie VIA eos) accoul | eas cllteSccegt. akemanigtte teal Tatar tra ail knee oa Agel

6. Blackbuck ¢ ve| B1dv4941 054lbec.. | 1231 164] 2030312) iaon 13

7. Chinkara Ror es fears ane PE aaah eer ern i o5,

8 , vo 26) (421 Go lices | DIR Sal a7) 24s eeeah 22a) Lae

GO, Wibetan ‘Gazelle ” x.) 2a | eae eee eee eee seo |

LO 5. 25 al 42 ee Ne eal cl ees

11. Serow ¢ ... sate VP Be ee at teeta stone teteicval laces |

Ot mcet Ove a a 41-1269") 16,490) 3st

ue are ala A ge | BOH"GO | 25 N40 Gua ae he te eens alone

14. Markhor ¢ M4, | FSR 7eliec) 13 ai, 275) eo | 54 | 51 | 162

15) ee fe) wc | 2821-59 | Sars] 0S] 128) 18h 344 42 | 313| 153

16. Straight-horned Mark-!} 35 | 52} 57}... | 11 |-17 | 21 | 353) 43] ... | 13

hor ¢&.

17, Kashmir Ibexg —... | 40 | | ae | 55 | ace | ove | ee | 483) oo

Scie 20h, a, WEL BO! Weintt Prack ESO eat Pathe Mase eae ee

19:. 2 ;, yy ee \OBTAL tee tg, | ISAs Oo | nue AGE eee ecenl ieee

20. Sind Ibex ¢ fe 32856) Be W285 20) 874s ols

Zl. Burhel 4... gai | Se] DE a ne, Ulu cislad | dear vit tecarnl ge Gate

ap em ae es'| SEAS RR ee Leh et ure age ahaa

BG eg etl ee | BSN 54 Ne cll cadre cen ae enn eg

24. Ovis ammon 24 sez | AGH Sek HO) Sey A ae ee A Re Sieh oe le erent Peas

PS Oonal ae. vce | SUA SZ | 84h ice eho RT a1 27 eo ut soe Olam lide

261 aes 321} 563) 33 113] 18 | 273] 353} 383} 292, 162

ae te 27 | 473| 33 104] 103| 15 | 283] 333] 273) 83

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES 5il

DEPTHS

| | BU Locality where

: | ® | gy Siok? Remarks

peri ys) 20) = a

S/68|(m ala jo|e ie

Khru, Kashmir ... | Horns 47”.

= etal bates Teles sil gee | sys | eIShtwar 7a ee re

Jeo 227 lo 73}, 10 | 173} 15 | ... | Khru, Kashmir ... | Probably above the

average.

G7) SP 12s) 22 |) 14a) 212)... |. | Jaipur state Sct al Maret a uae means

: Petiiaest| (ase, see ll oets il) sea. h aoa | IS Mewar -«s:| 205” at quarters:

3 | 153; 63} 63) 73] 114) 10 | ... | Patiala State Sst lMGum “gle fares

ie | weaved (Ne Aa eer a eae ieee mee Hissar ae» Gt incomes

23 | 11 53; 53; 631 9] 83] ... | Patiala State Rte, 2 eee,

43 | Ladakh PQ SF Bi:

4] 5 pet (MTEL r,

Kashif Valley. w.8 . 0 stoe

33 .. |An abnormally large

| female.

53 | 224) 9] .72| 93) 183) 17 | ... | Haramosh ia eran

44/17] 6% ...]. a eee, 5 bees

aa 17 | 73, 63) 9 | 144 132 Kohat <Dastnict Sieci | 2))> yee

| 196 Baltistan ae 1S Ue Patenee

Mieaeek elt ceca hitb oS as aie sree AMA

pee iPaaewilirses cle apas irae, oe - vi le Pee eee

45>;19| 62 5S} 8 | 144) 133 Khinthar haloes ipl eetes

Sind.

: | seeW lisesi | acca! eset, ben | sna) LO Wadakh ... | An exceptionally big

| ram.

| 118 Bs kes | ee ot, Pane.

125 ae ee A wee OER ea,

ey ern ware won il cased kage eLO - Ba | a Ee

Ge Ow Wf ieee ol wales! aba leu, pAmAlanC Mitte Ranoe si, 6 4.5,

Punjab.

33 | 184) 63 6 | 103] 123) 103 so 1 nn ek | Ca eee

3 } la) 52) - 41 63 103) 92 te Pd de oe rere

Western Siam__... | Exceptionally fine

horns.

512 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST, SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Skin Measurement of Big Game

The following table of measurements of big game skins may be of interest

in view of much recent controversy :—

(Skin)

Species Length straight. Length on curves. Pegged out. Dressed.

ft. an. fein, iteoanl. ft.in:

Tiger 93 9 93 10 103 10 3

Tiger 2 8 3 8 83 10 0 93

Panther 7 13 7 53 8 113 8 83

Himalayan Black Bear 4 10 61 5 6

i 5 43 6 103 6 63

i 2 4 10 61 5 8

- 5 3 6 8 6 43

me 2) 5 2 6 7% 6 23

Brown Bear 4 10 5 103 5 5

°3 5 3 6 93 6 4

mF 5 5 6 11 6 43

5 6 6 6 0

It will be noticed how constant the difference is between the various skins.

I have always aimed at securing a good breadth to a skin, so it is possible

the lengths of the skins might have been slightly increased, but this would

render even less probable the stories of gigantic tigers of 114 and 12 feet ‘as

they lay’. I have yet to see a 12 feet dressed tiger skin.

C."H.. STOCKLEY,

Kouat, Major,

March 2, 1926. “4 2/1, Punjab Regt.

No.II.—COMPARATIVE SHAPE AND MEASUREMENT OF THE FORE

FEET IN TUSKERS AND TUSKLESS ELEPHANTS

There is a statement in Mr. E. L. Walker’s Elephant Hunting and Shooting

in Ceylon, p. 73, to the effect that a Ceylon Tusker elephant has a slightly

oval forefoot, similar to, though not so pronounced as, the hind foot.

I have personally investigated this point; and of four captive tuskers’ feet

which I have examined I find that this is actually so to some extent.

Tuskers being rare in Ceylon I have only been able so far to examine four.

I find, however, that there is a difference of approximately an inch in the

back-to-front as against the breadth measurement in Ceylon non-tuskers’ feet

also, and that in the case of the tuskers examined the difference is 2 to 23 inches.

I should be very much obliged if you can inform me whether any difference

has been noted in the shape of the forefoot as regards tuskers and tuskless

elephants in India as the point is an interesting one.

EHELIYAGODA, CEYLON, I. L. CAMERON.

June 24, 1925.

[Commenting on the above Mr. A. J. W. Milroy, 1t.F.s., Deputy Conservator

of Forests, Gauhati, writes :—

‘I have never taken any measurements to prove that tuskers’ forefeet are

‘rather more elongated than those of Mukhanas, because I have always

‘accepted it as a fact.

‘Experienced natives will generally state without hesitation whether a track

‘in the forest was made by a tusker or a Mukhana, but of course one only

‘occasionally actually comes on the animal itself so they may often be wrong.

‘However, they have had so many generations of experience in the tracking

‘of elephants turned loose to graze and so many opportunities of seeing the

‘tracks of elephants that have raided their crops, that the probability is that

‘they are not mistaken.

‘Personally, given a distinct track, I have always been accustomed uncon-

‘sciously to ascribe it to a tusker or a Mukhana, as the case might be, but

‘I cannot remember to have proved definitely that I was right, though it has

‘never occurred to me till the present moment that there could be any mistake

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES 313

‘in most cases. I will forward your letter to Mr. N. L. Bor, who will be

‘conducting Kheddahs oa a big scale next season, and will ask him to take

‘measurements.’

Mr. Milroy has forwarded us the following letter from Mr. N. L. Bor, Deputy

Conservator of Forests, Kohima, Naga Hills, Assam, in reference to the

subject :—

‘I made some measurements last cold weather and append results. It will

‘be seen that the front-and-back measurement of the feet of tusker and tuskless

‘is greater than the breadth in every case.

‘I do not think a study of the figures would justify one in laying down a

‘definite rule as to whether the difference in the two measurements is greater

‘in the case of tuskers.

el “think? at “is a misnomer to apply the term oval to a forefoot though the

‘term can be applied correctly to hind feet. The greatest breadth of a forefoot

‘occurs well behind the centre of the foot to back axis.’

a A

B B

HIND F OoT FORE — Oo7

Mr. Bor has appended a list of measurements of the forefeet of twenty-nine

tuskers and thirty-five tuskless males (Mukhanas) the average difference between

the back-to-front (A-B) and breadth measurements (C-D) in the tuskers is 1.56",

in the Mukhanas 1.45”. The forefoot in the largest tusker measured 1°73",

back-to-front with a breadth of 1’53” the same measurements in the largest!

Mukhana were 1’ 6” by 1’ 2”. Epbs.]

No. III.—A WONDERFUL SIGHT

Late in the afternoon of a day in January last I witnessed a wonderful sight

from my observation machan over the Dod Sampagi tank in the jungle here.

At 5 p.m. twenty-eight Elephants came into the tank and for nearly two hours

enjoyed themselves thoroughly in the water. The biggest of the herd—an cld

cow—went through the most extraordinary antics, at times she would sit up

like a dog and from this position she would frequently go through a motion of

half standing on her head as if she was considering turning a somersault.

Most of them were at one time or another completely immersed in the water

except for their trunks, Two half-grown tuskers sparred with each other for

a while. There were two young ones in the herd, one not more than three

feet high and I should say about two or three weeks old; the other was about

four feet high—both ran in and out between their mother’s legs and the smaller

one seemed to spend its time stumbling into holes made by its elders’ ponderous

feet and making frantic efforts to scramble out of them again. One of the

herd, a small cow, had a dislocated hind leg, its hip-joint being out. This

caused it to walk like a ship pitching and tossing. The poor brute’s leg was

as a result of the dislocation much longer than the other three and to drag

it out of the mud the elephant had to lean right forward. The leg seemed

to be very swollen. Aa elephant Khedda was held on these hills last December

and I think it is likely that this elephant was one of those caught, and that

it pulled its leg out of joint in its efforts to release itself from its leg-ropes,

and was consequently released. This is of course only a surmise, On reaching

514 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

one end of the tank the herd got our wind and bunched together and then

hurried away into the surrounding jungle on hearing a low whistle from me.

There is nothing more fascinating than observing Game in this tank on a

moon-light night. My observation machan is large enough to allow four or

five people to lie on it at full length. I recently watched a fine stag Sambhur

and two does romp and wallow in the water for about three hours.

HonnamettT1 EstaTE, ATTIKAN P.O., — R. C. MORRIS.

via Mysore,

April 28, 1926.

No. IV.—TIGERS AND ELEPHANTS

When out shooting the other day, I came across the tracks of a small herd

of elephants in the bed of a stream. By the tracks it was clear that there was

a young calf with the herd, and when J saw the tracks of a tiger following those

of the elephants, I suggested to my Burmese hunter, a very experienced old

man, who has lived all his life in the jungles, and shot quite a lot himself,

that the tiger was following the elephants in the hope of having the calf for

dinner. He seemed amused at my crediting the tiger with so much audacity,

and told me that the tiger was merely following in order to eat the excrement

of the calf. He explained that the diet of the calf was milk, and- that tigers

looked upon the excrement as a bonne. bouche. The idea is a nasty one, but

from the point of view of natural history, it is an interesting thing in connection

with the habits of tigers. I have never read of this anywhere, and it would

be interesting to know whether any other members of the Society have

ever heard of it.

The tracks of the elephants were a day old, and there were droppings of the

adult members along the tracks, but strangely enough, there were none of the

calf’s. In the hope of finding some I followed the tracks for some miles, coming

on places where the herd had stopped to feed for a considerable time, but

no droppings were found. Personally, though no naturalist, I am inclined to

believe the hunter’s explanation. At any rate it is reasonable enough.

I wonder if you could get the views of some of those of the members who

are qualified to give opinions on this matter?

THAYETMYO, BuRMA, R. K. ANDERSON.

February 18, 1926.

[Commenting on the above, Mr. S, F. Hopwood, Conservator of Forests,

Chindwin Circle, writes :—

‘I was very interested in the letter from the Superintendent of Excise, Thayet-

‘myo. Elephants are freauently killed by tigers in Burma though it is very

‘rare that a full-grown animal is so killed. This year several tame half-grown

‘elephants have been killed by tigers in the Mu Division and I hear that a

‘large firm of timber contractcrs lost a full-grown female from the same cause.

‘There is nothing unusual in tigers killing elephants. What I consider to be

‘much more unusual is the suggestion that a tiger could follow the tracks in

‘the way a tracker tracks game. I do not believe that a tiger is capable of

‘running any animal by scent like a dog or by following tracks like a tracker.

‘Mr. Anderson does not say whether the tiger tracks followed the elephant

‘tracks for some miles. I find it very difficult to believe that they do unless the

‘elephants.were changing their feeding ground and had marched for some miles

‘along the bed of a large stream or along a road as they sometimes do. It is

‘well known that tigers habitually use the beds of streams and roads and in

‘my opinion the fact that tiger tracks followed those of the elephants was

‘merely a coincidence.’ :

In vol. vii, p. 119 of the Journal, we published a note by Mr. A. G. Corbett,

Deputy Conservator of Forests, Burma, in which three casualities among ele-

phants due to attacks from tigers are recorded—the first was that of a two-year

old elephant calf which was attacked and killed. The mother had come to

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES 515

the rescue but was unable to do anything and only got badly mauled about

the hind quarters and was apparently driven off. ‘The second case mentioned

is that of a contractor’s elephant which escaped after a severe mauling, and the

third case that of a very big tusker which was similarly attacked and succumbed

five days later. Most authorities agree that tigers do not find their prey by

scent but depend rather on sight and hearing, Eds.|

No. V.—THE ‘SAMBHUR’ CALL OF TIGERS

May I add still another letter to the many which have appeared on this

subject, not as an authority but as one who has many times heard this call

during well over twenty years of almost continuous touring and residence in

the jungly and out-ol-the way parts of S. India and burma.

My own view has long been that held and stated by the writer in the last

Journal (Dunbar Brander), viz., that the cry is (it not actually a sex-call), a

call to a mate, and thas: it is never a ‘hunting’ cry, or one of alarm pure and

simple.

In the letter quoted fromm (Cardwell), the statement is made that ‘no one who

has heard it a tew times could possibly mistake it with the ... note... of

sambhur—but my experience is that on hearing one solitary cry when one is

not on the qui vive it is generally impossible to say off-hand which it is, but

that once alert and listening for it the next and subsequent calls can seldom be

mistaken. One’s mental ‘phonetic picture’ of sounds depends largely upon the

personal equation but I don’t tike the ‘look’ or ‘koi’ spelling for any calls I

have heard; the sound to me is best expressed as something between ‘moop’

and ‘meep’ (the initial consonant is probably really entirely absent), and if

one tries to pronounce ‘moop’ with the lips pursed as for whistling, one gets,

to my ear, a very fair imitation of the sound as I hear it, although of course

it is quite possible that different animals, in different districts, may have a

modified pronunciation, as it were.

In Lower Burma I have listened almost nightly for several consecutive nights,

during the months of February to April, on different occasions, to the call at

quite close quarters, and the impression given was almost as if it were of

‘conversational’ character, the call being quietly uttered perhaps seven or eight

times while the animal was passing over say three or four hundred yards of

ground, and sometimes much less, close behind the bungalow in bamboo forest.

Personally I don’t think I have ever heard a call replied to, and certainly not

from a different direction, though possibly sometimes they might have been more

or less alternate calls by two animals in the same radial direction trom one

and not very far apart. On this point I can offer no evidence but the calls

have always sounded to be by the same animal repeating its cry. Examination

has never shown evidence of two tigers though here again at that season and

in such ground the tracks of even one are often difficult to trace.

These nights of calling never coincided with a kill in the vicinity although

over twenty kills of dudh-wallahs cattle within a couple of years took place

less than a mile away.

The dcmestic cat has a habit sometimes of wandering about giving vent to

a plaintive call or cry which in some ways is distinctly similar to the tiger cry

on a small scale, and I have wondered whether perhaps the call in both cases

is not so much a definite mate call as a sub-conscious, questing, complaint

from an indefinite sense of loneliness; and I am inclined to think, on very

slight grounds perhaps, that it is generally made by the female.

By a coincidence I was listening to and thinking over this matter of the

calling of tiger, in Lower Tennasserim, two days ago and on the following day

received my mail containing the December number of the Journal with the

Note under discussion.

On one point I am perfectly satisfied myself, and that is that the call is not

ever made as a decoy call in imitation oi that of the sambhur, as with their

acute. sense: of hearing it is incredible that a note or cry which is capable of

recognition by such an imperfect instrument as the human ear should ever

deceive a sambhur; although the curiosity of the deer tribe might possibly

tempt an inquisitive animal to investigate the curious sound, just as one can

call up barking deer with a blade of grass or bamboo held between thumbs and

blown through. But as I have said, I have never known of a call being heard

and followed by the find of a sambhur (or other) kill, which is negative evidence

516 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vole XXXI

certainly, but is pertinent; nor have I heard of anyone else having noticed kill

and call as being in post or proper hoc relation.

MerGuIi, BuRMA, W. R. COLERIDGE BEADON.

February 5, 1926.

No. VI.—WILD DOGS IN MYSORE

I have never heard of more than one species of wild dog in India, the rufous-

coloured animal, but a few days ago ] came across at any rate, a variant from

the usual type and should like to ascertain what authorities have to say about it.

I was on bison tracks with an experienced Curumba tracker in ordinary teak

forest near the Mysore frontier, when I noticed a movement in the long grass

about seventy yards off across a small ravine. I was using field glasses and,

pointing out the spot to the Curumba, we saw what I at first thought was a

large jackal, but it stood higher and had an independent, fierce look that no

jackal ever possessed. Colour was yellowish, almost golden in the sunlight

(about 7.30 a.m,) on head and shoulders, greyish-yellow body, full brush

deepening into black tcwards the end. The Curumba whispered Chennai, wild

dog. I was dcubtful as the colour was so different to the ordinary wild dog.

We crossed the ravine, the animal running up the hill and disappearing, and

heard a series of chattering barks, which the Curumba said were made by

these dogs. He was quite right and I saw several more in front, not more

than thirty yards off, leaping up in the grass to see us better and now and

again giving their extraordinary bark; I don’t know what else to call it. I

regret I did not shoot one or more but the bison tracks turned off to the

right and I followed them.

Subsequently I gathered the following information :—

These dogs have been known to the Curumbas in the Mudumalai Forest

for years and are much dreaded by them, as they are said to attack men. The

Curumba does not mind the ordinary ‘red dog’, which is very common eight

or ten miles from Mudumaiai, nor does he fear tigers, etc., the ways and habits

of which he understands. Asked if he knew of a case of a man being attacked,

the tracker said that anyone attacked did not come back to tell about it. These

dogs are reputed not to allow the ordinary wild dog in the same forest. I

asked the Forest Ranger, a very intelligent man, if he had heard of more than

one kind of wild dog and he said that he had been toid of these by the Curumbas,

but had never seen one himself and was interested to hear that I had done

so. As to the colour, I have never before seen a wild dog with a black end

to his brush in South India, but have read of this in North India; the lighter

colour may be due to these dogs being purely forest animals and growing longer

coats? Would a cross with a Mysore wolf be a possibility? I think the

account of their fierceness may be accepted. The Curumbas are a jungle tribe,

living amongst and theroughly accustomed to all wild animals; good trackers

and shikaries, and the man with me was a veteran whose coolness I can vouch

for. As far as I know, the ordinary red wild dog does not bark; the only noises

I have heard him make are a sort of whistling, apparently to communicate

with each other, and occasionally whining.

WELLINGTON, S. INDIA, G. E. WINDLE,

March 15, 1926. Captain.

[In colouring the Wild Dog varies from uniform red to rufous-grey or even

light brownish-grey. As regards the colour of the terminal portion of the tail—

of a series of thirty-four skins obtained in India and Burma all except four

have biack tips to the tail including specimens from South India and Canara.

Of the four white tipped examples three were obtained in the C.P. and one in

the U.P, Dunbar Brander in his Wild Animals in Central India mentions that

the white tip is much more common in the C.P. than the black. Of ten

specimens in our collection obtained in the Berars and the C.P. seven have

black tips and three white. It is interesting to note that, like the Curumbas of

Mysore, the Nagas of the Mishmi Hills, Assam, appear to believe in two

varieties of wild dogs, one of which they credit with fierecer and more rapacious

qualities than the other. There are, notwithstanding, only two recognized

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES BV 517

species of Wild Dogs, the Indian C. dukhenensis and the Malay C. rutilans.

The latter has never been recorded from Indian limits. It would be of very

great value if sportsmen obtained skins of the two Bes alleged to co-exist

in Mysore and South India. ips. |

No. VI1.—SOLITARIES

Writers on Indian Big Game Shooting have in the past generally led one to

believe that solitary elephants and bison have become ‘solitary’ through being

turned out of a herd. From careful observation during the last five or six

years I am quite convinced that this is not the case. They turn ‘solitaries’ of

their own free will: they arrive at an age when, for many reasons, the herd is

a nuisance to them, and they get morose and desire to be alone. If it was a

fact that younger bulls in the herd turned them out, this surely would apply to

the rutting season more than any other period. Yet it is not denied that all

solitary bulls do rejoin the herds during this season and they leave the herds as

soon as this period ts over. In December 1924, I watched a tussle between a

magnificent old Bull Bison, undoubtedly a solitary out of the rutting season,

and a younger herd bull. The former won hands down! It is inconceivable

that, veritable giants cf the forest as solitary elephants and Bison are, with their

enormous size and strength, they should allow themselves to be turned out of

a herd by smaller and less powerful bulls.

December 23, 1925. R. C. MORRIS.

[Commenting on the above note Mr. Dunbar Brander writes :—

‘Writers on Indian Big Game Shooting as a rule are intent on telling the

public what they did and how they did it: and although it is generally thought

necessary to throw in a certain amount of information about the animal this

information is frequently misleading and incorrect.

‘“To contradict ail the misleading information supplied by writers on Big Game

Shooting will prove an endless task. I am in no position to speak with any

authority on Elephants. With regard to Bison I consider that the great mass

of bull bison are solitary by their own choice and I am in general agreement

with what Mr. Morris writes.

“‘The remarks made in ‘Wild Animals in Central India’ on this subject are

as follows :—What Mr. Morris has written is a confirmation thereof.

‘At this season (the breeding season) bulls which are solitary during the rest

‘of the year join the herd.’ ‘Young herd bulls will be found with the cows at

‘ali times, but during the breeding season the master bulls, who lead semi-solitary

‘lives drive these youngsters away. These master bulls however are of no great

‘age. The really old beasts lead solitary lives, and this animal seems to lose

‘all sexual instincts at a comparatively early age.’

“It will be seen from the above that to a great extent the bulls are solitary by

yreterence. The exceptions to this are the young bulls driven out by the master

bulls during the breeding season. These young bulls do not like leading solitary

lives, they are seldom niet with and when excluded from the herd can often be

seen grazing in the vicinity—near but not im the herd. Then again it must

sometimes happen that two master bulls contend for the same herd in which

case one must be driven out and unless he can find another herd he has to

remain solitary only during this period involuntarily. With regard to the

really old beasts, I have often known these make no attempt to join with the herd

during the breeding season: the master bulls which join the herd are of no

great age. I was ~ camped for some time on a stream in Chanda during the

breeding season: there were four old solitary bulls on the banks of the

stream which never attempted to join the herds. The same thing has been

observed in cther places.

‘‘In connection with this subject the habits of the Domestic Bull are of some —

interest. Stock breeders are chary of purchasing a_ bull unless fairly young

as they cannot otherwise be certain of the bull breeding. It is not uncommon

for the purchaser of a bull of say only five years ‘of age, insisting on a

guarantee that the buli will perform his duties. It is exceedingly rare for a

bull of over ten years of age to be used for breeding purposes: there are reasons,

it is true, besides the loss of breeding instinct ehich account for this, but

the loss of the desire to breed on the part of the bull is a big factor in

the case. No animal that I know of is comparable with the genus Bos in this

518 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXi

respect: in fact the species of this genus with whlch I am familiar seem to lose

the desire to preed long before they can be considered sterile in other respects.

‘‘From the above and from what I wrote in ‘Wild Animals in Central India’

it will be seen tnat my observations and Mr. Morris’ agree and the only possible

difference is that I distinguish between a ‘master’ bull and an ‘old’ bull.

Mr. Morris refers to a ‘magnificent old bull’: this beast is probably what I

would define as a ‘master’ bull.’’ Eps. ]

No. VIII.—A SOLITARY COW GAUR

(With a photo.)

While after Bison on September 27, 1923, in the forest round Eindayaza in

the Tavoy District (Lower Burma) we picked up the spoor of a solitary animal,

a patriarchal old bull as it seemed to us at the time. We followed the trail

for a couple of hours meandering in and out of the thicket, in loops and semi-

circles in the manner typical of the gaur. On getting into dense bamboo cover

at about midday, the dogs flushed our quarry from almost under our feet, but

all that we could see of him was glimpses of black as he rushed madly past.

A hasty shot point blank. told, and fifty yards further with the help of the dogs

we came upon the animal, who tried to rise at our approach but was spared

So ere

ESSGROS us SH ss ss : é REE

the effort by a second bullet in the neck behind the ear. A closer view of the

animal, sad and surprising to relate, disclosed the fact that it was a venerable

old cow. The horns, a photograph of which I append, are distinctly of the

buli’s formation, though more slender and with a somewhat narrow sweep. They

are in perfect condition with fourteen annulations on each, all heavily corrugated.

The animal measured 5’9” at the shoulder, between pegs, and appeared to

be in sound healthy condition.

MISCELLANEOUS. NOTES 519

I do not know if it is quite usual to find solitary cows in this manner, but

the Karens with me who were keen hunters and trackers of life-long experience,

assured me that they had never met with a case of this sort before. It would

be interesting to know if any of our members have come across a similar

instance, and how this perversion of nature in the old lady may have been

brought about.

Bompmay, SALIM: A. ALI,

January 29, 1926,

No, IX¥.—A CROSS BETWEEN AN IBEX AND A TAME GOAT

(With a photo.)

The photograph of this curious hybrid which was caught when young in the

Kishtwar Hills when amongst a flock of Ibex, is very interesting. The horns

are exactly like those of the Sind Wild Goat but are thicker and not so much

curved backwards at the tips.

The colouring is much like that of the Baltistan Ibex in its summer coat.

The legs of this hybrid are nearly white and the sides are whitish and dark slate.

The photograph was taken in the autumn whilst the Chenar leaves were still

green on the trees, as depicted on the print enclosed.

Now in December the hair, which is very coarse, is much longer,

The animal is very sturdy and has the habits of an Ibex, it feeds on leaves,

and takes dry hay and has now learnt to eat sugar beet, cabbages and occa-

sionally takes turnips. When I first got it as a present from one of the Kishtwar

Wazeers it was very wild and used to raise itself on its hind legs and attack

any one who came its way.

SRINAGAR, KASHMIR, A. E. WARD,

January 1926, Col. (Retd.)

520, JOURNAL, BOMBAY (‘NALURAL AISTOSOCEATY, Vol. VX Xd

No, X.—THE NILGIRI TAHR (HEMITRAGUS HYLOCRIUS)

(With a plate.)

This interesting wild goat has a very circumscribed habitat and its range is

limited to the cliffs and precipices of the Western Ghats, from the Nilgiris

southwards. On the Nilgiris themselves it had become almost extinct, though in

recent. years strict preservation has considerably increased its numbers. The

Nilgiri heads, however, run very small compared to those on the more southerly

ranges. On the Nelliampathy Hills, to which range my remarks apply ex-

clusively, herds of 60 to 90 still occur and heads up to 16” are to be got. The

record buck tapes 173” and doe 14”.

The Nilgiri Tahr spends its life on the open cliffs, and the feats of. agility

it is capable of across the face of the most terrifying precipices must be seen

to be believed. A herd will gallop across or down a cliff which does not appear

to offer foothold to a lizard. Where grassy downs top the cliffs, the herds will

often lie upon them but seldom wander far across them and jungle is disliked

intensely. It is amusing to watch a herd crossing a patch of forest, a feat

which seems to be considered a most perilous adventure judging by the careful,

wary progress through it. With a knowledge of these habits it is curious that

an identical species should be found on both sides of the fifteen miles of flat

level plain known as the Palghat Gap. What could have induced the first

emigration from the southern ranges across such a great area of what then

must have been forest?

‘Ibex’, as these animals are generally misnamed in the south, are restless

animals. Though, gererally speaking, they feed in the early morning and late

afternoon and lie up during the heat of the day, yet, even at noon, one. indi-

vidual after another will rise from its siesta, walk a few paces, brouse a while

and sink down again to rest, while the kids are eternally playing, butting each

other, frisking about and generally refusing ‘to lie still and go to sleep’. While

a herd is supposed to be resting, one or more does will be noticed as having

posted themselves as sentries and extraordinarily effective watchers they are

against any danger coming from below or from their own level, but an enemy

approaching from well above thern has them at his mercy. I have seen a

panther, and on another occasion a tiger, watching a herd graze up towards

his ambush. Once they got within reach: one spring and the herd was scattered

leaving one of their number behind. Similarly, provided the sportsman is well

above his quarry, he can fire several shots at his leisure (should his first miss)

before the ibex decides where to run to. Once he does start however, it is at

incredible speed considering the ground.

Nilgiri Tahr may occasionally have two young at a birth but one is the rule.

Kids are dropped most commonly in the early hot weather. During the heavy

rains of the South-West Monsoon the tahr generally move down the cliffs to a

lower elevation, ascending to the higher cliffs again with fine weather.

Old bucks desert the herds in the hot weather as a rule, and live a bachelor

existence. In fact they are found more often solitary than accompanying the

herds. In colour the does are light grey and the bucks, as they age, assume

a very deep brown, almost biack, coat with the well-known saddle on the back

almost white: from a distance indeed this distinctive mark looks perfectly

white. The bucks, which stand about 33 feet high at the shoulder, are far

heavier and stockier animals than the does, and except in the case of very

voung males, their build alone is sufficient to differentiate the sexes. The eye

is bright golden-yellow.

Nilgiri Tahr shooting is absurdly simple provided that the sportsman ap-

proaches the animals from above and that he has a good head for heights.

The ground they live in provides the only thrills in this branch of ‘Shikar’ but

these thrills are very rea! and far from free from danger. A man who has not

got a really good head for heights and who is likely to become unnerved at

having to clamber down an almost perpendicular rock-face by his fingers and

toes, with the world opening out like an aeroplane photograph 3,000 feet sheer

below him had better try for other game. This is no exaggeration as any one

who knows the Nelliampathy Tbex country will certify.

Panthers levy the heaviest toll on the herds but tigers not unfrequently visit

the cliffs on a dinner of ibex intent, which sounds unlikely but is nevertheless

true,

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

A Goop HEAD

YOUNG FEMALE NILGIRI TAHR

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES O21

Wild dogs do not stand much of a chance of a successful hunt on this ground

and I doubt if any tahr fall to them on these hills.

The Poacher accounts for a good many head on the lower and more accessible

cliffs, the meat, locally supposed to possess medicinal value, being the attraction.

The flesh of the doe is delicious but the intolerable smell of the buck would

turn any but the most hardened stomach from any gastronomical experiments

in that direction.

One uncomfortable habit (from the shikari’s point of view) frequently indulged

in by saddle-backs, unless shot dead, is to hurl themselves into space in their

death struggle, and the trophy when retrieved after its 3,000 feet fall is thereby

apt to be ruined.

Young tahr make delightful and most amusing pets, but as they grow up

their horns, in play or anger, are capable of inflicting a serious wound. A

friend of mine has a tame doe which recently neatly skewered his cook through

the thigh, causing a nasty sore which took a long course of hospital treatment

to cure.

NELLIAMPATHY, A. P: KENLOCGH, F.Z.S., M.B:0.U.

February 17, 1926.

No. XI.—THE ‘CLICKING’ OF THE MUNTJAC (M. VAGINALIS)

In volume xxx, No. 3, page 694 of the Journal, Mr. Ralph C. Morris refers

to the rattling or clicking noise heard by himself and others, from Barking Deer.

I have had several opportunities of hearing a kind of rapping sound from this

animal, before being abie to find out how it was produced.

One day I was sitting up in a place in the Ghat Forests near Lonavla,

where I knew Barking Deer had the habit of moving. It was during the hot

weather, and I must have been dozing, when I was roused by a rapping just

behind me. I was sitting on a large stone, with my back to the trunk of the

tree, large enough to hide me completely, as long as I kept quiet. As I soon

recognized the sound as coming from ‘Bhekar’ I waited, in the expectation that

the animal would slowly stalk away through the undergrowth and give me

the chance of a shot. However, he was putting my patience to a trial and

went on rapping, at intervals, evidently without moving. The sound was such

as might have been produced by knocking together two dry sticks, once or

several times. After a while I could not master my curiosity any longer.

Bending slowly to the left and turning my head backward I could get a good

view of the Deer. His head was slightly turned away from me, so he did

not notice me. And now I could clearly see that the rapping was produced

by the Deer striking the ground (or, more likely, a root or a stone) sharply

with the hoof of his right foreleg. Evidently, he had not advanced since he

started his performance, nor did he budge from the place during the short time

during which I could observe him. I was in a very uncomfortable position,

and when trying to improve it I must have frightened the animal, which bounded

off with a sharp bark, which he repeated when he came to a stop in the dense

undergrowth, perhaps thirty vards away. As he evidently had not seen me

I resumed my former position and kept still. After about a quarter of an

hour the animal approached again, this time a little from the left, and I

could get an easy shot at him.

What prompts the Barking Deer to rap? It may be curiosity or alarm.

Barking Deer usually rnove through the Forests in pairs, at some distance,

and the experience IT have given an account of above, might justify the con-

clusion that the animal scented danger and wanted to warn his mate.

As Mr. Morris cails the noise a clicking or rattling it is possible that he

refers to a sound which is different from the one I have tried to describe.

I may, however, say that the rapping sound will vary according to the ground,

or object on the ground the animal’s hoof strikes upon.

DELHI, MAX FREI,

February 15, 1926,

922 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HiST: SOCIETY, Vole x ted

No. XII.—MEASUREMENTS AND WEIGHT OF A MALAY TAPIR

A recent copy of a report on the post mortem examination of a Malay Tapir

which died in the Zoo at Karachi gives the measurements and weight of the

animal as follows :—

Length Bie oats aes Nae at ag 84 inches.

Height at shoulder’... sac age a ve 44,

Girth 7" re fears ae alone aes

Weight er ae oa ae ate 1,200 Ibs.

The post mortem exarnination revealed that the animal died of Gastro-enteritis

and a considerable quantity of sand and small pebbles were found in the small

intestines.

BomsBay NaturaL History Society, S. H. PRATER, ci.z-s:

February 2, 1926.

No. XIII.-—-THE OCCURRENCE OF THE PINK-FOOTED GOOSE (ANAS

BRACHYRYNCHUS) AND THE MALLARD (ANAS BOSCAS) IN JAIPUR,

RAJPUTANA

The occurrence of the following birds in Rajputana may be of interest,

particularly as I see Stuart Baker mentions the Mallard as being scarce in

Rajputana and the Pink-footed Goose has occurred only sparingly anywhere :—

On a jhil in Jaipur territory, the following were shot on December 27 :—

One Pink-footed Goose (A. brachyrynchus). (The only one seen, a single

bird came to one of the butts.)

Three Mallard (A. boscas). (Large number seen, at least fifty on the jhil.)

The Bar-headed Goose was there in thousands.

I also noticed the following birds :—

Common Flamingo (Ph. ruber antiquorum). One flock of six. (Two adult

in pink plumage, four immature white plumage).

White Pelican (P. onocrocotalus). Flock of ten.

Dalmatian Pelican (P. crispus). Two only.

AJMER, RAJPUTANA, W. M. LOGAN HOME,

December 31, 1925. Major.

No. .XIV.—ON THE OCCURRENCE OF PALLAS’ SANDGROUSE

(SYRRHAPTES PARADOXURUS) WITHIN INDIAN LIMITS

(With a plate.)

An example of a female Pallas’ Sandgrouse (Syrrhaptes paradoxurus) was

forwarded to the Society by H. H. Shree Sadul Singhji Bahadur, Maharaj

Kumar of Bikaner. It was shot at Gujner, Bikaner State, on December 31,

1924 and was identified by Mr. Stuart Baker, who very kindly arranged with

the British Museum to provide the photo illustrating the note. Dresser in

his Palaearctic Birds states that Pallas’ Sandgrouse inhabits the steppes of

Southern Russia and Asia, east to North China, north to Lake Bikal; he

writes, “Large flocks have visited Europe at uncertain intervals and it has been

obtained in almost every country, while it has bred in Great Britain and

Denmark’. The present is, as far as we are aware, the first authentic record of

its occurrence in India. Like the Tibetan Sandgrouse (Syrrhaptes tibetanus),

Pallas’ Sandgrouse has completely feathered toes and tarsi; while the hallux or

hind toe is entirely wanting—it can be distinguished from its Tibetan congener

by the possession of « large black patch on the abdomen. In habits it is said

to resemble other Sandgrouse. The food consists of seeds. The call note which

is uttered on the wing is described by Dresser as a loud truck turuck truck

turuck. The nest is a mere depression in the soil sometimes lined with a few

grass bents, and the eggs, three in number, are deposited late in May or early

in June; in colour they are stone-buff, often with a greenish tint, marked

with purplish-brown shell-blotches and dark-brown surface spots. They measure

about 1.69 1.16 (Dresser).

BomBay NatTuraL History Society, S: Fy PRATER CAmzis:

April 15, 1926,

‘(SMANXOPVADG SaIGVYAAAG) ASNOMOGNVS GHOL-AHAHL .SVTTVd:

BM POP OL

CY TNTN YS

‘20¢G “WSIP] ‘yeNY Aequiog “uanor

ca =p qe

Fike “aniati ein

Aone

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES 52

ioe)

No. XV.—THE CCCURRENCE OF THE GIANT HERON (ARDEA

GOLIATH) IN THE KHULNA DISTRICT, BENGAL

Blanford writing on the distribution of this Heron states that its occurrence

in India is remarkable and ‘somewhat mysterious. He mentions a few records

of its having been obtained in the Calcutta Bazaar (1845-1846) by Blyth, of

two shot in 1878 and another in 1879 and a third seen there in 1880. It is

interesting to record that a Giant Heron (Ardea goliath) was presented to the

Society in December 1925 by Mr. L. R. Fawcus. It was shot by him in the

Khulna Sunderbuns, Bengal, where according to Mr. Fawcus it is not ‘uncom-

mon’. The following are the measurements :—

Bill from angle of forehead feathers, 205 mm.; wing, 580 mm.; tarsus,

230 mm.

BomsBay NaTurRAL History SociEty. S. H. PRATER,, c.M.Z:s.

No. XVI.—THE ROCK HORNED OWL IN KASHMIR

(With a photo.)

This fine owl, which is nearly as large as the Eagle Owl of Europe, is not

uncommon in the valley of Kashmir frequenting steep rocky hillsides between

5,000 and 6,000 feet altitude.

They spend the hours of daylight sitting on some rock on a more or less

precipitous rocky hillside protected from the direct rays of the sun. About half

an hour after sunset they begin to get on the move, and to call. Their call is

a loud ‘Hoo’—slightly drawn out, but still a single note and not disyllabic as

stated in the F. B. I. Birds.

This call is also heard frequently in the very early dawn.

The food of this owl judging from the large number of ‘casts’ I have examined

in Kashmir, consists almost exclusively of rats, and perhaps five per cent of the

524. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1

musk rai or rather musk shrew. Breeding commences early in March, holes

or sheltered cavities among rocks on steep or precipitous hillsides being used

as nesting sites.

Three is the full coniplement of eggs laid which are broad ovals, pure white

of course, measuring about 60x46 millimetres.

The chief enemy of this owl during incubation is the jungle crow. I was

fortunate enough to catch one red-handed—so to speak. He had just perforated

one egg out of three when disturbed by me. In another case a single egg, the

first laid was similarly destroyed. The birds use the same nesting sites year

after year. The enclosed photograph of three young owls in their nest on the

Takht-i-Sulieman (Srinagar, Kashmir) was taken on May 6, when the young

were about three weeks old.

The remains of two large rats may be made out to the right and left in the

foreground.

SRINAGAR, KASHMIR, B. B. OSMATSON.

February 1926.

No. XVII.—MATING HABITS OF THE COMMON KITE (MILVUS

MIGRANS GOVINDA)

The following are some notes from my diary with regard to the breeding of

pur Common Pariah \ite (Milvus migrans govinda) which might prove inierest-

ing. The observations mainly extend over the breeding season of 1925-1926

which still continues

In the preceding season (1924-25) the first date on which a pair were seen

in copulation was October 11, and the last February 2.

In the current season I have been enabled to note happenings more care-

fully as, close to my window at Chowpati, there are a number of cocoanut palms

which are extensively patronised by the kite fraternity of the neighbourhood

for nesting purposes. There is one pair in particular which has appropriated

a particular palm nearest my window, and whose operations I am going to

record. I do not find any reason to doubt the identity of this pair because, as

far as I have been abie to observe, pairs take up definite quarters, for instance

one pair is always to be seen near a particular spot on the ridge of Wilson

College roof, another has established itself on a palm farther away from my

window, and so on.

Copulation was first noticed on September 13. On December 29, the following

note appears in my diary: ‘Copulation among the kites continues generally.

The act is performed many times each day. Have not been able to determine

so far a full day’s number, but by 10 in the morning, before leaving for office,

have frequently observed it from three to six times. The birds usually return

to the same neighbourhood for the act time after time, and very often the

female does not leave her perch in the interval at all. The male bird alights

on her back from the air, and balancing himself by flapping his wings, flies

off directly the act is completed. The female whistles in a particular manner

when wishing to attract her mate, and the cock bird keeps up a series of

distinctive short, sharp, crescendo whistles or ‘screams’ which end up abruptly

when the act is over.’

On January 21, I ncticed this pair busying themselves with nest construction

for the first time, but copulation appeared to continue simultaneously with this.

On January 31, I thought a marked decline in the number of times per day

was noticeable, and this I ascribed to the increase in the actual nesting acti-

Vities; in this however, I was deceived, for on February 6, my diary has the

following: ‘Copulation still continues as before. Usually the act takes place

three or four times of a morning’ and another note on the seventh says, ‘The

pair were seen to copulate seven times to-day; five times before noon and twice

after 5.30 p.m.’ This was a Sunday and I was thus enabled to keep a full

day’s record. On February 13, copulation was observed at 6.45 p.m. just as

dusk was setting in. It is February 18 to-day, and copulation still continues

though the frequency is somewhat diminished, I think, and the birds at last

seem more preoccupied with nest building.

It is astonishing to find this extraordinary protraction of the mating period.

Moreover, from September 13 (when the pair were first seen copulating) until

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES 320

January 21, or say the middie of January, the birds appeared to give no thought

to the building of a nest, and it would seem that the idea of bringing up a

family had never occurred to them all this time.

The astounding sexual capacity of the birds and the period over which the

mating operations continue, surpasses anything known to me in this line with un-

domesticated animals, and the capacity of the lady kite in particular tends rather

to put one in mind of a notorious Queen of Aragon who had certain very original

notions on the subject.

SALIM A. ALI.

RomBay NatTuraL History Society,

6, APOLLO STREET,

February 18, 1926.

[Commenting on the above Mr. C. H. Donald writes :—

‘*The note, I think, is of considerable interest in showing how very often these

birds can copulate without apparently any result. Of course, it is not un-

common to see these birds going through all the actions at odd times but

whether they actually do the deed, or not, is very difficult to see.

““T am afraid I can shed no light on the subject as I have never taken any

special note of it, but | cannot see how they can go on copulating half through

the year without producing any result, unless there is something wrong with

one of them. I think this note would be of greater value if the writer could

continue his observations a little longer and let you know the result, i.e., if

they succeed in bringing up a family in the end.’’

Mr. H. Whistler considered the incident as abnormal. He writes, ‘I have

not come across such a case, and it would not normally occur, as the organs in

a male bird are usually in a quiescent state and merely enlarge temporarily at

the beginning of the breeding season. Presumably pairing does not take place

ever until the organs have enlarged and stimulate the male to action.’

The question arises however, as to whether the breeding season had not already

commenced when these observations were made. In Bombay the normal breeding

season commences early in October.

Asked to continue his note in the light of further observations, Mr. Salim Ali

writes on May 16th as follows :—

““T give below notes from my diary in regard to the copulation of the pair of

kites subsequent to the 18th of February:

Feb. 21 ‘‘Copulation has become markedly less frequent.”’

Feb. 24 ‘‘Pairing has practically ceased, though it does still take place

occasionally.”’

Feb. 28 ‘‘Witnessed pairing. This has now become very infrequent.

‘‘After the above I have no turther record, and the mating would therefore

appear to have ceased from this date. The pair now took up the work of

collecting material for the nest in right earnest. Building commenced in the

same palm and a good deal of ‘screaming’ (quite distinct from the ‘screaming’

in copulation) accompanied the operations. Crows evidently proved a great

nuisance and it was a common sight to see one of these rascals being assailed

and chased away. from the vicinity by the infuriated owners.

‘‘Unfortunately, before much progress had been made with the nest, the whole

thing was pulled down by a toddy-drawer who climbed the tree regularly, and

further attempts of the birds met with the same fate. After three or four mis-

adventures in this manner, the pair left the locality and I did not notice them

making further endeavours. They were still casually to be seen in the neigh-

bourhood, but for nesting they probably found a safer haven elsewhere. In

fact, I am not certain if they eventually did succeed in bringing up a family at

all. One particular I omitted to mention in my previous note was that during

the act, and while the male was on the female’s back and emitting the short

sharp ‘‘screams’’ to which I have referred, the female very often turned her

head back to look at him, bringing her bill quite close to his. I was reminded

of this by a note I was reading the other day on the ‘‘Courtship and Sexual

Habits of Birds’’ (Ibis, Series xii. vol. i (1925), p. 889) where writing of the

Oyster Catcher (Heimatopus ostrelegus) J. S. Huxley observes as follows :

** ‘During the time the cock is on the hen’s back, she may turn her head right

526 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXX1/

round to look at him, and on one occasion I thought their bills touched.’’’ This

remarkable similarity in the behaviour of birds of such widely divergent species

is interesting indeed.

‘‘Referring to the period which may elapse between the actual union and the

laying of the eggs, Huxley observes the following on p. 893 which I quote

in extenso, to show that the facts recorded vy me, are not altogether abnormal,

although it must be admitted that the period during which copulation was carried

on by the kites was a very considerable one.

‘‘In Warblers buntings, etc., ‘* ‘The hen appears to pass through two distinct

phases—one in which she seeks the territory and company of the male, the

second in which she will copulate. This separation of phases does not occur

in the Oyster Catcher, although it is clear that unions achieved in March

can have no physiological effect on the fertilization of eggs not laid till after

April 25, i.e., in Oyster Catchers the physiological capacity of the eggs to be

fertilized is not synchronous with the physiological readiness for insemination,

while in Buntings the two are closely linked—an interesting difference. I have

evidence that the Crested Grebe resembles the Oyster Catcher in this res-

pect. .... It had best be styled the ‘pre-incubation period’ ’’. Eps. ]

No. XVIIIL.—BRAHMINY KITE (HALIASTUR INDUS INDUS) SWIMMING

Three or four Brahminy Nites, all young birds, were flying over a small dock

situated opposite my house picking up refuse floating in the water, when suddenly

one of them in making a swoop flopped down on the water. It seemed in no

way disconcerted but rode the water easily, swimming like a duck. After the

space of a minute or so, it rose rather awkwardly and rejoined its companions.

Mr. H. B. Tilden, with whom I discussed the incident, has made a similar

observation and has sent me the following note :—

‘On a voyage from Karachi to Bombay per s.s. Chakla, while anchored

off the port of Porbandar on the 21st instant, I observed a Brahminy Kite

(which had been hovering round the ship in company with several sea gulls)

take to the water gracefully and swim in quite a choppy sea for at least five

minutes. He then rose into the air with the ease and grace of a sea gull.

It occurs to me that this is am unusual proceeding especially as I saw a

Common Pariah Kite (Miivus govinda) drowned in Madras harbour. In stopping

for food thrown overboard the s.s. Modasa, the kite struck a wavelet and

apparently could not take to the air again. She swam or rather beat the

surface of the water with her wings for quite half an hour and progressed about

50 yards to the ship’s side.

We passed a stout repe, with knotted loops, overboard but the unfortunate

kite was too exhausted to take hold and just as a lascar was about to climb

down to the rescue the kite sank.’

Bompay NaturaL History Society, S. Bo PRATER. c.z.s.

6. APOLLO STREET,

May 1, 1925.

No. XIX.—AN ALBINO BUSTARD (EUPODITIS EDWARDSI)

On January 30, 1926, at a spot about eighteen miles, N.W. of Kutch

Mandvi, on an open and barren tract of country, I saw a flock of nine bustard.

One of these was a pure white—apparently as white as an egret—and was

clearly visible from a long distance, long before the others were distinct. I

tried for a long time to get within range but owing to the openness of the

ground and the number of the flock, I could not do so. I should be glad to

know if such albinos have been noticed before. I myself had never heard

of nor seen one till this occasion.

Buvy Curcn. VIJAYARAJJI.

[In January this year we received from the Maharaja of Dhar an Albino

Coot (Fulica atra atra). Albinism was not complete and there was a considerable

mixture of black feathers among the white which gave the bird a speckled

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES 527

appearance. The feet and bill were fleshy white and the iris pale blue. In

complete albinos the pupil! and iris are red owing to the blood vessels shining

through the otherwise strongly pigmented parts. When albinism is partial it

may mean a general deficiency in the pigment available or a disturbance in

the normal blood supply of a certain area of growing feathers. <A lesion of

the pulp of a growing feather not infrequently prevents the deposition of the

normally present black pigment in the feathers and other parts, but the pulp

may recover after one or more moults and normal colouration be assumed. EDs. |

No. XX.—THE TRANSPORT OF BIRDS’ EGGS

(With a text figure.)

Carrying eggs about India, where one, so to speak, moves with one’s house

on one’s back, is not an easy matter, so possibly the method I employed may be

of use to others, who may be experiencing trouble; anyhow I give it for what

it is worth.

In 1895, I was quartered at Baroda, where I had the privilege of making

the acquaintance of Professor Harold Littledale. Though probably unknown

to the present generation, he was then one of the foremost sportsmen in the

land, in every way. Like myself, he collected eggs and initiated me into the

method [ now write of and which I have found most successful. Should this

article, by any chance, ccme to his notice, I hope he will forgive me for writing

about his inventions.

To commence with, get an ordinary kerosine tin: have one end removed

and converted into a lid, on a hinge, and a clasp to close it. Then, have

trays constructed of tin with lids (either all hinges or removable) to fit into the

kerosine tin easily, so that they can be drawn out without force. These trays

should be made in three depths. For big eggs, three trays to a tin, for medium

size four trays, for small eggs five trays. A small loop or handle should be

made to each set of trays to facilitate withdrawal. Each kerosine tin would,

also, have a handle to carry it by.

ee ee

Kergsime Tin -

3 rays sufable £

i | fe mang

995

Any tinsmith, in any bazaar, can make these things without difficulty. Having

got your tin with’ trays ready, cotton wool or wadding should be placed at the

bottom of each tray. In these the eggs, for transportation, should be wrapped

up, separately, in wool and packed, while, on the top of all, another layer

of wadding should be placed. Eggs, thus packed, will travel, with the utmost

safety.

Eggs can also be shewn off to great advantage, when not travelling, in these

trays, by removing them out of their wrappings and placing them in clutches,

separated by a little wool, paper, etc,

or big

928 JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL:HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. XXXI

Another advantage of this system is that one can put one’s hand on any

clutch in a moment, as follows. Kerosine tins should bear Roman numbers,

thus I, II, ITI, ete. ‘Trays ordinary,’ thus “I, 2; 3) 14, etc. Eggs” shoulditbe

packed in them by variety and a record kept. For instance, the eggs of

Corvus splendens are packed in tray 7, box III. A record should be placed

against it thus:—III. 7. All that is necessary, should you wish to look up

Corvus splendens are packed in tray 7, box III. <A record: should be placed

aid is to place a slip at the top, in each tray, showing, by clutches, the eggs

it contains, thus Corvus splendens 4. 4.5.3. Corvus corax 4. 3. 3.5., etc. This

also gives a census of all eggs.

To move your tins, wooden boxes to hold 4, 6, 8 or any number to suit your

convenience, can be made.

For use in the districts, shooting or other expeditions, the ordinary kerosine

wooden case holding two tins is recommended. A lid on hinges, with a

fastener is easily made. This is a load that can be easily carried by a coolie or

placed on a mule, pony, yak, etc.

I have found the above method very satisfactory. It is simplicity itself.

Kerosine tins can be obtained almost anywhere in India, as also the tinsmith

and sutar to do the necessary.

Jamaica, B.W.1., R. M. BETHAM, .B.0.v.,

No. -XXI.—EARTH SNAKE -(SILYBURA SP.) AND CHICKEN.

Last month while proceeding, accompanied by my mother and sister, to call

on a neighbour, we came across a young fowl, lying helpless in the middle of

the road, with an earth snake (the common Silybura) wound tightly, in several

loops, round both its legs, which were so tightly tied together that it took me

several seconds to disentangle the knot and release the bird. Did the chicken

take the snake for a particularly juicy worm? But how did the snake get

so firm a grip round both legs? And why would it not let go? Had I not

had witnesses with me at the time, I should hesitate to record a fact to me

so incredible.

NELLIAMPATHY HILLS, A. P. KINVOCH,-F:2Z.85 M.8.0.U:

January 1, 1926.

[The power to coil itself tightly round an object has so impressed the natives

that in some parts of the Western Ghats, as at Mahableshwar where the Earth

Snake (Silybura macrolepis) is common, the belief is held that were one of

these snakes to coil round one’s finger amputation would be the only means of

ridding oneself of it! Eps.]

No. XXII.—AN INTERESTING ENCOUNTER WITH A COBRA

While motoring into Mysore the other night, my search light picked up a

snake lying in the middle of the road, which I took to be a Russel’s Viper,

and I promptly steered the car, so that both the front and the back wheels

went over it. JI was travelling at some speed but pulling up as soon as possible,

I switched over the searchlight to the rear, and backed the car to see what

had happened and saw the snake lying still. Imagining the heavy car had

killed it, I steered close by when, to my surprise, the snake reared up with

expanded hood and struck the wheels in a most vicious manner. I now

realized, I was tackling a cobra and an unusually a large one at that! The

snake started tc move across the road, and I once again went over it, slowly

this time, and distinctly felt the front wheel go over, and I am sure, the back

followed suit. It did not, however, seem to harm the snake much as, when

I looked back it was still moving, so I promptly reversed the car and as I

tried to get the back wheel over it, it reared up once more with distended hood

and struck repeatedly at the wheel which just missed it; but my front off side

wheel caught it squarely as I gave the necessary swing and I felt the wriggling

of the snake on the steering wheel, as it appears to have got entangled in the

spokes and drawn back a yard or two, ;

MISCELLANEOUS .NOTES 529

At this critical moment the head lights went out owing to a faulty switch

contact, which I had to push into place and just in time to see the cobra get

off the road and crawl into the bushes alongside it where I could not follow

in the car nor, did I think it advisable to investigate matters further on foot.

- One would have fancied that a heavy car of this type, a Six Cylinder Buick,

would have crippled, if not killed, the snake; but, beyond appearing a bit

sluggish in its movements, it did not seem to have been hurt seriously.

MYSORE, WITLTAM Ti THEOBALD,

March 17, 1926.

No. XXIII.—THE OCCURRENCE OF: THE. BUTTERFLY APPIAS

INDRA VAR ARISTOXENUS IN THE NILGIRIS

As it may be of interest to some members of the Society I beg to report the

capture in February 1925 in the Nilgiris at about 4,500’ of a O Appias indra

corresponding to the form ‘ar7stoazemus’ figured on page 50 of the plates of

‘The Rhcpalocera of the Indo-Australian Faunal Region’ Seitz, which flies in the

mountains of Formosa.

I have also caught a few females of ‘Statilia’ which have a kind of earthy

brown under surface very similar to the form ‘thrasia’ figured on the same page

and which also flies in Formosa.

Coonoor, S.I., J. -FLORENCE,

March 27, 1926.

[Commenting on the above Col. W. H. Evans writes :—

‘Apbias indra shiva, Swin. is the correct name for the South Indian race of

narendra, M: the name Statilia Fruh, designates the more heavily marked. wet

season form. Wherever it occurs indra, as well as the other members of the

genus Appias, is extremely variable more particularly in respect of the colour

below and the extent of the black margin above. The variations mentioned by

Mr. Florence are normal.’ Eps. ]

No.. XXIV.—ON PSAKA PHGIOPTERALIS AS.A PEST ON GRASSES

IN. SOUTH INDIA

(With a plate.)

INTRODUCTION

It is highly probable that many of the minor pests the Entomologist is con-

fronted with are kept in their present status by the combined action of various

little known factors which serve to bring about what is vaguely termed as the

balance of life. At anv time any of these minor pests may turn out to be

formidable enemies of crops, if by chance the equilibrium is disturbed by the

disappearance of one or more of these factors. Psara phoeopteralis presented

a remarkable instance of such a change of status in the year 1924. In November

of that year it was noted by the junior writer to be one of the pests con-

cerned in the destruction of fodder grasses in Ernad Taluk, Malabar. It was

subsequently found that Psara pheopteralis was present also at Coimbatore at

that time though not in such large numbers as to cause alarm. Under these

circumstances it was felt expedient to study its life-history and binomics and in

the present paper a short account of the observations made is presented.

LIFE-HISTORY

The Imago.—This is a Pyralid moth a little over 10 mm. in length and with

a wing expanse of 25 to 30 mm. It is dark fuscous in colour with a prominent

spot on the forewings. It is very much like Psara licarsisatus.

The Egg.—It.is creamy white in colour and almost oval in shape. It is

moreover somewhat convex in shape being deepest at the centre and thinner

towards the margins. The egg is about 0.25 mm. long and 0.2 mm. broad.

Eggs 300 to 500 in number are generally laid on the food plants but in

captivity the female moth readily laid eggs on the sides of glass jars. Eggs are

5350. JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL AIST. .SOCTE TIA Ol (Ox

generally found in clusters varying from 5 to 25. It takes four to five days

for the eggs to hatch. The egg acquires a reddish tint about the middle after

a day, making thereby the beginning of development of the embryo. After four

days the young larva could be seen lying curled up inside the egg shell. Soon

it tries to move about and after travelling round inside the shell many times

over it breaks its passage out with the help of the mandibles.

The Just Hatched Larva.—This has its head and prothorax black and the rest

of the body pinkish red. The cephalic and the prothoracic shields are markedly

well developed. The bcdy bears dorsally and laterally tufts of short fine hairs

which arise from warts. The just hatched larva is 1.25 mm. long. After

escaping from the egg shell it wanders about and gets attached to a grassblade.

It then makes a webby shelter at the base of the leaf blade and feeds by scraping

the tissues from the leaf. At this stage it has a curious habit of curling itself

like a millipede when disturbed. At the end of three days it undergoes its

first moult.

Second Instar.—The larva after the first moult changes from pinkish red

to light pink colour. Now it is about 2.5-3 mm. long. The second instar

lasts three days.

Third Instar.—The colour of the larva changes from light pink to light green.

The larva is 6-8 mm. Icng. The third instar lasts three days.

Fourth Instar.—The colour changes to green and the warts become thickened

The larva is 14 mm. long. The fourth instar lasts two days.

Fifth Instay.—The larva is dark green in colour. It is 20-22 mm. long.

When ready to pupate it is about 25 mm. long and somewhat stout. The

hairs are very prominent.

Pupa.—It is dark brown in colour and is 10 mm. long. Pupation takes place

on the surface of the soil at the base of the food plants, the cocoon being made

of silk and excreta. Pupal period is seven days.

FOODPLANTS

The pest was noted or Panicum javanicum, Panicum miliaceum, Andropogon

annulatus, and Cynodon dactylon. It is probable it may feed on any common

grass. In one instance it was reared from wheat.

DISTRIBUTION

Malabar, Coimbatore, Bangalore and Bellary.

NATURAL ENEMIES

A single specimen of an Ichneumon parasite, Syzeuctus annulipes (see Fig. 7)

was one reared from a larva.

METHODS OF CONTROL

As the parasite noted is not found in large numbers control by this means

is out of the question. The only method of dealing with the pest would appear

to be the collection and destruction of adults. Since large numbers of moths

were found attracted to electric light at the Agricultural College and Research

Institute the possibility of controlling them by means of light traps was tested

and the results proved to be fairly satisfactory. The use of hand net was also

found efficient in minimising their numbers.

Reference to Plate—

. Panicum javanicum plant showing the various stages of the pest.

. Egg x 43.

Just hatched larva x 31.

. Mature larva x 3.

>; Pupaiex.o.

. Adult x 3.

. Larval parasite x 2,

NEO OUR GW bo

M. C. CHERIAN.. Baie sie. pi1ic!

AND CC... GEORGE, M.A,

Journ., Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.

For explanation see end of article.

Ai ¥ e - fdF bee :

: : : an eee any a8,

i hk ,

- ; : : ke ee :

- or) ~ a 3s Li Wate

a - a - 4

‘ ia \ 7 z

7 ° : or + ss

i] a 7 “ 7 < ;

: *, or oop ia

i = a nm \

= ’ 7

3. en 7

- x 7 road

oe 5 ar

é ie 7 .

% a

? 7 1 fs

- j ;

- .

; :

. v4 ; :

: .

a a } 7 '

: 5 _ #

1 * a i

> 7 ; 7

ie a as -_ uf

- 7 '

& 7 :

~ ’ +

‘ 1

a a

" ae ee eet = i

* = ™

‘ a 7 A

i = A Par

‘i igs a Y

= '

q -

é - 7 .

: y ; E

= re

ae oe

ot ce a) SD | .

fake Neh EP VA

e205 Es ys

A : :

“wv

. iit, aeitinc aliases

PROCEEDINGS

Proceedings of the meeting held on June 24, 1926

A meeting of the members of the Bombay Natural History Society and their

friends took place on Thursday, at 6.15 p.m., in the Board Room at the Prince

of Wales’ Museum, Rev. E. Blatter, S.J., Vice-President, presiding,

NEw MEMBERS

The following fifty-seven new meinbers were elected since the last meeting :—

Mr. G. Cunnigham, C.I.E., O.B.E., I.C.S.,° Kabul; Mr. A. Boller, Bombay ;

Major W. Brooke-Purdon, D.S.O., M.C., O.B.E., R.A.M.C., Wellington,

Nilgiris ; Mr. J. E. Clutterbuck, R.E., Bhurkunda; The President,

Mess Committee, 4th Bn. 10th Baluch Regt. (D.C O.), Quetta; The

Director, Institute of Plant Industry, Indore, C.I.; Miss R. Navalkar;

Poona; The Mess President, 4/4th Bombay Grenadiers, Razani, N.W.F.P.;

Mr. Fred Hagenbach, Bombay; Mr. H. A. Hyde, M.C., Indore, C.I.; The

Curator, Sarawak Museum, Kuching, Sarawak ; Mr. K: -Hy McIntosh}

Mussoorie; The President, Mess Committee, 4/12th F.F. Regt. (Sikhs),

Ambala Cantt. ; Mr.G. H. Farquharson, Misa, Assain; Mr. J. A. G. Campbell,

Bokakhat, Assam; Mr. K. R. Eates, Karachi; Mr. J. D. Finlay, Clarkabad,

Lahore Dist.; H. H. the Thakor Saheb Lagdhirsinhji of Morvi, Morvi; H. H.The

Thakor Saheb Bahadursinhji of Palitana, Palitana ; Lt.-Col. Gordon Casserly,

Europe; Mr. F. G. Burgess, Maymyo, Burma; Mr. T. G. Cule, Lumding,

Assam ; Mr. I. C. Dare, Bombay ; The Mess President, Officers’ Mess, 3/4th

Bombay Grenadiers, Lucknow; Mr. D. G. Cameron, Mahendragiri, Nagercoil,

S.1.; Mr. D. G. Sevastopulo, F.E.S., Lyallpore; Mr. Ali Asghar H. Fyzee,

Bombay ; The Mess Secretary, 3/17th Dogra Regt., Alipore; Col. St. G. L.

Steele, C.B., Abbottabad, N.W.F.P.; Mr. A. Macleod, I-C.S., Peshawar ;

The Mess President, 3/10th Baluch Regt., Lahore Cantt.; The Mess President,

Officers’ Mess, Royal Engineers, Roorkee, U.P.; Mr. C. H. Thompson, I.F.S.,

Rangoon ;. Mr. W.:G. Crawford, I.F.S., Rangoon ;:H.E. Lord Irwin, P:C.:

G.M.S.1I., G.M.I.E., Viceroy of India, Simla; Capt. Malik Anun Singh,

M.B., I.M.S., Taiping, F.M.S.; Capt. L.. D. W. Hearsey;’ M:CiV.D. ," v4

Mailani, Kheri, U.P.; Mr. A. F. Gibbs, Umaria, B.N.Ry.; Mr.'G. Atkinson,

Dehra Dun; Mr. V. A. N. Sausman, Dango, vza Billimora; Mr. J. E. Bisset;

Meppadi, P.O.S.I.; Mr. E. H. Peacock, B.F.S., Mawlaik, Burma; Mr. F. D. S:

Richardson, England ; Mr. F. Gersperger, Bombay; Mr. F. I. Morgan, Kadur;

Mr. K. Johnson, Nazira, Assam ; Mr. L. G. Knight, Kalthurity, S.I.; Mr. C. W.

Clode, Coorg; The Agricultural Engineer, Burma, Mandalay; the Mess

Secretary, 1/4th Bombay Grenadiers, Bombay ; the President, Mess Committee,

3/15th Punjab Regt., Allahabad, U.P.; H. H. Durjansal Singh, Ruler of

Khilchipur ; Mr. Duncan T. Merson, Nilgiris; Capt. V. R. Wilton, I.A.S.C.,

Dalhousie, Punjab; Mr. R. L. Gamlen, Hyderabad, Deccan; Capt. A. R.

Spurgin, Bombay; Mr. C. C. Fowler, M.I.E.E., Bombay.

The Honorary Secretary announced that not only had H. E. Lord Irwin

become a member of the Society in his private capacity but he had also,’ as

Viceroy of India,. been pleased to become a Patron of the Society and the

Society therefore now had the honour of having as their Patrons both His

Majesty the King-Emperor’s representative in India and His Royal ‘Highness

the Prince of Wales, the Heir Apparent to the Throne.

This might be considered another tribute to the work of the Society. Work

which was appreciated by those who bore rule in India, for not only was His

Excellency the Governor of Bombay a member and President of the Society,

but the Governors of Bengal, Madras, Burma, and the United Provinces were

also members,

532° JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL TST. SOGLEIN |) Gia een

GENEROUS DONATIONS

A hearty vote of thanks was passed to the Trustees of the Sir Sassoon David

Trust Fund for a donation of Rs. 6,000 and to the Trustees of the Wadia

Charities for a donation of Rs. 750. These donations would enable the Society,

in conjunction with the Director of Public Instruction, to carry out the scheme

for teaching nature study in schools in this Presidency referred to by H. E.

Sir Leslie Wilson at the annual meeting of the Society. Mr. Salim Ali, who had

recently been appointed Assistant Curator to the Society, would be appointed

the guide, philosopher and friend of those teachers in schools who took the

nature study course Eon: to be inaugur ated at the BAS

THE LATE Mr. E. Gounae

The Honorary Secretary referred to the great loss, sustained by the eaeE

through the recent death of his old friend and colleague Mr. E. Comber. Mr.

Comber became a member of the Society in 1894, joining the Committee in

1901. He was keenly interested in Birds and also in Hymenoptera. He

contributed several papers to the Society’s Journal. By the last mail it was

learnt that Mr. Comber’s daughter had presented the Society with her ae S

valuable. collection of Hymenoptera.

gcHtoh | tes New EXHIBITS AT THE MUSEUM

sir Reena Spetive drew the attention of the members and those present

to the beautiful exhibits which had been added to the various galleries since

the last; meeting,

The first of, these was, the magnificent group illustrating the nesting of the

Great Indian Hornbill; The material for this case was obtained through the

energies of Mr. M. 8. Tuggerse, Divisional Forest Officer, Honavar. The

tree in, which: the nest was situated was 150 ft. high. The nest itself was 75

feet from, the ground—photographs in the case show the vosition of the nest

quite clearly... The tree was felled and the section containing the nest had to

be transported a considerable distance to the coast and then shipped to Bombay.

The female and) young (which-was a little over two weeks old) were despatched

to Bombay. alive. » The, two. occupy the nest, while ‘ Old Bill’ who lived in

the Society’s room for twenty-six years has taken on the responsibilities of a

father—here, he isseen feeding the family through the small opening which is

left after» the entrance hole has been sealed up. These birds inhabit the

evergreen, forestsjof the lower Himalayas, Kanara, and Burma,

. Besides this; there was.a fine specimen of a Panther which was secured for

the Society. by,Cot. R, W, Burton, I,A. (Retd.) and also a Scaly Ant-eater or

Pangolin, which,was obtained. by Mr. F. I.udlow from Baluchstian. Several

other: smaller exhibits were also on view in different galleries all of which had

been set up in the Society’s laboratory.

Rey. E. Blatter; S.J, then read a paper on the ‘ Luminescence of Animals

and. Plants,’ fier full account of which will appear in the next number of the

journal. Vemone rahar et

Printed by George Kenneth at the Diocesan Press, Madras, and published by

R, A, Spence for the Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay,

a “date Kigale of didi, Burma,

_ Malaya and Tibet.’

he By J. C, DOLLMAN,

“ROWLAND WARD’ S

RECORDS OF BIG

GAME

_BIGHTH EDITION

Profusely Illustrated.

Price, Rs. 43-12.

Rowland Ward’ Ss fenoteail Ss Handbook.

Eleventh Edition.

Rs. 3- 8.

-. _[Inereased. facilities, ee the most

modern methods in the ROWLAND

WARD STUDIOS, have enabled us to ~ |}

make a ‘considerable reduction in our:

charges for modelling heads.

New Price List on Abplrcalton.

I ~ ROWLAND WARD, LTD.

Naturalists, a

By. Appointment to H. M. The ine

- 167, Piccadilly, LONDON, W.

row RANCIS. EDWARDS,

i " , - Bookseller,

| “83a, High Sides Marylebone, London, Ww. y

- Catalogues of Books on the Indian Empire,

‘ail ~.. Ornithology and Natural History are issued at

- Intervals and the latest will be sent post iree

on application.

“OUT OF PRINT? BOOKS SEARCHED FOR,

- FREE OF CHARGE.

“FOR SALE eA

“Indian pena: and Doves by Stuart Baker, in

ire good condition... si Mk Ray

a H. S. Journal, Vol. XV- XXIII, Bound

re cloth: boards and Vol. XXIV- OX,

unbound, complete and in se condition — .

“HL H. F. M. TYLER, Baa. LC.S.,

; Ameen, M. &S. M. ‘Railway.

Crown 8vo. 270 pages with a map

The latest publication on Shikar dealing ic a ae 3

exclusively moe

almost -

Mountains.

Sportsmen :: =

The most diuipeehaheiee and interesting ve a

book on the subject yet published

CONTENTS

BIG Gate AND RECORDS

TABLE OF GAME SHOT during the

past fourteen years

GAME HAUNTS AND SEASONS: Chief

centres and routes

POPULAR SHOOTING CENTRES

SHIKAR HINTS AND NOTES

BEATING FOR TIGER

STANDARD METHOD OF MBASURING

TROPHIES

Camp ARRANGEMENTS

TRAVELLERS’ BUNGALOWS

ELEPHANTS

NILGIRI GAME RULES

FISHING |,

fe)

1S 5

‘BIG BORE’

The information given: is. 4

reliable, up to date and invaluable to

| REPTILES “ oy

Tue LEPIDOPTERA OF THE NILGiRIS- ;

Price Rs. 4 hte: free

sor

with the Nilgiri

re:

SHOOTING CENTRES Ovrsipe: THE.

IL GrrRag. 6S se

CROCODILE SHOOTING ON THE ‘West

COASR eS es eee

per

ot Eee

THE COIMBATORE DISTRICT -

THE WYNAAD, MALABAR DISTRICT

THE PULNI HILLS®. » AS

RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR Hore i

ING AND SHOOTING IN. THE e:

TRAVANCORE STATE

Tae SPORTSMAN’S SHIKAR Mar OF

“THE Niv-crRis Eee sa

Bama

oes

Srp tra pe

wot el SESE SS

oe —

sale

Sig A

Neg

ites

i Me

Xe af

- seat

feaybnae

3 PY

‘a ed i “e

crane” CG

Sah ee

f a

Ming

eta =

Pee

ey eee

eT aret a

oper

ryt

aii ey

Fae

be:

age

SON

— “Cag. fee

; %

(io >

| e f

a Lu f i, Vpg

fate ei

“iF (li

eit.

actin

eh’

co fot oe “he

Kee sea ahem

Vian, vee!

A. ie ot

Oki “nih a itt

3 ‘i te

Strong tale QO8 2?

Me Se me

ill Hi

: Ti | tr”

Cage ae

a tao

ae eS ‘i

y VEN

a Nad Phas

<sS 1 Re

. “Sure p3

; 5 ca

Ne Poss eae

“SiNers

Bae

ey -

sama Be .

et,

peers

A. earcrinas

ferent ron

4 f Vey st By | i i lit

NIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

Aas NN MAME ESTE a ES fil 1 OSU e ie oD at inneon

a a i ‘ q ; | Rar tas at si

: : 0555

3 9088 01205

Belwrekew ders i

Eee tw Pong fe ? C

d shy a by at At r / yor fey

ie ‘

‘ , ‘

‘ \

\ { ‘ ‘ie ya

‘ ‘ ‘ 5 t

i { ‘ \

j ( ‘

‘ ‘ o™ u i ‘

‘ { A \ ‘

' A 1 i ’

‘ Be \ ’ i \ i

q Liha 2 ' ’ ee ‘

‘ ' i ‘ \

‘ oo 1, F ‘ 1] 4 \ ' ‘

hy a yi\vd 1 east i Vth Ha hs ae i

A: Ay he ' ‘ a ee ‘

‘y virus’ ”), \ \ \ ‘ i} '

vials i Wit ‘ ie

ho Laas 4 i 4 a} ‘ \ i

Nat ee bey ti let wet are

Rh Ae) \ sot os x

yates mush Of us ! ‘i i V 4

fy ou ) bu \ ’ ) ;

HON fget Belle ‘ wl

IS " mw \ i ‘ ‘

t { Nea} ,

Ya ‘ i ‘ \ Het

i F

ay} Vhs a A i ", ii 4 \ ‘

A a Ans BER Ae TU eae ‘ on We '

aS ‘ f ‘ ‘

nye Hy bob 1h Hye het ’ \

aA tek WoteiiMn) \ 1] TL

iy aia: tore al Per ‘ yi

AL CU RU: a, \ ( ‘

i 4 Set Peay Be Ke at tae ot hanit i

, H fl bath Ki wer ' y )

ef ’ \ \ Wed } Bh] \ et '

igs bua ) \ ' \

\ ny | ' Wesysaty et i

i soe 9 , atid ’ Vii i ‘

fa M Sih p ate ate boy eet ee UT ;

er abe 48, Mic’ yk Wout rere 4 i WA ‘ ia) , ' ‘ ‘

i 1 eh i i v4

Oe Me 4 ‘ fee Dee)